Sanskrit English Dictionary Part 01

Author(s): P K Gode, C G Karve
Publisher: Prasad Prakashan
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/020641/1

Page #1
Prin. VAMAN SHIVARAM APTE'S THE PRACTICAL SANSKRIT - ENGLISH DICTIONARY PARTI [ ] EDITORS P. K. GODE C.G. KARVE PRASAD PRAKASHAN, POONA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #2
Revised and Enlarged Edition of PRIX. V. S. APTE'S THE PRACTICAL SANSKRIT - ENGLISH DICTIONARY Vol. 1 - [37-] Editors-in-chief P. K. Gode, M ., D. L. . Curior, Bhandarkar Oriental Rescuela ustitute, Pech C. G. Karve. 1.A Editor, Marathi lanci and other lexicons : * Assisting Board of Editors Van. l'rol h. V. Abhyankar, M. .1. Professur S k el.). GU College Hon. Probeer 4.0.15.1.) P . M. D. Sathe, N. .1. (Bom.), L.T. (. .. Suskrit Parit Dr. V. G. Rahurkar, M... Ib. D. Sitheitor, Dictionary Depl. Deccan College Shri D. G. Padhye, 1. 1. Sanskrit Teacher (Bombe. 1957 PRASAD PRAKASHAN, POONA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #3
Rs. 40 Revised Elition 1957] Printeilly l'. B. Kale. Pratibha Press, Sudashiv l'eth, Tak Road, loopt. Published by Y. G. Josli. Prasiat Prakashan. 689/23 Sadasiv Peth, Poona 9 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #4
PREFACE We feel extremely happy to bring out this first volume of the Revised and Enlarged Edition of Principal V. S. Apte's The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary.' The first edition of this Dictionary was published in 1890 and in the next three or four decades two other editions, which were only reprints, were out. Prin. Apte's premature death, however, proved to be a great loss to the Sanskritists, Indologists and the student-world of Sanskrit in general all over India and the globe. From the point of view of utility and ready reference, no other Dictionary had served India and the outside world to the extent to which Prin. Apte's Sanskrit-English Dictionary has served. There are again, other cogent reasons which set Sanskritists in India seriously considering the question of a revised and enlarged edition of this monumental work, which has been, since long, a desideratum. During the last half of a century, a number of new Sanskrit texts have been published. New words from these texts, must at some time or the other, be included in this revised Dictionary. Besides, Prin. Apte, though a veteran and zealous worker, had to labour single-handed, and so he could not include all words from the most important sources like upaniSad, rAmAyaNa, mahAbhArata, bhAgavata, zAbara bhASya and works on different technical sciences, various lexicons and texts subsequently published. Hence, words from these books and others, for example, the dramas of 1 and the off, which saw the light of the day as late as 1909 and 1912, must necessarily be included in a Sanskrit Dictionary of today. In this revised edition, we have, as far as possible, taken into consideration all the above, but then unavoidable, short-comings in the old edition and have made substantial additions of new words of different shades of meaning and appropriate quotations from various sources. Several new vocables from Ayurveda, sAhityazAstra, Jain and Buddhist texts are also incorporated in this edition. As suggested by many scholars all over India, we have substituted the method which is grammatically correct in place of the method, used by Prin. Apte. Modern system of diacritical marks also has been adopted herein. But in adding these new features to Prin. Apte's edition, our main object is only to cater for the needs of Sanskrit readers in general and of the school and college students in particular. One of the special features of this edition is the big Appendix (A), we have added as 'A Concordance of Terms in Sanskrit Grammars'. This work has been compiled by Mm. Prof. K. V. Abhyankar, M. A. (now Honorary Professor, B. O. R. I., Poona), after a close study of more than thirty-two authoritative works on Sanskrit Grammar, like those of ch, a, a, Heft &c., right from the period of fame works upto the present day. The number of entries in this Appendix alone exceeds four thousand and they cover the field of several words of grammatical significance including technical and other terms, names of authors and their works in published or manuscript form. Another important feature is the treatment of about 475 maxims (s) in another Appendix (B). Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir A Board of Editors was appointed for this edition and the compilation work started some three years ago. The work of revision and addition of this magnitude naturally depends upon the voluntary co-operation of a large number of scholars from all over India and we are glad to note that many Sanskrit scholars of repute, like Dr. Kshitishchandra Chatterji (Calcutta), Prof. Dineshchandra Bhattacharya (Calcutta), Prof. Bhabatosh Bhattacharya (Bhatpara), Prof. Chintaharan Chakravarti (Calcutta), Dr. G. V. Devasthali (Nasik), Dr. A. D. Pusalkar (Bombay), Prof. N. A. Gore (Bombay), Shri. D. G. Padhye (Bombay), Mm. Prof. K. V. Abhyankar (Poona ), Prof. M. D. Sathe (Poona), Dr. V. G. Rahurkar and Dr. G. B. Palsule (Sub-editors, Dictionary Dept., Deccan College, Poona), Prof. Y. R. Agashe (Poona) have till now contributed their quota, incorporated in this work. We are very grateful to these collaborators and have reserved for being included in the last volume, the expression of our heartfelt thanks to these and other friends, for their specified collaborative and other help. We have also to record our grateful appreciation of the value of the principal works of reference used and consulted in this compilation. The exhaustive list of these works will be given in the last volume. The list of Abbreviations used in this Dictionary has been printed in this volume, but it is not complete. It will be supplemented in the last volume. We had originally in mind to bring out this lexicon in two volumes of about 800 pages each. But in view of the increase in the bulk of the additions made, a third volume has become necessary. Poona, 9th August 1957. Lastly, we must not fail to mention the tremendous burden and responsibility that our publisher has, at a great sacrifice, dutifully shouldered in bringing out this huge lexicon in print, so nice and neat. The next volume will be out probably after six months, } For Private and Personal Use Only P. K. GODE C. G. KARVE Chief Editors

Page #5
Principal Y. S. Apte's Preface te The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary This Dictionary has been undertaken to supply a want long felt by the students of a complete and at the same time cheap Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Very little need, I think, be said with regard to the necessity of bringing out a work like this, when the study of Sanskrit has received such a strong impetus during the last twentyfive years. There bave been four or five Sanskrit-English Dictionaries published till now; but very few of them fulfil the two essential conditions of the popularity and usefulness of such works :-satisfying all the requirements of students and at the same time being within their easy reach. The Dictionaries of Professors Wilson and Monier Williams are very useful and valuable works, but their prices--particularly of the latter--are prohibitively high, and they do not also meet many of the most ordinary wants of Sanskrit readers. A student, while reading Sanskrit at School or College, generally expects that the Dictionary which he uses will give appropriate equivalents for such words and compound expressions as may have peculiar meanings or shades of meaning in particular passages. He desires to know not only that a particular word has so many senses, but that it has this or that sense in a particular passage of a book, so that he may determine any particular meaning of a word in a certain passage by seeing and comparing how it is used elsewhere by the same writer or by other writers in different works. He also wants accurate and, as far as possible, full explanations of the more important technical terms occurring at least in his usual course of reading, as well as any other information likely to be of use to him. Professor Monier Williams has, in his invaluable Dictionary, tried to exhaust the meanings of words as far as he could, and has also given much useful information on some points. But it would not, I think, be detracting from the merits of the great work to say that it fails to give some of the most common senses of words occurring in such well-known and oft-read books as the Uttararamacharita, Mudraraksasa, Venisamhara, Sisu palavadha or Kadambari. Moreover, it gives neither quotations nor references, nor much of the information likely to be useful to the student during his School or College career. In making these remarks I must not, in the slightest degree, be understood to make any reflections on that Dictionary. Indeed, I have myselt derived no small help from that work, as will be acknowledged further on. My only object in pointing out its defects has been to show why I thought it necessary to undertake the compilation of a new Dictionary, when some already existed in the field, and I hope the reader will be able to find that this Dictionary is an improvement on its predecessors in some respects at least. Having thus explained the necessity of undertaking and publishing this Dictionary, I shall say a few words with regard to its plan and scope. The extent of Sanskrit literature is so vast that not even the life-long labours of a single individual, howsoever talented or persevering, will be able to do full justice to it. It has two distinct branches, the Vedic and post-Vedic, each of which will require an independent encyclopaedia for itself. Not even the gigantic Vachas patya of the late Professor Taranatha Tarkavichaspati, nor the equally gigantic German Worterbuch of Drs. Roth and Bothlingk, can be said to be altogether complete and comprehensive. Much less can a small work like mine-compiled during the leisure hours of a teacher's life--aspire to be called complete in any sense of that word. However, I have tried to make it as comprehensive and practically useful to the student of Sanskrit as my humble powers enabled me to do, though how far I have succeeded in my object the reader alone can best decide. It includes all words occurring in the general post-Vedic literature, such as Epics like the Ramayana and Mahabharata, the several Puranas, the Smriti literature, particularly the law-books of Manu and Yajnavalkya, the several darsanas or systems of philosophy such as Nyaya, Vaisesikas Mimarsa, Vedanta, &c. Grammar, Rhetoric, Poetry in all its branches, Tantra and dramatic literature, Mathematics, Medicine, Astronomy, Music, and such other technical or scientific branches of learning. It inserts, most of the leading names of trees and plants with scientific or vernacular equivalents wherever noteworthy. It also gives most of the principal Vedic words or senses of words; for though Vedic Literature would require a dictionary by itself, still I did not think it desirable to omit altogether at least such words as frequently occur, especially as I intended to make this work as complete and comprehensive as I could. For the same reason, obscure or unimportant words or senses of words have been inserted, though they may not be generally met with in classical literature as studied by the University student. The chief feature of this Dictionary is that it has aimed at being practical. With this view I have added quotations and references to the peculiar and noteworthy senses of words, especially such as occur in works read by the student at School or College. In sorge cases the quotations might appear to some to be superfluous, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #6
3 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir but to a student, especially a beginner, they are very useful, as they supply him with apt illustrations of the senses of words, and enable him to provide himself with a large stock of choice, idiomatic expressions which are so abundant in the language. Another noticeable feature of the Dictionary is that it gives full explanations of the more important technical terms, particularly in Nyaya, Alankara, Vedanta, Grammar and Dramaturgy, with quotations in Sanskrit wherever necessary; eg see the words anaikAntika, abhAva, sAmAnya, aprastutaprazaMsA, upamA, rUpaka, upaniSad, mImAMsA, adhyAropa, vArttika, pada, prAtipadika, spRSTa, rasa, pravezaka, viSkambhaka, sthAyIbhAva &c. In the case of Alankaras I have chiefly drawn upon the Kavyaprakasa, though I have occasionally consulted the Rasagangadhara, Chandraloka and Kuvalayananda. In the explanation of dramatic terms I have usually followed the Sahityadarpana and its translation into English, and have sometimes referred to the Dasarupa. Similarly, striking phrases, some choice expressions and idioms or peculiar combinations of words, have been given under every word where necessary or possible; eg see the words gam, setu, mayUra, hasta, dhA, kR, dA, bandhU, &c. Mythological allusions in the case of all important personages have been briefly but clearly explained, so as to give the reader most of the facts connected with them ; eg see abhi, agastya, indra, kArtikeya, prahAda, sAvitrI &c. Etymology has generally been given in the case of every important word, except where it was purely fanciful; eg. 800 ajIvani, atithi, apatya, putra, jAyA, &c. In doing this I have followed the system of native grammarians who resolve every word into its 'prakriti' and' pratyaya', and the terminations given according to Panini's nomenclature will be explained further on. I have thought it necessary to do so at the suggestion of several friends, and have derived considerable help from the great Vachaspatya which I have usually followed, except where the etymology given therein appeared to me to be purely arbitrary or fanciful. Philological comparisons have been given only where useful and noteworthy. The work also gives information about words which, it is believed, will be very useful, especially to the University student; e. g see the words apsaras, asura, beda, maNDala, mAnasa, haMsa &c. Some of the most common Nyayas or Maxims have been collected under the word for easy reference; . g. see kAkatAlIyanyAya, daNDApUpanyAya, sthAlIpulAkanyAya &c. To add to the usefulness of the Dictionary I have added at the end three Appendices. The first is on Sanskrit Prosody which attempts to give in a clear and intelligible form all the common metres with Definitions, Schemes in Ganas, and Examples. In the preparation of this Appendix I have chiefly drawn upon the two popular works on Prosody, the Vrittaratnakara and Chhando-Manjari, but some common metres omitted in those works have been added from the illustrations found in the works of Magha, Bharavi, Dandin, Bhatti, Sudraka &c. Colebrooke's Essay on Sanskrit Metres has also given me occasional help. The second Appendix gives the dates, writings &c. of some of the important Sanskrit writers such as Kalidasa, Bhavabbuti, Bana. Here I have selected only those names about which something definitesomething more than mere guesses and surmises-is known, and I have derived some hints from the Introduction to Vallabhadeva's Subhasitavali edited by Dr. Peterson and Pandit Durga Prasada, and from Prof. MaxMuller's India what it can teach us', for which my thanks are due to the authors of both the works. The third Appendix gives the most important names in the ancient Geography of India with identifications on the modern map wherever ascertained, and in this part of the work I have to cordially acknowledge the help I have derived from Cunningham's Ancient Geography, but particularly from Mr. Borooah's Essay prefixed to the third volume of his English-Sanskrit Dictionary. I had at first intended to add two alphabetical indexes to the principal events and personages occurring in the Ramayana and Mahabharata, but I have had to abandon the project, as the publication of the Dictionary has already been delayed on account of various causes over which I had no control. In short, I have endeavoured to make the Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary as complete, comprehensive, and encyclopaedic as was possible within the limits of a single compact volume by condensing a very large amount of matter by means of suitable typographical and other arrangements, and I hope it will be found to be a practically useful and reliable guide in the study of the Sanskrit language. There is one point which will not fail to strike a careful reader of this Dictionary, which is that there is not the same fulness of treatment in the later portion as in the first 300 or 400 pages. After the vowels had been printed off, I found that they covered no less than 364 pages by themselves, and if the remaining letters of the alphabet had been treated with the same fulness the volume would have increased to about 2000 pages, and the publication of the work itself would have been delayed by at least one year more. It is obvious that neither time, nor the cheap price at which the work was offered to subscribers, would have enabled me to carry on the work of compilation on the same scale; and I was, therefore, obliged to endeavour to curtail the matter by occasionally substituting references for quotations without at the same time marring the usefulness of the work, and by abridging explanations of words and the information given about them, while in some cases I have had to keep back, matter originally intended for the volume. I hope, however, that this has not to any great extent affected the practical usefulness of the Dictionary, and I trust that if time and circumstances permit, I shall be in a position to make the second edition much more useful, complete, and comprehensive than the first, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #7
The plan and arrangement of the work will be best understood from the 'Directions' which follow. Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions to roots are arranged in the alphabetical order of the prepositions so affixed; e.g. or must be looked for not under F, but in its own alphabetical order, and at the head of its own group of derivatives. This system has been followed in this Dictionary with a view to save repetition of equivalents under the derivatives from a root. But if, on trial, it be found to be practically inconvenient, it may be abandoned in the second edition. As in the English-Sanskrit Dictionary, I have here throughout used the anusvara instead of the nasals, (e. g. anga or santa pa is written not as 3, 1, but as 3, 1), which practice, whatever may be said with regard to its correctness, is very convenient for purposes of printing. The several contrivances used to effect saving in space will be understood by the reader after very short practice. It now remains for me to do the grateful duty of acknowledging the help I have derived from different sources. And in doing so I must give the first place to the great Sanskrit encyclopaedia, the Vachaspatya of Professor Taranatha Tarkavachaspati. I have constantly kept it by my side and have freely availed myself of the information contained in it-of course with large curtailments-though I have had to supplement it myself wherever it was found to be defective or insufficient. Several words and senses of words not given in the existing Sanskrit-English lexicons, as also some quotations, particularly from Udbhata and Puranas, have been borrowed from the same work. The Sanskrit-English Dictionary of Professor Monier Williams is the next work to which I have been greatly indebted. It has been a constant source of help to me, and I have frequently adopted his renderings of words, compound expressions &c., where I found them better than those I myself had to suggest. And though there is a good deal in this Dictionary that is not to be found in that work, and though the plan and scope of the two are essentially different, yet I must gratefully acknowledge the great assistance I have often derived from the learned Professor's invaluable Dictionary. The last work to which also my grateful acknowledgments are due is the German Worterbuch of Drs. Roth and Bothlingk. The chief distinguishing feature of that great work is that it abounds with quotations and references dealing with almost every branch of Sanskrit literature, but a careful reader will easily see that the works belonging to Vedic literature, such as the four Vedas. Upanisads, Brahmanas, Aranyakas Ae, have been comparatively more copiously drawn upon by the authors than works belonging to the post-Vedic literature. A glance at the contents of this Dictionary will show that I have drawn upon works seldom or not at all referred to in the Worterbuch; such as the Mahaviracharita, Malati-Madhava, Uttararamacharita, Kadambori, Sisupalavadha, Kiratarjunfyn, Mudraraks, Venisamhara, Ratnavali, Kavyaprakasa, Sankarabhasya, Bhaminivilasa, Vikramankadevacharita, Gangalahari &c. Indeed, the great majority of quotations and references are from my own collection made during the last seven or eight years; and I have even been obliged to keep back a large number of them for want of space. But I must frankly acknowledge that I have freely availed myself of the quotations and references in that Dictionary, where my own collection was defective, particularly in the case of Vedic and Pauranic works. I have also occasionally consulted the Dictionaries of H. H. Wilson and Benfey, the former supplying some happy renderings of technical or obscure words. To these authors, as well as to the authors and editors of several other works, which are too many to be here mentioned, from which I have derived occasional help in one form or another, my most grateful thanks are due. Poona, 28th December 1890. S } Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir In conclusion I may be permitted to express the hope that the Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary-which has attempted to give in 1200 closely printed pages of this size, matter at least equal in point of quantity to that given by Prof. Monier Williams in his Dictionary, but in point of quality more reliable, varied, and practically useful, in my humble opinion will serve the purpose I have had in view in compiling it; namely to render to the student of Sanskrit nearly the same service that Webster's or Ogilvie's Dictionary does to the student of English. I have tried to make it easily accessible to the public by issuing a Popular Edition priced at 7 Rupcesa price too low, I believe, for so much matter; while the Library Edition which, containing the same matter, is printed on superior paper and in better style, and will also have superior binding, will best answer the purposes of the well-to-do persons who can afford to spend 10 or 11 Rupees for such object. In a work of this kind I know there must be several defects and also errors both of omission and commission, and if such persons as will do me the honour of using this Dictionary will be so good as to point out to me places which require corrections, additions or improvements, I shall be very happy to give the suggestions my best consideration in the second edition. But if the Dictionary, even in its present form, be found to be a useful publication, I shall consider my labours more than amply repaid, and shall feel quite refreshed to devote my humble self again, if need be, to the service of the Sanskrit-reading public; for, says the poet, klezaH phalena hi punarnavatAM vidhatte / For Private and Personal Use Only V. S. APTE

Page #8
LIFE OF PRINCIPAL V. S. APTE Prin. Vaman Shivaram Apte came from a well-to-do family in Konkan. In the Marathi State of Sawantwadi, in the small village of Asolopal (Banda Peta) his father was known as a noble-minded Pandit of high integrity of character. But his obliging nature brought the family to straitened circumstances at the time of his death, for standing surety for a friend. Yaman was then only eight years old. He was born in 1858 in the same village and had his primary education there. His mother, a brave lady, saw no future for the family in that native place and came to Kolhapur with her two sons Vaman and his elder brother) and with great difficulty brought up hor children. But she and her first son succumbed to death within three years and Vaman was left orphan. However, his sharpness and briVianoy won him the favour of Shri. M. M. Kunte, the Head Master of the Rajaram High School and a reputed scholar and hence Vaman's school-career was completed without much hardship He passed the Matriculation examination and secured more than 90% of the total marks, with the unique Sanskrit scholarship, named after Jagannath Shankarshet. Prof. Kielhorn wanted him to study in the Deccan College directly under him. There too Vamanrao showed his brilliance in all examinations and won the Bhau Daii Sanskrit Prize at the B. A. examination (1877) and the Bhagawandas Scholarship at the M. A. examination (1879). With these distinctions Government service of a very high grade would have been very easy for him. But he had kept before his eyes the patriotic ideas, some of which had already been brought into practice by Vishnu Shastri Chiplunkar, the father of the modern Marathi and of national education. Apte decided once for all to devote himself to the cause of national education by joining the founders of the New English School in 1880, in its first year. Of course, the institution New English School made a most precious acquisition in getting the services of V. S. Apte, in the very beginning of its career. His was a most precocious and penetrating intellect and the record of his academic achievements was most distinguished. Sanskrit was his special forte. He was a born teacher and a strict disciplinarian. The founders of the institution recognised his preeminent merits and invested him with the office of the Superintendent, while the patriarch Chiplunkar himself worked under him as the Head Master. Apte's labours bore speedy fruit in as much as the school carried off one of the two Sanskrit scholarships at the Matriculation examination, even in the first year. On the 9th September 1882, Apte placed the considerate views of the conductors of the New English School on the subject of Education, before the Bombay Provincial Educational Reforms Committee, presided over by William Hunter, the substance of which is as follows: Apte protested against the teaching of the Bible in aided Missionary schools and colleges as militating against the principle of religious neutrality, enunciated in the Despatch of 1854. He also expressed the opinion that Missionary institutions did not represent indigenous enterprise, nor were their objects purely educational, and hence a strict adherence to the principles of the Despatch would make them ineligible for grant-in-aid. A strong plea was put in by him for perfect freedom of management in internal organisation, to be given to educational institutions, provided the requisite degree of efficiency was maintained. He pleaded that secondary schools might be left free to reach the goal of the Matriculation standard by whatever course they thought best. A searching criticism of the curriculum in primary and secondary schools was offered by him. Vernacular Serial Reading Books were described by him as being "exactly what they should not be", being too abstruse and full of matter, far removed from the experience and observation of boys. In his opinion, the denationalising tendency of a good deal that was associated with English education must be corrected and one of the ways of doing so should be to encourage indigenous effort in the field of education and leave to it scope for free development according to the ideas, needs and requirements of the community served by it. Religious instruction of the dogmatic and ritualistic kind was disapproved, but moral instruction designed to inculcate love of private and public virtue and to arouse and fortify the sense of duty in the students' minds towards society and the country, was pronounced to be desirable. The most serious defect in the course of the secondary education was the place of exaggerated and unnatural importance that English held in secondary education. As vernaculars were neglected in secondary schools and altogether proscribed from the degree courses, the direct contribution of the University to the building up of high class literature in vernaculars was practically nil. Vernaculars ought to be given an honoured place in the scheme of English education at schools and colleges. The system of assigning grants-in-aid to schools was also severely criticised by Apte. He pleaded for a mixed system of grants, such as would introduce an element of continuity and stability while preserving the incentive to exertion which was the redeeming feature of the system of payment by results. Under the mixed For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #9
6 system, grants were to be partly given according to the qualifications of teachers employed and partly socording to the results of the departmental examination. Such reforms are still required and Apte's evidence before the Hunter Commission is very valuable to educationists even to-day. The project of starting a college of their own was also put before the Commission, on behalf of the promoters of the New English School, as an integral part of their scheme of national or public education. Apte strove hard for the formation and constitution of the Deccan Education Society. When there was some controversy among the life-members of the Society regarding the activities of the members, other than those directly connected with the School, he put up a spirited defence of the extra-school undertakings of the managers. "We thought of employing the time at our command in instructing ourselves, instructing the people and writing books for the use of our school". Some promoters of the Society like Lok. Tilak and Agarkar interested themselves like Apte, in public work of a varied character and could do so without detriment to the success of the institution. His works: When the N. E. School and the Fergusson College were marching from success to success, the man to whom, more than any one else, the credit of planning for and achieving these successes was due, passed away on the 9th August 1892. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir In spite of the short span of his life, i. e. 34 years, Apte's scholarly output was remarkable. His Guide to Sanskrit Composition (1881) and his Sanskrit Dictionaries for use in schools and colleges hold the foremost place among books of their kind, even after the lapse of close upon 75 years and claim the respect of every student of Sanskrit, by their monumental wealth of learning. His death was a great loss to the advance of Sanskrit studies in India. He was a combination of the scholar and the administrator. He was a disciplinarian, who knew how to temper discipline with kindness. People used to say of him with great admiration that he could turn a dunce into a Jagannath Shankarshet scholar if he meant it. For, in his regime the N. E. School won this scholarship nine times between the years 1880 and 1892. Reputed Sanskrit scholars like Prin. V. K. Rajawade, Prof. L. G. Lele, Prof. S. M. Paranjape and some others were his students. He enjoyed the full confidence of his colleagues and was made the permanent Principal of the Fergusson College. During the period of his principalship, he was as well the Superintendent of the New English School and Secretary of the Deccan Education Society for some time. 1. The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1890). 2. The Students' English-Sanskrit Dictionary (1884). 3. The Students' Sanskrit-English Dictionary. 4. The Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition (1881). 5. The Students' Hand-Book of Progressive Exercises, Part I and II. 6. Kusuma-mala (1891). The 'Guide' had become very popular and Apte himself revised the third edition of the book in 1890. Since then many more editions have been out. Of all the books prepared by him the Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary gave him a permanent name. This unique work, was brought out by him single-handed and its worth cannot be exaggerated. The author has given the plan and scope of this work in the Preface (which is embodied in the present revised edition) which speaks for itself. In its conclusion, he says, "I may be permitted to express the hope that the Practical Sanskrit English Dictionary, which has attempted to give in 1200 closely printed pages of this size, matter at least equal in point of quantity to that given by Prof. Monier Williams in his Dictionary, but in point of quality more reliable, varied and practically useful, in my humble opinion, will serve the purpose I have had in view in compiling it; namely, to render to the student of Sanskrit nearly the same service that Webster's or Ogilvie's Dictionary does to the student of English." This purpose, no doubt has been served through all these years and quite efficiently. Very little is known about his family life. His wife was the daughter of the reputed patriot and public worker in Maharashtra- the 'Sarvajanik Kaka' (G. V. Joshi ). The marriage took place in 1876. He had only one child, a daughter, Godavari by name, who was later on married to Shri. Parashuram Damodar Joag of Tasgaon. Now her children (grandsons of V. S. Apte) are serving in high posts and try to keep up the memory of their illustrious grand-father. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #10
PRIN. VAMAN SHIVRAM APTE, [1858--1892] For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #11
DIRECTIONS TO BE STUDIED BEFORE USING THIS DICTIONARY (as given by Prin. Apte, as far as followed in this edition) 1. Words and their derivatives are arranged in the following order :- first the radical or primitive word in large black type in all its different parts of speech. In some cases these derivatives are given in their own alphabetical order for the sake of clearness. 2. The different parts of speech of a word are indicated by large black dashes, after which the nominative singular of the part of speech is usually given, or the letters m., f., n. or ind. are put after the dash, the leading word being given only once. Where a word is used as an adjective and also as a substantive, the senses of the adjective are invariably given first; e. g. ait, ery, HT. The same is done in the case of compounds, but within brackets. 3. Where two words, though identical in form, differ entirely in meaning, they are generally repeated as separate words; e. g. UT, . In a few cases they have been grouped together. 4. Words which are used as adverbs, but derived by case-inflections from a noun or adjective are given under the noun or adjective; e. g. Jer under set. In some cases they are given within brackets before the compounds, if any. 5. The several meanings of a word, where they can be sufficiently distinguished from one another, are given separately and marked by black Arabic figures. Mere shades of meaning are not considered as separate senses, but in such cases several synonyms are given under the same meaning, from which the reader will have to make his choice. Where the shades of meaning are sufficiently broad, they are numbered as separato meanings. 6. The meanings of words are arranged in the order of their importance and frequency of use. It has not, of course, been possible to do so in every case, but the system has been generally followed. 7. (a) Compounds are grouped under the first word in the compounds, in the alphabetical order of their second members, the black dash before them denoting that first word; e. g. 19 under a means fACIST, adhikArin under uttara means uttarAdhikArina. N. B.-In giving compounds, the changes, which the final letters undergo, e. g. the dropping, assimilation of letters &c. are assumed; e. g. - apara under pUrva stands for pUrvApara, -gatiH under adhas, for adhogatiH &c. In some cases the compound words, where not easily intelligible, are given in full within brackets; see , gwe, ale &c. (1) Where a compound itself is used as the first member of other compounds, these letters are given immediately after, their second member being preceded by which represents the first compound; e. g. 'TEZ, CIT &e. given under dvi stand not for dvIndra or dvirAja, but for dvijendra or dvijarAja. (c) All alul compounds (e. g. THAT, BINH, TEHT, AafF, FETT: gai; Efe T &e.) are given separately in their proper places, but under the radical word. 8. All words formed by Krit or Taddhita affixes are given separately; thus T, 2 , 3 , area, HR &c. will be found not as compounds under , &c. but as separate worde. 9. (a) In the case of substantives the nominative singular, wherever it may at once denote the gender, is given throughout, the visarga, unless followed by f., indicating masculine gender, and the anusu ara neuter gender. Where the nominative singular is not indicative of the gender, it is specified as m. f. or n. as the case may be. All substantives ending in consonants have their genders specified as m.f. or *. (1) The feminine forms of nouns are usually given as separate leading words, but in some cases, especially in the first five or six hundred pages, they are given under the leading word after the masculine gender. But where the feminine base enters into compounds, it is invariably given separately; e. g. TT. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #12
10. In the case of adjectives the simple base only is given. The feminine of the majority of adjectives in T ends in 871, and adjectives ending in or have generally the same base for all genders. In all such cases the simple base is given, the feminine being formed according to similar substantive bases. All irregular feminines are, however, denoted within brackets. Adjectives ending in 1, or form their feminines regularly in aft,aft or et; where irregular, they are denoted within brackets. 11. (a) In the case of verbs, the Arabic figure before P., A. and U. denotes the conjugation to which the root belongs; P. denoting Parasmaipada, A. Atmanepada, and U. Ubhayapada (P. and A.). Den stands for Denominative, and here the 3rd person sing. present tense is given throughout. (6) Under each root the 3rd person singular present tense and of the Perfect, Aorist, two Futures and Infinitive in the case of important roots, and the past passive participle wherever noteworthy, are given throughout. The forms of the Passive, Causal and Desiderative, wherever noteworthy, are given after them, or after the senses of the primitive base, where there is any peculiarity in their senses. (c) Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions to roots are given separately in their own alphabetical order, except in cases where there are no derivatives from such verbs. (d) Roots sometimes change their form or pada (voice) or both, when used in particular senses, or when preceded by particular preposition. Such changes are denoted within brackets. (e) When a root belongs to different conjugations with different meanings, Roman figures are used to mark this difference, (cf. STE, IT, ET &c.), the root being repeated only once. 12. (a) All possible derivatives from a word are not always given when they may be easily supplied, more especially in the case of potential passive participles ( formed by 27, apare and ), present participles and abstract nouns from adjectives (formed by adding at, ca or T). Where there is any peculiarity either in the formation or meaning of these derivatives, they are given. But in many cases the student will have to supply the forms according to the general rules given in Grammar. (6) Similarly all the equivalents given under the radical word are not always repeated under the derivatives; they may, if necessary, bo ascertained by a reference to the radical word. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #13
EXPLANATION OF TERMINATIONS USED IN THE DERIVATION OF WORDS N. B.-Ter. stands for 'Termination', and Tad. for 'Taddhita '. aa Krit ter. (f.); as in jigamiSA. aG (a) a Krit ter. (f.) before which no guna or ___Vrddhi takes place; as in bhidA, chidA, spardhA. ac (a)a Krit ter. (m.) as in pacaH; or a Tad. one; ____ as in arzasaH a5 (a) Tad, ter. showing descendant or offspring' &c.; as in autsaH, vaidaH. aN (a) a Tad. ter. used in the same sense; as in jAnakI, pArvatI, zeva; also Krit.; as in kumbhakAraH. ati (at) a Tad. ter. (f.) showing number or ____measure; as in dazat, paJca t . athuc (athu) Krit ter. (m.); as in vamathuH, vepathuH, zvapathuH. ani (ani)a Krit ter. (f.); as in ajIvaniH. anIyar (anIya) Krit ter. used to form potential pts_sive participales; as in karaNIya, hananIya. ap (a)a Krit ter. (m.); as in prasavaH, garaH, bhavaH, karaH, or Tad; as in antarlomaH, asic (as) a Tad. ter.; as in aprajas , sumedhas .. asuna (as) an Up. ter. (n.); as in saras, tapas, cetas . astAti (astAt) Tad. ter.; as in adhastAt, purastAt . Ac (A) a Tad. ter. (adv.); as in dakSiNA, uttarA. ATac (ATa) a Tad. ter.; as in vAcATa, Anuka (An) a feminine termination.; as in indrANI, bhavAnI.. Alaca (Ala)a Tad. ter.; as in vAcAla. Aluca (Alu) aKrit ter. showing 'disposition or tendeney'; as in zraddhAla, spRhayAla; or a Tad ter. showing "possession'; as in hRdayAla; or inability to bear'; as in zItAla, uSNAla. ik (i) Krit ter.: as in paciH , bhediH , ina (i) Tad. ter. showing descendants' &c.; as in dAzarathiH, kArNiH, drauNiH. ida the augment i. itac (ita) a Tad. ter. showing full of' or covered ___with'; as in tArakita; kusumitaH (kusumAnyasya saMjAtAni sa taruH). itnu (itnu) a Krit. ter.; as in stanayitnu. inaca (ina) a Tad. ter. showing 'possession'; as in phalina. ini (in) a. Tad. ter. showing possession'; as in dhanin , daNDina; or a Krit. ter.; as in prajavin. imanic (iman ). Tad. ter. showing state or bhAva'; __as in laghiman , gariman , mradiman. ilaca (ila) a Tad. ter. showing 'possession'; as in phenila, picchila; or an Un. ter.; as in salila. iSThan (iSTha) a Tad. ter. used to form superlative degrees of adjectives. iSNu c (iSNu:) Krit. ter. showing 'disposition or | tendency : as in bhrAjiSNu, alaGkariSNu, rociSNu; or an Un ter'; as in deSNuH. isi (is) an Up. ter, as in zocis, jyotis . Ikaka (Ika) a. Tad. ter.; as in zAktIkaH, lauhitIkaH. Ikam (Ika) a Tad. ter.; as in tAtIyIka. iyaman (Iyas) a Tad. ter. used to form comparative degrees of adjective. Iraca-n (Ira) Tad. ter. showing "possession'; as in ANDIraH, kANDIraH; or an Un. ter.; as in hiMsIraH, zarIram , karIram. u (u) Krit ter. as in icchuH, jigamiSuH, bhikSuH; or an Cn. ter.; as in taruH, bharuH, zayuH. ukam (uka) a Krit ter. showing 'tendency'; as in pAtukaH, sthAyukaH . uN (u)a Krit or Un. ter.; as in kAruH, vAyuH, svAduH. urac (ura) a Tad. ter. showing possession'; as in danturaH. ulac (ula) an Up. ter.; as in harSula, caTula. usi, usina (us) an Up. ter. (.); as in janus, vapus, parus. Uka (Uka) a Krit ter.; as in dandazUka, jAgarUka, U (U) a fem.ter.; as in karkandhU. Uda (U) a substitute; as in dyUta from div, jUH from jvara. R(R) an Un. ter, as in deva. eNya (paNya)a Tad. ter.; as in prAvRSeNyaH, edyasuc (edhus) a Tad. ter.: as in anyeAH , pareyaH . enap (ena) Tad. ter. (adv.); as in dAkSaNena, uttareNa, ka (a) a Krit ter.; as in kiraH, jJaH, prasthaH ; or in upannaH, ninnaH; or a Tad. ter. (ka) used in various senses as in azmakaH, rASTrakam, azvakaH, suvarNakam, tUSNIkaH . kak (ka) Tad. ter.; as in vArAhakaH . kan (ka)a Tad. ter. as in madrakaH, devadattakaH, kapa (ka) a Tad. ter.; as in vyUDhoraskaH, nadImAtRkaH. ki (i) a Krit ter.; as in cakriH, jagmiH , dadiH, jaladhiH. kurac (ura) a Krit ter.; as in bhidura, vidura. ta (ta changed tona) the ter. of the past passive parti___ciple; as in hata, gata, jJAta. ktavatu (tavat) the ter. of the past active participle; as in hatavat . ktic-n (ti) a Krit ter. (/) forming abstract nouns __from roots; as in kRtiH , matiH, gatiH. ku (nu) a Krit ter. showing tendency or disposition': ___as in gRdhnu, kSipnu, trasnu. kmarac (mara) a Krit. ter.: as in ghasmara, sRmara. kya c (ya) a denominative ter. (p.); as in putrIyati. kya G-5 (ya) a denominative ter.; as in bhRzAyate, pArthA yate. kya p (ya) a Krit ter.; as in kRtya, stutya, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #14
ku (ru)a Krit ter.; as in bhIru. kru-klu-kan (ru-lu-ka)a Krit ter.: As in bhIru (la) ka. kvanip (van) Krit. or Up. ter.; as in sudhIvana , zIvana , kuzvan . karae (vara) Krit ter. showing tendeney or disposition'; as in itvara, mRtvara, gatvara. kin- (va or vi) Krit ter. added to roots, but which ___is usually omitted: as in spR ha , sapadbAka,&e. ksna (sna) an Up. ter.; as in akSaNam, kRtsnam. kha (ina) Tad. ter.; as in kulIna. khaca-za (a) Krit ter. before which a masal is inserted; ___Rs in stanaMdhayaH, priyaMvadaH, nADiMdhamaH. kham (ina) Tad. ter.; as in mAhAkulIna, gaka-n (ga) an Up.ter.; as in mudgaH, gaGgA. gmini (gmin)a Tad. ter.: as in bAgmin, grastu (snu)a Krit ter.; as in jiSNu, sthAsnu. gha (a)a Krit ter.; as in gocaraH, urazchadaH; or a Tad. ter. (iya); as in yAjJiya, mahendriya. gham (a) a Krit ter. used to form abstract nouns from roote, before which the final vowel and penultimate a generally undergo Vrddhi, and the penultimate shortguna; as in hAraH, tyAgaH, pAkaH, kSepaH, ghinuNa (in) Krit ter. as in syAgin , yogin, bhogin , ghuraca (ura) a Krit ter.; as in bhagura. DIpa (I)atem. ter.: as in gatavatI, mRgI. GIS (6)a fem. ter.; as in kalmASI, sArajI. caNap (caNa) Tad. tor.; as in akSaracaNaH, cAnaz (Ana) a ter. of the present participle Atma nepada; as in nighrAna, bhujAna. cuM-caM-cup (cuM-cuM-cu). Tad. ter.; as in akSaracaJcu. cci , name of a termination; sec abhUtatadbhAva. cha (Iya)a Td. ter.: us in tvadIya, madIya. 5 (a) Tad. ter.; as im pauvaMzAlaH, jya (ya) Tad. ter.: as in pAzcajanya, kovidAryaH. Ta (a): Krit. ter.: as in senA caraH, puraHsaraH. TAp (A) a fem. ter.: As in ajA, vandhyA . Tathul (tana) a Tad. ter. showing 'pertaining to': as in divAtana, sAyaMtana, idAnIMtana. Thak (ika) a Tad. ter.; as in raucanikaH, raivatikaH. Tham (ika) Ted. ter.: us in dainika, naizika, paitRka. Than (ika) Tad. ter. showing possession &e. ; Rs in dhanikaH, zatikaH. Da (a)a Kritter. before which the final consonant of ___aroot is usually dropped; as in antagaH, dUragaH, Datamaca (atama) Tad. ter. showing one of many'; as in katama. Datara (atara) Tad. ter. showing one of two'; as in katara, ekatara. DDa (u) Krit ter.; as in vibhuH, prabhuH. Dvalac (vala) a Tad. ter. showing possession'; as in naDbala. Dha (paya) a Tad. ter. as in zileya, sabheya. ka (eya) Tad. ter. showing descended or born from': as in gAGgeyaH, mAheyaH, nAdeyaH, DhakaJ (eyaka)a Tad. ter.; as in bAhukuleyakaH, DhabU (eya): Tad. ter.: na in gASTeyaH. Na (a)a Krit ter.: as in grAhaH, jvAlaH. Namula (am) the termination of a particular kind of gerund; as in kAram, smArasmAram. Nic (i) the termination of the causal. Nini (in ). Krit ter.; as in grAhin , pAyin , sthAyina . Nya (ya)a Tad. ter.; as in daityaH, sAMkAzyaH, Nya da (ya) a termination of the potential passive parti___eiple; as in kAya, hAsya. Nvula (aka)a Krit ter.; as in prabAhika. tarapa, tamap (tara, tama) terminations of the comparative and superlative degrees. tasila (tas) a ter. of the ablative case; as in mUlataH, sarvataH. tAtila (tAti) : Tad. tor.: as in zivatAti, sarvatAti. tuda (s) the augment inserted before ana; as in sAyaMtanaH. tumun (tum) the ter. of the infinitive mood. tRca (ta)a Krit ter. of agency; as in kartA, bhoktA. tyaka (tya) a Tad. ter.; as in pAzcAtyaH, dAkSiNAtyaH. tyap (tya) a Tad. ter. as in tatratya, atratya. bal (tra) Tad. ter.cele.); as in kutra, sarvatra, tatra. thA-thAla (thA) Tad. ter.showing 'manner' as in sarvathA, pUrvathA. daghnaca (dama) Tad. ter. showing mensure or height', as in jAnudanna, Urudanna, Urudayasa, dvayasac (dvys)| gajadvayasa. naG (na)a Krit. ter.; in yajJaH, praznaH, yatnaH. nak (ka) the augment. n; 2g in dhUnayati, prINayati. puka (pa) the augnnent 8 in ropayati, jJApayati. phaka, pham (Ayana) Tad. ter.3 as in nADAyanaH, vAtsyAyanaH, AzvalAyanaH. ma (ma) a Tad. ter.; as in madhyama, Adima, drumaH. matupa (mat) a possessive ter.; s in agnimat, zrImat ; (changed to yat ). mayada (maya): Thd. ter.sin kASThamaya, jalamaya, mAtraca (mAtra)a Tad. ter. showing measure'; as in UrumAtra, gajamAtra. mini (min) a possessive ter.: as in gomin . mum (m) the augment m; as in rAtriMcara, stanadhayaH, ya (ya) Tad. ter.; as in pAzyA, vAtyA, dhUmyA; or im sabhyaH, zaraNyaH. yaG (ya) a ter. of the frequentative; as in bobhUyate. yaJ (ya) a Tad. ter.; as in vAtsyaH , gAryaH, yat (ya) Krit ter.; as in bhavya, geya, ceya, ra (ra) a possessive ter.; as in madhura, kulara; also a Krit ___ter.; as in namra, dIpa, kamna, zubhra, hiMsra. laca (la)a Tad. ter.: as in aMsala, mAMsala. lyu (an) a Krit ter. showing 'agency' as in nandanaH, madanaH. lyuda (ana) a Krit ter. torming abstract nouns ; as in gamanam, bhavanam, pramANam. vanip (van) a Krit ter.; as in yajvan , dhIvan . varaca (vara) a Krit ter.; as in Izvara, sthAvara. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #15
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra valac ( vala) a Tad. ter.; as in zikhAvala:, rajasvalA. farfar (fat) a possessive ter.; ns in after, verken, yazasvin, medhAvina min vul ( aka) a Krit ter ; as in nindakaH, hiMsakaH ; or a Tad. ter.; as in auTrakam, rAjakam, aura nakam. vun ( aka) a Krit ter as in sarakaH, lavakaH. T() a Krit ter.; as in far, far; or a Tad. ter. (za); as in lomaza:. () a ter. of the present participle of Parasmaipada; as in 971, vidat. zAnac (Ana or mAna) ater. of the present participle of the Atmanepada ; as in pacamAnaH, ...... Ait. Br... ... Aitareya Brahmana, (Bombay). Ak. Amarkosa, (Bombay). A. L. Anandalahari. Amaru. A past. A. Ram.... A. R. Ary. S... Arya. S.... Asvad. Asval Av. Bandhay. Bg. Bh. B. P. Bhav.P... Bhag. ... *** *** www.kobatirth.org ... A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE DICTIONARY Amarukataka, (Nirmaya Sagar, 1916). Apostamba. Adhyatma Ramayana. I Of the names of works or authors. N. B.-Except where otherwise specified, the Editions of works referred to are mostly those printed at Calcutta. Anargharaghava (Published in the Kavyamala). Aryavidyasudhakara, (Bombay). Ary asaptasati (Published in the Kavyamala). Asvadhati (Published in the Sabhsitaratnakara). Avalkyana's Satre. Atharava-Veda. (ed. by Pandit. Satavalekar). Bhavisyottara Purana. Bhagawata, (V. Ramaswamy Sastrulu & Sons, Madras). Bhar. Ch... Bharatachamp, (Bombay). Budhayana. Bhagavadgita (Tilak Edition). Bhartrihari's three satakas (the figures 1.2. 3. after Bl. denoting Sringara", Niti, and Vairagya). Niti and Vairagya-Oriental Publishing Company (Bombay), Srigara--Niraya Sagara, 1925. Bhavisys Purp. pa, pac ( a ) added at the end of comp. ; as in trimUrdhaH padmAkSaH Skan ( ka ) a Tad. ter ; as in pathikaH. 3 () a Krit ter. showing instrument or means of an action; as in vaktram, zastram, vastram, pAtram, yotram, daMSTrA Thac ( ika) a Tad. ter ; as in kusIdikaH. SThana-Thala (ika) Tad. ter ; as in parvikaH, AkarSikaH. Spha (Ayana ) & Tad. ter ; as in kAtyAyanI. a () a Tad. ter. showing state (H)'; as in cAturya, saundarya. () the ter. of the desiderative. a Tad. ter. (adv.); as in . Bhasa P... Bhasaparichchheda. Bhava P. Bhavapraklia. Brjagapita. Bij. Bil. Ch. ... Bk. Bm. ********* B. R.... B. and R. Brav. P.... Bri. S. Bri. Kath. Br. Sut.... Bri. Ar. Up. Bri. Up. Bu. Ch.... Bv. Chand. K. Chandr.... Chap. Chat.... Ch. P. Chand. M. Ch. Up... ... For Private and Personal Use Only ... *** *** ... Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ... Day. B, Day. D. Bhag. Dhan. V. Bilhanacharitam. Bhattikavya, (Niraya Sagara, 1928). Bharatamanjari. Balaramayana, (Benaras )." Bothlingk and Roth. Brahmavaivarta Purana. Varahamihira's Brihatsamhita, Dayabhaga. Devibhagavata. ...Dhananjayavijaya. no-quieso). Brihatkatha. Brahmasutras. Brihadaranyakopanisad, sAthai upanAha . . bhAgavata, 1914) Buddhacharitam, (A. C. Bhat & Co. 1911). Bhaminivilasa, (D. V. Sadhale & Co. Bombay). Chandakausika. Chandraloka. Chanakyataka. Chatakistaks (In two parts.) Chaurapanchasika. Chhandomanjari. Chhandogyopanisad, (ed aufanning 6. ra. bhAgavata, 1914. )

Page #16
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra Dhanur.... Dharm. Dhurt. Dk. D. R. Dri. S. Enm. Gaut. S. Dhanurveda Samhita, (zrIveMkaTezvara presa, zake 1823 ). Dharmaviveka. Dhartasamagama. Daakumaracharita, (Bombay). ... Dasarupa (Hall's edition). ...... Dris Antakataka. Ekarthanamamala of Saubhari. H. H. Pr. Halay. Hariv. Heh.... H. D. Hem. Isop. ****** ****.. or Gaut. Sut. Ghat. Girvana. Git. ... G. L. G. M. Goladh.... ... K. P. Ks. Ku. } ...... ... ... ****** ... ****.. Katy. Kaus. Kaus. Br. Kaus Up. Kau. A.... ... Halayudha. Harivamis, (n, g, 1936). Harsacharits. Hamsaduta. Hemachandra. Topanisad, (or * 1914). fawding, 6. 7. wmen, J. N. V. Jaiminiy any ayamala vistara, (Goldstucker's Edition.) K. Kam. Kadambari, (Bombay). Kamandakinitisara. Kasi..... Kasikvritti, (Benares). Karpur....... Karparamajari (Published in Kavya mala.) Kath. Kathopanisad, (qfz-6. 7. bhAgavata 1914 . ) ... ... ...... Kav.... Kavyal.... ****** ********* ... ****** ... ... ...... *** ... ... Kavyalankara (Publishad in Kavyamala). Ken... Kenopanisad, (ref fagzing, z. 7. bhAgavata, 1914 ). Ki. ********* Kir. K. Kirtikaumudi, (Bombay). Gautamasutra. Ghatakarparak vya. gIrvANaM laghukoza. Gita govinda. Gangalahari. Ganaratnamahodadhi of Vardhamana. Geladhyays. Hitopaden, (qan ke, git, 1933). hitopadeza-prastAvikA *** *** *** Katyayana. Kausikasutra. Kausitaki Brahmana. Kausitakyupanishad. Kautilya Arthaiastra, by Dr. Shama Sastry, 1924. Kavyadars www.kobatirth.org *** ... Kiratarjanlys, (Nirnaya Sagars, 1922). Kumarasambhava, (Nirnaya Sagara, 1916). Kull.... ... Kullaka. Kusum. Kuval. ... *** Kavyaprakkia. Kathisarita gara. Kusumanjali. Kuvalayananda. 6 L. D. B....... List of Prof. Dineshchandra Bhattacharya. Lilavati. Lila.... L. V. M. Malli. Mana. Mand. ***** Madh. N... Madhavanidana. Mahan.... Mahaka. Mal.... Mv. ****** ... Mark. P. Matanga. ****** Mb. Mbh.... Me. Med.... Mita.... Mim. Mk. Moha M. Ms. Mu. ... ... M. W. N. ... ... Mugdha. Munda. *** *** *** For Private and Personal Use Only ... ... ... ... ... Lalitavistara. ... ... ... Pratijna. Priy. D. Pt. ... *** ... *** Nag.... Nala. Nalod. Nir. Niti. Nitipra.... Nm. P.... Pad. D. Panch. Parpal Parnal. P. P.... P. R.... Prab.... Prains, Up.... ...... ... *** ... ... *****. ... ... ... *** ... www ****** ... Mudraraksasa, (Royal Book Stall, Poona, 1948). Mugdhabodha. Mupjakopanisad, (sArtha upaniSatsaMgraha . . bhAgavata, 1914 ). ... Mahaviracharita, (Nirnaya Sagara, 1926). Monier Williams. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Malavikagnimitra, (Prin. R. D. Karmarkar, 1933). ... Malatimadhava (Oriental Publishing Co. Bombay, 1913). Mallinatha. Manasara, (ed. by Acharys). Mandakyopanisad, (ng.. bhAgavata, 1914 ). Markandeya Purana. Matangalila of Nilakantha Mahabharata, (citrazALA, puNe, 1929 - 33). Mahabhaya, (Bombay). Meghadata, (R. D. Karmarkar, 1938). Medini kosa. Mitakkar, (Bombay). Mimamsa. Mrichhakatika, (R. D. Karmarkar, 1937). Mohamudgara. Manusmriti, (J. M. Gurjar, Bombay, 1894). Naisadhacharits, (Nirnaya Sagara, 1933). Nagananda. Nalopakhyann, (Bombay). Nalodaya. Nirukta. Nitisara. Nitipradips. Nanarthamojart of Raghavn. Panini's Astadhyayi. Padankaduta. Pancharatra. Parnalaparvatagrahapakhyann. Parvatiparinaya. Prasannarlghavn. Prabodhachandrodaya, (Bombay). Pranopanisad, (.. bhAgavata, 1914 ). Pratijna Yaugandharayana. Priyadarika. Panchatantra. Chap, I, IV, V, (AryabhUSaNa presa, puNe 1893

Page #17
- 1 1897). R. S. ...... Chap. II and III, (Oriental Publi- Surya S. .. Suryasiddhanta. shing Company, Bombay, 1912). Susr. ... ... Susruta. R. ... ... ... Raghuvamsa, (R. A. Sagoon, Bombay Sv. ... ... ... Samaveda. Svet. Up.... Svetasvataropanisad. Raj. 1. ... Rajaprasasti. Tarka. K. ... Tarkakaumudi, (Bombay). Raj. T ... ... Rajatarangini. Trik. ... ... Trikandasesa. Ram... ... ... Ramayana, (Nirnaya Sagara, 1888). T. Ar. ... ... Taittiriya Aranyaka. Ram. ch. ... Ramacharitam by Yuvaraja Kavi. T. UP. Taittiriya Upanisad. Ras. M. ... ... Rasamanjari. T. Br. ... ... Taittiriya Brahmapa. Ratn....... Ratnavali, (Padhye, Yande, Manerikar Ts. ... ... ... Taittiriya Samhita. & Co. Bombay, 1907). T. S. ... ... Tarkasamgraha, (Bombay). R. G. ... ... Rasagangadhara, (Prof. R. B. Ty.......... Taranatha's Vachaspatyam. Athavale). U. ... ... ... Uttararamacharita, (P. V. Kane, Ritusamhara, ( V.R. Nerurkar, Bombay, Bombay, 1915). 1916). Udb.... ... ... Udbhata. Rigveda, (Pandita Satawalekar and Ud. D. ... ... Uddhavaduta. V. S. Mandala, Poona). Ud. S. ... ... Uddhavasandesa. ... ... Rigveda Pratisakhya. Ujjval. ... ... Ujjvaladatta. S. ... ... ... Sakuntalam, (Shiralkar & Co. Poona, Un.... ... to. Unadisutras. 1902). Up. ... ... ... Upanisad. Sabdak. ... ... Sabda kalpadruma. ... Vikramorvasiyam, (R. D. Karmarkar, Sabda. ch. ... Sabdachintamani (Sanskrit-Gujrati 1932). Dictionary by Ramanabhai Nilkanth, Vagb. ... ... Vagbhata. 1899 ). Vais. ... ... Vaisesika. San. K. ... ... Vais. Sat. ... Vai esikasutras, Sankhyakarika. Sankhya. K. Vaj. ... ... ... Vajasaneyi Samhita, ( IET , go, San. S. ... ... Sankhyasutra. 9982). Sar. K. ... ... Sarasvatikanthabharana. Vak. P. ... ... Vakya padiya. Sarva. S. Vall. Subh. ... Vallabhadeva's Subhasitavali, (Bombay). Sar. S. ... Vas. ... ... ... Vasavadatta, (Nirnaya Sagara, 1940). Sat. Br. ... ... Satapatha Brahmana. Vatsy. ... ... Vatsyayana Kamasutra. Say. ... ... ... Sayana. Vb. ... ... ... Viddhasalabhanijika, (Bombay). S. B. ... ... Sarirabhasya, Ve. ... ... ... Venisamhara, (A. B. Gajendragadkar, S.D. ... ... Sahityadarpana. 1941 ). Si. ... ... ... Sisupalavadha, (Nirnaya Sagara, 1902). Vedanta P.... Vedantaparibhasa. Sid. Mukt.) Vet. ... ... ... Vetalapacha vimsati. or Siddhantamuktavali. Vid. ... ... ... Vidagdhamukhamapdana. Mukta. Vikr. ... ... ... Vikramankadevacharita, (Bombay). Sik. ... ... ... Siksa. Vir. M. ... ... VI.mitrodaya. Siva B. ... ... Sivabharata by Paramananda. Vis. Guna. Viswagunadarsachampu, (Nirnaya Siva P. ... ... Siva Purana. Sagara, 1915). Sk. ... ... ... Siddhanta-Kaumudi, V. May. ... Vyavaharama yukha, (Mr. Mandalik's Skanda P. ... Skanda Purana. Edition). S. L. ... ... Sudhalahari (Published in the Kavga- Vop. or Bop. Vopadeva. mala). V. P. ... ... Vishnu Purana. Srut. ... ... ... Srutabodha. V. Ratna. ... Vsittaratnakara. $. Tl. ... ... Sringaratilaka. Vrind. S.... Vrindavanasataka. Subh. ... ... Subhasitaratnakara, (Bombay). V. Sah.... ... Vishnusahasranama. Subhas ... ... Subhasita. Y.......... Yajsiavalkya Smriti, (Nirnaya Sagara, Subh. Ratn. Subhasitaratnabhandagara, (Bombay). 1926). Sukra. ... ... Sukraniti, (I.T. Trof, 417 891). Yoga S. ... ... Yogasutras. Sukti. ... ... Suktisundara. Yv., Yaj. ... Yajurveda ( Pandit Satevalekar ed.) Note - After the Abbreviations given above, where one Arabic figure is followed by another, the former indicates the canto, chapter, part, act &c., and the latter, the number of the verse. A single Arabic figure indicates the page, act, &c. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #18
Grammatical and other Abbreviations and Symbols. abl. Nom. P. Com. len. A. or Atm ... Atimulepuda. ...... Adjective. ... Ablative. acc. Accusative. arle. Adverb. aly. ... ... Algebra. Arith. Arithmetic. A.S. ... ... Anglo-Saxon. astr. ...... Astronomy. astrol....... Astrology. Avyayi... ... Avyayibhava. Bah. ... ... Bahuvrihi. Cans. Causal. cf. Compare. ... ... Commentary. Comp. ... ... Compound. dat. ... ... Dative. Denominative. ... ... Desiderative. du. ...... Dual. c. g. ... ... Exempli gratia, for example. Eng. ... ... English. Etym., Ety.... Etymology. f. or fem.... Feminine. fig. ... ... Figurative. fr. ... ... ... From. frer. ... ... Frequentative. gen. ...... Genitive. Germ. ... ... German. Goth. ... ... Gothic. Gr. ...... Greek. gram. ...... Grammar. ibid. The same. 1. e. ..... id est, that is. ind. ... ... Indeclinable. inf. Infinitive. instr. ... ... Instrumental. L. ... ... ... Latin. ... ... Literal. ... ... Locative. al. or mas.... Masculine. Mar. ... ... Marathi. Math. ... ... Mathematics. Medic. ... ... Medicine. 1. ...... Neuter. N. ... ... Name. ...... Nominative wum. a. ... ... Numeral adjective. oft. Ofton times. opp. ... ... Opposite of. ... Parasinaipada. pass. ....... Passive. Pers. Persian. phil. ... Philosophy. ... ... Plural. pot. p. ... ... Potential passive participle. P. P. ...... Past passive participle. Pres. ... ... Presont tense. pres........ Present participle. pron. ... ... Pronominal adjective. 4. v. ... ... quod vide, which see. Rhet. Rhetoric. sing. ... ... Singular. Subst. ... ... Substantive. 8. v. ...... vub voce, seo under the word. Tat. ...... Tatpurusha. Ubhayapada ( Parasmai and Atmane ). Vartika. Vod. ... ... Vodic. v.l. Various reading. ... Vocative. Equal or equivalent to, same as. ... Plus. ... Et cetera. denotes that the rest of the word under consideration is to be supplied; e. 9.; ratnaprabhavasya yasya under ananta means STEFFECT &c. Vart. Voc. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #19
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra 34 a aMza: a The first letter of the alphabet; akSarANAmakAro'smi akaraNi, ajIvani also. (e) Used in addressing; a ananta. (d) It is also used as a particle of prohibition.-3 The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional Tenses. Bg. 10.33. - a: [ avati, atati sAtatyena tiSThatIti vA; , Tv.1 N. of Visnu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred syllable om; akAro viSNuruddiSTa ukArastu mahezvaraH / makArastu smRto brahmA praNavastu trayAtmakaH // For more explanations of the three syllables 3, 3, see .-2 N. of Siva, Brahma, Vayu, or Vaisvanara.-[ aH kRSNaH zaMkaro brahmA zakraH somo 'nilo'nalaH / sUryaH prANo yamaH kAlo vasantaH praNavaH sukhI || Fmm. aH syAd brahmaNi viSNvIzakUrmANaGkaraNeSu ca | gaurave'ntaHpure hetau bhUSaNe'chrAvumejyayoH // Nm. aH zikhAyA~ foamck amek zarifni e gegen befagy || ibid. Thus : moans Krisna, Siva, Brahma, Indra, Soma, Vayu, Agni, the Sun, the life-breath, Yama, Kala, Vasanta, Pranava, a happy man, a tortoise, a courtyard, a battle, greatness, a female apartment in a palace, an object or a cause, an ornament, a foot, Uma, sacrifice, a flame, a particularly efficacious mantra, reins, the horse of a chariot, wheel, the head of a cock, the disc of the moon ]; in. 1 A prefix corresponding to Latin in, Eng. in or un, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables (or rarely even to verbs) as a substitute for the negative particle , and changed to 37 before vowels (except in the word 3-). The senses of usually enumerated are six-(a) 'likeness' or resemblance';: one like a Brahmana (wearing the sacred thread &e), but not a Brahmana; a Ksatriya, or a Vaisya: : a reed appearing like , but not a true (6) absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation'; absence of knowledge, ignorance; akrodhaH, anaGgaH, akaNTakaH, aghaTa: &c. (c) anyatva 'difference' or 'distinction: : not a cloth, something different from, or other than, a cloth. (1) 3 smallness', 'diminution', used as a diminutive particle: having a slender waist ( kRzodarI or tanumadhyamA ) (e) aprAzassya ' badness', 'unfitness', having a depreciative sense; 3: wrong or improper time; not fit to be done, improper, unworthy, bad act. (f) fai opposition', 'contrariety": fe: the opposite of morality, immorality; af not white, black; not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following verse :- tatsAdRzyamabhAvazca tadanyatvaM tadalpatA / aprAzastyaM virodhazva naJarthAH SaT prakIrtitAH // See na also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives, participles, it has usually the sense of 'not'; not having burnt; 33 not seeing: so not once; amRSA, akasmAta &c. Sometimes in bahuvrIhi a (doos not affect the sense of the second member; 31-9f4 that which has no last, i. e. best, topmost; e. g. faqferaf: cf. also R.19.1. having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent: (for examples see these words).-2 An interjection of (a) Pity (ah!) P. I. 1. Sk. (b) Reproach, censure (fie, shame); af P. VI. 3.73 Vart. See N. I The application of this privative prefix in practically unlimited; to give every possible case would almost amount to a dictionary itself. No attempt will, therefore, be made to give every possible combination of this prefix with a following word; only such words as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in literature and enter into compounds with other words, will be given; others will be found selfexplaining when the English 'in', 'un', or 'not', is substituted for or before the meaning of the second word, or the sense may be expressed by 'less', free from, devoid or destitute of' &e; 2 unspeakuble; adarpa without pride, or freedom from pride, apragalbha not bold; 3 unfortunate; a destitute of wealth &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second member. Most compounds beginning with or 3 are either Tatpurusa or Bahuvrihi (to be determined by the sense) and should be so dissolved. a. (epic) (being here regarded as a consonant) Not a debtor, free from debt; ag zAkaM pacati yo naraH / aRNI cApravAsI ca sa vAricara modate // Mb. The normal form also occurs in this sense. aMzu 10 U. aMzayati - te also aMzApayati To divide, distribute, share among. :- 1 A share, part, portion, division; member; sakRdezo nipatati Ms. 9.17; turyAza: a fourth part; SaSTha; mamaivAMzo jIvaloke jIvabhUtaH sanAtanaH Bg. 15.7; bhuvamaMzAviva dharmayogato It. 8.16; aMzena darzitAnukUlatA K. 150 partly. -2 A share in property, inheritance; tais: Ms. 8.408; kIvapatitau 9:201; panyaH kAryAH samAzikAH V. 2. 115. -3 the num - rator of a fraction; anyonyahArAbhihatau darAMzau Lila.; sometimes used for fraction itself.-4 A degree of latitude (or longitude); akSasyAMzAH samAkhyAtAH SaSThaputtarazatatrayam sa ca aMzaH SaSTikalAtmakaH, kalA tu SaSTivikalAtmikA. -6 The shoulder (more correctly written as 3, q. v.).-6 N. of one of the Adityas; Mb. 1.227.25; cf. also the beginning of T. A. The senses of party', 'a share of booty,' earnest money, which are said to occur in the Veda are traceable to 1 above. -7 The vital note in a Raga. -Comp.ia: [..] a secondary incarnation; part of a portion. - aMzi adr. share by share. -avatAraH -taraNam [ Sa. ta. ] descent (on earth) of parts of deities, partial incarnation; tara iva dharmasya Dk. 153; ramitra kRtAntasya K. 31; deg uccaiHzravasaH 79 80 108; N. of a sub-parvum covering Adhyay 64-67 of Adiparvan of Mb. Even without the compound For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #20
aMzaka: aMhatiH ammam aMza means partial incarnation. aMza, Aveza, and avatAra tum or Paradisiaca.-tI1 N. of a plant sAlaparNI (Mar. are the three kinds of Lord's manifestations. -kuNDa lI DavalA, sAlavaNa) Desmodium Gangeticum. -2 N. of the (= navAMza kuNDalI) the horoscope prepared by taking into river Yamuna. consideration the nine zodiacal divisions. (1/108th of __ aMzukam [aMzavaH sUtrANi viSayo yasya; aMzu RzyAdi ka ] 1 A rAzi = navAMza or navamAMza).-bhAj,-hara,-hArin . [upa. samAsa] cloth, garment in general; sitAMzukA maGgalamAtrabhUSaNA V. 3. 123B one who takes or has a share, one entitled to a share yAMzukAkSepavilajjitAnAM Ku. 1.14; cInAMzukamiva ketoH 5.1.33; in the ancestral property, an heir, a co-heir; foreais stana a breast-cloth. -2 A fine or white cloth; dhunvan zaharazcaiSAM pUrvAbhAve paraH paraH 1.2.132; jAto'pi dAsyAM zUdreNa kalpadrumakisalayAnyaMzukAnIva vAtaiH Me. 64; usually silken or kAmatoM'zaharo bhavet 133.-vivartin - [sa. ta.] slightly turned muslin. -3 An upper garment; a away, or turned away towards the shoulder: mukhamaMzavivarti mantle. -4 An under garment; kararuddhanIvigaladaMzukAH striyaH Si. 13. 31. -5A leat. pakSmalAkSyAH 5.3.24. . 1. for aMsavivarti. -savarNanam [Sa.ta.] reduction of fractions to the same denominator -6 Mild or gentle blaze of light ( nAtidIpti) (kaH also; svArthe kan.) -7 The string of a churning stick.cf. aMzukaM (atulyacchedayo rAzyoH samacchedakaraNam) anyonyahArAbhihatau harAMzI netrvstryoH| cf. also aMzukaM sUkSmavanne syAt pridhaanottriiyyoH| rAzyoH samacchadavidhAnamevam Lila. -svaraH the keynote. aMzakaH [aMza-bul ; aMzikA /.] 1One having a share, a kiraNAnAM samUhe ca mukhavastre tadiSyate // Nm. co-parcener, relative.-2 (svArthe kan ) Ashare, portion, aMzula a. Radiant, luminous. laH [aMzuM prabhAM buddhipratibhA division; triMzAMzakastathA rAzerbhAga ityabhidhIyate; dvibhartRkA meSanAzake lAti, or aMzurasya astIti lA-ka] N. of Chanakya; of syAt, vRSAMzake sA pazuzIlayuktA.-kam A solar day. any sage. aMzayitavya (aMza-tavyac) a. Fit to be divided into parts. aMsa aMsayati aMsApayati. See aMza. aMzala . [aMzaM lAti, lA-ka]1 Ilaving, or entitled to a aMsaH [aMs karmabhAvAdI ac] 1 A part, portion; See share (aMzagrAhaka).-2 aMsala, q. v. . aMza:.-2 The shoulder, shoulder-blade; yadayaM rathasaMkSobhAdasenAso aMzanam [aMza-lyuT ] Act of dividing. rathopamazroNyAH V. 1. 13.-3 N. of a prince. (-sau) The two angles of an altar [ef. Goth. amsa; L. ansar humerus%B aMzayita .( aMz-tRc) A divider, sharer. Gr. omor.] -Comp.-kUTa: [aMsaH kUTa iva bRhattvAt ] a bull's aMzin a. [aMza-ini] 1 A sharer, co-parcener; (punarvibhAga hump, the protuberance between the shoulders: rAjanyokaraNe) sarve vA syuH samAzinaH Y. 2. 114 (entitled to the same cAMsakUTakathanapaTuraTadghoradhAraH kuThAraH Prab. 1. 7.-trama [ upa. sa.] share.)-2 Having parts or members (avayavin ); aMzinaH 1 an armour to protect the shoulders. -20 bow. -phalaka: svAMzagAtyantAbhAvaM prati mRSAtmatA-Ved. Paribhash. the upper part of the spine.-bhAraH (aMse0) [aMse dhRto bhAraH aMzya . [aMza-karmaNi yat ] Divisible. zAka. ta. vA aluk] a burden or yoke put upon the shoulaMzuH [aMza-mRga0 ku.] 1 A ray, beam of light; caNDa, dharma der.-bhArika,-bhArin / . (aMsedeg) [bhastrAdigaNa, aMsa (se) bhAreNa hot-rayed, the sun; sUryAzubhibhinnamivAravindam Ku. 1. 32: lustre, afa; 89] bearing a yoke or burden on the shoulder. brilliance caNDAMzukiraNAbhAzca hArA: Ram.5.9.183; Si. 1.9. ratna, -vivartin / [upa. sa.] turned towards the shoulders; mukhahao &c. -2 A point or end. -3 A small or minute particle.-- maMsavivarti pakSmalAkSyAH 5.3.24. 4 End of a thread. -5 A filament, especially of the Soma __ aMsala . [aMsa laca, balavati ityarthe; P. V. 2. 98] Strong, plant (Ved.)-6 Garment; decoration.-7N. of a sage or lusty, powerful, having strong shoulders; yuvA yuganyAyataof a prince.-8 Speed, velocity (vega). -9 Fine thread bAhuraMsalaH R. 3. 34; bhujena rakSAparigheNa bhUmerupaitu yorga punaraMsalena -Comp.-udakam dew-water.-jAlam a collection of rays, 16.84; degpuruSaprayatnaduzcalaM Dk. 169. a blaze or halo of light.-dharaH-patiH-bhRt-bANaH-bharta-svAmin aMsya . [aMse bhavaH aMsa-yat.] Bolonging to the shoulder; the sun, bearer or lord of rays). -paTTam kind of ye asyA ye apayAH sUcIkAH Rv. 1. 191.7. silken cloth (azunA sUkSmasUtreNayuktaM paTTam ); sazrIphalairaMzupaTTam Y. 1.186 zrIphalairaMzupaTTAnAM Ms.5. 120.-mAlA a garland of aMha 1A aMhate, aMhituM Togo; approach; set out; Bk. light, halo. -mAlin m. [aMzavo mAleva, tataH astyathai ini] 1 | 3.25, 46, AnaMhe cAntikaM pituH 14.51, 4.4. &c. -Caus. 1 To the sun (wreathed with, surrounded by, rays). -2 the send; tamAjihanmathilayajJabhUmi Bk. 2. 40, 15.76. -2 To shine. number twelve:-hastaH [aMzuH hasta iva yasya ] the sun (who -3 To speak. draws up water from the earth by means of his 1000 ___aMhura a. [aMD-madgurAdi urac ] Moving (gatiyukta ); tAsAmekAhands in the form of rays ). midabhyaMhuro gAt Rv. 10.5.6; distressed, straitened. aMzumat a. [aMzu-astyarthe matup] 1Luminous, radiant; aMharaNa a. (Ved.) distressing, troublesome; sinful; jyotiSAM raviraMzumAn Bg. 10.21. -2 Pomtel. -3 Fibrous, straitened; Rv. 6.47.20.-Nam A sin, distress; Rv. 1.105.7. abounding in filaments (Ved.)-m. (H1) 1 The sun; vAlakhilyairibAMzumAn R. 15.10; aMzumAniva tanvabhrapaTalacchannavigrahaH BIETY a. Troublesome, threatening; Rv.5.15 3. Ki.11.6; jalAdhAreSvivAMzumAn Y. 3. 144; rarely the moon also; aMhatiH-tI/. [han-ati, aMhAdezazca; hantaratiH syAdahAdazazca tataH sa madhyaMgatamaMzumantaM Ram.b.5.1.-2 N. of the grandson of dhAtoH Un. 4.62; hanti duritamanayA iti dAnam ] 1 A gift. -2 Sagara, son of Asama.jijasa and father of Dilipa.-3 N. Anxiety, trouble, care, distress, illness (Ved.); Rv. 1.94.2; of a mountain; "matphalA N. of a plant, kadalI Musa. sapien- 8.75.9. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #21
aMhas akarman aMhas.. aMhaH hasI &c. [am asun huk ca Un. 4.212, amati akampana a. [na. ta. ] Not shaking.-naH N. of a Rakgacchati prAyAzcittena ] 1Asin; sahasA saMhatimahasAM vihantum ...alaM sasa; Ram. Ki..17; kRtaH kRtArtho'smi nivarhitAMhasA Si. 1.29; leaving one's akampita . [na, ta.] Unshaken, firm, resolute; not religion or duty (svadharmatyAga); lobhI'nRtaM cauryamanAryamahaH Bhag. tremulous; asaMdigdhAn svarAn brUyAdavikRSTAnakampitAn / Rr. Pr. 1. 17.32.-2 Trouble, anxiety, care; yuyotana no aMhasaH Rv. -taH N. of a Jaina, or Buddhist saint, a pupil of the 8.18.10 [of. agha, Agas : Gr. althos. ]. "muc a. freeing from last Tirthankara ( kampitaM buddhivRttezcAlanaM tannAsti yastha ). distress: aMhomuce prabhare Yv. Bighreyfa: (Ved.) The intercalary month (Lord of / akara a. [na. ba.] 1 Handless, maimed. -2 Exempt distress or perplexity ?). Vaj. from tax or duty. -3 [na. ta.] Not doing or acting: not disposed to work, ceasing from work. -rA N. of a plant ahasvat a. Sinful. AmalakI, Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica aMhitiH-tI / [ aMh ktin grahAditvAt iT Tv.] A gift. (Mar. AMvaLA ) (akaM duHkhaM sevanAt lokAnAM rAti gRhNAti nAzaaMhu . [aMh mRga0 ku] (Ved.) Sinful, wicked, injurious yatIti; rA-ka Tv.). (pApakArin , hananazIla); strait, narrow (?)-hu. 1 Anxiety, akaraNam [kR-bhAve lyuT na.ta.] Not. doing, absence of distress: sin, crime (?).-2 Pudendum Muliebre (?). [cf. action; akaraNAnmandakaraNaM zreyaH.-Na a. [na.ba.]1 Not artificial, L. angrustus, anains, Goth. aggrus].-bheda-dI having a nar natural. -2 Devoid of all organs, (epithet of the row slit; having the pudendum divided (?). Supreme Spirit). aMhiH [aMha vaMkrapAdi krin, aMhate gacchatyanena ] 1 A fcot.-2 The root of a tree, cf. 3 .-3 The number four. -Comp. akaraNiH . [naJ-kR-Akroze aniH: P.III. 3.112.JFailure, -pa: foot-drinker', a tree (mUlena pibati siktatoyam ).-skandhaH disappointment, non-accomplishment, mostly used in imprecations; tasyAkaraNirevAstu Sk. may he be disappointed, [aMhaH skandha iva ] the upper part of the sole of the foot. or experience a failure! akaraNirha te vRSala Mbh. 6.1.158. ak 1 P (akati ) To go, move tortuously like a serpent (cf. L. angulus, Gr. agkail. akarNa . [na staH karNo yasya] 1 Devoid of ears: deaf. -2 377 a. Moving tortuously. Destitute of Karma: anarjunamakarNa vA jagadadyeti nizcita: Mb.-rNaH A serpent (tasya cakSuSaiva zravaNAt , hence also called cakSuHzravAH). akam [na kaM sukham ] Absence of happiness; pain, misery (as in nAkaM, na akaM duHkhaM yatra), sin nAsti kaM sukhaM yasmAt. akarNya a. [na. ta.] Not fit for the ears; not in the ears. akaca . [na. ba.] Bald. -caH N. of Ketu (the des- akartaH kRt ] Identity; absence of difference; sadhyA cending node ), who is represented as a headless trunk. niyamya yatayo yamatehati Bhag.2.7.48. Tv. explains it thus : akAya duHkhAya cAyate; cAya-Da: ketugrahasya akartana . [ kRt-bhAve lyuT, na.ta.] 1 Not cutting. -2 udayena lokopaSTavasya zAstraprasiddhiH. Dwarfish. akaDamam, akathaham, cakram N. of a mystical circle ___ akartR m. [na.ta.] Not an agent: akartari ca kArake P. III. (cakra) or dingram with the letters of the alphabet, such as 3.10actionless: cAturvaNya mayA sRSTaM guNakarmavibhAgazaH / tasya kartAraa, ka, Da, ma; a, ka, tha, hai &c. written therein and used in mapi mAM viddhapakartAramavyayam // Bg.4.13. puruSo'kartA bhoktA Sankhya: determining the auspicious or inauspicious stars of a per a subordinato agont: 0794-OT an inferior or subordinate Kon; (grAhyagopAlamantrasya tantroktamantragrahaNArthe tattanmantrANAM zubhAzubha position.-Comp.-bhAva: the state of non-agent; draSmRtvamakavicAropayogI cakrabhedaH Tv.) (Mar. avakahaDAcakra given in paJcA). bhAvazca | Sankhya. K.19. akathanIya .. Not fit to be mentioned.. __ akarman a. [na. ba. 1 Without work, idle; inefficient. akathita 'Not told', not otherwise mentioned by -2 Disqualified for performing the necessary rites, way of any of the other case-relations, such as 3191417 wickedl, degraded: akarmA dasyurabhi no Rv. 10. 22. 8. -3 &c; a name given to the indirect (gauNa) object governed (Gram.) intransitive, generally in this sense akarmaka. -. by verbs like duh , yAca &e. ef. anabhihitam akathitaM karma (me) [na. ta.] 1 Absence of work; absence of necessary and 'akathitaM ca ' P. 1.4.51. In the sentence 'gAM payaH observances: neglect of essential observances: inaction: dogdhi' gAm is the indirect (gauNa) object, and it could akarmaNazca boddhavyaM gahanA karmaNo gatiH Bg. 4. 17, 18.-2 An have taken the ablative ending. improper act; crime, sin. -3 Not doing ( = akaraNam ), non3T UT a. Not fit to be mentioned. performance; pratiSedhAdakarma MS. 10.8.10.-4 What should akaniSTa a. Not the youngest (such as eldcst, middle); not be done; akarma vA kRtadUSA syaat| MS. 12. 1. 10 (where elder, superior. -: N. of Buddha Gautama: of a deified zabara explains akarma by na vA kartavyA dArzikI vediH / ).-5 Buddhist. saint (pl. in this latter sense.) f. bahUni zata- Non-act, non-activity: anyaddhi karma bhakSaNaM pratiSidhyamAnam anya sahasrANi yAvadakaniSTAnAM saMnipatitAnyabhUvan / Iv. -Comp. -pa: akarma mAnasa: saMkalpaH / SB. on MS. 62.19. --6 Not doing, (ga: also) [akaniSTAna buddhAn pAtIti; pA-ka. ] N. of Buddha, violation. tadakarmaNi ca doSaH MS. 6.3.3 (where tadakarmaNi is lord of Buddhists. explained as pradhAnAtikrame by zabara); akarmaNi cApratyavAyAt / akanyA [ na. ta. ] No virgin, a maid who is not so M S 6.3.10.-7 A wrong act, an improper act. akarma ca any longer; akanyati tu yaH kanyAM brUyAd dveSeNa mAnava: Ms. 8.225. / dArakriyA yA AdhAnottarakAle| SB. on MS.G. 8. 11: akarma For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #22
akarmaka akArya ....... inmom caurbamAdhAnAt / US.i.s. 11. -Comp. -anvita / . 1 m- akANDa .. [ nAsti kANDam avasaraH ucitakAlaH yasya 1 Acciengagerl, 100ccupied, idle. -2 criminal. a. free front dental, untoward, inexpected, sudden; akANDapANDura dhanapraspardhi action; na hi kazcit kSaNamapi jAtu tiSThatyakarmakRt / Bg.Bidoing Mv..:39 -(v. 1. akAlapANDura) at of SEASON punara kANDaan improper net. -bhogaH 1 enjoyment of freedom from vivartanadAruNaH e..13 pracaNDakalahayoH / .6: patatu zirasyakANDathe fruits of action. -2 renunciation of self-righteousness. yamadaNDa ivaiSa bhuja: Mil. 5. 31; "bharatA saMsArasukhAnAM K. 17-2 -zIla. Imy, indolent.. Dostitute of stem or stock. -Comp. -jAta . suddenly ___ akarmaka . [nAsti karma yasya ba. kap ] Intransitive; phalavyA- born or produced.-tANDavam irrelevant display of erudipArayore kaniSTatAyAmakarmaka: Bhartrhari. akrmikaa| prasiddhara- tion, indignation etc. - Tia: unexpected occurrence: 39991 vivakSAtaH karmaNo'karmikA kriyA Fbit. kaM na lakSmIvimohayet KsD..-pAtajAta. dying as soon __ akarmaNya . [na. ta.] 1 Unable to work, inefficient, as born; perishing soon after birth; H. 1. 83. --zulam unfit for work. -2 Unfit to be done. a sudden attack of colic. akala .. [nAsti kalA avayavo yasya ] Not in parts, with akANDe ur. Unexpecterlly, all of sudden; darbhAGkareNa out purts, epithet of the Suproine Spirit. caraNaH kSata ityakANDe tanvI sthitA S.2.12; unmathya mantharavivekamakANDa akalaGka. Without stains or spots. -ka: N. of eva Mal. 1. 183; tAtastu tamakANDa eva prANaharamapratIkAramupaplava mupanatamAlokya K.33. Jaina author, also ealled bhaTTa akalaGkadeva. akalka. [ nAsti kalko yatra] 1 Free from sediment, akAma . [ nAsti kAmo yasya | IFree from desire, affee tion, love: akAmasya kriyA kAcid dRzyate neha kahicit M.... pure. -2 sinless. -El Moonlight. everything is an act of his will. -2 Roluctant, unwilling: akalkatA Honesty, integrity. yo'kAmAM dUSayetkanyAM sa sadyo vadhamahati / Ms. 8.304; also nAkAmo akalkana-ka.[nAsti kalkanaM dambhaH, kalko vA yasmin ] dAtumarhati. -3 Uninfluenced by, not subject to, love; Free from pride; humble, modest; honest. bhayAdakAmApi hi dRSTivibhrama S. 1.23-4 Unconscious, mintellakalpa . [na. ba.] 1 Uncontrolled, not subject to tional; akAmopanateneva sAdhohRdayamenasA R. 10.39 unconsciously control or rules, unrestrained, unfettered. - 2 Weak, committed. - The Sandhi which causes the dropping of unable. -8 Incomparable. -4 Incapable, unfit. -: a final r before a following . -Comp. -kazena . Ved. A patient; Nigh. not frustrating desire: zikSAnaraH pradivo akAmakarzanaH Rv. 1.532. akalpanam Freedom from desires: absolution; buddhIndriya- - a. not smitten with desire or affcction, free from mnHpraannaajnaanaamsjtprbhuH| mAtrAthe ca bhavAthe ca Atmane'kalpanAya c| desire, calm. Bhan. 10.87. akAmataHnde. [ akAma-paJcamyAstasila Uuwillingly, akalpita. na. na.INot urtificial or manufactured; reluctantly, unintentionally, unconsciously: itare kRtavantastu intural, genuine. pApAnyetAnyakAmataH M.9.212; akAmataH kRte pApe prAyazcittaM vidurbudhAH 37TATT 1 X:me of the son of the fourth Muu; 11.45: akAmataH kRtaM pApaM vedAbhyAsena zudhyati 11.10. Jariv. -2 Withont sin or stoin. akAmatA Ahrence of desire; na caivehAstyakAmatA .... akalya.. | kalAsu sAdhuH kalyaH nirAmayaH na.ta.] 1Unwell, ill, akAya . [ nAsti kAyo yasya] Without. lyrly, incorpoindisposeel.-2| kalyate iti kal-yat kalyaM mithyAbhUtamaH na, ta. real.-: 1 An epithet of Rabu, who is represented as 'True: (tama) anInayaTakalyasandho bandhanAgAraM Dk.:31.-zarIra .. 110t having no body, but only : head.-2 Epithet of the in sound health; Pratima. Supremo Spirit (without body, parts ke.). akalyANa / [na. ta.] Insuspicious, umlucky.-Nam Imat akAra ..[karotIti kAraH kR-ghaJ aN vA na. ta.] Not doing spiciousless, ill, evil, adversity. Uracting, roid of action (kriyArahina).-ra: The letter a; akava- vAna kavyate varNyate kava-A na. ta. ] Indeseribable akSarANAmakAro'smi Bg. 10. B. (avarNanIya): not contemptible, hot bad: ariH = kutsitA arayo yasya sa kavAriH; na kavAriH a0; or yasya zatravo pyakutsitA __ akAraNa . [ na. va.] Cuscless, groundless, spontane ous; mitrANi satAM cetAMsi K.yidisinterested friends: IdRzo vRtrAdayaH : U akutsitam iyarti aizvarya prApnoti. mAM pratyamISAm snehaH U.6.-Nam Absence of a cause, motive, akavi . ( Ved.) Unwise, foolish; ayaM kavirakaviSu or ground; akAraNAda-raNam-Ne causclessly, without cause Rs.7.1.1. or ground: kimakAraNameva darzana vilapanya rataye na dIyate 1.4.17: akasmAda ind. [ na kasmAt kiMcitkAraNAdhInatvaM yatra, aluk sa.] parityaktA mAtApitroNurostathA Ms. 3. 157; akAraNAt parityajya K. 1 Accidentally, suddenly, unexpectedly, all of a sudden; 1673; tyakto vA sthAdakAraNAt Ms. 9. 177: krimakAraNe kupyasi, akasmAdAgantunA saha vizvAso nayuktaH 6.1: coming by chance, akAraNe AtmAnamAyAsayasi Ratn. 2. An accidental visitor. -2 Without cause or ground, akArNaveSTakika a. Face not adopted for ear-rings Causelessly, in vain; nAkasmAcchANDilImAtA vikrINAti tilastilAn Pt.2.05 na kasmAt prazaMsA syAt / MS.5.3.42: akasmAdeva (Kas. VI. 2. 155). bhartadveSyatAM gatAsi Dk. 13.5: nAkasmAdapriyaM vadet Y. 1. 132: atha tu akArpaNya . [na. ba.] Got without meanmess; akArpaNyaripurakasmAddve STi naH putrabhANDe Mr.2.41; kathaM tvAM tyajedakasmAtpati- / mazana Bh. 8.51. rAyavRttaH R.14.05,78. . akArya a. [na. ta.] Improper, not fit to be done. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #23
akAla mammmmwww... -yem An improper, unworthy or badant, a criminal or sinful akilviSa .. [na. ba.] sinless; na mAM doSeNa sugrIva hantumarhasyaaction: mA nAma vehavyAdakAya kuyAt Mk.B. (AtmaghAtAdirUpam ). kilbiSam | Ram. -Comp.-kArin / / 1m evil-doer, one who commits: akiirtiH| [aprazastA kIrtiH na. ta.] Infamy, ill-repute, misdecil: mahApAtakinathaiva zeSAzcAkAryakAriNaH M. 11.23) one disgrace; akIrti cApi bhUtAni kathayiSyanti te'vyyaam| saMbhAvitamya that negles:ts one's duty; dAnenAkAryakAriNaH (zudhyanti)5.107. cAkIrtimaraNAdatiricyate // Bg.2.31. akAla.nAsti ucitaH kAlo yasya] 1 Untimely, pre- akuNTha . [na. ta.]1 Not blunted, mobstructed; mature, inopportune, unseasonable, out of season; 79119 AzastragrahaNAdakuNThaparazo: Ve.2.2. -2 Vigorous, able to work. mRtyutharati U.2; na hyakAlabhavo mRtyurikSvAkupadamaspRzat || R. 5.41; -3 Fixed: "dhiSNyam Heaven. akAlamRtyuharaNaM sarvavyAdhivinAzanam / sUryapAdodakaM tIrtha jaThare dhArayA akuNThita / Not blunted: zAstreSvakuNThitA buddhiH R. 1. 19 myaham // (sUryanamaskArasaMkalpaH); degvAtAvalI Ratn. 3. -2 [na kAlaH] penetrating all sciences; bibhrato'stramacalepyakuNThitaM 11.74 Not black, white.-laH [na. ta.] Wrong, imuspicious or taking effect on, prevailing against even mountains. unseasonable time, not the proper time for anything): akutaHe. [na kutaH na. ta. ] Not from anywhere (in unholy time in a year calculated and shown in Indian comp. only). -Comp.-cala: N. of Siva (not movable almamact. "la: svabalapradhAnavirodhasya Ve: "la: kulajanasya faard Mu. 7: 39717 aluat war R. 12. 81 (at an improper from any cause). -bhaya [nAsti kuto'pi bhayaM yasya] secure, time); atyArUDho hi nArINAmakAlajJo manobhavaH 12.33 takes no not threatened from any quarter, free from danger or foar, safe; mAdRzAnAmapi yaH saMcAro jAtaH U.2; yAni trINyakutAaccount of proper or improper time; 34713 atferat facerea bhayAni ca padAnyA sankharAyodhane ... for aparAGmukhANi 5.3.(akutapuNyaM purAkRtam: nAkAle mriyata kazcit prApte kAle na jIvatiH nAkAle faca zcidbhaya also in the same sense.) : H. 1. 17 does not die : premature death; kAle prAptastvakAle vA nAsyAnainan gahe vaset Ms.3.105 in time akubhyaJca (Ved.) Fruitless, worthless (etym. doubtor late. -Comp. -kusumam-puSpam aflower blossoming out ful); mAkudhyagindra zUra vasvIrasme Rv. 10.22.12. of season; "kusumAnIva bhaya sajanayanti hi 11.3.23, (bad omen akupyam [na kupyam na. ta.] 1 Not a base metal, gold or boding some evil.)-kUSmANDa: pumpkin produced ont silver: akupyaM vasu Ki.135gold or silver.-2 Any base metal. of setuson; (fig.) of uscless birth.-ja, utpanna,-jAta..pro- ___ akula a. [aprazastaM kulaM yasya ] Low, mean, of a low duced out of season: premature; umseasonable. -jalada: family.-la:-lam N. of Siva: akulaM ziva ityuktaH kulaM zaktiH 1 an untimely cloud. 2 N. of the great-grandfather of prakIrtitA -lA N. of Parvati. the poet Rajasokharn.-jaladodayaH,-meghodaya:1an unsela- __akulIna a.[na. ta.] 1 Low-born, of no high descent. sonable rise or gathering of clouds: bAlAtapamivAbjAnAmakAla -2 Vot belonging to the earth, not. earthly: divyayoSitamivA4: R. 4. 61. - 2 mist or foy. - a. taking 110 :ccount kulInAM K. 11 (npun on the word: na kI pRthvyAM lInA sthitA). of proper or improper time: atyArUTo hi nArINAmakAlajJo manobhavaH akuzala . [ na. ta.] 1 Imauspicious, cril: umlucky, R. 12.33. -velA mseasons ble or improper time. -saha . unfortunate. -2 Not clever or skilful. -3 Unpleasant, 1 not enduring delay or loss of time, impatient, not umwelcome; na dveSTapakuzala karma Bg.10.10.-lam Evil; sa snigdho biding one's time.---2 not able to hold out (for a long kuzalAnnivArayati yaH II. 2.141guards from evils. time), unable to stand a protrated siege (ERH : duga); H. 3.137. akuha a. [na. ta.] One who does not cheat, an honest man; akuhaH zraddadhAnaH san Ram.2. 100:27. akAlikam id. 1 All of sudden; akAlika kuravo nAbhaviSyan Mb...:32.30.-2 Soon; yatte kArya suputrasya kriyatA akRja. Silent; tamakUjamabhijJAya janaughaM sarvazastadA Mb. 1. tadakAlikam Ib.5.57.25. 126.20. 3FITEIT: Name of a teacher: Bhav. P. TESTIT a. 1 Resulting in good, having a good issue. -2 Unlimited, unbounded: akUpArasya dAvane Rv.5.39.2-ra: akiMcana / [nAsti kiMcana yasya] Without anything, | nakaM pRthvI pipatiH pu-aNa bA. dIrghaH; na kvApi pAraM pUraNaM vA gantaquito poor, utterly destitute, indigent, penniless: 316TH: vyadezo yasya vA, pRSo. dIrghaH] 1 The sea, the receptacle of san prabhavaH sa saMpadAM Ku.b.77:na dvandvaduHkhAmiha kiMcidakiMcanopisi. waters: akUpAraH salilo mAtarizvA Rv. 10.109.1 (samudro'pyakUpAra 4.6+ disinterested. -nam That which is worth nothing. ucyate akUpAro bhavati mahApAraH Nir.); na kUpAravatkRpA vardhante akiMcanatA Renunciation of everything, voluntary vidhukAntibhiH H; akUpAramivApAraM pArayiSyAmahe katham | Sivapoverty (saMnyAsAzayamavizeSaH); vrataM dAnaM parivrajyA tapasyA niyama | bharata 31. 44.-2 The sun (Adityo'yakUpAra ucyate akUpAro sthitiH / ahiMsAsUyatAstayabrahmAkiMcanatA ymaaH|| tvam Poverty; bhavati durapAra:Nir.).-3 A tortoise in general (na kUpamRcchAta). akiMcanatvaM makhajaM vyanakti R.. 16. 4- King of tortoises sustaining the world. -5 A stone akiMcanimanm.[pRthvAdigaNa ] Poverty', utter destitution. or rock. preferat a. Not knowing anything, quite ignorant; akUvAra = akUpAra above. yadA'kiMcijjJo'haM dvipa iva madAndhaH samabhavam Bh. 2.7. akUrca . [nAsti kUrca yasya] 1 Not deceitful. -2 Ball; akiMcitkara a. Not productive of anything, useless, beardless. -rca: Buddha; a deified saint. immaterial; ro'nyatra paJcazaro'pi sa eva K.212 powerless to do akRcchra a. [na. ba.] Free from difficulty. -cchra m Abanything: paratantramidamakiJcitkaraM ca Ve. 3. sence of difficulty; ease, facility. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #24
akRta akrUra akRta . [kR-karmaNi ktaH, na. ta.] 1Not done, undone, umperformed; sarvAn balakRtAnarthAnakRtAn manurabravIt Ms. 8. 108: kRtaM cApyakRtaM bhavet 8. 117.-2 Wrongly or differently done; kRtAkRtAvekSaNAdau brahmA Rtvila niyujyate iti yAjJikAH. -3 Incomplete, not ready (as food): akRtaM ca kRtAtkSetrAt ( adoSavat) Ms. 10.114. not cultivated (anuptazasyam Kull.); kRtAnna cAkRtA- .. nena (nirmAtavyam) 10.91(siddhAnnaM cAmAnena Kull.)-4Uncreated. -5 One who has done no work. -6 Not developed or perfected, unripe, immature. -ar One not legally regarded as a daughter and placed on a level with sons, (putrikAtvana akAlpatA); akRtA vA kRtA vApi ya vindetsadRzAtsutam Ms. 9. 136; according to some, a daughter who is not by a formal declaration but only mentally appointed to supply an heir for her father (abhisaMdhimAtrakRtA vAgvyavahAreNa kRtAH kRtA = yadapatyaM bhavedasyAM tanmama syAtsvadhAkaram ityabhidhAya kanyAdAnakAle varAnumatyA yA kriyate Kull.).-tam An umperformed act: non-performance of an act; an unheard-of deed: akRtaM vai prajApatiH karoti Ait. Br.- Comp.-artha aunsuccessful.-3T&T a. unpractised in arms.-36T a. 1 ignorant, foolish, having an uncontrolled mind. - 2 not identified with Brishma or the Supreme Spirit.-udvAha a. unmarried. -enas .. not sinful or guilty, innocent.-kAram adv. as has not been dome before; ra karoti Kas. III. 4.36.- a ungrateful.-dhI, buddhi a. ignorant: pazyatyakRtabuddhitvAnna sa pazyati durmatiH Bg. 18. 16 through umrefined understanding.-vraNaH -1N. of a commentator on the Puranas; V.P.; of a companion of Rama Jamadaguya: Mb. - 2 not wounded. akRtin a. [na. ta.] Not skilful or clever, clumsy, awkward; unfit for doing anything. akRtya . Unfit to be done . tyam 1A crime, an improper act.-2 That which cammot be done; na hi vacanasya kiMcidakRtyamasti SB. on MS. 6. 1. 11. akRtta a. [na. ta.] Uncut, undinimished or umimpaired: ruca of unimpaired splendour. akRtrima . [na. ta.] 1 Natural, not man-made. -2 Spontanoous.-3 Valid, true. akRtvA iul. Without doing; akRtvA parasaMtApamagatvA khalanamratAm / Udbhata. akRpaa.[na.ba.] Pitiless, eruel. akRpaNa a. [na. ta.] Not wretched, not miserly. akRza . [na. ta.] Not slender or weak, full, entire, strong. -Comp.-azvaH N. of a king of Ayodhya. -lakSmI a. endowed with full prosperity. -AT: great splendour or property; akRzamakRzalakSmIzcetasA zaMsitaM sa: Ki.9.2. akRSTa . [na. ta.] Not tilled; not drawn.-Comp. -pacya.[akRSTa kSetre pacyate] growing or ripening in unploughed land, growing exuberant or wild: degcyA iva sasyasaMpada: Ki. 1. 17; 80degcyA oSadhayaH; cyam azanaM dhAnyam , &c. -pacyA (applied especially to) the earth yielding food grains, fruit etc. without being tilled: very fertile; akRSTapacyA pRthivI vibabhau caityamAlinI Mb. Crit. Ed. 12.29.21; 12.216. 16.-rohin = degpacya; bIjaM ca bAleyamakRSTarohi R. 14.77.! makaSNa a. [na. ta.] Not black, white, pure. -SNaH | [ nAsti kRSNaM malo yasya ] 1 The spotless moon; candramA vai brahmA kRSNaH iti zrutiH -2 Camphor. -Comp. -karman . virtuous, free from black deeds, innocent. aketu . [nAsti ketuzcihnaM yasya] Unconscious (ajJAna); ketuM kRNvannaketave Rv. 1. 6. 3. ( ajJAnAya ); shapeless (?) akeza avidyamAnAH alpAH aprazastA vA kezA yasya] lairless, bald; having very few or very bad hair. akoTa: [na kuTati vakrIbhavati skandhAdiSa] The betel-nut palm, Are:R (Mar. -supArI) (without an koTa or bend, as it grows with a straight stem ). akka: A corner of a house; ake cenmadhu vindeta kimartha paveta vrajet / akkA [ ak-ka, acyate ityak, an vipa gatiH tasyai kAyati, ke-ka vA Tv.] A mother. (Vol. aka). 37. See under 3457. aktA /. (Ved.) Night; kRSNebhiraktoSAH Rv. 1.62.8. aktum.f. (Ved.) [aJ gau-tu] 1.Night; darkness, gloom. -2 Light, ray. -3 Ointment. aktram [ aJ-bA0 ktra] An armour (varman ). akra a. (Ved.) [aJc gatau-rak] 1 Inctive, steally, firm (sthira).-2 Bootless, profitless.-R: A fortification or rampart (prAkAra); bammer (?); Nir. 6. 17. akratu . [nAsti Rturyasya] 1 Without sacrifices. -2 Devoid of energy, powerless; unwise. -3 Devoidl of will or volition (saMkalparahita), epithet of God. akrama . [ nAsti kramaH pAdaH kramaNaM vA yasya] 1 Devoid of order, confused. - 2 Without the power of going or moving (pAdazUnya, AkramaNazUnya).-maH1Wam of order, confusion, irregularity (kramAbhAva:); eDhehi putra, ayamakramaH Palic. I. -2 Absence of motion or movement. -3 Breach of propriety or decorum; kamakrama katumabhUdapekSA velakSyabhAjA na mahIpatInAm Vikr. 10.3; kanyAntaHpuramakamAt pravizatA Mv. 2.50 indecently, immodestly: valImukhacakramakramamuJcalitaM Iv.G. in disorder.-4N. of a concept in kashmir Saivism. akrAnta [na. ta.] Unsurpassed; unconquered. -tA [na kramyate kaNTakAvRtatvAta kam-tA, na.ta.] The egg plant (bRhatI), Solanum Melongena (Mar. Dorale vAMgeM). akriya . [nAsti kriyA yasya na. ba.] 1 Imactive, dull, torpid. -2 Without essential works. -3 Abstaining from religious rites. --4 Without action of any kind, epithet of God. -5 Worthless, good-for-nothing. -yA [na. ta.] Inactivity; neglect of duty; pradhAnasyAkriyA yatra sAGga takriyate punaH / tadaGgasyAkriyAyAM tu nAvRttirna ca takiyA // akrUra . [ na. ta. ] Not eruel. -ra: N. of a Yadava, a friend and uncle of Krisna. [It was he who induced Balarama and Krisna to go to Mathura and kill Karsa. He told the two brothers how their father A nakadundubhi, the princess Devaki and even his own father Ugrasena had been insulted by the iniquitous demon Kamsa, and told them why he had been despatched to them. Krisna consented to go and promised to slay the demon within 3 nights, which he succeeded in doing.] For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #25
akrodha athH akrodha . [nAsti krodho yasya na.ba.] Free from anger.-dhaH MAns. 50.165, 166.-21 Gambling (in general). cf. akSo [na.ta.] Absence or suppression of anger; akrodhastapasaH dyUte varUthA nayabAdau bibhItake / karSe vyAptI kRSe (1) cake AdhAravyava(vibhUSaNam )Bh.2. 80; akrodhena jayet krudaM Mb. 5.15.18. regard- haaryoH| Atmaje pAzake daityabhede cendriyabAlayoH | Nm. -kSam (aznute ed as one of the ten duties of an ascetic. vyApnoti viSayAn svavRttyA saMyogena vA) 1 An organ of sense; akodhana . Free from anger. -na: N. of a prince, som nirodhAcetaso'kSANi niruddhAnyakhilAnyapi Pt.2.154; saMyatAkSI vinItaH of Ayutayu. Matanga L. 12.1. (The word saMyatAkSa here means having aklAnta a. [na. ta. ] Tireless. control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also niyacchedviSayebhyo'kSAn Bhag.; an object of sense. aklikA The Indigo plant (Mar. nILa). -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; jalajAkSa, kamalAkSa, aklinna . Not wet or moist; varman : sort of disease of &e.)-3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (froin its the eyes. crystallized shape ) (Mar. RTTT) (cf. L. axis; Gr.akshion akliSTa / [na. ta.] 1 Unwearied, untroubled, not or ition, old Germ. nhacs: Germ. achse.] -Comp. -aMzaH the annoyod, uudisturbed, indefatigable. -2 Not marred, degree of latitucle. -3724 the axle or its end; the unimpaired; idamupanatamevaM rUpamakiSTakAnti S.5.19 of unimpa anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the ired or mblemished beauty; anyathA kathamiyam degtA lAvaNyasya pole of a car. -agrakIlaH-laka: a linch-pim, a pin which K. 12 unmarred state, perfection. -3 Not laboured fastens the yoke to the pole.-Avapanam [akSAn pAzAn or claborate. -Comp. -karman, -kArin a. unwearied in Avapati kSipatyasmin ; A-vap-AdhAre lyuTa ] a dice-board (akSA actions. -varNa a. not confused, distinct; degoN gamanAbhyanujJAM upyante'sminniti akSAvapanam akSasthAnAvapanapAtram, sAyaNa).-AvaliH K. 293 given in plain, distinct terms; of unfaded colour. fa rosary. -AvApaH [akSAn Avapati kSipati; Avap-aN]a 61 a. not swerving from religious vows, unwearied in gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is observing them. one of the ranin mentioned in Taitt. Sum. I. 8.9.1.2 aklIba. True, real: idaM vacanama kI Rim.7.83 18. and Sut. BP.D.3.2; also ativApaH (akSAvApo nAma akSANAM -bam ind. Fearlessly; piturvacanamakIvaM kariSyAmi piturhitam Rom. kSeptA akSagoptA bA dyUtakAraH). -upakaraNam a piece at chess. 2.21.31. -0: hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed akleza a. Without trouble, easy. -zam n. Want with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow: (astr.) arguof trouble. ment of the latitude. -kuzala,-zINDa . [sa. ta. ] skilful akSa 1.5. P. [ akSati, akSNoti, AnakSa, akSiSyati-akSyati, in gambling. -kUTaH [akSasya kUTa iva ] the pupil of the eye. AkSIt , AkSitum-aSTum akSitvA-aSTvA, aSTa ] 1 To rench.-2 To -kovida,-jJa askilled in dice; 80 "vid, "vettR &c. -kSetram pass through, pervade, penetrate (mostly Ved. in these [akSanimittaM kSetram ] an astronomical figure (akSasAdhanAtha kSetratayA senses); makSU tA ta indra dAnApnasa AkSANe zUra vajrivaH / Rv. kalpitAnAM akSabhavAnAmaSTAnAM kSetrANAmekaM).-glahaH [ta. ta.] gambl10.22.11. -3 To accumulate, increase. -Caus. To cause ing, playing at dice.-cakram the circle of sensual passions. to pervade. dRDhaniyamita kra: K.37 (also axis and wheels). -jam / akSAt akSaH [az-saH] 1 An axis, a.xle, pivot; akSabhaGge ca jAyate; jan-Da] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a yAnasya""na daNDaM manurabravIt Ms.8.291, 202: dRDhadhUH akSaH Kas. V. thunderbolt ( vajram asthirUpAvayavajAtatvAttasya tannAmatvam). -32 4.74: Si. 12.2, 18.7; jyotizcakrAkSadaNDa: Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 diamond. -4 akSakSetram .. (m. in some of these senses). The pole of a cert.-3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The -jaH N. of Visu. -tattvam,-vidyA the science of gambling: beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for "vid killed in the principles of gambling.-daNDaH alo-pole. playing with: tube: yAnAkSamadhikRtya brUta iti gamyate na tu videvanA -darzakA,-dRza [akSANAm RNAdAnAdivyavahArANAM darzakaH dRz-vul, kSamiti / SB. on MS.6.835.-7 The seed of which rosaries akSAn pazyatIti dRz - kvip kutvam ] 1 a judge (one who tries laware made. -8 A weight equal to 16 masas and called suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -dRkkamen n. karSa.-9 N. of the plant Terminalia. Belerica (bibhItaka operation or calculation for latitude.-devin m.[akSaidIvyati, Mar. behaDA) the seed of which is used as a die: also div-Nini], akSayUH,diva-kvipU Ut P. VI. 4.19.] -dyUtaH [akSayU~taM the nut of this plant; yathA vai dve vAmalake dve vA kole dvau vAkSI yasya]a gambler, dicer.-dyUtam dice play, gambling; degtAdigaNaH muSTiranubhavati Chan. Up; so dhArAbhirakSamAtrAbhiH. -10 A shrub aclass of words mentioned inP.IV.4.19.-cUtikam [akSayUtaproducing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (rudrAkSa); Thak] dispute at play.-dugdha . [ akSaH drugdhaH ] unlucky at the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (indrAkSa). dice (opposed to 314194 fond of dice, or lucky in gamb line),-dharaH akSaM cakai rathAvayavaM tatkIlakamiya kaNTakaM vA dharatIti -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuda. -13 N. of a son of Ravana. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, dharaH dhR-ac Sa. ta.] 1N. of Visnu. -2 N. of the plant sacred ).--16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A per (also called zAkhoTa); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. hedi, son born blind.-18 The lower part of the temples (karNa kharota).-3a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or netrayormadhye zakhAdadhobhAgaH).-19 The buse of a column; athavAkSaM who holds dice. -dhUH (dhura) the yoke attached to the navAMzoccaM janma caikena kArayet / Mann. 14.17. -20 The win fore-part of the pole of a car. -dhUrtaH [akSe taddevane dhUrtaH] dow-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, 'dice-rugue,agamester, a gumbler. -dhUrtilaH [akSasya an axle of a chariot; pArzvayorcAraNaM kuryAt tasyAdho'kSaM susNyutm|. zakaTasya dhUrti bhAraM lAti, lA-ka; or akSa-dhur-tilapratyayaH] a bull For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #26
akSaka: akSaya or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -paTalaH [Sa. ta.]13 or part of wood relating to a wheel (cakrasaMbandhikASThabhedaH) court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3--312- tied to the cart or its polo (?). paTalam , q.v.-la: [akSANAM vyavahArANAM paTalamastyasya ac] a judge. akSaNa . [ nAsti kSaNo yogyakAlo yasya ] Thopportune. un-4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). seasonable. -paTalAdhikRtaH guperintendent of records and accounts.. akSaNika a. [na. ta. ] Steads, firm, not frail or transi-pari iml [ akSaNa viparatim vRttaM P. II. 1. 10 dyUtavyavahAre parAjaye tory: steadfast (as graze or look). evAyaM samAsa: Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky akSaNvat..[akSan asyAsti, akSana-matupa, masya vaH P.VIII throw of dice) (pAzakakrIDAyAM yathA guTikApAte jayo bhavati tadvi 2.16, anantAnmatornuT syAt Sk.] ]aving eyes; akSaNvantaH parItapAtaH Tv.)-pATaH = vATaH, q. v.-pATakaH [ akSe vyavahAre karNavantaH Rv. 10.71.7. pATayati; paT dIptau-vul] one who is well-versed in law, a __ akSata . [ na. ta.] (8) Uninjured, umhurt; tvamanaGgaH judge.-pAtaH[Sa. ta.] cast of dice. -pAda: N. of the sage kathamakSatA ratiH Ku.4.9; "vigrahA vAhAH Dk.3: paJcAkSatAste vayaM Gautams, founder of the Nyava system of philosophy, Ve.6.45.4.4; Mu.6.8: 1.2.56; () Unbroken, whole: or a follower of that system (akSa netraM darzanasAdhanatayA jAtaH pAdo'sya; akSapAdo hi svamatadUSakasya vyAsasya mukhadarzana cakSuSA na / not crushed, undivided: mama nAsikAmakSatAM kurvantu Pt.1, degsaktUnAM kartavyam iti pratijJAya pazcAd vyAsena prasAditaH pAde netraM prakAzya taM 70 Frei Tipar Asvalayana. -a: 1 Siva. -2 Thrashed dRSTavAn iti prasiddhiH Tv.)-pIDA [Sa. ta.]1 an injury to the und winnowed rice tried in the sun: (pl.) whole grain, organs.-2 [akSam indriyaM rasanArUpaM pIDayati AsvAdanAt ; pID-ac ] entire uhusked and pounded rice washer with water, N. of the plant yavattiktA. (AMR. zaMkhinI). -bhAgaH ('aMzaH) and used as an article of worship in all religious and adogree of latitude. -bhAraH [Sa. ta.] 12turt-lond. -2 the sacred ceremonies; akSatAH pAntu pAntvakSatA iti zrAddhamantraH; akSa tainAcayedviSNuM na tulasyA vinAyakam iti tantram: sAkSatapAtrahastA R.2.21; lower part of chariot. (ef. tattaddeze tu chidraM sthAdakSabhAre ArdrAkSatAropaNamanvabhUtAM7.28.-3 Barley (yavAH), akSatAzca yavA: rathAntakam / chidre pravezayet kIlaM yuktyA ca paTTayojitam // Mana. proktAH ; sometimes ncuter also (dUrvIkSatAni). -tam 1 Corn, 42.51-53.)-madaH [ca. ta.]a mad passion for gambling. grain of any kind. -2 Absence of loss or ruin; good, -mAtram [akSo mAtrA yasya] 1 anything as large as dice: wellbeing: akSataM cAriSTaM cAstu iti zrAddhamantraH. -3 Eunuch dice. -22 moment of time (nimiSaH) twinkling of an eye. -mAlA.-sUtrama akSANAM mAlA-sUtram]1a rosary,string of beads (also m.). -11 a virgin, a maiden not deflowered. (akArAdikSakArAntaH akSaH tatkRtA tatpratinidhibhUtA vA mAlA); kRto blemished or enjoyed; akSatA vA kSatA vApi. -2 N. of a 'kSasUtrapraNayI tayA karaH Ku.b. 11, 13 degmAlAmupayAcitumAgato'smi / plant karkeTa zRGgI (Mar. kAkaDaziMgI).-Comp. -yoni: virgin, not yet blemished by sexual intercourse: sA cedakSatayoniH K. 151. (It is made of AT&T seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, syAt 15.9.1763; patnISvakSatayoniSa 10... ggoms &c.)-2 V. of arundhatI (akSamAlA tvarundhatI-Hm.);akSamAlA vasiSThena saMyuktAdhamayonijA"jagAmAbhyarhaNIyatAm M.). 23. akSatra a. [ nAsti kSatraM kSatriyatvaM kSatriyA jAtirvA yatra, na. ba.] mAtaGgapAmakSamAlAyAM garhitAyAM rirNsyaa| Bu. ch. 4.77. (akSasya Devoid of the Ksatriyn caste; nAbrahma kSatramRdhnoti nAkSatraM brahma nakSatracakrasya mAleva bhaSaNatvAt ; sA hyuttarasyAM dizi gagane saptarSimaNDale vardhate Ms. 9.322. mAlArUpeNa vasiSThasamIpe vartate sarvebhyazvojjvalatvAttasyA mAlArUpeNa ___ akSan . [akSa-bAhu 0kanin ] The eye (Vel.); bhadraM pazyemAsthitatvAcca nakSatracakrabhUSaNatvam Tv). -rAjaH [akSANAM rAjeba ] ome kSabhiryajatrAH Rv. 1.89.8; dakSiNekSan Bri. Ar. Up. In elassical addicted to gambling: also the die called Kali'. -ar: literature used ouly in the declension of akSi. . [sa. ta.] an unfair gambler.-vATaH [akSANAM pAzakakrIDAnAM akSama . [na. na.] 1 Unfit, incompetent, unable; kArya, vATaH vAsasthAnam ] 1 gambling house: the gambling table. palAyana,deg upavAsa&e. -2 Unable to bear or endure, not -2 [akSasya rathacakrasya kSuNNasthAnasya iva vATaH ] aplace of contest, forbearing, non-forbearing; impatient: "mA kAlaharaNasya 5.8 arena, wrestling ground (tatra hi rathacakrakSuNNapAMzusadRzapAMzuma- unable to brook delay, admitting of 110 delay; mAmakSama ttvAt tatsadazatvam Tr.) -vida askillel in gambling. maNDanakAlahAna: R. 18.16.-mAna.ta.]1 Impatience, into-vRtta . [ akSe vRttaH vyApRtaH sa. ta.] engaged in, addicted lerance; envy, jealousy; dhAvantyamI mRgajavAkSamathava rathyAH S. 1.8 to, gambling: what has occurred in gambling. -ITH as if envying (jealous of ) the deer's speed. -2 Anger, rAzicakrarUpaM vRttakSetram the zodiacal eircle:-zAlin (zAlikaH) passion. officer in charge of the gambling house; ET 24. 173. - akSaya . [ nAsti kSayo yasya ] 1 Undecaying, exempt -stuSa: Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. behaDA). -hRdayam perfect from decay, imperishable, undying, unfailing, inexhauskill in, or conversaney with, gambling (lit. the heart stible: sadopayoge'pi gurustvamakSayo nidhiH Si 1.28: sa saMdhArthaH or innermost nature of dice or gambling); vazIkRtAkSahRdayA~ prayatnena svargamakSayamicchatA Ms. 3.79: yajJanivRttimakSayAM 4.20 gayAK. 131. yAmakSayavaTe pitRRNAM dattamakSayaM VayuP.:trisAdhanA zaktirivArthamakSayaM 1.3. akSakaH [akSa' iva kAyati, kai-ka.] N. of a tree; tiniza 18: munibhiH sArdhamakSayaiH Ram.7.108. 12; Mb.9.176.-2 Poor, (Mar. tivasa). without house or habitation, such as a hormit or una (kSayo vAsaH tacchUnyaH aniketanaH saMnyAsI daridro vA.)-ya: 1 The akSavatI [akSAH sAdhanatvena yasyAm; akSa-matup] Gaming, play Supreme Spirit. paramAtman. -2 N. of the 20th year in the ing with dice, a game at dice. eycle of Jupiter. -yA [ akSayaM puNyaM yatrAsti-ac ] N. of a - akSAna . [ akSe cakre Anajhate badhyate; Ana-kkip] A kind | day which is said to conter undying religious merit; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #27
akSayAlalitA akSAntiH amaiva somavAreNa ravivAreNa sptmii| caturthI bhaumavAreNa akSayAdapi cAkSayA. -Comp. -guNaH, -puruhUtaH Siv. (possessing imperishable qualities). -tRtIyA the festival falling on the third day of the bright half of Vaisakha (the first day of 29"), which is said to secure permanence to all actions performell on that day (vaizAkhe mAsi rAjendra zukrapakSe tRtIyikA / akSayA sA tithiH proktA kRttikArohiNIyutA / / tasyAM dAnAdikaM sarvamakSayaM samudAhRtam). -nIvI/ a permanent enlowinent. Budhist Inser. Afa: name of a Buddhist. -loka: the heaven. akSayAlalitA N. of a festival observed by women on the 7th day of the dark half of Bhadra (?). akSayiNI Parvati. akSayya / [kSetuM zakyam , kSi-yat ; na. ta.] That which cannot decay, imperishable; tapaHSaDbhAgamakSayaM dadatyAraNyakA hi naH 5.2.13; astyatra bhogyavastu varSazatenApyakSagyam Dk. 10.) inexhaustible. -Comp. -EFH a libation of water mixed with honey and sesamun, offered in Sraddha ceremonies after the piNDadAna (akSayyodakadAnaM tu aryadAnavadipyate / SaSTapaiva ninyaM tatkuryAnna caturthyA kadAcana // ). -navamI the yth day of the bright half of Asvina. -bhuj m. fire; pradaheca hinaM rAjan kakSamakSagyabhugyathA b. 13.9.21. akSara / / [na kSaratIti ; kSar calane ac-na. ta.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, uudecayiny, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; yamakSaraM kSetravido vidustamAtmAnamAtmanyavalokayantam Ku.3.50; dvAvimau puruSau loke kSarazcAkSara eva c| kSaraH sarvANi bhUtAni kUTastho'kSara ucyate B. 15. 18. yasmAkSaramatIto'hamArAdapi cottmH| ato'smi loke vede ca prathitaH puruSottamaH . 15. 18; the unconcerned (Spirit); akSaraM brahma paramam By. 8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -ra: 1 Siva. -2 Visnu. -3 A sword. -rA Sound, word, speech (Ved.).-ram [az-sara: Un.3.70, azaH saraH; aznute vyApnoti vedAdizAstrANi.] 1(a) A letter of the alphabet: akSarANAmakAro'smi Bg. 10. 33; mudrAkSarANi, madhura , tryakSara e. (B) a syllable; ekAkSaraM paraM brahma Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; girAmasmye kamakSaram Bg. 10.25, Ms. 2. 78, 81, 123 (sacred syllable). Tenco (c) a word or words, pecch collectively; pratiSedhAkSaravivAbhirAmam 5.3.243 aho saMdIpanAnyakSarANi U. 4 ; bharturetAni praNayamayAnyakSarANi 1.3 words; brAhmaNasaMkramitAkSareNa pitAmahena V.83 akSaraM varNanirmANa varNamapyakSaraM viduH / akSaraM na kSaraM vidyAdaznotervA saro'kSaram // -2 A document (letter &c.), cred writing; writing in general (in pl.); natra bhuktiH pramANa syAnna sAkSI nAkSarANi ca Pt. 3. :)3; tatrabhavatyA akSarANi vimRSTAni syuH V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (paramabrahman , mUlakAraNam ); akSaraM brahma paramam Bg.8.8%3B karma brahmodbhavaM viddhi brahmAkSarasamudbhavam 3.153 yathA sataH puruSArakezalomAni tathAkSarAsaMbhavatIha vizvam Chin. Up. -4 Religious austerity, pemance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. tataH kSarati akSaram Rr. 1. 164.42.-7 The sky. -8 Final beatitudle, emancipation from further transmigratiou. -9 Continuance, per saM.I. ko....2 manence. -10 Right, justice (Ved in these two senses ). -11 N. of a plant, Achy ranthes Aspers. (apAmArga Mar. 31971.)-12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of Kasthit. -Comp -akSaraH a kind of religious modlitation; Karandavyuha (Metrical recension) -3*4 1. a part of syllable. -2. alphabet. -arthaH [Sa. ta.] lueaning (of words); kiM tAvat gItyA avagato'kSarArthaH 8.5. -ca (cuM)cu:-zvaNaH, -naH [akSareNa varNavinyAsalipyA vittaH akSara-caNa / cu (jchu) cup tena vittazcuJcup caNapau; P.V. 2.26.] uscribe, writer, copyist; so degjIvakaH, -jIvI, akSareNa jIvani; jIva Nini or NvulU : 0 degjIvikaH, -cyutakam [akSare cyuta luptaM yatra; va kap] getting out in different meaning by the omission of a letter (eg. kurvan divAkaraleSaM ddhcrnnddmbrm| deva yauSmAkasenayoH kareNuH prasaratyasI where another meaning may be got by omitting ka in kareNu: i. e. by taking reNuH). -chandas 1. -vRttam a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; chandastu dvividhaM proktaM vRttaM jAtiriti dvidhA / vRttamakSarasaMkhyAtaM jAtirmAtrAkRtA bhavet // unshaken resolve, resolute (akSaraM nizcalaM chando'bhiprAyo yasya); -jananI, -tUlikA [akSarANAM jananIva; tadvipilekhAnAM tUlikeva vA sAdhanatvAt ] reel or pen. -jIvakaH or -jIvin m. 'One who lives by writing', a seribe. -(vi) nyAsaH [pa. ta. bhAve ghaJ] 1 writing, arrangement of letters: 454godt 'a: V. 2. -2 tho alpha bet. -3 seripture. - hRdayAdyAdhArasparzapUrvaka tadakSarANAM smaraNoccAraNarUpastantraprasiddho varNanyAsaH.- pakti .. 1. having, syllables (pakti = Gr. pentas-five) su mat pad vaga de ityeSa ce yajJo'kSarapaGktiH Ait. Br. (tAnyetAnyakSarANi hotRjapAdau prayoktavyAni). -21. of a motre of four limos (dvipadA virAj) ench having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -HIGT a. having a share in the syllables (of a. prayer ?).-bhUmikA tablet; nyastAkSarAmakSarabhUmikAyAm R. 18. 46.-mukhaH [akSarANi tanmayAni zAstrANi yA mukhe yasya]ascholar. student. -kham [Sa..] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter 34. fefir 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs.-varjita // unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of paramAtman. -vyaktiHf. [Sa. ta.] distimet articulation of syllables. -zikSA [Sa. ta.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of brahma (brahmatattva); mahAM degkSAM vidhAya Dk. 11. -saMsthAnam [akSarANAM saMsthAnaM yatra ] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet. akSarakam (svArthe kan) A vowel, a letter. akSarazaH alv. [ akSaramakSaramiti vIpsArthakArake zas ] 1 Sylla ble by syllable.-2 To the very letter: literally. akSarya a. [gavAdigaNa ] Relating to letters or syllables. akSarI [ aznute gaganAbhoga medhaiH; aza saran, gaurA0ISa ] The rainy season. STATIAE Sce under 3121. akSAntiH . [na.ta.] Intolerance, non-for bearance3B enyy, .jealousy, anger, impatience: akSAntimArasamvaM durvAsasamavehi mAm Vispu P. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #28
akSAra 10 akSoDa: akSAra a. [nAsti kSAraM yatra ] Free from artificial salt -raH Natural sult gokSIraM goghRtaM caiva dhAnyamudrAstilA yavAH / sAmudrasaindhavaM caiva akSAraMlavaNaM smRtam / / -Comp. -lavaNam (-rA0) [kSAreNa USaramRttikayA nirvRttaM-aN kSAraM kRtrimaM lavaNaM; na. ta.] natural salt; munyannAni payaH somo mAMsaM yccaanupskRtm| akSAralavaNaM caiva prakRtyA hvirucyte|| Ms. 3.257 (akRtrimalavaNaM saindhavAdi);deglavaNAnnAH syuH 5.73; caturthakAlamaznIyAdakSAralavarNa mitam 11.109; sometimes used for food that may be eaten at times unfit for the performance of religious duties; a class of objects such as cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c. akSi . [aznute viSayAn ; az-ksi, azerNit Un. 3. 155-6] akSiNI, akSINi, akSNA, akSNaH &c. 1 The eye (which grasps or soes objects ); changed to 3724 at the end of Bahuvrihi comp; f. "kSI when a limb of the body is indicated, as jalajAkSI, otherwise dIrghAkSA veNuyaSTiH; in Avyayi. comp. also it is changed to akSa, (samakSam , parokSam &c.). -2 The number two (-kSiNI) the sun and moon. [ef. L. oculus; Ger, auge; Gr. okos, olekos, Zend aski. ] Comp. -AmayaH an eye-disease; yathA akSyAmaye mudgaudanaM nivAtazagyA ceti nityaM zagyAsanaM bhojanaM ca vikaroti | SB. om MS. 10.3.32 and 10.6-81. -kampa: twinkling; nAkSikampaM vyatiSThata R. 15.67.-kUTaH-TakaH,-golaH,-tArA [Sa.ta.] the eyeball, pupil of the eye. -gata. [akSiNa gataH sarvadA bhAvanAvazAt akSyasanikRSTo'pi upasthita iva] 1 visible, present: na vibhAvayatyanizamakSigatAmapi mAM bhavAnatisamIpatayA Si_9.81.2 rankling in the eye, an eye-sore, being a thorn in the eye, hated; "tohamasya hAsyo jAtaH Dk. 159. -jAhaH [Sa. ta.] the root of the eye. -pakSmana, loman . [Sa. ta.] the eyelash.-paTalam [Sa. ta.]. 1 a cost of the eye.-3adisease of the eye pertaining to this coat.-pat a. Ved. falling into the eye, hence hurtful. na hi me akSipaJcanA'cchAnsuH paJca kRSTayaH Rv. 10. 119.6. ude. a little, as much as a mote (as much as could fall into the eye). -bhU . [ akSNo bhUviSayaH] visible, perceptible, manifest; (hence) true, real. -bheSajam [Sa. ta.] collyrium, a kind of balm (for the eyes). -jaH (jam also) N. of a plant (paTTikAlodhravRkSa) used to heal some varieties of the eyedisease.-dhruvam [ samAhAradvandva ] the eye and the eyebrows taken collectively.-vikRNitam,-vikRzitam [akSNaH vikUNitam lajjAdinA samyak prasArAbhAvAt saMkoco yatra] aside-look. leer. a look with the eyelids partially closed. -97 serpent vabhurakSizravaso mukhe vizAlAH Si. 20.44. -saMvit perception. -sUtram the line of the eyes (with reference to idols. akSisUtrAvasAnaM ca tasyAdhastAtpadAntakam Mana.9.2.92.-spandanam eye twitching : Mu. 1. __ akSikaH [akSAya cakAvayavAya hitaH-Than ] N. of a tree (rajanadruma Mar. thorarALecA vRkSa.) akSIka; also See akSaka. akSiNI One of the 8 conditions or privileges attached to landed property (?). . akSita . [na. ta.] Undecayed, permanent, uniniured, undecaying, unfailing. -tama 1 Water. -2 100000 millions. Comp.-Uti-vasu (tA.) N. of Indra, giving permanent help, or having unfailing wealth (?) 387 vIraM namasopa sedima vibhUtimakSitAvasum Rv8.49.6. akSitaram [ akSIva tarati; tR-ac Tv.] Water (nirmalatvAnnetratulyatvam ). akSiti . [na. ba.] Imperishable. -tiH f. Imperishable nature; yo vaiSAmakSiti veda so'namiti pratIkena Br. Ar. Up. 1.5.1. AkSiyat . [na. ta.] Ved. Not decreasing in wealth; destitute of udwellmg, unsettled (?); kSiyantaM tvamakSiyantaM kRNoti Rv. 4. 17. 13. akSivaH [ akSi vAti prINAti aJjanena; vA. ka.] N. of a plant, zobhAJjanavRkSa Guilandima or llyperanthera Moringa [ Mar. zevagA ]. -vam Sea-salt. akSIka See akSaka or akSika. akSIva-(ba) [na. ta. ] Not intoxicated. -vaH [na kSIvate mAdyati, kSI-ka kta vA, na, ta.]N. of the tree zobhAjana (Mar. zevagA, zegaTa) Hyperanthera moringa; ef viDaGgA-kSIbakulmASamASagodhUmasaMskRtam / modakArtha mahIpAla pissttmaaddhkmipyte|| Matanga. L.21. 17. -vam Sea-salt. akSu . Ved. [ akSa-u] Quick (zIna): according to others (kSuH) a kind of net. jUNoM vAmakSuraMhaso yajatrAH Rv. 1.180.5. akSuNNa . [na. ta] 1 Unbroken, uncurtailed. -2 Not conquered or defeated, successful; akSaNNo'nunayaH Vo.1.2. -3 Not trodden or beaten, unusual, strange; 3710THkSaNNatayAtidurgamam Si. 1.82 being not practised or experienced. -4 Inexperienced, not expert.. akSudra [na. ta.] Not small or insignificant. -dra: N. of Siva. akSudh / [na. ta. ] Absence of hunger, satiety. akSudhya 3. [ akSudhe hitaM; akSudh-yat.] Ved. 1 That which tends to cause absence of hunger (kSudhAbhAvasAdhanaM dravyam). -2 Not liable to hunger. ___ akSetra a. [na.ta.] Destitute of fields; uncultivated. -tram 1 A bad field (aprazastam kSetram); akSetre bIjamutsRSTamantaraiva vinazyati Ms. 10.71. -2 Not a good geometrical figure. -3 (fig.) A bad pupil, unworthy recipient or receptacle (of anything). Comp. -vid ..[kSetraM dehatattvaM tattvato na jAnAti; vid-kvip] destitute of spiritual knowledge: not knowing the true nature of the kSetra or body (kSetratattvAnabhijJaH Atmatvena dehAbhimAnI jIvaH); So akSetrajJa. __ akSetrin . [kSetraM zasyotpattisthAnaM kalatraM vA; matvarthe ini na. ta.] Having no field, not the master of a field, ye'kSetriNo bIjavantaH parakSetrapravApiNa: Ms. 9.49. akSoTaH [ akSa- oTa; akSasya bibhItakasyeva uTAni parNAnyasya vA Tv.] 1 N. of a tree parvatIyapIlu (Mr. DoMgarI akroDa). 2 A walnut; a treo bearing an oily nut. also 87112; ...AprerakSoTakaistadA Parnal. 4.61. akSoDaH [akSa oDa; akSaH bibhItakaH iva oDati patraH saMhanyate; uD-ac vA Tv.] also written as akSoTa-u-Daka,-AkSoTa, AkhoDa, AkhoDaka &c. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #29
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra akSobha akSobha . [ nAsti kSobho yasya ] Not agitated, unmoved. -bhaH 1 Absence of agitation. -2 The tying post of an elephant. akSobhya [obhyate vicAlyaH kSabhU-pi karmaNi yat, na ta ] Immovable, imperturbable; akSobhyaH sa navopyAsIt R. 17. 44. was unassailablo - bhyaH 1 A particular sage (tantrokto dvitIyavidyopAsakaH taddevatAyAH zirasi nAgarUpeNa sthitaH RSibheda:: akSobhyosyA RSiH prokta: - Tv.). -2 N. of a Buddha. -3 An immense number, said by Buddhists to be 100 vivara -Comp. -kavacam [ akSobhAya hitaM akSobhyam ] a sort of kavaca or armour referred to in Tantras. (he www.kobatirth.org akSaurimam (astrol) A star on which it is considered inauspicious to get shaved. akSauhiNI [ UhaH samUhaH saMvikalpajJAnaM vA so'syAmasti ini, akSANAM sthAnAM sarveSAmindriyANAM vA UhinI; NatvaM vRddhizva P. VI. 1. 89 Vart. ] A large army consisting of 21870 chariots, as many elephants, 65610 horse, and 109350 foot. akSauhiNI = 10 anIkinyaH, anIkinI = 3 cambaH camUH 3 pRtanAH. pRtanA = 3 vAhinyaH vAhinI 3 gaNAH. gaNa 3 gulmAH gulmaH 3 senAmukhAni senAmukham = 3 pattayaH pattiH 1 rathaH + 1 hastI + 3 azvAH + 5 padAtayaH. ef. ekebhaikarathA tryazvA pattiH paJcapadAtikA / saphamAdAkhyA yathottaram // gulmI vAhinI pUtanA camUH / anIkinI dazAnI kinykssauhinnii......|| akSaNa . [ aznute vyApnoti azksnaH Up. 3. 17 ] Un broken (akhaNDa ) - kSaNam Time. bhavati Bri. Ar. akSaNA A part sa vadyanena kividayA Up. 1.5.17. o akSNayA ind. Ved. 1 Tortuously, circuitously, in a crooked way; tAnakSNayA saMtundanti Sat. Br. (vakramArgeNa, kauTilyena ). -2 Wrongly; 'druh Ved. seeking to hurt in a wrongful way. Comp. -rajjuH / diagonal line: Sulba. S. - stomIyA Name of an Istaka, Ts, Sat Br. akSaNayAnukU Rv. 1. 122.9. akSNayAvan . Going through, penetrating. akhaTTaH [ khaT-ac, na ta ] N. of a tree ( priyAla ) Buchanania Latifolia. [ Mar. cAroLI ] m. akhar3i.. [-ina kI] Bond conduct (aziSTavyavahAra ); a childish freak or whim. akhaNDa . [ khaND ghaJ, na ta ] Unbroken, whole, entire, complete; akhaNDaM puNyAnAM phalamiva S. 2. 10.; akhaNDakalaH zazI Mal.2.2.; with undiminished orb, full; nirjigAya mukhamindumakhaNDam Ki. 9.38; akhaNDena tapasA 10 63; undisturbed; sundaizza: U. 5.34 u. 1.; of untarnished, unsullied fame; 'dvAdazI the 12th day of the bright half of mArgazIrSa. -paham ale. Uninterrupteilly akhaNDamAkhaNDa dhAmabhiciraM dhRtA Ki. 1. 29. akhaNDana . [ na khaNDyate niravayavatvAt khaNDU - lyuT ; na ta ] 1 Unbroken, not capable of being broken or divided, epithet of paramAtman - 2 Full, entire. - nas [ na. ta. ] 1 Not breaking, leaving entire, -2 Non-refutation. -: Time. 11 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aga o. akhaNDita . [ na. ta. ] 1 Unbroken, undivided. -2 Uninterrupted, perpetual, undisturbod, continuous m me vANijyA Mn. 1; akhaNDitaM prema labhasva patyuH Ku. 7. 28 everlasting, unbroken. -3 Unimpaired; unrefuted &c. ; bhaTTinyA akhaNDitAt praNayAt M. 3. never disappoinied; zatamakhaM tamakhaNDita pauruSam R. 9.13 whose prowess knows no repulse or defeat. -Comp. -utsava a always festive. RtuH [ akhaNDitaH RtuH tatsaMpat puSpAdiprasavarUpA yatra ] time or season which yields its usual produce of flowers &c. (a.) fruitful, bearing fruit in due season. akharca . [ na. ta. ] Not dwarfish, short or stunted: not small; great; akharveNa garveNa virAjamAnaH Dk. 3. akhalaH A good physician Nigh. akhAta . [ na. ta. ] Not dugs not buried. akhAte ca taDAge ca praviSTo makaraH katham | Uabhata -taH tam A natural lake or pool of water; a bay; especially a pool before a temple. akhAdya [na. ta. ] Not edible. akhidra Vol. [ sarakUna . ] Unwearied: vAtemA yAmabhiH Rv. 1. 38. 11 unwearied in their course. akhinna . [ na. ta. ] 1 Not fatigued or wearied. -2 Not involving fatigae. mayo'numata Ki.1.22. akhila . [ nAsti khilaM avaziSTaM yasya Tv. ] 1 Whole, entire, completes oft with sarva etadi manoja kha muni: Ms. 1. 59; deg lena entirely. -2 Not uncultivated or fallow ploughed ( land); 'Atman the universal spirit. akhilikA ( vanaspativi.) Momordica Charantia (Mar, bhAralI.) ; akheTikaH [na. sedatyasmAt sid bhaye pikan Tv. ] 1 A tree in general. -2 (AkheTika) A dog trained to the chase. akhedina a. Not wearisome, not fatigued, tvam continuous flow of speech regarded as one of the of the Jainas. akhkhala ind. An exclamation of joy; 'lIkU to utter this exclamation. akhkhalIkRtyA pitaraM na putro anyo anyamupavadantameti / Rv. 7. 103.3. akhyAtiH / Infamy, ill-repute; kara disgraceful, disreputable. ag 1 P. (aGgati, AgIt, agiSyati, agitum ) 1 To wind, curl, move tortuously, or in a zig-zag way. -2 To go ( agati, AGgIt &c.). For Private and Personal Use Only aga . [ na gacchatItiH gam-Da na. ta. ] 1 Unable to walk, not going, not in a position to go ago vRSalaH zItena P. VI. 3. 77 Sk. agajagadokasAmakhilazaktyavabodhaka te Bhag. 1087.14 2 Unapproachable. -ga: 1 A tree; sadAnato yena viSANinA'ga: Si. 4. 63. - 2 A mountain; dhvaniragavivareSu nUpurANAm Ki 10. 4. also a stones pratyApagaM pratyagam Mahanataka. -3 A snake. 4 The sun ( na gacchati vakragatyA pazcimam, tasya hi vakragatyabhAvo jyotiSaprasiddhaH; or, 'not going' the earth by its diurnal rotation causing day and night), - 5 A water-jar, as in agastya (kumbhaslyAna ). -6 The

Page #30
agaccha agasti number seven (from the seven kulAcala). of. ...atha pnnge|| Si. 3. 59. See under 1721 also. -Comp.-9 . of unsurnagAH agAH parvate'ke pAdape syAt...I Nm. -Comp.-AtmajA passed or inconceivable nature, form, &c. *9 uzat the daughter of the mountain, N. of Parvati. -okas m. prapitsunA Ki. 1.9. [ agaH parvataH oko yasya] 1 a mountain-dweller. -2 a 31 A wonon not deserving to be approached bird (vRkSavAsI). -3 the animal zarabha supposed to have8 (for coha bitation), one of the low castes; 'myAM ca khriyaM legs. -4a lion. -ja . (agAt parvatazilAto jAyate; jan-Da,) gatvA, gamanaM caiva jAtibhraMzakarANi vA &c. -Comp. -gamanam produced on a mountain or from a tree; roaming or illicit intercourse.-gAmin a. practising illicit intercourse. wandering through mountains, wild (giricara); kacAcitau -gamanIya a. relating to illicit intercourse; "nIye tu (pApama) viSvagivAgajI gajo Ki. 1. 36. (-jam) bitumen. [zilAjita] tairebhirapAnudet Ms. 11. 109. - Born From the mountain, Parvati, 370761779511 gajAnanamaharnizam / anekadaM taM bhaktAnAmekadantamupAsmahe || Subha. agarI [nAsti garo viSaM yasyAH ; pa. ba. gaura. DI] 1 A kind of -jAniHSiva. sarve tadbhagavan tvadIyamagajAjAne samastArtihana / cola grass or plant (devatADa vRkSa) commonly called Deotar, campUkAvya P.A, Verse 12. Andropogon Serratus. It is said to be an antidote agaccha . [ gam bAhu.za, na.ta. ] Not going. -cchaH A tree. against the poison of rats and mice. -2. Any substance that removes poison (viSahAridravyamAtrama) agaNDaH A trunk withont hands and feet,...(kumbhakarNaH) agaru. [na girati: ga.-u. na. na.] Agallochum, Amyris ...agaNDabhUto vivRto dAvadagdha iva drumaH Ram. 6. 68.5. Agallocha. kind of candanaH also agumaH saMcAritecAgurusArayonau agaNya . 1 Countless, immense;degpaNyavistAritamaNi DR.1. dhUpe samutsarpati vaijayantIH R. 6.8. -2 Not deserving to be counted (ahe yata): worthless, agardabhaH A mule. immaterial. agatiH . [na. ta.] 1 Want of resort or recourse; m fat a. Ved. Without good pasture grounds for necessity. -2 Want of access (lit. & fig.); agatistatra eattle, barren (kSetrama) agavyUti kSetramAganma devAH Rv.6.47.20. rAmasya yatra gamiSyAmi vihAyasA Ram; manorathAnAmagatirna vidyate Ku. agasti [vindhyAkhyaM agaM asyatiH as-kticU zakanvAdi0, Un.4. 5.64, Soo under gati. -3 Evil path; agatizca gatizcaiva lokasya 179, or agaM vindhyAcalaM styAyati stabhnAti, syai-ka; or agaH kumbhaH viditA taba Mb. 12. 16.6. tatra styAnaH saMhataH ityagastyaH ] 1 Pitcher-borm, N. ofa celebrated Risi or snge. -2 N. of the star Canopus, of agati (tI) ka.. 1 Helpless, without any resort or resource; bAlamenamagatimAdAya Dk.9; daNDastvagatikA gatiH 7.1. which Agastya is the regent. -3N. of a plant (bakavRkSa) Sesbana (or Aschynomene ) (mandiflora Mar. 810. -2 The last resource or shift; agatikA gatitheSA pApA ruImaMdAra ]. | The sager Agastya is a very roputed personrAjopasevinAm / V. 1. agatIkagatInasmAnnaSTArthAnarthasiddhaye Mb. 12. age in Ilindu mythology. In the Rigveda head 10. 16. Vasistha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and agada . [nAsti gado rogo yasya] 1 Healthy, sound, Varuna, whose sood fell from them at the sight of the free from disease, in good health naro'gadaH Ms. 8. 107. -2 lovely nymph Urvasi at a sacrificial session. L'art of (gad bhASaNe-aca, na. ta.) Not sponking or telling. -3 Free the sevd fell into a jar un port into water; from the from judicial Rffiction.-daH [nAsti gado rogo yasmAta ] 1 A I former arose Agastyat, who is, therefore, called Kummerlicine, to medicinal drug : iti cintAviSanno'yamagadaH kiM na ___bhayoni, Kumbhnjunmal, Ghatodbhava, Kalasayoni pIyate II Pr. 2); viSanneragadezcAsya sarvavyANi yojayet Ms. 7. &c: from the latter Vasisth. From his parentage 18. -2 Hoalth, freedom from disease; auSadhAnyagado vidyA Agastya is also called Maitravaruni, Aurvaseya, and, devI ca vividhA sthitiH| tapasaiva prasidhyanti tapasteSAM hi sAdhanam || Ms. as he was very small when he was born, he is also 11.237. (agadaH gadAbhAvaH nairujyamiti yAvat Kull.)-3 The called Manya. IIe is represented to have luumbled the science of antidotes; one of the 8 parts of medical Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themscience, -rAja: good medicine; yastanotyagadarAja ivopayuktaH selves before him when they tried to rise higher and Bhag. 10.47.59. higher till they wellnigh occupied the sur's dise and agadaMkAraH [agadaM karoti; agada kR-aN mumAgamazca; kAre obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is satyAgadasya; P. VI. 3.70] A physician. supposed by some, to ty pify the progress of the Aryas agadyati Don. P. To have good health. towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing metaagama a aga q. v. babhUvuragamAH sarve mArutena vinirdhatAH phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in Ram.b. 14. 17. their way ). He is also known by the names of Pitaagamya a. [na gantumarhati gam-yat ; na. ta.] 1 Not fit to be bdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable accordwalked in or approached, unapproachable, inaccessible ing to which he drank up the ocean becauso it had (lit. & fig.), yoginAmapyagamyaH &c. -2 Inconceivable, in- offended him and because he wished to help Indra and comprehensible; manaso'gamya IzvaraH God transcends mind the gods in their wars with a class of demons called (conception or thought); yAH sampadastA manaso'pyagamyAH Kaleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #31
agastI agUDha oppressod the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopamudra. She was also called Kausita ki and Voraprada. She bore him two sons, Drdhanya and Drahasyu. In the Ramayana Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. IIe kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Raksasa named Vata pi, who had 2188umod the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his oye the Raksasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wanderings Rama. with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rama the bow of Visnu and accompanied him to Ayodhya when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahusa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the prinitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7 th or 6 th century B.C. The Puranas represent Agasty as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Raksas sprang) and Havirbhuva the daughter of Kardama. Several 'lym-seors' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indrebahu, Maxobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the mouth; nirjitAsi mayA bhadre zatruhastAdamarSiNA / agastyena durAdharSoM muninA aftura fall Rain: 3777+ TAT ET R. +. 11: cf. also agastyo dakSiNAmAzAmAthitya nabhasi sthitH| varuNasyAtmajo yogI farzania: 1 and R. 6. 61: My. 7. 11. ] 3*no Regatangi Udbhata. stret A female descendent of Agastya. TE: 1=spita Sco a bove. -2 N. of Siva. -Comp. -3&: 1 the rise of Canopus which takes place a bout the end of Bhadra; with the rise of this star the waters become clear; cf. 29 TH: Fracta:. R. 4.21. -2 the 7th day of the dark half of Bhadra. -aftar ( 370 Tia fauna: ] N. of a sort of faa mentioned in the Mb. Santiparvan; (pl.) Agastya's hymn. -art: [ 4.7.] the course of Canopus, the time of its rise which ushers the Sarad season and then every thing on earth assumes a lovely appearance. -otot N. of a celebrated Tirtha in the south. -at: N. of a holy place on the Himalaya. -eigar Agastya's collection of law. TTT . Ved. Not going. 3FITET a. [T- ST 99; 7. 9.]. Unfathomable, very deep, bottomless; 314afexagara H. 1. 52; (fig.) profound, sound, very deep, 277 117 - 219791 JU: Ak. unfathomable, incomprehensible, inscrutable, Not learned; agAdhAzcApratiSTAzca gatimantazca nArada Mb. 12. 286. 7. Not established, well-known; 3771 of TIGT, Mb. 12. 308. 39. -ST:-979 a deep hole or chasm. -4: N. of one of the 5 fires at the FATETAI ( cf. Gr. agathos ). -Comp. -516: [ 42 ] a deep pool or pond, deep loke. a a. possessing profound inherent power. f ega: ya ufa: 72 ra ta: 11 Mk. 1.3, 3771 A: R. 6. 21; so 1974, ogia: ; great; aso777. agAram [agaM na gacchantaM Rcchati prApnoti aga-R-aN Tv.] A house; zUnyAni cApyagArANi Is. 9. 265 degdAhin an incendiary 39-TITETET TE: 3. 158, See 811717. f : ( ?) [ a gid; T. 21.04.-7. 7. Tv. ] 1 Hea von. -2 The sun or fire? - A Raksasa. -Comp. -319. a. [ 3417: Fa: 3117 arra 72 dwelling in the heaven (as a god); sifaaf : Rv. 1. 135.9; not to be stopped by threatening shouts (?) 34T] <. [afta 21+4 ] Ved. 1 Destitute of cows or rays; poor. 349 71 744194T: Ry. 8.2. 14. -2 Wickod (?). T: 1 N. of Rahu. -2 Darkness. 3raju <<. 1 Destitute of attributes (referring to God). -2 Having no good qualities, worthless; 31 JUTS 74712: M. 3, Turaiftasfq azat : 14:11 Mk. 4. 22. -OT: [ 7.7.] A fault, defect, demerit, vice; DE: a waentfh ory0117 Ms. 3. 22; Jotoi knowing merit and demerit; 1972720 f Bl. 2. 55; 317g 1974 1971: Ki. 6. 21. vices; -014 1 Absolution , 47); Hizy: f ia = P Bhag. 7. 6. 25. -2 Supreme Being (998). -Comp. -aifa 4. fault-finding, censorious, not appreciating merits. - . of a worthless character. & a. ( 21.7.] 1 Not heavy, light. -2 (In prosody) Short. -3 Having no teacher. - 4 One different from a teacher, - . (m. also ) [ IT] 1 The fragrant aloe wood and tree; Aquiluria Agallocha. -2 That which yields Bdellium, Amyris Agallocha. -3 Tho Sisu tree (1791). -Comp.-17T9 (3795: T a raft ziMzapA; madhyamapadalo.] the Sisu trce. -sAraH a sort of perfume. agulmakam Disjointed ( army ); gulmIbhUtamagulmakam Sukra. 4. 870. 37a. Not hidden, or concealed, manifest, clear: sadbhAvam Real state unconcealed, agUDhasadbhAvamitItijJayA faaleat gugatraer Ku. 5. 02. -Comp. ---TFCT a. having an unconcealed smell. (--:) Asafoetida (the smell of which is not easily concealed ). ( Mar. f l. - a. 1 having an opon or unreserved disposition, -2 having an obvious meaning or import. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #32
agRbhIta 37: fufta a. [..] Ved. 1 Not seized or overcome; unsubdued; Rv. 8. 79. 1. STRE of unsubdued splendour, a 7419 3 4 : Ry. . 31.); 8. 23. 1. -2 Inconceivable. 3476 [ a] A houseless wanderer, a hermit (91992). 37TER . Imperceptible by the senses, not obvious, See gocara; vAcAmagocarAM harSAvasthAmaspRzat Dk. 100, beyond the power of words, indescribable. -T41 Anything beyond the cognizance of the senses. --2 Not being seen or observed, or known; * caureiniatura faza II. 2; without the knowledge of; at ang Pt. 2. - 3 Brahma; T arfa 1974 Ki. 17. 11. TITUT ul. Imperceptibly. Tittar Ved. Want of cows or rays or praise. agotra a. Without neause: yattadadezyamagrAAmagotram Mund. 1. 1. 6. agopA a. Ved. Vithout a cowherd: pazu ti svayuragopAH Rv. 2. 4.7. agorudha a Ved. Not disdaining praise agorudhAya gaviSe Rv. 8. 24. 20. 3 9 a. Not to be concealed or covered, bright. fa: [ fa a via 34@t-fa, Un. +. 50, or fr. 3759 'to go.']1 Fire 49, fal, 117, 118, 19, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (EUR9, 34189414 and 1 ); 1901 a e s faiamaa: 1 YETIE9-1987 afar | Ms. 2. 232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, wastrio fluid. -5 Bile (HTE EETTATETA241arch aga : 9H ZEI ). -6 Cauterization (3* ). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. TiffTATUE (a ) Mb. 13. 107. 26. -9 N. of various plants: la 997 Plumbago Zeylanica; (0)771-7; (c) za Semicarpus Anacardiu: (1) faran Citrus Acida. -10 A mystical substitute for the letter . In Dandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words agni is changed to agnA, as 'viSNU, dl, or to 36, 37, qat, OAT -11 1953 atst; yatra tad brahma nirdvandvaM yatra somaH (iDA) sahAgninA (agniH piGgalA) Mb. 11. 20.10.-12 Sacrificial altar, 3191 cf. Ram. 1. 14. 28. -13 Sky, afhef Mund 2. 1. 4. [cf. L. igwis] 1 Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins zond Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Rigveda. lle, as an immortal, has taken up his a bodle among mortals as their guest; he is tho domestie priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and lender of people, monarch of men, tho lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. lle is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from hea ven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyou, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his threefold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. llis cpithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : ne, 394, Tal, trigata, ft , tomaradhara, ghRtAnna, citrabhAnu, Urdhvazocis, zociSkeza, harikeza, farouca, ty &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 homs, 8 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luninaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. Io is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, leaven and all beings obey his commands. Ile knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. lle gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. Ile confers, and is the guardian of, imnortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessings issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from cnemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger le. Agni is slso associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications ho appears an the eldest son of Brahma and is called Abhimani [Visnu Purana J. His wife was Svaha; by her, he had 3 sons - Pavaka, Pavamana and Suchi: and these had forty-five sons : altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 19 fires, lle is also represented as a son of Angiras, as a king of the Pitrs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Sandila, and also as a star. The Hariyamsa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming a velin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #33
agniH agniH wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahmi as the sovereign of tho quarter between the south and east, whence the dircetion is still known as Agneyi. The Mahabharata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and becomo dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Svetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khandava forest; for the story see the word khANDava].-Comp. -a (A) gAram -raH, -AlayaH, -gRham [agnikAryAya agAram zAka0 ta.] a firesanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; vasaMzcaturtho'pirivAnyagAre 11.5.25. rathAranyagAraM cApAcI zarazaktigadendhanam Mb. 11.25.14. -astram fire-missile, a rocket, -Atmaka [ agnirAtmA yasya ] of the nature of fire; somAtmikA strI, kaH pumAna. -AdhAnam comseerating the fire; so 'Ahiti. -AdheyaH [agnirAdheyo yena] a Brahmans who maintains the sacred firc.(-yama)= AdhAnam. -AhitaH [agnirAhito yena, vA paranipAtaH 1. II. 2. 37.] one who maintains the sacred tire; Sce AhitAgni.-idhm (agnIdhraH) [agnim inddhe sa agnIdh ] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -indhanaH [ agnirivyate anena] N. of a Mantra. (nam ) kindling the fire; agmIndhanaM maikSacaryAm Ms.2.108. -utpAtaH [agninA divyAnalena kRtaH utpAtaH] fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Br. S. 33 it is said to be of five Linds: divi bhuktazubhaphalAnAM patatAM rUpANi yaanitaanyulkaaH| dhiSNyolkAzanividyuttArA iti paJcadhA bhinnaaH|| ulkA pakSeNa phalaM tadvat dhiSNyAzanistribhiH pkssH| vidyudahobhiH SabhistadvattArA vipAcayati // Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -uddharaNam , -uddhAraH 1 producing fire by the friction of two arapis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a critice. -39FTET worship of Agni: the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (agnirupasthIyate'nena). agnikhiSTubh upasthAne viniyogaH Sandhyt. -padhaH [agnimedhayati ] an incendiary. -kaNaH; -stokaH a spark. -karman 1. [ agnau karma sa. ta.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3_oblation to Agmi, worship of Agmi (agnihotra); 80 degkArya offering oblations to fire, foeding fire with shce ke.: nirvartitAgnikAryaH K. 16.: "rdhidagdha 30, Ms. 3.00, agnikArya tataH kuryAtsadhyayorubhayorapi / Y. 1. 20. TCT : part (or appearanco ) of fire: ten varieties are mentioned dhUmrAcirupmA jvalinI jvAlinI visphaliGginI / suzrIH murUpA kapilA havyakavyavahe api // yAdInAM dazavarNAnAM kalA dharmapradA amuuH|). -kArikA [agni karoti Adhatte karaNe kartRtvopacArAn katari bul ] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Rik called 3471 which begins with agniM dUtaM puro dadhe. 2. agnikAryam. -kASTham [agneH uddIpanaM kA; zAka 0ta. ] ugallochum (aguru)-kukkuTaH [ agneH kukkuTa iva raktavarNasphulikatvAt ]ntirebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -kuNDama [anerAdhAnArtha kuNDam ] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -kumAraH, -tanayaH ga: 1 N. of Karttikeya said to be born from fire; Ram. 7. See kArtikeya. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -kRtaH Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium ocendentale. [ Mar. kAjU] -ketuH [ agneH keturiva ] 1 smoko. -2 N. of two Raksasas on the side of Ravana and killed by Rima. -koNaH-dik the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; indro vahi: pitRpatinaRto varuNo marut / kubera IzaH patayaH pUrvAdInAM dizAM kramAt ||-kriyaa [ agninA nirvatitA kiyA, zAka. ta.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonics. -2 branding; bheSajAgnikriyAsu ca Y.3.284. -krIDA [ta. ta. ] fire-works, illuminations. -garbha u. [agnigarbha *] pregnant with or containing tire, having fire in the interior; 'bhI zamImiva 54. 3.(-bhaH)[agniriva jArako garbho yasya] 1 N. of the plant Agnijara. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf. S. 2. 7. -3 the sacrificial stack 31 for which when churned, gives out fire. (-rbhA) 1 N. of the Sami plant as containing firo (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Sami plant is told in chap. 35 of 319zAsanaparva im Mb.). -2N. of the earth (agneH sakAzAt garbho yasyAM sA; when the Ganges threw the semen of Siva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &o. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called vasumatI) -3 N. of the plant mahAjyotiSmatI latA (agniriva garbho madhyabhAgo yasyAH sA) [Mar, mAlakAMgoNI ] -granthaH [ agnipratipAdako granthaH zAka. na.] the work that treats of the worship of Agmi &c. -ghRtam / anyuddIpana ghRtaM zAka. ta.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -cit . [ agniM citavAn ; ci-bhUtArthe kvip P. III. 2.91 ] one who has kept the sacred fire; yatibhiH sArdhamanagnimagnicit R. 8.25; adhvarepyAgnicitvatsu Bk. 5.1]. -cayaH, -cayanama, -cityA. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (34-214717 ); cityAgnicitye ca P. III. 1. 182. -(nyaH , -yanaH ) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -citvat | agnicayanam asyasmin matup; masya vaH / tAntatvAnna padatvam Tv.] haring agnicayana or agnicit . -cUDa: A bird having a red tuft. -carNam gumpowder. kAryAsamarthaH katyasti zastragolAgnicUrNayuk Sukraniti 2.93. -ja, -jAta . produced by or from fire, born fron fire. (-jaH, -jAtaH)1N. of the plant agnijAra (anaye agnyuddIpanAya jAyate sevanAt prabhavati). 1N. of Karttikeya parAbhinatkau camivAdrimAgnijaH Mb. 8. 90. 18. 3. Visnu. (-jam, -jAtama) gold; so janman-jit.. God: Bhig.8.14.4. -jihva.. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visni in the boar incarnation. (6) 1 a tongue or fiame of fire. -2 one of ther tongues of Ami (karAlI dhUminI zvetA lohitA niillohitaa| muvoM padmarAgA ca jihAH sapta vibhAvasoH -3N. of a plant lAgalI (agnerjiva zikhA yasyAH sA); of another plant (jalapippalI) or gajapippalI (viSalAgalA) (Mar. jala-gaja piMpaLI)-jvAlA 1the flame or glow of fire. -2 [agnervAleva zikhA yasyAH sA] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Nar. cAyaphUla, dhAyaTI). -tapa . [ agninA tapyate; tap -kvipU] having For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #34
agniH agniH the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of 1 to the sage Vasistha for the purpose of instructing firo. -tapas |.[agnibhiH tapyate] 1 practising very mus- him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas tere penance, standing in the midst of the fivel are said to be 14500. Its contents are varied. It has fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire portions on ritual and mystic worship, Cosmical descrip(tapatIni tapAH agniriva tapAH) hot as fire. -tejas .. tions, chapters on the cluties of kings and the art of having tho lustre or power of fire (agneriva tejo war, a chapter on law, sono chapters on Modicine and yasya). (-s.) the lustre of tire. (-s m.) N. of some treatises on Rhetoric, l'rosudy, Graumar, Yoga, one of the7 Risis of the llth Manvantara. -trayam the Brahmavidytake.ke.-praNayanam bringing out the sacrithree fires, Sce under agni. -da . [ agniM dAhAthai gRhAdau ficial fire and consecrating it according to the proper dadAti; dA.-ka.] 1giving or supplyimg with fire. -2 tonic, ritual.-praNidhiH Incendiary. Dk.2.8.-pratiSThA consecrastomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. tion of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -pravezaH -zanama -3 incondiary; agnidAn bhaktadAMzcaiva Ms.9.2783; agnidAnAM [sa. ta.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow ca ye lokAH Y.2.74; 80degdAyaka, dAthin yadagnidAyake pApaM yatpApaM on the fumeral pilo of her husband. -praskandanam violagurutalpage Ram. 2. 75. 45. -dagdha . 1 burnt on the tion of the duties of a sacrificer (agnihomAkaraNa); "parastvaM funeral pile; agnidagdhAzca ye jIvA ye'pyadagdhAH kule mama Vayu. P. cApyevaM bhaviSyasi b. 1. 84.26 -prastaraH [agniM prastRNAti agne: -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire prastaro vA]affint, a stone producing fire. -vAhuH [agneput into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) rbAhuriva dIrghAzakhatvAt ] 1 smoke. -2 N. of as son of the first a class of Mancs or l'itris who, when alive, kept up the Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kamya. household fiame and presented oblations to tire.-damanI V. P. -bIjam 1 the seed of Azmi (fig.) gold (rudratejaH [agnirdamyate'nayA dam-Nica karaNe lyuT] a narcotic plant, Solanum samudbhUtaM hemabIjaM vibhAvasoH)-2 N. of the letter ra.-bhama [agniJacquini. [ Mar. riMgaNI ] -dAtR [agniM vidhAnena dadAti] one riva bhAti; bhA-ka.]1'shining liko fire, gold. -2 N. of the who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; constellation kRttikA, -bhu. [ agnerbhavati; bhU-kvip hasvAntaH] yazcAmidAtA pretasya piNDa dadyAtsa eva hi.-dIpana . [ ani dIpayati] 1 water.-2 gold.-bhU.[agnerbhavatiH bhU-vip] produced from stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -dIpta . [tR. fire. ( :) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Karttikeya. -2 N. of ta.glowing, set on fire, blazing (-ptA) [agnirjaTharAnalo ateucher (kAzyapa) who was taught by Amii. -3 (arith.) dIptaH sevanAt yasyAH sA] N. of a plant jyotiSmatI latA six; -bhUti . produced from fire. (-tiH) [agniriva (Mar. mAlakAMgoNI), which is said to stimulate digestion. bhUtiraizvarya yasya ] N. of a pupil of the last Tirthankara. -dIptiH f. active state of digestion. -dUta a. agnita iva (-tiH)f the lustre or might of tire. -bhrAjas 1. Ved. yasmin yasya vA ] having Agni for a messenger, said of [agniriva bhAjate; bhrAj-amun ] shining like fire. agnibhrAjaso the sacrifice or the deity imvoked; yama ha yajJo gacchatyagnidUto vidyutaH Rv.5.54. 11. -maNiH [agnerutthApako maNiH zAka. ta.] araMkRtaH Rv. 10. 14. 13. -dRSitaHa. branded. -devaH [agni the sunstone. -math m. [ agni mathnAti niSpAdayati; mantha-kkiprava devaH ] Ami; a worshipper of Agni. -devA [agnidevo nalopaH] 1 the sacrificer who churms the fuel-stick. -2 yasyAH ] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (kRttikA). the Mantra used in this operation, on the 3rfor itself. -dvAram the door on the south-east of a building; pUrva- -manthaH ,-ntha nama , producing fire by frictions or the Mantra dvAramathaizAne cAgnidvAraM tu dakSiNe | Mana.9.294-95. -dhAnam used in this operation.(-nthaH)[agnirmathyate anena manth-karaNe ghaJ] [agnirdhIyate'smin ] the place or receptacle for keeping the N. of a tree gaNikArikA (Mar. naravela) Premna Spinosa sacred fire, the house of agnihotR; padaM kRNute agnidhAne Rv. (tatkASTayorgharSaNe hi Azu vahnirutpadyate), -mAndyam slowness of 10. 165.3. -dhAraNam maintaining the sacred fire; digestioni, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -mArutiH agnizca atinAM 'Nam K.55. -nayanam ='praNayanam. -niryAsaH[ agnerja- maruJca tayorapatyaM iJ tato vRddhiH it ca; dvipadavRddhau pRSo. pUrvapadasya hasvaH TharAnalasyeva dIpako niryAso yasya ] N. of the plant agnijAra. Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -mitra: N. of a king -netra a. [AmirnetA yasya] having Agni for the leader or of the Sunga dynasty, son of Pusy pamitra who must conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. have flourished before 150 B. C.-the usually accepted -padam 1the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3N. of a plant. date of Patanjali-as the latter mentions go by -parikri-Skri -yA eare of the sucred fire, worship of fire, name. -mukhaH a. having Ami at the head. (-khaH) offering oblations; gRhArtho'gnipariSkriyA Ms.2.67.-paricchadaH [agnimukhamiva yasya] 1 deity, god, (for the gods the whole sacrificial apparatus; gRhyaM cAgniparicchadam Ms. 6. receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said 4. -paridhAnam enclosing the sacrificial fire with a to be their mouth; agnimukhA vai devAH; agnirmukhaM prathamaM devatAnAm kind of screen. -parIkSA [tR. ta.] ordeal by fire. -parvataH &c; or Agnirmukhe agre yeSAm , for fire is said to have been [agnisAdhanaM parvataH] a volcano; mahatA jvalatA nityamagnimevAgni- created before all other gods.)-2 [agnimukhaM pradhAnamupAsyo parvataH Ram. 5. 35. 43. -pucchaH [agneH agnyAdhAnasthAnasya puccha yasya ] one who maintains the sacred fire (agnihotRdvija) 59 ] tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the ex- -3 a Brahmana in general (agnidAhakatvAt zApAgnimukhe tinction of fire. -purANama [agninA proktaM purANam one of yasya, for Brahmanas are said to be vAgvajAH). -4N. the 18 Puranas ascribed to Vyasa. It derives its name of two plants f124 Plumbago Zeylanica and H2177 from its having been communicated originally by AgnitSemicarpus Anacardium agniriva sparzAta duHkhadAyakaM mukhamagram For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #35
agniH asstti: yasya, taniryAsasparzena hi dehe kSatotpattesthayostathAtvam ). -5 a sort of infiamed tumour, inflammation.. -viharaNam, -vihAraH powder or cUrNa prescribed as a tonic by cakradatta. -6 'fire- 1 taking the sacrificial fire fron AgnIdhra to the uttaravedi. monthed, sharp-biting, it opithet of a bug. Pt. 1. -2 offering oblations to fire; pratyAsanA belA K.348. (-khI) agniriva mukhamagraM yasyAH : gaurAdi-lISu ] 1N. of a ! -vIryam 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -betAla: plant bhallAtaka (Mar. bibavA, bhilAvA ) nd lAAlikA Name of Vetala (commected with the story of Vikrs.(viSalAgalA). -2 N. of the Gayatri Mantra (agnireva miditya). -vezaH [ agneza iva] N. of an ancient medical makhaM mukhatvena kalpitaM yasyAH sA, o agneriva mukhaM prajApatimRkhaM utpatti- authority (caraka). -vezma n m. the fourteenth day of the dvAraM yasyAH , agninA samaM prajApatimakhajAtatvAt / kadAcidapi no vidvAn | karma-mast; Suryaprajinapti. -vazya: 1N. of a teacher', gAyatrImadake japana / gAyacyAgnimukhI yasmAttasmAdutthAya tAM japet // Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhurts, Suryapraj. gobhila). -3a kitchen [pAkazAlA agniriva uttaptaM mukhaM yasyAH iapti. dhaumya f. b. 14.64.8. -zaraNam,-zAlA-lam / sA]. -mUDha . [ta. ta.] Ved. made insane or stupefied fire-sanctuary, degmArgamAdezaya S. ;a house or place by lightning or tiro. -yantram Agun Anayantradharaizcakradharaizca for keeping the sacred fire; rakSaNAya sthApito'ham V.B. puruSaivataH Siva bharata 12. 17. -yAnam An aeroplane. -zarman . [agniriva zRNAti tIvakopatvAt za-manin ] very vyomayAnaM vimAnaM syAta agniyAnaM tadeva hi / agastyasaMhitA. -yogaH passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -zikha / [agneriva See pazcAgnisAdhana, agniyogavaho grISme vidhidRSTena karmaNA / cI. agniriva vA zikhA yasya] fiery, fire-erested: dahatu "khaiH dvAdazavarSANi rAjA bhavani pArthivaH // Mb. 18. 14,2. 43. -yojanam sAyakaiH Ram. (-khaH)1a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. TETOT 1 con- -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 secrating or preserving the sacred (lomestic ) fire or saffron. -8 jAjalIvRkSa. (-kham) 1 saffrom. -2 gold. agnihotra. -2 [agniH rakSyate anena atra vA] a Mantra securing (-khA) 1a flaine; zarairagnizikhopamaiH Mb. -2 N. of two for Agmi protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house p lants lAgalI (Mar', vAgacabakA or kaLalAvI) Gloriosil of an agnihota. -rajaH, -rajas m. [agniriva rajyate dIpyate; Super ba; of other plants (also Mar. kaLalAvI) Menirajja-amana nalopaH 1THArlet insect by name indragopa, - 2 spermum Cordifolium. -zuzrUSA careful service or worship (ameH rajaH) alhemishtor power of Ami. -3gold. Mb. 3. of fire. -zekhara . fire-crested. (-raH) . of the kusumbha, 16.86.7-rahasyam mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agmi; kurukuma and jAgalI trees (-ram) gold, -zauca.. [ameriva N. of the tuith book of Satapatha Brahmana. -TET: i l bright as fire; purified by fire K. 202. - a heap of fire, burning pile. -ruhA [agniriva rohati ruha -ka] 1.[ameriva zrIryasya ] glowing like fire ; lighted by Agni N. of the plunt mAMsAdanI or mAMsarohiNI (tadakkurasya vanitulya- -pata, -prabha, -Toma &e. sec degstut , degstubh &c. -STham varNatayA utpanatvAttathAtvaM tasyAH). -rUpa . [ameriva rUpaM varNo yasya] 1 kitchen : amiSTeSvagnizAlAmu Ram.6. 10. 16.-2 a tire-pan. fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -rUpam the nature of -saMyogAH explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -pvAttaH sec svAttaH fire. -retas n. thee seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -rohiNI -saMskAraH 1 consceration of fire. -2 hallowing or com[agniriva rohati; ruhU-Nini] a hard inflammatory swelling secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral in the armpit, -loka: the world of Anii, which is pile; yathA "raM mAlavAya datvA Dk. 100%; nAsya kAryo'gnisaMskAra: situated below the summit of Meru; in the Pura nas Ms...60, pitarIvAgnisaMskArAtparA vavRtire kriyaaH| I. 12.06. it is said to be in the antarikSa, while in the Kasi -sakhaH, -sahAyaH 1the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smokeKhanta it is said to be to the south of indrapurI; etasyA coloured). -3 smoke. -sambha va . [pa.ba.] sprung or prodakSiNe bhAge yeyaM pUrdRzyate shubhaa| imAmarciSmatI pazya vItihotrapurI duced from fire. (-vaH)1 wild satflower. -2 lymph, zubhAm / / -vadhUH Svahi, the daughter of Daksa and wife result of digostion. (-vam) gold. -sAkSika [agniH sAkSI of Agni -varcas sa. [ agnervarca iva vacoM yasya ] glowing or 79, 49] a. or ude. keeping tire for it witness, in bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (- ) N. the presence of firepaJcabANa' M. . 12. maryAdo bhartI of a teacher of the Purinas. -varNa . [ ameriva varNo yasya] hi zaraNaM striyAH I. 1. v. 1, R. 11. 48. -sAram [ agnI sAraM of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; surAM pItvA dvijo mohAdagnivarNI yasya atyantAnalottApanepi sArAMzAdahanAt Tv.] rasAjana, sort surAM pibet Ms. T1.90; gomUtramagnivarNa vA pibedudakameva vA 91. of medical preparation for the eyes. (-ra:-ram) power (C:) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarsana.--2 N. of a King or essence of fire. -sutaH Karttikey; tvAmadya nihaniSyAmi of the solar race, Seo R. 19. 1. the colour of fire. (OT) krAMJcamagnisunA yathA| Mb. 7. 156.93. -sUtram: Thread a strong liquor. -vadheka a. stimulating digestion, tomic. of fire. -2 : girdle of sacriticial grass (maujImekhalA) put (-kA) 1 toris. -2 regimen, liet (pathyAhAra). upon a young Brahmana at the time of investiture. -vallabhaH [ agnervAhabhaH sukhena dAhyatvAta ] 1 the Shla tree, -sUnuH (Sco-sutaH), (senAnIragnibhaguhaH / Anur): devyaGkasaMviSTaShores Robusta. -2 the resimous juice of it. -vAsas / . mivAgnisUnum / Bu. th. I. 7. -stambhaH 1stopping [ agniriva zuddhaM bAso yasya ] having a red (pure like Agmi) the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra gurment. (..) a pure garment. -vAha . [agniM bAyati __used in this operation. -3N. of medicine so used. anumApayati vA] 1smoke. -2 goint. -vAhanama a gust -stut..(agniSTut ) [agniH stUyate'tra; stu-AdhAre ki patvam ] (chAga). -vid.. 1One who knows the mystery about the first day of the Agnistoina sacritice; N. of a porrAgni. -201 // agnihotrina . v. -vimocanam ceremony of tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day: lowering the sacrificial fire. -visarpaH pain from in yajeta vAzvamedhena svarjinA gosavena vA / abhijivizvajidnyAM vA trivanA saM.I. ko....3 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #36
agnAyI 18 agra | gniSTutApi vA // Ms. 11.74. -stubha (degTubh ) m. [agniH stubhyate'tra; stubh-kvip Satvam ] 1 = agniSToma.-2N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -stomaH (degSTomaH) [ agneH stomaH stutisAdhanaM yatra] 1N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the jyotiSToma. -2aMantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; degme bhavo mantraH degmaH; degmasya vyAkhyAnam , kalpaHmaH P. IV.3.66. Vart. -3N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; "sAman a part of the Sama Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agnistoma sacrifice. Arafur: Name of Manu. -stha a. () [agnau sthAtumarhati; sthA-ka Satvam ] placed in, over, or near the fire. (SThaH) an iron frying pan; in the 340 sacrifice the 11th Yupa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -svAttaH (written both asdegsvAtta and degdhvAtta) (pl.) [agnitaH i. c. zrAddhIyaviprakararUpAnalAt suSTa AttaM grahaNaM yeSAM te] N. of a class of Pitrs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agnistoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brahmanas and also as descendants of Marichi; Ms. 3. 195. agnidhvAttAH pitara eha gacchata Tsy.2.5.12.2 (manuSyajanmanyagniSTomAdiyAgamakRtvA smArtakarmaniSThAH santo mRtvA ca pitRtvaM gatAH iti sAyaNaH). -hut, -hotR Ved. sacrificing to Ami, having Ami for a priest; Rv. 10.66.8.-hotram [agnaye hUyate'tra, hu-tra, ca. ta.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel. ). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (agnaye honaM homo'smin karmaNIti agnihotramiti karmanAma); or the sacred fire itself; tapovanAgnihotradhUmalekhAsu K. 26. hotA syAt degtrasya Ms. 11. 36. degtramupAsate 42; strI dAhayet treNa Ms. 5. 167, 6. 4, dAhayitvAgnihotreNa striyaM vRttavatIm Y. 1. 89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (agnaye sAyaM juhuyAt sUryAya prAtarjuhuyAt ). Agnihotra is of two kinds%3B nitya of constant obligation (yAvajjIvamagnihotraM juhoti) and kAmya occasional or optional (upasadbhizraritvA mAsamekamagnihotraM juhoti).(-tra). Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. deg7412: The rule according to which tho nityakarman / (which are to be performed yAvajjIvam ) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and ostablished by A and at at Ms. 6. 2. 23-20. in connection with agnihotra and other karman . deghavanI (NI) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or agnihotrahavigrahaNI Rk Tv.; See havirgrahaNI; hut offering the agnihotra; degAhutiH invocation or oblation connected with agnihotra. -hotrin . [ agnihotra-matvarthe ini] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the saeriticial place. -hotrI Sacrificial cow'3 tAmagnihotrImRSayo jagRhubrahmavAdinaH Bhily.8.8.2. starft P. 4. 1. 37 1 the wife of Agni and Goddess of Fire, Svaha. She is said to be the daughter of Daksh; she longed to be the wife of Agmi, and Skanda was pleased to give her a place with Agni at every sacrificial act (havyaM kavyaM ca yatkiMcid dvijAnAmatha saMskRtam / hoSyantyagnau sadA devi svAhetyuktvA samuddhRtam // adya prabhUti dAsyanti suvRttAH satpathe sthitAH / evamagnistvayA sAdha sadA vatsyati zobhane). -2 The Treta age. __ agnikaH [agnivat kAyati prakAzate; kai-ka] N. of an insect, coccinella. __ agnigham. [ agni dadhAti mantravidhinA sthApayati; dhA-vip ni. AlopaH Tv. JOne who consecrates the sacred fire. agnimat,-vat 4. Ved. [ agniH astyasya matup , masya vaH P. VIII. 2.15 ] 1 Having fire or onjoying it. -2 Maintaiming the sacriticial fire; pitRyajJaM tu nirvartya viprazcandrakSaye'gnimAn Ms.3.122. -3 Having a good digestion. faar ind. To the state of fire; used in comp. with kR to burn', 'to consign to flaines'; bhrAtRzarIramagnisAtkRtvA M.53' na cakAra zarIramagnisAt R. 8.725 degbhU to be burnt. agnIdhraH [ agnimAdadhAti dhR-ka dIrghaH Tv.] 1N. of a priest, also called brahmA who kindles the sacred fire. -2 (agni dhArayatyasmai saMpradAne ghanathe ka dIghaH) Sacrifice, sacrifical act. See AnIdhra. agnIya . [agneH adUrabhavaM sthAnAdi; utkarA cha ] Situated near the fire; relating to fire, fiery. agnISoma m. (mau) [agnizca somazca dvandva It Satvam ] Agni and Soma; 'praNayanam bringing out Agni and Soma; an ceremony in the jyotiSToma saerifice; (nI) the rle or vessel used in consecrating them. ___ agnISomIya . [agnISomo devate yasya cha] Relating or sacred to Agni and Soma; "ale: making libations with the cake sacred to Agni and Soma; a victim sacred to them;"puroDAza: an oblation sacred to them &c. agnyA The Tittira bird. 37TH >>. Battle, conflict, See 37349. agra va.[akga-ran nalopaH Un.2.29] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-emiment; mahiSI chief qucen; vAtamA sevamAnA M. 1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; Asanam chief seat, seat of honour%3 mAmagrAsanato'vakRSTamavazaM ye dRSTavantaH purA Mu. 1. 12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (adhika). -graH Setting mountain; agrasAnuSu nitAntapizaraiH Ki.9.7.-gram 1(C) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. mUlam, madhyam); (fig.) sharpness, keenness%3 dharmasya brAhmaNo mUlam magraM rAjanya ucyate Ms. 11.83; dAm agra mUlam madhyabh &c.; nAsikA tip of the nose%3 sUci&c. samastA evaM vidyA jihvAgre'bhavan K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue%B amudhya vidyA rasanAgranartakI N. 1.5. () Top, summit, surfaces kailAsa, parvata, &c. -2 Front, van; agre kR put in the front or at the head; tAmagre kRtvA Pt. 4. See agre. -3 The best of any kind; syandanApreNa with the best of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #37
agra agra chariots; prAsAdAyaiH Rim. - Superiority, excellence | (utkarSa); agrAdagraM rohati Tandya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (Alambanam); manumekAgramAsInam Ms. I.1, See bhUmi also. -6 Beginning, See agre. -7 A multitude, assemblaye. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; sAyaM strIsahasram Ram. 1000 women and more; 80 sAgrakoTI ca rakSasAm . -9 A weight = 97 q.v.-10 A measure of food given as alins (brAhmaNabhojanam occurring in agrahAra); prayato brAhmaNAgre yaH / / zraddhayA parayA yutaH / Mb. 18.05. 13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (mA, agrakA also). ef. ...agramAlambane'dhike / puropariprAntAyeSu na puMsi prmitaashne| Nm. -12 Forepart of time: neveha kiMcanAgra AsIt Bri. Up. 1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. y. 377 37: First procurement (cf. Dandaviveka G.O. 8.52, p.43). pAdaH -caraNa: the forepart of the foot, too; 50 hastaH, karaH, degpANiH &e: degsaroruham the topmost lotus. padmAni yasyAgrasaroruhANi Ku. 1. 16. karNam Tip-ear; top of the ear; Matanga. L. 5. 7. kAyaH forepart of the body; 80 "nakham , nAsikA tip of the nail, nose &e., -adr. In front, before, ahead. --Comp. -ig: [agram aMzoH ] the focal point. -akSi..[karma.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (apAnavIkSaNa); agrAkSaNA vIkSamANastu tiryaga bhrAtaramabravIt Ram. -advan a. having precedence in eating. -anI (NI)ka:(kam) vanguard: dIrghAhacUMzcaiva narAnagrAnIkeSu yodhayen Ms. 7. 193; agrANIkaM raghuvyAghau rAkSasAnAM babhaJjatuRam. -ayaNIyama [ agraM zreSThaM ayanaM jJAnaM tatra sAdhu cha ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (utpAdapUrvamagrAyaNIyamatha vIryatA pravAdaH syAt -hemacandraH). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Purvas). -avalahitam [agram avalehitam AsvAditaM yasya] food at asraddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tasted. -Asanam First seat of honour; mAmagrAsanato'vakRSTamavazam Mu.1.12.-utsage: taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. c. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Danda viveka G. 0. S. 32, pp. 43-44. -396TUTH first supply. -upaharaNIya".[agre upahiyate karmaNi anIyar ] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [ agram upahiyate yasmai hRsaMpradAne anIyar ] zrAddhAdyarthamupakalpitasya annAderagre dAnoddezyaH vAstudevAdiH Tv. -karaH 1- agrahastaHq.v. -2 the focal point. -kezaH front line of hair; degzeSu reNuH apaharati K.86. -gaH [agre gacchatIti, gam-Da] a leader, guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -gaNya . [agre gaNyate'sau] foremost, to be ranked first; zamanabhavanayAne yadbhavAnagragaNyaH Mahan. -gAmin |.[agre gacchati] a leader; praSTo'gragAmini P. VIII. 3.92. -ja .[agre jAyate; jan-Da.] first born or produced; AnandenAgrajeneva B. 10. 78. (-jaH) 1 the first. born, an elder brother; sumatiM mamAgrajamavagaccha M.5; astyeva manyurbharatAgraje me R. 14. 73. -2 a Brahmana. (-jA) an elder sister; 80 degjAta, jAtaka,jAti. -ja GghA the forepart of the calf. -janman ||.[agre janma yasya saH]1 the first-born, an elder brother; janakAgrajanmanoH zAsanamatikramya Dk.2. -2a Brahmana (varNeSu madhye agrajAtatvAta , or agrAt pradhAnAGgAt mukhAt jAtatvAt , brAhmaNo'sya mukhamAsIt , tasmAt trivRt stomAnAM mukhama... agnirdevatAnAM brAhmaNo manuSyANAm ; tasmAd brAhmaNo mukhena vIrya karoti mukhato hi sRSTaH Tandya); ativayasamagrajanmAnam K. 12; avocat nmA Dk. 13.33 N. of Brahina, as he was the first to be born in the waters. of. agrajanmA dvije jyeSThaprAtari brahmaNi smRtam Nm. -jihvA the tip of the tongue. -jyA (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -dAnin [agre dAnam asya; agradAna-inia (degraded) Brahmana who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (pretoddezena yaddAnaM dIyate tatpratigrAhI); lobhI viprazca zUdrANAmagredAnaM gRhItavAn / grahaNe mRtadAnAnAM (grahaNAttiladAnAnAM Tv.) agradAnI babhUva sH|| -dAnIyaH [agre dAnamarhati cha] = agradAnin . -dRtaH a har binger; kRSNAkodhAgradUtaH Ve. 1.22; "dUtikA Dk. 2039 mahIpatInAM praNayAgradUtyaH R. 6. 12: -devI the chief queen%; samagradevInivahAnadevI...| Bu. ch. 1.15. -dhAnyama a cereal grain. (Mar. joMdhaLA), Holeus soraghum or Holeus spicatus. (Mar. bAjarI). -nirUpaNam predestimation; prophecy, determimimg beforehand. -nIH (NIH) [agre nIyate asau nI-kvip , Natvam ] 1a lender, foremost, first, chief; degNIvirAgahetu: K. 195 apyagraNImantrakRtAmRSINAm R.b.4 chief. -2 fire. -parNI [agre parNa yasyAH sA-dhIp] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (ajaloman ). [Mar. kuyalI ]. -pAtin / agre Adau patati pat-Nini] happening beforehand, antecedent: tIni zubhAni nimittAni K. 65. -pAda: the forepart of the foot; toes; navakisalayarAgeNAgrapAdena M. 3. 12; "sthitA standing on tiptoe. S.5. -pANiH %D hastaH q. v. -pUjA the highest or first mark of reveremce or respect; jAmiha sthitvA gRhANedaM viSaM prabho Rim. -peyam precedence in drinking. -pradAyin a. giving in advance; teSAmagrapradAyI syAH kalpotthAyI priyaMvadaH Mb.5.135.35. -bIja . [ agraM zAkhAgraM bIjamutpAdakaM yasya ] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'kalama' in Mar. (-ja:) a. viviparous plant. -bhAgaH [karma.] 1 the first or best part (zrAddhAdau prathamamuddhRtya deyaM dravyam) -2 remnant, remainder (zeSabhAga). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -bhAgin 3. [aprabhAgo'syAsti; astyarthe ini] first to take or claim (the remnant); alakriyamANasya tasya anulepanamAlye gI bhavAmi V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -bhAva: precedence, udArasaMkhyaiH sacivarasaMkhyaiH kRtAgrabhAvaH sa udAgrabhAvaH Bu. ch. I. 15. -bhuja . 1 having precedence in eating. sa tAnagrabhujastAta dhAnyena ca dhanena ca Mb. 1. 178. 12. -2 gluttonous, roracious (audarika). -bhUH [ agre bhavati bhU-kip] % ja. -bhUmiHf.1 goal of ambition or obieet aimed at: tato'grabhUmi vyavasAyAsaddheH: Ki. 17.55; tvamagrabhUmirnirapAyasaMdhayA Si. 1.32 (prApyasthAnam ). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; vimAna Me. 71. -mahiSI the principal queen. -mAMsam [agraM bhakSyatvena pradhAnaM mAMsam ] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; degsaM cAnIta Ve. 3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -yaNam [agram ayanAt uttarAyaNAt NatvaM zaka0 tadvidhAnakAlo'sya ac (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See AgrayaNa. -yAna . [ agre yAnaM yasya, yA-lyuT ] taking the lead, foremost. (-nam) an army that stops in front to defy the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #38
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra agrataH www.kobatirth.org . enemy. mano'grayAnaM vacasA niruktaM namAmahe Bhag. 85. 26. -yAyina [ a yAsyati yA Nini ] taking the lead leading the van; putrasya te raNazirasyayamagryAyI S. 7. 20. mAnadhanAprayAyI R. 5.3, 5. 62, 18. 10. -yodhina [ agre sthitvA yudhyate ] the principal hero, champion rAkSasAnAM badhe teSAM dhI bhaviSyati Ram.; 80 vIraH karmasu cApravIraH - randhram opening fore-part; trAsAnnAsAprarandhaM vizati Mal. 1. 1. lohitA [ agra lohitaM yasyAH sA ] a kind of pot-herb (cillIzAka ). - saMkhyA the first place or rank: putra: samAropayadaprasaMkhyAm R. 18. 30. - vaktram N. of a surgical instrument, Sur. -vAtaH fresh breeze; agravAtamAsevamAnA M.1 -zobhA towering or the beauty of the penior keA sazailava beauty yadaprazobhAm / Buch. 1.3. -saMdhAnI [ agre phalotpatteH prAk saMdhIyate jJAyate 'nayA kAryam Tv. ] the register of human actions kept by Yama ( yatra hi prANivargasya prAgbhavIya karmAnusAreNa zubhAzubhasUcaka sarva likhyate sA yamapaJjikA ) - sandhyA early dawn ; karkandhUnAmupari tuhinaM raJjayatyayasandhyA S. 4. v. 1. -sara = yAyin taking the lead; AyodhanAgrasaratAM tvayi vIra yAte R. 5. 71. - sArA [ ayaM zIrSamAtraM sAro yasyAH sA ] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting inmense numbers. --hara . [ agre hiyate dIyate'sau hR-ac] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = agrahArin hasta (deg kara; pANiH, ) the forepart of the hand or arm; agrahastena gRhItvA prasAdayainAm Ratn. 3; forepart of the trunk ( of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; zItalaste sta: Mk 3; atisAdhvasena vepate me staH Ratn. 1: kusumita iva te staH pratibhAti M. 1; prasArite ste M. 41 hA pabhAjanam S. 4. slipped from the fingers ; also the right hand; atha haste mukulIkRtAGgulau Ku. 5. 68. ( agrazvAsau hastaca Malli ). Ki. 5. 2) hAyanaH ( NaH ) [ aH zreSThaH hAyano vrIhiH atra Natvam ] the beginning of the year; N. of the month mArgazIrSa (mAsAnAM mArgazIrSo'ham Bg. 10. 35 ); deg iSTi: navazasyeSTiryAgabhedaH - hAraH 1 a grant of land given by kings ( to Brahmanas ) for sustennnce ( anaM brAhmaNabhojanaM tadarthaM hiyante rAjadhanAt pRthak kriyante te kSetrAdayaHnIlakaNTha kSetropadezena dhAnyAdi dAvRttabrahmacAriNe deyaM kSetrAdi, grAmabhedazca IV. ); agrahArAMzca dAsyAmi grAmaM nagara saMmitam Mb. 3. 61. + kasmiMzcidaprahAre Dk 89-2 the first offering in vaizvadeva Mb. 3. 234. 47. o 0 0 0 agrataH adv. [ agre agrAdvA, agra-tasil ] ( with gen.) 1 Before ( opp. pRSThata:), in front of, at the head of; forward; agratazcaturo vedAn pRSTataH sazaraM dhanuH / idaM brAhmamidaM kSAtraM zApAdapi zarAdapi / Subhas. na gaNasyAgrato gacchet H. 1. 20. gacchAgrataH lead the way : deg to vilokya seeing before him. -2 In the peresence of; meghanAdasya Pt. 1 amAtyasyAgrataH Mn. 5: dhanurbhUtAmagrata eva rakSiNAm R. 3. 30 in the very presence of -3 First: puruSaM jAtamaprataH Rv. 10. 20. 7 agrataH kR to give precerlence to, consider most important; to put in front or at the head of purastAtprathame prAcyAM puro'rthe'prata ityapi Nm + From ; tadaprataH svakarmasthaM smRtvA Ram 6.79.11. -Comp. -sara . [ agrataH sarati; sR-Ta ] going in front, taking the lead. ( - raH) a leader. agrima . [ agre bhavaH a-Dimac P. IV. 3. 23. vart. ] 20 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir agrAmya (le 1 First (in order, rank &c.); foremost, best, oxcellent, peediorable superior varANAmadhimA dudhe pArthivaiH saha Mb. 2 Prior, preceding. -3 Elder, eldest. -4 Furthest, advanced, first ripe. -5 Further. -: An elder brother. -mA A kind of fruit, Annona Reticulata. (Mar. rAmaphaLa. ) agriya C. [ agre bhava: : agra pra ] Foremost, best &c. - yaH An elder brother. The first fruits; the best part. agrIya [ agre - bhava:; agra-cha ] Foremost, best &c. agre adv. 1 In front of, before (in time or space); agre yAnti rathasya reNupadavIM ghanAH V. 1. 5, 2.7; R. 2.56; Bh. 3. 36. -2 In the presence of, before; mamAye stuvanti H. 1; taM me tvamagrahIrame vRNomi tvAmahaM tataH Mb. 1. 81. 21. -3 At the head, ahead; balAgre tiSThane vIro nala: Ram. 4 Further on [abeequently, in the sequel ema vakSyate, evamagre'pi draSTavyam &c. -5 In the boginning: at first, first pratApo'gre tataH zabdaH parAgastadanaMtaram R. 1. 30; Atmaivedamagra AsIt Bri. Ar. Up. 4. 1.1.; Ms. 2. 169. -6 First, in preference to others ; savarNagre dvijAtInAM prazastA dArakarmaNi Ms. 3. 12. atithibhyo'gra evaitAn bhojayet 3. 114. -Comp. - gaH a leader; senAgraga: Ram. 7.35.6. gAH going in front or before. --gU; Going in front. -didhiSuH -pU: a man (of one of the first three castes) who marries a wife married before (punarbhuvivAhakArI ). ( - ) / a married woman whose elder sister is still umarried ( jyeSThAyAM yadyanUDhAyAM kanyAyAmute'nujA / sA cAdhedidhipUyA pUrvI ca didhiH smRtA); * pati: the husband of such a woman. -pAH [ agre sthitvA pAni anukU] first to protect pUH [ ape pUyane, pU- kipU] purifying in one's presence; having precedence in drinking. - vanam - Nam [ vanasyAyaM rAjadantA pUrvanipAtaH; alukU Natvam P. VIII. 4. 4. ] the border or skirt of a forest. -sara 1. [ agramagreNAgre vA sarati sR. Ta. alak-puro'grato'greSu sataiH / P. III. 2. 18.] going in front, taking the lead, a leader, foremost, first ; nirapatrapANAm agresarIkRtAsmi K. 160 maraNaro bhavAmi Pt. 1; Mal. 9. first to dic; mAnamahatAmagresaraH kesarI Bh. 2.29. - sarikaH [ agresare agragatau prasRtaH Than ] 1 servant (who 0 procedes his master. -2 a leader. Co agnya [agre jAtaH, agra-yan] 1 Foremost, best, choicest, most essential or important, highest, pre-eminent, first ; tadaGgamamyaM maghavan mahAkratoH R. 3. 46; mahiSI 10. 66; upeyuSaH svAmapi mUrtimagnyAm . 78, 8. 28, 14.19, 18. 39, Ku. 7. 78, Ms. 5.166, 12.30 ayAhaM putriNAmasyaH V. 3. 14: also with loc.; agnyAH sarveSu vedeSu Ms. 9. 184 - An older brother anyam The roof of a house. -gyA The tree myrobalans (Mar. triphaLA or a mixture of hiraDA, behaDA, AvaLakAThI ). -Comp. -tapas N. of a muni; Kathas. agramaNa a. Ved. Having nothing acceptable: anArambhaNe tadavIrayethAmanAsthAne agrabhaNe samudre / Rv. 1. 116. 5. agraha a. Without any escort, retinue etc. A vanaprastha etc. For Private and Personal Use Only agrAmya o. 1 Not rustic or rural town-made; agrAmyazabdAbhidhAnamaudAryam Kan. A. 2. 10. -2 Not tame, wild,

Page #39
agrAhya 21 . adhya - agrAhya " Vot ncceptable, that which ought_not to be taken or succepted as a gift, present Me.; "hyam zivanirmAlyaM patraM puSpaM phalaM jalam ; not to ho perceived, admitted or trusted not to be considered or taken into account. -hyA N. of the clay or mRttikA which ought not to be taken for purposes of purification. __ agruH-yU:/. [aGga-ku nalopaH vA U] Ved. 1 A finger. -2 A river; sapta svasAro aguvaH Rv. 1. 191.14. (according to others) single, unmarried (as a young woman); Rv.5.44.7; 7.96.4. agh = aGgha q. . -(10 U.) To wrong, sin. agha. [agha-kartari ac] 1 Bad, sinful, evil, wickedd; aghAyurindriyArAmo moghaM pArtha sa jIvati By. 3. 16. -gham [agh bhAve ac ] 1 Sin; aghaM sa kevalaM bhukte yaH pacatyAtmakAraNAt Ms. 3. 118, B. 3. 13; aghaughavidhvaMsavidhau paTIyasI: Si. 1. 18, haratyaghaM samprati hetureSyataH 263 degmarSaNa &c.; misdeed, fault, crimes zreyAn dvijAtiriva hantumaghAni dakSam Si. +.37 sins and griefs also. -2 An evil, mishap, misfortune, accident, injury, | harm; na vadhUvaghAni vimRzanti dhiyaH Ki. 6.45do not think of! doing harm or evil; kriyAdaghAnAM maghavA vighAtam 3.52: aghopaghAtaM maghavA vibhUtyai 11.80; prajAnAM tamaghAvaham R.15.51,19.52, See anagha. -3 Impurity (azaucam); anurundhyAdaSaM tryaham Ms.5.6: na vardhayedaghAhAni 84. na rAjJAmaghadoSo'sti 93 -4 Pain, suffering, grief, distress; upaplutamaghaughena nAtmAnamavabuddhapase Rom.2.7.14, Mb. 3.237.19. Bhag 1.14.20. dayAlamanaghaspRSTam R. 10.19 not subject to grief. -5 Passion. cf. aMhoduHkhavyasaneSvagham Nm. -9: N. of a demon, brother of Baka and Putana and commander-in-chief of Kamsa. [ Being went by Kamsa to Gokula to kill Krisna and Balarama he assumed the form of a huge serpent 4 yojanas long, and spread himself on the way of the cowherds, keeping his horrid mouth open. The cowherds mistook it for a mountain cavern and entered it, cows and all. But Krisna saw it, and having enterod the mouth so stretched himself that he tore it to piecos and rescued his companions. ] -ghA The Grorldess of sin: (pl.) the constellation usually called Magha. -Comp. -asuraH Sce agha above. -ahaH | (ahan) a day of impurity (azocadinam) -Ayus . leading a wicked life. -kRt a. sinful, wicked, evil-doer.. -naH-nAzana. -nAza, -nAzana . [argha nAzayati] expiatory, destroying sin (such as gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.). (-naH) destroyer of the demon agha; N. of Krispa. -bhojin a.[agha pApaphalakaM bhukta] a sinful eater (one who cooks and eats for his own sake and not for Gods, Manes guests ke). -marSaNa.[argha mRSyate utpannatve'pi nAzanena karmAkSamatvAt sahyate anena mRS-lyuT ] expiatory, removing or destroying sin, usually applied to a prayer (sandhyA ) repeated by Brahmanas (the 190th hymn of Rv. 10.): sarvenasAmapadhvaMsi jaya tripvaghamarSaNa Ak.; yathAzvamedhaH RturAT sarvapApApanodanaH / tathAghamarSaNaM sUktaM sarvapApapraNAzanam // The most heinous crimes, such as illicit intercourse with a preceptor's wife, one's own mother, sister, daughter-in-law &c. are said to be expiated by repeat ing this sUkta thrice in water; pavitrANyaghamarSaNAni japantyAm K. 1720, 38. -mAra . [ aghaM mArayati nAzayati; mR Nic-aN ] destroning sin, an opithet of Godle (yamo mRtyuraghamAro nirjataH), -rud|[argh roditi svakarmAkSamatayA yasmAt , rudra-apAdAne kip] 1 ' making sim weep and Ay', N. of a Mantra which destroys sin; fearfully howling (?). -2 [aghe vyasane roditi na tatpanIkArAya ghaTate, kip] one who only weeps in times of calamity, but does not try to get over them. -viSaH [argha vyasanakAri viSaM yasya] a serpent; fearfully venomous (?). -zaMsaH aghasya zaMsaH; zaMs bhAve ac] 1 indication or reporting of sim. -2 [aghaM aniSTaM zaMsati icchati; zaMs-aN] a wicked man, such as a thief. -3 wicked; sin-destroying (?). -gift a. reporting or telling one's sin or guilt. -&rt: a noter robber; rumour of guilt (?). 37991 a. Not solid, a hollow moulding; 9 az aria kuryAttu zilpavittamaH Mana. 62. 17. -mAnam Measurement by the interior of a structure; evaM tad ghanamAnamuktamaghanamAna vakSyate'dhunA Mana. 38. 331-35. aghala .. [ argha lAti nAzayati lA-ka ] Destroying sin. 37917fa Den. P. To sin, to be malicious; to threaten with ruin. aghAyu . Malicious, wicked, sinful, harinful, injurious; aghAyurindriyArAmo moghaM pArtha sa jIvati B. 3. 16. aghArin / [aghaM vyasanaM Rcchati; R-Nini ] Suffering from evil or calamity (vyasanayukta) not anointing (?) ___ adharma a. Not hot, cold; deg aMzu, dhAman the moon whose rays are cold. __ aghora a. Not territic or foarful. -raH [nAsti ghoro yasmAt ]1N. of Siva or of one of his forms, (IzAnAghoranAmAnau vAmadevastataH param / sadyojAta iti proktaH kramazo'rcanakarmaNi // ) -2 A worshipper of Siva and Durga. -rA [aghoraH zivaH upAsyatvena asyAM sA, aghora-ac ] The fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhadra saered to iva (bhAdramAsyasite pakSe hyaghorAkhyA cturdshii| tasyAmArAdhitaH sthANurnayecchivapuraM dhruvam // ). -Comp. -ghorarUpa: N. of Siva. -pathaH, -mAge: a follower of Siva. -pramANam a terrific oath or ordeal. aghoSa . [nAsti ghoSo yasya yA vA] 1 Hard-gomding, See below. -2 Devoid of cow-herds. -Sa: The hard sound of a consonant, hollowness of sound with which all hard consonants and the Visarga are pronounced (one of the 11 kinds of bAhyaprayatna, See P. VIII.2.1.) or the consonants so pronounced (khayAM yamAH khayaH+ka-pau visargaH zara eva ca / ete zvAsAnupradAnA aghoSAca vivRNvate // ). 3TTE ind. A vocative particle, another form 34999 (Ved.) P. VIII. 3. 1. __anya 7. Not to be killed. -dhanyaH [na hanti sRSTikartRtvAt na han-yak nipAtaH Tv.]1 Brahma (adhnyaH prajApatiH Un.4. 111.)-2 A Bull. -nyA [na hanyate strIhalyAyAH niSiddhatvAt / A cow; triH sapta nAmAnyA bibharti Rv. 7.87.43 Mb. 12.262. 47; anyaH iti gavAM nAma ka etAM hantumarhati f. SB. on MS. 10. 3.49. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #40
apreya 22 aGkatiH - aneya . Not fit to be smolt. -yam Liquor (madyam). aGkaH 1A.(aGkate) To move in a curve.-10 U.(aGkayati-te aGkayitum )1To mark, stamp; hemapAdAAkatAyAM pIThikAyAm K. 192; svanAmadheyAGkita 5.4 stamped with his name; nayanodabindubhiH aGkitaM stanAMzukam V.4.7. 80 bhuje zacIpatnavizeSakAGkite R. 3. 55, 68. -2 To enumerate, count. -3 To brand, stain, stigmatize; tatko nAma guNo bhavetsuguNinAM yo darjanenAGkitaH Bh. 2. 51 branded, censured, condemned ; qe gruar degtaM ziraH Ks. 13. 152 branded head. -4 To walk, stalk, go. aGkaH [ak kartari karaNe vA ac] 1 The lap (w. also); aGkAdyayAvaGkamudIritAzIH Ku. 7.5. passed from lap to lap.-2 A mark, sigm; alaktakAGko padavIM tatAna R.7.7: padapaktiralatAkA Ram.: rativalayapadA kaNTha Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.; HA11213124 Me. 86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; indoH kiraNevivAGka: Ku.1.33; kavyAM kRtAGko faaiea: Ms. 8. 281. - A numerical figure; a num bor ; the number 9.-4 Aside flank; proximity, reach (commeeted with 1 above); samutsukevAmupaiti siddhiH Ki. 3. 40; premNopakaNThaM muhuraGkabhAjo ratnAvalIrambudhirAbabandha Si. 8.36%3 siMho jambukamaGkamAgatamapi tyaktvA nihanti dvipam Bh. 2. 30 : Ki. 17. 6t, See-31917 below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D. 278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7Aspecies of dramatic composition, One of the ton variotics of rUpaka, See S.D.519. -8 An ornament (bhUSA). -9 Asham fight, military show (citrayuddha). -10 A coefficient. -11 A place; nAnAGkacihnarnavahemabhANDeH (turaGgaiH) Burch.2.1. -12 A sin, mis- deed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. --15Amountaim. aGkaH sthAnAntikakoDabhUSaNotsaMgalakSmasu / manto nATakavicchede citrayuddhe ca rUpake // Nm. [cf. L. 11.8; Gr. oycos ] -Comp. -aGkam [ake madhye aGkAH zatapatrAdicihnAni yasya Tv.] water. -avatAra: when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called aGkAvatAra (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Sakuntala or second of Malavikimirmitra (aGkAnte sUcitaH pAtraistadaGkasyAvibhAgataH / yatrAGkovataratyeSo'kAvatAra iti smRtaH 8. D.311). The Dasarupa detines it differently; aGkAvatArastvaGkAnte pAto'GkasyAvibhAgataH / ebhiH saMsUcayetsUnyaM dRzyamakaiH pradarzayet 3.56. -Agata, -gata a. [dvi. ta.] come within the grasp3 siMhatvaM 'sattvavRttiH R. 2. 18; zriyaM yuvApyaGkagatAmabhoktA R. 13.67. -karaNam marking, branding &c. -tantram the scionce of numbers arithmetical or algebraical). -dhAraNam-NA 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaisnava.-2 manner of holding the person. -parivartaH [sa. ta] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; api karNajAhavinivezitAnanaH priyayA tadaGkaparivartamAnuyAm Mal.5.8.(an occasion for) embrace ( aGke koDe sarvatobhAvena vartanaM hRdayAlizanam ityarthaH -Jagaddhara); 80 parivartin / bhartuH nI bhava M.3, -pAdavratam N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the bhaviSyottarapurANa. -pAliH -lI [pA-ali Sa. ta. vA. lIp] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (kroDaprAnta or pradeza);a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; tAvadgAda vitara sakRdayaGkapAlI prasIda Mal.8.2. spRza hastena me hastamehi dehyaGkapAlikAm | Sivabharata 21.33. -2 [aGkena pAlayati pAla-i.tR. ta.] a nurse. -3 (-lI) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. dhotrA-nighaNTuratnAkara)[vedikAkhyagandhadravyam ] -pAzaH [aGkaH pAza iva bandhaneneva pAtanaheturyatra Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (sthAnAntamekAdicayAGkaghAtaH saMkhyAvibhadA niyataiH syUraGkeH / bhakto'GkamilyAGkasamAsanighnaH sthAneSu yukto mitisaMyutiH syAt // See Lila. 240); (na guNo na haro na kRtirna ghanaH pRSTastathApi duSTAnAm / garvitagaNakabahUnAM syAt pAto'vazyamaGkapAze'smin ). -pUraNam multiplication of numbers of figures. -bandhaH . forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. - 2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (aziraHpuruSAkAro'GkaH). -bhAj [ aGka bhajate upa. sa.] 1 seated in the lap or earried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soom to be obtained; avirahitamanekenAGkabhAjA phalena Ki.5.52. -3 premature, early ripe, foreed fruit. -mukham (or Asyam) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called aGkamukha, which suggests the germ as well as the end; c. 9. in Mal. 1 kAmandakI and avalokitA hint the parts to be played by bhUrivasu and others and give the arrangement of the plot im brief (yatra syAdaGka ekasminnAnAM suucnaakhilaa| tadaGkamukhamityAhu/jArthakhyApakaM ca tat // S. D. 322.) The Dasaripa defines it thus: aGkAntapautraraGkAsyaM chinnAGkasyArthasUcanAt / i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -loDyaH [aGkena lobyate asau] a kind of tree (Mar. ciMcoTa), ginger. -lopaH subtraction of numbers. -fore the science of numbers, arithmetio. ___ annam [ aGka-karaNe bhAve vA lyuT ] 1 A mark, token; snehAGkanAni Mal. 9.46; marks of love. -2 Act of marking. -3 Means of marking, stamping, &c. __ ansam [aGko'sminnasti-ac ] Having marks, trap_pings (?) (vastram Aprapadikam ). __ aDdinna w. n. [aGkaH AlijanasthAnatvena asyAsti, aGka-ini ] A sort of drum or tabor (aGkenAliGmaya vAdanIyo mRdazAdivAdyabhedaH krIDAviziSTazca). -nI [ aGkAnAM samUhaH; khalAdi0 ini nIp] 1 A number of marks or signs. -2 A woman having marks (of branding &c.). ___ aGgya a. [ak-Nyat ] Fit to be branded, marked or counted. -kyaH [aGke koDe sthApayitvA vAdyate asau, yat , or aGke sAdhuH, ank-ya] A sort of drum or tabor (sAdhatAlatrayAyAmazca caturdazAngulAnanaH / harItakyAkRtiryaH syAdabakyo ke sa hi vAdyate). atiH [aJca-gatau ati kutvaM; aJceH ko vA Un. 4.61; aGkatiH 35afaat ] 1 Wind. -2 Fire. --3 Brahma. --4 A Brahmana For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #41
aGkas who knee the cred fire, agnihotran -tiH-tI / Going one who goes. aGkas . [ aJc - asuna kutvam ] 1 A mark. -2 The body. -3 a curve or bend; pathAmaGkAMsyanvApanI phaNat Rv. 4. 40. 1. advita d. . murlood, branded khAhAkhadhAvapaTUkAmevAhanam numbered, ealculated, counted. akuTA (oty.1) A key. akupam Ved. Water. 6 aGkuraH- ram [ Un 1.] A sprout, shoot, blade; darbhAkureNa caraNaH kSataH S. 2. 12; a little bloomed flower: nAnAH kIrNaH kapiH saharakora Ram 0.1.49. oft. in comp. in the sense of 'pointed', sharp ' &c.; makaravaktradaMSTrAkurAt Bh. 2. 4 pointed jaws agen nakhAGkurA iva K. 4 pointed nails; kuraNTakavipANDuraM dadhati dhAma dIpAkurAH Vh. 4. 1 pataGgapavanavyAloladIpAkuracchAyAcaJcalam Bh. 3.68 unsteady like the pointed flame of a lamp; ( fig. ) scion, offspring, progeny; anena kasyApi kulAkureNa S. 7. 19 sprout or child of some one; anvayAGkuram Dk. 6-2 Water. -3 Blood. - A hair. -5 A tumour, swelling. 0 aku (kR) rita . [ akurA asya sajAtAH, tArakA itac ] Having sprouts ; deg taM manasijeneva V. 1. 13 as if Love has put forth sprouts. -2 Blotched, having boils on the elin nidrAstilakSya Matang I. 3. 2: dharmi Dk. 125 with drops of perspiration bursting forth. aGkurakaH [ akyate tRNAdinA saMcIyate'sau; aJc - ghurac tataH ka ] An abode of birds, animals; a nest (of birds ). governor, aGkuzaH [ ak-lakSaNe uzac Up. 107 ] A hook, a guad; Proverb: fasin wein farqiy far why higgle about a trifling thing when the whole bargain (of which it forms part) has been struck; the goad ought to follow the elephant; saMnivezya kuzAvatyAM ripunAgAGkuzaM kuzam R. 15. 97; (fig.) one who checks, a corrector, director; tyajati tu yadA mohAnmArgaM tadA gururaGkuzaH M. 3.6; kuzaM dviSAmam I. 1. 1 (Preventor) siddheH pUrvo'strividhA Sankhya. K. 51. a restraint or check; niraGkuzAH kavayaH poets have free license or are unfettered; pinching; pAdAvakarSasandhAnaistomarA kuzalA sanaiH Mb. 7. 142.45. -zI one of the 24 Jaina Goddesses [cf. Germ. angel.] -Comp. -grahaH an elephant-driver anyetukAmo'yamatAmahaH 12. 16 durdharaH [ rA akzena duHkhena dhAryate ] a reitive ele phant dhArita M. a keeper of an elephant. - mudrA akuzAkArA mudrA ] a mark resembling a goad in form ( RjvI ca madhyamAM kRtvA tanmadhyaM parvamUlataH / tarjanIM kiJcidAkuJcet sA mudrAzitA). . 6. akuzita [ itac ] Urged aor by a hook, gonded. aGkuzin . [ astyarthe ini ] Having a hook or goad; laying hold of with a hook. aGkayat . Ved. Moving tortuously to escape yamakUyantamAnayan Rv. 6.15 17. 23 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aGgam akUraH [ akharjUrAdityAn Um ] A sprout, Soe akkura dazarathakulAkUra mAdyam Mv. 6. 45. akRSaH [ akk USac ] = abkuza q. v. aGkoTaH-ThaH -laH [ akyate lakSyate kIlAkA ra kaNTeH; akkU oTa-Tha -la ] N. of a tree ( Mar. pistA ), Alangium Hexapetalum; akolAzva kuraNTAzca Ram. 4. 1. 80. Walnut (Mar. akroDa ); akolairmavyatinizaiH Ram 2.998 so aGkolakaH, svArthe kan; aGkolikA. -Comp. -sAra a sort of poison prepared from the Ankola plant. aholikA (probably corruption of anupAlikA) All embrace. a 10. P. ( ayati) 1 To crawl. -2 To cling. -3 To check, hold back. ag 1 P. ( aGgati, Ana, anitum ) To go, walk. - 10 P. 1 To walk, go round. -2 To mark (cf. 3). -With pari (pali ) to stir up. -cipali to envelop, veil. aGga ind. A vocative particle meanig 'well', 'well, sir', 'indeed'', 'true'; 'assent' (as in aGgIkR ); aGga kazcitkuzalI tAtaH K. 221; prabhurapi janakAnAmaGga bho yAcakaste Mv. 3. 55 aGga asti kazcidvimardako nAmAtra bhavataH Dk. 59; ana kuru, aGga paca P. VIII. 1. 33. Sk; aGgAdhISva bhaktaM tava dAsyAmi P. VIII. 2. 96 Sk; samanaddha kimaGga bhUpatiH Si. 16 34, 2. 12; yadi manasi zamaH kimaGgacApam Ki 10.55, 13. 65; used with kim in the sense of 'how much less' or 'how much more;' zaktirasti kasyacidvideharAjasya chAyAmapyavaskandituM kimaGga jAmAtaram Mv. 3; tRNena kAryaM bhavatazvirANAM kimaGga vArahastavatA nareNa Pt. 1. 71. Loxicographers give the following senses of aGgaH - kSipre ca punararthe ca saGgamAsUyayostathA / harSe saMbodhane caiva hyaGgazabdaH prayujyate // aGgam [ am gatyAdI bA0 gan; according to Nir. aGga, aGganAtU acanAt vA ] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; zeSAGganirmANavidhau vidhAtuH Ku. 1.33; kezasyAGgamadatvA Pt.. 32 without undergoing troubles; iti svapropamAnmatvA kAmAnmA gAstadaGgatAm / Ki. 11. 31 do not be influenced or swayed by thom (do not be subject to them ) - 3 (.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as saptAGgam rAjyam, caturaGgam balam, catuHSaSTaGgam jyotiHzAstram see the words; gItAGgAnAm Pt. 5.56; yajJazvetpratiruddhaH syAdekenAGgena yajvanaH Ms. 11. II. ( Hence ) (i) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; SaDaGga or sAna A peculiar use of the word in masculino gonder may here be noted vedAMzcaiva tu vedAGgAn vedAntAni tathA smRtIH / adhItya brAhmaNaH pUrvaM zaktito'nyAMzca saMpaThet Brhadyogiyajnavalkya Smriti 12. 34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; sarvairbalAGgaiH R. 7.59; tadaGgamanyaM maghavan mahAkrato R. 3. 46. (d) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. pradhAna or aGgin ); azI raudrarasastatra sarve'GgAni rasAH punaH S. D. 517; atra svabhAvoktirutprekSAGgam Malli. on Ki 8. 26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (pradhAnopayogI upAyaH or upakaraNam); sarvakAryazarIreSu muktatvAskandhapaJcakam / mantro yodha ivAdhAra sarvajJaiH saMvRtairapi / / Si. 2. 28-29; See aGgAGgi, paJcAGga also ( the angas of the several sciences For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #42
aGgam or departments of knowledge will be given under those words ). -4 (Grain.) A name for the base of a word; yasmAtpratyayavidhistadAdipratyaye aGgam P. I. 4. 13: ya: pratyayo yasmAkriyate tadAdizabdasvarUpaM tasminpratyaye pare aGgasaMjJaM syAta Sk. The 343 terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (..) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the mukha has 12, pratimukha 13, garbha 12, vimarSa 18and upasaMhAra 14, the total number of the anjas being thus Gt; for details see the words. (1.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (lagna), See aGgAdhIza. -7A symbolical exprossion for the number six (derived from the six Vedangas).-8 The mind; hiraNyagarbhAgabhuvaM muni hariH Si. 1.1, See aGgaja also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -GgaH (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhagalpur in Bengal. It lay on the south of Kausiki Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champa, sometimes called Angapuri, Lomapada puri, Karnapuri or Malini. According to Dandin (aGgeSu gaGgAtaTe bahizcampAyAH) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Patharghata, that it is 24 miles east of Bhagalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champa pura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Angas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the northeast or south-east of Mithila. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karna) cf. 31 19ntikopAya pratIkaSvapradhAnake / dezabhede tusi syAt ...| Nm. -0.1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -aGgi, [aGgIbhAvaH-aGgasya aGgino bhAvaH ] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (gauNamukhyabhAvaH, upakAryopakArakabhAvazca); g. prayAja and other rites are to it as its angas, while is to them the aingi; aGgAGgibhAvamajJAtvA kathaM saamrthynirnnyH| pazya TibhimAtreNa samudro vyaakuliikRtH|| H.2. 138; atra vAkye samAsagatayorupamayoH sAdhyasAdhanabhAvAt vana sambandhaH Malli. om Ki.6.25 avizrAntijuSAmAtmanyaGgAGgitvaM tu saMkaraH K. P. 10. (anugrAhyAnugrAhakatvam ). -adhipaH, -adhIzaH 1 lord of the Angas, N. of Karna (ef. degrAjaH, patiH, IzvaraH, adhIzvaraH). -2 lord of a lagna', the planet presiding over it; (ajhAdhipe balini sarvavibhUtisampat ; aGgAdhIzaH svagehe budhagurukavibhiH saMyuto vIkSito vA Jyotisa). -apUrvama effect of a secondary sacrificial act.. -kamen.. -kriyA 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk. 39.-2 a supplementary sacrificial act. --FiH: the order of the performance with reference to the 347 s. The rule in this connection is that the aGgakrama must conform to the mukhyakrama. ef. MS. + prahAspasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ja-jAta . [aGgAt jAyate jan-Da.] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the boily, bodily; degja rajaH, jAH alaGkArAH&c. -2 produced by a supple mentary rite. -3 betutiful, ornamental. (-jaH)-janus also 1:0som. -2 hair of the body (w. also); tavottarIyaM karicarma sAGgajam Ki. 18.82. -3 love, eupid (aGgaM manaH tasmAjjAtaH ); intoxicating passion; aGgajarAgadApanAt Dk. 161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-31) a daughter. (-jam) blood, ajaM rudhire'naGge keze putre made pumAn / nAgare nakhare'pi syAt ... INm. -jvaraH [ajamaGgam adhikRtya jvaraH] the disease called rAjayakSmA, a sort of consumption. -dRSaNam 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defeetive comstruction; Mana. -2 name of the 79 th chapter. -dvIpa: one of the six ninor ]]vipas. -nyAsaH [aGgeSu mantrabhedasya nyAsaH] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. - : f. [ahaM pAlyate sambadhyate'tra, aGga-pAla-i] an embrace (probably a. corruption of aGkapAli). -pAlikA = aGkapAli q.. - pratyaGgam [ samA. dvandva ] every limb, large and small; 'gAni pANinA spRSTvA K. 167,72. -prAyazcittam [asya zuddhayartha prAyazcittam ] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (paJcasUnAjanyaduritakSayArthaM kAyeM dAnarUpaM prAyazcittam Tv.). -saH.[ajJAt manaso vA bhavati; bhU-kipa] born from the body or mind. (-bhUH) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [aGgAnAm aGgamantrANAM bhUH sthAnam ] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man tras pertaining to those limbs ; brahmAjabhUrbrahmaNi yojitAtmA Ku. 3. 15 (sadyojAtAdimantrANAm aGgAnAM hRdayAdimantrANAM bhUH sthAnaM, kRtamantranyAsaH Malli.). -bhaGgaH 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; degvikala iva bhUtvA sthAsyAmi 5.2.-2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); sAjabhaGgamutthAya Vb.: jambhitaiH sAGgabhaH Nu. 3. 21, K. 85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -mantraH N. of a Mantra. -mardaH [ ajhaM mardayati; mRd-Nica] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [ bhAve ghaJ] act of shampooing; 80degmardakA or degmardin, mRdNic Nvul or Nini) one who shampoos. -marSaH [Sa. ta.] rheumatism; "prazamanam the curing of this disonse. degmejayatvam subtle throbbing of the body; Patanjala 1. 31. -yajJaH,-yAgaH [ azIbhUtaH yajJaH] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of5 sorts: samidho yajati, tanUnapAtaM yajati, iDo yajati, barhiryajati, svAhAkAraM yajati iti paJcavidhAH / eteSAM sakRdanuSTAnenaiva tantranyAyena pradhAnayAgAnAmAgnayAdInAmupakAriteti mImAMsA Tv. -rakta:-ktam [aje avayave raktaH1 N. ofa plant guDArocanI found in they country and having red powder (raktAGgalocanI). -rakSakaH [ajhaM rakSati; rakS-vul] a borly. guard, personal attendant Pt.3. -rakSaNI [arba rakSyate anayA ] a cout of mail, or agarment. -(Nam) protection of person. -rAgaH [ajhaM rajyate anena karaNe ghaJ] 10 scented cosmetic, application of perfuined unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; puSpagandhena aGgarAgaNa R.12.27, 6.60, stanAgarAgAt Ku.b. 11. -2 [bhAve lyuT ] act of anointing the body with unguents. ruham / a rAhAta; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #43
aGgam 20 ruha-ka sa. ta. P. III.). 133.] hair; mama varNo maNinibho mRnyaaruhANi ca Ram. 18.12. vihArAjAGgamharivAyataiH Si. 1.7. -lipiH / written character of the Angas. -lepaH [ahaM lipyate anena lip-karaNe ghaJ]1ascented cosmetic. -2 [bhAve gha actafancintine -loDyaH (loDa Nyat) a kind of grass, ginger or is root, Anmomum Zingiber. -vastrAtthA . A louse. --vikala... [tR. ta.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooniny. fela: /. 1 change of bodily appourance; collapsity. -2 [asya vikRtizcAlanAdiryasmAt pa. ba. ] in apoplectic fit, sooning, a.poplexy (apasmAra). -vikAra: bodily defect. -vikSepaH 1 movement of the limbs: gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -vidyA [anarUpA vyAkaraNAdizAstrarUpA vidyA jJAnasAdhanam ] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A. 1. 12; N. of chapter ol of Brhat Samhita which gives full details of this science; na nakSatrAGgavidyayA...bhikSA lisena karhicit Ms. G.50. -vidhiH [agasya pradhAnopakAriNaH vidhiH vidhAnam [a subordinate or subsidiary act sulySerrvient to a knowledge of the principal ome (pradhAnavidhividheyakarmaNo'bodhakatathA ajavidhiH).-dhIra: chief or principal hero. -vaikRtam [ana ajaceSTayA vaikRtaM hRdayabhAvo jJApyate yatra bahu.] 1 sim, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (AkAra) -2a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -vaiguNyam a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subriliary act which may be oxpiated by thinking of Visun); zrAddhAdipaddhatau kaunte yatkiJcidaGgavaiguNyaM jAtaM taddoSaprazamanAya viSNusmaraNamahaM kariSye ityabhilApavAkyam Tv.). -saMskAraH, -saMskriyA[asaMskriyate anena; kR-karaNe or bhAveghaJ)1embellisliment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever necures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cusneticsdc. -2 [katraMtha aN] one who decorates or unbellishes the person. acta: 1. compactress, Bymmetry; body; stheyasIM dadhatamaGgasaMhatim Ki. 13.50; or strength of the borly. -saMhitA The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prat. -saGga: bodily contact, union; eoition. -suptiH J. Belumbing of the body. -sevaka personal attendant, body-guard. -skandhaH [karmadhA.] a subdivision of science. FTET: fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. The f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of : Necondary or subsidiary act. (="vaiguNyam ); devAd bhramAt pramAdAcedajahAniH prajAyate / smaraNAdeva tadviSNoH saMpUrNa syAditi zrutiH / / -hAraH[ahaM hiyate itastataH cAlyate yatra, hR-AdhAre or bhAve ghaJ] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; aGgahAraistathaivAnyA komalainRtyazAlinI Rin. b. 10. 36. saMsaktairaguruvaneSu sAGgahAram Ki. 7. 37. Ku. 7.91. -hAriH [ajhaM hriyate'tra; hR-bANi] 1 gesticulation -2 stage: dancing hall. -hIna . [tR. ta.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb ( hInaM yathocitapramANAt alpaM yasya):ccording to Susrutas man is so born, if the mother's ate has not been duly fulfilled sa.I. ko....4 (sA prAptadaurhadA putraM janayeta guNAnvitam / alabdhadaurhadA garbha labhetAtmani vA bhayam // yeSu yeSvindriyArtheSu daurhade vai vimaannaa| jAyate tatsutasyArtistasmistasmistathendriye // ). aGgakam [aGgameva anakaM svArtha kan ] 1 A limb; akRta madharairambAnAM me kutUhalamajakaiH 8. 1.20,24. -2 The body : haranti rataye rahaH priyatamA kAdambaram Si.4.66. aGgikA [aGgam AcchAdayati aGg-ini svArtha kan , striyAM TApU] ___A bodice or jacket. __aGgina . [ a -astya rthe ini] 1 Corporeul, having limb, embodiol, incarnate; dharmArthakAmamokSANAmavatAra ivAjAvAn V. 1.-bhAk R. 10.84. ajinA tamasevo bhI guNI 38. one who has a body: yenAvikAraH P. II.3.23 yenAGgena vikRtenAGgino vikArastammAna tRtIyA Sk. vyAyAme vRddhiraGginAm Si.2.94. -2 Having subordinate parts; chiof, principal; ye rasasyAzino dharmAH, eka eva bhavedagI zujAro vIra eva vA, azI atra karuNaH, rasasyAGgitvamAptasya dharmAH zauryAdayo yathA S. ]). aGgIya . [aGga-cha ] 1 Belonging to the body. -2 Referring to the Anga country. aGgya . [ aGga-yat ] Belonging to or connected with the body, corporeal. aGgaNam = ajanam q.. aGgatiH ati yAtyanena, anga karaNe ati] 1 A comveyance, vehicle (falso ). -2 [ agyate gamyate sevAdinA karmaNi ati] Fire. -3 Brahma. - [kartari ati] A Brahmana who maintains the sacred fire. aGgadam [ajhaM dAyati zodhayati bhUSayani, adyati vA, dai or do-ka.] An ornament, bracelet &c. worn on the upper arm, an armlet; taptacAAkarAjadaV. 1. 15. saMghaTTayanajadamajadena R. 6.73. -dA 1 The femalo clephant of the south (?). -2 A woman who offers her person for use (aGgaM dadAti arpayati). -da: IN. of a son of Vali, monkey-king of Kiskindha. f. ajado vAlinandane, napuMsi bAhuvalaye... INm. [ He was born of Tari, Vali's wife, and is supposed to have been an incarnation of Brhuspati to aid the cause of Rama (and hence noted for his eloquence ). When, after the bluction of Sita by Ravana, Rama sent monkeys in all quarters to search for her, Angada was made chiof of a monkoytroop proceeding to the south. For one month he got no information, and, when consequently ho determined to cast off his life, he was told by Sampati that Sita could be found in Lanka. Ile sent Maruti to the island and, on the latter's return with definite information, they joined Rama at Kiskindha. Afterwards when tho wholo host of Rama went to Lanka Angada was dusputched to Ravana as a messunger of peace to give him a chance of having himself in time. But Ravana scornfully rejected his advice and met his doon. After Sugriva Angada became king of Kiskindha. In common parlance : man is said to act the part of Angada when he endeavours to mediate between two contending parties, but without For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #44
aGganam any success. ] -2 N. of a son of Laksmana by Urmila (aGgadaM candraketuM ca lakSmaNo'pyAtmasaMbhavau / zAsanAdraghunAthasya cakre kArApathezvarau // B. 15. 90 ), his capital being called Angadiya -3 N. of a warrior on the side of Duryodhana. -Comp. -niryUhaH the crestlike forepart of the Angada ornament. aGganam Nam [aham atra adyA tvam Tv. ] 1 A place to walk in, a courtyard, an area, yard, court; gRha; gagana' the wide firmament; bhuvaH kesara vRkSasya v. 1. bAlabakulasya Mal. 1 situated or being in the courtyard. -2 [ karaNe lyuT ] A conveyance. -3 [ bhAve lyuT ] Going, walking &c. aGganA [ prazastam aGgaM yasyAH sAH aGgAt kalyANe naH P. V. 2. 100. ] 1 A woman or female in general; nRpa, gaja, hariNadeg &c. -2 A woman with wellrounded limbs, a beautiful woman. -3 ( Astr.) Virgo kanyArAzi: - 4 The femalo elephant of the north. -Comp. -jana: 1 the female sex, woman-kind. -2 woman. -1 -priya beloved of women. ( -yaH) 1 N. of a plant (azoka) Jonesia Asoka, for women are fond of decking their persons with Asoka flowers. -2 Name of a medicinal fragrant plant priyaGgu (Mar. gavhalA ). It is a small plant used in perfumed oils and ointments. aGgabhaH A kind of rice. aGgavam [a] svayamevAti antarbhavati atizoSaNAt saMcitA Ggamiva bhavati, nA-Da Tv. ] Dried fruit. aGgas m. [ ajjU asuna kutvam ] A bird. aGgAraH - ram [ abga- Aran Up. 3.134] 1 Charcoal (whether heated or not); ghRtakumbhasamA nArI taptAGgArasamaH pumAn; uSNo dahati cAGgAraH zItaH kRSNAyate karam H. 1.80; nAvAtrArthAbhipUNa tu gandhAjJArI tu pUrvavat Sukra. 4. 1035 tvayA svahastenAGgArAH karSitAH Pt. 1 you have ruined yourself with your own hands; cf. to dig a mine under one's feet." kurukulAGgAra Ve. 6 destroyer or pest of the Kuru family. -2 The planet Mars. -3 A plant hitAvalI, kuSTakaHhitAvalI - 4 N. of a prince who fought with king Mandhatr. -ra . Red, of a red colour. Red colour. -Comp. -avakSepaNam [ aGgArA avakSipyante anena karaNe lyuT ] also - avakSAyaNam (Sat. Br. xiv ) a vessel or pineers (Mar. cimaTA) to throw or extinguish coals - karkariH (rI) / A thick cake baked on burning coals - kArina . [ aGgAraM karoti kR- Nini ] one who prepares coal for sale, Mb. 2; mAlAkAra iva grAhyo bhAgo nAGgArakAravat Sukra 4.21. kuSThakaH [arava kuSThamiyan] N. of a plant hitAvalI -dhAnI [ aGgArA dhIyante asyAm dhAAdhAre lyuT GIp ], -dhAnikA also -dhArikA [ svArthe kan ] a portable_fire-pan, brazier. -paripAcitam [tR. ta. ] roasted food or meat. -parNam [aGgAramiva parNa yasya ] N. of a grove or forest. ( -rNaH ) [ astyarthe ac ] N. of Chitraratha, king of the Gandharvas [ On one occasion, while he was sporting with his wife, he saw Kunti with her five sons proceeding to the capital of Panchala in disguise. He accosted them and asked 26 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aGgir them to tell him where they were going, or to fight. Arjuna accepted the challenge; but Angaraparus finding Arjuna to be a very skilful warrior gave him a secret lore called Chaksusi (enabling one to see the smallest things) and took from him in roturn a lore called Agnisirastra and became a friend of the Pandavas] pAtrI zakaTI portable fire-pan. - puruSaH [aGgAramiva lohitavarNa puSpaM yasya saH] tho plant igudI pUrikA ( see aGgArakarkariH ) - maJjarI, maJjI [ aGgArA raktavarNA maJjarI yasyAH ] a shrub Cesalpinia Banducella ( raktakaraMjavRkSa ). - vallarI, vallI [ aGgArA iva raktaphalatvAt raktA ] N. of various plants, karaMja, bhAgIM, guja. also Guilandina Bonducella (Mar. sAgaragoTI ) - vRkSa: Balanites Aegiptiaca (Mar. hiMgaNabeTa) veNuH [parma] sort of bamboo sadanam A portable fire-pan. aGgArakaH-kam [ aGgAra svArthe kan ] 1 Charcoal. -2 Mars; 'viruddhasya prakSINasya bRhaspateH Mk. 9.33; 'cAraH course of Mars, See chapter 6 of Brhat Samhita. -3 Tuesday (dinam, vAsaraH ). -4 N. of a prince of Sauvira. -5 N. of two plants kuraNTaka and bhRGgarAja, Eclipta (or Verbesina ) Prostrata (Mar. mAkA ) and white or yellow Amaranth (Mar. korAMTI ). -kam [ alpArthe kan ] 1 A small spark. -2 A medicated oil in which turmeric, Durva, Manjistha and other substances have been boiled. -Comp. - maNiH [ aGgArakasya priyaH maNiH zAka. ta. ] a coral (pravAla ) ( tasya ca raktavarNatvAt tatpriyatvam: mANikyaM bhAskare deyaM candre muktAM pradApayet / pravAlaM ca kuje dadyAt... ). aGgAri [ azAra mA un pRSodaH ] A portable firepan, brazier. aGgArakita . [ aGgArakAH asya saMjAtAH itac ] Charred, roasted. aGgArikA [ aGgAraM vidyate asyAH matvarthe Than kapU ca] 1A portable fire-pan. -2 The stalk of the sugar-cane. -3 The bud of the Butea Frondosa (kiMzuka) (Mar. paLasa ). aGgAriNI [aGgAra-matvartha ini ] 1 A small fire-pnm. -2 The region heated by the sun, though no longer exposed to its rays. -3 A creeper in general. aGgArita. [aGgAram asya saMjAtam tArakA ita] Charr ed, roasted, half-burnt. burnt food is not accepted by Jain urertior tatam [arabhi Acarati ajJAra kie tataH kartari ka ] An early bud of the kiMzuka tree. -tA 1 = - aGgAradhAnI d. v. -2 A bud in general. -3 A creeper. (latAmAtre ). -4 N. of a river. aGgArIya... [] aGgArebhyaH etAni aGgAra] To be used for preparing coal; yANi kASTAni P. V. 1. 12. Sk. aGgAryA [ pAzAdigaNa ] A heap of charcoal. aGgikaraNika: Prob an officer for administering oaths. Ramgonj Copperplate of Ievaraghosa (Inscrip tions of Bengal, p. 149.). aGgikA A bodice. anir m. N. of a sage who received the brahmavidyA from Atharvan and imparted it to Satyavaha. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #45
: aguliH fft, frem. [ 4xf4-span wat afg ; Un 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. 31132 is from 3111; 3FIT 3T SH1; No Nir. ; 371 ASN: ] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Nigveda (ix) are ascribed. Etymologically Angira is connected with the word Ayni and is often regarded as its synonym (fra 99 z Hr amaniraH; aGgirobhiH RSibhiH saMpAditatvAt ApasauSThavAdvA aGgirA 3969:) According to Bharata he was son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Angiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustro, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said:nikSipAmyahamagnitvaM tvamagniH prathamo bhava / bhaviSyAmi dvitIyo'haM prAjA 11 Angiras said :- 35 goz ya wataftararApahaH / mAM ca deva kuruSyAne prathama putramajasA // tattvAhiraso vAkya 1 917. He was one of the 10 mind-born sons of Brahina. His wife was Sraddha, daughter of Kardama and bore him three sons, Brhaspati, Utathya and Saivarta, and 4 daughters Kuhu, Sinivali, Raka and Anumati. The Matsya Purana says that Angiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuna and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes hin father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 10 Prajapatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter timon Angiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Brhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. ferra1 311714: 49 4 : Bhag. 1. 9. 8.) He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacritices. Besides Sraddha his wives were Smrti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Daksa, Svadha and Sati. Je is also regarded as teacher of Brahmavidya. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhagavata Purana, Angiras begot sons possessing Brahmanical glory on the wife of Rathitara, a Ksatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Angiras. The prin cipal authors of vedie hymns in the family of Angiras were 33. llis family has three distinct branches GITH, 1991 and HTETIT each branch having a number of subdivisions. - (pl.) 1 Descendants of Angiras, [ Angiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Angirasas. Like Angicas they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personifications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the 317, Truqu &c.] -2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda. -3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of tho Atharvaveda, prom tect the sacrifice against the effects of inatin picious accidents. f ah a. [191] Ved. Very rapid, especially like Agni in devouring food (?). ___ aGgirasvat . [ aGgirAH agniH sahAyatvena vidyate'sya; matup 789 4: ] Accompanied by Angiras, epithet of wind. TE: An enemy of Visuu in his incarnation of Parasurama. AFTART ( 347 e. ] A Sattra sacrifice. 1915 8 U. [ connected with 378 or 3-fta; 39754 37701979199 373 4 ] 1 To accept, to betake oneself to, to take to; lavaGgI kurajI dRgaGgIkarotu Jagannatha; dakSiNAAETH Traouf K. 121 in the southern direction, towards the south; 3914 399: 160; R RATI ibid.: Tahnia #4 H Mk. 8 to make her consent. --2 To promise to do, to agree or consent to undertake; ORA L 90197 POTETE JA Mu. 2. 18. -3 To own, acknowledge, confess, admit, grant. -4 To subdue, to make one's own. #T afa:-TUTH 1 Acceptance.-2 Agreement, promise, undertaking &c. 3459: [ 3 -37 ] A hand (occurring in ate q.v.). s yft:- = sayfas q. v. BET: [ 34a7-]1 A finger. -2 The thumb, 311 914an. also ). -3 A finger's breadth (n. also ), equal to 8 barley-corus, 12 Angulas making a faafta or span, and 24 a Eta or cubit; a aeriale: Ms. 8. 271. 4 Astr.) A digit or 12th part. -5 N. of the sage Chanakya or Vatsyayana. 345u :- -ft:- f. [ 310- Un. 4.2 ] A finger (the names of the 5 tingers are tagy thumb, fait forefinger, #74 middle finger, 3 ring-finger, and fact or fafg#1 the little finger ); a toe of the foot); Tafasisi 989: T& T 3104 T 1 3124 lat: Ait. Br. -2 The thumb, great toe. -3 The tip of an elephant's trunk. cf. Matanga L. 6. 9. -4 The measure 313.12. -5 N. of the tree 744. Mar. ?) -6 Penis (?). -Comp. affer: 1. (also -76) The portion of the finger between two joints. -artUH [Bajes: ar ofta 44 ] a mark on the forehead of the form of the half moon made with sandal &c. - TUTH ( 317ra ara, arrana saa - .) a fingerprotector (a contrivance like a thimble used by archers to protect the thumb or fingers from being injured by the bow-string). 9841985 alagoa: Panch. 2: a garozit a lagres Bk. 1. 26. -999fH the five fingers collectively. - / Dolichos la blab (Mar. 1951). HET, la sal-ring, iyamavagulimudrA AryamavagatArtha kariSyati Mu. 1. -moTanam , 24 [ tica e a 27 ) snapping For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #46
agulikA ring: or cracking the fingers (Mar. 1), aGgadAnyaGgulIceSThAn Ram. 6.65.206. -saGgA [ abagulau saGgo yasyAH sA ] sticking to the fingers: 'gA yavAgUH gA gAH sAdayati P. VIII. 3. 80 Sk. ( aDgulisaMlepakArakaM yavAgRdravyam Iv. ). ( -GgaH contact of the fingers: act of fingering. gatamaGgulipa vAM..... Bk. 9. 78. saMjJA [ tU. na. ] sign made by the finger : mukhArpitaikAGgulisaMjJayaiva Ku. 341 - sandezaH making signs with fingers; cracking or snapping the fingers as a sign. -saMbhUta . [ sa ta. ] produced from or on the finger. (-taH) a finger nail. aGgulikA 1 = anuguli. -2 A sort of ant. agulI (rI) yam-kam kam [lI-rI bhavam svA [ka] A finger-ring] anumeva S. 6. 10; m. also; kAkutsthasyAGgulIyakaH Bk. 8.118. aGguSTaH [gI pANI prAdhAnyena tiSThati avasthA P. VIII. 4.97] The thumb: great toe. -2 A thumb's breadth, usually regarded as equal to aDgula [ of Zend august, Pers. prat. ] -Comp. -mAtra ... [ parimANArthe mAtrac ] of the length or size of thumb aGguSThamAtraH puruSo'va samAzritaH / Nara. Up. traM puruSaM nizcakarSa balAdyama: Mb. aGguSTayaH [ a bhavaH cha ] The thumbnail. aGguSaH [ ag-USana ] 1 An ichneumon ( nakula ) --2 An arrow. agh 1 A. ( ardhateH Anaye ) 1 To go. -2 To com - mence, set about. -3 To hasten. -4 To scold, blame. aGghas. // . [ anugacchati narakamanena abU- asun ] A sin; yuSmacchAsanadhanAsi mayA mamena nAma sthitam V. 1. 1Rv. 1. aAri[ pRSo] Vevd of bright or aplmdid form or nuture (dIptizIla ); an oemy to sin or evil ( ? ). agho] Bxpetive expremrive of nagee (kopAmantraNe ) Pratima 3; or grief (agho mayA bhadravatyA ghaNTA hitA Pratijnayau. 4). akRmi ( ) [ ani nipAno'vam 1 A foot. -2 The root of a tree. bhuktvopavivizuH kAmaM snigdhacchAyAdvipAtriSu Bhag 10.82.12. -3 A quarter of stana (caturthapAda.) - 4 A quarter of something of. dantadvandva grahaNAdikamibhavaramapyanimUlyena gRhyAt | Matanga L. 7. -Comp. -kavacaH A foot wer. -jaH A zUdra - paH [ aNA pibati siktajalam; pAka ] a tree dikSu vyUTIpA: V. 2. 18. paNa rNikA, vahI callikA aparNAnyasyAHH svArthe kan : arArabhya vallIva parNatvena ] N. of a plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides (Mar., f). -pAna . [ abhiH pAnaM yasya Or anniM pibati ] sucking his foot or toos, as an infant. -balA (see aGghriparNI) - saMdhiH ( also abdhnyaH ) the ankle-bone. -skandhaH [ accheH skandha iva ] the ankle. aGghrikavAri ". A moulding of lamp-post. ( dIpadaNDa ): athavA nikavAri syAdUrdhvaM ca kuddmlaanvitm| Mana. 50.78-79. ac IT. (acati, aJcati, AnaJca, aJcitum, akta) 1 To go. move: to honour; request, ask &c. : connected with aJcaq.. c . ( Gram.) A term for vowels. 28 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir acitta acakra . 1 llaving no wheels. -2 Immovable. -3 Not wavering. acakSus a. Eyeless, blind viSaya . invisible; acakSurviSayaM durga na pramAdyeta krhicit| Ms. 4. 77. A had or miserable eye. acaNDa . Not hot-tempered, mild, gentle acaNDagarti pavanam Ki 6. 25. -baDI A mild or tractable cow. acatura . [ avidyamAnAni catvAri yasya nipAtaH P. V. 4. 77. ] 1 Destitute of four. -2 ( na. ta. ) Not skilful. acara . Immovable; carAcaraM vizvam Ku. 2. 5. carANAmannamacarA: Ms. 5.20 -2 ( Astr.) Epithet of the zodiacal signs vRSabha, siMha, vRzcika and kumbha, acarama a. Not last, middle &c. vayasyacarame P. IV. 1. 20. Vart. tvAM vedAnteSvacaramamaSiH sUryaputraH zazAsa Mv. 3. 26. acala . Steady, immovable, motionless, fixed, permanent; citranyastamivAcalaM cAmaram V. 1.5; tapase'dhivastumaMcalAmacalaH Ki. 6. 18; samAdhAvacalA buddhistadA yogamavAsyasi Bg 2.53. ; yatra sthANurivAcalaH 4.7.11 immovable. -la: 1 A mountain; ( rarely ) a rock. -2 A bolt or pi (zaku ). - 3 The number sevent. -4 N. of Siva, of the soul, of the first of the 9 deitied persons among Jainas. -lA The earth (so called because the earth is immovable according to one view, or, according to Arya Bhatta who rejects this view acalAH parvatAH santyantra, astyathe ac acalavAn svakakSAto bahirgamanAbhAvAdvA ) . acala parvate vRkSe kI lAvamutrayoH striyAm Nm. -lama Brahmi Comp kanyakA,sutA, - duhitA, tanayA &c. N. of Parvati, daughter of the Himalay a mountain. -kIlA (ba.) the earth (inmoyably fixed or pinned. -ja, jAta .momtain-born. ( - jA-jAtA ) N. of Parvati. -viS [ acalA vid yasya ] of fixed or permanent lustre or colour. ( TU ) a cuckoo (bahuprakSAlanenApi mAlinyAnapagamAt sthirA liT ). ( / ) permanent colour. -dvie ... [ acalAna dveSTi, dviSu - kvip] the enemy of mountains, epithet of Indra who clipped off their wings. dhRtiH / a metre of four lunes of 16 short syllables each ( gItyArthI ) - patiH, -rAT lord of momtains, N. of Hiinalaya or Merus samudra iva durbodhaH sattvenA calarADiva Bhag 1. 22.58. so 'adhipaH, zreSThaH saptamI N. of book in the bhaviSyottarapurANa: the 7th day of the bright halk of Asvina. (1. TH acApala-lya 1. [ bahu ] 3mid of tickleen Heady. -lam-lyam [ na. ta. ] Steadiness. acit a. Ved. 1 Devoid of understanding. -2 Irreligious, unrighteour. -3 Material (opp. vi.). acita a. Ved. 1 Gtone. -2 [na. na. ] Not thought of. - 3 Not collecterl. acinta . 1 Inconceivable. -2 [ nAsti cittaM yasya ] Destitute of intellect, senseless, stupid. -3 Unnoticed, unexpected, not thought of. -4 Without consciousness, inanimate, nonsentient. P. IV. 2.47. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #47
acittiH acchidra siffer f. Wont of sense, infatuation, ignorance. 3 7 : (!) Probably a special messenger to cintimacirti cinabad vi vidvAna Rv. 1.2.11: murA manyurvibhIdako report among other times, imponding attacks from acittiH Rv. 7.1.6. enemies: Sircar, SI. 239 n. acintya-stanIya.. [na. na.] Inconceivable, inncompre __ acodas . Ved. [ nAsti codanA yasya ] Spontaneous, hensible, unexpected; yastu lava prabhAvaH R.B.33: nyarUpa, not influenced by external force or compulsion. agodaso karman of inconceivable form or action. -styaH 1 Siva, na dhanvantvindavaH Rv.9.7). 1. -2Quick-silver (Nighanturatnakara). __accha / [na chyati dRSTim ; cho-ka. na. ta., nirmale hi vastuni acintita a. Not thought of, unexpected, sudden : dRSTiH prasarati na tu samale AbhyantaraparyantaM dhAvati Tv.] Clear pel"upanatam occurring mexpectedly; to vadho'jJAnAM mInAnAmiva lucid, transparent, pure; muktAcchadantacchavidantureyam U.6.273 jAyate Pt. 2.3. sphaTikavizadama Me.plzramajalakaNikA K.7: kiM ratnamacchA acitvasU. Vel. Imortant of, not lowing. aciki matiH Bv. 1.80. -ccha: 1A erystal. -2 [na chAti bhakSatvAJ cikituSazcidatra Rv. 1. 100.6. yati nAzinasattvaM ; chA bhakSaNe-ka. na. ta. Tv.] A beur'; of also bhalla. -3N. of a plant. -Comp. -udan .. (i.e. acira . [na. ta.] 1 Brief, transitors, of short durn acchod) [accham udakaM yasya] having clear water. (-dA) tion; yuti, bhAs , prabhA &c.q.. -2 Recent, liste, new: N. of a river'; eteSAM (agnivAnAnAM) mAnasI kanyA acchodA akarodacirezvaraH kSitI / .8.20the new lord. In compounds nAma nimnagA Terivamsa. (-da)N. of lake on the it may be rendered by recently', 'just', 'not long limalayan (mentioned il Kidunbti animanoharama ago'; pravRnaM grISmasamayamadhikRtya S. I, justist in. prasUtAH AhAdanaM dRSTaH androdaM nAma saro dRSTavAn / ). -bhalla boar. aciraprasatayA jananyA vinA vivardhina evaS.13 having recently brought forth who died not long after delivery, said -accha-cchA int. Ved. To, towards (with acc.). of a doe) or a cow that has recently calved. It is a kind of separa blo preposition or prefix tu verbs -rama (Also acireNa, acirAya, acirAt , acirasya in the and verbal derivatives, especially to such 28 imply samo sennos 1 Not long since, not long ayo. -2 Re some kind of motion, or speaking: (ancha gatyarthavadeSu coutly, lately. -3 Sooli, qually, not long hence. P. I.1.00); "ior gam to go to, attain, 1s accha gatya -Comp. --aMzu, -AbhA,-dyutiH, -prabhA, -bhAsa, -rocis. PT-E1 to yover, approach: it to lead towards; deg 1.[acirAH aMzayaH, aciga AbhA-prabhA Ree. yasyAH sA ] lightin 10 call out to; "pana tofy towards raghuHyenaH patayat andhaH ing: zuvilAsacaJcalA lakSmIH Ki...19; bhAmAM tejasA cAnuliptaiH accha . . .). vanda to soluti.: vac to invite 8.7.7., Ki.1.21, aciradyutinejasA 5. samutpaphAla gagane Suburn interprets the word accha in the text yupamaccheSyatA meghAdavirabhA iva Pirnal... 5.-2 (karma.) transitory lustre, hotavyam to moitn, in order to he'; anchazabdo hi Aptushort gleam. mityartha vartate | SB. OILMS. 10. 1.9. aciSNu-e . Ved. [ac gatau bA. iSNu-Tu-ca] Coing acchAvAkaH [acchaM nirmalaM accha Abhimukhyena vA vakti zaMsatiH every where, tallpervading. bacU kartari saMjJAyAM gha nipAtasya ceti dIrghaH Tv.] The invoker acetana . [na. ba.] Imminate, notentient, or inviter, : priest or Ritvij who is omployed at Som irration:1; cetana neSu Me); naM brahma inanimate Brahman: sacrifices, and is a co-adjutor of dig. Ech of the four principal priests, hota, adhvaryu, ur3Ana l brahman has naM nAma gaNaM na lakSayeta Sti Rdestitute of like, lifeles. (obitutor.): neSvapi cetanA vadupacAra: Mbh. -2 Not con three assistant, the total number of priusts employed at Soma sacritices being therefore 16; 14. a. N. of scious, insensiblesenseless; nirAzA nihate putre danA zrAddha the Saman to be chanted by an 3475191", also macetanA Rim. 6.92.55. buddhizatamacetane naSTam 1.2.110. called udvaMzIya. acetas .. [na. ba.] Destitute of consciousness : in-. __acchAvAkIya . [ acchAvAkazabdo'styatra-cha ] Containing sensible, inanimate, lifeless. the word acchAvAka P. V.2.59. Sk-yam [degvAkasya karma bhAvo acetAna . [cit zAnac na. na.] Ved. Void of con- vA] The duty of an acchAvAka, being one P. V. 1. 15. Sk. sciousness, imorant silly, infatuated. acetAnasya mA ___ acchAvAkya 1. [ acchAvAkasya ida-yat ] Pertaining to, patho vi dukSaH / Bv.7.4.7. to be repeated by, am acchAvAka. aceSTa . [ nAsti ceSTA yasya ] 1 Effortless, motionless. acchandas [na. ba.] 1 Not studying the Vedas -2 Not requiring direct effort. (as a boy before the 931 ceremony ), or not entitled acaitanyam [na. ta. ] 1 Unconsciousness, insensibility; to that study (as a Sudra ). -2 Not metrical, not of ignorance in spiritual matters. -2 The material world, the nature of metres, i. e. prose. -3 Without fancy or matter. whim. acodanam Non-injunction, a mere statement (of acchidra..[na. ba. ] Unbroken, uninjured, complete, something already known); dezakAlAnAmacodanaM prayoge nitya- unimpaired, without holes or weak points, faultless, samavAyAt MS, 4.2.23. without defect; acchidai: mustambhamantribhiH Pt. 1. 126; japacchidraM For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #48
acchima 30 aja tapacchidra yacchidaM zrAddhakarmaNi / sarva bhavatu me'cchidraM brAhmaNAnAM prsaadtH|| tattathA kriyatAM rAjanyathA'cchidraH katurbhavena Ram., "Uti giving perfect protectionR. I.215.3.-dram A faultless action or condition, absence of defect: 2 uninterruptedly, from first to last. -Comp. -Udhan [UnI ] havinga faultless udder. acchidronI pIpayadyathA naH sahasradhArA payasA mahI gauH | Rv. 10. 133.7. -kANDam N. of a chapter of the taitirIya brAhmaNa. . acchinna [na. ta. ] 1 Uninterrupted, continuous, constant; zivasaMkalpamantaHkaraNamastu te Mv.4.3Mundisturbed in its holy thonghts, ever cherishing holy thoughts; amalasantAnAH saritaH kIrtayazca te Ku.6.09. -2 Not cut or divided, undivided, tinjured: inseparable. -Comp. -parNaH,-patraH [acchinnAni satatAni parNAni patrANi vA yasya]N. of trees having constant leaves particularly of the tree called TEZA; (of birds) having umeut or uninjured wings. acchedika,-acchaidika . [chedanaM nArhani Than-Thakna ] Not tit to be cut. acche dya [na. ta.] Indivisible. acchu ptA [na. ta. ] Not touched by sin; N. of one of the 16 Vidyadevis of the Jainas. 3ofil Discus, wheel: Bhay. acchoTanam Hunting. acyuta . [na. ta. svarUpasAmarthyAt na cyutaH cyavate vA-kAlasAmAnye kartari kta ] 1 Not fallen, firm, fixed: not giving way, solid; garuDamUrtiriva acyutasthitiramaNIyA K.52 (acyuta ineaning 'Visgu' and 'firin', 'fixed'); 7211 having solid ground. -2 Imperishable, permanent; ruS inveterate enmity. -3 [na cyotati kSarati; nyuna-ka.na.na.] Not melting way or perishing, not leaking or dripping. -2: 1 N. of Visuur of the Almighty Being: yasmAnna cyutapUrvo'hamacyutastena karmaNA Bhan. -2 gacchAmyacyutadarzanena K. P... (where adeg also means 'ome who is firm, does not yield to passions') -3 N. of a plant, Morinda Timetoria. (Mar. bArAtoMDI, zidAlI). -4 A sort of poetical composition containing 12 cantos. -Comp. -agrajaH [Sa. ta.] N. of Balarama or Indra. -aDgajaH,-putraH,-AtmajaH N. of Cupid, son of Krisna and Rulmini.-34Tata:,-are: the suered fig-trees. (Mar. piMpaLa). -jaH [pa. na.] a class of Jaima deities said to have been produced from Visnu. -jalukin Name of a commentator of the Amerakosn. FOH N. of a place in the Punjab. aj 1 P. (optionally replaced by the root vI in non-conjugational tenses; ajati, AjIn , ajitum) 1 To go. -2 To drive, lead. -3 To throw, east (used with prepositions found only in Vedic literature). [ef. L. ago: Gr. ago; Zend a:). __ aja . [ na jAyate; jan-i. na. ta.] Unborn, existing from all etermity: yo mAmajamanAdiM ca betti lokamahezvaram Bg. 10. 3; ajasya gRhato janma R. 10.24. -jaH 1 The unborn', epithet of the Almighty Being: na hi jAto na jAye'haM na janidhye kadAcana / kSetrajJaH sarvabhUtAnAM tasmAdahamajaH smRtH|| Mb.; also N. of Visnu. Sive or Brahmi. -2 The (individual) soul (jIvaH) ajo nityaH zAzvato'yaM purANo na hanyate hanyamAne zarIre Bg.2.20. -3 A rum, he-gust (ajena brahmaNA dakSayajJabhanasamaye meSarUpagrahaNena palAyamAnatvAt ajAdhiSThitarUpavattvAt meSasya upacArAt ajatvam Tv.] -4 The sim Aries. -5A sort of corm or rain; ajairyaSTavyaM tatrAjA bAhayaH Pt.3. -6 Mover, leader (Ved.), said of Indra, Maruta, &c.; drove. -7 N. of a mineral substance (mAkSikadhAtu). -8N. of the Moon or Kamadeva (At viSNojIyate iti; et. candramA manaso jAtaH). -9 A vehicle of the sun. -10 N. of the father of Dasaratha and grand-father of Rama; so called because he was born on the Brahma Muhurta. -11 N. of a Risi. cf. ajo harI hare kAme vidhau chAge raghoH sute| Nm. -Comp. -adaH [ajam attIti; ad-karmaNyaN P. III. 2.9.] N. of the Sancestor of a warrior tribe, P. IV. 1. 171. -adanI [ajaiH tRptyA anyaiH duHkhasparzatve'pi adyateH ad karmaNi lyuT ] a kind of prickly nightshade, durAlabhA (Mar. dhamAsA). -antrI [ajasya annamiva antraM tadAkAravatI maJjarI yasyAH ] N. of a potherb Convolvulus Argenteus, nIlabuhA. (Mar. zaMkhavela ?) -avikam [ajAthAvayazca neSAM samAhAraH dvandva ] goats and sheep, small cattle: ajAviketu saMruddhe MR.8.235. kharoSTamahiSIzcaiva yacca kizcidajAvikam Mb. 1. 113.35. -azvam goats and horses. (-zvaH) the Sun or Pusan, who has goats for the horses. -ekapAd-daH [ajasya chAgasya ekaH pAda iva pAdo yasya] N. of one of the 11 Rudras, or of the asterism pUrvAbhAdrapadA presided over by that deity. -eDakam [ajAzca eDakAca teSAM samAhAraH] goata and rams. -karNaH, -karNakaH [ajasya karNa iva parNa yasya svAtheM kana ] N. of the plant 31914 Terminalia Alata Toinentos ; of other tree sAla Shores Robusta. -gandhA [ajasya gandha iva gandho yasyAH sA] the shrubby busil, vanayAmAnI. -gandhikAnkind of varvarIzAka (Mar. tilavaNI, kAnaphoDI). -gandhinI= ajazRzI q.v. -garaH [ajaM chAgaM girati bhakSayati; ga-ac ] a huge serpent (bon-constrictor) who is said to swallow goats. (-rI)N. of a plant. -gala See ajAgala below. -gallikA [ajasya galla iva] an infantile disense (Mentagra). -jIvaH, -jIvikaH [ajaistaccAraNena jIvatiH ajA eba jIvikA yasya vA ] a. goat-herd : $0 -degpaH, -pAlaH, -daNDI [ajasya brahmaNo daNDo yasyAH sA] brahmadaNDI a kind of plant (brahmaNo yajJArthadaNDasya nadIyakASTena karaNAt tathAtvam ). -devatA 1 N. of the 25th asterism. Ta 921.-2 tiro, the presiding deity of goats (raudrI dhenurvinirdiSTA chAga Agneya ucyate). -nAmakaH [ajaH nAma yasya saH kap] 1 mineral substance. -nAzanaH A wolf. -ofa: 1 the best of goats. --2 N. of Mars; lord of the sign Aries. -pathaH = ajavIthiH q.v. -padaH, -pAd-da: N. of a Rudra: See ajekapAda above. bandhuH [ajasya bandhuriva mUrkhatvAt ] a fool (silly like the goat.). -bhakSaH [abhakSyate asau bhakSa-karmaNi ghaJ] N. of the varvarI plant (tiLavaNa the leaves of which are very dear to goats). Alya. Ved. bleating like a goat (a frog) gomAyureka ajamAyurekaH Rv.7. 103.6, 10. -mAraH [ajaM mArayani vikrayArtha; mR-Nica-aN] 13 butcher. -2 N. of a country (the modern Ajmeer, which, it is supposed, formerly abounded im butchers). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #49
ajakA ajapa: -3 N. of a tribe (gaNa), -mIDhaH [ajo mITho yajJe sikto yatra ajakavaH -vam The bow of Siva (zivo hi anenaiva dhanuSA ba.]1 N. of the placo callel Ajmeer. -2 N. of the tripurAsurasya vadhena ajaM viSNu kaM brahmANaM ca avAn prANayAmAsa iti eldest son of Hasti, born in the family of Puru, son tasya dhanuSo'jakavatvam, ajako vAtIti Tr.) of Yayati. -3 N. of a son of muhAtra and author of some ajakAvaH -cam Sivak bow.-2 [ajakaM chAgaM vAti prINAti; Vedic hyms like Rv. 4. 43. -4 surname of Yudhisthira. vA-ka]N. of the tree varvarI (Mar. tiLavaNa) of which gonts -mukha & gont-faced. (khaH) N. of a Prajapati (Daksa). are suid to be very fond. -3 [ajakA ajAgalastana iva vAti When Daksa reviled Siva at his sacrificial session, prakAzate vA-ka] A sacriticial vessel of roorn (of the form Virabhadra pulled out his face, and afterwards at the 1 of ajAgala) dedicated toMitra and Varuna (-vam in request of Siva himself he put up a goat's face in this sense) maitrAvaruNapAtram -4 A disease of the pupil of place of the original human one. (-khI) N. of a the eye= ajakAjAta q.v.-5A venomous kind of vermin Raksasi kept to watch over Sita in the Asoka warden Cantipede or scorpion (ajakA rogavizeSaH, tadviSam ). at Lanki. -modA, -modikA ajasya moda iva modo gandho ajagam [ajaM viSNuM gacchati zaratvena gam-Da] Siva's bow. -gaH yasyAH , ajaM modayatIti vA ] N. of a very useful medicinal 1[ajena brahmaNA gamyate gIyate vA, karmaNi gam-Da, gai-ka]N. of plant, Common Carroway: the spocies called Apium Visnu. -2 [ajena gacchati ajaM chAgaM yajJAGgatvena gacchati vA ] Fire. Involucratum or Ligusticum Ajowan (Mar. 31191 ). ajagara See under aja. ajamodAM ca bAhIka jIrakaM lodhrakaM tathA / Siva. B.30. 18 ajagavam [ajago viSNuH zaratvena astyasya ajaga-4 P.V.2. -lambanama aja iva lambyate gAte kRSNavarNatvAt karmaNi lyUTa 1 110] Siva's bow, Pinaks. antimons. (Mar. muramA). -loman, -lomI-mA [ajasya lomeva lomamajjarI yasya-syAH vA] cowage, ajagAvaH [ajagaM viSNuma avati av-aN ] 1 Siva's bow. Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. kuhilI). -vastiH [ajasya vastiriva vasti -2 The southern portion of the path of the sun, moon 344 ] N. of a nage, or of it tribe spring from hini. and planets. -3 N. of a make-priest. -vIthiH-thI/. [ ajena brahmaNA nirmitA vIthiH zAka ta.] 1 one of __ajaTA [ nAsti jaTA ziphA yasyAH sA] N. of a plant the three divisions of the southern path comprehond bhUmyAlakI or kapikacchU, See ajjhaTA. img the three asterisms mUla, pUrvASADhA and uttarASADhA; ajaDa t. Not stupid. -DA N. of the plant ajaTA, sort of heavenly passage (gaganasetu, yamanAlA); pitRyAno'- kapikacchU (ajayati sparzamAtrAt). javIthyAzca yadagastyasya cAntaram Y. 3. 184. -2 goat's path. ajathyA [ ajAya hitA ajathyA; ajU-zyan P. V. 1.8]1N. -zRGgI [ajasya meSasya zRGgamiva phalaM yasyAH sA] N. of a plant, of the yellow jasmine yUthikA (Mar. pivaLI jAI). -2 A facroft or Odina Wodier, highly medicinal, Mar. flock of goats. meMDhaziMgI), See meSazRGgI. ajana .. [na. ba.] Destitute of men, tenantless, desert. ajakA - ajikA below. -naH [ kutsitArthe naJ] A bad or insignificant person. ajananiH /. [naJ jan-Akroze ani P. III. 3. 112] ajanam [ ajU bhAve lyuT ] Moving, driving. -naH / Cessation of oxistence; tasyAjananirevAstu jananI kezakAriNaH Si. Brahma; afas: born from Brahma; i. c. Daksa. 2. 15 may ho not be born, may he coase to exist ! ajaniH [ aj-ani ] A path, road. ajanayonijaH Daksha Prajapati (Bhag. 4. 30.48). ajA [na jAyate ityajA ] 1 (According to Sankhya ajanAbham An ancient name of Bharatavarse; Philosophy ) Prakrti or Maya, the verse which refers Mave the verse which refers ! (Bhay. 11. 2. 21). to ajA, (ajAmekAM lohitazuklakRSNAm &c.) is interpreted 37TFHI a. Unborn, epithet of the Unborn Being, by the Vedantins as referring to the ha consisting the Eternal being: puruSasya padeSvajanmanaH R.8.78. -m. [nAsti of tejas , ap and anna, 500 S. B. -2 A sho-goat.-Comp. janma yatra] Final beatitude, absolution; tasmAtsa yogAdadhigamya nAlastana: the hoshy protuberance or nipple hanging yogamajanmane'kalpata janmabhIruH R. 18.38. down from the neck of goats: (fig.) an emblem of 1 31 u. Not fit to be produced; not favourable to anything worthless or useless, dharmArthakAmamokSANAM yasyaiko'pi mankind. -nyam [ laukikahetubhirna janyate; jan-Nic-yat ] A na vidyate / stanasyeva tasya janma nirarthakam // stanavadavalambata yaH kaNThe portuntous phenomenon, inauspicious to mankind, such 'jAnAM maNiH sa vijJeyaH Br. S. 63.3. -jIvaH,-pAlaka: a goat as earth-quake. herd, See ajajIva &c. -taulvaliH [zAka gaNa ] N. of a __ajapaH [aspaSTaM japati nindAthai na, japa-ac ] A Brahmana sage who lived on the milk of goats ( ajAdugdhena vartamAnaH). who does not (properly) repost his prayers (kupAThaka); ajakA-AjikA (svArthe kan TApa)1A young she-gost. ajapA brAhmaNAstAta zUdrA japaparAyaNAH / bhaviSyanti kalau Mb.; one -2 [ajasya vikAraH avayavaH galastanaH purISaM vA ] The fleshy, who rends heretical works. -pA [prayatnena na jagyA aprayatnoprotuberance on the neck, or its excrement. -3.A cAritatvAt ; karmaNi ac ] N. of a Mantra called haMsa, disease of the pupil of the eye. -Comp. -jAtaH [ajakeva which consists of a number of inhalations and exhalajAtaH ] the above disoruNe, (ajApurISapratimo rujAvAn salohitotions (zvAsaprazvAsayoH bahirgamanAgamanAbhyAm akSaraniSpAdanarUpo japaH lohitapicchilAsaH / vidArya kRSNaM pracayo'bhyupaiti taM cAjakAjAtamiti / sa ca haMmaH so'ham ityAkAra eva ucchvAsareva nizvAsaihasa ityakSaradvayam / vyavasyet // ) tasmAtprANazca iMsAkhya AtmAkAreNa sNsthitH||) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #50
ajambha 32 ajita ajambha [nAsti jambho danto yasya] Toothless. -bhaH1 . ajahalligama [na jahat liGgaM yaM hA-zatR] A nom which A frog. -2 The sum. -3 Toothless state (of a does not change its original guer, even whon child.) used like anadjective: e.. vedaH or zrutiH pramANam (not. ajaya..[nAsti parairjayo yasya ] Invincible, unsurpassed pramANaH or degNA). unconquerable. -yaH [na. ta.] A defeat; sukhaduHkhe same ajahA [na jahAti zUkAna hA-za.] N. of a plant, cowage, kRtvA lAbhAlAbhau jayAjayo Bg.2.38. -2 N. of Agrii Caurpopogon Pruriens. (Mr. kuhilI ). (ajena chAgena yAti; yA-ka); or of Visnu (according to ajAgara / [na. ba.] Not wakoful, not requiring keepsome); of a lexicographer. -yA [nAsti jayo mAdakatvena ing up. -raH[jAgarayatIti jAgaraH na jAgarI yasmAt] A plant, asyAm ] 1 Hemp or bhAja. -2 N. of a friend of Durga Ver besine Prostrata (bhRjarAjavRkSa)(sevanena nidrArAhityakArakaH, -3 Maya or illusion. yadapekSayA anyammin jAgaraNakartRtvaM nAsti.)(Mar. mAkA). ajayya / [na. ta.] Invincible; sakhyuste sakila zatakrato ajAjiH-jI/ [ajena chAgena vIyate gandhotkaTatvAt tyajyate, rajagyaH 5.6.30. rAjJAmajanyaH R. 18.8. -2 Not proper aj-in vIbhAvAbhAvaH ] Cumin sood (zvetajIraka); kRSNajIraka to be win at play: bhya jigAya tAn , Dopadeva.. Nigella Indica; (Mr. kALe, pAMDhare jireM). kAkodumbarikA Ficus ajara a. [na. ba.] 1 Not subiect to old age or decay; Oppositifolia. (Mar. dheDauMbara). kRSNAjAjI viDazcaiva zItapAkI ever young ajaraM vRddhatvam K. 1033; f. vRddhatvaM jarayA vinA tathaiva ca Mb. 13.91.10. P. 1.28 -2 Undecaying, imperishable; purANamajaraM viduH ajAta [na. ta.] Unborn; ajAtamRtamUrkhebhyo mRtAjAtau sutau R. 10. 19; anantamajaraM brahma Bh. 3.60, H. Pr., Pt. I. . varam Pt. 1; not yet borm, prorlueerl, or fully developed ; 151, Ms.2.146. -ra: 1Agod (who is not subject to degkakud, pakSa &c. -Comp. -ari,-zatru [na jAtaH zatruH old age). ajarAmaravatprAjJo vidyAmartha ca cintayet // . -2N. of asya; jAnasya jantumAtrasya na zatruH] heving no enemy or ad0 plunt yuddhadAraka or jIrNaphaMjI (Mar. kALI varadhArA). (rA versary, not :01 enemy of any one. (-:- ) epithet also). -Comp. -drumaH The name of Kalpevrikss. of Yudhisthira; hanta jAtamajAnAreH prathamena tvayAriNA (1.2.802; Sahendra.2.103. -rA 1 N. of a plant gRhakanyA or na TekSi yajanamatastvamajAtazatraH Ve.8.15; alsy of Sists and ghRtakumArA Also Perfoliote. (Mar. koraphaDa), 2- A various other persons. -kakut-d M. (ba.) a young bull house-lizard (godhAlikA). -ram [jIyate kSIyate ja-ac] whose luump is not yet fully developed, P. V. t. 146. 'The Supreme Spirit. -danta . [na jAtA dantA yasya yasmin vayasi vA ] one without ajarakaH (kam ) Indigestion. tooth, or (in state) in which one has got mo testli. ajaya .. [na jIryati; ja kartari yat P. III 1. 10..] 1 -997 a. having undeveloped or unflodged wings. Not digestible. -2 Not decaying, imperishable, -375TCT a. having no distinctive marks or features everlasting perpeturl. tena saMgatamAyaNa rAmAjaryaM kuru drutam / (as a beard.) -vyavahAraH minor (who has not Bk. 6.53. -yema (with saMgatam expressed or Inder- sattained his majority). stoord) Friendship; mRgairajarya jarasopadiSTam R. 18.7. ajAti [na. ta.] 1 Having no caste, raco &c. -2 ajarat-rayu-rasU . Ved. Not old. ajarayU ayAtam Etoral, not produced. -fa: f. Non-production. Rv.1.116.20. ajAdi: guns of piminai ( IV. 1. t.). ajavasU [ju-asun ] Not quick, inactive. ajAniH [nAsti jAyA yasya] Vithout wife; ajastundama [ajasya iva tundam asya muT nipAto'yama ] N. | widower. of a town, P. VI. 1. 15). __ajAnika [ajena tadvikrayapAlanAdinA Ano jIvanam astyasya; ajasra . [na jas-ra P. III. 2. 167; jasinapUrvaH kriyA- Than Tv.] A goat-herd. sAtatye vartate sk.] Not ceasing, constant, perpetual: ajAneya . Of high breed, powerful, fearless, dIkSAprayatasya / / .3.4t. -sam ind. Ever, constantly, undaunted (as a horse). -ya: A horse of high brood. perpetually; vRthaiva saMkalpazatairajasram 5.3.3. taca dhunotyajatram Soo AjAneya. U.1.26. ajasramAsphAlita... | Si. 1.9. 37T964 N. of a sort of modicinal preparation ajahatsvArthA [na jahat svArtho'tra, hA-zatR na. ba.] A kind of of gheo (used as a remedy against cough, asthma, lakSaNA, in which the primary or original senre of a word consumption &c.) (ajAdugdhAdibhyo jAtam ). (which is used elliptically does not disappear; as ajAmi a. Ved. [na. ta.)1 Not of kin or related: kuntAH pravizanti -- kuntadhAriNaH puruSAH; zveto dhAvati - zvetavarNo'zvo yatra jAmayaH kRNavatrajAmi Rv. 10. 10. 10 (ajAmikarmANi bhrAtRNAm dhAvati; also called upAdAnalakSaNA q...; khasiddhaye parAkSepaH; kuntAH ajAmiyogyAni maithunasambadhAni karmANi kariSyanti Nir.) -2Not. pravizanti, yaSTayaH pravizanti ityAdau kuntAdibhirAtmanaH pravezasiddhapartha parallel or correct. khasaMyoginaH puruSA AkSipyante K.P.2. Adhyatma Ram. 7.5.27. aji..[ajati; aj-i Un+. 139] Going, moving%3 Therearealet a. Functioning without entirely as padAji walking on foot. -jiH . [ bhAve in ] 1 Motion, surrendering one's own commotation: utpalazadvasanidhAna goiny. -2 Throwing &c. tadapekSA nIlazabdastenaikavAkyatAmabhyupagacchannajahatsvArthavRttirutpalavize fata <<. Invincible, inconauerable, irresistible, SAbhidhAnapara uccAryamANaH sambandhamabhyupaiti / SB. on MS. 3. 1. 12. | "taM puNyaM...mahaH U.5.27. -2 Not conquered or won For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #51
ajinama ajJakA (as a country ke); not restrainod, curbed, controlled, ajIgateH [ajya gamanAya garnam asya] 1(One that hasi At; sfay of uncontrolled soul or passion. - 1 hole to go into ) a serpent. -2 N. of a Brahunna in N. of Visnu or Sive or of Buddha. -2 N. of a power- the family of bhRgu and father of zunaHzeSa. ful antidote, or a poisonous sort of rat. -(pl.) A class __ ajIta ..[na. ta.] Not faded or withered, not faint. of doition in the first. Manvantara ef. paramAtmanyAtmani ca -Comp.-punaveNya m N. of a two-fold rite to be porformed triSu syAdasphaTejitaH / aparAjitaviSNvIzaparamAtmamu kathyate // Nm. ! -Comp. -ApIDaH heving an invincible crown; N. of by Ksatriyas (aprAptaprAptikaraNArthoM vidhiH). a kingg. -kezakambala: Naine of one of the six chief taftfa: f. Prosperity, freedom from decay. heretical teachers. (mentioned in Buddhist texts ajIrNa . Undigested ; undecomposed. -rNam, -NiH contemporarios of Buddha.) -balA N. of a Jain 1 Indigestion; ajANe bheSajaM vAri jINe vAri balapradam, ajIrNa deity who act melor orders from the Arhat Ajitis. bhojanaM viSamaH kairajArNabhayAd bhrAtabhojanaM parihIyate 1.2.57,Ms.t. -vikramaH 'of unsubdued power, N. of Chandragupta II. 121. -2 Vigour, energy, a bsence of decay. ajinam [ ajati kSipati raja Adi AvaraNena; aj-inac, aje ajIva.. [na. ba.] Devoid of life : lifoless, asajar raja caU...18, vIbhAvabAdhanArtham ] 1 the (hairy) skin of or a dead person. -vaH[na.ta.] 1 Non-existence, death. a tiger, lion, elephant &c., especially of a black ante -2 (With Jainss) All that is not a living soul, i... lope (used awat, garment&c.); athAjinASAudharaH the whole of or inanimate and unsentient substance Ku..30, gajAjinaM zoNitabinduvarSi ca 67, Ki. ll. 15%3 (opp. jIva). aiNeyenAjinena brAhmaNaM rauraveNa kSatriyam ajinena vaizyam Aival. -2 A sort of letther bag or bellows. -Comp.-patrA -trI ajIvana . [na. ba. ] Devoid of livelihood. -nam Non-trikA [ajinaM carma iva muzliSTaM patraM pakSo yasyAH sA, gaurA DIoxistence, death. svArthe kan ] a bast. -phalA [ ajinaM bhaneva phalaM yasyAH sA ] N.. ajIvaniH1. [na-jIva-ani P. III. 3 112] 1 Death, of a plant ( bhatrAkAra phalo vRkSaH). -yoniH [ ajinasya yoniH mom-existence (used as an imprecation); ajIvaniste zaTha prabhavaH ] a deer, anntelope. -vAsin |.[ajin vaste, vas bhUyAt Sk. may death seize thee, rogue! mayest thou Nini ] cladd in an intelope-hide. -sandhaH [ ajina sandadhAti cense to live! ef. also abhAva bhavatAM yo'smin jIvettasyAstvaa furrier. jIvaniH / Bk.7.77. ajiraH..[aj gatI kiran vIbhAvAbhAvaH Un. I. .] ajura-rya..[aj-kurac na vyAdezaH] Ved. Not subject to Quick, swift (SIA) -T: 1 A sort of mouse, hairy decay or old age; strong, very swift or speody. mole. -2 A kind of ceremony in pronouncing curses avakakSiNaM vRSabhaM yathA'juram Rv. 8.1.2. -ram 1A court-yurd, allenclosed space, arena%; uTajAjiraprakIrNa K.81, AsthAnaniketanAjiram Ki. 1. 163; so raNa" ajuSTi /. Non-enjoyment; feeling of dissatisfaction sAvitra iti vikhyAtaH praviveza raNAjiram Ram. 7.27.34 gRhadeg / &c. -2 The body. -3 Any object of sense. -4 The . ajeya ..[na, ta.] Not tit to be conquered. -yam A wind, air. -5 A frog. - 1 N. of a river. -2 N. of sort of medicinal preparation of ghee said to serve its Dura. -raHv.ofsuko-priost. -Comp. -AdharAja antidote: pibet dhRtamajeyAkhyam Sus. [FR ] Ved.': quick emperor', epithet of death. -zocis ||.[ajirN zociryasya]glittering, having tremu ajoSa . [na. na.] Not gratified or satistied. lous or flashing light. ajju (jjU) kA [ arjayati yA sA, arju-Uka, pRSo rakArasya ajirIya . [ ajiram utkarA cha ] Comected with a. jatvam Tv.] A courtezan (used only in dramas.). court. ajjam (see ajjhalam). ajihma.. [na. ta.] 1 Straight. -2 Upright, straight ajjhaTA [ Said to be fr. aj ] N. of a plant bhUmyAmalakI forward, honest: ajihyAmazaThAM zuddhAM jAvata brAhmaNajIvikAm Flacourtia Catephracta. (Mar. bhuIAvaLI.) Ms. 4. 11, 7.32 ; gAmibhiH Si. 1.63 straight and honest, ajjhalam 1 A shield. -2 A live coal. 3.07, 9.62f. ajihmaH satkRtAyajau | Nm. -maH 1 A frog. ajJa. [na jAnAti, jJA-ka. na. ta.] 1 Not knowing, -2 A tish (probablyan corruption of ajiha below). -Comp. -ga. [ upa. sa.] guing straight on; vrajeddizama unaware of, unconscious, devoid of knowledge or experijihmagaH M.6.31 (-gaH) am arrow. once; ajJo bhavati vai bAla: Ms.2.1533 jJAjJI (jJaH IzvaraH ajJaH jIvaH) the knowing and unknowing, supreme und individual ajihvaH [na. ba.] A frog (which is supposed to have soul. - 2 Ignorant, uuwise, foolish, silly, stupid suid been deprived of its tongue by the curse of Agni whom of men as well as animals); ajJaH sukhamArAdhyaH Bh. L. 3, frogs had offendled.) Pt. 2.3. -3 Inanimate; not endowed with the power ajIkavam [ajyA zarakSepaNena ke brahmANaM vAti prINAti vA-ka] of understanding (acetana.) Siva's bow. ajJakA [khArthe kan ] An ignorant woman. saM.I. ko....5 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #52
ajJAta aJjanaH ma a. Unknown, unexpected, unconscious, unawaro; yti, afg #: 3 93 aty a faqa: | Ms. 5. 21 onten unconsciously or mawa ros; fter whose family and character are unknown; deg a 3 R. 16.72. -Comp. -*a<<. [2.] Ved. of secret designs. 3 ft 347 Rv. 0.3.11.-TECTIEH Agnoiology.-ei, are: remaining incoywito said of the Pandavas); 91: a grozar 59 977431741 TT: Mk. 5. 6. Mb. 3. 185. 89. gafa: (7. a. ] Not a kinsman. 39919 a. [9. a.) Ignorant, unwise. -#4 [77.0.) Ignorance, unconsciousness; especially, spirtual ignorance (31199 which makes one consider his self as distinct from the Supreme spirit and the material world as a reality. According to the Vedantins, 319117 is not merely a negative principle 972 371a:), but a distinct positivo principle; oft. identified with H prakRti e. See avidyA aiso In compounds ajJAna may be translated by unawares,' 'inadvertently', 'unconsciously'; 1417, tia &c.; 77:,- , ara mawares, inadvertently, unconsciously, unwillingly #: a 29f: ja R. 9. 77. committed unintentionally or unconsciously. -parIkSA See ajJAtavastuzAstra. amera = 3151 3 bove. sa a. unknowable, unfit to be known. Para: Agnosticism. ajman / [ajati gacchati svarga dAnena anayA, aj-karaNe manin 7619719:] A cow. -*. Caroer, passage; battle; house (?) Brag <<. Not the eldest or best, having no elder brothers; oft not acting like the older brothers; or acting like one who has no elder brother. 374 a. (fr. 347 to go ] Ved. Agile, quick. - A field, plain. a. Being in or connected with i a field or plain; 24721 Rv. 10. 69. 6. [cf. L. uger; Gr. ayrus. ] fat <<. Ved. [fr. 347 ] Quick, agile, auctive. 37577 1 . (357) (ara-, 3 -, 44, 4211 ! or 375*211, 3 or 311* 1 To bend, inoline, curl, curvo; PRISET Bk. 9. 10. -2 Toro, move, tend towards; *97721 2 14 Bk. 4. 22; also in 349157; tending downward, 157,3459;samara, utafieiisala &c: 14 Tager at af By. 1. 48. having gone, being reduced to, &c.; aru 16, art greedy; 143 77: 17.-3 To Worship, honour', reverence; as a Ve. J. 28. salutes; to adorn, grace; See 3413 below. -4 To request, ask or call for', lesire. -5 To murmur, speak indistinctly. -laws. or 10 U. To manifest, unfold: 44 Git. 10. [cf. Zend anku; Gr. ankulos; L. uncus.] With 319 to put away, drive away; (intr.) to run away. -371 to bend; afervi tra124: 1a1% with bent knees. -39 to draw or raise water ). - to cause to revolve, whirl, twist. a to draw or bend asunder; to extend, stretch out. - to crowd or drive together, to bend together, See He also; to go properly. na 1 (a) Curved, bent; ita Dk. 125, bent and raised; forfraai et 4174-143, bont or obliquo look; asta aug: My. 1. 54. bent; Fyr: R. 18. Jl. 3 facita: Dk. 2. 31, 9. 10; Platz: (+9:), :(:). (1) Arched and handsome (as eyebrows ): 3181997 R. 5.76; crisper, curled (318 hair); vitaifa. Mb. -2 Gone. -3 Honoured; adorned, graced, graceful, handsome, gizofaa 311271919: My. 7.8 grocerl, adornedl; Tag Stafaa faig Ku. 1. 31. cf. also ai s aat Siva bharata IX. 53. sportively handsome; Partuf tal 314 R. 2. 18,8 4aal Dk. 124, 151; y ay fax: R. 9. 24 of esteemed or ador: ble prowess ; (371) Thiaaaa aaraua: ki. 15.03. - 4 Sewn or woven, arranged: 34 Hautar: (11) R. 7. 10 halfstrung or woven (in Malli. ). -Comp. -9974 [2.] a lotus with curved leaves. - #woman having arched or handsome eyebrows. gra: [ 357-taft afa ] 1 Wind. -2 Fire. -3 One who yoes. 195:- (aia 9-04; 3457-3477] 1 The border or end of garment ), skirt or hem (Mar. 977); OTafaa 192793797141: Udbhatit. faga 44122 By. 2. 21. -2 Corner or outer angle as of the eye); : qufa Sa ibid. ; 23 My 6.9. 3531 7 P. (rarely A.) (3afth or 34 , 313, 31131tufa-wafa, 1991-30 Fan-31#ar, 341974, 40254, 34) 1 To anoint, smear with, bodaub. -2 To make clear, show, represent, characterize; 1 T3 T AIT: Bk. 9. 19.-3 To go. - 4 To shine, be bouutiful. -5 To honour, celebrate. - To decorate. - 'uns 1 To swear with, F134* * Ms. +. 44. - To speak or shine. -3 To cause to yo. [cf. Zend anj; L. zowetown, unyo.] With -set to fit out, equip, furnish. --3911 to anoint, finear. -2 to sinooth, polish, prepare. -3 to honour, respect. - 1 to snear. -2 to conceal or hide oneself. 9a 1 to smear. -2 to ador, decorate. - 1 to smear. -2 to fit out, equip, barnesk. --3 to honour. -4 to join together, to consume, devour; to ador, decorate, beautify (mostly Ved. in these mennes). -5 to unite, to put together, como pose. 37979: 1 A kind of lizard. -2 N. of : troo or moun tain. -3 N. of the guardian elephant of the west or S. w.) 722 f9 fecant 4128: Ta 97479 EUR1494 94: 11 Mb. 6. 64. 57. 24 [354 3149; 3459 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #53
aJjakaH as 1 Anointing, mearing with, quanimama quie gaga Ms. 4. 152; mixing; unfolding, manifesting. -2 Collyrium or black pigment used to paint the eyelashes; vilocanaM dakSiNamaJjanena saMbhAvya // 7. 8 salve; amRta ko'yaM dRzoramRtA anam U 4. 18 ambrosia1 salve; kurvan mecakA iva dizo meghaH samuttiSThate Mk. 5. 8, 1.31; (fig. also ) ajJAnAndhasya lokasya jJAnAJjanazalAkayA / cakSurunmIlitaM yena tasmai pANinaye namaH // Sik. 45; zarfaa Bh. 3. 84; cf. also fi 973; (fig.) impurity, as in far, q. v. -3 Paint, a cosmetic ointment. - Magic ointment. -5 A special kind of material of the black pigment, such antimony (used as collyrium, lamp-black &c. (a) -6 Ink. 7 Fire. -8 Night. -9 (, ) (Rhet.) A suggested meaning; also the process by which such meaning is suggested. It is the power of suggestion (founded on r or denotation or indication), by which something else is understood from a word which, though having more meanings than one, has been restricted to a single meaning by relations of emjunction, dinjunction &c. (saMyoga, prayoga, sAhavarSa, viro fa &c.), or, briefly, the use of a word of several meanings in a special sense determined by the context; e. g. sazaGkhacako hariH the adjective restricts Hari to mean 'Visnu' alone, and not a lion' or 'monkey'; so rAmalakSmaNau dAzarathI, rAmArjunau bhArgavakArtavIryo &c. cf. anekArthasya zabdasya vAcakarave niyantrite / saMyogAdyairavAcyArtha zrIkRd vyApRtiraJjanam // K. P. 2., S. D. 23-6; See also. -Comp. -- dadhikA kRSNatvAt ] a kind of lizard. -adri:- giri: ( karma. ) [ aJjanamiva kRSNaH giri: ] N. of a mountain, See nIlagiriM . -ambhas . eye-water. kezI [ aJjanamiva kezo yasyAH ] N. [of a vegetable perfume (vilAsinInAmasaMyogAkezasthAnIya kRSNa (Mar. ) tritayam (Ayurved) puSpAJjana, rasAyana and kolAjana - nAmakA [ Sa. te. ] a swelling of the eye-lid, sty (Mar. ). - A variety of an inferior gem, deep-dark in colour. Kau. A. 2. 11. - a stick or pencil for the application of collyrium. N. of the son of Viprachitti; V. P. A portion of the Vedas containing the word .-N. of a medicinal plant. sar Identity. (Patanjala Yogadarkans, I. 41). N. of the female clephant of the north. -2 N. of the mother of Maruti or Hanumat. [She was the daughter of a monkey named Kunjara and wife of Kesarin, another monkey. She was in a former birth a celestial nymph by name Punjikasthali and was born on earth owing to a curse. One day while she was seated on the summit of a mountain, her garment was slightly displaced, and the God of Wind being enamoured of her beauty assumed a visible form, and asked her to yield to his desires. She requested him not to violate her chastity, to which he consented; but he told her that she would conceive a son equal to 35 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 3937H himself in strength and lustre by virtue of his amorous desire fixed on her, and then disappeared. In course of time Anjana conceived and brought forth a son who was called Maruti being the son of Marut.] aJjanAvatI [asyAH]1N. of the female elephant of the north-east quarter. -2 N. of a tree kAlAjanavRkSa. aJjanikA [ aJjanA svArthe kan ] 1 A species of lizard; a small mouse. -2 N. of the mate of the elephant supratIka. aJjanI [ajyate candana kucha kumAdibhirasau aj-karmaNi- lyuT 1 A woman decorated with the application of pigments, ointments, sandal &c., or one fit for such application. -2[g] N. of two plants A and kAlAJjanavRkSa. aJjaliH m. aJj-a arafes: [ag-affe Un. 4. 2] 1 A cavity formed. by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity. full of anything (changl to aJjala or degli after dvi and tri in dvigu comp., P. V. 4. 102 ); na vAryaJjalinA pibet Ms. 1. 63; supUro bhUSikAjali: Pt. 1. 25; araNyabIjAjalidAnalAlitAH Ku. 5. 15; w: quant afturrefors Ve. 1. 1. cavityfal of flowers; so fuls or libations of water; be drunk by the eavity of the ear aJjaliM rac bandhU, kR or fold the hands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; baddhaH, kAtaryAdaravindakuDmalanibho mugdhaH praNAmAJjaliH e. 3. 37. -2 Hence a mark of respect or salutation; kaH zakreNa kRtaM necchedadhimUrdhAnamaJjalim Bk. 8.84: badhyatAmabhayayAcanAJjali: R. II. 78. -3 A measure of corn; another measure, or one-half of a mAnikA -Comp. karman n. folding the hands, respectful salutation; lubdhamarthena gRhNIyAt kruddhaM cAJjali - karmaNA Chap. 33. -kArikA 1 an earthen doll making the f (?). -2 N. of a plant, Mimosa Pudica ( lajAlu ) (Mar. lAjALU ) -puTaH-Tas the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed palms of the hand. Y. 3. 105. 10 cavityagza Ve. 1. 4. to aJjalikA [aJjalivi kA prakAzaTY.]. 1 A small mouse. -2 The sensitive plant of Mimosa Pudica (Mar. ). -3 An insect of the spider tribe (Mar. 1). 1 N. of one of Arjuna's -2 (mouse-mouthed) arrow bhalairaJjalikairapi Ram. 6. 45.23. -vedha a fighting stratagem jAnannaJjalikAvedhaM nApAkrAmata pANDava: Mb. 7.26.23. arrows. For Private and Personal Use Only aJjas . ( -jaH ) [ anati gacchati mizrayati vA anena aJju f] Speed, velocity, strength: fitness, propriety; ointment, preparation (?). Comp. - drinking instantly imamajaspAmubhaye akRNvata Rv. 10.92 2. - rapid preparation of Soma. aasa . [35-34] Not crooked, straight; honest, upright.

Page #54
aJjasA 36 aTTAlikA 31991 r. (instr. of 375979) 1 Straight on. -2 Truly, correctly, accurately, properly, justly; sAkSAd dRSTo'si na punarvidhastvAM vayamajasA Ku.6.22 we do not know You rightly or correctly: vidmahe zaTha palAyanacchalAnyajasA R. 19.31, na hi kazcipriyaH strINAmaasA Subhasita; sarvamevAjasA vada Ms. 8. 101. -3 Directly ( sAkSAt ), -4 Soon, quickly, imstantly: sa gacchatyajasA vipro brahmaNaH sadma zAzvatam Ms.2.241. ...ajasA tattvapUrNayoH / Nm. vazamAnetumAsA | Siva. B.25.1. -Comp. -ayana . going straight. om. -kRta / .[. aluk] done rightly or justly. aJjasIna . [ aJjas-kha ] Ved. Straight forward, going straight on. stutiM vindatyaJjasInAm Rv. 10. 32.7. aJji.. Ved.[aGg-in ] Unctuous, slimy; lubricated, shining, brilliant. -JjiH 1 A mark made with sandal Re. a Tilaka merk: rohitAdhiranaDvAn Yaj. (raktatilaka). -2 A commander, sender &c. -JjiH -jI/.1 An ointment, pigment. -2 Colour, hue. -3 The sexual organ (?). -Comp. -saktha . having coloured thighs. aJjikaH N. of the son of Yalu. aJjiva . Slippery, smooth (?) aniSTa:-SNuH [anakti svakiraNaH vizvam : aj-iSThaca-iSNuca Un. 1. 2 ] The sun. aJjihiSA (Desid. of aMha 1 P.) Desire of going; Bk. 3 pp. Smeared over, beda ubed, anointed &c.; mostly as latter part of compouds : ghRta', taila', zoNita &c. - Night. aJjI [ aji, vA gIp] 1 A blessing, auspicious desire. -2 A pounding machine (peSaNayantram ). aJjIraH-ram [aj-bAhu0 Iran : perhaps : Persian word] A spervics of the tig-tree and its fruit. (Mer. aMjIra). ada 1 P. (rerely A.) (aTati, ATa, aTitum , aTita). To wander or roam a hont (with loc.): roam over (sometimes with aaee.); bho baTo bhikSAmaTa Sk.go to beg alms; ATa naikaTikAzramAn Bk. t. 12; mahImaTan Dk. 38-ilesid. aTiTiSatiH -fren. aTAvyate to wander about habitually, as it religious mendicant. aTa. Wandering: kSapATa: a night-roame'. tataH kSapATaiH pRthApAlAkSaH khamAnaze Bk '2.30. aTanam Wandering, rotuming: bhikSA', rAtri &c. aTaniH -nI /. [aTani mauvIMm ; aT-ani vA p] The notched extremity of a bow; sumanaso namayannaTanI dhanuH V. 4.06: ninyatuH sthalanivezitATanI lIlayaiva dhanuSI adhijyatAm B. 11.14. aTA [ aT vA a] The habit of roaming about (as religious mendicant); 80 adhyA, aTAvyA. aTala .. [na. ta.] Firm, steady, solid. aTaru-rU-paH (Ety. doubtful) N. of a very useful medicinal plant, the shrub a Justicia Adhatoda, or Adhatoda Varaka (Mar. aDuLasA). aTaviH-cI/. [ aTanti carame vayasi mRgayAvihArAdyarthe vA yatra; aTU ani, vA gapU] A forest, wood; aTavIto'TavImAhiNDamAna; S.2. vighnadhvAntanivAraNaikasaraNirvighnATavIhavyavAT / aTavika: A forester' mA. ATavikaH 5.. 3153 1 A. 1 To kill. -2 To transgress, go beyond (fig. also ). -caus. 1 To lessen, diminish. -2 To despise, condemn, disregard. aTTa. [aTTapati anAdriyate anyat yatraH aTU-ghaJ] 1 High, lofty; loud. -2 Frequent, constant (in comp). -3 Dried, dry. -dR:-TTam [ AdhAra ghaJ] 1 An apartment on the roof of upper story, agarret. -2 f. arTa bhitticatuSke syAtkSAme'tyarthe gRhaantre| Nm. A turret, buttress, tower; gopura uttuGgasaudhasuramandiragopurATTasaMghaTTa... | Mal. 9.1; narendramArgATTa iva R.6.67.16. 11. na sanyAstathA cAsya nAsti parikhA tathA / ato na durgama durgamayo jAnIta sainikaaH|| Siva. B. 13.78. -3 A marketplace, market (proba bly for ). -4 A fine linen cloth. -6 A palace, palatial building. -6 Killing, injuring. -7 Excess, superiority. -TTam Food, boiled rice: adRzUlA janapadAH Mb. (arddha annaM zale vikreyaM yeSAM ne Nilakantha)-Comp. -aTTahAsa: very loud laughter. -sthalI [aTTapradhAnA sthalI zAka, ta.]n place or country full of palaces &c. -hAsaH,-hasitam,-hAsyam [karma.] a loud or boisterous laughter, a horse-laugh, cachimmation, usually of Siva; tryambakasya Me.583; girizadeg Dk.1. -hAsin [ajhaM hasati-has-Nini ] 1N. of Siva. -2 one who laughs very loudly. -hAsakaH [aTTahAsena kA yate; ke-ka] N. of a plant (kunda) Jasminuun Multifiorum or Hirsttum (zubhrapuSpatvAcnahAsatulyatA). aTTaka: An apartment on the roof of houic: palace also. aTTa ind. [ aTTo'nAdaraH aTTaprakAraH adRsya guNavAcitayA dvitvaM zakanbhvA0 pararUpam Tv. ] Very loud. aTTanam [ aTTapate anAdiyate ripuranena, aTu karaNe lyuT ] A weapon shaped like a discus (cakrAkAraphalakAtrama). -nam [bhAve lyuT ] Disregard. aTTAhaH [aTTavat na pararUpam ] 1 Over bearing conduct, contempt, disdai. - 2 Excess, superiority. aTTAlaH-lakaH (aTTa iva ani paryApto bhavati, al-ac svArthe kan ] 1 An apartment on the roof, an upper storey; a palace%3; sATTAhAlakagopurA Mb.3.1.5.63B Si. 12.05. sarvatobhadraM nAmAhAlakamAruhya Mv.6. -2 A tower. viSkambhacaturazramaTTAlakam Kau. A. 1. 3. aTTAla u. High, lofty. aTTAlikA [aTTAla, svArtha kan ] 1 A palace, a lofty mansion, a house of two or more storeys. cf. Mana. -2 N. of a country.-Comp.-kAraH [ upapada ta.] masom, a bricklayer (one who builds royal mansions%3 kulaTAyAM ca zUdrAyAM citrakArasya vIryataH / bhavedaTTAlikAkAraH patito jAradoSataH). -bandhaH [Sa, ta.] a kind of base or foundation in architecture; degndhaM baddhaH P. III. 4.42. Mar. aDalajusticiaor. useful For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #55
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ATh aTh 1 U. To go. aThillA N. of a Prakrit metre. www.kobatirth.org aD 1 P. To try, exert, attempt 5 P. To pervade, attain (Vod.). aDAgamaH (aT+Agama ) the augment a ( a ) prefixed to a verb to indicate past tense ( vArtika 1. 30.60.4). aDakara A doer (Nigh.) aDD 1 P. 1 To join. -2 To attack. -3 To argue, infer, discern, meditate. aDDanam [ karaNe lyuT ] A shield. See aTTanam. aDacala: A part of the plough. aN 1 P. To sound. -2 ( + A ) To breathe, live (for an). aNa (na) ka [ agani varSacche nadati, aNU-ac kutsAyAM kan ca ] Vory small, contemptible, mean, insignificant, wretched ; pApANake kutsitaiH P. II. 1. 545 oft. in comp. in the sense of deterioration or contempt; kulAla: Sk. a contemptible potter. cf. also mRte'pi tvayi jIvantyA kiM mayANakabhAryayA Bk. 14. 58. -kaH A kind of bird. aNayama [ aNoH sUkSmazasyacInAdikasya bhavanaM kSetram: aNu-yat ] A field of anu, see below. 112. aNiH -NI [ aNani zabdAyane aNU-ina ] The point of a needle. -2 A linchpin, the pin or bolt at the end of a pole of carriage. aNIkRtvailapatraM ca Mb7. 20273. -3 A limit. - 4 The corner of a house (used for killing animals &c.). -Comp. - mANDavyaH [ abhyA cihnito mANDavyaH ] N. of a sage said to have been impaled on an off or linchpin. sa tathAntargatenaiva zUlena vyacaran muniH / aNImANDavya iti ca tato lokeSu gIyate // Mb. 1. 108.7-8. aNu . ( Nu-vI . ) [ aNU-un ] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. sthUla, mahat ); aNoraNIyAn Bg. 8.9; sarvopyayaM nanvaNuH Bh. B. 26. insignificantly small; aNvapi bhayam Ms. 6. 40; aNvapi yAcyamAnaH Pt. 4. 26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, na kanyAyAH pitA vidvAn gRhNIyAt zulkamaNvapi Ms. 3. 51. - NuH 1 An atom, a very sinall particle (an exceedingly small measure ) ; the mote in a sunbeam, the smallent perceptible quantity asthUlamanavaha samadIrgha brahma aNuM parvatI Bh. 2. 78. to magnify cf. also To make mountains of molchills.' -2 An atom of time ( vyaJjanamardhamAtrA tadardham aNu); it is said to be 51,675,000 th part of a Muhurta (48 minutes ) - 3 N. of Siva. -4 N. of very small such grain sarSapa, as cInaka &c., anaNuSu dazamAMzo'NuSvathaikAdazAMzaH Iila. Nu n. the fourth part of a Matra. -Comp. -antaH [ aNuH anto yasya ] a hair-splitting question; (aNvantaH sUkSmAntaH sukSmavastunirNayAntaH prazna: Sankara ). kimarthamacArI: pazUnicchannaNvantAniti Br. up. 4.1.1. - tailam N. of a medicinal oil. -bhA [ aNvI sUkSmA bhA prabhA yasyAH sA ] lightning. -mAtra . [ aNuH parimANaM yasya aNu-mAtrac ] of the size of an atom. -reNuH [ karma. ] atomic dust. - revatI [ aNuH sUkSmA revatItAreva ] N. of a plant 37 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aNDakaH (dantIvRkSa) Croton Polyandrum. -vAdaH the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal -vIkSaNam [ Sa. ta.] 1 minute observation, observation of very minute parts. -2 [ aNuH sUkSmo vIkSyate anena karaNe lyuT ] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects. -vratAni N. of the twelve smaller vows of laymen adhering to the Jain faith. - vrIhiH [ karma. ] a fine sort of grain, rice &c. aNimana... [ aNu-imanic], aNutA svam 1 Minutenes, smallness, thinness, leammess, fineness. -2 Atomic nature. -3 The superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom, one of the 8 powers or Siddhis of Siva : ( aNimA laghimA prAptiH prAkAmyaM mahimA tathA / IzitvaM ca vazitvaM ca tathA kAmAvasAyitA ). aNuka . [ svArthe kan ] 1 Very small, atomic. -2 Subtle, too fine. -3 Acute. - A small kind of grain, See aNu. aNyam A kind of head of an arrow; Dhanur. aNvam Ved. A fine hole in the strainer for the Sana juice (?) aNvI Ved. A finger (?) aNIyas aNiSTa . [ aNu-Ivana i] Smaller smallest, very small; aNoraNIyAMsam Bg.s. g very small; aNIyasi kAraNe'naNIyAnAdaro dRzyate Dk. 142 aNubhU 1 P. To become minute or atomic. aNTh 1 A. (also aTh) aNThate aTate To go, move. aNDita P. p. 1 Gone. -2 Rained. aNDaH - NDam [ amanti saMprayogaM yAnti anena: amDa Up. 1. 111 ] 1 The testicles. -2 The scrotum. -3 An egg oft. used with reference to the world as having sprung from the primordial, egg of Brahman: zabdairanekaira zaniprarUDhaibhindannivANum Ram. 5.51.33. brahmANDacchatradaNDa: 1)k.1.-- 4 The musk bag. -5 semen virile. -6 N. of Siva. -Comp. - AkarSaNam castration. - AkAra, AkRti . [ bahu.] egg-shaped, oval, elliptical. ( -ra:-tiH ) an ellipse. -kaTAhaH, -ham [ aNDaM brahmANDaM kaTAhamiva ] the shell of the brahmANDa or mundane egg. -koTarapuSpI [ aNDamiva koTare madhye puSpaM yasyAH ] N. of a plant] ajantrI or hA koza:-paH kaH [.] the scrotum. -ja . [ aNDAta jAyate; jan-Da ] born from an romajaM vAlajaM carma vyAghrajaM cANDajaM bahu Ram 6.75.12. egg. (- jaH) 1 a bird, oviparous being; mUkANDajam ( kAnanam ) Ku. 3. 42.2 a fish. -3 a snake. -4 a lizard. -5 Brahma. ( - jA ) musk. - dharaH [ Sa. ta. ] N. of Siva. -vardhanam, -vRddhiH f. swelling of the scrotum, hydrocele. -a oviparous. For Private and Personal Use Only aNDakaH [ aNDa, svArthe kan ] 1 The scrotum. -kam [ alpArthe kan] A small egg; jagadaNDakaikatarakhaNDamiva Si. 9.9. - 2 A cupols; zobhanaiH pariNDava vibhUSitaH Matsya. P. 269. 20.

Page #56
aNDAluH 38 atasaH aNDAluH [aNDaH asti asyaH aNDa Aluc ] A fish. atanu / . More bItaprabhAvatanurapyatanuprabhAvaH Ki. 16.61. aNDIraH [aNDaH asti asyaH aNDa-Iraca P. V. 2. III.] atapa . 1 Not exciteel, cool. -2 Unostentatious. A full-grown or full-developed man, a strong or . -3 Unemployed. - T: (pl.) N. of a class of deities powerful person: cirAdaNDIreNa tvayi tadapi rAmeNa guNitam mong Buddhists. A. R.I.See ANDIra also. atapas-ska [na, ba.] One who neglects his religious at 1 P. (ati), atati, atitum, atta-anita 1 To go,, usterities: atapAsvanadhIyAna: Ms. 4. 1903; an irreligious walk; wander, to go constantly. -2 To obtain (mostly or impious man: idaM te nAtapaskAya B. 18.07. Ved.) -3 To bind. -4 (antati) To bind. ___ atapta a. Vot. heated ke. -Comp. -tanu a. 1 One atakaH [ alati satataM gacchatiH ana-kana] A wanderer, a whose body is not marked with red mudras &c.). passer-by, traveller. -2 who has not fully mortified his body by ponance. atanam [at.lyuT ] Going, wandering. -na: A ataptatanUna tadAmo aznute Rv. 9. 88. 1. -3 whose body or wanderer, ? passer-by mass is cool(?). atajjJa . [ na tat-jAnAti ] Not knowing that (nana i.. atarka . [na. ba.] Illogical, void of reasonimg. -kaH Brahman). 1 Absence of argument or reasoning, bad logic. ataTa .[na.ba]-1Having no shore or beach : preri- -2 An illogical reasoner. pitate, stoep. -: 1 A precipice, a steep crag.-2 N. of atarkita .inthought of, unexpected samameva gato'a hill. -3 The lower part of the earth. -Comp-prapAtaH syatarkitAM gatimaGgena ca jIvitena ca Ku. 4. 22; Bh. B. 187. a steep precipice; a fall headlong from a precipice: gamanena Mu... -tam n. Unexpectedly. -Comp. pruipitute tall: manorathAnAmanaTaprapAtaH .6.10. of my hopes -Agata-upanata a. Ouring or befalling unexpectedly, there is a precipitate fall. (Some read the line as quite accidential, sudden; darzanolAsitalocanayA anayA manorathA nAma taTaprapAtaH and take it to mean verily our Mal.33 upapannaM darzanam Ku.G. . derires are like the crumblings of river banks'.) 9a7i . Inconceivable: bafiling thought or rouatathA ind. Not so; degucita .. not deserving that, soning. not used to such things: kezAnAmanathocitaH Rim. atala 1. Bottomless. -lam [asya bhUkhaNDasya nalaM pRSodeg 3170EUR#ind. Injustly, undeservedly. idamo'tvam ] N. of pAtAla or lower regions, one of the atadgu NaH (Rhet.) The non-borrower', N. of a 7 Patalas, being the first among them. -la: N. of tiguro of speech in which the thing in question does Siva. -Comp. --spRz -sparza .. [na, nale mpRzyate karmaNi not nume the quality of another, though there is a vip; na talasya spazI yatra] bottomlost, very deep, POTHOn for it: paraguNAnanuhArasvasya nasyAdatadguNaH: ... dhavalo' m fathornishle. si yaryApa sundara tathApi tvayA mama rajitaM hRdym| rAgapUrite'pi hRdye| atavyas .. Vel. Not very strong. mubhaga nihito na rakto'si ||K. P. 10:10 gaMgatAnyaguNa najhIkAramAhura- anama:.i. [ irda-tasila 11 Thon this from this tadgaNam / ciraM rAgiNi macitte nihito'pi na rajyAsa || Kuvail. (having comparative force): 31 car 349-3 at -Comp.-saMvijJAnaHN. of : Variety of Bahuvrilhi ty. yato viSNurvicakrame R. I.2.16: kima paramato narnayAsa mAm dRSTasamudramAnayaH atra guNIbhUtasya samadrasya nAnayane'nyayaH ini naH Bh. 3.6%3 ato'nyathA Ms.5.31. -2 from this or that bahuvrIhiH; lambakarNamAnaya iti tu tadguNasaMvijJAnaH. Tv. cause, lience, consequent, so, therefore (corr. to atantra .. [na. ba.] 1 Having no ropes or musical yat , yasmAt or hi, expressed or understoorl); antargata prANastrings (musical instrument): nAtantrI vAdyate vINA bhRtAM hi veda sarvaM bhavAnbhAvamato'bhidhAsye R.2.43,8.50, Ku.2. Ram. -2 restrained: not necessarily binding: , athAto brahmajijJAsA S. I. now therefore ke. -3 Hence, not being the object of the rule under consideration: from this place; henceforth (of time or place): (-param, hrasvagrahaNamatantrama, krIvatvaM 'ntram Sk. Something which is not -Urvam ), afterwards. -4 Then (corr. of yadi-yad ).-Comp. intended : on which there is no emphasis or stress -371-faiH on this account, hence, for this reason. (bArtika 2.81.1). -3 Without formulas or empiri- - Ta for this very reason. -Ja henceforth; aftercal actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) words. -param (.) further on, any longer (with abl.); Ancientitie statement: tatrAvijJAtagrahaNamatantramiti karAyeta / Thereafter: nivasiSyasi manyeva ata Urvama B. 12.8. (1) beyond SB. on MS. 6. 1. 7. 1941 meaningles ress, super this, further than this; 97342 Tha:974 S. 1. 16 more fluity, superfiuous nature. kiMtu itarambhin pakSe bAdhyatetarAM than this: ataHparaM nAsti mamottaram V.2000 I have nothing zrutiH / aindrazabdasyAtantratvAt | SB. OMN.6.1.20. more to say; (.) afterwards atandra-ndrita-na-la. Alert, unwearied, cereful, atasaH [atati gacchati ityatamaH ata-amaca Up.3.117 ] vigilant; atandritA sA khayameva vRkSakAna Ku.5.14, R. 17.39, 1 Wind, air. -2 The soul. -3 Agarment made of the H. Pr.33. i fibre of flax (a generally). -4 A weapon. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #57
atasiH 39 atikram atasi: Ved. [at-asic] A wandering mondicant. kannabyo anasInAM turo gRNIta martyaH Rv. 8.3.18. atasikA Flax: Bhag 3.2.4. see atasI 2.3. Bract 1 Comnion flax. -2 Hemp. -3 Linseed. (Mar. aLazI) anasIpuSpasaMkAzam Mb. 12.47.90 -4 A thicket, copse (?) ati il. [ ata-] 1 A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much', and showing utkarSa Surpassing, superior atyAzramAnayaM sarvAn Mb. 12.12.6. nAnidUre not very far from; kRza very lean: bhRzam very mueh also with verbs or ver bal forms: siktameva bhavatA Sk.; svabhAvo hyatiricyate &c. -2 (With verbs) Over, beyond: ati-igo beyond, overstep: 80 kram car vaha . In this ense ani is regarded as a preposition upasarga. -3 ()(Vith noms or pronouns) Beyond, pust, surpassing, superior to, oninent, respectable, distinguished, higher, a bove, (used with act. 28 karmapravacanIya, or as first member of Balh. or Tat. Comp. jyAzabdastAvabhau rezra 1977 T Ram. 6.75.37. in which last case it has totally the sense of eminence or higher degree: atigo, gAyaH, = prazastA gauH, zobhano gAryaH: rAjan an excellent king; or the sense of a must be understood with the latter member which will then ationd in the accusative case; atimartyaH = matryamatikAntaH; 'mAlaH, atikrAnto mAlAm ; 60 atikAya, kezara, q.v.): , atyAdityaM hutavahamukhe saMbhRtaM taddhi tejaH Me1.45. Surpossing the run. ati devAn kRSNaH 8k. mAnuSAnatigandharvAna sarvAna gandharva lakSaye b; "mAnupaM karma a deed which is beyond humen power,i.e. : superhuman action *T: past the whip (as a horse ), ummans geable; "tyad surpassing that; tvAm , tvAn him or them thatt surpasses or surpass thee, so "mAM, yUyaM .. () ( With nouns clericod from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinato, ex consive, extraordinary: e. s. "AdaraH excessive regard; degAzA extravagant hope; so bhaye, tRSNA, degAnandaH ke.ke.; atidAnAdU balibaddho naSTo maanaatsuyodhnH| vinaSTo rAvaNo laulyAdati sarvatra varjayet / / ef. 'extremes are ever bad.' (c) Untit, idle, improper, in the sense of asaMprati or kSepa 'comsure'; atinidram - nidrA samprati na yujyate Sk. The gaNaratnamahodadhi ivos the following senses of atiH--vikramAtikramAbuddhibhRzAtizayeSyati / .g. atirathaH rathAdhikaM vikramavAna ; degmatiH buddhapatikramaH; gahanaM buddharaviSayaH; taptaM bhRzata; degvegaH atirzAyano vegaH, Ci. also prakarSe laghane'pyati Nm. atikalyam early morning nAtikalyaM nAtisAyaM nAnimadhyandine sthite / gacchena ... Ms. 4. 140.. atikaza . Beyond the whip, unmanagor bleatikAmukaH A dog. atikAya . [atyutkaTaH kAyo yasya ]. Of tit extraordinary size, gigantie. -T: N. of Raksasa, son ofRavana, who was killed by Laksinant. atikRccha [prAdi0 sa.] 1. Very difficult. -cam-cThaH [atikrAntaM kRcchre prAjApatyam ] Extraordinary hardship, a kind of severe penance to be finished in 12 nights ekaikaM grAsamaznIyAn tryahANi trINi pUrvavan / yahaM copavasedantyamatikRcchaM caran dvijaH || Ms. 11.218. atikRtam Overdome, done too much, excess; sarvatrAtikRtaM loke vyasanAyopakalpate Ram. atikRtiH /1Overalong. -2N. of a metre oft lines, oach line contaming 25 syllables. atikezaraH [atiriktAni kezarANi yasya ] N. of an aqustic plint kubjaka Trapa Bipinostt.(Dr. ziMgADA) atikopa .. Free from anger, calm, nena caivAnikopena sa yajJaH sandhitastadA Mb.7.202.63. atikram 1U., + P.1(4) To step or pass beyond, gget accross, go over, eross yatkathayituM pravRttastatparityajya atidUramatikAnto'smi K. 346 led for away from my story, rambled, made a great digression; sapta kakSAntarANyatikamya 02; nimiSamAtreNAtidUramatikAmati 120; samIpeDaNyakAmantI M. 1. going so netr; atikramya tAMstAn vizeSAn M.57. (6) To pass over, press by, walk past, go beyond; senAnivezadezamanikamya Dk. 1. 10: kathamatikrAntamagasyAzramapadam v.7. is it pussed or left behind ; tasminnatikAmati 5.7. 31. idaM kadalI gRhamatikramya dRzyate Ratus. beyond the planthin-bower; tathAnikamya kailAsagiriH K. 1213 jambudvIpamatikramya ziziro nAma parvataH Rim; atikAmatyayam K..is going or departing. -2 To excel, surpass; (xceed (in number, strength dic.): irAvatImanikAmantI bhava . +. atikrAmantImiverAvatI prekSe 1.1; vRddhirnAtikAmati paJcatAm Ms. 8. 151; karNIsutamapyatikrAntaH Dk.74; kalAmu rUpe cApsaraso'pyatikrAntA 78%; surpassing, superior to; zaktimanatikamya yathAzakti Sk. -3 To transgress, violate, go beyond, overstep; janakAgrajanmanoH zAsanamatikramya Dk.2 nAlaM puruSo niyatilikhitAM lekhAmatikramitum 61; evamatikAntamayade tvayi Vo. 1, aye vAtsalyAdatikrAmati prasaGgaH Mal. 6.OLI, the event through excessive affection transgrenses all duo limits; atikramya sadAcAram K. 160, 181. -4 To exclude, pass by, neglect, set aside, leave; atikrAmetpramattaM yA mattaM rogArtameva yA Ms.9.78. kiM vA parijanamatikramya bhavAn saMdiSTaH .+. prathitayazasAM prabandhAnatikramya M. 1. to the exclusion of. - To go or pass away, ela pse, roll on as time); sA nizA aticakrAma Pt. 1; yathA yathA yauvanamaticakrAma K. zaizavama 74: bhavatAmayanikAmati devArcanavidhivelA 47; is pussing away (is being violatel); atikrAnte dazAhe Ms. 5.76; also trans. allow to pass; dvitrANi dinAnyatikramya atikathA 1 An exaggerated tule. -2 Idle or meaningless talk. --T. 1 Exaggerated, incredible (azraddheya). -2 Untit to be told. -3 Past narration or mention, dead, lost. -4 Swerving from one's caste traditions &c; la wloon. atikandakaH [ atiriktaH kando yamya ] N. of a troo hastikanda. atikarSaNam a. Afflicting very much, excessive exertion. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #58
atikramaH 40 atigraha Dk. 100; atyakAmamimAnmAsAMstadvadhaM paricintayan Ram.; nAhAra- velAtikramaNIyA K. 206. -6 To overcome. overpower, seize%3 vyAladvipa ivAsmAbhiratikramyaiva damyase Mv.3.31. by seizing or falling upon, by main force ; kenApi sattvena / atikramya 5. 6. -7 To lose ; sa hi svAmyAdatikAmet RtUnAM pratirodhanAn Ms. 9. 93. Caus. To let pass, allow to go. atikramaH 1 Act of overstepping, going beyond &c. -2 (4) Brench of decorum or duty: aho 31 : Mal. 7. (6) Transgression, violation ; 39317 kevalamupacArAtikrama pramASTamasmAkamayamArambhaH M. 4.5.(c) Trespass, disrespect, injury, opposition: brAhmaNa tyAgo bhavatAmeva bhUtaye // v.2. 10. refraining from all trespass Eugaimst Brahmana8%; dizatyapAyaM hi satAmatikramaH Ki. 11.9; kulAnyakulatAM yAnti brAhmaNAtikrameNa ca Ms. 3.03: etasminnatikrame paravatIyam M.3; gurujanAtikamAt K. 100%; zazino jyeSThAtikramaH56. transgression (passing through); marSaNIyo'yamArohaNAtikramaH 81; vAtsalyAdatikramo'pi Mv. 1 violation (of due limits or propriety ); My. 4. 25. -3 Lapse, passing away (of time); anekasaMvatsarAtikrame'pi U.4: velA maM kRtvA AgataH Pt.1; ucitavelAtikrame M.2; sandhyA Rim. -4 Overcoming, conquering, surpassing; mostly with dur; svajAti1ratikamA, svabhAvo duratikramaH &c. -5 Neglect, omission, disregard; kAmato retasaH sekaM vratasthasya dvijanmanaH / atikramaM vratasyAhurdharmajJA brahmavAdinaH // Ms. 11. 120. -6 A vigorous attack, determined onset (= abhikrama q.v.). -7 Excess. -8 Abuse, misupplication.-9 Imposition. faire pp. 1 Exceeded, surpassed, gone boyond &c.; sotikrAntaH zravaNaviSayam Me. 103; sudUramatikrAntaH K. OM departed, gome; manoratha darzanA Mal. 10 beyond the reach even of desire; fatal a: Mu. 5. + past the stage of thought; cakSurviSayAtikrAnteSu pakSiSu H. 1.-2 Pasts. gone by: kunRpati K.5, past, former : 169 Pt. 1. 333, Pt. 2, Bh. 3. 32; degpArthivaguNAn Mu. 1 former kings. -tam A past thing, thing of the past, the past; taM bhagavatI a M. 5 your ladyship is speaking of the past : degte dharyamavalambya tAm U. 3: kiM degupAlambhana II. 1; f. 'let byyones be bygones' SITI 4. with the moon in conjunction. atikrAntA N. of the sixth stage of the elephant's nmust; atikrAntAvastho gajapatiridaM sthAvaracaram , jagatsarvaM hantuM samabhilaSati phodhakaluSaH / Matunga L.9. 17. atikrAntiH Transgression; sthityatikrAntibhIrUNi...... / toyAni Ki. 11.4. atikramaNam Overstepping, spending of time, excess 3; fault, offence; tenAtikramaNena duHkhayati naH Mv. 3. 43. atikramaNIya potiy. To be transgressed or violated, to be desregarded, passed by, neglected or avoided : yaM me suhRdvAkyam 5.2. itastapasvikAryamito gurujnaajnyaa| dvayamapyanatikramaNIyam / 3,6,7; anatikramaNIyasya janmamRtyorivAgamam H. 4.74. atikruddha. Very angry. -duH [prA. sa.] N. of a Mantra mentioned in Tantras; (aSTAviMzatyakSaro ya ekatriMzadathApi vaa| atikruddhaH sa vijJeyo ninditaH sarvakarmasu // ). atikrUra u. Very cruel. -raH [prA. sa.] 1 A malignant planet such as Saturn, Mars &c. (krUrA vakrA atikrUrAH). -2N.of a Mantra in Tantras (triMzadakSarako mantrastrayastriMzadathApi vA / atikrUraH sa vijJeyo ninditaH sarvakarmasu).. atikSipta . [kSip-kta ] Thrown theyondd. -tam A kind of sprain or dislocation. atikhaTva .. Without a bulstead, able to dispense with a bed-stead. atigam 1P.1 To pass, elapse, pass away (as time); dazAhe'tigate Ram.-2 To overcome, exceed, excel, See atiga. -3 To pass over, pass by, neglect. -4 To pass away, die. -5 To escape. __atiga / [gam-Da | (in comp.) Exceeding, going beyond, transgending, excelling, surpassing; sarvaloka Mu. 1.25 kimoSadhapathAnigairupahato mahAvyAdhibhiH Mu. 6. 16. by diseases defying the powers of medicine, past the stage of physicking: bANedahAtigaiH R. 12.48 picrting through their bodies; To Ms. 7. 149 advanced in years, aged; saMkhyAtigAH saMpadaH Bh.S. 132; vapuHprakarSeNa janAtigena Ki.3.2. atigaNDa: 1N. of star of the ith lunar asterism. -2 A large cheek or temple. -3 One who has largo cheeks. atigandha .. Having an excessive or over powering smell. FET: 1 Sulphur. -2 N. of various plants: 7175, bhUtatRNa lemon-grass & mudgara. (Mar. sugaMdhI rohisa gavata, sonacAphA, baTamogarA) atigandhAlu N. of the plant putradAtrI. atigandhikA (= atigandhAlu) (Mar. piThavaNa DavalA). atigava 4. [ atikrAnto gAm ] 1 Very foolish, quite stupid. -2 Inexpressible, indescribable. atigahana,-gavhara u. Very deep, impenetriable. atiguNa 3. 1 Having excellent or superior qualities. -2 Devoid of merits, worthless [ guNamatikAntaH ]. -U: Excellent merits. __ atiguru . Very heavy (such as mercury &c.). -E: A very respectable person, such as a father, mother &c. (trayaH puruSasya atiguravo bhavanti pitA mAtA AcAryazca) atiguhA [ atikrAntA guhAM madhyAvakAzena ] N. of the plant pRznipI. (Mar. sAlavaNa). atigRhakam A lofty house, n terrace bhUmIgRhAMzcaityagRhAngRhAtigRhakAnapi Ram. 5. 12. 15. atigraha 9 P. To take beyond the usual measure. atigraha . [ atikrAnto graham ] Difficult to be comprehended, incomprehensible. -haH, -grAhaH 1 Object of an apprehensive organ, such as Fuf 'touch the object of tvaca, rasa of jilA &c. The Grahaa are eight For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #59
atigrAhya atithiH in number: prANa, vAca, jihvA, cakSus, zrotra, manas , hastI : tvaca : atijagatI [ atikrAntA jagatI dvAdazAkSarapAdAM ekAkSarAdhikyAt ] the correspondingatigrihas being apAna, nAman, rasa, N. of a class of metres belonging to the aticchandas rUpa, zabda, kAma, karman mparza. atha haina jAratkArava ArtabhAgaH class, with 13 letters in each line (prathamA'tijagatyAsAM sA papraccha yAjJavalkyeti hovAca kati grahAH kasyatigrahA iti| aSTau grhaa| dvipaJcAzadakSarA.) aSTAvatigrahA iti Bri. Up.a.2.1. -2 Right knowledge, atijana . [ atikrAnto janam ] Not tenanted or correct apprehension. -3 Act of overtaking, inha.bited. surpassing de-4 One who sizes or takes to a very great extent. atijAgara . Always walkeful. -ra: Tho black Curlew (nIlabaka). atigrAhya . To be held in check, to be controlled. hyaHN. The ot three libutions made at the Jyotistome atijAta..[atikrAntA jAta-jAti janakaM cA 1 (Opp. apajAta) sacritice. Superior to his parentage. atigha / anizayana hanti; han-Tak] 1 A weapon.-2 Worth. atijita .. Completely defeated, loka yatijitaM kRtvA hyAvAM hantumihenchati Ram. 3.70... atina.. Very dustructive. -ghnI [atizayana hanti duHkham / han-Tak] A hoppy state of complete oblivion which atijIva 1P.1 To survive, outlive. -2 To surpass drowns all thought of whatever is disagreeable in the ( in the mode of living); atyajIvadamarAlakezvarau R.19.15. past; atinImAnandasya gatvA Bri. Ar. Up.2.1.9. atijIvanam Surviving &c. aticamU . [camamanikAntaH ] Victorious over armies. atiDInam Extraordinary flight (of birds ). aticara 1 P. 1 To transgress, riolate; be unfaithful atitarAm , -atitamAm ind. [ ati-tara (ma) p Amu ] 10, offond (5 wife ke.); svaM svamAcAramatyacAriSuH / 1 more, higher (as bl.); nRttAdasyAH sthitatitarAM kAntam ..ti. Dk. 162 yathA cAhaM nAticare patIn / putrAH pitunatyacaranAryazcAtyacaran - 2 Excoedingly, very much; Xcessive, great; patAna Mb; dharma cArthe ca kAme ca nAticarAmi-vivAhamantra. -2 To "suduHsahaH R. 3. 373 kAntimApatsyate Mc. 15 will attain pass by, neglect, omit. -8 To overta ke, overcome; great splendour. -3 Above, higher in ruuk (acc.); surpass, excel. tasmAdvA ete devA rAmivAnyAn devAn Ken. 4.2. aticara .. Very changesble, transient. -rA [ati- atitIva-tIkSNa u. Very sharp, pungent. -kSNaHN. kamya svasthAnaM saro'ntaraM gacchati ] N. of the shrub libiscus of the plant zobhAana, -kSaNA (Mar. moharI ). -vrA dub Muta bilis (padminI, sthalapadminI or padmacAriNIlatA). gra.ss. aticaraNam Excessive practice, overdoing. atitRSNA Rapacity, excessive greed or desire%3B aticAra: 1 Transgression. -2 Excelling, -3 Over- OEOT 7 or Pt. 5 One should not be too greedy. -501 taking &c. -4 Accelerated motion of planets (kujAdi- a. Rapacious, very greedy. paJcagrahANAM svasvAkrAntarAziSu bhAgakAlamuladhya rAzyantaragamanam); atita 1P. To cross, pass or got over, surniount, passage from me zodiacal sign to another. -5 Violation Overcome; durgANyAtataranti te H.+. 1. 1. tayArAtmanazca kSudhamaof justick. KI. A.. nyatArSam Dk. 16jsatistied or appeased hunger; nepi cAtifa af . Transgressing, surpassing &c. narantyeva mRtyu zrutiparAyaNAH Bg. 13.25 cross beyond death. aticiram dr. Very long; raM mayA kRtaM Rastl. I. atitaraNam Crossing, surmounting. I have been very late; nAticiraM gatAyAM ca tasyAm K. 178 atitArin a. Crossing, overcoming. she had not long left when fe. atithiH[atati gacchati na tiSThati; at-ithin Un. 1.2 aticchatraH-grA,-cchatrakA [ atikrAntaH chatraM tulyAkAraNa ] Titu traveller'; according to Manu ekarAtraM tu nivasana A mushroom, miss, principally Anesum or Anethum atithibrahmiNaH smRtaH / anityaM hi sthito yasmAttasmAdatithirucyate // Sowa (Mar. zopA) N. of mother plant, Barleria 3. 102 of also yasya na jJAyate nAma na ca gotraM na ca sthitiH / Longifoli:. (97: is suid by Amar to be UET :) akasmAd gahamAyAtaH so'tithiH procyate budhaiH // ] I Agust (tig. (Mer. zenagavata ); and 'trA = zatapuSpA (Mar. zopa). also); atithineva niveditam 5.4; kusumalatApriyAtithe .6 devr aticchedaH (v. 1. anicchandaH) trent disparity ati- / or welcome guest : purandarapurAtithiSu pitRSu DR.2 the guests dAnivAdAbhyAM smayo'yaM samupAgataH Mb. 13. 120.9. of Indra's capital i.e. dead; 40 samare yamanagarAtithirakAri 123; dhanyAnAM zravaNapathAtithitvameti (uktam) Rain.2.7 becomes aticchandaH-das [atikrAntaH chandaH-ndaM vA] 1 Free from i guest of, i. c. yoos to or falls in the ourn of the worldly desires. -2 Exceerling thought or will. -3 fortunste only: karoti te mukhaM tanvi capeTApAtanAtithim K.P. One who violates Vedic traditions of conduct. -s /... / -2 Wrath. -3 N. of a soll of Kua und Kunudvati 1N. of two classion of metres (atikrAntA chandaH vRttAnusAri and grandson of hima. -Comp. -kriyA -pUjA, varNavinyAsabhedam )--2 Fontliness, inclination. -satkAraH satkiyA, "sevA hospitable reception of saM. I. ko....6 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #60
atithin guests, rite of hospitality, hospitality, attention to the guests deva a. [ atithideva iva pUjyo yasya ] treating the guest as God. dharmaH title or claim to hospitality; hospitality due to guests; gRhyatAM : Pt. 1; yadi tvatithidharmeNa kSatriyo gRhamAvrajet Ms. 3. 111 should come as guests -dharmin n. entitled to hospitality as greet prAptI kuTumbetithidharmiNI bhojayAsaha stAnAnRzaMsyaM prayojayat // I Ms. 3. 112. -qfa: the host or entertainer. atithin . Ved. Travelling, wandering. sAdhvaryA atithinIH Rv. 10. 68.3. -. ( thI ) N. of a King, also called sudoSa and atithi, atithigvaH An epithet of Divodasa whom the gods helped in overcoming Sambara. atidagdha a. Badly or excessively burnt. -gdham A bad kind of burn. atidAnam Munificence, liberality atida Chan. 50. atidAha : Violent inflammation. atidiz 6 P. 1 To assign, to make over, transfer. -2 To extend the application of, extend by analogy; pradhAnamanathAbena atidizati S.B. janapada beti karaNe ye pratyayA uktAste'trAtidizyante P. IV. 3. 100 Sk. IV. 1. 151 Mbh. , atidezaH 1 Transfer, making over, assigning. -2 (Gram.) Extended application, application by analogy, transference of one attribute to another, attraction of one case or rule to another; atidezo nAma itara dharmasya itarasmin prayogAya Adeza: ( mImAMsA ); or anyatraiva praNItAyAH kRtsnAyA dharmasaMhateH / anyatra kAryataH prAptiratidezaH sa ucyate // prAkRtAt karmaNo yasmAttatsamAneSu karmasu / dharmapravezo yena syAdatidezaH sa ucyate | This atideza is of o kinds : zAstra', kArya', nimitta, vyapadeza & rUpa. Thus in Grammar prakRtivikRtiH karmaNA karmavatyaH or vada, vidvat vyapadezivadbhAvaH & iNvadikaH are instances. gosadRzo gavayaH is an instance of rUpAtideza or analogy; vAkyArthasyAtidezasya smRtirvyApAra ucyate Bhasa. P. 80. atideza is generally expressed by words showing likeness or resemblance, such as iva, vat, sadRza &c. ef. also atidezo nAma ye paratra vihitA dharmAstamatItyAnyatra teSAM dezaH / SB. on MS. 7. 1. 12. atideza forms the subject mattar of the 7th and the 8th adhyAyas of jaimini s 's mImAMsAsUtra. For its various divisions and subdivisions read: sa ca nAmnA vacanena vA / tatra nAma trividhamAtidezikaM karmanAma, saMskAranAma, yaugikamiti vacanaM pratyakSatamAnumAnikaM ca (SB. ibid. ). atidIpyaH [ atizayena dIvate] A plant, Planbago Haven (raktacitra) atidUra . Very far "rAtreNasanlly with na (gen.) not far from : nAtidUre tapovanasya S. 1. atideva: The Supreme or highest God ; N. of Siva. atidvaya . [ dvayamatikAntA nAsti dvayaM yasva vA ] Surpassing the two (bRhatkathA and vAsavadattA ), or having no second or 42 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir atipAtita equal, incomparable, matchless; dhiyA nibaddheyamatidvayI kathA K. 5. atidhanvan m. [ atyutkRSTaM dhanuryasya ] 1 An unrivalled archer or warrior. -2 That which surpasses a maru or desert [ dhanvAnamatikrAntaH ]. atidharmaH The highest type of Dharma ; Ram. 7. atidhRtiH [ atikAntA vRti aSTAdazAkSarapatim ekAkSarAdhikyAt ] 1 N. of a class of metres belonging to the aticchandas group, consisting of 4 lines with 19 syllables in each ( santatisvatidhRtiH) - Nineteen. atidhenu a. Distinguished for his cows (P. I. 4. 3. comm.). atinAman N. of risi of the Saptarsi group of the sixth Manvantara. atinASTra . Vod. Out of danger. 6. atinivR (vR) t / N. of a Vedic motre of 3 Padas, the number of syllables in each being respectively 7, 6 and 7 ; ( SaTkaH saptakayormadhye stotRRNAM vivAcIti / yasyAH sAtininAma gAyatrI dizAkSarA ). atinidrA Excessive sleeping. dra . 1 Given to excessive sleep. -2 Without sleep, sleepless. -im ind. Past sleeping time (nidrA samprati na yujyate ), atinirdhArin a. Very attractive (as an attributive of smell ); AmodaH so'tinirhArI Ak atinau-nu . [ atikrAnto nAvam ] Disembarkod, landed. atipaJcA pacavarSamatikAnta ] A girl post five. atipat 1 P1 To pass over neglect, omit, transgress. -2 To fly by, beyond or over; to cross. -Caus. 1 To delay, neglect; see atipAtya below. -2 To disrespect, offend; ye satyameva hi gurUnatipAtayanti Mu. 3. 33. transgress, violate; atipAtitakAlasAdhanA Ki. 2. 42.8 To cause to fly past or by. - To make ineffectual; saMzamanamevaM saMzodhanamatipAtayati Susr. -5 To snatch away, drag away. atipatanam Flying poet or beyond; omission, neglect, missing, transgressing: exccoding, going beyond due bounds. atipAtaH 1 Passing away, lapse ( of time ); aho kAladeg taH Mal. 2. -2 Neglect, omission; trans gression ; na cedanyakAryAtipAtaH S. 1 if no other duty be neglected thereby, if it should not interfere with ( the discharge of ) any other duty; deviation from established laws or customs. -3 Befalling, occurrence ; duHkhAtipAtena kaluSIkriyante. K. 289; jaladhArAtipAtaH 302 falling. -4 Ill-treatment, or usage. 5 Opposition, contrariety. -6 Destruction; prANAtipAtanirato niranukrozatAM gataH Ram. 1. 59.21. atipAtita / / 1 Put off, delayed &c. -2 Quite or entirely broken akhi niHzeSatacitramatipAtinam Sur -tam Complete fracture of a bone. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #61
atipAtin atipAtin a. 1 Acute, running a rapid course. -2 Surpassing in speed, swifter than (in comp. ); tatAra vidyAH pavanAtipAtibhirdizo haridbhirharitAmivezvaraH R. 3. 30. atipAti kAryamidam / paJcarAtram 2. atipAtya pot. p. To be delayed or put off; kAmamanatipAtyaM dharmakArya devasya S. 5. atipatraH [ atiriktaM bRhat patraM yasya ] The teak tree, or the hastikandavRkSa. (Mar. sAga ). atipathin nt. A better road than common, a good road. -2 atipad 4 A 1 To go beyond; spring over. To neglect, omit, transgress. -Cans. To allow to pass by. atipada . [ atikrAntaH padam ] 1 Having no feet. -2 Too long by one foot. atipattiH 1 Going beyond passing bapee dezakAlAtipattau ca gRhItvA svayamarpayet V. 2. 169. -2 Nonperformance, failure nimita kiyA P. III. 3. 139. (the conditional is used instead of the poten - tial, when the non-performance of an action is implied ) - 3 [ pattim atikrAntaH ] One surpassing a foot-soldier. atipanna 1. P. Gone beyond transgressed, missed, past &c. atipara . One who has vanquished his enemies. - raH A great or superior enemy. atiparicaya: Excessive familiarity or intimacy; Prov. atiparicayAdavajJA 'Familiarity breeds contempt.' atiparokSa a. 1 Far out of sight, not discernible : vRtti obsolete (words ). -2 Not hidden, visible. atipAtakam A very heinous sin, iment, mAtRgamane duhitRgamanaM spAma saragama va zrINAM atipAtakAni ucyante ). atipAdanica (vRt N. of a Vedic Metre of 3 padas, the number of syllables in each being respectively 6, 8 and 7. atiprabandhaH Great continuity; "hinASTabhiH II. 3. .58. very rapidly or in rapid succession. atiprage ind. Very early in the morning, in the early dawn nAtiprage nAtisAyaM na sAyaM prAtarAzitaH (bhuJjIta ). Ms. 4. 62. atipravRddha 1 Overbearing prasthAtiddhasya Ms. 6. 320. -2 Grown very much. atimA atikampa maryAdA pra] A question about transcendental truths; a vexatious or extravagant question that is asked, though a satisfactory reply has already been given; e. g. Valaki's question to Yajfiavalkya about Brahman in bRhadAraNyakopaniSad 43 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir atibhArika atiprasaGgaH, -prasUktiH / 1 Excessive attachment; nAtiprasaGgaH pramadAsu kArya: Pt. 1. 187; strISvatiprasaGgAt Dk. 101. -2 Over-rudeness, impertinence; tadviramAtiprasaGgAt U. mA bhUtpunarbata kathaMcidatiprasaGgaH Mv. 3. 16 indiscretion or imprudence; yadetAvataH paribhavAtiprasaGgasya tulyaM syAt Mv. 5 an insult. -3 Extraordinary or unwarrantable stretch of n (grammatical) rule, or principles also = ativyApti q. v. - 4 A very close contact; atiprasaGgAdvihitAmasI muduH Ki. 8. 33 (avicchedana) Prolixitys alamatiprasaGgena Mu. 1. atipreSitam The time after the ceremony in which the Mantras are used. atiprauDhA A girl who has attained a marriageable age, a grown up girl. atibala a. Very stronger or powerful; jayatyatibalo rAmo lakSmaNazca mahAbala: Ram. -la: An eminent or matchless warrior (atiratha ). -lam 1 Great strength or power. - 2 A powerful army. -lA 1 N. of a medicinal plant, Sidonia Cordifolia and Rhombifolia ( Mar. cikaNA, cikaNI ) - 2 N. of a powerful charm or lore taught by Visvamitra to Rama:- gRhANa dve ime vidye balAmatibalAM tathA / na te zramo jarAssvAbhyAM bhavitA nAGgavaikRtam / na ca suptaM pramattaM vA dharSayiSyanti nairRtAH / na ca te sadRzo rAma vIryeNAnyo bhaviSyati // sadevanaranabhiSu pumAMkhiSu na saubhAgye na dAkSiNye vRddhiti pauruSe // nottare pratipattavye tvattulyo vA bhaviSyati / etadvidyAdvayaM prApya yazazcAvyayamApsyasi // balAmatibalAM caiva jJAnavijJAnamAtarau / kSutpipAse ca te rAma nAtyarthaM pIDayiSyataH || jayazra durgakAntAra pradezeSvaTavISu ca / sAratAM triSu lokeSu gamiSyasi ca rAghava // pitAmahasute hyete vidye cAyurbalAvahe / Ram. 1. 22. See tau balAtibalayoH prabhAvato R. 11. 9 also.-3 N. of one of Daksa's daughters. atibAlaka a. Childish, puerile. -kaH An infant. atibAlA [ atikrAntA bAlyAvasthAm ] A cow two years old; varSamAtrA tu bAlA syAdatibAlA dvivArSikI. fang: Having extraordinary arms. N. of a of the fourteenth Manvantara. Hariv.; N. of a Gandharva; Mb. atibrahmacaryam Over continence, or abstinence (oppatimaithunam ) [a] One who has viola ted the student's life, who cohabits with women. atibhaGgam A pose in which the idol is bent in more than two or three places; Abha samabhaca atibhaGga tridhA bhavet / Mana. 67.95-36. atibha (bhA) 1 Excessive burden, great load; ko'tibhAraH samarthAnAm Pt. 1. 22 iti manasi nyastacintAtibhAraH Rath. 3.5; sA muktakaNThaM vyasanAtibhArAt cakranda R. 14.62 through excessive grief; duHkhAtibhAro'pi laghuH sa mene Ki. 3. 33.-2 Speed. -3 Excessive obscurity (of a sentence). -Comp. - [ atibhAraM gRhItvApi gacchati ] amule atibhArika a. Very heavy ( burdensome) rAkSasa:yadi na guhyaM nAtibhArikaM vA tataH zrotumicchAmi / Mu. after 6.15. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #62
atibhIH atibhIH / [ ati bibheti asyAH darzanAt bhI-kipU] Lightning flash of Indra's thunderbolt. atibhU 1 P. 1 To spring forth, arise: zabda ghoro'tibabhUva Mb. 2 To surpass, excel: to overcome, subdue, overpower. pratibhavaH Surpassing, delenting, eonqueringatibhU . Surparing all epithet of Vispu atibhUmiH/ 1 Excess, culmination, highest pitche * miM gam - yA to go to excess, to reach the climax : mi tasyA abhinivezo gamiSyati Mal. 2; degmiM gatAnurAgaH 7 tatra sarvalokasya miM gataH pravAdaH bid widely known, become notorious, noised abroad; mimayaM gato na zakyate nivartayituma K. 15000 sarvotsavAnAmatibhUmimiyAdhizayAnA 138 sarvapAnimi Dk. 30 : miM gatena raNaraNakena e. 1, praNayAtibhUmimagamana Si 978, 10. 80. -2 Boldness, impropriety, violation of due limits (amaryAdA): vipadi na dUSitAnibhUmiH Si. 3. 20. -3 Eminenue, superiority. -4 Extensive land. atibhojanam Voracity, surfeiting oneself, excess in entingg. atimaGgalya a. Very auspicious. N. of a troe (bilvavRkSa ). atimatiH / -mAnaH 1 Haughtiness, too great pride; atimAnazca bAlazca durvinItazca Ram. 6. 87. 27. atimAne ca kauravAH Chan. 50. -2 extent taruNagaNikA gaNa jegIyamAnayAnimAnayA Dk. 1. atimAna . [ mAnamatikrAntaH ] Immeasurable, very great or wide (as fume ) : nayA kIrtyA Dk. 1. atimAyaM mAnuSa... 4. Superhuman. kRtavAnkila vIryANi saha rAmeNa kezavaH / atimartyAni... Bhag 1. 1.20. atimaryAda . Exceeding due limits. arfara: Close contact. 11. atimAMsa [ atizayitaM mAMsaM yatra ] Fleshy, plump fat, as jabbA, arASTra &c. atimAtra ... [ atikrAnto mAtrAm atizayitA mAtrA pramANaM yasya vA ] Exceeding the proper measure, inordinate, excessive: bhAkharatvam M. 1. 13; (in comp.) very much, sund :hAna S. 4.3 quite inapport able: lohitatalI 1. 2); munitrataistvAmatimAtrakazitA Ku. 5. 48. - tram - mAtrazaH ind. Beyond measure, inordinately, exereively. 44 atimAya d. [ mAyAmatikrAntaH] Finally liberatel, emancipated from the Maya or illusion of the world.. adbhutAkRtimimAmatimAyastvaM bibharSi karuNAmaya mAyAm Ki. 18.30. atimAruta a. Very windy. -a, -ara: A strong hurricane, storm, violent gust of wind. atimita . 1 Over-measured, excessive. -2 [ a-timina] Not wet. atimitram A great friend, epithet of a very friendly constellation, atiric atimukta . 1 Entirely free from worldly desires, finally emancipated. -2 Bren, seedless. -3 Surpassing, ( a necklace of ) pearls: atimuktamazritakesarAvalI Mal. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 8. ktaH ktakaH 1 A kind of creeper ( mAdhavI, Mar. or granz ) represented as twisting itself round the mango tree and as the beloved of that tree; ka idAnIM sahakAramantareNAtimuktalatAM pallavitAM sahate 5.3: parigRhANa gate sahakAratAM tvamatimukalatAcaritaM mayi M. 4.1. -2 N of a tree, Dalbergia Oujeinensis (niniza ). -3 (ktakaH ) Mountain ebony ; N. of a tree called harimantha ( tindukavRkSa, tAlavRkSa also ). atimuktiH / mokSaH Final liberative (fren death ), nadyeyaM vAkU so'yamabhiH sa hotA sa mukti: mAtimukti: / Bri Up. 3. 1. 3. tadyadidaM manaH so'sau candraH sa brahmA sa muktiH sAtimuktirityatimokSA atha saMpadaH | Bri Up. 3. 1. 6. ati mRtyu a. Overcoming death. -tyu: Find liberation from death (mokSa) tameva vidinyAinigmeti nAnyaH pA vidyate UP. safant 1 Very great fragrance. -2 N. of a plant navamahikA, Jasminum Heterophyllum or Arboreum. (Mar. mogarA ) atiyayaH A kind of barley. atiyazas a Very famous; iti tenAniyamA rAkSasenAbhicoditA Ram. 6. 89.19. atiyAta .. Very speedy, Mb. 3. 2019. atiyogaH Over-flows excess. atiraMhas Very fleet or swift sAraGgeNAtiraMhasA S. 1. 5. atirakta a. Very red or very much attached. kA N. of one of the 7 tongues of Agni. atirathaH [anikAnto rathaM rathinam ] An unrivalled_warrior, fighting from his car (amitAna yodhayedyastu saMprokto'tirathastu saH ) : dattvA'bhayaM so'tirathaH Ve. 3. 28. Several Atirathas are mentioned in Bharata Udyoga.parvan ( sthAtirathasaMkhyAnaparva 9) madrarAjo maheSvAsaH zalyo me'tiratho manaH Mb. 5. 165.26. atirabhasaH Great speed, precipitatoness, head-long speed, rashness : kRtAnAM karmaNAm Bh. 2.99: darzana prabhAvitena K. 192; great hurry. atirasA (Very juices ) N. of various plants, mUrvA, rAsnA and kItanaka. (Mar. moravela, rAsnA, jyeSThamadha ). atirAgaH Enthusiasm: ziro'tirAgAddazamaM cikartipuH Si.. 1. 49. atirAjan m. 1 An extraordinary or excellent king. -2 One who surpasses a king. atirAtra . Ved. [atikrAnto rAtrima] Prepared over night. brAhmaNAso atirAtre na some saro na pUrNamabhito vadantaH Rv. 7. 103.7, traH [ atizayitA rAtriH, tataH astyarthe ac] 1 An optional part of the Jyotistoma sacrifice ( ekarAtrasAdhyagavAmayane prathamasaMsthaH yAgabhedaH ) - 2 Dead of night. For Private and Personal Use Only atiric (Gen. used in pass. ) 1 To surpass, excel, he superior to (with abl. azvamedhasahasebhyaH satyamevAti

Page #63
atirikta ativAhita ricyate H.4. 1813; gahaM tu gRhiNIhInaM kAntArAdatiricyate Pt. 4. 81; vAcaH kAtiricyate ' example is better than precept': sormetimes with acena ca nArAyaNo'trabhavantamatiricyate K. 203; or used by itself in the sense of 'to be supreme', 'prevail', 'triumph', 'predomimate', ' be mightier'; anyonyaguNavaizeSyAnna kizcidatiricyate Ms.9.2.10 none is supreme or higher than another; 12.25; 80 devamatrAtiricyate, svabhAvo'tiricyate I. 1. 16%; svalpamapyatiricyane H. 2 is of great importance. -2 To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous. atirikta pp. 1 Surpassed, excelled; sarvAtiriktasAreNa R. 1. 14 strength exceeding that of all crentures; ga. janmAtiriktena mahotsavena K. 137 surpassing the birth of a son. -2 Redundant, superfluous, remaining over and above: paripUritahRdayAtiriktaharSamiva K.6 not contained in the heart. -3 Excessive, exuberant. -4 Unequalled, unsurpassord: supreme, elevatel samabhuvAnAH sahasA' Afath Ki. 17. 33 being raised up or clevated. -5 Different (generally vyatirikta im this semse, q.v.). -6Quite empty. -Comp. -aGga a. having a redundant limb (a finger, toe &c.). (-gam) a redundant limb or member. ati (tI)reka [rica-ghaJ] 1 Excess, exuberance, excellence, eminence; pauruSAtirekaH 0.6; 80 mada', vIrya, Jor &c. -2 Rolundaney, surplus, superfluity. -3 Difference. atiruca. [rocate iti ruk strINAM UrudezaH; atikrAnto rucam Tv. ] 'The knee. f. A very berutiful woman. atirucira a. Very lovely. -rA N. of two metres, the one : varioty of atijagatI, and the other also ealled cUDi-li-kA. atirUkSa 1.1 Very rough or barren; lroid of affection, Tuel. -2 Very affevtion:sto[anikAnto manama] i - N. of : variety of grain. atirUpa / / .1Formless, such is wind. -2 Very beautiful. -pama Tirent beauty: NdegvanI kanyA. -paH . [atikrAnto rUpam ] the Suprene leing. atirekaH // . 1 Surplus, exea6. -2 Differences; Mb.3.2.3. atirecaka: N. of a plant which is excessively purgative. (Mar. kAMkoLI.) atirai . (ri.) Exceerling omes income, extravagant. atirogaH Comsumption. ati-ro-lomaza a. Very hairy, shaggy. -za: 1A wild goat. -2 A large monkey. -zA A pot-herb (nIlabuhA) Convolvulus Argenteus. (Mar. zaMkhavela) - atilaGghanam 1 Excessive fasting. -2 Transgression; na yuktamatrAryajanAtiladhanam Ki. 14.9. atiladhin n. Erring, committing mistakes: nartakIrabhinayAtiladhinIH R. 19.14. atilihA N. of a Prakrita. Metre of four lines with 16 Matras in each. atilola . very delicate, S. 1. atilolyatA Greedinegs. bAlizena purA yo'sau atilauvanayA kRtH| Parnal. 2. ativakta a. Very talkative, garrulous: AkroSTA cAtivaktA ca brAhmaNAnAm Mb. fara a. Very crooked. -#: N. of the five planets (bhauma and others); ativakA nagASTake iti jyotiSoktaM sUryasya saptamASTamasthitivazAt pUrvagativiparItapazcAdganizAlibhaumAdipaJcakam Tv. ativayas a. Very old, aged, advanced in years. ativarNAzramin m. One who is beyond castes and orders (yo vedAntamahAvAkyazravaNenaiva kevalam / AtmAnamIzvaraM veda soDa nivarNAzramI bhavana). ativartanam .. Perdonable offence: dazAtivartanAnyAhuH Ms.8.290. ativartula .. Very round. -la: N. of a grain or pot-herb ( kalAyavizeSa.) ativaha 1 P. To earry over or across. -Caus. 1 To spend, pass (as time); kiM bA mayApi na dinAnyativAhitAni Mal... 13ativAhayAM babhUvatriyAmAm R.9.70; RtUna 19.47. -2 To let puns over, get through sucessfully; guhAvisArINyativAhitAni mayA kathaMcid ghanagarjitAni R. 13. 28 allowed to pan over my hend, ondured; sa zApastenAtivAhita: Ks. 33. 91. -3 To rid oneself of, elude, soid; +44125biTapAndhakAre pravizya enamativAhayAvaH Retm.2get out of his way, elude his pursuit and thus choat him). -4 To transplant, remove (to another place), bring or carry over; alakAmativAjhava vasati vasusaMpadAm Ku.6.37. -5 To follow, trend (as a path): lokAtivAhine mArga Sarva.S. ___ ativAhaH [atItya deI. anyadehe vAhaH prApaNam sa. ta.] 1 Pussing or convesing of the sUkSmazarIra, the subtle principle of life, to the bodient the oxpiry of good actions (3470) contributing to the enjoyment of worldly pleasures. -2 Carrying over. ativAhakaH [ atItya etaM dehaM bAhayati dehAntaraM prApayati : vah-bul ] The deity or spirit appointed by God to help in the conveying of the jIva or sUkSmazarIra in the above manner. __ ativAhanam 1 Passing, sponding. -2 Excessive toiling or enduring, bearing too much lond; too heavy burden: H. 3. -3 Despatching, sending away, ridding oneself of; kathamasya' na bhaviSyati Pt. 5. how shall I rid myself of him? ativAhika . [ativAho'styasya-Than ] Able to convey to other bodies, See ativAha. ativAhita pp. Spent, passed. -ta: An inha bitant of the lower world.-tam (sUkSmazarIram) = ativAha.q.v. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #64
ativAdaH ativAdaH 1 Very harsh, a busive or insulting language, reproof; yaH pareSAM naro nityamativAdAMstitikSate / devayAni vijAnIhi tena sarvamidaM jitam // Mb. 1. 79. 1. ativAdAMstitikSeta Ms. 6. 47; reprimand, correction ; ativAdAdvadAbhyeSa mA dharmamabhizaDiyA Mb. 2 Exaggerated talk hyperbole ( atyukti); ativAdaM zaMsati ativAdena vai devA asurAn atyuya athainAnatyAyan Ait. Br. ativAdina . Talkative, very eloquent; exclusively establishing one's own assertion; prANo hyeSa yaH sarvAta vijAnanvidvAnbhavate nAtivAdI Mupl. 3.1.. ativAsa: Fast on the day preceding a Sraddha. ativikaTa . Very fierce -TaH A vicious elephant. ativiSa 1 Very pormous 2 Counteracting poison. -SA N. of a poisonous vet highly medicinal plant (Mar. ativiSa or ativikha) Aconitum Ferox. ativistaraH Prolixity, diffuseness: U. 1; Mal.1. ativRt 1 A. (P. in epic poetry ) 1 To pass over or by, cross (as a place &c.). upAsate puruSaM ye kAmAste zukrametadativartanti dhIrAH Mund 3.2.1. -2 (a) To go beyond exceed (fig.] also): vAgmivAtimAcAryam [Mal.1. 26 exceeding or transcending the powers of speech, indescribable; mukulA vasthAmativRtteSu taNDuleSu Dk. 132; kA te stutiH stutipAdativRttAH M. 4. 23 transcending praise (i) To offend, overstep, transgress, violate; yo'syAH zAsanamativarteta Dk. 167; ko'tivartate daivam 51 who can transgress the decrees of Fate? ko'nyo jIvitukAmo devasya zAsanamativartata M. 3. dUto'tivartate Si. B. 19. () To neglect, omit, let slip. (d) To have no regard to, disregard, slight: offend (especially by unfaithfulness), injure ; zapathazatAtivatI 1k62 disregarding; RtusnAtAM satI bhAryA... ativarteta duSTAtmAH yathAhaM karmaNA vAcA zarIreNa ca rAghavam / satataM nAtivarteya Ram apatyalobhAd yA tu strI bhartAramativartate Ms. 5. 161. - 3 ( a ) To surpass, excel: manuSyasaMkhyAmativartituM vA Ki. 3. 40, eSa janatAtivartino Si. 11. 59: bAndhavasnehaM rAjyalo bho'tivartate Ks. 41.405 to outweigh, preponderate. (1) To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of: get over, escape or get loose from: asAdhyAnativartante pramehA rajanIM yathA Susr.: kimAcAraH kathaM caitAMstrIn guNAnativartate Bg. 11. 21 transcend these three qualities; daivaM pauruSeNa Mb., Dk. 73, Ks. 121.67. -4 ( Intrans.) To pass away, glide away, elapse (as time ); to be late or delay; evaM tayoH pratyahamanyonyAhArAdi dAnena kAlo'tivartate H. 1: mahatA snehena kAlo'tivartate H. 2; samayo nAtivartate Mv. 6; ASoDazAdU brAhmaNasya sAvitrI nAtivartate Ms. 2. 38 is not late ( nAtikrAntakAlA bhavati ) - 5 To go away from, leave, abandon (abl.); yathA me hRdayaM nityaM nAtivartati rAghavAt Ram. - Caus. 1 To slight, not to heed, disregard suhRdazvAtivartitAH Dk. 136. -2 To let out, discharge (as excrement). ativartanam A pardonable offence or misdemeanour ; exemption from punishment; ten cases are mentioned 46 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ativyAptiH in_Ms. 8. 290 ( yAnasya caiva yAtuva yAnakhAmina eva ca / dazAti:vartanAnyAhuH zeSe daNDeo vidhIyate // ) ativartin . 1 Crossing, surpassing, excelling; bhuvanAtivartinA ojasA Ki. 12. 21; passing, overstepping, transgressing, violating &e. Bhag. 6.17.12.-2 Excessive. -3 Foremost. ativRttiH / 1 Surpassing violation transgression. -2 Exaggeration, hyperbole. -3 Violent effusion (as of blood); excessive action. "" ativardhanam Excessive growth, increase, adding to increasing; etatkhalu vyajanAnilairati (bhi) vardhanaM prabhaJjanasya yadasmadvidhaiH paribodhanamAryasya K. 289; cf. Carrying coals to New Castle", or "To gild refined gold, to paint the lily, ...or with taper-light the eye of Heaven to garnish is wasteful and ridiculous excess ". ativRddha . Very old very much grown : N. of a Mantra in Tantras; catuHzataM samArabhya yAvadvarNasahasrakam / ativRddhaH sa mantrastu sarvazAstreSu varjitaH // ddhA A very old cow ( unable to chew grass &c.). ativiSThita a. 1 One who fights bravoly: visrucdhAnatifafar Ram. 4. 18. 38. -2 One who transgresses the limits, Mb. 3215. 16. arfaaf: f. Excessive or heavy rain, one of the six calamities of the season. See fa. arfaaaa. Moving or moved with great velocity, quick in motion bhImAnaMda ke devate pakRSyante sudUramativegitAH // ativedhaH Close contact, N. of the contact of dazamI and ekAdazI (aruNodayavedhaH syAt sArdhaM tu ghaTikAdvayam / ativedho dvighaTikA prabhAsaMdarzanAdraveH // iti smRtyuktaH ekAdazyAH dazamI saMparkabhedaH Tv.). ativela ... anikAla maryAdAM kUlaM vA ]1 Exeooding the due limits or boundary ( as the water of the sea ). -2 Excessive, extravagant; boundless, kiM mAmidAnImativelamAttha Mb. 3. 34. 7. -lam adr. 1 Excessively. -2 Out of season, unseasonably. ativaizasa .. Very intense; AtatAyibhirutsRSTA hiMsrA vAco'tivaizasAH Bhag. 3. 19.21. ativyathanam - thA Inflicton of great pain; cf. sapatraniSpavAdativyathane P. V. 4. 61. ativyAptiH / 1 An unwarrantable stretch of a rule or principle. -2 Including what is not intended to be included in a proposition (in Nyaya) including or covering too much, unwarranted extension of a definition to things not intended to be defined by it, so that it includes such things as ought not to fall under it; one of the three faults to which a definition is open ; alakSye lakSaNagamanam ativyAptiH; yathA manuSyo brAhmaNaH iti lakSaNasya zUdre'tivyAptiH, tasyAmi manuSyatvAt. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #65
atizakkarI atisara atizaka (ka) rI A class of metres containing + atizAyin . [zI-Nini]1 Excelling, surpassing%3B lines, with 15 syllables in each. It has 18 varieties. 37414deg &c. -2 Excessive. -aft N. of a metre. atizaktiH over-work., dravyANAmatizaktyA'pi deyameSAM sfaatt: Remainder ; remnant (as of time); a kRtAdapi Mb. 12.23.1.14. sinall remainder. atizreyasiH [zreyasImatikrAntaH] A man superior to atizarvaram Ved. The dead of night. the most excellent woman. atizastra . Surpassing weapons; 'nakhanyAsaH R. 12.73 fara a. 1 Surpassing in strength a dog (such the nail-wounds surpassed the wounds of swords. asa boar&c.). -2 Worse than adog. -zvA Service%3B atizI 2 A. 1 To surpass, execl; pUrvAnmahAbhAga tayAs ct. sevA lAghavakAriNI kRtadhiyaH sthAne zvavRttiM viduH M.3.14 tizeSe 1.5.14 caritena cAtizayitA munayaH Ki.6.32, Bk. 7. -zvaHN. of a tribe. 46, 8. 1; na zaknumo vayamAryasya matitizayitum Mu.B. -2 To atizvan M. An excellent dog. precede in sleeping; ahaM patInAtizaye Mb. -3 To annoy , atiSkadvarI [fr. skanda ] A transgressor : very act as an incubus. -Cang. (-zAyayati) To excel; dissolute woman. dhAmnAtizAyayati dhAma sahasradhAmnaH M.3. 17. atiSThA 1 P. To excel; be over ( Ved.); sa bhUmi atizayaH [zI-ac] 1 Excess, pre-eminence, excel- vizvato vRtvAtyatiSThaddazAGgulam Rv. 10.90. 1. was over and lence; vIrya B. 3.62; mahinAM...atizayaH U. 1.21; tasmin obove by 10 Angulas. -SThA [sthA-kvip Satvam ] SupevidhAnAtizaye vidhAtuH R.b. 11 excellence, highest perfec- riority, precedence. maitasminsaMvadiSThA atiSTAH Bri. Up.2. tion of art. -2 Superiority (in quality, rank, quantity 1. 2.-a. az-a Surpassing, standing at the head &c.); mahAghastIrthAnAmiva hi mahatAM ko'pyatizayaH U.6. 11: . of all. often in comp. with adjectives, in the sense of 'exoved fanfer: f. Close contact or proximity; great ingly'; ramaNIyaH Mu.3; AsIdatizayaprekSyaH R. 17.25; muktA attachment; atisaktimatya varuNasya dizA Si.9.7. gaNAtizayasaMbhRtamaNDanazrI: V. 3. 19%; or with nouns, meaning atisandhA 30. 1 To deccive, over-reach, chest; 'excellent'; 'excessive'; 'very grest'; 'rayaH, azvAtizayama tvayA candramasA ca vizvasanIyAbhyAmatisandhIyate kAmijanasArthaH 5.3%3B K. 80 the best of horses ; dAridyopahatAH. -3 Advantage kathai mayA brahmabandhuratisandhegaH V.2. -2 To prejudice, wrong, ous result, one of the superhuman qualities attributed to Jain saints. -41. [ atizayaH astyarthe ac] Superior, injure, encroach upon; mUladvAraM nAnyeArairatisandadhIta rUpaddharSA preeminent, excessive, very great, abundant. Bri. S. 53.82. --Comp. 35: /. 1 exaggerated or hyperbolical __atisandhAnam 1 Cheating, deception; parAtisandhAna language, extreme assertion. -2 a tigure of speech, S. 5.25; trick, fraud. -2 Capture. -daNDA' = ( vorr. to hyper bole ) said to be of 5 kinds in S. D., Capture by means of the army. Kau. A. 12. but of+ m K. P.: nigAryAdhyavasAnaM tu prakRtasya pareNa yat / / atisandhyA The time about the twilights, the time prastutasya yadanyatvaM yadyarthokto ca kalpanam / / kAryakAraNayoryazca paurvAparya just before and after the morning and ovening twilight. viparyayaH / vijJeyAtizayoktiH sA; Ex. of the first kind: kamala atisarpaNam Violent motion or movement (of the manambhasi kamale ca kuvalaye tAni knkltikaayaam| sA ca sukamAra child in the womb). garbhasaMkramaNe vAci marmaNAmatisapaNe subhagetyutpAtaparamparA keyam / / -3 verbosity. Mb. 14. 17. 19. atizayana . [zI-bhAve-lyuTa ] Surpassing, ( in comp.); atisarva. Transcending or superior to all, above great, emirient, abundant. -nam Excess, abundance, all. vAktvacenAtisarveNa candralekheva pksstau| Bk. +. 16. -vaH superfluity. -nI N. of a metre of four lines, also The Supreme Being; atisarvAya zarvAya Mugdha. called citralekhA. atisAntapanam A kind of very austere penance3B atizayAlu u. Terding to excel or surpress. (gomUtragomayakSIradadhisarpiHkuzodakAnyekAhaM dvitIyamupavasettatsAntapanam : atizayita . . 1 Excelled, surpassed &c.; vyahAbhyastaizvAtisAntapanam Visnu Smriti). "surAsuraprabhAvam U.5.1. -2 Excessive, exceeding, going atisAMvatsara / (rI/.) Extending over more than beyond.. a year; nAtisAMvatsarI bRddhiM na cAdRSTAM vinirharen Ms. 8 153. atizayin . [zI-ini] Superior, excellent; pre atisAmyA [atyantaM sAmyaM madhunA asyAH] N. of the plant emiment; ghiyamatithinI sametya jagmuH Ki. 10.25 idamuttama- / madhuyaSTi, sweet juice of the Bengal Madder, Rubiat matizayini vyakamye vAcyAd dhvanirbudhaiH kathitaH K. P. 15 degyini Manjith. (Mar. jyeSTamadha) samAptA vaMza evAziSaste V.5.21. -2 Excessive, abundant. atisR 1 P. Ved. To extend. -Caus. 1To extend. atizAyanam [zI-lyuT ] Excellence. uperiority. -2 To exert oneself to drive out (Influid). paryAyAtparamatizAyanasya vA yan Mv.4.15; atizAyane tamavizno atisara 1.1 One who gues beyond or exceeds. (superlative affixes) P. V. 3.55. -2 Leader, foremost. - Effort or exertion. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #66
atisAra: ati (tI) sAraH [ atisArayati malaM dravIkRtya, vA atedArghaH ] Dysentery, violent straining at stool. a. ati (tI) sArin m. [ atyantaM sArayati malam ] The disease called atisAra. -atisArakin [ atisAro yasyAsti ini kukU ca P. V. 2. 10.] Affected by, afflicted with, dysentery: sAtisAro'tisAra kI AL. atisRj 6 P. 1 To gives present, bestow, grants atisRSTI rAjyArdhavibhAga: Mu. 2: purA nArAyaNeneyamatisRSTA marutvate V. 1. 17; rAghavAya tanayAM atisRSTavAn 11.18; anasUyAtisRTena 12. 97. -2 To dismiss, abandon, part with. -3 To permit, allow. -4 To remit, forgive (as fine &c.). -5 To leave as a remnant. atisargaH 1 Granting (of wish) giving sraSTurvarAtisargAttu mayA tasya durAtmanaH 1. 10. 42. -2 Granting permission (to do what one likes kAmacArAnujJA ) P. III 3. 163, one of the senses of the Potential atisargAcca paTavo dRSTvA Ram. 5. 62. 7. -3 Dismissal, discharge, parting with; giving away; strINAM dAnavikrayAtisargA vidyante na puMsaH Nir. - 4 Favour; tavAtisargAddeveza prAjApatyamidaM padam / Mb. 8. 31. 2. - [ sargaM sRSTimatikrAntaH ] Everlasting, permanent (nitya); emancipated (mukta ). atisarjanam 1 Giving granting consigning jvalanAtisarjanAt Ku. 1. 32, consigning to the flames; dIyatAmiti vaco'nisarjane Si. 14.48; tattadIyavizikhAtisarjanAt Ki. 13. 57 giving back. -2 Liberality, munificence. -3 Killing. 4 Doception. 8 Separation from porting with. atisRSTi Superior creation seSA brahmaNo'tisRSTiH Bri Ar. Up. 1. 4. 6. atisaurabha . Very fragrant bham Grent fragrance -bhaH 'The mango tree. atisauhityam Staffing oneself with food na tvamAcaret Ms. 1. 62. atisparza a. Not liberal, niggardly, mean-spirited. -rzaH Slight contact or absence of contact of the tongue and palate in pronunciation; epithet of the semivowels and vowels. atisnehaH Over-affection, 'haH kAryadarzI V. 2 sees or finds what is to be done; 'ha: pApazaGkI S. + is apt to suspect evil. atihastayati Deu. P. [ atihasta- Ni] 1 To stretch out the hands (hastau nirasyati ) - 2 [ hastinA atikrAmati ] To overtake (one) on an elephant. arat [afa-] 2 P. 1 To go beyond, pass on, over or beyond, cross (time or space); stokamantaramatItya S. 1; javAdatIye himavAnadhomukhaiH Ki. 14.5t was gone to or renched: sthAtavyaM te nayanaviSayaM yAvadatyeti bhAnu: Me. 360 passes out of sight; atItyaikAdazAhaM tu nAmakarma tathA'karot 'Ram. after 11 days; gRhapatayazviramatAyire janaiH Si. 13. 53. -2 To enter, step over; advAreNa ca nAnIyAt grAmaM vA vezma vA vRtam Ms. 4. 73. -3 To excel, surpass, outstrip, be more than a match for ; trisrotasaH kAntimatItya tasthau Ku. 7. 105 48 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir atyayaH satyamatItya harito harIzca vartante vAjinaH S. 1; agnistviSA nAtyeti pUSaNam Si. 2. 23; to excool go beyond transcend ; kusIdavRddhirdaiguNyaM nAtyeti Ms. 8. 1.51 does not exceed; atItya vAcA manasAM ca gocaraM sthitAya Ki. 18. 41, aparAdhazatakSamaM nRpaH kSamayAtyeti bhavantamekayA Si 16. 18. 4 To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; na pradIpa iva vAyumatyagAt 1. 19. 53 did not overcome, outlive or survive; to overtake, out-do 5 To walk by, walk past, pass by, leave behind; srotovahAM pathi nikAmajalAmatItya S. 6. 16; soDatyagAd Azramam R. 15. 37. -6 To omit, neglect, disregard, violate, transgress, overstep; na diSTamarthamatyetumIzo martyaH kathaMcana Mb. avoid : atItya hi guNAn sarvAn svabhAvo mUrdhni vartate II. 1. 18 dezaM kAlaM ca yo'tIyAna V. 2. 195; atIyAtsAgarI velAM na pratijJAmahaM pituH Ram.: bhUtAnyatyeti paJca vai Ms. 12.90 oversteps the five elements ( mokSaM prApnoti Kull ); atyeti tatsarvamidaM viditvA Bg. S. 28, 14.20. -7 ( Intraws.) To pass, elapse ( time ); atyeti rajanI yA tu sA na pratinivartate Ram.; atIte dakSiNAyane &c. -8 To overflow, be redun dant, be in exsess. -9 To die. over years; atIta P. P. [ i . ] 1 Gone beyond crossed. -2 (Used petively) (a) exceeding going beyond avoiding, overstepping, having passed neglected &c., with acc. or in comp.; paricchedAtIta: Mal. 1. 30 beyond or past detinition; saMkhyAmatIta or saMkhyAtIta beyond enumeration, innumerable; tAmatItasya te Me. 29; yamunAmatItamatha zuzruvAnamum Si. 13. 1; vayotItaH Ki. 11. 2 past youth, advanced in sarvArambhaparityAgI guNAtItaH sa ucyate Bg. 14. 25; kairliGgaistrIn guNAnetAnatIto bhavati prabho 14. 21; bANapathamatItaH kravyabhojanaH V. gone beyond the reach of arrows, past bowshot; atItanauke'tinu Ak. who has left the boat, i. e. landed, disembarked. - ( 1 ) Gone by, passed away, past (as time_ &c.); anIte nizAnte Dk. 11; asanivRtyai tadatItameva S. 6. 10; anAgatavartamAnavedinA Pt.1; atIte varSuke kAle Bk. 7.18; zaizavA: Ms. 8. 27; atIte kAryazeSajJaH zatrubhirnAbhibhUyate Ms. 7. 179; lAbhasya ca rakSaNArtham Pt. 2 182 of past gains; vetti janmAntarANyatItAni K. 46. - (e) Dead, deceased; sabrahmacAriNyekAhamatIte kSapaNaM smRtama Ms. 5. 71; aprajAyAmatItAyAM bhartureva tadiSyate 9. 196, 197. -tam The past, past time. 0 For Private and Personal Use Only or atyayaH [ i-ac] 1 ( a ) Passing away, lapse; la Adhizcopanidhizvobhau na kAlAtyayamarhata: Ms. 8. 145. (2) End, conclusion, termination, absence, disappearance; tapAtyaye Ku. 4. 44.5. 23 zizirAtyayasya puSpoccayaH 3. 61; Atapa H. 1. 52. -2 Complete disappearance, death, destruc tion, passing away, perishing; pituratyayAt Dk. 61. -3 Danger, risk, harm, injury, evil; jIvitAtyayamApannaH Ms. 10. 104 the life being in danger or jeopardy; prANAnAmeva cAtyaye 5. 27; prANAtyaye ca saMprApte V. 1. 179, Ms. 668, 8:69; putradArAtyaye prAtaH 10. 180 ( Kull. kSudavasaputrakalA ) 4 Suffering, misery, difficulty, distress. -5 Guilt, fault, offence, transgression kSatriyasyAtyaye daNDo bhAgAddazaguNo bhaveta Ms. 8. 243 : dApyo 'STaguNamatyayaM 8. 100 should be made to pay as a fine for his offence. -8 Attack, assault

Page #67
atyayika sAhasasteyapAruSyago'bhizApAtyaye V. 2. 12. -7 Overconing, mastering mentally, comprehending: gawa duratyayA Ram. 8 Overstepping; kSurasya dhArA nizitA duratyayA Kena Up. - 8 A class kind. ef. azubhe cApadi smRtaH / atyayo' tikrame kucchre doSe daNDavinAzayoH / Nm. atyadhika atyadhika .. atyahita . 1 Exceeded, surpassed. -2 Violated, outragel. atyayin surpassing. [ i-ini P. III. 2. 157] Exceeding d. atIndriya... [atikAnta indriyam ] Beyond the copi (resh) of the senses]] atIndriyadarzanaH R. 3.41 yakSmA nirvivaM tadatIndriyamucyate; * jJAnanidhiH Si. 1.11 yaH The Soul or Purusa, ( in Sankhya Phil. ) : the Supreme Soul -yam 1 Pradhan or Nature (in Sankhya Phil.). -2 The mind ( in Vedanta) yo'sAvatIndriyagrAhyaH sUkSmo'vyaktaH sanAtanaH Ms. 1.7 (Kull. indriyamatI vartate iti yaM manaH ). atIva [ ati-iva] [.1 Rscondingly exesively, very, very much, quite, too; pIDita, hRSTa &c. -2 Sur passing, superior to (acc. ): anIvAnyAn bhaviSyAvaH Mb. atunda ". Not bulky, lean, lank atura . Vel. Not rich or liberal. atala rA. [ na. ba. ] Unequalled, unsurpassed, matchless, peerless, incomparable, very great; bhayamatulaM gurulokAt Pt. 5. 31; so parAkrama, rUpa &c. -laH 1 The sesamum soul and plant (tilakavRkSa ) - 2 Cough Nigh. atulya ... Unequalled &c. anupAra . Not cold. -Comp. -kara: The Sun; O atuhinakara, rAma, dhAman ruci &c. atUtuji . [ ] Not dance or giver not liberal () -2 Not quick, slow: sef fort tUtujirazikSata Rv. 7.8. atUrta ... [na tUryate, tUra -hiMsAyAm ] Ved. Not obstructed or stopped or injured, unhurt. - The unlimited space, sky atU baddhaM savitA samudram Rv. 10. 149.1. -Comp. - dakSa . Vurl whose plans cannot be obstructed or are umhurt atUrtadakSA vRSaNAM vRSaNvasU liv. 8. 26.1. - pathin ... Ved. whose path cannot be obstructed. atRNAdaH [ na tRNam atti, ad-aN ] 'Not eating gross', a new-born calf; Sat. Br. 14. atha vatsaM jAtamAhuratRNAda iti Bri Ar. Up. atRNyA [na. ta. ] A small quantity of grass adila . [ nRpa] Vod. Notmailable, immovable, solid, firm (as a mountain ) : tRdilA atRdilAsaH Rv. 10.94.11. saM. I. kI..... 49 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir atyanta atejas . [na. ba. ] 1 Not bright, dim. -2 Weak, feeble. -3 Insignificant ; so atejaska, atejasvin. - s .. Dimness, shadow, darkness; absence of vigour, feebleness, dullness. atkaH [ atati gacchati satataM vikRti, panthAnaM &c. at-kan kittvam Up. 3. 43] 1 A traveller. -2 A limb or member (of the body ). -3 ( Ved.) Water, lightning, garment, armour (?). -4 Corner of a house (See aka above) atkIla: N. of the author of some Vedic hymns, a descendant of Visvamitra. attA / [ atati satataM saMbadhnAti at-tak iDabhAvaH - TApU ] 1 A mother. -2 An elder sister. -3 A mother-in-law ; (rarely) mother's sister. attiH / attikA [ atyate sarvadA saMbadhyate karmaNi kin ] An elder sister &c. antR &c. See under ad. atnam [ anati jayaparAjayI atra at-na] A battle, tighat. atnaH [ ani satataM gacchati; at-na Up. 3. 6.] 1 Wind. -2 The sun. -3 A traveller. Written also as anu. atyaH [ ati zIghraM gacchati, an kartari yat ] A courier, steed. atyaMhas ... Ved. Emancipated from sin or evil. atyagni a. Surpassing fire. -gni: Morbidly rapid digation. atyaniSTomaH [tAnto'bhiSTomam adhikaphalatvAt ] The optional second part of the Jyotistoma sacrifice. atyaGkuza ". [ aGkuzamatikrAntaH ] Past the goad, uncontrollable, unmanageable; atyakuzamivoddAmaM gajaM madajaloddhatam / pradhAvitamahaM daivaM pauruSeNa nivartaye || Ram. 2. 23. 20. atyaccha ... Of chaste couduct, Pt. 4. 3 atyadhvan . A long or wearisome travelling; : long journey. atyanta . [ atikrAntaH antaM sImAM nAzam ] 1 Excessive, much, very great or strong; vairam great enmity : "maitrI "himotkirAnilA: Ku. 5.20 -2 Complete, perfect, absolute; abhAva : absolute non-existence: See below. -3 Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, uninterrupted, unbroken ; kiM vA tavAtyantaviyogamoghe hatajIvite R. 14.65: bhavatyajaramatyantam Pt. 1. 151; yo bandhanavadha kezAn prANinAM na cikIrSati / sa sarvasya hitaprepsuH sukhamatyantamazrute // Ms. 16, Bg. 6. 28; kasyAtyantaM sukhamupanatama Me. 111. nAyamatyantasaMvAso labhyate yena kenacit I. 1. 73. -tam ind. 1 Exceedingly, excessively very much to the highest degree sthAyIbhavati cAtyantaM rajaH zukapaTe yathA Pt. 1. 33; stanaMdhayo'tyantazizuH stanAdiva Mu. 4. 14 very young. -2 For ever, to the end ( of life ), through life; atyantamAtmasadRzekSaNavallabhAbhirAho nivatsyati S. 1. 20. For all time, in perpetuity sA cAtyantamadarzanaM nayanayoryAtA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #68
atyantAya atyAhitam V. 4.9; oft. in comp.; deggatA See below; priyamatyantaviluptadarzanam Ku. 4. 2. For ever lost to view; R. 14.30. -3 Absolutely, perfectly, completely. -Comp. -apahnavaH A flat, categorical or total denial; .. denial nipping the accusation in the bud P. atiti III. 2. 115.). -abhAvaH absolute or complete nonexistence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any one of the three periods of time, or does not exist for all time%3 vaikAlikasaMsargAvacchinnapratiyogikaH (This is considered to be fact or cternal and different from the other kinds of abhAva). -ga .going or walking too much or too fast. -gata a.gome or departed forever, gome never to return; kathamatyantagatI na mAM daheH R.8.56.2. always applicable, perfectly intimate or pertinent. -gati/.1 sense of 'completely'; anatyantagatau tAt P. V. 1. 1. completion, accomplishment. THT a. 1 going or walking very much, going too fast or quickly. -2 excessive, much. -nivRttiH /. complete disappearance, absolute cessation. -vAsin m. [vas-Nini ] one who constantly stays with his preceptor, as : student. -sahacarita.. going together invariably (P. vArtika VIIL.1. 15.)-saMyogaH1 close proximity, uninterrupted continuity; kAlAdhvanoratyantasaMyoge P. II. 1. 29. -2 Insepara ble co-existence. -saMparka: Oxcessive sexual intercourse. -sukumAra a. very tender. (- :) a kind of grain. atyantAya ade. For good, totally; tatra atyantAya khArthaH parityakto bhvti| SB. on MS. 6.1.22. atyantika. [atyantaM gacchati; Than ] 1 Going too much or too fast. -2 Very near... Not near, distant. -kam [atizayitam antika naikaTyam ] 1 Close proximity, immediate neighbourhood or being in close proximity. -2 [atikrAntam antikam ] Great distiance. atyantIna [atyantaM gAmI atyantInaH, bhRzaM gantA; atyanta-kha P. V.2. 11. ] 1 Going or walking too much, going too fast (atyantagamanazIla); lakSmI paramparINAM tvamatyantInatvamunaya Bk. -2 the state of lasting for a long time. pAnazauNDaH zriyaM netA nAtyantInatvamunmanAH Bk.5.10. atyamla.[atizayito'mlo rasaH phalapatrAdau yasya ] Very sucid or sour. -mla: N. of a tree, Spondias Mungifera. (Mar. aMbADA). -mlA, parNI A species of citron (vanabIjapUra). atyaya, atyayika Re. See under atI. atyartha . [ atikrAntaH artham anurUpakharUpam ] Beyond the proper worth or measure, excessive, very groat, intense, exorbitant; degtApAt ... 12. -rtham adv. Very much, exceedingly, excessively; atyartha paradAsyametya nipuNaM nItI mano dIyate Mu.. priyo hi jJAninotyarthamahaM sa ca mama priyaH By. 7. 17: oft. in comp.; aza: A type of the elephant having extreme sensibility : prAjanAkuzadaNDebhyo dUrAdudvijate hi yH| spRSTo vA vyathatetyartha sa gajo'tyarthavedanaH // Mataiya L.8.19. saMpIDitaH 5.7.11. excessively pinched; "kruddha, atyAve. Ved. Passing over or through the sieve or strainer (epithet of Soma.). atyaSTiHf. [atikrAntA aSTiM SoDazAkSarapAdAM vRttim ekACITI 7417 ] A metre of 4 lines, cach containing 17 syllables. atyasta . (p. p. ati + as +.p.) cast, tossed, thrown over or boyond (P. II.1.21, tarajAtyasta:-kAzikA). atyahna .. [atikrAntamahaH ] Exceeding a day in durntion. atyAkAraH [ atizayitaH AkAraH tiraskAraH] 1 Contempt, blame, censure; gojacaraNAclAghAtyAkAratadaveteSu P.V. 1.184. -2 Bigness of person, a very large body. atyAkram = Akram q. v. atyAcAra . [AcAramatikrAntaH | Deviating from established usages or customs, negligent. -T: Performance of works not sanctioned by usage (anucitAcaraNam); irreligious conduct. atyAditya .Surpussing the (lustre of the) sun%3D atyAdityaM hutavahamukhe saMbhRtaM taddhi tejaH Me. 43. atyAnandA . Mor bid indifference to the pleasures of sexual union. STATYTR4 1 Laying on, imposition. -2 Transgression. -3 Violation of 31714, not keeping the sacred fire. atyAya . [i or ay-ghaJ] 1 Transgressing. -2 Past ggoing time. -ya: 1 Transgression, violation. -2 Excess. P III. 1. 141. -3 Great grain ur profit (atizayito lAbhaH). atyAyu u. [ati-A-yA-ku] A kind of sacrificial vessel. atyArUDha. Grown to excess%3; "ho hi nArINAmakAlajJo manobhavaH / .12.38. -Dham, Dhi:/. A very high position, great clevation or risc; atyArUdhirbhavati mahatAmapyapabhraMzaniSTA S.tv.1.; anyArUr3ha ripoH soDhaM candaneneva bhoginaH R. 10.42. atyAlaH [atizayena samantAt alati paryApnoti; ati-A-alU -ac ] N. of a plent raktacitraka Plum bago Roses. atyAzramaH Simyasil, Renunciation. (- zramin ) Samnyasa. (Sveta. Up. 6. 21.) atyAsaH [ ati-as-ghaJ] Allowing to pass, only in acc. sing. as Namuldva pahAnyAsaM or dvapahamatyAsaM gAH pAyayati P. III 4.57 after an interval of 2 days (adya pAyayitvA dvaghahamatikramya punaH pAyayati). atyAhArayamANa u. Makiny exanctions from. lobhAdailazvAturvarNyamatyAhArayamANaH (vinanAza) Kau. A. 1. atyAhitam [AdhA-AdhAre kta, atyantamAdhIyate tanivAraNArtha mano dIyate yasmina Tv.] A great valamity, danger or evil, misfortune, mishop, accident : na kimapyatyAhita 5. 1. kim atyAhitaM sItAdevyAH, na kevalaM sApabAdapi .2mayA 'tamupalabdhaM .4 kimidamuccairatyAhitam Mv.6%3 zrutamatyAhitam M. 4 evil or tRSita &c. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #69
atyuktA evil news; oft. as an exclamation, Ah, me 'alas! alas!', how bad it is!' Mal. 3, 7; V. 5. -2 A rash or daring deed ( jIvAnapekSi karma); atyAhitaM kimapi rAkSasakarma Mv. 4. 49. rash and demoniacal deed; kimapyatyAhitamA ceSTitaM bhavet V. 2. -3 Great fear arAjake dhanaM nAsti nAsti bhAryApyarAjake / idamatyAhitaM cAnyatkutaH satyamarAja ke // Ram. 2. 67. 11 of atyAhitaM mahAbhItau karma jIvAnapekSi ca Nm. ( atyuktA kathA [ uktA kathA ekAkSarapAdA vRttiH, tAm atikrAntA] N. of a class of metres of 4 lines, each of 2 syllables. gf:f. Exaggeration, hyperbole, over-drawn or coloured description; atyuktau na yadi prakupyasi mRSAvAdaM ca no manyase / Uabhata. See atizayokti also. atyugra a. Very fierce. -gram Asafoetida ( Mar. hiMga ). atyupadha . [ upadhAm atikrAntaH ] Abore guiles, trustworthy, tried: ang Ak. atyUmazA in [UryAdigaNa ] A particle of shunes occurring in comp. with F, or 3. a. atyUrmi Ved. Overflowing or bubbling over. atyUrbhirmatsaro madaH somaH pavitre arpati Rv. 9. 17.3. atyUhaH [ atizayena kaha tarka ] 1 Close or dep moditation or thinking; earnest reasoning. -2 kahane zabdAyate ati-ud-ac] Allinule ( dAtyUha). hA A plant (f) Nyctanthes Tristis, or Jasminum Villosum. (Mar. ft). atra ( atrA Ved.) init. [ asmin etasmin vA idaM - etad vA saptamyAH tral prakRteH azubhAvazca Tv.]1 In this place, here; api saMnihito'tra kulapatiH S. 1.; atra gRhyate atra gRhyate K. 119 here-here . e. just now. -2 In this respect, matter, or case: as to this, (serving the purpose of affa or of the forms asmin or etasmin asyAm, &c. with a substantive or adjectival force); ahiMsA paramo dharma ityatra aikamatyam II. 1 alaM prayatnena tavAtra R 350; bhavantamevAtra gurulAghavaM pRcchAmi S.; tatra parigatArthaM kRtvA S. 6 informing him of this matter. -3 There, in that direction. -4 Then, at that time (Ved.); st: who is there? which of the servants is in attendance? who waits there? (used in calling out to one's servants &c.; ef. Hindustani Kann hai). -Comp. - ade. in the meanwhile, meantime. atrAntare zravaNakAtaratAM gato'smi 5. 3. 10. -dadha (ft f.) reaching so far up; as tall as this. -bhavat ( . bhavAn ) an honorific epithet meaning 'worthy', revered', 'honourable', 'your or his honour', and referring to a person that is present or near the speaker, (opp. natrabhavat ); bhavatI f. her lady ship' ( pUjye tatrabhavAnatrabhavAMzca bhagavAnapi ); atrabhavAn prakRtimApannaH S. 2: vRkSasecanAdeva parizrAntAmatrabhavatIM lakSaye S. 1. your or - atratya . [ atra bhavo jAtaH etatsthAnasaMbaddho vAH atra tyap ] 1 Belonging to, or connected with, this place: dakSasastAM tu nAtratyAH zraddadhuH prajAH R. 15. 72. 2 Produced or found here, of this place; local, Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir a. Ved. Not giving or enjoying protection. Bri. Up. - Ved. [-] An eater, devourer: a demon, Raksasa. -tram Food. atrANyasmai SabhiH saMbharanti Rv. 10. 79. 2. atha ... Shameless, impudent, immodest. ga. Not tinned. Maitrayani, Kathaka and Kapisthala Samhitas. ind. The year before last (?) atrasta, atrAsa, - trasnu . [ na ta ] Not afraid, fearless: gman: R. 1. 21. arfr a. [ properly af, Up. 4. 68, after, adU-trin ] Devourer ; atrimanu svarAjyamabhim Rv. 2. 85. -f: N. of a celebrated sage and author of many Vedic hymns. [He appears in the Vedas in hymns addressed to Agni, Indra, the Asvins and the Visvedevas. In the Svayambhuva Manyantara, he appears as one of the ten Prajapatis or mind-born sons of Brahma, being born from his eye. These sons having died by the curse of Siva, Brahma performed a sacrifice, at the beginning of the present Vaivasvata Manvantara, and Atri was born from the flames of Agni. Anasuya was his wife in both lives. In the first, she bore him. three sons, Datta, Durvasas and Soma; in the second, she had two additional children, a son by name Aryaman and a daughter called Amala. In the Ramayana an account is given of the visit paid by Rama and Sita to Atri and Anasuya in their hermitage, when they both received them most kindly. (See Anasuya.) As a Risi or sage he is one of the seven sages who were all sons of Brahma, and represents in Astronomy one of the stars of the Great Bear situated in the north. He is also the author of a code of laws known as atrismRti or abhisaMhitA. In the Puranas he is said to have produced the moon from his eye, while he was practising austere penance, the moon being in consequ ence called atrija, jAta, dRgja, atrinetra prasUta, prabhava, bhava &c. cf. also a safrafa a: R. 2. 75. and ag: V. 5. 21.] (pl.) descendants of Atri. -IT wife of atriH atriratryA namaskartA Mb. 13. 17.38. -Comp. - N. of a Sacritice. : 1 The moon. -2 Datta. -3 Durvasas. -f Marriage of descendants of Atri with those of Bharadvaja. a. A man belonging to one of the three classes (= dvija ). am. A devourer, a demon. 3. Skinless. atsarukaH [ nAsti tsaruryasya ] N. of a sacrificial vessel. 1 For Private and Personal Use Only at atha (Ved. athA) ind. [ artha- pRSoda0 ratyeSaH Tv.] A particle used the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by here, now (begins) ( 7 " ). ,

Page #70
atha 52 atharvan (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or mAla or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a is not the sense of 3121, but the very utterance or previous statement ) : why should there be any thought hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder : api nAma sau piciousness, as the word is supposed to have em- kalapateriyamasavarNakSetrasaMbhavA syAt / athavA kRtaM sandehena 5.1., 1.163 Sansted from the throat of Brahma: oMkArazcAthazabdazca gamiSyAmyupahAsyatAm...athavA kRtavAradvAre vaMze'mmina R.1.3-+: dvAveto brahmaNaH purA / kaNThaM bhittvA viniryAnau tena mAlikAvubhau |and athavA mRdu vastu hiMsitum / .8.45: dIye kina sahasradhAhamathavA rAmeNa therefore we tind in Sankara Bhasya athAntaraprayuttAH kiM duSkaram U.6.40: adhodhI gajeya padamupagatA mtokamathavA / athazabdaH zrutyA majalamAracayati); atha nirvacanam / atha yogAnuzAsanamaH / vivekabhraSTAnAM bhavati vinipAtaH zatamukhaH Bh... 10. athedaM prArabhyate dvitIyaM tantram Pt. 2. (usually followed atho = atha in most senses; atho vayasyAM paripArzvavarninI... by iti at the end, iti prathamo'GkaH here ends &c.). aikSata Ku.5.51; striyo ratnAnyatho vidyA Ms.2.240, 3.202, -2 Then, afterwards (Anantarya) atha prajAnAmadhipaH prabhAte Bg. 4.5, Ki.5.16,6. 1. f. magalAnantarArambhapraznakAtmanyevatho R. 2. 1; often as a correlative of yadi or cet ; n| atha / kathamAdau tathApyante yatne gauravabADhayoH || Nm. cenmunikamAro'yaM atha ko'sya vyapadezaH 5.7; muhartAdupari upAdhyAyazvedAgacchet atha tvaM chando'dhISva P. III. 3.9. Sk. -3 If, athari:-rI Ved. M. f. A finger: ringer-like or supposing, nor if, in case, but if (pakSAntara); atha kautuka- pointed flame (?) mAvedayAmi K. 141, atha tu vetsi zuci vratamAtmanaH patikale taba atharyati Den. P. To go constantly. dAmyamapi kSamam // S.5.273; atha maraNamavazyameva jantoH kimiti erfa. Ved. Moving constantly, tremulous mudhA malinaM yazaH kuru ve Ve. 3.6. atha gRhNAti 5.7: Ku.5.45; (gamanazIla) dUredarza gRhapanimaryum (agnim) Mu.3.25; Ki. 1.44; atha cAstamitA tvamAtmanA / .8.51 Rv. 7.1.1; pointed like a lance, lumbent (?) uSarbudhamatharyaH Rv. 4.6.8. while, but, on the other hand; oft. followed by tataH or tathApi, Bg.2.26%3 12.9,11; atha catU but if Bg.2. atharvaH = atharvan See below. 33: 18.08. -4 And, so also likewise (samuccaya); atharvaNaH [atharvA taduktavidyA astyasya jJAtRtvAna aca na TilopaH ] gaNitamatha kalAM vaizikIm Mk.1.mAtRSvasA mAtulAnI zvadharatha pitRssvsaa| saMpUjyA gurupatnIvat samAstA gurubhAryayA / / Ms. 2. 1.313 bhImo'thArjunaH / 1 Siva. -2 N. of the Atharva voda, See below. G.M. -BUned in tasking or introducing questions (prazna) atharvan m. [atha--vanipazakavAdi. Tv.: probably oft. with the interrogative word itself%3; atha sA tatrabhavatI connected with some word like uthar fire ] 1 A priest kimAkhyamya rAjarSeH patnI 5.73 arthavAn khalu me rAjazabdaH / atha who has to worship fire and Soma. - 2 A Brahmana. bhagavAlokAnugrahAya kuzalI kAzyapaH 5.5: atha zaknoSi bhoktum G. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought JI.: athAtrabhavatI kathamitthaMbhUtA M.5: atha kena prayukto'yaM pApaM down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited cati purussH| 3.368 atha bhavantamantareNa kIdRzo'syA prayern. He is represented as the oldest son of dRSTigagaH 5.2: atha mADhavyaM prati kimevaM prayuktam 5.6 (atha medy Brahma sprung from his mouth; 218 # Prajapati in these two sentences mean but'). -6 Totality, enti- appointed by Brahma to create and portect subrety (kArya); atha dharma vyAkhyAsyAmaH (G. M. we shall ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahma and explain the whole ( 7 in all its details.) Si. 7.75. then taught the Brahm: vidya and is considered to be -7 Doubt, ncertainty (saMzaya, vikalpa): zabdo nityo the author of the Vedat called after him. His wife was 'thAnityaH G. M. The senses of atha usually given by Santi, daughter of Kardana Prajapati. Le had also lexicographers are:-atho'tha syAtAM smuccye| maGgale saMzayArambhA- another wife called Chitti; he is su considhikArAnantareSu ca / anvAdeze pratijJAyAM praznasAkalyayorapi | Some dered identical with Angiras and father of Agni. ] of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while - Epithet of Siva, Vasistha. vRtapadapaktitaratharvaNeva veda: Kir. Home are not in general use. -Comp. -ataH -anantaram 10.10.-(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of now, therfore; athA'to dharmajijJAsA Ms.1.1.1.-api moreover, this Veda; jiSNuM jaitraratharvebhiH R.17.13. -vo-ve..., veda: and again &c. (= 374 in most cases); 'a likewise, also. The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Vela. [It - what else, yer, exactly so, quite so, certainly; 4941 contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction apsaraHsaMbhavaiSA / atha kim 5.1: api vRSalamanuraktAH prakRtayaH atha of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers kim Mu.1. -kimu how much more, so much more. -tu for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, but, om the contrary. atha tu vetti zuci vrtmaatmnH| 5.5.27. and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, -ar 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at 'or' and occupying the same place); vyavahAra parijJAya religious and solemn rites; ef. Mv.2.24. mUrtimabhirAmaghorAM vadhyaH pUjyo'thavA bhavet 11.1.55%3 samastairathavA pRthakM s.7.1983; bibhradivAtharvaNo nigamaH, It has nine Sakhas and five athavA-athavA either-or : vAtha is often used in the same Kalpas, and is comprised in 20 Kandas. The most sense with vA; kArtike vAtha caitre vA Pt.3.38%3 sAmnA dAnena bhedena important Brahma na belonging to this Veda is the samastairathavA pRthk| vijetuM prayatetArIna yuddhena kadAcana / / Ms. 7. 182 B G opatha-Brahmana, and the Upanisads pertaining to athApi vAHoused in the same sense: etadeva vrataM kuyu- it are stated to be s2, or, nocording to another account zcAndrAyaNamathApi vA 11. 11738. 287. -2 or rather, or why, 31.] [ of. Zend atharran, Pers. Aturban.] -Comp. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #71
atharvaNiH adarzaH - -adhipa: N. of budha Mercury (sAmavedAdhipo bhaumaH zazijo'- -4Not handy, skillful or clever; awkward. -5 UntharvavedarAT ). -nidhiH , -vidam. receptacle of the (know- fivourable Bhag. 10.82.20. ledge of Atharva veda, or conversant with it; TEUTT- BTC Teutz-a a. Not deserving Daksina. 'thavidA kRtakriyaH R.8.4.1.593 (atharvavidhipadena duritopazamananimittazAntikapauSTikapravINatvaM paurohityocitatvaM dyotyate Malli.)-bhUtAH / SETT<<. Not burnt; not burnt according to the ___rites. (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharsis. -zikhA,-zirasU. (atharvaNo vedasya zikhA adaNDa ||.[n. ba. ] Free or exempt from punishment. zira iva vA brahmavidyApratipAdakatvena zreSThatvAt ) N. of an Upanisad adaNDya .. 1 Not. deserving punishinent ; adaNDyAn dealing with Brahmavidya.atharvaziraso'zyetA brahmacArI yatavrataH daNDayan rAjA daNyAcaivApyadaNDayanY .2. -2 Exempt or free Mb. 13.90.29. -saMhitA A text of collection of hymns from punishment; nAdaNyo nAma rAjJo'sti yaH svadharma na tiSThati of atharvaveda, atharvasaMhitAyAjI vidadhe vidhivadhutam Bm. 1.869. Ms. 8. 335. atharvaNiH [atharvaNi taduktazAnyAdau vA kuzalaH, is sitvena adat a. Toothless. bhatvAbhAvAt na TilopaH Tv.] 1 A Brahmana versed in this adatta.. 1 Not given. adattAnyupabhujAnaH M. 1.202. Voda; or skilled in the performance of the rites --2 Unjustly or improperly given. -3 Not given in emjoined by it. -2 A family priest (purodhas). marriage. -4 Not having given any thing. An atharvAGgiram / / . A member of the class of this name. unmarried girl. 24 A gift which is null and void pl.) 1 Descendants of Atharvan and of Angiras. (having been given under particular circumstances -2 Names of the hymns of the Atharvavels: daNDanItyA which make it revocable). -Comp. -AdAyin a. the ca kuzalamatharvAGgirase tathA Y. 1. 813. receiver of such : gift; one who takes what has not been given away, such as a thief; adattAdAyino hastAlliatharvAGgirasa / (-sI /.) Connected with atharvAGgiras. pseta brAhmaNo dhnN| yAjanAdhyApanenApi yathA stenastathaiva sH|| -pUrvA -samU Office of this person. -sAH Ilymns of this Veda. not affianced or betrothed before; adattapUrvetyAzakya te Mal.4. zrutIratharvAGgirasIH prakuryAdavicArayan Ms. 11. 33. adatra. [ ad-bA0 atrana] Ved. Fit to be eaten : atharvANam kitual of the Atharvaveda. -NaH-vid adatrayA dayate vAryANi Rv.5.19.3.(= adanIyAni). One studying or versed in this Voda or the ritual. adadhyaJca [amuM aJcati adas-aJca vip anyAgamaH P. atharvI .. Ved. [na thurva-ac , pRSo0 ulopaH gaurA0- Tv.] VIII 2.80-81. ] Going to that, tending to that. Not injuring or hurting, not destructive; pierced by adanta [na. ba.] 1 Toothless. -2 Not yet having a lanee (?). the teeth formed or grown said of young ones of men athavA, atho See under atha. or animals before the teething time). -3 Ending in adU 22. [atti, Ada,-jaghAsa, aghasata. atsyati, attum , 311 or 31. P. VIII. 4.7. - 1 A leech. -2 N. of anna-jagdha, jagdhvA ] 1 T cat, devour. -2 To destroy. Pusan, one of the 12 Adityas, he having lost his teeth --3 = 34-2, q. v. ann. to feed with, cause to eat: at the destruction of Daksa's sacritice by Virabhadra. AdayatyanaM baTunA Sk. -Digil. jighatsati To wish to eat. 3 a. 1 Not dental. -2 Not fit for the teeth; [cf. L. edo, Gr. cilo, Germ. erneu, Eng. eat; Lith. injurious to them. edmi, Sans. ulmi, Goth. at Zend ad ] With ava to satisfy by food, get rid of with feeding ; (fig.) stop ! adabdha, dambha . [na. ta.] Ved. Unbroken or unimthe mouth of. -A to eat ke. -pra-sam to useup, consumer .. paired, unhurt, uninjured; pure, true; "asu, or "AyuH devour: samadantyAmiSaM khagAH Bk. 18. 12. -vi to gnaw. having uninjured or pure life ; leaving uninjured the attR . [ ad-tRca | One who eats; arakSitAramattAraM nRpaM / man who sacrifices; "dhAti, vrata whose works or religious vidyAdadhogatim . Ms. 8.309. observances are unimpaired. aryamaNaM bhagamadabdhadhItInaccha Rv.6.51.3. ad-da ..(at the end of comp.) Eating, devouring; adabhra . [dambha-rak, na. ta.] Not scanty, plentiful, mAMsAda carnivorous, feeding on flesh: so matsya . copious; adabhradarbhAmadhizagya sa sthalIm Ki. 1.38; degabhranirghoSa Adana Food. Rv. 6.54. 3. Dk.35. adaMSTraya. [na. ba.] Toothless, -STra: A serpent without adambha .. Honest, undeceitful. -bha: 1 Honesty, teeth ; one whose fangs have been taken out. absence of deceit. -2 N. of Siva. adakSiNa 3.[na, ta.] 1 Not right, left. -2 [na. ba.] adaya [na. ba.] Merciless, unkind, cruel. -yam ind. Not bringing in Daksina to the prieste; without any Mercilessly; ardently; fervently, closely (as an gifts (as a sacrifice): adakSiNAsa acyutA dudhukSan Rv. 10. 61. 10 mRto yajJasvadakSiNaH Pt. 2.94. -3 Simple, weak embrace) icchAmi cainamadayaM parirabdhumahai: V.5.9. minded, silly: mene'tha satyameveti parihAsamadakSiNA Ram. adarzaH 1 Day of new moon. -2 A mirror (= Adarza). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #72
adarzanam adarzanam 1 Not secing, non-vision absence, not being seen ; tamAhitautsukyamadarzanena R. 2.73 antardhI yenAdarzanafifa 1. 1. 4. 28 the person whose sight one wishes to "naM gataH Pt. 2 nIbhUtaH Pt. 1 become invisible; asya Avoid: "naM gatvA Pt. 2 going out of his sight, beyond the reach of vision : sA cAtyantamadarzanaM nayanayoryAtA V. 4. 9. lost to view, become invisible. -2 Neglect, or failure to see: brAhmaNAdarzanena ca Ms. 10. 43. -3 ( Gramm.) Disappearance, elision, omission; adarzanaM lopaH P. I. 1. 60. -4 Non-mention, non-assertion; darzanAdarzanayozca darzanaM pramANam / SB. om MS. 10.7.36. -5 Ignorance; adarzanAdApatitAH punazcAdarzanaM bhagatAH Mb. 11. 2. 13. | adala . 1 Deafless. -2 Without parts laH A plant ( hijala) Eugenia or Barringtonia Acutangula. ( Mar. samudraphaLa ). - lA A plant ( ghRtakumArI ) Aloe Indica Boyle. (Mar. koraphaDa), adas prom. ... [na dayate tri tayA niriNAma puronine elinA saMbhavati nArI'nApurovartini na das- kvip Tv. ] ( asau m. /. adaH . ). That, (referring to a person or thing not present or near the speaker ) ( viprakRSTa or parokSa ) idamastu sannikRSTaM samIpa - taravarti caitado rUpam / adasastu viprakRSTaM taditi parokSe vijAnIyAt // amuSya vidyA rasanAgranartakI N. 1.5: asau nAmA'hamasmIti vanAma parikIrtayet M. 2. 122. I am that persons so and so (giving the name): asAvahamiti brUyAt 130, 216; Y. 1.26. adasU is, however, often used with reference to pratyakSa or sannikuSTa objects &c. in the sense of 'this here', 'yonder '; asau zaraNyaH zaraNonmukhAnAm P. 6. 21. ( asAviti purovartino nirdeza: Malli ); amI rathyAH S. 1.8; amI vayaH 4.18; 7.11. It is often used in the sense of tan as a correlative of yat : hiMsArata yo nityaM nehAsau sukhamedhate M. 4. 170. He, who &c. But when it immediately follows the relative pronoun ( yo'sau, ye amI &c.) it conveys the sense of prasiddha ' well-known', 'celebrated', 'renowned ; yo'sAvatIndriyagrAhyaH sUkSmo'vyaktaH sanAtanaH Ms. 1.7; yo'sau kumArasevako nAma Mu. 3: yo'sau coraH Dk. 68; sometimes adas used by itself conveys this sense: vidhurapi vidhiyogAd grasyate rAhuNA'sau that (so well-known to us all) moon too. See the word also and the quotations from K. P. -ind. There, at that time, then, thus, ever correlative to some pronominal forms; yadAdaH, yantrAdaH whenever, whereever &c. By ado'nupadeze P. 1. 4. 70. adam has the force of a (gati) preposition when no direction to another is implied ; adaHkRtya adaHkRtam: / paraM pratyupadeze tu adaH kRtvA adaHkuru / Sk. adasIya a. Belonging to this or that, Sahendra. 2.42. adasyati Den. P. To become that P. VIII. 2. 80. adAtR 1 Not giving, miserly AdAnanityAccAdAtuH Ms. 11. 15. not liberal -2 Not giving ( a daughter ) in marriage; kAle'dAtA pitA vAcyaH Ms. 9. 4. -3 Not lia ble to payment. 54 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aditi d. adAdi 4. Having ad at the head term used to mark. roots of the second conjugation. adAna . [ na..]1 Not giving, miserly. --2 Without rut (or not charitable ): sadAdAnaH parikSINaH zasta evaM karIzvaraH / adAnaH pInagAtro'pi nindya eva hi gardabhaH // Pt. 2 70. " adAnya, adAyina adAmana, adAzu, adAzuri, -dAzvas . Ved. Not giving, miserly, poor irreligious, impions, jaghanvA indra mitrodavRddho harivo adAzUn Rv. 1. 174.6. yaste devA~ adAzuriH pramamarSa maghattaye Rv. 8. 45.15. adAbhya a. Ved. 1 Faithful, trusty. -2 Uninjured, unhurt; adAbhyaH puraetA vizAm Rv. 3. 11. 5. -3 Pure, undefiled. -4 Unapproachable. -bhyaH N. of a somaoffering in the jyotiSToma Sacritice; adAbhyena pracarati. adAya [ nAsti dAyo yasya | Not entitled to a share. adAyAda . 1 Not entitled to be an heir; pumAndAyAdo'dAyAdA strI Nir: kAnInazca sahodaya krItaH paunarbhavastathA / svayaMdattatha zaudrava paDadAyAdabAndhavAH // Ms. 9. 160. -2 Destitute of heirs. adAyika . ( kI .. ) [ dAyamarhati dAya-Thak na, ba. ] 1 That which is not claimed by an heir; destitute of heirs ; adAyikaM dhanaM rAjagAmi Katy. -2 Not relating to inheritance. adAraH [na. ba. | 1 One who has no wife, a widower or bachelor. -2 [ na. na. | Not injuring or tearing. adArikA N. of a plant. (Mar. vRkSakamaLa ) adAsaH A free man; Ms. 10. 32. adAhya . 1 Incombustible. -2 Not fit to be burnt on the funeral fire. -3 Not capable of being burnt, epithet of paramAtman. adikka . Ved. IHaving no direction or region of the world for oneself: banished from beneath the sky. Sat. Br. aditi (d). [ na dIyate khaNDyate badhyate bRhattvAna; do-ktic ] Free, not tied. AdityAso aditayaH syAma Rvy. 7.52 1. boundless, unlimited, inexhaustible: entire, unbroken: happy, pious (mostly Ved. in all these senses ) -tiH | atti prANijAtam: aduitic ] 1 Devourer i. e. death ; yadyadevAsRjata nanadattumapriyata sarvaM vA atIti nadaditeradititvam Bri. Ar. Up. 1. 2. 5. -2 An epithet of God. -tiH /- [ na dAtuM zaktiH / 1 Inability to give, poverty. -2 | dAtuM chettuma ayogyA | ( a ) The earth. (i) The goddess Aditi, mother of the Adityas, in mythology represented as the mother of gods; see further on. (e) Freedom, security; boundlessness, immensity of space (opp. to the earth ). ( a ) Inexhaustible abundance, perfection. (e) The lunar mansion called punarvasu (J) Speech yA prANena saMbhakayacinina adanAt aditi: Sankara ) (g) A cow. ef. SB. on MS. 10-3-49. (1) Milk : wife ( ? ). -tI (dual) Heaven and earth. | aditi literally means 'unbounded', 'the boundless Heaven,' or according to others, the visible in finite, the endless expanse beyond the earth, beyond For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #73
adIna adeya ....................................... the clouds, beyond the sky'. According to Yaska siffat fra a. Not vitiated, incorrupted, unspotted, radInA devamAtA, and the verse beginning with aditiyoH&c. irreproachable; possessing an uncorrupted soul. Ry. 1.89.16. he interprets by taking prefer to mean 31619 a. Sot proud, not vain; to not proud-minded, iie. 37,7 91 71sfasia. In the Rigveda Aditi sober, calm. is frequently inplored for blessings on children und cattle, for protection and for forgiveness'. She is called 303 . (7. a. ] 1 Sightless, blind. -2 Not seeing, Devamata' being strangely enough represented both nut perceiving as mother and daughter of Daksa. She had & sons; 34654 . 1 Invisible; 1 1942:4EUR94 Ku. 4. 45. she approached the gods with 7 and cast away the -2 Not capable of being soen. epithet of 2. 8 th Marta nda: the sun.) In another place Aditi is -Comp. - H rendering invisible, a part of addressed as supporter of the sky, Mustainer of the conjuror's legerdemain. earth, sovereign of this world, wife of Visnu', but in the Mahabharatat, Ramayana and Pura nas, Visnu is seg <<. 1 Invisible, not seen : & not seen before. said to be the son of Aditi, one of the several daughters -2 Not known or experienced, not felt: Pfarez44 of Daksa and given in marriage to Kasva pa by whom H. 1. 12). -3 Unforeseen, not observed or thought of ; she was the mother of Visnu in his dwarf incarnation unknown, unobserved. Et tai 9441ffa Mb. and also of Indra, and she is called mother of gods 1.3.9. -4 Not permitted or sanctioned, illegal: 4 and the gods her sons, Aditinandanas': See Baksa TECI (&) eta Ms. 8. 153. -U: N. of some and Kasyapa also ). -Comp. -, - a: a god, venomous substance or vermin. -H 1 The invisible divine being one. -2 Destiny, fate, luck good or bad ); H uf 214 977o: S rey: Pt. 5. 30.-3 Virtue or vice . ta . Nit low or depressed, high-spirited; as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Tate is mighty, not poor; rich, happy.--Comp.--STICH,-afa, supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done 2 4. not depressed in spirit, high-spirited, in one state of existence and experienced in another, high-mottled. the performance of good deeds being rewarded with at a. Not long. -Comp. - ,- a. Ca a residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with az 297 farat 4x4 ] quick, prompt in action. condemnation to Jell: Higuai PMI anti AnaF... 37TAT Pacat dari : Bhasa P. 161-2. 31. [..] l'ree from evil, propitious.-Comp. The Vedantins do not recognize 315 or luck; fe : - the propitious 9th day in the bright half of sUkSmAvasthApanasaMskAravizeSa eva adRSTa sthAnIyatvenAzIkriyate; adRSTam TE97 when women worship Devi to avert evil for the Atmadharma iti neyAyikA vaizeSikAdayazca, sAMkhyapAtajalAstu buddhidharma ensuing year. 34+998 Ty.) -4 An unforeseen calamity, or ega . Ved. Free froin evil, propitious. 99919727 danger (such as from fire, water &c.) -Comp.-30.. a ra H 17 Rv. 9. 61. 17. [4.) having a metaphysical or ocult moaning, metaphysical ; having an object not ovident to the STET . A word with 31 as the Penultimate sensos. a. one who has had no practice or letter P. III. 1. 98.). practical experience, not practical, inexperienced ; - TETT. 1 Not inaccessible, not difficult of access. taya 3: Taifa raya H. 3. 51. Fetal Sup-2 Destitute of forts; faut: an unfortified country. position of an invisible object or iden. dRSTe satyadRSTakalpanA:e ra. Ved. Unremitting, Zealous, cheerful: 42 -T:,-ET: one of the 20 ways of peace-ruzking, nauta: A tatu ar Rv. 8.75. 14. in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator T<<. Ved. Not vealous, dilatory; not worshipping; 27 13: qui peats 2989: 28: H. 4. 119. - .. [a.] 31162: Rv.7. 4.6. that of which the consequences are not yet visible. E a. Not distant, near (in time or space); (H) the (futuro) result of good or bad actions; the afcaf fafa Ta facha: R. 1.87; of result or consequence hidden in the future. - Tu. qgay 1.40; : Sk. not far from 30, i. e. nearly destroyiny poisonous vermin (?). 30; fegarafa: K. 142 easily provoked, irascible. -TH Proximity, vicinity; at its 44: R. 6.34; 3110: f. [faca are: ] 1 An evil or malicious eyes fast a sfa 37 : Sk. ; 34 ,-4,-701,--: evil look, an angry or envious look. -2 Not being seen. (with gen. or abl. not far from, at no great distance - [ 9.3. Blind, sightless. from ; 1 2 V. 3 not far distant, vory 2 . Not to be given; what cannot or ought not near. -Comp. - .. not being far off, being near. to be viven away : 314 2 4 49: R. 3. 16.-74 (P.IV. 2. 70 ). That which it is not right or necessary to give-wife, i For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #74
adeva adha sons, deposits, and a few other things belong to this - class. anvAhitaM yAcitakamAdhiH sAdhAraNaM ca yat / nikSepaH putradArAzca sarvasvaM cAnvaye sati / / Apatsvapi ca kaSTAsu vartamAnena dehinA / adeyAnyAhurAcAryA yacAnyasmai prAtizrutam / / -Comp.-dAnam an unlawful gift. adeva . [na. ba.] 1 Not god-like or divine, not pertaining to a deity. -2 Godless, impious, irreligious. -vaH [na. ta.] One who is not a god. -Comp. -tra. [na devAH trAyante prIyante anena, trai-karaNe ka] not gratifying the : gods, such as fool. -mAtRka..[na devo megho mAtA buSTikArakaH yasya ] not rained upon; (lit.) not having the god of rain as mother to suckle or water; hence (artificially ) supplied with the water of rivers, canals &c., irrigated: vitanvati kSemamadevamAtRkAzcirAya tasminkuravazvakAsate Ki. 1. 17. adevayat-yu..[na devaM yAti prApnoti] Not reaching the gods by prayers, impious, irreligious. adezaH [na. ta.] 1 A wrong place, not one's proper place or strong position; degstho hi ripuNA svalpakenApi hanyate H.+.45; striyaM spRzedadeze yaH Ms. 8.358; nAdeze tarpaNaM kuryAt &c. -2 A bad country: The Smritis mention several places of this description : mleccha, Anartaka, aGga, magadha, surASTra, dakSiNApatha, baja, kalija &c. -Comp.-kAla: wrong place and time%3; adezakAle yaddAnamapAtrebhyazca diiyte| Bg. 17.22. -stha .. [sa. ta.] in the wrong places out of place ; nbsent from one's country. adezya ..[na.ta. na deSTuM yogyaH ]1 Not tit to be ordered, advised, indicated or pointed out ; adezyaM yazca dizati Ms. 8. 53. -2 Not on the spot or pertaining to the place or occasion referred to. adrezya . Ved. Invisible (adRzya). Mund. I. 6. adainya . Involving no humiliation or self-degradation Bh. 3. 14t. adaiva.(-vI.)1Not predestined or prodetermined (by Gods or by Fate). -2 Not connected with the Gords or their auction, not divine ; adaivaM bhojayecchrAddhama Ms. 3. 247 (Kull. vaizvadevabrAhmaNabhojanarahitam ). -3 Unfortunate, ill-fated. adogdhR a. Not oxacting; considerate (as a king.). adomada-dha a. Ved. Not causing incomvenience. adohaH 1 The time when milking is not practica ble. -2 Not milking; adohaM cAdizadvAm R. 17. 19. adoSa ..[na. ba.] 1 Free from faults, demerits &c.3; innocent; jAyAmadoSAmuta saMtyajAmi R. 14. 34. -2 Free from the faults of composition, such as azlIlatA, grAmyatA Kc, Soe doSa; adoSau zabdArthoM K. P. 1; adoSaM guNavat kAvyam Sar. K.1. -pa: Not a fault; kimityadoSeNa tiraskRtA vayam Ki. 14. 11 though not at fault. adgaH [adyate devaiH, ad-karmaNi gan Uu. 1. 120, = puroDAza] A sacrificial oblation called puroDAza, q. v. Av. 1.27.3. addhA ind. [atyate at taM santataM gamanaM jJAnaM vA dadhAti vip Ty. ] 1 Truly, clearly, surely, undoubtedly, in truth, really, certainly, indeed; ko addhA veda Rv. 10. 129.6. addhA zriyaM pAlitasarAya pratyarpayiSyati R. 13.6.. -2 Munifestly, clearly; vyAlAdhipaM ca yatate parirabdhumaddhA Bv. 1.95. -3 in this way, thus; "kR = sAkSAtkR. -Comp. -puruSa : right or true man. -bodheyAH (pl.) N. of a school of the Sukla Yajurveda. -lohakaNe . having cers clearly or quite red. addhAtiH Ved. A wise man, seer. athaikaM cakraM yadguhA tadaddhAtaya idviduH Rv. 10.85. 16. adbhuta . [Uu.b. 1 adi bhuvo Dutac; according to Nir. na bhUtam 'the like of which did not take place before.] 1 Wonderful, marvellous: T of wonderful deeds; "gandha having wonderful sinell; darzana, rUpa; prodigious%B extraordinary, transcendental, supernatural. -2 Ved. Unobserved, invisible (opp. dRzya). -tam 1 A wonder, a wonderful thing or occurrence, a prodigy, niracle; deva adbhutaM khalu saMvRttam S.5 a wonderful or unexpected occurrence; AkAlikamanadhyAyaM vidyAtsarvAdabhuteSu ca Ms.4. 118. -2 Surprise, astonishment, wonder (..) also%3B udbhrAntadevAsurANi vikrAntacaritAni U.6 lost in wonder. -3 One of the five proportions of the measurement of height; in this measurement height is twice the breadth; hInaM tu dvayaM tadviguNaM cAdbhutaM kathitam Mana.11.20. 23.-: 1 One of the 8 or 9 Rasis, tho marvellous sentiiment; jagati janitAtyadbhutarasaHU.8.44.-2 N. of the Indra of the 9th Manvantara. -Comp. -uttarakANDam N. of a work, an appendix to or imitation of the Ramayana. -enas a. Ved. in whom no sin is visible. -dharmaH system of prodigies. -brAhmaNam N. ofa portion ofa Brahmapu belonging to the Samaveda. -rAmAyaNam N. of a work ascribed to Valmiki. -Tita: f. N. of the Sixty seventh Parisists of the Atharvaveda. -saMkAza .. resembling a marvel; so degupama. -sAraH the wonderful resin (of the khadira or Catechu plant) (Mar. khairAcI Ta ); Mimosa Catechu. Faa a. having a wonderful sound. (-naH) N. of Siva. anan .. Ved. Eating, a meal; a house (1)A svamadma yuvamAno ajarastRSvaviSyannatasepu tiSThati Rv. 1. 58.2. -sad m. (also. -sadvan) a. companion at a meal; admA hi sUno agrasadvA Rv. VI. 4.4. aniH [atti sarvAn ; ad-manin UP. 2. 104 adermuT ca] Fire. adhara . [attuM zIlamasya ; ad-kartari kmarac ] Voracious, gluttonous. adya .. Eatable. -dyam Food, anything eatable. adya ind. [ asminnahani idaMzadvasya nipAtaH saptamyarthe ; asmin dyavi ahani vA Nir.] 1 Today, this day, adya tvAM tvarayati dAruNaH kRtAntaH Mal.5.25; rAtrau to-night, this night; area this very morning; oft. in comp. with fear, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #75
adyatana adrodha divasa c., divasanakSatraM of thisday, today's: adyaiva this very cloud probably so called from its resemblance to : Hits: adyaiva vA mara Namastu yugAntare bA Bh. :). 74. -2 Now: mountain); a cloud (Adarayitavyo bhavati hyasau udakArtha Nir.) adya gaccha gatA gatriH .. .. -3 At present, now:- mostly Verl. -7 A kind of measure. -8 The promber days. [cf. L. hadic. ). -Comp. - still, yet, even -Comp. -dezaH, -patiH , -nAthaH&0.1the lord of mounJow, to this day, down to the present time or moment; tains, the Himalaya. -2 N. of Siva (Lord of Kailasa). athApi nanaM hara kopavahniHS.B.: adyApi te manyuviSayaH 8.3: adyApi -kaTaka the ridge of inomtain: nitambaH pazcimadhoNIbhAgeDanocchvasiti 1.: nadeg 10t Yet: guruH khedaM khinne mayi bhajani drikaTa ke'pi ca / Nm. -karNI plant (aparAjitA) Clitorit. nAdyApi kurupu . I. 11: (as one of the postanot Termsten Lin. (MP. pAMDharI gokaNI).-kIlA [adrayaH kulaparvatA: Ch. P. hegins with adyApi). -avadhi 1 from to-rlay: kIlAH zaGkava iva yasyAH ] the earth. (-laH) N. of the moun"dhi bhavadbhayo bhinno'haM 10. I... till tu-lay. -pUrvam before in viSkumbha. -kukSiH / mountain cave, mountain side mon; adyapRvAcarita -prabhRti int. from to-day, this asminnahamadrikukSI vyApAritaH .2.38.-ja..[adro jAyate; jan-Da] dry forward, humceforth: adyaprabhayavanatAni tavAmmi dAsaH produced from, or found among mountains, mountainKu.... -cIna / / [adya zvaH paradine vA janiSyate prasodhyate vA, born. abjA gojA RtajA atijA Rtam Bv.1.11.5 (-jA) adya-zram-kha TilopaH adyazvAnIvaSTabdhe P.V.2.18] likely to 1 plant (saMhalI). (Mar. siMhapiMpaLI), -2 -kanyA, happen to nor tomorrow, iimminent: "nam maraNam, -tanayA -sutA &c. Parvati. (-jam) re chalk degnaH viyoga: Sk.( Asanna ).(-nA): female near delivery (zilAjatu). -jAta .. mountain-born. (-taH) 1 forest (AsannaprasavA): atha zrI vA vijJAyate iti adyazvInA vaDavA Sk. _conflugration. -2 the 'Sun-born', Hamsa or E l extraction and consecration of Soma juice on Swan. -3 the Supreme Being. 50, TE Vedl. the same day. [..] expressed or extracted by means of stones. adyatana / (-nI) [adya bhavaH : adya Tapu tuDAgamazca] 1 Pc-. ratho ha vAmRtajA aditataH Rv. 3.18.8. -tanayA, -nandinI taining or referring to, extending over, to-day: fan, 1 N. of Parvati. -2 N. of a metre of + lines, "kAla A nyAyyAdutthAnAdA nyAnyAca saMvezanAt / eSo'dyatanaH kAlaH / Achhving:23 syllables. -dvip-bhid-han // [ adi dveSTi apare punarAhurubhayato'rddharAtraM adyatanaH kAlaH / Kasi., kalopasarjaneca bhinAta vA, dvidhU-bhid-han-kim the enemy or splittor of mountulyam. -2Curel, now-a days, prevalent at present , tains (or clouds personified), cptilet of Indra 31677 nivAdrihA Mb.8.20.9. -droNi-NI/.12 mountain valley. moderm. -na: The current or thisday, period of the Dk.2.8. -2 a river taking its rise in a mountain. -patiH current clay (Kisi. on P. I. 2. 57); See 370 also. - xril. :) A name given to the Aorist tense, as -rAjaH&c. See Iza. -bahasa .. Vod. [ adrerbarha iva bahA~ yasya | it denotes : activ clone to-day or on the same day as strong or hard as a mountain; inountain-high (?); (= bhRtaH). dyauraditiradribahAH Rv. 10.63.3. -budhna..|adrdhana iva budhnI yasya] rootel in : mountain or rock; as hard as a stone or adyatanIya - adyatana 1Of to-dr: "himapAtI vyarthatA nIyate mountain. ayaM nidhiH sarame adribunaH Rv. 10.105.1. -bhU.. Pt. 3. -2 Modern. | adrau bhavati jAyate ] mountain-born. (-bhU: N. of a plant. adyu. Ved. Bunt, not sherp Or harmful: adyaM kRNota (AkhukaNI or aparAjitA. Mar. uMdirakAnI, gokaNI) -mAtR zaMsaM ninitsoH 81.1:. Ved. [ advi meghaH tajjalaM mimIte, armAnA vA mA-tRca ] producing adyut ...Jan hyright., adyaM dyotayadAnaH Rv. 8. 39. 8. water from clouds (429atuia); having a mountain lor the mother. (:). kozaM divo'drimAtaram 1.9.86.8. -vahniH adRtya / / [na talabdha na.na.] Not obtained hygambling, forest conflagration. T : (having the mountain honestly yot. -37724 1 Unlucky gambling: -2 The kailAsa for his bed. N. of Siva; of. "Iza, indra, -zRGgam , watch just before the dawn(:) adyatye'vase ni haye . -sAnu mountuin poak. -suta (puta),-saMhata. prepr1. 112. . red or expressed by means of stones. -sAraH | adreH sAra adva ..[na. na.] Not liquid, not of the nature of iva Sa. ta. ] ' the essence of mountains ', iron. . harad liquid. -a: Not : liquid. like a mountain : 42 nade of iron or vory hard 49: adravyama [na. na.] A worthless thing, an object which | subAhustrizadbhiradrisAramayaiH zaraiH Mb. 7. 18. 17. is good for nothing; nAdabya vihitA kAcit kriyA phalavatI bhavet 1 fag. Ved. Armed with, or having stones or H. Ir. 43: hence, it worthless or bud pupil or recipient of instruction; vinaturadravyaparigraha eva buddhilAghavaM prakAzayati M.13; thunderbolts. adravyametya bhuvi zuddhanayo'pi mantrI Mu.7.11. kriyA hi dravyaM vina- adruha,-duhvana .. [na. na.] Ved. Free from mslice. yani nAdravyama Kau. A. 1..). adrezya 4. Invisible adRzya: Munal 1. 1.6. adriH [ad-krin Lu. t.tty according to Nir.fr. dR10 teal or 317 to eat.] 1 A mountain. -2A stone, espe adrodha .. Ved. [ druh-ghaJ vede ghatvaM na. ba. | True, noi cially one for pounding Soma with or grinding it on.: false, free from mulice: 0917 speaking the truth: fan -3 A thunderholt (AdaNAni yena Nir.). -4 A tree. . guarding from malive. -54 ini. Without malice or -5 The sun. ef. adiH zale'vRkSayoH / Nm. -6 A mass of falsehood. saM.I. ko....8 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #76
adrohaH 68 adhara adroha: Absence of malice or ill-teeling, moderation, author and Founder of the Vaisnavis sect in Bengal, mildness, adroheNaiva bhUtAnAmalpadroheNa vA punH| yA vRttistAM samAsthApya, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -vAdina vipro jiivednaapdi|| Mst.2. = advayavAdin q. v. above a Vedantin. advandva . Without duality or enmity; asamastapadavRtti- advaidha . Not divided or disunited; free from miva advandvAM K. 131. malice. yadyapyeSabhavedbhartA anAryoM vRttivrjitH| advaidhamatra vartavyam advaya 3. [nAsti dvayaM yasya] 1Not two. -2 Without a Ram. 2. 118. 3. second, unique; sole; advayaM brahma Ved. Sutra. -yaH [advayaM __ adha, adhA ind. Ved. Used like atha as an inceptive vijJAnAbhedaH padArthAnAm astyasya vAdakatvena astyarthe ac]N.of Buddha particle in the sense of 'now', 'ther', 'afterwards', -yam [na. ta.] Non-duality, unity, identity; especially " moreover', 'and', 'partly', 'so much the of Brahman and the universe, or of spirit and matter; more' &c. the highest truth. -Comp.-Ananda:advaitAnandaH q.v. adhana | na. ba.] 1 Without wealth, poor. kRtvA nRzaMsa -vAdina (= advaita ) one who propounds the identity of hyadhane dhigastvadhanatAmiha Mb. 12.8.11. -2 Not entitled or spirit and matter or of Brahman and the universe competent to possess independent property (in law ); (sarvameva vastu citkharUpaM nAnyadato dvitIyamasti iti yaH pratipAdayati) | bhAyoM putrazca dAsazca traya evAdhanAH smRtAH / yatte samadhigacchanti yasya 2. Buddha, Jine; SaDabhijJo dazabalo'dvayavAdI vinAyaka: Ak. te tasya taddhanam / / Ms.8.416. ___ advayat,-advayas .. Ved. llaving no second; sakhA 3787727 a. Unhappy, wretched, miserable; 2 fra suzevo advayAH Rv. 1. 187.3 (dvayarahita); free from duplicity, mAmadhanyam U.1.42. true, sincere (?). adhama 4. 'ome who does not blow.' ef. adhamaH kutsite advayAvin / . [advayam astyathai vini chandasi dIrghaH ] Not nyUne adhaHsthAdhmAnayorapi Nm. having two ways (devapitRyAnarUpamArgadvayahita); putrasya pAthaH padamadvayAvinaH Rv. 1. 159.3. __adhama .. [av-ama; avateH amaH, vasya pakSe dhaH Un.5.51.] The lowest, vilest, meanest; very bad, or low, or vile advayu.[dvayaM dviprakAro'styasya bA0 u, na. ba.] Free from (in quality, worth, position &c.) (opp. uttama); adhamaduplicity, the same internally or externally (Saatati- madhyamottamAH or uttamAdhamamadhyamAH &c. zastrAvapAte garbhasya pAtanarUpa). upadvayu cAdvayu ca vasavaH Rv. 8. 18. 15. cottamo damaH / uttamo bAdhamo vApi puruSastrIpramApaNe || Y.2.277. oft. at the end of comp.; nara, dvija' cANDAlazcAdhamo nRNAm advAram Not a door, any passage or entrance which Ms. 10. 12 lowest in position; adhama the vilest of the is not intended to serve as a regular door ; advAreNa na cAtIyAd grAma vA vezma vA puram Ms.1.733; nAdvAreNa vizet vile, the meanest wretch. -maH 1An unblushing sensuY.1.140. alist (bhayadayAlajjAzUnyaH kAmakrIDAviSaye kartavyAkartavyA vicArakaH Sabda K.); vApI snAtumito gatAsi na pUnastasyAdhamasyAntikam Eras: A bronce of forming a queue at the door ; K. P. 1. -2 A sort of yoga or comjunction of planets kAryArthinAmadvArAsaha kArayet Kau. A. 1. 14. (nRNAM vittajJAnAdiSu adhamatvasUcakaH ravicandrayoH sthitivizeSarUpo advitIya . [nAsti dvitIyaM yasya] 1 Without a second, yogabhedaH Tv.)-mA A bad mistress (hitakAripriyatame'hitakAmatchless, peerless; na kevalaM rUpe zilpe'pyadvitIyA mAlavikA riNI). [ef. L. injinix ].. -Comp. -aGgam [karma.] the M.2 kimurvazI advitIyA rUpeNa V.2.-2 Without a compa-- foot (opp: uttamAtra). -ardham [ karma.] the lower half of nion, alone. -3 Sole, only, unique, supremue. - the body ( below navel)-adhye . [ adhamArdhe bhavaH] conneBrahman; ekaM yaM brahma. cted with the lower part. -AcAra . [ ba.] of the vilest adviSeNya [na. ta.] Not malevolent, not to be disliked. conduct. (-raH) (karma) the meanest conduct. -RNaH , -RNikaH [adhamaH adhamAvasthA prAptaH RNena, tataH Than ] a debtor adveSa . [na. ba.] Free from hatred or malevolence. (opp. uttamaNaH) (lit. reduced to a low position by his -SaH Freedom from hatred. ingurring debt). manye'dhamarNapratimena bharne pratyarpito'bhadazito adveSas . [ dviS-asun. na. ta. ] Friendly, not hesting. dhanaughaH | Siva B. 23.70. -bhRtaH, -bhRtakaH [karma.] a porter, advaita . [na. ba.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform groom, a servant of the lowest class, one of the 3 kinds nature, equable, unchanging; taM sukhaduHkhayoH U. 1. 39. of servants ; uttamassvAyudhIyotra madhyamastu kRSIvala: / adhamI bhAra-2 Matehless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -tam [na.ta.] vAhI syAdityevaM vividho bhRtH|| 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman adhara . [na dhriyate; q-ac, na.ta.]1 Lower (opp. uttara), with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, matter : See advaya also. -2 The supreme or highest downwards; vAsa: under yarment; asitamadharavAso bibhrataH truth or Brahman itself. -3N. of an Upanisad; advaitena Ki. 4.38; ef. ambara; suvarNasUtrAkalitAdharAmbarAm Si. 1.6; degoSTha Folols, without any duplicity. -Comp.-AnandaH (advaya0) lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense 3777 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of partakes of the character of : pronoun ). --2 Low, the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an | mean, vile : uttaram See below; lower in quality, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #77
adharIka 59 adhas inferior. -3 Silenced, worstod, not able to speak: See hIna, hInavAdin.-4 Previous, preceding as in adhareyuH, q.v. -ra: The nether (or sometimes the upper ) lip: in general patrama. pravepamAnAdharapatrazobhinA Ku...27 leaf-like lower lip; bimbAdharAlaktakaH M.3.5; pakavimbAdharoSTI Me.843: pibasi ratisarvasvamadharam 8.1.21; 1.23; 3.23; f. adharaM khala bimbanAmaka phalamAbhyAmiti bhavyamanvayam / labhate'dharabimba ityadaH padamasyA radanacchade vadat || N.2.1. -rA The nadir: (adhodiza) or the southern direction. -ram The lower part (of the body): pRSThavaMzAdhare trikam Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address, specch (opp. uttara); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -uttara / . 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; rAjJaH samakSamevAvayoH "vyaktibhaviSyati M.1; vyatyaye karmaNAM sAmyaM pUrvavaccAdharottaram 1.1.96.-2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; yazcAdharottarAnAn vigItAnnAvabudhyate Ms. 8.53.-3 in contrary way, topsy-turvy, upride down the natural order of things being inverterl); zrutaM bhavadbhiradharottaram 5.5. you have ( certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i... to consider good as bad and rice rersa ; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this moan or base reply adharaM ca taduttaram (yadi na praNayedrAjA daNDaM) khAmyaM ca na syAtkasmiMzcit pravartatAdharottaram M.7.21 (adharam = zUdrAdi, uttaram = pradhAnam); adharmeNa jito dharmaH pravRttamadharottaram Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer, -oSThaH, -auSThaH P. bArtika otvoSTadoHsamAse vA. the lower lip: akgulisaMvRta 5.3. 24; Me. 81 (-Tham) the lower and upper lip. -kaMTakaH a prickly plant: Itelysarum Alhagi (dhamAsA Mur.). -kaTikA a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. laghuzatAvarI). -kaNThaH the lower part of the neck. -kAyaH [adharaM kAyasya] the lower part of the body.-pAnam kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -madhu, -amRtam the nectar of the lips. -svastikam the nndir. adharIkRU., adharayati Den. P. To surpass, excel, beat down worst; zoka kiJcidadharIkRtya Dk. lesseming, forgetting: to defeat, vanquish: bhavatA dhIratayA'dharIkRtaH Ki.2.40,6.21; caritairmunInadharayaJ zucibhiH Ki. 6.24 exceling: adharIkRtasarvasnehena apatyapremNA K.25. adharIbhU 11P. To be worstel (in a law suit): to be invalidated; sAkSiyabhayataH satsu sAkSiNaH pUrvavAdinaH / pUrvapakSe'dharIbhUte bhavantyuttaravAdinaH // Y. 2. 17. adharINa ..[adhare bhavaH adhara-kha]1 Lower. -2 Trailuced, vilified, reproachel; adharINaH pariNasyate A R. 1. adhareyuH ind. [adhare dine ; adhara-eyus ] 10m a previous day. -2 The day before yesterday: the other day. adharasmAta, -rataH, -stAt, -rAt,-tAt, -reNa ind. Below, heneath, in the lower regions. adharAJca [adharAM dakSiNAM dizaM aJcati aJca kin P.III. 2.59] Southward; tending downwards, to the na dir or lower region; tending to the south. - the southern direction. - ind. Beneath. adharAcIna-cya . [adharAci bhavaH : adharAc sa yat vA] Tending downwards; situated in the region below; being downwards. adharmaH [na. ta.] 1 Unrighteousness, irreligion, iinpiousness, wickedness, iniustice; 203014 Ms. 8. 127 unjust punishment : adharmeNa uniustly, in an improper way; yazcAdharmeNa pRcchati MR. 2.111; an unjust act; a guilty or wicked deed: sin: degcArin committing unjust or unrighteons deeds; so THL of an irreligious spirit; tadA kathambhIruH5.3 degmaya full of wickedness or sin; for definitions &e. of dharma and adharma See Tarkn K. P. 19. (dharma and adharma are two of the24 dualities mentioned in Nyaya, and they pertain only to the soul. They are the peculiar causes of pleasure and pain respectively. They are imperceptible, but inferred from reasoning and from transmigration.) -2 N. of a Praia pati or of an attendant of the sun. - Unrighteousness personified. Devoid of attributes, an epithet of brahmana. -Comp.-astikAya: the category of adharma, See astikAya. adharmin .. Impious, wicked. adharmya 1.1 Wicked, impious. -2 Illegal, unlawful: paJcAnAM tu trayo dhA dvAvadhau~ smRtAviha Ms.3.35. adhavA [avidyamAno dhavo bhartA yasyAH ] A widow. adhas, adha: ind. [ adhara-asi, adharazabdasthAne adhU AdezaH P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down : patatyadho dhAma visAri sarvataH Si. 1. 2: in lower region, to the infernal regions or holl: vyasanyadho'dho vrajati svaryAtyavyasanI mata: Ms.7.53. (According to the context 397: may have the sense of the nomimative, "akkuzaH &c.; a blative, adho vRkSAt patatiH or locative, adho gRhe zete).-2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gem.: tahaNAm S. 1. 14: rarely with al. also: bAhitthaM tu tato'pyadhaH Hemachandra: (when repeated lower and lower, down and clown: adhodhaH pazyataH kasya mahimA nopacIyate H...: yAtyadhodhovajatyuccairnaraH khareva karmabhiH 11.2.47; adhodho gajJeyaM padamupagatA stokaM Bh. 2. 10; from undler, just below (with are.); nabAnadho'dho bRhataH payodharAna Si. 1. +. In comp. with nouns adhaH has the sense of (M) Iower, under, a degbhuvanaM, "loka: the lower world : "vAsa: or degaMzukam an under-garment : or (1) the lower part ; #12: the lower part of the body : 317: means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; tapaH zarIraiH kaThinairUpArjitaM tapakhinA daramadhazcakAra sA Ku.b. 2): adhaHkRtAzeSAntaHpureNa K. 1773 kRtakusumAyudhaM 179; Si.1.35 : kSitipratiSTo'pi mukhAravindavedhUjanazcandramadhazcakAra 3.52; kRtainasaH Si. 16.8. dispelled. (.) adhas, adhastAn-Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -akSa a. situated below the axle or car. ( 4) wr. below the car, under the axle. -akSajaH [akSAt indriyA jAyate iti akSa pratyakSajJAnama, tadadharaM grAhakatvAbhAvAt hInaM yasya saH 'Tv.: adhaHkRtaM akSajam indriyajJAnaM yena Malli.].N. of Visnu: other etymologies of the name are also found : (1) adhI nakSIyate jAtu For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #78
adhas adhi yammAttammAdadhokSajaH; (2) dyaurakSaM pRthivI cAdhastayoryasmAdajAyata / madhye varAjarUpeNa tato'dhokSaja iSyate // -adhasU See above. -upAsanam exual intercourse. -aGgama,-dvAram, marma thesnus Pudendum Muliebre. T: the lower part of the hand (karabha). -karaNam excelling, defeating, degradation : K. 202: 80degkriyA; sahate na janopyadhaHkriyAm Ki.2.47. lograulation, dishomour.-khananam undermining.-gAtaH/., gamanam -pAtaH 1n downward fall or motion, desirent: going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell: mUlAnAmadhAgati: K.41 (where ni has hoth senses ): "tim AyAti Pt.1.150 sinks, comes down (feels lishonoured); Ms. B. 17: arakSitAramattAraM nRpaM vidyAdadhogatim 8. 300 destined to go to hell. -gantR n. one who liya downwards, a mouse. -ga-gha-NTA [ adharAt adhastAdArabhya ghaNTeva tadAkAraphalatvAt ] a plant Achyranthes Aspera. ( apAmArga. M. AghADA). -caraH [adhaH khanitvA carati-ac ] 1thiof. -2 one who goes downwards. -jAnu.. the lower part of the knee. . below the lanee. -jihikA[alpA jihvA jihikA, adharA jihikA ] the vule (Mar. paDajIbha). -talam the lower part or surface: zamyA , khaTvA . -di /.the lower region, the nadirthe southern direction. -dRSTi . castinga downward look: a posture in Yoga; karaNAnyabahiSkRtya sthANuvannithalAtmakaH / AtmAnaM hRdaye dhyAyet nAsAgranyastalocanaH // iti yogasAre, of. also Ku.B. 47. (-STiH ) : downward look. -padaM [adhoni parda, pAdasyAdhaHsthAnaM vA ] the paree under the Foot, a lower plater. -pAtaH = gati .. above. -puSpI [adhomukhAni pRSpANi yasyAH ] Names of two plants avAkpuSpI (Pimpinellit Anisum) and gojilA Elephantopus Seaber). - 7: a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -bhaktam [adharaM bhakta yammAna ] lost of water, medicine e. to be taken after meals &c. ( bhojanAnte pIyamAnaM jalAdikam). -bhAga: 11ho lower part (of . the bods): pUrvabhAgo guruH puMsAmadhobhAgamtu yoSitAM Sur. -2 the lower part of anything, the region below, down low : "vyavasthitaM kiMci-paramAlAkitaM M. I. situated down below, see pAtAla. -bhU:/. lower ground, and at the foot of: hill. -mukha,-vadana .. having the face downwards; khI tiSThatiH "H patribhiH / .3.7. -2 heal-long, previpitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-a) N. of Visnu. (-khA, -khI) N. of a plant gojihvA. (-kham) (nakSatram) 1 flying downwards, having :downward motion: these nuksutras are : mUlAzleSA kRttikA ca vizAkhA bharaNI tathA / maghA pUrvAtrayaM caiva adhomukhagaNaH smRtH|| Jyotistt. -2N. of a hell. -yantram | still. -raktapittam / discharge of blood from the anus and urethue. -rAma.. [adhobhAga rAmaH , dRSTitarpakatvAn nasya rAmatvam] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body said of a goat ); -3 : 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world.-ae . strong in the lower regions: whose lustre penetrates downwards. -vazaH Pudendum Muliebre. -vAyuH [adhogAmI vAyuH zAka. H.] brealing wind, flatulency. -a: to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -zaya,-yya .sleeping on the ground. (-yyA) sleeping on the ground : amIndhanaM bhaikSacaryAmadhaHzayyAM gurohitamA AmamAvartanAn karyAkRtopanayano dvijH|| Ms.2.100. -ziras / -mukha (..). ofa hell. -stha, -sthita ..Nituntent below, svastikama the nadir. adhiropa: Accuestion : pakSapAnAdhiropabhya kAraNAni ca pAna va Sukra. 4.528. adhivettavyA (-vedyA)AWOMEntit to marrivine second wife. adhizrita a. llentell : Bhag. 10.9... adhopahAsaH[adhaH adhobhAgasya yonyAH upahAsaH chAndamaH sandhiH, strINAmadhobhAgasya upahasanam Tv.] Ved. Sexual intercourse. adhastana ..(-nI..)[adhobhavaH adhas-Tapa taTa ca] 1 Lower, situated beneath. -2 Prior', previous. adhastarA (mA) bha ind. [ anizayenAthaH] Vers loy. adhastAt dr. or reyn. | adhara-amnAti, adhU AdezaH P. V. 3. 39-40. DOW, below, under, beneth, under neath &c. with yen. ), See 399:, 319412197912 Ms. 1.51 dharmeNa gamanamUce gamanamadhastAdbhavatyadharmaNa Sankhya K: tAdAgataH Pt.3: tamyAdhastAdvayamapi ratAmteSu poTajeSu U.2.25% yasya marvamevAdhastAda ganaM K.); gome to hell. adhAmArgavaH [na dhIyate adhAH, tAdRzaM mArgam : vAni vA-ka. Ty] = apAmArga q.v. ___ adhAraNaka ... na. na.] 1M profitable: "kaM mamaitatsthAnaM Pt. . adhiH [AdhIyate duHkhamanega AdhA ki vA. pR. havaH| 1Mertal pain or agony, See 31114: -2 A woman in her courses. (= avi.) Tra ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs) over, above: (adhikAra ); degsthA 10 stand over : "kR 10 place over orat the head of; degruh to grow over or above; over and above, besides, in addition to (311474): fully, completely (atizaya, vizeSa), toget something in illition to unother : adhigatya jaganyadhIzvarAn having obtaimerl fully, adhi intensifying the meaning of the r001: ino vA sAnimImahe divo vA pArthivAdadhi Rv. 1.6.10; (adhImahe Adhikyena yA cAmahe). -2 As a separable adverb ) Oher, above, from a bove (morts Velic): SaSTivArAso adhi paTU Rs. 7.18.14. -3 (Asa preposition) with act. (1) Abore, over, upon, in (upari): yaM dantadhijAyate nADI taM dantamuddharena Nusr. adhyadhi Just above: lokAnuparyaparyAste'dho'dho'pyadhi ca mAdhavaH Bopdevs; with gem.RIN): ye nAkasyAdhi rocane divi Rv. 1. 19.6 above the sun: viTapi Si..36: tvat 7.41%3 "rajani at night. adhirajani jagAma dhAma tasyAH2. () with reference to, concerning, in the case of, on the subject of (adhikRtya) (mostly in adverbial compounds in this sense): harI iti adhihari adhitri kRSNamadhikRtya pravRttA kathA adhikRSNam; 80degjyotiSam, lokam , daivama, daivatam tresting of stars &e.3 degpurandhri Si 6.32 in the case of women.(c) (With abl.) Just over, more than (adhika); sattvAdadhi mahAnAtmA Kath.; aviditAdadhi (a)(With loc.) Over, on or upon, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #79
adhika adhika above ( showing lorship or sovereignty over something) years later i. e, in the 4th year; sometimes with gen.; (aizvarya); adhirIzvare P.I.4.97% Adhi bhUvi rAmaHP.II.B.9Sk. mamAdhikA vA tulyA yA tam. -5 Emiment, uncommom, Rama rules over the earth; the country ruled over may special, peculiar (asAdhAraNa ): vidyA nAma narasya rUpamadhikam he used with loc. of ruler': adhi rAme bhaH hid : prahAravarma- Bh. 9. 20 superior or uncommon form or beauty; zu facer car: Dk.77 subject to, ander the government neSAmadhiko vizeSaH 11. Pr.25; ijyAdhyayanadAnAni vaizyasya kSatriyasya of, become the property or possession of (3117 denoting c| pratigraho'dhiko vipre yAjanAdhyApane tathA| Y. I. 118; somekhatvaM in this case); miler, inferior to (hIna): Adhi harI times used in the comparative in the above senses; murAH ( Bopadevs) the gods are under Hari. -4 (As kezo'dhikatarasteSAm B. 12.3; taramidAnI rAjane rAjalakSmIH V. first member of Tatpurus compounds ) (..) Chief, 5.22: svargAdadhikataraM niyuttisthAnam S.7.-6Redundant, supersupreme, principal, presiding;"devatA presiding deity; fluous : "3 havingn redundant limb; nohatkapilAM kanyA TI: supreme or soverign ruler ; 'fat: supreme lord nAdhikAjI na rogiNIma Ms.3.8.-7 Intercalatel, intercalary Re. (1) Redundant, superfluous growing over anoth- (as a month &c.) -8 Inferior, secondary. - er); dantaH = adhyArUDhaH (dannasyopari jAnaH) dannaH P. VI... 1Surplus, oxcess, Imore: lAbho'dhikaM phalam Ak. -2 Abun 16.(c) Ovei', cxcessive: degadhikSepaH hish censure. dance, redundancy, superfluity. -3 A figure of speech According toG.M. adhi has these senses. adhiradhyayanezvarya- equivalent to hyper bole; AthayAyiNorekasyAdhikye'dhikavazitvasmaraNAdhike / ...: upAdhyAyAdadhIte: ige'dhyayanArthakatvasya mucyate / kimadhikamasya vramo mahimAnaM baarirhriyNtr| ajJAta eva zete adhidyotakaH : adhipatiH (aizvarya): adhInaH ( vazitve) adhigataH inaH / kukSI nikSipya bhuvanAni / / atra AzrayasyAdhikyam / yugAntakAlapratisaMhRtAmAturadhyeti (mmaraNa); adhikam ( adhike). -5 Instead of: idamane tmano jaganti yasyAM savikAzamAsata / tanau mamastatra na kaiTabhadviSastapomudhitaM durdhitAdadhi priyAdu cinmanmanaH preya astu ne Bv. 1. 110. dhanAbhyAgamasaMbhRtA mudaH // 8. D: mahatoyanmahIyAMsAbAdhitAdhyayoH 11. In the Veda 349 is supposed by B. and R. to! kamAna / AdhayAyiNI syAnAM nanutve'pyadhika tunana // K. P. 10. have the senses of 'out of', 'from', 'of', 'amony', dr. 1 More, in greater degree: 74 713 TETT before ',' beforchand ',' for ', 'in favour of', 'in', pratipadyAdhika babhau R.1.1: shome the more::. IS: yasminaivA dhikaM cakSarAropayati pArthivaH 11. 1.28 oft. in comp.: iyamaadhika ..[abbreviation of adhyAda: adhyAruDhazabdAn kan dhikamanojJA S. 1. 20: surabhi Me. . -2 Exteeddingly, too uttarapadalopazca P. V.2.73].1More, additional, greater much. -Comp. -aGga. (-GgI/.) having a redundant (opp.Una or sama): nadamminnadhikam P.V.2.5. ( Incomp. limb. IN.B.S. (save above -6) (-im) [adhiko'tAt | with ummerrals) plus, greater by; aSTAdhikaM zanam 100 plus Nushi, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat. 8-100: catvAriMzato'dhikAH catvAriMzAH more than to: -adhika .. more and more, out-loing one mother. navAdhikA navatim R. 3.60; ekAdhikaM harejajyeSTa: Ms. 9. 117. -athe . cxaggerated : vacanam exaggeration, an exag-2(a) Surpossing in quantity, more numerous, copious, ! gerated Ntatement or assertion (whether of praise or excessive, a bundant: in comp. or with instr.; 19: of eensure); kRtyairadhikArthavacane P. II. 1.33: / 'nam - stutipramANAdhikaH 5.1.2). more than the usual measure nindAphalakamarthavAdavacanam : e.g. vAtacchedyaM tRNam i. e. so light and (0) Inordinate, grown increased, become greater week; kAkapeyA nadI 50 deep and full ). -Rddhi .. abunabounding in full of strong in: krodha R.12.:0 : vayo'dhika: dant, prosperous; RddhimantamadhikaddhiruttaraH pUrvamutsavamapohadutsavaH Ms.4. III Remior in years : zizudhikavayAH V..1.32. old, R. 19.5. -tithiH, f. -dinaM, -divasaHn interealated advancert in Ne : bhavaneSu ra sAdhikeSu / / 1. (sudhAsineyu) pUrva day. -dantaH = adhidantaH -mAMsAman = adhimAMsa q.. 5.7.20: karoni rAgaM hRdi kautukAdhikaM K.); rasAdhike manasi -vAkyoktiH 1. oxaggeration, hypur bole, -pASTikaSi. 17.4%albounding in. -3 (a) More, greater, stronger, sAptatika , containing or costing more than to or 70. mightier, more violent or intense; adhikAM kuru devi gurubhaktim K.62; UnaM na sattveSvadhiko babAdhe 1.2.14 the stronger adhikAma . [ adhikaH kAmo yastha ] Of vehement desires, animal did not pres on the wenker; pumAnpuMso'dhike zukre strI impassioned, lustful. -maH [karma.] Strong desire. bhavatyadhike striyAH M.3.19; adhika menire viSNum Ram.; adhika 371975 8 U. 1 To authorize, qualify for the discharge mitram Pt.2; yavIyAnguNano'dhika: Ms. 11. 1859. 15 (1) of some duty; be entitled to, have a right to; naivAdhyaSuperior to, better than; higher than [ with abl. or kAriSmahi vedavRtte Bk. 2.34; guNAH priyatvedhikRtA na saMstavaH Ki. in comp.); pramANAdadhikasyApi manadantinaH Pt. 1. 3273; senAzate- 1.25 merits are calculated to produce liking, not mere bhyo'dhikA buddhiH Mu. 1.27 surpassing, more than a maatch intimacy. -2 To place at the head of, appoint, set3B for &e.3 vidharadhikasaMbhAraH R. 15.62 more than what was pANDavena hyahaM tAta azveSvadhikRtaH purA Mb.; dRptavinayAdhikRtaH / .9. aanctioned by rules%3; tapasvibhyo'dhiko yogI Bg.6.46%3 brahma 62 appointed to humble the proud; zithilIkRte'dhikRtakRtyapradAnebhyo'dhikam Y.1.2123 azvAdhiko rAjA II.3.77 strong in vidhau Ki.6.30 set or appointed to duty; devAH prasahya tamadhicavalry; dhanadhAnyAdhiko vaizyaH H.4.21 excels in, is supe- kuryuH Mv. 2 set on, incite or appoint as their chief. -3 rior by reason of3; lokAdhikaM tejaH Mu. 4. 10 superior to; To aim at, allude or refer to make the subject of; sometimos with gon.; paJcadazAnAM bhrAtaNAmadhiko guNaiH K. 136. adhikRtya kRte granthe P. IV.3.873 kirAtArjunau adhikRtya kRta kAvya -4 Later, subsequent, further than (of time); 1992- kirAtArjunIyam Sk. ; nATakaM prayogeNa adhikriyatAm 5. 1 should bandhoAviMze ( kezAnto vidhIyate) vaizyasya dvayadhike tataH Ms.2.65.2 | be made the subject of representation, should be For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #80
adhikaraNam adhikAraH represented on the stage. -4 To be used as the head or [adhikaraNasya vicAlaH anyathAkaraNam ] changing the quantity governing rule : samarthAnAM prathamAdvA P. IV. 1.823; idaM padatrayamadhi- of ny thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times; kriyate sk. -5 To superintend, be at the head. -6 (A.) / "vicAle ca P.V. 3.43; dravyasya saMkhyAntarApAdane saMkhyAyA dhA To bear, endure or overpower, be superior to: zatrumadhi syAt / ekaM rAziM paJcadhA kuru Sk. -siddhAntaH a conclusion kurute Sk.; adhicakre na ya hariH Bk. 8. 20. -7 To feel, emjoy%; bhavAdazAzcedadhikurvate ratiM nirAdhayA hanta hatA manasvitA Ki. 1.48. __ adhikaraNikaH [ adhikaraNama AzrayatayA astyasya Thana ] 1 A -8 To refrain or desist from. AdhikaraNam [kR-lyuT] 1 Placing at the hend of judge, magistrate. aho vyavahAraparAdhInatayA duSkaraM khAla parzacatta grahaNamadhikaraNike: Mk. 9. -2 A government official. appointiny &c. -2 Relation, reference, connection; rAmAdhikaraNAH kathA: Ram. referring to. -3 ( In gram.) adhikaraNyam Authority, power. Agreement, concord, government or grammatical adhikarman . [adhikaM kama ] 1 A higher or superior relation (as of subject and predicate &e.); tatpuruSaH act, -2 Superintendence, -. One who is charged with samAnAdhikaraNaH karmadhArayaH P. I.2,42 having the members superintendence. -Comp. -karaH, -kRt a sort of servant, (of the compound in the same relation or apposition; overseor of workmen, -kRtaH [adhikarma kRtaM yena niSTAntasya samAnAdhikaraNo or vyadhikaraNo bahuvrIhiH, pItAmbaraH, krapANiH paranipAnaH] one appointed to superintend an institution &c. - Areteptacle or subject, technically substratum; or establishment: sarveSvadhikRto yaH syAt kuTumbasya tathopari / jJAnAdhikaraNam AtmA T.S. the soul is the substratum so'dhikarmakRto jJeyaH sa ca kauTumbikaH smRtaH / / In families he is of knowledge. -5 Location, place, the sense of the the head or puter/milias. locative asc3; AdhArodhikaraNam P. I.1.15; kartRkarma adhikarmikaH [ adhikRtya karmaNe alam , adhikarma Than ] The vyavahitAmasAkSAdvArayat kriyAm / upakurvat kriyAsiddhau zAstredhikaraNaM overseer of a market whose duty is to recover toll smRtam // Hari; as gehe sthAlyAmannaM pacati. -6 A topic, or duties from the traders. subject ; section, article or paragraph : a complete argument treating of one subject; A chapter in __ adhikAraH 1 Superintendence, watching over; vAyu Kautiliya Arthasastra. e. 9. 7 11 TUTH. the Sutras kaSTo'dhikAra: V. 3.1; yaH pauraveNa rAjJA dharmAdhikAre niyukta: 5.1 of Vyasa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyayas, the superintendence of religious matters; -2 Duty, office, Adhyavas into Padies and the Pidisk into Adhikara- charge; power, post af authority; authority ; - nas or sections. According to the Mimarsakas a kAra: Kau. A. 1 nirNayAdhikAre bravImi M. 1. [ say this in complete Adhikarana consists of tive members: -viSaya the capacity of niudge: avidhamo'yaM lokatantrAdhikAra:S.; the subject or matter to be explained, fatuor 1972 dvIpinastAmbUlAdhikAra dattaH Pt. 1, tulyodyogastava dinakRtazcAdhikAro the doubt or question arising upon that matter, pUrvapakSa mato naH V.2.1.; artha administration of premiury matters the first side or primi farie argument concerning it, svAdhikArAt pramattaH Me. 1; adhikAre mama putrako niyukta: 1.53 uttara / uttarapakSa or siddhAnta the answer or demonstrated yaH sarvAdhikAre niyuktaH pradhAnamantrI sa karotu, atujIvinA para carcA conclusion, and a pertinency or relevancy, or na karnacyA 1.2: zilpAdhikAre yogyeyaM dArikA M. 1 fit to be (accoring to others nirNaya the tinal conclusion); viSayo initiated in to the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, governvizayathaiva pUrvapakSastathonaramA nirNayatheti siddhAntaH zAve'dhikaraNaM smRtm|| int or administration, jurisdiction, rule: svAdhikAraThe Vedantins put infat in the 3 rd place, and an #1 afarza S. 7 seat of government or jurisdiction, last; natra ekaikamadhikaraNaM paJcAvayavam , viSayaH saMdehaH saMgatiH pUrvapakSaH / khedaM nirUpayaS... -4 Position, dignity, rink: hRtAdhikArA siddhAntazca. Generally speaking, the tive members may SAIH Y. 1. 70 deprived of the position or rights or be viSaya, saMzaya, pUrvapakSa, uttarapakSa and siddhAnta or rAdhAnta). privileges of a wife. 5 (a) Right, authority, privilege, -7 Court of justice, tourt, tribunal: svAndoSAn kathayanti claim, title as to wealth, property &c.); right of nAdhikaraNe Mk.!). raNe ca sAdhanam Dk.40.-8Stuff, material; ownership or possession; adhikAraH phale svAbhyamadhikArI ca vipratiSiddha cAnadhikaraNabAci P. II.4.13 (adravyavAci): adhikrnn| tamprabhuH 8. D. 2963; batse'dhikAraH sthitaH Mv.4.38 it now etAvatve ca P.II.4.15 tixed number of things, daza dantoSTa: I belongs to the child. (1)Qualification or authority to Sk.-9 A claim. Bhay..1.16. -10 Supremaey. -11 A perform certain specitied duties, civil, sacrificial, religigovernment department: sarvAdhikaraNarakSaNam Kau. A.4.. ons &c.: as the 3112117 of a king to rule and protect, -12 Agathering place pratyakSAzca parokSAzca srvaadhikrnnessvth| of a Brahman to steritice, of a Vaisya to till or trade vRtterbharatazArdUla nityaM caivAnvavekSaNam || Mb. 12.59.68. -13A &c. zUdro'dhikArahIno'pi Y.3.262; with loc.; niSekAdismazAdepartment; azvAgArAn gajAgArAn balAdhikaraNAni ca Mb. 12. nAnto mantrairyasyodito vidhiH| tasya zAstre'dhikAro'smin jJeyo nAnyasya 69... -NI One who superintends. -Comp. -bhojaka: kasyacit Ms. 2. 16: zrAddhAdhikAra sampadastu iti bhavanto avantu a court-dimitary, a judge, bhItabhItA adhikaraNabhojakA: Mk.9. (repeated in Sraddha ceremonies). -6 Prerogative -maNDapa: court or hall of justice. adhikaraNamaNDapasya mArgamAdezaya of a king. -7 Effort, exertion; karmaNyevAdhikAraste mA Mk.9. -lekhakaH .. official recorder or scribe, who drew phaleSu kadAcana By. 2.47 your business in with action alome up sale-deeds and other documents after getting the &c. -8 Relation, reference: 019951711 1917 1919 land measured in his presence: RT. VI. 38. -vicAla: lokasya smaagtsy| AtmAdhikArA vividhAzca vAca: Ram.2.17.43. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #81
adhikArin 63 adhijihvaH kathA vicitrAH pRtanAdhikArAH Mb. - Place = adhikaraNa; mahatkhala puruSAdhikAraM jyotiH M. 1. -10 A topics paragraph or scetion; prAyazcitta Mit. See adhikaraNa, -11 Counting, emumeration, occasion for counting; saMsAmu jAte puruSAdhikAre Ki. 3.51 (gaNanA prastAve). -12 (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exertsa directing or goverming influence over other rules; e.y. P. VIII. 1.1; i samarthAnAM prathamAdvAH prAgadIvyato'N IV. 1.82-83 tatpuruSaH IL. 1.22: adhikAro'yaM sk. (This adhikAra is of three kinds; siMhAvalokitaM caiva maNDakaplutameva c| gAgravAhavacApi adhikArabidhA mtH||.) adhikAra :lso means a word or sitra extending over in the following as up tu particular limit. -Comp. -vidhi: determination or statement of qualitivations to do particular acts; as rAjA rAjasUyena yajeta. -stha -3121 6. possessel of authority, invested with office. adhikArin, adhikAravat // . [astyartha ini matup vA] 1 Possessol of authority, having power: niHspRho nAdhikArI syAt Pt. 1. 161: sandhivipahakArya, kArya 1.3. -2 Entitled to, having a right to; sarve syuradhikAriNaH; 80 uttarAdhikArin heir; dhanagrahaNa &c.; tapasyanadhikAritvAt R.15.51 not qualified or authorised. -3 Belonging to, owned by. - Fit for. -n. (rI-vAn) 1 An official, officer; na niSprayojanam adhikAravantaH prabhubhirAhUyante Mu.33; functionary, superintendent, heal, director, governor. -2 A rightful claimant, proprictor, master, owner. -3 One qualified to sacritice or perform sacred works. -4 Manaw the lord of creation. -5 One well versed in the Vedanta. adhikAritA-tvam Authority, rightful clkin, qualification &c. adhikRta [kR-kta ] Authorised, appointedke one possessed of itthorised qualification, &c.; - dhikRto vidvAn brAhmaNaH M.8.11; pAtrANi nAvya'dhikRtAH, -taH An officer, official, function: ry, superintendent, lead, Ome in charge of any thing: saMbhAvanA hyadhikRtasya tanoti tejaH / Ki. 6.46; prAsAdadeg Mu. 3; Pt. I. 4:24; rASTra na. 1. 338. adhikRtiH / light, privilege, ownership. 500 adhikAra. adhikRtya il. With reference to regarding, concerning: grISmasamayamadhikRtya gIyatAm 5.13 zakuntalAmadhikRtya pravImi S.2. I refer to, speak of Sikkuntala; 3.4: zAntimadhikRtya kRtyavit anvayukta gurum / . 11.02. See AdhikR above. adhikram 1 U. To aseend, mount upon. -2 To attack, scale. adhikramaH, -kramaNam An attack, invasion. adhikSit m. [adhikSi bhAve kartari vA vip tuk ca Tv.] Decay or one that causes decay; a lord or ruler (?) adhikSip 6 P. 1 To insult, abuse, asperse, vilify, traduce, consure: kiM mAM saMbhUtadoSairadhikSipatha 5. heap accusations on me: nRpatAvadhikSipati zaurim Si. 15.1 na me pAdarajamA tulya ityadhikSiptaH M. I. -2 To throw or luy upon, bespattor.-3 To superinduce (disease).-4 To surpass. cf. adhikSipadabjanetra Having eyes which eclipse the lotus. adhikSepaH 1 Abuse, insulting, insult ; prajJA Dk..2 insult to, reflection on the understanding; bhavatyadhikSepa ivAnuzAsanaM Ki. 1.28. -2 Laying upon; fixing , throwing. -3 Dismissal. adhigam 1P. 1() To aequire, obtain, got, attains secure; AjJAkaratvamadhigamya V. 3. 19; adhigacchati mahimAnaM candro'pi nizAparigRhItaH M. 1.13%B bharimadhigacchet M.9.01 marry: zreyAMsi sarvANyadhijagmuSaste / .... (1) To tind, mect with, fall in with, sve, liscover. (c) To accomplish; artha sapratibandhaM prabhuradhigantuM sahAyavAneva 1.1.9: na me bRddhinizcaya1978 Mu. 1 is not able to decide; for (a) see also Ms.3.218, By.2.GL, B.2.06. -2 Toappronch, reach, go towards or near'; guNAlayo'pyasanmantrI nRpatinAdhigamyate Pt. 1.3813 tasyAntaM nAdhigacchani does not reach urgo to the end. -3 To study, len rn; know: tebhyo'dhigantuM nigamAntavidyAm .2.3; zrutamapyadhigamya Ki.9.41; 8.38; Ms.7.30; dharmeNAdhigato yestu 12.10.); vedArthAnAdhigacchet Y. 1.99, Bk. 7. 37. -4 To coha bit with. adhigata1.1 Acauirel, obtained Ke paramArthAnpaNDitAnmAvamasthAH Bh. 2.13. -2 Studied, known, learnt, mustered; kimityevaM pRcchasyanadhigatarAmAyaNa iva U. 16.30. adhigamaH -manam 1 Acquisition, obtaining, getting, findingke.: (icchAmi) zrotuM ca sItAdhigame prayatnam Ram.. 64. 32; duradhigamaH parabhAgaH Pt...1: vaMzasthiteradhigamAna V. 5.15; dArAdhigamanam Ms. 1. 112 marriage. -2 Mastery, knowledge ; asacchAstrAdhigamanam Ms. 11.65. -3 Mercuntile return, protit; acquiring property; fazla: : Mit. or dhanaprAptiH; sthApayanti tu yAM vRddhi sa tatrAdhigama prati Ms.8.157. -4 Acceptance. -5 Intercourse. -6 Seving, looking; apaneSyAmi saMtApaM navAdhigamazAsanAt m.5.33.77. adhigamya,-gamanIya,-gantavya Pot. p. Attainable. ke. adhigantR . [ gam-tRc ] One who attains or equires. adhigava . or lr. [gavi ityadhigarva avyayI-sa.] Found adhiguNa .[adhikA guNA yasya] 1 Possessiny superior qualities, worthy, meritorious : yAcyA moghA baramadhiguNe nAdhame labdhakAmA Me.6. -2 [adhigato guNo jyA yena] well strung (asu bow);zarAsana janAH Ki. 12. 14.-Na: Asuperior or eminent merit. adhicar 1. P. To walk or move over or on something. adhicaraNam Ast of walking over womething. adhijananam Birth; mAturagre'dhijananam Ms. 2. 160. adhijihvaH [adhikA jihvA yasya] A serpent (who has ta forkod tongue). This arose from the attempt of the serpents to lick the nectar placed on a bod of Kusa grass, the sharp points of which pricked the tongue and split it into two. -dvA-jihikA [ adhirUDhA jihvA, svArthe ] 1 The uvula. -2 A sort of swelling of the tongue or epiglottis. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #82
adhimAMsaH adhijya adhijya . [ adhyArUDhA jyA yatra, adhigataM jyAM vA ] Having adhipatnI Ved. A fonale ruler, mistres (svAminI) the bow-string stretched, well strung (as a bow). nakSatrANAmadhipatnI vizAkhe T. Br..1.1.11. -Comp. -dhanvan, kAmuka . having the boy strung: adhipAH [adhipAti-pA kim ] A king, tuler, lord. adhijyadhanvA bicacAra dAvam R. 2.8.tvayi cAdhijyakArmuke S. 1.6. adhipAMzula u. pusty from above. adhijyatA 1 The state of being struly; tAM nI to adhie (pU) ruSaH [adhikaH pu-pU-ruSaH] The Supreme Being string: lIlayaiva dhanuSI adhijyanAm R. 11. 14. tasmAd virALajAyata virAjo adhipUruSaH . 10.90.5). adhityakA [ adhi-khakan 1P.V.2.34: parvatasya ArUDhasthala- adhipapalikA A hotel-muttract madhilyakA Sk.] A table-land, highland; sthANuM tapasyantamadhityakAyAM Ku.B. 17; adhityakAyAmiva dhAtumacyAm R. 2.2). adhipeSaNam [piS-lyuTa ] Pounding or grinding upon, serving to pound or grind upon. adhitvat id. In you; adhikamadhitvadanena nipAti Si.7,41. / * 1, +1. I adhipraja..[adhikA prajA yasya ] THeaving many children (sce adhi.) (28 monwomen ..) -jam nde. [prajAmadhikRtya] adhidaNDanetR . N. of Yama Bhig. Regarding creation of the world) 8 a means of adhidantaH [ adhyArUDho dantaH] A redundant tooth preserving the world. growing over another. P. VI. 2. 188. also Suer. adhipraSTiyagam [ praSTo nihitaM yugama] Ayoke laid on the adhidArva". Wooden. ufe ur foremost of the three horses, used on certain straatfefa a. Of superior or transcendental lustre ; sacrificial occasions. -T: The fourth horse thus atta ched (?) nidAghadhAmAnamivAdhidIdhinim Si. 121. adhidevaH-vatA [adhiSThAtA-trI devaH devatA vA] 1 A presidling adhivalam An interlocution of high word in mutual or tuutelary deity: yayAce pAke pazcAtkartu rAjyAdhidevate 11.12. detiance : S.10.20. 17; 13.69; 16.): (sA) navApayAti hRdayAdhidevateva ]v.8.3 adhibhUH | adhibhavati svAmIbhavati bhakip] A master, sA rAmaNIyakanidherAdhidevatA vA Mal. 1. 2]. (The eleven organs superior : foremost ; rAkSasAnAmadhibhuvi Iv.1.17 : raghUNAmadhiof sunse are suid to have each a presiding deity: 173 dik, tvaco vAtaH, netrasya arkaH, rasanA yA varuNaH, brANasya azvino, vAgi / adhibhUtam [ adhiSThAyibhUtaM or bhUtaM prANimAtramadhikRtya vartamAnama ] ndriyasya bahiH, hastasya indraH, pAdasya upendraH, pAyoH mitraH, upasthasya The highest being; the Supreme Spirit or its all-porvaprajApatiH, manasaH candrazca, -2 [adhikRto devo yena guNAtizayAt ] The _ding influence; the whole inanimate creation; adhibhUtaM supreme or highest god, Almighty. ca kiM proktaM Bx.8.1; adhibhUtaM kSaro bhAvaH 8.1 'adhibhUta is all adhidevanam Gambling table, board for gambling perishable things.' (adhi upari dIvyate yatra.) adhibhojanam [adhika bhojanam ] 1 Excess in eating. adhidaivam-daivatam [adhiSTAtR daivam-daivatam vA ] 1 'The pre- -2[ adhika bhojanaM dhanaM mUlyaM vA yasya] Very costly or valuvidling god or deity; adhidevaM kimucyate Bg. 8.1. puruSathA- Hale: daza batrAdhibhojanA Rv.i.17.23; supplementary or dhidaivatam Bg. 8. 1; 7.30; zivAdhidaivataM dhyAyet vahipratyadhidaivatam | dditional gift (?). tamabhinandanti...yaH adhidevatamiva stauti K.100. -2 The supreme STTHET: The presiding deity of a sacritice: 7 deity or the divine agent operating in material objects. namo bhagavate'bhimakhAya tubhyam ( Bhig. 3. 9. 18). adhinAthaH [adhiko nAthaH] The Supreme loril: in chief adhimanthaH [adhikaM mathyate anena ; mantha karaNa ghaJ] 1Sovere ton or lord: N. of the author of kAlayogazAstra. ophthalmia; utpATyata ivAtyartha netraM nirmathyate tathA / ziraso'dha tu adhinI 1 P. To lead away from, to enhance, vidyAdadhimanthaM khalakSaNaiH. -2 = adhimanthanam. increase. adhimanthanam [manth-bhAve karaNe vA lyuT] Rubbing together adhinAyaH[nI-ghana,-adhinIyate vAyunA ] Fragrance, orlour. for producing tire; suitable for such friction (as wood). adhinirNij a. Veiled; yaH zvetAadhinirNijazcake kRSNA anu astIdamadhimanthanam Rv. 3. 20. 1. batA Rv. 8.41. 10. adhimanthita [adhimantho'sya saMjAtaH itac ] Suffering adhipaH [adhipAti, adhi-pA-ka] A lord, ruler, king, from eye-disea.se. sovereigns head; atha prajAnAmadhipaH prabhAta :.2.1; mostly in comp.; narAdhipaH lord of mel, king: gajalordly adhimarma int. In the vital parts. (See adhi) atha clephant &c. tIkSNAyasairvANairadhimarma raghUttamau Bk. 5. 3. adhipatiH [adhikaH patiH ] 1= adhipaH, -2 A part of the adhimAMsaH [adhikaM mAMsaM yatra ] A sort of disease in the head where the wound proves immediately fatal: white of the eye, 1 sort of cancer or protuberance of (mastakAbhyantagepariSTAt zirAsandhisannipAto romAvarto'dhipatiH, tatrApi flesh: vistINa mRdu bahulaM yakRtprakAzaM zyAvaM vA tadadhimAMsajArma sadyo maraNam Susr.) vidyAt Susr. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #83
adhimAMsakaH adhivas adhimAMsakaH[ adhika mAMsaM yatra] A gort of cancer in the Ku.7.D mounted or seated on; yogAdhirUDhAH R.13.523 hack of theums: hanRstha padhime dante mahAzotho mahArujaH / / enagod or lost in contemplation; 80 Pt.1: sadyaH parasparalAlAsrAvI ( kAlAmnAyA) kaphakRto vijJeyaH so'dhimAMsaka: Susr. tulAmadhirohatAM dve R.5.68 bear or acquire; pratijJAm enter adhimAtra ..[adhikA mAtrA yasya] Beyond measure, on: kIrtiryAmadhirohati Si.2.52; sarvamanorathAnAmamivAdhirUDhA excessive, inordinate. - On the subject of prosody. K. 158 mounted on the summit or pimmucle; tvAM dhUriya yogyatayAdhirUDhA Ki.3.50 this responsibility lios on your adhimAsaH [adhiko ravimAsAt atiriktaH zahapratipadAdida shouldlers. -2 To string; adhirohati gANDIvaM maheSau Ki. 18. 174 17:] An intercalory (lunar) month. 16. -3 (Intran.) To rise or grow over or above. -Caus. adhimaktakaH .Jasmin Seembut madhumAdhavI (Mar. mogarA). [roha -(pa) yati]1 To raise, place, seat, cause to mount adhimuktiH / . Trust, contitlence. or ascend; tAH svamaGkamadhiropya R. 19.44 having placed or seated; janaH samenaiva pathAdhirohati Si. 12.46. -2 To AdhimuktikA A pearl-shell. restore, give back: purANazobhAmadhiropitAyAM (vasatI) :. AdhamAH N. of Buddha in one of his at former 16. 42 restored to its former grandeur. -3 To births. string (as a bow); kArmukaM ca balinAdhiropitam R. 11.81. adhiyajJa.. Pertaining to tu sacritice ; degzaM brahma japet Ms. -4 To give, confere.; udAraka iti prItalokAdhiropitA6.83.-3: l'rincip: 1 sacritice; the agency effocting or parazlAghyanAmani Dk.50. causing such sacritice; "jJohamevAtra dehe dehabhRtAM vara Bg. 8.1 adhiruha . ( At the end of comp.) Growing on; the adhiyajJa is [ myself in this body (i.e. Krisna); dharaNiruhAdhiraho latAyAH Si.7.46. atrAsmindehe annAmitvena sthito'hamadhiyajJaH yajJAdikarmapravartakastatphaladAtA ceti zrIdharaH. -jJam lr. on the sitbject of sacrifices, __ adhirUDha..Mounted, ascendled ke. -2 Increas80 AdhiyAga, ed: degsamAdhiyogaH emgaged in profound meditation. adhiyAGga .. adhikAra.. ___ adhirUSita a. Besmeared with sandal paste &c. mukha madhirUSitapANDugaNDalekham Ki. 10.46. adhiyogaH [adhiko yogaH ] An auspicious conjunction of stars for departure, expedition &c. (jyotiSaprasiddho yAtrika adhiropaNam Act of raising, exalting or causing to zubhayogaH); yoge kSemamathAdhiyogagamane kSemaM ripUNAM vadhaH Muhurte- mount. chintamani. adhirohaH An elephant rider; gajapatimadhirohaH pakSakaadhiyodhaH [Adhikyena yudhyate; yudh-ac] The foremost hero vyatyayena Si. ll. 7. or warrior ( in fighting); na hi kopaparItAni harSavIryotsukAni adhirohaNam Ascending, mounting; citAdeg 1.8.57. ca / bhavanti adhiyodhAnAM mukhAni nihate patI Rim. --NI [adhiruhyate anayA, ruh karaNe lyut ] A ladder, hight of adhirajju .. Ved. [adhigatA rajjuryena] Fastening, steps (of wood &c. Mar. ziDI ). fettering. adhirohin 1. Ascending, mounting, rising above adhiratha ..[adhyAmTo rathaM rathinaM vA] Being om or over : &c. -NI [adhirohaH sAdhanatvena astyasyAH ] A ladder, fight. car.-: 1 A charioteer, driver. -2 N. of a charioteer of steps. who was king of Anga and foster-father of Karna. faal 2 P. To speak in favour of, advocate, - THL Ved. A cart-load. side with adhirAj.-jaH [ adhirAjate: rAj-kkip, rAjan-Taca-vA] i fam. 1 One who advocates a particular cause A sovereigm or supreme ruler, an emperor; prAyopaviSTo gajhAyAmanAdRtyAdhirAT zriyam Bhig; adyAstametu bhuvaneSvadhirAjazabdaH (pakSapAtena vaktR), an advoente. -2 An orator. -3 A comforter. U. 6. 16; king, hesd, lord (of men, animals &c.); himAlayo nAma nagAdhirAjaH Ku. 1. 1; 80 mRga', nAgadeg &c. adhivacanam 1 Advouncy, speaking in favour of adhirAjyam-Dram [ adhikRtaM rAjyaM rASTram atra] 1 Imperial (pakSapAtena kathanaM vacanam). -2 A name, epithet, appellation. or sovereign sway, Nupremacy, solo sovereignty, impo adhivAkaH [vac-ghaJ] Advocacy; tamiddhaneSu hiteSvadhivAkAya rial dignity, an empire. -2 N. of a country. havante Rv. 8. 16.5 (pakSapAtavacanAya). adhirukma ..[adhigataM rukmama AbharaNaM yena ] Having orna- adhivas 1P. 1 To inhabit, fix one's abode or rements (of gold &c.). sidence in, settlo, dwell or reside in (with roc. of place): girimadhivasestatra vizrAmahetoH Me.25: yAni priyAsahacarazcirama19TEI P. 1 'To ascond, inount (a throne, hill &c.); go up to, find access to, sit in or on dhyavAtsam U.3.8: bAlyAtparAmiva dazAM madano'bhyuvAsa R.5.03:11. (acc.); 61; 13.78): Si. B.59%3; Bk. 1.85.mA'dhivAtsIbhuvam 8.79. pAdAhataM yadutthAya mUrdhAnamadhirohati Si. 2. 463 purAdhirUDhaH zayana -2 To settle, alight or perch on. -3 (2 A.) To put on mahAdhanaM Ki. 1. Rs. lying on : turagAdhirUDhaM P. 7.37 riding a horse: vimAnaratnAdhirUTaH 12. 101: bandhujanAdhirUDhaigajAnAM vRndaiH / (clothes ) -Caus. 1 To cause to stay overnight. -2 T. consecrate, set up (as an image). saM. I. ko....9 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #84
adhivana 86 adhiSThA adhivastra . [adhyAvRtaM vastraM yena] Clad, veiled; adhivstraa| vadhUriva Rv. 8.26. 18. adhivAsaH 1Abode, residence; dwelling; satata subhagArpitastanam Mal.5.8; tasyApi sa eva giriradhivAsa: K. 187%3 lakSmIbhato'mbhodhitaTAdhivAsAna Si.3.71 situated on; settlement, habitation. vasanti manniyogena adhivAsaM ca rAkSasAH Ram.3.36.4. -2 An inhabitant, neighbour. -3 Obstinate pertinacity in making a demand, sitting without food be . foro : person's house till he ceases to oppose or refuse it (Mar. dharaNe). -4 [adhivAsayati devatA anena, karaNe ghaJ] Consecration of an image especially before the comImencement of a sacrificial rite; see adhivAsanam also. zuddhAdhivAsAzca vizuddhasattvAH Bu. Ch. 1. 39. -5 A garment, mantle (adhIvAsa: also). -6A birth-place; jAtizreNyadhivAsAnAM kuladharmAzca srvtH| varjayanti ca ye dharma teSAM dharmoM na vidyate // Mb. 12. 36. 19. adhyuSita.. Inha bited, resorted to; vidyAdharAdhyuSitacAruzilAtalAni sthAnAni Bh. 2.70%; balairabhyuSitAstasya R.1.46% 9.25% 14. 303; saptarSimaNDaladeg K.48. adhivAs 10 P. To scent, perfume ; karpUrapallavarasena adhivAsaya gandhapAtrANi K. 184; mandArapuSpairadhivAsitAyAm V. 1.64. adhivAsaH Application of perfumes or fragrant cosmetics; sconting, perfuming: fragrance, scent, fragrant. odour itself; adhivAsaspRhayeva mArutaH R. 8. 34; Si. 2. 20, 5.42; K. 183. adhivAsanam [vas-Nic , or vAs lyuT.]1 Scenting with perfumes or odorous substances (saMskAro gandhamAlyAyeH Ak.). -2 [vas-Nic-lyuT ] Preliminary consecration (pratiSThA) of an image, its invocation and worship by suitable Mantras de. before the commencement of 1 Hacrifice; (yajJArambhAtprAk devatAdhAvAhanapUrvakaH pUjanAdikarmabhedaH); Making a divinity assume its a bode in an image. ___adhivAsin , 1 Inha biting, dwelling or siting in. -2 Sventing &c. adhivAsita Invested or clothed with. -2 Scented, perfumed. kadambasarjArjunaketakIvarna vikampayaMstatkumamAdhivAsitaH Rs.2. 17. amaracandra's commentary says, 'kusumaiH puSpaiH adhivAsitaH mugndhiikRtH|' faaleah Taking up, carrying over, conveying, adhivikartanam 'The uct of cutting off or cutting through. adhivid 6U. To marry in addition to supersexle (as a wife) (tidalso of wives); bandhyASTame'dhivedyA Ms. 9.81; adhivividuramAtyarAhatAstasya yUnaH prathamaparigRhIte zrIbhuvI rAjakanyAH R. 18.58 adhivinA [ vid-kta ] A superserled wife, one whose . hushind has married again; adhivinA tu bhartavyA 1.1.74; adhivinA tu yA nArI nirgacchenuSitA gRhaat| sA sadyaH sanniroddhavyA tyAjyA vA kundraannidhaa|| Ms.9.33. [ According to lindu Sastras a wife may be superseded for any one of these 8 defects:-surApI vyAdhitA dhUrtA vndhyaarthdhnypriyNvdaa| strIprasUzcAdhivettavyA puruSadveSiNI tathA Y. 1. 73, 74; Ms. 9.80-83.] ___ adhivettR..[biT-kartari tRc] A husband who supersedes his first wife. adhiveda: Marrying on additional wife. -dam ale. concerning the Veda. adhivedanam [ bhAve lyuT ] = adhivedaH. adhizI 2A. To lie or sleep upon, sleep in, rest or recline upon (with acc. of place); adhyazerata bRhadbhujAntaram R. 19.323 amuma...adhizene 13.63 16.19; zilApaTTamadhizayAnA 5.33; adhyazayiSTa gAm Bk. 15.111; candrApIDaH zayanatalamAdhizizye K.98,206%3 Ki. 1.38; Dk. 112; to dwell, inhabit laGkAvanaM siMhasamo'dhizete Bk. 10. 36; to sit in; athAdhizizye prayataH pradoSe ratham / .5.20 -60n8. To cause to sleep on : darbhazamyAmadhizAgya Dk. 105 placing on. adhizayitA .". Reclining upon, used for reclining upon. TAPTI U. 1 To sleep on, ascend, inount, resort to; vilocane bibhradadhidhitathiNI Si. I. poriessed of beauty%3; adhidhayantIrgajatAH 12.50. -2 To place over. -3 (adhizrI also ) To put on fire, make hot. ___ adhizrayaH [zri-bhAve ac] 1 A receptacle. -2 [zrI-ac] Boiling, making hot (by putting on fire). adhizrayaNam-paNam [zri-zrI-bhAve-lyuTa ] Placing a kettle on fire; warming, builing. -NI [adhizrIyate pacyate'tra, AdhAre lyuT DIp ] An ovem, a fire-place. adhizrI.[adhikA zrIryasya]of exalted dignity, supreme; very rich, sovereign lord; iyaM mahendraprabhRtInadhidhiyazcaturdigIzAnavamatya mAninI Ku... 533; 2.7.20. adhiSavaNam [ adhiSUyate somo'tra ; adhimu-AdhAre lyuT ] 1 A contrivance (like a hund-press) of leather &c. to extract and struin the Soma juice, or (a.) used for the act of straining &c. -2 [ bhAve-lyuT | Straining soma juice. __adhiSavaNyA [adhiSavaNAya hitA, yan ] The board or wooden plank (phalaka) used in the act of extracting Some juice. yatra dvAviva jaghanAdhiSavaNyA kRtA Rv. 1.29.2. adhiSThA 1 P. (used with sce. P. Lt. 16.)1 (4)To stand on or upon, to sit in or upom, occupy (as in seat &c.), resort to: ardhAsana gotrabhido'dhitaSTI R.6.783; zAkhinaH kecidayaSThuH Bk. 15. 313; pratanubalAnyadhiniSThatastapAMsi Ki. 10. 16 practising; mAmadhiSTAya Ram. depending on me. (B) To stand, be%3B adhyatiSThadalguSThena zataM samA: Mb. (c) To stand over, mount. (d) To stand by, be near; AzramabahirvakSamUlamadhitiSTati U. +. -2 To be in dwell in, inhabit, reside, stay: bhujajJapihitadvAraM pAtAlamadhitiSThati R.1.80: mAdhiSThA nirjanaM vanam Bk.8.71); zrIjayadevabhaNitamadhitiSThatu kaNThataTImaviratam Git.11. -3 To make oneself master of, soixe, take pussession of, overpower,eonquer; saMgrAme nAnAdhipAsyan Bk.9.72: tvamadhiSTAsyami For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #85
adhiSThita 67 adhIyAnaH dviSaH 16.40; sa sadA phalazAlinI kriyAM zaradaM loka ivAdhitiSThati / kammizcidadhiSTAne in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, Ki.2.31 obtaims: adhiniSThati lokamojasA sa vivamvAniva madinI- power of control, presiding over; anadhiSTAnam II. 3.83. paniH2.83; yakSaH kunazcidadhiSTAya bAlacandrikAM nivasati Dk. 18. loss of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); -4 (4)To lead, conduct as head or chief; mahArAja- samarthastvamimaM jetumadhiSTAnaparAkramaiH Ram.; yatheha azvairyukto rathaH sAradazarathasya dArAnadhiSThAya basiSThaH prAptaH U.4, See adhiSThita also., thinA'dhiSTitaH pravartate tathA AtmAdhiSThAnAccharIram Gaudapada; (1) To be at the hond of, yovern, direct, preside over, mahAzvetAkRtAca satyAdhiSTAnAt .346 appeal or reference to rule, superintend : prakRti khAmadhiSTAya Bg. 4.6 governing, truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A whoel (of a controlling: zrotraM cakSaH sparzanaM ca rasanaM ghrANameva ca / adhiSTAya ear ke.) adhiSTAnaM manazvAsItparirazyA sarasvatI Mb.8.34.34; manavArya viSayAnupasevane 15.9 presiding over and thus turm- 5. 178. 74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9A ing to use. -5 To use, employ. benediction. ef. adhiSThAna cakrapuraprabhAvAdhyAsaneSvapi / Nm. adhiSThita . p. [adhiSTA-kta ] 1 (Used actively) (a) -10 Destruction (?); amitrANAmadhiSTAnAdvadhAd duryodhanasya ca / bhIma diSTapA pRthivyAM te prathitaM sumhdyshH|| Mb.9.61.14. Standing, being; dantAntaramadhiSTitam Ms.5.141; (oft. with -11 Couch, seat, bed; sAdhiSTAnAni sarvaza: Ram. 6.75.19. a dropped ; jJAnaM jJeyaM jJAnagamyaM hRdi sarvasya dhiSThitam Bg. 13. 17.); vIralokamadhiSThitastAtaH Mv.gome to; rAjaprasAda Pt. 1 being -12 A butt (for an allurement.) tasmAd bAhyamadhiSTAnaM kRtvA kAye caturvidhe | Kau. A. 1. 10. -Comp. -adhikaraNam in or enjoying royal favour. (1) Possessed of, depen Municipal Board. (adhiSTAna = eity adhikaraNa = court and dent on. (C) Directing, presiding over; dharmAdhikaraNAdhiSTita office of administration ) EI, XV, p. 143; XVII. p. puruSaiH Pt.1. -2 (Passively) () Inha bited or resorted 193 f; XX, pp. 61 ff. -TOITH A body which forms to by, occupied, POSseised by; danukabandhAdhiSThito daNDakAraNya the medium between the subtle and the gross body. bhAga: U. 1;lokezAdhiSTito rAjA Ms..97; acirAdhiSThitarAjya: zatruH M. 1.8 an enemy who has newly (not. long ago) __ adhistri ind. [striyamadhikRtya ] Concerning a woman or ascended the throne, a newly established king; acira wife. -strI [adhikA strI] A superior or distinguiadhikAra: Dk. 64 newly established; 80 graheNa possessed shed woman. by; mayUra K.97; 'purobhAgAm K. 10, 130, 147, 152. (8) Full of, soixed with, taken possession of, smitten, affect adhisyandam ind. [adhikaH syando bego yathA syAttathA ] More ed, overpowered; anenAdhiSThitAnAM kAminInAM K.236, 161, quickly; adhisyandaM pravatire camUcarAH Si.17.50. 194; kAmAdhiSThitacetasA H.1; Si. 18.39. (.) Watched adhI [ adhiM-i] 2 A. 1 To study, learn ( by heart ), over, guardled, suporintended ; rakSApuruSAdhiSThite prAsAde Pt.1; read; (with abl. of person) learn from; AkhyAtopayoge ArundhatIvasiSThAdhiSTiteSu raghukulakadambakeSu U.2; pranaSTAdhigataM dravyaM P. I.4.28. upAdhyAyAdadhIte Sk.; so'dhyaiSTa vedAn Bk. 1.2. tiSTeyuktairadhiSThitam Ms.8.34. (1) Lod, conducted, com -2 (P.) ( a ) To remember, think of, long or caro for, mantled by, presided over ; sAkhyamiva kapilAdhiSThitam K. 40; mind, (with regret) with gem.: rAmasya dayamAno'sAvadhyeti anenAdhiSTitaM bhuvanatalam 43,44,2283 vasiSThAdhinitA devyo gatA tava lakSmaNaH Bk. 8. 119; 18. 38: mamaivAdhyeti nRpatistupyanniva rAghavamAtaraH U. 1.33; tava pratApAdhiSThitena upAyena H.4 aided or 15131778: Ki. 11. 74 thinks of me only. (1) To know or supported: nAtAdhiSThitAnAmapi balAnAm Ve.3: svAminAdhiSThitaH learn by heart, study, learn; gacchAdhIhi gurormukhAn Mb. zvApi II. 3. 12). (.) Riddon, mounted upon; mUSakAdhiSTitaM (c) To teach, declare. ( To notice, observe, undertamavalokya Pt. with the mouse seated upon him; stand. (E) To meet with, obtain : tena dIrghamamaratvamadhyaguH / vilokya vRdokSamadhiSTitaM tvayA Ku.:.70. Si 14. 31 -'us. [372921 ) to teach, instruct (in): adhiSThAtR [sthA-tRca ] Superintending, watching over, with acc. of the agent of the verb in the primitive presidingover, guiding, governing: hanUmAMzcApyadhiSTAtA Ram. sense: (nau) sAGgaM ca vedama yApya :.15.23; vidyAmathainaM vijayAM 5.63.22; tutelary guardian; "trI devatA a guardian or jayAM ca... adhyApipad gAdhisuto yathAvata Bk. 2.21, 7.34: presiding deity...(-tA) A superintendent, hend, chief, adhyApitamyozanamApi nItima Ku. 3.6. protector, controller, regulictor, ruler: sarvendriyAdhiSThAtA adhIta P. Learnt, studied, read, rememberel, Bhasa P.: especially with reference to the Almighty attained &c. - Comp. -fata. who has studied the who is the ruler of the universe. See adhideva also. Vedas or finished his studies. adhiSThAnam [ adhi-sthA-lyuTa ] 1 Standing or being near, adhiitiH| [i-ktina 11 Study, perusal; bodhAcaraNabeing at hund, appronch (sannidhi); atrAdhiSTAnaM kuru take pracAraNaiH N. 1.4. -2 Remembrance, recollection. a seat here. -2 Resting upon pocupying, inhabiting, adhItin .. [adhInamanena : adhIta-ini | Well-rend, dwelling in, lounting omself in: prANAdhiSTAnaM dehasya ke. proticient in (with loc.) adhInI caturbAmnAyeSu DR. 120: -3 A position, ritee, basis, Seat: vyadhiSThAnasya dehinaH vaide, vyAkaraNe &c.: tvaguttarAsagavatImAtinIm Ku... 16 mutterMs. 12.4; indriyANi mano buddhirasyAdhiSTAnamucyate Bg. 3.40, 18. 14 the seat of that desiro.) - 4 Residence, ing holy prayers, engaged in ropeating sacrod texts. abode; nagaraM rAjAdhiSThAnam Pt. 1.; 80 dharma'; a place, 35 : pres.. A student, one who goes over locality, town; sarvAvinayAdhiSThAnatAM gacchanti ra. 1063 the Vedas. yo vai yuvApyadhIyAna: Ms.2.156. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #86
adhonivandhaH adhonibandhaH The third stage of must of an elephant ; Matanga L. 9. 14. The stage is callad adhonibandhinI in Somadeva's Yasastilakachampu. adhyayaH [ i-bhAve ac] 1 Learning, study: remembrance. -2 = adhyAya, q. v. adhyayanam 1 [i] Treaming study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brahmana. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Sudra Ms. 1. 88. 91. adhyayanaM ca akSaramAtrapATha iti vaidikAH, sArthAkSaragrahaNamiti mImAMsakAH; the latter view is obviously correct ; of yathA pazurbhAravAhI na tasya bhajate phalam / dvijastathArthAnabhijJo na vedaphalamazrute // or better still Yaska's Nirukta: sthANurayaM bhArahAraH kilAbhUdadhItya vedaM na vijAnAti yo'rtham / yo'rthajJa it ( arthavid ) sakalaM bhadrama nAkameti jJAnavidhUtapAmA || See also under anagni. -2 Muttering praNava mantra ; vItarAgA mahAprajJA dhyAnAdhyayanasampadA Mb. 12. 300 490. ( adhyayanaM praNavajapaH iti TIkA ) - 3 Teaching : kRtvA cAdhyayanaM teSAM ziSyANAM zatamuttamam Mb. 12. 318 17 see adhyApanam. adhyApakaH [ adhi-gi] A treacher, preeeptors instructor : especially of the Vedas; vyAkaraNa, nyAya professor or teacher of grammar, logic &c.; bhRtaka s hired teacher, mereenary teacher; uditaH styled a professor. According to Visuu-Smriti an adhyapaka is of 2 kinds: he is either an Acharya i. e. one who invests a boy with the sacred thread and initiates him into the Vedas, or he is an Upadhyaya i. c. who teaches for livelihood (Rtyartham ) Sue Ms. 2. 140-141. and the two words. [ upanIya tu yaH ziSyaM vedamanyApayedvijaH / sakarUpaM sarahasyaM ca tamAcAryaM pracakSate // ekadezaM tu vedasya vedAGgAnyapi vA punaH yo'vyayati ucyate // ] one adhyApanam iNi bhAve | Teaching [inetrusting lecturing, especially on sacred knowledge; one of the six duties of a Brahmana. According to Indian lawgivers adhyApana is of three kinds : ( 1 ) undertaken for charity, (2) for wages and ( 3 ) in consideration of services rondered; cf. Harita : adhyApanaM ca trividhaM dharmArthamukthakAraNam / zuzrUSAkaraNaM ceti trividhaM parikIrtitam // . adhyApayitR | i- Nic - tRc ] A teacher, instructor. adhyAya . [ i ghaJ P. III. 3. 21 ] ( At the end of comp.) A reader, student, one who studies : vedAdhyAyaH a student of the Vedas : so mantra -ya: 1 Reading, learning, study, especially of the Vedas prazAntAdhyAyasatkathA (nagarI) Ram. -2 Proper time for reading or for a lesson "jJAH pracakSate Ms. 1. 102, see anadhyAya also. -3 A lesson, lecture; adhIyate'smina adhyAyaH P. III. 3. 122; 80 svAdhyAyo'dhyetavyaH - 4 A chapter a large division of work, such as of the Ramayana, Mahabharata, Manusmriti, Panini's Sutras &c. The following are some of the names used by Sanskrit writers to denote chapters or divisions of works : - sargo varga: paricchedodghAtAdhyAyAGkasaMgrahAH / ucchvAsaH parivartazca paTalaH kANDamAnanam / sthAnaM prakaraNaM caiva yAni c| skandhAMzI tu purANAdau prAyazaH parikIrtitI // 68 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir adhyAyin . [ i-Nini ] Studying. adhyetR - trI / A student, learner. adhIkAraH [kRpay upasargadIrghatvam adhikAra q. V.; svAgataM svAnadhI kA rAnavalambya Ku. 2. 18 : sarvAkareSvavIkAra: Ms. your care. adhRSya 11. 63. adhIna . [ adhi-kha P. V. 4. 7: adhigataH inaM prabhuM vA / Subject to subservient, dependent on usually in comp. ; sthAne prANAH kAminAM dRtyadhInAH M. 3.14; tvadarbhAnaM khala dehinAM sukham Ku. 4. 10; ikSvAkUNAM durApe'rthe tvadadhInA hi siddhayaH R. 1. 72; kena nimittena bhavadadhIno jAtaH Dk. 7 consigned to adhImantha = adhimantha, q. v. adhIra (". 1 Not bold, timid. -2 Confused, lacking self-command, excited, excitable. -3 Fitful, capricious. -4 Unsteady, not fixed, tremulous, rolling: viprekSitamAyatAkSyAH Ku. 1. 46 deglocana: Si. 1. 9 taDinnayanA 6.5. -5 Querulous, foolish, weak-minded. - 1 Lightning. -2 A capricious or quarrelsome mistress; see under nAyikA. adhIvAsaH [dane karaNe pa] A long cont or mantle covering the whole person ( upariSTAdAvarakaM vAsaH ). adhIzaH [ adhika: Iza: ] Lord, supreme lord or master, sovereign ruler, amarga, manu" c adhIzvaraH [ adhikaH IzvaraH ] 1 A supreme lord or an employer. -2 An Arhat ( among Jainas). adhISTa . [ adhi- iS divAdi - ] Honorary, solicited. -: [ bhAve kta ] Honorary office or duty one of the cases in which for the Potential may be used; P. III. 3. 161 (adhISTaH = satkArapUrvako vyApAraH Sk. ). adhunA ind. [ asmin kAle idamaH idaMzabdasya saptamyantAtkAlavAcinaH svArthI adhunApratyayaH syAt P. V. 3. 17 Sk. ] Now, at this time ; pramadAnAmadhunA viDambanA Ku. 4. 12. adhunA haraNe kucau yatete dayite te karizAvakumbhaladamyAH Bv. 2. 8. adhunAtana (nI ) [ adhunA bhavAyeM u ] Belong 1. ing to the present times, modern. adhura . [ nAsti dhUH cintAbhAro vA yasya ] Not laden, free from the burden of cares Ke. -dhUH [ na. na. ] Absence of burden or cares. adhUmakA [na..] 'Smokeles', Inurning or hlazing fire. abguSThamAtraH puruSo jyonirivAdhUmaka: Ken. 2. 1. 13. adhRta a. Not held or controlled &c. -taH One of the 1000 names of Vishu (sarveSAM dhArakatvena kenApi na dhRtaH svapratiniH paramezvaraH ). adhRtiH / 1 Want of firmness or control, looseness. -2 Incontinence. -3 Unhappiness. adhRSTa a. 1 Not bold, modest, shy. -2 invincible, irresistible; unhurt; hUtAso vasavo'pRSTAH Rv. 6.50 4. For Private and Personal Use Only adhRSya a. 1 Invincible, unassailable; manasApyadhRSyam Ku. 3.51 unassailable even in thought ; unapproachable (opp. abhigamya ); avRSyazcAbhigamyazca yAdoratnairivArNavaH R. 1. 16. - 2 Modest, shy. -3 Proud.

Page #87
adhRSyA adhyam adhRSyA N. of a river. Find a half Kurnsa ; so degkAkiNIka, kArSApaNa-Nika, khArIka, adhenu . [na. ta. ] (A cow) not yielding milk. adhenuM / paNya, pAya, pratika, bhASya, degviMzatikIna, zata-tya, za-zA-tamAna, darA staya viSaktAm Rv. 1. 117.20 not nourishing adhenvA zANa, zANya, zUrpa, degsahasra, sauvarNa &c. (P. V. 1.28-25.). carati mAyayA Rv. 10. 71.5. -rdhaH Wind (yadasmina idaM sarvaM adhyAghnoMt adhikamavardhayat tena adhyarthaH pavanaH iti sthitam Br. Up.). adhairya . [na. ba.] Without self-possession, courage &c., swayed by excitement. -14 Absence of courage, adhyarbudam / adhikaM or adhijAtaM arbudam ] A tumour, goitre; yajjAyate'nyatkhalu pUrvajAte jJeyaM tadabhyarbudamarbudajJaiH Susr. firmness or control ; excitability. ___ adhyavaso 4 P. 1 To determine, resolve ; kathamidAnI adho'kSa, adho'kSaja, adhoM'zuka See under adhas. durjanavacanAdevaM adhyavasitaM devena U. 1; adurlabhaM maraNamadhyavasitam K. adhyakSa .[adhigataH akSaM indriyaM vyavahAraM vA] 1 Perceptible171: kimadhyavasyanti garavaH Ve. 1; abhidhAtumadhyavasasau na girA to the senses, visible; yeradhyakSairatha nijasakhaM nIradaM smArayadbhiH Si.9.76%; resolve or mean to do.-2 To attempt, exert, Bv. 4.17. -2 One who exercises supervision, presiding undertake : mA sAhasaM abhyavasyaH Dk. 1233; vrataM duSkaramadhyavasitam over, ef. prtyksse'dhikRte'dhykssH| Nm.-kSa:1A superintendent, JI. 1. - 3 To grapple with.-4 To conceive, apprehend, president, head, lord, master, controller, ruler. dati: think: akArya kAryavadabhyavasya Dk.86. kalatrANi bhrAtRNAM cAsya sarvataH / vAhaneSa samAropya adhyakSAH prAdravanbhayAta || Mb.9.20.91. mayA'dhyakSaNa prakRtiH sUyate sacarAcaram ___ adhyavasAnam [ bhAve-lyuT] 1 Effort, determimation &e. Bg.9.10; yadabhyakSeNa jagatAM vayamAropitAstvayA Ku. 6. 173 See adhyavasAya. -2 ( In Rhet.) Identification of two ityadhyakSapracAro dvitIyamadhikaraNam / Kau. A. 2 oft. in comp.; things (prakRi and aprakRta) in such a manner that the gaja, senA, grAma", dvAra'. -2 An eye-witness (Ved.)-3 N. one is completely absorbed into the other : faftueagra tu prakRtasya pareNa yat of a plant (kSIrikA) Mimusops Kauki. (Mar. dudhI). K. P. 10%; on such identification is founded the fienure called atizayokti, and the lakSaNA called ' adhyakSaram ind. On the subject of sylla bles : above sAdhyavasAnA. See K. P.2. all sylla bles. -rama The mystic syllable oma. adhyavasAya: 1 An attempt, effort, exertion: na svalpaadhyagniind. [ agnau agnisamIpe vA] Over, by or near mAyabhyavasAyabhIroH karoti vijJAnanidhirguNaM hi I. 1. 1. 1.; "sahathe nuptial fire. n. (gni) One of the six kinds of strIdhana caraNa sAhaseSu Dr. 161. -2 Determination, resolution%3B (woman's property) mentioned in Ms.9.194 (adhyAnya mental effort or apprehension; saMbhAvanaM nAma astitvAdhyavadhyAvAhanikaM dattaM ca prItikarmaNi / bhrAtRmAtRpitRprAptaM SaDvidha strIdhanaM sAyaH P. VI.2.21.et. also prativiSayAdhyavasAyo dRSTam | Sank*414 ||); a gift made to a woman at the time of hva K... -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, conmarriage : vivAhakAle yastrIbhyo dIyate hygnisnidhii| tadathyamikRtaM stancy: tatko'yaM pade pade mahAnanadhyavasAyaH e.4 absence of sadbhiH strIdhanaM parikIrtitam // So adhyamikRtaM adhynyupaagtm| pitR energy or resolution, drooping of spirits ; (with mAtRpatibhrAtRdattamadhyAnyupAgatam / AdhivedanikAdyaM ca strIdhanaM parikIrtitam. mahAnadhyavasAyaH as the reading, the meaning would bo adhyaJca [ adhi-aJca-kvina ] 1 Tending upwards ; supe why this effort on your part i. e. to determine rior, eminent; adhyan zastrabhRtAM rAmaH | Bk.5.30. -2 One whether you should go or not, hesitation.') who obtains or acquires. __ adhyavasAyin . [ so-Nini] Attempting: resolute, adhyaNDA [adhikamaNDamiva bIjaM yasyAH sA ] Names of two persevering, energetic. plants (ajazRGgI) Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. meDaziMgI), adhyavasita .. Attempted, mentally apprehended, and bhUmyAmalakI Flavourti Canta.phracta (Mar. bhuI AMvaLI). determined. adhyadhi inml. On high (acc.): degdhi lokam Sk. adhyavasin a. One who observes a vow, dharmAzrame'adhyadhikSepaH [ adhikaH adhikSepaH] Excessive abuse or dhyavasinAM brAhmaNAnAM yudhiSThiraH Mb. 12.64.G. censure, gross abuse; gurUNAmadhyadhikSepo vedanindA suhRdhH| adhyavahananama [ adhi upari avahananam | Beating again brahmahatyAsamaM jJeyamadhItasya ca nAzanam // 1. 3. 228. what is being throshed and peeled (pUrvAvadhAtena vituSIkaraadhyadhIna . [Adhikyena adhInaH ] Completely subject Ne'pi punaravaghAtaH). or dependent, as a slave; nAbhyadhIno na vaktavyo na dasyurna / adhyazanam [adhikamazanam | Excessive eating, eating vikarmakRt / Ms.8.66 ( Kull. atyantaparatantro garbhadAsaH). again before the last meal is digested: A your adhyaya, adhyayanam &c. See under adhI. yattu tadadhyazanamucyate Susr.. adhyardha. [adhikamadhaiM yasya] Having an additional adhyasthin. [ adhirUDhamasthi] A bone growing over half; abhyardhayojanaM gatvA saravA dakSiNe taTe Ram. 1. 22. 11; another . Br. Up. 3.9. 1. ekAdhikaM harejajyeSThaH putro'bhyardha tato'nujaH STEJTE + 1. 1 To place upon another, add or Ms. 9. 117; zatamadhyardhamAyatA M., i.e. 150; "yojanazatAt Pt. append to.-2 (In Phil) To attribute or ascribe falsely, 2. 18. (in comp. with a following noun) Amounting attribute the nature of one thing to another; sarvo hi to or worth ome and a half3; kasa amounting to one puro'vasthite viSaye viSayAntaramanyasyati, bAhadharmAnAtmanyadhyasyati 5. B. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #88
adhyasta 70 adhyAsa - adhyasta / . . [ as-kta ] 1 Pireed upon to over. -2 Attributeri, wrongly axribed or supposed; as TV rajanama yastam,brahmaNi jagada yastama . adhyAsaH [as-ghaJ] 1 False attribution, wrong supposition (mithyAjJAnam , atamistabuddhiH or ayathArthAnubhavaH); smRtirUpaH paratra pUrvadRSTAvabhAsaH: for full explanation sce S. B.82 and adhyAropa also. -2 An appendage. -3 Putting down upon 3; pAdAdhyAse zataM damaH / .2.21.. adhyAkram 1 U. 1To fix npon, to occupy. -2 To attack. 3721Fa<<. Taken possession of, occupied Pan vasatiramunA S.2.1.1. adhyAcarita . zagyAsane'dhyAcarine zreyamA na samAvizet M ). 119. adhyAtma / [AtmanaH saMbaddhaM, Atmani adhikRtaM vA ] Belonging to self or person : concerniing an individual. -tma m ind. [AtmAnamadhikRtya] Concerniny self. -tmam The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; akSaraM brahma parama svabhAvo'dhyAtmamucyate Bx.8.8 (svasyaiva brahmaNa evAMzatayA jIvasvarUpeNa bhAvo bhavanaM sa eva AtmAnaM dehamadhikRlya bhoktasvena vartamAno'dhyAtmazabdenocyate Sridhara) Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible: its manifestation (as an individual solf) is adhyAtma' -Telang's Bhagavadgita3B -tman 1 Egotism; kamANyadhyAtmanA rude yadahaM mamatA kriyA Bhay. 7.12.20. -2 Wimd; sparzamadhyAtmani tvacam Bhag.7.12.27. degcetasA Bg.3. 30. -Comp. -jJAnam-vidyA knowledge of the supreme spirit or Atman, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upanisads .): vidyA vidyAnAM vAdaH pravadatAmaham Bg. 10. 32 (adhyAtmavidyA nyAyavaizeSikamate dehabhinnatvena, sAMkhyA dimate prakRtibhinnatvena AtmanaH svarUpAdipratipAdikA, vedAntimate tu brahmAbhinnatvena iti bhedaH : sarveSAM mate'pi AtmatattvajJAnarUpatvAttasyA adhyAtmavidyAtvam .). trayI vigrahavatyeva samamadhyAtmavidyayA M. 1. 14 -dRz-vid.. [adhyAtma pazyati vatti vA] one proticient in this knowledge; na hanadhyAtmavikazcit kriyA phalamupAznute Ms.i.82. -yogaH [AtmAnaM kSetrajJamadhikRtya yogaH ] concentration of the mind on the Atman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -Tita. [sa. ba. Jome who dlelights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit: anyAtmaratirAsIno nirapekSo nirAmiSaH / Atmanaiva sahAyena mukhArthI vicarediha || Ms. 6.49. -rAmAyaNama N. ofa Ramayana which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rama's story. It forms part of the Brahminda Purana. adhyAtmika (-kI/.) Relating to adhyAtma. adhyApaka-panam , adhyAya See mder adhI. adhyAruha 1 P.1to aselid, mount : viSNupadaM dvitIyamadhyA- ruroheva rajazchalena R. 16. 28; (ig.) to gain ascendaney over, domineer or lord it over; lateva viTapakAnadhyArohati K. 1053; buddhihIno'nyugchino'pi bhUbhRt parairadhyAruhyamANamAtmAnaM na cetayate Dk. 15t -1008. [-rohayati] 1 To cause to ascend, mount or sit in. -2 (-roparyAta)(a) To place one in entrust or appoint to; to cause, produce, bring about; FA1177 dujaMyatAmaNyAropayantI K. I15; kasya na bandhutvama yAropayasi 202. (1) To attribute falsel: ; doSAnapi gaNapakSamabhyAropayadbhiH K. 108 (falsely) representing even vices as virtues. (.) To overdo, exaggerate. Sra . .. 1 Mounted, asceniled. -2 Raised above, elevated. -3 Above, superior to, more than (with instr.): below, inferior; nato'bhyArUDhAnAM padamasujanadveSajananam Mu.5.12 of those in high office ; Ayudhaparigraha yAvadadhyAruDho duryoga: U.6 my insolence went the length of taking up arius. SEPTIT: 1 Raising, elevating &c. -2 (In Vedanta Phil.) Act of attributing falsoly or through mistake ; orroneously attributing the properties of one thing to another: considering through mistake a rope (which is not really a serpent) to be a serpent, or considering Brahman (which is not really the material world) to be the material world: asarpabhUtarajjo sAropavat , ajagadrUpe brahmaNi jagadUpAropavata , vastuni avastvAropo'dhyAropaH Vedantasara.. -3 Erroneous knowledge. adhyAropaNam 1 Raisingkc.; alIkadeg K. 222, 108. -2 Sowing (seed). adhyAropita . p. Falsely attributed or supposed ; hyperbolical. adhyAvApaH [adhi-A-vap-ghaJ] 1 Act of sowing or scattering (seed &c.) -2 [3741799] A field wherein seed &c. is sown. adhyAvAhanikam [anyAvAhanaM pitRgRhAtpatigRhagamanam , tatkAle labdham ; labdhArthe Thana] One of the six kinds of strIdhana or woman's property, the property which she receives when leaving her father's house for hor husband's%3 Ms.9.191. yat punarlabhate nArI nIyamAnA tu paitRkAt (gRhaat)| anyAvAhanikaM nAma svIdhanaM parikIrtitam // adhyAzayaH(utkRSTaH AzayaH karNikAkhyaH) the poricarp3; anyAzayo vA sphaTapuNDarIka purAdhirAja tadalabakAra | Bu. Cl. I..). the cominentator explains the word also as Jiva' adhi pradhAnabhUta Azete nivasati zarIra itya yAzayo jiivH| 3rry ? A. 1 (.) To lie down, settle upon ; Uneupy, dwell in (Asa seat or habitations): seat oneself in or upon, enter upon, get into (as a path &e.) (with ace. of place); tvaritataramadhyAsyatAmiyaM banasthalI K.28:36, 40; parNazAlAmadhyAsya / .1.95%3 dvitIyamAzramamadhyAsitaM samayaH V. dvAradazamadhyAste Dk.3 is waiting at the door; R.2. 17; 4.74; 6.10%; 12.85%3 18.22,763; 15. 933; Me. 78%3 Bk. 1.5%3 Ms.7.17; aye siMhAsanama yAste vRSala: Mu.33; bhagavatyA prAznikapadamadhyAsitavyam M. 1 occupy the seat of judge, accept the office of judge. (1) To take possossion of, grasp, soive; dhenvA tadadhyAsinakAtarakSyA R.2. w ith eyes tremulous on account of her being seized by him (adhyAmitam = AkramaNam ). () To resort to, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #89
adhyAsanam adhvan inhabit; yadadhyAsitamahadbhistaddhi tIrtha pracakSate Ku. 6.56. -2 To adhri pa. [na-va-ki ] Not restrained, irresistible. -Comp. live in conjugal relation; colha bit with. -3 To be direct- _ -gu-gU . [ adhi-gam-kU-Dit Ugadezo vA ] of irrosistible motion ed or fixed upon. --- To rule, govor, influence; affect, or course (adhRtagamana), impetuous; yadabhrigAvo adhigU idA concern (mostly Ved.). -180s. To cause ome to sit cidahA azvinA B.8.22.11 also tubhyaM zcAtanti dhrigA Ait. down upon: bhavantamacyAsayannAsanam Bk.2.16. Br. 2. 12. (-: N. of a heavenly killer of sacrificial STEETH 1 Sitting down upon, occupying, presid victims, or the name formula itself ending with invocation of Agni. -ja.[adhiM janayati, jan-Da] making ing over. -2 A seat, place. irrusistible. iti cinmanyumadhrijaH Rv... 7. 10. -puSpalikA the adhyAsita . Seated dowl, upon, settled. -tam betelnut plent. (Mar. pAnavela). Sitting upon: dhenvA nadadhyAsitakAtarAcyA nirIkSyamANaH 1.2.52. adhriyamANa . 1 Not held, not to be got hold of ; adhyAsaHSoe nder adhyas. not forthcoming. -2 Not surviving, dead. TETET: A mole of interpreting a sentence. Ac adhrava . Uncertain, doubtful. -2 Uustuady, moving, cording to this mode, an incomplete sentence is made to not fixed or permanent; svA'dhruve P. III. 1.54 separyield complete sense by supplying some extra word or rable (which can be severed or dotached without fatal words therein. adhyAhAra should be clourly distinguished or disastrous effects) (yena vinA na jIvanaM so'dhruvaH Sk.) from 3111 which also is more of interpreting all -vam Anmmcertainty: yo dhruvANi parityajya adhravANi nissevte| incomplete sentences; paripUrNamevadaM vAkyaM nAdhyAhAramarhati vipralambha dhruvANi tasya nazyanti adhruvaM naSTameva ca H.1.18t.of. the English kartRkam SB. on MS.4.3.10(see anuSA). f. also apari phrase A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.' pUrNa yad vAkyaM tadadhyAhAreNa vA pUryata byavahitakalpanayA vA / tatrAdhyAhArAd vyavahitakalpanA jyAyasI / adhyAhAre hi azrataH kalpyeta / ita adhuSaH Quinsy; a kind of disouse attended with ratra zrutena sambandhaH | SB. onMS. 7.1.10. fever arising from the affection of blourd; zAthaH sthUlasto dadAprakAzo raktAjjJeyaH so'dhruSo rurajvarAcyaH Susr. (Mur. gaLasaTeM, adhyAhAraH-haraNam 1 Supplying an ellipsis (AkAGkSA ghaTasarpa.) viSayapadAnusaMdhAnam ). -2 Areming; nferring: new supposition; inforonce or conjecture. adhvan m. [atti balaM; ad-kanip dhAdazaH Un. 4. 1153 tera a. Inhabited, occupiol. perhaps from ana also] 1 (4) A way, road; passage, adhyupite ind. At day break; uvAca rAjansaMgrAme'bhyuSite / orbit (of planetskc.); muktAvAnaM ye ladhayeyubhavantam Mein (D)Distance, space (traversed or to be traversed); paryupasthite Mb. 8. 36.4. paJcadazayojanamAtramAvAnaM jagAma K.119, 120; kiyatyadhvani sA ujaSTUTTG a. (Ey!) Coiled up three and a half times; yinI 2073 Dk. 183; api ladhitamabvAnaM bubudhe na budhopamaH R. 1. 979: a snake fornuing a ring voiled up three and a 473; udhitAvA Me.45 kAlAthvanAratyantasaMyoge &c.(c) Jourhalf tiimos ; avApya svAM bhUmi bhujaganibhamabhyuSTavalayaM svamAtmAnaM kRtvA ney, travel, course, Imarch; naikaH prapadyetA vAnam Ms. 4.60 A. L. 10. undertake a journey; anvasu triSu visRSTamaithilaH R. 11.57 adhyuTraH [ adhigataH uSTra vAhanatvena ] A Garriage drawn or after three marches%3; parikAntaH kilAvanA Ki. 11.2 wayborne by camels. worm: avazramaparigatam M. 17.40; adhvA varNakaphasthaulyasaukamA yavinAzanaH Susr. -2 A recension of the Vedas and the adhyUDha . [ adhi upari UDhaH ] 1 Raiserl, exalted, elera school upholding it (zAkhA, avayava) ekaviMzatyadhvayattAtod, hanging over', etasyAmacyanyUDha sAma tasmAdRcyadhyUDha sAma mRgvedamuSayo viduH| sahasrA vA saamved| yajurekazatAvakama // avA ad Ch. Up. 1. i. 1.-2 Abundant, increased, copious. devagatiH zAkhA iti pryaayvaackaaH| -3 Time (Kala), time -3 Rich, afluent. -Dha:1Siva. -2 The son of a woman personified, ( being the enter of all) durmaraM puruSeNeha manye pregmant before imurriage ; adhyUDhaca tathA'paraH Mb. 18. !!.. hyadhvanyanAgate Mb. 14.80.24. -4 Air ; sky, atmosphere. A wife whose husband has married another wife -5 Place. prasthitaM dIrghama vAnaM svabanbumiva bAndhavAH M.5.1.15. and thus superseded her (:. AdhAvinA q..). adhyUDhAyAtha -6 Means, resource; method. -7 Attack (31177CTITIE yad duHkhaM sAkSibhirvihitasya ca Mb. 2.168.83. Nam ). azvan is changed to acaafter prepositions: prA-vaH, adhyUdhanI [adhikam Udho yasyAH anan dIpU ca] 1A cow vya vaHc. -Comp. -atiH [adhvAnamatati, at-i]1ntrawith fuil and fat udders. -2 The vessel (in the body) veller. -2 an intelligent person. -adhipaH,-IzaH [Sa. ta.] above the udder or above the scrotum ; perhaps an officer in charge of the public roads. -3727TH urethra (?). [ adhvanyayanam ] journey, travel. -ga: 1 one who travels; adhyUha | U. 1 To overlay, place on or upon. a traveller, way-farer; Av. 18.1.36. santAnakatarucchAyA-2 To raise a bove. supta vidyAdharAdhvagam Ku.6.16 (gAmin ). -2 camel. -3 mule. - the sun : "#14: N. of a tree, Spondias Man adhyUhanam Putting of it layer (of ashes okc.). gifera (AmrAnakavRkSa) azvagaiH ayatnalabhyaphalavAt bhogyaH (Mar. adhyepaNam adhi-ie preraNe-lyuTa | Causing one to loan AMbADA). (-gA) the Gangs, -gat m. [avAnaM gacchati thing, us pocially = preceptor &c. is an honoritie duty. gam-vip P. VI. 4.10] a traveller. -gatyantaH -gantavyaH -nnaaadhikaapnn| prArthanA] Solicitation, entreaty. [4.1.] measure of length applicable to roads ; 4(144 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #90
adhvanIna *vagantavyaH Mbh. Vart on P. 1. 4. 51. jA [ adhvani jAyate; jana-] A plant] (] svarNapuSpI) pati: 1 the sun (divaiva pathikAnAM gamanAt rAtrau ca gamananiSedhAt sUryasya azvapAlakatvam or adhvanaH AkAzasya patiH ) -2 inspector of the road. rathaH [ adhvane hitaH paryApto rathaH zAka. ta. ] 1 a travelling couch. - 2 [ adhvaiva ratho yasya ] a messenger skilled in travelling ( pathi prajJo dUtaH ) - zalyaH [ adhvani zalyamitra AcaratIti kipUac 'Tv.] N. of a tree (apAmArga ) ( adhvagAnAM pAdavatrAdau zalyavadvedhakArakatvAt tathAtvam ) (Mar. AghADA ). adhvanIna, adhvanya ... [ adhvAnam alaM gacchati adhvan-khayatvA ; adhvano yatkhau P. V. 2.16] Able to undertake a journey, speeding on a journey kSipraM tato'nvanyaturaGgayAyI Bk. 2. 44. naH nyaH A traveller going fast, way-farer. adhvara . [na rati kuTilo na bhavati - ac na ta zvaratihiMsAkarmA tatpratiSedho nipAtaH ahiMsraH Nir. ] 1 Not crooked, not broken, uninterrupted; imaM yajJamavatAmadhvaraM naH Yv. 27. 17 (adhvaram akuTilaM zAstroktam) - 2 Intent, attentive. -3 Durable, sound. -4 Not in uring ; tato'bhvarajaTa: sthANuvedAbhvarapatiH zivaH Mb. 12. 256.19. - [ adhvAnaM satpathaM rAti dadAti phalatvena, rA-ka ] A sacrifice, a religious ceremony; also a Soma sacrifice; tamadhvare vizvajiti R. 1. raH - ram 1 Sky or air (AkAza ). -2 The second of the & Vasus. -Comp. -kalpA an optional sacrifice ( kAmyeSTi ). - kANDam [ Sa. ta. ] part of the zatapathabrAhmaNa which treats of saerifices. [ adhvaraM gacchati ] intended for a sacrifice. dIkSaNIyA [ Sa ta ] consecration connected with an Adhvara ; 50 "prAyavittiH an expiation &c. -mImAMsA [pa] N. of Jaimini's Purvamimarsa. zrIH [ Sa. ta.] glory of the Adhvara. samiSTayajuH n. N. of an aggregate of libations connected with a sacrifice. - a. Engaged in a sacrifice ; ya udRci yajJe adhvareSThAH | Rv. 10.77.7. SO adhvarIyati, adhvaryati Den. P. To desire to have a sacrifice performed; or to perform one. adhvaryuH [adhvaramadhIne Nira amara-ya 66 tato'khAkAra lopaH Tv. ] 1 Any officiating priest, technically distin guished from hotR, udgAtR and brahman. His duty was to measure the ground, build the altar, prepare sacrificial vessels, to fetch wood and water, to light the fire, to bring the animal and immolate it," and while doing this to repeat the Yajurveda ; hotA prathamaM zaMsati tamadhvaryuH protsAhayati Sk. See acchAvAka also. -2 The Yajurveda itself. pl. Adherents of that Veda. -Comp. -kANDam N. of a book of mantras or prayers intended for Adhvaryu priests. RtuH Sacrificial act performed by the Adhvaryu (Payini II. 4. 4.) veda: Yajurveda. adhvasman . [ vaMs manin ki na ta ] Imperishable; hright. (?). adhvAna . ( na. ba. ) Dumb taciturn; akSadyUtajito yudhiSTira ivAdhvAnaM gataH kokila: Mk. 5. 6. adhvAntam [ na. ta. ] Twilight, gloom, slight darkness, shade. -ntaH [Sa] End of the journey. -Comp. 72 agni - zAtravaH [ adhvAntasya mArgasImAyAH zAtrava iva Tv. ] A plant ( zronAka) Cassia Fistula or Bignonia Indica (blossoming in shade). (Mar. bAhavA, pADaLa ). Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir an ' [ aniti, Ana-nI-t, Ana, anitum, anita ] 1 To breathe: AnIdavAtaM svadhayA tadekama Rv. 10. 129.2. -2 To move, go about, live ko hovAnyAn yadyeSa AkAza Anando na sthAna 'Taitt. Up. -3 To gasp, pant with thirst ( Ved.). - Caus. Anayati ; desid. aninipati - A To live. - 10 P. Anayati also 1 P. anati, to worship. an m. [ kipU] The soul vizve canedanA Rv. 1. 30.3. ; anaH [a] Breath, respiration prANo'pAnI dhyAna udAnaH samAno'naH ityetatsarvaM prANa iti Br. Up. 1.5. 3. [ cf. 1.. animus, Gr. aner tume mes 8] anaH prANayute'pi syAt / Nm. ananam [ an lyuT ] Act of breathing, living &c. 0 anaMza . [ na. ba. ] 1 Not entitled to a share in the inheritance; zau bIbapatitau jAtyandhavadhirau tthaa| unmattajaDamUkAzca ye ca kecinnirindriyAH // Ms. 9.201. Other persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhayana, Katyayana and Narada. -2 Without parts, undivided, portionless; an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being. anaMzumatphalA [na aMzumat mocakAbhyantarasthatvAt phalaM yasyAH ] The plantain tree. anak . Blind vyanagacaSTa Rv. 2. 15.7. [ amotiyA viSayamindriyeNa, adhU-kipU na. ta. ] Without sight, blind. anaka Mean, base; See aNaka. ana anakSa . 1 Without an axle-tree. -2 Sightless, blind. yasyAnakSA duhitA Rv. 10. 27.11. anakadundubhiH = Anakadundubhi q.. anakasmAt . [.] Not ally not suddenly or necidentally. anakSara ... [na. ba. ] 1 Unable to speak, mute, dumb, unlettered ; mukhamanakSaraM svAkRteH Bh. 2. 5. - 2 Unfit to be uttered. -ram [ aprazastAnyakSarANi yatra ] Abusive language, foul or abusive words, censure. -ade. Without the use of words, not expressed by words, mutely, dumbly; papraccha K. 219, 143; vyaJjitadaurhRdena R. 14.26. anakSi . [ aprazastam akSi ] A bad oye, weak eye. anagAra . [ na. ba. ] Houseless. -raH A vagrant ascetic. For Private and Personal Use Only anagArikA The houseless state of a vagrant ascetic. anagni [na. ta. ] 1 Non-fire, substance other than fire; yadadhItamavijJAtaM nigadenaiva zabdyate / anagnAviva zuSkaidho na tajjvalati karhicit Nir. -2 Absence of fire. . 1 Not requiring fire, dispensing with fire, without the use of fire; vidadhe vidhimasya naiSThikaM yatibhiH sArdhamananimagnicit R 825; said of sacrifice also (agnicayanarahito yajJaH ). -2 Not maintaining the sacred fire ; anabhiraniketaH syAnmunirmUlaphalAzanaH Ms. 6. 25, 9

Page #91
anagha anadhigata 48: irreligions, impions. -3 Dyspeptic. -4 Uninstricd. -Comp. -tra-trA .. Vel. not maintaining the stered fire, sinful, irreligions agne tvamasmada yo yamIvA angnitraa| abhyamanta kRSTI: V. 1. 18.0.3. -dagdha .Not burnt with tire or on the funeral pile, ye agnidagdhA ye anagnidagdhA manye divaH svadhayA mAdayante B. 10. 15.14 (zmazAnakarma na prAptAH);a class of Manes M.. 3. 199. anagha / [na. va.]1Ninless, iment : avemi nAmanaA R. 14. to. -2 Free from blame, faultless, handsome: akhaNDa puNyAnAM phalamiva ca tadrUpamanaghabhU 5.2.10; yasya jJAnadayAsindhoragAdhamyAnadhA guNA: Ak.: sarvagAtrI Dk. 1:28. -3 Without mislap ur accident, free from danger, valumilsCur. safe, nhurt: yAravAmanaghamadrAkSma pk. 108: kAMcanamRgANAmanapA prasUtiH 1.7: mRgavadhUryadA anaghaprasavA bhavati S. t safely delivered or brought to bed : : R. 14.75. -4 Without grief or sorrow : dayAlumanaghaspRSTam / .10. I!). -5 Free from dirt, impurities c., pure, spotless ; R. 10.80 18.65% SiB.BI. -6 Tireless, not exhausted; Bhag.2.7.82. -gha: 1 White mustard. -2 N. of Vism; anagho vijayo jetA: V.Suh. 16. also of Sivan end of several other persons, 1 Gundarva, Sadhya Ke-Ccmp.-39# N. of the cighth by (spoken of in the fifty tifth Adhyant of Bhattayottura l'urana) anaGkuza .. [akuzena na-vazyaH] 1 Ungoverable, uruly. -2 Taking license (as a poet.). anaGga [na. ba. 1 Bodiless, without a bods ; formless, incorporal: camanagaH kathamakSatA ratiH Ku. 4.9. -2 Different from the body. -3 Without a suppleIdent or anxiliar. - 1 Cupid (the bodiless one; so called from his having been reduced to ashes by Siva with the fire of his third eye, when he tried to seduce the God's mind towards larvati for the birth of 3 deliverer of the Gorls from Tirakt.) -2 Wind. -3 A goblin. -4 A shadow, ef. ana manmatha vAyA pizA canchAyayorapi Nm. -Ggam 1Skytir, uther. -2 The mind (AkAzasya niravayavatvAta nyAyavaizeSikamane cittasya aguNatvena tasya tathAvama). -Comp. -ApIDaH . of a king of Kashmir. -kIDA [ta.ta.] 1 morous sports. -2 N. of a metro of two lines, the first with 16 long, and second with 22 short, syllables. - . [upa. sa.] inspiring love: "de tanubhRte te bhujalate K.2-20. (also without Angaddit); bAhognadatvasya bAle te kAraNe ubhe Bhar. Ch. -devI N. of a queen of Kashmir. -dvAdazI N. of the Kird chapter of bhaviSyottarapurANa ; trayodazIvratam , see under 21. - 17: N. of king's chamberlain sot Kashimir. -lekhaH (madanalekhaH) a love letter; deglekriyayopayogaM (brajanti) Ku. I. 7. -raGgaH .. of an erotic work describing the several postures (Asana) pertaining to sexual intercourse. "lekhA 1 A love letter. -2N. of queen of Kashmir.-zatruH, -asuhRt .N. of Siva. -TET: N. of a metre of four liues, cach with 15 iambic foet. saM. I. ko...10 anaGgakam The mind. anaguri-li . [na. ba.] Destitute of fingers. anaccha .. Not clear, dirty. anajakA, anajikA [ aprazastA ajA | A miserable or small goat. anajana [na. ba.]1 Without collyrium, piment Uy puint; netre dUramanaJjane S. D. -2 Fuultless, traintless. -3 Without any connection (niHsambandha). -nam 1 The sky, actimosphere. -2 The Supreme Spirit (parabrahma), Visnu or Niray MN. yadA vimRSTastvamanaJjanena vai balaM praviSTo'jitadetyadAnavam Bhar9.5.8. anahI [anaH zakaTaM vahati ] ( anaDvAn , DvAhau, dudbhyAm Nc.)1 An ox, bull. -2 The sign Thurus. vRSabharAzi. -hI or anaDvAhI A cow. -Comp. -jihA [anaho jihveva patrANi yasyAH sA] a plant (gojihvA, anantamUla). -da . [upa. sa.] a giver of oxen. anaDutka.. Having oxen. anaDrahaHN. of a sage. anaNu / [na. sa.] Not small or mitute or fine', course. - Coarse grain, peas de safa inl. Not very much; compounds beginning with anati may be analysed by referring to Ata; .g. anatikramaH moderation%3 anatikramaNIya not to be transgressod, inviola ble; anatidRzya opaque3B anatidbhuta insurpansod, real, true, proper, brahmA ta indra girvaNaH kriyante anatibhutA Rv.8.90. 3. anativyAdhya invulnerable: anatyantagati P. L. 4.4 sense of diininutive words; anatyaya imperishable, undeca ving de; 3ada not to be asked to excess ; stafaiaartaal absence of delay; fluency an: speaker's qualification, one of the 35 Vauguras, q.. anaddhA int. [na. ta.] Ved. Not truly or clearly, 10. certainly or dutinitely. Comp. -ET: not a truo man; one who is not of use, cither to gods, inen or the nanes. anadyaH[na adyaH bhakSyaH aprAzastye naJ ] White mustard. anadyatana (-nI/.) [na. ta. ] Not pertaining to this or the current day; a term usel by l'anini to denote the sense of the Imperfect or the l'eriphrastic future P. IIL2.111, ILL. 3. 15% 3degbhUte la-apacan / degne bhaviSyati laT-paktA; parokSAnadyatane liT-papAca. -na: Not theirrent day; atItAyAH rAtreH pazcArdhana AgAminyA rAtreH pUrvAdhana sahito divaso'dyatanaH Sk., tadbhinnaH kAlaH. anadhika . [na. ta.] 1 Not more or xcessive. -2 Boundless; perfect. -3 Not capable of being onlarged or surpassed. anadhikAraH [na. ta.] Alence of authority, right, elsinade. -Comp. -cacoM interneddling, officiousness. anadhikArin a. Not entitled to.. anadhigata .. [na. ta. ] Not obtained, acquired or studied. -Comp. -ATIT a. foiled in one's expectations. - tia a. who has not learnt the Sastras. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #92
anadhIna anantara anadhIna a [na. ta.] Independent. -naH, -nakA / queror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -tAna a. of [saMjJAyAM kan ] An independent ourpenter working on his endless width, extonsive. -tIthekRt m. 1 one who own account (kauTatakSaH); sa hi kulyAM vasan na kasyacidadhInaH. visits many placon of pilgrimage. -2 Jaina deity. anadhya kSa 4. [na. ta.] 1 Not perceptible or observable, . -tRtIyA the third day of the bright half of bhAdrapada, mArgazIrSa or vaizAkhaH nabhasye vAtha vaizAkhe mArgazIrSa'thavA panaH / zukraimvisible; mano'pi na tathAjJAnAdanadhyakSaM tadA bhavet / Bhasa P. pakSatRtIyAyAM...uktAnantatRtIyaiSA sutAnandaphalapradA. -dRSTiH [anantA -2 Without controller or ruler &c. dRSTayo netrANi yasya ] N. of Siva, or of Indra. -devaH [ananto anadhyAyaH anabhyayanam [na, ta.] Not studying, inter- deva iva] 1 the serpent Sess. -2 [anante dIvyati; div-ac] mission of study; the time when there is or ought to be N. of Narayana who sleeps on Sesa. -3 N. of the such intermission, a holiday (degdivasaH); adya ziSTAnadhyAyaH king of Kashmir. -nemiHN. of the king of Malava, a U.4 a holiday (given) in honour of distinguished contemporary of zAkyamuni. -pAra . of endless width, guests. See Ms. 2. 105-6%3 4. 103-4; 105-8, 117-8, boundless%3B ra kila zabdazAstram Pt.1.-pAla: N. of a warrior126&c. chief in Kashmir. -matiH N. of a Bodhisattva.-mAyin a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceithul. -mUla: mediananubhAvuka . Unable to comprehend; "tA non-com cinal plant (zAribA). -rAzi: an infinite quantity. prehension, unintelligibility. -rUpa .. of innumerable forms or shapes%3; epithet of STATTITUTH 1 Not repeating a statement or propo Visnu. -ara: a disease of the head, resein bling tetasition. -2 Tacit assent. nus. -vikramin N. of u Bodhisattva. -vijayaH [ anantAn bijayate dhvanidvArA anena] N. of Yudhisthira's conchshell. ananta / . [nAsti anto yasya ] Endless, infinite, eternal, anantavijayaM rAjA kuntIputro yudhiSTiraH Bg. 1. 16. -vIryaH N. of boundless, inexhaustible; ratnaprabhavasya yasya Ku. 1.3. the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future axe. -vratam 1 See -ntaH 1N. of Visnu; gandharvApsarasaH siddhAH kinnaroragacAraNAH / anantacaturdazI above. -2 N. of the lond Adhyays of the nAntaM guNAnAM jAnanti (nAsyAntamadhigacchanti) tenaannto'ymucyte||3; Bhavisyottara-Purana. -zakti sa. of boundless power, also of Visnu's couch, the serpent Sesa; of Krisna omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -zayanam and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vasuki, Travancore; Srirangapattana because there are the lord of serpents anantazcAsmi nAgAnAm Bg. 10.29. temples of Visnu reclining on ananta Serpent). -zIrSa -2 A cloud. -3 Tale. -4 N. of a plant. (sindu- N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-pA) N. of the vAra) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. niraguDI). -5 The arterism wife of Vasuki. -zuSma .. Vel. pORSCHHing endless yau. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the strength; endlessly blowins. -zrI . of boundless right arm on the anantacaturdazI day. -7 The letter A. magniticence, an epithet of the Supremo Being -ntA 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number anantaka a. [svArtha kan ] Endless, eternal &c. -kam one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Parvati. -4 Names of various plants; zArivA, anantamUla (a very The Eternal or Infinite (among the Jainas). medicinal plant) dUvI, AmalakI, guDUcI, abhimantha, kaNA, anantya . [anantasya idaM yat ] Endless, eternal, intinite. lAgalI, durAlabhA, harItakI, agnizikhA, zyAmalatA, pippalI. -stI -tyam 1 Eternity, infinity. -2 The foot of hiraNyagarbha. A small silken cord tied round the left arm of 1 anantavat . [astyarthe matup] Endless, eternal. m. woman.-ntam 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, One of Brahman's four feet; curth, intermediate eternity. -3 Absolution, final boutitude; tadanantAya kalpate 1.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman region, heaven, and ocean. pRthivI kalAntarikSaM kalA dyauH kalA samudraH kalaiSa vai somya catuSkalaH pAdA brahmaNo'nantavAnnAma | Ch. (parabrahma,); satyaM jJAnamanantaM brahmeti shrutiH| na vyApitvAddezato'nto Up.4.6.3. nityatvAnnApi kaaltH| na vastuto'pi sarvAtmyAdAnantyaM brahmaNi tridhA / / - A sloping and a projecting member of the onta bla- anantara . [ nAsti antaraM vyavadhAnaM, madhyaH; avakAzaH &c. ture representing continued pent-roof : anantaM cAntarikSa yasya] 1 Having no interior or interior space, limitless%3 ca prastaraM cASTadhA lupAH | Mana. 18. 174-175. ef. anantaH tadetat brahma apUrvamanantaraM abAhyam Br. Up.2.5.19. -2 Having zeSaviSNvAzcAnavA kIbamambare / khiyo syAcchArivAdUvAvizalyAlA- no interval or interstice or pause (of space or time); galISu ca / haimavatyAM gaLUnyAM ca...I Nm. -Comp. -Atman compact, close 3 halo'nantarAH saMyogaH P. I. 1.7, See saMyoga, m. the Supreme Spirit; -kara a. magnifying to any -3 (a) Contiguous, neighbouring, adjoining; Ram. 4.21. extent: P. III. 2. 21. -Ta. moving forever. -guNa . 14; anayat prabhuzaktisaMpadA vazameko nRpatInanantarAn 11.8.19; bhAratavarSApossessed of endless merits of countless or infinite duttareNa anantare kiMpuruSanAni varSe K. 136; immediately adjoinnumber: plavaGgAnAmanantaguNatedhate Mv. 6.15. -caturdazI , ing; Ki.2.53,E.7.21; not distant from (with abl.); -vratam [anantasya ArAdhanaM yasyAM sA caturdazI ] the 14th day Atmano'nantaramamAtyapadaM grAhitaH Mu.4; brahmAvartAdanantara: Ms. 2. 19 of the bright half of Bhulrapada when Ananta is (Kull. anantaraH kiMcidUnaH): are: anantaraM mitram 7.158% or in worshipped. -caritra: N. of Bodhisattvt. -jita | comp.; viSayAnantaro rAjA zatruH Ak. who is an immediate (anantAni bhUtAni jitavAn) 1N. of Vasudeva, the con- neighbour. -4 Immediately before or after Ram. 4. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #93
anantarIya B 29. 31. tadidaM kriyatAmanantaraM bhavatA bandhujanaprayojanam Ku. 4.32 soon after, just afterwards anantarodIritalakSmabhAjau pAdo yadIyAvupajAtayastAH Chand. M. having characteristics mentioned just before. -5 Following, coming close upon ( in comp.) ; zabkhasvanAnantarapuSpavRSTi Ku. 1. 23 2.53; karaNIyam S. 4 the next duty, what should be done next. -6 Belonging to the caste immediately following; putrA ye'nantarastrIjA: Ms. 10. 14. -7 Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous sukhaduHkhAte loke nehAstyekamanantaram Mb. 12. 153. 89. -8 Straight, direct ( sAkSAt ). athavA'nantarakRtaM kiMcideva nidarzanam Mb. 12. 305 9. ram [ na. ta. ]1 Contiguity, proximity; anantaravihite cAsyAsane K. 93. - 2 Brahman, the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence ). -ram ind. [ Strictly it is acc. of time kAlAtyantasaMyogaH nAsti antaraM yathA syAttathA ] 1 Immediately after, afterwards. -2 ( with a prepositional force) After ( with abl.) purANapattrApagamAdanantaram I. 3. 7; tyAgAcchAntiranantaram Bg. 12. 12; godAnavidheranantaram R. 3. 33, 36 271 svAmino'nantaraM bhRtyAH Pt.1; rarely with yen. ; aGgadaM cAdhirUDhastu lakSmaNo'nantaraM mama Ram.; or in comp. ; ghanodayAH prAk tadanantaraM payaH S.7.30. R. 4. 2. ; Ms. 3. 252, V. 2. 41; vacanAnantarameva K. 78 immediately after those words. -Comp. -jaH or jA [ anantarasyA anantara varNAyA mAtuH jAyate ] 1 the child of a Ksatriya or Vaisya mother, by a father belonging to the caste immediately above the mother's, strISvanantarajAtAsu dvijairutpAditAnmutAn / sadRzAneva tAnAhurmAtRdoSavigarhitAn // Ms. 10. 6. -2 born immediately before or after; a younger or elder brother. Legitimate son (aurasaH ): AtmA putrazca vijJeyastasthAnantarajazca yaH Mb. 13. 49.3. ( - jA ) a younger or elder sister; anuSThitAnantarajAvivAhaH 1. 7.32.5 80 jAta. anantarIya . Next in succession. anantarayaH [ antarayaH dUrIkaraNaM, na ta ] Not leaving, non-abandonment. break. anantarAya [na. ba. ] Uninterrupted, without a anatargarmina . [ anantargarbho vazya astyarthe ini, na ta ] : N. of Kusa grass used for the pavitra, q. v. . ananda [nati - ac] [Joy loss, cheerlon. -da: N. of a purgatory. anannam Not food, that which is undeserving of being eaten. anadyamAno yadanannamatti Ch. Up. ananya . 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; ananyA rAghavasyAhaM bhAskarasya prabhA yathA / sA hi satyAbhisandhAnA tathAnanyA ca bhartari Ram. cf. Ram. 5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [afta ara: faqar yasya ] Undivided, undistracted ( mind &c. ) ; having no other object or person to think of &c.; ananyAzcintayanto mAM ye janAH paryupAsate g. 9. 22. In comp. ananya may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; ananyAM pRthivIM bhuGkte sarvabhUtahite rataH Kau. A. -Comp. -artha . not subservient to any other object, principal. 75 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anapakaraNam -sfera independent, not resorting to another. ( - tam ) unencumbered estate ( in law ). gatiH / sole resort, or resource. -gatika . [ na. ba. ] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; ananyagatike jane vigatapAtake cAtake Uab. - guru . than_which nothing is greater, ananyastava na kevalaH purANamUhamA gamyate Si. 1. 35. - citta, cinta, cetas, -manas, mAnasa, - hRdaya . giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; vicintayantI yamananyamAnasA S. 4.1; K. 75. -jaH, -janman m. [ nAnyasmAt janma yasya; AtmabhUcittabhU ityAdi tasya vyapadezatvAt or nAsti anyadyasmAtso'nanyaH, viSNuH; tasmAjjAtaH ] Cupid, the god of love; mA mUmuhatkhalu bhavantamananyajanmA Mal. 1. 32. -dRSTi . gazing intently or steadfastly at; "STi: savitAramaikSata Ku. 5. 20. deva having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -paratA exclusive devotion or attachment; purazcakSUrAgastadanu manaso'nanyaparatA Mal. 6. 15. -parAyaNa . devoted to no other (woman); S. 3. 18 - pUrvaH [ nAnyA pUrvA yasya ] having no other wife varasvAnanyapUrvasya vizokAmaka: Ku.6.12. ( - ) [ na anyaH pUrvo yasyAH sA ] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband manuprabhUtibhimanyairmuktA yadyapi rAjabhiH / tathApyananyapUrveva tasminnAsIdvasundharA // R. 4. 7. bhA . [ na anyam anyAM vA bhajate ] not devoted to any other person; ananyabhAjaM patimApnuhi Ku. 3.63. - viSaya a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable: yasminnIzvara ityamanyaviSayaH zabdaH 1. 1; Mv. 1. 25. vRtti - 1 of the same nature. -2 having. no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. - zAsana ... not ruled over by any one else; ananyazAsanAmuva zazAkapurImiva R. 1. 30; Dk. 2. -sAmAnya, sAdhAraNa a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; ananyanArIsAmAnyo dAsatvasyAH purUravAH V. 3. 18; rAjazabdaH R. 6.38; M. 5; 4. 10; not eapable of being performed by any one else, Ku. 3. 19. sadRza (zI / ) having no equal, matchless, peerless yathaitAnananyasadRzAn vidadhAsi Pt. 1. ananyatA, -tvam Identity, sameness. ananyAdRza . ( -zI / ) Not like others, singular. ananvayaH [na. ta. ] 1 Want of connection. -2 (Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a thing is compared to itself, the object being to show that it is matchless and can have no other upamAna; upamAnopameyatvaM yadekasyaiva vastunaH / indurinduriva zrImAnityAdau tadananvayaH // gaganaM gaganAkAraM sAgaraH sAgaropamaH / rAmarAvaNayovRddha rAmarAyoriva // . ananvita a. [na. ta. ] Unconnected. -2 Irregular, desultory; irrelevant, incoherent -3 Not attended with, devoid of; as putra, bhAryA &c. anapa [ na santi Adhikyena Apo yatra ] Destitute of much water (as a puddle) anapakaraNam, -karman, -kriyA 1 Not injuring. -2 Nondelivery. -3 ( In law ) Non-payment; dattasyAnapakarma ca Ms. 8.4; dattasya or vetanasya kriyA 214. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #94
anapakAraH 76 anabhyantara anapakAraH [armlessness. -kArin . Harmless, innocent. anapaga.. Tirin bhavatyanapagAnyavostAnguNAna Mb. 12.257... anapajayya .. Ved. Whose victorious character annot be reversed. 377971 4. 1 Without issue, childless, without heir : tyazca kila tapasvI 5.6: K.59,63. -2 Not propitious or Favourable to children: causing fall (patanakAraNa) yuyona no anapatyAni gantoH Rv.8.54.18. tA, -tvam childlessness: nUnamanapatyatA mAM vansalayati 5.7. anapatrapa.. Impulent, shameless. farga. Ved. Not mutilater or curtailed. 379TT: Not : corrupt word; a properly formed word. anapayati int. Very early (before the sun starts om. his journey ). anpr|. Having no other or second, having 110 follower, solor: tadetad brahmApUrvamanaparam Br. Up.2.5.19. anaparAdha, -dhin .. Innocent, guiltless, harmless. -57: Innocence. ___ anapavAcana . Vel. Impossible to be talkell away or wisherl away. anapavRkta .. Not relinquishd or abandonel: na ApanamanapavRktaM sacchakyamupatuma | S]. on MS. 12.1.2]. anapavyayat M. Ved. Not letting go: able. anapasara.. Having no ogress or passage to creep out of mjurtitisble, inexclusable: nirandhayo'napasara: M.S. IN (apasaraH pratigrahakrayAdiH)-ra:-An usurper. anapaspRza Not olystinate. anapasphura-ra-rat / / (of a cow) Not refusing to be milked. mRja vamanapasphurAma Bri. 18. 11: nAM dhenuma...anapampharantIma Bv.1.12.10. . anapAya / / .1 Free from loss or decay. -2 Imperishablee, Indiminished, indecaying: praNamanyanapAyamunthitam (candrama) Ki... 11. -ya: 1 Imperishable nature, freedom from docky or wear and tear; permanence. -2 N. of Sives. anapAyina ... Imperishable, firm, steady, unfailing, rumstant, durable, not transient; prasAdAbhimukhe tasmiJ zrIrAsIdanapAyinI R.8. 17:17.16.; anapAyini saMzrayadrume gajabhane patanAya valarI Kut.81: caleSvartheSu lubdhena na yazaHsvanapAthipu Mu... 14 : Ki. 14. 37,2.433; Si. 8.50, 14.65, 17.26. anapArtha u. With a gemuine cause, rightly : mukhapriye dharmahIne'napArthe Mb.5.32. 12. anapAvRt [ na. ba.] Not returning or coming back, 1011-current (panarAvRttizanya); unremitting (?). anapekSa,-kSin . [ na. na.] 1 Regardless. -2 Careless, not ininding or heeding, indifferent. -3 Independent or irrespective of another ), not requiring any other thing. -4 Impartial. -5 Irrelevant, unconnected, unconcerned. - 1 Disregard, indifference, carelessness. -kSam // dr. Without regard 10, independently or irrespectively of: carelessly, arrirlentally: "tvAt since it has no reference to. anapeta . 1 Not gone off, not pust : anapatakAlaM kathayAMbabhUvuH Ki. 6.30 without loss of time, without delay. -2 Not deviating from, faithful to, not leaviny (with a.bl.); arthAdanapetam ayam Sk.: dharmapathyarthanyAyAdanapena P. IV. +.92. Soe 319a also. 3 Not devoid of, possessed of: gozvaryAdanapetamIzvaramayaM loko'rthataH sevate Mu. I. 11. anapta.. Vel. [na AptaH, vede pRSo. havaH ]INutseized or overcome by the enemy (zatrubhiranApta): -2 of watery (?) anaptamAsu duSTaraM somaM pavine A maja ... 11. ananas [nAsti anaH rUpaM yasya] Val. Dostitute of form or shape, shapeleas, inctionless (karmahIna). anapsaras,-rA/ Vot an Apsaras, nworthy ofn celestial nymph : anAmareva pratibhAsi v.). anaphA (Astrol.) A particular contiguration of planets: ravivarje dvAdazagairanaphA : sacchIlaM sukhAnvitaM prabhuMcyAtiyuktamanaphAyAm Dipika. saha a. Ignorant of, unncquainted with, imused to, (usually with gm.): jJaH kaitavasya .5: vRttAntAnAmanabhijJAmmi K.230: jJaH paramezvaragRhAcAramya : anabhijJAstamitrANAM durdineSvabhisArikAH Kuts. 8. anabhidhAnam 1 Absence of the texpression of the desired meaning (vAnika... 21.16). -2 A word not in standard use though grummatically correct. anabhimlAta .. [na. na.INot furtel. -Comp. -varNa / . Ped. of unfaded or undiumished lustre, resplendent. mo apAM napAdanabhimlAtavarNaH R..HD.B. anabhilakSitaH An impostor. af TTT . Free from desire. -T: 1 Want of appetite or desire. -2 Non-relish. anabhivAdaka 1. Opposel, not ingreciiny with. na khalu bhavAna asmatsaMkalpAnabhivAdakaH / Atimiraka T. anabhizasta,-sti,-stya . Ved. Blameless, faultless : zamtenya Tv.. leading to perfection or to heroine anabhisandhAnam Absence of designs or purpose : S0 anabhisandhiH ; "kRta done undesigneilly. anabhihita .1 Not named or asserted; see abhihina under abhidhA. -2 Not fastened (Ved.). -taHN. of the chief of a Gotra. anabhyantara . Unacquainted, ignorant; anabhyantare khalvAvAM madanagatasya vRttAntasya 5.3. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #95
anabhyAvRttiH anarviz - anabhyAvRttiH / . Non-repetitim: manAganabhyAvatyA vA kAmaM kSAmyanu yaH kSamI Si... anabhyAza,-sa... Not near, distunt No. : "samitya .. 10 lye shummed from afar, Sk. anabhra . Cloudless : iyamanabhrA vRSTiH this is (like) . . shower from a cloudless sky, i. c. something quite mexpected or suren. 749751 gie: Nay..). anabhri . Ved. Epithet of rainwater'; requiring no shovel (?). anamaH [na namati anyAna ] A Brahmana (one who does not bow down to others and returns salutations made to him by others with a blessing). anamitaMpaca (= minaMpaca). 'Not cooking what has not been first measured.' Miserly, niggardly. anamitra .. Having no enemies, -tram A state of having no enemies. anamIva. Val. [ nAsti amIvo rogo yasya na. ba.] Wll happy, free from disease: comfortable, salubrious, sin less. -24 (roorl or comfortable state, happiness, prosperity. svati cAsmA anamIcaM ca dhehi Rv. 10.14.11. anambara .. Vering no gariment. -T: A liuddhist monclicant. anamra .. Not humble, houghty, proud: anamrANAM / samudatuH / .15. anayaH [aprazasto nayaH] 1 Bad management or conduct : injustice: mfiirness; samRddhiranayAvinazyati Pt. 1. 160: Bh. 2.12. - 2 Bad policy or course of conduct, evil course; 3771 nayasaMkAyo hadayAnApasapati 1.3.181.-3 Adversity, calamity, distress; jIvedetena rAjanyaH sarveSvA yanayaM gataH Ms. 10.95 reduced to straits: 10:'.-4 [ayaH shubhaavh| vidhistadanyaH anayaH] Misfort medversity: ill-luck. cf. 32 277 # 7912 91: ! Nm. -5 A variety of dice-play, grumbling pataJjali on P.V.2.1. zArANAM vAmAvartana abhISTasthAnanayanam -6A decit, fraud : evaM cedupasarpatAmanayaM rAmalakSmaNI Rim.ti.s. 18. Status: N. of : king of the solar race, a descondant of Iksvaku n king of Ayodhya, who was overthrown by Ravant. anarAla straight; yatsnehAdanarAlanAlanalinIpatrAtapatraM dhRtam U.3.16. anarus / [na. ba.] Vod. Not wounded, healthy, sound. anargala . [na. ba.] 1 Free from bar or obstruction, free to move, unrestrained, umhampered; turajamutsRSTamanagalam R. 3. 2). -2 Unlocked. anargha.. [nAsti arko mUlyaM yasya na. ba.] Invaluable, priceless, inestima ble; anarghazIlaH R.5.23; datte'rthe mahati mahIbhRtAM puro'pi trailokye madhubhidabhUdanargha eva | Si. 11.88. -ghaH [na.na.] Wrong or improper value. -Comp.-rAghavam N. of : drama in 7 cs by Muriri Mier: ; also called Murari Nataka after its author and supposed to have been written between the 12th and the 14th century. anarghatvam, -tA Pricelessness, invaluable nature: II. Pr.4. 3770 a. Invaluable; unsurpassed in reverence due from others, highly respected: anaya'marpaNa tamadrinAthaH u. 1. 58. __ anaryeya a. sce anargha : anayaMyA mahArAja dvijA varNeSu cottamAH Mb. 13.51.22. anartha ..[na. ba.11 Useless, worthless; zunaH punchamivAnartha pANDityaM dharmavarjitam Pt. 3.97. -2 Unfortunate, unhappy. -3 larmful, disastrous, bad: cittajJAnAnuvartino'nI api priyAH syuH D. 160; wicked (opp. dakSiNa ). -4 Not having that meaning (but another): having no meaning, momsonsical, meaningless. -5 Poor. -theH [na.ta.]1Nonuso or value. -2 A worthless or teless objoct. -3 A reverse, evil, calamity, misfortune: R. 18. 14 : randhropanipAtino'narthAH S.0 ekaikamAyanarthAya kimu yatra catuSTayam 1.1; f. chideSvanA bahulIbhavanti &c.; Ms.+. 103, 11.4.12; harmful object, danger; arthamanartha bhAvaya nityam Moha M.2. -4 Nonsense, want of sense. -5N. of Visnu (AptasarvakAmavAnasya nathAtvam). -Comp. -antarama [na arthAntaram ] sameness or identity. f. Arambho vyApAraH kriyetyanAntarama SB. on MS. II. 1. 10. -kara..(-rI/.)1 doing useless or unprofitable things. -2 mischievous, harmful: unprofitable, productive of evil. -nAzin .N. of Siva. (destroyer of enlimities). -bhAva. malicions. -lupta .. [dRSTArthana alupaH ] not devoid of the apparent meaning: free from all that is worthless, -saMzayaH [anarthakArI saMzayaH zAka.na.]1agreat evil, humurdousandventure: pratinivartatAmasmAdanarthasaMzayAta Mal.). 2. [na. na. ] not risk of one's moen: safety of one's wealth, anarthya, anarthaka . 1 Useless : ingless : sarvamapye. tadanarthakam Va.1: AyAsa K. 10s: not sinniiticant, asa particle used expletively. -2 Nonsensical. -3 Unprotitable. -4 Unfortunate. -kam Nonsensical or imeonerent talk. anarva. Ved. Not Tax or loose (azithila) trinAbhicakramajaramanavam Rv. 1. 16t. 2.; free, mobstructed, permanent. __ anan / [a-hiMsAyAM kanin, arvA sapatnaH na. sa.] 1 Not imimical, not hostile or to be hated (adveSya): yo mitrAya varuNAyAvidhajano'narvANaM taM paripAto aMhasaH Rv. 1. 136.. -2 Having no horse. anarvizam. [anasA zakaTena vizati prApnoti : viz-ki, aharA0 ruH] 1 One who sits in a cart to fetch fuel &e. -2[ R-karmaNi vica, araM gantavyaM prati vizati, viz-kvipU, na.ta.] One who is not able to reach the destination, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #96
rAta (2. 16. anarzarAti [ anarzAya apApiSTAya rAtirdAnaM yasya ] One who does not give to sinful persons, a sinless donor. naI 1 Not deserving, not fit, not worthy of ( with gen. or in comp.) ; anarhA gRhavAsasya Pt. 1.: tAn havyakavyayavijJAnI manurI Ms. 3. 100. - Inadequate, unsuitable. --3 Undeserving of reward or punishment. anAlaH [ nAsti ataH paryAptirvasya bahudAtyadahane'pi tRrabhAvAt Tv. of nAbhistRpyati kASTAnAm; said by some to be from an to breathe ]. 1 Fire. -2 Agni or the god of fire. See agni. -3 Digestive power, gastric juice: mandaH saMjAyate 'nalaH Susr. 4 Wind. -5 Bile. -6 One of the 8 Vasus, the fifth. 7 N. of Vasudeva. -8 Names of various plants; citraka, raktacitraka Plumbago Zeylanica and Rosea, bhahAtaka the marking-nut tree. -9 The letter r. - 10 The number three. -11 (Astr. ) The aoth year of Brhaspati's cycle. -12 The third lunar mansion kRttikA - 13 A variety of Pitrideva_or_manes ( kavyavAho'nalaH somaH). -14 [ anAn prANAn lAti Atmatvena ] The soul (jIva ). -15 N. of Vispu ( na nalati gandhaM prakaTayati na badhyate vA nalU - ac ) - 16 The Supreme Being. f. analo rAjJi nAle ca puMsyagnyauSadhibhedayoH Nm. - 17 Anger ; kariNAM mude sanaladAnaladA: Ki. 5.25. -Comp. -AtmajaH N. of Kartikeya ; Mb. 9. 44.11. -AnandaH N. of a Vedantic writer, author of Vedanta-Kalpatari. da. [ analaM yati ] 1 removing or destroying heat or fire; -2= agnida 1. dIpana [ analaM dIpayati ] promoting digestion, stomachic. -prabhA [ analasya prabheva prabhA yasya ] N. of a plant ( jyotiSmatI) Helicacabum Cardiospermum. (Mar. laghumAlakAMgoNI ). priyA N. of Agni's wife svAhA. - vATa: N. of ancient Pattana. -sAdaH loss of appetite, dyspepsia. ft. analasa. 1 Not lazy, netive, diligent, watchful, ati R. 1. 15.2Unable. inocompetent analiH [ aniti-ac anaH aliryatra ba. zakavA. ] N. of a tree ( (bakavRkSa ) Sesbana Grandiflora ( tatpuSpANAM madhupUrNatayA tanmadhubhirbhramarANAM jIvanadhAraNAttathAtvam Tv ) ( Mar. agastA ). analpa . 1 Numnerous. -2 Not a little not small, liberal, noble (as mind &c.) iti kSamaM naitadanalpacetasAm Ki. 14.18; much jalpantyanalpAkSaram Pt. 1. 136 profusely, in many words: vikasitavadanAmanalpajalpe'pi Bv. 1. 100: 2. 138. -Comp. -ghoSa . very clamorous or noisy -manyu ... greatly enraged. anavakAza . [ na. ba. ] 1 Having no scope or occasion, uncalled for. -2 Inapplicable. -3 Having no opportunity or space. -zaH [ na. ta. ] Absence of room or scope. anavakAzika: Practising penance of standing on one log; gAtrAgyA azabhyAzca tathaivAnavakA zikA Ram. 3.6.3. anavaklaptiH f. Impossibility,improbability, incredibility (P. III. 3. 145 ) ; anavaklRptyamarSayora kivRte'pi. anavagIta 4. Faultless prakRtyA kalyANI matiranavagIta: paricayaH U. 2. 2. 78 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anavalobhanam anavagraha a. [na. va. ] Irresistible, uncotrolled, impetuous, resistless ; sukumAra kAyamanavagrahaH smaraH ( abhihanti ) Mal. 1.39. anavacchinna t. 1 Not bounded or marked off, not separated or cut. -2 Unlimited, immoderate, excessive. - 3 Undefined; dikkAlAdi Bh. 2.1; 3. 1; undiscri minated, unmodified. -4 Uninterrupted, continuous. anavadya n. [na avadyaH nindyaH ] Faultless, blameless, unobjectionable, irreproachable: fag afkomum aft Bh. 2. 17; udavadanavadyAM tAmavadyAdapetaH R. 7. 70. -dyA N. of a damsel. -Comp. -aGga, rUpa a having faultless limbs or from, exquisitely handsome; rUpasya anavadyatA M. 2. ( - aGgI) a woman with a faultless form -rAgaH . variety of gems. Kau. A. 2. 11. anavadrANa. Not sleepy anavadhAna . [ na. ba. ] Careless, inattentive. -nam Inadvertence, inattention; I carelessness, remissness in duty (pramAda ); kartavyAkaraNaM yatrAkartavyasyAthavA kriyA / ucyate dvitayaM tatra pramAdo'navadhAnatA // . anavadhi a. Unlimited, infinite. anavana . [na. ba. ] Affording no help or protection. anavanI navanIpavanAvaliH Si. 6.37. d. anavanAmita Not lowered or bent down ; "vaijayantaH a Buddhist term for a future universe (lit. having banners unlowered ). anavapRgNa 4. Ved. Spreading all around, not elosely united; anavapRgNA vitatA vasAnam Rv. 1. 152.4. anavabrava . [ avabrU-ac na vacAdezaH na ta ] Irreproachable, not open to censure ( apavAdavarjita ) ; speaking authoritatively ; vijeSakudindra ivAnavabravaH Rv. 10. 84. 5. anavabhra . [ na zraMzate bA. Da. Tv. ] Undiminished, undecaying, durable, Inding (anya) rAsU deNA anavarAdhaso Rv. 1. 166.7 having undiminished wealth. anavama . Not low or inferior; high, exalted, supe rior; sudharmAnavamAM sabhAm . 17. 27 9.14, anavara . Not inferior; Mb. 3. anavarata ... Incessant, continuous, uninterrupted; dhanusphAlanakUrapUrvam S... tam Inently, com tinuously. anavarArthya...[ aparasmin artha bhavana..] Chied best, excellent. anavalamba - mvana . [na. ba. ] Having no prop or support; not dependent. -mbaH -mbanam Independence. anavalobhanam [na] avamAnayena pRSI pazya bhaH Tv. ] A sort of purificatory ceremony to be performed in the case of a pregnant woman in the third month after conception. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #97
anavasa 70 anasUya a. [ 314-317 a: a wastatt. 7. 9.] i Ved. Having no wholesome food to eat (TUTTiga); 3a 3 ara... Rr. 6.66.7; not stopping to eat by the way (?). T RT <<. 1 Busy, having no leisure or interval for repose. -2 Illtimed, inopportune. -3 Out of place, baseless; i qurara: H. 3. -T: 1 Absence of loisure. -2 Illtimeliness, imseasonableness; 22 2 9949797447 Taifa: Mal. 9. 30. T ATT.. [ 77. a. ] Endless, having 10 setting: free from death. afaa a. [..] Not onded or finished; not determined. - N. of a kind of Tristubhinetro, consisting of four lines with 11 feet in each. Saat 6. Free from dirt, pure, clear. staat . [ 347791 47 ] Unsteady; ** HEF B072 Dk. 135: unsettled, not fixed; 3782 et feuda 5799777 Ram. 5. 37. 55; atarz: Si. 11. 28. FOTT [7. a.] 1 Instability, unsettled condition, disorders confusion. -2 1.oose or insteady conduct, incontinence. -3 (In phil.) Absence of finality or conclusion, an endless series of statements or causes und effects, one of the faults of reasoning (3991919913 izaufa:); 44TFT 19 Hafa Tu K. P. 2; 90: S. B. --4 Not being 10 days old ( teha:). STATETTA . Unstable, unsteady, fickle. farm479 Bhay. 5. 6. 2. -2: Wind. -24 1 Iustability, uncertainty, unsettled nature: 374971 F TTTDk. 161. -2 Looseness of conduct, incontinence. aftra . 1 Unsteady, fickle, unsettled: - femei hafa 79 Bhay. 5. 6. 3. Farhancorada: U. 3 with unsteady eyes; ratanatya M T H HEIT K. t. 28.-2 Changer, altered; 31EUR Par vitra: U. 2. -3 Faithless, loose in morals or moral conduct, dissolute (aufHTT); preraisaastat: Mx. 11. 138. -4 Unable to stay or remain ; af hafta 1921: R. 19.31 ; , fa: instability, looseness of conduct. Rhag. 5.14. 24. - Un methodical, not in order; prathitaM triSu lokeSu kapitvamanavasthitam Ram. 5. 55. 15. 3 26 <<. (196-21-317 7. 7.) Not crooked, straightforward. T 1914 agt afecar 1999 3499814 Il Rv. 9. 41.6. narsa. Not tending duwnwards, looking up para ind. [31: ht=3974: 42417 4] Without breathing between, in one breath, without a pause, uno lenore. art. [ 349-3-99 31914: 31249, 27. .] Without parts (fa): uninterrupteil, unyielding. Theo 21 T a riffel Rv. 7. 104. 2. TTTF . Regardless of careless, indifferent. 31 ,-ET1 - 377923-241 q. v. 3779 1 Carelessness, inattention ; 34921129 fa: Pt. 1. 169. -2 Want of supervision. raaa a. (2. a.] Not altogether destitute of holy or ascetio performances. -a: A Jaina devotee who is so. 37aa4 l'astiny, abstinence from food, fasting oneself to death ; T T 7 Ram. . 10. 23. acar Dk. 156 making him fast; Para strefa Pt. 1. . Without food, fasting &c. 37agyar a. Ved. Not hungry. 37973T a. Not eating; 3772173177 kv. 1. 161. 20; 74: the sacrificial fire in the sabha which is approached before eating or breakfast. 797 a. lLaviny no horse or horses. -9a: Something that is not a horse. 3799471 m. N. of Pariksit's father. Sta24T .. ( - !:) Imperishable. 3rap . [ fafa rana 377-387] 1 A cart; 7417: ganda h ar TIGIT 311AL... Br. Ari. Up.3.33. SAAT 22: F Ms. 8. 209; TISTIH ATH) Y. 1. 184, 3. 269, Si. 12. 26. -2 [ ziara ayaa l Food, boiled rice. -3 Birth. -4 A living being. -5 A kitchen. -6 A parent (father or mother); said to be f. in these two SCHON. At the end of Ayyayibhava coinp. anas is changed to anasa; as adhyanasam &c.; also at the end of Tat. Comp. ; HEIHA &c. TEN-7 . 7. a. 1 Free from analice, not on vious, not spiteful; 1571422 Ms. 4. 158; waar TOHETU 27: By. 18. 71. - 27.7.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; # THI ya alfa rygoraf 77 647221gie r waar. -2 N. of a friend of Sakuntala. -3 N. of a daughter of Daksa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [ She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which sho had obtained iniraculous powers. Several stories are told to illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 10 years, Anasuya created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Manula vya was about to be impa led, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Mandavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasuya, her freind, who, by the force of her penance, made For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #98
anasUyu 80 anAjJAta the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasuya chuonged Brahna, Visau and Mahesa into infants, when at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former lapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-stresuel Ganges to flow down on the earth near the lermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R. 13. 51. In the Ramayapat she is representer as having been vory kind and attentive to Sita whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure wave her an unguent (See R. 12. 27, 14. 1) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to yuard her person front the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons e. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvasas. 1994 til 299917421 Rain. 2. 18. 1. anasUyu . = anasUya; idaM tu te guhyatamaM pravakSyAmyanasyave Ry: 9. 1. 37AFT, FFF [ 7. a. ] Boneless. FT 1 A boneless limb or member. -2 Without parts, epithet of 1917 of the Sankhyas or IzvaramAyA. 3797&arf . l'rideless, modest: Sataret... ( 19h suya) By. 18. 20. 76 n. (a 378: 34THE: ] A bud or unlucky day. in. Vod. Thus, hereby, indeod. TAIT <<. Formless, shapeless, epithet of the Supremo Being 391F1: [7.7 fagra ] 1 Inopportune tine. -2 [341 474 31912497: : 3912: 7. 9. Tv.) Famine (perhaps an irregular forin for 312161). -Comp. - 7: one who, to save himself from starvation in a famine, voluntarily becomes a slave of another. 371F1 T. (2. a.] 1 Op que, not transparent. -2 Having no transparent atruosphere: differing from it. 37941 74711 FEC: Mb. 10.6.18. -T:, -TH Not an atmosphere, one undeserving of its naine. 31 . 1 Not perplexed or confused, calni, collected, self-possessed. -2 Rogular, consistent. 37717$94 Fayzafa (99719 78 ) Bu. ch. 1.33. 3ta a. Not provented (@ata); unreclaimed GITT 7 Tra TOT 3-115: Rv. 1. 141.7. anAkranda . Maddened with pain; iti lokamanAkranda HESITATAH Mb. 12. 331. 35. Tarifa a. Unassailed. -a [ 3141994203 an: Erwaar, . .) Prickly nightshade, Solanum Jacquini (Hota) (Mar. fratrit).. arfen u. Ved. Not stayiny. Spar <<. [2311 4747 1311 af 31 ait: 3948; . 9. Tv. ] Sinless : 375 g ear dar au Rv. 10. 12. 8. (3471-19 = 3791977). - N. of a river. 3 . [7730117, 7.. ] 1 Not come or arrived; 7193 4419647 I. 1. 5. -2 Not got or obtained; !272431 TAHUA Si. 3. 14; so da. -3 Future, to come ; see compounds below. -4 Not learnt or attained, unkuown. -74 The future time, future: 47: PP. 3. 164 he shines (thrives, prospers) who provides for the future ; svararfi Huu 2: Pt. 3. 71. - Comp. T UTH looking to the future, provident thought, foresight. -T71: [ 347777: 3121: :24 ] futuro (physical) trouble or calamities, illness . affecting the body in time to come: 1 N. of chapter 27 of the in Susruta. -taar [ f4+1 346177, | Tarda :) a maiden who has not yet rived at puberty. -fast m. [ 31784 312 fazafa ] one who provides for the future, provident, prudent used as the name of a tish in Pt. 1. 318; 11. 4.6); 3471119fata 777 al fall (where Dr. Peterson translates the three shes b; Mr. Provider-against-a-future-evil', 'Mr. Cool-liend', and Mr. what-will-be-will-be'). starfa: f. Non-rrival, non-attainment, nonaccess. TATTA 16. 1 Not come, not present. -2[7.9.] In law) Without the title-deed or document of possession (such as purchase cloed &e.), anything possessed from time immemorial and without any documentary proof; Cart: enjoyment of property without such a deed. -4: 1 Non-arrival. -2 Non-attainment. appa. Unapproachable. an . 1 Not coming, not arriviny. -2 Not future, not likely to return. -#. An epithot of the third among the Buddhist orders. stat i . Not likely to return. 3 7 7 <<. Not smelt; (fig.) not touched or affected ; sarvadoSAnAgandhitaM prativacanamAha Sankara. Tarta . 1 Iumovent, blameless; 31071974 a: TE 7 1 4 S. I. Il. --2 Conferring bliss or happines. STATT. Devoid of customary observances or duties, improper in behaviour, unprincipled, regardless of custom, law or propriety &c.; also 34arata in this sonne. :,-TAITTUTH Absence of due observances or customary duties, inproper conduct, departure from established usage or principle; 3471717 is of two kinds vihinasya ananuSThAna niSiddhamya cAnuSThAnam. Bratara 4.1 Unknown, not properly known. -2 Surpassing all that has yet been known. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #99
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra anAtapa www.kobatirth.org anAtapa Free from or devoid of heat or the blaze of the sut not exposed to hot, cool, shady; vAJchandezamanAtapaM vidhivazAttAlasya mUlaM gataH Bh. 2. 90. -pa: Coolness, shade. anAtura . 1 Not enger, indifferent: anAturotkaNThitayoH prasidhyatA samAgamanApi ratirva mAM prti| V. 1. for anAdara M. 3.15. -2 Not fatigued, unwearied; bheje dharmamanAturaH R. 1. 21. -3 Not ill or diseased, well, healthy, in good health: anAturaH saptarAtramavakIrNitrataM caret Ms. 2. 187; 4. 144. C. anAtmana ... [ na. ba. ] 1 Destitute of spirit or mind. -2 Not spiritual, corporeal. -3 One who has not restrained his self; anAtmanastu zatrutve vartenAtmaivazatruvat Bg. 6. 6. ..... [ aprazasto bhinno vA AtmA na ta ] Not self another, something different from Atman (spirit or soul) i. the perishable body aprAptaH prApyate yo'yamatyantaM tyajyate'thavA / jAnIyAnamanAtmAnaM vpuraadikm|| anAtmanyAtmabuddhi sAvidyA parikIrtitA // -Comp. -jJa vedin <<. 1 devoid of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. -2 not knowing oneself, foolish, silly mA nAvadanAtmajJe S. 6 kathaM kAryavinimayena vyavaharati mayi jJaH M. 1: sphuTamApadAM padamanAtmaveditA Si. 1.. 22. - pratyavekSA reflection that there is no spirit or soul ( with Buddhists) saMpanna . foolish, destitute of qualities ( of the soul) not self-possessed; na tvevAnAtmasaMpannAd vRttimIheta paNDitaH Pt.1.49 anAtmaka [ nAsti AtmA sthiro yatra ] Unreal transi tory, of an unenduring characters an epithet (with Buddhists) for the world. anAtmanIna * Not adapted tos or for the benefit of, self; disinterested. anAtmavat ... [ AtmA vazyatvena nAstyasya ] Not self-possessed; having no control over the senses; anAtmavantaH pazuvad bhuJjate ye'pramANataH Sur. anAtmya... [AtmanaH idaM AtmyaM zarIram na. ba.] Impersonal, incorporeal ( azarIra) -tsyam Want of affection for one's own family. Pride of the possession of body &c. te yadyanutpAditadoSadRSTayAM balIyamAnAtmyamadena manyunA Bhay. 1. 3. 165 4. 4. 29. tt. anAtyantika 1 Not constant or perpetual, not tinal. -2 Intermittent, recurrent. anAtha ... [ na. ca. ] Helplesr, poor, forlorn, parentless orphan (as a child ); widowed (as a wife ); having no master or natural protector, without a protector in general; nAthavantastvayA lokAstvamanAthA vipatsyase U. 1. 435 R. 12. 12. - tham Ved. Helplessness. kiM bhrAtA sadyadanAthaM bhavAti / Rv. 10. 1. 11. -Comp. piNDadaH, piNDikA 'aiver of food to the poor', N. of a merchant in whose garden Buddha Gautama used to instruct his pupils. sabhA poor-hogse anAdara . [ na. ba. ] Showing no respect, indifferent, calm, regardless: M. 3. 15. - [ na. na. ] 1 Disregard. saM. I. ....11 81 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anAnuda disrespect, disdain, contempt; SaSTI cAnAdare P. II. 3. 58, manyakarmaNyanAdare vibhASA'prANiSu 17 -2 Ease, facility (one of the senses of being effort or care', see the word ); 'khaNDitazaGkara zarAsanaH U. 1 ( perhaps also without any respect for the bow of the great god'); anAdaropAttakasAyakam Ki. 14. 36. anAdaraNam Disrespectful [conduct, negloor. anAdarina . Disrespectful, irreverent. anAdi . [ AdiH kAraNaM pUrvakAlo vA nAsti yasya saH ] Having no boginning, eternal, existing from eternity, opithet of paramezvara; jagadAdiranAdistvam Ku. 2.93 anAdirAdigovindaH sarvakAraNakAraNam; also of hiraNyagarbha. -Comp. ananta, -anta ... without beginning and end; eternal. ( -antaH ) N. of Siva. -nidhana . having neither beginning nor end, eternal madhyAnta ... having no beginning, middle or end; eternal. anAditA-tvam State of having no beginning. anAdimat. Not produced of effarted having ro heginning. anAdInava Si. 2.22. Faultler bAsudevanAdInamanAdInAritam anAdRta . 1 Disrespected, despised anAdRtAstu yasyai sarvAstasyAphalAH kriyAH Ms. 2. 234; satkAra not accepting the hospitality. -2 Not careful, regardless of indifferent to; anAdRtasyAmara sAyakeSvapi Ki. 14. 10. -tam Disrespect contempt. anAdeya . Not fit to be taken, unacceptable; inadmissible; anAdeyasya cAdAnAdAdeyasya ca varjanAt Ms. 8. 171. anAdezaH Absence of direction or command. -Comp. -kara 1. doing what is not commanded; or ( an-A-dezakara ) not doing what is ordered. anAdya . 1 = anAdi q. v. -2 Not eatable: what ought not to be eaten. anAdhAra . Without support, an epithet, applicable, according to the Naiyayikas, to eternal objects only ( such as sky ), or to Brahman tuccording to the Vedantins. anAdhi 1. 1 Without mental pain or anxiety dhanuradhijyamanAdhirupAdade R. 9.54. anAdhRS... Ved. Not checking or not being checked. Av. 6. 21. 2. anAdhRSTa-Sya . 1 Invincible, unchecked, irresistible. tamAdityamivodyantamanAnuSyaM mahAbalam Mb. 5. 179.11. -2 Perfect, unimpaired.] anAnukRtya . Ved. Inimitable, unparalleled ; anAnukRtyamapunazcakAra Iv. 10.68 10 112.5. anAnuda... Ved [ anu dadAti dAka na. na. pU. dIrghaH ] Unsarpad invin (anudAna) apana Rv. 2. 23. 11. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #100
anAnupUrvyam anAramya anAnapurvyama ISeparation of the different members of compounds by the intervention of others. -2 Not coming in regular order. argyfa: f. Ved. Neglect, absence of experience or observation, inattention. -(pl.) Neglectful, irrelivious people; anAnubhUtIraH vadhUvAnaH pUrvIrindraH zaradastarIti Rv. 6.47. 17. anApad /. Absence of calamity or misfortune; yA ttistAM samAsthAya vipro jIvedanApadi Ms. 4.2. anApi . [Apyate-Ap karmaNi ina ApiH Apto bandhuzca, na. ba. Tv.] Without friends or kindreds. anApta 1.1 Not obtained. -2 Not reaching or attain- ing, unsuccessful in the attempt to get. -3 Unfit, not. apt, unskilful; yugyasthAH prAjake'nAte sarve daNDyAH zataM zatam Ms. 8. 294. -ptaH A stranger. starfa: /. Non-attainment. anApta .. Not getting &er; anApturenasAm Si. 16. 38 not.: touched by sin. anAbhayin .. Ved. [Abibheti AbhI-uNA-ini, Abhayin na. ta.] Not at all afraid, fearless, undaunted; anAbhayin rarimA te Br.8.2.1. anAbhU . Ved. [Abhimukhyena bhavatItyAbhUH stotA na. ta. ] Not praising or worshipping, irreligious (da); not coming in front. Neglectful, disobliging; indraH znathayananAbhuvaH Rv. 1.51.9. anAman 1.1 Nameless. -2 Infamous. . 1 The nameless' month, an interculary month. -2 The ringfinger; tee anAmikA below. - [ananamanaH, anaM jIvanam amayati rujati, am-kanin Tv.] Piles (arzoroga). anAmaka . [na. ba. svArtha kan ] Nameless, infamous. -kA, -kam = anAman above. anAmA, anAmikA [nAsti nAma anyAgulivat yasyAH, svArthe kan ] The ring-finger; so called because it has no name like the other fingers; Sat. Br. 14. cf. Tv. a f fra brahmazipichanna, tana tasyA apavitrajAtIyatA; ata eva tasyAH pavitrIkaraNArtha yajJAdI pavitranAmakakuzadhAraNaM tatra kriyte| anAmikAdhRtA dI hokAnAmikayApi vA / dvAbhyAmanAmikAbhyAM tu dhArye darbhapavitrake || also purA kavInAM gaNanA prasaGge kaniSTikAdhiSThitakAlidAsAH / adyApi tattulyakaverabhAvAdanAmikA sArthavatI babhUva | Subhas. anAmaya.. [nAsti AmayaH rogo yasya ] Free from disease, healthy, sound; tadannamapi bhoktavyaM jIyate yadanAmayam Rim. 3. 10. 18 not breeding disease: janmabandhavinimuktAH padaM gacchantyanAmayam B.2.51 where there is no unhappiness. -yaH, -yam (food or sound health; health, well-being, welfare: sa bhavantamanAmayapraznapUrvakamAha 5.53 mahAzvetA kAdambarImanAmaya papraccha K. 12 inquired about her health; ayanAmayaM rAjJaH / Mv. 1 how loes the king do? brAhmaNaM kuzalaM pRcchenkSatrabandhu- / manAmayam / vaizyaM kSemaM samAgamya zUdramArogyameva ca Ms. 2. 127. -yaH [nAsti AmayaH yasmAt ] 1N. of Visnu (or Siva according to some); puNyakIrtiranAmayaH; viSNurhi bAhyAbhyantarapIDAM nivArayati tasmAdanAmayaH. -2 Final release (-mokSaH) niyataM yAtumanAmayAya kAla: Bu. ch.5.70. anAmayat . Ved. Not causing paim or hurt, not hurting. -n. Health (?) anAmayitnu a. INot imjuring or paiming; hastAbhyAmanAmayitnubhyAm Rv. 10. 137.7. -2 Salubrious, curative. anAmiSa 3. 1 Without fiesh or any bait -2 bootless, profitless. anAmRNa ..[AmRNAti hinasti AmRNa ka. na. ba.] Having no injurer or an enemy that can injure (hiMsakarahita). anAmRta . Immortal. anAyaka .. Without a leader, disorderly. anAyata.. 1 Unrestrained, unchecked. -2 Not proppod or supported. -3 Not long, of short duration: anAyatasvabhAvabhangurANi mukhAni K. 175. -4 Continuous, close, unseparated. anAyatta .. Not dependent; degtto roSasya K.45 not awayed by: uncontrolled, independent; etAvajanmasAphalyaM yadanAyattavRttitA H.2.22 freedom, independent livelihood, independence of life. anAyana . [na AyanaM cAlanaM yatra ] Invariable (ekAnta). anAyAsa a. Not troublesome or difficult, ea.gy; mamApyekasmin degse karmaNi tvayA sahAyena bhavitavyam 5.2. -sa: 1 Facility, Oase, absence of difficulty or exertion; zarIraM pAbyate yena zubhenApyazubhena vaa| atyantaM tanna kurvIta anAyAsaH sa ucyate // -2 Idleness, neglect ; deg casily, without difficulty, readily.-Comp.-kRta.domeoasily or readily.(-tam)an infusion prepared without effort or exertion prepared extemporaneously) anAyAsakRtaM phATa Ak.2.94.See phANTa, anAyuSya . [AyuSe na hitam na. ta.] Not giving long life, fatal to long life such as excessive food, sexual union &c.); anArogyamanAyudhyamasvayaM cAtibhojanam Ms.2.57 nahIdazamanAyuSyaM loke kiJcana vidyte| yAdazaM puruSasyeha paradAropasevanam // 4.134. rarat a. One without : covering for the head; tathA nausAdhanaparAn mallavArAnanAvarAna Siva. B. 30.9. __ anArata .1 Not ccasing or stopping, continuous, uuinterrupted. -2 Eternal. -tam 1 Continuity. -2 Absolute non-entity (atyantAbhAva). -alr. Continuously, always; eternally; anArataM tena padeSu lambhitAH Ki. 1. 15,40. anArabhya .. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -inil. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. y. are: 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); kizcitkarmArabhya udyate ucyate ityArabhyavAdaH na ArabhyavAdaH -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, na vaanaarbhyvaadaat| MS... 6. 3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #101
anArambhaH anAzaka .. .. . . .. . . -adhIta .[na Arabhya kiJcidadhItaH] studied or taught or the Samhita by iti); sambuddhau zAkalyasyetAvanArSe P. I. 1. read without reference to any particular subject ( not as 16 (-- avaidike Sk.). -2 Not added to a Risi's name (as part of a regular or authoritative work ); learnt as a a n aflix ); P. IV. 1. 78. detached subject : yeSAM mantrANAM karmavizeSe viniyogo noktaH teSAM / anArSeya = anArSa. mantrANAm anArabhyAdhInatvAt brahmayajJe eva viniyoga iti mImAMsA. anAlamba.. Without support or stay; kathaMkAramanAlambA anArambhaH Non-commencement, not undertaking: kIrtiryAmadhirohati Si.2.52. -mba: Want of support desponvikAraM khalu paramArthato'jJAtvA degmbhaH pratIkArasya 5.3: degmbho hi dency. -mbI Siva's lute. kAryANAM prathama buddhilakSaNam . anAlambu (mbhu) kA A woman during menstruation anArambhaNa . Having no support (for anAlambana); (rajasvalA). also written anArambaNa, yadidamantarikSamanArambaNamiva kenAkrameNa anAlApa . [na. ba.] Reserved, taciturn.-pa: Reserve, yajamAnaH svarga lokamAkramata Br. Up. 3. 1.6. taciturnity. anArogya . [nAsti ArogyaM yasmAn na. ba.] Unwholesome, anAlokaH Absence of light, darkness; anAlokamayaM not conducive to good health, fatal to health; anAyuSya- lokam | Siva B. 28. 71. manArogyamasvayeM cAtibhojanam Ms. 2.57. -gyam Sickness, arafera <<. Unseen, unheeded, unconsidered, indisposition: "kara unhealthy, unwholesome. unexpected, not well considered or examined, rash. anArjava1. Crooked; dishonest. -vam 1 Crookedness alat a. Ved. 1 Not yielding or desisting. (moral also), fraud, insincerity kAminyaH zradadhuranAjavaM nareSu -2 (anAvayas) Not having the power of causing concepi.8.11. -2 [nAsti ArjavaM sAralyaM svAcchandya vA yasmin ] tion; Av.7.90.3. Disease. arara: 1. Non-return ( to birth ), final anArtava (-cI/.) Unseasonable, inopportune, pre- emancipation. maturo (as a flower blossoming out of season ). -ar A anAvartin a.Not recurring or returning; tI kAlA girl who has not attained to puberty (the menstrua- vrajati sa vRthA tanna gaNitam Bh. 3. 115. tion period ). Bratart a. One who dose not acquire anything new: anArya sa. Not rospectable ( not deserving to be styl- Mb.3. ed Arya), not polite or decent; vulgar ; not belonging Tatias a. 1 Not pierced or wounded; unperforatto an Arya, unworthy, vile, base, mean, wretched ; ed; degddha ratnam S. 2. 10.-2 Unhurt, uninjured. anAryAnAyaliminaH M.9.260%; anAryAyAM samutpanI brAhmaNAt 10. 66; I. 4. 22; kIkaTA nAma dezo'nAryanivAsaH Nir. void of starfar a. 1 Not turbid or muddy, pure, clear, pleaAryas; zakuntalAyAmanAryamAcaritaM tena rAjJA S. 4 the king has sant (prasanna): vyakasadvikasadvilocanebhyo dadadAlokamanAvilaM balebhyaH behaved basely or unworthily towards Sakuntala; Si. 20. 38. -2 Not marshy, wholesome, salubrious, as a kadAcidasminnapyanAryo'nAryamAcariSyati Ve. 4. na mAM kAmeSvanAryeSu country Ms. 7.69 (rogopasargAdyairanAkula). pracArayitumarhasi | Bu. ch. 4.96. -ryaH 1 One who is not an anAvRtta a. Not returning, not repeated, being for Arya. -2 A country not inhabited by the Aryas. the first time; malamAseyanAvRttAM tIrthayAtrAM vivarjayeta. -3 A Sudra. -4 AMlechehha. -5 An ignoble person. -Comp. -karmin .. doing workunbecoming an Arya or anAvRttiH / 1Non-return, absence of repetition or becoming only a non-Arya. -37 a. of vile or base ori recurrence. -2 Non-return (to birth), final emangim. (-jam) [anAryadeze jAtam ] agallochum ( being pro- cipation. duced in the country of the Mlechchhas&c.). (Mar. sparare: f. Drought, one of the kinds of a q. v. agaru)-jue. discarded by the good, not practised or tena dvAdazavArSikyAmanAvRSTapAM mahAtmanA / vRSTaM sasyavivRddhapartha miSato observed by the Aryas or respectable people. -tA vajrapANinaH // Mb. 3. 126.42. Vileness, unworthiness; anAryatA niratA karatA nisskriyaatmtaa| puruSaM vyaJjayantIha loke kaluSayonijam || Ms. 10.58. -tiktaH anAvaska: Uninjured condition. [anAyapriyaH tiktaH zAka. ta.]N. of the plant Gentiana anAza . [na. ba. nAsti AzA yasya ] 1 Hopeless, desponCherayta Rox. (Mar. kirAIta). -samAcAra: bad conduct; dent. -2 [nAsti nAzo yasya ] Imperishable, living, na cAnAryasamAcAraH kazcit tatra bhaviSyati / Mb. 3. 239.21. undestroyed. anAryakam [anAryadeze bhavam anAryakam ] Agallochum or ___ anAzaka . [na A samyak yathencham AzaH azanaM yasya, na aloe wood. (Mar. agaru). nAzo yasya vA, na. ya. kap] Devoid of full enjoyment or sparre a. 1 Not belonging to the Risis, not Vedic: indestructible, not hurtful. -kam Fast, a bstaining fronm not belonging to the text of a Vedic hymn (as fa used ___eating even to death; yajJena dAnena tapasA'nAzakenaitameva viditvA in the Padapatha with certain words not followed in | munirbhavati Br. Ar. Up.4.4.22; Y.3.151. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #102
anAzakAyanam aniGgya anAzakAyanam [na nazyati anAzakaH AtmA tasyAyanaM prApya- anAsthAna..Having no tixed soat or site -2 harpAyaH] The state of brahmacarya, unmarriorl or student's life ing or yielding no basis or fulcrum, unfit for tixed devoted to contemplation and knowledge of the soul; sent (as water); anArambhaNe nadavIra yethAmanAsthAne agrabhaNe atha yadanAzakAyanamityAcakSate brahmacaryameva tata / eSa hyAtmA na nazyati yaM samudre Rv. 1. 116.i). brahmacaryeNAnuvindate Ch. Up. 8.5.3; a course of festing as Tartar . Without taste, insipidl. -2: Eusipidity. a penance (?). anAzasta . Not praised. yat ciddhi matya momapA anAzastA anAsvAdita .Untasted : madhu navamanAsvAditarasam: S.2.10. iva smAsa / Rr.1.20.1. anAsrAva . Without injury or hurt. (zarahina). neSA__ anAzin |.[n nazyati or na karmaphalamaznute; na.na.] Tuperi- masi tvamuttamamanAstrAvamarogaNam AV.2.3.2. sha ble, indestructible, as the Soul or Supreme Being: . anAhata 1.1Unbeaten, unwounded, intact. -2 [AhataM anAzino'pramayasya Bg. 2. 14. (Izvarasya karmaphalabhAtRtvA bhAvAn ). boga chedo bhogo vA tannAsti yasya ] New and unbleached (Eas cloth) anAzu..[naz uNa na. na.] 1 Imperishable, indestruc (Mar. #). -3 Not produced by boating (as sound). tible. -2 [az, uNa.na.ta. ] Not pervading or occupying. -4 Not multiplied. --14, -a: The 4th of the mystical -3 [na-Azu] Not quick, slow. Chakras in the body, (tantrazAstre prasiddhaM hRdayasthitaM suSumNAanAzramin m. One who does not belong to, or madhyasthaM dvAdazadalapadmam): zabdo brahmamayaH zabdo'nAhano yatra dRzyate / anAhanAnyaM nana padmaM munibhiH parikIrtitama || -Comp. -nAdaH follow, any of the orders of life (gRhasthAdyAzramazanya); anAzramI na tiSThettu kSaNamekamapi dvijaH : anAzrama-me-vAsaH not Sound oma. dwelling in any Asrama. anAhAra 4. Abstaining from food, fasting. -ra: anAthaya / . Defenceless, unprotected, isolatedl. -yaH / 1 Abstinence from food, fasting; anAhAreNAtmAnaM vyApAdaSelf-dependence, isolation, absence of support. yiSyAmi H. 1. -2 Non-production. -3Non-seizure. anAzrava 1. 1 Not listening to, obstinate, turning a anAhArin a. Fasting. leaf ear to: tathAnuziSTApi anAzravaivAsIt Dk.57: K. 350%3B a. 1 Not artificial, naturnl, not proclucible. 1895741919: R. 19. 19.-2 Free from worldly torment -2 Not eata ble. or pain : savitarkavicAramavApa zAntaM prathamaM dhyAnamanAdhavaprakArama / Bu.ch.h. 10 Tarka: f. Not sacrificing: a sacritice not worthy of that name; also an improper oblation; PEUTanAdhita .. Not commected with, or dependent on : nirAmanAhutimapAmIvAmapa duSvapnya muva v. 10.37. And apAmIindependent, detached ; non-inherent. vAmapa vizvAmanAhutim 63. 12. anaashvs|. [az bhojane kvasu nipAtaH iDabhAvazca, na. na. anAhata ..Not called, uninvited. -Comp.-upajalpina P. III. 2. 109 ] Not having caten or enjoyed, fasting : an uncalled for speaker or boaster. -399 , seated as dhRtajayakRteranAzuSaH Ki. 12.2: Si. 14. 49. an uninvited guest. anAzvAsa .. Untit to depend upon: karmaNyasminnanAzvAse faa . Houseless, vagrant; having no fixed dhRmadhUmrAtmanAM bhavAn Bhag 1. 18. 12. -iml. Without rest: a bode (as arreluse): anagniraniketaH myAnmunirmUlaphalAzanaH A. Rim. ... 43. Ms.6.25,43. anAs.[Asyate nirAsyate TIvanamanena ini AH mukhaM, tannAsti safercayt: N. of a Bodhisattva or cleified BuddsAdhanatvena abhya] Without anouth or face: anAso dasyUramRNo hist saint. ya Ry. 5. 29. 10. (Names of demons.) Without the power of speech (AsyavyApArazabdarahita). anikSuH[na ikSuH sAdRzye aprAzastye vA naJ | Non (irus) anAsa, anAsikA . Noseless. Hugarcano, a sort of long as or real producing anAsAdita ..Not obtained, not found or met with: coarse sugar; Saccharum Spontaneum. (Mar. a*). not encountererl or attacked not occurred or having anigIrNa 1.1 Not swallowed. -2 ( In Rhet.) Not happened, non-existent. -Comp. -vigraha .. umared to hidden or concealed, present, not to be supplied (217war, having had no occasion to fight. pahatabheda); e.g. in azvaH zveto dhAvati, the zvetatva of the horse are 1 Indifference, unconcern, want of consi- is not fator or hidden. deration%3; anAsthA bAhmavastupu Ku. 6.63: piNDevanAsthA khalu , anigraha a. Unrestrained, invincible, unconquerable. bhotikeSu R.2.57%3 strI pumAnityanAsthaiSA vRnaM hi mahite satAm Ku. -haH 1Non-restraint. -2 Non-refutation. -3 Not admit6. 12 male or femalo is no consideration &c.: Ki. 4. ting one's defeat in argument; sthAnam occasion of 34. -2 Wront of faith or confidence, want of devotedness, disrespect : atyadabhutairmama hRtasya tathApyanAsthA [v.2.38 non-refutation. diffidenre. - . (FOT ) Indifferent. sfarget a. Not divisible, a word not divisible. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #103
aniccha animi (me)pa , aniccha,-cchaka,-cchu,-cchuka,-cchat .. Not desirous, I unwilling, a verse, reluctant; aeg 44 Hi igninst 1 my will. 3 for Unwillingness, indifference, reluctance. anita . [an -ita ] Not gone with, unattenderl, destitute of3: vanitayA'nitayA rajanIvadhUH 11.9.38; pRthu nirantaramiSTabhujAnnaraM vanitayA'nitayA na viSehire Si. 6.60. degbhA 1 having no splendour. -2 N. of a river; mA vo rasAnitabhA kubhA kumumI vaH sindhunirIramat / Bv.5.3.9. T CT a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perisha.ble (nazvara) (opp. nitya); gandhavatI pRthvI sA dvividhA nityA'nityA ca T.s.9 (anityA = kAryarUpA): Soe nitya; yadi nityamanityena nirmalaM malavAhinA / yazaH kAyena labhyeta tanna labdhaM bhavennu kim / / II. 1. 45%; rajasvalamanityaM ca bhUtAvAsamima tyajet M..77: dharmo'nityaH mukhaduHkhe'pyaniye jIvo'nityo heturasyApyanityaH Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; varNa cAnitye P.V.4.81 (lohitaka: kopena, anyathA tu zvetavarNa iti bhAvaH): AnAgyo'nitye III. 1. 127 (sa hi gArhapatyAdAnIyate'nityazca satatamaprajvalanAta Sk.) See VI. 1. 147. -4 Unsterdy, fickle, not pormanent; anityaM yauvanaM rUpam II.4.683; hRdayA hi tA: Ram. -5 Uncertainm doubtful: anityo vijayo yasmAd dRzyate yudhyamAnayoH Ms.7.10): vijayasya hyanityatvAt Pt. 3.22.-6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -tyam // dr. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually: anityaM hi sthitI yasmAt M. 3. 102. -Comp. -karman ,-kriyA: Occasional act, such as a sacritice for a special purpose a voluntary and occasional act. -dattaH , -dattakaH,-datrimaH a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -pratyavekSA (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is pussingWAN. -bhAvaH trunitorines, transient state, lunited nature or exis tence ; 80 anityatA tvam fruilty, instahility.-samaH: sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what is excep tional ( anityanvam ). -samAsaH compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members. ). anindriyam 1 Reremon (that which is not the win). -2 Not an organ of NCHIN, the mowl. anipadyamAna . Not. falling down (to sleep), mtiring: apazyaM gopAmanipadyamAnamA ca parA ca pathibhitharantam R. I. 161.31 and 10. 177.8. anipAtaH Not a fall, continuance of life. anibaddha . 1 Not bound anAyato anibaddhaH kathAyaM nyatguttAno avapadyate na Rv.1.18.5. -2 incoherent : "pralApina prattling ( talking incoherently). anibAdha a. Unobstructed; urau mahA~ anibAdhe navardhApo agnim Rv. 8. 1. 11.-dha: Liberty. anibhUta..1 Not private or reserved, public, open, not hidden. -2 Immodest, bold. kAminAmanitAnyapi rambhAstambhakomalataleSu nakhAni Si. 10.66. -3 Umsterly, not. firm, treamulous; degkarepvAkSipatsu priyeSu Me. 70 degvelAvIcibAhaH Ki. 3.60, 13.66; asau sandhyAzakkhadhvaniranibhUtaH khe vicarati Mal. 2.12 not hidden, loud; see nibhRta also. anibhRSTa 3. [ni-bhraMza-kta, nipAtaH na-ta.] Unobstructed, unimpaired, una bated : anibhRSTataviSirhantyojasA B.2.25.4, anibhRSTastanvaM vAvRdhasva 10.116.6. anibhya . Not wealthy (ibhya). animakaH [an -jIvane zabde ca, bhAve bAhu iman ityanimaH jIvanaM, nena kAyati prakAzate, ke-ka. Tv.]1A frog (tasya maraNepi punarujjIvanAt ).-2 A cuckoo. -3 A be (ubhayorapi tayoH madhurazabdena prakAzamAnatvAt).-4 The filament of a lotus, padmakezara. -5N. of the tree madhaMel. (Mar. mohA). animAna .. Unbounded, immense ( aparicchinna ); degno dhUmaketuH Rv. 1 27.11. faft, Causeless, groundles: casual, incidental; AlakSyadantamukulAnanimittahAsaiH 5.7.17 : deg mitram disinterested, Dk.25 degutkaNThA I. 3.9. -ttam Ab-ence of an adequate Onun or occasion, entselessnes, groundlessness. -2 A bad omen, ill-omen: cArudattasyaiva darzanamanimittaM pramArjayiSyani Mk.6; mamAnimittAni hi khedayanti 9. 10: zamanArtham animittasya Ve.2.3. -3 Not a valid means of knowledge animittaM vidyamAnopalambhanAt M. 1. 1.1. -ndr., -"taH Groundlessly, causelessly, without any adequate crue: animittaminduvadane kimatrabhavataH parAGmukhIbhavasi M. 1. 18; anAturaH svAni ravAni na spRzedanimittataH M.+14. -Comp. -nirAkriyA averting ill omens. -liGganAzaH a kind of ophthalinic diness ending in total darkness. animiSama,-SA,-meSam ind. Ved. Without winking, vigilantly: incessantly. nemA Apo animiSaM carantIH Rv. 1. 24.6; animeSa rakSamANastava ne Bv.1.31. 12 and l64.21. animi (me)pa .. [na. ba.] 1 Not winking, steadfastly or intently fixed; "locanaM suciramAlokya K. 102 : degpakSmaNA 181; zanaistamakSaNAmanimeSavRttibhiH R.3.48 degdarzanaramaNIyaiH K, 50 (Pun) fish and twinkleless glances. -2 Vigilant. sifa <<. That which cannot be seen; geri yadrUpamanidaM yathA Bhag. 10. 2. 42. anidra . Sleepless, awake: (lig.) vigilant, watchful, -drA sleeplessness, vigilance. free . Unchecked, unsubdued. safara <<. Ver. Having no master or lord ( 37). anindra ..[na. ba.] Dispensing with or disregarding Indra or his worship: (indropAsanAzanya); mAmanindrAH kRNavananukthAH Rv.5.2.3. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #104
animiSIya anirvacanIya watchful.-3 Open as eyes, flowers ). - 1 A god, (for the eyes of gols do not twinkle); anafhaali7417: Si. 3. 57. -2 A fish. cf. ... Nm. Tafafant: Ya zar a Mb. 12. 300). 12. -3 Visun Bhag 1.1. 4. --4 N. of Mahakala. -8 A particular modo of sexual intercourse. -Comp. -311 : Brihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ele, -4 , - a. looking steadfastly or with a fixed gaze, gazing intently. Tafadta a. Relating to the gods. faca <<. 1 Uncontrolled, imrestricted. -2 Indefinito, uncertainly not fixed; irregular forms alo); ad 3 S S. at irregular hours. -3 Causeless, casual, incidental, occasional: effaf 971 (461457) U. 4.4: Mal. 10.2. -Comp. -3 : an indeterminate digit (in Math.) -37AT <<. not self-possessed, whose Noul is not properly controlled. -TFT a woman loose in conduct, unchante. - . 1 having no regular or fixed omployment or application as a word). -2 having no regular income. T2FIT. Unrestrained, uncontrolled, free: 311at a 9tqua: S. 1. te : 1 Absence of rule, control, regulation or fixed ordor; no settled rule or direction; rozgrada ET THAI 391#TATAZH THEZ ETA II Lok. Tilak. paJcamaM laghu sarvatra saptamaM dvicaturthayoH / SaSThe pAde guru jJeyaM zeSesafah #5: il Ch. M. -2 Irregularity, uncertainty. indefiniteness, vagueness, doubt. -3 Improper conduct, fra a. Irregular. fari<<. Not appointed or authoritative. - : An a SEA Or at a court who has not been formally appointed and who is not entitled to vote. fert ... Cari Ta, $ 19. ma:] That on not be propelled or driven along : 311 31 319rfari Rx. 8. 48.11 (U T2 ). - 1 Want of food ; utter destitution ( IECIEH); 19944cfacraru Rv.7. 71.2. -2 [auta 316 79: 1. a.] A calamity such its rate, 3 ( = fa). faraha.. (P. P. of fac + 32 + A 4 P. ] Sudras who are not expelled ( from dish ), i. e. those Sudran who are not regarded so low as to defile the plates und vessels permanently in which they might have taken their meal. cf. cfaraf i i zudhyati te aniravasitAH / yairbhukte pAtraM saMskAreNApi na zudhyati te niraafuar: quafarm74; (P. II. 6. 10 Sk.). sfarti TOTH Not obstructing or warding off. fattaa .. Unobstructel. siffror <<. even, without any ups and downs; - afTO HT172 Mb. 9.55, 18, fatti a. 1 Not articulated or clearly spoken. -2 Not clearly stated or explained, vague, not plain or well-defined: 119:979: 794: Katy.; T442950sarrasati Ait. Br. -Comp. - TAHindistinct singing or humming, a particular mode of chanting the 44ae. fasa. Unobstructed, free, incontrolled, selfwilled, unruly, ingovernable. 1 A spy, secret ennissary. -2 N. of a son of Pradyumna. [ Aniruddha was the son of Kama and grandson of Krisna. Usa, the daughter of a demon named Bana, fell in love with him and had him brought by magic influence to her apartments in her father's city of Sonita pura. Bana sont some guards to scive him, but the brave youth slew his assailants with only an iron club. At last, however, he was recured by means of magic powers. On discovering where Aniruddha had been carried, Krisna, Balarama od Kama went to rescue him and a great battle was fought. Bana, though aided by Siva und Skanda, was vanquished, but his life was spared at the intercession of Siva, and Aniruddha was carried bome to Dvaraka with Usa as his wife. Ho had also another wife Rochana, grand-daughter of king Rukmin of Vidarbha, who bore him : Non named Vajra. ). -3 Also N. of Visnu; and of Siva ; of an Arhat, a contemporary of Buddha. (36f HET 21 Mb. 12.340.30. A cord or rope (for fastening cattle). -Comp. - [fare: 931 47 a. 1 1 unobstructed path. -2 the sky, atmosphere (77 FETICO M 1 917). Hraft Aniruddha's wife Usa. fare: Uncertainty, indecision. sfares, free ... [ 7 fariaifa uneifa you] Within the 10 days of impurity caused either by childbirth or desth; vigataM tu videzasthaM zRNuyAdyo hyanirdezam Ms.5.753 37STIT : TJ.8:.79; 4.212, 217; not ten days old; anirdazAhAM gAM sUtAm Ms.8.242. f ea. Undefined, not specified : # 1 TO 147 V. 2 without a definite inn. sifat: Absence of positive rule or direction. faca. Undetinable, ineffable, indescribable, inexplica ble, incomparable: deg : qui: fathacusa V.3. 18. - H An epithet of the Supreme Being. syferstifta .. Not determined or ascertained. la <<. Dirty, foul. anirmAlyA N. of a medicinal plant, piNDikA. A Silence, not uttering anything ) loudly; qatalada &c. MS. 10.8.52 (where Sa bara explains afd94 as Toffa:. radar a: 1 Unutterable, indescribable, undefinable, epithet of the Supreme Being. -2 Improper to be mentioned. - 4 In Vedanta ) 1 Maya or illusion, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #105
anirvANa 87 space ........................... .. ignorance. -2 The world. - Comp. - Hatay N. of a work by Sriharsa, also called goggara: 77 agi padArthAnAm idaMtayA nirvatamazakyatA darzitA. fatta. Unwashed: unbathed: 346511714- fazionefna: R. 1.71. tare: 1 Non-completion; non-accomplishment. -2 Inconclusiveness. -3 Insufficiency of income, being straitened in means. ferre ... Not fatigued or tired; 119 1924 full Si. 3. 34. farvot a. Not depressed or fatigued ; an epithet of Visnu. og: Non-depression, absence of dejection or despondency; self-reliance, plucking up courage; anirveda : zriyo mUlamanirvedaH paraM sukham / anido hi satataM sarvArtheSvanuna Ram. 5. 12. 10. d o te v. : cf. Faint heart never won fair lady'. farge *. 1 Ill at eise, unCahy, discomposed, unhappy. -2 Unaccomplished, unfulfilled (31 also in this sense ). fagta-far: 8.1 Uneasiness, anxiety, disquietude. -2 Poverty, destitution: 3ffa farre HH TEPAT gatA Udb. farat.. Destitute of employment, wretched, miserable. T : [ afara sirala 31 , 317 Un. 1.5+] 1 Wind; arr Isop. 17. Toutes fra $. 7. 19; # A #9 alfaka: Ku. 4.30. (The number of winds is 7:-316 A 36: #96 TT favaata oftare a ll and these are again subdivided into 7 divisions, the total number being 19). -2 The god of wind. -3 One of the subordinate deities, 49 of whom form the class of winds. -4 N. of one of the 8 Vasus, i. e. the fifth. -5 The wind in the body, one of the humours; &,ET, '9. -6 Rheumatism or any disease referred to disorder of the wind. -7 The letter 4. -8 Symbolical expression for the number 19.-9 N. of the lunar asterisi Farfa. -10 N. of Visnu ( 3 STEHET sarvadehadhAraNAn tathA tvam ). -Comp. -ayanam way or course of the wind. -373T, -371fETT. (afhada ] 1 feeding on the wind, fasting. -2 a serpent. irraa fara HTA ISTATOTT Mb. 12. 360.5.-37F: (wind-destroying ) N. of a plant (Inyudi) or 39817469.-316HFT: son of the wind, epithet of Bhimr and Hanumat. -1 : [ a in: 31 : 4. 1.] 1 flatulence. -2 rheumatism (anti). -51,-67,-ET. curing disorders from wind. -: a large tree (fattan) Terminalia Belerica. (Mar. ). - Tui: pain and swelling of the oyelids and outer parts of the vye. Tofa a. of a windy nature. (-ta:) N. of the planet Saturn. -W516a. kind of chariot. With regard to shape the chariots are divided into seven classes-Hachi, 73742, frana* , 1974 , 99412*, *****, and * Mana. 43. 112-115. - Otter: derangement of the bodily internal) wind. FET:, Ertu: fire (the friend of wind); T TTET AT 21 Terufserf: Mb. 1. 15. 1. so . facsa a. Inexperienced. TOMAATT: unsupported meditation ; Name of a peculiar kind of meditation (Buddh. ). fecifta . Not well considered; not-examined thoroughly. C u ana arftat 29 Si. 2. 27. saad a. 1 Not turning away, firm, steadfast. -2 Right, not fit to be a bandoned. frafa . 1 Brave, not retreating; also an epithet of Visnu and the Almighty God. -2 Not returning; faard and K. P. 10.-3 Non-recurring account); aradasaaat 7 47911 997 faer Sukra-Niti. 2. 339. fara TATA . Not sitting down or retiring to rest, ever going, restless; TT T T TT: Rv.7. 49. 1. oferta. Ved. Having no place of rest. uteaufaa maat #grat faled IT Rv. 1. 32. 10. falaga. Not married; a taghflag: Avimaraka, I. 17. Ved. 1 Nightless, i. c. uninterrupted, incessant (fast og h ann agfairs at a 772). -2 Ever afraid. -14 ind. Incessantly, coaselessly; fazteft * H EFATTE O T $. 3, 4; By. 2. 162. fafara . Ved. Not resting or reposing, incessant ; ET TE S H TO Falha 4 : Rv. 2. 38.8, and 9.96. 2. fi incessantly flowing: Rv. 10. 89. . arte, fanu Ved. <<. Unfor bidden, unchecked, unopposed. 31a <<. Untinished, not settled. -Comp. -Qae, -19 having the guilt not settled, i.e. unexpiated. STATT. 1 Unwished, undesirable; unfavourablo, disagreeable, ill with gen.); fagf*fc91FTARET Ms.9.21 whatever ill she thinks of her husband. -2 Evil, forbidden. -3 Bad, unlucky, ominous. -4 Not honoured with a swritice. -H An evil, mishap, misfortune, valamity, lixudvantage; a crime, offence, wrong, unwelcome thing; ekabuddhi Mal.8.12: bhavatyaniSTAdapi nAma duHsahAnmanasvinInAM pratipattirIdRzI Ku.5.42; ill-omen; prAtareva Pasta Am H. 1. -Comp. -36TP . followed by or attended with calamities: sau g a :q2ATTI 14 R. 150.- /..-3TITIET getting what is not desired, an undesired occurrence. -rifer u. ( 47) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #106
aniSTin 88 indicating or bodiny ill. -8: i evil or malignot planet. - pet. Jis ving an evil and corrupt mind. -TH : 1 noulesired occurrence. -2 connection with : wrong object, argument or rule. - 54 an evil result. - fear of ovil. - an evil oinen. STATE . One who has not stcriticed. Saya .. Vol. Unhurt; 39: aan: 7077 $1: Rv. 8.333.9. sayr Unsteadfastness, unsteadiness. sfaye .. Nut harsh on cruel. sfarsota. Not skilled. sfarqia: /. Non-revom plishment, fwn-completion. a iud.fa: 2 79 ATEST So that the arrow (the feathery portion of it does not come out on the other side: i. e. not with great force. farert ... Unnatural, affected. fazatut .. 1 Not crosserl, set aside or got rid of -2 Unanswered, unrefuted : 2 charge ). -Comp. -T TTT: defendant who has not cleared himself of a charge (by refuting it). sar:-* ( fara frauda; 314-54 Un. 4. 16-17) 1 Army, forces; troop, host; gar qoganie B. 1. 2. HEITIAT H Ki. 16. 14. 1 HET: Tis# 43 IT. 3. 73. 2 A collection, group, mais 7aFarat esa R. 3. 53. -3 Battle, fight, combat. -4 A row, line, marching column. -5 Front, bead: chief: Tag Hitacaferfra: Rv. 8. 20. 12. (hargay); af 2144 Sat. Br. ; 3194 al. cf. 39-47 Top 4-21 ESQ a Nm. -6 Face, countenance, ibid (49) (ata T OTT. 197); splendour ; brilliance; form( ); +41 Rv.7.1. 23, 3.6 mostly Ved. in these two senses ) -7 Edge, point. -Comp. 4: 1 a warrior, combatant. -2: sentinel., (armed ) watch. 317H Turity: : Ram. 6. 32. st. -3 an elephantdriver, or its trainer (arrast ' = ); 3 *4194107 47374 ftanti : Kau. A 2.2. -4 a war drun or trumpet. -5 a signal, mark: sign. FOTTEET a military station; Kau. A. 1. 16. tara . Verl. forming the face or front link; occupying the foremost rank. 31995 STET TS. 1.8.4.1. raft: . In rows or columns. anIkinI [anIkAnAM saGghaH ; anIkaM yuddha prayojananayA astysyaaH| sia 91, 34-4114-31] 1 An army, host, forces. -2. Three chamus or one-tenth of a complete army ( feoft); 10935 foot, 6361 horse, 2187 clephants and as many charivi. P a tyrana fatti artit 787 YETU 4961 Mb. 1. 2. 22 -8 A lotus. anu ..... ... ................................ . .... . 3 771 .1 Not low or vile, docent, l'espectable. -2 Not pronounced with the 372517 serent. Comp. art. not associating with low or vil persons. (-...): faithful husbund. saft afta .. A form of Buddha. afe Having 110 a bode (body), incorporeal, epithet of Ayni. sara: 1.1 Impropriety, immorality: injustice, wrong act; indiscretion, foolish conduct. -2 ( f:) Freedom from calamity. -Comp. -,- ut. impolite, not discreet, not conversant with policy. staffiaa .. Not desired ( from the desiderative of 3119) 249A 778; (cf. P. I. 1.50 ). far.. Not envious, not conceiving malice; 1921 a ti aitoa: Mb. 12. 21. 31 loona Critical Edition, B.O.RI. stato Not blue, white &c. Salta. white horsod '; N. of Arjuna ; sata1794-fearfumy Ki. 14.2612 frT. IT:eving no lord or superior, paramount, supremu, without a controller, uncontrolled; 49 +94 R. 10. 20.-2 Not a master or lord, having no mastery or control over; not master of (with you); powerless; Thirsise 7: S. 2; 34tar IT i at fara V. 2. 19; 3a 1974 74 7677: 4 a 4 ff+4-t a fe stadt: | Ms. 9. 101. -3 Not one's own master, not independent (345972); Tehtaat: 992. -: N. of Visau afc 377 19TH #:). - 1 Helplessness ( 12); A 1 TSH 989: Muod. 3. 2. Taftar a. 1 laviny 10 superior, uncontrolled. -2 Unable; zayitA savidhepyanIzvarA saphalIkartumahI manorathAn Bv. 2.182.-3 Not relating to God; 229- 17 T (ET) Ms. 6. 72. -4 Nut acknowledging God, atheistical. -TH The godless one with Sankhyan ), epithet of the world; 2 . -Comp. -ang: atheism, not ucknowledging God as the Suprome Ruler. -arte m. one who maintains the doctrine of no god or theism, an atheist. rafre . 1 Indifferent, listless. I qiwafa To: Mb. 3. 32. 3). -2 Not industrious, lazy; FU 14Tr: 994 Mb :3. 107. .- N. of a link of Ayodhya. AT Disregard, apathy, indifferunce, disinclination ; 347162 Ki. 2. 10 carelessly. refifea a. Undesired, disagreeable, unpleasant. - Displeasure. 379 in. (Either used with nouns to form adverbial compounds, or as pretix to verbs and verbal derivatives, or as a repara ble preposition with ace and regarded For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #107
anu 88 anukAGkSA as a karmapravacanIya). 1 After, behind, along after (pazcAt): sarve nAradamanu upavizanti .;: pramadAmanu saMsthitaH zucA nRpatiH san : 11.8.72: naM gacchantyanu ye vipattiSu sadA te tatpratiSThAzayA Mn. 1. 11: aso kumArastamajonujAtaH P. 6.78: ratyA ca sAzaGkamanuprayAtaH Ku. 3. 28: krameNa suptAmanu saMviveza suptotthitAM prAtaranUdatiSTat / / .2. 21: anuviSNu = viSNoH pazcAt P. II. 4. 18. Sk.; tadanu kathayermAdhabIyAmavAsthAma Mal.9.2 afterwards.-2 Along, alongside, by the side of, longthwise yasyacAyAmaH P. II.1.16 jalAni / sA tIranikhAtayUpA vahatyayobhyAmanu rAjadhAnIm R. 13.61; so'zvamedhazateneSTvA yamunAmana vIryavAn / trizatAzvAn sarasvatyAM gahAmanu catuHzatAn Mb.; anugaDaM vArANasI-gajAmanvAyatam (gaGgAdardhyasadRzadeyopalakSitA) situnted alongsile the Ganga P. II. 1.16 Sk.; AvirbhataprathamamakulAH kandalIzcAnukaccham M.21; giririva anutarapuSpitakarNikArayaSTiH V. 3.3 along the sitles or slopes. -3 After, in consequence of, being indicated by; japamanu prAvarSata P. II 3.8 Sk. (henubhUtajapopalakSitaM varSaNam); 80 vRkSamanu vidyotate vidyut. - With, along with (sahArthe); connected with; nadImanvasitA senA P. I.1.85 Sk. (nadyA saha sambaddhA) umAstanodbhadamanu pravRddhaH Ku.7.24 along with, contemporaneously: Si. 8.56%3 divaso'numitramagamadvilayam 9.17.-5 Inferior or subordinate to, (mitralAbhamanu lAbhasampada: Ki. 13.52 inferior, lower in value or importance; anu hariM surAH = harehIMnAH hIne); P.I.1.868k. -8 In a particular rolation or state (itthaMbhatAkhyAne prakAravizeSanirUpaNe); bhakto viSNamanu Sk. (viSNoritthabhUtaH , bhaktivizeSayuktaH) an ardent devotee of Visnu; yastvAM dveSTi sa mAM dveSTi yastvAmanu sa mAmanu Ram. favourably inclined or devoted to. - Ilaving a part or share, participation; or one that claims to share of (bhAge); bhAgo'syAsti iti bhAgasvAmI; lakSmIharimanu (harebhIgaH) Sk., harisvAmikabhAgavatItyarthaH. -8 Repetition, in a distributive sense, mostly in comp. (vIpsArthe, viSayatAyAm ); anudivasam day by day, every day; anukSaNam every moment; velam every time, frequently; vRkSam vRkSamanu siJcati Sk. waters tree after tree, i... every tree (yAvayukSavyApakaH sekaH ). -9 Towards, im the direction of, near, to.st (anuyatsamayA P. II.1.15); anuvanamazAnagataH Sk.:. 'nadi Si.7.Oneur the river; prajighAya kAntamanu mugdhataraH 9.55 to (prati); on or in, with the force of the locative; yadetadasyAnutaTaM vibhAti 1.30,7.1: tasmA gaccheranukanakhalaM zailarAjAcatIrNAm (jahoH kanyAm ) Me.52. -10 In orderly succession, according to; anukramam in regular order; anujyeSTham = jyeSThasyAnupUjyaNa in order of Homiority; "pUrvam anurUpam = rUpasya yogyam Sk. -11 Corresponding with, like, in imitation of ; sarva mAmana te priyAvirahajo tvaM tu vyathAM mAnubhUH V.4.47; so 3191T to roar after or in imitation of. -12 Following, conforinable to (anugata); tathaiva mo'bhUdanvartho rAjA prakRtiraJjanAn / .4.12. (anugato'yoM yasya). -13 With regard to, towards, in respect of3; adhyedAnamanu coditA vacaH Si. 14,533; sAdhudevadatto mAtaramanu; -14 On account of, by reason of (with abl.); samasto bata loko'yaM bhajate kAraNAdanu / tvaM tu niSkAraNAdeva prIyase varaNini || Ram. As a separablondverb anu is used only in the Vedas and means after, afterwards, later on, now, at this time, again, once moro, then, and further. The senses of 317 as given by G. M. are:--- anu vedAdhyayanAnuSTAnasAmIpyapazcAdbhAvAnubandhanasAmyAbhimukhahInavisarga saM. I. ko...12 lakSaNeSu ; .. vede anuvAkaH; anuSThAne anutiSThati : sAmIpye anumedhaM varSatiH pazcAdbhAve tadanu; anubandhane anuzete: sAmye anukaroti: Abhimukhye mAtaramanudhAvati vatsaH; hIne anuhariM murAH; visarge anujAnIte: lakSaNe anuvanamazanirgataH.) The senses of anu may be thus expressed in verse: -AyAme'parabhAve ca (pazcAdarthe) vIpsAyAM sannidhau tathA / itthaMbhUte lakSaNe ca bhAgasAdRzyayorapi // yogyatAyAM tathA hIne tRtIyArthe hynukrme| artheSveteSu bahuzo hyanuzabdaH prayujyate // . anu: Vod. 1 A man. -2 N. of a son of Yayati. -3 An ancient tribe in India; anutvAhinne adha deva devA Rv. 6. 18. 14. anuka . [ anu-kan P.V.2.74, anukAmayate iti anukaH kamitA Sk.]1Greedy, desirous. -2 Libidinous, lustful (as a lover ). -3 Sloping. ___ anukaccha m Along or neur the marshy ground; AvirbhUtaprathamamukulAH kandalIzcAnukaccham (Me. 21). anukath 10 P. To relate after ( some one else), mention subsequently. anukathanam Subsequent mention: AdezaH kathanam, anvAdezo'nukathanam Kasi. on P. II.1.32.-2 Relation, narration; discourse, conversation. anukanIyas / . The next youngest. P. VI. 2. 189. anukampa 1 A. To take pity or compassion om, sympathize with, pity (with aver); kimujjihAnajIvitA barAkI nAnukampase Mal. 10; kathaM brAhmaNI mAmanukampate Mk.8 kampase nAnukampase+.83; with los. also; sauhRdena tathA premNA sadA mampanukampase Mb. -Mans. To pity &c.: zapharIM prathamA vRSTirivAnvakampayat Ku. 1.39. anukampaka .. Pitying, taking compassion on, sympathiring with. anakampana . One who pities, kindheurted, compassionate. -nam Compassion, pity, tendernesty sympathy. anukampA [kamp -at] Compassion, commiseration, pity; with gen.; teSAmevAnukampArtham Bg.10.11; or with loc.; bhaktyA gurau manyanukampayA ca R. 2.63 : or in eomp. bhUtAnukampA tava cet R.2.18; anukampAyoM kan P.V.3.76. anukampita . . Pitied; degAtman havings comprussionate spirit. anukampin (4. Pitying (in eomp.): sympathizing with. 37791C27 ot. Pitia ble, worthy of sympathy; f tanna yenAsi mamAnukampyA R. 14.74; duhitaramanukampyAmadirAdAya doAm Ku.8.76. -spyaH 1A courier, express messenger. -2 An ascetic. anukalpa: An alternative, a second alternative, a make-shift, abhAve hi zrutasya anukampaH prtinidhiH| SH. on MS. 6.3.35. anukAGkSA Desire, wish. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #108
anukAma 90 anukalpaH anukAma . [kAmasya sadRzaH anurUpo vA ] 1 Agreeable to, Haccording to one's desire. -2 [anukAmayate kam-ac] Desirous, lustful. - inil. At will, according to desire or wish as desirel, at pleasure. -maH [anurUpaH kAmaH] / Proper or worthy desire; desire: fulfilling one's desires. anukAmIna.[kAmasya sadRzam anukAmam : kha pratyayaH ; anukAma gAmI yatheSTa gantA ityarthaH 1. V.2. 11 Sk.] Groing at will or pleasure; one who acts as he pleases; anukAmInatAM tyaja Bk.5. 15. anukAla u. [ kAlasya yogyaH ] Opportune, tinely, adapted or suited to the time. -lam ind. Opportunely, on a proper occasion. anukIrtanam Act of proclainning or publishing. asadAcarite mArga kathaM syAdanukIrtanam Mb.3.233. 10. anukUla . [anugataH kUlaM taTaM snehAdibandhanaM vA] 1 Favourablo, agreeable (lit. following the bank or slope, according to the current, with the grain ;), as wind, fate Me.: mandaM mandaM nudati pavanazcAnukulo yathA tvAm Me.9; zAnta pavanazca 5.4.11; degpariNAmA saMvRttA 5.73; bANAsta eva madanasya mamAnukalAH V.3.20. -2 Friendly, kind, well or kindly disposed. -3 Conforunable to; pleasing, a greca ble or favourable to, conducing to, capablo of; oft. in comp.: 92Tigrat sa sUryakAntAH 5.2.7; ananukUlo'bhimAnasya K. + not inclined to pride; darzanAnukUlAhamasya na veti 197; kuzalavirAcatAnukUlavezaH R. 5. 76 betitting, suitable. - 1 A faithful or kind husband, (ekaratiH S. D. or ekAnarataH ekasyAmeva nAthikAyAm AsaktaH), a variety of nAyaka. -2 'Favourable to all', epithet of Visu. -lA 1N. of a tree (dantI) Croton Polyandrum. -2 N. of a metre. -lam 1 Favour, kindness; nArINAmanukUlamA carati cen K. P..9. -2 (Rhet.) A tiyure in which unfavourableness turns into lindness; anukUlaM prAtikUlyamAnukUlyAnubandhi cet S. D.: kupitAsi yadA tanvi nidhAya karajakSatam / badhAna bhujapAzAbhyAM kaNThamasya dRDhe tadA // . anukUlatA, tvam 1 Favour, conformity, kindness, good will; pavanasyAnukUlatvAt R. 1. 12 the wind being favourable. -2 Prosperity. anukalayati Den. P. To conciliate, propititute, act in a friendly way towards; (tam) anukUlayatIndro'pi kalpadrumavibhUSaNaH Ku.2.3.); asyAnukUlaya mati matimannanena Ki. 18.713 Si.7.11. anukUlita .One who is honoured or well received; mantriNo naigamAzcaiva yathArhamanukUlitA: Ram. 7.74.6. anukR8U. 1 To do after or afterwards; follow3B especially to imitato, do after or in imitation of, resemble, equal, copy (with yen.); tato'nukuryAdvizadasya tasyAH ... smitasya Ku. I. 41; zyAmatayA harerivAnukurvatIm K.10; anukaroti bhagavato nArAyaNasya 6.282: nanu kalabhena yUthapateranukRtam M.; (also with nce.); sarvAbhiranyAbhiH kalAbhiranucakAra taM vaizampAyanaH K.70 zailAdhipasyAnunakAra lakSmIm Bk.2.8: bahutaraM bhavantamanu- karoti V.Ms. 2. 199. -2 To requite, recompense. -3 To tryon, adjust, adapt; bandhaM tato'nukurvIta Susr. anukara .. Imitating. -ra: An assistant. anukaraNam, kRtiH /1 Immitation; tvadIyamucaritaikadezasyAnukaraNaM kiletat Mn.7. -2 Copy, resemblance, similarity: zabdAnukaraNam omamatopocia; avyaktAnukaraNasyAta ito P. VI. 1.983; V.4.57; I.+.6235 dhRmodgArAnukRtinipuNAH 10.71. -3 Compliance: omityetadanukRti ha sma ve Thitt. Up.8. anukartR m. 1 An imitator. -2 Actor, performer. anukarman // .1 Imitation. -2 [ pazcAtkRtaM karma ] A subsequent rite. -vit. N. of one of the Visvedevas. anukAraH [kR-ghaJ] Imitation, resemblance; sulabhAnukAraH khalu jagati vedhaso nirmANasaMnivezaH Mal. 9. anukArin a. Initating, resembling (with gen. or in comp.); priyAyAH kiJcidanukAriNI pu latAsu dRSTiM vilobhayAmi 5.6; anukAriNi pUrvaSAM yuktarUpamidaM tvayi . 2. 17 : 1.21; R.1. 43. kapilAnukAriNA 8.50. anukArya,-karaNIya, kartavya pol. . Fit to be initated. -yam,-anukriyA A subsequent rite bor ceremony. anukrIH [anu-kR uNA0 bA.I. kica Tr.] A kind of sacriticial rite called sAdyaskra. anukIrNa . Filled, IPerviaded ; ankIrNa mahAraNyaM brAhmaNaiH samapadyana Mb.3.20. I. Crowded, crummod. anukRt|. Imitated, made like. -tam .Return. -2 Defence; jannatustI tadAnyonyaM kRtAnukRtakAriNI Rom.6. 107.27. anukRpAyate Ven. A. to sympathive or condole with. anukRp To mourn for, long: anu pUrvIH kRpata vAvazAnA Rv. 1.113. 10. 31JWT1 P. To dry after oneself, to attract (in yrum.); see 31971 below. -Crus. To subject. __ anukarSaH, -rSaNam 1 Dragging after, drawing along; attraction in general. -2 Summoning or invoking (by means of spells ). -3 Graminatical attraction, application or attraction of a word in a preceding rulo to a subsequent rule, wordNe; nAyamanukarSaNArthazcakAra: Mbh. on P. II.2.43 see alsosk. on P. VI.1.1:27.-4 [anukRSyate svasambaddhana cakreNa ] The axle-tree or bottom of a carriage. -5 Delayod performance of a duty. anukarSan M. The bottom of a Garriage. 3 5T a. Drawn after, attracted. -2 Implied; included. 31TFT T 1 A. To follow duly. -Caus. To cause others to follow duly. anukalpaH [anugataH mukhya kalpam ]1 A secondary direction or precept, a substitute or alternative to be used in times of necessity when the primary one (prathamakala) is For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #109
anukta anugata wwww www not possible: its the direction to use godhUma or taNDula in anukhyA 2 P. Ved. To desery, see from a distance: the absence of yavaH prabhuH prathamakalpasya yo'nukalpena vartate Ms. anu pUrvANi cakhyathuryugAni Rv.7.70.4. 11.30, 3. 1.47. -2 A work connected with Kalpa (onee gerfa: f. 1 Descrying. -2 Reporting, revealing. of the six auxiliaries of the Vedas). anukhyAta m. (-tA) A discoverer : reporter. anukta . 1 Unuttered, unsaid (in gram.)= anabhihita / anugam 1P.1 Togoafter, follow,attend, accompany; q.r. under abhidhA. -2 Unheard of, extraordinary. . anabhijJI guNAnAM yo na bhUtyairanugamyate Pt. 1.73; odakAntAsnigdho -3 Not told : amAvanukto'pi sahAya eva Ku.3.1 jano'nugantavyaH 5.4; kekAravairanugamyamAno bhUSaNaninAda: K.84; mAge TFT a. Without hymns or songs of praise; it manudhyezvaradharmapatnI zrUterivArtha smRtiranvagacchan R.2.2: chAyeva tAM bhUpatimAmanindrAH kRNavananukathAH Rv.5.2.8. ranvagacchat 6, Ms. 12.115;-2 To follow, practise, observe, obey,act up to: pratizabdaka iva rAjavacanamanugacchati janA bhayAt anukrakaca.. | anugataH kakacam ] Serrated, dentated K. 101: pUrvaira yamabhipreto gato mArgo'nugamyate Ram.; vipattI ca like a saw. mahA~lloke dhIratAmanugacchati 1.3.37. -3 To seek, wander anukranda 1P. To cry after, reply to the sound: ya through: kAnanaM vApi zailaM vA yaM rAmo'nugamiSyati Rim.: kRtsnAM kSoNIranu cakrade B.8.3.10. vIrunIDakaponakUjitamanukrandanyamI kukkuTAH pRthvImanugacchata ibid. go in quest of. -4 To come, arrive, Mal.9.7. approach, present onoself (as time); kAle svanugate Bhig. anukrandanam A ery in reply. -5 To answer or respond to; correspond with, be TTFHI U., + P. 1 To go after, follow (fig. also); suitable to; imitute, resemble: dhanuHdhiyaM gotrabhido'nugacchati maharSibhiranukAntaM dharmapanthAnamAsthitaH Ram; to betake oneself Ki.4.3245AsphAlitaM yatpramadAkarAgrermudAdhIradhvanimanvagacchat R. 16. 13; na cApi kAdambarI lakSmIranugantumalam K. 203. -6Togo to%; tIrthayAtrAmanukrAman Mb.: vyavasAyamanukAntA kAnta tvamAnazobhanam Rim. -2 To count up, enumerate, state orgo or die out, be extinguished : yatheSa ukhyo'gniranugacchet Sat. Br. -7 To enter into. -Caus. [ 2 ] To cause to through in order: yaccAnukAntaM yaccAnukaMsyate Mbh. on P.L. follow, follow; ugrIvairanugamitasya puSkarasya M. 1.72%3rive a talle of contents, used frequently in 1.21 the Nirukta. followed or accompanied in sound. anuga . [anugacchatIti, gam-i] (In comp.) Following, anukrama 1. [anugataH kramam ] In due order. -maH 1 going after; corresponding or tallying with, adequate Succession, order, noquonce, arrangement, method, due to; sadA pRSTAnugaH pure Pt. 1.59; gItAnugaM vAri madAvAdyama R.16. order; pracakrame vaktumanukamajJA R.6.70%; zvazrRjanaM sarvamanukrameNa 11. 64; Me. 47; kAmakrodhavazAnugam Ms.2.214; gotrarikthAnugaH 60; gRhItAnukramAddApyo V.2.41. -2 A table of contents, piNDa: 9. 142 governed or regulated by: 8.23). -ga: A index, such as that of the Verlic Sanhitas. -3 Routine i follower, (obedient) serrant, companion; tabhUtanAthAnuga order, daily practice; mAnena rakSyate dhAnyamazvAn rakSatyanukamaH R. 2. 58, 9.82; 4deg followed by an army, being the Mb.p.31.10. (anukramaH vyAyAmazikSAdiH iti bhASyakAraH). head of an army. anukramaNam 1 Proceeding in ordor. -2 Following. anugata pp. 1 (Used possively) (1) Followed -NI,-NikA [svArthe kan ] A table of contents, an index (lit. & fix.), attended: anugatamalindergaNDabhittIvihAya R.12. showing the suressive contents of a work. ubhe sandhye 102:1.3.93 madyAnugatabhojana malAvaham [s.11.70.(O) Full of, japankizcit sadyo mucyeta kilbiSAt / anukramaNyA yAvatsyAdahA gayA ca filled with; dAridrayeNAbhibhUnena tvatsnehAnugatena ca Mk. + : varSasabhitam // MD. I. 1.2008. dharakalamUkAnugatena parijanena K. 15) consisting or made up of: TEST 1 P. To shout at or after'. -'mus. To join cintAnugatasarvAtman Mb. (.) Covered, as by dress hangin lamenting, condole with, show sympathy. tAvadimAn ing behind : zivamivAnugataM gajacarmaNA Ki. D. 2 (pazcAdvyAptam ). bAlavRkSAn udakapradAnena anukrAzAyaSyAmi | Pratima... (d) Extinguished &e. (+) Acquired, obtained. (1) Overtikan; kAlenAnugato hAsi Rain. 7.68.6. -2 (Used 3 613T: 1 Pity, compassion, tenderness (with loc.); actively) (1) Following, obeying; observing: svamanabhagavankAmadeva na te manyanukozaH 5.33; Me. 1173 kimapi saanukroshH| manugata: Mu.b. 10: vibhavAnugatA bhAryA MR.B.28: digvijayakRtaH made to relent S.1; na ne mAM prati anukroza: 5.3. prasaGgenAnugato bhUmimimAm K. 191 come to; Ms.9.2673; -2 One who has game over a krosa (2 miles) (anugataH K. 166; Mu. 6.5; II. 2.55 R. 15.9. (b) kozam). Corresponding or tallying with, adapted or unwering anukSaNam ind. Every instant, constantly, frequently. to, in harmony with; sUtreNAnugataM bhavani S. B.: pAdanyAso layaanakSattR m. (-ttA) The attendant of a door-keeper HET5: M. 2. 8 in accompaniment to the musical time: mRdA "taH saGgItamadhura: Ratn. 1: vINa: Si. 11.10. (.) or charioteer. Adequate or suita ble to, fit for'; prastAvAnugataM pRSTaH Pt.i. anukSapam ial. Night aftar night; Ki. (1) Immitating; parituSTo'mmi yatpitaramanugato vatsaH... I m anukSetram Stipend given to certain temple- glad that the boy takes after his father. -24 Moderate worshippers in Orissa in commutation of the proceeds time in imusic. -Comp. -artha a. having a corresponding of an endowment. or easily discovera ble sense. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #110
anugatiH anughadada anugatiH /.1 Following; balasya caturasya nAyakAnugatirnayaH / Ram.; gatAnuganika loka: Pt. 1. 342. following, imitating; see under gata. -2 Consent, approval; akAma forced | consent. anugamaH, -manam 1 Following; AtmAnugamanena gAM prasAdayitumarhasi / . 1.883 bRhatedhAtorarthAnugamAt 5. B. -2 Comprehending, grasping (as a womse): rasAdyanugataH 8 ). -3 Following in leath, post-cremation, self-immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile. -4 Imitating; approaching. -6 Conformity, accordance; zrutyanugamAca S. B. anugAmin . Following. -m. A follower = anuga, anugAmuka . Habitually or constantly following. anugarja 11P. To roar after or in imitation of. anugarjita - Roured. -tam A roaring echo, anugajitasandigdhAH karaNairmurajasvanAH Ku. 6. 40. anugava . [ goH sadRzaH AyAmaH, aca ] Suiting (the length of) the oxen. anugavInaH [anugu goH pazcAtparyAptaM yathA gacchati so'nugavIna: gopAlaH; anugu kha P. V. 2.15 Sk.] A cowherd. anugAdin . [gad-Nini ] Repeating, following in spoeaking, echoing. (P. V. 4. 18). anugiram ind. By the mountainside ayaM sujAto'nugiraM namAla: . 13. 1). anugItA / An after-song. N. of a part of the fourtoonth book of the Mb (Chs. 16-92). anugIti See under anugai. anaguNa ..[anukulo guNo yasya] Having similar qualition, of the name nature; kAntAratApasAvikSa vaMzakAnuguNI smRtI Susr. : conformable to, favourable or agreeable to, suitable, tecording to: manorathasyAnuguNaM sarvadA yasya ceSTitam Mv.7.7 obedient. to the will 7.38; guNasampadAnuguNatAM gamitaH Ki. H. 33 : 10. 13; congenitil, suitat ble, tit: degannalAbhAna DIc. It,94; ananuguNadArANAm Dk. 130_not having wives worthy of themselves%3 (vINA) utkaNThitasya hRdayAnuguNA 24721 Mk. 3.3 agreeable or pleasing to the heart, oxactly after the heart (Tv. here takes "NA mean tantrIyuktavINA itself); atra dvAvapyupadhmAnIyAveva na zAntAnuguNau R. G.: rasAnuguNatAmeti S. D.: degNaM sarvAsvavasthAsu yat U. I.B.. -Na: A natural peculiarity. -Nam adv. 1 Favourably. conformably to one's desires: cireNAnuguNaM proktA pratipattiparAlmukhI Bk.8.95. -2 Agreeably or conformably to (in comp.): tadAdezAnuguNaM bhavadAgamanamabhUt Dk. 11.-3 Naturally. anuguNatvam Favourableness. TTuurfa Den. P. To make favourable, conciliate; bring about, socure; sampado'nuguNayan suSiNAm Ki. 18.44. anugupta .. Covered, sheltered. anugai 1 P. 1 To sing after (in porson), sing to (a. tune); follow in singing: anugAyati kAcidudacitapatramarAgam Git.1: anujaguratha divyaM dundubhi vAnamAzAH Ki. 3. Go sent back, echoed. - To sing; to celebrate in song, anugItam Singing in response to: akArasyAnuganiranuraNanamivArabhyate bhRGgasAthaiH Rath. 1. 19. affa: f. N. of a metre of two lines, the first having 27 and the second 32, matras, a species of the Arya metre. anugRham The roof of a house : karNakIlAyasambandho'nugraha setuH (of. Kaut. A. ch.6.) anugraha9 P. (Ved. -gRbhNAti). 1 To favour, oblige, treat with kindness; zilAtalaikadezamanugRhNAtu vayasyaH 5.3 our friend will be so good as to, or kindly, take a seat on the stome3 ayaM viSTaro'nugRhyatAm V.5 be pleased to sit. down &c.: mahendreNa punaranugRhItA v.3 favoured (by modifying the curse); with instr. or abl. of that which is an obligation; anugRhIto'hamanayA maghavataH sambhAvanayA S.16 kataratkulamanugRhItaM bhagavatyA janmanA K. 135% anugRhIto'smi ahamupadezAdbhavataH V.+. I am much obliged to you ke. (anugRhIta is oft. used by itself in the sense of much obliged', many thanks', 'I thank you', 'I osteom it as a favour'.)-2 To foster, cherish, protect, maintain (as fire); agnirnityAnugRhItaH syAn Asval. -2 To receive, welcome. -4 To hold up, support, uphold. tribhistINairmahAvegairanvagRhNAcchiraH zaraiH Mb.6. 120.45. -5 To follow in robbing, seizing or depriving. -6 To keep to, conform or correspond to, follow, take after; AkRtimanugRhanti guNAH Vb.2; kSAtradharmazcAnugRhIto bhavati U.5. -Cass. To cause to favour, or to favour; Aryasya darzanenAtmAnamanugrAhayitum Mu.4. anugrahaH, haNam 1A favour, kinulnesh, obligation%3B showing favour, obliping, rewarding (opp. nigraha); nigrahAnugrahakartA 1.1: pAdArpaNAnugrahapUtapRSThama 1.2.35: anugraha iveyamabhyarthanA 5.1; anugrahaM saMsmaraNapravRttam Ku.3.3.-2 Assistance, help (shown to the poor in foeding them &c. daridrAdipoSaNam ). -3Facilitating yy spells. -4 AcceptHunce. -5 Rear-guard. -Comp. -kAtara a nxious to please or for favour. T: creation of feelings or mental conditions. anugrAhya potp. Tit to he favourerl or obliged: tataH kathanenAtmAnamanugrAhAmicchAmi K. 91 na vayamanugrAhyAH prAyo devatAnAma Gl. anugraahk|. 1 Favouring, furthering, promoting. -2 Gracious, kind. STATE A mouthful; the equivalent of >> mouthful. anughaTanam Linking torrether with; kSiptA kathAnughaTanAya mayApi vANI K. 240. anughadda To stroke, to rub length wise. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #111
anucara anujJAta anucara 1 P. 1 To follow, pursue, go after; to serve, attend or wait upon; pitroH pAdAnanucaran K. 368 serving. -2 To traverse, seek after, go through, wander. -3 To conduct oneself, behave. anucara:1A companion, follower, attendant, servant; tenAnucareNa dhenoH / .2.43; AtmAnucarasya bhAvaM jijJAsamAnA 26,52; Me.33 vibudhAnu carA: Ms. 12.47. In comp. attended or followed by; vAnara', rAkSasa' &c. -2 Following a spy (caramanugataH). -rA, -rI 1 A fernale attendant. -2 A logical or due strophe. anucaritama. Followed &c. attended, vidyAdharAnucaritaM kinnarI bhistathaiva ca Mb. 3. 158. 39. -tam Valk; walk in life; conduct. anucAraka: A follower, servant &c.... sahacarastu syAdanu cAre sahAzane | Nm. -rikA A female servant. anucarciH /. Vel. Repeating (in a chorus). anucita 3. 1 Wrong, improper. -2 Unusual; unfit... -artha: An unusual meaning anucita 10 P. To consider, think of, call to mind : dhAturvibhutvamanucintya vapuzca tasyAH 5.2.10; paramaM puruSa divyaM yAti pArthAnucintayan Bg. 8.8: dharmArthoM cAnucintayet Ms. +.92. anucintA, -anucintanam 1 Calling to mind, thinking of, meditating upon. -2 Recalling, recollecting. -3 Constant thinking, anxiety. anucchAda: The part of a man's under-garment which is allowed to hang down in front from the waist to the feet (Mar. niyA). anucchittiH / ., anucchedaH Non-extirpation ; non-destruetion; indestructibility. avinAzI vA are ayamAnmA anucchittidharmA / Br. Up. (:) anucchiSTa ... Not rejected; pure, holy; frosh, unusell; 'yauvanA D. 112. anujan / A. 1 To be born after, arise or be produced after, to follow in being born, arising &c.; kRtAyAM tu yadi putro'nujAyate Ms.9.134; athavA jAyamAnasya yacchIlamanujAyate Mb. -2 To take after (one's parents); to be born similar to. anaja,-jAta Borm after, later, younger 3 rAmamanujAtaH P. III. 4.72; asau kumArastamajo'nujAtaH R.6.78; pumAMsamanurudhya jAtA pumanujA Sk.; 80 stryanujA. -jaH, -jAtaH 1 A younger brother : dantajAte'nujAte ca kRtacUDe ca saMsthite / azuddhA bAndhavAH sarve sUtake ca tthocyte|| Some interpret the word 395 there to mean a child which has not, cut teeth.' Ms. 7. 58. - 2 A cadet; born again, after born, younger, later. -3 Talang after. anujAto hi mAM sarvairguNaiH zreSTo mamAtmajaH Ram. 2.2. 11. -4 Born agaim, imvested with the sacred thread. -5 Equal, resembling; ekastvamanujAto'mi pitaraM balavattaram Ram. 6.76.72. -jA, -jAtA 1 younger sitser. -2 N. of a plant (vAyamANAlatA). / -jam N. of a paint (prapauNDarIka; Mar. puNDarIka), -Comp. -avara . lower than the younger, youngest. anujana: Attendants, followers. Mb.. anujanman m. [ anu janma yasya] A younger brother 3; jananAtha tavAnujanmanAm Ki. 2. 17; Si. 13.2.11. anujIv 1 P. 1 To depend upon for subsistence, hang on, live by or upon (something); ye ca tvAmanujIvanti nAhaM teSAM na te mama Ram.; sa tu tasyAH pANigrAhakamanujIviSyati Dk. 122 hang or depend on, live (submissively) under, live as a subordinate to. -2 To see without envy; 41 tAM zriyamasUyAmaH purA dRSTvA yudhiSThire / adya tAmanujIvAmaH Mb. -3 To live for any one. - To follow or imitate in living; premadattavadanAnilaH picannanvajIvadamarAlakezvarau R. 19. 15 v. 1. (atyajIvat ). -5 To survive. ng sifat a. Dependent, living on or upon. -m. A dependent, servant, follower; avaJcanIyAH prabhavo'nujIvibhiH Ki. 1.4, 10; bhartuzcintAnuvartitvaM suvRttaM cAnujIvinAma Pt. 1.69. deg294, conduct of a courtier : Kau. A. 5. anujIvya . 1 To be served (as a master).-2 To be followed in living: AcAryoM guravo vRddhA vRthA vAM pryupaasitaaH| sAraM yadrAjazAstrANAmanujIvyaM na gRhyate || Ram.6.29.9. anuzA 9U. 1 To pormit, allow (a person or thing); assent or consent to, approve; authorise, sanction; tadanujAnIhi mAM gamanAya U.3. so let me go%B seyaM yAti zakuntalA patigRhaM sarvairanujJAyatAm S. 4.9 permitted to go; tato'nujajJe gamana sutasya Bk. 1.23; M. 1. 19; tanmayA prItimatA'nujJAtam 5.5 approved, agreed to.-2 To betroth, affiance%3; mAM jAtamAtrAM dhanamitranAmne'nvajAnAddhAoM me pitA Dk.50. -3 To excuse, forgive; anupraveze yadvIra kRtavAMstvaM mamApriyam / sarve tadanujAnAmi Mb. -4 To repent, be sorry for. -5 To request, ontreat, beg; tvAM sAhamanujAnAmi na gantavyamito vanam Ram. -8 To treat or behave kindly, favour; te mAM vIryeNa yazasA... astraizcApyanvajAnata Mb. -7 To dismiss, bid farewell ( usually in caus.). -Cons. (-jJApayati) 1 To ask or beg for, request. -2 To ask permission, ask for leave; take leave of, bid adieu to: so'pi nat zrutvA...vAnaramanujJApya svAzrayaM gataH Pt.4; taM cakradharamanujJApya svagRhaM gataH atithiM cAnanujJApya Ms. 4. 1229.82; sa mAtaramanujJApya tapasyeva mano dadhe / jammatazca yathAkAmamanujJApya parasparam Mb. anujJA,-jJAnam [ jJA-al-lyuT vA] 1 Permission, comsent, sanction; guroranujJAmadhigamya mAtaH (v.1. RSeranujJAm) R. 2. 66.-2 Permission or leave to depart. -3 Excusing, forgiving, allowance made for faults. -4 An order, command. -Comp. -eSaNA, -prArthanA requesting permission, taking leave. anujJAtA . 1 Permitted, allowed, brahma yastvananujJAtamadhIyAnAdavApnuyAt / sa brahmasteyasaMyukto narakaM pratipadyate || Ms.2.116. -2 assented to, granted, honoured, favoured. -3 authorised. -4dismissed. -5 Taught; ziSyANAmakhilaM kRtsnamanujJAtaM sasaMgraham Mb. 12.318.24. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #112
anujJApakaH 94 anuda ............ 31957: One who commands or orders. 3 1TH, -ala: /. Authorising. -2 Issuing an order or command. nya. [ ] Next to the eldest. -YH arle. According to seniority. gay 1 P. 1 To heat; vex, annoy (liv.). -2 (+ A. or ss.) To repent, grieve, be sorry for, be stung with remorse: vividharanutapyante dayitAnunathairmanasvinyaH V. 3.5 (v. l. for 1999 de.); 47 7 7 - er frenauraa Ki. 17.40. -Caus. To pain, aftlict, distress fara: IFAITEZ Jean R. 8.89. gaa. 7. 1 Heated. -2 Filled with regret, repentant. TEAT: 1 Ropentance, remorse, contrition, subse quent regret or sorrow ; rargata a V. 4. 67 stung with remorse: IATAN (917974791Ms. 11. 228. -2 1 Leat. TAIT . Causing distress or regret or sorror. 3gant a. Repentant, sorry. stat See under 3177. gat: [ 79-49] 1 Thirst, desire to drink: . TOP17 gangadida Si. 10. 2 (thirst and liquor ), -2 Wish, desire. -3 Drinking spirituous liquors. 4 A drinking vessel (used in drinking spirituous liquors). -5 Liquor itself, Si. 10. 2. Tato - 31778 3 and 1. anutila ... Following tila (as a field). -lam ind. Grain after grain, i. e. by grains or very minutely. ca. Ved. Depressed or repressed in sound), unruffled. ora Don. P'. To rub (as the point or end of grass) with cotton; I'. III. 1. 27. 31TCAH Rubbing in this manner. STT TP. 1 To go across or to the end. -2 To stretch lengthwise. igata ( : 7-FT319] l'are, freight. 4 . Not over-anxious, not repentant or regretful; self-complacent apara: kokilo'nuko ye pranizcatya ala i Bu.ch. 1.51. 15Fit . Short, small: leh. 2. 31971. Ved. (3-. . P. VIII. 2.61 ] 1 Not moistened or wet; THE SITH Rv. 1. 80. 7. -2 Not set, driven forth or urged (19f2a); invincible (?). 31 . [ 1] 1 Than which there is nothing better, having no superior or better, unsurpassed, the very best or highest, incomparably or preeminently the best : sarvadanyeSu vidyaiva dravyamAhuranuttamam II. Pr.43 197 HHH Ms. 2.942; Y. 1.87: 3692 9999 7: Si. 1. 27 all-pervadiny: Bg. 7.18: Ms. 2.9; 7.158 ; S. 81. -2 Not the best. -3 (in gram.) Not used in the H or first person. A: N. of Siva or Vismu. - Comp. -37149,-377HTF : term in Sankhya l'hilosophy, said to meani indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment, as fatiguing or involving injury to external objects. E a. (arita ETI 741-1] 1 Principal, chief. -2 Best, excellent; 3 for fara Dk. 162 musurpassed. 1477+2 fawaaaaa ! Bu.ch. 1. 35. -3 [ a 31 744] Without a reply, silent, unable to answor; 492251 749299 Naisadha. - 4 Fixed, firm (23fafa). 3 av fed ai 37 T H Mb.2.2.7.-5 Low, inforior, base, mean. -6 Southern. - [7.7.] No reply, a reply which, being evasive, is considered to be no reply. - T: (pl.) A class of gods among Jainas (344f4*). -399 : /. Title of the ninth any of the Jainas treating of those gods. - TT The south. ...3977: 11 af 20... I Nm. -Comp. -- TTF 4 Title of the last of the four Bauddhatantras. 30TH . Steady, not ruffled (by waves); 319THAT THITT4 Ku. 3. 48. 3TTIG: A melodious note; Ilch. 4. T OT Absence of exertion. 31984 yir HrT: Kau. A. Tia: f. Failure, non-production. - a. Not yet produced. -Comp. - Tera: preparation for a future state, acquiescence in the stato and moral condition which is yet to come. - :, - a method of arguing against a thing by attempting to prove that nothing exists froin which it could spring. 1997 a. Not produced or born, born, unproduced &e. 3TECTIE: Not coming into existence, not taking effect. -Comp. effa see 1991 . 314a a. Destitute of energy or determination. - Want of determination, energy u.; listlessness, languor, indifference. ryti a. Moderate, not overeagor, rotiring, calm. STTTEET a. Not leviating from the Sutra (of Panini or of morality); not anomalous or irregular; ETA 73177: 29 F Si. 2. 112. : Absence of haughtiness or pride; # UFTH Bh. 2. 64: modesty: F: 03 417317: V. 1; cf. "Modesty is the handmaid of heroism". saraf . Not puffed up, not proud or arrogant; ng # . 4. 18. 3TTE .. [ gaia or 3499 J A , 21-**] Ved. Not urging or driving onward; or, emulating others in giving ( 12): ree 39177. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #113
anudaka anudvigna ...................................................... ............................. Ta. 1 Waterless (as a desert). T: 9aat paraa 367 369 2: Ry. 7. 50. t. -2 Ila viny very little water (:18 : puddle ). -3 Devoid of the libations of water (a sort of 16). 3 a 1. 1 Not lofty, low. -2 Soft, tender; weak, not sharp. TET.. 1 Having it slender wuist; thin, lauk; 1721 Sk (377917 99, se 34). S ET 3 U. To give back, restore: to yield, grant, remit. get 1 Restoration. - A female companion. TTT . Grave accent); not elevated or raised (not pronounced with the Udatta accent); : TE : ; accentless, having the neutral, general tone; 3214471191114 tafta 72: att: uttered with the yrave accent ( as it vowel); f ar har viahato'caM niSpAdayati sa udAttaH; evamadheniSpanno'ca anudAna:: tAlvAdipu sabhAgeSu sthAneSu nIcabhAge nippanno'n anudAttaH; naM padamekavarjam Sk. (The terin 3492117 is used by Panini for the grave accent which immediately precedles the Udatta, und also for the general accentless tone neither high nor low, tormed that, the one monotonous intonation belonging to the generality of syllables in a word ). - The grave ocent. Comp. -Tig: a nominal base of which the first syllable is 31 .- a verbal root having for its 379 the grave accent denotiny that it takes the Atm. terminations only). -3724 a syllable followed immediately by the grave accent. a . more than 31921; still lower or graver coont, i. c. that which immediately precedes 3 syllable having the IT or after accent and is thus more depressed than the ordinary 31941 accont. CEI a. 1 Not liberal, niggardly: not high or noble. -2 Iaving none more liberal, vury liberal, or great. ET . ( 317 ATH) 1 Adhering to or followed by a wifo: f ra qa: ETISTENT K. P. 4. (used in sense l also ).-21 [aving a suitable or worthy wifo (19ETT: AT: 73). sela u. 1 Unsaid, not uttored. -2 Not risen or appeared forth. * S eth - inil. Daily, day after day: pArAvataH khalu zilAkaNamAtrabhAjI kAmI bhavadanudina bada ko'tra hatuH Udb.; 3314a ZAA: $. 3. Bei T 6 P. To point out, assign a T imul. In every quarter. T: 1 Pointing back rule or direction which refers or points back to a previous rule; 1724TT: 114 P. 1.3.10: subsequent montion of things words, suffixes &c.) in the order of things previously mentioned; respective enumeration or statement, first for first, second for second; as in thay E 997: P. III. 4. 36.-2 Direction, order, injunction. TTTT... Pointing or reforriug back; being the object of an anudeza. EI 1 P. To survey, behold; to keep in view or mind, sce in prospect; a HGUIT: Rv. 10. 130. 7. 7 7 STUT & THE By. 1.31; 27 This aftah ZTH TH Ph. 3. 3. -Caus. To show, tell, inform as follows: IV: 174aas w ay 311zza M. 5. writes or informs as follows. anudarzanam Inspection, survey : utthinazcApramattazca balAnAma T Kam.; consideration, regard: Pr eauziah Rg. 13.8 perception. safe a. Having a favourable look. -ft: /. A favourable look. V. Benefactor: 3 TIEU a tea: Kan. 2. 100. 11. sa . [Sat4 ] Longituclinal, lengthwise. a . Not raised or puffed up: 41: PETT: aglaru: S.). 12; humble: modest; usurpassed. BETH 1 Not removing or taking away. -2 Not offering, establishing or proving. 319sra . Even, without ups and downs Thaanfudal : $. 7. 33. gert: 1 Non-partition; not taking a share (raz ANT HIT:). -2 Non-removal. ya a. Undivided, wirenoved, uninjured, unharmed, undestroyed, unoffered or established cc. -Comp. -3*TART: taking place of sunset, while the AhavanIya fire continues to be unrernoved from the gArhapatya. 39 5E . 1 Not bold; soft, mill. -2 Not exalted or lofty. 31TT. unutterable; 1'. LII. 1. 101. Sk. 3 a , TT 1. Not diligent, idle, inactive. TH Repeated playing or gambling; N. of a part of the Sabhaparvan (Chap. 70-79 ). IT a. Lazy, not industrious. "T: Idleness, inactivity. 379 1 P. 1 To run after', follow, accompany. 31fa faggat 2 Si. 5.59. -2 To chase, pursue. 199 1 Followed, pursued; Tai gata 4 R. 3.38: 12.67; 16.27; Si. 1.52; (sometimes used actively). -2 Sent or brought back as sound ). - A measure of time in music = half lruta, or one-fourth of a Matra (or of the time taken to utter a short vowel ); VAR A 1857. T E: Non-marriage, celily. s taat a. Easy in mind, secure. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #114
anudvega 96 anunAyika anudvega.. Free from anxiety or apprehension. -gaH Security or freedom from fear. adainyamanudIrNatvamanudvego vyavasthitiH Mb. 12.274. 18. anudhAv 1P.1 To run after; follow; RSINAM punarAdyAnAM vAcamI'nudhAvati U. 1.10 the sonse follows the words (the words being not uttered with a view to a particular sense); svaruciM nizcayato'nudhAvati Si. 16.4t follows his own will. -2 To run up to, approach. -3 To clounse, wash. anudhAvanam 1Going or running after, following, pursuing; turaga kaNDitasandheH 5.2. -2 Close pursuit of an objoct (for the lonowledge of truth); research, investigation. -3 Seeking a mistress, though unattainable. -4 Cleansing, purification. anudhUpita . Puffed up, proud, jyogabhUvannanupitAso hatvI teSAmA bharA no vasUni Rv. 2. 30.10. anudhyai / P. 1 To think of, muse, comsidder attentively. -2 To wish well of, to bless, favour; prajAniSekaM mayi vartamAna sUnoranudhyAyata cetaseti R. 14.60 bless; anudabhyuranudhyeyaM sAMnidhyaiH pratimAgataiH 17. 36 fit rourell. anudhyA [dhyai-an] 1 Thinking or wishing well of, favouring, attachment. yadanubhyAsinA yuktAH karmagranthinibandhanam / Bhag. 1.2.15.-2 Sorrow; preto yantu vyAdhaH prAnudhyAH Av. 7. 114.2. anudhyAna p. p. Mused, thought of &c. -tam, -nam [bhyai-lyuTa ] 1 Thought; anudhyAnAnantarameva K. 262; meditation, religious contemplation. -2 Thinking of, remembrance; yA naH prItirvirUpAkSa tvadanudhyAnasambhavA Ku.6.21. -3 Wishing well of, affectionate solicitude for 3 anudhyAnairupetavyaM vatsayorbhadramastu vaH (v.1. anudhyAte) U.7.1135 sA tvamamba snuSAyAmarundhatIva sItAyAM zivAnudhyAnaparI bhava U. 1. anudhyAyaH[bhyai kartari ghaJ] One who wishes well of. anudhyeya . To be favoured or wished well of ; anudabhyuranudhyeyam R. 17. 36. anunad 1P. To sound towards or at (with ace.). -Caus. To cause to sound, make resonant, fill with ccho3 pRthivIM cAntarikSaM ca sAgarAMzcAnanAdayan ; sAdhu sAdhviti nAdena pRthivImanvanAdayan ; vihoranunAditam Mb. made musical or resonant. anunAdaH [anurUpo nAdaH ] Sound, noise; gurutarakalanUpurAnunAdam Si. 7. 18; rever beration, echo. ___ anunAdin sa. Echoing, sounding, resonant. tasyAsphoTitazabdena mahatA cAnunAdinA / peturvihaGgA gaganAduccaizcedamaghoSayan / / Rim. h. 4.2.32. anunanda 1 P. To enjoy. anunaya, -nAyikA See under anunI. anunAsika . [ anugato nAsikAm ] 1 Nasal, pronounced through the nose; mukhasahitanA sikayA uccAryamANo varNoDanunAsikasaMjJaH syAt Sk.: mukhanAsikAvacano'nunAsikaH P. I. 1.8; amo'nunAsikA na ho siksh; anunAsika being a name for the nasal consonants, the vowels or the consonants 4 4 (under certain circumstances); 1. c. the letters included in the pratyAhAra am except and ra. -2 The sign used to mark the nasalization in the case of 4,7 or l.-kam The nusal twang. -Comp. -AdiH a conjunct comsonant beginning with a mastal. anunirdezaH Deseription or relation following the previous order or sequence: bhUyasAmupadiSTAnAM kriyANAmatha karmaNAm / kamazo yo'nunirdezo yathAsAkhyaM taducyate S. 1). srgfarato: Subsequent libation (with clarified butter ). anunirvApyA A ceremony commected with this libation anunizItham ind. At midnight; Ki. anunI 1 P. 1 To conciliate, win over, induce, persuade, prevail upon request, supplicate, entreat, propititute, pacify, appeuse (anger &c.); sa cAnunItaH praNatena pazcAt R.5.54; vigrahAcca zayane parAGmukhI nunetumabalAH sa tatvare 19.38,433; Bk. 5.466.1373; tvatsajamena mama nAdavAnunItam V. 3.20 pacified, made favourable or agreer able; Ki. 13.67; M.DB K. 168, 178 : Dk.3,4,7. -2 To cherish love; farza127774 Bh. 2.77; cf. Shakespeare "Cherish those hearts that hate thee". -3 To bring noar to (with dat. of peason). -4 To train, discipline. -5 To honour. anunaya 3. [nI-ac] Kind, conciliatory, pacifsing (as words). tulyaduHkho'bravIdbhAtA lakSmaNo'nunayaM vacaH Ram. 4.27.3. -T: 1 Conciliation, propitiation, pacification of anger), friendly persuasion; kathaM nu zakyo'nunayo maharvizrANanA cAnyapayakhinInAm R.2.54; kathaM vA teSAmanunayaH kRtaH H.4; prakRtivakraH sa kasyA nunayaM pratigRhNAti 5.4. --2 Courtesy, civility, courteous or polite behaviour, modesty, modest or respectful deportment, conciliatory act (such as walutation); showing respect to a guest, deity &c.); vividhairanutapyante dayitAnunayamanasvinyaH v. 3.53 dAyatajana 2. 22; vAkyaiH snigdhairanunayo bhavedarthasya sAdhanam S. D. 458. -3 An humble supplication or entreaty, a request in veneral; bhada priya naH kiMtu tvadabhiprAyAparijJAnAntarito'yamasmadanunayaH Mu.2R.6.23; niSedhavAkyAlaGkArajijJAsAnunaye khalu Ak; degAma2014 conciliatory ddress. -4 Discipline, training, regulation of conduct. -TH adr. Fitly, suitably. anunayin (. Courteous, polite, humble, suppliesting. anunItiH = anunaya q.v.: sAnunInizca sInAyai nAkrubhyat Bk. 8.75 adopting a conciliatory tone; bhajate kupito'pyudAradhIranunIti natimAtrakeNa saH Si. 16.55. anunAyaka .. Submissive, humble, supplicating. anunAyika.. Conciliating; priyatameSu vadhUranunAyikA Si.16. 7. - A female character subordinate to the Nayika or leading character, such as a friend, nurse, maid-servant kc.; sakhI pravrajitA dAsI predhyA dhAtreyikA tathA / anyAzca zilpakAriNyo vijJeyA hynunaayikaaH|| For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #115
anuneya anupanyAsaH anuneya (-nIya) avourable; anuneyAni jalpantama 10(anukUlamArgAH) -23m attendant; ka ete'nupathA ye ne Mb.7.85.25 To be conciliated; Mk. ekAdaza mahAbhaTAH Bhag. 1.25.27. -tham lr. Along anunnata ( Not raised or elevated, not lifted up. the road. -Comp. -Anata .. level ( neither raised nor lowered). anupad / A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To go after, -gAtra. having limbs not stout or prominent. follow, attend. -2 To be fond of, be attachod to (as anunmAda, -anunmatta .. Not mad or frantic, sober, a wife); utathyasya yavIyAMstu mamatAmanvapadyata Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. -4 To fall down, come down (to the calm, sane. earth); vasudhAmanvapadyetAM vAtanunnAviva drumau Mb. -5 To enter anupa- anUpa, q.v.. upon, betake oneself to; jitamityeva tAnakSAnpUnarevAnvapadyata, dhyAnamevAnvapadyata Ham.; putrau dRSTvA musaMbhrAntA nAnvapadyata kiMcana anupakArin .. 1 Not obliging, ungrateful, not Mb. did not do anything else. -6 To find, discover, making return for benefits received. -2 Worthless, Nee, notice; dIrgha dayau....nimitnaM so'nvapadyata Bhag. -7 To lose useless. (with abl.) mahattvAnnAnvapadyetAm Mb. -8 To handle. -9 To anupakSita ..Not injured or destroyed (anupakSINa). / fall to the share of (Ved.) zumadagne sUvIrya varSiSTamanupakSitam iv. 3. 13.7; Av.6.78.2. anupad . [pad-kvip] Ved. Corning to pass. -I. Food anupagIta .. Not praised. -tam ind. So that no other (got every day)(anudinalabhyamannam ). person accompanies in singing. ___ anupada . [padAnyanugataH ] 1 Following the feet closely. anupaghAta: Abronce of damage or detriment; arjina -2 Following rivery word; sUtram a commentary (of a obtained without any detriment (to the paternal Brahmana ) explaining the text word for word. - estato ). N. of man or tribe. -dam A chorus, burden of a anupajIvanIya ... Not violding or grenting livelihood, song or words sung again at regular intervals. -ind. [padAnAM pazcAt ] 1 Along the feet, near the feet: anupada having no livelihood. baddhA anupadInA Sk. -2 Step by step, at every step%3; anupa | P. Try say after, repeat. skhalitAbhirapyanupadaM pramadAH praNayAtibhUmimagamanmatibhiH Si.9.78. anupaThita . p. Read through, repeated in imitation -3 Word for word. -4 On the hoels of, close of the tencher's instruction. behind or after, iminediately after (of time or space); anupadamanveSTA anupadI Sk.; gacchatAM puro bhavantau / anupaThitin .. Who has read through, proficient. ahamapyanupadamAgata evaS.3 I shall be close behind you, anupat 11. 1 To fly to or towards. -2 To fly or just follow you; degdamuccalita eva K. 263, 2643; oft. with gen. run after, follow (fig. also); pursue, chase ; muhuranupatati or in comp. in this sense; lakSmIvAnanupadamasya saMpratastha Ki. 12. syandane dattASTaH 5.1.75 kathamanupatata eva me prayatnaprekSaNIyaH saMvRttaH 54; (to) AziSAmanupadaM samaspRzat pANinA R.11.31; amoghAH S.1; na yatra pratyAzAmanupatati no vA rahayati (cetaH) Mal.9.8 pratigRhNantAvAnupadamAziSaH 1.14.11.81; darzanAnupadameva Si. does not rm after cherish), hope or leave it; yasyaivaM 14.48. bhavantaH kuTumbavRttimanupatitAH Mv. 13 anupatati rajanI pUrvasandhyA anupadika . [anupadamastyasya gantRtvena, Than ] Following, Si. 11.40. -2 To fall upon, attack; prAgvIrAnanupatya Mal. gone after. 8. 9. -Cans. 1 To fly to. -2 To throw another down along with oneselt. anupadin . [anupad-ini P.V. 2.90 ] Following, seeking after or for a searcher, inquirer: 317429aer anupatanam, -pAta: 1 Falling upon, alighting upon gavAmanupadI Sk.: kSaNadAkare'nupadibhiH prayaye Si.9.70%; mRgasyAnupadI in succession. -2 Following, going after pursuit ; rAmo jagAma gajavikramaH Bk. .0. upavanapavanAnupAtadakSaiH Si. 7.27. -3 Going or proceeding in anupadInA [ AyAmArthe anu, padasyAyAmatulyAyAmaH, tena baddhA order or as comsequence. -4 [anurUpaH trairAzikena pAtaH] kha] A shoe ( boot, buskin, or slippers) of the length Proportion. -5 Rule of three. -6 A degree of latitude, of the foot (anupadaM baddhA anupadInA upAnat P. V.2.9.8k.). opposite to one given. -24 in. (regarded as ending in 1 namul from 91. Following in succession, going after : anupadavI A way, road. latAnupAtaM kumumAnyagRhAta Bk.2.11 (latAM latAmanupAtya going anupadhaH 'Having 10 upadhA or penultimate', a letter to creeper after creeper, or after bending the creepers.) or syllable not preceded by another. 31 a. Following as a result. -m. A follower; anupadhi [na. ba.] Guileless, without fraud : rahasya madanupAtinAmeva panthAH Dk. 168. sAdhUnAmanupadhi vizuddhaM vijayate 7.2.2. anupatha ..[panthAnamanugataH] Following the road. -thaH / anupanyAsaH 1 Not mentioning: on-statement. 1 A road, favourable road: FTP 347921: Rv. 5. 52. -2 Uncertainty, doubt, failure of proof. saM. I. ko...13 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #116
anupapattiH anupA q .......... TORT: f. 1 Failure, failing to be; TT 3742- saMbandhastAtpayaryAnupapattitaH Bhasa. P.82 (tAtparya being the failure of the meaning aimed at, or of any connected merning). -2 Inapplicability, not being applicable. -3 Inconclusive reasoning; absence of reasonablo grounds (219); -4 Penury, adversity. 3 19a a. Improper, impossible, inapplicable, impractica blo, inconclusive, irrelevant. Har qui fear na bhukkte ityatra divA'bhojinaH pInatvaM rAtribhojana vinAnupapannam see 3019ft also. TIFT: 'Having no material parent'. N. of a class of Buddhas, called Dhyanibuddhus. 309 . [7. a.] Incomparable, matchless, peerless, best, most excellent. - a: N. of a contemporary of Sakya muni. -At The female elephant of the southwost (mate of 7). BI791,-fa a. Matchless, incomparable. 19 Non-refutation of a charge. 34TTY <<. 1 Not used (an food). -2 Unsuited, untit, improper, useless, umserviceable: - atar 4 $. 7. HT T <<. Useless. ---T: Uselessness, not being used (as food). s a a. 1 Not dead.--2 Not stopped, uninterrupted. 1995 a. Unobserved, unperceived. 3T2gfef. Non-recognition, non-perception (9 1 ); afta 5935: (the knowledge of 21419 is possible because the varit or counter-entity is not found with the non-entity or 37719, that is, there being no 395 or larowledge of the 73 ); ono of the instruments of knowledge according to the Mima insa kas, but not according to the Naiyayikas. -Comp. - :: fallacy, trying to establish: fact say, the eternity of sound from the impossibility of seeing the non-perception of it. SETIH: Want of apprehension; non-perception. 3477ata m. One who does not wear the sacred thread belonging to his caste). 3994: Any thing or circumstance that yra vates a malady: 1997 .. 1 Following with his looks, kooping in view. -2 One who sees; Patanjala Yogadarsana 2. 21. P. III. 1. 137. anupasaMhArin m. A kind of hetvAbhAsa or fallacy in Nyaya, a subdivision of the 31 F ECHA; 70717921STE that is, that which includes every konwn thing in the 97 and thus prevents the corroboration of it general rule of causation by illustrations, positive or novative; as far a : 317 +29 421911 heturanupasaMhArI anvaye vyatireke vA dRSTAntAbhAvA.. ITT: 1 A word particle &o.) that is not, or has not the force of, an Upasarga. - 2 That which has no Upasarga. -3 That which needs 110 additions as a divine being). 1994 << An independent word, i.e. a word which is not relegated to a subordinato position (by entering into a compound formation) P. IV.1. 14. WITA . Having no 377 ic. some condiment, sauce, curds &c. to moisten food with. S a a. 1 Unpolished as silver). -2 Genuine, blameless. -3 Not cooked or dressed as food). -4 Not requiring any evident object. -5 Without any doubt in mind; taka TA1911 yaar: alfari: 1 4 yrat war 49727Tat: 11 Mb. 12. 11. 25. -6 Selfless, without wreed or motivo; INST439: Ms. 10. 62. anupaskAra a. Notelliptical (adhyAhAradoSarahita) Ki.11.28. HTTETTAH Absence, not being at hand. 31994199 Not placing, offering or producing, not having ready or at hand. 19 a a. Not ready or at hand, not offered or produced. 31TTEN a. Not present, absent, distant. sagitera a. Not present, absent, not at hand or near; not current. -14 A word that is not s q .v. 179ffufa: f. 1 Absence: HH Hai 97: your honour will be pleased to excuse my absence. -2 Inability to remember. 37967 a. 1 Not injured, unimpaired, unvitiated. -2 Not used, un bleached, new (as cloth); 154 K. 110. 229. See 34916T. 317912 1. 1 To drink after (:1 person or thing), drink along with; ( rar)... 39 917719 H R. 8. 68; FH1Y7H27 igra Susr.; (7) lIr3havAnupItvA ca payo'nizaktyA kAmaM nikAmaM puruSo niSevet / Br. S. 76.6. -2 To follow in drinkiny. -3 (21) = 3194 q. v. 37TH 1 A drink taken with or after medicine (3139517 8 TUE 27 Tilaa ); : fluid vehiclo in medicine. -2 A drink close at hond. Bargari t a fefa 1917 Ch. Up. 1. 10.3. rata. Sorving as a liquid vehicle of medicine. -T4 An after-drink, what is fit to be drunk after. 179 2 P. - 10 P. 1 Touard, watch over, protect, defend; afwaar fi arzi Ms. 8. 27 keep in custody. -2 To conform to, obey, observe; 1749-19491747 K. 21: ST H. 4. 23; so SETH, #4, HTH de.: keep, preserve: 349973577 ei ki. 2.10 watching. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #117
anupAlanam 99 anuprahita .... anurA anupAlanam Preserning, keeping up, obeying. anupta a. Not sown (as seed); degzasya fallow, meadow, anupAkRta . Not renderel tit for or conseerated (ground &e.). for sacrificial purposes. -Comp. -mAMsam flesh of an anutrima .. (a vap vitra map)Grown without being sown. animal not prepared for sacrifice. anuprakIrNa a. Fully covered; sotkaNThairamaragaNairanuprakIrNAn anupAkhya a. What is not directly perceived, hence | Ki. 7.2. something which is only inforn ble (= anumeya Kasika): anuprajJAnam Tracing, tracking. P. VI. 3.80. anupradAnam 1 A gift, donation. -2 A sort of exteranupAta, -tin see under anupat . nal effort of the vocal organs giving rise to particular anupAtam ind. In regular succession. lotters (bAhyaprayatna); ete zvAsAnupradAnA aghoSAtha vivRNvate Sk. anupAtakam [pAtakaM brahmahatyAdi tatsadRzam ] A heinous anuprapAtama, -dam ind. Going in succession; geha degtam , crime such as theft, murder, adultery &c. 35 such sins -dam Aste gehaM gehaM anuprapAtaM-dam P. III. 4.56 Sk. are enumerated in Visnusmriti; Manu mentions 30 anuprabhavaH Cycle of births and deaths. kinds; See 11.54-58. anuprayuj 7 A. To employ, apply, employ im anupAtyayaH 1 Not to violate a turn or succession. addition. -2 To do something by turn. -3 Turn, succession. anuprayogaH Additional use, repetition; P. I. 3.608: kramaprApnasyAnanipAto'nupAtyayaH, pripaattii| Kasi.om. P.III.3.38.. III. 4.4-5. yathAvidhyanuprayogaH pUrvasmin . anupAnatka .. Shoeless ; Katy, Sr. anupravacanam Repetition or reproduction of what has anupAla: A keopor (of horses &c.). kuzalaistaruNeH - been said by the teacher ; "Adi a class of words given ranupAlaiH / zAlihotra of bhoja, in P. V. 1.111. anupAluH (vanaspativi.) Erum Indieum. (Mar. rAna ALU). anupravaNa a. Agreeable, pleasant; prAyazcittakathA hyeSA bhkssyaabhkssyvivrjitaa| kautUhalAnupravaNA harSa janayatIca me || Mb. anupArzva .. Lateral, along or by the sidle. -(pl.) ! 12.37.3. N. of a prople. anupravAda: Rumour. Mb. 4. anupAvRtta .. Ved. Western.-(pl.) N. of a people ; Mb. anupraviz 6 P. 1 To enter into, jom; pathikasAtha vidizAanupuruSaH [anugataH anyaM puruSam ] A follower. gAminamanupraviSTaH M.5%3 (fig. also); vizramya laukikAH saMstyAyamanupravizanti Mv. I enter into familiar talk or anupuSpaH [ anugataH puSpaM tadvikAram ] A kind of reed (zaravRkSa ). conversation. - 2 To accommodate or adapt oneself to; anupUrva . [anugataH pUrvaM paripATI kramaM vA] 1 Regular, yasya yasya hi yo bhAvastasya tasya hitaM naraH / anupravizya medhAvI having a suitable measure, regularly shaped, sym- kSipramAtmavazaM nayet Pt. 1.68%; sakhe vAmadeva tvamapi gAdhinandanamanumetrical: vRttAnupUrva cana cAnidIrgha Ku. 1.35: tatonupUrvAyata- praviSTo'si A. R.1 you too share im his opinion, or think vRttabAhaH Ki.17.50 (gopucchAkAra Malli.); jaladhe anupUrvavRtte / with him. -3 To follow in entering: sleep with. Dk. 131 : "nAmrAgulI bAhulate 01.; degkeza who has regular --4 To attack. hair; gAtra having regularly shaperl limbs ; so daMSTra, ___ anupraveza 1 Entranee into; pupoSa vRddhi haridazvadIdhiteranunAbhi, pANa. -2 Orderly, successive, in due order or pravezAdiva bAlacandramAH R.3.22:10.51.-2 Adapting oneself succession; coming in oruler, following. -3 The to the will ot; balavatAbhibhUtasya videzagamanaM tadanapravezo vA nItiH lowest (nikRSTapramANa); anupUrvA itare Katy. -Comp. -ja.. Pt. 1: bhajate bidezamadhikena jitastadanuprabezamathavA kuzala: Si. 9.48. desconded in a regular line. areal : cow that calves -3 Imitation. regularly. anupraznaH A subsequent question (having reference anupUrvazaH, -pUrveNa arly. In rogular order, one by one, to what the teacher has previously said). successively, from above, downwards; from the anuprasaktiH /.1 Very close attachment. -2 Very beginning or first; 1199 Tat: Ms. S. 142; 3. 33, 7.35. close logical connection (of words). anupUrvya.. Regular, orderly, successive. -rvI = Anu- 37947 Crus. To propitiate, conciliate; trevirpUrvI q.v. mRgalAJchanaM sAkSIkRtya AryaputramanuprasAdayAmi V. 3... anupRSThaya .. [anupRSTaM badhyate, anupRSTa-yat ] (A rope, cord anuprasAdanam Propitiation, conciliation; priya naM nAma &c. ) Fastenerl along the back, tiell lengthwise. vratam V.3. anupeta / .1.Vot endowed with. -2 Not invested ITET a. Latitudinal, following the breadth or with the sacred thread (anupanIta), ye pravrajantamanupetamapeta latitude. kRtyam Bhag. 1.2.2. anuprahita a. Fixed; priyaiSiNAnuprahitAH zivena Ki. 17. 38, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #118
anuprANa 100 anubandhaH anuprANa P. To breathe after. - Caus. To animate, support, foul, help; mostly used in the statement of Alankirus in a sentence: utprekSAnuprANitA svabhAvoti:c. anuprANanam Breathing after, aniination. anuprApP . 1Toget, obtaim. -2 To reach, go to, overtake : gahAnadImanuprAptAH Mb. -3 To imitate; lIlAkhelamanuprApurmahokSAstasya vikramam R.4.22. -4 To arrive, come (intrans); kathamimAM bhUmimanuprAptaH K. 132; Ve. 6. -5 To get back. anuprApta p. . Reached, got, obtained. orgarfa: f. Getting to reaching, arriving &c. anuprAsaH [anugataH rasAdyanuguNaM prakRSTamAsaM varNanyAsaM samavarNaracanAM samavarNoccAraNaM vA ] Alliteration, repotition of similar letters,syllables or sounds%3 varNasAmyamanuprAsa: K. P.9; (kharavasAdRzye'pi vyaanasahazatvaM varNasAmya rasAyanugataH prakRSTo nyAsaH; anuprAsaH zabdasAmyaM vaiSamye'pi svarasya yat 8. D.633.) anuprAsa is of kinds: (a) cheka or single alliteration; bakulagandhAnandhIkurvan , kAverIvAripAvanaH pavanaH; mUnImuvRttakRttAviralagarala . K.12.7. (1) vRtti or harmonious. udA. unmIlanmadhugandhalubdhamadhupavyAdhUtacUtAkurakrIDakokilakAkalIkalakalairudgIrNakarNajvarAH / nIyante pathikaiH kathaMkathamapi dhyAnAvadhAnakSaNaprAptaprANasamAsamAgamarasolhAsairamI vAsarAH // (.) zrutideg or melodious. udA. dRzA dagdhaM manasija jIvayanti dazaiva yaaH| virUpAkSasya jayinIstAH stumo vaamlocnaaH|| (1) antyadeg or final; as mandaM hasantaH pulakaM vahantaH. () lATa smerarAjIvanayane nayane kiM nimiilite| pazya nirjitakanda kandarpavazagaM priyam // For definitions and examples see S. 1), 638-38 and K. P. 9 th Ullasa. anuplu I A. To run after, follow; idamanyato vAnaradvayaM Aryasya pANigrAhamiva saMzrayAdanuplavane A. R. anuplava: A follower, servant; sAnuplavaH prabhurapikSaNadAcarANAm 1. 13.75: sAnuplavAH kApi yaataastrimuurdhkhrduussnnaaH| Mv.7.19. anubandha 9 P. 1 To bind or fasten to, attach, tie, commect; sImanta nijamanubannatI karAbhyAm Si.8.6) forming, Arranging; ubhayorapi rAjendra saMbandhenAnubanyatAM (ikSvAkukulam) Rom.: sakhIjanAnubaddha kathAm Dk. 114 connected with.-2(1) To have in the train (fig. also): a ferramara Bhay. (11) To bring about, cause, lead to, result in, prolive as a consequence: nAnubadhnAti kuzalam Mb. he vRSalate tathA vikSapo'stu yathA hiMsAmanubadhnAti -3 To press, importune, ure, request : punaH punazcAnubadhyamAnA K.60, 133,207,233. -4() To attend or follow closely, follow at the hools of, follow; ko nu khalvayamanubA yamAnastapasvinIbhyAmabAlasattvo bAla: 5.73; madhukarakulairanubadhyamAnam K. 139; diSTayA tAvadayamanako mAmiva tamapyanubadhnAti K. 158,191,319,3473 Ki. 6.83 Mv.7.183; Si.5.26. (b) To chase, pursue%3B taccAnuba yamAnam K. 120%; anubanatA turagamukhamithunam 132. (c) To adhere or stick to, cling to: dhanyA citralekhA yAmanubadhnAti devIprasAda: K.221.(1) To continue, take up; tadevAnubadhyatAM tapaH 3:22: tAnyeva ciraparicitAnyakSarANi mAmanubadhnanti U.Bv.1. for anurundhantiH vaizampAyanAgamanAlApamevAnubadhya K.262.(C)To follow, succreerd, one close upon : satyo'yaM janapravAdo yadvipadvipadaM saMpatsaM- ! padamanubanAtIti R.733; He anubandhi below. -5 To foster, cherish, entertain, hurbour; teSu kiM bhavataH snehamanubadhnAti mAnasam Mark. P. -6 To beur, Ondure; anyeAzcAnubadhnatyA rAjyA rAjA sa yatnataH Ks.19.47.-7Not to burst or break loose, hold or keep together; bhaje'pi hi mRNAlAnAmanubadhnanti tantavaH H.1.91.-pags. To be related to or connected with. anubaddha .1.1 Bound, attachel, tied to. -2 Following in the train, coming as a consequence; 317461917 saMzayAn vicArya Dk.41. -3 Comnected with, rolatel to, relating or belonging to. -4 Constantly sticking to, being in; continued, continuous ; nityAnubaddhakulavairaH Ve. 1: mugdhakAkalIhasitam U.3; degvijRmbhakam K.66; degbindubhirazrubhiH 135 constantly flowing. -5 Fixed upon, directed towards%3; kalahaMsa vaktrAyAH Dk. 33. anubandha: 1 Binding or fastening on, commection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); yasyAM manazcakSuSoranubandhastasyAmRddhiH Mal.23; etasyedRzena darzanena kIdazo me hRdayAnubandhaH iti na jAnAsi U.B state of feeling: K.257.-2 Uninterrupted succession, unbrokon sequence, continuous flow, conti mity, series, chain: bASpaM kuru sthiratayA viratAnubandham .. 15; ATO K. 236 following up death, closire for dying: anubandhAdviramedvA K. 280 yadA nAtyAkSAdevAnubandham 30.) (porsistence in) following me,3173 vaira", matsara", DR.63, 1613; mucyatAM devi zokAnubandha: K.63continuous sorrow; durlabhajanaprArthanAdeg Ratn. 1; virama virama vaDhe muJca dhUmAnubandham 4.16%; sAnubandhAH kathaM na syuH saMpado me nirApadaH R. 1.64 continuous, uninterrupted ; parivRddharAgamanubandhasevayA B.9.00 continuous onjoymont; ayaM so'rtho'narthAnubandhaH saMvRttaH V... giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity: sAnubandhA hatA hyasi Ram. relation, bhUmeH mutAM bhUmibhRto'nubandhAna Vit. Guna. 475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad ); AtmadoSAnubandhena K.319 in consequence of ; yadane cAnubandheca mukham Bg. 18.39,25%3 anubandhamajAnantaH karmaNAmavicakSaNA: Ram. 3.51. 28: nArthAnAM prakRti vetsi nAnubandhamavekSase Mb. 4.49. 1. - Intention: desigm, motive, cause; anubandhAnapekSeta sAnubandheSu karmasu Mb.B.34.8. anubandhaM parijJAya dezakAlI natatvataH / sArAparAdhI cAlokya daNDaM dAlapeSu pAtayeta M. 8. 1263 pApa of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of :1 thing, a secondary member (mukhyAnuyAyi, apradhAnam); (ulkA) dRzyate sAnubandhA ca Ram. j. 1. 63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disense (vAtapittAdidoSANAmaprAdhAnyam ); mUrchAnubandhA viSamajvarAH Susr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subjert or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (viSayaprayojanAdhikArisaMbandhaH anubandhaH ) (an imdispensable element of the Vedanta). -8(Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the la in gamla, N in iNa; ripurApa parAbhavAya madhya prakRtipratyayayorivAnubandhaH Ki. 13. 19. -9Offence, fault. -10 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #119
anubandhaka 101 anubhavaH teacher (mukhyAnuyAyI zizuH). -12 Beginning, commence- ment. -18 Repeated application or devotion (paunaHpunyena / abhinivezaH). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small hit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with on integer ), as bhAgAnubandhapUrNAGkaH. -17 Base, stem (prakRti). et. anubandhaH prakRtyAdau doSotpAde vinazvare / mukhyAnuyAyini zizau prakRtasyAnuvartane / anubandhe'pi hikAyAM bhraSTAyAmapi kathyate | Nm. -dhI [anubadhyate atizvAsena vyApriyate anayA ] 1 Thirst. -2 fickup. anubandhI tu hikAyAM tRSNAyAmapi yoSiti-Medini. anubandhaka a. Connected, related. 3179 TH Connection, succession, series &e. anubandhikA / Pain in the joint; anubaddhamanubandhikAbhiH Heh.5. anubandhin / (oft. at the end of comp.) 1(a) Connected with, attached or related to; aho sarasaramaNIyAnubandhinI strIjanakathA Mal. 1 having for its contents or subject-matter &c.; paricaryAnubandhI Dk. 101 continuing. (b) Mixed or blended with; nIlakaNThakalakekAnubandhinA mandrahukkRtena mAmanumanyate Mal. 9. -2 Followed by, accompanied with; having in its train, resulting in having as a consequence; tadiyamApatsamantato'narthAnubandhinI Dk. 60; ayamartho'rthAnubandhI 67; zAstraM zAstrAntarAnubandhi 156; duHkhaM duHkhAnubandhi V. 4 one misfortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never corne single; K.349; mahodayaistasya hitAnubandhibhiH Ki. 1.20%; karmAnubandhIni manuSyaloke Bg.15.25 guNA guNAnubandhitvAttasya saprasavA iva 1. 1.22 being associated with. -5 Lasting, thriving, prosperous, growing a pace, continuous; uninterrupted; 3114 craftrafen 491mAsAmanubandhi vIrudhAm Ku.5.34; UveM gataM yasya na cAnubandhi R. 6.77 continuous uninterrupted or all pervading; K. 246,303. anubandhya .. Principal, chief, primary (which may receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease &o.). -2 [ar bandhaH anabandhaH karmaNi Nyan ] To be killed (Ets a bull), one of the three principal sacrificial animals at the jyoniSToma Nacrifice; gAranubandhyaH K. P... anubalam [anu pazcAsthinaM balam ] A rearguard, an uxiliary army following another. anubudh + A. To awake, to recollect: learni, obtain information of, know, be aware ot: na satyamanubudhyate K. 10does not perceive or recognise. -Caus. 1 To remind, put in mind of ; aye samyaganubodhito'smi S. 1 well reminded. -2 To advise, inform; iti ziSyeNa kilAnvabodhayat R.8.75. 31 TT: 1 An after-thought, recollection. -2 Reviving the scent of faded perfumes, replacing them when removed by bathing. anubodhanam Recollection, reminding. anubrAhmaNam 1 A work resembling a Brahmana (brAhmaNasadRzo granthaH P. IV.2.62 Sk.). -2 ind. According to the Brahmana. anubrAhmaNin , -ka.[tadadhIte veda vA iti inipratyayaH] One who learns or knows an 349212. anubhava-bhAva &c. Sce under anubhU. anubhAjita a. Worshipped nAnubadhyeta tadvAkyairvibhramedhAnabhAjitaH Bhag. 10. 47. 41. anubhASaNam 1. Repetition of an assertion to refute it. -2 Repeating what has been said. -3 Conversation, dialogue ( anu saha bhASaNam ). anubhASita a. Speaking in reply: zlAghyo bhavAnsvajana ityanubhASitAram (kSitIzam) R. 16.86. anubhAsaH A kind of erow. anubhuj 7A. To enjoy, experience (good or bad things ), suffer (as the due consequences of one's deeds); meghamuktavizadAM sa candrikAm anvabhukta R. 19.39; sA maNDanAnmaNDanamanvabhukta Ku. 7.5. anubhogaH1 Enjoyment. -2 A grant of a land in perpetuity for service done. anubhU 1 P. 1 To emjoy; taste, experience, feel, have experience or knowledge of, notice, perceive by the senses &c.); to suffer, bear, undergo (as misery &c.); anvabhavaM ca madhukara iva navamAlikAmAsumanasam Dk. 1213; asaktaH mukhamanvabhUt R.1.21; bhuvanAlokanaprItiH svargibhirnAnubhUyate Ku.2.45R.7.28; AtmakRtAnAM hi doSANAmanubhavitavyaM phalamAtmanaiva K. 121; anubhavati hi mUrnA pAdapastIvamuSNam S.5.73 Ku.4.41; saMvatsaramAtraM preSyabhAvamanubhUya M., undergoing the state of a servant; SaSTamanubhavan varSam K.77 being in the sixth year, six years old. -2 To learn, hear, understand; vedAnnAnubhavasi Ch. Up. -3 To try, test, put to the test; na tvaM tenAnvabhAviSTA nAnvabhAvi tvyaapysau| anubhatA mayA cAsau tena caanvbhvissyhm|| Bk.5.39.-4 To comprise, include, grasp; dve vAmalake anubhavati Ch. Up. -5 To come up with, arrive at, get, obtain (mostly Ved. in these senses). -6 To turn or incline to: yat tvA bhavato rodasI anu Rv. 10. 147.1. -7 To act favourably: ya evaitamanubhavati yo vai tamanubhAryAn vubhUSani Bri. Up. 1. 3. 18. -Caus. 1 To cause to enjoy, feel, or experience; anubhAvayituM manye yatnaH saMprati mA vidhaH Mu.6.15; snAnabhojanAdikamanubhAvito'smi Dk. 125; Amodo na hi kastUryAH zapathenAnubhAvyate By. 1. 120.-2 To reflect on, meditate, think of; HEIL tameva vRttAntamanvabhAvayat K. 176,279. -3 To infer, know: tasmAtparokSavRttInAM phalaiH karmAnubhAvyate IL.+.101. anubhavaH 1 Direct perception or cognition, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment, notion, apprehension, the impression on the mind not derived from memory, one of the kinds of knowledge; sarvavyavahAraheturjJAnaM buddhiH| sA dvividhA smRtiranubhavazca / saMskAramAtrajanyaM jJAnaM smRtiH / tadbhinaM jJAnamanubhavaH which again is yathArtha right & ayathArtha wrong. See T. S. 34. (The Naiyayikas recognize pratyakSa, anumAna, upamAna and zAnda as the four sources of knowledge; the Vedantins and Mimasakas For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #120
anubhAvaH 102 anumananam add two more 3019ff and 34944 : the Vaisesikas consequence. -Comp. -prakAza: N. of the metrical and Bauddhas admit the first two only, the Sankhyas gloss or para phrase of the principal Upanisads by exclude. upamAna, while the Charsakas addinit pratyakSa only. Madhavacharya. -FETTI : N. of the author of the Other sections of philosophical schools add three more grammnar Sirasvata-prakrivi. to the six sources of knowledge recognised by the Mimimsakas: -saMbhava anubhU 1.8. P. 1 To praise conformably: to throw equivalence'%3; aitihya fallible testimony', and ceSTA 'gesture'.)-2 Experience : anubhavaM or commit into. -2 To insert, enter; A anubhUtamanA vacasA sakhi lumpasi N.4.105.-3Understanding.-4 Result, Rv. 10.61.5. tomsequence. -Comp. -siddha .. established by ___ anubhat m. 1 Praising conformably, imitating. experionce. -2 Supporting, strengthening. -3 Pometrating, epA 31Tha: 1 Dignity, consequnce or dignity of person, syA vo marato'nubhatrI prati STobhani vAghano na vANI Rv. 1. 99.6. majestic lustre, splendour, might, power, authority. anubhrAtR m. A younger brother (anugato bhrAtaram ). (parimeyaparaHsarI) anubhAvavizeSAttu senAparivRtAviva R.1.373 anumad 1 P. Vel. To rojoice over, gladden. saMbhAvanI yAnubhAvA asthAkRtiH 5.7; anubhAvasaubhAgyamAtraparizeSadhUsarazrIH U. 1,33; 6.20, +1, +.2), K. 108, 240; anumatta.. Intoxicated with joy. V. 1; tavAnubhAvo'yamabedi yanmayA Ki. 1.6: Dk.20 113: divyoSadhyA STTATT pot. p. To be praised in succession, to be jayati mahimA ko'pycintyaanubhaavH| Mv. 6.53; aho mahAnubhAvaH granted with praise. pArthivo duSyantaH S. 3 of great might or power : jAne vo anuman 4 A. 1 To agree or consent to, comply with, rakSasAkrAntAvanubhAvaparAkramI R. 10. 38,2.76 greatness approve, sanction, grant; to permit, allow; FF HET&(dignity)&c.valour: na nihanti dhairyamanubhAvaguNaH Ki.6.203; zayanopete na bAsamanumanyase Rim. 24.2. tatra nAhamanumantumutsahe mahAnubhAvaprakRtiH kApi tata evAgatavatI Mal. 1 very noble or moghavRtti kalabhasya caSTitam R. 11. 30; rAjanyAna svapuranivRttaye'numene dignified. -2 (In Rhet.) An external manifestation Rt. 875 kelAsanAthodvahanAya puSpakamanvamasta 11.00%; zuzrUSamANAM or indication of n feeling (bhAva) by appropriaste girizonumene Ku. 1. 19, , 195; kRtAbhimarSAmanumanyamAnaH sutAm . symptoms, such as by look, vesture &c., called by 7.20: imAM svasAraM ca yavIyasI me kumudrutIM nArhasi nAnumantum R. some trunt (bhAvabodhaka-na): bhAvaM manogataM sAkSAt svagataM 16.45 be ploused not to reject. or refuse; avinayamanumantuM vyaJjayanti ye| te'nubhAvA iti khyAtAH: yathA bhUbhAH kopasya vyaJjakaH; notsahe durjanAnAm Bh. 3.22. -2 To follow, have recourse udbuddhaM kAraNaM svaiH svairbahirbhAvaM prakAzayan / loke yaH kAryarUpaH so' to: dharmArthAvabhisantyajya saMrabha yonumanyate Mb. - 1 1 To ask nubhAvaH kaavynaadhyyoH|| S. D. 162, 163.&c.; dhigeva ramaNIyatAM / for leave or permission : ask the consent of ; 3 zat tvadanubhAvabhAvAhate Mal.:).33.-3Firm opiniion or resolution, HEITIS: V.2 ask for leave to yo; ta e come with: determination, belicf; anubhAvAMzca jAnAsi brAhmaNAnAM na saMzayaH bhUyo'pi sakhIjanamanamAnayiSyAmi 5.3. -2 To ask for', roquest. Mb.3.21.8. anubhAvavatA gurusthiratvAna Ki. 18. 1.of.anubhAvaH or begg: annamAdAya tRptAH sya zepaM caivAnumAnya ca (vikirana)1. 1. prabhAve ca satAM ca maninizcaye Ak. also Nm. 241. - 3 To honour. -4 To put to account. anubhAvaka.. Causing to untlerstand, making one anumata...1 Approved, essental to, agreed to, apprehend, indiestive: "tA understanding, knowledge: permitted, allowed, uranted kic. dvAre niyuktapuruSAnumatapravezaH yatpadena vinA yasyAnanubhAvakatA bhv| Bhist. P. 84. M. 1.1:. kSepamAtrAnumatapravezAm Ku...tio. kRnamanamanaM dRSTaM vA anubhAvanam Indication of feelings by signs, yaridaM gurupAtakam Ve.8.21; gamanA S..1.10 allowed to gestures ke. leport : anumatI gRhAya .. 10%; ubhayataH sAkSI 1.2.72 admitted by both parties de. -2 Liked, beloved, anubhAvita 1. 1 Experienced ; ekabhaktyAnubhAvite Bhag. pleasant, loved, agreeable, lesired by, dear to; 3.24.43. -2 gretly empowered; mAmAkhyAhAnubhAvitAH karSakajanAnumatAM karoti Bri. S.. 72.-3 Being of one opinion, Bhag. 11. 16... -3 protected : vayaM ca sarve bhavatAnubhAvitA; agreeing or concurring with. -taH A lover; ghanamato Bhig. 10.63. 37. namatonumatAn priyAH Si6.65. -tam Consent, approval, anubhAvin / .1 Perceiving, knowing, showing signs permission; prathamaM kasyAnumate coritametattvayA hRdayam V.B. 17. of feeling. -2 An eye-witness; anubhAvI tu yaH kazcitkuryA anumatiH /. 1 Permission, consent, approval, assent. tsAkSyaM vivAdinAm Ms. 8. 69. -3 Being or coming after. -2 The 15th day of the moon's age on which she anubhU.. [bhU-vip] Perceiving, understanding. -bhUH/. rises one digit less than full, when the gods and manes Fxperience, direct knowledge or perception ; 3421H receive oblations with favour: personified as godsarvAnubhUH Bri. Up. 2.5. 19. dess or worshipped in the Rajasuya sacrifice (kalAhInaanubhUtiH1.1 Perception, apprehension, experience. candravatI zurucaturdazIyutapUrNimAnithiH ): anumanya havirAkapAlaM -2 (In Nyaya) Knowledge derived from four sources : puroDAzaM nirvapati Sat. Br.: Ms.B.86-87. -Comp. -patram namely direct perception, inference, comparison, and a deed expressing 3 sent. verbal knowledge; sec Bhasa. P. 51, 52. -3 Dignity, anumananam 1 Assent; sufferance. -2 Independence. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #121
anumantR 103 anuyAtram-trA anumantu . Consenting to, permitting, allowing, augiafa: the knowledge that arises from deduction or suffering (opp. to active agent): upadraSTA'numantA ca bhartA / syllogistic reasoning, bhoktA mahezvaraH Bg.13.22; Ms.5.bl adviser. anumitsA Desire of inforring. anumantra 10 A. To connecraste or accompany with anumeya ... Inferable, to be inferrert: phalAnumeyAH sacred hymns or magical formulas; to dismiss with prArambhAH R. 1. 20. sacred and auspicious words, dismiss with a blessing; visRSTazca vAmadevAnumantrito'zvaH 0.2. (V. 1. for abhimantrita); anumArgam . Along the way, Iccording 10 rathamAropya kRSNana yatra karNo'numantritaH Mb. (particulter) way, on or in the way; anumArgAgatayA K. 100 conie by this way. anumantra: Afvourable speech; rahonumantrairapakRSTacetanaH Bhay.t.27.8. ZAITH adr. Like a kidney bean or in kidnes anumantraNam Consecration by hymms and prayers. bean. anumantrita .. Conseeratod. anumAsaH [anugato mAsaH ] The following month. --sam ind. Every inonth, month after month. anumaraNam See under anuma. STTHEI A country next to a desert. __ anumud 1 A. (P. in epic poetry ) 1 To rejoice with, join in rejoicing or sympathizing with; muditAmanumodate anumA: A., 22.1 To infer, (as from soine signs, Bhag. -2 To express approval: tadeva rAmamAtRbhiranumoditam premises &c.); alijAM prakRti svAhulijharanumimImahe Mb.: U. 2; approve, second, applaud; Anchideghed a conclude, uess, comjeeture: dhUmAdagnimanumAya T.S.413; R.11.43; to allow with pleasure, permit; anumoditapayAkulatvAnmarutAM vegabhaho'numIyate Ku.2.25; andhamIyata zaddhati mAcArya: K.77: ananumoditA mAtrA In- s. To gudden, delight, favour, permit. 2.7, 14.12: iha madanapitara numAyate suragaNasya gataM haricandanaH / Ki.5.47. -2 To reconcile, equal. -Cons. (-mApayati) anumodaH 1 The feeling of pleasure arising fronm To learl one to infer or guess, bospeak, indicate; sympathy, subsequent pleasure. -2 anumodanan see below. AkRtirevAnumApayatyamAnuSatAm K. 132,202. anumodanam 1 Approval, assent, seconding, acceptTa[47-340 ] Inference, conclusion from viven a nce compliance. -2 Causing pleasure. premises; sce anumiti. anum A. To follow in death; rudatA kuta eva sA punarbhavatA anumAtR . One who infers; na hi kariNi dRSTe cItkAreNa nAnumRtApi labhyate 11.8.85 followed in death by you%B tamanumimate'numAtAraH. gativibhramasAdanIravA na zucA nAnumRteva lakSyate 8(used actively). anumAtrA Determination,resolution; tatreyamanumAtrA me bhImasena anumaraNam Following in death; tanmaraNe cAnumaraNaM kariSyAvivakSitA / naikAntasiddhirvaktavyA zatrubhiH saha sNyuge|| Mb.5.77.18. mIti meM nizcayaH 11.33 post-eremation of a widow (anumaraNa anumAnam 1 Inferring as the instrument of am hi bhanudezAntarAdimaraNe dehAdyalAbha eva); dezAntaramRte patyI sAdhvI anumiti, conclusion : from given premises : an inference, tatpAdukAda yama / nidhAyorasi saMzuddhA pravizejjAtavedasam / / This is conclusion, one of the four means of obtaining know allowed to Ksatriya, Vaisya and other women, but not ledge aceroding to the Nyayasystem; (anumitikaraNamanumAna to Brahmana women; pRthak citAM samAruhya na viprA gantumarhati. tacca dhUmo vahivyApya iti vyAptijJAnama. It is of two kinds svArthI- Bani soverely condemns this practice; see K. 173-4. numAnam parArthAnumAnam); pratyakSa cAnumAnaM ca zAstraM ca vividhAgamam / / anuyavam nir. In the grains of barley. trayaM suviditaM kArya dharmazuddhimabhI satA || Ms. 12. 105.-2 A guess, anuyA 2P. 1 To follow, go after (lig. also); conjeeture, sign to know iGgitairanumAnaizca mayA jJeyA bhaviSyati anuyAhi sAdhupadavIm Bh. 2.77; anuyAsyanmunitanayAm S. 1.283; Ram. -3 Analomy, similarity; Atmano hRdayAnumAnena prekSase vAmanuyAmi yadyapi Ku.4.21.-2 To imitate, equal; na kilAnuS. 5 you judge of others) by the analogy of your yayustasya rAjAno rakSituryazaH R.1.279.63; anuyAtalAla: 16.71; own heart; svAnumAnAtkAdambarImanprekSya K.305. -4 (In Rhet.) guNairnRpAH zAGgiNamanvayAsiSuH Si. 12.3 followod and imitated. A figure which consists in a notion, expressed in a -3 To attend, accompany; iyaM musalamanuyAti kalena hukkRtena peculiarly striking manner, of a thing established by Mu. 1.4: anuyAtArundhatIko vasiSThaH U.3.18. proof S. D. 711; yatra patatyabalAnAM dRSTinizitAH patanti tatra shraaH| taccAparopitazarI dhAvatyAsAM puraH smaro mnye|| anumAnaM taduktaM anuyA . Following: anuyA rAtryA rAtrI jinya Vij. 15.6. yatsAdhyasAdhanayorvacaH K. P. 10. -Comp. -ukti /. reasoning: -yAH Ved. Food. logical inference. anuyAta m. A follower, companion. anumApaka (-pikA/.) Cauring an inference as an anuyAtrama-trA Rotinuetra.in attendance upon%B effect, being the ground of an inference. following: tyaktabhogasya me rAjan vane banyena jIvataH / kiM kAryamanuanumitiH /. Inference from given preinists : the yAtreNa him. sakhibhizritrakathaiH kRtaanuyaatrH| Bu. Ch.D. 2. -tram nowledge obtained by means of anumAna: liGgaparAmarzajanya udt. In or after a procession. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #122
anuyAtrikaH anuyAtrikaH [ anuyAtrA anugamanamastyasya Than ] A follower, attendant vAvadanuyAdhikAnsametya nivezayeyana S. 1. 2. anuyAnam Following anuyAyin . [ P. III. 2. 78 ] 1 Following; attending, consequent. tat trikAlahitaM vAkyaM dharmyamarthAnuyAyi ca Ram. 5.51. 21. vasiSThadhenoranuyAyinaM tamAvartamAnaM vanitA vanAntAt R. 2. 19. -2 Like, similar. -3 Following a principal person as a teacher ( mukhyasya anugantA zizuH ) - . A follower (lit. & fig.); rAmAnujAnuyAyina: followers of the doctrines of R.; a dependent or attendant nyaSedhizeSo'pyanuyAyivargaH // . 2.4. anuyAjaH [ yajU ghaJ, kutvAbhAvaH P. VII. 3. 62] A part of : sacrficial ceremony ( yajJAGgam ) : secondary or supplementary sacrificial rite usually written anuyAja q.v. -Comp. - prasavaH permission to perform an Anuyajn. -prayAH the formuise belonging to the Anuyaja. anuyuj 7 A. 1 To ask, question; kiM vastu vidvangurave pradeyaM tvayA kiyadveti tamanvayukta R. 5. 18 anvayukta gurumIzvaraH kSiteH 11. 62 : svajanasya vArtamayamanvayukta ca St. 13. 68. -2 To examine (as an accused ), put on trial : prAvivAko'nuyuJjIta vidhinAnena sAntvayan M. 8.79, 259. -3 To impart or give, as instruction. -4 To order, enjoin. -5 To select as husband. -6 To requtet, beg dhArtarASTra sahAmAtyaM svayaM samanuyubkSmahe Mb. 5. 72. 3. anuyukta P. 2.1 Asked questioned, examined, ordered &c. -2 Censured, reproached. -3 Learning from a hired] teacher ( butakA-yetA), See anuyoktR anuyuktin . [ avarthe ini] One who has ordered examined; cf. gRhItin, adhItin. anuyugam ind. According to the Yu prabhAvazca zarIriNAm Ms. 1. 84. anuyuJjaka Jenious yathaiSAM vakumicchanti nairguSyamanuyukAH Mb. 12. 299. 23. anuyo t. An examiner, interrogator; inquirer; a teacher, especially hired or mercenary ( mRtakAdhyApaka ). anuyoktA ca yo vipro anuyuktazca bhArata Mb. 13. 23. 17. anuyogaH 1 A question, inquiry examination: yAsmi sA'smyanuyogo me na kartavyaH kathaJcana Mb. 13. 93. 82. aniyantraNAnuyogastapazcijanaH S. 1; nirAkhAnuyoge P. VIII. 2. 94 vArtA madhurAkSarayA ca vAcA 1. 13. 71. -2 Censure, reproof, punishment: nAnuyogA brAhmaNAnAM bhavanti Mb. 3. 192.56. -3 Solicitation. -4 Exertion, effort; anuyogaM vinA tailaM tilAnAM nopajAyate Pt. 2 140 -5 Religious meditation; spiritual union. -6 Comment. -Comp. -kRt 1 an interrogator. -2 a teacher, spiritual preceptor (anuyogaM kRntati viSaya ). anuyogin 6.1 What combines or unites; commected with, situated in or on. -2 Examining, questioning. anuyojya pol. P Fit to be questioned, asked: asked with reprool.] mamedamiti yo yo'nuyojyo bhavAvidha M. 8. 31. a 104 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anuratiH - jya: A servant; obedient and humble servant; ubhAbhyAmapi vAsavAnuyojyo duSyantaH praNamati 5.7. anuyojanam A question, inquiry. anuraj + U. 1 To be red; bhRzamanvarajyadatupArakaraH Si. 9.7. (became red or attached ). -2 To be delighted, find pleasure taba jagatya na 1g. 11. 8. -3 To be attached or devoted to, be fond of, love, like ( with acc. or loc.); samasthamanurajyanti viSamastha tyajanti ca * azuddhaprakRtau rAjJi janatA nAnurajyate Pt. 1. 301; bhrAturmRtasya bhAryAyAM yo'nurajyeta kAmata: Ms. 3. 173. Caus. 1 To make red, redden, dye, colour: sarasakisalayAnuraJjitairvA Si. 7.61, Ram; 8. 17, 12.68; Dk. 168; Ki. 4. 27, 12. 23. 2 To attach oneself to, please, gratify, conciliate, keep contented or satisfied ; anuraktaH prajAbhizca prajAzcApyanvaraJjayat Ram. ; kaSTaM janaH kuladharA L. 1. 14 ziSyaguNAnurajitamanasa 1.1 pleased, gratified. anurakta P. P. 1 Reddened, dyed, coloured; sandhyAnurakte jalade dosA diyA Am. 11184. kuNDalamaNiprabhAgaNDasthala: K. 170. -2 Pleased contented loved, beloved ; loyal, loyally devoted anuraktaH zucirdakSa: Ms. 7.61; guNAnuraktAmanuraktasAdhanaH Ki. 1. 31 having all means favour able to him; -3 Glowing; tApAnuraktamadhunA kamalaM dhruvamIhate jetum / Nag. 3. 10. prajaH - loka: beloved by people; attached or devoted to, fond of ( with loc. or acc.); api vRSalamanuraktAH prakRtayaH - atha kim- candragupte dRDhamanuraktAH prakRtayaH Mn. 1; kathaM vasantasenA AryacArudattamanuraktA Mk. 1; eSA bhavantamanuraktA S. 6. 19; alabhyamanuraktavAn kathaya kiMnu nArIjanam Mu. 6. anurakti f. Love, attachment, devotion, affection. Pt. 2 . anuraJjaka ... Gratiflying pleasing. anuraJjanam Conciliating antifying gratifying pleas ing, keeping contented; yuktaH prajAnAmanuraJjane syAH U. 1. 11. anuraJjita P.P. Pleased, conciliated, kept contented &c. anurAga . Become red, reddened. -gaH 1 Redness -2 Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty (opp. aparAgaH ) ; love, affection, passion (with loc. or in comp.); AvirbhUtAnurAgAH Mu. 1. 21 kaNTakitena pracayati manyanurAgaM kapIna S. 3. 14; R. 3. 10; bahalAnurAgakuruvindadalapratibaddhamadhyamiva digvalayam Si. 98. iGgitam gesture or external sig expressive of love; prasAdastu zabdaH syAdanurAgajaH Ak. anurAgin, anurAgavat 1 Attached, enamoured. impassioned inspiral with loves svAmIyAnurAgavAn H. 1; sA kenApi vaNikputreNa sahAnurAgavatI babhUva ibid. -2 Causing or inspiring love. of Personification of a musical note. For Private and Personal Use Only anuraNanam 1 Sounding conformably to a continuous tinkling echo produced by the sounds of bells, anklets &c. - 2 The power of words called vyaJjana q. v. ; the meaning suggested by what is actually stated; kramalakSyayo... anuratiH / Love, attachment.

Page #123
anuratham 105 anurUpa anuratham int. Behind the earriage : P. II. 1.6. ivAnurubhyate Ki. 2. 12: hanta niryaco'pi paricayamanurudhyante U.. anurathyA [rabhyAmanvAyataM sthitA] A foot-pinth, n by-road, remember or chorish (act up to it); madvacanamanurupyate vA the margin of a stroot, (: path along the margin of a bhavAn K. 181, 208; vAtsalyamanurubhyante mahAtmanaH Mv. 6 fool rod ): prakAzIkaraNAthai ca nishaagmnshngkyaa| dIpavRkSAMstathA cakrUranu the force of compussion; tenApi rAvaNe maitrImanurudhya vyapekSyate yAsu sarvazaH Rim... 18:Mb. 3.15.20. My..84 following up; yadi guruSvanurudhyase v. 3 rogard with respect, obey; anurubhyasva bhagavato vasiSTasyAdezam U.4 : anurasita ..Sounding, ochoing: udgrIvairanusitasya puSkarasya candraketorvacanam U... -8 To coax, gratify, fisttor, soothe; M.1.21 :ccompanied in sound. ityAdibhiH priyazataranarubhya mugdhAm U. 8.26; abhinavasevakajane'pi anurasaH, -rasitam Echo, reverberation: guru magni- evamanuru yate K. 207 please by carefully attending to kc., fied by excho; anurasitagurUNi styAnamambUkRtAni U. 2. 2 : show regard for; 248. -7 To urge, press, entreat, (this some vera wcours in). Mal.9.6; Mv.5.41. roquot; AgamanAya anurunyamAnaH K.27%3 tayA cAhamanarubhya mAnastAM bakulamAlAM dattavAna Mal. 1; sA ca bhImadhanvanA balavadanuruddhA anurasaH | anugato rasam ] 1 A secondars feeling (in Dk. 122 courted, wooed. -8 To assent or agree to, Rhet.). -2 A secondary flavour; aut saltish taste; Approve, like, comply with: prakRtayo na me vyasanamanurudhyante madhurAnara saMrakSaM lavaNAnurasaM laghu / nAryAstu madhuraM stanyaM kaSAyAnurase / | DR. 100%; yadi bhagavAnanurupyate Mr. agree with me. himam Susr. anuruddha / .1 Checked. -2 Opposed. -3 Pacified, anurahasa . [ anugatam rahaH ] Secret, solitary, private. soothed. -sam . In secret, apart, privately: anurahasamanAye anurudh / . [rudha-kvip] 1 One who obeys, conforms to nAyakena Si.7.50. &c. -2 Obeyed, observed, wanted (apekSita), written as anurAtra .. Following the night. -tram dr. In the anUrudh ; AkSit pUrvAsvaparA anUrut Rv.3.55.5. night; every night, night after night. anurodhaH -dhanam 1 Compliance, gratiticestion, fulfilling anurAddha . Accomplished, obtainedl. one's wishes &e. -2 Conformity, accordance, obedience, anurAdha 1.1 Camsime welfare: also written as anurAdhaH regard, consideration ; dharmAnurodhAta K. 160, 180, 192; atra indraM vayamanarAdha havAmahe Ar. -2 Born under the austerism nAnurodhaM tarkaye Mv.7 pleasure or gratification: AdhArAnuanurAdhA P. IV. 3.st. -dha: N. of a Buddhist. -dhA rodhAt Mu. 1.2 out of regard for; kavizramAnurodhAdvA Vo. [anugatA rAdhAM vizAkhAm ] N. of the 17th of the 27 luner 1 in consideration of ; dattotsekaH pralapati mayA yAjJavalkyAnurodhAn Mv.8.28,5. tadanurodhAt-dhena accordingly, in accordance mansions or wterisnis (so called because it follows with it; vadvipazcinmahatonarodhAt Pt. 1. 100after great-conrAdhA or vizAkhA). It consists of four stars. -Comp. -grAmaH, -puram the ancient capital of Lanka or Ceylon%B sideration humouring; prAptArthagrahaNaM dravyaparIvartInurodhanam // . founded by anurAdha. Also ealled anurodhapura, described by 2.101; reference (of a rule.)-3 Pressing, urging, coux. Rajasekhara as full of curiosities. It is a largo town in ing; entresty, solicitation, request; ka ivAtrAnurodhaH K. 209; tadanurodhAt 135; vinAnurodhAtsvahitecchayaiva 5. 20. 81.-4 the north of Coylon " with 1600 square granite pillars which supported the Hoor of enormous Bearing of a rule. monastery called 'The Great Brazon Palace' said to __ anurodhin,-dhaka a. Compliant, complying with obe:ha ve been built in 161 B. C." ing or conforming to, having regard to, caring for ; pativratAnAM samayAnurodhinI Ram. anurud .P. To weep along with, condole witli, sympathize; guruzokAmanuroditIva mAm Ku.4.15; anuroditIva anuruha P. Tonscend, mount; paJca padAni rupo anvaroham karuNena patriNAm Si. 4. 47. Rv. 10. 13.3. anurodanam Condolenco, sympitthy. anurUpa.. [rUpasya sadRzaH yogyo vA] 1 Like, resembling, corresponding to: zabdAnurUpeNa parAkrameNa bhavitavyam M. 1; anurudh 7U. 1 To obstruct, block up; zilAbhiyaM worthy of AtmAnarUpaM varam 5.1: rUpAnurUpa K. 192,208. mArgamanurundhanti [b.; to surround, hem in; rudrAnucaremakhoM mahAn .. anvarubhyata Bhig. -2 To bind, fasten. -3 To stick -2 Suitable or tit, adapted to, according tor with gen. or in comp.; naitadanurUpaM bhavataH K.146, 1.8: bhava pituranurUpastvaM or adhore to follow closely, observe, practise; 3479971 guNairlokakAntaiH .D.; kAmamananurUpamasyA vapuSo valkalam 5.]; dargha vyaham Ms.5.63 should observe impurity ( be in svapramANAnurUpaiH secanaghaTaiHUL.; sattvAnurUpA sarvasya zraddhA bhavati bhArata mourning); pumAMsamanurudhya jAtA pumanujA P. III. 2. 100 Sk. Bg. 17.33 1. 1.333 Me. 13 -pam 1esemblance, like:born immediately after a medle. -4 To love, be fond ness, conformity, -2 Suitability, fitness%3 api janakasutAyAof, or devoted to, attach omeself to. samasthamanurubhyante staca taccAnurUpam U.6.26. -pa: The artistrophe, having viSamasthaM tyajanti ca Ram.: savRttimanurubhyantAM bhavantaH Mv.2 the same metre as the 127 or strophe; the second follow or adopt: svadharmamanurundhante nAtikramam Ki. 11.783 of the three verses (taca) recited together, the other nAnurotsye jagalakSmIm Bh. 11.20 love, like. -5 To conform two being stotriya and paryAyaH ekastotriyavahamma yo'nyo'nantara: to, obey, follow.adopt oneself to act up to: fruft 71% mo'nurUpa: Asval. saM. I. ko....14 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #124
anurUpataH 106 anuvAkyA .......... 195a:, -20, -93: adr. Conformably or agreeably to. 20Ha. Attached to, intent on, seeking or pursuing after; yena AryAyAH susnigdhA dRSTiranulagnA Mk. 4 intently fixed. 379619: Repetition, tautology. sofoa . Entertained fr 4997 S TRI Fara a f afanyatt Ram. 1. 23. 24. gore, : [ -a-93] A peacock; hence meta phorically a corner' as in artartalma: Kau. A.2.4. gfag 6 P. To anoint, besmear (with perfumes &c. after bathing); smear, daub, cover over; Tras aa: Si. 9.51, 9. 15; "HTT1 944 R. 10. 10 covered with; logo H TH K. 131; affar HIT THI z : S. 7.7; so Fiatge; far eigen enveloped in darkness; FATIS Dk. 71 besmeared with perfumes &c. :, 1 Unction, anointing, smearing. -2 Ointment, unguent such as sandal juice, oil &c.; any emollient or oily application ; zana K. 28 rubbed with paste; surabhikusumadhUpAnulepanAni K. 324. 9, afga <<. One who anoints (the body ) with unguents &c. eta a. Hidden, clinging to, attached ; FF gaagaa 12 si. 5. 46; Waga: Dk. 104 concealed from the people. .. [ zgora: CH P. V. 4. 75. ] 1. With the hair', regular, in natural order, successive (opp. TAR ); hence favourable, agreea ble; yet ataranusArayatIva mAm Ram.; virenAmanulomAmanumATi Sat. Br.; 'kRSTaM A Fifa Sk. ploughed in the regular direction. -2 Mixed as a tribe. -AT A woman of the lower casto than that of the man's whom she marries; 1 995CHE 9 -21 #: Y. 2. 288. - ade. In regular or natural order; pratilomamAlimpennAnulomam Susr. -mAH (pl.) Mixed castes. -Comp. -37 a. having fortune favourable. -37 4. speaking in favour of; 319 1912 an: itt: Si. 2. 25.- : the thirtyfourth of the Atharva veda Parisistas. -T a. straight going'; pradakSiNA grahAzcApi bhaviSyantyanulomagAH Mb. 3. 190.92. -G, -FAT a. born in due gradation, offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father; said of the mixed tribes; saMkIrNayonayo ye tu pratilomAnulomajAH Ms. 10.25% Y. 1. 95. - ftofta a. married in regular gradation. ATH 1 Regular gradation, Hending or putting in the right direction. -2 In medicine) Carrying off by the rogular channels, such as purging; alleviation. anfa Den. P. 1 To stroke or rub with the hair or with the grain, go with the grain; 7 14 Honda Suer. -2 To evacuate, purge, carry off by the regular channels. 30eaut a. 1 Not excessive, neither more nor less (3fafti, prera); smoothed, free from disturbing circumstances (?). -2 Not clear or manifest. 37202: [ drugi ra: 1 1 A gonealogical table; ant aru fata efter Mb. 3. 114. 10. ilgisi art HERE Mb. -2 Modern race or species; new family. - T ind. 3471190i 4a: TU PERFECT Mb. 3. 129.8. guzt. [rader #a: 97] Relating to a genealogical table. 99a. [ 34 *:] Very crooked; some what crooked or oblique; deg moving somewhat obliquely or retrogressively said of planets ). 312 2 P. 1 To say or speak after or for one; 391 fat are 27 hare Ms. 11. 191. -2 To repeat, recite, reiterate; TAHTE HIGHz Ait. Br.; learn, study; parovaraM yajJo'nUcyate Sat. Br.: vedamanUcyA til dam erika Tait. Up. 1. 10. 37T03STE AACAICITOZA Say., see 31997 below. -3 To concede the point, assent to yield. - To name, call. -Caus. To cause to recite; to read to oneself before reading aloud); oft. used in dramas; 3* H 12710417122 978979654a: S. 1; 315917 19 gefa H V. 2; Mu. 1; 34c . 1. anuvaktRn. Repeating, reciting (gurumukhoccAritAnurUpapAThaka); replying &c. ga 1 Repetitionrocitation ; teaching, instruction, lecture, 1970 1971 4:1 19ara: +919-54ATCHFIT Taa: 11 Y. 3. 190. The high ac faralard Bri. Up. 4. 1. 22.-2 A chapter, section, lesson, division. -3 Repetition of Mantras or texts in conformity with or injunction said by other priests. sigara: [ 324d sfa, 97 99 Frete P. II. 1. 29 Vart.] 1 Repeating, reciting reading. 31791Fearga: Mb. 5. 132. 6. -2 A subdivision of the Vedas, section, chapter; jetuM jaitrAnatha khalu japansUktasAmAnuvAkAna Mv. 3. 23. -3 Chapter or section referring to a compilation from the Rigveda or Yajurveda (2:46). -4 A statement in the arts illustrating the mantras; again faq Mb. 12. 47. 20. -Comp. -3197 N. of a table of contents, referring to the Rigveda, attributed to Saunaka. Se the fourth of the eighteen Parisistas of the Yajurveda. gat (99-031-84] A verse recited by the Hotri priest, in which the god is invoked to accept the offering prepared for him, or sort of priest; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #125
anuvAca 107 anuvAsita are several starfar Si. 14.20 (STIEGY aqua 4711 devatAhAnI Rk Malli.). a f. [7-10-ET] Repetition, recitation de See 317977H.-. A lecture. gal 1 Recitation of passages of the Rigveda by the Hotri prient in obedience to the injunction () of the spaj priest. -2 Causing to recite, teaching, instructing. -3 Reading to oneself; see a bove. BTT p. p. Repeated, recited after ; occurring in the text studied. yathA vedo bAnanUkto'nyadvA karmAkRtam Bri. Up.1. 4. 15. - 4,- . 1 Subsequent mention; repetition by way of explanation or illustration. -2 Study of the Vedas. STTTTTT a. or (31979-197 faqa: P. III. 2. 109; ary 3179 at a: Sk.) 1 One devoted to study, learned; especially one wellversed in the Vedas with their Angas so as to be able to repeat, read and teach them; isaar: # HE Mb. 9.51.50; Ms. 2. 154; 5. 82; Y. 3. 21; 27: Ku. 6. 15. H EITT 728 312 Bri. Up. 2.1.1. -2 Modest, unassuming; humble, well-behaved. sigaret: [ 317 TEHTI are ] 1 A year. -2 The 4th year in the 5 years' cycle; or the 5th of 5 cycles of 12 years in the Brihaspati cycle.argura 1991R a fa T. Br. 1. 4. 10. ga 1 P. 1 To imitate in speaking, mock with acc.); far a:... aza Thra l 979: R. 5.74 repeat; 34acfa Sk. ; (P. & A.) to resound, echo; Bigacha of P..3.49 Sk. 34747 F: 994 ibid. ; - farajaSurfa Si. 2. 67 echoed and approved also; ara da : : Bk. 8. 29.-2 To repeat or say again by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; see Kull. on Ms. 1. 74; 2. 6. -3 TO repeat, tell, y (generally); ATATTHETEUR Dk. 21. -4 To abuse, rail at. -Caus. To cause to resound or echo. al: 1 Repetition (in general); gor K. 206. - 2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration: anuvAde caraNAnAm P.II.4.3(siddhasyopanyAse Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as para phrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brahmanas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to fan authoritative or direct injunction'; vidhivihitasya anuvacanamanuvAdaH / nAnubAdapunaruktayoH vizeSaH zabdAbhyA#1999: Nyaya sutra; cf. also fazarufaffer, 319are carefa SB. on MS. 10. 6.3. It is of 3 kinds:bhUtArtha ( sadeva saumyedamagra AsIt ); stutyartha (vAyurvai kSepiSTA devatA) and Toro (faltai gefa gefa sfa garaaaa); see 374are also. - Corroboration, confirmation. - Slander, a bune, reviling, -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech ( 1174) yar , ara a. 1 Explanatory, corroborative, repeating with comment, explanation or illustration ; 3117**FEHTA Dk. 95 bespea ks. -2 Conformable to, in harmony with, like; ftaraf Ram.; ETafyo: F : R. 9.33.- m. N. of any one of the three notes of the gamut. Tart pot. p. 1 To be explained or illustrated. -2 (In gram.) To be made the subject of an assertion (in a sentence), opposed to a which affirms or denies something about the subject. In a sentence the 311all or subject which is supposed to be already known is repeated to mark its connection with the faga or predicate and should be placed first; anubAdyamanuktve ba 1999 ; in garg, P. I. 1. 1 3114EUR should have been placed first, though the construction is defended by Patanjali. gad, -afata &c. see 34777. gacha m. A follower. 3aT a. [RTHITA: ] Subject to the will of another, obedient. -T: Subjection, obedience to the will of another ). bharatAnubazAtso'pi zatrunnastatsamaM gataH Ram. 2.8.29. anuvas To clothe, cover; somastvA rAjA amRtenAnu vastAm Rv. 6.75. 18. 399 1 P. To dwell near to or along with (with acc.). garfera a. One who dwells near; resident. afera a. [ 94-* ] 1 Dressed, clothed, wrapped up. -2 Fastened, or bound to, attached to. yak: One of the 7 tongues of fire. B ara: [ 31 ara: ] The windward direction: the wind which blows from the pupil to the preceptor &c.; faldsgard Tarta JETTA Ms. 2. 203. ar ind. Time after time, repeatedly, frequently. ate 10 P. 1 To scent, perfume. -2 To use the oily enema see the next word); treat by using such enema; 31924 1991 : 4577 Susr. gara, -ETH 1 Perfuming or scenting (in general) with incense &c. -2 Perfuming clothes by dipping the ends.--3 (97: also ) A syringe, clyster pipe (Mar. 19art); an oily enema or the operation itself ; asAdhyatA vikArANAM syAdeSAmanuvAsanAt Susr.: dvidhA bastiH parijJeyo nirUhazcAnuvAsanam / kaSAyAdyairnirUhaH syAt snehArinuvAsanam // (anuvasati anuvAsaraM vA dIyate anuvasannapi na duSyati anudivasaM bA dIyate iti anuvAsanaH) sugarfaa a. 1 Fumigated, perfumed. -2 Administered as an enama; treated by this operation: For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #126
anuvida 108 anuvRttiH . anuvid 0.1 'To find, discover, ses, obtain. -2 To hRdayAmanuvartamAnAm Bh.2. 111); mama varmAnuvartante manuSyAH pArtha deem, considler. -3 To marry. sarvazaH Bg.3.23; DR. KI), 9, 1206; kRtajJatAmanuvartamAnena Mu. anuvitta / . Found, obtainel: yasyAnuvinaH pratibuddha AtmA'smi B following the path of gratitude; prabhucitnameva hi jano' Tada Si. 15.41; Mal. 3. 2. (6) To imitate, resemble; sandeho gahane praviSTaH Bri. Up...+13. ayaM panthA anuvittaH / equal; te'nvavartan pitansarve yazasA ca balena ca Mb. (6) To purANaH Ait. lr. gratify, humour, please; Dk. 65. (1) To serve, sglaiat: f. Finding, obtaining. worship; paJcavarSasahasrANi sUryaM caivAnvavartana Ram. 7. 10.8. -2 anuvidha. One who imitutes, devotee Tataya iva / / (Intransitively used)() To follow, come after; saMgrAhya zvasanyasubhRtAM yadi te'nuvidhA Bhag. 10.87. 17. ityanuvartate 6. 3. () To continue, endure. (C) To act anuviddha See under anuvyadh. towards, behave. (1) (In gram.) To be repeated or supplied from a preceding rule, Sutra or assertion (said anuvidhA 3U. 1 To lay downa rule, regulate. of : word or rule which continues to exercise influence -2 To obey, act up to, follow, conform to; See anuvidhA on what follows); e. y. in fen: P. IV. 3.95; ES3 yin padamanuvidhaya ca mahatAm Bh.2.28 the foot-steps of the (occurring in Sutra 89 before) ityanuvartane Sk. -Caus. great have to be trodden in. -3 To resemble, imitate. 1 To cause to revolve, turn round; evaM pravartitaM cakraM nAnuvarta-pass. To be trained to follow rules: obey. yatIha yaH Bg. 3. 16. -2 To set up to, follow, obey; tathApi anuvidhAnam 1 Obedience. -2 Acting in conformity lokayAtrAnuvartanIyA Mv.73 putraiH pitaro lokadvayepyanuvartanIyAH Ve. to I orders &c.). 3; K. 367. -8 To favour, oblige; comply with one's request ; vidhinApi bhavateva vayamanuvartitAH K. 73%; yathAcittamanuanuvidhAyin .. 1 Obedient, submissive, compliant, vartanIyaH Mal. 7.-4 To put in, earry out. -5 To repeat conforming to orders%3 sA strI yA'nuvidhAyinI 1.2.130%; or supply from a preceding Sutra; kecittu vijAyate iti bhavitavyAnuvidhAyInIndriyANi V.3. -2 Resembling: nijavadhUzva- nAnuvartayanti P.V.2.18. Sk. -8To use, employ. -7 To sitAnuvidhAyini Si.6. 23, 15.06. lead one to, attach to. -8 To speak in favour of, speak anuvihita . Obedient; tasthAnuvihino'nAthA Bhag. 1.9.17. for; to approve. -9 To unitate, do after One; sanAM carianuvinazU+ P. To disappear, vanish or perish after tAnyanuvartitAni nendriyANi K. 208. or along with another. vijJAnaghana eva etebhyo bhUtebhyaH samutthAya, __ anuvartanam 1 Following (tig. also); attending, tAnyebAnuvinazyati Bri. A. 2.4 12. compliance, obexdience, conformity; prakRtasyAnuvartane Ak.3 anuvinAzaH Porishing after. idamAzcaryamathavA lokasthityanuvartanam Mv.7.4; dAkSiNya Dk. 161. -2 Gratifying, obliging. -3 Approval of, concurrence anuviz 6 P. To enter or go after, follow. in. - 4 Continuance; result, consequence. -5 Supplying anuvezaH, -zanam 1 Following, entering after.! from a preceding Sutra. -2 Marriage of a younger brother before the elder is garda.. 1 Following, obeying, conforming to, married; (jyeSTAtikrameNa kaniSThasya vivAhaH); yavIyaso'nuvezo hi with ace. or in comp.; kaca lakSmaNamuktAnAM rAmakopAnuvartinAm / jyeSTasya vidhilopakaH Mb zarANAmagrataH sthAtuM zakto devAsurevapi || Ram.i.51. 19. rAkSasAanuvezya .. [anukrameNa vezamarhati, yat ] A next-door zvApi gRhyante nityaM chandAnuvartibhiH Pt. 1.89%; narAdhipA nIcajanAnuneighbour. vartinaH 1.383. -2 Guided by, following the advice of%3B obedient, faithful, compliant : anuvartini kalatre Pt. 1. 101, anuvizvaH (pl.) N. of a people in the north- bhRtyAnAmanuvartinAm 298. -3 Like, resembling, worthy. cast. Bri. . anuvarman / [anugato vama ] Following, attending. anuviSayaH Taste: apazyanto'naviSayaM bhujate vighamAzinaH anuvRtta p.10beying, following &c. sa merumanuvRttaH ma Mh. 12. 227. 40. punargacchati pANDava Mb. 3. 163.31. -2 Uninterrupterl, contianuviSTambhaH Being obstructed in consequence of. nuously kept up, continued: anuvRttastvayA bhagIrathagRhe prasAdaH anuvRt 1 A. (sometimes P. also) 1 (Transitively | U.7.-3 Rounded off : taporingly round (kramazaH vartulAuesd) (1) Togo or roll after, follow, pursue ( fig.) / kAra): supatramanuvRttAjhaM suparvANa musasthitam Rim. H.90.65. to follow, comform to, act according to, obey, adapt dIrghAnuvRttapInabAhunA K. 179. -4 Supplied from a precedoneself to, beguidel by humour; ahaM tAvatsvAminazci ing rule &c. -Conforming to the character (zIlAnugata). ttavRttimanuvartidhye 5.2: te'pi paricayamanuvartante K. 289; kimatra -ttam Obedience, conformity, compliance; mUrkha chando'citraM yadi vizAkhe zazAGkalekhAmanuvartate 5.3 approve of her choice 3 nuvRttena (gRhNIyAt ) Chan. 33. laukikAnAM hi sAdhUnAmarthe vAganuvartate U. 1. 10 words conform anuvRttiH1.1 Assenting to, approval; tavAnuvRttiM na ca to the sense; na kulakramamanuvartate K. 104 follow; madhu dvirephaH ___ kartumutsahe Ku.5.05.-2:0bedience, conformity, following, kusumaikapAtre papI priyAM svAmanuvartamAnaH Ku. 3. 36 followed his continuance in (opp. vyAvRtti); taking up; continuity; mate in drinking, drank after her; (jananIm ) atyantazuddha- jyeSTAnuvRttijaTilam R. 13. 78 by following the example of%; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #127
anuvRddhi 109 anuzAs anuvRttyA pramASTuMmAgataH Dk. 100 service; ef. also vAcAnuvRttiH / (mantravivaraNam ): especially, that portion of a Brahmaun khalu atithisatkAraH Pristiman. tatAna vahniH pavanAnuvRttyA Ki. 16.52 which explains difficult Sutras, texts &c. occurring in in consequence of. - 3 Acting according or suitably to, another place (mantrAdInAmanurUpArthaprakAzakaM vyAkhyAnam ). compliance, acquiosconce; gratifying, pleasing; #al __ anuvyAharaNam, -dayAhAraH 1 Ropetition, repeatel cAturyamapi zikSitaM vatsena U.3: Mal.); Si.9.583 K.2073 M. 2.9; rAjyaM hi nAma rAjadharma parasya nRpatermahadaprItisthAnam Mu. utterance; mentioning, along with something else. -2 A curse, imprecation. who conforms to or is true to the duties of kings; ( previous) compliant or obedient spirit, previous course anuvyAhArin . Cursing: exeerating. of conduct; U.7.1. -4 Remembrance AseSAM gotrabhido' anuvaj 1 P. 1 To follow, go after; tAM vrajantImanuvavrAja nuvRttyA Ki. 18. 18. -5 (Gram.) Being supplied or K. 132, 210; attend especially a departing guest (as repeated in a following rule; continued influence of a far as the bank of water, la ke, &c.) as a mark of preceding on a following rule. -6 Imitating, resembling respect; atithiM zrotriyaM tRptamAsImAntamanuvrajet Y. 1. 1133; taM Ne. -7 Repetition; varNAnAmanuvRttiranuprAsaH. mAtaro devamanuvrajantyaH Ku.7.38; yamicchetpunarAyAntaM nainaM dUramanuanuvRddhi .. Vod. Increa.sing in regular ratio.. vrajet Ram.2.10.50.-2 To visit in order, Neck. -3 Togo anuvelam ind. Ever and anon, constantly; iti sma / to or near'; betake oneself to; mRgA mRgaiH sajamanuvrajanti Pt. 1. 282. deer herd or associate with deer. -4 To obey, pRcchatyanuvelamAhataH R.3.53; Si. 3.79. | todo homage to. anuvellit| [vella-ktam ] Bent in conformity with; anuvrajanam,-vrajyA Following, going after, especially bent under. -tam Securing with bandages, bandaging, igng' / a departing guest; AsanAvasathau zayyAmanuvrajyAmupAsanAm asort of bandage (vraNalepanabandhabhedaH) one of the 14 kindsi Ms. 3. 107. mentioned by Susruta. anuvya . [ anuvyayati anugacchati vye-ka] Following STATIFU pot. p. To be followed as by the relatives of a dead person to the cemetery. (anugata); vyamivAma: Katy. (nyagbhUmi prAptA iva). anuvyaJjanam A secondary token. / anuvrata . [anukUlaM vrataM karma yasya] 1 Devoted or faithful to, rAjAno rAjaputrAzca dhRtarASTramanuvratAH Mb.3.35.30. attached anuvyadh + P. 1 To hit or pierce again; viddhamanuvibhyataH to (with ace. or rem.); abhyagacchadadInAtmA damayantImanuvrataH Mb. Ms.9.48. -2 To wound, pierce%3; kAmazarAnuviddhaH &c. 3.1.27. priyatamA kA anuvratA Bh.2.1033; vaizyAH kSatramanuvratAH -3 To fill or mix with, blend with, see anuviddha below. Ram. -2 Duly performing the vows or duties pre-4 To impel, urge. scribed opp. 37947) Bhag. 8. 15. 35. a: A class of anuviddha pp. 1 Pierced, bored; kITAnuviddharatnAdi- Jaina ascetics. -tA A devoted virtuous wife (pativratA); sAdhAraNyena kAvyatA S.D. -2 Overspread, intertwined; rakta bhaTe raNamukhe rudhireNa tAsman raktA bhavatyamarayoSidanuvratana; vizvasurrounded, full of 3 pervadod by, roplete or filled guNAdarzacampU 379. with, abounding in, mixed or blended with, intermixed; / 377fach a. Accompanied with, or bought for, a sarasijamanuviddhaM zaivalenApi ramyam 5.1.20; kacitprabhAlepibhirindra hundred; tathAvidhInuzatikaH zatAnIkasya saadhkH| jAnAti yuddhasaMbhAra nIlamatAmayI yaSTirivAnaviddhA R. 13.54 interwoven with kAryayogyaM ca sainikama Salon) 13.degAdiH iss of words or emeralds; 16.48,6. 18; alake bAlakundAnuviddham M. 07: TU mentioned in P. VII. 3. 20, where both members saurabhya Mk. 1: kopAnuviddhAM cintAM nATayan Mu.85 Ku.3.35% + undergo Vriddhi. anuzatikAdInAM ca. pANDutAnuviddhava dehacchavi: DR. 1123 137:Mal.1. -3Connected with, relating to; adhering to; dezavArtAnuviddhA saMkathA anuzaya, -zayin &c. See under anuzI. Dk. 117,124; udgRrNaloSTalaguDaiH parito'nuviddham Si.5.25 chased, | anuzaraH [ anu-zRNAti. zU-ac] A gort of evil-spirit, closely followed or pursued. - 4 Set, inlaid ; variegated; Raksasa. ratnAnuviddhArNavamekhalAyA dizaH sapatnI bhava dakSiNasyAH R.6.63, 14: ___ anuzastram [anugataM zastraM zastrArthe prayuktam ] Anything used Sit.19. (for the time being ) instead of a regular instrument, anuvedhaH, -vyAdhaH1 Hurting, piercing, perforating; such as a finger-nail; a secondary weapon or instruna hi kITAnuvedhAdayo ratnasya ratnatvaM vyAhantumIzAH S. D. 1. ment. -2 Contact, union; mukhAmodaM madirayA kRtAnuvyA dhamudaman anuzAlA An ante-chamber, aspecial kind of hall; Si. 2. 20.-3 Blending, mixture; fusion. -4 Obstructing. anuzAlA ca madhye ca caikabhAgena bhadrakam Mina.26. 19. anuvyavasAyaH ( In Nyaya) Consciousness of the anuzAs 2 P. 1 (4) To advise, persuade, prevail perception; (in Vedanta Phil.) perception of a senti upon, address; iti dhruvecchAmanuzAsatI sutAM zazAka menA na ment or judgment. niyantumudyamAta Ku.b.53 pUrvAnuziSTAM nijagAda bhojyAm R. 6.5). anuvyAkhyAnam [ anurUpaM vyAkhyAnam ] That which (6) To direct, tell, order, enjoin, to teach, instruct (how commonts on and explains Mantras, Sutras&e. to act); dazarathaprabhavAnuziSTaH R. 13.75; batse tvamadhunA'nuzAsanI For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #128
anuzAsaka 110 .. .... yAsi .4; rAjapatnIniyogambamanuzAdhi purIjanam Bk. 20.173 ko nu khalu mAmevamanuzAsti V.4 tells, directs: maghavA banagamanAya kRtabuddhiM bhavantamanuzAsti V.Itella, directs3 mANavakaM dharmamanuzAfta Sk.; Ms. 6. 86.-2 To rule, yovern. -3 To chastise, punish, correct ; iyameva tAvatprathamamanuzAsanIyA Ve.2; arikulamanuzAsanIyam 33 svakama khyApayanbrayAnmAM bhavAnanuzAstviti Ms. 11. 299, 9.283. -4 To praise, extol. -5 To accomplish, perform, execute. anuzAsaka,-zAsin ,-zAstR or zAsita a. One who directs, instructs, governs or punishes%3; kavi purANamanuzAsitAram By. 8.) ruler; eSa corAnuzAsI rAjeti bhayAdutpatitaH V. 4. STT TIETH Advice, persuasion, direction, order. command; instruction, laying down rules or precepts ; a law, rule, precept; treatment (of a subject), (with the object in comp. or with gen., the agent, if expressed, being put in the instr. or gem.); etadvai bhadramanuzAsanasya Rv. 10. 32.7. etadanuzAsanam Tait. Up. 7.9.7. bhavatyadhikSepa ivAnuzAsanam Ki. 1.28 words of advice; tanmanoranuzAsanam Ms. 8. 139; 6.50; 2. 1593 yauvana K. 1463; nAmaliGga laying down rules on the gender of nouns, explanation of gender &c.; zabdAnuzAsanam Sk.; zabdAnAmanuzAsanamAcAryasya AcAryeNa vA P. II. 3.66 8k. -Comp. -para . obedient. -parvan N. of the 13th book of the Mahabharata (so called because it lays down precepts of advice). anuzAstiHf. Advice. anuziSTa u. 1 educated; sa preti kSetrabidAnuziSTaH Rv. 10. 32. 7. Bhig.5.9.4; tasmAt putramanuziSTaM lokyamAhuH Br. Up. 1.5.17. -2 questioned iti tenAnuziSTastu vAcaM mandamudIrayat Ram. 6. 30. 4. -3 Directed ; eSa dharmAnuziSTo bo yatInAM niyatAtmanAm Ms. 7.86, 9.233. anuziSTiH f. Instruction, teaching : order, command. anuzikSin a. Practising, learning. anuzizuH / . [ anugatA zizunA ] An animal followed by its young one. gaft 2 A. 1 To lie or sleep with, sleep along with: lio upon, close or along: lay oneself down to adhere to or follow closely, cling or stick to; sata cAnuzete hi tiSThantamanutiSThati / anudhAbati dhAvantaM karma pUrvakRtaM naram // Subhasita. -2 To repent, grieve for; dattamiSTamapi nAnvazeta sa: Si. 14.45% purAnuzete tava caJcalaM manaH Ki.8.8. anuzayaH [zI-ac] 1 Repentance, remorse; regret, sorrow; nanvanuzayasthAnametat Mal.8; kutaste'nuzayaH M.3 why should you be sorry; bASpaM pramRjya vigatAnuzayo bhaveyam 5.7.25 ito gatasyAnuzayo mA bhUditi V.4: tataH sapatnApanayasmaraNAnuzayaspharA Si. 2. 14. -2 Intense enmity or anger; zizupAlo'nuzayaM paraM gataH Si. 16.2; yasminnamuktAnuzayA sadaiva jAgarti bhujaGgI Mal. 6.1. -3 Hatred. -4 Close connection, as with a consequence; close attachment (to any object ). 30 tvanyo guNaH zreSTazcyutAnAM svargato mune| zubhAnuzayayogena mnussyessuupjaayte|| anuzravika 23 Mb.3.261. 33. -8( In Vedant: Phil.) The result or consequence of bad deeds which vory closely clings to them and makes the soul enter other bodies after enjoying temporary freedom from recurring births; (svargArthakarmaNo bhuktaphalasya avazeSaH kazcidanuzayo nAma bhANDAnusArisnehavata, yathA hi snehabhANDaM biricyamAnaM sarvAtmanA na ciricyate bhANDAnusAryaba kazcit snehazeSo'vatiSThate tathAnuzayo'pi Tv.). -6 Regret in the case of purchases, technically called rescission; krItvA vikrIya bA kiJcidyasyehAnuzayo bhavet Ms.8.222; Hee kItAnuzaya. ef. ......anuzayo dveSe pazcAttApAnubandhayoH and...... anuzayo dIrghadveSAnutApayoH Nm. -yI A disease of the feet, a sort of boil or abscess on the upper part. anuzayAna . Regretting &c. -nA A variety of heroine (parakIyanAyikAbhedaH); me who in had and dejeeted, being apprehensive of the loss of her lover (iSTahAnijanitAnutApavatI). anuzayin a. 1 Devotedly attached to, faithful. -2 Repentant, penitent, regretful, sorry. -3 Hating intensely. -4 Connected as with a consequence. -5 Enjoying the fruits of deeds; epithet of the soul. anuzAyin a. Lying or extending along. m. Life%; yazcAnuzAyinAM svarga: pAkhaNDasya ca saMbhavaH Bhig. 2.8.22. See anuzayin . anuzItam ind. In cold. anuzIlanam Intent or assiduous application, constant pursuit or exercise, constant or repeated practice or study; vijJAtasArANyanuzIlanena Ki. 16.28. anuzIlita . Assiduously practised, repeatedly done, carefully attended to or studied. anuzuca 1 P. To bevail, mourn over, regret; gatAsUnagatAsuMzca nAnuzocanti paNDitAH Bg.2. 11. kathaM tameva caurahatakamanuzocasi Mk.3; naSTaM mRtamatikAntaM nAnazocanti paNDitAH Pt. 1.383 : zaizavaM te smRtvAtmAnamanuzocAmi .3333; virAjamAnI zoke'pi tanayAnanuzocatam Ve.5.4 condole with, weep with. -Cans. To mourn over, deplore, grieve for, rigret ; tRNamiva bane zUnye tyaktA na vApyanuzocitA U. 3. 32 nor was she (her loss ) regretted. anuzucikA A ceremony enjoined by the Vedas (!). anuzokaH, -zocanam Sorrow, repentance: rogret; anuzu( zo )citam in the same sense anuzocaka, -zocin 4.1 Regrotful, penitent -2 Causing regret. anuthu P. 1 To hear (-zru) nAnuzuzruma jAtvetat MR. 9. 100%; tadyathAnuzrUyate Pt. 1 heard, related. -2 To hear repeatedly as from a sacred authority, hand down as by Vedic tradition. anuzravaH Vedic or sacred tradition. anuzravika a. Known from the Sastrras; (Patalijala Togadarsane 1, 15) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #129
anuzlokam 111 anuSThAnam .. 31 3 2 ftad, 916, for 37 ] A Kind of Sama (181a: C:) 1955 (75) 1 P. To adhere or cling to, follow closely.-- **. - Tud) 1 To stick, cliny, adhere to, he attached to (fig. also ); Hart a sgma Dk. 43; sometimes occurring as 3199 (from sas also); yadA hi nendriyArtheSu na karmasvanuSajjate Bg. 6.4; 18. 10, -2 To be supplied from a preceding rule or statement. -Uan. 1 To fasten or attach (some thing) to.-2 To supply (35 an elliptical expression); iti padamatrAnuSajanIyam. 31975- adv. In continuous or close order, one after another. TT 1 Connected with, closely related or attached to; facto: fa#19: Mv. 2 constant, everarisiny. -2 Clinging or adhering to actively used ); POT T RUTH 3gp & Mb.; E facente Harsta d U. 1. 2 constantly preying on the heart; mandAkinIpavitramekhalam Mv.4. 3117: 1 Close adherence or attendance; comice tion, conjunction, association; RITTE T-arski2rc gerah Mb. 5. 162. 35. Teatro fra U. 7. good things closely follow one another (come close upon one another). -2 Coalition, commixture.-3 Connection of word with word. -4 A word or words repeated from the context to supply an ellipsis. cf. 3194 ca 477fa64 SB. on MS. 6. 1.5. -5 Necessary consequence, inovitable result. -6 Connection of a subsequent with a previous act. -7 Incidental mention or relation (797 ). -8 Yearning, eager longing. -9 Compassion, pity, tenderness. -10 (In Nyaya ) Connecting together the upanaya or application and nigamana or conclusion by the use of the pronoun (3494914F4322 feria 371H ). -11 Tho nasals von neuted with certain roots ending in consonants; 1. VII. 1. 59. Sk. -12 An ellipsis. A mode of interpreting an incomploto sentence by supplying the required word or words from the immediate context. This mode is admissible only if there is no break ( at). This corresponds to the principle known as 450 (in grammar) on which a word or expression from a preceding sUtra is read in the succeeding sUtra or sUtras. FT9 111 4: 47TTI SB. on. MS. 4. 4.7. 3 7 . a. Following as a necessary result, consoquent; concomitant, adhering to, connected with. TEST, a. 1 Connected with, adhering or sticking to; 37-ft of 927 fro Si. 17. 57. -2 Following as a necessary connequenco; UU 5 TG Hafa Bh. 3. 76. -3 Rolated or applica blo to, common, provailing 3192 19); 98** *4 T 72719 Ms.7.52; faydu Parc : Ki. 6.3connected with, natural to, greatness. 4 Addicted to, dovoted or attached to, fond of. TTT4 Concord, grammatical connection or agreement. 37TTU<<. Being conformable to truth; achat 377mi tafazh Ry. 3. 26. 1. 199*:,- Rewatering, sprinkling over again. ggfa: f. Praise ( in due order ). 319941P.(Cap) To praise after, follow in praising. anuSTum ). [anu nirantaram stubhyate'nayA anuSTup vAk] 1 Following in praise; speech. -2 Sarasvati. -3 N. of a class of metres consisting of four Padas of 8 syllables each, the whole stanza consisting of 32 syllables so called because it follows with its praise i. e. rufa the Gayatri, which has 3 Padas ), 3170C94. In later metrical systeme it stands as a general name for all metres which have 8 syllables in each foot (the highest possible number being computed to be 256 ); paJcamaM laghu sarvatra saptamaM dvicturthyoH| guru SaSThaM ca pAdAnAM zeSeSvaniyamo all which rule is sometimes violated. 37H AIA 34eta Rv. 10. 130. 4. 3yy 1 U. ( 1) 1 To do, perform or carry out, execute, attend to order, duty &c.); bring about, effect, accomplish business); aiagra T 972 fafcareer Mb. 3. 267. 11. faldeaf-afayt Ku. 7. 1, 1. 17; f agfa HarT ATTIT: S. 7; 3194 3: niyogo'nuSThIyatAmiti 5.13 ye me matamidaM nityamanutiSTanti mAnavAH Bg. 3. 31 follow; trangrag v. 5 do as your papa ordersanutiSThasvAtmano niyogam M. 1 look or attend to your own duty, do your business. -2 To follow, prac tise, observo (98, a &c.); commit (a sin). -8 To rule, govern, superintend; appoint. -4 To stand by or near with loc. ); T12disastett a Ms. 11.112; sit on; occupy; anuSTAsyati rAmasya sItA prakRtamAsanam Rim. -5 To follow, go after lit.); talaglagla Ram.; IT of H a giagra Subhas.; follow, oboy. -6 To imitato, tread in; padaM cehAnutiSTanti pUrveSAM pUrvajaiH kRtam Bhag. -7 (Intrans.) () To place or put oneself on, be in a position, present oneself. (7) To remain continue. () To be engaged in religious ceremonies (muttering prayers &c.); lagat AlamTH M.5. 19 a. [51--999] Standing after or in succession. Tur a. Standing after, in succession ; 377 e afor fear fage 31772t: qug for Rv. 1. 04. 10. , -grira <<. Doing, performing, excouting &c.; one who undertakes or begins. 4 1 Doiny, performance, practice, execution, accomplishment &c.; obeying, acting in conformity to; Eva ausgera4 S. t. practice of religious austerities; #sst 4 yeah Pt. 1; Henaregia : For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #130
anuSThApaka anusamaya: grafa: f. Continued succession, continuity; 3gaafatita: Tart Si. IST 3 U. 1 To search into or after, look after, inquire into, investigato, explore, ex: mine, ascertain ; prasavayogya sthAnamanusaMdhIyatAm 11.3: yastakeMNAnusaMdhatte sa dharma veda netaraH Ms. 12. 106. -2 To calm, compose, quiet ; 3116 11 1 7 II. 1.-3 To think of, aim at, refor or allude to, consider, deliberate; m agazala II. 3; H T#1 91114 My. 6 after deliberation, or because I aimed at it; Schattgratia 1994 arh II. 3 let is consider what is before us, (turn to the matter in hand); 397...sta gri s Malli. on Ku. 1. 21 should be sought or reforrod to. -4 To plan, arrange; prepare, set in order ; *ATTE, STRIHT# 4 .3. -5 To follow, go after, attend, accompany; Tu atra: Mu. 6; font: 1997 mAmanusaMdhAtum M. 1etau tau mAmanusaMdhattaH Mk.2 are after me. - To take up, follow, continue; 1925qayta: K. 240 following, making up the unfinished Frashtraua sa Pt. 2.95; ageni w ay herha: H. 1. 99; Targura ar Kau. A. 1.6.-2 Commencing, undertaking, engaging in; af ATT HE acogera 478 Pt. 1. -3 Commencement or course of conduct, procedure, course of action; 24997 HTEET: fa Y U. 5. 21. -4 Practice of religious rites or ceremonies, any religious rite or ceremony ; ffragerfecta F91544TH U. 1.8; My. 4. 33. - Performance, doing lo. -Comp. -TICH 'the body of action ; (according to the Sankhya doctrine) the intermediate body between the sUkSma or subtle and the sthUla or gross body. 341919 d. Causing to perform. gettah Causing to do an act. gera a. Doing, performing. arga p. p. Done, performed, accomplished &c.; practised, followed, &c.; de faze TIET&Hagar: Ram. 1.7. 12. f e a9ra art: great: Ku. 6. 29 brought a bout; 791red that being done, thereupon ; begun, undertaken ; 7 i 4 144reah Ram. (used actively ) following, practising: Ms. 10. 127. stafg:-: 1.[-] Proper order, succession (used only in instr.); "y, 317891, 3 in proper order, duly, immediately, properly; immerliate, direct. 1944, -grau pt. p. To be offected, performed; followed, done conformably to; f a ge M. 5 what to do with. fufe for at f49- micchAmi Mu. 1. TTCT a. 1 Not hot, cold, chilly; that : 1. 12. 62. -2 Apathetic; lazy, sluggish (3957). TOT: Cold touch or sensation. -EOT N. of a stream. -TUTE A water-lily, blue lotus ( 304). -Comp. -3rafta a. Neither hot nor cold. T: (-uray) having cold rays, the moon, also camphor. afgir N. of a plant efici. at . [ 2014, a urea: ] Accompanied by food. 974 r. 1 Through or after food. -2 According to food; after every sacrifice. -2 Voluntarily, according to one's will. TETT: A hind wheel. Sat. Br. STATTUTH Concealing in order or succession. Til'. 1 To walk alongside, follow, join. -2 To pursue, noek after. -3 To visit, go towards or to. 4 To penetrate, cross, traverse. -5 To become assimilated. TATTOH Following, pursuing. -r. At every occasion of coming. 32 a 8 U. 1 To extend everywhere; to diffuse, spread about. overspread. 39474 39 aaFifa 152014. Bg. 15. 2. -2 To continue, join in. THY 1 Inquiry, investigation; close inspection or scrutiny, examination ; Mv. 7. -2 Aiming at. II. -3 Planning, arranging, getting ready &c.; gizar Fat Fraih H. 3 equipping with the necessary materials. -- A plan, scheme. -5 Suita ble connection. - In the Vais. Phil.) The 4th step in a sy the 3TA4 or application. S e fert, TT . Investigating, looking after ; skilful in concerting plans. Taika p. p. Inquired into, investigated; connocted with, in accordance or union with, conformable to; ahiMsA sarvadharmAnusaMhitA Mb.; arthadharmAnusaMhitaM vAkyam Ram. - ado. In the Samhita text; according to this text. anusamApanam Regular completion. # 2 P. (deg) 1 To go to or visit successively or in order. -2 To join in following or being guided by. -3 To join, become assimilated. 2: 1 Regular or proper connection, as of words. -2 Doing several details with reference to Several things or persons. This can be done in more ways than one and hence we have three varieties of 319444 (1) 4 i. e. doing one thing with reference to all, then doing the second in the same way and so on. (1) Ferm944 i. e. doing the whole mass of details with reference to one thing first, then doing the same with the second and so on. This is also known as Tulltegh44. (c) 19444 i. e. doing a group of details forming a composite whole ( 4914 ) with reference to one, then doing it with reference to the Herond and so on. It may be noted that when several details are to be performed with reference to For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #131
anusaMbaddhaH 113 anustotram one thing or person, the details are in close proximity with the pradhAna and hence the problem of apapradhAnapratyAsAta does not a rise in such cases. But when several things are to be performed with respect to several things or persons, this 349917TIt can be achieved by following the wait , which, therefore, is to be preferred to the other two words. (This is known as the 414f2449-419.) But when it is found not practicable, the second mode in e. the kANDAnusamaya or ekajAtIyAnusamaya should be adopted, provided that among the details to be performed, thoro are none which together forma composite whole. This is known as Frosta 44.) If, however, there are among the details to be performed some details which form one or more composite wholes, they should be performed together with the first thing or person, then with the second, and so on. Thus in such cases the T21744 should be adopted. This is known as 1744214.) SITE a. Connected with. dela: The cycle of births and deaths. 3195IFTT 1 P. to follow. CETT A widow burning herself on the pyre of | her dead husband. anusargaH A separate creation. 31THTH (also 37497) ind. 1 After a sacrifice. -2 At every sacritice, after a blutions. -3 Every moment. cf. Bhag. 1. 15. 28. STTATA . [ 347a: ] Conciliated, friendly, favourable. TEATA : An officer (?) in charge of a town; sAmantAdisamA ye tu bhRtyA adhikRtA bhuvi / te'nusAmantasaMzAH syU rAjaWETT: FH17 Sukra. 188. STATT w. Every evening. ger A fragrant substance, sandal, aloe &c. 377977 a. Indicative of, pointing out to. 3199 Indication, pointing out. ZE 1 P. 1 To follow (in all senses ); go after, attend, pursuo; to practise, observe; betake oneself to; gafeeragat gfth Me. 30 yo to; afegi 317fdHTTP 59.-2 To yo over or through. -Caus. 1 To lead forward; a 4 d1a 14 Ram. -2 To cause to pursue, follow. ge: A follower, companion, attendant. 39 TOTH 1 following, pursuing, going after, seeking after ; 319017 atat: lear: 1 : Mb. 10. 1.4. # gatu 401H I. 3; 77742deg e raga: Pt. 1. -2 Conformity to, accordance with, consequence of (in instr. or abl.) ECHTA : Me. 86. Custom, usage, habit. $.$. #...14 GETT: 1 Going after, following (fig. also ); pursuit; UGHIT=&a ftofta fe Mk. 1. 17; 1819AU 3100144 S. 7 looking in the direction of the sound; 91FA : Mk. 9.5 following up or tracing fraud. -2 Conformity to, accordance with, suitability, conformity to usage; Tigaida K. 137, 194, 2015 GATTO Y. 2. 1. -3 Custom, usage, established practice; garie :) Ms. 8. 152. 4 Received or established authority, especially of codes of law. -5 Nature, natural condition of anything. -8 Currency, prevalence. -7 Consequence, result. 30era:, TATU (in comp.) In accordance with, conformably to. TAR, - a. Following, pursuing, going after, attendant on; 247Meriat R. 14. 70; au f9fa- S. 1. 6.; 5: 99-11gant Dk. 91; $urga Pt. 1. 278 going after, falling to the lot of. -2 According or conformable to following: & Ms. 7.31. - Seeking, looking out for, investigating, scrutinizing; fed fag : Ms. 7. 102. anusAraNA Going after, pursuit; tasmAtpalAyamAnAnAM faragarTOTA Mb. 319 a. 1 Followed, conformed to; -2 flowing, rolling; turtfeat agerafta Ram. 5.5. 25.-3 Taking shelter with (TTOTT); - CHITTI 15. ofa: f. 1 Going after, following; conforming to, accordance with. -2 ( 39 fa fa TH] An unchaste woman, harlot (). 29991 P. To glide along or after, follow. 2004: A serpent-like being; reptile in general. 3798 a. Created in succession. 310ie: . 1 Creating in order or succession. -2 A ready-witted woman. sada 4. Practising, observing, habitually addicted to gere (4474 ] The rear of an army, rear-guard. 3197* # ind. Having entered or gone into in succession : ST STEHEH Sk. P. III. 4. 56. gratory Strewing or spreading round. -of (PT lyuT ] 1A cover, (AcchAdanam such as leather); anustaraNyA anyag fryd 4781421 Asval. -2 A cow; ( : tadi ciechoralfreda 219raturezza Say.); especially the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony, which enables the departed spirit to safely cross the river of Hell called aaf oft (3990 aaftoft - 347211 2-Foto 29-46 Tv.). STEETH Praising after ; N. of a work relating to the Samaveda. ited to For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #132
anusneham anusneham ind. After adding oil anuspaSTa . Plain, obvious. anuspRz To touch, extend to; anu spRza vRSatA zozucAnaH Rv. 4.4.2. anusphura . Ved. Whizzing (as an arrow ). -sphur To whiz towards ; anu yad gAvaH sphurAnRjipyam Rv. 6.67.11. anusamAhAraH Continuing, following. anusmR 1 P. To remember, think of, call to mind, recollect (with_ace. or gen.); varaprArthanAmanusmRtya S. 1; yadaiva anusmRtaM devena 5. 7. tasmAtsarveSu kAleSu mAmanusmara yudhya ca Bg. 8 7; vyapagatamadarAgasyAnusasmAra lakSmIm Ki. 4. 38. -Caus. To remind ( painfully ), cause to remember with regret muhuranusmarayantamanukSapaM tridAhamApatisevinaH KI. 3. 14. anusmaraNam 1 Rocollection, reamnernbering--8 Repeated recollection. anusmRtiH / 1 Cherished recollection; thinking of ; anusmRtebIdariH S. B. 1.2.30 - 2 Thinking of one thing to the exclusion of others. anusyUta [ sivU--]] 1 Woven together rega larly and uninterruptedly. -2 Sewn on, fastened to. -3 Closely attached or linked to. anusvAnaH 1 Sounding conformably to. -2 An after-sound; echo; see anuraNana and K. P. 4 ( 36 ). anusvAra [1-a svarAH svaravarNa evaM svArAH, anugataH svArAn Tv. ] The nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line (') and which always belongs to a proceding vowel ; anunAsikAtparo'nusvAraH P. VIII. 3. 4. - yavAyaH Separation between two sounds caused by an anusvAra. anuhaca: Inviting, stirring up. anuhuka 8 U To roar in imitation of, reply to; anu hi gomAyuktAni besarI Si. 16. 25. anuhuGkAraH Roaring in imitation. anuha 1. 1 To imitate, resemble; dehabandhena svareNa ca rAmabhadramanuharati U 4; brIDitasya lalitaM yuvatInAM kSIbatA bahuguNairanujahe Ki. 9.67, sometimes with gon. of person ; mAturanuharati Sk.; see below. -2 To take after (one's parents ), to always imitate their nature ( A. in this sonse.) ( gatatAcchIlye ); paitRkamazvA anuharante mAtRkaM gAvaH P. I. 3. 21 Vart.; ( gataM prakAraH piturmAtuzcAgataM prakAraM satataM parizIlayanti Sk. ) anuharaNam, hAraH Imitation, resemblance, similarity. anuhArya pot. p. To be imitated. Monthly obsequies on the Darsa or now moon day (ef. anvAhArya ). anuhoDa: A cart (!) 114 anUkaH -kam [ anu-uc samavAye ka nipAtaH kutvam ; or fr. ac with anu ] 1 the backbone, spine ( vakrathAdhAraH AyataH / pRSThAsthivizeSaH ) : sadaM cAnUkaM ca gRhapateH Ait Br. (where | anUSa Say. remarks anUkaM mUtravastiH syAt sAsnetyeke vadanti ca ). -2 A kind of sacrificial vessel; according to some, the back part of the altar; ayugmAgaNamadhyamAnUke. -3 Former birth or state of existence. -kam 1 Family, race. -2 Disposition, temperament; character, peculiarity of race; vyAdharkSanakulAnUkaiH paittikA hi narAH smRtAH Susr. cf. anUkamastriyAM vaMze zIle ca gatajanmani Nm. -kA / N. of an Apsaras; Hariv. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anUkyam Backbone; grIvAbhyasta uSNihAbhyaH kIkasAbhyo anUkyAta Rv. 10. 163.2. anUkAzaH [ anu-kAz ghaJ upasargasya dIrghatvam ] 1 Reflection (of light). -2 Regard, reference, illustration. anUkti, anUcAna &c. See under anuvac. anUcIna . [ amba-kha] Vol. Coming after anUcInA jIvitA mAnuSebhyaH Rv. 4. 54.2. aham day after day, on the following day; 'garbha ( go ) born in successive order. anUcyam The plank or board on the side of a bed (dakSiNatira nRtya nara) animAtrANi Airlic. ( anucye pArzvadravartinI phalake say.) anUjji Vod. To be victorious after anISomayojita manUjjeSam Vaj. 2. 15. = anUDha. 1 Not borne or carried. -2 Unmarried ; parivettAnujo'nUDhe jyeSThe dAraparigrahAn Ak -DhA An unmarried woman. -Comp. -mAna " bashful, modest, gamanam (deg DhAdeg) Fornication. -bhrAtR m. (a) 1 the brother of an unmarried woman -2 the brother of the concubine of a king. anUtiH [ni na na ] Not oming or going to aid ) ('anAgamanam ) anUtI hirizipraH satvA Rv. 6. 29.6. anUdakam Want of water drought, aridity yathA varSamanUda anudeza: Doweribing mentioning wecording to or conformably with. S. D. X. 7). yathAsakhyamanRddeza uddiSTAMnA krameNa yat S. D. 732. anUdya, anUdita &c. See under anuvad. anUna a. 1 Not inferior, not less ( with abl. expressed or understood); not wanting or lacking in (with instr.); vRndAvane caitrarathAdanUne R. 6. 50; anUnasAraM niSadhAnnagendrAt 18. 1; AkRtipratyayAdenAmanUnavastuko saMbhAvayAmi M. 1 of no inferior atul imAmanUnAM surameravehi 1 2 54 gugeranUnAm 6. 37 kiMcidUnamanUnadhaiH R. 101. -2 Full, whole, entire; large; maharSabhaskandhamanUkandharam Ki. 14.40 great Si. 4. 11 ( before adjectives ) very nitambaH 8. D. cmooslively big or heavy. -3 Having full power. For Private and Personal Use Only anUpa a. [ anu-apa Udanordeze P. VI. 3.98, anugatAH ApaH yasmin ] Situated near water, watory, rich or abounding in water, wet, marshy jalaprAyamanUpaM syAtpuMsi kacchastathA

Page #133
anUSya vidhaH Amar. -paH, -pam 1 A watery place or country ; syandanAcaiH same yudhdanRpe naudvipaistathA Ms. 7. 192; Y. 3. 42; zaure rUpA nRpamapAharanmanaH Si. 12. 44. nAnAdrumalatA vIrunnirjhara prAMtazItalaiH / netAsahiyavAdibhiH 8 N. of a particular country (-pAH pl.); tAmagrataH anUparAjasya vidhAya R. 6. 37. -3 A marsh, bog. - A pond or tank of water. -5 Bank or side ( of a river, mountain ); sAgarAtparvatAnUpAt Ram.; nadI goyutAnUpAM atarat bid 6 A buffalo. - 7 A frog. -8 A kind of partridge. 9. An elephant. Comp. -jam moist ginger. -prAya . marshy boggy. anUSya . [ anUpe deze bhavaH, yat ] Being in a pond or bog. anUbandhya Ved. To be fastened as a sacrificial animal zAmanupamAsameta Sat. Br. anuvandhyadevA Aival. anUyAja, anUrAdha = anuyAja, anurAdha, anUru . [ na. ba. ] Thighlone. apUrNaDArupo bhavan Bm 1. 101. -ru: Arupa, the charioteer of the sun (who is represented as having no thighs); the dawn ; see aruNa. -Comp. -sArathiH the sun ( having anUru for his chariotoor); garibImAra Si. 1. 2. anUrjita a. 1 Nct strong, weak, powerless. -2 Free from pride. anUrdhva a. Not high, low; bhAs Ved. whose splendour does not rise, who lights no (sacred) fires. anUrmi a. 1 Not waving, unruffled by waves, not fluctuating. -2 Inviolable. anUlA N. of a river in Kashmir. anUvRj m. Ved. A part of the body near the ribs. anUSara a 1 Saline, the same as USara; ef uttama and anuttama -2 Not saline. anUha . Thoughtle earls bali Bhag. 3. 5. 48. anukka a. See anRc below. anukSara a. Ved. Thornless (as a path or couch ) anRkSarA RjavaH santu panthAH Rv. 10. 85. 23. anucca . [ na. ba. ] 1 Without a hymn, not containing a verse from the Rigveda anRk sAma P. V. 1. 74 Sc. -2 [ nAsti Rk abhyastatayA yasya ac samAsaH ] Not conversant with, not studying the Rigveda, one not invested with the sacred thread and hence not yet entitled to study the Vedas (as a boy ); dvivedAzcaikavedAzcApyanRcazca tathApare Mb. 3. 149 28. yathA cAjJe'phalaM dAnaM tathA vipro' nRco'phala: Ms. 2. 158; anRco mANavaka: Mugdha. (In this ease the form should properly be anRca; anRcabahUvacAvadhyetayaiva Sk.; but sometimes anRc also in the same sense; cf. tathA'nuce havirdatvA na dAtA labhate phalam Ms. 3. 142; sahasraM hi sahasrANAmanRcAM yatra bhuJjane 131 ) ; anuka also in the same sense. 115 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aneka anraju . Not straight, crooked; (fig.) unfair, wicked, dishonest ; na pANipAdacapalo na netracapalo'nRjuH Ms. 4. 177; P. V. 2. 75 Sk. anRNa a. Free from debt, who has paid off the debt (due to another ) with gen. of person or thing; enAmanRNAM karomi S. 1; tatrAnRNAsmi e. 7; prANairdazarathaprItera nRNam (gRdhram) R. 12.54; Mv. 5.58; pitRRNAmanRNa: Ms. 9.106; 6. 94. Every one that is born has three debts to pay off - to Sages, Gods, and the Manes; ef. jAyamAno brAhmaNastribhirvA jAyate brahmacaryeNArSibhyaH, yajJena devebhyaH, prajayA pitRbhyaH ; he, therefore, who learns the Vedas, offers sacrifices to Gods, and begets a son, becomes (free form_debt ); eSa vAnRNaH yaH putrI yajvA brahmacArIvAsI; of also RSideva tayA sa paarthivH| anuyAyamupeyivAnbabhau parighermukta ivoSNadIdhitiH // R. 8. 30. anRNatA, AnRNyam Freedom from debt; 'tAkRtyenApakAraM kariSyAmi Pt. 5 do harm by way of retaliation or injury: bhatri priyairbharturAvRSyamanirgataH M. 3.111 yena svAmiprasAdasya anRNatAM gacchAma: Pt. 1 repay or requite the favour of our lord. anUNina . anUSa ekamapyakSaraM yastu guruH ziSye pRthivyAM nAsti tad idAso'nRgI bhanet // anRta . [ na. ta. ] 1 Not true, false ( words ) ; dhanam Ms. 4. 170 wrongly got; priyaM ca nAnRtaM brUyAt 4. 138. - tam Falschood, lying, cheating deception, fraud ; satyAnRte avapazyaJjanAnAm Rv. 7. 49.3; anRtaM jIvitasyArthe vadanna spRzyate'nRtaiH Mb. 7. 190 47; 1. 74. 105; 8.69.65. RtAnRte Ms. 1. 2); sAkSye'nRtaM vadan 8. 97; oft in comp. ; pazu, bhUmi, goLa, puruSa. giving false evidence in the matter of &c.; Ms. 9. 71; cf. also paJca kanyAnRte hanti daza hanti gavAnRte / zatamazvAnRte hanti sahasraM puruSAnRte // Pt. 3. 108. anRta personified is the son of adharma and hiMsA, husband and brother of nikRti, father of bhaya, naraka, mAyA and vedanA. Vismu P. 2 Agriculture kRSi iti kozAt AmiSe yacca pUrveSAM rAjasaM ca malaM bhRshm| anRtaM nAma tad bhUtaM kSiptena gf|| Ram. 7-74. 16. (opp. ); Occupation of a Vaidya (vANijya) satya vANijyaM tena caivApi jIvyate Ms. 4.5. -Comp. -deva a. whose gods are not true ( Say.) ; yadi vAmanRtadeva Asa Rv. 7. 104. 14; not playing fairly (?) -caMdanam, -bhASaNam - AkhyAnam lying, falschood. - vAdin vAc .. a liar udvijante yathA sarpAnarAdanRtavAdinaH Ram. 2.103.12. vrata a false to one's vows or promises. anu(ti) - anuti. Iping a liar naimAnAnRtiko na hiMsra : Bu. ch. 2.11. anRtuH [ na. ta. ] 1 Unfit season, improper or premature time: anRtau cAbhradarzane Ms. 4. 101. -2 Time before menstruation. -Comp. - kanyA a girl before menstruation. aneka . 1 Not one; inore than one, many : anekapitRpitRbhAgakalpanA Y. 2. 12), aneka jayarAma Ki. 1. 16; several, various; tathAtmaiko'pyanekazca V. 3. 114. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #134
aneka 116 anaikAntika ............... ..................... . ......... . .............. .......... -2 Separated; divided ; oft. in comp.; 0379 having (the unknown quantities a'. y. 2. &c. being represented many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform a in Sanskrit by colours nIla, kAla &c.); degsamIkaraNam simulseveral times, many a time and oft.; tu having taneous equation; QUTTA, 7HHH, Pat: multiplimore wives than one. -Comp. 37TC-37 a. having cation, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. more than one vowel or syllable; polysylla bic. -379 a. -faret a. various, different. -7% a. cloven-hoofed. 1 engaged in several pursuits. - 2 not concentrated - a. synonymous. -ATTITUT a. common to many, or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; # the common property of many persons Dk. 83. HEGUT A TE H Ram. 2. 41. 31. -3770 a. ___ anekadhA ind. In various ways, variously; jagatkRtsnaM 1 [7. a.] not alone so as to exclude all others, * Bg. 11. 13. uncertain, doubtful, varia ble; ufu a 1997 -2 = 39 h q. v. (Fa:) 1 unsettled condition, anekazaH ind. [vIpsAthai kArake zas] 1 Several or many absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness.! times, frequently; 3 farfar in Bk. 2. 52. -3 an unossential part, as the several anubandhas. -2 In various ways or manners. -3 In large numbers Parc: scepticism. alat m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an or quantities ; putrA anekazo mRtA dArAzca I. 1.. Arhat of the Jainas. -30 a. 1 having many more F I a. Not alone, accompanied by. than one ) meanings, homonymous; as the worde , amRta, akSa&c.3; "tvam Capacity to express more senses Start a. ( 7 TETT ] Not moviny, immovable; of the than ono; 3Fca2124 SB. on MS. 7. 3. 55. same form, epithet of Brahman or the Supreme Soul 319 V T ( K.P.2.-2 having the sense of the word ) 377 4 # FF 74: Is. Up. 4. 31714.-3 having many objects or purposes. (-:) a or To make or be manifold; to divide multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -39 a. having or be divided into. more than one T (letter) P. I. 1. 55.-31T2TU, Tag: A foolish or stupid person, dolt, fool. -Comp. - fara a. (in Vaie. Phil.) dwelling or a biding in - a. 1 deaf and dumb; "Faleza o THE K. more than one such as 91T, FAU); masafa TOT: P.7.-2 blind. cf. 3 4 : Nm. -3 dishonest, Bhasa. P.; dependence upon more than one. I m. fraudulent, wicked, perverse. doing much', N. of Siva. TuT a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; fatur4 THETH Ki. 6.37. To: Braet a. Ved. 1 Not to be blamed; praiseworthy, N. of a king; offiatges: K. 3. - a. belonging chief (1967, 991). -2 Not near; infinite. to two familien (Ruch as a boy when adopted ) at a. Sinless, faultless Say.); without a variei. r. that of his own, and that of his adoptive gated set of horses); tant at A1 TT 3+1 Rv. 6.66.7. father. -ERT a. gregarious. - a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; anta ra agradarta: Ram. taa. Sinless, blameless; not liable to error. 6. 24. 26. 2: not following the counsels of 37# One who has no superior", a sovereign or one; H. 4. 31.-3T a. born more than once. (-:) paramount lord. a bird THOTY dalt).-9: an elephant so called Saha <<. Ved. Praiseworthy. because he drinks with his trunk and mouth ); cf. fas; patietuer R. 5, 47. ; Si. 5.35, 12. 75. -2-9 a. aneva ind. Otherwise; evAnevAba sA garat Av. 16. 7.4. multi-numbered; having many component members as TEE a. [7 ua, 7-5, CT: geree: + E in a Bahuvrihi compound). e. g. 76% 34 para sa Un. 4.223] (lit.) Not killed or destroyed or obstruct ERYTHI SB. on MS. 10. 6. 4. - 1 a. Having ad; Ved. without a rival, incomparable, unattainmore wives than one. He a. (eft f.) a. 1 having a ble, inaccessible; unobstructed, not liable to be hurt or many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, injured; Tua dal 3&54 Ry. I. 40. 6, 4; 6. 50.3. going in various directions, taking to various ways; -m. (TT-cet &c.) Time (not being liable to be ( a) TTTS ATT Bk. 2. 54. a: 'having destroyed ). cf. F # faceta AETTE Siva. B. many forms', N. of Visnu who assumed various forms 9. 18 also 5.11, 59. Fate garfa fafafaa to deliver the earth from calamities. - lasta, HITHEAT Ram. Ch. 4. 11. fara a. victorious in many battles ; Pt. 3. 9, 11. sratra a. Variable, uncertain, unsteady; -T7a. 1 of various forms, multiform.-2 of various kinds occasional, casual (as a cause not invariably attended or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; 2014 giacm9r Pt. 1. 425. (-93) epithet of the by the same effects. ). Supreme Being. Uta: N. of Siva; also of Indra, statira a. (fit .) 1 Unsteady, uncertain; not and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be heale: to the point, not very important; bhRtyo'bhRtya iti "kametat HAUT &c. - the plural number ; dual also. Pt. 1. -2 ( in Logic) Name of one of the five main -&ut a. involving more than one unknown) quantity i divisions of cathe (fallacies, otherwise called For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #135
anaikyam 117 anta savyabhicAra. It is of three kinds :-- (4) sAdhAraNa, where | jIvalokasukhAnAmantaM yayau K. 59 enjoyed all worldly the hetu is found both in the sapakSa and vipakSa, the argument pleasures; AlokitaH khalu ramaNIyAnAmantaH K.124 end, furthest being therefore too general. (b) asAdhAraNa where the extremity; digante zrUyante Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, SI is in the alone, the argument being not edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; yatra ramyA general enough. (0) anupasaMhArI which embraces every 991: U. 2. 25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; known thing in the , the argument being non odakAntAt snigdho jano'nugantavyaH5.4; upavanAntalatAH R.9.33 conclusive. as far as the borders or skirts 3 vRttaH sa nau saMgatayobanAnte anaikya m 1 Existence of many; absence of oney R. 2. 68, 2. 19; Me. 28. Upper part (zirobhAga); mahAplurality. -2 Want of union, confusion, disorder, hamuktAmaNibhUSitAntam Ram.5.4.30.-3 End of a texture, anarchy. edge,skirt,fringe or hem ofagarment;vastra pavanapranartitAntadeze dukUle .9(by itself in Veda).-4 Vicinity, proximity, anaikAntyam Variable nature. neighbourhood, presence; nAdhIyIta zmazAnAnte prAmAnte MR. anaitihyam Absence of traditional sanction or 4. 116%3 Y.2.1623; jalAnte chandasAM kuryAdutsarga vidhivad bahiH authority, or that which is without such sanction; 1. 143; gaGgAprapAtAntavirUDhazaSpam (gahvaram ) R. 2. 26; puMso anAgatamanaitiAM kathaM brahmAdhigacchati Mb. 12. 239. 2. yamAntaM vrajataH P. 2. 115 going into the vicinity or ano ind. No, not; abhAve na hyano nApi Ak. presence of Yama; anyonyAmantraNaM yatsyAjjanAnte tajjanAntikam S. D.; yAM tu kumArasyAnte bAcamabhASathAstAM me hi Sat. Br. anokazAyin m. (yI) Not sleeping in house, a (These four senses are allied). - End, conclusion, beggar. termination (opp. Arambha or Adi); sekAnte R. 1.51; anokaha . [an-okas-hA ] Not leaving the house. dinAnte nihitam R.4.1; mAsAnte, pakSAnte, dazAhAnte &c. ekasya -haH [ anasaH zakaTasya akaM gati hanti, han, Da] A tree; anAkahA duHkhasya na yAvadantaM gacchAmyahaM pAramivArNavasya Pt. 2. 175%; kampitapuSpagandhI 1.2.13%3 5.6). vyasanAni durantAni Ms. 7.45; dazAntamupeyivAna i. 12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); anokRta . 1 Not attended with the saered syllable vyasanaM vardhayatyeva tasyAntaM nAdhigacchati Pt. 2.180% oft. in comp. om, brahmaNaH praNavaM kuryAdAdAvante ca srvdaa| sravatyanokRtaM pUrva parastAca vizIryati || Ms. 2.71. -2 Not accepted. in this sense, and meaning ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'renching to the omd'; tadantaM tasya jIvitam anodana a. Without food (as a vrata). H.1.91 ends in it; kalahAntAni hANi kRvAkyAntaM ca sauhRdam / anovAhya 1. To be eurried in a carriage (anasA kurAjAntAni rASTrANi kukarmAntaM yazo nRNAm // PL.5.76%3; vizAkhAntA vAhyaH). gatA meghA prasUtyantaM ca yauvanam / praNAmAntaH satAM kopo yAcanAntahi anaucityam Unfitness, impropriety; anaucityAdRte nAnya gaurvm|| Subha. phalodayAntAya tapaHsamAdhaye Ku-5.6 ending with drasabhanasya kAraNam K. P. 7. (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; yauvanAntaM vayo yasmin Ku.6.443 R. 11.62,14.41; vipadantA jhavinItasaMpada: Ki.2.523 anaujasyam Want of vigour, energy, or strength; yugasahasrAntaM brAjhaM puNyamaharviduH Ms. 1.73 at the end of 1000 S. D. thus defines it ; daurgatyAdyairanIjasyaM dainya malinatAdikRt . Yugas; 107 2037 Ms. 8. 359 capital punishment anauddhatyam 1 Freedom from pride, modesty, humility. (such as would put an end to life ). -6 Death, destruc-2 Tranquility, plucidity, calmness; nadIranauddhatyamapaGkatA tion; end or close of life; dharA gacchatyantaM Bh. 3.71 goes mahIm Ki.+.22. down to destruction; yogenAnte tanutyajAm R.1.83 ekA teta. Not legitimate, not one's own, adopted bhavetsvastimatI tvadante 2.483 12.75%3 mamApyante 5.63B adya kAntaH (as a son ). kRtAnto vA duHkhasyAntaM kariSyati Udb.: auSadhyaH phalapAkAntAH Ms. 1.46%39 antaM yA To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. ant 1 P. (antati) To bind. -7 ( In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; anta. [am-tan Up.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. ajanta ending in a vowel; 80 halanta, subanta, tiGanta &e. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me. 233; dantojjvalAsu vimalopalame- -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, khalAntAH Si.4.40, (where, however, the ordinary sense or settlement (ot a question); definite or final sottleof' border' or 'skirt 'may do as well, though Malli. ment; pause, final determination, as in frett; renders anta by ramya, quoting the authority of zabdArNava na caiva rAvaNasyAnto dRzyate jIvitakSaye Ram. 6. 107.58 ubhayorapi -'mRtAvavasite ramye samAptAvanta iSyate'). - Lowest, worst. dRSTontastvanayostattvadarzibhiH Bg. 2. 16 (sadasatoH ityarthaH). -5 Youngest. -taH (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, -10 The last portion or the remainder (n. also ); limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last nizAntaH, vedAntaH &c. vedAMzcaiva tu vedAjJAn vedAntAni tathA smRtIH / or extreme point%3 sa sAgarAntAM pRthivIM prazAsti H.4.50 adhItya brAhmaNaH pUrva zaktito'nyAMzca saMpaThet // Brihadyogibounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; apAjo netrayo- yajnavalkya Smriti 12. 34. -11 Underneath, rantau Ak.; udyukto vidyAntamadhigacchati H. 3. 114 goes to the imsideinner part; yuSmadIyaM ca jalAnte gRham Pt. 4 end of masters completely; zrutasya yAyAdayamantamarbhakastathA pareSAM in water, underneath water; suprayuktasya dambhasya yudhi ceti pArthivaH (where anta also means end or destruction); brahmApyantaM na gacchati Pt. 1. 202 does not penetrate or dive For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #136
anta 118 antara - into, sound, fathom; AzaGkitasyAntaM gacchAmi M. 3 shall i pile. -saMzlaSaH union (sandhi), joint ; sukhaduHkhAntasaMzlaSam (kAladive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total cakram) Mb. 11. +5.8. -saskriyA last, rites, funeral umount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large ceremonies, obsequies. -sad m. a pupil; tamupAsate gurumivAmumber. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; mama mokSasya ntasadaH Ki.6.81. -svaritaH the sotrita accent on the ko'nto vai brahmandhyAyasva vai prabho Mb. 12. 282. 32. etadantAstu gatayo last syllable of a word. brahmAdyAH samudAhRtAH Ms. 1.50. -15 Disposition ; essence%3B antaka [antayati, annaM karoti, Nvul | Causing leath, zuddhAntaH -16 Division (vibhAga); te'nayA kAtyAyanyA'ntaM making an end of, destroying: sUryakAnta iva tADakAntakaH karavANIti Bri. Up.2.1.1. [ct.Goth. anileis, and Germ. / __R.11.21; kAdhAndhastasya tasya svayAmaha jagatAmantakasyAntakoham Ve. ende and ent; also Gr, anti; L. ante]. cf. 37714a FTSvasite racanAyAM ca ttpre| mRtI niSevaNe ramye smaaptaavgrmdhyyoH|| / 3. 32. -ka: 1 Death. tadidaM pANDaveyAnAmantakAyAbhisaMhitam Mb. 10. 15. 17.-2 Death personified, the destroyer; Yama, svarUpe ca samIpe ca puMliGge'pi prkiirtitH| Nm. -Comp. -avazA the god of death; nAntakaH sarvabhUtAnA tRpyati Pt. 1. 137%3 yin m. [ante paryantadeze avazete ] a chandala. -avasAyin [ nakhakezAnAmantaM avasAtuM chettuM zIlamasya, so-Nini] 11 barber. RSiprabhAvAnmayi nAntako'pi prabhuH prahartum R. 2.62. -3 A lorder, boundary. -Comp.-draha Vod. provoking death; mUrdhA -2 a chanlala, low-caste. -3 N. of a sage, see 37-419sAyin (ante pazcime bayasi avasyati tatvaM nizcinoti).-udAtta / . rathasya cAkan naitAvatainasAntakadhUka Rv. 10. 132. 1. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-ttaH) antataH ind. [ anta-tasil] 1 From the end. -2 At last, the acute accent on the last syllable ; P. VI. 1. 193. finally at length, Instly. nala sarvaguNairyuktaM manye bAhukamannataH MD -oSTha: The lower lip (adharoSTa); rudhiraM na vyatikAmadantoSTAdamba 3. 71. 33. 3 In part, partly. -4 Inside, within. -5 In mA zuca: Mb.11.15.16.-kara,-karaNa,-kArin a. causing the lowest way; (opp. mukhyataH,madhyataH); antataH may have death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive: kSatriyA- all the senses of anta). -6 In fact; hA hantaudanamantataH zucintakaraNo'pi vikramaH R.11.75 causing the destruction of%; tamaM tad dRSTamAzu tyajet Vis. Gunk 229. rAjyAntakaraNAvatI dvau doSI pRthivIkSitAm M.9.221; ahamantakaro antavat . [anta astyarthe matup ] 1 Having an end; nUnaM dhvAntasyeva divAkara: Bk. -karman n. death, destruction%B limited: perishable: antabanta ime dehA nityasyoktAH zarIriNa: So antakarmaNi Phatupatha. -kAlaH, -velA time or hour of Bg.2. 18. sa haitAnantavata upAste'ntavataH sa lokAjayati death sthitvA myAmantakAle'pi brahmanirvANamanchati Bg.2.72.-kRtam. Bri. Ar. Up. -2 The god of the space or atmosphere death; varjayedantakRnmayaM varjayedanilo'nalam Ram. -kRddazA: N. ! (digantAnAmIzvaraH); vasu dadAtu antavAn Mb. 3. 197.5. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Anya texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters ). - a. having gone ___ ante ind. (loc. of anta ; oft. used adverbially) 1 In to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, the end, at last, at length, lastly, finally. -2 Inside. (im comp.); zAkhAntagamathAdhvaryum Ms. 3.145. -gati, -gAmin -3 In the presence of, near, close by.-Comp.-vasAyin, (4. perishing. prApto'ntagAmI viparItabuddhiH Ram. 6.59.94. -vasAyInChandala (antyaja) azaucamanRtaM stayaM nAstikya -gamanam 1 going to the end, finishing, completing | zulkaviyahaH / kAmaH kodhazca tarSazca svabhAvo'ntebasAyinAm Bhag. 11. prArabdhasya ne dvitIya buddhilakSaNam -2 death, perishing, dyimg. . 17.20; 7. 11.30. -vAsaH 1 a neighbour, companion; -cakram Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A.' tava vA ime'ntebAsAstvamevaibhiH saMpivasva Ait. Br. -2 a pupil ; -cara.1 walking about, going to the borders or AcAyo'ntevAsinamanuzAsti Taitt. Up. 1.9. rutAni zRNvanvayasA frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business gaNo'ntebAsinvamApa sphuTamAnAnAm Si.3.05. Ve. 3.7. -vAsi Mc.). -ja. last. born. -dIpakam a figure of speech ini, in a state of pupilage, (in statu pupilaci). (in Rhetoric). -pariccha daH / cover, covering utensil. -vAsin - antavAsin pa. V. above. rAjatAntaparicchadAM divyapAyasasaMpUrNa pAtrIm Ram. 1.16.14.-pAla: antama 3. Ved. Nearest, next; zikSA antamasya Rv. 1. 1ntrontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; vinItairantapAlezca 27.53 tanapA antamo bhava 6.46. 10%; intimate, very close rakSobhizca surakSitam Rin.5.6.9. durge M. 1; tvadIyenAntapAlenAvaskandha gRhItaH it. -2 a door-keeper (rare). sudyumna or familiar. stvantapAlebhyaH zrutvA likhitamAgatam Mb. 12.23.2.1. -bhava, antara ind. [am-arana-tuDAgamazca Un.5.60, amestuT ca] -715T a. being at the end, last. - a. hidden, con- 1(Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded asn cealed. -lopaH dropping of the final of a word. (gle) preposition or a) () In the middle, between; in, -vAsin 4. dwelliny near the frontiers, dwelling close into, inside ; hana, dhA, gam , bhU, i, deglI &c. (1) by. -1. [ante gurusamIpe vastuM zIla yasya] 1 a pupil Under. -2 (Used adverbially ) (a) Between, be( who always dwells near his master to receive twixt, amongst, within ; in the middle or interior, instruction): P. IV. 3. 104; VI. 2. 36.; Ms. 4. 33. -2a inside (opp. bahiH); adahyatAntaH R. 2.32 burnt chandala who dwells at the extremity of a village). within himself, at heart ; antareva viharan divAnizam R. 19.6 -velA = "kAlaH q. v. -vyApattiHf. change of the final in the palace, in the haren; 80 "bhinna bhramati hRdayam Mal. syllable, as in megha from miha Nir.-zayyA 1a bed on the 5.20%; antabibheda Dk. 13; yadantastanna jihvAyAm Pt. 4.883 ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed ; hence death itself, antaryazca mRgyate V. 1. 1 internally, in the mind. (1) By -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral way of seizing or holding; antarhatvA gataH (hataM parigRhya ). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #137
antar - 3 ( As a separable preposition ) ( 4 ) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc. ); nivasannantardAruNi labdhyo vahi: Pt. 1. 31; antarAdiye Ch. Up. : antarvezmani Ms. 7. 223; Y. 3. 301: apsvantaramRtamapsu Rv. 1. 53. 19. jAsu me somo 'nadantar vizvAni bheSajAnaM (6) Between ( with acc.) Ved. antarmahI bRhatI rodasIme Rv. 7. 87. 2; antardevAn matyaca 8.2.4 hiraNmamyorha kuzyorantaravahita Asa Sat. Br. ( C ) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst ( with gen.); pratibalajaladherantaraurvAyamANe Ve. 3.7; antaHkaJcukikaJcukasya Ratn. 23 bahirantazca bhUtAnAm Bg. 13. 15; tvamane sarvabhUtAnAmantazcarasi sAkSivat V. 2. 104 ; laghuvRttitayA bhidAM gataM bahirantazca nRpasya maNDalam Ki. 2. 53: antarIpaM yadantarbAriNastam Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; kUpAntaH patita: Pt. 5; sabhAntaH sAkSiNa: prAptAn Ms. 8. 79; dantAntaradhiSTitam Ms. 5. 111 between the teeth; utpitsavo'ntarnadabhartuH Si. 3. 77; also in compound with a following word; ahaM sadA zarIrAntarbAsinI te sarasvatI Ks. 4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', ' inside ', ' within ', ' in the inter rior ', ' having in the interior ', ' filled with ', ' having concealed within, or in the sense of ' inward', -- internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c, forming Adverbial, Bahuvrihi or Tatpurusa compounds : kundamantastuSAram (Bah. comp.) S. 5. 19 filled with dew ; stoyam (Bah. comp.) Me. 66; antargiri ( Adv. comp.) Ki. 1. 34 ; jvalayati tamantardAhaH (Tht. comp.) .3.310 kopA koNa:, 'AkUtam &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (svIkArArthaka ). ( Note. In comp. the r of antar is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as antaHkaraNam, antaHstha &c.). [et. I inter; Zend antare; Goth. andar; Pers. andar ; Gr. entos ; ]. -Comp. -aMsaH the breast ( = aMtarA - aMsa q. v. ) agni: inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; dIptAntaraniparizuddhakoSThaH Susr. -aGga .. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included ( with abl.); trayamantara pUrvebhyaH Pat. Sutra. - 2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the 3 or base of a word (opp. bahiraGga ): dhAtUpasargayoH kAryamantaraGgam P. VIII. 3. 74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved ( atyantapriya ); svapiti sukhamidAnImantaraGgaH kuraGgaH S. 4. v. 1. ( - aGgam ) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; santuSTAntaraGgaH Dk. 11; vRtti 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person ( forming, as it were, part of oneself ); madantaraGgabhUtAm Dk. 81, 93, 101; rAjAntaraGgabhAvena 137; antaraGgeSu rAjyabhAraM samarpya 159 -3 an essential or indispensable part, as zravaNa, manana & nididhyAsana in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related ; antaraGgabahiraGgayorantararUM balIyaH SB. on Ms. 12.2.29. avayava an inner part; P. V. 4. 62. AkAzaH the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upanis:ds ) - AkRtam secret or hidden intention. -Agama: an additional augment between two letters, AgArama the interior of a house; strInaktamantarAgAravahiHzatrukRtAMstathA Y. 2. 31. - Atman m. (mA) 1 the 119 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir antar inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, aGguSTamAtrapuruSAntarAtmA Svet.; nAsya pratyakarodvAryaM vivenAntarAtmanA Ram. 6. 103. 28. gatimasyAntarAtmanaH Ms. 6. 73; jIvasaMjJontarAtmAnyaH sahajaH sarvadehinAm 12. 13; madgatenAntarAtmanA Bg. 6. 47 with the heart fixed on me; jAto mamAyaM vizadaH prakAmaM antarAtmA S. 4. 22, U. 3. 38, prAyaH sarvo bhavati karuNAvRttirArdrAntarAtmA Mo. 95. -2 ( In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); antarAtmAsi dehinAm Ku. 6. 21. ApaNaH amarket in the heart ( inside ) of a town. -Aya, -Ala; Sees v. -ArAma .. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart ; yo'ntaH sukhontarArAmastathAntajyoMtireva saH Bg. 5. 24. - indriyam an internal organ or sense - uSyam Ved a secret abode. -karaNama the internal organ ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; pramANaM pravRttayaH S. 1. 22; sabAhya NaH antarAtmA V. 4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; dayArdrabhAvamAkhyAtamantaHkaraNairvizakaiH R. 2. 11. According to the Vedanta antaHkaraNa is of four kinds : mano buddhirahaGkAravittaM karaNamAntaram / saMzayo nizcayo garvaH smaraNaM viSayA ime // antaHkaraNaM trividham Strikhyai.. yuddhaSakAramanAMsi sAntaHkaraNA buddhiH 3, i.c. ahaGkAramanaH sahitA. kalpaH a certain number of years (with Buddhists). kuTila a. inwardly crooked (fig.also): fraudulent. ( -laH ) conch-shell. _ -kR(kri) miH disease of worms in the body. -koTarapuSpI = aNDakoTara puSpI - kopaH 1 internal disturbance; H. 3. -2 inward wrath, socret anger. -kozam the interior of a storeroom. the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate underground with a secret stream in Mysore ). gaDDu . [ antarmadhye gaDuriva ] useless, unprofitable, umnnecessary, unavailing; kimanenAntargaDunA Sar. S. (zrIvApradezajAtasya galamAMsapiNDasya gaDoryathA nirarthakatvaM tadvat) -gam -gata &c. See under aMtargam. garbha . 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a garbha or inside; so garbhin. - giram -ri ind. in mountains. adhyAstentargiraM yasmAt kastannAvaiti kAraNam Bk... 87. - guDa valayaH the sphincter muscle.- gUDha a.concealed inside, being inward; 'ghanavyathaH U. 3. 1; R. 19.57; viSaH with poison concealed in the heart. gRham, -geham, -bhavanam [ antaHsthaM gRham &c. ] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; paJcakozyAM kRtaM pApamantargehe vinazyati ghaNaH - Nam [ antarhanyate koDI bhavatyasmin nipAta: ] the open space before the house between the entrance-door tund the house ( = porch or court ); tasminnantarghaNe pazyan praghANe saughasadmanaH Bk. 7.62 dvAramatikramya yaH sAvakAzapradezaH so'nnaNa) (maH NaH) N. of a country of Bahika (or Balhika ) ( P. III. 3. 78 bAhIkagrAmavizeSasya saMjJeyam Sk ) ghAtaH striking in the widdle Kasi on P. III. 3. 78. cara pervading the body; internally situated, internal, inward antazcarANAM marutAM nirodhAt Ku. 3. 48; U. 7. ja . born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.), jaTharama the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. - jambhaH the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #138
antara 120 inner part of the jaws (khAdanasthAna jambhaH, dantapakyo - / kazcitpravizati Pt.1.-2 inmates of the female apartments, rantarAlam ). -jAta a. inborn, innate -jAnu ind. a queen or quoons, the ladies taken collectively; between the knees. -jAnuzayaH One sleeping with antaHpurANi sarvANi rudamAnAni satvaram Ram. 6.111.111. hands between the knees; antarjAnuzayo yastu bhujate 'virahaparyutsukasya rAjarSeH 5.3; K. 583; tato rAjA sAntaHpuraH svagRhasaktabhAjanaH Mb. 3. 200.75. -jJAnam imward or seeret mAnIyAbhyarcitaH Pt. 1; kasyacidrAjJo'ntaHpuraM jalakrIDAM kurute did. knowledge. -reita . enlightened inwardly, with pracAra: gossip of the herem Ms. 7. 15838 degsamAgataH5.43 an enlightened soul. yo'ntaHsukho'ntarArAmastathAntajyotireva yaH also in pl.: kadAcidasmatprArthanAmantaHpurebhyaH kathayeta 5.2.; na dadAti Bg.5.24.(-s.) the inward light, light of Brahman. vAcamucitAmantaHpurebhyo yadA 5.6.5. degjana women of the palace; -jva lanam inflammation. (-naH) inward heat or fire; inmates of the female apartments ; degcara,-adhyakSaH-rakSakaH, mental anxiety. -tApa a. burning inwardly (-paH) -vatI guardian or superintendent of the haremchamberinternal fever or heat S. 3. 13. -dadhanam [antardabhyate lain; vRddhaH kulodgataH zaktaH pitRpaitAmahaH zuciH / rAjJAmantaHpurAAdhIyate mAdakatAnena ] distillation of spirituous liquor, or dhyakSo vinItazca tthessyte|| (of these five sorts are mentioned:a substance used to produce fermentation. -dazA a vAmanaka, jaghanya, kubja, maNDalaka and sAmin see Bri. S.)degsahAyaH term in astrology, the time when a particular planet one belonging to the harem.-purikaH [antaHpure niyuktaH, Thaka] exercises its influence over man's destiny (jyotiSoktaH a chamberlain=0=27. (-,-- 1) a woman in the harem; mahAdazAntargato grahANAM svAdhipatyakAlabhedaH). -dazAham an asmatprArthanAmantaHpurike(kA) bhyo nivedaya Chant. K. -puSpam interval of 10 days; "hAt before 10 days. Ms. 8. 2223 [kama.] the menstrual matter of women, before it re"he 5.79. -dahanam -dAhaH 1 inward heat; jvalayati gularly begins to flow every month; varSadvAdazakAvaM yadi puSpaM tanamantadoha: U.3.313 hena dahanaH santApayati rAghavam Ram. -2 bahirna hi / antaHpuSpaM bhavatyeva panasodumbarAdivata Kasyapa; 'ppam is inflammation. -duHkha a. sad or aflicted at heart. -duSTa .. therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -dRSTiHf period. -pUya a. ulcerous. -peyam Ved. drinking up. . examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. - T: -prakRtiHf.1the internal nature or constitution of man. an intermediate region of the compass. a private -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king.-3 heart or secret door within the house (prakoSThadvAram).-dhA-dhi-hita or soul. 9614: internal dissensions or disaffection; &c. See s. v.-nagaram the palace of a king ( being inside aNurapyupahanti vigrahaH prabhumantaHprakRtiprakopajaH Ki. 2.51. -prakothe town); f. "puram ; dazAnanAntanagara dadarza Ram.-nivezanam 4 sowing internal dissensions, causing internal inner part of the house; yathA cAropito vRkSo jAtazcAntarnivezane / revolts; antaHprakopana kAryamAbhiyoktaH sthirAtmanaH 1.3.93.-prazaa. Ram. 6. 128.6. -nihita a. being concealed within 3; knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -pratiSThAnam aurantarnihitavacanaiH sUcitaH samyagarthaH M. 2.8.-niSTha a. engaged residence in the interior. -bASpa a.1 with suppressed in internal meditation. -9:, -TH a screen of cloth tears; antarbASpazciramanucaro rAjarAjasya dadhyau Me. 3.-2. with held betwoon two persons who are to be united as a tears gushing up inside, bodimmed with tes.rs ; kopAt pe bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until | smarayati mAM locane tasyAH V.4.15. (-pa:) suppressed tears, the acctual time of union arrives. -patha a. Ved. being inward teurs ; nigRhA pam Bh. 3.6; Mal.5.-bhAvaH,bhAvanA on the way. -padam ind. in the interior of an inflected see under antarbhU separately. -bhinna a. split or broken word. -padavI = suSumNAmadhyagataH panthAH -paridhAnam the inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt. + (also innermost garinent. -parzavya a. being between the ribs torn by dissensions).-bhUmi:/. interior of the earth.-bheda: (as flesh ). -fast: the Soma when in the strainins discord, internal dissensions ; degjarjaraM rAjakulam Mk.4 torn by vessel. -pazuH [antarghAmamadhye pazavo yatra ] the time when the ! internal dissensions%3 antarbhedAkulaM gehaM na cirAdvinaziSyati 'a cattle are in the village or stables from sunset to house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -bhauma sunrise); antaHpazau pazukAmasya sArya prAtaH Katy; (sAyaM pazuSu a. subterranean) underground. -madAvastha a. having prAmamadhye AgateSu prAtazca prAmAdaniHsUteSu com.). -pAtaH, pAtyaH the rutting state concealed within ; AsIdanAviSkRtadAnarAji1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.) -2 a post fixed in rantarmadAvastha iva dvipendraH R. 2.7. -manas .. 1 sad, disconsothe middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual late, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated works); antaHpUrveNa yUpaM parItyAntaHpAtyadeze sthApayati Katy. and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. * -pAtita,-pAtin a. 1inserted.-2 included or comprised -mukha. (-khI/.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing in ; falling within ; daNDakAraNya ti Azramapadam K. 20. or turned inward; pracaNDaparipiNDitaH stimitavRttirantarmukhaH Mv. -pAtram Ved. interior of a vessel. -pAla: one who | 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance or opening watches over the inner apartinents of a palace. -puram (bAhyavastuparihAreNa paramAtmaviSayakatayA pravezayukta cittAdi). -3 an [antaH abhyantaraM puraM gRham, or purasyAntaHsthitam ] 1 inner epithet of the soul called it, when it is enjoying the apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female sweet bliss of sleep (Anandabhuk cetomukhaH prAjJaH iti zruteH). or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the from their being situated in the heart of the town, soul; 'antamukhAH satatamAtmavido mahAntaH' Vis. Guna. 139. for purposes of safety); vyAyamyAplutya madhyAhe (-kham) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening bhoktamantaHpuraM vizet Ms. 7.216, 221, 224; kanyAntaHpure / inside ), one of the 20 instruments mentioned by For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #139
antar : : Susruta in chapter 8 of Sutrasthana. SaTcakrasthAH mAtRkAH akArAdivarNAH ] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (T) of the body; : a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the seve ral letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body.. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. - a. still-born. FT: mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2, sacrificial vessel ( graharUpaM sAmAparAkhyaM yajJiyapAtram); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; gear wafanazliangmantrayat Ait. Bir. -yAmin 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind, Brahman; (according to the Bri. Ar. Up. if the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check eff, &c. &c.); antarAvizya bhUtAni yo vibharyAtmaketubhiH / antaryamIzvaraH sAkSAdbhavet, &c. -2 wind; brAhmaNam N. of a Brahmana included in the Bri. Ar. Up. deep meditation, abstraction a. acute angular. (-) an teagled triangle (opp. a) (the perpendicular from the vertex or falling within the triangle). . 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside: 'nasya duHkhAme: U. 3.9; bhujaGgamam Pt. 1. -2 inherent. H. (P. V. 4. 117) covered with hair on the inside. (-mam ) [ antargatamAcchAdyaM loma ac ] the hair to be covered. vaMzaH puram q. v. -vaMzikaH, -vAsikaH [antarvaMze vAse niyuktaH Thak ] superintendent of the women's apartments; Pt. 3, K. 93. Ak. 2. 8. 8. (vana) <<. situated in a forest; : P. VI. 2. 179 Sk. (-) in. within a forest P. VIII.4.5. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -vatI ( vatnI) Vol. [ antarastyasyAM garbhaH ] a pregnant woman; antarvatnI prajAvatI R. 15. 13. vamiH [ antaH sthita evaM udgArazabdaM kArayati, vama-ina ] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -afaa, -alfa a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in: N. of a Soma sacrifice (for rAjyakAma and pazukAma). vastram, vAsas n. an undergarment; gRhItvA tatra tasyAntarvastrANyAbharaNAni ca / cailakhaNDaM tamekaM cadatvAntarvAsasaH kRte // Ks. 1. 52. -vA . [ antaH antaraGgabhAvaM and a mi mesin for, a-fag Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. a. ( astyarthe matup masya vaH ) having progeny, cattle &e; antarvAvatkSayaM dadhe Rv. 1. 40. 7; abounding with precious things inside. -ad. inwardly. -vANi . [ antaHsthitA zAstravAkyAtmikA skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (soft), farms, entering within, penetra <<. saM. iM. ko... 16 R 121 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir antara tion. -fa. Ved. (fagft.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv. 1.72.7.: inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. af u. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. ade. within this ground. ( - diH -dI / ) [ antargatA vediyatra deze ] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Ganga and Yamuna, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Aryan Brahmanas; ef. bhUmidevAnAM mUlamAyatanamantarvedipUrveNa kalindakanyAmandAkinyau saMgacchete A. R. 7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayaga to Haradvara and is also known by the names of zazasthalI and brahmAvarta. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. - vezman n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -vezmikaH a chamberlain - vaizikaH Officer in charge of the harem. samudramupakaraNamantarvezika hastAdAdAya paricareyuH Kau. A. 1. 21. -zaraH internal_arrow or disease. - internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. - . having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous mattor; rankling inside. - N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -, - Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) f leSaNAni yadetA vyAhRtayaH Ait Br. -saMjJa a. inwardly con scious (said of troes &c.); 'jJA bhavantyete mukhaduHkhasamanvitAH Ms. 1. 49. a. having inward strength &c. (a) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. Farq: internal pain, sorrow, regret. - a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K. 51. fes a. with water (flowing) underground; difara:afi sarasvatIm R. 3. 9. -sAra a having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous ; rairmantribhirghAyate rAjyaM sustambhairiva mandiram Pt.1. 126; sArANi indhanAni Dk. 132; raM ghana tulayituM nAnilaH zakSyati Me. 20. (-) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; a H. 2. 103 internal matter or essence (and pus). - a. whose delight is in pell, inwardly happy o'ntaH mukho'nnarArAmaH Big. 5. 24 ind. into the midst of armies. . (also written :) being between or in the midst. ( - sthaH, sthA ) a term applied to the semivowels, y, r, lU, bU as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (g); or they are so called because they stand between sparza ( kama ) lotters and USman ( za, Sa, sa, ha). -sthA 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Rigveda hymns. : the mallous of the ear. -khedaH [antaH khedo madajalasyandanaM yasya ] am elephant (in rut). - striking in the middle. an - N. of a country P. VIII. 4. 24 Sk. ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. - - hastIna . being in the hand or within reach of the hand. - laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; sAntahIsaM kathitam Me. 113 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #140
antara 122 antara with a suppressed laugh, with u gentle smile. -hRdayam ! yasya sa vastrAntaraH P. VI. 2. 166 Sk.; mahAnadyantaraM yatra taddezAntathe interior of the heart. ramucyate; jAlAntarapreSitadRSTiH R.7.9 poeping through a antara. [antaM rAti dadAti,rA-ka] 1 Being in the inside, window; viTapAntareNa avalokayAmi S. 1; kSaNamapi vilambamantarIkartuinterior, inward, internal (opp. bAhya); yontaro yamayati 191 K. 306 to allow to come between or intervene; Sut. Br.; ra AtmA Tait. Up.; kazcanAntaro dharmaH S. D. kiyazciraM vA meghAntareNa pUrNimAcandrasya darzanam U. 3. -5 Room, antarApaNavIbhyazca nAnApaNyopazobhitAH anugacchantu Ram. 7.61.3. | place, space in general; mRNAlasUtrAntaramapyalabhyam Ku. 1.403; -2 Near, proximate (Asanna); kRSvA yujazcidantaram Rv.1. na hyaviddhaM tayorgAne babhUvAGgulamantaram Rim.; mUSikaiH kRte'ntare Y.1. 10. 9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected 147; guNAH kRtAntarA: K.4 finding or making room for (AtmIya) (opp. para); tadetatpreyaH putrAt ...... preyo'nyasmAtsarva- themselves%3 na yasya kasyacidantaraM dAtavyam K. 266; dehi darzanAsmAdantarataraM yadayamAtmA Sat. Br.; ayamatyantaro mama Bharata. ntaram 84. room; pauruSaM zraya zokasya nAntaraM dAtumarhasi Rim. do - Similar (also antaratama) (of sounds and words); not give way to sorrow; tasyAntaraM mAgate Mk.7.2 waita sthAne'ntaratamaH P. I. 1.50; hakArasya ghakArontaratamaH Sabdak.; till it finds room; antaraM antaram Mk.2 make way, make sarvasya padasya sthAne zabdato'rthatazcAntaratame dve zabdasvarUpe bhavataH P. way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; lebhantaraM VIII. 1. 1. Com. -5 (4) Different from, other than cetasi nopadezaH R. 6.66 found no admission into ( was not (with abl.); yo'psu tiSTAnnadbhyo'ntaraH Bri. Ar. Up.; AtmA impressed on) the mind; 17.75%3 labdhAntarA sAvaraNe'pi gehe khabhAvo'ntaro'nyo yasya sa AtmAntaraH anyasvabhAvaH vyavasAyino'ntaram 16. 7. -7 Period (of time), term; mAsAntare deyam Ak.; P.VI. 2. 166 Sk.tato'ntarANi sattvAni svAdate sa mahAbala: Ram.7. saptaite manavaH / sve sventare sarvamidamutpAdyApuzcarAcaram Ms. 1. 63, 60e 62.5. (1) The other; udadherantaraM pAram Rim. -6 Exterior, manvantaram / iti tau virahAntarakSamau / .8.56 the term or period outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (34217 of separation ; kSaNAntare -rAt within the period of a bAhiyogopasaMkhyAnayoH P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declinod moment. -80pportunity, occasion, time; devI citralekhAmavaoptionally like sarva in nom. pl. and abl. and los. sing.) lokayantI tiSThati / tasminnantare bhopasthitaH M. 1. atrAntare praNamyAgre antare-rA vA gRhAH bAhyA ityarthaH (caNDAlAdigRhAH); antare-rA vA samupaviSTaH; Pt. 1m that occasion, at that time%3; asminnantare zATakAH paridhAnIyA ityarthaH Sk.; 60 antarAyAM puri, antarAyai nagaryai, Dk. 164; kena punarupAyena maraNanirvANasyAntaraM saMbhAvayiSye Mal.63B namo'ntarasmai amedhasAm Vop. -ram 1(8) The interior, insides kRtakRtyatA labdhAntarA bhetsyati Mu. 2.22 getting an tatAntaraM sAntaravArizIkaraiH Ki. 4. 29, 5.5; jAlAntaragate bhAnoM / opportunity;); yAvattvAmindragurave nivedayituM antarAnveSI Ms.8. 132; vimAnAntaralambinInAm R. 13.333; Mk.8.5, Ku. bhavAmi S. 7. find a fit or opportune time%B 7.62; api banAntaraM zrayati V.4.24; lIyante mukulAntareSu Ratn. zaktenApi satA janena viduSA kAlAntaraprekSiNA vastavyam Pt.3.123 1. 26, Ki. 3. 58; Facit from inside, from out of; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; prAkAraparikhAntarAniryayuH Ram.; antare in, into; vana', kAnana', sAraNasyAntaraM dRSTvA zuko rAvaNamabravIt Ram. -9 Difference pravizyAntare &c. (0) Hence, the interior of any thing, ( between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) contents: purport, tenor; atrAntaraM brahmavido viditvA Svet. zarIrasya guNAnAM ca dUramatyantamantaram .1.16%3 ubhayoH pazyatAntaram Up.(C) A hole, an opening; tasya bANAntarebhyastu bahu H. 1.61, nArIpuruSatoyAnAmantaraM mahadantaram 2.30; tava mama susrAva zoNitam .-2 Soul, heart; mind: satatamasutaraM varNayantyantaram ca samudrapalvalayorivAntaram M. 1; Bg.13.4; yadantaraM Ki. 5. 18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space sarSapazailarAjayoryadantaraM vAyasavainateyayoH Rim.; drumasAnumatAM or regrion); labdhapratiSThAntaraiH bhRtyaH Mu. 3. 13 having enter- kimantaram R. 8.90%3 18. 15% rarely with instr., ed the heart; sadRzaM puruSAntaravido mahendrasya V. 3. -3 The tvayA samudreNa ca mahadantaram H.23; svAmini guNAntarajJe Pt. 1. 1013 Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, difference; saiva vizinaSTi punaH pradhAnapuraSAntaraM sUkSmam SAn. K. distance; ramyAntaraHS. 4. 11; kiMcidantaramagamam Dk.6%3 alpa- -10 (Math.) Differnce, renainder also subtraction, kucAntarA V.4.49; krozAntareNa pathi sthitAH 6.4 at the et. yogontareNonayuto'rdhitastau rAzI smRtau saMkramaNAkhyametat // distance of ; bRhad bhujAntaram R. 3.54; antare oft. trans- Lila.-11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered lated by between, betwixt; gItAntareSu Ku. 3. 38 (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense in the intervals of singing: maraNajIvitayorantare vata antara always forms the latter part of a compound and betwixt life and death; astrayogAntareSu Ram.; tanmuhUrtakaM its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be bAppasalilAntareSu prekSe tAvadAyaputram U.3 in the intervals of the gender of the noun forming the first part; kanyAntaram weeping; bASpavizrAmo' yantare kartavya eva U.+ at intarvals; (anyA kanyA), rAjAntaram (anyo rAjA), gRhAntaram (anyad gRham); smartavyosmi kathAntareSu bhavatA Mk.7.7 in the course of in most cases it may be rendered by the English conversation; kAlAntarAvartizubhAzubhAni H. 1. v. 1. See word 'another'.); idamavasthAntaramAropitA 5. 3 changed kAlAntaram ; sarasvatIdRSadtyoryadantaram Ms. 2. 17,22; dyAvApRthivyo- condition; K. 154; Mu.5; zubhAzubhaphalaM sadyo nRpAddevAdvAntare ridamantaraM hi vyAptaM tvayaikena Bg. 11. 20; na mRNAlasUtraM racitaM Pt. 1. 121; jananAntarasauhRdAni S.5.2 friendships of another stanAntare S.6. 18 between the breasts; By.b.27; asya ( former) existence; naivaM vArAntaraM vidhAsyate 6.3 I shall khalu te bANapathavartinaH kRSNasArasyAntare tapasvina upasthitAH 5.13 not do so again ; AmodAna haridantarANi netum Bv. 1. 15, 80 tadantare mA virarAja dhenuH R.2.20:12.20. (D) Intervention digantarANi pakSAntare in the other case ; deza, rAja, kriyA &c. (vyavadhAna) oft in the gense of through': meghAntarAlazyami- (B) Various, different, munifold (used in pl.); loko vendubimbam R.18.38 through the clouds; vastraM antaraM vyavadhAyakaM niyamyata ivAtmadazAntareSu 5.4.2; mannimitnAnyavasthAntarANyavarNayat For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #141
antara 128 antarA Dk. 118 various or different states; 160%; sometimes [antarAbhyAM bhinnavarNamAtApitRbhyAM prabhavati] one of a mixed used pleonastically with anyat&c.3 anya sthAnAntaraM gatvA / origin or easte. (ambaSTa, kSattR, karaNa, i.); antaraprabhavANAM ca Pt.1.-12 Distance (in space); vyAmo bAhvoH sakarayostatayosti- dharmAno vaktumarhasi Ms. 1.2. -praznaHn inner question, one ryagantaram Ak.; prayAtasya kathaMcid dUramantaram Ks.5.80. -13 contained in and arising out of what has been previously Absence; tAsAmantaramAsAdya rAkSasInAM varAGganA Ram.; tasyAntaraM mentioned. -zAyin -stha,-sthAyin -sthita 4.1 inward, faferar ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, internal, inherent ; sthairguNaiH zubhairlakSyate naiva kena cit Pt. gradation (of ageneration &c.); ekAntaram Ms. 10. 13% B 1 .221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated dvapakAntarAmu jAtAnAm 73 ekAntaramAmantritam P. VIII. 1.5 in the heart, an epithet of jIva. nasraSTurekAntaram 5.7.27 separated by ome remove, See Faca: ind. 1 In the interior ; internally, between ekAntara also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic or betwixt; tRNamantarataH kRtvA tamuvAca nizAcaram Mb.3.281. possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; vIz2antarepyaNu: Trik.; mIno rAzyantare, veNurnupAntare bill.; 17.-2 Within (prep. with gen.). prAsako yugAntaram et also pradhAnapuruSAntaraM sUkSmam Sin. antaratama a. Nearest, internal, most immediate, K. 37. Ro. 16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable most intimate or related: like, analogous. - : A letter point; a failing, defect, or defective point; of the same class; for ex. See under antara a. praharedantare ripum , Sabdak. sujayaH khalu tAhagantare Ki.2.52 ___ antarIyam [antare bhavam cha ] An under garment ; atiasahadbhirmAmAminityamantaradarzibhiH Rin; parasyAntaradarzinA id.; zliSTacInAMzukAntarIyam Dk.69%; saMjajJe yutakamivAntarIyamUrvoH Ki. kITakenevAntaraM mArgayamANena prAptaM mayA mahadantaram Mk.9; athAsya 7.14; 9. 48; nAbhau dhRtaM ca yadvastramAcchAdayati jAnunI / antarIyaM dvAdaze varSe dadarza kalirantaram Nala.7.2.; hanUmato vetti na rAkSaso'ntaraM prazastaM tdcchinnmubhyaantyoH||. na mArutistasya ca rAkSaso'ntaram Ram.-17 Surety, guarantee, security; tena tava virUpakaraNe sukRtamantare dhRtam Pt. 4 he has ___antare Between, amidst, amongst &e.; see antara (1). pledged his honour that he will not harm you ; 376417- antarya . Interior, internal; being within, in the mantare'rpitavAn K.247: antare ca tayoryaH syAt 1.2.239%; bhuvaH : middle. saMjJAntarayoH P. III. 2. 179; dhanikAdhamarNayorantare yastiSThati vizvAsArtha sa pratibhUH Sk.-18 Regard, reference, account; na antarayati Den. P. 1 to cause to intervene, divert, caitadiSTaM mAtA me yadavocanmadantaram Ram. with reference to me; | put off; sarvamevAnyadantarayati K. 338; bhavatu tAvadantarayAmi U. tvadantareNa RNametat. -19 Excellence, as in guNAntaraM vrajati 6 well, I shall change the topic, divert the course of conversation. -2 To oppose, prevent; nainamandhakArarAzirantarazilpamAdhAtuH M. 1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11).-20Agarment (paridhAna). -21 Purpose, object, | yati K. 243. -3 To remove (to a distance), push after; bhavo balarantarayAmbabhavire Si.12.29%; sarvAnantarAyAnantarayan (.161; (tAdarthya) to vRSAviva nardantI balinau vAsitAntare Mb. I. 102.41; jalAntarANIva mahArNavIghaH zabdAntarANyantarayAJcakAra i.3.24 (Malli. on R. 16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; parvatAntarito raviH (this sense properly belongs to antar-i drowned. q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. kSAtramAcarato antarA ind. (fr. antara) 1 (Used adverbially)(a) mArgamapi bandhostvadantare Mb. 12.10.3. -24 Destitution, being In the interior, inside, within, inwardly; bhavAdbhirantarA without (vinA ) which belongs to antareNa. (antaramavakAzAva- protsAya kopito vRSala: Mu.3 inwardly, secretly. (M) In dhiparidhAnAntadhibhedatAdathye / chidrAtmIyavinAbahiravasaramadhyentarAtmani ca the middle, between; fafarat fag S. 2 stay Ak.) [ef. L. alter] -25 Space (avakAza); prekSatAmRSi- between the two or in the mid-air; mainamantarA pratibanIta satyAnAM babhUva na tadAntaram Ram. 7.14. 19. -26 Separation S.6 do not interrupt him (in the middle); akSatre bIjamutsR(viyoga); bhAryApatyorantaram Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or Tramantaraiva vinazyati Ms. 10. 71 therein; pazumaNDUkamArjArazvasarpanaskilful play in wrestling; anyonyasthAntaraprema pracakrAte'ntaraM kulAkhubhiH / antarA gamane 4.126: antarA zakalIkRtaH R.15.20%B prati Mb. 9.57. 11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and lATI tu gatidIpAJcAlyorantarAsthitA S. D.620 degrA sthA to the base; SaDaza cAntare karNe uttarAMzaM tduurdhvke| Mana. 13. 121; oppose, to stand to oppose; tatra yadyantarA mRtyuryadi sendrA ct. sthAnAtmIyAnyatAdarthyarandhrAntardhiSu cAntaram / paridhAne'vadhI madhye'- divauksH| sthAsyanti tAnapi raNe kAkutstho vihaniSyati // Ram. ntarAtmani npuske| Nm. -Comp -apatyA a prernant (.)On the way, en route, midway; vilambathAM ca mAntarA woman. -cakram a. technical term in augury Bri. S. Mv.7.28; antarA cAraNebhyastvadIyaM jayodAharaNaM zrutvA tvAmihasthamuchap.86. -Na. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, , pAgatA: V. 1; antarA dRSTA devI 5.63 antaropalabhya Dk.52; foreseeing: nAntarajJAH dhiyo jAtu priyairAsAM na bhUyate Ki. 11.24 K. 267, 304-53 kumAro mamApyantikamupAgacchannantarA tvadIyenAntanot knowing the difference. -at a. spreading havoc. pAlena avaskandya gRhItaH M. 1, antarA patite piNDe sandehe vA punaharet -daa. cutting the interior or heart. -dizA, antarA dik / Y. 2. 107. (1) In the neighbourhood, near, at hand; intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -dRza approaching, resembling; na drakSyAmaH punarjAtu dhArmikaM rAmamantarA 6. realizing the Supreme Soul (paramAtmAnusaMdhAyin ). Ram. approaching or resembling Rama. (.) Nearly, -pu(pUruSaH the internal man, soul (the deity that resides almost. f) In the mean time; nAdyAccaiva tathAntarA Ms. 2. in man and witnesses all his deeds); tAstu devAH prapazyanti 56%3 Y.3.20. (g) At intravals, here and there%; now svasyaivAntarapUruSaH; Ms. 3.85. -pUjA = antara-pUjA. -prabhavaH and then, for sometime, now-now (when repeated); For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #142
antareNa 124 antarita antarA pitRsaktamantarA mAtRsaMbaddhamantarA zukanAsamayaM kurvannAlApam K.11%; in general; trastajanadattAntarAlayA rAjavIthyA D. 1503 antarAntarA nipatita here and there,at intervals : 121, 1273 bhuvanAntarAlaviprakIrNana zAkhAsaJcayena K.28, 1623; antarAle in midprajAnurAgahetozcAntarAntarA darzanaM dadau 9, Dk. 49. -2 (Used as way; in the midle; or mildst; in the interval; bAppAmbha:a preposition with ace. P. II. 3. 4.) (.) Between ; paripatanodgagamAntarale in the interval between the dropping paJcAlAsta ime ...... kalindatanayAM trisrotasaM cAntarA B. R. 10. down and starting up of tears; U. 1.31: Mal. 9. 14; 863; yandatarA pitaraM mAtaraM ca Bri. Ar. Up. te (nAmarUpe) yadantarA ahamAgacchannantarAle mahatA siMhena abhihitaH 1.1: kaMcitpuruSamantarAla nadbra hma Ch. Up. ; antarA tvAM ca mAM ca kamaNDaluH Mbh.: rarely evAvalambya Dk. 1 ne mathAnyena vAntarale daNA Dk. 128. with loc.; sumantrasya babhUvAtmA cakrayoriva cAntarA Ram.: pAdayoH -2 Interior, inside, inner or middle part: chidrIkRtAntarAlam zakaTaM cakrurantarorAbulUkhalam Ram.(1) Through : tiraskAriNamantarA Dk. 1483; viSamIkRtAntarAlayA K.223. -3 Mixed tribe or bid. (C) During; antarA kathAm S. D. (d) Without, caste (saMkIrNavarNa); varNAnAM sAntarAlAnAM sa sadAcAra ipyate. except; na ca prayojanamantarA cANakyaH svapre'pi ceSTate Mu.3.-Comp. -Comp. -diza / the intermediaste point of the compass, -aMsaH the space between the shoulders, breast; atha such as, north-east &c. degse abhimRzya japati Sut. Br.-garbhiNInyAyaHa position similar to the foetus which resides in the womb of a female: antari2P. (antar + i) 1Tou between to stand n topic within a topic ; an adhikaraNa within an adhikaraNa in one's way, intervene to soparate: gorenaM tadantariyAt (which is not a very desirable or succeptable situation Ait. Br. -2 To exclude from, to pass over, omit. in the explanation of .. grantha); tatra evamantarAgabhiNInyAyo -3 To disappear, hee antarita below. (-ayati) To bhavatIti anyathA sUtraM vayete | SB. on MS. 10.8.62:9.3.2+8.. come or step between, interpose : darduraka upamRtya antara yati -bhavadehaH-bhavasattvam the soul or embodied soul existiny Mk. 2 (it may also mean,' separates the two'). between the two stages of death and birth (yo maraNajana- antarayaH-rAyaH 1 Animpediment, obstacle, hindrance) nayorantarAle sthitaH prANI so'ntarAbhavasatvaH).-diza see antaradiz. what stands in the way; sacet tvamantarAyo bhavasicyuto vidhiH -bharaH Ved. bringing into the midst or procuring sa naH R.3.45,14.65 bahvantarAyayuktasya dharmasya tvaritA gatiH Pt.3.1013 zakrazcidA zakad dAnavA~ antarAbharaH Rv. 8. 32. 12.-vediH-dI/. asya te bANapathavartinaH kRSNasArasya antarAyo tapambinI saMvattI 5.1 1 a veranda resting on columns, porch, portico. v. l. standing in the way. -2 In Vedanta ) Hin-2n lind of wall jayazrIrantarAvedimattavAraNayoriva -zaGgam ind. drance to the concentration of mind which is said to be between the horns. of four kinds, laya, vikSepa, kaSAya und rasAsvAda. -3 An antareNa ind. 1 (Used as a preposition with act. P. intervention, covering, screen: dAhamNA sarasabisinIpatramA[[.3.4 antarAntareNa yukte) (a) Except, without, leaving; gratia: Mal. 3. 12. -4 ( With the lainas) Interference harimannareNa na sukham Sk.; ka idAnIM sahakAramantareNa pavitAmatimukta- or obstruction offered to those who are nga in lanA sahane5.3 kriyAntarAntarAyamantareNa Arya draSTamicchAmi 1.3 sooking deliverance, and consequent prevention of their without interfering with Uy other duty: ITTH- accomplishment of it: one of the classes of karman. tareNa prajAkhakAlamRtyuzcarati U.23; mArmikaH ko marandAnAmantareNa antarita.. 1 Gome etween, intervening. -2 Gone madhuvratam Bh. 1. 117. () With regard or reference to, within, hidden, commented, covered, screencil, shielded, with respect to, about, towards, on account of; 37 bhavantamantareNa kIdRzo'syA dRSTirAgaHS.2: nadasyA devI vasumatImantareNa protected (from viw) something; pAdapAntarita eva vizvastAmenAM pazyAmi S. I hirl hchind : (reeper: sArasena mahadupAlambhanaM gato'smi S.; kiM nu khala mAmantareNa cintayati svadehAntarito rAjA H.Bscreened ; viTapAntaritastiSTa S.33 vaizaMpAyanaH K. 178; chalinaM nAma nAzyamantareNa kIdRzI mAlavikA nalinIpatrAntaritaM priyshcrmpshynn| 5.4: zArdUlacarmAntaritorupRSTham M. 9 how M. is faring or progressing in the dance &c.; tatastayA bhavato'vinayamantareNa parigRhItArthA kRtA devI M... (.) Ku.7.87 covered; Dk. 21, 1.16%3D K.28 152, 200%; parva tAntarito raviH set. Ak.: svagannAranatRtIyalAcanam K. 109, R.10. Within, inside, into ( madhye). (1) Between; (ubhayormadhye); tvAM mAM cAntareNakamaNDalu: Mbh.antareNa havanIyaM gArhapatyaM ca 8; unmAdamohAntarito'pi ME1.9; talpamantagnibhUmibhiH kuthaiH R. Saut. Br.; antareNa stanau vA bhruvau vA vimRjyAt inid.; Si. B.B.. 18.2.-3 Come in, reflected : sphaTikAbhityantaritAn mRgazAvakAn (.)]uring, amidst. -2 (Used as an adverb) (1) reflected in the crystal wall. -4 (-) Concealed, made dormant, impeded, hindeed, prevented; tvadabhiprAyAparibetween amidst; yAvadA makSikAyAH pattraM tAvAnantareNAvakAzaH Sat. jJAnAntarita evAyamanunayaH Mu. prevented from bing made: Br. (1) At heart, antareNa susnigdhA eSA Mk. 1. tvadvAJchAntaritAni sAdhyAni Mu.1.15 prevened from being antarAlama, antarAlakam [antaraM vyavadhAnasImA ArAti actually effected &c.: dviSatpratApAntaritoratejAH Ki. 8.45 gRhNAti, ArA-ka, rasya latvam ] 1 Intermediate space or region: obscured; nopAlabhyaH pumAMstatra daivAntaritapauruSaH Pt. 2. 133. or time, interval; daMSTAntarAlalagna 6.30%; AsyAntarAlaniHsRtena (1) Separated, lost to view, made invisible by interDk. 1433; dignAmAnyantarAle P. II.2.26% dakSiNasyAH pUrvasyAzca position; muhUrtAntaritamAdhavA durmanAyamAnA Mal.8; bharturetAnyakSadizorantarAlaM dakSiNapUrvA Sk.: Si.9.2; payodharAntarAlam K.883 rANi bimbAntaritAni M. 33 dhanamitrAkhyayAntaritaH Dk.36%; candrArAgalajjAntarAlavartibhirIkSaNavizeSaiH Dk. 17,143 half way pIDanAmAntaritasya candramasaH R. 3383 pratinivartamAnayAtrAjanasaMkulena betwixt love and bashfulness; pratimAnaM praticchAyA antarite tasmin Mal.23; kriyatAM kathamantyamaNDanaM paralokAntaritasya gajadantAntarAlayoH Trik. ; oft. used for 'room' or 'space' ne mayA Ku. 4. 22 separated (from me) by the next For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #143
antari-rI-kSam 125 antardhAyaka world, i. e. dead, deceased; megherantaritaH priye tava mukhacchA- antare,-reNa See under antara. yAnukArI zazI 8. D. (.) Drowned, obscured removed, eclipsed; paralokabhayahikaduHkhenAntaritam Dk. 82. drowned, antargam 1 P. 1 Togo between, interpose, intervene velipsed, obscured; vIralokasAdhuvAdenAntaritaH samaratUryaravaH Ve. so as to exclude). -2 To be included or comprised in. Fdrowned; vismayAntaritazokavRttAntA K.322 kAryAntaritotkaNThama -3 To vanish, disappear (mostly used in past part.only). V. 3. 4 forgotten, removed; induprakAzAntaritohutulyAH R. 16. antargata p. -gAmin .. 1 Gone into or between, 65 obscured by moon-light. - Disappeared, vanished, crept into (as a bad word &c.). -2 Being or departed, retired withdrawn: (mahAmRgaH) AzramAntaritaH scated in, included in or by, existing in, belonging zIghra plavamAno mahAjavaH Mb. . 311.9. antarine tasmi- to; "zave grAme Ms. 4. 1083 laghudvIpA jambUdvIpAntargatA eva zabarasenApatau K. 383 nAthadehasparzana antarita eva santApaH H. 3. pArthivAni ca bhUtAni sAgarAntargatAni ca Ram. U. 6 has disappeared, has been removed. -6 -3 Being in the interior, hidden, concealed, internal, Passed over, omitted; aye madhyamAmbAvRttAnto'ntarita evAryaNa inward, secret, suppressed; antargatamapAstaM me rajaso'pi para U. 1; kathAntareNAntaritamidam M.D put off, delayed. -7 / tamaH Ku.6. Go inward: saumitrirantargatabASpakaNThaH R. 14.03 Slighter, despised. -8 (In Math.) That which remains, with suppressed tears; K.60; tAM hRdayazuddhim 185 inward; the remaindler -9 A technical term in architecture. antargataM prANabhRtAM hi veda sarva bhavAnbhAvam R.2.43 internal, seated in the breast or heart 3 degphalArambhAH 10.59: to antari-rI-kSam [antaH svargapRthivyormadhye IkSyate, IkS kaNi hRdayAbhilASaH K. 143; tena candrApIDena 108: netravaktravikAraica ghaJ, antaH RkSANi asya vA pRSo pakSe hrasvaH RkArasya ritvaM vA lakSyate'ntargataM manaH inward or secret motives of the mind Tv., according to Nir. antarA dyAvApRthivyoH kSAntaM avasthitaM Pt. 1.44: bAbairvibhAvayechirbhAvamantargataM nRNAm Ms. 8.25 bhavati. antarA ime dyAvApRthivyo kSayati nivasati; zarIrapvantaH gataprArthanam 5.7.2 inwturdly longing (for the same ). akSayaM na pRthivyAdivat kSIyane] 1 The intermediate region -4 Slipped ont of memory, forgotten. -5 Vanished, between heaven and earth; the air, atmosphere, sky disappeared. -6 Destroyed. - Comp. -3Tal a concealed (antarA dAvApRthivyormadhye IkSyamANaM vyoma Say.) divaM ca pRthivIM simile (the particle of comparison being omitted. ) cAntarikSamatho svaH Sandhya Mantra : yo'ntareNAkAza AsIttadanta -manas = antarmanas q. . rikSamabhavadIkSaM haitannAma tataH purAntarA vA idamIkSamabhaditi tasmAdantarikSa Satt. Br. divyantarikSe bhUmau ca ghoramuHpAtajaM bhayam Rim. 2. 1. Faet 3 U. 1 To place or keep within, deposit; 43-2 The middle of the three spheres or regions of udumbara zAkhAmantIya abhiSiJcati Ait. Brr. -2 To receive life. -3 Tale.(Mar. abhraka) -4 Asynonym of pent within or into oneself, admit, take in; tathA vizvaMbhare devi roof. Man. 18. 174-75. --Comp.-3 . whose inside THUTHERU R. 15. 81; contain, comprise, include; (zAstrametana) antardhAsyati tatsarvametahaH kathitaM mayA Mb. -3 To istaswideas the atmosphere. (-ram) the interior of the atmosphere.-kAnta:: class of ten-storeyed buildings. indicate, exhibit, display. -4 To hide or conceal oneself from, avoid the sight of, (with a bl. and urel in lim.); Mans.28. 14-1), -kSit, -sad a. dwelling in the upAdhyAyAdannadhatte P. I.1.28. Com. antardhatsva raghuvyAghrAt atmosphere. -gaH, -caraH bird (moving through the Bk.5.82 matto mAntardhithAH sIte 16. 15. antardadhAnAM rakSobhyaH atmosphere). nato'ntarikSago vArca vyAjahAra nalaM tadA Mb.3. 53.20. --gata .. moving in air: abravIca nadA vAkyaM jAnakrodho 8.71; -5 To cover up, conceal fron view, hide, obreure, eyelope, wrip up cil; sAvaja sarathaM sAvaM vibhiissnnH| antarikSagataH Rin. 6. 16. 18. -jalam water of bhImamantardadhe zage: b.6.118.37. eclipsetin.); anRtenAtmAnathe antinosphere, dew. -prA . [antarikSaM prAni pUrayati, mantIya Ch. Ip.; bhauma (rajaH) antardadhe lokamAyutya savituH prabhA prA-vic ] filling the atmospheres: illuminsting the sky, travelling through the atmosphere. -put [antarikSa Rim. enveloped, covered : piturantardadhe kIrti zIlavRttisamAdhibhiH pravate gacchati, phukiHoating over the atmosphere, sweep Mb. obseurel or eclipsed. -48, 1 To be reccived within, be absorbed : to be covered up or concealed, bo ing or going through it. -lokaH the intermediate obscured or rendered invisible, become invisible; to region, regarded as a distinct. world; trayo lokA eta evaM vAgevAyaM lokaH ( earth) manontarikSalokaH, prANo'sau lokaH (hea.ven) vanish, disappear, cease to exist ; iSubhirvyatisarpadbhirAdityo'Sat. Dr. -zaMsita . sharpened in the atmosphere. ntaradhIyata Mb.te cAntardadhire nAgA: :rAtrirAdityodaye'ntadhIyate -sadyam [antarikSe sadyaM sadanaM, sad bhAve yat ] dwelling or Nir. lisappears ; Atmanyantardadhe, tatraivAntaradhIyata &c. - Ans. (-dhApayati) To render invisible, conceal. residence in the atmosphere. antari -rI -kSya . [ bhavArthe yat ] Aerial, atmospheric:. antardhA [dhA bhAve al ] Covering, concealmemt. &c.; antardhAmupayayutpalAvalISu Si. 8. 12. antarIpaH [antaH madhye gatA Apo yasya bahu. aP.V. 4.74. antardhAnam [dhA-lyuT ] Being invisible, disappearance, apa It dvayantarupasargebhyo'paIn ; P. VI. 3.97] A portion of passing out of sight; "vyasanarasikA rAtrikApAlikIyam K. P. land stretching out into the sea, promontory; an island 103; gam or s to become invisible, disappear. -Comp. (being situated in and surrounded on all sides by, -gata a. disappeared, invisible. -cara.. moving invisibly. water).sAntarIpazca sAgara: Siva. B.18.133; dRSTvA tAni dhruvamupagataH saindhavAdantarIpAt / Rim. ch.4.96 sprayi a. Concealing, rendering invisible. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #144
antardhiH 126 antya %3 antardhiH . [dhA-ki] Disappearance, concealment; -vAma, -SumNa a. near or at hand with help, wealth, or hiding oneself from (another): antoM yenAdarzanamicchati | kindness : antivAmA dUre Rv.7.77.4 (nikaTasthadhanA). P. I. 4. 28 ; antardhi drutamiva kartumazruvarSeH Si. 8. 42. / antikA 1 An elder sister. -2 An oven, fire-place. 3t-afta p. p. 1 l'laced between, separated, rendered - N. of a plant (sA-zA-talAkhyauSadhiH; Mar. zikekAI). invisible by interposition, hidden, concealed; abruva- / / antika a. [antaH sAmIpyam asyAstIti matvarthIyaH Than ; brAhmaNAH siddhA bhUtAnyantarhitAni ca Mb.3.37.21. antarhitA according to Nir. from A-nI; antikaM kasmAt AnInaM bhavati zakuntalA vanarAjyA 5.43; covered (with something else); | sanikRSTatvAt ] 1 Near, proximate (with gem. or abl. P. antahiMtAzApatho jaladakAla iva K.2.13% zeSvAnantarhitAyAM tvaM bhUmau II. 3.34). vairamAntikamAsAdya yaH prItiM kartumicchati / mRnmayasyeva Ram. uncovered or bare ground; pAtreSu darbhAntahiteSu apa bhagnasya yathA sandhirna vidyte|| Mb. 12. 139.6). -2 Reaching Asicya Asval.; antarhite AvAm V.2; antarhitA yadi bhavedanitA to the end of, reaching to; nAsAntika Ms. 2. 46. -3 Lastna bAMte Mk.8.1 disguised male a female in male ing till, until: as far n9, up to3 SaTtriMzadAbdikaM caye gurI dress. -2 Disappeared, vanished, bocome invisible; iti traivedikaM vratam Ms.8.1; grahaNAntikam ). 1.36. -kam NearmantrayamANaH svayamantarhitaHS. withdrew from sight, became | ness, proximity. vicinity, presence; na tyajanti mamAntikam ma. imvisible; antarhite zazini 5.4.2; tasyAyamantarhitasodhabhAjaH 1. 43 : oft. in comp.; nyasta R.2.24; karNa-caraH 5.1.23; R. 13. to dwelling in a palace hidden under the siMhAsanAntikacareNa sahopasarpan M. 1. 12 a servant in attendwaters). -Comp. -Atma n m. N. of Siva. ance upon the throme. -ka: A class of two storeyel antarbhU 1P. To be contained, comprised or included : buildings; Ma. 20. 91. 26-27. - alo. (with abl. or im; be inherent or implied in; kadA nvantarvaruNe bhuvAni Rv. gen. or as last member of comp.) Near (to), in the 7.86.2. kecidantarbhavannyeSu K. P.8.: guNAzcirantanaruktA ojasya vicinity; antikaM prAmAt-grAmasya vA Sk.; into the presence or ntarbhavanti te S.]).; antarbhUya rahasyeSu tairvazIkriyate hi saH Ks. proximity of; dUrasthasyaitya cAntikam Ms.2.1973 praviSTe pitura ntikam Ram.; 80 janAntikam , magAntikam / antikena near (with 31.201; vaidike karmayoge tu srvaannyetaanyshesstH| antarbhavanti kramazastasmiMstasminkriyAvidhau | Ms.12.87. -Cons. To contain, gen.) anteikana prAmasya P. II. 3.35 antikAt noar, include, imply, involve; antarbhAvitaNyartho'tra namiH P. III. closely, within the presence of; from the proximity of, from near, from (abl. or gen. or acc.); 1.88. Sk. involving a caus:il sense. kAdAgataH P. VI. 2.49; rajaHkaNaiHspRzadbhirgAtramantikAt Ram.; spraha.. Inward, internal, inwardly situated. kINIyAdhastvapatyArtha mAtApitroryamantikAt Ms.9.174 from: 80 pala: 1 being included or comprised in, inclusion; naiva pravRttiM zaNumastayoH kasyacidantikAt Ram.; antike near, teSAM guNAnAmojasyantIvaH K. P.8. -2 Inherent or natural closely, in the presence of or proximity of; dUrasthaM condition or disposition. -3 Disappearance, becoming cAntike ca tat Bg. 13. 15%; damayantyAstadAntike nipetu: Nala. invisible; sarva antarbhAvaM gatAH Dk.28. 1.22; degke striyAH Ms. 2.22. -Comp. -AzrayaH resorting to what is near, contiguous support that given by antarbhAvanA 1 Inclusion. -2 Iuward meditation or a tree to a creeper). anxiety. -3 A technichl term in arithmetic, rectifica antitaH ind. Ved. Neer. tion of numbers by the differences of the products. antima .. [ante bhavaH, anda Dimac] 1 Immediately ___ antarbhUta .1 Ineluded or contained im: kAlabhAvA following. -2 Last, final, ultimate; ajAtamRtamUrkhANAM dhvadezAnAmantarbhUtakriyAntaraiH / sarverakarmakaiyoge krmtvmupjaayte|| IIari.! varamAdyau na cAntimaH II. 1. -Comp. -aGkaH the last dignt, the -2 Inward, internal, internally situated; eSa vai bhagavAn number mine. -aguliH the little finger (kaniSThikA ). viSNurantarbhUtaH sanAtanaH. 37=cht An oven, fire-place. antaye . Imer. antya 4. [ante bhavati vasati &c., antAya hitaH; anna-yat ] antastya m Intestines; Ait. Br. 1 Last, final (as a letter, word &c.); last (in time, antAra 1. [anta R aN ] A cowherd; Sabds. ch. order or place) P. I. 1. 47; 18 ha of letters, Revati of asterisms, Mina of the zodiacal signs. &c.; 372 sifat ind. [ 34--3 ] Ved. 1 Near, before, in the vayasi in old age R.9. 79 : anya RNam R. 1.71 last debt; presence of; na hI nu vo maruto antyasme Rv. 1. 167.9; 1.79. ! maNunam 8.71 last funeral decoration, Ku. 4. 22. -2 11.-2 (Prep.) To, in the vieinity of (with gen.); Immediately following (in comp.); aSTamadeg ninth. -3 mugdhaprabhItavadupeyaturanti mAtroH Bhag. 10.8.22. -ti: 1. An perishable, transitory; dehAdyapArthamasadanyamabhijJamAtraM (vindeta) elder sister (in dramas). -Comp. -fa a. ready with Bhag 12.8.44.-4Lowest (in rank, degree or position), help. (-tiH /.) protection of what is near (AsannarakSaNa); undermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, wretched; arcAmi samnayanahamantyUtiM mayobhuvam Rv. 1. 138. 1. -gRham // degavasthAM gataH Pt. 4. 110 reduced to the worst plight; antyAsu house near one's own dwelling, the neighbourhood of dazAsu Pt. 1.336 at perilous (critical) times%3 belongthe house. -deva a. being near the god; an adversary ing to the lowest caste; caNDAla degkhiyaH Ms. 11. 175%3 (at dice); pAtho hi SmA vRSaNAantidavam Rv. 1. 180.7.-mitra, strIniSeviNaH 12.50%; antyAdapi varaM ratnaM strIratnaM duSkulAdapi; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #145
antyakaH An one zUdrAya sabhtaH zUrANAmantyAnAmanyayonayaH (sAkSyaM kuryuH) 8.683.9 4. 79; Y. 1. 148, 2. 294. - 1 A man of the lowest caste; see above. -2 N. of a plant ( mustA Mar. nAgaramothA ) ( f. also ) (the roots of which are prescribed for colic ) - 3 The last syllable of a word. -4 The last lunar month i. e. Falguna. 5 A Mlechcha, foreigee, barbarian anyeSu sa vinikSipya putrAn dupurogamAn Mb. 1. 86. 12. -6 (In Vaisosika Phil.) A name for the [category vizeSa anyonnavizeSaH parikIrtitaH Bhaga P. -tyA 1 A technical name for trijyA in astronomy. -2 A woman of the lowest tribe. -ntyam 1 A measure of number; 1000 billions ( 1000,000,000,000,000. ) -2 The 12th sign of the zodiac. -3 The last member orterm of a progression (series), the last figure; sthApyontavargoM dviguNAntyanighnaH Lila. -Comp. -anuprAsaH see under anuprAsa, avasAyina 18... ("vI, vinI) or woman of the lowest caste, begotten by a chandala on & Nisadi woman ; niSAdastrI tu cANDAlAtputramantyAvasA yitam / smazAnagocaraM sUte bAhyAnAmapi garhitam // Ms. 10.39; the following 7 are regarded as belonging to this class; cANDAlaH zvapacaH kSattA sUto vaidehakastathA / mAgadhAyogavau caiva saptaite'ntyAvasAyinaH || so'hamantyAvasAyAnAM harAmyenAM pratigRhAt Mb. 12. 141. 41. see antevasAyin Azramin m. who belongs to the last or mendicant order. -fa: - iSTi: / - karman, - kriyA last or funeral oblations, sacrifices or rites ; deg karma Ms. 11. 197, 5. 168; antyAhutiM hAvayituM saviprAH Bk. - RNam the last of the three debts which every one has to pay, i begetting childron; see anRNa. - gamanam intercourse by a woman of the higher caste with a man of the lowest caste. . . 1 latest born, younger -2 belonging to the lowest caste; jairnRbhi: Ms. 4. 61; *deg strI 8.385. ( - jaH ) 1 sudra ( antyaH san jAyate, varNamadhye zeSabhavatvAt ) - 2 one of the 7 inferior tribes; chandala &c. ; raMjakazcarmakArazca naTo varuDa eva ca / kaivartamedabhilAzca saptaite cAntyajAH smRtAH // | Yama also Ms. 8.279; Y. 1. 273. ( - jA ) a woman of the lowest caste; Ms. 11.59, 171; Y. 3. 231. - janman, jAti, jAtIya . 1 one belonging to the lowest caste; pratigrahastu kriyate zUdrAdapyantyajanmanaH Ms. 10. 110. -2 a Sudra; titA Ms. 12.9 -3 a chandala. - dhanam the last torm of a progression or series. -padam, -mUlam the last or greatest root (in a square ) - bham 1 the last lunar mansion revatI. -2 the last sign of the zodiac : mIna Pisces.. - yugam the last or Kali - yoni. age. .. of the lowest origin; antyAnAmantyayonayaH ( sAkSyam ) Ms. 8. 68. ( niH) the lowest source or origin: dropping of the last letter or syllable of a word. -varNaH, -varNA a man or woman of the lowest caste, a sudra male or female. -vipulA a N. of a metre. antyakaH A man of the lowest tribe. See antyaja. antram [ antyate badhyate deho'nena, annU karaNe Tran ; according to Up. 1. 163 am +tra ] An entrail, intestine; antrabhedanaM kriyate prazrayazva Mv. 3 the vitals of the heart are rent 127 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir andha 3 (marmabhiH vAcaH ucyante yarthaH trI N. of a plant (ared against colic or wind in the stomach ( Mar. varadhArA ); of. ajAntrI, chagalAntrI ). -Comp. -AdaH a worm in the intestines. kRjaH kUjanam vikUjanam the rumbling noise in the bowels ; pakvAzayasthontrakUjaM zUlaM nAbhau karoti vA Susr. - pAcaka [ antrasthaM doSaM pAcayati ] N. of a medicinal plant Aschynomene Grandiflora. ( saM. vasana; Mar. tamAlapatra ). - mAMsam a kind of roasted flesh - vRddhiH / inguinal hernia, rupture, swelling of the scrotum. - zilA N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -sraj /. a garland of intertines (worn by nRsiMha ). ref: f. Indigestion, inflammation of bowels; flatulence. andU 1 P. To bind, fasten. andaH Binding. anduH ndU: / [ anyate bayate anena, andU-kU, kUpratyayAntaH nipAtaH Up. 1.93] also andukaH, andUkaH 1 A chain or fetter. -2 A chain for the elephant's foot; gajamanduriva nizcalaM cakAra Si. 20. 51; ninAdaH 11. 7. -3 A sort of ornament worn round the ankles; cf. nUpura. andikA 1 An oven, fire-place. -2 An elder sister (of antikA), andolayati Den. P. To swing agitate rock to and fro, oscillate. See AndolU. andolanam Swinging orillating, waving marA ndolanAn Uab. See Andolanam. andhU 10 U. 1 To make blind blind andhayan bhRGgamAlAH Si. 11. 19; timire janasya dRzamandhayati 9.21. -2 To be or become blind. For Private and Personal Use Only andha . 1 Blind (lit and fig. ); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times ); divAndhAH prANinaH kacidrAtrA vandhAstathApare; 1). Bhay made blind, blinded; khajamapi zirasyandhaH kSiptAM dhunotyahizaGkayA S. 7. 24; madAndhaH blinded by intoxication; so darpAndhaH, krodhAndhaH kAma, lobha, ajJAna; ajJAnAndhasya dIpasya jJAnAJjanazalAkayA / cakSurunmIlitaM yena tasmai zrIgurave namaH // ; sahajAndhadRzaH svadurnaye Si. 16. 29 blind to his own wicked acts. -2 Making blind, preventing the sight ; utter, pitchy; complete, thick (darkness ) pradharSitAyAM vaidehyAM babhUva sacarAcaram / jagatsarvamamaryAdaM tamasAndhena saMvRtam // Ram 3.52. 9. Ms. 8. 94; sIdannandhe tamasi e. 3.33; Mal. 9. 8. 20; See kUpa, tAmasam infr. -3 Afflicted. AryaH paryuSitaM tu nAbhyavaharatyandhaH kSudhAndho'pyasau Vis. Guna 101. -4 Soiled, tarnished ; niHzvAsAndha ivAdarzazcandramA na prakAzate Ram. 3. 16. 13. -ndham Darkness. andhaH syAdandhavelAyAM bAdhiryamapi cAzrayet Mb. 1140.12 2 Spiritual ignorance; ajJAna or avidyA q.v. - 3 Water ; also, turbid water. -dhaH 1 A kind of mendicant (parivrAjaka ) who has completely controlled his organs; tiSThato vrajato vApi yasya cakSurna dUragam / catuSpadAM bhuvaM muktvA parivrADandha ucyate // -2 An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; ( naSTadravyalA bhAlA bhopayogayukto rAzi bhedaH);

Page #146
andhaGkaraNa meSo vRSA mRgendra rAtra vandhAH prakIrtitAH / nRyukkarkaTakanyAzca divAndhAH parikIrtitAH // - ndhAH (pl.) N. of a people; see andhra. -Comp. - alajI a blind boil or abscess in the eyes. ( one that does not open or suppurate ). ( Ved. alaji, visalpasya vidradhasya vAtIkArasya vAlaje: Av. 9. 8. 20. ) -ahiH, -ahikaH a blind serpent, i. o. one that is not poisonous. (-hi:, -hika: ) N. of a fish ( kucikA ). kAraH [ andhaM karoti ] darkness (lit. nd tig); lInaM divAbhItamivAndhakAram Ku. 1.12; kAma, madana: andhakAratAmupayAti cakSuH K. 36 grows din ; bAppalacArAgyakArina K. 161 98540 kRpaH [vasvamdhaH andhaH kRpaH ] 1a well, the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. -2 [ andhasya dRSTabhAvasya kUpa iva] mental darkness, infatuation. - 3 N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmuless creatures are condemmed. -tamasam (P. V. 4. 79. ) - tAmasam, ndhAtamasam deep or complete darkness; lokamandhatamasAtkamodito R. 11. 24 andhatamasamiva pravizAmi 7 the gloon of hill prAsitAnnamasodAharaNaM raviH Si. 2.33. ( -sA) night. -tAmisraH, zraH (stram also ) 1 completo or deep darkness (especially of the soul); tAmisro pradazadhA tathA bhavatyandhatAmisra: San K 48 (vizeSo'nantAmi Mv. 1. -2 spiritual ignorance ( dehe naSTe ahameva naSTaH iti rUpamajJAnam ): enveloped in utter darkness. ( -sraH sram ) 1 N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhuti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. andhatAmisrA hAsUryA nAma te loka pratividhI AtmA vevaU.4 tAnimandhatAmimahArauravarIrabo narakaMkAla mahAnarakameva c|| Ms. 4.88, 197; Y. 3. 224; doctrine of annihilation after death. -2 Death moho'prakAzastAmisramandhatAmisrasaMjJitam / maraNaM cAndhatAmikhaM tAmikhaM krodha ucyate // Mb. 12.313.25. -dhI ". mentally blind. -pUtanA a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children ; yo dveSTi stanamatisArakA sahikkA chadI bhirjvrshitaabhimaanH| durvaH satatamo'dhastaM bhiSajanyapUtanArtam Susr. -mUpA small covered crucible with a hole in the side. - mUSikA [ andhaM dRSTyabhAvaM muSNAti, muSNvulU ] N. of a plant or grass devatADa ( tatsevanena cakSuSmattA bhavatIti vaidyasiddhiH) rAtrI dnric night ( Ved). varmana . [ andhe sUryaprakAzarAhityAi yatra ] the seventh skandha r region of wind. andhakUraNa * Making blind (P. III. 2. 30). andhaMbhaviSNu, bhAvuka.. Preocensing blind (P. 111.2.37 ). andhaka ... [ andhU-kan ] Blind andhakaH kubjakazcaiva Pt. 5. 91. -kaH 1 N. of an Asura son of Kasyapa and Diti and killed by Siva. [He is represented as a demon with 1000 arms and heads, 2000 eyes and fect, and called Andhaka, because he walked like a blind man, though he could see very well; sa vrajatyandhavayasmAdanandho'pi hi bhArata / tamandhako'yaM nAmneti procustatra nivAsinaH || He was slain by Siva when he attempted to carry off the 128 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir andhaH Parijata tree from heaven; whence Siva is called Andhakaripu, aris deis &c. According to the Matsya Purana Andhak was admitted to the class of Ganas by Siva, at his importunities and humble supplication, when he was about to be killed by the god for having attempted to carry off his wife Parvati ]. -2 N. of descendant of Yadu and ancestor of Krisna and his descendants, a grandson of Krostu, son of Yudhajit who, together with his brother Vrisni is the ancestor of the celebrated family of Andhakavrisuis; P. IV. 1. 114, VI. 2. 34. -3 N. of a sage, son of Mamata and of Utathya, elder brother of Brihaspati. -Comp. - ariH ripuH, zatruH ghAti asuhRda Ku slayer of Andhaka, epithets of Siva. -vartaH N. of a mountain. - vRSNi m. pl. descendants of andhaka and vRSNi. andhikA [andhU-pul] 1 Night. 2 A kind of gane of sport, probably blindman's buffs gambling ( tayA hi janaH andha iva vivekazUnyaH kriyate Tv ) - 3 A woman of a particular character, one of the classes of women. -4 A disease of the eye. -5, feral q. v. ( asyA atyantasevA yojane iti prasiddhi ). andhI & U. To make blind, blind; kRtAtmA blinded in mind. andhIbhU To become hdind. andhasa [ a-asura tumbap4.2001 1 Food; dvijAtizeSeNa yadetadandhasA Ki. 1.30; sazeSa evAndhasi asAvatRpyat Dk. 133, 157 Vis. Guna 101 Mb. 3. 193.34. (supposed to have in the Veda the senses of Soma, the herb itself, or its juice; juice, ghee or boiled rice, but usually taken to mean food' only by Indian lexicographers and commmentators. -2 Grassy ground use yatte mahinA zubhrai andhasI adhikSiyanti puravaH Rv. 7.96.2. [ of. Gr. andhos. ] andhu: [fr. am Up. 1.7] 1 All P. VI. 1. 28; Sk. ef. also 'manyamAnaH . bandhUnadhUnivAsau ... colacampUkAvya P. 9, Verse 13. - 2 The male organ of generation mANipAdasaMjJAyAi andhulaH [ andhU- ulac ] A kind of tree, Acacia Sirissa ( zirISa ). For Private and Personal Use Only andhraH (pl.) 1 N. of a poople and the country inhabited by them. [The country of the Andhras is said to be the modern Telingana. But the limits were probably confined to the Ghats on the West and the rivers Godavari and Krisna on the North and South. It bordered on Kalinga ( See Dk. 7th Ullasa ), and its capital Andhranagara is probably the old town of Vengi or Vegi. According to Dandin, there was near it a lake ' like the ocean... crested with cranes which description can only refer to the lake Colair which has an area of over 150 miles ; jagannAthAdUrdhvabhAgAdarvAk zrIbhramarAtmakAt / tAvadandhAbhidho deza: ] --2 N. of a dynasty of kings. -3 A man of a mixed (low) caste, being 2

Page #147
129 anya born of a Vaidehs father and Karavara mother, who lives by killing game: TT CT 71: wa na festat ll Ms. 10. 36. -4 A kind of fowler. -Comp. - fa: the Andhra tribe. 2: N. of a dynasty of kings. 94 [37-Fi: f a, 317-777; according to Yaska, from 317, 3190 371 7 Hata; or from 371-27, 311 31113 gegn gani wafa 12 HAFH1 Food (in yeneral); 3east yarala ngaud Tait. Up.; SUOHifty a for: Ms. 3.8. 182; 38 H17 II. 1.51. I am your prey &c.; 1494 FT: Ms. 5. 29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (1) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (tyzarIra called annamayakoza).-3Boiled rice; annena vya Jjanam P. II. 1.34. - 4 Coru (broad com ); (3719) 37524Wurra h a fa au wala Ch. Up. 6.2. 4.; ES P OT 98: : Ms. 3. 76; 09. 219; 10.6, 12. 65.5 Water. -6 Earth gretol 3aera area). -7 N. of Visnu. -: The sun (H 31e ee:). -Comp. -3 : = 391701 q. v. -397, - a, -3treft eating food. -3 a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (ata). (-:) N. of Visnu. -344 proper food, food in yeneral; F ETE: IgHari an Ms. 3. 82, 4. 112, 11. 141. y ga: () Mb. 3. 200. 68. -36T 94, food and clothing, food and ruiment, the bare necessaries of life. -31T: (3917) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food ( 372 , 3795aa:). -FITH a. desirous of food : 4 1 8 41413 Rx: 10.117.3.-13: hour of dinner; meal-time. - =" q. v. : a large heap of boiled rice. -TYT: 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Visnu. -3 the sun. Tia: /. the passage of food, gullet (cf. afa:ana). - dysentery, diarrhoea. -3, -atta a. produced from food as the primitive substance. TF rice-gruel of three days. -El f. a hickup. - food and water, bare subsistence. O a. having the vigour caused by food. -,-art, - a, - a. 1 giving food; aftararatata yra 492: Ms. 4. 229. -2 epithet of Siva. - N. of Durga or Anna purna. -EA: [ 319 fanitata: 119.7.) a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. Tear the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -IT: 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms. 5.4.-2 a defect in the food eaten; dorangement of food or the humours of the body; 3113*CAT Team fratafa Ms. 5.4. 29: dislike of food, loss of appetite.-- a: lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitr, Agni, and Siva. 31714ael arafe A. .....9 Tait. Sam. 11.83; 34.58.-91*: cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). Y a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun.- a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-OT) a form of Durga (the goddess of plonty ); I N. of Durga or a form of Bhairavi. - = 219444 q.v. - a. being dissolved into food after death. -TET:, -TOTA4 the ceremony of giving a new-bom child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Savis karas performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms. 2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire Mar. gera): SETT HIT MX. 2. 31; Y. 1.12. - ,-316 m. Brahman as represented by food. - a. [37a18 : 18:] = 347014 q. v. - a. eating food, epithet of Siva. - a. see below. HOH 1 excrement, faeces; P. VI. 1. 148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; surA vai malamannAnAm Ms. 11.93. -rakSA precautions an to eating food. -TA: essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; 2199731 727374111 dadoM Ram.-bat a. possessed of food; annavAntsan raphitAyopaja14 Ry. 10. 117. 2. -erh = 23C7H q. v. -fart: 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. Baig: afd. fasil. acquiring food; kArSIvaNA annavido na vidyayA Av. 6. 116.1. oyacrt: the law or custom relating to food, i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -19: leavings of food, offal. Fir: consecration of food. #: a sacrifice with 10 materials) connected with the Asvamedha sacrifice. At a. ( tf.) Consisting or made of food, composed of or containing boiled rice; #T: -: the gross material body, the Fort, which is sustained by food and which is the fifth or last vesture or wrapper of the soul; see 377 (2) above and also FIST; hence, also the material world, the coarsest or lowest form in which Brahman is considered as manifesting itself in the worldly existence. -74 Plenty of food. at a. eator of food: 376#a17: Tait. Up. 1.7. Tatyt [375 ata 377 24-T f q acie: 1 Increasing food; car foawat sfaat: 31a fa fa 38: Rv. 10. 1. 4. THE N. of the author of the Tarkasangraha. of. kAzIgamanamAtreNa nAnnaMbhaTTAyate dvijaH / 372 a. ( 317 372 2; 372, FTEH, 11; w. 377441 Ro. ] 1 Another, different, other (Ha); another, other em. 14 Ann (generally); 3 a 72: 20 sacra farat Bh. 2.40; 3-2 HS fra S. 2; 941 everything else; facuje ET: R. 2. 62; changed, altered ; 44= 24 Bh. 3. 66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. 39=2017, 377294, 39-401 217UT &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than with a bl. or its last member of comp. ); & facruzadacina 14 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #148
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra www.kabatirth.org Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anya 180 anyat K. 35; Seat I: Bv. 4.37; Ef 15EUR | else. -ger,-a reared by another', epithet of the fara R. 12. 49; FHFUERIT: : : cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow 5. 1; oft. used in addition to Rte or vinA; Rte (called 34774); 376974get farTe Ku. 1. 45; HEIT: faufa agar lt. 5. 35; f 9 2- Pi a ng HICH R. 8.59.-qat ( 3772: 91d: ga7 2827:] E TTUUT S. 3. -3 Auother person, one clifferent 1 : womon already promised or betrothed to another. from self (opp. +9, 31 ); 2192 20 2T -2 : remarried widow (991) see 372-998. -15, Ms. 4. 66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; - aya, - 97 an adopted son (born from 3774 T 4 : K. 168: 3772 plaait : f: By. other parents ), one who may be adopted as a son for 1. 69; e a a S. 1. -5 Ordinary, any one; want of legitimate issue. m. a crow ( rearing Rang: 21989 190 Mv. 1.31 ; cf. 36.-6 Additional, another, it being supposerl to sit on the oggs of the new, more; 3219 Equi-42737 Mk. 2 another ten cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. S. 5. 22.-H , (coins); 37742 2 74 K. 157 new and new (chang- -ATT, - a. 1 having the mind fixed on someing every now and then ); 32147 another day; thing else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; one of a number with gen.); 347478 moreover, besides, 3172928: fas: H. 1. 111 absentminded; possessed by a and again used to connect sentences together); E- demon. - ATGT: a half-brother (born of another 37-2 the one the other; 54: 77619 EUR 419199 0 mother) iz Sati42 FF273: Y. 2. 139. kAkSantyanyo vadanamadirAM dauhRdacchadmanAsyAH Me. 80; see under eka -T: the second court or theatre or il compound; Mana. also; 34-37-3772 one another; 3772: la 372t oth 21. 144. -TII, Tip a. subject to another king or one does, another suffers ; 3974793 2fargu Mu. 5; kingdom Ved.). - a. having another form, 32EA ATT Ms. 9. 40, 99; 8. 201; Fofila 117284 changer, altered; off a1F7TH Mo. 85. (-99) TOT fagy Pt. 1. 305; 34745 99447316 another or changed form ; q7 in another form.fo faza Si. 2. 2; 3472-3772-37727 &c. one, another, third, - a. following the gender of another word (i.e. the fourth &c., f 27 984727 9 1 : - substantive), an adjective; 3491779 aratay Ak. 4 fau: ATH Pt. 1. 135; 97827469774 -arle a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant A Z T A II. 1. 97.; (in pl.) -3774 some- in general. -art: the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the others; -3772-9 91514 iufa942 Tut: nests of other birds. -farsa a. = 92 a cuckoo. - aan aan ajatura: 11 Ms. 10.70; 4.9; 12.123. 4. following other than Vedio) observances, devoted [cf. L. uling; Gr. allos for al jos, Zend anya). -Comp. to other gods, infidel. - e, h a Barhmana -374 a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. who has gone over to another school of religion -TETITUT a. not common to others, peculiar.-31127- &c.); an a postate. 7. a. fixel on or transJU<<. going or passing over to another. - a. born ferred to another (woman); 'aza: 311a: M. 3, 4. from another; a18 931217UT: grase taraar 3 Ry. TH: intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. 7.4.8. (-:) a step-mother's son, a half brother.(-1: - TUT a. common to many others. ait another's half sister. - 6 a, married to another; another's wife. wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is -Filia worm bred in excrement fra:). - 14 considered as one of three chief fenuale characters in 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. 39-422 a poetical composition, the other two being *14 and kRtaM pApaM puNyakSetre vinazyati / puNyakSetre kRtaM pApaM vajralepo bhaviSyati // I TUITUT . 3731 may be either a daunsel or another's -3 another's wife. --T, a. 1 going to another. wife. The 'damsel is one not yet married, who is - 2 adulterous, unchaste; Gt I waita fit - bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As - Ks. 21. 56; 19. 27. - TT a. of a different family "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar or lineage. - a. having the mind fixed on some occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her thing or some one else; see 4 .-, -Gia . of a family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. different origin. -JFHT 11. another life or existence, 108-110 ). "T: an adulterer. 7 9: 97 ata za regeneration, metempsychosis. - a. difficult to be #gate... # 31.7*18; Ms. 8. 386. (Note: Some borne by others. 9a, 67, -20 a. addressed or compounds under anya will be found under ananya.] referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra ). 3TF2F a. Another, other = 3479). I a. having another or different property. 3Fyra a. (344.) Another &c. fta ferear(-:different property or characteristic. sit a. 727 FAIR ETUITA Sulha. -ind. Again, moreover, whose mind is turned away from God. - a. besides &c. - Comp. -3T 1 having a different meaning. belonging to another family. -TI: 1 another -2 referring to or expressing another sense. (-:) substance. -2 the sense of another word:opt agafe: a different meaning.-311931 desire of something else. the Buluvrihi compound essentially depends on the - TT 1. another's blessing. - TETT devotion or sense of :nother word. -TT a. 1 devoted to another or attachment to another. -3i . longing for another. soinething else. -2 expressing or referring to something TIT: attachment to another. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #149
anyatama 131 anyathA anyatama.. [anya-utama] (declined like a noun and | -4 Otherwise, in another way, in the other caso, in the not a pronoun ) (me of many, any one out of : large other sense: surAjJi deze rAjanvAn syAttato'nyatra rAjavAn Ak: number ( with gen. or in comp.); japanvAnyatamaM vedam Ms. rAjanvatI bhUH, rAjavAn anyatra; carmaNvatI nadI carmavatI anyatra P.VIII. 11.75:6.32, +. 133;Y.2.22,3.2333; anyatarAnyatamazabdoM 2. 12, 14 Sk. -Comp. -manas, -citta a whose mind is avyutpanne prAtipadike iti kaiyaTaH). directed to somthing else, inattentive. Sat. Br. 14. __anyathA ind. [anya-prakArArtha thA] 1 Otherwise, in anyatara . (declined like a pronoun ) One of the two (persons or things), either of the two (with gen.); another way or manner, in a different manner; yadabhAvi na tadbhAvi bhAvi cenna tadanyathA H. prastAvikA 24; with ataH, tayormunikumArayoranyatara: K. Ibl; santaH parIkSyAnyatarad bhajante M. 1.2. the ome or the other%; anyatarA yuvayorAgacchatu 5.83B itaH or tataH otherwise than, im a manner different from; ato'nyathA pravRttistu rAkSaso vidhirucyate Ms. 5.31; etajjJAnamiti Ms. 2. 11139. 171; other, different; anyatara-anyatara the proktamajJAnaM yadato'nyathA Bg. 18. 11. anyathA-anyathA in one ome--the other; anyatarasyAm (loe. of rA) either way, in both ways, optionally; frequently used by Panini in his __way, in another (different) way; yo'nyathA santamA tmAnamanyathA bhASate Ms. 4.255% sattvabhAbhayAdrAjJAM kathayantyaSutras in the sense of vA or vibhASA; hakroranyatarasyAm . nyathA purH| anyathA vivRtArtheSu svairAlApeSu mantriNaH Mu.t.8. AtmanepadeSvanyatarasyAm c. &c.. anyathA kR (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; na hi anyatarataH adr. On one of the two sides : danta having daivaM zakyamanyathA kartumabhiyuktenApi K. 62; na svabhAvo'tra mAnAM teeth on one side. zakyate kartumanyathA Pt. I. 258; S. 6. 14; (1) to act otheranyataradya: adv. [anyatarasminnahani-edyus ] On either of wise, violate, transgress, go against; tvayA kadAcidapi mama vacanaM nAnyathA kRtam Pt.43; (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, the two days, on one day or on another, P. V. 3. 22. baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), katumakatuMmanyathAkartuM samartha anyataH adv. 1 From another; na cAnyatastasya IzvaraH; mamecchAM mAnyathA kRthAH Ks. 22.51; lAbhaM kuryAca yo'nyathA zarIrarakSA R.2.1 tIrthodakaM ca bahizca nAnyataH zuddhimahataH / .2. 195; (d) to make false falsify; khyAto lokapravAdo'yaM U. 1. 13. -20n one side; anyataH-anyataH, ekataH-anyataH / bharatenAnyathA kRtaH Ram. amAtyaH prAivivAko vA yatkuryaH kAryamanyathA on the one side, on the other side: tapanamaNDala- Ms. 9. 234 to do wrongly; deggraha ,-mana,-saMbhAvay ,-samarthay , dIpitamekataH satata zatamovRtamanyata: Ki.5.23; ekavastu sakalAni -vikalpay &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misundernimittAnyanyato hi manasaH pratipattiH Niti. -3 To another _stand, understand wrongly; alamanyathA gRhItvA na khalu manaplace, towards some other person or direction; gantavya svini mayA prayuktamidam M. 1. 20; alamasmAnanyathA saMbhAvya 5.1; vA tato'nyataH Ms.2.200%; anyato'pi nayane prerayantyA 5.2.23 ki mAmanyathA saMbhAvayasi K. 147; S. 3. 10; jano'nyathA bhatamatI Arye vrajAmo'nyataH R. 6.8.2. -4 From another ground or vizaGkate ... 17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste ), motive. --5 On the other side ; on the contrary. -8 "bhU or yA to be otherwise, be changed or Altered, be Otherwise; in another place, elsewhere. -Comp. talsifiel; na me vacanamanyathA bhavitumarhati S.; zokArtasya pravRtto -araNyam Ved. a land which is woody here and there. me zloko bhavatu nAnyathA Ram.; tayormahAtmanorvAkyaM nAnyathA yAti Vaj. 30. 10. -pata, -etas,-enI Ved. variegated or sAMpratam Ram. -2 Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; spotted on one sidle. -ghAtin 1. striking in one direction. vyaktaM nAsti kathamanyathA vAsantyapi tAM na pazyet U.3: stano'nyathA -ara a. suffering occasional wind (rheumatism). bhavet Ms. 8. 144; T. J.86, 2. 288%; on the other hand, (-taH)asort of eyo-disease. on the contrary. -3 Falsely, untruly: kimanyathA bhahinI anyatastyaH anyato bhavaH, tyap ] An enemy, adversary. mayA vijJApitapUrvA V.25 kimanyathA bhaTTinya vijJApitam M.1; na khalvanyathA brAhmaNasya vacanam V.33; yo nyAyamanyathA te sa yAti narakaM sa ya etamevamupAste jiSNuhIparAjiSNurbhavatyanyatastyajAyI Bii. Up.2. nara: Pt. 3. 1073; H. 8.15; Ms.8.90. -4 Wrongly, 1. 6. -Comp. -jayin .. overwhelming adversaries. Sat. Br. 14. erroneously, badly, as in 3474 q. v. below; see under (1) also. -5 From another motive, cause, or anyatra dr. [anya-tral ] (oft. = anyasmin with a subst. ground; durvAsasaH zApAdiyaM tvayA pratyAdiSTA nAnyathA S. 7. [f. or adj. force)1 Elsewhere, in another place (with L. alinta.]. -Comp. -anupapattiH /.see arthApani, -kAraH abl.); apatyAdhikArAdanyatra laukikamapatyamAnaM gotram P. IV.2.30 changing, altering. (TH) adr. in a different manner, Com.; sometimes with vinA; vinA malayamanyatra candanaM na differently P. III. 4.27. -khyAtiH / . 1 erromeous prarohati Pt. 1.41; (with verbs of motion) to another conception of the Spirit. -2 Name of a philosophical place. -2 On another occasion, at another time than; work. -3 wrong conception in general (in phil.). oft. (in comp.); madhupake ca yajJe ca piturdaivatakarmaNi / atraiva pazavo In Sankhya philosophy it means the assertion that hiMsyAnnAnyatretyabravInmanuH Ms. 5.41. -3 Except, without, something is not really what it appears to be according other than; yathA phalAnagaM jAtAnAM nAnyatra patanAdbhayam / evaM narasya to sensual perception; title of a philosophical work. jAtasya nAnyatra maraNAdbhayam || Ram.2.105. 17:Mr.6.8; R. - 19: alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; 14.325 Bg.3.9BY. 1.2153 anyatra naimiSeyasatrAn v.5, ekasyA vyakteH sarvAvayavAvacchedenAnyathAbhAvaH kAtya'm P. V.4.1%3 Ms. 4. 164 ; oft. with the force of the nom. case; devA | Sk. change of view or mind; mayi bhAvo na kartavyaH Ch. Up. anyatraivAzvibhyAM sattraM niSeduH Kaus. Br. (anyatra = anye). -vAdina a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #150
anyathayati or falsely or inconsistently (in Inw) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness. -vRtti a. 1 changed, altered. -2 affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; meghAloke bhavati sukhinopyanyathAvRtti cetaH Me 3 - siddha " proved or demonstrated wrongly (in Nysys) said of a cause ( kAraNa ) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see kAraNa; this anyathA is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka. K., but o are mentioned in Bhasa P. 19-22. -dvam, -siddhiH / wrong demonstration ; one in which arguments, not being true causes are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance. Bhasa P. 16. stotram satire, irony ; satyAsatyAbhyayAsto bhaiMrogiNAm (kSepa karoti). yaMtra nAtidarzayanyatam [Mitakari. Y. 2. 204. anyathayati Den. P. To change, alter, to change into omething totally different dharmakartRkartumIzvarastha zivasya AzAdhanam / colacampU p. 13. anyadA ind. 1 At another time, on another occasion, in any other ease; anyadA bhUSaNaM puMsAM kSamA lajjeva yoSitAm S2.44, R. 11. 73. -2 Once, one day, at one time, once upon a time. anyadA bhRzamudvignamanA naSTadraviNa iva kRpaNaH kazmalaM mahadabhirambhita iti hovAca Bhag 5.8.15. -3 Some times, now and then. anyadIya sa. 1 Bolonging to anothor. -2 Being or existing in another. anyarhi ind. At tanother time ( = anyadA ). anyAdRkSa, zU, za... [ anya iva pazyati, anyAdRzU, karmakartari ksa, kvina, kaJ vA P. III. 2. 60] 1 of another kind, like :another. -2 Changed, musual, strange; yAtrA pratinivRttamanyAdRzaM bhavantamavadhArayAmi Mal. 1; anyAdRzameva bhagavatyA vacanam 2: being different or otherwise ; na khalu anyAdRzeSu yuSmAdRdayaH pakSapAtinyo bhavanti 4; anyAdRzyeva kSaNamajaniSTa Dk. 106, K. 300: anyAdazI racanA kasyApi valImukhasya Mv. 6 strange. anyAnya a. See anyonya; anyAnyAzcaiva tanavo yatheSTaM pratipadyate Mb. 14. 19. 25. anyedyuH ind. [ anya - edyus P. V. 3. 22 ]1 On the other o following dny anyedyurAtmAnucarasya bhArya jijJAsamAnA R. 2. 26.-2 one day, once. aka . [ anzuka ka] Orecurring every day, daily, diurnal; anyedyuSkamahorAtrAdekakAlaM pravartate Suor. -SkaH A quotidian fever. 132 a. anyonya . [ anya-dharmavyatihAre dviyaM pUrvapade sukha] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word ' each other' or ' one another' in English; anyonyaM tADayataH Mk. 9 they strike each other ( anyaH anyaM tADayati ). Thus anya: may be regarded as the subject and as the object of the verb, as in English. The second may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; anyonyairAhatAH santaH sasvanurbhImaniHsvanAH Ram.; anyonyasya vyatilunanti P. I. 3. 16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when enters into compound, in which the first anya loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of 4 and anya, 800 P. VIII. 1. 12 Sk.; anyonyasyAvyabhicAra: Ms. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 0 9. 101; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; 'zobhAjananAt Ku. 1.42; 80 'kalaha, darzana, &c. nyam ind. Mutually - nyam ( In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each othor: anyonyamubhayorekakriyAyAH karaNaM mithaH / tvayA sA zobhate tanvI tayA tvamapi zobhase // rajanyA zobhate candrazcandreNApi nizIthinI / S. D. 724. -Comp. - adhyAsaH reciprocal attribution of identity (anyonyatAdAtmyAropaH ) ; jalavyomnA ghaTAkAzo yathA sarvastirohitaH / tathA jIve ca kUTasthaH so'nyonyAdhyAsa ucyate // apahRta & taken from one another, taken secretly. -abhAva: mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of abhAva; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference ( bheda ) : tAdAtmyasaMbandhAvapratiyogiko myonyAbhAvaH paTaH paTInaM bhavati it exists between two notions which have no property in common. -Azraya mutually dependent. ( - yaH ) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyaya). -uktiH / conversation. -kAryam Sexual intercourse (maithuna); anyonyakAryANi yathA tathaiva na pApamAtreNa kRtaM hinasti Mb. 12. 141. 70. -pakSanayanam transposition of numbers from one side to another. -bhedaH mutual dissension or enmity; so 'kalaha -mithunam mutual umion. - vibhAga: mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party ). -vRttiH / mutual effect of one thing upon another. -vyatikaraH, -saMzrayaH reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect. 1 anyAyya 15. anyaGga . Ved. Spotless. anyA a. Ved. Not drying up, inexhaustible; indraM dhenuM sudughAmanyAm Rv. 8.1.10. For Private and Personal Use Only anyAya a. [na..| Unjust improper daNDaH unjust punishment; -ya: 1 Any unjust or unlawful action; 4] nyAya mareSvanyAyavartiSu Me 7.16 neting unjustly, following evil courses; anyAyena unjustly, improperly ; nApRSTaH kasyacid brUyAnna cAnyAyena pRcchataH Ms. 2.110. -2 Injustice, impropriety. -3 Irregularity, disorder. a. anyAdina Unjunt, improper anyAyya a. 1 Unjust, unlawful anyAbhyaH paradArapRcchAvyavahAraH S. 5. -2 Improper, unbecoming, indecorous. -3 Not authoritative.

Page #151
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra anyUna www.kobatirth.org anyUna . Not defective or deficient, complete, whole, entire; "adhika neither deficient nor superfluous. -Comp. -aGga ... not having a defective limb. anyokas . Not residing in one's own house (dwelling in another's), Av. anvakSa . [ anugataH akSaM indriyaM gati samA. ] 1 Visible, perceptible. -2 Following, close on the heels of, immediately following. -kSam ind. 1 Afterwards, after; Aroha tvaM... sItAM cAropayAnvakSam Ram 2.52.75. -2 Immerdintely after, forthwith, directly nAnAM nRpagovi ranvakSaM cAtmaghAtinAm Y. 3. 21. anvakSarasandhiH A kind of Vedic Sandhi, that of a vowel and consonant. d. anvaJc . [ anu-aJca- kripU; nom. anva m., anvakU n. anUcI f.] 1 Going after, following; tasmAdime anvaco mAsA yanti Sat. Br.; tvAmanvazca vayaM smasi Ait. Br. -2 Lying lengthwise, horizontal; anUci adr. in the rear or behind, from behind; Agacchato'nRci gajasya ghaNTayoH Si. 12.34 ( pRSThadeze ). anvak ind. 1 Afterwards; bAlena niSkarSa yatA'nvagulUkhalaM nadAmodareNa taraso'pi hag 10.10.27 2 fron behind; pidadhAnamanvagupagamya dRzau Si. 9. 76. -3 Friendly disposed, favourably; anvagbhUtvA bhAvaM, -Aste becoming friendly disposed P. III. 4. 6+ Sk. ( agrataH pArzvataH pRSThateo vAnukUlo bhUtvA Aste; anvagbhUtvA tiSTati = pRSThato bhUtvA f. anvagbhAva raghuvRSabhayorvAnarendra virAjan Bk. 6.143 -4 ( with acc. ) After ; tAM... anvagyayau madhyamalokapAlaH R. 2. 16 went after or followed her; tamanvagindrapramukhAzca devAH Ku. 7.71. anvan . [ an vanip ] Following. anvantaH A raised platform or a conch; Mana. 16. 43. anvaya See under anvi anvartitR M. Ved. An inviter, a wooer; anvartitA varuNo mitra AsIt Rv. 10. 109. 2. anvartha . [ anugataH artham | Having the meaning elear or intelligible, having a meaning easily deducible from the etymology of the word; hence, true to the sense, significant; tathaitra so'bhUdanvarthe rAjA prakRtiraJjanAt R. 4.12; anvarthA tairvasundharA Ki. 11.64; anvarthasaMjJaiva paraM trimArgagA Si. 12.23; anvartha evAyamadhunA pralApo vartate e. 3; anvarthato'pi nanu rAkSasa rAkSaso'si Mu. 5.7 in the true sense of the word, properly so called. -Comp. -grahaNam literal acceptation of the meaning of a word (opp. to rUDha or conventional). -saMjJA 1 an appropriate name, a technical term which directly conveys its own meaning; eg bhaviSyantI a name for 'future' is an anvarthasaMjJA compared with lRT. -2 a proper name the meaning of which is obvious. anyayakiraNam Scattering about successively. anvavacAraH Descending and following. 133 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir anvAdiz anyasargaH [-] SInckeming letting loose (opp. AyAma ). -2 Permission to do as one likes ( kAmacArAnujJA ), one of the senses of api P. I.4.96; see api. -3 Following one's own will. anvavasita a. Connected with, bound or fastened to. anvavAyaH A race, family, lineage; tasyAnvavAye rAjAnaH kramAdyenAbhiSecitAH Ram 6. 128.65; anvavAyamavadAtamAkRtiH Ki. 13.37. anvavekSA Regard, consideration. tasyai sa pradadau mantramApaddharmAnvavekSayA Mb. 1. 111. 6. anvaSTakA [ anugato'STakAm ] The 9th day of the dark half of the three months following the full moon in mArgazIrSa pauSa, mAgha and phAlguna: pituM vATakA khacaityamanya prakAsu ca Ms. 4. 150. anvaSTakyam A Sraddha or any such ceremony performed on the anvaSTakA days. anvapramadizam ind. Towards the north-east direction. anvasta a. [ fr. as to throw ] Shot or hurled along, shot; interwoven (as in silk ); chequered. anvaham ind. Day after day, every day. AbhyaH kuryAd devatAbhyo brAhmaNo homamanvaham Ms. 3. 84. anvAkhyA 2 P. To repeat in succession, enumerate. anvAkhyAnam 1 Subsequent mention or enumeration; an explanation referring to what is mentioned before. -2 Section, chapter. anvAgam 1 P. To follow, come after. anvAgata . Attached; sa yattatra kiMcitpazyatyananvA gatastena bhavatyasaGgaH Bri. Up. 4. 3. 16. anvAcayaH [ pradhAnasya pazcAdanyaH AcIyate bodhyate yatra, ciac] 1 Statement of a secondary (gauNa ) rite or action after the mention of a primary (pradhAna) one; adding an object of secondary importance to the main object, one of the senses of the particle ca cAnvAcaye samAhAre Ak.; anyatarasyAnuSaGgikatve'nvAcayaH ; as bho bhikSAmada gAM cAnaya where going out to beg is enjoined to the beggar as his principal object, and the bringing of a cow (if he can see any) is tacked on to it as a secondary object. -2 Such an object itself. -Comp. -ziSTa a propounded as a rule or matter of secondary importance. anvAcita . Secondary, inferior. ambAje ind. [ anu Ajayatyanena anu Aji- TY.] (Used like 39 only with) So as to assist or support the weak (dubacAne ) optionally regarded as ; preposition; or supporting, assisting (a weak person ); durbalasya balamAdhAya P. I. 4. 73 Sk. a anvAdizU 6 P. To name or mention again; to mention or refer to in a subsequent place, employ again, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #152
anvAdiSTa 134 anvayaH anvAdiSTa...1Mentioned after or according to3 employed again; anvAdiSTaH puruSaH anupuruSaH P. VI. 2. 190 Sk. --2 Lence) Inferior, of secondary importance. __ anvAdezaH 1 Subsequent. or repeated mention, referring to what has been previously mentioned; er-employment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, or of the same thing to perform a subsequent operation; AdezaH kathana anvAdeza: anukathanam Kasi. on P. II.4.32. (idam and etad are Haid to assume the forms ene, enau, enAn &c. in the sense of anvAdeza; kiMcitkAyeM vidhAtumupAttasya kAryAntaraM vidhAtuM punarupAdAnaM anvAdezaH; e.. anena vyAkaraNamadhItaM enaM chando'dhyApaya; anayoH pavitraM kulaM enayoH prabhUtaM svam Sk.). -2 An additional statement, a supplement: zUdratha na deya ityanvAdezaH SB. on MS.6.7.7. anvAdhAnama [agnisthApanasya pazcAdAdhAnam ] Putting om or depositing fuel on the sacred fires. __ anvAdhiH [anu pazcAdAdhIyate, zrA-ki ] ( In civil law) 1 A bail, deposit or security delivered to a third person to be handed over ultimately to the right owner: 319mArgaNakAyeSu anyasminvacanAnmama / dadyAstvamiti yo dattaH sa ihAnvAdhirucyate / / . -2 A second deposit. -3 [anugataH santataH 39119:] Constant anxiety, remorse, repentance, regret (after the coinpittal of a bad act). __ anvAdheyam,-yakam A sort of strIdhana or woman's property, presented to her after marriage by her husband's or father's family, or by her own relatives; vivAhAtparato yaca labdhaM bhartRkulAt striyaa| anvAdheyaM tu tad dravyaM labdhaM pitR-(r.1. bandhu-) kulAttathA // Katy. quoted by Kull. on Ms. 9. 195; bandhudattaM tathA zulkamanvAdheyakameva ca 1.2.14. anvAhita anvAdhiq.v. straret: A class of divinities. 974 <<. Ved. Being in the entrails. anvAyatana . Latitudinal. -nam inml. In the house. anvAyatta / . Ved. In accordance with (anugata &c.): following after. anvAyAtyA A deity invoked by the verb anvAyA. anvArabh / A. 1 To begin, commence. -2 To touch; ase'vayumanvArabhate Asval. yadi mAM saMspRzedrAmaH sakRdanvArabheta vaa| dhanaM vA yauvarAjyaM vA jIveyamiti me maniH / / Ram. anvArabdha. 11 Touched on the back or on any part of the body: viSNoH karmANIti vAcayani rupamanvArabdhamiti Katy. -2 That which has touched or has been placed on the body (as the hand), -3 Followed. Far* pot. p. To be touched along with. anvArambhaH , -mbhaNam Touching, contact, especially touching the yajamAna (the performer of a sacrifice) to make him entitled to the fruits and merits of the holy rite. anvArambhaNIyA 1 An initiatory or preliminary ceremony. -2 A sacrificial rite to be performed before darzapUrNamAsa. anvAruh 1 P. To follow in ascending, especially the funeral pile; to ascond, climb, mount; 37-911 mugrIvaH (girim ) Ram. anvAroha: N. of cartain Japas uttereil at the somenlibations. Toitt. samhita. .. anvArohaNama A woman's ascending the funeral pile after or with the body of her husband. anvAs 2 A. 1 To be sented near or round; sakhAyamavAste Mb.; to wait upon, serve, attend upon; sakhIbhyAmanvAsyate 5.3: anvAsitamarundhatyA svAhayeva havirbhujam R.1.56; to sit after one (acc. of person); at 37-918 R. 2. 24. -2 To perform, as a religious ceremony; sandhyAmanvAsya pazcimAm Ram. anvAsanam 1 Service, attendance, waiting upon, worship. -2 Taking a sent after another. -3 Regret, sorrow. -4 A place of industry, manufactory, workshop &c. -5 An oily or cooling enema. anvAsIna pres. p. Sitting down after, Featerl along side of. anvAhArya . To be performed later, following (duty); anvAhArya mahArAja pitRRNAM zrAddhamucyate Mb. 18. 87.6. tvam. ___ anvAhAryaH (also -ryam)-ryakam [ anu mAsi mAsi Aliyate, karmaNi Nyat ] 1 A sacrificial gift or offering presented to the priests (Say. anvAharati yajJasaMbandhi doSajAtaM pariharatyanena ityanvAhAryoM nAma Rtvigbhyo deya odanaH) -2 The monthly Sraddha performed in honour of the manes on the day of new moon ; pitRRNAM mAsikaM zrAddhamanvAhAya vidurbudhAH M. 3.123. -Comp. -pacana: the southern sacrificial tire used in the anvAhArya sacrifice. anvAhAryapacanaM yajurantarikSam T. Ar. athAnbAhAryapacanAdasthito ghoradarzanaH Bhay.ti.9.12: Ch. Up. 4. 12. 1. anvAhika . (kI /.) Daily, diurnal. anvAhita = anvAdheya q. v. anvi2 P. [ anu-i]1 To follow, come or go after, Succeed; Rtasya panthAmantavai Rv.7.11.5. gacchataH pRSTatA:nviyAt Ms. 4. 15 nAM...prayatA prAtaranvenu . 1.90%; zunImaFala Bh. 3. 18; attend, accompany, accrue to: - phalaM kartAramanveti. -2 (.) To follow (imgraminer or construction); be commeeted or construed with ; dhAturAdezamanveti Mb. See anvaya below. (1) To obey, conform to, be guided by; yazcittamanveti parasya Mb. -3 To Heek; to fall to one's lot ( Ved.). mA piturgotamAdanviyAya Rv. 4.+. 11. anvayaH [i kartari bhAve vA ac] 1 Going after, following; fellower', retinue, attendants; kA tvamekAkinI bhIru niranbayajana bane Bk.5.06. -2 Association, connection, , relation; gandhaH kaTukAnvayaH = kaTukAnvitaH. -3 The natural For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #153
anvayavat 135 apa order or connection of words in a sentence, construing R. 3. 28. -2 Possessed of, having, possessing, endowed grmmational order or relation; padAnAM parasparAkAkSA yogyatA with; full of seized or struck with, overpowered by; ca, or zabdAnAM parasparamarthAnugamanam ; tAtparyAkhyAM vRttimAhuH padArthAnvaya- with instr. or in compound ; kulAnvitaM kukulajA nindanti Pt. bodhane S. D.; logical commection of words, atra (in they 1.415; dhairya'; guNa, vitta; vismaya struck with wonder%B cx. niSThata sarpiH) sarpiHzabdasya sthitikriyAyAmanvayaH P. bhaya, krodha, lobha &c. &c. -3 Comected with, linked to, VILL. B. Sk; parasparanirapekSasyAnekasya ekasminnanvayaH samuccayaH following (as a consequence). -4 Commocterl gramP. II.2.2) Sk. -4 Drift, tenor, purport. -5 Race, matically; varNAH padaM prayogAhaninvinaikArthabodhakAH S. D.9. family, lineage; raghUNAmanvayaM vakSye / . 1.9, 12; 3. 27; 12. -5 Understood, reached by the mind. -6 Suitable, 33; anvayaguNa: Mv.+.22 virtue of my race. -6 Descen- ____befitting: tapasA cAnvito veSastvaM rAmamahiSI dhruvam Ram.5.33. dants, posterity; tAbhya Rte anvayaH 1.2.1173 sa along 13. -Comp. -artha . having a meaning which is easily with the family or descendants; Ms.2.168; jAtastu understood from the context. degvAdaH-abhidhAnavAdaH / gaNyate so'tra yaH sphuratyanvayAdhikam It. 1.27. -7 Logical cloctrine of the Miniisakas that words in a sentence connection of cause and effect, logical continuance; convey meanings not independently or generally, but janmAdhasya yato'nvayAditarataH Bhan. 1.1.1. -8 Being seen as connected with one another in that particular (pratyakSa); sthAtsAhanaM tvanvayavat prasabhaM karma yatkRtam / niranvayaM Sentence; see abhihitAnvayavAdin under abhivA and K. P.2. bhavetsteyam...Ms. 8.332. -9 (In Nyaya) Statement of the anviti .. Won over_or favourably disposed by constant and invariable concomitance of the ba (middlo means of a salutation. -fa: f. 1 Following: -2 Food. term) and the sAdhya (major term) of an Indian | syllogism (hetusAdhyayovyAptiranvayaH). In the familiar instance anvip 6 P. To desire, seck, search for or after, parvato vahimAn dhUmavattvAn the relation yatra yatra dhUmastatra tatra bahiH / look out for, seek to get; ataH siddhisametAbhyAmubhAbhyAmanviyeSa (wherever there is smoke there is fire) is called anvaya / saH R. 17. 47. (-1 P.) To seek, search, look out for or anvayavyApti. anvaya, in fazet, corresponds to the Ke.: na ratnamanvipyati mRgyate hi tat Ku.5.43; anveevyo yadasi universal A proposition of European logic 'All A is B.' bhuvane bhUtanAthaH zaraNyaH U.2.13; to inquire, investigate; The 'vyatirekavyApti' means an assertion of the comcomi kiM vRthA tarkeNa anviSyane 5.5. -Cons. To sock, search &c.3B tance of the absence of sAdhya and the absence of hetu yAmanveSayatAM prayAnti satataM sarve samApti guNAH Bh. 8.10. (tadabhAvoH hetvabhAvasAdhyAbhAvayoH vyAptiH) and corresponds to anviSTA p. Desired, sought, searehed ; yadvAyuranviSTamRgaiH the converted A proposition. All not-B is not-A'; or kirAtaiH Ku. 1. 15. in Sanskrit. yatra yatra vahirnAsti tatra tatra dhUmo'pi nAsti; and a. cause or is said to be connected with its effect by anveSaH, -paNam, -NA 1 Search after, seeking for, anvayavyatirekavyApti when both the affirmative and negative inquiry into or after, looking out for, watching; relations between the thing to be proved and the cause tattvAnveSAnmadhukara hatAH S. 1.333; nyAya degNatatparau P1.3.913 that proves can be equally asserted; such a 11 cte randhrAnveSaNadakSANAM dviSAm . 12. 11; asyaivAnvevaNA vartate V. 2. alone makes the argument perfectly sound and ! / anveSaka,-anveSin,-anveSTa... Searching after, seoking incapable of refutation. This process of arriving at the for, inquiringic.; sadA hi darzanAkAlhI zreyo'nveSI ca vo hariH Vyapti or universal proposition corresponds to the Mb.3. 183.4. paurA asmadanveSiNaHS. 1.; anupadyanveSTA P. v. methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's Logic; 2. 100; antarAnveSI bhavAmi 5.7; to sItAnveSiNI / . 12.51; sAdhye nizcitamanvayena ghaTitam Mn.5. 10. -Comp. -Agata .. kumudaviTapAnveSI haMsaH II. 1. 102. hereditary: Pt. 1,33degta vairam Pt. 3. -zaH agenealogist; atha stute bandibhiranvayajJaiH R.6.8. -vyatireka (ko or "kam) anvI 1A. 1 To keep looling or guxing at, koep 1 positive and negative assertion; agreement and in viow. -2 To search, seek for, inquire into: reflect contrariety or difference; see above. -2 rule and or meditate upon, think of. exception. -vyAptiHf.affirmative assertion or agreement, anvIkSaNam,-kSA 1 Search, seeking for ; investigation. affirmative universal. -2 Reflection; meditation. anvayavat 1 Having a comection or consequence, reffer . Well wisher, looking to if yood or bad following. -2 Belonging to a race or family; born of a (zubhAzubhavIkSaNa): prajAnvIkSikayA buddhapA zreyo hyasya vicintayan noble family, noble, high-born; satyapi anvayavati avarodha- Ram. 7. 3. t. jane K.7. anvIta = anvina 5.v. anvayAyin .. Descendlent, belonging to the family: anvIpa / [anugatA Apo yatra] 1 Neur the water, inAme kAzayo bhUpAH kSatravRddhAnvayAyinaH Bhig9. 17.10. situated near water. -2 Attaina blo or friendly. anvayin (I. Councterlas with a consequence. anvRcam int. Verse after verse. anvita / / 1 Folloverlor attended by, in apa / [Ap-kip-hasvazca Un. 2.5] (Declined in company with, joined by; amAtyaputraiH savayobhiranvitaH elassieal language only in pl.; ApaH, apaH, adbhiH , adbhapaH, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #154
314 136 apakRta 31419 and , but in singular and pl. in Veda) 1 Water regarded in Ved. as sacred divinities, 31191 #:); aa aa gere: Ms. 2. 60. Water is generally considered to be the first of the 5 elements of creation as in 39 T al aig a HT#517 Ms. 1. 8; afe: artia S. 1.1; but in Ms. 1.78 it is said to have been created from all or 4 4 after 49, 37171, 917 and TUIT 18 or 312; HT4 faktorer THYTT: : | 160 TETUT Afran fetita: 11 -2 Air, the intermediate region. -3 The star S virginis (471). For the changes of 314 at the end of comp. See P. V. .74, VI. 3. 9798. [cf. L. aqua, Gr. appos; Lith. wype, Goth. uhva; Pers, al ; Zend ap; Old Germ. aha). -Comp. HET deep meditation by means of water. -7:, -t: an aquatic animal. trINyAdyAnyAzritAstveSAM mRgagartAzrayA' sarAH Ms. 7. 72. See T. -ofa: 1 Lord of waters', N. of Vuruna.-2 the ocean.-O fire. For other comps. see 8. v. 31914 enters into several compounds; e. g. 377aa: destruction of the world by water; 3 a : calf of waters', N. of a star; 379194 , Paar, daftau, 17, 3791991, ragut Ved. N. of Agni or fire as sprung from water; of. Ms. 9.321 ; 34919fa:, -far, - 19:; 31-41c: lord of waters, the ocean ; N. of Varuna; 379197 fire. 377 ind. [a qua ana qan 4-Tv.] 1 (As a protix to verbs it ineans) (a) Away, away from, denoting fautt; 392 , 394fa; (1) deterioration (fagfa), fa does wrongly or badly; (c) opposition negation, contradiction (fautia); 317fa, affa; (a) direction or mention or illustration (faceia); 399fafa; (e) exclusion (as); 31972, 399 Caus; joy, merriment or laughter (1972); 3948ufa; (9) concealment or denial (13); 8934fa, srca. -2 As first member of Tat. or Bahuvrihi comp. it has all the above senses; 3194194, 31948, 379915: ; 3793152: a bad or corrupt word; * fearless; "kalmaSa stainless; aparAga: discontent (opp. 10 anurAga); 12 h Ku. 6.54 &c. In most cases 319 may be translated by 'bad', inferior', 'corrupt', 'wrong', unworthy '&c. It also means 'going downwards' as in 3791a:. -3 As a separable preposition with a noun in the abl.) () away from ; **21 quart Ram; (b) without, on the outside of ; 319 : Hart: Sk.; (c) with the exception of, excepting; 319 fa da: Sk. on the outside of, with the excoption of. In these senses 374 may form adverbial compounds also (P. II. 1.12); Pau 1917: Sk. without Visnu ; ad JET da: excepting fard &c. It also implies negation, contradiction &c.; AH, E. The senses of this word as given by G. M. may be thus put in verse; varjane vikRtau caurye vipriitviyogyoH| apakRSTe ca nirdeze harSe cApaH aysud. [of. L. ab; Gr. apo; Goth. uf. Eng. Of or of: Zend apa). TEUT a. Cruel. 3 7TT A deep, indelible stain. 37TH: Ved. Abhorronce, aversion, a bominableness; absence of what is dear. 49: TITIH Rv. 6.75. 2. - 4 ind. Unwillingly, against one's will. 379fa: Infamy, disgrace. 377* N. of the younger brother of the serpentk ing Sesat, Hariv. 3775 8 U. 1 To carry or bear away, remove, drag away, insult by dragging away ; ils par 14 Bk. 8. 20 bore forcibly away. -2 To hurt, injure, wrong, harm, do harm or injury to (usually with gen. of person); 3914140 Pt. 1. 16; Si. 14. 78; - ar 1994 l't. 1; f ata 47197714 + what harin have I done to her? 77 12 TA450 GTI Ram.; sometimes with acc. or loc. also: 314 al 1997: r eTH Mb.; fafia da 1988 Bh. 3. 115; g her B afa H ai 4 Si. 16. 52. -Caus. To harm, injure &o. 319 TOTH 1 Acting improperly. -2 Doing wrong, injuring : ill-treating, offending. 1940 a. 1 Injurious, doing harm or sive. -2 Hostile, inimical. -n. An enemy. 9774Ta. [.2.] of bad or degraded actions, corrupted, depraved. -n ( 1 Discharge, paying off (of a debt ); 𖚕 Ms. 8.4. -2 An improper or unworthy act; evil doing, conduct, or courses any degrading or impure act. -3 Wickedness, violence, oppression. -4 Incompetence, laziness. 37941: 1 Harm, wrong; injury, hurt, offence, misdeed, wrong deed (opp. 37*17); $6:97149714 argura a Pt. 1. 66; 3962|u f fH2014FITOT 39717197717 4 : Si. 2. 37; 37447T 991012a 477. &c. -2 Thinking ill of, desire to offend or hurt Ferat. -3 Wickedness, violence, oppression, enmity. -4 A moan or degraded action. -Comp. -37 a. meaning to harm, malovolent, malicious. - 1. (ft:), -72: abusive words, menacing or insulting speech ; 94ft: Ak. 377417, - fca a. Injuriny, doing harm or wrong to, mischievous, offending, harmful, hurtful, injurious ; mUSikA gRhajAtApi hantavyA sApakAriNI Pt. 1. 95, Si. 2.37. - ,- An ovil-doer opp. 34 ), enemy; 3949 9: erg: #ay: f ald H. 1; 377 harmless, not harmful. 398 p. p. 1 Injured, wronged, wickedly or maliciously committed &c. faciq3 COTTSY : ga Bhag. 1. 7. 42. -2 Done or practised as a degrading or impure act, as funeral rites. - An injury, harm, offence. karmaNaH phalanirvRtti svayamaznAti kArakaH / pratyakSaM dRzyate loke $ 1474 |Mb. 13. 6.9. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #155
apakRtiH 131 apakSi Tara: /. 317574 1 larm, injury, burt, damage, offence. -2 Opposition, enmity. -3 A degrading or impure act. ST 1 Ilurt, injury, li-service; fault, wrong or faulty leed, misceoil: 1999 721 (v. l. fra 174 Si. 2. 51; AT FAT: gat#4912 Ki. 13. 64 fault. -2 Paving or clearing off debts ). STTET P., 6U. 16.) To draw back or wwwy. draw off or aside, drag down, drag away, take or carry oll, take or draw out, extract; 3HT9924 1. 10. 5 drawn out; a n y attaa 7 Rs. 4. 1:3 pulling off or back. (0) To take or carry away, remove; Th9nia Ram.; ft sarafareta 514-52W H U. 1.8, My. 4. 33 provents or interferes with freelou of action ; 1ST My. 1. 32 destroys, robt one of. -2 To eliminish, decrease, omit; 3912 191201 Susr. -3 To bend as a bow ); 49:319999624 Mb. -4 To lower or debase, dishonour, detract from, lessen the value of, disparage; 434 79 R 316479189wfa Mb.-5. To bring or draw backwards; anticipate as a word in a sentence) what occurs later on 30447 THEUHEIUS P. IV. 1.17 Com. fans 'To remove, take away, lessen, diminish, retract from ; 2 72493a: f1c4F4194T (14:) 3 S. D. 1. 379 : 1 (1) Drawing off or downl; diuinution, decrease, reduction ; HIST#ta Dk. 160; loss, decay, de:line, destruction; HIST": Ve. 1; deterioration, inferiority; CET 77: Sk. () Dishonour, degradation, lowering of esteem), infamy, disgrace (opp. 37 in all senses); agafar 12 qil 19** a Ha || Me. 10. +2; rise und fall in price, increte and decrease. -2 Anticipater performance of : duty, as of a Sraddha, sunticipation of some detail or details at a fagfant), i. e. performing them at : carlier stage. sec ). -3 Anticipation of a word occurring later on (in gram., poetry or Mimarsi de.). -Comp. -a#: a sort of fallacy; 4. y. sound has not the quality of shape, as a jar, so found ind : jar huve no qualities in common. 3967 . 1 Drawing or taking off or down, removing. -2 Lessoning, diminishing, letracting from ; a 47 (71334 3197117: S. D. 1. 39. .. king or drawing away, removing, diminishing opp. 7 ); 77 451 - 104Susr. -014 1 Removiny, taking away: drawing away or down, depriviny (one) of, drawing out, extractin. -2 Lessening, making inferior, detraction. -3 Supersoling. -- 4 Donying: a bolishing. 31732. 1 Drawn or taken away, removed ; 37459414 248: Mo. severed, alienated .....96 estranged, cut off ; so 95952: argara 1.14; extracted, drawn out, dragged, lost, diminished, bronght down, depressed, lowerel &c. -2 Drawn or attracted by: ad and 94 : Ve. :), dependent on, or the work of, l'ate. -3 Low, vile, base, inferior, moan (opp. 35I); afeguata97254 H4 S. . to: fa asi tagasi 9 Ms. 5. 163; 8.281: 9.21; E hsat a 487 Ki. 11. 22. 4 Forbidden, probi Isitel: +49 2452439: 49: Ram. 4. 33. 27. 1; A crow. -Comp. a . mentally debased or corrupted, low-winderl. - Stila a. of a low tribe or origin. SITE 6 P. 1 To scatter, spout out water); 3941 Ria 4944; 75 sura Sk. -2 To scrape with the foot (for food &c.) through joy, said of quadrupeds and birds, (changed to apaskRA. in this sense apAzcatuSpAcchakuniSvA - P. VI.1.142) 319a : 35 Harli, ar 3 = Sk; TATTETUERETH 6. 12.7L scratched, 31414174 . U. 2.9. __ apakiraNam Scattering about ke. 37 . Something without cover or sheath; 974774417 41 91214990 Siva B. 22. 43. 31971 test News, information. fe: f. 1 Unripeness, immaturity. -2 Indigestion. 379 a. Unripe, immature, undigested (as food ); uncooked, raw. 379I P. 1 To go away, run away, fly, escape, flee away, leave, retreat, retire (from); 12915: Mul; 72121 ST 1977: 3 while escaping.-2 To glide away, pass away as time ). -3 To measure oil by step or by pacing: * 1 Going away, flight, escape, retreat. -2 !le place or limit to which one may retreat; faran 909 191991T Surya S. -3 Gliding or passing a way of time). -u. [7: 27]Without order. -2 Irregular, in wrong order. 377FATH,-F#: Retreat, retiring, flight, escape &e. 379 <<. Guing forth or away; not going fast. apakrozaH Abuse, reviling; na tu zakyamapakrozaM pRthivyAM 14:: Ram. 3. 56. 22. 37997 .1 Without wings or the power of Hight. 44 I fE 44 TRAI | --HI-44 Rant. 1. ), 23, -2 Net belonging to the same side or party. -3 Taving 110 adherents or friends. -4 Opposed to, adverse. Comp. - Tra: impartiality. - . impartial. fer 1.5.9 P. To bring to an end, destory: annihilate.- 8. To lecline, decay, wastew ): wane (as the moon ). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #156
apakSayaH 138 apacArin apakSayaH 1 Decline, decay, wane. -2 Dark fortnight; apagAram, goram ind. Having raised or lifted up%3 dravyasUkSmavipAkazca dhUmo rAtrirapakSayaH Bhag.7.15.50. asyapagoram-gAram yudhyante apaguro Namuli P. VI. 1.53. Sk. apakSINa p. p. Declined, wasted, waned. lifting their swords. apakSIyamANapakSa: Dark fortnight. rAtrerapakSIyamANapakSamapa- apaguh 1 U. (apagRhati-te) To hide, conceal. kSIyamANapakSAdyAnSaNmAsAn ( Bri. Ar. Up.6.2.16). T E: Ved. A hiding place, disappearance, apakSipP . To throw away or down, take away, | concealment; sa vidvA~ apagoI kanInAmAvirbhavannudatiSTat parAvRk / remove. Rv. 2.15.7. apakSepaH,-kSepaNam 1 Casting away or throwing down. | __apaghanaH [apahanyate saMhatya karma kRtvA viyujyate, han-ap-dhanAdezaH --2 Throwing or putting down, one of the 5 kinds of 1. III. 3. 77). A limb or mom ber of the body, as a karman im the Vaisesika Phil., 800 karman . hand or foot (ot. aGga pratIko'vayavo'paghano'tha klevrm|) (apaghano'apagaNDa: One who has attained his majority, see am III. 3.81; ahaM zarIrAvayavaH sa ca na sarva kiM tu pANiH apogaNDa. pAdazcetyAhu: Sk. and Kasika); but it is also used in the sense of 'the body'; lauhodghanaghanaskandhA lalitApaghanAM triyam apagam 1P. 1 Togo away, depart; pass away, Bk. 7.62 (where the comentators take 31997 to clapse (as time); K.73%3; tanmukhAcchAyApagatA H.33; saMpado mean the body itself). -<<. Free from the obstruction nApagacchanti Pt.3.8. -2 To fall off or down; go away, of clouds; cloudless. vanish, disappear. apaga 8. Going, turning away. Av. 1.34.5. -gA A Tata: 1 Striking or cutting off, warding off, river wrongly for 3119711). preventing; vAtsalyAtsarvabhUtebhyo vAcyAH zrotrasukhA giraH / paritA po'paghAtazca pAruSyaM cAtra garhitama|| Mb. 12.191.11.-2 Killing. apagata / 1.1 Gone away, departed, pussed away, -3 A violont death, any evil accident proving fatal. gono off'; being remote; oft. as first member of comp. in the sense of free from', 'devoid of'; anyavyApArAH apaghAtaka a. Destroying. jijJAsA tadapaghAtake hetau K. 43 having no other duties ; matsara 45% 47, 157, 164, Sankhya. K. 1. 207,211; nimeSeNa cakSuSA 15+ devoid of twinkling or .apaghAtin . Killing, murdering. winking; degmale manasi 102. -2 Dead, deceased. apacaH [paktumazaktaH Sk.] 1 Unable to cook, or one who TOTAS, ACE 1 Going away or off', departure)! does not cook for himself. -2 A bad cook, torm of separation; samAgamAH sApagamAH II.4.65. -2 Falling off, abuse (Akroze); apaco jAlmaH P. VI. 2. 157-88k. going away, removal, disappearances; nimittamuddizya hi yaH prakupyati dhruvaM sa tasyApagame prasIdati // Pt. 1. 2833; tvatsaMrodhA- apacara 1 P. 1 To depart. -2 To go ustray, transpagamavizadaizcandrapAdaiH Me. 72; purANapatrApagamAdanantaram 1. 8.73 gress; offend, commit a fault, act wrongly; lapse, passing away; katipayadivasApagame K.66, 193. -3 yasteSAmapacarettamAcakSIta vai dvijaH Mb.; tadAnAvapAcarannarendra: Dk. Death, decease. 162 outraged; te hyenamapacarantamapi na tyajanti Kau. A.1. apagatiH ). A bad fate (going to hell Ce.); yena apacarita .. Gone away, departed; deceased. cApagatirbhavet Pt.2.108. -tam A fault, wrong or wicked deed, misdeed; AhokhiapagaraH [apa-nindArtha gR bhAve ap] 1 Censure, reviling prasavo mamApacaritairviSTambhito vIrudhAm S.5.9. (nindA); abhigarApagarau Katy.-2 One who reviles or say's apacAraH1 Departure; death; siMhadghoSazca kAntakApacAraM what is disagreeable, reviler. fara Dk. 72.-2 Want, absence. -3 A fault; offence, apagArjita a. Thunderless (as u cloud). misdeed, improper conduct, crime ziSyo gurAviva kRtaprathamApacAra: Mv.1.20; na rAjApacAramantareNa U.2 apagopura 4. Deprived of its gateways (as a town). (v. 1. for degaparAdham); rAjanprajAmu te kazcidapacAraH pravartate apagalbha . Vod. 1 Wanting in boldness, abortive.. R. 15. 47. -4 Injurious or hurtful conduct, injury, -2 Being on the side, lateral. -3Separated from the Ve.t. 10. (V.1. apahAra). -5A defect, flaw, failure, oldest by one. deficieney; nApacAramagaman kvacikriyAH Si. 14.32; mistake, apaguNa: 1Ademerit, fault. -2 Devoid of all qualities omission (to do a thing) (lopa); mahAvare vidhyapacAradoSaH (merits and demerits) nirguNaH; sakalairvapuH sakaladoSasamudita- Ki. 16. 48. -6 Uhwholesome or improper regimen midaM guNaistava / vyaktamapaguNa guNatritayatyajanaprayAsamupayAsi kiM mudhA // (apathya); kRtApacAro'pi parairanAviSkRtavikriyaH / asAdhyaH kurute kopaM Si. 15.3:). prApte kAle gado yathA / / Si. 2.84 (where adeg also means hurt or injury). apagura 6A. 1 To disapprove, reject. -2 To threaten, menace ; revile, consure, reproach, rail at; indro apagUryA ___ apacArin .. Offending, doing wrong : wicked, bad; jaghAna Rs.5.32.6. -3 To deprive of. bhAryApacAriNI Ms. 8. 317 a faithless wife. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #157
apacAya 139 apaNDita SB. om MS. 6.5.50. -Comp. nyAyaH the maxim con____cerning apaccheda. apacAya 1A. 1 To fear. -2 To rospect, honour, worship. apacAyita .. Ferred, homourell. P. VII.2.30 (Com). apacAyin .. Not rendering due respect. Mb. 13. apaci 3 P. 1 To honour, respect. -2 To invite respectfully. -3 ( 5 U.) To gather, collect. - pass. 1 To be reduced in strength or bulk, sink, waste away; apacitamapi gAtraM vyAyatatvAdalakSyam 5.2.4 reduced in bulk, emaciated, lean: to wine, decline, diminish, grow less rAjahaMsa tava saiva zubhratA cIyate na ca na cApacIyate K. P. 10. -2 To fall away from, bo deprived of lose (with abl.); prakRtiH sUyate tadvadAnantyAnnApacIyate Mb. 379a: 1 Diminution, decrease, decay, decline, fall (fig. also.); kaphApa cayaH Dk. 160; denAsyApacayaM yAnti vyAdhedlAnyazeSataH Susr. yeSAM rAjJA saha syAtAmuccayApacayo dhruvam M. 3. 126. zivasyopacayaM vIkSya nathApacayamAtmanaH Siva B. 25. 32. -2 Loss, privation, failure, defect; H. 3.126.-3 N. of several planetary mansions. ofera . p. 1 Reduced in bulk, decreased, wasted, expended &c.; enaciated, thin, lean. S.2.4. -2 Honoured, respected, saluted sarvA jamIDho'pacitaM narendram Mb. 3. 139. 16. -tam Honouring. apacitiH /.(P. VII. 2. 30 Vart.) 1 Loss, decay, decline, lostruction; na vainateyo garuDaH prazaMsati mahAjanam / dRSTvAsuparNo'paciti mahatyA api bhArata || Mb. 6.3.84.-2 Expense. -3 Atonement, amends: nihatya pitRhantAraM yAsyAmyapacitiM fag: Bhag. 10. 66. 27. Compensation, expiation of sin. - Exclusion. -5Punishing. -6N. of a daughter of Marichi. -7 Honouring, worshipping, showing reverence, worship; ahaM tvapacitiM trAtuH pituzca sakalAmimAm (kariSyAmi) Ram. 2.71.30; vihitApacitirmahIbhutA Si. 16.9. 1. 17: (where it also means loss, destruction hAni), asya vanaguna ivApacitiH 15.813 devatocitAmapacitiM saMpAdya K.3243 Ki.6.163B 11. 9. ct. strI pUjAyAmapacitirdvayozca syAtkSayArcayoH Nm.. apacit / A noxious Aying insect; that which causes decay. apacI [ apakRSTa pacyate aso, pac karmakartari ac gaurA DoS ] A disease in which the glands of the neck are enlarged and swollen. apaccha tra .. Without a parasol or umbrella. apacchAya apagatA chAyA yasmAt 1 1 Shadowless. -2 Ilaving : bad or unlucky shadow. -3 Devoid of brightness, dim. 7: One that has no shadow, i. e. agod; of. N. 14.21; zriyaM bhajantAM kiyadasya devAzchAyA nalasyAsti tathApi naiSAm / inIrayantIva nayA nirIkSisA (chAyA) naiSadhe na tridazeSu teSu N. 14.23 // -yA An unlucky shadow, apparition, phantom. apacche daH, -danama 1 Cutting off or away. -2 loss. -3 Interruption. -4 Break; saMyuktasya hi pRthagbhAvo'pacchedaH TY 1 A. 1 To fall off, go away or off, withdraw, desert; ihaivadhi mApa cyoSTAH Rv. 10. 178.2. -2 To perish, die. apacyavaH Going or coming out (nirgama); yatra nAryapacyavamupacyavaM ca zikSate Rv. 1. 28. 3. apacyuta p. p. Fallem off ; departed, perished; melted away. apajAtaH A bad son who has turned out ill; one inferior to his parents in qualities%3; mAtRtulyaguNo jAtastvanujAtaH pituH samaH / atijAto'dhikastasmAdapajAto'dhamAdhamaH // ___ apajargurANa . [ apagR-yaGaluk cAnaz ] Ved. Accustomed to take off or romove the covering &c. (AcchAdanAdimocanazIla) jigatimindro apajargurANaH prati zvasantamava dAnavaM han Rv.5.200.4. apaji 1P. To defeat, conquer; turn off or away, avert, ward or keep off'; yena mRtyumapajayati Sat. Br. apajayaH Defeat, overthrow. 31901 9 A. To deny, disown, repudiate, dixsemble, conceal; zanamapajAnIte P. I.8.44 Sk. (apalapati); AtmAnamapajAnAnaH zazamAtro'nayaddinam Bk.8.26 concealing himself. apazAnam Denying, concealing. apaJcIkRtam A simple elementary substance not made of the five (92) gross elements, the five subtle elements: paJcaprANamanobuddhidazendriyasamanvitam / apaJcIkRtabhUtotthaM ! sUkSmA bhogasAdhanam || Vedanta. P. 379EFT a. 1 Not separated (by a curtain or screen). -2 Adjoining, contiguous (= apadAntara), apaTI [alpaH paTaH paTI, na. ta.] 1 A serem or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kunal surrounding : tent. -2 A curtain. -Comp. -kSepaH (apaTakSepaH) tossing aside the curtain: degkSepeNa (= akasmAt ) with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stave direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction tataH pravizani . apaTIka 1.1 one who has no knowledge of commentaries, apaTIko jaDo mAghe bhRzaM jADyena tAjyate Si. -2 one who has no covering garment (a-paTIka). E a. 1 Not clever or skilful, slow, lull, awkward, uncouth. -2 Ineloquent (as a specker ). -3 Sick. 3793 <<. Unable to read; not reading; a bad reader; cf. apaca. apaNDita a. Not learned or wise, foolish, innorant : AtmanaH karmadoSANi na vijAnAtyapANDitaH Mb.8.20.).6. vibhUSaNaM For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #158
apaNya 140 apada Alufelni Bh. 2.7. -2 Wanting in skill, taste, appreciation.or. of. apaNDitAste puruSA manA me ye strIpuca zrISu ca vizvasanti. apaNya . Not salea ble (the Smritis imme several things which ought not to be sold by particular persons | and on particular occasions); IF 1702 P. V. 3.99. apatantrakA [apagataM tantraM bhiSajAmadhInatA yatra kapa Tv.] A kind of vAtaroga, spasmodic contraction of the body or stomach : apatantrakAturaM nApatarpayet Susr. apatAnakaH [ apakramya antarAntarA tanute tan kartari vula] / Spasmodlie contraction with occasional convulsive fits: so'patAnakasaMjJo yaH pAtayatyantarAntarA Susr. apatAnakin 1. Affiocted with spasmodic contraction. / apati, -tika . Without a master; without husband, unmarried. -fa: Ved. Not a master or Thusband; ava bheSaja pAdaya ya imAM saMvivRtsatyapatiH khapani triyam / Av. 8.6.16.. apatnI Ummarriedl, without a husband. aptniik|. Without a wife (when she is either absent or lead). -2 To be performed without the company of u wife : apatnIkaH pitRyajJaH Katy. state A bd Tirtha or place of pilgrimage. apatRpa 10 P. To cause to fast or starve. apatarpaNam 1 Fasting (in sickness). -2 Ahence of satisfaction. apatyamAna patanti pitaro'nena, pat bAha karaNe yat na. ta. some derive it from 394, the termination being adder to it, is intatratya, atratya, sprung from a stock : Taska gives twin etymologies: apatyaM kasmAt apatataM bhavati pituH sakAzAdetya pRthAgava nataM bhavani, anena jatina satA pitA narake na panatIti 71] Offspring, child, progeny, issue of suimals and men): oll'spring in general male or femalo): Sons or grandsons and other later wonerations of a Ciotra; apatyaM pAtrapani gotram P. IV.I. 11123; apatyeriva nIvAra bhaagdheyaa| f-69: R. 1. 10. (Bhavabhuti valls 19 a knot for tyiny parents together' anyonyasaMzleSaNam pitroH: anta:karaNatatvasya dampatyoH snehsNshryaan| Anandagranthireko'yamapatyamiti bdhyte||.3.17).-2 A partronymic affix; strIpuMsayora patyAntAH AL.: adhikAraprakaraNama Sk. -Comp.-kAmadesirous of progeny.-jIvaHN.of a plant (Mar. putrajIvI).-da.giving offspring (as a Mantra &c.) -ar State of childhood; zUdrAvedI pati......nadapatyatayA bhRgoH Ms. 3. 16. (-dA) N. of a plant (garbhadAtrIla).-patha: the rulva.-pratyaya: a patronymic offix. -vikrayin . a seller of his children, father who sells his girl for money toa bridegroom. -zatruH [apatyaM zatrargarbhabhedanena nAzakaM yasyAH sA] 1 having the child for its chemy, a crab said to die in producing young). -2 2 serpent. -A a. Ved. accompanied with offspring. 37973 a. Leafless, without wings &c. -73: 1 The shoot of bamboo; a sprout in general (nadavasthAyA tayAH patrazUnyatayotpanestathAtvam ). -2 A tree the leaves of which have fallen off. -3 A bird without wings. -strA N. of a plant (Mar. nebatI). 3T99T 1 A. To be ashamed, be bashful, bang down the face through shame; (with instr. of person or thing); yenApatrapate sAdhurasAdhustena tuSyani Mb.: ya AtmanApatrapate bhRzaM naraH sa sarvalokasya gururbhavatyuna vid; nammAlera patrepe Bk. 14 84 turned away from with shame. apatrapa . Shameless, impudent.-pA,-paNam 1Shasmey bashfulness. -2 Embarrassment. apatrapiSNu . [apatrap-iSNuc ] Bashful; lolAne muratagurAvapatrapiSNoH Si.8.46. apatrasa To flee in terror from: apa smata naramannA na bhujyu: Rv. 10.95.8. apatrasta.. Afraid of, deterred from%3; narasApatrasta: (slightly ) afraid of waves: P. II. 1. 38 Sk. apatha a. [ nAsti panthA yatra ] Pathless, roadless; tho dezaH, thA nagarI &c. -tham,-thaH (alo apanthAH P.V.1.72, II. 4. 30 ) 1 Not a way, absence of a way or road, pathless state; a bad or wrong road (lit.); apanthAnaM tuM gacchantaM sodaro'pi vimuJcati Rim. (fig.) irregularity, deviation, a moral irregularity or deviation, 2 wrong road, bad or evil course: apatha padamarpayanti hi dhrutavanto'pi rajonimIlitAH 11.9.71: 17.5t ne kathidarNAnAmapathamapakRSTo'pi bhajate 5.5. 10 follows evil ways kArinammyamapathe padaM mayA Ki. 18.45,64 -2 Heresy, heterorloxy (in opinions). -3 The vulva. -PT Name of sovoral plants. - inl. By or in the wrong way, stray : apartha banatA . -Comp. -gAmin (. pursuing evil courses: heretical. -prapanna . taking to evil ways (:s mun); Npont or used out of place, misapplied, inis-pont (:s money &c. ; : *iftnImapyapathaprapannAM samudbhareniSkasahamatulyAma II. 3. 11ti. _apathya . [na. ta.] 1 Unit, insuitel, improper', inconsistent, obnoxious: akArya kAryasakAzamapathyaM pathyasamitam Ram. -2 (In medicine) Unwholesome, unsalutary (as food, regimen ): santApayanti kamapathyabhujaM na rogAH IL. 3. 110; bhavati puruSamya vyAdhirmaraNaM sevite apathye, rAjApathye punaH sevite sakalakulaM nazyati Ju.. -3 Bad, mlucky. -Comp. -azina .. One taking an umwholesome food: zatravo nItihInAnAM yathApathyAzinAM gadAH Sukra 1. 18.-kArin / . An offender; evamapathyakArigutIkSNadaNDo rAjA; rAja rIkSapaNakaH; anubhava rAjApathyakAritvasya phalam Mu. 12n enemy or traitor to the king. apad, -pAda .(padI 1.) [na padyate jJAyate pad-kipa-na, ta. ] incomprehensible, unknowable. -2 Having no feet, footless. 3797 1. 1 Footless. --2 JLaving no office or post. - A reptile. - No place or a bode. -2 A wrong or For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #159
apadakSiNam 141 apadhvasta bad place or bode; wrong timer ciramapade zakkito'smi M. 1 my doubts were out of place, ill-founded: prema pazyati bhayAnyapade'pi Ki.:). 70 unreasonably. -3 A word which is not a pada or an inflected word. -4 Ether. -Comp. -FFF .. adjoining, contiguous, very near. dharmarAjamidaM vAkyamapadAntaramabravIt Mb. 7. 17.38. ( m) proximity, contiguity. -ruhA, rohiNI N. of purasitical plant; (Mar. bAdAMguLa, bAMDagULa). apadakSiNam ind. To the left side. TEH a. 1 Without self-restraint. -2 Of wavering fortune. 37972 a. Free from forest tiro. 3195T a. 1 Far from ten. -2 Without a fringo (dazA) as narment; nathAnAnyadhRtaM dhAya na cApadazameva ca Mb. 13. 101.86. apadAnam,-dAnakam [apadAyati parizunyati yena karmaNA,dai karaNe lyuT] 1 Pure conduct, approved course of life: ( parizuddhAcaraNama). -2 Agreat or noble work, excellent work dRSTApadAnA vikrAntAstvayA satkRtya mAnitA: Ram. 2. 100. 31. (perhaps for avadAnama q.v.). -3 A work well or completely done, an accomplished worlk; karthiteSu janairamuNya rAjan / apadAneSu viziSya kautukaM naH Rim. ch. 2. 18. - A legend treating of former and future births of men and exhibiting the consequences of their good and evil actions. __ apadArthaH 1 Nothing, non-entity. -2 Not the meaning of words actually used in sentences; apadArthA'pi vAkyArthaH samulasati K. P.2. apadiza 6P. 1 To point ont, indicate, show; tadAgatitvenAhamapadezya: DR. HOnrism, allot. -2 To declare, put forward, adduce communicate; announce, sy, tell: informagainst, accuse: apadizyApadezyaM ca Ms.8.51. -3 To frigan, pretend, lhold out or plendse: pretext or exeuss : mitrakRtyamapadizya R. I). 31, 32, ziraHzUlasparzana4914TH Dk. 56 pleading heul-ache as an excuse. --4 To refer to have reference to; rahAsa bhatrA magotrApadiSTA Dk. 102 referred to callorl by the name of. apadiSTa .. Assigned as a resson or pretext. apadezaH 1Statement, adlducing (upadeza); pointing out, mentioning the name of: apadezo me janakAnotpattivasudhAtalAn Ram.G. 116. 16. naiSa nyAyo yadAturapadezaH DR.60 hetvapadezAt pratijJAyAH punarvacanaM nigamanam Nyaya S.; dIkSAyA apadezAt Katy. -2 (10) A pretext, pretence, plea, exeuse; contrivance ; avekSyamANA zanakairjagAma kRtvAmihotrasya tadApadezama Mb. 3. 111.18 kenApadezena punarAzramaM gacchAmaH 5.2; rakSApadezAnmunihomadhenoH R. 2.8; vratApadezojjhitagarvavRttinA V. 3. 12. (1) Guise, disguise, form; vikaTaduSTazvApadApadezakAlagocaraM gatA Mal.73; mantripadApadezaM yauvarAjyam Dk. 101. -3 Statement of the roason, adducing a cause, the second (hetu) of the five members of an Indian syllogism (according to the Vaisusikas). -4 A butt, mark (lakSya ). -5 A place, quarter. -6 Refusal, rejection. -7 Famo, roputation. -8 Deceit. -9 (apakRSTo dezaH) A bad or wrong place. -10 Danger or peril. f. apadezaH pade lakSye syAna prsiddhnimittyoH| audAryazauryadhairyeSu niHsImavyapadezayoH / Nm. 3172TTL<<. Pretending to be, assuming the appearance of ( in comp.) apadezya potp. 1 To be feigned, adduced &e. -2 Being in a wrong place. -3 To be indicated or stated; apadizyApadevayaM ca Ms. 8.54. apadizam ind. Half a point between two regions of the compass (dizayormadhye), in an intermediate region. 3799aar A goblin, evil spirit. apadravyam A bad thing. apadrutam To run away in a bent posture; Ram. ft. 10.25. (parasparajAnvAdigrahAyAvanatakAyayA dhAvanam iti TIkA) 3TTEITH A side door or entrance, an entrance other than the propor door: apadvArairvIkSane niryiyAsu: Susr. apadhA Vel. Shutting up, hiding ( vAraNArthaM nirodhaH) yo gA udAjapadhA valasya Rv. 2. 12.3. 377919 I P. To prevaricate. apadhAvanam Prevarication. apadhUma 4. Free from smoke; tva Smokelessness ; kRzAnurapadhumatvAtprasannatvAtprabhAkaraH (vizuddhazucau) R. 10.74. apadhyai / P. To think ill of, have cril thoughts about, Curse mitally; apacyAnAca vipreNa nyapataddharaNInale Mb. apadhyAnam 1 Evil thoughts, thinking ill of, eursing mentally; napadhyAnAt pizAcanAmupagatam K.2.1. -2Meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. (Jain). 377 1 A (rarely P.) 1 To pack off, clear out; apadhvaMseti bahuzo vadana krodhasamanvitaH Hariv. AH apadhvaMsa Dutavakya 1. -2 Totbuse, revile, sold: na cAyanyamaparvasetkadAcikopasaMyunaH Mb. -Cons. To free from dust; blow away (as dust &c.). T ag: 1 Degradation, falling off or from, disgrace. -2 Comeealment. -Comp. -jaH, -jAaporson of a mixed, degraded and impure enste (where the mother belongs to a higher caste than the father's) eko viDvarNa evAtha tathA'traivopalakSitaH / SaDapadhvasajAste hi...Mb. 13. 49.8. apabhvaMsajAH smRtAH Ms. 10. 41.4G. apadhvaMsin a. Destroying, removing; sarvenasAmapadhvaMsi jAyaM triSvaghamarSaNam Ak. apadhvasta .. 1 Reviled, cursed, accursed, contemptible, to be disdained. apadhvastA dasyubhUtA bhavanti ye brAhmaNAnkSatriyAH santyajanti Mb. 12.73. 10.-2 Pounded badly or imperfectly (avacUrNita). -3 Abandoned. zarairapazvasta For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #160
apadhvAnta 142 apabhUtiH - vinItaveSam Ram.7.8.50. -sta: A vile wreteh, lost to apanuttiH /-nodaH,-nodanam Removing, taking away, all sense of right and virtue; mUrkha apadhvasto'si Mk.8.f. removal, destroying, driving away; sukhAthAnyApanuttaye apadhvastaH parityakte ninditeSvatha cUrNite / Melini. Bhay. 7. 13. 25. expiation, atonement (as of a sin); apadhvAnta ..Sounding wrongly. apadhvAntaM varuNasya Cha. pApAnAmapanuttaye Ms. 11.20), 13),)21.3.3053 gurutalpa Up.2.22.1. -ntam A wrong or harsh sound. Ms. 11. 106; brahmahatyApanodAya 11.75; kRcchro'yaM sarvapApApanodanaH 11.215,252,2660. apanasa / Without a nose; asi kokhyamudyamya cakAgapanasaM mukham Bk. apanna . Ved. Not going down, no. fallen or sunk, apanAman Having a bad name. -n. (-ma) A bad indestructible. agmevo' pannagRhamya sadasi sAdayAmi Vij.6.24. indestr name. apapayas a. Waterless, drs; (sasuracApam ) apapayovizadam apanidhi a. poor, without polf : AcAryo'panidhizcaiva bhayaMne Ki.b. 12. tadanantaram Mb. 3. 100.75. apapATha: A wrong or bad reading (in a text); 3 Til'. 1 To lead or carry away, carry or lead mistake in rending; 199171 343 THT: P. IV. 4.64 Sk. off; cause to retire; tama yapanaye Ms.3.242.-2 (a) To apapAtra . 1 Deprived of the use of common vevels: remove (in all senses), destroy, take away; AtInAM using separate vessels (from which no one else will cat); bhayamapanatumAttadhanyA S.6.27% zatrUnapaneSyAmi Bk. 10.30: So apapAtrAzca kartavyAH15 10.51. -20f low caste. tRSNAm, bhayam, zramam, doSam, saMzayam c.() To rob, steal, take awely, carry away or off'; tvaM rakSasA bhIru yato'panItA R.18.21. apapAtritaH pAtrabhojanAta bahiSkRtaH ] One who has lost --3 To extract, take or draw out from dart, oil &c.): his caste through some great sin or offence, and who is, apanItAzeSazalyam Dk.31%3 diyA zalya ma hRdayAdapanItamiva V... therefore, not allowed by his relatives to eat or rink -4 To put off or WAY, take or pull off (dress, orna- from a common vessel ments, letters kee.); apanItAzeSarAjacihnA K. 2063 eSAM bandha 3T a. Having bad feet: 7 having no shoe, nAnyapanaya / / . I: caraNAnnigaDamapanaya Mlki; apanayantu bhavanyo shoeless; Raj. T. mRgayAveSam S.2: R.+.it. -5 Todemy; netanmayA nirdimityapanayati Kull. On Ms. 8.3. -6To except, exclude from apapAnam A bad drink. a rule. -7 To behare wrongly, immorally; zatrau hi sAhasa apapitvam Ved. Separation. bharatasya putrAH apapinvaM yattatkimivAnApanIyate Ram.6.61.10. cikiturna prapitvam Rv. 3.8.2t. 3T TATT: 1 T: king way, removing: refutiny (osan apapUta.. Having hardly formed hips. -tau ldly assertion); svamatAtpracyAvanamapanayo nigrahaH P. VIII. 2.04 94 formed hips; P. VI. 2. 187. ati Com. bubhukSApanayaM datvA candrAkoM mama vAmava Rom.7.35.31. -2 A bad policy or conduct. -3 Injury, offence apaprajAtA A femalth that has suffered a mis(apakAra); tataH sapatnApanayasmaraNAnuzayasphurA Si. .. -4 Im- arriage. morality (anIti): mamApanayajaM duHkhaM vikrameNa samIkuru Rim. apapradAnam A bribe. 6.03.20. -5 Injustice: sa mAmapanayo rAjana bhraMzayAmAsa vai zriyaH Mb. 3. 181. 36. apapropitam Ved. Fault or evil caused by wrong 3T99T4 1 Taking away, removing, extracting &e. ___departure (pravAsadoSa.) gaNDasveda Me.26%3 nAtizramApanayanAya S.1.6. -2 Healing, apavarhis a. Not having the use of larkis (bahihomadestroying, curing (disease &c.); rogAnacApanayane P. V. rahita.) 4. 49. -3 Discharge or acquittance of a debt or apavAhuka: A bad arm; stiffiness in the arm. . obligation. -4 Subtraction, deduction. -5 Injustice; zRNu rAjan sthiro bhUtvA tavApanayano mahAn Mb.6.19.22. apabhaya 3. Free from fear, fourless, undaunted: tataH prahasyApabhayaH parandaraM punarvabhASe turagasya rakSitA R.3.51. apanIta pp. 1 Taken away; removed, pullel off, &c. -2 Removed from deviating from, opposed to, apabharaNI See bharaNI. So called in Yv. Ts. contradictory; tattvadharmApanItasya dRzyate karmaNaH phalam Ram. apabhartR a. Ved. Taking away, destroying. -3 Birdly dome or executed, spoiled; apanItaM munItena yo'rtha pratyAninISane Mb. -4 Paid off, discharged. -50f bad apabhASa 1A. To abuse, revile, defame, libel; na behaviour; sa bandhuryo'panIteSu sAhAcyAyopakalpate Ram 6.63.27. kevalaM yo mahato'pabhASate zagoti tasmAdapi yaH ma pApabhAk Ku.. 83. -tam 1 Bad conduct. -2 Cheentiny, fraud; avazyamapanItena apabhASaNam Reviling, defamation, libel, ealumny, jahatAmeva jIvitam Ram.6.8.18. vituperation. 3TTE 6 P. To remove, take or drive away, destroy; nArINAmapanunudurna deha khedAn Bk. 10. 183; na hi prapazyAmi / 31941 P. To be away, be absent. mamApanudyAt yacchokam Bg. 2.8 expinte, atone for (Rs sin). apabhUtiH f. Defect, damage; Rv. 5. 8.5. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #161
apabhraMz 143 apara STTUIT 1 A. To fall away or off. Cons. To dis- 3797ra a. 1 Unintelligiblo, obsunre as a 9143 or mias, discharge ; apabhraMzino'dhikArAna cANakyahataka: Mut. speech. -2 Unboarable, borne or liked (asoDha, AtAnAkSata); apabhraMzaH1 Falling down or away, a fall; anyArUddhi- / / vihitaM mayAdya sadasIdamapamRSitamacyutArcanam / yasya c. Si. 15. 46. bhavati mahatAmadhyapabhraMzaniSThA S. V. 1. endding in ( For the formation of the word Hee Malli.) prrecipitate) fall. -2 A corrupted word, corruption; ghara is apayazas..(-zaH) Infamy, disgracos ill-reepute an apabhraMza or corruption of gRha; ( hence) an incorrect apayazo yadyasti kiM mRtyunA Bh. 2.. word whether formed against the rules of grammar or used in a sense not strictly Sanskrit; sce 3193137. Ter? P. To depart, go away, retire, withdraw, -3 A corrupt language, One of the lowest forms of fall off or way, disappear; apayAtameva hi vimAnamaNDalaiH the Prakrit: disloct used by cow-herds &c. e.6.1: zoko dineSu gacchansu vardhatAmapayAti kim 1.1.82. (in kavyas ); (in Sastras) any language other than Sans- apayAnam 1Going AWAY, departure, retrest, fight, krit; AbhArAdigira: kAvyaSvapabhraMza iti smRtAH / zAstreSu saskRnAdanya- Escape. bhagnApayAneSvanabhijJadoSaH Palich.3.3. -2 Disregard dapatraMzatayodinam // Kav. 1. (upekSA); na vai zakyaM vihitasyApayAnam Mb. 1. 1:18. 1. apabhraSTa ". }.. Fallen away, corrupterl (as a dialect). 37991 A war manoeuvre of retreat ; 3119127 apama ..[apakRSTaM mIyate, mA bAhudegka] Ved. The most tathA yAnaM prayANamapayAnakam Sitkrn t. 1100. distant or remote, the last, lowest in caste, most dlegraded (jAtyAtinikRSTa ) yuvaM bhago'nAzozcidavitArApamasya cit / 39 a. treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 ay Rv. 10. 39.3. -maH (In astr.) Declination. (kalana, krAnti, ing nothing higher or superior, unrivallod. matchless; gati) the ecliptic (kAntivRtta); parisaratA gaganasadA calanaM kiMcid without rival or second (nAsti paro yasmAt); strIratnasRSTirabhavedapamaH Sid. Sir. -Comp. -jyA the line of the ecliptic; parA pratibhAti sA me S. 2. 103; f. anuttama, anuttara.-2 [na pRNAti see kAntijyA. -maNDalam -vRttam the ecliptic. saMtoSayati pR ac] (1) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). vAsAMsi jANAni yathA vihAya navAni gahAti naro'parANi apamardaH What is swept awiny, durt, dirt: yahasti Bg.2.22. () Moreadditional; kRtadAro'parAn dArAn karISAbhyAmapamardaH kRto mahAn Rim. Ms. 11.5. () Second, another Pt.1.37; khaM kezavo'para Cast: Touching, grazing. ivAkramituM pravRttaH Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Kesava.' TAI Caus. 'To disrespect, <Page #162
apara 144 aparAgaH w a mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm m ........ tvalayiSuH zailAna guhAstvanye nyaleSata / / kecidAsiSata stabdhA bhayAtkecidaghUrNipuH / udatAripurambhodhi vAnarAH setunApare Bk. 15. 31. 33. -ra: 1 the hind foot ofan clephant; baddhAparANi parito nigaDAnyalAbI Si...18 (Malli. caramapAdAgrANi). -2 An oncmy (na pRNAti santoSayati). -rA 1 Western direction, the wost aparAM ca dizaM prApto vAlinA samabhidrutaH Ram.4.40. 18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Angas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -rI Ved. The future, future times: utAparIbhyo maghavA vijinye Rv. 1.32. 13. -ram 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (kArya); tadetadbrahmApUrvamaparamanantam Bri. Ar. Up. (nAsti aparaM kArya yasya). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -T ale. Again, moreover, in future, for the future: aparaM ca moreover ; apareNa behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). (cf. Goth. afar; Germ.. veber, us in aberglauben]. -Comp. -agni (agnI dual) 1 the southern and western fires (dakSiNa and gArhapatya). -2the last fire it. used at the funeral ceremony (niH). -aGgam one of thes divisions of guNIbhUtavyalpaya (the second kind of kAvya) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the vya ya or suggested mense is subordinate to something else; agUDhamaparasyAGgam ; aparasya rasAdevIcyasya vA (vAkyAthIbhUtasya) aja rasAdi anuraNanarUpaM vA ; o. g. ayaM sa rasanotkarSI pInastanavimardanaH / nAbhyUrujaghanasparzI nIvIvikhsanaH karaH || where zRGgAra is subordinute to karuNa. -anta . living at the western borders. (-ntaH)1the western border or extremity, the extreme ond or term; the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; aparAntajayodyataiH (anIkaiH) R.1.53Western people. dazArNAzcAparAntAzca dvipAnAM madhyamA matAH Kau. A. 1. 2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Patanjala Yogadarsana. 3. 22. "jJAnam anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; mRducaladaparAntodIritAndUninAdam Si. 11. 7; 18. 32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (dvIpavAsin ) kovyAparAntAH sAmudrA ratnAnyupaharantu te Rim.2.82.8. -antakaH 1.--"anta: pl. -2.N. of a somy: aparAntakamullopya madrakaM prakarI tthaa| auveNakaM sarobindumuttaraM gItakAni ca / / Y3. 1133; antikA N. of a metre consisting of of matris. -aparAH, -re, -rANi another and another, several, various. -aparam int. Further and further (uttarottaram); ahaM hi vacanaM tvattaH zudhapuraparAparam Mb.5. 130.11.-ardhama the latter or second half. -aba [fr. ahan changed to ahna P. II. 1. 23, V. 4. 88. ] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last wateh of the day; Ms. 3. 278; aparAhazItalatareNa zanairanilena Si.9.1: tana, letana belonging to this tiine; kRtaM P. II. 1.5. -itarA the cast.-kAnyakubja. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kanyakubja. -kAla: later period. -gAtram a minor limb ( hund, foot etc.); kopaprasAdAparagAtrahastaH (suptaH kSitau) rAvaNagandhahastI) Rim.ti. 10.). 10. -godAnam (als) goDani or goDAni) N. of country to the west of Mahimeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -T a. born later or at the end of the world. (-jaH) the destroying fire. -jana: in inhuditunt of the west, the western people. -dakSiNam ind. in the south-west belonging to the fac class ). - T&T: 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposito side: a defendant (in law ). -T o : the western Parchalas. - a. onu send the other, several, various; aparaparAH sArthAH gacchanti P. VI. 1. 141. Sk. several caravans go; (apare ca pare ca sakRdeva gacchanti). -pANinIyAH the pupils of Panini living in the west. -T a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable.-bhAvaH 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -rAtraH [ aparaM rAtreH] the latter or closiny part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87): utthAyApararAtrAnne prayatAH musamAhitAH Bhag. 8.4.21.degkRtam P. II. 1. 15. -lokaH the other world, the next world. Paradise. -vaktrA , -tram N. of a metre. -vairAgyam : kind of Vairagyte mentioned by Patalijali (duSTAnuzrAvikaviSayavitRSNasya vazIkAra saMzaM vairAgyam ). -saktham the hind thigh. -svastikam the western point in the horizon. -haimana .. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P. VII. 3. 11 ). aparatA, -tvam 1 Being mother or different (one of the 21 Gunan); differenco, opposition, contrariety, relativeness. -2 Nearness. -3 Distance posteriority (in time or space ). aparatra al. In anothor place, elsewhere ; ekatra or # T-37972 in one place-in another place; in the first case-in the second case. aparathA int. In another imammor; jaladakAlamabAdhakRtaM dizAmaparathApa rathAvayavAyudhaH Si.6.41. dhruvaM jJAne doSaH kathamaparathA durvyavahRtiH Mv.3.36. aparavat a. Like whist follows. aparaspara . [ apara-para ] 1 One after another, uninterrupted, continued as applied to an action); 319TEYTI: kriyAsAtatye P. VI. 1. 141; suT nipAtyate; "rAH sArthI gacchanti, satatamavicchedena gacchantItyarthaH Sk. -2 One another (anyonya); aparasparasaMbhUtaM kimanyatkAmahetukam Bg. 16.8. apareyuH ude. On the following day athApareyuH saMprApte hatAzaSTAH janAstadA Mb. 3.65.35%Ms. 3. 187. 379755 (Used in pass. only) To be disaffected or discontented (with abl.); nayahInAdaparajyate janaH Ki.2.49; K. 287. aparakta..1Colourless, bloodless, pale; zvAsAparaktAdharaH S. 6.6. -2 Discontented, dissatisfied, disaffected; candraguptAdaparaktAH M. 1. aparAgaH Discontent, dissatisfaction, disaffection; hetUn jJAtumicchAmi M1.3: aparAgasamIraNeritaH Ki.2.50: K.329. -2 Apathy, omity. yathA tvaM guNavidveSAdaparAgaM cikIrSasi Mb.5.168.15. or For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #163
aparatiH -145 aparicchinna aparAtiH/.1 (Hation (= aparati q..); -2 Dissentisfaction. aparavaH 1 Contest, lispute (in bout the enjoyment of property ): 3f741 uncontested, undisputed (as possession of any thing). -2 [ll-repute. aparaspara ... [a-paraspara ] Not itciprocal, not mutual: asatyamapratiSThaM ne jagadAhuranIzvaram / aparaspara saMbhUtaM kimnytkaamhaitukm|| / By 16.8 (Mr. Telung renders or by produced by union of male and female', caused by lust, where aparaspara must be supposed to be commocted with aparaspara under apara q. v.) STTTF inl. In (or to the western direction. 141a nAparAk nAnyena nanA na ca sandhyayoH Bhag.6. 18.51. aparAJc .. [degrAb,degrAcI, rAk] Not averted, fronting, facing, in front. -ind. In front of. -Comp. -mukha . (-khI/.)1 not turning away the face ; with unavorted face. -2 presenting a bold front. aparAjita .. Linconquereil, invincible, unsurpassed : "tA dik the north-custdirection, (aizAnI) so called | betit use the: Gorls were not lefanteel there; te (devAsurAH) udIcyA prAcyA dizyayatanta te tato na parAjayanta saiSA digaparAjinA Ait. THI., aparAjitAM vAsthAya brajeddizamAjihmaga: Ms. 6.31. -taH 1 A sort of poisonous insuct. -2 N. of Visnu: N. of Siva. aparAjina-apratihata-jayanta-vaijayanna-koThakAna...puramadhye kArayet Kan. A. 2. 4. -3 One of the 11 Rudras. -4 A class of divinitics forming a portion of the anuttara divinities of | the Jainas. -5 N. of a sage. -ar N. of Durga, to be worshipped on tho Vijayarlassumi or Dusara day: fag devi zikhAvandhe cAmuNDe hyaparAjite Sandhya ; dazamyAM ca naraiH samyak pUjanIyA'parAjinA / ...dadAti vijayaM devI pUjitA jayavardhinI Skanda P.-2N. of several plants: dUrvA, zephAlikA, jayantI, amana, zakhinI, hapuSA, asanapaNI. -3 A kind of plant (or ASadhi ) firstened round the wrist and servingasa charm or rulot: see $. 7. (In Vikramorvasiyam Act 2, Kalidasa 1808 319 gal in the sense of a spell or vidyA; nanu bhagavatA devaguruNA apagajinAM nAma zikhAbandhanavidyAmupadizatA tridazaparipakSasyAlaghanIya kRta svaH).-4 The north-easti quarter: ser under or above. 5 A kind of netre, 4 lines with It sy ll: bles in each -6 A sort of Yogini. aparAjiSNu-parAjeya u. Invinciblee. apraadh| P. 1 To offend, wrong, sin against, coinimitan offence against: (withgen. or los. of person or thing): yauvanamatrAparAdhyati Mk.) is to blame; yasminkanbhinnapi pUjAhaM'parAddhA zakuntalA.1; aparAdo'smi tatrabhavataH kaNvasya 5.73; mahanAM yo'parAdhyeta dUrastho'smIti nAzvamet 1. 1. 3073V.25 : kiM punara surAvalepana bhavatInAmaparAddham V.I: sometimes with dat. also; na dUye mAnvanIsUnuryanmahyamaparAdhyati Si. 2. 11. sati ca kulavirodhe nAparAbhyanti bAlAH Parich. s. t. -2 To amoy, disturb. -3 To prohibit. saM. I. ko...19 TITIE 7 p 1 Sinned, offended, having committed an offence, guilty, an offender, criminal (useal in an active sense); kRtavatyasi nAvadhIraNAmaparAddhe'pi yadA ciraM mayi R. 8. 183; provAca kozalapatiH prathamAparAddhaH 9.7) the first to offond. -2 Missed, not hitting the mark as an arrow) mRgadehAparAbainAmeSumokSaNaiH Dk. 163%; iSu: or "pRSaka: an areher whose arrows always miss the mark, an iskilful archer; nimittAdaparAddheSodhInuSkasyeva valgitam Si.2.27.-3 Violated, transgressed; aparAddhA abhiSekavelopAdhyAyasya V.3.-ddhama [ bhAve ktaH] An off eneo, crime, injury; na tu grISmasyaivaM mubhagamaparAddhaM yuvatiSu 5.3.8. aparAddhiH 1.1 Fauli, mistake, offence. -2 Sin. aparAdha: An offence, a fault, guilt, crime, sin, mis tako, error; (32 kinds are usually stated in Sastras); kamaparAdhalavaM mayi pazyasi v.1.29; yathAparAdhadaNDAnAm R. 1.63B sarvAparAdheSu avadhyAH khalu dUtAH Abhiseka I. yathendrazatra: svaratA'parAdhAn Sik.52 mistake or error in accent: sometimes with gem. or loc. of person; adaH surendrasya kRtAparAdhAn daityAn V. 1.20; kRtAparAdhamiva tvamyAtmAnamavagacchati K. 203. -Comp. -kSamApanastotram A panoryric to Devi (devIstotra) bya later Sankaracharya in which there is a striking and melodious onding at the end of each veHeas kuputro jAyeta kvacidapi kumAtA na bhvti| -bhaJjana: the destroyer of sins, epithet of Sive; stotram ashort poem by Sankaricharya in praise of Siva, the fourth line of the verses being usually kSantavyo me'parAdhaH ziva ziva ziva bhoH zrImahAdeva zambho / aparAdhina .. Offending, guilty, offender, criminal; aparAdhI nAmAhaM prasIda rambhoru V.2.21. aparAparaNa a. Destitute of descendants or offspring. aparAmRSTa . In o way commocted: Patanjala Yogadarsana 1. 24. aparArka: The oldest known commentator of yAjJavakyasmRti. The name of his com. is aparAkacandrikA. aparikrama 1. 1 Unable to walk round. jAnanapi ca ki kuryAdazaktazcAparikramaH Rim. 2.63.42.-2 Not diligent. apariklezaH Wolfere; Mu. 1. STITE a. Without possessions or belongings, atten dants &e Without a wife: tadAprabhUtyeva vimuktasamaH patiH pazUnAmaparigraho'bhUta Ku.1.58. quite destitute, as in nirAzIraparigrahaH By. G. 10. -haH 1 Non-acceptant, rejection, renuuciation, one of the several kinds of man (mental restraints) stated in Yogasastra by Pitaiijali. -2 Destitution, poverty. aparicayin , -paricaya / / . Having no Requaintance : social, misanthropio. aparicchada . Poor, Mestitute. pamAMsazcAparicchadAH Ms. 8.405. aparicchinna / . 1 discerned, undistinguished. -2 Coutinuous, connected, without interval or separation. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #164
aparicchedaH 136 aparvana softve: 1 Want of distinction or division. - 2 Want of order or arrangement. -3 Want of judgment. -4 Continuance, connection. argftofa: f. Not losing; not growing old or decaying; Ercia N. of a ceremony. apariNayaH Celibacy. apariNItA An unmarried girl. apariNAmaH Unchangoa bleness; degdarzin not prudent, improvident. aftur a. Ved. Not going by a tortuous course. Av. 18. 2. 46. soffafya a. Not properly placed or established ; auter T4 M. 1 not properly grounded. Chrot, fa, TT a. Immeasurable, immense, un bounded. soft a. Not fading, withering, or decaying. -: N. of a plant (HETHETTA). Gomphrena Globosa. (Mar. 3 , 1961). ( 37-977 deg ] Not walking about (used in curses only ); see 34921. of fag a. Ved. Not covered or enclosed ( la, agara). B et affaghreyh Rv. 2. 13.8. rafta . Not enclosed or fenced on all sides (as a field). soft a. Not leaving a remainder; all-surrounding, all-pervading; 194 Sankhya K. -T: Absence of remainder or limit. Tout: Want of polish or refinement (moral or physical); coarseness, rudeness, unrefined state. softwa a. Unpolished, unrefined, rude, coarse. stoffe: 1. [fefT 31419:] Worship (FT3 hiMsAhetukadveSazUnyatvAt). 3gftat <. 1 Not near, distant. -2 Not extensive, not current. -T: Absence of extent. fr a Infinity, innumera bleness. agfeftca. One who is not steady anywhere; Fafa a aa 94491TAftua: Ram 3. 60. 37. fter a. Motionless. afetofre, grad<<. 1 Inevitable. -2 Not to be abandoned. -3 Not to be degraded. srofga <<. Ved. Not endangered or afflicted; straightforward. cf. 399Reara P. VII. 2. 32. 379 fra a. 1 Unexamined yazarycia Mita.; untried, untested, unproved. -2 Il-considered, foolish, thoughtless of person or thing); 414 26 27 Pt. 5 ' the inconsiderate doer.' -3 Not clearly proved or established. tra a. Ved. 1 Not surrounded or encircled, not approached (341ta). -2 Unobstructed, irresistible. -a: N. of a people. aparup a. Free from anger; aparuSA paruSAkSaramIritA R.9.8. 3 a . (-01, - S.) Ugly, deformed, oddshaped. - 4 1 Deformity, monstrosity. -2 Delight, wonder (Ved.) STOTET a. 1 Not invisible, perceptible to the senses, visible. -2 Not distant or remote. -74 adr. In the presence of with gen.) 3791/TT perceptibly, visibly, manifestly, openly, Comp.-3194fa: f. direct cognition. T erufa Den. P. To make perceptible. STTTTET: Exclusion, prohibition. aparopaH Extermination, dethronement ; zrutvA svAbhyaparoqtisfagaragraadta-Mu. 2. 21. 3790 a. Leafless. -ot N. of Durga or Parvati ; Kalidasa thus accounts for the name: FaziratiorganovRttitA parA hi kASThA tapasastayA punaH / tadapyapAkIrNamiti priyaMvadAM acuufat at gia: 1Ku. 5. 28; cf. Siva P. age tyaktaparNA ca aparNAkhyAmavApa sA / 38 a. 1 Untimely. Av. 3. 28.1; 34a1afa wa 3aaa aa Bhag. 4. 18. 11. -2 l'ast menstruation time ( 17**). - Improper time, not the right time or season; praviSTAnAM mahAraNyamapatauM sumahad dvija Bhag. 10.80.36. 3798-a a. Unlimited, unbounded. ah a. 1 Not sufficient or enough, incomplete, insufficient. -2 Unlimited. -3 Unable to do its work), incompetent; aparyAptaM tadasmAkaM balaM bhISmAbhirakSitam Bg. 1. 10. Tofaat a. Not competent to; 2012 2012Frai 4191992189dia acH ( aru) R. 16. 28. 379a: . Insufficiency; 12h ICHTq2ifabahumAnasya Mal. 1. TUTT a. Without order. -7: Want of order or method. 39gfora a. Not standing over-night, fresh, new (as a flower); not standing over till the next day; as mArutI Ve.6. gan a. Without a joint. n. 1 No joint or point of conjunction. - 2 A day which is not a 401 i. e. not the proper time or season the Parva days being 3441area, HT, BH, ageaft &c.); 3980 TE -403 rahat 2 nacza M. 4. 16. --Comp. -o: a sort of sugar-cane. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #165
apala 147 apavah Tate: 1 Censuring, reviling; censure, reproach, blame, a buse ; AH tAtApavAdabhinnamaryAda U.5% lokApavAdo balavAnmato meM R.14.40; lokApavAdAdbhayam Bh.2.62% scandal, evil report; cirakAlAnmayA zrutastavApavAda: Pt.1; Ki. 11.25, 14. 125Mk. 9.33 U.1; Pt.4; Y.2.2073 devyAmapi hi vaidehyAM sApavAdo yato janaH U. 1.6 spreading or indulging in scandals about; na kevalamatyAhitaM sApavAdamapi U.2; sApavAdam censuringly Mal.9. -2 An exception, a special rule that restricts or sets aside a general rule (opp. utsarga): mA hiMsyAtsarvabhUtAni iti utsargaH: vAyavyaM zvetamAlabheta ityapavAdaH; apavAdariyotsargAH kRtavyAvRttayaH paraiH Ku.2.273 R. 15.73; pratyayaH exceptional suffix; "sthalam a case for a special rule. -3 An order, command; tato'pavAdena patAkinIpatezvacAla nihadivatI mahAcamU : Ki. 14.27. et....apavAdastu nindane / AjJAyAM syAt...I Nm. -4 Refutation; (in Vedanta Phil.) refutation as of a wrong imputation or belief; rajjuvivatasya sarpasya rajjumAtratvavat , vastubhUtabrahmaNo vivartasya prapaJcAdeH vastubhUtarUpato'padezaH apavAdaH Tv.; adhyAropApavAdAbhyAM vastutattvavinizcayaH Vedanta; hence also, a means of refutation. - 5 Confidence, trust. -6 Love; familiarity. -7 A small bell or other instrument sounded to decoy deer : madhukarairapavAdakarairiva Si.6.93 (degkaraiH = vyAdhaiH: apavAda mRgavaJcanAya ghaNTAdikutsitavAdyaM kurvanti taiH Malli.) apala a. Without flesh (palazUnya ). lam A pin or bolt. apalapa 1P. 1To deny, disown%3 rAjadeyamapalapitam Kull. on Ms.8.400%; refuse; zatamapalapati P. I. 3.44. Sk. -2 To conceal, hide. -3 To detract from, slander. -Caus. To outwit, overreach, deceive3B apalApayamAnasya zastasyAbhavanmatiH Bk. 8.44. apalapanam,-apalApa:1Concealing, hiding; kRtatigmAtimaNDalApalApaiH Si.20.28. -2 Concealment or denial of knowledge, evasion; na hi pratyakSasiddhasyApalApaH kartuM zakyate . B. -3 Detraction, concealment of truth, thoughts, feelings &c.3 unmukhadarzanApalapanaiH piNDArthamAyasyataH Mu. 3. 14. -4 Affection, regard. -5 ( In medicine) The part between the shoulder and the ribs. -Comp. -daNDaH (in law ) a fine laid on one who denies the charge on which he is convicted. apalApin a. One who denies, disowns, hides, conceals &c.; concealing; jayanti mahatAM saMstutApalApinyaH kalyANinyo nItayaH Mal. 10; sAdhAraNasyApalApin Y. 2. 286. apalASikA [lASikA paryAyeNa icchA, tadviparItA icchA ] Excessive thirst or desire (atizayalAlasA); (apalAsikA is sometimes used in the same sense, but regarded as an incorrect word). apalASin, -lASuka a. 1 Thirsty (P. III. 2. 144.). -2 Free from thirst or desire; pralApino bhaviSyanti kadA nvete'palAghukAH Mb. apalIna a. Concealed; auSasAtapabhayAdapalInam Ki. 9. 11. apalyalanam Not cleansing or washing; yadidaM snAnavastraM vihitamapalyUlanaM kRtaM bhavati Sat. Br. (kSAradravyasaMyogAdinA'dhautam); not cleansed or washed by cleaning substances (as by a washerman). apavaktR m. Ved. Speaking away, warning off, averting, preventing. apade pAdA pratidhAtave'karutApavaktA hRdayAvidhAzcat Rv. 1.21.3. apavacanam Speaking ill; Pt. 4. apavAcanam Act of speaking away or warning off, removing. apavatsa . Without a calf; Mb. apavatsay (Denominative from apavatsa) "To behave | as towards a weaned call" with cautious watchfulness; neither too much love, nor too much apathy. ye sapatnAH sapatnAnAM sarvAMstAnapavatsayet .. sarvostAnupasevayet Mb.12.139.140. apavada 1U. 1To revile, abuse, censurereproach; parAnamI yadapavadanta AtmanaH Si. 17. 19; nAto'pyapavadedviprAn Ms. 4.2363; svaM putraM apavadati-te vA P. I. 3.77. Sk. (kriyAphalasya kartRgAmitve dyotite vA syAt ); nRbhyo'pavadamAnasya Bk. 8.45 reviling or a busing men. -2 To disown, deny (A.); -214#99EUR P. I. 3. 73 Sk. -3 To argue out, refute, contradict; apavadeyustAnitihAsaiH purAtanaiHY.3.7.-Can8.1 To blame, censure. -2 To oppose or contradict as unadvisa ble. apavAdaka, apavAdin a. 1 Blaming, censuring, reviling, traducing, defaming: mRgayApavAdinA mADhavyena 5.2. -2 Opposing; contradicting, excepting, setting aside, excluding 37927 a. Without wind or air, sheltered from wind. -nam [apakRSTaM kRtrimatvAtsvalpatvAcca vanam ] Agrove, a garden or park planted near a town. apavaraka,-vAraka) apavarga &c. See under apavR, apavRja-apavRt. apavarta &c. apavaligata a. Suspended or hung; apavalgitA gavAkSeSu vAtaM gRhNanti salilagargayaH Mk. 4. apavaha 1 P. 1 To carry off or away, bear off or away; apovAha ca vAso'syA mArutaH Mb. (pradyumna) apovAha raNAtsUtaH Bhag. 10. 76.27. -2 To drive away, disperse, dispel, remove take away; amI janasthAnamapoDhavighnaM matvA R. 18.22 froed from obstacles; athAnapoDhArgalamapyagArama (praviSTAma) 16.6 the bolts of which were not removed or unchained; taducchiSTamapohya Dk. 183. -3 To give up, relinquish, leave, abandon, cast off; zamitatApamapoDhamahIrajaH Si.6.333; saMbhramo'bhavadapoDhakarmaNAm (RtvijAm ) R.11.25: tadbhaktyapoDhapitRrAjyamahAbhiSeke (mUrdhani) 18.70 thrown away, Dk. 67; divyena zUnyaM valayena bAhumapoDhanepathyavidhidadarza R. 16.73 before he had commenced his toilet. -4 To deduct, subtract. -Caus. 1 To carry off, remove, carry or draw to a distance, take away; malayaketurapavAhitaH Mu. 1,33; kalatram 2: imAM mayA sArdhamapavAhya M.53 apavAhya cchalAd vIrau kimarthe mAmihA'hara: Bk. 8.86. -2 To chase or drive away, expel; hRtasarvasvatayA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #166
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra apavAhaH f: Dk. 17,59. -3 To reduce to powder, pulverize. -4 To cause to carry the yoke; gAmitra nAsikAM vidbhUvApa vAhayati Mk. S. www.kobatirth.org apavAhaH, -hanam 1 Taking or carrying away, removal: Dk. 41; svarASTraM vAsayedrAjA paradezApavAhanAta H. 3. v. 1. bearing away men from other countries; See abhiSyanda. -2 Deduction, subtraction (as of fractions). 3 N. of a metre. apacoda a. One who carries away or removes; 2cchakhApAtamUDho'pavodurlabdhA bhUyazcetanAmAhavAya 18. 64. away, apoDha P. P. Carried removed &c. See 347. apavAsaH [ apasRtya vAsaH ] Ved. 1 Disappearance, vanishing, retreat; Av. 3. 7. 7. -2 N. of a plant. apavikSata . Uninjured, unhurt, unviolated. apavighna a. Unobstructed, uninterrupted: faan : 1. 3. 38. apaviddha &c. See under apavyadhU. fa Ignorance, spiritual ignorance, Maya or illusion ( avidyA); tattvasya saMvittirivApavidyAm Ki. 16.32. rafa. Free from poison. A sort of grass with aromatic roots; Kyllingis Monocephala. a. Having no lute, or having a bad lute. -NA A bad Inte. 51. To open, uncover, disclose, exhibit. -tans. or 10 P. To cover, wrap, envelop, screen, conceal; Mal. 7 covered, or concealed; viTapenApavAritazarIrA bhUtvA Ratn. 1. apacarakaH, -kA [vR-saMjJAyAM vun ] 1 An inner apartment; the lying-in chamber. -2 An air-hole, aperture; - smAdapavarakAn M. 1. A 1 Covering, screening.-2 A garment, cloth. 1 Covering &c. -2 An enclosed or screened place ( javanikA); ke pravizya ekAnte tie M. 8. Covering, concealment, disappearance. ... chATane tvapavAraNam / apacArita p. p. Covered, concealed; gi fayfa Mk.ti covered vanished, disappeared: --- kam Concealed or secret manner. -tama, apavAritakena, and. Frequently occurring in dramas in the sense of apart, aside to another' (opp. 4); it is speaking in such a way that only the person addressed may hear it; tadbhavedapavAritam / rahasyaM tu yadanyasya parAvRtya prakAzyate / tripatAkakareNAnyamapavAryAntarA kathAm S. D. 6. sr/. Opening 77 A. 1 To avert, destroy, dissipate; :, &c. 2 To tear off, pull out, take out. -3 To conclude, finish, absolve. Caus. 1 To leave, quit, abandon, 148 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir apavartaH void; : ferife: R. 17.79 keeping the umbrellas at a (great) distance; zegar aar afaraftar Ki. 1. 29 abandoned, left, lost. -2 To let go, drop down, throw, pour; Resar: utara Bhegaray S. 13. 37. 3 To abandon, release, discharge, pay off (as debt &c.); absolve oneself from, fulfil, make good (as a promise). -4 To sever, separate, cut off; bhalApavarjitaisteSAM zirobhiH ( mahIM tastAra ) 1.1.63, Ki.17.58 severed or cut off by arrows; imAnyamunItyapavarjite : Ki. 8. 20 plucked. -5 To overturn: empty; sqafa Y. 3. 300. 6 To honour, respect, esteem. -7 To give, bestow, grant, present; Dk. 36; dakSiNAmapavarjya Mb.; apavarjitau varau Ram. 3: 1 Completion, end, fufilment or accomplishment of an action; a P. II. 3.6 III. 4. 60; (apavargaH = kriyAprAptiH or samAptiH Sk. ) teSAM caivApavargIya mArga pazyAmi nANDaja Mb. 5. 113. 17. kriyApavargeSvanujIvisAtkRtAH Ki. 1. 14; apavarge tRtIyeti bhaNataH pANinerapi N. 17. 68; Ki. 16. 49; coming to an end in 5 days. 2 An exception, special rule; abhivyApyApakarSaNamapavargaH Susr. -3 Absolution, final bestitude; 9marasiraciame dharmayogatau R 8.16; jJAnena cApavarga: Sankhya K. 1 4 A gift, donation. 5 Abandonment. zar Bhag. 10. 23. 46.; -6 Throwing, discharge (as of arrows); ge carat Ki. 16. 20. 7 Cessation, end; kriyANAmarthazeSatvAt pratyakSastannivRtyA apavargaH syAt / Ms. 11. 1. 27 san 1 Leaving, aboulonment: making good. fulfilling (a promise); discharging (delt.). -2 A gift or donation; spending. -3 Final beatitude, salvation. apavarjita PP. Left, abandoned; fulfilled: see above; oft. in comp. in the sense of free from', 'being without', 'destitute of', or with instr.;afia zItiH Bri. S. 53.7; 80 mins 6, apavarjitavilave zucau Ki. 2. 26. p. p. Finished, ended. sraaf: J. Fulfilment, nocomplishment, completion. 1 A. To turn back, turn away, depart; tasmAdapAvartata dUrakRSTA 11. 6.08: tasmAdapAvartana kuNDinezaH 7.33. -Caus. 1 To turn back or away, turn aside, bend; : Ki. 4. 15: ifadaqufanga ava (a) Mal. 1. 40. -2 (Math.) To divide (as by a common measure) without remainder hAra bhAjyau bhajedvA sati saMbhave tu Lila -3 To reduce to a common measure. : 1 Taking away, removing. -2 (Math.) The (common) divisor which is applied to both or either of the quantities of an equation. -8 Reduction to a common measure, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #167
apavartakaH apavartakaH 1 A common measure. -2 A necklace of pearls and gold-globules alternstely puts Kou. A. 2. 11. apavartanam 1 Imoval transferring from one place to another; sthAna -2 Taking away, depriving one of ; na tyAgo'sti dviSantyAzca na ca dAyApavartanam Ms. 9.79. -3 Abridging, abbreviation. 4 Reducing a fraction to its lowest terms; division without remainder, or the divisor itself. apavRtta P. P. 1 Turned away, reversed, inverted, overturned agitated, disturbed; mukuTenApavRttena kuNDalojjvalitAnanam Ram. 5. 10. 25 jaTharazapharI Ki.12.19. -2 With downward face; vyAkIrNasphuradapavRttaruNDakhaNDa: Mal 3. 17. -3 Ended, finished. tam The ecliptic. apavRttiH / End. apavyadh + P. 1 To picree ( badly ); apaviddhaH zarairbhRzam Mb. -2 To throw or cast in general, throw or cast off, toss away; prekhayan parijanApaviddhayA ( dolayA) R. 19.44 left, let go; bhujastambhApaviddha M. 2.33 thrown, or wielded; apaviddhasarvasvA Dk. 61 given or spent away; Ki.. 30 St. 8. 37; hRdayamazaraNaM me padamalAkSyAH kaTAkSaira pahRtamapaviddhaM pItamunmUlitaM ca Mal. 1. 28 picrced through, distracted, overcome. -3 To abandon, leave, desert, cast off (as a child, ornamonts &c.): parA zmazAne sragivApavidhyate Mb., Ms. 11. 41, Dk. 98. 111. apaviddha p. P. Cast or thrown off, thrown or cast. away, abandoned, forsaken; tenAhamapaviddhaca hRtadAraca rAghava Ram. 4. 10. 27. dismissed, rejected, neglected, removed; oft, used in the sense of 'freed from', 'devoid of'; rakSovikRtAvAstAmavicAni 1. 10 748 Abject on zava ivApaviddhaH Bhay. 5. 14. 20. dvaH putraH A son that is abandoned by the father or mother or by both, and adopted by a stranger; one of the 12 kinds of sons among Hindus; mAtApitRbhyAmutsRSTaM tayoranyatareNa vA / yaM putraM parigRhNIyAdapaviddhaH sa ucyate // Ms. 9. 171; utsRSTo gRhAne yastu so'paviddho bhavetsutaH Y. 2. 32. -Comp. -loka 4. dead, departed from this world. apavedhaH Piercing through (a pearl, ruby Re) wrongly, or in the wrong direction (and thus spoiling it ). maNInAmapavedhe ca daNDaH prathamasAhasaH Ms. 9.280. apavyayaH [ apakRSTaH maryAdAmula dhya kRtaH vyayaH ] Extravagant expenditure, prodigality, lavishness. apavyayanyayamAna 1 Squandering, apending Invithly prodigal. 8 Thenying a debt amAnatu karaNena vibhAvitam Ms. 8.51. apavrata . Ved. 1 Swerving from religious obser vances, irreligious, impious ; anuvratAya randhayannapatratAnAbhUbhirindraH Rv. 1. 51.9; devahelanAnyapatratAni Bhag. 5. 6. 10. -2 Disobedient, unfaithful. -3 Perverse. gulahaM sUrya namasApatranena turIyeNa brahmaNAvindadatriH Rv. 5.40.6. apazakunam A bad omen. 149 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir apana apazaGka . Free from for or hesitation, fearless. -kama, dr. Fearlessly. apazadaH = apasada q.. apazabdaH 1 A bad or ugrammatical worl corrupted_word ( in form or meaning); ta eva zaktivaikalyapramAdAlasatAdibhiH / anyatheoccAritAH zabdA apazabdA itIritAH // ; dUratazcApazabdaM vyaktvA Bh. 3. 131 (where dam has also sense t); apazabdazataM mAghe Subhas cf. also vaiyAkaraNakirAtAdapazabdamRgAH va yAnti saMtrastAH / Uab and Kau. A. 2. 10. -2 Vulgar speech. -3 A form of language not Sanskrit ; ungrammatical language. -4 A reproachful word, offensive expression, censure; prApAkSNorgaladapazabdamaJjanAmbhaH Si. 8. 13. -5 Words not in standard use. apazamaH Cessation. apazavya . Not tending to the growth of cattle. apaziras - zIrSa, rpan a Headless apazu . Without cattle. -zuH Not eattle; a bad animal; any animal other than a cow and horse; apazavo vA anye goDazvebhyaH Sat. Br. 1 apazuc a. Without sorrow. -m. ( Without sorrow ) The soul ; ka uttamaH zlokaguNAnuvAdAt pumAn virajyeta vinApazukhanAta Bhag. apazUdraH A man of any of the first three varNas; one who is not a zUdra; Ape vA vedanirdezAdapazUdrANAM pratIyeta / MS. 6.1.33. apazoka . Withont sorrow or grief. -kaH The Asoka tree. apazcima a. 1 What is not followed by any other, having no other in the rear, last (used much in the same sense as pazcima; of uttama and anuttama, uttara and anuttara); ayamatra te janmanyapazcimaH pazcimAvasthAprArthito makarandabAhupariSvajJaH Mal. 9; ayamapazcimaste rAmasya zirasi pAdapaGkajasparzaH U. 1. (v. 1. for pazcima ) prasIdatu mahArAjo mamAnenApazcimena praNayena Ve. 6: praNamApazcimasya pituH pAdayo: Mu. 7; tAta amba me'pazcimaH praNAmaH Nag ; hA kathamapazcimamasya vacanam | Nag. 4; apazcimaM kuru vacanam Ve. 141. -2 Not last, first, foremost ; zrutavatAmapazcimaH R 19.1. cf. also vipazcitAmapazcimaH / -3 Extreme : apazcimAmimAM kaSTAmApadaM prAptavatyaham Ram. apazya ... Ved. Not seeing. apazrayaH A bolster, pillow. apakSI a. Deprived of beauty kumudavanamadhi zrImadabha SaNDam Si. 11. 64. apazvAsaH = apAna q. v. apaSTham [ apa-sthA, ka sasya patvam P. VIII. 3.97] The point of the goad of an elephant. For Private and Personal Use Only apazu . [ apa-sthA ku Up. 1. P. VIII. 3. 98] 1 Contrary, opposite. -2 Unfavourable, adverse, perverse. -3 Left. - ade. 1 Contrary, on the contrary

Page #168
apanura-la 150 apasRpa - i or opposite way or direction. -2 Falsely, untruly, wrongly: tava dharmarAja iti nAma kathamidamapaSTha paThyate Si. 15.173 apaSTu paThataH pAThyamadhigoSTi zaThasya te N. -3 Faultlessly, -4 Well, properly, handsomely. -: Time. apaSTura-la a. Contrary, opposite. apas.. [Ap asuna hrasvazca; ApaH karmAkhyAyAM hasvo nuT ca vA syAt Un+. 207. apanaH, apaH] 1 Work, action; apasA HTH Rv. 1. 54.8. -2 Sacred act or rite, sacrificial work. -3 Water. -4. (apAH) 1 Active, engaged in any act ( karmayukta). -2 Got or obtained. According to B. and R. 38: /. pl. stands in the Veda for (1) the hands and fingers busy in kindling the sacred fire and performing the sacrificial rites; (2) the three goddesses of sacred speech or the three divinties, fire, wind and sun; and (3) the active or running waters. [cf. L.. opus.] 3TTA a. Most active or rapid. apasya / [apasi karmaNi sAdhuH yat ] Ved. Active, fit for an act, slilful in doing any thing (sAdhukarmakArin ); simA yad vanadhitirapasyAt Rv. 1. 121.7Yv. 10.73; flowing, watery. -syA 1 Activity yAdRzmin dhAyi tamapasyayA vidada Rv.htt.8. -2 Water. -3 A sort of brick used in preparing the sacrificial altar. apasyati Den. P. To be active. apasyu [apas - kyaca - u ] Active, busily engaged, desirous of working. apasadaH [apakRSTo nIca iva sIdati, sada-ac] 1 An outcast, a low man; usually at the end of comp. in the sense of vile', 'wretched', 'accursed'; kApAlika Mal.5: re re kSatriyApasadAH Ve.3; nara , brAhmaNadeg&c. -2N. for the children of six degrading connections, i. e. of men of the first three castes with women of the castes inferior to their own ; viprasya triSu varNeSu nRptervrnnyordvyoH| vaizyasya varNe caikasmin SaDete'pasadAH smRtAH // Ms. 10. 10. See apavaMsaH. -3 pratilomaja: contrary to anulomajaH (paravarNAsu anulomajAH SaDapavaMsajAH vilomajA apasadAHSAMDAta jJeyam) ef. Mb. 18.49.6-8. apasamam intl. Last year; at the end of the year (varSAtyaye). apasara-sarpa &c. See under apasa, apamRp. apasarjanam [sRj - bhAve lyuT ] 1 A gift or donation, -2 Final beatitude. apasala = apasavya below. apasalAva ind. [apa-sala bA avi] 1 To the left (opp. prasalavi); degvi sRSTayA rajjvA Katy. (aprAdakSiNyena). -2 (The space Between the thumb and the forefinger, supposed to be sacred to the Manes, as water &c. in ceremonies like and is offered to them being poured down through that space; pradezinyalguSThayorantarA apasalavi apasavyaM vA tena pitRbhyo nidadhAti Sabdak. apasavya,-savyaka..1Not on the loft, right; maNDalAnyapasavyAni khagAzcaka rathaM prati Ram.6.57.34 apasavyena hastena Ms. 3.214.-2 Contrary, opposite yadyetadapasavyaM te vaco mama bhaviSyati Mb. 5. 138. 27. -54 iul. To the right, making the sacred thread hang down towards the left part of the body over the right shoulder (opp. Huh when it hangs over the left); a position of the thrend in Sraddha or other religious ceremonies at particular times of those ceremonies (the three positions being savya, nivIta apasavya); prAcInAvItinA samyagapasavyamatandriNA / pitryamAnidhanAtkAyeM vidhivadarbhapANinA || Ms.3.279%; vyaM kR to yo round ome so as to keep the right side towards him; to make the sacred thread hang over the right shoulder. apasavyavat / / . Wearing the sacred thread over the right sholder; AvAhanAnIkaraNarahitaM hApasavyavat y. 1.2561. apasiddhAntaH A wrong or erroneous conclusion%siddhAntamabhyupetyAniyamAta kathAprasaGgo'pasiddhAntaH Gaut. S. 39E 1 P. 1 To walk off, go or get away, depart; 31987 5a: begone, avaunt hence, get you gone; 319279a: Pt. 1. -2 To withdraw, retire, retreat, turn back; yadapasarati meSaH kAraNaM tatprahartum Pt. 3.48. -3 To vanish, disappear; yasyAnuSThAnena me santativinAzaduHkhamapasarati Pt. 1.-4 To escape, elude the sight. -Caus. To make a thing or person) go away or retire, take or put away, remove, drive away or off, throw aride; apasAraya dhanasAram K.P.9%B apasAryatAM vetralatA Pt.1 put aside, take away; Ms.7.149. apasara: 1Departure, retreat. -2 A proper excuse or apology, valid reason for possession of thing, such as buying &c.) Ms. 8. 198. apasaraNam 1 Going away, retreating, escape; tatta yuktaM kartumapasaraNam Pt.3. -2 Egress. apasAra: 1 Going out, retreating. -2 An outlet, egress (opp. praveza); Pt. 3. 120%; anapasAramArgAH Dk. 163%3B H.3.53; Si. 18.40. -3 Escaping, fieeing; sanigaDacaraNatvAtsAvazeSApasAra: Mk.7.3. -Comp.-bhUmiH Astrong-hold; Kau. A. 1. 16 (1) apasAraNam,-NA Removing to a distance, driving, expelling; kimarthamapasAraNA kriyate Mu. 4, making room (cf. Mar. bAjU, bAjU). 379 a p. p. 1 Gone away, retreated &c.; dropped or fallen down%3; apamRtapANDupatrA muJcantyazrUNIva latAHS. 4. 15. -2 Extended, held out, stretched; S.6. -3 Discharged; apamRtamiva zastram Mv. 2. apasRj 6P. To leave, abandon. apasRpa . One who has left. samahodaradhUmrAkSA apasRSTA raNAjirAt Ram.7.32.48. 3TTET 1 P. 1 To glide or move gently along, glide away or off. -2 To withdraw, retire, go away; apasarpantu te bhUtA ye bhUtA bhUmisaMsthitAH Sandhy i; tvaritamanana tarugahanenApasarpata For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #169
apasarpaH 151 apahanim U.4: utprekSitavikAraH apasarpata Mv.4 retire, go into in the sense 'to forgot'. It is, therefore, likely that voluntary exile. -3 To obrserve closely (as a spy ); the reading here is aprasmaraNa instead of apasmaraNa which zuddhAntacArI durmukhaH sa mayA paurajAnapadAnapasarpituM prayuktaH U.1. -Caus. does not appear in zabara' bhASya elsewhere.) To drive away or off. apasmArin a. Epileptic, having an epileptic tit; Ms. apasarpaH, -paMka: A secret agent or emissary, spy; 3.73 phenAyamAnaM patimApagAnAmasAvapasmAriNamAzaza? Si.3.72. sopasarjajAgAra yathAkAlaM svapannapi R. 17.5l, R. 11.31. apasmRta . Absentminded, unconscious ; mukhAdvaman apasaNam Going back, retreating: observing rudhiramapasmRto'suraH Bhag. 10. 18.29. as a spy. apasmRti a. Forgetful. apamRptiH f. Going away or forth. apasya, -syu &c. See under apas apaskambhaH Fastening, making firm. apasvara: An unmusical sound or note. apaskaraH [apa-kR ap-suT rathAGge nipAtaH apaskaro sthAnam apasvAna: A hurricane ; Apast. P. VI. 1. 149] Any part of a carriage, except the wheel ("ram // lso); uragadhvajadurdharSe suvarUthaM svapaskaram Rim 6. apahana 2 P. 1 To ward or beat off, repel, destroy, 57.26: t. syAdrathAjamapaskaraH | Ak. apaskaramadhiSTAne himavAn / kill, take away, remove; apananto duritaM havyagandhaiH 5.4.83 vindhyaparvataH Mb. -2 Exerement. -3 Vulva. -4 Anus. na tu khalu tayorzAne zaktiM karotyapahanti vA U.2.4 takes away; Ms. 6.90%3 apahatapApmAnaM savitAramupatiSThakha U.3. -2 To apaskAra: The root or underpart of the knee. attack, affect, seize (as disease kc.). -3 To husk out, apaskhalaH Leaping or jumping off. take off the shell or husk (as rice). -4 To shoot out. apastambha: A vessel in the side of the breast contain- ___ apaha . [ap - han - Da] (At the end of comp.) Warding vital air. ing or keeping off, taking away, removing, destroy apasnAta.. [apakRSTaM snAtaH] One who has bathed ing, repelling &c.; na daMzamazakApaham Pt.3.97; sragiyaM yadi jIvitApahA R. 8.463 parakarmApahaH so'bhUt 17, 61. after death or mourning or upon the death of a relation, preparatory to other ceremonies, apasnAta tela: /. Removing, destroying. ivAriSTaM praviveza gRhottamam Ram.2.42.22. apahananam Warding off, repelling &c. apasnAnam 1 liathing as after mourning or upon apahala u. Having a bad plough. P. VI. 2. 187 the death of a relative; funeral bathing. -2 Impure bathin', bathing in water in which a person has apahas 1P. To mock or seoff at, ridicule, deride; previously washed himself (snAnaziSTaM jalam ) Ms. 4. 132. / ATEAINERATTO Dk. 9 scoffed at, i. e. excelled. apaspatiH N. of a son of Uttana patla; V. P. apahasitam, -hAsaH Silly or causeless laughter; apaspaza 4. Dovoid of spies : zabdavidyeva no vidono bhAti bhAti often laughter with tourful eyes (nIcAnAmapahasitam ). rAjanItirapaspazA Si. 2.112 (whore "zA also means with apahastaH [apasAraNArthI hastaH] 1 The hand placed on out paspazA). the neck to drive out a person (galahasta); one that is apaspRz . Ved. Not letting oneself be touched. so driven out ; sArathi cAsya dayitamapahastena janivAn Mb. I. 129.36; 3. 12. 85. -2 Throwing away or off, taking apasparSa u. Insensible. away asihastApahastAbhyAM teSAM gAtrANyakRntata Mb. 6.90.45. apasphiga 6. Having badly formed hips; (P. VI. -3 Stealing, plundering. 2. 187). apahastayati Dem. P. To seize by the neck and apasphura (-sphUH), -ra, -rat .. Injured (Say.); I drive out; hence throw away, abandon, leave, discard, swelling, increasing (?). reject (fig. also). apasmAraH, -smRtiH / . [apasmArayati smaraNaM vilopayati, apahastita . Thrown away, discarded, abandonsmR-Nic , kartari ac , or apagataH smAraH smaraNaM yataH] 1 Forget ed, east off, riven up; "sakalasakhIjana tvayi vizvasiti me hRdayam fulness, loss of memory; smara' Bh. 1.89.-2 Epilepsy, K. 288, 202: bAndhave tvayA Mal. 9. 19%; ayaM mama lajjo falling sickness; Susr. thus derives it; smRtirbhUtArthavijJAna vyavasAyaH V.2; mAninIbhirapahAstatadhairyaH Ki.9.36. mapazca parivarjane | apasmAra iti proktastato'yaM vyAdhirantakRt / / apahA 21P. 1 To leave, abandon; sAkSAtpriyAmupagatAma__ apasmaraNam Reminding (1); sakRdvacanena jJAtasya punarvacanena pahAya pUrvam 5.6.15.vilalApa sa bASpagadgadaM sahajAmapyapahAya dhIratAm prayojanamastIti / ucyte| bhavati apasmaraNamapi prayojanamityuktam / R. 8.43. -2 To discharge, pay off3; RNAnyanapahAya Mb. 12. SB. on MS.5.1 1. ( If the word is aprasmaraNa it would 7. 18. -16.8k. To waste away, wane. mean 'absence of forgetting' + is used by Sa bara apahAnam Leaving, abandoning. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #170
apahAniH : f. 1 Leaving, abandonment; stopping. -2 Censing, vanishing. -3 Exception, exclusion. ind. Leaving, abandoning, except, without, excepting (used with the force of a preposition). 31 P. 1(a) To take off, bear or snatch away, carry off; H: V.3.1 relieved of the burden; tantrAdacirApahRtaH paTaH brought; tantrAdacirApahRte I. V. 2. 70 Sk. (b) To avert, turn away; (4) Ku. 7.95 averting or turning away her face. (e) To rob, plunder, steal. -2 To sever, separate, cut off; R. 15. 52. v. 1. -3 To overpower, overcome, subdue; attract, ravish, captivate; affect, influence (in a good or bad sense); apahiye khalu parizramajanitayA nidrayA U. 1 overpowered; utsavA: Ratn. 1; a faa g K. 109 seduced, led away, 277; ... 28 R. 9. 7 did not subdue i. c. did not divert his mind. 4 To remove, take away, destroy, annihilate, deprive (one) of; if R. 11. 74; fara sa Dk. 52. -5 To take back, resume; faga da za mete: Y. 2. 176. -6 To subtract, deduct. -Uaus. To cause (others) to tako away ; paraistvadanyaH ka ivApahArayenmanoramAm Ki. 1. 31. 1 Taking or carrying away, removing. -2 Stealing. apahartR a. 1 One that takes or carries away, steals, removes, destroys &c. -2 Removing, expiating; - doSAtAm Mo. 11. 161. TE: Taking or carrying away, stealing, plundering, removing, killing, destroying: weft aft me virUpitA Ram. by the cutting of ears and nose ; nidrApahAra, viSa-2 Concealing, direcan bling; kathamAtmApahAraM karomi S. 1 how shall I dissemble myself, conceal my real name and character; see below. -3 Spending or using another's property. - Loss, damage. -5 Bringing in, [obtaining samitkuzAhArAmA vAnaprasthAH / Mb. 12. 192. 1. apahAraka, -hArin . One who or that which takes away, steals, removes, destroys, conceals &c. (usually in comp.) ; jAlApahAriNaH H. 1; paradravya plunderer, thief; ; a Ms. 11.51; Y. 3. 210; Ms. 4. 255; 2. 88. -: A robber, thief. Taken away, carried off &c.; af 5 Ram. 7.55.15 destitute of, free from. 1 Concealment, hiding; concealment of one's knowledge, feelings &c. sa kadAcidupAsIna AtmApahavamAtmanaH Bhag. 9. 6. 49. -2 Denial or disowning of the truth, dissimulation; : P. I. 3. 44 SKS. 10. 92. -3 Appeasing, satisfying. -4 Love, affection. 32 A. 1 To conceal, hide, disguise; 4 fufa faffarvegi 4 Me. 8. 58; sis 152 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir apAkRtiH Ratn. 2 was passed off as Cupid upon her friend. -2 To deny, disown: Bk. 5.44; apanuvAnasya janAya yabhijAm (adhIratAm ) N. I. - 3 To exculpate, excuse. f: . 1 Concealment of knowledge, denial. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, in which the real character of the thing in question is denied and that of another (alien or imaginary) object is ascribed to, ur superimposed upon, it agi fa pati: K. P. 10; ( upameyamasatyaM kRtvA upamAnaM satyatayA yatsthAyate sA'pahnutiH ) 5. nedaM nabhomaNDalamamburAzinaitAca tArA navanabhaGgAH / nAyaM zazI kuNDalitaH phaNIndro nAsau kalaGkaH zayito e. I see also K. P. 10 and S. D. 683-84. apahrAsaH Reduction, diminution apAk ind. See. apAc. apAka a. Ved [fr. aJc with apa ] 1 ( a ) Situated aside or behind. (1) Remote, distant. (c) Coming from a distant place. (d) Unequalled, incomparable, very great ( Say.); of unequalled bright ness; aside, distant; standing behind. -2 Raw, unripe. -3 Not matured, undigested. - 4 (pAkaH paktavyaprajJaH mUrkhaH tadvilakSaNa: of matured intellect, wise) Rv. 1. 110. 2, 6. 12. 2. - 1 Indigestion (of food &c.). -2 Immaturity not being ripe or cooked. Comp. a. 1 not produced by cooking or ripening. 2 natural, original; Bhasa P. 42, 95. - ginger. 18 U. 1 To drive away, dispel, remove, destroy: keep, put, or take away; a fa S. 6.80; sphuTatA na padairapAkRtA Ki. 2. 27 pApamapAkaroti Bh. 2. 23; guho'pi yeSAM prathamAtmajanmanAM na putravAtsalyamapAkariSyati Ku. 5. 14 remove, reduce, lessen; Mal. 6. 4; R. 6. 57; Si. 8. 61. -2 To cast off, reject (also an opinion), leave, give up, throw away, drop; warsfarms gunek Mk. 5. 1: faa ya R. 7. 50. -3 To discharge, liquidate (as debt &c.) wf mokSe nivazayet Ms. 6. 35. apAkaraNam, apAkRtiH / 1 Driving away, removal. -2 Rejection, refutaion; de Prasna Up. -3 Payment, liquidations: Nyyn S. sega. (%) Payment, liquidation. safe. 1 Driving away, removing. -2xcalling, colipsing: wh: frog: h. 1. 5. pp. 1 Removed, destroyed, dispelled, paid &c. -2 Devoid or destitute of, free from; guNaiH Si. 1. 31 vAsrapAnadeva rAjyaM mukhayati Mu. 1. apAkRtiH / 1 Rejection, renoval &c. vidA devA adhAnA4 Rv. 8. 47. 2. -2 Emotion resulting from anger, fear &c. fa fata favar: Ki. 1. 27. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #171
apAkIrNa 153 apApa-pin 333 apAkIrNa .. Rejected, discarded ; kuntyA tvahamapAkIrNo yathA na kuzalaM tathA [..141.1. apAkSa . [apanataH akSamindriyam ] 1 Present, perceptible:. -2 [apagane apakRSTa vA akSiNI yasya] Eyeless, having badeyes. apAta,-pAkteya, pARtya .. 'Not in the same row or lino'; especially one who is not allowed by his castemen to sit in the same row with thein at meals: degraded, excommunicated, excluded from or inadmissible into society, an outeust; "upahata detiled by the presence of excommunicated or impious persons. The gahiMtAcArAnapAkyAndijAdhamAn (vivarjayet ) Ms. 3. 167. apAGga-Ggaka [apagatam ajhaM yasya] 1 Wanting or deformed in some limb of the body. -2 Maimed, crippled -GgaH-GgakaH [ apAGgati tiryak calati netraM yatra, apa-aGga-ghaJ] 1 The outer corner or angle of the eye; calApAjJAM dRSTim S. 1.24; ammahe apAGgakaH sphurati kimapi vAmakaH M.2.4. -2 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -3 Cupid, the god of love. -4 N. of a plant (apAmArga - Mar. AghADA.) &c. apAtro netrayorante tilakAGgavihInayoH Nm. -5 End; athemAM sAgarApAGgI gAm (adhyatiTat) Mb. 1. it. 13. -Comp. -darzanam, dRSTiH / . -vilokitam , -vIkSaNam &c. a. side-glance, side-long look, wink. -dezaH the place of the corner of the eye; the corner itself. -netra. (said of a lady ) having eyes with beautiful (or long) outer corners; yadiyaM punarapyapAnetrA parivRttArdhamukhI mayAdya dRSTA V. 1. 19. (a better interpretation would however be with the eyes turned towards the cormers' apAGgayoH prerite netre yayA i.e. Casting sidelong looks.) apAca , apAJc, (m/.cI, k) [apAzcati, aJc vip] 1 Going or situated backwards, behind. -2 Not open or clear (aprakAza). -3 Western. -4 Southern (opp. 3257); probably for 312152. - ind. 1 Behind, backwards. -2 Westward or southward. trat The south or west; cf. Siva. B. 4.64 and 5.29. itarA the north (other than south). apAcIna . [apAcyA bhavaH kha] 1 Situated backwards or behind, turned backwards. -2 Not visible, imperceptible; yo apAcIne tamasi madantIHprAcIzcakAra nR'tamaH zacIbhiH Ry. 7. 6. .-3 Southern. -4 Wostern. 5 Opposite. apAcya / / [apAca - yat ] Western or southern. apATava 1. Unskilful. -vam 1 Unskilfulness. -2 Sickness, illness. apAThaya . Illegible. apANigrahaNam Celibacy. apANinIya.. 1 Not taught by Panini in his works (as rulekc.). -2 (pANinIya aSTAdhyAyIrUpaM granthaM yo nAdhIte) (he who does not properly studs Panini's grammar; i.. a superficial scholar, smatterer of Sanskrit. saM. I. ko....2. apAtram 1 A worthless vessel or utensil. -2 (fig). An unworthy or undeserving person, unit roeptacle or recipient. -3 Ome unfit or disqualified to receive wifts; adezakAle yaddAnamapAtrebhyazca dIyate By. 17.22; Ks.24. 26. -Comp. -kRtyA, apAtrIkaraNam doing degrading our unworthy nets; disqualification, any action which makos a man unworthy; four disqualifications for a Brahmana are mentioned in Ms. 11. 70. -ninditebhyo dhanAdAnaM vANijyaM zUdrasevanam / apAtrIkaraNaM jJeyamasatyasya ca bhASaNam / / see also saMkarApAtrakRtyAsu mAsaM zodhanamaindavam 11. 125 -dAyina a. giving to unworthy persons. -bhRt a. supporting the unworthy or worthless; prAyeNApAtrabhRdbhabati rAjA PL. 1. apAda = apad 5.v. apAdA 3A. To take off or away, to remove; tatpApmAnamapAdatte ; mRtpiNDamapAdAya mahAvIra karoti Sat. Br. apAdAnam 1 Taking away, removal ablation a thing from which another is removed. -2 (in gram.) The sense of the ablative case; dhruvamapAye'pAdAnam P.I.4.24%3B apAdAne paJcamI II.3.28; apAye yadudAsInaM calaM vA yadi vA'calama / dhravameva tadAvezAttadapAdAnamucyate // Hari.: apAdAna is of three linds:-nirdiSTaviSayaM kiMcidupAttaviSayaM tathA / apekSitakriyaM ceti vidhApAdAnamiSyate || e.. vRkSAt patraM patati, meghAdvidyotate vidyut , & kuto bhavAn . apAtta a. acquired, Bri. Ar. Up. apAdhvan M. A bad way; P. VI. 2. 187. apAna 2 P.[apa-an ] 1 To breathe out. respire; yadvai prANiti sa prANo yadapAniti so'pAnaH Ch. Up. -2 To expire. ___ apAna: Breathing out, respiration (opp. prANa); prANApAnau samau kRtvA nAsAbhyantaracAriNau Bg.5.27%; one of the five life-winds in the body which goes downwards and out at the anus (apanayanAnmUtrapurISAderapAno'dhovRttirvAyunIbhisthAnaH) mUtrazukravaho vAyurapAna iti kIya'te. -naH, -nam The anus (AdhAre ghaJ). --Comp. -dA giving Apana, Vaj. 17. 15.-dvAram the anus. -pavanaH, -vAyuH 1 the life-wind called apAna. -2 ventris crepitus. -bhRt / a sort of brick (cherishing the life-wind apAna). apAnanam 1 Respiration. -2 Taking downwards, urine, excrement &c. apAnRta a. Free from falsehood, true. apAnRtakathaM putra pitaraM kartumicchasi Ram. 2. a. 38. apAntaratamA m. The name of an ancient sage or of Vyasa in his previous birth. sarasvatImucacAra taMtra sArasvato'bhavat / apAntaratamA nAma suto bAksaMbhavaH prbhuH| Mb. 12.340. 3). apApa-pin a. Simless, guiltless, pure, virtuous%3; apApAnAM kule jAte mayi pApaM na vidyte| yadi saMbhAvyate pApamapApena ca kiM mayA // Mk.9.37. -Comp. -kAzin 1.1 not ill-looking. -2 not revealiny eil. -vasyasam Ved. wellheing, welfaro, sound health, prosperity. -fas . Not afflicted with evil; zuddhamapApaviddham (brahman ) Vaj.40.8. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #172
apAMpitta 154 apAsanam 3gifta oa912 &c. &c. sed under 349. 379rgia: f., 3791TTUTH 1 Opening, laying bare or apAmArgaH [ apamRjyate vyAdhyAdiranena ityapAmArgaH, mRj karaNe ghny| open. - 2 Covering, enclosing, surrounding.-3 Concealgri asa P III. 3. 121 Sk. ] N. of a plant Achyran ing, hiding, screening: thes Aspera (Mar. 319/31 ) larvely used in medicine, Tag 1 A. 1 To turn away, return, turn back; washing teeth, sacrificial and other religious purposes to turn away from, bstain or desist from. -2 To como and in incantations ; 3914 1 9 94 ; 39141 to nothing. -Uans. To send back, turn back; to reject, sinuai aaah aati Av. -Comp. -etich, - repulse. N. of two medicated oils. Tradau,-afe: 1. 1 Turning away or from, STOIAGAH Cleansing, purifying, removing (diseases, i retreating, retiring, ropulse, rejection. -2 Revolution. evils &c). 37914 - See under 34. 3 y.1 (With abl.) Turned away from, averted, reversed, repelled, driven back, defeated; STT a. 1 Shoreless. -2 Boundless, unbounded, 477499 Rita di 444 Ram. 2.12.64. --2 Actively unlimited ; apArasyAprameyasya paraM pAramupAzrita Ram. unfathom used ) Dismissing, soomning, rejecting with contempt ; able, of great length -3 Inexhaustible, immense, gaga27: FE N TI MD. -14 1 Rolling on great (349); 3 T THAT Rv. 5. 87. 6. -4 Out of the ground of a horse). -2 Moving aside (a war reach. -5 Difficult to be crossed : difficult to be sur manouvre ); TH19714404959 Ram. 6. 10. 25. mounted or overcome as an enemy); 1914 HETTTT: Vaa #1 Ram. -* An ocean; 3919 37 Not a large number of snares, i. c. a few Harri: Bhay. 1. 13.3.). -TH 1 A kind of mental shares; p ar P. VI. 2. 156. Sk. satisfaction or acquiescence; or, reverse of mental 3o 1 U. 1 To resort to, betake oneself to ; 4547 acquiescence, non-acquiescence. -2 The opposite bank fa Ram. -2 To use, practise, employ; ETof a river. - TT The earth. -TIT . Carrying over the 99 TITT PITUIH Mb. 3 To rest 01, lie boundless sea. on (intrans.), 3917 6. Una ble, incompetent. 3792TT a. Without support or refuge, helpless.-: grat . Boundless; 31954TH FERT 1 Refuge, recourse, that to which recourse is had for TTH Ram. 5.38. 40. refuge; 19274: Ve. 5.1. -2 An awning or canopy 37910T a. ( 319-374-faqa: ] 1 Distant, remote, far. spread over a courtyard. -3 loud; 9224 TL -2 Near. Dk. 34, 69. ore (379-93), 31947 a. 1 Useless, unprofitable, Brita worthless; haar af 427 Mb. -2 Meaning . y. 1 (Passively used) (a) Restored to. less, unmeanius, senseless ; 39121 DE 1 Susr. - (0) Girt round, fastened. (c) Inhabited by. -2 (Actively used) Resting or reposing on, resorting to, Senseless or incoherent talk or argument regarded ontering on or into, being in or under. is one of the faults of composition in rhetoric); - 21122127 21274 Gautama: argazuragar- 319rft: 1. Ved. The heel. 7972 ; cf. also Kav. 3. 128; i querdaft Toy: (791-7; 737 7624 ] Ved. The barb or point ca 1-2 uselessless; agi 21 412 ICH EN: 234 of an arrow. -OH The remainder of the Soma plant Bhay. 3. 13. 13. -inil. In vain, un profitably; taxi after it has been pressed out; 97 barbed. 9 3714 579714 Bhay, 7. 2. 37. --Comp. -FTOH advancing: false plea in a law-suit. 31917 [314--317] +1.1 ) To throw or fing away, orda <<. Not earthly. cast away or off, leave, keep or put aside, reject, discard opinion also ); 4 1679* Pt. 1.5; Tag: N. of : plant, Cassia Histula. 371394 (Mar. kimityapAsyAbharaNAni yauvane dhRtaM tvayA vArdhakazobhi valkalam Ku.5.44%; agar). AUTETTA1944 Si. 1.75; 914 g rauSTI : Vell. The hinder part of a carriage. TE S. D. rejected, discarded. (b) To leave, a bandon, 3 5 P. 1 To opon, lay bare or open, unveil, desert, quit, retire or withdraw from; 417 4793 uncover; expose, display, reveal: 31299 3 THT- at Ve.3.7).-2 To scare, disperse, drive away; AFTETT R. 19. 25.-2 To cover. 37914 Mb. -3 To leave behind, loave in a erorga . . 1 Opened, laid bare or open; deserted condition; to disregard, tako no notice of, condemn. fauza 34994 Rv. 1. 57. 1. Fiat1274 By. 2.32. -2 Covered, concealed; enclosed. -3 Free, unrestrained, TOATH 1 Throwiny away, discarding.-2 Quitting. self-willed. -3 Killing. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #173
apAsita 155 apikakSaH 3 a p. (fr. caus. ) Thrown away, discarded frequently used with 71 and has the sense of (a) 'is &c.; injured, destroyed, killed. it likely', 'may it be' (1) 'perhaps', 'in all probabi3rea a. Discarded, thrown away, abandoned. The lity' or (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope that'; 319 : yakkApAstadevatvamAnuSyakaparigrahai: Ki. 15.21. nAma kulapateriyamasavarNakSetrasaMbhavA syAt S. 1; S.7; tadapi nAma manAgavatIrNo'si ratiramaNabANagocaram Mal. 1 perhaps, in all apAsaGgaH [ saGg-ghaJ-kutvam ] A quiver. probability; api nAma tayoH kalyANinoH abhimataH pANigrahaH syAt apAsaraNam .. Departure, retroat, removal; see bid.: api nAma rAmabhadraH punarapIdaM vanamalakhakuryAt U.23; is it apasaraNa. likely', 'I wish; yathA vanajyotsnAnurUpeNa pAdapena saMgatA api nAma apAsu. Lifeliss, dead. evamama yAtmano'nurUpaM varaM labheyeti S. I would that ; api nAmAI purUravA bhaveyam V.2 I wish I were P.-8 Affixed to interapAhA 3P. = apahA q.v. rogative words, 3119 makes the sense indefinite, any', api ind. (Sometimes with the a dropped according 'some'; ko'pi some one; kimapi something; kutrApi someto the opinion of Bharuri; vaSTi bhAgurirakopamavApyorupasargayoH; where; kadA'pi at any time%3; kathamapi any how &c. ke'pi pidhA, pidhAna &c.)1 (Used with roots and nouns in the ete pravayasaH tvAM didRkSavaH . 4 some people. It may often sense of) l'lacing near or over, taking towards, unit- be translated by funknown', 'indescribable', 'inexpresing with ; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearess sible' (anirvAcya); vyatiSajati padArthAnAntaraH ko'pi hetu: U.6.12. Re. [ef. Gr. epi, Zend ani, Germ. and Eng. he]. tattasya kimapi dravyaM yo hi yasya priyo janaH 2.19; Mu. 3.22; (Note :- Apa, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in K. 143; ko'pi mAhimA syAt U.6, 6. 11, 7.12; Mal. 1. 2635 Veda, its place being taken by 371 in classical R. 1. 46. -9 After words expressing number, 3114 has literature). -2 (Asa separable adverb or comjunction) the sense of 'totality', 'all'; catuNAmapi varNAnAm of all thet And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having eastes; sarverapi rAjJAM prayojanam Pt.1. -10 It sometimes exa. cumulative forer (samuccaya); asti me sodarasneho'pyenepuH 5.1 presses doubt' or uncertainty', 'fear' (zaGkA); api coro on one's part, in one's turm; viSNuzarmaNA'pi rAjaputrAH paatthitaaH| bhavet M. there is perhaps a thief. -11 (with pot. Pt.1; rAjA'pi manivAkyamIkRtyAtiSThat Dk.2: api-api or api mood) It has the sense of saMbhAvanA possibility', 'supca as well as and also; api stuhi, api siJca P. I.4.46 / position' P. I.4.96; III.B.151; api stuyAdviSNum , api Sk., na nApi na caiva, na vA'pi, nApi vA cApi neither-nor ; na stuyAdrAjAnam , api giri zirasA bhindyAta Sk.; so'yamapi sicetsahasraM cApi kAvya navamityavadyam M. 1.2nor; vA'pi or%alpo'pyeva mahAn drAkSANAM kSaNenakena Dk. 127.-12 Contempt, censure, or reasf Ms. 3. 53 whether sinall or great. -3 It is often proof ; P.I.4.96, III.3.142; dhigdevadattamapi stuyAd vRSalam : used to express emphasis in the sense of too', 'even', dhigjAlmaM devadattamapi simcet palANDum ; api jAyAM tyajasi jAtu gaNikA'very'; vidhurapi vidhiyogAd asyate rAhuNA'sau H.1. !) the mAdhatse garhitametat Sk. shame to &c. or fic upon, Devarery moon; yUyamapyanena karmaNA parizrAntAH 5. 1 even you, datta &c. -13 It is also used with the Imperative mood you also; anyadapi also another; adyApi even, yet, still, to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where even now; idAnImapi even now; muhUrtamapi even for a he permits another to do as he likes, (anvavasarga or kAmamoment, for one moment at least; nAdyApi not yet ; yadyapi cArAnujJA, the imperative being softoned:) api stuhi Sk. von though, althougli, even if; tathApi still, yadyapi bahu nAdhISa / may praise (if you like); api stuhyapi sedhA'smAMstathyamuktaM tathApi paTha putra vyAkaraNam ; nevertheless, notwithstanding, narAzana Bk.8.92.-14 Apa is sometimes used as a particle yet; sometimes 2019 is understood, S14 only being of exclamation, -15 Rarely in the sense of 'thereusel: as in bhavAdazeSu pramadAjanoditaM bhavatyadhikSepa ivAnuzAsanam / fore', 'hence' (ata eva). -16 Used as a sepurable tathA'pi vaktuM vyavasAyayanti mAM nirastanArIsamayA durAdhayaH Ki 1.28. preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of --4 Though (oft. translatable by 'oven', 'even a word understood (padArtha), and is treated as a karmaif'); sarasijamanuviddhaM zaivalenApi ramyam S. 1. 20 though pravacanIya P. I.4.963; the example usually sriven is sarpiover-sproadc.; iyamadhikamanojJA valkalenApi tanvInA . ha PTT where some word like faccia a drop,' : though in her bark dress ; balavadapi zikSitAnAm 1.2 little' &c. has to be understood, there may perhaps though ever so leamel. In this sense 3119 is most be a drop of ghee', 'I presume there may be at least frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary adron'c. api saMbhAvanA prshnshngkaaghaasmucye| tathAyuktapadArtheSu opposition (virodha); kRSNamapi asudarzanam, puSpavatyapi pavitrA &e. kAmacArakriyAsu ca | Visva.; apiH padArthasaMbhAvanAnvavasargagardAsamuccayeSu -5 But however. -6 Used at the beginning of sen- P. 1. 4. 96. G. M. adds the senses of BIETE'blessing? tences api introducess question; api sannihito'tra (bhadramapi), mRti 'death' (maraNamapi) and bhUSA - decoration' kulapatiH 5.1; api kriyAeM sulabhaM samitkusaM...api svazaktyA (api nAti hAraM). f. also...apiH prshnvirodhyoH| saMbhAvanAyAM tapasi pravartase Ku.5.33,81,36; apyagraNImantrakRnAmRSINAM gardAyAM samuccayavitarkayoH / Nm. kuzAgrabuddhe kuzalI guruste R. 5. 4. -7 Hope, expectation 31977: Ved. The rogion of the arm-pits and (usually with the potential mood); kRtaM rAmasadRzaM karma / shoulder-blades, especially in animals. uta sya vAjI api jIvetsa brAhmaNazizuH U.2 I hope the Brahmana kSipaNiM turaNyati grIvAyAM baddho apikakSa Asani Rs. 1.10... boy comes to life. Note- In this sense api is -kSam ind. In the arm-pit. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #174
apikakSya 166 apuMskA apikakSya u. Belonging to this region (SEY. on Rv. 1. 117.22 says 'kSya chinnasya yajJazirasaH kakSapradezena sandhAnabhUta pravargyavidyAkhyaM rahasyam.) apikarNam The region of ears: near (samIpa)le apikarNa AghRNe Rv. 6.48, 16. 1 forfot n. 1 Praised, celebrated, -2 Told, described. affayo a. 1 Not muddy, clear, free from sediInent. -2 Deep. TfT a. Born after or again, epithet of several deities. -jaH[api apsu jAyate, aluk bede apazabdasyaikavacanatvamapi ] N. of the month of Jyeshtha (jalakrIDAratisAdhanatvAtathAtvam). apit [ApaH ito gatA yasya, vede ] 1 Dry, waterless, as a river. -2 Not having the it or anubandha p. sArbadhAtukamapit P. I. 2.4. apitaka 1.1 Fatherless. -2 Not ancestral or pater- nal, not inherited (apaitRka also in this sense). apicya. Not ancestral. avidyAnAM tu sarveSAmIhAnazcaddhanaM bhavet / samastatra vibhAgaH syAdapitrya itidhAraNA || Ms.9.205. apitvam Ved. [ apitvarate asmai, tvara bAdeg Da] A part, portion, share. apitvin .. Having a share. apidhA 3U. To shut, close, cover, conceal. cakSUSyAzvapidhadhvaM vo vidhAsye kSemamajasA Bhag. 10.30.22. apidhAnam, (also pidhAnama)1 Covering, concealing, concen Iment. -2 A cover, lid, covering (fig. also ); amRtApidhAnamasi svAhA; naikajaladacchatrApidhAnaM jagat Mk.5.24; a cloth for covering. fare: 1. Concealment, covering; -fe: What is given to another's ontire satisfaction tRptiparyantadana. priyA api dhI vaniSaSTi medhira Rv. 1. 127.7. apihita-pihita.. 1Shut, closed, coverel, convocalord (fig. also); bASpApihita covered with tears. -2 Not concealed, plain, clear; arthoM girAmapihitaH pihitazca kiMcit , matyaM cakAsti marahaTTavadhastanAbha: Subhas. -tam dr. Visiblv, oponly; bhujaGgandApihitAttavAtam Bu. Ch. I.44. pinaddha. Closed, concealed: anApinaddhaM madha paryapazyana Rv. 10.168.8. __ apiparikliSTa .. Excessively harassed api cApiparikliSTaM cirAddAraiH samAgatam / AtmakAryagarIyastvAdvaktuM necchAmi vaanrm|| Ram.1.28.01. apiprANa.(-NI/.) Always animating or vivifying ( sarvadA ceSTamAna) apiprANI ca sadanI ca bhUyAH Rv. 1. 186. 11. apibhAga 1. Ved. Sharing or partaking in, having a share, apivrata a. Sharing in the same roligious acts or other works; connected by blood; apivratAzcAnvArabhante yaja mAnam Katy.(saMsRSTaM sAdhAraNakarma yeSAM te apivratAH avibhaktA dAyAdAH, / te hi ekenApi kRSyAdikarma kRtaM sarve upajIvanti Com.). / apizavara a. Ved. Close to the night, being at the beginning (or end) of the night. -ram Early or untimely morning, evening (or inorning) time (pradoSamukham). __ apizalAH (pl. of Apizali) descendants or pupils of Apizali. apizas a. Ripping up. apisvit ind. Interrogative; apisvitparyamukyAstvaM sambhojyAnvRddhabAlakAn Bhag. 1. 14.33. apI [api-i] 2. P. (Mostly Vedic) 1 To go in or near, enter into or upon, approach. -2 To have a share in, partake of, suffer; jarAmRtyu punarevApiyanti Mund. 1. 2. 7. -3 To join, flow, flow into, dissolve, be resolved into; khamapIto bhavati tasmAdenaM svapitItyAcakSate (h. Up. -4 To die. -5 To pour out (28a river ). apIta 3.1Gone into, entered; Sat. Br. 10.-2 Lost; lokAnapItAndadaze svadehe Rh lokAnapItAndadRze svadehe Bhag.3.8.12.-3Doad; kesaH sahAnugo'pIto Bhag. 10.57. 18. apItiH /. 1 Entering into, approaching. purA yat sUrastamaso apIte Rv. 1.121.10. -2 Dissolution, destruction, loss. -3 Destruction of the world (pralaya); apItau tadvat prasaGgAdasamajasam Br. Sutra II.1.8.-4 Encountering, joining in battle. 376274: 1 Approaching, meeting, joining, juncture. -2 Pouring out (of rivers). -3 Entrance into, vunishing, disappearance; absorption, dissolution into oneself, destruction; sargasthityA yayezastha guNakarmAnuvarNanam Bhig.7.10.44. apyayanam 1 Union, junction. -2 Copulation. apIcya. 1 Very handsome or bettutitul (atisundara) apIcyadarzanaM zyAmaM taDidvAsasamacyutam Bhag.1.12.8. -2 Secret, concealed, hidden. apIju a. Ved. Impelling, stirring up. (Mw. apIz2a ) uSAsAnaktA jagatAmapIjuvA V.2.31.5. apInasaH [apInAya, apInatvAya sIyate kalpane karmakartari ka Tv.] Dryness of the nose; cold (in the hend), rheum, catarrh; see pInasa. ___ apIvya a. Ved. Very handsome; apIvyadarzanaM zazvat sarvalokanamaskRtam Bhag. See apIcya... apuMs m. (degpumAn ) Not a man, a eunuch; pumAnpuMsoDadhike zukre strI bhavatyadhike striyaaH| same'pumAnpukhiyau vA kSINe'lpe ca viparyayaH // Ms. 3. 49. apuMstva m The state of a eunuch, iinpotent state. apuMskA /. A woman without a husband; nApuMskAsIti me matiH Bk.5.70, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #175
319988 157 apUrvavat 377 . Without tail. Er N. of a tree (Mar. stig) 3 got a. Not virtuous or holy, wicked, bad: $7 one who does not perform meritorious leeds, or who commits unrighteous deeds. ge: Not a son. a. -ga: (771 /:) Having no son or heir. 37gr The daughter of sonless father, who herself has no malo child; one who is not appointed by her father to beget male issue for him on failure of a son; cf. 3 71.-: The father of such a daughter. gat ind. Not again, once for all, forever. -Comp. -3ra a. not returning; dead. -TETTH not taking back or again. -31 : f. 1 non-return', exemption of the soul from further transmigration, final beatitude. -2 Death ; 791129atif af fagkata: Bhag. 10. 77. 18. - a. irrecoverable. -wa: 1 not being born again of diseases also ) -2 final beatitude; qayta za 7 7 77499 Bhay. 1. 18. 13. -3 knowledge of the Supreme Soul which tends to this step. -1 a person released from metempsychosis. gerot a. Not, old; modern, new. get a. Not manlike, unmanly. -Comp. po 1 a rito or ceremony which is not in the interests of the doer. - 2 not the principal object of the soul. 31957 a. 1 Not much. -2 Mean, low, baso. Ve. t; Hch. 3gp a. 1. Not nourished or fed, lean, not fat. -2 Not loud or violent, soft, low (as sound). -3 : (In Rhet. Not feeding or assisting the meaning), irrelevant (9479 A ), regarded as one of the arthadosas (faults of the sense or meaning); as in the instance given under S. D. 576 f01 fichita vidhuM mumna ruSaM priye, the adjective vitata 'expanded', ast applied, to the sky, does not in any way help the cessation of anger and is, therefore, irrelevant. H T <<. Flowerless, not flowering. -59: The glomerous tig-tree. -Comp. - , bearing having i neither fruits nor flowers; fruits without flowering. (3,-) 1 the jack tree (Mar. 04). Artocarpus Integrifolia. - 2 the glomerous tig-tree (grup). apus n. Ved. Shape, body = vapus 31957 a. Irreligious, irreverent. 3TFT Disrespect, irreverence. 3499: [ 7 qed fastia, 9-9. 7. 7. Ty.) 1 A small round cake of flour, meal &c. Mar. 781, TT, TET &c.), thicker than ordinary cakes and mixed with sugar and spicos; a ra ruta Ms. 5.7. T- fan STO far: Pt. 3. 172: 3199 p a 19 2 1 Bm. 1. 38. -2 Wheat. -3 Honey coin). Cac tai...4-d 144 Chan. Up. 3. 1. 1. -zAlA aSweetmeat shop; sabhAprapApUpazAlA Ms. :). 20it. 7901, -310037 [ 349714 fei, 4 ) Belonging to, intended for, 3194.-5TH Flour, meal. apUraNI The silk cotton tree (zAlmalI). Bombax Hepta phyllum (Mar. alati). s u 1 Lifeless, inanimate (as wood &c.) et 20 T5 a : 319514 Rv. 10. 155.3 -2 Soulless. -3 Unpeopled, untenanted. s o a. Not full or completed, incomplete, deficient, imperfect; apUrNamekena zatakratUnAm R.3.38%3 apUrNa eva paJcarAtre dohadasya M. 3. -rNam Incomplete number or fraction. -Comp. - a. premature, untimely. :) premature or incomplete time; a bortive. syarat: /. Non-accomplishment. 3998 a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; 12 $. 1; deg W M. 5; K. 191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; apUrvaH ko'pi bahumAnaheturguruSu U.4; apUrvo dRzyate bahiH kAminyAH stanamaNDale / dUrato dahatIvAjhaM hRdi lagnastu shiitlH|| S. Til. 17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; 399 me farger: S. 6: TETT ETTET M. 1; BaspUrvaH khalu vo 'nugrahaH 5.7; apUrvakarmacANDAlamayi mugdhe vimucca mAm U. 1. 46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unla own, acquainted, stranger; 37asza fan Mb. 13. 22. 8; fareasca 5 Ki. 6. 39. 4 Not first. -5 Preceded by 34 or 311. -6 (In phil. ) That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unsoon but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -ITH 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mimasa). -2 Virtue und vice (499074) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery.-: The Supreme Soul (924). -Comp. -HT >>. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -qfa: f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; fa: FATT Sk. -are: discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -fare: an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; afy, gore, farazitara and garrafer. afgaat, - Not having existed before, incompar" ableness, unparalleled or extraordinary nature; 3798ca1,44942 My. 1. geaa ind. Singularly, unlike anything else: sfat: a HE TITTGafatharaan Si. 4. 17. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #176
apUrvin ____158 apekSA-kSaNam mo apUrvin .. Having not onijoyed the married life from, contrary (with abl.); arthAdanapenaM ayam P. IV. with a wife before. apUrvI bhAryayA cArthI varuNaH Hims. 18. 1. 1.938k. (dharmapazyarthanyAyAdanapene); smRtyapenAdikAriNa: 1.2.1. apUrvIya .. Relating to the remote consequence -3 Free from, devoid of, depriverl of (with abl. or in of an act. comp.); sukhAdapena: Sk.: udavahdanavadyAM nAmavadyAdapetaH / .7.70 faultless : degbhIH M.7.17: bharnaryapenatamasi prabhutA navaiva 8.7.32 apUrveNa alr. Never before. free from (mental) darkness. -Comp. -rAkSasI N. of apUrvya.. Ved. 1 Unpreceded, tirst. -2 Incompar- a plant, Ocimum Sanetum (tulasI) (asyAH rAlagatulyapApAa ble, unheard of before. diharaNAttannAmatvam ). apRkta u. Not united, uncombined. -ktaH 1 ( In apekSa [ ap-IkS ] 1A. 1 To look round or about for gram.) An aflix (or a word ) consisting of a single something, to look or hope for, expect. -2 To wait for, letter; apRkta ekAtpratyayaH P. [.2.11; ekavarNapadamapRktam Sk. nwait; sajjo ratho bhaturvijayaprasthAnamapekSate S.20waits: kSaNamape-2 (In the Pratisakhyas) The preposition A and kSasva U.73; K.84; na kAlamapekSate snehaH MR. 7. na svayaM devamAthe particle u. date puruSArthamapekSate H. Pr. 30; pAdena nApaikSata sundarINAM saMparkamAsi37TT . Not filling; stingy. jitanapareNa Ku.8.26. -3 To require, want, stand in meed of ; wish or desire for; zabdArthoM satkaviriva dvayaM vidvAnaapRthak it. Not separately, together with, collec pekSate i.2.80; na zAle: stambakAritA vAturguNamapekSane Mu. 1.3: tively. -Comp. -dharmazIla of the same religion. -dhI. maintaining the doctrine of pantheism; regarding God prabhutA ramaNeSu yoSitAM na hi bhAvaskhalitAnyapekSane . 1.2018 Ku.8. 18; Pt. 2. 26. -4 To have regard to look to, lave in in all things. view, have an eye to; kimapekSya phalaM payodharAn vanataH prArthayate apRthatvina 1. One who cannot distinguish (between mRgAdhipaH Ki. 2.21: yataH zabdo'yaM vyaJjakatve'rthAntaramapekSane S. ID. the puruSa and the prakRti). varNAzramapRthaktve ca dRSTArthasyApRthakalvinaH / -5 To take into account or consideration, consider, nAnyadanyaditi jJAtvA nAnyadanyatpravartate || Mb. 12.308. 177 think of, respect, care for; upakRtamapi nApekSate K.7, 197, Critical Edition. 'pRthaktvaM paMprakRyorvivekaH, tadasyAstIti pRthakavI, 257,815: nanamasyAyamanapekSitAmmadavastho vyApAra: Mal..): analatadanyasya' -nIlakaNTha. viSTavAn kasmAnna tvayA'pekSitaH pinA Bk. 6. 126:S.5.16Ms. ape [apa-i] P. 1 To go away, depart, withdraw, 8. 309; with not to like, not to care for ; 3771911119retire, run a way, escape; 371 begone, a vaunt, away, rAjam Mu. 3. 183; tadAnapekSya svazarIramArdavam Ku.5.18. hence, yet you gone; to disappear, vanish, pass apekSA-kSaNam 1 Expectestion, hope, desire. -2 Neel, away, die or perish also: dharmazcApaiti Ms. 1.82; hRdayAtpra requirement, necessity : ATY without hope or need, tyAdezavyalIkamapaitu te 5.7.21; ramyA navadyutirapaiti na zAlebhyaH regardless of%3; nirvizaGkA nirudvignA nirapekSA ca mAthalI Rin. 6. Ki.5.37 does not leave. -2 To be wanting, be omitted, 17.9. droNastathoktaH karNena sApekSaH phAlgunaM prati (uvAca) MD. 12. be deprived of, be free: from. -3 To start (Ved.) 2.12.sApekSatve'pi gamakatvAtsamAsaH; anapekSaH zucirdakSaH B. 12.16%3 apAyaH[i-aca] 1Going away, departure. -2 Sepa or in comp.; sphuliGgAvasthayA bahire dhApekSa iva sthitaH 5.7.15 ration : dhruvamapAye'pAdAnam P. I. 4.21 (apAyo vizleSaH Sk.); yena : waiting kindliny. -3 Consideration, reference, rogard, jAtaM priyApAye kadadaM haMsakokilam Bk. 6.75. -3 Disappearance, with the obj. in loc. case; more usually in comp.; vanishing, absence; 314 Me. 82 at the time of sun- madhyabhAnapakSam Rathi. 1. 15 reyardless of; the instr. and set.; kSaNadApAyazazAkadarzanaH / .8.7t clost of night: jalApAya- sometimes loc. of this word frequently occur in comp. vipANDurANi Sit.535418. 1. -4 ]Destruction, loss, meaning 'with reference to', 'out of regard for', 'with death, amihilation; karaNApAyavibhinavarNayA R.8.42 loss, 835 a view to', 'for the sake of': sA'pi kAryakaraNApekSayA kSaramekamAmAlatyapAyamadhigamya Mal. 10.9 death or disappearance of dAya tamyAbhimukhaM preSayAmAsa Pt. 1; niyamApekSayA B. 1.913; vRSalAM.-5 An evil, ill, misfortune, risk, calamity, danger pekSayA Mu.13 paurajanApekSayA 2 out of regard for; kimakoza(oft. opp. upAya); tadApa maraNApAyacakitaH Bh.B.!); tadanana lAduta prayojanApekSayA 3 with a niow to gain sone object : pApavuddhinopAyazcintito nApAya: Pt. 1 not the danger ( result prathamasukRtApekSayA Me. 17; daNDaM zaktyapekSam Y.2.20, in proporing from the plan); upAyaM cintayetprAjJastathApAyaM ca cintayeta tion to, in accordancu with; atra vyaGgya guNIbhUtaM nadapekSayA Pt.1.101: apAthasaMdarzanajAM vipattimupAyasaMdarzanAM ca siddhi 1.61; vAcyasthaiva camatkArikatvAt K. P. 118 compared with it. bahvapAye bane Pt. I exposel to many dangers, dangerous : - 4 Connection, relation, dependence as of cause with kAyaH saMnihitApAyaH H.4.5 exposed to dangers or cala- effect or of individual with species: zarIrasAdhanApekSa nityaM mities%3 satye'gyapAyamapekSate H. 4. 1023 Ki. 14. 19. -6 Loss, yatkarma tadyamaH Ak. -5Care, attention, heed; dezA'pekSAstathA detriment, injury. -7 The end (of a word). yUyaM yAtAdAyAgulIyakam Bk. 7.49. -6 respect, reference. -7 (Ingram.) AkAkSA q. v. -Comp. -buddhiH ( In apAyin .. Departing, transient : perisha ble; see Vaisesika Phil.) the distinguishing perception by anapAyin . which we apprehend this is one', this is one' &c. apeta . p. Gone away, disappeared ; apetayuddhAbhiniveza- and which gives rise to the notion of duality; somyaH Si.B.1. -2 Departing or deviating from, swervinys e Sarwa. chap. 10 where apekSAbuddhiH = vinAzakavinAzaprati For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #177
apekSya 159 amaH -apas % yoginI buddhiH . BMRP. dvitvAdayaH parArdhAntA apekSAbuddhijAvA cet S. D. 780. -5 To roRNOTI, Argue by wily of mtaaH| anekAzrayaparyAptA te tu parikIrtitAH / / apekSAbuddhinAzAca nAza- opposing a statement. steSAM niruupitH| 107-8. apohaH 1 Removing, driving away, healings. apekSya, -kSitabya, -kSaNIya t... To be desired, -2 Removal of doubt. by the excercise of the reasoning wanted, hoped for, expected, considered &c.; desirable. faculty. -3 Reasoning, arguing; re: roning faculty. apekSita P. Lookerl for, expected ; wanted, desired, - Negative reasoning (opp. Uha) (aparatarkanirAsAya kRto viparItastarkaH), one of the driynas q. required; considered, referrerl to &c. -tam Desire, wish; . svayamUhApohAsamarthaH ; ime manudhyA dRzyante UhApohavizAradAH Mb. 13. regard, reference, consideration. 145. 48. UhApohamimaM sarojanayanA yAvadvidhattetarAm Bv. 2.743 apekSin .. lloping, waiting for, wishing or desiring hence UhApoha % complete discussion of question for, wanting; consideriny, caring; usually as last -5 Excluding all things not coming under the category member of comp. ; gururvidhivalApekSI R. 15.85; prayojanApekSitayA in point ; tadvAnapoho vA zabdArthaH (where Mahesvara paraKu. 3. 1 according to. phrases apoha by atavyAvRtti ... tadbhinnatyAgaH), -6A apeya . Not fit to be drank; apeyeSu nAgeSu bahutaramudakaM superfluous member attached to a structure of some bhavati Mk.2. construction. apohanam 1 Lemoval dena apoha above. -2 Betsonapehi ( Imper. 2nd sing.)Used as the first member ing faculty; manaH smRtinimapohanaM ca Bg. 15. 15 (Mr of some compounds (belonging to the class 27vyasakAdi P. II. 1.72); degkarA, dvitIyA, prakasA, degvANijA, Telang translates 310 by removal: Lok. Tlak translates svAgatA where it has the sense of excluding', 'expell as nAza.) tato dharmastato jJAnaM yAvatsmRtirapohanam Bhag. 11. 13. 6. ing', refusing admission to': . y. anu a ceremony apohita .. 1 Removed ; na ca sAmarthamapohitaM kacit Ki.2. where merchants are exeluded; so dvitIyA Nc. -Comp. 27. -2 Denied (in disputation, opp. to sthApita). -vAtA N. of a plant which expels wind. apohya,-apohanIya ot...To be removerl, takomaway: apogaNDaH -apogaNDa, [a-pogaNDaH , 1 apasi (vaidha) karmaNi matyarvaddhimatApoho yAvad buddhibalodayama Bhax.10.1.48. oxpiated 1708: 53: Ty. ] 1 llaviny a limb too many or too (as sin): to be established by reason. few (redundant or deficient). -2 Not under 16 years apaurupa,-pauruSeya . 1 Unmanly, cowardly, timid. of go bAla ApIDazAvarSApAgaNDavApi saMjJitaH | Naradu; -2 Superhuman, not of the authorship of man, of ajaddhazcedapoganDo viSaye cAsya bhujyte| Ms.8.1183; pogaNDaH paJcamA divine origin: apauruSeyA vedAH; apauruSeyapratiSThaH suvarNabinduridadAdAk ca dshmaabdtH| -3 A child or infant (kizora, tyAkhyAyate Mal. 9. not set up by (the hand of) man. zizu). -4 Very timid; -5 Wrinkled, flaccid. -6 One -pama-yama 1 Cowardice, pussila nimity.-2 Superhuman past 16. power. apoDha see der apa-vaha. 38 a. Ved. Obtainerl; watery; cf. Rv. 9. 16.3. 37174 <<. Vod. 1 Waterless; water-tight (at: Rv. aptas 1. A verificial act. 1.116. 3.). -2 Not watery, not tiuid. -kam [apakRSTamudakaM anu a. Ved. Busy, active, industrious. -pnuH (orn. yasmAn ] Poison ke. that removes water (jalApakarSahetu Un. 1.74) 1 The body. -2 Soma (sUkSmarUpasoma). -3 A viSAdi). sacrificial animal. apodikA, -kI / A sort of pot-herb (apanaddhamudakaM apnur m. [ adbhyaH jaladAnAya tutorti, jalAni prerayani, tur ki yasyAH , tatphaleSudakavatyAttathAtvam ). -kI see upodakI. Bassella Ts.] 1 Active, busy, giving water, flowing as water; Lucida or lubra (Mar. thoramayALa) an epithet of Indra (Siy. apAM preraka indraH).-2 Fire. apoha 10. [ apa-uh or Uh ] 'To remove', drive or __ anu,-taryam [apturo bhAvaH bAhudegvede yan ] Sonding down push away, disguel, take away, dostory: sa hi vinAna- water (vRSTiprerakatvam), giving of water; real, activity pohAni .3.13 kumamAni...prabhavantyAyurapohituM yadi 11.8.11,51; yuvoratUrya hitam Rv. 3. 12.8351.9. pUrvamunsavamapohadutsavaH (uttaraH) 19.ipushed away, displaced, aptoryAmaH, -man m. N. of a sacrifice and of a verse upplaunted ; manAnajarujaM sA vA divyA mamAlamapohitum V.B. 10; . of the Sama Veda closing that rite; the lost or 7th akibidapi kurvANa: saukhyairduHkhAnyapohati e. 2. 1) Removes 3 part of the Jyotistoma sacrifice. Bk. 17.833; 1.110; Ms. 8.111, 11. 100%; kalpanAyA apatya ... [atuni dehe bhavaH yat vede TilopaH 'Tv.] 1 Engaged apoTaH kalpanApoDhaH P. L. I. St. ruinoved from, or in an act, active (dehakarmaNi sthita). -2 Offspring (apatya beyond imagination -2 To heal, cure (as illness ). Nir.). -3 To avoid, give up, leave; 4-17 Tan Ms. 10.86; paJcavaTyAM nato gamaH...anapoDhasthitistasthau R.12.BI not leav- anaH -apnas .. [Ap-asun nuT hasvazca, Un. +207] ing (the path of) propriety. -4 To demy; sthApyate'pohyate 1Possession, property. -2 Work, sacrificial act or rite, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #178
amevAnaM 160 apraNIta 3 any act. -3 Offspring. -4 Form, shape. 5 To be obtained used actively ); (cf. L. ops]. -Comp. - 4. superintending work (+ 7); (or .) proprietor of an estate. -TIT: lord of wealth or property, illustrious by means of works; directing works to be done (karmapreraka). 3ata a. 1 Having progeny. -2 Poor. (319 311214 ani otu gato 4 9 Ty. ] 1 The arm. -2 N. of a Risi in the family of or connected with Bhrigu. 999 fast: Rv. .7.1. saad <<. Having (sacrificial) acts or works ; productive. sofa, -37149 see under 349. 37a. [ 391 392 394 TL; 31:34 P. IV. 4. 134 ] 1 Connected with or coming from water, cam Ranh TTH Rv. 2. 38.7; watery; gri 0 4 1. 145. 5. consisting of, consecrated with water (as fa:.) -2 Obtainable. -3 Active, connected with sacrificial acts. era: N. of a celebrated Dravida writer, author of works on Alankara and other subjects and a contemporary of Pandit Jagannatha who lived in the 17th century written also as 32TTA). 37675a (fr. 3757] Gone into, reaching, hidden. apyaya &e. see under apI. 3CET ind. Ved. Near, in the neighbourhood. 379 a. Unmanifested, una pparent. 37979 - 1 Unshaken (fig. also ), firm, steady. -2 Unanswera ble (as argument). 37997 a. Not acting well. 379EURTUTH Not the main or principal topic, incidental or irrelevant matter. 3790&a. Not explicitly enjoining, not prescribing as obligatory. 37991 a. Stemless (small).-uz: A bush, a shrub. 374 15T <<. 1 Not shining or bright, dark, wanting in brightness ( fig. also ); 491972199319 4 50173: R. 1. 68.2 Self-illuminated. -3 Hidden secret, concealed ; 412149121 12 Ms. 8. 251 ; 9. 256.-74. - ind. In secret, secretly; 37EUR491 fagra M. 4; * gasgari : V. 5 secretly. -7: Indistinctness, secrecy; a secret. 27991T a. Making dark; not disclosing &c. 31917 . Not to be disclosed, to be kept secret (one of 9 such things ); - Ya H u si I AyurdhanApamAnaM khI na prakAzyAni sarvathA // 31982 a. 1 Not principal or chief, incidental, occasional. -2 Not relevant to the subiect under discussion, not to the point, irrelevant; sce , Toa; 3793 31 to beat about the bush', not to come to the point. - In Rhet.) 34419 i. e. the standard of comparison (opp. prakRta or upameya). -taH An insane person (cf. Danasagars.) 32afa: /. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, occidental property or nature; an accident (1981). -2 Spiritual being; the Purusa of the Sankhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination. 1989 a. Not excelled, low, vile. -O: A crow. afara a. Undeca yed, undiminished, inexhaustible; 3fud an auf Rv. 1. 55. 8. 30tar Infamy: 374TH 9:31: P O 44274:1 31 cda H49 Mb. 12. 158. 5. STATA a. Going too fast to be followed by others. TTTH 4.1 Not bold, bashful, modest opp. 29); 9: Taufa faga 74 : H. 2. 26.-2 Coward, fearful; ( 6 0 : ) arme u HH alka4 Ram. 3. 16. 22. TOT a. Perplexed, confounded. 3190E a. Unrestrained, unbridled. 1997 <<. Ved. Without the power of seeing; Av. 8. 6. 16. 39aag a. Ved. Deticient in understanding, foolish, stupid; Av. 20.128.2. atau. umasked, undesired: (fat ) gizaravatreat... & Ms. 4. 248. 37963U . Inscrutable. apracyuta u. Unmoved ; parvate na zritAnyapracyutAni Bv. 2. 28. 8. not swerving from, following, observing with a bl.); 396416 fax: a qu 4 Ms. 12. 116. 31461 a. 1 Without progeny, childless; 37991: # 4 : Ry. 1. 21.5 all THHHHH Chan. 57. 397: 945h Bhag. 4. 23. 33. -2 Unborn. -3 Unpeopled. - Having no child, not giviny birth to children, not prolific. 3TATGE, 37 a a. Childless, having no issue or progeny ; reftat2T495 aratacar : Y. 2. 144. - 1 A woman who has borne no child, a barren woman. 3796 4. Ved. 1 Inexperienced, unskilful. -2 Childless. para a. Not known, strat; gece TH UTH Ms. 1.5. 3goftar a. Unconsecrated, vulyar, profane. -14 Frying clarified butter without consecrated water. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #179
apratayaM 161 apratisaMkhya 37927 a. Incomprehensible by reason or inference, undefinable. 379 <<. Ved. Very great or extensive, affluent; A ar 49 Ry. 8. 32. 16. tart: 1 Want of lustre, dulluess, dimness. -2 Meanness, want of dignity. stafa <<. Ved: 1 Without opponents or foes, irresistible; ya eka idapratirmanyamAnaH Rv. 5.32.33 vIrya of irresistible prowess. -2 Unsurpassed, unequalled. -ude. Irresistibly nadugravegaM dizi dizyuparyadho visarpadutsarpadasahyamaprati Bhag. 8.7. 19. safarit a. Trusting, trusty, confidential. 3917 <<. 1 Of unequalled deeds or achievements. -2 Irresistible, irremediable. fa(t) FIT a. Irremediable, helpless, that cannot be remedied or helped : "74714891 TOT K. 154. -T: Not remodying, non-requital, non-retaliation. AASTATAI By. 1. 46. fauna. One from whom one must not accept any thing as a gift &c. 379TTE a. Not accepting. afar ... Unacceptable. safat . 1 Not to be vanquished, invincible. -2 Not to be warded or kept off ; 2 1 417silaka : Afisa () fact Ms. 12. 28. -3 Not angry. fagra a. 1 Having no adversary in battle, irresistible. -2 Unsurpassed, unrivalled. fagt. Without the fellow-horse. 3afaqat 4.1 Without a rival or opponent. -2 Unlike. far: 1. 1 Non-performance, non-acceptance. -2 Neglect, omission, disregard. -3 Want of understanding. -4 Absence of determination what to do), perplexity; ago &c. K. 159; (39faisal RECIAestaurar : ); frana4761 K. 240; 4: CATA Ki. 14. 13.-5 Hence ) absence of mind or ready wit (Fra); Salafatrah Gaut. S. faq <<. Not going (fata). safar a. 1 Unimpeded, unobstructed. -2 Direct, undisputed; (in law) got by birth without any obstruc tion, not collateral ( as inheritance). facto a. of irresistible might, of unequalled power. aft a. 1 Modest, bashful. -2 Not ready-witted, dull. -HT Bashfulness, modesty. ... ...1 att a. Unrivalled. 3: An unrivalled warrior; 346Ara Ar: Dk. 3. Taas -ATA <<. 1 Without an equal or parallel, incomparable, matchless, unrivalled; & ufa. THIS Rv. 8. 96. 17. #4 9 ITT: My. 1. 62; degE424; , &c. -2 Improper; UT HATTE ialah : Ram. 6. 12. 35. fahigt a. Extra-ordinary; Mb. B ara: Natural or spontaneous state. safauft a. 1 Without an adversary. -2 Having no opposite or counterpart. apratiratha .. or -thaH (A hero) who has no pratiratha or rival warrior, a matchless or unrivalled warrior; Elezionare a far $. 4. 20, $. 7, 7. 33. -2 Matchless; gata : T a i My. 1. 46. -T: N. of a Risi (Composer of the hymn Rv. 10. 103 ); N. of a son of Rantinara. -9:, -TH N. of : hymn composed by 3deg: 091 HR agafarei fas:. safara . Uncontested, undisputed; aastafa : Hradisiaca: Face Thefa Mita. ET a. 1 Not corresponding with, unfit; 41424 alg Af Ram. 3. 45. 29. -2 Of unequalled form. -3 Incomparable (in a good or bad sense ). -Comp. - incomparable talk (10 ), atautier 119.- irresistible power. afera a. Of incomparable prowess. afara a. Having no rival ruler, subject to ome rule ; kRtavAnapratizAsanaM jagat R.8.27. afata: A meaningless prohibition, in invalid objection. fag << 1 Not sta ble or firmly fixed, fluctuating, not made permanent; 30 tu fayt gitu : U. 5. 25.-2 Thrown away, un profita ble, useless; 3a a argat Ms. 3. 180. -3 Disreputable, infamous. -4 Without support, adjustment; laga - T atu By. 16. 8.-y: N. of a hell. -g Instability, ill-fame, ill-repute, dishonour. -BH Brahman (+9414warga a). fagra a. Vod. Not firm, having no solid ground. Av. 11. 3. 49. 4 Instability, want of solidity or firmness (fig. also); F ra272019h44 S. R. farga 4. Unsettled, untixed, incelebrated, obscure; unconsecrated, unholy. #: An epithet of Visnu stafa5A a. Having no intermixture. safatet a. Unobserved, unnoticed : 31163 (21)atte: unobserved nullity, annihilation of an object; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #180
apratihata one of the three topics included by the Buddhas under the caterory of nirUpa, the other two being pratisaMkhyAwilful destruction, as of a jar by a mallet, and AkAza the ethereal element. ga. 1 Not obstructed or impeded, irresistible; "hatAn punnAn K. 62; asmadgRhe gati: Pt. 1 free to move ; to yasyevApratihatarayaH U. 3. 36; jRmbhatAmapratihataprasaramAryasya krodha f: Ve. 1. -2 Unimpaired, unmarred, unrepulsed, unaffected, at home in every respect; Bh. 2. 40; Pt. 5. 26; sofa, . -3 Not disappointed. -4 A kind of deity; suf-fanvaijayanta koSThakAn... puramadhye kArayet Kau A 24. -Comp. netra a. of unimpaired eyes. (-:) N. of a Buddhist deity. - Without parts or body, epithet of Brahman. * apratIta . 1 Not pleased or delighted; ko nvanenA pratItena (a) Ram. 2. 48. 20. -2 Unapproached; unassailable. Av. 7. 25. 1. -3 Unopposed. -4(In Rhet.) Not understood or clearly intelligible (as a word), one of the defects of a word ( zabdadoSa ); apratItaM yatkevale zAstre prasiddham K. P. 7, i. e. a word is said to be add if it be used in a sense which it has in particular classes of works. only and not in general or popular use); e. g. samyagjJAnamahA jyotirdalitAza yatA juSaH ( where Azaya = vAsanA occurs in Yogaistra only). srafta: f. Unintelligibleness; mistrust. 1 Want of weight. -2 Want, necessity. apratta (pradatta ) Not given away. -ttA A girl, one not given away in marriage. 1 Invisible, imperceptible. -2 Unknown. -3 Absent. -Comp. - . not distinctly taught. . 1 Diffident, distrustful (with loc.); balavadapi zikSitAnAmAtmanyapratyayaM cetaH S. 1. 2. -2 Having no knowledge. 3 (In gram.) Having no affix. -: 1 Diffidence, distrust, disbelief, doubt; Pt. 1. 191.2 Not being understood. -3 Not an affix; arthavadadhAturapratyayaH prAtipadikam P. I. 2. 15. -Comp. - stha... (in gram.) not pertaining to an affix. a. Not attacked. find. 1 From the left to the right. -2 unfavourable ; nimittAni ca bhUyiSThaM yAni prAdurbhavanti naH / teSu teSvabhipanneSu lakSyAmyapradakSiNam // Ram. 6. 101. 17. apradugdha a. Ved. Not milked completely. A dhenavo apradugdhAH Rv. 3.55 16. 0 Subordinate, secondary, inferior: tAvadapradhAnau 11. 2. -nam (tA, tvam) 1 Subordinate or secondary state, inferiority. -2 A secondary or 162 aprameya usually occurs in subordinate act. (The word the neuter gender either by itself, or as an attribute to a noun, or as last member of comp.) matyaMtaraM M. 5. 17. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 10.9. a. Unconquerable, invincible; pAhave Mb. yasthAtrayaH prabhavatyamu Ved. A bad place of refuge. a. 1 Wanting power, not powerful. -2 Having no power or control over, unable, incompetent; with gen. or loc.; : Rv. 9. 73.9. aprabhUtiH / Little effort. a. Not careless or inattentive, careful, attentive, vigilant, watchful; argi ( bhavethAH ) Ram. 2.52.72; 3. 33. 20; yuktazcaivApramattazca parirakSedimAH : : Ms. 7. 142. a. Devoid of festivities, sad, joyless; Bk. a. 1 Obscure, dull. -2 Mean. a. Careful, vigilant, cautious, steady. - Care, attention, vigilance. Hind. Carefully, attentively, uninterruptedly. -ar The state of being cautious; zaucAko dhApramAdatA Y. 3. 313. - dina a. careful; tasmai mAM brUhi viprAya nidhipAyApramAdine Ms. 2. 115. a. Imperishable; unlimited (arsira). apramA Incorrect knowledge (opp. pramA q. v. ). For Private and Personal Use Only .1 Unlimited, immeasurable, boundless. -2 Without authority, proof or weight, unauthorized. -3 Not regarded as an authority, not trustworthy; AjanmanaH zATyamazikSito yastasyApramANaM vacanaM janasya S. 5.25. -UTH 1 That which cannot be taken as authority in actions; i. c. a rule, direction &c. which cannot be accepted as obligatory. -2 Irrelevancy. -Comp. -STTT:, -: (pl.) of unlimited lustre', N. of a class of deities (with Buddhists). -faz a. not conversant with evidence, or incapable of weighing evidence. apramAyuka . [ pra-mi-uN Ave yuc, svArthe kan Tv.] Not dying suddenly, very long. apramita (b. 1 Not measured, unlimited. -2 Not proved or established by authority. ammUra, Vol. apramUcchita a. Not foolish, prudent, wise; : Rv. 1. 90. 2. a. Indestructible, unassailable(); sudAman tad rekNo apramRSyam Rv. 6. 20.7. aprameya (b. 1 Immeasurable, unbounded, boundless; mahimA se me ivAzrameyamahimA carme yasi zuru Mv 4.20 -2 That which cannot be properly ascertained, understood &c.; inscrutable, unfathomable (of person or thing);

Page #181
3 apramodaH 163 aprahata .. . ....................... .... 2 7977 danany: Ms. 1.3; 12.91.-3 Not 37997 a. Difficult to be found. to be proved or lemonstrated (as Brahman). - T ea 4. 1 Not praiseworthy, worthless, conBrahmn. -Comp.-31THTET. of unlimited might. temptible. -2 Not approved, forbidden. -3 (Ved.) -37577 of inscrutable spirit' epithet of Siva. Disobedient. -4 Less, deficient, decayed (fr). 19A , 1 Inability to remove pain. 39 a. 1 Not attached or addicted, moderate, -2 Absence of delight. temperate. -2 Unconnected. -3 unobstructed; 1999 3779a a. Not energetic or diligent, indifferent, I 198fil Mb. 9. 17. 50. a pathetic, not vealously devoted to (with loc.); 39afi: f. Non-attachment, moderation. F264gang Ms. 6. 26. -H: Absence of effort or exertion, watu 212254 Farha: Ms. 1. 89. indifference, apathy, laziness. 3965: 1 Want of attachment. -2 Want of con379rfor: /. [39-421-3f4 P. III. 3. 112, 7 changed nection. -3 Inopportune time or occasion; 31941 to T by P. VIII. 4. 29 ] Not going or progressing 7 12:4 7 Area (used only in uttoring imprecations ; 3492110 3972 a. 1 Not pleased. -2 Turbid, muddy. -24 Hat Sk. mayest thou not move onward or progress! The milk of a cow milked after the 7th day of See 34fraft. delivery. Nigh. T rof . Not allowing to go on or progress 37 EI: Distavour, displeasure. 312 ufa: (P. III. 3. 112; VIII. 4.30). 39 a. Not being prolific. -a: Not being born. 377rah ade. Without interruption, attentively. 1 a a. Barren, childless. 3rtyse, saya, sayaa a. Ved. Unceasing, continual, not separated (1992a); careful, attentive. gafety a. quite unable (to); F rufero a 4 (2 ) Ku. 1. 54. 3499 a. 1 Not used or employed, not applied. -2 Wrongly used, as a word. -3 (In Rhet.) Rare, 3194EUR . Not being affected by evils or ill omens ; unusual (as a word when used in a particular sense Ch. Up. or gonder though that sense or gender be sanctioned gas a. 1 Unknown, umimportant, insignificant by lexicographers ); 974 fafigan: 291 p ada SH1 Ku. 3. 19.-2 Unusual, uncommons P aris ASTETT TT54ar! where the man. gender deg974 an obsolete word. of can, though sanctioned (by Amara ), is not used Tel: f. Obscurity, insignificance. by poets and is, therefore, 359.4 4 Mbh. 39 farfafa. ( .) Not belonging to the subjectSTT: Non-application or bad application, non- matter, irrelevant ( = 3 alah q. v.); Mal. employment. 37977: 31 T r Mbh. 1.1.1. tega a. 1 Uusuitable to the time or subject, 37701 <<. Prompt, quick. not to the point, irrelevant. -2 Absurd, nonsensical; sad, art . 1 Not exciting or stimulating PUTEH ar gyfe lt. 1. - 3 Accidental or extrato action, inert, listaining from action : Tuinaata ar neous. -4 Not ready. -Comp. -TTT a figure of tagre za Bri. Up. 2. 1. 5. -2 Continuous, speech which, by describing the 31+ga what is not un broken, uninterrupted. the subject matter) conveys a reference to the w a 379aaah Not engaging in, not exciting to any or subject matter ; 394a1a2149 1241 K.P. 10. It is of 5 kiuds:- fara a fase da afati action. 42 9 de 941 11 i. c. when the 39 a. 1 Not acting, not engaged in. -2 Not subiect-matter is viewed (a) as an effect, information instigated. -3 Not proper; 343 9506 122 of which is conveyed by stating the cause; (b) when 9 Mb. 5. 192. 17. viewed as a cause by stating the effect; (c) when s afa: /. 1 Not engaging in action or proceeding, viewed as a general assertion by stating a particular not taking place. -2 Inertia, inactivity, non-excite instance: (a) when viewed as a particular instance ment, absence of incentive or stimulus.-3 In medio.) by stating a general assertion; and (e) when viewed Suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation, as similar by stating what is similar to it, See K. }'. ischuria &c. 10 and S. D. 706 for examplos. ____ apravIta a. Ved. Not appronched; yadapravItA dadhate ha 39 a. 1 Unhurt, intact. -2 Waste, unploughed, 744 Rv. 4.7.9. -al 1 Not loved (31#fat). -2 Not K. 326.-3 New and unbleached (as cloth ); ar a impregnated zvetaM sadazaM yantradhAritam / niNejakAkSAlitaM cAprahataM vAsa ucyate / / For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #182
aprahan 164 apsaras aprahan .. Not. destroying, favouring, riding (anugrAhaka) tyamUM vo aprahanaM gRNISe Rv. 6.44.4. aprahita va. 1 Not sent out; Av. 6.20.2. -2 . Unattacked by foes. -3 Not stirred up, ita UtI vo ajaraM prahetAramaprahitam Rv. 8.99.7. aprAkaraNika / . (-kI .) Not belonging to the ! subject-matter: aprAkaraNikasyAbhidhAnena prAkaraNikasyAkSepo' prastutaprazaMsA K. P. 10. a a. 1 Not vulgar. -2 Not original. -3 Not ordinary, extraordinary; degAkRtInAm K. 174, aprAkRteSu pAtreSu yatra vIraH sthito rasaH Mv. 1.3. - Special. -5 Not belonging to 9157 language. aprAgya . Secondary, subordinate , inferior. aprAcIna 1.1 Modern. -2 Not easterm, western. aprAjJa a. Imorant, unlearned. -jJatA Imorance%3B duHkhaM sumahadApnoti pretyAprAjJatayA naraH Ms. 4. 167. aprAdezika .1 Not pointing to, or suggestive of; Nir. 1. 13. -2 Non-provincial. aprAdhAnya . Subordinate. aprANa a. Lifeless ; inanimate. -Na: The Almighty Being. aprApta .. 1 Not obtained or got ; aprAptayostu yA prAptiH saiva saMyoga IritaH / Bhasha P.-2 Not arrived or come, naccomplished; aprAptavyavahAram 1.2.213. -3 Not authorised or following, as a rule. -4 Not come to or reached; rAghavo rathamaprAptAM tAmAzAM ca suradviSAm (ciccheda) R.12.96. -5 Not of a marriageable age; Ms.9.88. -Comp. -kAla 1 imopportune, ill-timed, unseasomnble; la vacanaM bRhaspatirapi bruvan / labhate buddhapavajJAnamapamAna ca puSkalam Pt. 1.63. -2 under age.(-lam) an irregular discussion of any subject ). ATT. 18. 1. conveying (the sonse of ) what is not otherwise specitied, such as the use of the Potential mood in svargakAmA yajeta. -2 not yet tamed (as a young calf) a a. not arrived at puberty or who has not reached his youth; zizumaprAptayauvanam / . 15. 42. -vyavahAra, -vayas a. (in law) under age, not old enough to engage in public business on his own responsibility, a minor (a boy before he reaches his 16th year); aprAptavyavahAro'sau yAvat SoDazavArSika: Daksa. aprAptiH 1.1 Non-acquisition; tadaprAptimahAduHkhavilInAzeSa- pAtakA K. P.+. -2 Not being proved or established by a rule before; vidhiratyantamaprApto niyamaH pAkSike sati Min. -3 Not taking place or occurring. -4 Not being applicable = 3179911 q. v. aprAmANika (-kI .) 1 Unauthoritative, unwarranted; idaM vacanamaprAmANikam . -2 Untrustworthy, unreliable. aprAmi . Ved. Unhurt, mimpaired, Rv. 8-61.4. aprAyatyam Ved. 1 Impurity. -2 Ungoverna bleness. aprAyu a. Ved. Not going forth (agantR); aprAyuvo rakSitAro divedive Rv. 1.89.1; unceasing. aprAyus a. Ved. With undiminished or unimpaired life or vigour; aprAyuSe divAtarAt Rv. 1. 127.5. fu a. 1 Disliked, disagreeable, unpleasant, offensive apriyasya ca pathyasya vaktA zrotA ca durlabhaH Rim.; Ms.4. 1383; ataH samIpe pariNeturiSyate tadapriyApi pramadA svabandhubhiH 5.5. 17; hated, distasteful. -2 Unkind, unfriendly. -4: A foe, an enemy. -yA A gort of fish (zRGgImatsyaH ). -yam An unfriendly or offensive act; pANigrAhasya sAdhvI strI......nAcaretkiJcidapriyam Ms. 5. 156. -Comp. -kara, -kArin , -kAraka a. umfriendly, ill-disposed. -bhAgin a. ill-fated. -bada, (yam),-vAdin a. speaking umkind or harsh words; vandhyArthadhyapriyaMvadA Y. 1.73; mAtA yasya gRhe nAsti bhAryA cApriyavAdinI Chan. 44. poftfa: f. 1 Dislike, aversion. -2 Unfriendly feeling, enmity. -3 Pain. -Comp. -kara (-rI/.). 1 unkind; unfavourable. -2 disagreea ble, disliked. apretarAkSasI = apetarAkSasI q. v. apreman a. Disliking, unfriendly. n. Dislike. afera a. Not sprinkled, not consecrated. aproTa: A kind of bird (Mar. kukuDakuMbhA). aprauDha.1 Not arrogant. -2 Timid, gentle, not bold. -3 Not full-grown. - 1 An unmarried girl. -2 A girl very recently married and not arrived at puberty or womanhood. aplava 3. 1 Without aship, Av. 19.50. 31. -2 Not swimming. apluta a. Not protracted (as a vowel ). apva . [Ap bAhuva, pRSo hrasvaH ] Attainable. -pvA Disease, danger; gRhANAjAnyapve parehi Rv. 10. 103. 12. the region of the throat or neck. (:) __ apsaH , -psA m. (-psAH) Ved. [apaHsanoti, san-Da] 1Giving or yielding water; forniing the essontial portion of water (apAM sArabhUto rasaH ).-2 not destroying. -psam Form, see apsas. apsaraH [ ap-sU-ac ] Any aquatic animal ( moving in water ). apsaras /. (-rAH, -rA). [abhyaH saranti udgacchanti, sU-asun Un.4.236% ef. Ram. apsu nirmathanAdeva ramAttasmAdvarastriyaH / utpeturmanujazreSTha tasmAdapsaraso'bhavan / / A class of female divinities or celestial damsels who reside in the sky and are regarded as the wives of the Gandharvas. They are very fond of bathing, can change their shapes, and are endowed with superhuman power (prabhAva). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #183
185 abAla They are eallod svarvezyAH and are usually described as aphena .. Frothloss, without seum or form. -nam the servants of Indras, who, when alarmed by the Opium (perhaps a corruption of ahiphena; a has here rigorous austerities of some mighty sage, sends down a depreciative force ). one of them to disturb his penance, and her aba = amba q.v. mission is gemerally successful; menakA'psarasAM zreSTA maharSINAM pitA ca te Mb. 1.74.75. f. yA tapovizeSaparizAGkatasya / abddh,-ddhk|. 1 At liberty; not bound or restrained. sukumAraM praharaNaM mahendrasya V. 1. They are also snid to covet. -2 Unmeaning, nonsensical, absurd, contradictory; heroes who die gloriously on the battle-field; cf. e.g. yAvajjIvamahaM maunI brahmacArI ca me pitA / mAtA tu mama paraspareNa kSatayoH praharIrutkAntavAgvoH samakAlameva / amatyaMbhAve'pi vandhyAsIdaputrazca pitAmahaH / / (contradictory); jaradgavaH kambalakayozcidAsIdekApsaraH prArthitayorvivAdaH // 1.7.53. Bana mentions / pAdukAbhyAM dvAri sthito gAyati maGgalAni (v. 1. mttkaani)| naM 14 different families of these nymphs (see K. 136) brAhmaNI pRcchati putrakAmA rAjanagayA lavaNasya ko'rghaH // Rayamukuta The word is usually said to be m pl. (striyAM bahuSvapsarasaH) on Ak. -ddhaH Improper, impossible thing; nApabhyAyenna but the singular, as also the form apsarA, sometimes: spRhayennAbaddhacintayedasat Mb. 12. 215. 9. -Comp. -mukha ta. Octurs; niyamavighnakAriNI menakA nAma apsarAH preSitA 5.1; foulmouthed, a busive, scurrilous. ekApsaraH &c. R. 7.53 and see Malli. thereon; anapsareva abaddhavat a. Unmeaning, ungrammatical; yasminpratipratibhAsi V. 1. -2 Direction or the intermediate point! zlokamabaddhavatyapi Bhig. 1.5.11. of the compass (dik ca upadik ca). -Comp. -tIrtham N. of a sacred pool in which the Apsarasas bathe; abadha-dhya See avadha-dhya &c. probably it is the name of a place, see S.G. -patiH abadhA f. Segment of the basis of a triangle. lord of the Apsarasas, epithet of Indra. N. of the See abAdhA. Gandharva zikhaNDin ; Av.4.37.7. abandhaka 1.1 Not binding.-2 Without any pledge. apsava . [ asaM jalarasaM vAti hinasti, vA-ka] Devoid of 3777277 a. Free, without bonds. the essence (freshness) of water; -2 possessed of form or shape; giving water (?). abandhra . Ved. Without ligatures ; falling asunder. apsavya . [ asu bhavaH yat ] Being in, or fit for, water. abandhu, -bAndhava .1 Friendless, lonely. tvametAjanarAjJo TCT n. Vod. Form, beauty; or one possessed of dvirdazA'bandhunA suzravasopajagmuSaH Rv. 1.53.9 -2 Unowned. -Comp. -kRta . causing want of companioms. -kRta beauty, cheek (?). uSA hareva ni riNIte apsaH Rv. 1.124.6. it. not brought about by relatives, growing spontaapsu . [nAsti psu rUpaM yasya Nir.] 1 Formless, shape neously; tvagyasyAH kathamapyabAndhavakRtAM snehapravRttiM ca tAm 5.4.16. less. -2 Not beautiful. Note:-apsu forms the first abala 1.1 Weak, feeble, unprotected. -la: N. of member of several compounds. -kSitaagod (dwelling within the clouds); apmukSito mahinaikAdaza stha Bv.1.139.11. a plant Crataeva Roxburghii (varuNavRkSa) (Mar. vAyavarNA) -lA 1A woman (as belonging to the weaker sex); -cara a. aquatic; moving in waters. P. VI. 3. 1. -ja, nUnaM hi te kavivarA viparItabodhA ye nityamAhurabalA iti kAminInAm / -jAa. born in the waters or in the atmosphere; yadagne yAbhirvilolataratArakadRSTipAtaiH zakrAdayo'pi vijitAstvabalAH kathaM tAH // divijA asya mujA vA sahaskRta Rv. 8.43.28. (-jAH)-yoniH Bh. 1. 10; compare also: -hRdaye vahasi girIndrau tribhuvana1a horse. -2 a cane or reed. -jit vanquishing the jayinI kaTAkSeNa / abalA tvaM yadi manye ke balavanto na jAnImaH // Udb. aerial Asuras. -mat a. possessed of what is in water; degjanaH . woman; iSTapravAsajanitAnyabalAjanasya duHkhAni...S. not losing one's nature in water (as lightning); getting 4.3; R. 9. 46. -2 One of the ten enrths according to sufficient water. -TIT a. born from the waters. the Buddhists. -lam Weakness, want of strength: 800 aphala [na.ba.11 Unfruitful, fruitless, barren (lit. balAbalam also. -Comp. -abala: N. of Siva. & fig.); yAH phalinIryA aphalAH Rv. 10.97. 15. deglA oSadhayaH, 'la kAryam &c.-2 Unproductive, useless, vain; yathA SaNDho' abalAsa . Not consumptive; Av. 8. 2. 18. phala: strISu yathA gaurgavi cAphalA / yathA cAjJe'phalaM dAna tathA viproDa abalyam 1 Weakness, sa yatrAyamAtmA'valyaM nyetya saMmohamiva nRco'phala: Ms.2.168. -3 Deprived of virility, castrated; Bri. Up. 4.4.1. -2 Sickness. emasculated: aphalo'haM kRtastena kodhAtsA ca nirAkRtA Ram. 1. Start a. Unrestrained, uno betructed. -2 Free 49.3. -la: 1N. of a plant (Mar. jhAbuka) Tamarix Indica from pain. -dhA The segment of the base of a triangle. -2 A goat. -lA The Aloe plant (Mar.ghRtakumArI koraphaDa); another plant (Mar. bhUmyAmalakI). -Comp. -AkAkSin, -ET: 1 Non-obstruction. -2 Non-refutation. -prepsu. one who desires no reward (for his labours), abAdhita . Unimpeded, unrestricted, unrefutel; disinterested ; aphalAkAkSibhiryajJaH kriyate brahmavAdibhiH Mb. sahuriH stannabAdhitaH Rv. 10.92.8. aphalgu a. Productive, profita ble; tarISu tatratyamaphalgu abAla, -abAliza . 1 Not childish, youth; Nir. bhANDam Si. 3.76. IX. 10. -2 Not young, full (as the moon ). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #184
abAhya 166 abdhiH H sala . 1 Not exterior, internal; Tis: feri arap a li Tara: R. 11.50 : -2 (fig.) Familier or intimately acquainted with conversant with; aftaraqqala: Dk. 155. -3 Without an exterior; e 849974-a74TH Bri. Up. 2.5. 19. spfarta: [ 39: masi ] The submarine fire (that feeds on the waters of the ocean); 391490 fani R. 13. t. 3rfra . Ved. Fearless; at fara Rv. 1. 6. 7. 31 (-77 ) <<. 1 Impotent, seedless ; Ms. 9. 79. -2 Causeless; -T: Victory over the mind; - a kind of grape Mar. 1) - An unproductive soed: 3701 anet Ms. 9. 291. 319 st. Foolish, unwise ; 31991741249&14 San. S. The individual soul ratai; 3797 CATEGIA Jua l Mb. 12. 308. & 1 Inanimate, lifeless matter (78); 9691 HETTA ya Mb. 12. 305.31. -2 Ignorance 319711); Tanyagga GHTada Mb. 12. 303. 1. ind. Inadvortantly; 7 giga alga E Ram. 2. 22. 8. Tgl / 1 Want of understanding ( 1); 33 EN 4E 4: Mb. 12. 204. 4. -2 Ignorance, stupidity: 47 foolish, ignorant. a. Ignorant, dull-witted, stupid. -Comp. Te, F. 1 not provered by knowledge or consciousness; not wanton or intentional. --2 beginning with non-intelligence. (h a ) ade. unconsciously, ignorantly. 37yet a Foolish, stupid: (7 ) fatiqalgar 9iyat 24 Bhay. 10. 14. 17. m. A fool. f. (3147) Ignorance, want of intellect. 3TTET <<. Vod. Not to be perceived or a wakened. syarat a. 1 Ignor:unt, foolish, stupid. -2 Perplexed, puzzled. -ET: 1 Ignorance, stupidity, want of understanding; reale Bh. 3.2; favigatthaaraxal: drai afta a: Ki1. 6. -2 Not knowing or benig aware of. Harta Tau T919 192algy: Si. 6. 41 Comp. -1773 a. incomprehensible, inconceivable. a . raritet . 1 Unintelligible. -2 Not to be awakened. teta. Having no bottom or root, bottomless. 31 au 2 3 au : Ry. 1. 24. 7. -dhanam Ved. The air or intermediate region : abhigandharvamaTregtag 7:2 31 Rv. 8.77.5. 37551 a. [31EUR 42,5-3). Born in or produced from water Ms. 5. 112.3 1 la 8. 100 -5: 1 The conch; curfer: Os 20471 Mb. 7. 129. 38. (. also ). -2 The moon. -3 Camphor. -4 N. of a treo, Barringtonis Acutangula (fa ). -5 Dhan vantari, physician of the gods, said to be produced at the churning of the ocean :long with other jewels. cf. 34* i Paraf a rfy ... Nm. -EGTH 1 A lotus. -2 One thousand millions. - Comp. -futil the seed vessel of a lotus. -T:, -H , -4, a: epithets of Brahma, being supposed to have sprung from the lotus which arose from the navel of Visnu) - Fra: a class of ten-storeyed buildings. Mana. 28. 18. - 1,-99, - , - &c. a. lotusey er, having large beautiful eyes. -atua: a friend of lotuses, the sun. T: 1 the root of a lotus. -2. a cowrie ( 12) os large aconch. - ' carrying the moon on his forehead,' epithet of Siva. ( having the lotus for her seat,' N. of Laksmi. ECT: N. of Brahma. 6 : the sun (represented as holding a lotus in one hand ). 31551 . ( 31:) Vod. Born in water (P. III. 2. 67; VI. 4. 21.) 3731 T 7579T EGT #44 Ry. 4. 40.5. f. A pearl-oyster. @raft 1 A lotus plant. -2 A collection of lotuses. -3 A place full of lotuses. -Comp. - a: the sun. 376574n. Ved. Shape, beauty, fra a. Conquering waters. a. [3991 aara, -h; said in Un 4.98 to be from 314; 34or: ] Giving water. - 1 A cloud. 1-2 A yoar in this sone #. also ) SEX War Ya: 4849 4 Bhay. 10. 24. 31. 312 : Mb. 13. 17. 74. -3 N. of a grass (tar). -4 N. of a Inountain. cf...3779 zor iguale a 2...Nm. -Comp. -373 half a year. 4 Name of an astronomical work. -alka: N. of Siva. -14 a century. -1: a kind of camphor. a ado. Ved. With a desire to give water. fe: Ved. A cloud; deg77 possessed of clouds ; giving water, as a cloud. 33: A fortress in water, one surrounded by a moat or lake. (Mar. i .) aa , aa a. Having the waters for divinities, praising the waters; ha soat 47 Ms. 11. 13. T: 31: 319, - ) 1 The ocean, receptacle of water; (fig. also ) :a', , 1deg &c.; store or reservoir of anything. -2 A pond, lake. -3 (In Math.) A symbolical expression for the number 7; sometimes for 4. -Comp. - the submarine fire. - 9:, - : 1 froth, foam. -2 the cuttle-fish bone, being regarded as the froth of the ocean. -5T a. born in the ocean. (-:) 1 the moon. -2 The conch. - Salt. (-it) (dual) N. of the Asvins. ( - ) 1 spirituous liquor (produced froin For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #185
abinduH 167 abhayaMkara-kRt ... ... . . ...... g the ocean). -2 the Goddess Laksmi. -77: 3 sea-fish. -frost: froth, foam. - 1 the carth. 2 a portion of land surrounded by the ocean. TT N. of 1 Dwaraka, the capital of Krisz. aasta: 1 the moon the butter of the oven). Augait the pearloystor. -TTT: N. of Visnu (so called from his resting in the ocean at the destruction and renovation of the world). HT: a gem. fare: A tear: Bhag. 37TT 1. Living upon water. 354 Harda # F1 fazareza: Y. 3. 28.7. -T: A serpent. 3747TUT Living upon water, a kind of fasting. 31677 &c. = 3947 4. v. a . Unchaste. -4,- 1 Unchastity. -2 Sexual union. & v . 1 Not tit for : Brahmana; 377890340 FIT a lalay. -2 Inimical to Bralmanas. - H An act not befitting a Brahmana: an un-Brahmanical act. In dramas usually found as exclamation uttered by a Brahmana in the sense of 'to the rescue', 'help', 'help', 'horrible or disgraceful dooil has been committed'; 312 och Pt. 1.; S.6; U. 1; 377 ara 19241114 TE ATF IS TH a gah U.2 a cry of help, or distress; 3744 yoganandasya vyADinA RnditaM puraH / abrahmaNyamanutkrAntajIvo yogsthitii| fas: Bri. Kath. 3g u. 1 Not accompanied by devotion; wanting in Sacred or divine knowledge. -2 Separatod from or devoid of Brahmanas; & ad Ms. 9. 322. -Comp. f . not knowing Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. THAT W:unt of devotion: 342471 72 71 kv. 1.33.3. ala . Devoid of or without Brahina nas. -OT: Not a Brahmana; 31218171_477419 fau ... FTATETO E F 14 1 Ms. 2. 241-2; (=T2) six kinds are usually mentioned. a&74 1 Violation of the duties of a Brahmana; broach of vows or sanctity: -2 = 3179094 q. v. TEETH Making a growliny (ortoru) sound, ani indistinct speech uttered by shutting the lips. Trg ( 3191 fai T T 49] A hymn or verso [Ry. 10. :). 1-3. addressed to the waters ; ] 3 #9 727 4 457 Y. 3. 30. 374 4. 1 Not deyoted or attached. -2 Not connected with, detached. -3 Not worshipping. -4 Unaccepted. -5 Not eaten. -6 Not received as a share; 9H UREYT RITH Rv. 2. 30. 7. - Not food: deg38, degF want of appetite. STAT: f. 1 Want of devotion or attachment. -2 Unbelief, incredulity. THET, HTUTH Not eating anything: fastiny. THET. I Not to be cuten. -2 Prohibited from eating. - 14 A prohibited article of food. 37HT . Unfortunate, ill-fated; Av. . 31. 11. 3745<<. Not broken &c. - 1 Absence of fracture or defeat. -2 (In Rhet.) A variety of where another meaning is obtained without dividing the words (this corresponds to 3 2 ); S. 1). 641. They a. Undisturbed, firm. 3TH a. Inauspicious, bad, evil, ill, wicked. - 4 1 Evil, sin, wickedness.-2 Sorrow. STT a. ..] Free from fear or langer', secure, safe; a291 Bl. 3. 33. -: [ TTT) 1 An epithet of the Supreme Being, or knowledge concerning that being. -2 N. of Siva. -3 One (levoid of all worldly possessions. - 4 One who fearlessly executes scriptural commandments. -5 N. of a Yoga (conjunture or time) favourable to march or expedition. -6 A refuge offering pose of the land of an image; Mana. 12. 120-21. See 372921. - 1 N. of a planta , Mar. PETET). -2 A form of the goddess Durgi. - TH 1 Absence or removal of fear. -2 Security, safety, protection from fear or danger. 43 T H ATT Pt. 1; 31414 fe atar Ms. 8. 303; $. 2. 17. -2 N. of a sacrificial hymn. -3 The root of a fragrant grass TUGH 3317). -Comp. - a. 1. not terrific, mild. -2. giviny safety. -ftitatis .. one dwelling on the mountain of safety, N. of a class of Katyayana's pupils. -offaETT: Buddhist monastery on the Abhayagiri. -fsfoga: 1 proclamation of assurance of safety. -2 : military or war-drum. *, - , -" . giviny a guarantee or promise of safety; W *22: Ram. ; 4; 94992: Ms. 4. 232. (-:) an Arhat of the Jainas; N. of Visnu. - TOTT,194,-91H giving a promise, assurance, or guarantee of safety or protection from danger); aura H277 (149 ) Pt. 1. 290; 4: H T4TH Ms. 1. 347. -974 a written document or paper granting assurance of safety: cf. the modern safe conduct'. Ta variety of mudra in Tantra literature. I asking for protection ; 357fe:; q 1A4917 : R. 11. 78. -a , - f. an assurance or promise of safety. - a. Ved. giving safety. THIET: N. of Avalokitesvara ( Buddhistie). THT -haa. [37-47-5 with the insertion of a Fri 9: P. III. 2. 13). 1 Not dreadful. -2 Causing security. 91 92 THE THAT I Rv. 8.61.13 AY 31447: Rv. 10. 152. 2. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #186
abhartRkA 168 abhi (bhI)ka abhartRkA 1 A widow. -2 An unmarried woman. / abhavaH 1 Non-existence; matta eva bhavAbhavI Mb. -2 Absolution, final beatitude%3; prAptumabhavamabhivAJchati vA Ki. 12. 30, 18.27. -3 End or destruction; adyaiva sarvabhUtAnAM rakSasAmabhavAya ca Ram. 3.64.56. sukhaM ca duHkhaM ca bhavAbhavAtmakam Mb. 3. 295.10. abhavat .. Not existing. -Comp. -abhavanmatayogaH, -saMyogaH (in Rhet.) a defect in composition; abhavan asaMbhavannapi mataH iSTaH yogaH sambandhaH yatra K. P.73; the "failure of an intended connection', or want of harmony between the ideas to be expressed and the words expressing them; eg. IkSase yatkaTAkSeNa tadA dhanvI manobhavaH, here the word 47 can have no Correlation with a though intended by the poet. The proper reading would be sa &c.; for other examples see S. D. 575 ad. loc. abhavaniH Non-birth; Hariv. 7. abhavya 1.1Not to be, not predestined; -2 Improper. -3 unfortunate; upagatamavadhIrayantyabhavyAH Ki. 10. 51.-4 uncivil, rude; abhavyo bhavyarUpeNa Ram.4.17.28. abhastrakA, -abhastrikA also abhastrAkA [a-bhastrA P. VII. 3. 47.]1 A badly made or inferior pair of bellows. -2 A young woman who has no bellows. THAM <<. 1 Without a share (of inheritance). Rv. 10.83.5. -2 Undivided. abhAgin ... 1 unfortunate; sahate yAtanAmetAmanAnAmaHafta Ram. 0. 16. 21.-2 Having no share. __ abhAva.[na. ba.] Without love or affection. kaccinnAbhihato'bhAvaiH zabdAdibhiramaGgalaiH Bhag. 1. 14.40. -2 Nonexistent. -va:1 Not being or existing, nom-existence%3; gato bhAvo'bhAvam Mk. I has disappeared. -2 Absence, want, failure; sarveSAmapyabhAve tu brAhmaNA rikthabhAginaH Ms.9.1883 mostly in comp.3; sarvAbhAve harennRpaH 189 in the absence of all, failing all; toya, anna, AhAra" &c. -3 Annihilation, death, destruction; (vaco...pathyamuktam ) rAkSasAnAmabhAvAya tvaM vA na pratipadyase Ram.5.21. 10. non-entity; nAbhAva upalabdheH S. B.; kSaNamAtrabhavAmabhAvakAle Si. 20.64; Ki. 18. 10.-4 (In phil.) Privation, non-existence, nullity or negation, supposed to be the seventh category or 970 in the system of Kanada. (Strictly speaking 37919 is not a separate predicament, like dravya, guNa, but is only a negative arrangement of those predicaments; all name able things being divided into positive (bhAva) and negative (37419 ), the first division including 282, guNa, karma, sAmAnya, vizeSa and samavAyaH and the second only one abhAva; ef. atra saptamasyAbhAvakathanAdeva paNAM bhAvatvaM prApta tena bhAvatvena pRthagupanyAso na kRtaH Mukta.). abhAva is defined as bhAvabhinno'bhAvaH (pratiyogijJAnAdhInaviSayatvam ) that whose | knowledge is depondent on the lnowledge of its pratiyogI, It is of two principal kinds saMsagAMbhAva and anyonyAbhAva: the tirst comprisiny three varieties prAgabhAva, pradhvaMsAbhAva, / and atyantAbhAva, -Comp. -saMpattiH / talse attribution (= adhyAsa q.v.) abhAvanA 1 Absence of judgment or right discernmont. -2 Absence of religious moditation. amAvanIya .. Inconceiva ble. abhAvayit a. Not perceiving, comprehending or inferring. abhAvina, abhAvya 1. What is not destined to be or take place ; yadabhAvi na tadbhAvi H. 1. abhASaNam Not speaking, silence. abhASita a. Not told. -Comp. -puMskaH a word which cannot become mas. or neuter. i. e. always feminine. abhi int. 1 (As a prefix to verbs and nouns) It means (a) to', "towards', 'in the direction of'; abhigam to go towards; abhiyA, gamanam , yAnam &c. (B) for' 'against'; deglaS , degpat &c.; (c) 'on', 'upon'; degsiJc to sprinkle on &c.; (a) 'over', 'above', ' across '; o to overpower, tan; (e)'greatly'; 'excessively'; degkamp. -2 (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs, and to adjectives) It expresses (a) intensity or superiority; "dharmaH 'supreme duty'; 'tAmra ' very red'; R. 15.49; 'nava 'very new'; (b) 'towards', ' in the direction of', forming adv. compounds; degcaidyam, mukham , degdUti &c. -3 (As a separable adverb) It means towards, in the direction or vicinity of (opp. apa); in, above, aloft, on the top, mostly Ved.) -4 (As a preposition with acc.) (a) To, towards, in the direction of, aginst; with acc. or in comp. in this sense); abhyagni or agnimabhi zalabhAH patanti ; vRkSamabhi dyotate vidyut Sk.; Si.9.56,40; abhyarkabimbaM sthitaH5.7.11. (B) Near, before, in front or presence of ; priyamabhi kusumodyatasya bAhoH Si.7.32; 15.58. (8) On, upon, with regard or reference to; sAyamaNDalamabhi tvarayantyaH Ki.9.6% sAdhurdevadatto mAtaramabhi Sk. (d) Severally, one after another (in a distributive sense); vRkSa vRkSamAbha siJcati Sk. bhUtabhUtamabhi prabhuH Bop. By abhirabhAga P. I.4.91. abhi has all the senses ot anu given in I. P.4.90 except that of bhAga; e.g.(lakSaNe) harimabhi vartate; (itthaMbhUtAkhyAna) bhakto haribhAbhiH (vIpsAyAm ), devaM devamAbhi siJcati; but yadatra mamAbhiSyAt taddIyatAm ; prAjJo govindaAfafagfa Bop. (e) In, into, to ; Si. 8. 60. (f.) For, for the sake of, on account of (Ved.). According to G. M. abhi has these senses :- abhi pUjAbhRzArthecchAsaumyAbhimukhyasaurUpyavacanAhArasvAdhyAyeSu; e.g. pUjAyAm , abhivandate; bhRze, abhinivezaH; icchAyAm, abhilASaH, abhikaH; saumye or mAdhuye, abhijAtaH; Abhimukhye, abhimukham, abhyAgniH saurUpye, abhirUpama: vacane, abhidhatte; AhAre, abhyavaharati; svAdhyAye, abhyasyati. [ef. L.ob; Gr. amphi; Zend aibi or aiwi, Goth. bi; also umbi um ). abhi (bhI)ka.[abhi-kan nipAto'yam; P.V.2.7411 Lustful, libidimous, voluptuous; so'dhikAramabhikaH kulocitaM kAzcana svayamavartayatsamAH R.19.4; api siJcaH kRzAnau tvaM darpa mamyapi yo'bhika: Bk.8.92.-ka: A lover, voluptuous person. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #187
abhikam 169 abhigantR ..... . ............ 10 A. To love, desire ; *: *121* I 1 P. 1 To cry out at, call out to. -2 To FT -cha Dk. 88; 2 #144. Ki. 18. 23. call out (to one) in a scolding manner; 34721-241 TRAFIA ... [ 44-33 or 3 2G: # 72) Affection 1 INT: Mb. 3 To weep over, lament with tears, ato, loving, desirous, wishing for, T2471FFTHAT bemoan. 7: I (164) Mb. 6. 76. 2. lustful, with the object ST T : 1 Calling out, crying. -2 Ruviling, of love in ace. or in comp. ; E CATHTATEA Mb. censure. #14747 91911 Bhag. 7. 9. 28. -# 1 Affec- T I T: 1 One who calls out; a reviler, calumtion, love. -2 Wisli, desire. - ini. Longingly, with niator. -2 A herald. desire. S era. Ved. A murderer, lailler, destroyer. T a a Voluntary; va feritoa: et regas TATTE a. [49-317] Ved. A destroyer; 312214HAFT4 Bhag. 2. 10. 25. Hoi ga 94 Rv. 6. 50. 1.; giving without being asked (?) 1677 1 A. To shake o tremble violently. -Cans S T T 6 P. 1 To throw or fling at (as the lash 1 To stir, shake. -2 To allure, entice. of a whip at a horse); to insult. -2 To excel; affa4f a h Shaking violently; alluring. THAT Travi qaaf144 Bk. 8. 51. TOTH A farming implement; Mb. 3. safera p. p. Thrown, surpassed. THIEST 1 U. 1 To ask, request; long for, wish THEAT 2 P. Ved. 1 To see, perceive, view. -2 To or desire for be gracious, look graciously. -Caus. ( ... 27a) S FINT Wish, desire, longing. To tell, declare, make known, proclaim ; &27 area: Dk. 136; 171; Ms. 8. 205, 9. 262. 37 fra a. Longing, wishing: (aaaa:) 13: wa f flefT: Ms. 4.91. f ra. [ ft 9 ] Going towards; well-known, celebrated. - [ 21-312 ] 1 ) Splendour, beauty, STS U. 1 To make, render, do; a aa lustre; W C 1 : 1 : R. 1. 46; f : Mb. -2 To do with reference to, for the sake T a gufa Fara Me. 82; Ku. 1. 43: of, or in behalf of. -3 To procuro, got, obtain, effect. 7. 18. (b) A gracious look; 311 999 TOTH 1 Effecting, doing. -2 A charm, Rv. 10. 112. 10. () Look, view, appearance, aspect incantation. (Ved.). -2 Telling, declaring. -3 Calling, addressing. fa: f. N. of a metre containing 100 syllables. -4 A name, appellation. 5 A word, synonym. -8 Famo, glory; notoriety (in a bad sense ); greatrata. (..Orar: /.raft) Magical; a magi ness HE44). -7 Intellect Nir.). 3f f f-HIETcian or spirit. FHA are 24 Nm. 37*2 a. [ 14** W Haughty, STT TETT Become or made known; celebrated ; very powerful aru) (as an onomy ), 379199 atas- #9: Y. 3. 300. FTTH Rv. 3. 34. 10. STHETIC . Ved. Looking, supervising, SuperinSTRA 1 P. To shout at, roar at; neigh at. tending: Rv. 4. 17. 17. Tf : A shout, roar. fela Fame, Glory. STT U., P. 1 To step or go near to THTH 1 P. 1 To go to, go near to, approch approuch; tamAbhekamya sarva'dya vayaM cArthAmahe vasu Mb. -2 To roam with acc.); faigua 4: R. 15. 59; Ki. 10. 21; over, wander, pass or walk over. -3 To attack, assail, haar 4 EUR14: Ms. 1. 1; 11. 100. -2 To fall upon. -4 To undertake, bogin; to set about, pre- follow; go after; anurAgAine rAmaM diSTayA tvamabhigacchasi Ram. pare; TH2 771 Rain. -Caus. To bring near. -3 To find; meet with (casually or by chance ). T .: 1 Beginning, attempting, an undertaking; 1-4 To cohabit; have sexual intercourse with man or Halit i faca Bg. 2. 40.-2 A deter- woman); ftatu at alat ar aara Y. 2. 205; mined attack or onset, assault, onslaught. -3 Ascend- 377477723: qfa ya TH9 Mb.-5 To take to, undertake, ing, mounting betake oneself to. -6 To get, to share in; be subject to; TFF ,-Fifa: f. Approaching, attacking FATHI: Ram.-7 To conceive, apprehend, understand, &c. = abhikrama a bove; puNDradezadeg Dk. 92. comprehend. -Caus. 1 To cause to go to or approach ; take, convey; send: Dk. 102. -2 To cause to apprefarfar. [ ] 1 One who has approach hend; explain, teach. ed or undertaken or begun. -2 Skilled or versed in, T e a. One who approaches or has intercourse conversant with with loc.). ( with a woman); one who understands &c. 8. $. ... For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #188
abhigamaH 170 abhicara TOTA:, - TATY 1 (a) Approahing, going or coming to visit, arrival; 791 494 R. 5. 11, 17. 72; TATTO Tarafat 12. 35, K. 158; Pt. 3. (6) Finding out; enjoying ; cat HHATH491H Me. 51. (8997 Malli.). - Sexual intercourse with a man or woman); T AMTH K. 107; & FTE Y. 2. 291; Pt. 1 ; A ZITTH H. 1. 116; atao Y. 3. 297, 2. 294. T e pot. p. 1 To be approached, visited or sought; adyaprabhRti bhUtAnAmadhigamyo'smi zuddhaye Ku.6.56. -2 Accessible, that can be approached without fear, inviting; 79TH 2 Mk 4; Frage: ...37857291117497 R. 1. 16. Ha a. Approaching, having intercourse with ; 49 A H FAT aca: HET Ms. 3. 45; Y. 2. 282. s ig a. Inviting, leading one to approach (as qualities). STATIST 1 P. To roar or bawl at, to raise wild or ferocious cries. fra , ah A wild, savage or ferocious roar; up-roar. 37T = 7* q. v. TIE To penetrate into; WATU HEAT TEHTA: Rv. 10. 103. 7. s ty 10 P. 1 To guard, protect, defend ; - AWAY TO Hrad: Ram. -2 To hide, conceal. fayfa: f. 1 Guarding, protecting.-2 Self-denial, self-control; at A: HAHHA: Mb. 12. 299. 7. m. Protector, guardian. STATUT 6 U. To assent or agree to, approve of (Ved). Tud p. . Approved of; destined for an offering; uttered (with praise). si ata f 97354 Rv. 1. 162. 15. fuft: f. 1 Song of praise; constant desire or thought; Th a Grad Ry. 1. 162. 6.-2 Effort, exertion. S TEA a. One with a longing, covetous Mb. 4. 39 9U. Ved. To call to or address approvingly, join in, welcome, praise. -2 To accept propitiously, allow, approve. T: (7-399 ) Song of praise ; praise. i i P. 1 To call to, sing to. -2 To fill with song, make noisy with songs; Tarrate ( la) Ram. -3 To sing, celebrate in song; 24 sata: Ait. Br. -4 To approve, allow. fira p. p. Sung, chanted, celebrated in song &c. a. 1 Sung, chanted well; fparg d r ag afat Ram. l. 4.27.-2 Addressed, praised in song; 3199 ala qara sa a t inita *: Rv. 9. 96. 23. TE-tua. [- ] Singing. T E (Ved. 97) 9 U. 1 To take or seize, catch, catch hold of, seize forcibly, attack; fiyona Dk. 5, 98, 103. -2 To accept, take. -3 To receive as a guest ). -4 To fold, lay or bring together as the hands ). -5 To set, show or bring forth (as blossom, fruit &c.). -Caus. To catch or surprise one in the very act, to let oneself be so caught; auty fach TITAT T eataDk. 96. STATE: 1 Seizing, robbing, plundering TechT46HAE: Kau. A. 4. -2 Attack, assault, onset. Toath 1 Kau. A 7. -3 Challenge. -4 Complaint. -5 Authority, power, weight. S E TH Robbing, seizing in the presence of the owner. Strela a. Taken hold of. carro a. Having the hands joined ; Bhag. Tato 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 Possession by an evil spirit. Stara, -graf, -aff &c. See under 3er. Hy Used only in caus.) 1 To cause to trickel down, let fall down by drops; at (4131ag: gatifac Ait. Br.-2 To sprinkle with. pa: [ 9-12-Ha 99] 1Ghee or clarified butter. -2 Dropping down ghee upon offerings at sacrifices; yoflaggerFHEITEITE917 Mv. 3. ETTUTH Act of sprinkling (with ghee), besprinkling. STRETT 1 P. To smell at, snuffle; to bring the nose close to another's forehead (as in caressing, kissing &c. as a token of affection ). TETTUTH Smelling at or touching the forehead with the nose. TET 2 A. 1 To look at, view, perceive, see; 31 afara ya 78 (9) Rv. 7. 61. 1. -2 To call to or address. -3 To address sharply, to assail with sharp words. 9 HAU 7- 773 Rv.7. 101.8. -4 To name, call. -5 To look graciously upon ; #1 al 31 at Rv. 5. 3. 9. TEU Ved. Means of defence; magical) remedy; Av. 6. 127. 2. OT Viewing, indicating; Av. to go fill with 92.212*** T1 P. 1 To act wrongly towards any one, offend, trespass; 77 PETTY479992: da For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #189
abhicaraH 171 abhijit zrutam Mv. 2. -2 To be faithless (as wife or husband) | also descendants. -4 Native country, motherland, patiM yA nAbhicarati manovAgdehasaMyatA Ms.5. 165 9. 102. -3 To | ancestral abode (opp. nivAsa); ef. Sk. on P. IV.3.90 charm, conjure, exorcise (by spell or incantations ), yatra khayaM basati sa nivAsaH (yatra saMprati udhyate Mbh.); yatra employ spells for magical purposes &c. Rv. 10. 34. pUruSitaM so'bhijanaH iti vivekaH -5 Fame, celebrity. -6 The 14; vRSTapAyuHpuSTikAmo vA tathaivAbhicarannapi Y. 1.2.15% 3. 288. head or ornament of family; yadvidvAnapi tAdRze'pyabhijane -4 to possess, occupy. dhAtpatho bicyutaH Mv. 1.33. -7 Attendants, retinue abhicara: A follower, servant, attendant. (parijana q. v.); bayasA zAstrato dhairyAt kulenAbhijanena ca Mb. 5. 12. 15. abhicaraNam Enchanting, exoreising, employment of spells for __ abhijanana (-nI/.) Becoming one's high birth; malevolent purposes (such as zyenayAga); kauTilyaH kopanA'pi svayamabhicaraNe jJAtaduHkhaH pratijJAm Mu.4.12. Mr. b. 18. (v.1.) abhicaraNIya a. Fit for exoreising. abhijanavata. of noble descent, nobly born; tIm mAlavikAm M.5%3 degbato bhartuH zlAdhye sthitA gRhiNIpade 5.4.193B abhicarituH/. Ved. Enchanting. ADhapo'bhijanavAnasmi Bg. 16. 15. abhicAra: 1 Exorcising, enchanting, employment of magical spells for malevolent purposes; magic itself - abhijAnituHf. Ved. Being born or produced (Ved.); ( being regarded as one of the Upa patakas or minor Pat: to produce. sins); diggajairdandazakaizca abhicArAvapAtanaiH Bhag 7.5.43; . abhijAta pp. 1 (a) Born to or for; bhavanti saMpadaM abhicAreSu sarveSu kartavyo dvizato damaH Ms. 9. 230% 11.63. 197% daivImabhijAtasya bhArata Bg. 16.3,4,5. () Produced all K. 109; brahmadviSo hyeSa nihanti sarvAnAtharvaNastIvra ivAbhicAraH Mv. around. (c) Born in consequence of. -2 Inbred, 1.62. -2 Killing gataH kriyAM mantra ivAbhicArikIm Ki 3.56. inborn. -3 Born, produced; ajAtapakSAmabhijAtakaNThIm Ram. Comp. -kalpa: N. of a work on incantations regarded | saveM tulyAbhijAtIyA yathA debAstathA vayam Mb. 12. 166.29. -4 as part of the Atharvaveda. -jvaraH a fever caused Noble, nobly or well born, of noble decsent; asfa by magical spells. -mantraH a magical formula, an maheSvAsAH Mb. 6. 77.62; jAtyastenAbhijAtana zaraH zauryabatA kuzaH incantation or formula for working a charm; sphuTamida- / R. 17.43 Mal. 43 courteous, polite: abhijAtaM khalbasya mabhicAramanya eka Si. 7.58. -yAH, homaH a sacrifice made vacanam V.1; K. 102, M.3. Mal.7; anabhijAte Mu.2. - Fit, for magical purposes. proper, worthy. -6Sweet, agreeable; prajalpitAyAmabhijAabhicAraka, -cArin (degrikI, degriNI /.) u. Conjuring, tavAci Ku. 1.45. -7 Handsome, beautiful. -8 Learned, enchanting, using magical spells for evil purposes ; wise; distinguished; saMkIrNa nAbhijAteSu nAprabuddheSu saMskRtam (vadet ); abhijAtaH kulaje budhe Nm. -tam 1 Nobility, noble magical. Ki. 3. 56. - *, - A conjurer, magician. birth. -2 Birth ceremony (jAtakarman); yathA hi sUtyAmabhijAtaabhicchAya a. Being in shade or turned towards the a fare: Bhag. 1.6.1. -ade. Nobly, politely, courteously; shade. -yam adr. In shade or darkness. "taM khalu eSa bAritaH 5.6. abhijana 4 A. 1 To be horn to or for (a person or abhijAtiHf. Noble birth. Mb. thing), to win, to claim as . one's birth-right; sa abhiji 1 P. 1 To conquer completely. -2 To mahAmabhijAyate Mb.. 129.33%; see also under AbhajAta (1) acquire by conquest. -Desid. To desire to win or below. -2 be born or produced, arise, spring from ; conquer, acquire. kAmAkodho'bhijAyane Bg. 2.62; svAbhAvikaM tu yanmitraM bhAgyenavAbhijAyate H. 1. 178. -3 To be born or produced again; abhijayaH Conquest ; complete victory. zucInAM zrImatAM gehe yogabhraSTo'bhijAyate Bg. 6.41; 13. 28. abhijit . [ abhi-ji-kvip] 1 Victorious, conquering -4 To be, become, be turned into; tasyAH spRSTvana salilaM completely. parAbhijidgandhanagandhavAhaH Ram. 6. 109. 12. -2 naraH zailo'bhijAyate Ram. -5 To be born of a high family. Helping in conquering completely. -3 Born under the constellation abhijit P. IV. 3. 36, see abhijita. m.1 abhija a. Born or produced all round. N. of Visnu. -2 N. of a sacrifice, part of the great abhijana:1(a) A family, race, linenge; kalahaMsa- sacrifice called gavAmayana; (yajeta) abhijidvizvajiyAM vA Ms. kAdAbhajana jJAtvA Mal.8; nAbhijanamIkSate K. 104; parti tyaktvA devaM 11. 75, also used for atirAtra q.1. -3 N. of a star ; N. bhuvanapatimuccairAbhijanam Mu.6.6; Ms. 4. 18; Dk. 135, 170%; of one of the lunar mansions. -4 Name of a non U.4.() Birth, extraction, descent; tulyAbhijaneSu bhUmibhareSu (Hariv.) or the father (V. P.) of Punarvasu. n. 1 (dhareSu?) rAjJAM vRttiH M. 1; Ms. 1. 100%; Y. 1. 123. The 8th Muhurta of the day, mid-day (fit for a -2 High or noble descent, noble birth or family; Sraddha ceremony). -2 N. of a laga favourable to tAnguNAnsaMpradhAohamagyaM cAbhijana taba Ram 4. 17.20%; stuta setting out. -Comp. -muhUrtaH The 8th Muhurta or period tanmAhAtmyaM yadabhijanato yacca guNataH Mal. 2. 133; zIlaM zailataTAtpata- comprising 24 minutes before and 24 minutes after tvabhijanaH saMdahyatAM vahninA Bh. 2. 39. M. 5. -3 Forefathers, noon. fasafort the two Soma-sacrifices Abhijit and ancestors; abhijanAH pUrve bAndhavAH Kasi. on P, IV. 3. 90; Visvajit. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #190
abhijitaH 172 abhitas Tafsta: N. of an asterism or the Muhurta indicat- ed by it; HE STAAT auf 1977 Fazifas PETET ai I i II V. P. faftra: f. Ved. Victory, conquest. 6 A. (or Ved. P.) 1 To visit, frequent, call upon; af : Mb. -2 To be pleased or contented with, like, be fond of Ved.). TE . Visited, frequented. 3 9. U. 1 To recognize, discern; (at) *7Graad 97 Mb.-2 To know, understand, be acquainted with, be aware of, perceive; 3 Hara Hacaa afa ar Mb.; Bg. 18. 55, 4.14; 7. 13; H H *171 Dk. 3, 78. -3 To look upon, consider or regard as, know to be. -4 To admit, own, acknowledge : 7 994 h afa la Mb.-5 To remember, recollect; used with the Future instead of the Imperfect. Imperfect with 41, or both when interdependence of two actions is denoted, P. III. 2. 112, 114; cf. Bk. 6. 138, 139. 71791 a. [-]1 Knowing, aware of, one who understands or is acquainted with, experiencing or having had experience of with gen. or loc. in comp.); Francangana Ram. 4. 39. 28. 41 #4741 a t a: U. 3. 31; 37131128giani Tar: Ku. 2. 41, Me. 16; R. 7. 64; 37511 Harhaita Pt. 1. -2 Skilled in, conversant with, proficient, skilful, clover: aac: HHHU. ., see 37 731 also. Brahina, The Almighty; dara i farea a a F an Bhag. 12. 8. 44. - 1 Recognition. -2 Remembrance, recollection ; 17. 1. III. 2. 112. -3 A supernatural faculty or power of which five kinds are usually mentioned:- (1) taking any form at will; (2) hearing to any distance; (3) seeing to any distance; (+) penetrating men's thoughts; (5) krowing their state and antecedents. Monier Williams. cf. HEFTIRIHET FAIT Nm. fat, -rah the knowledge of ; acara RE: R. 7. 64. 377977 a. One who knows, understands; HETAT TET: 371aty HARI Ram. 6. 85. 23. fah 1 Recognition; ara da mahAtmanA Rim. (AbhijJAna is a combination of anubhava or direct perception and thic or recollection; sort of direct perception assisted by the memory; as when we say this is the same man I saw yesterday' as a CI 77: , 31907 or direct perception leading to the identification expressed by 3174 and the memory leading to the reference to past action expressed by :). -2 Remembrance, recollec tion; knowledge, ascertainment. -3 (a) A sign or token of recognition person or thing); 44 diaft 132 7 IT Mal. 9; Bk. 8. 118, 121; R. 12. 62; Me. 114 ; 5991 al 949112 Ram. -4 The clark portion in the dise of the moon. cf. 31 Farafa i va feudi 72 ta Nm. -Comp. THUTH a recognition-ornament, token-ring. 37131971 Tota Tiada S. 4. --TH a certificate, letter of recommendation.- FTOH N. of a celebrated drama by Kalidasa in seven acts, in which king Dusyanta marries Kanva's foster daughter Sakuntala by the Gandharva form of marriage, forgets all about her owing to the curse of Durvasas, but ultimately recollects, at the sight of the token-ring 3THEIT that he had duly married her; 310 1 a 314 19T; 14 8 2 1FFH; (the reading PST is grammatically indefensible ). STIT* a. Making known, informing. abhikSu n. Ved.[abhigate jAnunI yena ] On the knees, kneeling up to the knees. __ abhiDInam Flying towards; abhiDInaM mahADInam Mb.8. 41. 27. ag 10 P. 1 To beat, knock, thump, hit, smite, strike (fig. also ); to wound: 27 Hatisa: Rinn. -2 Astr.) To eclipse the greater part of the dise; 56+Tanisafra: fret fera: Bri S. 11. 61. Tag Beating, thumpiny. faq 1 P. 1 To irradiate with leat, heat, in flame, 3449514 wida T r ay R. 8. +3; 19. 56. -2 To pain, distress, wound, afflict. - pass. To suffer intensely, be afflicted. -Caus. To pain, distress, afflict. faa p. p. 1 Heated, inflamed, scorched, burnt. -2 Distressed, grieving or lamenting for actively lised). farg: Extreme heat, whother of body or mind; agitation, affliction, great distress or pain; Si. 9. 1; Ki. 9. 4; 021-9974 Asia9: V. 3. fatt ind. Nearer to. 1 ind. (Used its an adverb or preposition with acc. ) 1 Near to, to, towards ; 3477 4742: a uitata Ki. 11. 8. in aage tu agrafa: quia ! Ram. 7. 27. 22. -2 (a) Near, hard by, close by, in the proximity of; targata 947417: 174 Ram. ; sometimes with gon; faqa t ibid. (b) Before, in the presence of; tanvantamiddhamabhito gurumaMzujAlam Ki. 2. 59. -3 Opposite to, facing, in front of; 1999 : Ki. 6. 1, 5. 14. -4 On both sides; tgfta 9 4 Edita 924: . 4, 20; My. 1. 18; II: TELTarfur H at Ram. S. 6. 17; Bk. 9. 137. --5 Before and after. -6 On all sides, tuffa: 914a: Dk. 1; round, round about with acc. or gen.); of 7915919 IAITH : fta: M. 1; $. 7; q a : U.6.36; everywhere; ki. 8. 10.-7 Entirely, thoroughly, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #191
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra abhitAmra completely, throughout. -8 Quickly. surrounded by bones. -fa a. surrounding; P. VI. 2. 182. - night just at the beginning or end. www.kobatirth.org Comp. -fer a. being all round, Ved. near the abhitAmra a Very rod, dark rol; atha dhUmAbhitAmrAkSam R. 15. 49. 10 P. 1 To satiate, satisfy. -2 To refresh ; urvI payasAbhitarpayadbhi: Bri. S. 19. 15. A messenger (EI, IV. 250; XVII. 321). abhitarpaNam Satintion, refreshingabhidakSiNam ind. To or towards the right (pradakSiNam v.) q. v. abhidApanam The Being trodden under the foot by elephants (?). 11. To look at, behold. Caus. 1 To show, point out. -2 To show oneself to, appear before. -pass. 1 To be seen, be visible, appear. -2 To be considered or thought. abhidarzanam 1 Heelingg -2 Becoming visible; appearance. pathi moSAbhidarzane zaktito nAbhidhAvanto 18.9.274.. abhidevanam A board for playing at dice; Mb. fa. 1 Directed to heaven, tending or going to heaven, heavenward. -2 Heavenly. -3 Bright, brilliant. A half month. 1 P. 1(a) To run up to, run near; - zafa ya gmat Si. 17. 40. () To invade, march against, fall upon, attack, assail; balAtkAreNa abhidravan Mal. 7 laying violent hands on gajA ivAnyo'nyamabhidravantaH ( vAridharAH) Mk. 5.21; V. 3. -2 To overrun; infest, harass, afflict; garantater() Mb. -3 To come over, pass or run over. - To befall. Cans. To rout, put to flight; grea Dk. 14. fap. p. Attacked, overrun. abhidravaH, -vaNam An attack; a manouvre in battle; abhidravaNamalA vamavasthAnaM savigraham / parAvRttamapAvRttamapadrutamavaplutan Ram. 6. 40. 25. 173 4 P. (A. in epic poetry) To hate, seek to injure or maliciously nail, plot againt (with noc.); nityamasmaccharIramabhidrogdhuM yatate Mu 1, 2 krUramabhidruhyati Sk. (sometimes with dat. also); ga gaga U. 6; fufa : Bhag., Mu. 5. a 1 Injured, oppressed; Bhag. -2 Injur ing, oppressing; Mbh. 5. a. Ved. Seeking to injure, inimical. mitrAvaruNAvabhidhruk Rv. 1. 122. 9. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir abhidhAnam afe:1 Injuring, plotting against, harm, cruelty, oppression ; sa paratrAndhakUpe tadabhidroheNa nipatati Bhag 5. 26. 17; Ki. 11. 21. 2 Abuse; censure. : Ms. 8. 271. -8 Sorrow, misery; vastvabhidro duHkhenApada (sUrya najAnI) Bhag 6.10.2 abhidharmaH The supreme truth or Metaphysics according to Buddhistic dogmas. -Comp. -faz: basket of Metaphysics', one of the three sections (f) of Buddhist holy writings which treat of abhidharma. Possession by evil spirits, demons ke. -2 Oppressing. -8 Striking against. 3 U. 1 (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc. rarely with dat. ); zara Ku. 3. 63; Ms. 1. 42; Bk. 7. 78. ya idaM paramaM guhyaM madbhakteSvabhidhAsyati Bg. 18. 68. (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c. ); state, mention, set forth; sAkSAtsaMketitaM yo'rthamabhidhatte sa vAcaka: K. P. 2; tannAma yenAbhi fa a. (c) To speak or say to, address. -2 To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (-); a fa Bg. 13. 1. -3 To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses.) abhidhA a. Vod. Naming; praised, invoked. af yf aan vai Vaj. 22. 3. n. 1 A name, appellation; oft. in comp.; : 8. D). -2 A word, sound. 3 The literal power or sense of a word, denotation, one of the three powers of a word; sis : S. D. 2. "the expressed meaning is that which is conveyed to the understanding by the word's denotation", for it is this that conveys to the understanding the meaning which belongs to the word. by common consent or convention (saMketa ) ( which primarily made it a word at all ) ; sa mukhyo'rthastatra mukhyo yo vyApAro'syAbhiyocyate K. P. 2. Comp. -vaMsin losing one's name. a. founded on a word's denotation or literal meaning. fr 1 Telling, mentioning, speaking, naming, denotation; etAvatAmarthAnAmidamabhidhAnam Nir.; gozabdasya vAhIS. D. -2 (In gram.) Asserting or predicating something of another, as the subject of an assertion, (which then can be put in the nom. case only); predication, assertion; See P. II. 3. 2 Sk. -3 A name, appellation, title, designation: an arrang K. 32; : Ki. 1. 24; (at the end. of comp.) called, named; R. 3. 20. -An expression, word. -5 Speech, discourse - : Bhag. 1. 18. 18. -6 A dictionary, vocabulary (of words), lexicon (in these last 4 senses said to be also m.) - 7A song, SaTpAdatantrImadhurAbhidhAnam Ram, 4. 28, 36, Comp. -far: N. of a celebrated For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #192
abhidhAnakam 174 abhinanda . ....... ............................. vocabulary of synonyms by Hemachandra. Aro a dictionary. - HOT N. of a vocabulary of words by Halayudha. fafarger: Incongruence of the word and the sense intended to be conveyed thereby; 4419fagrada 4444 SB. ON MS. 9. 3. 13. STT H A sound, voice, noise. 379* (-fit f.), 37 a. 1 Naming, expressing, denoting%3; eteSAmabhidhAyakAni kIbe syuH Sk.; karpU: Far Ak. denotes, means, has the sense of. -2 Saying, speaking, telling; day: 2 GRATISdhAyinA Ram.3.71.4; lakSmImityabhidhAyini priyatame Amaru.. 27; 241 984: Chiang 34 Trik. STTET pot. p. To be named, mentioned, expressed &c.; ana #af4f994a 7991 K. 151 words refuse, through shamo, to express what I have to say. -2 Namea ble, as a category or predicament (in logic); 7 32: YT:, 1998 YTH . 4 1 Signi fication, meaning, sonse, import; P. I. 1. 34 Sk.; Falc h Ki. 14.5. - 2 A substance ; -3 The subject-matter; af H K . P. 1; fa drei: Mugdha. -4 The primary or literal sense of a word (= a ); 3 f adardane KP. 2. a 7.1.1 () Said, declared, spoken mentioned ; icah, T ECH &c. (1) Predicated, asserted; affea for falar 1. II. 3. 1-2. () Spoken to, addressed, callod, named. (a) Whispered, prompted to say; determined. -2 Fastened, placed upon. - A name, expression, word; of water Tiragrafeaila = Bhag. 1. 15. 27. an being said or spoken to, a declaration ; authority, test. --Comp. -37Fapte , -ETT . a particular doctrine or the follower of that doctrine) on the import of words, as opposed to anvitAbhidhAnavAda, -vAdin. The arvitabhidhantvadins (the Miminsakas, the followers of Prabhakara) 1 hold that words only express a meaning ( 1) as ! parts of a sentence and grammatically connected with one another fan); that they, in fact, only imply an action or something connected with an action; e. g. 97 in 974 371941 means not merely jar', but jar' as connected with the action of bringing' expressed by the verb. The ahihitanc ayavadins (the Bhattas or the followers of Kumarila bhatta who hold the doctrine) on the other hand hold that words by themselves can express their own independent mean ings which are afterwards combined into a sentence expressing one connected idea ; that, in other words, it is the logical connection between the words of a sentence, and not the sense of the words themselves, that suggests the import or purport of that sentence; they thus believe in a tatparyartha as distinguished from cachyartha; sve K. P. 2 and Mahesvara's commentary ad hoc. 'A: f. Naming, speaking &c. s araft Vod. A halter, rope. free 1P. 1 To run up towards, fly at or towards. -2 To rush upon, attack, assail; a manaa Heat & TAISET Bk. 6. 41. at a. Assailing, rushing upon. - An assailant ; vikruSTe nAbhidhAvakaH 1. 2. 231. f 74 Assault, pursuit. spreso a. Ved. Overpowering, subduing. 1 P. (epic 2 P.) 1 To meditate upon, reflect, consider, think of; 9f4e22 74 ar a ars4Mb. -2 To covet, wish or desire for ; 974034f49197 Y. 3. 134. [ 3-342] 1 Coveting another's property. 1a qara Bu. Ch. 2. 44. -2 Longing, wish; desire in general; ES7 Br. Sut. -3 Desire of taking in goneral). T Z Desiring or longing for, covetiny; a wish or desiro; TezcaJTTA Ms. 12. 5. -2 Meditation, profound thought. -3 Anxiety; 31 Star 27 Ya Mb. 12. 158. 5. -4 Consure, reviling: asza TEE4 9714212024 Mb. 12. 327. 51. anfarve 1 P. (rarely A.) 1 () To rejoice at or in, exult over, be glad or satisfied; 3 fara TH17 of K. 108; Dk. 75.) To celebrate with rejocings &c.); HEIG H THafepa14 K. 137; rara By. 2. 57.-2 To congratulate, hail with joy, welcome; greet; at feu al 31948 faen $.4: - A ra fagra ibid 5, 6, 7; acarmayuty K. 49, 63; 37 naifa Mv. 2 says (writes) after compliments ; : TTHChia: R. 2. 74, 3., 7. 69, 71;11.30; 16.61; 17.15, 60; 3113fiffra: Y. 1.332. -3 To rejoice at, approve, praise, applaud, commend ; Taraf ET 3 -2, S. 2; 3 a a f ibid. do not approve; 791 311 TESA S. 3: yun oftar T: (za:) foaf ferat: 3. 22; 91H * fase # 981-719 Ki. 11. 73; 4.4 ; with 7 reject; R. 12. 35. -4 To care for, like, desire or wish for, respect, delight in (usually with 7 in this sense ); affa : Mal. 3; FEITuffa K. 61.; Dk. 139; 311192649 Hata ufafa Ve. 2 wish or desire alfred H arwica feat Ms. 6. 45, H. 4. 4. -5 To bless, grant success to, at 4217ETSTAG U. 5. 27. -Caus. To gladden, delight. fara a. That which delights, encourages, praises &c. - 1 Rejoicing, delighting, joy, delight. Rri. Up. 6.2. 13. - 2 Praising, applauding, approving, greeting, congratulating: -3 Wish, desire. -4 Encouraging, inciting to action. -5 Very little happiness (945) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #193
abhinandanam 175 faldat: .................... ..... . . . .. ................................ - An opithet of at the Supreme Being. -7 N. of a commentator on the 34tret. -8 N. of the author of the image. - Delight; wish, desire. fa A4 1 Rejoicing at, greeting, welcoming. -2 Praising, approving. -3 Wish, desire. STAFETT, -pot. To be rejoiced at, praised, or applauded; T GIETH 24 S. 5; (TFFarata. warh a t R. 5. 31. fraza a. ( At the end of comp.) Rejoicing at, approving, praising &c. , -a 4ady. Ved. Towards the clouds or or heaven; 316 EH HETHESf i da: Rv. 10. 119. 12; T& PTN far 90: 2794 Si. 2. 2. f HIP. To bow, to bend, to turn towards a person. TEST a. Bent, deeply bowed or bent; TTHFaa9514 R. 13. 32. fara a cara a:, Trit 7 ] 1(a) Quite new or fresh (in all senses ); ya uashaa $. 3.7; 5.1; FOSTUTTI 6. 27; Me. 100; R. 9. 29; atay: K. 2 newly married. (1) Quite young or fresh, blooming, youthful ( as body, age &c.); agt- t : gora Fat 7 THT S. 1. 19; U. 5. 12; the younger ; 124:; : &c. (c) Fresh, recent. --2 Very young, not having experience. -2: [34797 319) Praise to win over, flattery. Comp. -319a new shoot or bud. - Fire: The modern Kalidasa, i. e. Madhayacharya. -T: N. of a wellknown author. -Transferat: 1 a ceremony performed at the time of the new moon. -2 N. of the 114th chapter in the Bhavisya Purana. - arte 1 a fresh-blown lotus. -2 a kind of metre. qa, -vayaska a. youthful, very young. -vaiyAkaraNaH one who has newly begun his study of grammar. STATE 4 P. To bind up (as the eyes ), to bind, tie, fasten; +: 49 m GT 17 17 TTFhafer a FAHAGI TARERA Il Si. 6. 75. Takah 1 A bandage (over the eyes); 742 721faardi 4954 at Chan. Up. 6. 14. 2. 2 a blind. afya a. [rmat A T9H ] About to perish, approaching one's doom. N. of certain verses of the Sama veda repeated at this time. Tea 1 Putting on, sotting up.-2 Euphonic, suppression, weakening in the pronunciation of words, especially the supression of an initial 87 after or 311; cf. 31998. sarayi a. Occupied in, busy. T A NT: Close application, attention or intentness, absorption ; Mu. 1. farti a. 1 Left or quitted by the sun when it sets). -2 One asleep at sunset and thus not doing the duties to be then performed. sUryaNAbhyudito yazca brahmacArI Hazai aurre ra 2190919 || Mb. 12. 31.3. fafarroth 1 A march. -2 Invasion, marching against an enemy. faefer f. Accomplishment, completion. 279 aut 49212:9 Mb. 5. 131. 10. g a: Turning towards, turning again and again. frafast 6 A. fafafanua (P. I. 4. 47) 1( a) To enter into, he settled in; to occupy, set foot in. (1) To take possession of, resort to, be attached to with acc.); Aasia AH Sk. takes to, follows, a good path; 2 3 410 Tata Haradreifged Dk. 57, Mu. 5. 12, Bk. 8. 80. -Caus. To make one enter or occupy, lead, carry or conduct to; (fig.) apply, direct or turn (as mind, heart &c.) towards something; d atafa faggy H 4 M. 3, Si. 1. 15. fafae p. p. 1 Intent on, engrossed in, engaged in or occupied with, applying oneself to; ni wa 31aer Maria Mal. 6. - 2 Firmly or steadily fixed, uncontrollably fixed, steady, attentive, intent; 34 - fagfantu Dk. 29; Mal. 1.-3 Endowed with, possessed of ; qarafafaragh (*) *412271: R. 2, 75. - 4 Determined, resolute, persevering. --5 (In a bad sense Obstinate, perverse; 399911farangay sa ozunat gaan Si. 16. 43; Ki. 17. 11. -6 Well-versed or proficient in. -UH Perseverance. fafaragar Resoluteness, determination of purpose; facram entasagar S. D. i. c. adhering to one's purposo; not minding censure, abuse, dishonour &c. fragt: 1 (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to close application, with loc. or in comp.; hitaca affet: V. 3; 31 R702191759 faal: K. 120. 146, Dk. 81; Mal. 7. (6) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; 217 ag Ashaast: S. 3; 3 1st ost: ibid., V. 2; 3914 atgaurar: Mit. -2 Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Mal. 5. 27.-3 Resolution, determined resolve, deterinination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; janakAtmajAyAM nitAntarukSAbhinivezamIzam R. 14.43; 342690 saa Ku. 5.7; Si. 3. 1. (1) Idea, thought; Ms. 12.5; Y. 3. 155.-4 ( In Yoga Phil. ) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; - farm a ceur: wer: Yoga S.; cf. also Sankhya For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #194
abhinivezin 176 abhipada K. 150 and Malli on Si. 4.55. -5 Pride; fadar- fadera: F217 Bhag. 11. 2. 37. aasta a. 1 Devoted to, intent on, adhering or clinging to; vitathAbhinivezI ca jAyate'ntyAsa yoniSu Y. / 3. 134; T a rra: K. 136 of blessed or noble resolve, 191. - 2 Fixing on, directing or turning (the mind) to: ta a l to 1921 M. 3; 312 23 Heft 49: V.1: Dk. 37. -3 Determined, resolute. facftata. Ved. 1 Doing completely. -2 Injuring, thinking ill of; Av. 10. 1. 12. EFATH 1 Going out or forth. -2 ( With Buddhists) Leaving the house to become an anchorite. abhiniSTAnaH [stana-gha, sasya ca Satvam abhinizaH stanaH TUTUP. VIII. 3.86 ] 1 A sound which dies away: fantasan:. - 2 A letter of the alphabet (atau:). -3 The Visarga. TIP. To rush out, issue, sally, go forth; to spring or shoot forth ; at TT T : Bk. 1. 8. frareqa Sallying, issuing. STA + A. 1 To go or come to. -2 To enter into, become. - 3 To appear, become visible -Caus. To bring to help to. Stofa: . Completion, end, accomplishment, fultilment. af rura: Trickling; 72: @czare HT ANTT: Ram. 7. 23. 21. Area: Denial, concealment. 1 P. 1 To bring near, conduct or lead towards, carry to; FH21 Ki. 8. 32; 31472753 TEH f af Mu. 1, 5; 6. 15; quar si Y414 29 Mb. being fitted to the bow. -2 To act, represent or exhibit dramatically, gesticulate; mostly occurring in stage directions; far $ 3 acting as if he heard something; Mu. 1. 2, 3. 30; M. 2. 3. -3 TO quote, adduce, introduce. - To allow to ela pse : 1 Acting, gesticulation, any theatrical action expressive of some sentiment, passion &c.); r au Ku. 5. 79; fataaleat R. 9.33; f acerea: 19. 11; Ki. 10. 42. -2 Dramatic representation, exhibition on the stage; 49 wat heat 241: : V. 2. 18. S.D. thus defines and classifies 341 :- Huisaru1947: #aaay: 1 33 a9749HEr: arama | 274, acting is the imitation of condition', it is of four kinds:(1) gestural, conveyed by bodily actions; (2) cocal, convoyed by words: (3) extraneous, conveyed by dress, ornaments, decoration &c. ; (4) internal, conveyed by the manifestation of internal feeling such as perspiration thrilling &c. - Comp. -3 : a dancing preceptor; 3H192 cal agf4e3a: M. 1. 10 -faral science of acting or dramatic representation art of dancing; 4 eierhaar fenaar M. I. stata p. 1 Brought near, conveyed. -2 Performed, represented dramatically. -3 Highly finished or polished, most excellent. 4 Ilighly ornamented or decoratel. 5 Fit, proper, suitable (212); waai afaraft: Mb. -6 Patient, forgiving, even-minded. -7 Angry ( sfazi duz a: Ak. where the word may be 344f&for as well while Nm. reads # I ashrozfata: 97 ). -8 Kind, friendly. -9 Acknowledged, agreed (raza); furAf 79197 hera Ram. 4. 29. 12. frafra: . 1 Gesture, expressive gesticulation. -2 Kindness, friendship, patience; aragarriage Ki. 13. 36. T a pot. p. To be acted or dramatically represented &c. i 1991 E9TH S. D). 273; M.1:72 ( 4**2) TRT: re: a: U. 4 : part of it has been adapted to the stage. fara m. 1 One who brings near; atat in Haafe 4 Rv. 4. 20. 8. -2 An actor. - An actress. abhinunna . Agitated, full of woe; daNDakApTAbhinunnAjI 7914 THT M.b. 14. 58. 29. a. 1 Not broken or cut, unbroken; not split; fant R. 17. 12. -2 Unaffected; TTHa S. 2. t. -3 Not changed or altered, unchanged; 123: S. 1. 14 with their yait unchanged. -4 Not different from the same, identical (with abl.); ( Prab. -5 Undivided, whole, one (as number ). -6 Holding together, continuous. -7 Uninterrupted; for face parcela dah Rv. 6.28. 2. abhinyAsaH A kind of fever. Ta 1 P. 1 To fly near, go or hasten near, approach ; Ergura qosya4 Ki. 12. 36; 3f4a TATTI Si. 9. 1; Dk. 72, 128; Mk. 9. 12; Ki. 10. 12.-2 To fall upon, attack, assail; 4a Te ma TF2 R. 7. 37; Dk. 62, 70, 96; Ki. 7. 19. -3 To fall down; fall (38 tears ). -4 To fall into, enter or come into. -5 To overtake in flying. - To pass over, traverse. -7 To get back, withdraw, retire ; 3 914HA1cavia: Si. 7. 51; Ki. 10. 54, -8 (4 A.) To be lord or master of Ved.). -Caus. To throw upon, throw down into; arauf hat Ve. 6. STATOFTH 1 Approaching.-2 Falling upon, assault, attack. -3 Going forth, departure. TT + A. 1 To go to, drave near, upproach with acc.); T T T 27 9 37179 fed F For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #195
abhipattiH 177 abhiprAya vyAlIva malaya drumama / / R. 12.82 19. 11; Dk. 166: K. 2653to abhipUjanam Honouring; approving. enter (into) Si.B.25sometimes with loc. also. -2 To look abhipUrvam inml. One after another, successively. upon, consider, regard; to take or know to be; kSaNamabhyapadyata janaina mRSA gaganaM gaNAdhipatimUrtiriti Si.9.27. -3 To abhipR 8, 9 P. To fill. -Pass. To become full. help, assist; mayA'bhipannaM taM cApi na so dharSayiSyati / b. 1.50. 20. Caus. 1 To fill, inake full. -2 To load with (as -4 To seize, catch hold of; overpower, attack, subdue, animals); cover with. - 3 To present with. -4 To overtake pussession of overcome, athict; sarvatazcAbhipannaiSA dhArtarASTrI ___whelm, overpower, master completely; zoko mAmabhyapUrayana Ram. mhaacmuuH| caNDavAtAbhipanAnAmudadhInAmiva svanaH Mb. See abhipanna also. -5 (1) Totake, assuine; svAni svAnyabhipadyante yathA abhipUraNam Filling, overpowering. karmANi dehinaH Ms. 1.30 (1) To accept, receive%3; nirAsvAdya- abhipUrtam That which has been fulfilled; Av.9. tamaM zanyaM (rAjya) bharato nAbhipatsyate Ram. -6 To apply or . 13. devotee oneself to, undertake, fall to, observe; sa cintA- , #+3949 Ram. -7 To honour. abhiprajJA Thimking constantly of. abhipraNI 1 P. To lead to, bring towards; uta abhipattiH /.1 Approaching, drawing near. -2 Com- praNeSyAbhi vasyo asmAn Rv. 1.31.18.comsocrate; jajvAla pletion. -3 Protection; tvameva dharmArthadughAbhipattaye Bhag. 4.6. lokasthitaye sa rAjA yathAdhvare vahirabhipraNItaH Bk. 1.4. 44. - See upapattiH; athaabhipttiloksy kartavyA puNyapApayoH Mb. 12. 32. 20. abhipraNayaH Affection, favour, propitiation. abhipraNayanam Consecrating by sacred hymns. abhipanna .1Gone or come hear, approached, run towards, gone to (a statekc.); tvamanyamAkAramivAbhipannaH / abhipratapta .1 Intensely heated. -2 Dried up. -3 Ki. 3. 46. -2 Fled, fugitive, seeking refuge with. Exhausted with pain, fover &c. -3 Subilued, overpowored, afflicted, seized &c.; abhiprathanam Spreading or extending over, throwing kAlAdhipannAH sIdanti sikatAsetavo yathA Ram. sItA vitatrAsa ovel'. yathA banAnte siMhAbhipannA gajarAjakanyA Ram.5.28. 1. yadidaM abhipradakSiNam ind. Towards the right. sarva mRtyunAbhipannam Sut. Br.; doSa, kazmala, vyAghra &c. -4 Unfortunate, fallen into difficulties &c. -5 Accepted; Ram. abhiprapad = prapad q.v. 6.68.24. -6 Guilty; abhipannA'smi pAJcAli yAjJaseni kSamasva meM abhipramura /. The tongue of fire (juha); Completely Mb.3.283.01. -7 Removed to adistance. -8 Dead. raised. -9 Eurlowerl se upapanna; abhiyannamidaM loke rAjJAmuyatadaNDanam Mb. abhipravRt 1 A. 1To advanco up to, approuch,go 12.32.20.-10 Protected ; mayA'bhipannaM taM cApi na so dharSayiSyati up to. -2 To fall or flow into; yatra bhAgirathIM gagA yamunADaMb. 1.50. 20. bhipravartate Ram. -3 To become conversant with. -108. abhipa . Very eautiful; paJcAbhipadmAniva vAraNendrAnT o roll onward or towards. Mb. 1. 187.9. abhipravartanam 1 Advancing up to. -2 Proceeding, m yftara. Ovor Howod, filled with, inundated; ! actinr. -3 Flowing, coming forth, as of sweat. (tig.) overwhehned, affected ; attacked; shaken; zokena, abhipravRtta / ..1Advancing, going up to. -20ccurrmanyunA Ke.Mb.. ing. -3 Engaged or occupied in (with loc.); karmaNyaabhipANDa.. Faclel, plemanobhuvA tapta ivAbhipANDutAm Ki. bhipravRtto'pi naiva kiMcitkaroti saH Bg.1.20. +.31. abhipraznin . Ved. Desirous of asking many abhipAtaH 1 moving, walking about ; viyadabhipAtalAghavena questions. Ki.7.21.-2 Fall, ruin; nUnaM priyAyA mama nAbhipAta: Ram. abhiprANanam Exhaling (opp. apAnanam ) 3.63.8. abhipitvam a. or. Ved. [pA bhAve kitvana] 1 Come, abhiprAp, -ptiH &c. = prAp q. v. approtching (abhiprApta). -2 Visiting, putting up ( for falfa: f. Wish ; rejoicing. the night at an inn &c.): the time of coming. -3 abhipre [abhipra - i] 2 P. 1 To go to or near, Approaching time. -4 Close or departure of day, approach; karmaNA yamabhipreti sa saMpradAnam P. I.4.32. -2 To evening. -5 Dawn sacrifice. intend, aim at, think of, mean; cf. 31192. __abhipuSpa . [ abhitaH puSpANyasya ] Covered over with abhiprAya . [i-ac] Going near, approachinginining flowers (as a tree). -ppa m An excellent flower. at, intending, meaning, accruing to: svaritamitaH kabhiprAya abhipUja 10 P. 1 To adorn, worship. -2 To honour, kriyAphale P. I. 3.72. -ya: 1 Aim, purpose, objavrt, inapprove, assent to: natheti bharato vAkyaM vasiSThasyAbhipUjya tat tention, wish, desire%3; abhiprAyA na siddhadhanti tenedaM vartate jagata Ram. abhipUjitalAbhaizca yatirmukto'pi adhyate Ms. 6.58. Pt. 1. 158; sAbhiprAyANi vAMsi Pt. 2 earnest words; saM.iM.ko....23 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #196
abhipreta 178 abhibhUti ... ............................ ........... Hra: 92. -2 Meaning, sense, import, implied relate, narrate, speak of. -4 To proclaim, announce, sense of a word, passage &c. ; 91: such is ! confess; gurutalpyabhibhAdhyainastapte svapyAdayomaye Ms. 11. 103. the meaning intended, import of the passage &c.). T ATTUTH Speaking to, addressing, conversing with. -8 Opinion, belief. at Fi FH493 0 944 firfara a. Addressing, speaking to; speaking, Ms. 7. 57. -4 Relation, reference. -5 N. of Visnu. i talking; feragat QTH R. 17. 31 whose words are a p. p. 1 Meant, aimed at, intended; desigued; preceded by a smile, speaking with a smile. 3121221 ; Hapa Bh. 3. 67; fach Try 1 P. 1 To overcome, subdue, conquer, Pt. 1. -2 Wished, desired; ChetaH H. 1. vanquish (of persons or things ); prevail over, -3 Approved, accepted; TOT 1901 at arise predominate, defeat; hence) excel, surpass; 311449fa Ram. - 4 Dear or agreeable to, favourite with, beloved; 49: +4+ Ki. 10. 23; 344 furaha R. rafa: Dk. 42; S. 6. -5 Wishing. a4 Intellec 8.36; 4. 56; 6. 29, 16. 10; K. 52, 53; Mu. 3. 20; Ms. tual nature (AZ ); H1791904 Mb. 1. 23. 18. 7.5; T AS Harga Bg. 1. 40 predomiabhiprokSaNam Sprinkling upon. nates over, over powers; so fa, fazo, 414deg &c. -2 To attack, seize or fall upon, assail; fatisf 72fag 4 A. 1 To go up to, jump or leap towards. 1944 Ki. 2. 14; 31+39 Tage R. 11. 16, 84; -2 To overflow; (fig.) affect, fill with, overwhelm ; Bri. S. 33. 30; HATT Haty zar: S. 6 infested; 19TH a Mb.; Tragatarth Ms. 4. 41 a hitama FYPTO H TIA S. 1 attacked, troubled; being in her courses ; 44 asia al Y. 2. 50.-3 To 37227 : Bk. 6. 117. -3 To humiliate, mortify, spring to or over, spring upon. -Caus. To wash or insult, disrespect; 3703HETHYLGT Pt. 1. -4 To go up to, ripple against. turn to or towards (Ved.); 34747 u d aar faga: 1 Affliction, disturbance. -2 Inundation, af var fara: Ry. 4. 31. 3.-5 To be victorious overflowing. -3 N. of a religious ceremony performed or prosperous; yet7 371 91 292 Rv. 5. 37. 5. as part of the sacrifice T914 . -4 N. of the Praja patya -Caus. To overpower, surpass, defeat &c. Aditya. f a: 1 Defeat, subjugation, subjection, overfaga u. 1 Overwhelmed; Hafaza Mb. powering; s a ginagamaa: Ki.6.34 4. 33. 1. -2 Affected; afzai ar atz : (cf. K. 45 and the Bible " The wolf shall also dwell with the lamb" &c.); 8. 28; 59 P IETEMs. 4. 41. za ntara fa S. 2.7 when assailed, opposed, overHTC A technical term in Rhetoric; 1990 powered by another energy; abhibhavaH kuta eva sapatnajaH R. AT A : S. D. 375 'an inquiry or examination 9. 4. 4. 21. 2 Being overpowered T -8124 K. by an artifice'. Soe Ratn. 3. 346; being attacked or affected, stu petied (by fever &c.); T o 9: Susr. - 3 Contompt, disrespect; abhibuddhiH / An organ of apprehension, a buddhIndriya fa 21121: : Bh. 2. 64. 4 Humiliation, or are (opp. He ); these are the eye, tongue, mortification of pride ); 33+ 2 7712415fa: Ku. 5. ear, nose, and skin. 43; K. 195. -5 Predominance, prevalence, rise, spread; STATUET 1 Breaking down. -2 One who breaks 31 H a ut gaufa fy: Bg. 1.41; Ki. 2. 37. down or destroys. SITE Overpowering, overcoming, being subarea a. Derided Mb. 3. 33. jected to or overpowered by; jara yA cAbhibhavanam Ms.6.62. ITH 2 P. To glitter or shine; fera 17:48 521- afhaa Making victorious, overpowering. bhibhAti Mb. fraz ( ) Fi a. 1 Overpowering, defeating, TH Ved. [1 -31 ] 1 Apparition, phenome conquering: T atian K. 170 fear which non; an inauspicious omen. mA tvA kA cidabhibhA vizvyA vidat conquered grief. -2 Surpassing, excelling; atsf**Rv. 2. 42. 1. -2 A calamity, state of being over- feat R. 1. 14; Ki. 11. 6. -3 Disrespecting, humiliating, powered. -3 Superiority. -4 Attacking: STTHI a. Very heavy. py, -7 Ved. 1 One who surpasses or prevails HIT 1 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To speak to, over, a superior. -2 Pride ( IT); hema : address; talk or converse with with acc.); * Mb. 1. 23. 18. H a at Ms. 2. 128; CFHTUT Ms. 4. . That which defeats, conquers &c. fa: 57. sometimes with instr. also; -2 To speak, suy (as 1 Predominance, prevalence, excessive or superior power; qofth, : &c.); sfat 372197d so they say. -3 To d great 3 CHTST: Rv. 4. 38. 9. -2 Conquering, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #197
abhibhUyam 179 abhimanyuH defeat, subjugation; TH17: gayara a 91H | Tel: Ki. 2. 19; #9 17474 Ku. 3. 24.-2 SelfHim: Ki. 2. 20.-3 Disrespect, disgrace, humiliation. conceit, pride, arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, high-Comp. 3TIK a. of superior or predominant power. opinion of oneself; TT 1: : M. 2, Bh. 3. 46, n. superior power. Bg. 16. 4.; ( ahta: is another reading) deg97 proud, T H Ved. Superiority; Av. 19. 37. 3. conceited. -8 Referring all objects to self, the act of 36, personality, misconception (2017). See 3 1497 a. Ved. Prevailing or victorious over ; 346917. - 4 Conceit, conception ; supposition, belief, surpassing : Rv. 10. 159, 5-6. opinion ; gfa ft Farra: a H a Haasta: AF 4 P. Ved. To gladden, exhilarate, inebriate. Ki. 13. 7. -5 Knowledge, consciousness (gre, a); 19T04 : S. D. -8 Affection, love. -7 Desire, abhimAdaH Intoxication. wishing for. -8 Laying claim to. -9 Injury, Killing, S TATUTE a. Half drunk, partially intoxicated, seeking to injure. -10 A sort of state occasioned by stammering (like a drunkard ). love. - Authority ( T); 23 urfAT 4 A. (P. epic) 1 To wish or desire, long HI : Mb. 12. 168. 23. -Comp - fca a. proud. - for, covet, like; 7 a. void of pride or arrogance, humble. in part Ms. a 10.95; See 3/4 below. -2 To assent to, approve of, syftaran 1 Egotism. -2 Love; copulation, sexual allow, admit give a grant (to any one, dat. ). -3 To union. think, fancy, imagine, consider, believe, regard; fattaa a. Possessed of self-respect; Ki. 1. 31; d i 019-24TS+22a Dk. 164; Bk. 5. 71, U. 5. -4 To K. 212. -2 Having a high opinion of oneself, proud, injure, threaten (Ved.) -5(8 A.) To think of self. arrogant, conceited. -3 Regarding all objects as refera p. p. 1 Desired, wished, liked, dear, beloved, ring to one's own self; abhimAnivyapadezastu vizeSAnugatibhyAm favourite (person or thing); agreeable, desirable; Br. Sit 2.1.5. - Fancying, pretending, or regarding arta graaf ATIA a Te K. 35, 58; oneself to be; a Dk. 51; K. 194. m. A form of 371997iel 15 g alg: Bk. 1. 27; 404 74 Agni. Pt. 1 if you like to do so; My. 6. 21 choose STATE a. Ved. [ 74 217 347 ) Striving to hurt which you will : sales : ATH U. 1. 44, S. 3. or injure. 5, Ku. 3. 23, Pt. 1.70, Me. 51, Mu. 3. 4. -2 Agreed or assented to, liked, approved, accepted, admitted ; A 10 A. (P. also ) 1 To consecrate or accomaf wat 20 TESH : U. 3. 32; fa- pany with sacred hymns; pazurasauM yo'bhimanya tauhataH Ak.; ATEITZ A T 9614994 S. B. honoured, 914 -aats: U. 2; 19541 af 1977 Y. 3. 325; respected. -74 Wish, desire. -2: A beloved person, 2. 102: 3.278.-2 To consecrate with magical formulas, lover ; 3 991: KHKT Si. 7. 72. 8. 68, 10. 9. charin, enchant, invoke or invite by means of charms; H a a Dk. 138; Haa: fafa: f. 1 Desire. -2 Pride; fart f ea Mb. -3 To speak to, address, invite. at pa g aria Bhay. 5. 10. 25. -3 Respect, regard, see 31419 below. STATUH Consecratiny, hallowing, making I . 1 Intent on, desirous of; ga sacred by repetition of special formulas or Mantras; a : Garai graaf a Ram. 5.12.20. -2 anxious, longing for; 24TH (ar) Y. 1. 238; 2asi : muccArayanneva mantrArthatvena saMsmaret / zeSiNaM tanmanA bhUtvA syAdetadabhia aw: Ya H H Si. 16. 2 (where to also HII Mimima. -2 Charming, enchanting. -3 means undaunted, of fearless mind). Addressing, inviting, advising. a Den. A. To have life, be full of life and TAFUT = 144 q. y. joy, be pleased or delighted, to long for ; 39149 afa Dk. 111, 119; fifa (fa ) f a r BITRATA a. Making a lascivious attempt on. FTOHTS a Bk. 5.73 (Com. = 2: or hat:). 21 2 141474417: 5: Kau. A. 1. 6. f ra: /. Ved. Injuring, harming, destroying; ay: 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife : to destroy; to claim as one's own, pretending. Subhadrit, sister of Krisna and Balarama; also Fa a. Longing for; self-conceited, referring known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to all objects to self; Ms. 1. 14. be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (79 : . HATA: 1 Pride (in a good sense ), self-respect, When the Kauravas at the advice of Drona formed honourable or worthy feeling; I T T RHT : the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping Si. 1.67; 2791 af 77 Bh. 3,5. 3799777 | that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Pandavas For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #198
abhimaraH 180 abhimarzaka would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu | assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyuha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match oven for such veteran and elderly heroes as Drona, Karna, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last over powered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wivos, Vatsala daughter of Balarama and Uttara daughter of the king of Virata. Uttar was pregnant when he was Blain and gave birth to a son named Pariksita who succeeded to the throne of Hastina pura. ] -2 Name of .ason of Manu Chaksusa. -3 Name of two kings of Kashmir; Raj. T. -puram -Name of a town. Raj. T. abhimaraH [ mR-ac] 1 Killing, destruction, slaughter. -2 War, combat. -3 Trenchery in one's own camn: danger from one's own men or party. -4 Binding, confinement; a tie or fetter. -5 One's own party or army. -6 Ome who desperately goes to fight with tigers, elephants &c. abhimAti 3. [me kartari ktin na ittvam ] 1 Insidious; sa himA vizvacarSaNirabhimAti saho dadhe Rv.5.28.4. -2 Striving or seeking to injure, inimical. -fa: .1 Seeking to injure, hurting, plotting against. -2 An enemy, a foe. abhimAtin / [me-kta, iSTAdibhyaH in] 1 Insidious%3 bAdhante vizvamabhimAtinam Rv. 1.85.8. -2 One who hurts or injures, an enemy. abhimAya . [Abhagato mAyAmavidyAm ] Bewildered (itikartavyatAmUDha); ignorant, foolish. abhimi (me) hya. Ved. To be wetted (by making water upon ). abhimukha..(-khI/.)[abhigataM mukhaM yasya abhermukham P. VI.2. 185 / 1 With the face turned or directed towards, in the direction of, towards, turned towards, facing: abhimukhe mayi saMhRtamIkSitam 5.2.12.degkhA zAlA Sk. gacchannabhimukho vahIM nAzaM yAti patavat Pt. 1. 2373; with the acc.; rAjAnamevAbhimukhA niSeduH : pampAmabhimukho yayau Ram.: Bg.11.28; K. 264; sonmetimes with dat., or gen. or luc.; AzramAyAbhimukhA babhUvaH Mb.: yaste niSThedabhimukhe raNe Ram.; madhyabhimukhIbhUya Dk. 121: also in comp. zakuntalAbhimukho bhUtvA S. 1 turning towards S.; Ku. 3. 75, 7. 9. -2 Coming or going near, appronching nour or close at hand; abhimukhISviva vAJchitasiddhiSu vajana nitimekapade manaH V.2.9.: yauvanAbhimukhI saMjajJe Pt.43; TE. 17.40. -3Disposed or intending to, inclined to; ready for, about to do something ), in comp.; candrApIDAbhimukhahRdayA K. 198,2333; astAbhimukhe sUrya Mu.4.19%; prasAdAbhimukho vedhAH pratyuvAca divaukasaH Ku.2.1635.60%3U.7.4, Mal. 10.183; karmaNyAbhimukhena stheyam Dk. 89; anabhimukhaH sukhAnA K.45% prAtaH prayANAbhimukhAya tasmai R.5.29; nidrA cireNa nayanAbhimukhI babhava 81 Rometimes as first member of comp. in this sense; phalamabhimukhapAkaM rAjajambuda masya; V. 1.27. -4 Favourable, friendly or favourably disposed; 311-14 jhaTiti ghaTayani vidhirabhimatamabhimukhIbhUtaH Ratn. 1.6. -5 Taking one's part, nearly related to. 6 With the face turned upwards. -kha: Forepart (agra); tasyeSupAtAbhimukhaM (visRjya) Bhag. 9. 6. 18. -Teil One of the 10 earths according to Buddhists. -kham,-khe ind. Towards, in thedirection of, facing, in front or presence of, near to; with acc., gen. or in comp. or by itself'; sa dIpta iva kAlAgnijvAlAbhimukha khagam Ram.5.67. 12. AsItAbhimukhaM guroH Ms.2. 193%3B tiSThanmunerAbhimukhaM sa vikIrNadhAmnaH Ki. 2.59: Si. 13.23 Ki.6. 463 nepathyAbhimukhamavalokya S. 1; sa purAbhimukhaM pratasthe Pt.33 Me. 70; karNa dadAtyabhimukhaM mayi bhASamANe S. 1. 30; also at the beginning of comp.; abhimukhanihatasya Bh.2.112 killed in the front ranks of battle. AbhimukhatA 1 Presence, proximity. -2 Favourableness; "tAM nI to win over. munimabhimukhatAM ninISavo yAH samupayayuH kamanIyatAguNena Ki. 10.40. abhimukhIkR, -mukhayati To propitiate, win over: atha bhUtabhavyabhavadIzamabhimukhayituM kRtastavAH Ki. 12. 19; K. P.2. ___ abhimukhIkaraNam Causing (one) to turn the face towards ; speaking to, addressing in gram.): 491 491HbhisukhIkaraNam. abhimurchita . Utterly confused, bewildered. abhimRd 1 P. To erush by standing, tread under foot, trample down; oppress, devastate (as a country). -2 ( In astr.) To contend against, oppose, be im opposition. abhimardaH 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 Crushing down, trampling down; kRto'bhimardaH kurubhiH prasahya Mb.8.269.8. -3 Ravage, devastation of a country ( by an enemy). -4 War, battle. kathaM zakSyAmahe brahman dAnavairabhimardanam Mb. 12.209. 12. -5 Spirituous liquor. abhimardana .. Crushing down, oppressing. -nam Crushing, oppression. abhimRz 6 P. To touch (in all senses); colne in contact with strike or rub gently: abhi priyANi marmazat pagaNi Rv.3.38.1; padAbhimuSTa, vacasA, pAdatale, gadA". abhimarzaH, -rzanama, -marSaH, -parNam 1 Touch, contact ; uSNAMzukarAbhimarSAt si.1.16. -2 Assault ; violence, attack; sarvataH samupetasya tava tenAbhimarSaNam Ram.6.111.8. -3 0utraging, touching Garmally, sexual intercourse ; kRtAbhi4914944HT: S. 5. 20 carnally touched or embraced, seduced, outraged : parAbhimazoM na navAsti Ku..13 (Malli = paradharSaNam); paradArAbhimazaMSu pravRttAn Ms. 8.852, 1.2.284. (v.1. avamarzanam ). ef. also AtmAnaM mRgamaddizya bhrAtRdArAbhimarzanam / Abhiseka. 1.20. nasya dArAbhimarzana kathaM daNNyo'smi rAghava / Abhiseka l. 21 ___ abhimarzaka, -rSaka, -marzin, -rSin 4. 1 Touching, coming in contact with. -2 Outraging; assaulting, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #199
abhimRSTa 181 abhiyogaH ... . .. .............. ... ........... .... PERT 3 2418: Ram. 6. 87. 22. iz Ki. 13. 58, 14. 7. -6 To appoint to, entrust catarii 4793 2: Dk. 63. with with loc. ). -7 To use with instr.). -8 To be qe p p 1 Touched, rubbed or stroked gently; working or operative. -9 To put to; harness; harness -2 Brought close to, grazing. repeatedly. -10 To hurt. -Caus. To join or unite to, abhimethika a. Ved. -methikA 1 Use of words or attach oneself to; para kalatreSu suhRtvenAbhiyojya Dk. 163. language calculated to secure every thing (sarvaprAptisAdhano THY . p. 1 (a) Engaged or occupied or 7:). -2 Abusive speech, obscune expression ; an absorbed in, applying oneself to, intenton; 1997imprecation. ozta : 7: Mu. 1. (1) Diligent, perseverf ata, ing, resolute, zealous, intent, assiduous, Zealously a. Ved. Altogether faded or withered, engaged, attentive, careful; decayed. fari 9183 fargerita ha U. 3.30; Mu. 1. 13; Dk. 55; 31 safT : A sacrificial act. -Comp. -Ten a sacri ger Mu. 3; 491 sa: tarafta Mu. 1 ; at ficial verse. F a t T TETZE Bg. 9. 22; Kam. 5. 77. T OT 2 P. 1 To go up to, approach, go or -2 Woll-versed or proficient in ; eta nat Kumirila. -3 (Hence) Learned, of acknowledged repair to; 1 P g 1 Ki. 5.1; R. 9. 27. position; a competent judge, an expert, connoisseur, a -2 To come or draw near without an object); come learned person (m. also in this senso); Tuy aa(as time). -3 To march against, attack, assail, 47417 K. 62; Taryen 3f99442741 encounter; abhi spRdhA yAsiSad vajrabAhuH Rv. 1. 175.5%3 4 Ve. 2; Hargah: uslaskuala ibid. -4 14341717 R. 5.30; Dk. 30. -4 To give or Attacked, assailed ; s iqa tarteana: Si. 2. resign oneself to, devote, attach or betake oneself to. 101; Mu. 3. 25. -5 Accused, charged, indicted ; Mk. -5 To partake or share in, get, obtain. -Cans. To 9. 9; prosecutod; a defendant; RISATEUR send away. kuryAdapalavam Narada. -6 Appointed. abhiyuktAzca ye yatra 7 m., f. Going to, approaching, assailing. 219 AZ Sukra 1. 545. -7 Said, spoken. -8 Proper, just; s i a Ram. 7. 11. 38. -9 afara, -as a. approaching, assailing, encoun- Believing, putting faith in; hiteSvanabhiyuktena so'yamAsAditastvayA tering; assailant; TH211 at 0914 R. 12. 43. Mb. 6. 63. 2. strana:, -71197,-a m (-1, -at) Approaching saya (Fa) 7m. One who hurts or attacks ; with hostile intentions, an assailant, enemy, a foe. an enemy. -fa: f. Assailing. Sh f . (5-) 1 Attacking &c. -2 An enemy. STT TOT 1 Approaching. -2 Marching against, 7,-EU pot. p. To be rebuked or blamed; attack, asanlt; air # 31 saat to be accused; 79 TAST : Ms. 8.50; assailable, Ram. 6. 4. 4; 37 at 3 a Mb. 3. 16. 9. TOT Dk. 10 marching out for battle. indictable. ST T . Assailiny, attacking, acousing m. (til) TIF 1 A. To bey, request, ask for, solicit 1 An enemy, assailant, invader; 1927a f ft (=417 q.). 4 Mu. 4. 15; H. 3. 86. -2 (In law ) A complainant, TOTTA, 7100 Asking for, request, an plaintiff, accuser, prosecutor ; il y a entreaty, solicitation. ar a h Sukra. 4. 655. Ms. 8. 52, 58; Y. 2. 9.). -3 A pretender, claimant; a stronger party. STIE 7 A. 1 To apply oneself to, exert oneself, make oneself ready for, prepare, set about, strive or T IT: 1 Application or devotion to something); endea your used in passive also in this sense); Tale connection; gurucaryAtapastantramantrayogAbhiyogajAm Mal.9.52: ta: 1949 af Mu. 3; Ch. P. 11. -2 Close application, perseverance, zealous Dk. 55; K. 300; 24H a Mu. 4 trying to find intentness, energetic effort, exertion ; HIT persevering, out a weak point. -2 To attack, ail: Harauf resolute; 1799 TUTETTA Ki. 3. 10; Fa: adi ygo Dk. 3; 19 n a 97: Vu. 1; F AT qisag FAITT: Bh. 2. 73; Mal. 1. 31: A U. 3. -3 To accuse, charge; complain or inform Mal. 1; at AEOTT: Mu. 1.; nga: against, prosecute, claim or demand (as in a law-suit); ibid. ; Dic. 41; K. 345; Si. 7. 63.-3 (a) Application or 777 fat frumud Ms. 8. 183; fanta devotion to learn something; kasyAM kalAyAmabhiyogo bhavatyoH Tua V. 4. 17 claimed, asked, or demanded ; M. 5 to what art have you applied or devoted yourY. 2.9, 28, 100.-4 To wish or long for, desire, ask selves; K. 109. (1) Learning, scholarship; 3914 for, roquest. 5 To say, speak, tell: a i Terserai atau SB on MS. -4 ) Attack, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #200
abhiyogin 182 abhilakSya . assault; invasion (of a town or country); kSubhitaM vanagocarA- bhiyogAt Ki. 18. 10, 2.46%3 Ku.7.50%3 Ve. 43 Mal.83 Mu.2, 1.7; Mv.6.38. () Battle, war, conffiet. -5 (In law) A charge, accusation, plaint, indictment; abhiyogamanistIrya nainaM pratyabhiyojayet Y.2.9. abhiyogin / . 1 Devoted to, intent on, absor bed in ( in comp). -2 Attacking, assaulting. -3 Accusing; mithyAbhiyogI 1.2. 11. m. A plaintiff, complainant. abhiyojanam Ved. Harnessing (one horse) on to: another, re-fastening to make firm or tight (Say. yukta / punaryojanam ). TTTET 1 P. 1 To protect, preserve, keep, guard, help; bhISmamevAbhirakSantu Bg. 1. 10, 11. -2 To rule over, govern (as earth &c.); command. abhirakSA,-rakSaNam Universal or complete protection%3; protection in every quarter; prazAntabAdhaM dizato'bhirakSayA Ki. 1. 18. abhirakSita // Protecting, guarding. S TEEL press. 1 To be coloured or tinted. -2 To be flushed or greatly delighted, exult. -cans. To tinge, colour, tint. 31 Th . p. 1 Devoted, intent, attached.-2 Sweet; sujAtapazmAmAbhiraktakaNThIm Ram.5..25. abhiraJjanam Colouring. abhiram 1 A. ( rarely P.) 1 To be pleased or delighted (with loc.); dRSTirihAbhiramate hRdayaM ca Mk.15.15%3B na gandhahariNo damanakakedArikAyAmabhiramati Vb.3; Bestn. 2, Y. 1. 252.-2 To please or gratify oneself, take pleasure or delight in (with loc.); vidyAsu biddhAniva so'bhireme Bk. 1.9. -tous. To gratify, please; mAsapatnIrabhiramayiSyasi Dk.90,92, 163. abhirata... 1Gad, delighted, satisfied,(vipravisarjane) abhiramyatAmiti vade bastebhiratAH sma ha Y. 1.2525 recitaM parijanena mahIyaH kevalAbhiratadampati dhAma Si. 10.5, 89. -2 Engaged in, devoted or attached to; performing, practising%3; sve sbe karmaNyabhirataH saMsiddhiM labhate naraH Bh. 18.15. -3 Attentive to. S a: S. 1 Pleasure, delight, satisfaction; attachment or devotion to; na mRgayAbhiratirna durodaram (tamapAharan) R. 9. 7; Ki. 6. 4.-2 Practice, occupation. abhiramaNam Delighting in. abhirAma . 1 Pleasing, delightful, sweet, agreeable; lokAbhirAmaM raNaramadhIram Ram-raksa. mano'bhirAmAH (kekAH) R. 1. 39; 2. 72; 6.47; anapenakAlamabhirAmakathAH Ki. 6.30. -2 Beautiful, lovely, graceful, charming; syAdasthAnopagatayamunAsaMgamevAbhirAmA Me.33%3 kumArA mArAbhirAmAH Dr. 103 "vaM pramadavanasya V.23; rAma ityabhirAmeNa vapuSA tasya coditaH R. 10. 67, 13. 32 ; K. 145; Mv... 47-8. S. 3. 26. -maH An epithet of Siva. -mam iml. 1 Gracefully, beautifully; grIvAbhAbhirAmaM dattadRSTiH5. 1.7.-2 Referring to Rama. abhirambhita .. Scized by: kazmalaM mahadabhirambhita: Bhag. .8.15. STATIS a. Reigning everywhere, supreme. abhirAdha Caus. To propitiate; niragamadabhirAdU mAhatAnAM bhavati mahatsu na niSphalaH prayAsaH Si. 7.1. abhirAdhanam Propitiation; brAhmaNasyAbhirAdhanam (tvaM kartumarhasi) Mb. 3. 303. 14. abhirAddha. Propitiated, pleased; dazAnanAdAnAbharAddhadevatA... Si 1.71 abhirASTra.. Ved. Who has gained dominion or supremacy. abhiruca 1A. 1To shine, look tinely; dharmo'bhirocate yasmAddharmarAjastataH smRtaH Mark. P. -2 To like, desire%3 yadabhirocate or abhirucitaM bhavate V.2 -Vers. To be inelined to, have a taste or liking for, long, desire or wish for. fafa: f. 1 Desire, taste, liking, relish, delight, pleasure; yazasi cAbhirUciH Bh. 2.63 (vl. abhiratiH) parasparAbhiruciniSpanno vivAhaH K. 367. -2 Desire of fames ambition ; splendour. ___ abhirucita . . Liked, beloved. -taH A lover; (vAmatAm ) tenire'bhiruciteSu taruNyaH Si. 10.58. abhirucira a. Very pleasant or agreeable, beautiful, splendid, bright; Rv. 3. 39.5 __ abhiruta a. Sounded, vocal; cooed (as the voices of birds &c.). - A sound, cry, noise. Ram.. abhirUpa . [abhigato rUpam ] 1 Corrseponding with, conformable or suitable to, congruous; abhirUpamasyA vayaso valkalam S. 1. V.I. -2 Pleusing, delightful, handsome, charming, beautiful, well-formed; abhirUpeNApi svadArasaMtuSTena K.1: utkRSTAyAbhirUpAya varAya sadRzAya ca (kanyAM dadyAt ) Ms.9.88. -3 Dear to, beloved or liked by, favourite : yo yaH pradezaH sakhyA me'bhirUpaH 5.6. -4 Learned, wise, Enlightened : abhirUpabhUyiSTA paridiyam 5.1 K.78 M. 3.14. f. prAptarUpAbhirUpau dvau vidvAMse sundare'pi ca Nm. -pa: 1 The moon. -2 Siva. -3 Visnu. -4 Cupid, -Comp. Para: 'having an agreea ble husband', N. of a fast or rite performed to secure a good husband in the next world: Mk. 1. abhirUpaka = abhirUpa q. v. abhiroruda . Ved. Causing tears (of joy or earnest desire); Av. 7. 38. 1. Trofera . 1 Marked with signs, bearing marks: mumoca parameSvAsaH SaT zarAnabhilakSitAn Ram. 3.28.26. -2 Selected ; dakSiNAM preSayAmAsa vAnarAnabhilakSitAn Ram.1.41.1. abhilakSya a. To be marked or noted. haristasyAbhalakSyasya mokSayaMlakSyasaMgraham Rom.5.18.30. -kSyam inul. Towards a mark or aim. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #201
amila 183 abhivAhya 7 STUST 1, 10 P. 1 To jump across or over : (fa) 41 Ms. 4. 51; Y. 1. 137. -2 To attack, rush upou or over, fly at; 79494 F raga at: S. 6. -3 To violate, transgress; to offend, injure. STTEETAH Jumping across or over, flying at. abhilae 1P. To talk to or address; abhilapatazca dvAranihitalocanau Mk. 2. org: 1 Expression, word, speech: 349fa981 5 19: Ki. 10. 61. -2 Doclaration, mention, specification ; 7 &HTT L. Br. Sut. 1. 2. 19. -3 Declaration of the object of a vow or religious obligation. mah Acquisition; a 1998 - *** Bhag. 9. 3. 23. HOT 1, + P. To desire or wish for, long for, covet, crave or yearn after; agrarat: R. 19. 12; HTIT Bk. 4. 22. CTH Desiring, longing. f ra Desiroil, wished, longed for. - Desire, wish, will, pleasure; 141 316TH Pt.1. T: (deg: sometimes ) A desire, wish, longing for, craving after ; affection, longing of a lover, love, (usually with loc. of the object of desire); AS H a na 4974 R. 3. t; H9 EU 494 S. 1. 27; Me. 112. i fague S. 3 casting a coveting or wistful look; 73 ha T U HAT: S. 2, Pt. 5. 67; sometimes with atd and acc., or in comp. 3 *, (fa) 1, gha. Wishing or desirin for (with 100., Loc. or in comp.); desirous, covetous, greedy of; 21491 49: S. 1. 22. A T CHICETTA R. 2.6; 3.36; Mo. 80; 249 911 9 triacar 19: Ki. 11. 18; Si. 15. 59. fora: [5-99 fatrat: :1'. III.3.28] Cutting, rea ping, mowing. I 919 ra: Fagar iaf FAT: Bk. 7. 37. 3ffsea a. Written, inscribed. -7, foi 14, 1 Writing, inscribing.-2 A writing; - a d: Y. 2. 149. A written document. ST . A. To enter into, lurk or lie hid into; +14779997784tea Dk. 6. f t a. 1 Adhering or clinging to, attached to; fare at: Yl: 9357 T: 44 R. 3. 8. -2 Embracing, shrouding: 421588 Hotefta: Me. 38. fagfesa a. 1 Agitated, disturbed. -2 Playful, unsteady. afirar f. A sort of spider. farda. One who speaks arrogantly; Mb.12. 180. 48. 344 Il'. 1 To speak to, address; sa Osto asfaar Ms. 8. 356; Y. 2. 301. -2 To speak of or with reference to, tell, declare, mention; # FAO fuaefa Ait. Br. -3 To expross, utter, signify; 115feri 2 inca na safari IGY Ken. 1. 4. -4 To namo, call. -5 To salute, greet; see caus. -caus. 1 To greet or salute respectfully, oft. with the mention of the person salutod and the person who salutes ; tAta prAcetasAntevAsI lavo'bhivAdayate pa.. arac V.5; voe r also. -2 To cause to salute with acc. or instr. of agent of action); 3417ara di ar. 3 To utter, pronounce. -4 To play on an instrument. 147H 1 Addressing &c. -2 Salutation. War, arga 1 Reverential salutation, respectful obeisance, salutation of a superior or elder by an inferior or junior, or of a teacher by his disciple. It consists in (1) rising from one's seat (W 211a); (2) clasping the feet (4914 ), and (3) repeating the form of salutation (1914) which includes the name or title of the person addressed, followed by the mention of the person's own name. For the different ways of performing obeisance and the merit arising therefrom see Ms. 2. 120-126.-2 Abuse, insulting or scurrilous speech (for afcare). fara a. (-feir f.) 1 Saluting; saluter -2 Polite, respectful, humble. farioa . A respectful suluter. fa . 1 Saluting respectfully. -2 Describing, referring to; tadabhivAdinI eSA Rgbhavati Nir. ETT, -argata pot p. To be respectfully sluted. -9: N. of Siva. 311411 A. To salute respectfully. abhivandanam Respectful salutation ; pAdadeg holding the feet (of another) as an humble obeisance; see abhivAdanam above. abhivayas .. 1 Very fresh or young; tIvrasyAbhivayaso 3474 YI Rv. 10. 160. 1. -2 Possessed of food. abhivAsaH, -sanam Covering, clothing with. fara inil. Over the covering or cloth. ITTE a. Convoying towards or near, driving near. abhivahanam Carrying towards. fala pot. p. To be carried near. -74 1 Convoyance, transnission, carrying. -2 Presentation. offering ; ( TEST) 3776219TEI Ms. 1. 94. H For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #202
abhivAnyA 184 abhivyApaka Tart, Tatarar Ved. A cow suckling an adopted calf. m an <<. Valorous, brave; Ram. 7. tracta . Universally known, renowned, famous; called, known as. fast: [ farrozila: ] 1 Complete comprehension or inclusion; one of the senses of the particle 31; 3713 High:27: P. II. 1. 13, the limit inceptire as opposed to the limit conclusive and translated by from ',' commencing with', 'including'; as in 30 -311ace:- : Ziel and 37 Hiare are thus distinguished a fact HEI, TAIENTS :). -2 Complete pervasion, filling up or occupying completely : TUT 917 597 P. III. 3. 44 ; also V. 4. 53 and Sk. thereon. f aft 1 U. To teach, instruct ( = facit q. v.). safata p. p. Well behaved, well principled. -2 Taught, instructed; 2 Ram. 2. 1. 21; FUT Port Haald H4 M. 5. v. 1. for 3 : a usta 7 farina Kan. A. 1 -3 Pious, pure, devout. fifa 1 a. Of unlimited dimensions, an epithet of the Supreme Being; T 4 TAHTHTHTHITH Taryn Chand. Up. 5. 18. 1. laya a. Widely celebrated, renowned. efter 1 A. 1 To look at, view, behold, see, perceive, observe; na cainaM bhuvi zaknoti kazcidapyabhivIkSitum Ms. 7. 6. -2 To aim at. - To prove, test, examine. -4 To be affected towards, incline or lean to. Tatuh Perceiving, beholding. fait ( a a:] Surrounded by heroes ; Rv. 10. 103. 5. HIT 1 A. 1 To go up to, go towards, go or come near, approach; used with or without any acc.; Hat via ada TI Ram. 2. 91. 38. 59 Taifa (in dramas) are comino hitherward or in this direction; yani Dk. 116; 74 SA A TH R. 2. 10.; at 7:47Tusada S. 1. 23 turns. -2 To attack, assail, rush upon or towards, turn towards (inimically or to attack); AF ETUT Pa s aia Ram T. 27. 40: DET TIS fada 5. 1; 3 14 Ki. 13. 3. - 3 To face encounter, stand opposite to. - To stretch or extend towards; &taromfattani fethfa U.2.-5 (a) To turn up, arise, begin. (6) To appear, cominence; warm a 45stafa Ram. 1. 14. 1; break (as day ). -6 To be, exist, chance to be. -7 'To procure for one (dat. ). -Caus. 1 To carry over, transport. -2 To overcome, to be master of. sairaraa . Going towards, approaching, attacking &c. H TH Going towards, approching, attacking &c. ad: Name of a Saman; T. Samhita. THE 1 A. 1 To grow, increase, be augmented; gian a 43 parhaid Ms. 2. 94. -2 Thrive, prosper of men also ); aray-ar a: a Ms. 3. 259; 7. 27; Y. 1. 245. -Uans 1 To increase, augment, add to; FETH, TH, &c. -2 To stretch, extend, lengthen. -3 To bring up, rear. frate: 8. Increase, growth, addition; success, prosperity; tig; og afa fazi Ms. 7. 109; 314 THT &c. STT 1. P. To rain upon, pour, sprinkle, water, bedew, cover with a shower of anything ), pour or shower down upon; E dit () R. 1. 84; 10.48, 15.58,99; Ki. 2. 31 ; UT V. 4. -Caus. To sprinkle or cover with, shower upon. fra p. p. Sprinkled; rained upon, showered; High yifuge: facan Rv. 7. 103. 4; F 79144:goatinger R. 7. 6.); 15. 99; V. t. 6 also used actively, V. 4. 34. ftaturh Raining upon, watering, bedewing. fara, a. Raining upon, bedewing &c. frant: Ved. Consideration, thought, determination. 3774557 7. P. (3459) or Cans. To manifest, make clear; reveal, disclose, exhibit, display. BTT TT . p. 1 Manifested, revealed, declared. -2 Distinct, plain, clear; at 103 HITTH R. 6. 12, 16. 23, Mu. 1, V. 3. - 4 ind. Clearly, distinctly, plainly. f uf: f. 1 Manifestation of a cause as an effect); distinction, exposition, declaration, revelation, display, exhibition; Hainagar M. 1; 90aff affifta S. D. 6.-2 Association, concomitance; P. VIII. 1. 15 (Sk. = 1 4 ). u* <<. Displayiny, showiny, indicating; J 371 37c7ef S. D. 1. 4 Manifesting, revealing. TINH 1 Suppressed sound. -2 Repetition of the same sound. farfa. Striking, injuring greatly, hurting much; Av. 1. 91. 1. El 5 P. 1 To extend to, include, comprehend; 3127s Jarfa: fope Sk. -2 To pervade, surround. 3TTEOTT, - ifa. 1 Including, comprehending, pervadiny. -2 (In gram. One of the three kinds of 3 q. v.; *: STETT: P. II. 3. 36 Sk. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #203
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra abhivyAptiH arra: Inclusion, comprehension, universal pervasion, co-extension. abhivyApya pot. p. To bo included. -pyam Validity of a rule. www.kobatirth.org 1 P. To utter, pronounce; say or express abhivyAhata . Pronounced, spoken, addressed. -a What is spoken, uttered; speech, address; tasyA AkarNyAsurapuGgavAH Bhag. 8. 9. 12. well. abhivyAharaNam, - vyAhAraH 1 Uttering, pronunciation, speaking. 2 An articulate significant word, a name, appellation; abhivyAhArAya vAk Ch. Up. 8. 12. 4. afe. Pronouncing, telling, speaking. : Ved. 1 Going towards or against, assault. -2 Turning off, shaking off; arai faa: garisbhilaura pAvapaH Rv. 1. 133. 4. arai 1 P. 1 To blame, accuse, charge, calumniate, defame, traduce; 1 HY. 3. 285. -2 To praise, extol; f daivamazaktamabhizaMsasi Ram. 2. 23. 7. abhizaMsaka, zaMsin Accusing changing, elum niating, insulting, abusive; faza: bhUtavAdinaH Y. 3. 284. afri Accusation, charge; (whether true or false); f Y. 2. 289; abuse, insult, affront; paMcAzad brAhmaNo daNDyaH kSatriyasyAbhizaMsane Ms. 8. 268. abhizasta / calumniated, P. P 1 Charged, falsely accused, abused, insulted; af far Ram. 2. 100. 59; Ms. 8. 116, 373; Y. 1. 161; 3. 28. -2 Hurt, injured, attacked (supposed to be from abhizas ); devi kenAbhizastAsi kena vAsi vimAnitA Ram.; abhizastaM prapazyanti daridram pArzvataH sthitam Mb. 12. 8. 14. Ms. 11. 112 threatened. -3 Cursed (for fia). -4 Wicked, sinful, infamous AY - abhizasti q. v. = errara. 1 Falsely accused, defamed; wicked; Y. 1. 223; a person of bad repute; 2. 70. -2 Caused by imprecation or curse. afrafta: 1 A curse. -2 Effect of an imprecation, misfortune, evil, calamity. -3 Censure, calumny, abuse, defamation, charge, insult. -4 Asking, begging. -5 What curses or injures; the cause or source of injury. 1 A. (P. Also) To doubt, mistrust, suspect, be suspicious of (with acc. of person or thing); mAbhizaGkIrvaco mama Mb. avasthAmabhizaGkate Mk 98; Ms. 8.963 also with abl.; be afraid of; Bk. 6. 2. arrag Doubt, suspicion, apprehension, fear, alarm, anxiety. I. saM. ko... 24 185 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir abhizleSaNam sff p. p. Doubtful, suspicious, apprehensive pravibhayAMcakArA'sau kAkutsthAdabhizaGkitaH Bk. 6. 2. abhiza 1. U. To curse, execrate; abhizaptaH phalametadanvaKu. 4. 41. -Cans. To conjure, invoke (as by charms), charm, enchant; zApya kam Y. 2. 108. - FANTAA, -MT: 1 A curse, imprecation. -2 A serious charge, accusation; nRpArtheSvabhizApe ca vaheyuH zucayaH sadA Y. 2.99; :: Mita.-3 Slander, calumny, false charge; asato doSasya adhyAhAro'bhizApa:: abhizApabhayAdbhIto Mb. 12. 55. 11. - An injury, hurt. -Comp. - fever caused by the pronunciation of a curse. abhizApanam Pronouncing a curse. area. Declared, announced, said, named; dhyAnikaM sarvamevaitadyadetadabhizabditam Ms. 6. 82. sifir 1 P. To burt, injure, attack (= freq.v.) -f. Ved. Accuation, charge, imprecation &c. abhizasta P. p. Hurt, attacked. abhizasta m. An enemy, injurer. ff. With the top and bottom inverted. erferena, -zara [-] a. Cold, chilly, as wind. sffia, a. Congealed, coagulated. : 1 Intense grief. -2 Warmth; ardour (Ved.); yadi zoko yadi vA'bhizoko Av. 1. 25.3. abhizoca a. 1 Shining, glowing with heat. -2 Causing great grief. a 1 Intense grief or pain, torment. -2 That which torments; a spirit or demon. arazitafara. a. Tormenting. abhizyAta or abhizIta . Cold, Chilly; vibhASAbhyavaP. VI. 1. 26 Kasi. Repeating Vedic texts, while Brahmanas are sitting down to a Sraddha. farra: Hering (a prayer); granting (an answer); : Rv. 1. 185. 10. abhizruta a. Renowned ; tvaM vIrudhAM zreSThatamAbhizrutAsyoSadhe Av. 6. 138. 1. sfirst. Ved. 1 Joining, connected with, mixing: attached to; zive te stAM dyAvApRthivI asaMtApe abhizriyau Rv. 1. 144. 6; Av. 8. 2. 14; -2 Combining; arranging. -3 Approaching, having recourse to. 4 Worthy. -5 Shining. -6 Powerful. abhizriS, -zliS/ (-TU) Ved. A ligature; yaRte cidabhizriSaH Rv. 8. 1. 12. abhizleSaNam A bandage. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #204
abhizvas 186 abhiSAvakaH ... .. ...... ... .................... ... . ... ..... fa m . Ved. One who breathes upon or towards. : Ved. Breathing forth or upon, eructation of the stomach ). f are: Breathing or blowing upon; blowing into a flame. fara a. (fa: Jaafisa ) One whose conduct is chaste. 775T 1 P. [deg 7, being changed to by P. VIII. 3. 65 ] To be in contact with, touch ; attach oneself to. 31 . 1 Possessed by evil spirits. -2 Humiliated, defeated. -3 Reviled, cursed; Mb. 3779775: (also far:) 1 Complete contact or union; attachment, connection, association; 471 graf ETHIRTIE 141 Mal. 7 ill attachment or union; Mal 8; ara al Si. 7. 68; 1 K. 146, 290.-2 Defeat, mortitication, discomfiture; STAAT 94: R. 2. 30.-3 A sudden blow, shock or grief, a sudden calamity or misfortune, unexpected reverse; aas ta aulaa R. 14. 54, 77: Ku. 3.73; Os Para R. 8.75. -4 Possession by devils or evil spirits; abhighAtAbhiSaGgAbhyAmabhicArAbhizApata: Madh. N. -5 An oath. -8 Embracing; copulation. -7 A curse or imprecation, a buse. -8 A false charge or accusation, calumny or defamation. -9 Contempt, disrespect. -10 The state of being disturbed in mind; seat HASHOT Mb. 5. 30. 1. cf. 371 372 STT Nun. -Comp. -at: fever caused by the action of evil spirits. 37977897 = 31197 q. v. a sce under f . Ta ind. By force, forcibly, violently; insolently; 398 14:21 V 29: Ms. 8. 367. .. (374-49 Farefuz faq] Ved. 1. Following: -2 Honouring, devoted. -3 Defeating. ftig a. 1 Bearing, patient. -2 Overpowering. fra 6 U.[47, 4 changed to by P. VIII. 3. 65 ] 1 To sprinkle, pour down upon, water, wet, shower upon fig. also ); Alien19990: Bk. 6. 21; 15.3; 6. 23; yaagatihaf@TH Ch. P. 29 v. 1. 349 aza atan: si. 7. 75. -2 To anoint, consecrato, appoint &c. (by sprinkling water on the head); to crown, install, inaugurate with loc. of the post of authority); 341 U 1942 19a: a R. 19. 1, 17. 13; Hiszara : H. 2; V. 5. 23. -Caus. 1 To have another consecrated, inaugurated &c. -2 To let oneself be crowned. for a. Sprinkled, anointed, installed. cf. quiHigi. 377*: 1 Sprinkling, watering, wetting.-2 Anointing, inaugurating or consecrating by sprinkling water ( a king, idol &c. ). aaf #: aut ar a zia i 2017# 147 Ram. 2. 17. 11; feat Kau. A. 1. 3. -3 (Particularly ) Coronation, inauguration, installation of kings); royal unction; 319 tarat: R. 14.7. -4 The holy ) water required at inauguration, coronation water ; amAtyapariSadaM brUhi saMbhriyatAmAyuSo TIF xa v.; 1973deg ibid. ; R. 17. 14.-5 Bathing; a blution, holy or religious bathing; 31141 1 914 S. 4: 34711719 aaA H R. 13. 51, 1. 85, 10. 63, 13. 58, 1.1. 82; K. 22, 36, 96; Ku. 5. 16; 7.11; S. 7. 12; H. 4. 87. -6 Bathing or sprinkling with water of a divinity to whom worship is offered ). -Comp. 37: day of coronation. - coronationhall. 7 a . One who sprinkles, anoints, inaugurates. S T T 1 Sprinkling. - 2 Coronation, inauguration; 31419 T : fenda TEA74174 R. 8. 3. -3 Equipmont, paraphernalia of coronation; HTSicreta yadetadabhiSacanam / tvadarthe vihitaM rAjJA tena sarvaNa rAghava / / Ram. 2. 18. 36. 2,-57,-** 1 Worthy of inauguration, fit to be crowned. -2 Belonging to coronation. -J: N. of a sacrificial ceremony performed at the coronation of a king. STT 5 P. (9) 1 To extract Soma juice or any juico; afara de Ait. Br. -2 To apply water to or press out; ata q 9697 toT: Ms. 5. 10 (Kull. 579 ). - To moisten, sprinkle; a fasPerai atre 73441: Bk. 9. 90. STTT: (371-9-399] 1 Extracting or pressing out the Soma juice. a forr adalog feat: Mb. 14. 88.21. -2 Distillation or extraction of liquors &c.). -3 Religious bathing, a blution proparatory to religious rites. - 4 Bathing or ablution in general); 97919918flag Ki. 3. 28. -5 Drinking the Somn juice. -6 A sacrifice in general. -7 Ferment, yeast; any substance producing fermentation. -8 A finger used in extracting Soma juice (Nir.). -9 Coronation ; T aqa f Ram. 2.6. 16. -24 Sour gruel. S TUH 1 Bathing; HITSH90 FTI: Ki. 6. 23.-2 Means of extracting or pressing out Soma juice. Taut A mechanical contrivance to press out the Soma juice. fora , - . The priest who extracts the the Soma juice. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #205
abhiSuta 187 abhisaMdhA ... . ................ .. .............. .................. ............ .... . .. . 3hga . p Extracted, pressed out, as Soma juice. -oh Sour gruel. string#: Name of a plant. Susr. TOT a. Ved. Approaching (as an enemy ) with an army; Rv. 6. 44. 17. STTTTTH Marching against an enemy, encountering a foe. tufa Den. P. [3 fat-fo P. III. 1. 25, VIII. 3. 65 ] To march against ( with an army), to Gainst with an army), to attack, to face or encounter another with an army; *: feriti di a4: Ve. 2. 26; Si. 6.61. figa: [ 3464-279-349-74 ] Ved. Roaring, a loud shout (REE); 13 3113111 F91 Etoid Rv. 1. 80. 14. (fr) fya. (Vod.) To be worshipped by offering srcrifices Say. 317292); an assistant, a protector, one who is praised or worshipped as a pro tector, one who approaches to assist or attack, one who assails or over powers an enemy, one who approachos in order to obtain, desiring, desire these meanings are given by European scholars). -fe: f. Assistance, help, worshipping, praising; a sacrifice; a hymn; approaching to assist or approaching in general; access. STIGAT a. Ved. Desirable. TO 9 P. (-a) 1 To praise, laud, extol; 319 Taringan U. 5; Si. 15. 20. -2 To consecrate, invoke. fuga a. 1 Praised, commended; IZ 77799 ETH9 Mb. 12. 23. 18.-2 Consecrated ; 311&RIfagi f ari f947 Y. 3. 306. a: Praise, eulogy; ar a : 3474fa: Bhay. 1. 1. 55. 377 1 A. (2 changed to by P. VIII 3.72 ) 1 To ouze, flow, trickle ; 391474-04- 19 Sk.; 071976 A (fast:) U. 1 raining or pouring down water. -2 (fig.) To be melted (with pity, love &c.), to overflow with ; fe arhigai 1 2 : 2017 dal az arcra U. 5. 31J (ET) : 1 Oozing, flowing, trickling. -2 Weakness of, or running at, the eyes. -3 Great increase, or enlargement, surplus, excess, superfluous portion: Comp. - ; tam e tegaturarea ( 49 ) Ku. 6. 37 by drawing off the surplus population i. e. by emigration (1279a: #: saft 1942a4a fatui carftuara): cf. also R. 15. 29 IIemachandra's remarks thereon. also veri- f4527944 Kau. A. 2. 1. (27) ma. 1 Oozing, flowing, trickling, -2 Laxative, opening the bowels. -3 Causing defluxions or watery effusion. -Comp. -THUTH a suburb, smaller city appended to and regarded as part of a larger one; cf. 1 4 . s a : [ +755-49] 1 Contact ; qafariF14961 TT: My. 1. 38. -2 Intense attachment, love, affection; foart: Dk. 155 ; 3 3692: Mal.1; o ibid. 34ffar: 971 DEITY By. 13. 9. H OT: Close contact or union, intimate connection. TITAT: Attitude of revenge; t TA JUTT: Har: Mb. 14. 31. 2. fra a. Clothed, clad. arisftat a. [2 ] Coagulated, congealed; f941940482 P. VI. 1. 26. Kasi. T 24: Refuge, shelter. Ser: Coming together or in groups or flocka. -TH . Having appronched together. TE 8 U. 1 To shape, form, build. -2 To make, render. -3 To consecrate. FIT: 1 Idea, thought, imagination. -2 Vain or profitless performance. abhisaMstavaH High praise. abhisaMharaNam Replenishment. kozadeg Kau. A.. fatiga a. Together with ; 3453741 Tri Hag a h Ram. 7. 80.11. fig -HENT: = eifera , &c. q. v. 1 T EAM 2 P. 1 To enumerate. -2 To infer. E a. Inferable, clearly ascertainable. Afina a. Moving or wandering a bout. -2 Fickle, changea ble. f ata. Ved. Surrounded by heroes; cf. abhivIra. T ag 1 P. To torment, = jag q.. / abhisaMtApaH War, battle, contest ; janyaM syAdabhisaMtApaH Halay. THETV a. Compressed, tightened. ag: 1 Exchange. -2 Organ of generation (written also fida). 3 3 U. 1 To hold together -2 To acknowledge, recognize; own. -3 To fit or fix a missile, arrow &c. to the bow. -4 To throw or shoot at, aim at; 1 (0) 184 Ana Afgan Ram.-5 To aim at. have in view, think of, with acc.); walau apa For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #206
abhisaMdhaH 188 abhisaraNam skhalitamabhisaMdhAya bahuza: V.4.52. Galling to mind, thinking Br. zrotre hAme sarva vedA abhisaMpannAHbid. -2 To conne or go, of my fault; RSyamUkamabhisaMdhAya Mvo towards, in the arrive at. -3 To get to obtain. -'mus. To make direction of; Mv. 6; By. 17. 12, 25; sometimes with similar to, change into. dat.: abhisaMdadhate ye ca vizvAsAyAsya mAnavAH Mb. -6 To __ abhisaMpattiHj. Becoming or being effectel completely, deceive, cheati, jana vidvAnekaH sakalamAbhisaMdhAya Mal. 1. 11. -7 going over, transition : being changed into. To come to an understanding or agroement; phalaM svanabhisaMdhAya Ms.).2(evaM yatra niyamo na kRtaH). -8 Towin over, abhisaMpad /. Becoming complete : complete number. make friendship with, ally oneself with; abhisaMdhAtumArebhe abhisaMpanna.1.1 Complete, completely effected; hanamAnAdaM tata: Ram. +5t.: tAn sarvAnabhisaMdadhyAtsAmAdibhi vadatyayamabhisaMpannamANa saMskAreNa U.Dquite in keeping with rupakrama: Ms. 7. 150 ( vazIkuryAt ). -9 To declare solemnly, his holy instruction. -2 Filled up, covurert with: annaagree, promise. -10 To calumiiate, traduce. -11 To rikSe'bhisaMpanne na rUpANi cakAzire Ram.as.1.32. add. -12 To prefer. abhisaMparAyaH Futurity. abhisaMdhaH,-dhakaH 1A deceiver, cheat. -2 Traducer) | abhisaMbandha9 P. To binl together -ms. To be ealumniator : Ms. 4. 195. (V.1. AbhisAraka) connected with, to relate or refer to. abhisaMdhA 1 Speech, declaration : word, assertion, fociare: 1 Connection, relation; conjunction, promise; nasya satyAbhisaMdhasya vRddhasya vacanAn pitu: Ram.5.31.7. contact; ziSTAziSTAbhisaMbandhAnmAnino'navamAninaH Mb. 12.57.293 true to his word. -2 Deceit. sexual connection; baijikAdabhisaMbandhAdanurundhyAdaghaM vyaham abhisaMdhAnam 1 Speech, word, deliberate declaration Ms.5.63. promise; sA hi satyAbhisaMdhAnA Ram. -2 Cheating, deception; parAbhisandhAnamadhIyate yaiH 5.5.25. parAbhisaMdhAnaparaM yadyapyasya abhisaMbAdha a. Very much contracted or contined. viceSTitam R. 17. 76. -3 Aim, intention, purpose ; abhisaMmukha .. Facing, fronting, looking respectfully anyAbhisaMdhAnenAnyavAditvamanyakartRtvaM ca Mita. -4 Maling peace. towards. -5 Attachment or interest in any object; yAvatprANAbhisaMdhAna abhisara, -sarga, -sarjana &c. Sue under abhisa, tAvadicchecca bhojanam Mb. 1.91. 13. abhisRj &c. abhisaMdhAyaH = abhisaMdhi. abhisarpaNam Approaching, drawing near' (with abhisaMdhiH 1 Speech; deliberate declaration, promise. | hostile intention ). -2 Intention, object, purpose, aim; dampatyoH prANasaMzleSe yo'bhisaMdhiH kRtaH kila Mb. 12.266. 34; tasyA abhisaMdhinA vidheyIkRto'pi abhisA (zA)ntv 10 P. To conciliate, propitiitte, Mal.1; Dk.38; svargadeg Ku. 6. 47. -3 Implied sense, pacity, comfort, console; uvAca ca tadA rAmastaM gAya'mabhisAntvayan the meaning intended, as in ayamabhisandhiH (frequently Ram.2.32.40. occurring in explanatory glosses ). -4 Opinion, belief. abhisA (zA) ntvaH , ntva nam Conciliation, constolation. -5 Special agreement, terms of an agreement, condi abhisAyaH 1 Destruction, end. -2 Sunset " sAyo nAzation, stipulation; athAvazyameva mAdhavasenaH pUjyana mocayitavyaH / dinAntayoH' iti vishvH| -arkam --ind. At Sunset; abhisAyArkazrUyatAmabhisandhiH M. 1. -6 Deception, Making peace Speace : mAvRttAM chAyAmiva Ki. 11.51. or alliance. -8 Junction, combination. -Comp. -kRta , (t. done intentionally. ___ abhisAyam ind. At sunset, it bout evening; zritodayAdreabhisamavAyaH Union. rabhisAyamuccakaiH Si. 1. 16. abhisamApad + A. To enter upon; citAmabhisamApede fae 1 P. To go up to, go towari, a pproach; to go to some place or other, go or proceed: purobhisale surasundarIjanaiH Ram. 2. 12.1. ____Ki. 8.1. -2 To attack, assail. -3 To go or advance to abhisamApanna . Facing, ome who is in front. (kaH meet (as at an appointed place ); sundarIrabhisasAra K.58. kRSNasarpam ) tudatyabhisamApannamagulyagreNa lIlayA Ram. 3. 19.8. Dk. 51,52,913; abhisasAra na calabhamajanA Si. 6.26. -Cans. abhisaMpata 1 P. 1 To Ay towards, hasten, jump To visit, approach, go to ineet; vahabhAnabhisisArayipUNAm Si. upon: mahItalAkecidudIrNavegAH punarbumAyAnabhisaMpatanti Ram. -2 To 10, 20, 21; S. D. 115 : Ki.9.38; Mk.8. fly along : zastraizca divyarabhisaMpatadbhiH Mb. abhisara: 1 A follower, an attendant; Dk.78, 127. abhisaMpAtaH Meeting together, concourse, confluence. -2 A companion; manmathAbhisarA tadAgAramabhisarAmi Dk. 15%; -2 War battle, contest. -8 A curse. zivarAjasyAbhisarAH prasaranti puraH pura: Sivabharata 24. 30. -3 abhisaMpad + A. 1 To become (anything); to be N. of a people. changed to, be similar to, assume the state of; SHTETUTH 1 Approaching, going to meet also brahmalokamabhirApathane Ch. Up. 8.15.1.iekAmagnirabhisaMpadyate Sat. with hostile intentions ). -2 Meeting, rendezvous, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #207
abhisarI 189 abhighAtaka assignation or appointment of lovers; TTHIA STATERE: Attachment, affection; love, desire; 4: sa wara weird f st Git. 6. qalara: By. 2. 57. TEA (f:./. 1 Followings 3gra 1821-1 S t a . Expanded to the full, full-grown Pratima 3. 7. - 2 Going out to help: T ra i (as a blossom ). fata A HL: Pratina 4. 17. ___abhinavanta a. Flowing, bestowing; zaMyorabhisravantAya <<. One who attacks; an assailant ; T- 312013 4: Mb. 13. 14. 309. faith Vaj. 20. 14. TETEZI 1. P. 1 To assent or agree to, approve of. THATC: 1 Going to meet (as a lover), appointment, -2 To praise, invoke. Amirmation; ratisukhasAre gatamabhisAre madanamanoharavezam Git.n. abhisvara /.(orn. according to some) [ AbhataH svaH -2 The place where lovers meet by appointment, * 44 ] Ved. 1 Invocation, calling into one's rendervous; tvaritamupaiti na kathamabhisAram Git. 6. -3 An presence: 371ac + Rv. 2. 21. 53; 3. 45. 2. attack, 18sault: SAT: 977 : Ram. -4 War, -2 A song or hymn of praise. battle. -5 A follower, companion. -6 Might, power. Sfat: Urging towards, driving onwards. - -7 An instrument, means; we 72 anada Very close or near. Mb. 3.1.7.4.-3 A purificatory rite. -9 (TT: pl.) N. of a people. - N. of a town.-Comp. Ferah a place fit Fa v lace fit: 347 . Praising; invoking. for making appointinenta; see under fail below. T T 2 P. 1 To strike, site, beat (fig. also ); STATUTH Going to meet a lover &c. - thump at ; 311HaFa 87 A4 A 4 (HT: Mal. 1. 39; Hantusgad Ki. 10. 58. efetua U. 4; F a : a: Dk. 7. -2 To hurt, injure, kill, destroy. -3 To drive or beat off, STTAFT A woman who either goes to meet ward off ; 1717 -) R. 6. 13.-4 To her lover or keeps an appointment made by him ; strike or beat as a drum &c.). Ha: Tema 914 yatrauSadhiprakAzana naktaM darzitasaMcarAH | anabhijJAstamitrANAM durdineSvAbhi quantitgar: 9-76477 Rg. 1. 13. 5 To befall, Art: Ku. 6. 43; R. 16. 12; 31927 Ida attack; affect, overpower; Dk. 6. -Caus. To strike &c. HYRET I Fay at T a ifa S. D. 115; kAntArthinI tu yA yAti saMketaM sAbhisArikA Ak. The directions ka p. p. 1 Struck ( fig. also ), beaten, as to dress &c. to be observed by the different kinds smitten, attacked, injured: 315HT : TU Av. of fatal are given in S. 1). 116. The S. D. further 11. 10. 22; ETIAN CATHED ATITH M.5.3, Amaru. recommends the following 8 places as eligible spots 2; struck against (as sound); Sik. 9. -2 Struck, for lovers to meet :-(1) a field ; (2) a garden; (3) a affected, overcome; $71, 41deg 24', . -3 ruined temple: (1) the house of a femalo messenger; Obstructed. -4 (In math.) Multiplied ; 345-ETV Heat (5) forest; (6) caravansary (a place for pilgrims &c.); harAMzI Lila. (7) a cemetery; and (8) the bank of a river; a arat fa: f. 1 Striking, beating, hurting &c. bhagnadevAlayo dUtIgRhaM vanam / mAlayaM ca zmazAnaM ca nadyAdInAM taTI tthaa|| -2 (In Math.) Multiplication. tefta. Going to meet, visiting; attacking, S T A: 1 Striking, (fig. also ); beating, smiting, rushing out, going forth; garatu: U. 5. -uft 1 = attack, injury, hurt; 7201 Hrana 399 K1. 7. 19; fata soc above. -2 N. of a species of the fage talaga Ms. 12. 77 attacks of heat and cold; metre in which the Padas contain 12 instead of 11 so to, 11* &c. -2 (In Vaisesika Phil. ) Striking syllables, and which is, therefore, said to approach against (such as gives rise to sounds &c.), regarded ( a) another metre called stat. as a kind of .-3 Striking back, driving or abhisRj 6 P. 1 To pour out or forth; ete vAmabhyamRkSata warding off. -4 Extirpation, complete destruction At: 4999119: Rv. 1. 135. 6.-2 To make, prepare; or removal; duHkhatrayAbhighAtAjijJAsA tadabhighAtake hetau Sin. da fr Mv. 5. -3 To unloose, untie. -4 To Kl. -5 Abrupt or vehement articulation of words give, grant; 3114494 7294 Ram. 5 To fall upon, (as of Vedic texts); sudden shock. - 1 The attack. combination of the 4th letter of any class with the s et: Creation. first or third letter of that elass; of the second with the first; and of the third with the second letter of TRASAH 1 A gift, donation. -2 Killing. any class%3 AbhaghAtaM syAtpUrva vedadityAdivaNozcet / navavargANAM T F T 1 Practising, observing. -2 Cultivating. ant grua ITT: Sa bdak.-2 A harsh pronunciation -3 Fondness of, indulgence in. caused by the neglect of Sandhi rules. : Ved. 1 An attack, assault. -2 An S a ha. Striking; keeping or beating back, assailant, enemy. F ade. By attacking. repelling, extirpating. -* An enemy. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #208
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra abhighAtin abhighAtin Striking, hurting. ssilant. afe: [-] 1 Invocation, calling. -2 Sacrificing fully or completely. safagfa: abhihasya a. Ved. Ridiculous. Calling, invocation; worshipping www.kobatirth.org arrer Jost, joke, mirth. abhihita ti Sounder abhi. M. An enemy; 3 P. To make an oblation, sacrifice. fg: An oblation, a sacrifice. f: Offering an oblation of clarified butter. 1. P. 1 To carry or bear off, snatch away, remove, take away. -2 To tear off, pull down. -3 To bring; bring near. Cans. 1 To cause to take away. -2 To bring on the table, serve up in dishes &c. (as food). -3 To lay or put on (as a coat). -4 To attack. afe Carrying off, removing. abhiharaNam 1 Bringing near, fetching vyAdideza gaNazo'tha pArzvagAn kArmukAbhiharaNAya maithilaH R. 11. 43. -2 Robbing. abhihartR m. 1 One who takes away, bears off, or takes by violence. -2 A ravisher, robber. afret: 1 Carrying away, robling, stealing. -2 An attack, assault. -3 Arming oneself, taking up arms. 4 Mingling together, mixture. 5 An effort. -6 A drunkard; drinker of smoking drinks. -7 Bringing near; tasyAbhihAraM kuryAcca Mb. 12. 60.37. ef abhihAro'bhiyoge ca caurye saMnahane'pi N. abhihat sifuga. Ved. letuding, using crookedness, neting injuriously. /. Fall; defeat, loss. 190 sifirefa a. Offensive, injurious; acting crookedly; -fa: . 1 Causing to fall. -2 Defeat: loss; -3 Offence, injury; fenfahrt R. 1. 10, 8: Av. 6, 5, 3. Er, a. Falling off, crooked. -T: Crookedness, sin: qff Av. 6. 76. 3. anf[-] 2 P. 1 To approach, come or draw near, go up to (with acc.) fuis Bk. 7.84. Ki. 2. 5. 2 To go along or after, follow, serve. -3 (a) To go into, enter; Bk. 5. 67; mfa Ms. S. 75. (b) To go over to, reach, arrive at; Me. 36 v. 1. (e) To fall to one's share, come to; asfafafty afa ley Bk. 7. 99. -4 To get, meet with, fall into, suffer, undergo (said of good or bad things); kAryaM saMsiddhimabhyeti Pt. 1. fifa: Ved. Approach, attack. abhItvan . ( - rI ( ), abhItvara 4. Approaching, attacking, assailing. abhIraH 3: 1 Going over, approach, arrival. -2 Entering. -3 Setting (of the sun). a. enft Without fear; vyAghrAnabhIrabhimukhotpatitAn R. 9.63; 15. 8. abhIka a. [For ety. see 3] 1 Longing after, desirous, anxious. -2 Lustful, libidinous, voluptuous; Afan: az S. 5. 64. -3 Fearless. -4 Gone to (f). -5 Dreadful. 1 A lover, husband. -2 A poet. -3 A master. cf.... atha krUre na kaamuke| bhayahIne kava puMsyAdabhIkaH procyate tataH // Nm. - Ved. 1 Proximity, nearness. -2 Collision; combat, encounter, opposition; Rv. 9. 92. 5. (The form frequently occurs in the Vedas in the sense of (a) near; (b) at the same time or place, at the right time, just in time; (e) in a moment, instantaneously, or (used like a proposition with abl.), (d) from, out of; (e) on account of, with regard to; (f) from. A Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir abhIkSNa. [ abhigataH kSaNaM pRSo; abhIkSNaM abhikSaNaM bhavati affage fea afa Nir.] Repeated, frequent. -2 Constant, perpetual. -3 Excessive. - ind. 1 Frequently, repeatedly: a ser f 1.2. 186. 2 Constantly, -3 Very much, exceedingly. - Quickly. 3 abhIkSNazaH in Ihepeaterlly vRjinaM nArhati pUrva : Bhag. 1. 7. 46. abhIghAta = abhighAta q. v. fea. [ fr. To be sacrificed to; one to whom a sacrifice is offered. -jya: A God; nAnAbhicAbhIjya gaNopapannaH Bhag. 2. 1. 37. anfra, -fa a. Not afraid, fearless. -fa: f. 1 Fearlessness. -2 Approach, attack, assault; fara eff af Rv. 2. 33. 3. -3 Nearness. abhIddha [ indha-ta ] Inflamed, shinings RtaM ca satyaM P Mahanar. Up. 5.5. abhIpat m. [ abhi-pana kipU dIrghaH ] One who goes or resorts to Say.), a pond or any spot in which water collects; a favour. anfire. Desired, wished: wafahami q@h yaH surAsuraiH / tam A wish, desire. abhIpsina, abhIpsa erfifa, sniega. Wishing for, desirous of obtaining: Mb. 3. abhIma Not causing fear, not terrific. #: N. of Visnu. abhImAna = abhimAna aft: Joy, delight. - Ved. great joy, or a excessively delighted. q. v. abhIraH [ abhimukhIkRtya Irayati gAH, Ir ac] 1 A cowherd -2 N. of a pastoral people; more usually written For Private and Personal Use Only a.

Page #209
abhIraNI 191 abhUyaHsaMnivRttiH AbhIra q.v. -rI The language of the abhIra people. abhISayA adi. Fearlessly. -ram N. of a metre, see AbhIra. -Comp. -pallI a hamlet abhISAha.. Overpowering; guaranteeing safety from of cowherds. ementics (parebhyo'bhayadAtA; abhISahamANaH sapatnAna , abhibhavati abhIraNI A kind of serpent. zatrUn Nir.). -/. () Great power. noftraft N. of a poisonous insect. abhukt|. 1 Uneaten, umenioyed, unuserl; abhuktAyAM abhIru (ruH,-rU./.)1 Fearless.-2 Unterrifie, harm yasyAM kSaNamapi na yAtaM nRpazataiH Bh. 3.2.5. -2 (Actively used) less. -ru:1N. of Siva or Bhairava. -2 Name of a One who has not eaten, enjoyed, used fe ; cf. Y. prince in the h. -ru:/. -abhIrupatrI N. of a plant -Comp. -mUlam the intorval between the closing part (Mar. zatAvarI) Asparagus Recemosus. -ru. A place of Jyestha and the beginging of Mtila. of battle. TYT <<. Ved. 1 One who has not experienced or enjoyed na ma AzRNoH kimabhugvadAsi Ev. 10.05.11. -2 one abhIruNa 1. Fearless, innocent. -Nam ind. Before or in front. who does not keep a promise. abhIlam 1 A difficulty, distress. -2 A dreadful abhuJjat .. Not eating. -2 Not allowing to enioy, stingy; adha svapnasya nivide'bhuJjatazca revataH Rv. 1. 120. 12. scene. -3 Not protecting. abhIlu -luka - abhIru 1. v. STY a. 1 Not bent or crooked, straight, -2 Well, abhIlApaH [lap ghaJ-dIrghaH ] Discourse. free from disease. abhIlApalae . ( Frequentative, irr. Intensive) Excessively whimpering. AlApAzca pralApAzcAbhIlApalapazca ye 5 abhujiSyA Not a slave or servant, an independent Av. 11.8.25 woman; eSa sa jana etAmicchatyabhujiyAM kartum M.. abhIvargaH Circuits, compass; ahaM rASTrasyAbhIvarge nijo abhUH 'Unborn', N. of Visnu. bhUyAsamuttamaH Av. 3.5. 2. abhUta . Non-existent, what is not or has not abhIvartaH [vRt-karaNe ghaJ] 1 N. ofa Saman, Brahma been: not true, or real, false; stuvanti zrAntAsyAH Saman-2 N. of a hymn ( Rv. 10. 174) recited in kSitipatimabhUtairapi guNaiH M.3. 16, Ki. It 10; Ram. attacking the enemy. -3 A year. - A sort of 5. 14. 34. -Comp. -TIETOTH 'utterance of an oblation. (B. and R. take this word to mean 'existing unreality', a covert expression, a speech founded on everywhere', 'attacking successfully', 'successful attack fraud, one of the members of garbhas. D. 365. or victory'.) -asia: the becoming or being changed into, or making, that which it is not before; kRbhvastiyoge saMpadhekartari cviH abhIvRt a. Existing everywhere. P. V. 1.50%3 abhUtatadbhAve iti vaktavyam ; akRSNaH kRSNaH saMpadyate abhIvRta a. Covered, surrounded. taM karoti kRSNIkaroti Sk.; ef. payodharIbhUtacatuHsamudrAm R. 2.3. abhIzApa: A curse ; see abhizApa. -pUrva . unprecedented, unsurpassed; abhUt vA rAjA abhIzuH-SuH [abhi-az - un , pRSo ata itvam ] 1 A rein, cintAmaNi ma Vus. 1, kuto'dyasamarodadherayamabhUtapUrvaH puraH Ve. bridle; yairguptAnyakutobhayAni bhuvanAnyAsanmahAbhIzavaH Mv. 5. 285 3.2. Si. 8.3. -prAdubhovaH becoming manifest of what tena hi mucyantAmabhIzavaH S.1. -2 A ray of light; praphullatA- has not been before. -zatru u. having no oneiny.. picchanibhairabhISubhiH Si. 1.22%3; mata resplendent, splendid. abhUtiH /. 1 Non-existence, non-entity. -2 Want of cf. abhIzuH pragraharAzmanoH / Nm. 'abhIzuH pragrahe razmau' iti power. -3 Poverty. - Destruction; kAlo'yaM dAruNaH prApto zAzvataH / -3 An arm ( abhyaznute karmANi Nir.). -4 A finger. bharatAnAmabhUtaye Mb.3.29. 50. SHIT 6 P. To wish or desire for, seek for, strive abhUmiH . 1 Non-earth, anything but earth, to get. -2 An unfit place or object, no proper object for, abhISTa . p. 1 Wished, desired. -2 Dear, favourites ! beyond the reach or scope of; abhUmiriyaM mAlavikAyAH darling; anabhISTadampatyoH Pt. 1. 174; oft. with gen. of M. 3; abhUmiriyamavinayasya 5.7; sa khalu manorathAnAmapyabhUmirviperson; H.1.12.-8 Optional. -Ta: Adarling, -TA1 sajanAvasarasatkAra:id. far exceeded or transcended my A mistress, beloved womsn. -2 Betel. -Tam 1 An (highest.) expectations; Si. 1. 42; Santi. 1. 22. K. object of desire. -2 A desirable object (abhimata); 45, 196, 201. -Comp. -ja 1 produced in a bad or anyasmai hRdayaM dehi nAnabhISTe ghaTAmahe Bk. 20.24. -Comp. improper place. -2 not produced in earth. -devatA favourite deity. -lAbhaH, -siddhiH . gaining a abhayAsaMnivRttiH ). No return any more i... desired object. absolution; tvamyAvezitacittAnAM tvatsamarpitakarmaNAm / gatistvaM vItaabhISaGga = AbhiSana 4.v. rAgANAmabhUyaHsaMnivRttaye / / R. 10.27. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #210
abhUri 192 abhyantaraM nu a few, some; several; so, 3447, 34199. sya, r <<. Not hired or paid; # 12 - Y a rare Mb. 5. 165. 8. 29 Syd yra: Ms. 8. 231. -2 Not supported. STUOT a. Not much, little, few. T a. 1 Undivided. -2 Identical, same, alike; Athagafea Bh. 3. v. 1. - 1 Absence of difference or distinction, identity, sameness; -2 unity, Oneness; HTHYHI 2:1 SB. on MS. 10. 6. 3. 789 39412197291: K. P. 10, Si. 13. 25. -3 Close union; esat at H H Ki. 9. 13. ca 7 grua a 99TH H. 3. 72; 3171 fameTH Bh. 1. 24. SITE, a. Not to be divided, broken or pierved through, impenetrable. -2 Indivisible - A diamond. HTT, fra a. Not using or enjoying, abstemious. STTT: Non-enjoyment. I a. Ved. Not sacrificing; not giving food to the gods. TITAH Not eating, fasting, abstinence; CATCHTH Ms. 11. 166. 203. 215. s taa. Not eating, fasting. HIFU . Not to be eaten, prohibited as food, impure, unholy; 378 a. one whose food is prohibited from being eaten by others; 52 at: 543T: qf&faar: Ms. 1. 221. uitfah. ( f.) Not material, not elemental, not produced by the gross elements; mental. HA = 314 q. v. 3739 a. [ 311 3 ] 1 Near, proximate; 37725 92 Afat fest: Mb. 6.2. 18.-2 Fresh, new; -74 proximity ; vicinity. It is used adverbially a also in idaM zoNitamabhyagraM saMprahAre'cyutat tayoH Bk. 4. 28. 37745 a. Recently marked. 377455T 7 P. 1 To smear, anoint as with oily substances. - 2 To decorate, adorn (Ved). -3 To defile. 37727 . 1 Smeared, anointed with oil, perfumes &c.); 317 9 *111: S. 5. 11. Y. 1. 68; Ms. 4. H.-2 Decorated: 3423 a Av. 10. 1. 25. 37325: 1 Smearing the body with wictuous or oily substances, smearing with oil: 37+45 92.24609717 Ku. 7.7: *9-42729 er: 999 Pt. 5; Ms. 2. 178. -2 Smearing in general, inunction. -3 An unguent salve, liniment. -4 cream of milk; (Nigh.). 3T55GH Smearing the body with oily substances, inunction; bhojanAbhyaJjanAddAnAdyadanyatkurute tilai: Ms. 10.91. -2 Smearing or anointing in general. -3 Applying collyrium to the eyelashes; Ms. 2. 211. (here the 1&2 ineaning can be applicable). -4 An oily substance; oil unguent. -5 An ornament, decoration (Vod.). -6 Cream of milk; Nigh. ). 3izara y. Dead, passed away; y paradrag Ms. 4. 252. 377 . a. 1 More than, exceeding, beyond: #9:HG12391 H U. 4. I remaining after &c. Pt. -2 Surpassing, more than in quality or quantity, higher, greater; 1 721st 18 yRam.; FARTSFY4fy: Fsa: By. 11. 43; M. 3. 3. Ms. 7. 177; Y. 2. 295; sometimes with a bl. or instr. ; UT T+2: F# aatsuza : Ms. 8. 320, 322; Y. 2. 27. 94: 21714 aa aa a a aa Nala. 21. 13. -3 More than ordinary, extraordinary, pre-eminent; Toroqr199 at Bhag 1. 19. 6.452112219: 1979 S. 6.3. - ado. Very much, exceedingly. 3 yeah Adr. Towards the way, on the way. - Near the way; **gay Av. 4. 28.2. 373951 9 U. 1 To permit, assent or agree to, approve; as I Hart K. 209; M.3; -2 To permit one to go, grant leave to, dismiss. -Caus. To ask for leave, to depart, take leave. 372275, - 74 1 Consent, approval, permission. Bar 951 YETT 1991 Ku. 5.7, R. 2.6. -2 Order, command. -3 Granting leave of absence, dismissing. -4 Admission of an argument. sugara a. 1 Assented, approved; Ecartucalat a fare Ms. 2. 1. -2 Favoured by ; Ram 3. 77 a. Said agreeably to what was said before. 3*rat a. [ 2 ] Interior, internal, inner Copp. aes); R. 17. 45; K. 66; *=PS15+4-07T10 Y. 3. 292.-2 Being included in, one of a group or body; r at: M. 5; * * ma Ms. 3. 154; R. 8. 95 -3 Initiated in, skilled or proficient in, familiar or conversant with ; with loc., or sometimes gen., or in comp.; Hiasat a: M. 5. 3471 1 7: : M. 2: 31731197 Hai A1 S. 3: # rai: : Ram., see 37747akts below. -4 Nearest, intimate, closely or intimately related : 2 9 pagi 49 lt. 1. 289. Tuy The inside or interior, inner or interior part of any thing), space within: 21-a f79: (19 ) Pt. 2. 38: K. 15, 17, 18; 77: A M. 5. inmost soul; Harpatia91991 R. 3.9; By. 5. 27, V.2, Mk. 1, 4914a jaai farefa 5.7.8.-2 Included space, interval (of time or place): 74 .7 Pt. -3 The mind. TH, -a: adv. In the interior, inside, inward. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #211
abhyantaraka: 193 abhyavaskandaH -Comp. -AyAma: 1 curvature of the spine by spasm. abhyarNatA Proximity: (aMzubhiH) prataptamabhyarNatayA vivasvataH -2 emprosthomos. -ArAma. internally delighted; sec Si. 12.66. antarArAma. -karaNa .. having tho organs (concealed) abhyartha 10 A. 1 To request, beg, solicity ask, entreat inside, internally possessed of the powers of perception vers or percepuon (with two ace.); imaM sAragaM priyApravRttinimittaM abhyarthaye V.43; &e3 degNayA mayA pratyakSIkRtavRttAnto mahArAja: V. + (-nam) the mAM anabhyarthanIyamabhyarthayate Mal.73 avakAzaM kilodavAn rAmAinternal oranie.antaHkaraNa, -kalA the secret art, the yAbhyarthito dadau R.1.58. -2 To long for, desire, woo, art of coquetry or flirtation; Dk. 2. 2. court ; yadi sA tApasakanyakA anabhyarthanIyA S. 2. abhyantaraka: An intimsute friend. abhyarthanam,-nA A request, an entrenty, petition, abhyantarIka 8 U. 1 To initiate, familiarixe with; suit; "nAbhanabhayena Ku. 1.52. prAgalbhyA daktamichAnti mantreSvabhyantarIkRtAH Rim. -2 To admit or / abhyarthanIya.-rya not. . To be asked, requested or introduce to; sarvavizrambheSu abhyantarIkaraNIyA K. 101; Dk. or desired, kAryeSu caikakAryatvAdabhyo'smi na vajriNA . 10.40. 15), 162; muSTimadhamuSTiM vAbhyantarIkRtya Dk. 156 throwing | down into the bolly); -3 To make a near friend of abhyarthita a. Asked, insisted ; kAmamabhyarthito'znIyAt Ms. (a persom) bAhyAzcAbhyantarIkRtAH Pt. 1.259. 2. 189. -tam A request; ubhayAbhyarthitenaitanmayA Y.2.88. abhyantarIkaraNam Initiating, introducting ke.; sajIva abhyarthin a. One who begs, asks &c. nirjIvAsu ca yatakalAsvabhyantarIkaraNam Dk. 39. abhyardanam Torturing, distressing. 3*74 1. P. Ved. 1 To iniure, pain, attack; 37192 377778 . Ved. 1 Being on this side. -2 Near. abhyamanta kRSTIH Rv. 1. 180.8. -2 To overcome. -3 To be | -3 Increasing. -dhem Nearness. -Comp. -yajvan m. angry with. granting gifts, increasing the sacrificer's prosperity; siSakti pUSA abhyardhayajvA Rv. 6.50.5. abhyamanam 1.Attisck, assault, injury. -2 Disease; degvat diseased. abhyaI 1, 10 P. To salute. honour, worship, pay one's respects or compliments; parazurAmo mAlyavantamabhyarhayati abhyamita, abhyAnta p. 1. 1 Diseased, sick. -2 Injured. Mv.2. abhyamin . [ am-Nini P. III. 2. 157 ] 1 Attacking, abhyarhaNA 1 Worship. -2 Respect, honour, reverence. inclined to attack. -2 Disonsed, sick. ___ abhyarhaNIya pot.p. Respectable, venerable; degtA -zArajI __abhyamitram An attack on an enemy. wlr. Towards mandapAlena jagAmAbhyarhaNIyatAm Ms. 9. 23 a position of honour; or against the enemy; to face the enemy; samujjhitA kriyate'bhyarhaNIyAya sujanAya yathAJjaliH Sukra. 1. 164. yoddhubhirabhyamitram Ki. 16. 1.; Mv.6; Ve.5. 38. abhyarhita a. 1 Honoured, revered, greatly respectabhyamitrINaH, --yaH, -mitryaH [ abhyamitra -kha, cha, or yat ; able; abhyahitaM ca Varttika on P. II.2.31. Kari. 20.). amitrAnAbhamukhaM muSTu gacchatItyarthaH abhyamitrAccha ca P. V. 2. 17.] -2 Fit, becoming, suitable; abhyAhitA bandhupu tulyarUpA vRttiA warrior who valiantly encounters his enemy; ! restaura F TH Ki. 3. 11. udyogamabhyamitrINo yatheSTaM tvaM ca saMtanu Bk.5.47%3 mArIco'nunayaMtrAsAdabhyamiyo bhavAmi ne 16; Dk. 171. abhyalaMkAraH Decoration; Mb. abhyaya See under abhI. abhyalaMkRta a. Decorated ; Ram. 3. abhyarca 1, 10 P. 1 To homour, worship; athAbhyarcya abhyavakarSaNam Extraction, drawing out. vidhAtAraM prayanau putrakAmyayA R. 1. 35. -2 To praise, celebrate abhyavakAza: An open space. in song. abhyavadAnya Ved. Not liberal. abhyarcana, -rcA Worship, adoration, rerorence ; devatA abhyavapad To protect; tatastAmabhyavapattakAmo yaugandharAyaNaH bhyarcanam Ms. ). 176. Svapna. abhyarNa / [abhi-ardu-kta, abhedhAvidUrye P. VII. 2.25. Sk.] abhyavaman To despise, reject ; na ca havyaM vahatyagniryastAmaNear, proximate, adioining, being close or near bhyavamanyate Ms. 4.249. (of space); approaching, drawing near (of time); abhyarNamAgaskRtamaspRzaddhiH R. 2.32 ; Azrama bhUmiH U. +; Mu.63; abhyavahita Laid, allayed, put down (eg. dust.); patitairabhyavahitaM praNanAza mahIrajaH Ram.2.10.33. K.6), 127, 208, 283; karNAbhyarNa Mal... 13; Ratn. 3. 103 Bk. 3.28. -rNam Proximity, vicinity; andhakAriNI vanAbhyaNe abhyavaskanda 1P. To jump up or upon, attack. kimubhrAmyati Git.7; abhyaNe parirabhya nirbharabharaH premAndhayA raadhyaa| Git.1. Si. B.2ii. yApa bhrAjate'bhyarNa Siva. B. 10.11. abhyavaskandaH , -ndanam 1 Vigorously encountering in enemy, impetuous attack, marehing against an enemy. saM.I. ko...25 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #212
amyavaha 194 abhyasUyati -2 Striking so as to disable an enemy. -8 A blow in yeneral. - 4 Overtaking, reaching up to. - A fall. 2 0 % 1 P. 1 To throw, fling, cast. -2 To collect, draw in, procure, obtain. -3 To use as food or drink, cat; ati fa : accurata P. III. 4. 5. Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to throw down in water). --2 To cause to take or eat (as food ), feed (une with something); zaknoSi kimanena zAliprasthena saMpannamannamasmAnabhyavahArayitum Dk. 131, 72, 132; to take or eat (oneself). -3 To lay or put on (snares &c.). -4 To attack; get one to oppose another. 3*TacT 1 Throwing away or down. -2 Eating, taking food; throwing down the throat (giqu1a2774 Mita.) 3 TT a. Fit to eat; T&i=2%2CETTO Ram. 1. 50. 35. 3779EUR: Eating, taking food, eating, drinking &c. Sukra.3.30.-2 Food; aasta farit Kasi.; Garcraft M. 4; V.2; Ratn. 2. --AUST: A dining hall. TORT pot. p. Fit to eat, eatable; Fifa 1749.afro ag aai HEIHAH Mb. 3. 160.3. - Food ; 17entre 31+2784a fagu: V. 3. 340 [deg] 2 P. 1 To go down, descend , 31794Hafa Ait. Br. -2 To perceive, understand. 3yarah Going down, descending. 3774-1 5 A. (P. also in Ved.) 1 To pervade, reach to, get, gain; to make oneself master of 377774# Pervading, reaching to, gaining. 3*313T a. Near, proximate. -T: 1 Reaching to, pervading.-2 Proximate neighbourhood, vicinity (also written as abhyAsa q.v.); vAyasAbhyAze samupaviSTaH Pt.23 Agamat * fafdali Mb., Dk. 62. -- Result, consequence. - Prospect, hope of gaining; hence oft. used in the sense of 'quickly'. 3 4 P. 1 To practise, exercise; Yu YAX: 9779116**** Mal. 9. 32; 34*34 44 R. 13. 67; Ms. 11. 106. -2 To repeat, perform repeatedly; T2740 S. 2. 6; 32pfea ara Ku. 2.50; K. 183. -3 To learn, study, acquire or learn by practice, recito, read; a H E T Ms. 2. 166; 4. 147, 149; Y. 3. 201; K. 79. -4 To throw down u pon, heap one upon another, accumulate, lay on (Ved.). -5 To throw or fling at, shoot or aim at (as arrows). H 1 Repetition, repeated practice or exercise; TATT Bh. 3. 41; 14 By. 17. 15. -2 Constant study, close application to anything); (a) farza acra R. 1. 88; 37 4 faga agat na Ram. T eata, 37 et << pot. p. To be repeated, studied; fit to be studied. 37*TI p. p. 1 Repeated, frequently practised, exercised; 77 U THIH Amaru. 97; used or accustomed to; 379*4taty34: U. 5; not accustomed to the use of the chariot ; qui arut Mal. 3. 11. -2 Learnt, studied; aspram R. 1.8; Bh. 3. 89. -3 (In Math.) Multiplied; a casa fagauza Nir. -4 (In gram. ) Reduplicated. FH Reduplicated base of a root. 3TZE: 1 Repetition in coneral: a negat sfa YIRITTISEftfa glaufa S. B.; T. 4. 28 F73TAHT Pt. 1. 151; Ms. 12. 74; Y. 3. 322. ch. also Fr a scate: MS. 10. 3. 26 -2 Repeated practice or exercise, contiuned practice or use; afectETAT K. 30, Pt. 1. 133; 3 4 Uz Ted By. 6. 35, 4 by constant practice (to remain pure and unmodified); 12. 12; 1 Y. 3. 51 practice of concentration; hence sometimes used for concentration of mind upon one subject'; 'ATE RA R. 10. 23; 0 ,375deg &c. -3 Ha bit, custom, practice; fc 199911 i P. I. 3.71; 79 TY 34 U. i therefore address me as is your wont ; 31476 Ku.5. 65; Y.3. 68. -4 Discipline in arms, exercise, military discipline. -5 Reciting, study, repeated reading or learning by heart; "FESTETTE : K. P. 1; K. 146, 200; Ms. o. 4; Rois of 5 kinds:- Tu Ta fans#39 79: 1 era a free area Ta || Daksa. -6 vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood (for 3*31); fentara ( quarga Ku. 6. 2: (3 wat must mean hero speaking to Madhu who was near her' scil. by having manifested himself before her, which fully preserves the simile of Parvati, herself silent, speaking to her lover who was nour her through her friend); fai aath star gaat a: U. 7. 17 given in your charge; Si. 3. 40; FTA-ET-ara: P. II. 1. 38 Sk. (ragarded as an Aluk Compound). -7 In gram.) Reduplication. -8 The first syllable of a reduplicated base, reduplicative sylla ble; yats 18: P. VI. 1. 4; 3472 fafea ai gatsela: 917 Sk. -9 (In Math.) Multiplication. -10 (In poetry) Repetition of the last verses or lines as of a chorus ); chorus, burden of a song. -Comp. - a. approached, gone near, - rata a. wandering about or near. -TIT: abstraction of mind resulting from continuous deep meditation; abhyAsayogena tato mAmicchAptuM dhanaJjaya Bx. 12.9. -Uy: dropping of the reduplicativo syllable. -stat: interval caused by the reduplicative syllable; asia though separated by this sylla ble. 3 . Practising, exercising. 377 Den. P. 1 To be angry with, bear malice against, envy, be jealous of with acc.); 75 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #213
abhyasUya mAM vo'bhyasyati Bg. 18.67 prahasanti smaH tAM kecidabhyasUyanti Mb. -2 Not to like, detract from, calumniate; ye tvetadabhyasUyanto nAnutiSThanti me matam Bg. 3. 32. Angry, jealous. abhyasUyaka. (-yikA) Jealous, onvious; a detractor ; calumnsistor; mAmAtyaparadeheSu pradviSanto'bhyasUyakA Bg. 16. 18. Envy, jealousy, disfavour, anger; - bhyasUyAvinivRttaye yaH R. 6. 74; rUpeSu vezeSu ca sAbhyasUyAH 7.2, 9.64; Me. 41, Ku. 3. 4. abhyastam ind. 1 [ astamabhi ] Towards sunset; gam -3, to go down or set (as the sun) during or with reference to some act. -2 Repeated, again and again; af 97 Mb. 12. 278. 16. abhyastamayaH Setting of the sun during or with reference to some act. abhyastamita a. One on whom the sun has set while asleep. abhyAkarSaH Striking the breast with the flat of the hand as a sign of defiance (as by wrestlers &c). Mb. 1. 4. fra 1 A false charge, groundless complaint. 2 A desire. ade. By drawing to oneself. abhyAkAza ind. Coverless ( nirAvaraNa) ahaHsu satataM tiSThedabhyAkAzaM nizAM svapan Mb. 12. 35. 38. ind. By or in stepping near or mutually, in stepping rapidly. a. Falsely accused, traduced. A false charge; calumny, detraction. 1 P. 1 To go near to, draw near, approach; visit; see below; to come, arrive (as time). -2 To come to, fall into, go to any state; fell to thinking. : P. P. 1 Come near, approached, arrived; bho bhavAnabhyAgato'tithiH Pt. 4; kramAdabhyAgataM dravyam Y. 2. 119; tasminnabhyAgate kAle Ram. -2 Come as a guest; sarvatrAbhyAgato guruH H. 1. 103; zrotriyAya abhyAgatAya e. 4; Si. 4.68. - A guest, visitor; fa: Pt. 2; K. 280; Si. 3. 81. O : 1 Coming or going near, arrival; a visit; tapodhanAbhyAgamasaMbhavA mudaH Si. 1. 23; kiM vA madabhyAgamakAraNaM te R. 16. 8; Mv. 2. 22 (v. 1.) K. 308. -2 Vicinity, neighbourhood. -8 Arriving at or enjoying a result. 4 Rising, getting up. -5 Striking, killing. -6 Encountering, attacking. 7 War, battle. -8 Enmity, hostility. 195 abhyAyam abhyAgamanam Approach, arrival, visit: hetuM tadabhyAgamane parIpsuH Ki. 3. 4. abhyAgArikaH (abhyAgAre tAsaMbandhakarmaNi vyAkRtaH un] One who is diligent in supporting a family. -2 An attack, assault, striking. Persuading to steal; abhyAghAteSu madhyasthAn ziSyAccaurAniva drutam Ms. 9.272. abhyAghAtin Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir a. Attacking. 1 To look at. -2 To speak. abhyAcar 1 P. 1 To approach. bizo adevIrabhyAcarantI Rv. 8. 96. 15. -2 To use, practise, perform. Ved. Approaching (as an enemy); disturbing, attacking. : Ved. [-] 1 Recognition. -2 Order, command. 8 U. To take aim at, shoot or hurl (missiles) against. Spreading over, stretching, expansion. abhyAtma . Directed towards oneself. -tmam ade. Towards oneself. 3 A. 1 To take, seize, snatch. : i Mb. 1. 88. 8. -2 To put on, wear (garland &c. ). -3 To take up (the conversation), to commence speaking (after another). P. p. 1 Obtained, got. -2 Occupied or pervaded; epithet of the Supreme Being. 1 Beginning, commencement, first beginning; P. VIII. 2. 87 (" Arambhe Sk. ) . 3 U. To lay on, add (fuel &c.) to apply, throw under; abhyAdabhyuzca kASTAni tatra dahyeta pApakRt Ms. 8. 372; yathAbhirabhyAhitaM dahati Sat. Br. sara Laying on, adding (as fuel). abhyAdita . 2. 1 Inid down, put on; yathAbhyA p. p. Laid fargery fatherfa Bri. Up. 2. 4. 10. 41: a sort of gift or present; P. VI. 3. 10 Sk. -2 Increased, full blows: yathA saumya mahato'bhvahitasyaiko'GgAraH khayanamAtraH pariziSTaH F Chan. Up. 6. 7. 3. abhyAnta See under abhyam. For Private and Personal Use Only : A calamity, misfortune, evil. , War, battle, conflict, attack. 1 P. 1 To stretch, extend, lengthen (sound), draw or pull (as a rudder). -2 To give. -3 To aim at. -4 To restrain. 8 To approach, visit ( = abhyAgam ).

Page #214
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra abhyAyaM senya abhyAyaM senya a. Ved. drawn near (said of 3 www.kobatirth.org (mostly Ved.). One who allows himself to be Rv. 1. 34. 1.) ade. Near, at hand; by going near. P. 1 To ascend, go up to, reach, get to 1 Ascended, gone up to. -2 Sur passed, excelled. abhyArohA, rohaNam 1 Ascending, mounting, going up to. -2 Ascending in prayer or devotion, muttering holy prayers; athAtaH pavamAnAnAmevAbhyAroha: Bri Up. 1.3. 28. -3 Transition from one place or state to another. -4 Progress. g: N. of a religious ceremony. A. 1 To come up to, approach. -2 To come again, be repeated. Cans. 1 To come down, approach. -2 To repeat (as fa). : 1 Repetition. -2 A hymn the verses of which are repented in singing (anag). A adr. By repeating, repeatedly. abhyAvartin Recurring; AtmIyAste ye parAJcaH purastAdabhyAvartI saMmukho yaH paro'sau Si. 18. 18. a. .. Come near to, repeated. The residue of sacrificial offerings (homazeSadravyam) . aff. Repetition, recurrence (so many times): see l'. V. 4. 17, and Sk. thereon; see 321vRtti also. abhyAza sa see under abhyaz-s. P. 1 To get, obtain, attain; Fa puruSakAraM zailamabhyAsasAda Ki. 5.52. -2 To sit oneself in (acc.). Caus. To attack, assail. abhyAsAdanam Attacking or facing an enemy. 32 P. To strike, smite, wound, injure, kill, destroy ; vRkSasya yo mUle'bhyAhanyAt Ch. Up. p. p. 1 Struck, beaten. -2 Affected, smitten; abhyAhataM kIrtiviparyayeNa (hRdayam ) 1. 14.33; mRtyunA : &c. 3 Impeded, obstructed; : Bk. 1. 17.4 Faulty, erroneous; 3rgafan: FarzabhyAhatavAgbhavet Mb. 12. 245.16. 1 Striking, hurting, killing. -2 Impeding, obstructing. 1 P. 1 To bring towards, bring near; to give or hand over ; gRhItvA phalamUlaM ca rAmasyAbhyAharan bahu Ram. to carry off ; pazurabhyAhRto rAjan pranaSTastava durnayAt Ram. 1. 61. 7. 2 To rob, plunder. E 1 Bringing near or towards, conveying -2 Robbing. 196 abhyAhArtha Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 37gfa pot. p. To be eaten. a. Said with reference to some object. 1.6 U. To sprinkle over. abhyukSaNam 1 Sprinkling over, wetting; paramparAbhyukSaNa(A) R. 16.57.-2 Consceration by sprinkling; (prokSaNa, abhyukSaNa and avokSaNa are thus distinguished; uvahastenaprokSaNe parikIrtitam nyAtirakSA vokSaNaM smRtam // ). arra a. Usual, customary. [-] 1 Increase, augmentation, growth. -2 Prosperity. -3 Addition; a dif fara difa fasa | SB. on MS. 10. 1. 1. arga a. Uplifted, upraised; elevated by, distinguished for : R. 16. 2. p. p. Praised with loud acclamations. abhyutkozanam Lad neelamation mantra hymn of applause. agar 1 P. To rise for another, rise in honour of, rise to greet; nAbhyutiSThanti gurUn K. 108; 53: sAmiyamabhyufagfa at M. 5. 6; Si. 4. 68. 1 Rising (from a seat) to do honour, rising in honour of Pt. 2. 62. -2 Starting, departure, setting out; arrangements for starting; caturdazIkRtyA niryAtAmAvAsyAM vijayAya : Ram. 6. 92. 62. -8 Rise (lit. and fig.), elevation, exaltation, prosperity, dignity, a position of dignity or authority (tasya) navAbhyutthAnadarzinyo nananduH saprajAH prajAH R. 4. 3; yadA yadA hi dharmasya glAnirbhavati bhaart| abhyutthAnaBg. 4. 7 when impiety increases or is in the ascendant. -4 Sunrise. gera. Rising to greet or in honour of. abhyutthita P. p. 1 Risen, arisen, gone up. -2 Blazing, flaming (fire); R. 1. 53. -3 Elevated, exalted. 1 P. To fly up to, jump up to, leap upon. -Cans. To cause to fly up to (acc.). For Private and Personal Use Only Springing or leaping against, sudden spring or leap, assault; fear. 2. 27. abhyudAharaNam An example or illustration of a thing by its reverse. 2 P. [+] 1 To rise (fig. also); go up (as the mun); enaratvabhyuditAnyAdyadA. 4. 101. -2 To rise over (one); grad: ari : Ms. 2. 220, 219.-3 To come into existence, happen, originate. To engage in combat with (one), encounter, ( lokavIrAna ) ko jIvitArthI samare'bhyudiyAt Mb. 5 To prosper, thrive.

Page #215
abhyudaya 197 abhyupe 3* * .. Risiny. -: 1 Rise of heavenly borlies); sunrise. -2 Risc, prosperity, good fortune, clevation, Success; TT 27: + 4: Ratn. l success; Half 777212 HETIH R. 3.H; Ms. 3. 251; Bh. 2. 63; R. 12. 3, V.5.-3 A festival; any religious or festivo celebration, festive occasion ; #: joyous or festive occasion; S. 7; Austraal T 444 Ms. 9. 84. --- Beginning, como encement. -5 Occurrence, happening. -6 Accomplishment of a desired object (which is the cause of festivity ). -7 The tonsure ceremony. -8 A Sraddha performed on account of child-birth (GIA) -Comp. -304 Sraddha for prosperity or clovation. -re: /. N. of a particular expiatory sacrifice. 37 . Rising, going up. grazie a p. 1 Risen : occurred. -2 Elevated, risen to prosperity. -3 Asleep at sunrise, over whom the sun has risen; T H AT: razie 4: Ms. 2. 221. -4 Colobrated as a festival. -al N. of a religious ceremony. -94 Rising, sunrise. 3 74 IP, 1 To go forth to meet. -2 To extend, spread. siya a. Rising, uprisen. yga p. 7. 1 Gone forth to meet. -2 Extended, spread; elevated. 3YEA:, -74, fa: f. 1 Going forth to meet or to do honour (to a guest or to a venerable person). -2 Rising, occurring, originating TETOH Becoming visible (of a star). -O N. of a ceremony. 31 . 1 Taken out, taken up: 39 C : Y. 1. 17. -2 Got without solicitation. -3 Got after a request. syah 1 P. 1 To bring, offer. -2 To lift up. 37Ta p. p. 1 Raised, lifted up; as 311997, eta, ** &c. -2 Propared or ready, exerting oneself for (with inf., dat; loc. or in comp.); 7091 Ti g ai 14 M. 3. 21, 14 TAH Ku. 3. 70; fan R s 494 Bri. S. 12. 7; Me. 59; Ms. 9. 302. -3 Gone forth, risen, appearing forth or approaching; Hyggda R. S. 15. -- Given or brought unsolicited. yaa a. 1 Raised, elevated; 312a great S. 3. 7. 2 Projecting upwards; very high ; 377are: 97341 Ku. 1, 33. syara: f. Great elevation or prosperity. 3* TH I P. 1(a) To vo to or near, approach; 971949 - (HR) fata: Si. 9. 13. (1) To come to the help of: 74477931: 60 cai w Tariy. (.) To have recourse to. ( o ) To arrive at (a point of time): 3 9 7 39: Ram. -2 To obtain, yet. -3 To admit, yrunt, own; 31779 17 a S. we admit all this; Mu. 3.-4 To issent to, gree to, undertake, promise: Dk. 73. -tans. To induce or cause one to assent to or grant; # 97424 Dk. 60, 118. 37gTa p. p. 1 Approached, agreed or assented to; granted; suffered ; 4 427771: YFazi Ratn. 4. 20; promised &c. -2 Inferred, probable. - 3 Similar. TTTTA: 1 Approach, arrival. -2 Granting, admitting, accepting to be true. P. VIII. 3. 74 Sk. ; confession as of ouilt); gaffa waary4714 Ratn. 2. 18. -3 Undertaking, promising; frutto M. 1; a contract, agreement, promise; f2YTHA1117 Ms. 9. 53. -4 Proba ble ascertainment, belief; judgment, a view accepted; +H T: PHIV goz a: Mv. 1. 38. supposition, inference. -5 Analogy, affinity. -Comp. - gira: an admitted proposition or axiom; Nyayadarsana. T a Caus. r. Made to consent, obtained by free consent. -a: A slave for a fixed term. 33 A. 1 To deliver (from distress), protect; to console, comfort, take compassion or pity on, pity, favour; Eu fagare 14+7411 Rain. 6. 63. 27; tan99%HETI AYTICHITHEAT: Ku. 4.25: (+1) 74: 549 of a wiat 72098291H 5.61; U. 2; 3.7: Mal. 1. -2 To ask for help, seek protection, submit; 3-7979947: Mk. 7. --3 To furnish with. *Tafa: f. 1 Approaching to assist, taking pity or compassion on, favouring; a favour, kindness; e. 43f 3+1 tilaan rata S. 3; 3121297 S. ; 414deg Paha Mk. 1. -2 Consolation. -3 Protection, defence; 29917 19 YATH Ms. 8. 112, 319; 10.62; 11deg Dk. 39. -4 An agreement, assent, promise. -5 Impregnation of a woman (especially of a brother's widow as an act of duty); mAtrorabhyupapattizca dharmopaniSadaM prati Mb. 1. 1. 114. 3*27T9Ua. Protected, rescued : asked for protection or help; 3449993 : 97 7H21912171527: Mk 7. 3*979129H Protection &c. abhyupasthita a. Accompanied, assisted ; nivAsamakaroddhI17 au 927: Mb. 3. 280. 40. 3TYYTTE a. Asked to take part in a ceremony. abhyupAzrayaH Shelter, support; ko'yaM kamya kuto vApi kiM + F S-392: Ram. 5. 18. 55. 3*TV 2. P. [89-5 ] 1 To go near, approach, arrive, enter; 2 7 : R. 5.11, 16. 22; THIS For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #216
abhyupAya: 198 abhrita 494994: Ms. 11. 259 entering the water i. e. bathing; -4 Gold. -5 Camphor. 6- A kind of reed; Calamus Y. 3. 3. -2 To go to or enter : particular state, attain Rotang (vetas , vetra). -7 Cyperus Rotundus (mustA). 10; satyaM na tadyacchalamabhyupaiti H.B.D180 brAhmaNatAM, vaizyatA, (Mar. nAgaramothA) -3 (Insurith.) A Horo or eypher. sakhitvam &c. -3 To agreo, (to do something), accept, [cf. L. imber; Gr. ombros, approx; Zond arra, Pers. promise, undertake; mandAyante na khalu suhRdAmabhyupetArthakRtyAH abr]-Comp. -avakAzaH clouds as the only shelter%B Me. +0. asyai dAsyamabhyupetaM mayA Dk. 14,55, 9, 138, 19. fall of rain. -avakAzika, -kAzin a. exposell to the -4 To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, Si. 11.67%3 rain (and so practising penance), not seeking shelter zrutyaiva ca tasyAbhyupetatvAt S. B.: Dk. 45. -5 To approve, from the rain; abhAvakAzA varSAsu hemante jalasaMzrayAH Mb. 12. agree with, assent to. -6To obey, submit to, be faith- 244. 10; grISme paJcatapAstu syAdvasvabhAvakAzika: Ms.6.28. ful to; virodhya mohAtpunarabhyupeyuSAm Ki. 18. 42. -uttha: sky born', the thunderbolt of Indra. -kUTam abhyupAyaH 1 A promise, an engagement, agreement. a peak of a (mountain-like) cloud. -gaGgA the heavenly river; K.50. -ghanaH a mass of clouds; varSAtyayena rucamana-2 A means, an expedient, remedy; asminsurANAM vijayA ghanAdivendoH R. 18.77. -jA . Ved. born from clouds, bhyupAye Ku. 3. 19; yerabhyupAyairenAMsi mAnavo vyapakarSati Ms.11.210. caused by vepours, yo anajA vAtajA yazca zuSmo vanaspatInsacatAM abhyupAyanam A complimentary present; inducement, parvatAMzca Av. 1. 12.3. -nAgaH ome of the elephants bribe. supporting the globe; N. of Airavata. -77; 1 atmosabhyupetya ind. Having approached; having sugreed phere. -2 balloon. -pizAcaH, -cakaH 'sky-demon', or promiserl. -Comp. -azuzrUSA one of the 18 titles of epithet of Rahu. -ge: N. of a cane (Mar. aa) Ilindu law, breach of contract or engagement between Calamus Rotang. See abhra (6). (-pam) 1 water. -2 master and servant (where the servant does not work 'a sky flower', anything impossible, a castle in the air. having agreeil to do so). -pRS (dU)f.sprinkling of clouds, rain.-abhraSo na bAcA pRSA vasu Rv. 10. 77.1. -mAMsI N. of a plant (jaTAmAMsI). abhyuSaH, abhyUpaH, abhyoSaH[abhitaH u-U-Syate agninA dahyate, -mAtaGga: Indra's clephant, Airavata. -mAlA, -vRndam u-U-S bAhu ka] 1 A sort of cake or bread (Mar. poLI a lime, succession, or mass of clouds ; mayUrakekAbhirivAbhravRndam or roTI)(ardhasvinnayavAdeghRtAdinA bharjitayavAdervA ghRtapakkAnnasya 'poLI' R.7.16). 18. 76, 16.25%; muktAjAlagrathitamalakaM kAminIvAvRndam iti khyAtasya nAma). -2 Hall purched food (in general). Me.65. -roham the opis lauli (lAjavarta, AkAzamaNi) abhyu (-bhyU) Sya,-pIya, abhyoSya, abhyoSIya a. Belong: forft 1 sky covered with a few clouds. -2: woman smeared with musta grass. -ata. Ved rained upon, ing to, consisting of, or fit for, the above cake. sprinkled with water. (-:) down-pour of rain. abhyuSita / [vas-kta] Dwelling near or with. -taH -vATikaH, -kA N. of a tree (AtrAtaka; Mar. aMbADA). A servant who is in attendance. -vilAyam ind. just as clouds melt away: bicchinnAbhrabilAyaM abhyUDha . [ vaha-ta ] Brought near. / bA bilIye nagamUrdhani Ki. 11. 79. abhyUha 10. 1 To cover over, clothe. -2 (A.) To abhraliha a. [anaM leDi spRzatiH khaz mumAgamazca vahAtrelihaH watch for; form a plot against. -3 To infer, guess. P. III. 2. 32 ] Cloud-licking', touching or scraping -4 To reasom, argue, think over: Dk.90. -5 To the clouds (rery high); abhraMlihAgrAH prAsAdA: Me.66%3; prAsAdasupply an ellipsis. manaMlihamAruroha R. 14.29. K.270%; Si.5.65. -ha: Wind. abhyUhaH [ Uh-ghaJ] 1 Arguing, reasoning, discussion. abhrakam [svArtha kan ] Tale, mica, stid to be produced -2 Deduction, inference, guess, coniecture ; parAbhyUha- from Parvati's menstrual discharge. -Comp.-bhasman // . sthAnAnyapi tanutarANi sthagayati Mal. 1. 14. -3 Supplying an ealx of tale. -sattva m steel. cllipsis -4 Understanding. abhraMkaSa . [anaM kaSati pIDayati tutvAn : khac mumAgamazca abhyeSaNam [ip-ghaJ] 1 Desiring, wishing. -2 Going sarvakUlAnakarISeSu lihaH P. III. 2. 42] Touching or seraping towards, attack. the clonds, very high; AdAyAnakarSa prAyAnmalayaM phalazAlinam a51 P.[abhrati, Anabhra, anita] To go, wander Bk. K.333; Dk. 110%B Mv.6.7. (v. 1.) -SaH1 Wind, about; vanaSvAnabhra nirbhayaH Bk. 4. 11; 14.110. air ; 39141aly: Sk. -2 A mountain. abhrayantI 1. 1 Forming clouds, bringing rainy __ abhram [abh-ac; but more correctly ap-bhR; apo bibharti weather. -2 Name of one of the seven Krittikas%3D bhR-ka; abhram abbharaNAt Nir. being filled with water ] 1 Yv. Ts. A cloud; agnirvedhUmo jAyate dhUmAdabhramabhrAd vRSTiH Sat. Br.; abhraM vA apAM bhasma dhUmo bhUtvA abhaM bhavati abhraM bhUtvA megho bhavati megho bhUtvA abhrAyate Den. A. To create clouds, make cloudy%3 pravarSati Ch. Up. V. 10. 5. 6. (these quotations show the abhaM karoti abhrAyate Sk. conception of the ancient Risis about the formation of ___ abhrita . [abhrANi asya saMjAtAni; abhra-itaca tArakAdigaNa ] clouds). -2 Atmosphere, sky; parito vipANDu dadhadabhraziraH Overeast with clouds, clouded; dadarza kAle divamanitAmiva Si. 9. 3. See abhraMliha &c. -3 Tale, mica. (Mar. abhraka) | R. 3. 12. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #217
abhriya 199 amadanaH ............................................... 19 a. [31 : 97;] Belonging to or produced 5 Attended by diseases. -6 Possessed of self. -ind. from clouds, sky - Lightning, - A mass of Voilently, impetuously; 4 3711791 394977 Rv.5.58.1. thunder-clouds. Tha: [ 344-3493 Un. 3. 110.) 1 Siekness, disease. 32797: One who is clothed only by the air', -2 Death. -3 Time. -4 Dust, particle of dust. ascetic who is stark-naked. #fa: [ 344-3fa Us. 4. 59. ) 1 Time. -2 The woon. 312TH <<. Not mistaking, steady, clear. -#: Com- -3 Ved.) Form, shape (Nir.). -4 Wint, poverty. posure, steadiness. 1. poor, indigent; 3=79731 3141941: kv. 10. 3). 6. -37Aaaa. Vod. 1 Evil-minded, wicked (ge, 3191428 /. The feinale elephant of the east, the i Say.). -2 Poor, indigent; aratat mate of Airavata, Indra's olephant, afta: 1992 Rv. 8. 19. 26. H HH (551) Si. 1. 52. Comp. 92, Airavata. 345 ,- 1 Inauspicious, evil, ill; R. 12. 13; 31aafah Ku. 5. 65; 394 ft 9 90 914134 TWICET it. Without a rival or onemy., 31911 3771 hafta GT9 13 Ry. 8. 21. 13. Puspadanta. -2 Unlucky, unfortunate. 3: The castor oil tree ros). GH Inauspiciousness, ill-luck; 3271727 a. Composod, steady. evil; oft. used in dramatie literature; T 976 PETHTafa: f. Composure, steadiness. 47TH; d. God forbid. 22, 2ft s. (an HS 47917 or it, 37443 . 1 Without decoration or omamonts. -2 319-111 A wooden sera per or sharp-pointed stick Without froth or scum (as boiled rice). -13: The (for cleaning a boat). -2 A spade, hoe in general, castor oil tree Tos) Ricinus communis. pouzit ca & #: Ms. 11. 131. -Comp. rafuga . unadorned. --217 dug up with a spade', a ploughed field. a . 1 Not felt, not perceptible by the inind, TETT: Non-deviation, fitness, propriety. P. III. 3. 37. unknown. - 2 Disliked, not agreed to, see undor 314 * a. 1 Huge, large (Hol Nir.). -2 Mighty also. -Comp. - Terar an unaccepted second sense', strong or powerful. - 3 monstrous, immense, terrible; one of the faults of a word (TG); 3799: maza: 3 a 3-a Ry. 1. 39. 8. -424 Immense power, 22; e. g. in 14H3Tot aifear &c. (R. 11. 20) immensity. -2 Monstrosity, hugeness ; (the great the second sense suggestive of TRITTI is opposed to pervading principle of the universe; water; a cloud ; the proper rasa of the passage which is either #1 or embarrassed state, calamity; a monster; 37ITHI 4927 ara; K. P. 7. After Rv. 6. 71. 5; closeness; offspring, given para a. Evil-minded, wicked, depraved. -fa: A by B. ind R.) rogue, chext. -fa: 1.1 Ignorance, unconsciousness, 31 iud. 1 Quickly. -2 A little of. also si ya absence of kuowledge, intention, or fore-thought; O que ara Enm. 37aa93 par M. ). 20; +. 222. For some of the other senses see under 344. Comp. - <<. incon 11. [714, 3f4a4, 3147 Ved. pres. syrafa; a ] 1 To go to yo to or towards. -2 To serve, scious, unintentional. honour.-3 To sound. - 4 To eat. -5 To be pernicious or 3 d. Ved ( 317-3471 Un. 3. 105. ] Overpower dangerous; IET TE Rv. 8. 77. 10. 10 P. or Caus. ing enemies ), strong or disposed to march on (1994(311429) 1 To come upon, attack, afflict with sickness f); tatua 990 TOY Rv. 1. 61. 9. -4,or pain from disease. -2 To be ill or be afflicted or [36f yani 31447, 341 37)1 A pot, vessel, utensil. disea sed. -With 44 Ved. 1 A. 1 to convince oneself of, 4 yi 4: ya: 423 44 = 444* Bhay. ascertain. - 2 toally or connect oneself with. - 3 To fix 10.9. 7. 374 414491 H amanet: Siva. B. 29). 179. or settle oneself. -2 Strength, power. a. Unripe (as fruit). -#: 1 Going. -2 Pressure, START . Ved. 1 Strong, powerful. -2 Having a weight; strength, power (0 ) -3 Fright, terror. drinking vessel. -4 Sickness, disease. 5 A servant, follower, an amatsara 4. Unemvious, disinterested; yadyadroceta viprebhyaattendant. -8 Vital air, life-wind 511T). -7 This self. TECHAT: Ms. 3. 231. -8 Uninoasured state.-T 1 Soul. -2 Unineasured state. 37 . 1 Free from intoxication, grave, serious. 379 .. Vei. 1 Violent, strong, stormy winds); powerful - 2 Sorrowful. sound also). -2 Persevering, constant. -3 Capable, fit, proper. -4 Attended by ministers. 34H : Name of Siva. Bhavisya P. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #218
amatta 200 amara 3TATI a. Sober, sane. 37ATTET . Not sweet, not worthy of the sweetness of Suma. tha, -3TTET. .1 Without the organ of desire, thought &o. -2 Devoid of intellect (as a child). -3 Inattentive, careless. -4 Having no control over the mind. -5 Devoid of affection. 1. (- ) 1 Not the organ of desire, non-perception. -2 Inattention. w. The Supreme Being. -Comp. - Ta a. Unknown, umthought of. - a, -37. Disapproved, condemned; I reprobate. - Absence of concentration of mind, inattention. -&T a. displeasing, disagreeable. Tai a. 1 Unintelligent. -2 Inhuman (a demon ). fia: [ 314-31, 3 17849 Un 2. 101 ) Motion (fa:); way. 31 inil. Not a little, greatly, very much. TATE <<. 1 Not human, not manly. -2 Not frequented by man. -: 1 Not a man; afte Haa: Ram. 2. 93. 22.-2 A demon, fiend (= TfTiti Sk. on I'. II. 4. 23). -ar Unmanliness. 3AFT. Ved. 1 Unwise, foolish. -2 Guiltless, innocent. -3 Despising. 3F%, li a. 1 Not accompanied by Vedic verses, not requiring the repetition of Vedic toxts, as a cereamony &e.; sAyaM tvatrasya siddhasya patnyamantraM baliM haret Ms. 3. 121, 2. 66.-2 Not entitled to Vedic verses, such as a Sudra, a female &c.; AREA 314 saftia fura: Ms. 9. 18.-3 Not knowing Vedic texts; AFFITH Ms. 12. 114. -4 Not accompanied by the use of spells or incantations, as a cure &c.; 314179740 festa a HT 1: Bv. 1. 111. -Comp. - a. Not knowing Vedic texts or hymns; Ms. 3. 123. - * a. Without the use of spells or the magical feats attendant on them, without the use of magical arts; 374-27 astiFTTH Pt. 1.70.- a. Not knowing Vedie hymns. 31 . Not slow or dull, active, intelligent ; FrasZ ahid saut faciat: M. 2.8. -2 Sharp, strong, violent ( wind &c.). -3 Not little, much, excessive, great, violent; 344HZEIT U. 5.5; 397furt - Agt af By. 4.1; 1944 Ki. 8. 6 violently bit. -F: N. of a tree. T ATT. Ved. 1 Not understanding; offering no homage ; 374=24HT 2914: Rv. 1. 33.9. -2 Not being aware of ; #TATT ETT Rv. 2.12 10. 3taya . Ved. Not bearing ill-will towards another; 3172ar As a Av. 12. 3. 31. THA . Without egotism, without any selfish or worldly attachment, devoid of personal ties or desires; zaraNeSvamamazcaiva vRkSamUlaniketana: Ms. G. 26 -maH The twelfth Jaina saint of a future sanit Anat, -rah Indifference, disinterestedness. Tafa. Ved. Immortal: 8161 tsiaal Ay. 8. 2. 26. STAT . [-217 7. 7.] Undying, immortal, imperishable; 3171ATI S Tai 7 far II. Pr. 3, Ms. 2. 148. 31TISHTIS: Bri. Up. 1. 4. 25. T: 1 A god, deity. -2 N. of a Marut. -3 N. of a plant Euphorbia Tirucalli ( 1727; Mar. ). Tiaridium Indicum (aftasjo!: Mar. ). -4 Quick-silver. --5 Gold. -6 A species of pine. -7 The number 33. (that being the number of Gods.) -8 N. of Amarasimha, see below; of a mountain. -9 Mystical signification of the syllable 3 -10 A heap of bones. - 1 The residence of Indra (cf. 3 radi. -2 The naval string; umbilical cord. -3 The womb. -4 A house-post (F ). -5 N. of several plants; 5-12 goft, , HERE, THEI, a, at, af. The same as 31471. -Comp. -3* , - a celestial nymph, heavenly damsel; 977 TRIA ETHIRAI: Si. 1. 51.-12:'mountain of the gods'; Eatacara gar fan Bhag. 10. 59. 2. N. of the mountain Sumeru. --1/79, 75, , Sat, -afari, Hat, -TTT: &c. The lord of the gods', epithets of Indra; 611Re: fad4ff4GHI HI R. 15). 15. Blled HIV - 4: for a cha Ram. 2. 71. 22. sometimes of Siva and Visnu also, -3 , -TE, - 2, 'preceptor of the gods', epithets of Brihaspati. --31TIT, -afeeft, -- / the heavenly river, an epithet of the Ganges; 2 Ara 24 Bh. 3. 123. -33T: the abode of the gods, heaven, tatrAmarAlayamarAlamarAlakezi N. -uttama . the best of the gods. -39 a. God-like. - N. of the part of the Vindhya range which is near the source of the river Narmada. IC: 'the fortress of the immortals', N. of the capital of a (inodern) Raja put state. -FIT:, -T: N. of the most popular Sanskrit lexicon called after the author 3TH. uat Title of a commentary on 34 .-UE: 1 Brihaspati. -2 The planet Jupiter. -2 : Name of the author of Bala bharata. - : Conquering the gods. Bhavisya P. - N. of tree, : kind of afer. -2 ,-: 1 a celestial tree, a tree in the paradise of Indra; STHEFATT Bv. 1. 28.-2 ET -3 the wish-yielding tree. -*: Name of a lexicographer, of a prince. Ks. - T: a Brahmana who lives by attending a temple or idol; or one who superintends a temple. -gru 1 the residence of the gods, celestial paradise. -2 N. of various other towns. -ET, -57: 1 N. of several plants ( , ). -2 N. of a kind of grass-3 the wish-yielding tree (+ ). -f i N. of a plant (1:quia); a kind of anise. -yeu-T a. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #219
amaraNam 201 amA H like an inuurtal.-T one of the 1000 names of Visnu. 374 is one of the 33 minor feelings or 314 a . -ATA N. of : lexicon. (said to be composed by the See S. D.; R. G. thus detines it: $71931fea 4same author as that of Amarakosa.) Tay a crystal. 1991 Touareg fastia*:. -2 Anger, TF: N. of Indrs. 714: the world of the gods, passion, wrath ; 922 e treda osta Ve. 2; CyfHheaven; tA heavenly bliss: neSu samyagvartamAno gacchatyamaralokatAm / bhayoga: Bg. 12. 15. sAmarSa angry, indignant; sAmarSam Ms. 2. 5. - N. of a plant (3114ael). -HE: angrily. -3 Impetuosity, violence. --4 leterniination N. of the author of larki sa; he was a Jaina and is of purpose. -poM Intolerance; yatra saGgItasannAdarnadadguhamamarSayA said to have been one of the gems that adorned the Bhag. 8. 2. 6. -Comp. -J7 a. arising from anger or court of king Vikramaditya. The dates of many of impatience. -ETA: an angry laugh, sarcastic sneer. these 'gems are still doubtful. -alt An Apsaras or : TH1, -fia, -a, -faq a. 1 Impatient, intolonymph of heaven. rant, unforgiving; fabricvie que tu af STATOTAE Not dying, immortality. gh Pt. 1. 326. -2 Angry, indiguant, passionate; 37TA1, -794 The state of the gods, immortality. El 14991: R. 3. 53; 3117-a la: 9deg397: traat 3147-1, being changed to TT by P. Ve. 1.-3 Impetuous, determined. VI.3. 119] 1 Abode of the gods, residence of Indra i 37 . [7, a.] 1 Free from dirt or impurities, (said to be above Meru or the sun's orb; cf. Ki. 7; 2); puro, undefiled, stainless, spotless; 95791427x: 1 a ngfar far tresreta saiad K. P. 1. (ata) Ku. 7. 32, 33; 944717 vayed By. 14. 14. -2 N. of a modern town in Borar, Amravati 3143: 42: Pt. 2. 171 pure, sincere. -2 White, bright, aften, -ha... Ved. Immortal. shining; aanw.a974 Ku. 7. 23; R. 6. 80. - 1 N. of the goddess Laksmi. -2 The navel cord. -3 STA .. Immortal, divine, imperish: ble; asfa N. of a tree Mar. 319 ) Emblica Officinalis Gaertn; 1.7. 53: 4794 heaven; PHT immortality: 7: A god. also of a plant (1194) also #. in this sense. 441 -Comp. - TT the celestial river, epithet of the arah Ch. Up. 7.3.1.74 1 Purity. -2 Talc. -3 The Ganges; Vikr. 18. 101. 494 The heaven. ay: Supreme Spirit. -Comp. - HT a. Of pure or An Apsaras or : nymph of heaven; H qi grua undefiled mind. : N. of a Bodhisattva. -qafia 99947: Ki. 6. 46. m. ( ft) the wild goose; Ayefensafani gasija Si. 8. TH A goddess; * * *yat Kuval. 12. -TA, -Aft: a crystal. TE:, --T F : N. of a king and poet who composed Tayfa Den. P. To make pure or spotless, bright100 verses which are usually known by the name en; 314254die aangeet Ki. 5. 4. amaruzataka; prajJAnavAnamankamya kaveH prasArazlAkAchataM vivRNute'rjunabarmadevaH tara. Clean, spotless, pure (morally alo); Amarut. A aaari 7 sfaah Mal 2. 2. area.. Unthreshed, introdden, unsubdued. #ra H Globe-amaranth. (Mar. 424 ) THAT <<. Ved. Not a vital organ or part of the The Sec under 347. bodly, having no joint or vital part. 141afar faqatHAUT 292 Rx 3.32. 4. Comp. - a . not talacg <<. 1 Going in different directions, up producerlin : vit: 1 org.af . not injuring the and down. -2 Immovable; 3710T 34771: *1 002: vital parts; muild, soft. afar 1. The state of not Rv. 10. 91. 11. inflicting severe injury on others, absence of acrimony ( 344-3447] 1 Disease. -2 Stupidity. -3 A (one of the thirtyfive Vag-ruuas of a Tirthankara). fool. -4 Time. A Z ..[7. a.] 1 Exceeding due limits or bounds, HUT . Not soft or bland, harsh, violent, transgressing every bound, disrespectful, improper ; strony, intense. 14a: jazitar 4721 Pt. 1. 142: aigei ang na Ram. -2 Boundless, infinite. - Trans THEAT . Curds. gression of due limits or bounds, impropriety of con Ara. [71-*] Measureless. -iul. Ver. 1 At duct, forwariiness, disrespect, violation of due respect. bome, in the house; H IT Ry. 2. 38. 6. -2 In this world, hore below (3671). -3 With, near, close 37 . Not enduring or bearing. -: 1 Non 719 to; 3149191 agara endurance, tolerance, in patience: 37709 Bri. l'p. 1.5.20. -4 Together # viaca Ram. 1. 62. 33. 3479 74 qai 77 witli, in conjunction or company with, as in 314121, ART 7 faraz1: Ki. 1. 33 ; jealousy, jealous 31H11 q. v.; 31915 to draw near, have near oneself. 31H1 HE 419 = Nm. -1. 1 The day of the new moon, angor ; 14 19 HWF 1 : U. 5. In Rhet. the day of the conjunction of the sun and moon; . SS. th... For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #220
amAMsa 202 amitrA amAyAM tu sadA soma oSadhIH pratipadyate Vyasa. -2 The sixteen- a man, an irrational animal; Ms. 9. 281, strINAmAzakSitath digit of the moon. -3 The fifteenth digit also. paTutvamamAnuSISu saMdRzyate 5.5.22. m. The soul. -Comp. -akta.. Ved. met, come amAnuSya Not human, superhuman &c. -vyam together. -3772: The end of the day of new moon. Inhuman state; amAnuSyaM samApannAn dAsakarmaNyavasthitAn Mb. -iSTa . Sacriticed at home. -jura/ Living at home ...5.160. 113. during life growing old at home; amAjurazcidbhabayo yuvaM bhago Ry. 10.39. 3; being without husband in the same ___ amAma (mA) sI = amAvasA or amAvasyA q. v. dwelling with her parents, as a maiden (pitRSad); Ar a. 1 Not cunning or sagacious, guileless, amAjUriba pitroH sacA satI Rv.2.17.7-paven . The sacred sincere, honest. -2 Immeasurable. -yA 1 Absence of time of amA, day of new moon. -haThaH Name of a fraud or deceit, honesty, sincerity. -2 ( In Vedanta. snake-demon; Mb. Phil.) Absence of delusion or error, knowledge of the STAR . 1 Without flesh, not containing tlesh. supreme truth. -yam The Supreme Spirit (brahma). . -2 Leun, thin, weak, enfeebled. -sam Not flesb, any- amAyika, -mAyina ... Guileless; honost, sincere, true. thing but flesh. -Comp. -odanika .. (-kI/.) Not START: Not dying. relating to a preparation of rice with meat. Starf a. Pathless, --T: Not a road, absence of road; amAt ind. Vel. 1 From near, at hand. . Not had road. measuring, boundless; pramadAdamAniva pure mahIyasi Si. 13.2. T ag: N. of a prince (a descendent of Pururavas); amAta, -tRka u. Motherless; Dk. 2.5. Mb. Hariv. amAtRbhogINa .. Not fit for the use of a mother. amAvasyA,-vAsyA,-vasI, -vAsI (also written amAamAtyaH [ amA saha vasati, amA-syapa, avyayAttya P. IV. masI-mAsI) [amAvas -Nyana , amA saha vasataH candrArko asyAM sA. 2. 104. Vart. amehakvatasitrebhya eva] 1One living with or amAvasyadanyatarasyAm P. III. 1. 122 Sk.] 1 The day of near another, an inmate of the same house or family new moon, when the sun and moon dwell together or (Ved.). -2 A companion or follower of a king, are in conjunction; the 15th day of the dark half of minister: tasyAmAtyA guNairAsannizvAkoH sumahAtmana: Ram. 1.7.13 every lunar month; sUryAcandramasoH yaH paraH sannikarSaH sA'mAvasyA amAtyAH sarva evaite kAryAH syuna tu mantriNa: Kau. A. 1.8. Gobhilk; amAvAsyAyAM dIkSitvA Ch. Up. 5.2.1. -2 A -amAtyikA / M. Bh. on P. VII. 3. 1. -Comp. sacrifice offered at that time. -3 The sacrificial -utpattiHJ.Creation of ministers Kau. A. 1. 8. amAtya- oblation. putraiH savayobhiranvitaH R. 3. 28. amAvAsya, -syaka . [ amAvasyA, vuna-ac amAvAsyAyA vA amAtra / [nAsti mAtrA iyattA yasya] 1 Boundless, | P. IV. 3.30-31; amAvAsyAyAM jAnaH ] Born or produced on inmeasurable ; 3917 a 19 fatet Rv. 1. 102.7. the night of new moon. -2 Not whole or entire. -3 Not elementary. - Hav amita 1.1 Unmeasured, boundless, unlimited, ing the measure or quantity of the letter 34. -74 infinite, great, immense; mitaM dadAti hi pitA mitaM trAtA mitaM 1 Non-mousure. -2 Not a measure or quantity. -5: sutaH / amitasya hi dAtAraM bhartAraM kA na pUjayet Ram.2.37.30. The Supreme Spirit. -2 Neglected, disregarded. -3 Unknown. -4 UnpolishamAtravatvam 1 Spirit, spiritual essence. -2 Defect) | ed. -Comp. -377T a. not having a fixed number deficiency. of syllables; prosaic. -373747: Poworlul devourer, amAnanam,-nA Disrespoet, insult; disobedience. epithet of paramezvara; of Visnu. -Abha . Of great lustre, of unbounded splendour. (-bhaH) class of divinities 3741972 . 1 Not human; animal. -2 Superhumall. mentioned in V. P. -AyuHN. of E. Dhyanibuddha. amAnasyam Pain ( mAnase sAdhu na bhavati). -ojas a. of unbounded energy, all-powerful, AlamAnin .. Modest, humble. mighty; sa taiH pRSTastathA samyagamitaujA mahAtmabhiH Ms. 1.t. -Rtu / . of unbounderl wistlom or energy. -gatiH amAnitA, -tvam Modesty, humility. amAnitvamadAmbhivam N. of a Vidyadhara, Ks. N. of a Jaina author. Bg. 13.7. -tejas, -dyuti .. of unbounded lustre or glory. -dhvajaH N. of a son of Dharmadhvaja; V. P.-ruciH N. of a amAnuSa (-bI/.)1 Not human, not belonging to deity (Buddhistic). -vikramaH 1 of unbounded valour%; man, supernatural, unearthly, superhuman; AkRtirevA anantavIryAmitavikramastvam Bg. 11. 40. -20 name of Visu. numApayatyamAnuSatAm K. 132, "AkRtiH K. 181, 132,2583; zaktitvam 1033; gItadhvanim 126n -vIyeM . of immemso strength. unearthly melody. ! -2 Inhuman, monster-like; ill-disposed towards man. amitraH [na mitram ; by Un.t. 178fr. am to go against : -3 Tenantless, desolate; degSaM vanam 135. -SaH, -bI One not amerdviSati cit ; amitraH zatruH ] Not a friend, an enemy, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #221
amitrakam 208 amRhA adversary, a foe, rival, opponent; anfaat ca sahajaprAkRtAvapi Si. 2.9 tasya mitrANyamitrAste 101: Dk.. 10), 171; M.1; prakRtyamitrA hi satAmasAdhavaH Ki. lt.21; Ms.7. 833; 12.79; 2.239. -trA An enemy; yudh Ved. subduing one's enemies. -Comp. Ei a. Devouring one's ememics, epithet of Indra. -ghAta, -ghAtin, -na, -hana Killing onomies. -jit.Conquering one's enemies%3B amitrajinmitrajidojasA yat N. 1. 13; N. of a son of ! Suvarna. -dambhana . Vol. hurting one's enemies. bRhaspate / bhImamamitradambhanam Bv. 2.23.3. -sa (sA)ha a. enduring or overpowering one's enomies, epithet. of Indra; zAsa itthA mahA~ asyamitrasAho astRtaH Av.1.20.4.-senA a hostile army; amitrasenAmabhijanabhAno Av. 5. 20.6. amitrakam An unfriendly act; rAjAnamimamAsAdya suhRzcihna-: mamitrakam Ram. 6.65.7. amitratA, tvam Enmity; Pt. 2. 98; tadAsya mitrANyapi yAntyamitratAm Mk. 1.53. amitrayati Den. P., amitrAyate A. To act like an enemy, act hostilely towards, hate3 hA kaSTaM puruSasya jIrNavayasaH putro'pyamitrAyate Bh. 3.111. amitrina .. Hostile, inimical; mA kasmai dhAtamabhyamitriNe Rv.1.120.8. amitrIya, -jya u. Hostile, inimical; vizvA vRtramamitriyA zavobhiH Rv. 6. 17.1. amithita a. Ved. Not reviled, not provoked; ko nu maryA amithitaH sakhA sakhAyamabravIt Rv.8.45.37. amithyA dr. Not falsely, truly; tAmUcetusta priyamayamithyA . 14.6. amin .. Sick, diseased. amina I. Ved. Inviolable (ahiMsya); immense (?). aminat a. Ved. 1 Not hurting: mhurt. -2 Unalterable; yajatrairaminatI tasthaturukSamANe Rv. 4.56.2. amilAtakam Globo-amaranth. See amalAnakam. amizra, -zrita . Unmixel, unblended ; not shared by others. __ amiSa .. [na. ba.] Free from guile or deceit. -Sam [am bhoge-karmaNi iSan ] 1 An object of worldly enjoyment, luxury. -2 Honesty, absence of fraud or deceit. -3 Flesh. pofta a. Unhurt; auf: of unhurt or unextinguisha ble or unaltered colour; samanA samAnIgmItavarNA upasatraranti Rv.+.51.9. amIvA [am-vana-IDAgamaH nipAtaH] Ved. 1 Afliction, sickness, disease. -2 Distress, terror. -3 A demon, torrmenting spirit. -va: An enemy, one who afflicts or torments; -ETH 1 Affliction, distress, pain, injury, kacid budhaH svastyanamIva Aste Bhag. 3. 1.32. kuThAraizcicchiduH kuddhAH smaranto'mIvamasya tat Bhag.4.28.26. amuka pron. a. [adas-Terakaca uttamatve Tv.] A certa.in person or thing, so and so (to be used when a person or thing is referred to without aname); mata meM'mukaputrasya yadatroparilekhitam Y.2.86-873; ubhayAbhyarthitenaitanmayA jhmuksuununaa| likhitaM hyamukeneti lekhako'nte tato likhet 88. 37 . a. 1 Not loosened, not let go. -2 Not liberated from recurring birth and death, not having got final beatitude. -ktam A weapon (a lahite, sword &e.) that is always grasped and not thrown. caturvidhamAyudham / muktamamuktaM muktAmuktaM yantramuktaM ceti Dhanur. V. 4. -Comp. - a. one whose hand is not open or free (to give), sparing, stingy (in a bad sense); frugal, economical, prudent (in a good sense); sadA prahRSTayA bhAvya vyaye cAmuktahastayA Ms.5. 150. organ: f. 1 Non-liberation. -2 Want of freedom or liberty. amuca /. Ved. Non-liberation. amucI /. Ved. Not unbinding, not setting at liberty (said of an evil spirit). amuta: ind. 1 From there, there. -2 From that place, from above, io. from the other world or hearen. -3 Upon this, thereupon: henceforth. amutra ind. (opp. iha) [adas-trala] 1 There, in that place, therein; amutrAsan yavanAH Dk. 127. -2 There ( in what precedes or has been said), in that ense. -3 There above, in the next world, in the life to come; yAvajjIvaM ca tatkuryAdyanAmutra sukhaM vaset ; yattu vANijake dattaM neha nAmutra tadbhavet Ms. 3. 181; pArtha naiveha nAmutra vinAzastasya vidyate Bg.6.40. - There%3; anenaivArbhakAH sarve nagare'mutra bhakSitAH Ks. -5 Thither, that way. -Comp. -bhUyam Ved. Being in the other world; dying: amutrabhuyAdadhi yad yamasya bRhaspaterabhizasteramantraH Av.7.53. 1. amutratya 4. Belonging to a future life, being of the next world. amuthA ind. Thus, in that manner, like that; degas to be thus, euphemistically for 'to fare very ill '. amuyA ind. Ved. In that manner, thus and thus. amurhi ind. Then, at that time: yadvA ete'muhyaniyanta tadevApyadya kurvanti Bri. Up. 1.5.23. amuvat ind. Like a person or thing referred to without name. amuSya (gen. of adas) Of such a one (in comp. only). -Comp. -kula . [ aluk sa.] belonging to the family of such a one. (-lam) a well-known family. -putraH, -trI the son or daughter of such a one or of a good or well-known family or origin; see AmuSyAyaNa, amUdRz, -za, -kSa, .. (-zI, -kSI f. f. anyAraza) Such-like, such a one, of such a form or kind. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #222
amUra 204 amRta mmmmmmmmmm amUra . Vod. Not. perplexed or bewildered, not sa thriye cAmatAya ca Ak. -2 The collective body of ignorant, infallible. ardhamardhena payasA pRNakSyadhena zuSma vardhase amara inuinortals. -3 (.) The world of immortality, Ay... 1.:). Paradise, les ven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage 37 . Formless, shapeless, incorporeal, umein bodi of the gods (opp. lap) supposed to be churned out of ed (opp. mUrta where Mukta. says mUrtatvam = avacchinnaparimANavatvam ) dvai vAva brahmaNo rUpe mUrta cAmUrna ca Bri. Up.2.3.1. the ocean; devAsurairamRtamamyunidhirmamanthe Ki.5.30%; viSAdapyamRtaM grAhyam Ms. 2.239; viSamapyamRtaM vacidbhavedamanaM vA viSamIzvarecchayA -taH N. of Sira. -Comp. -guNaH (in Vais. Phil.) R. 8. 46; oft. used in coin bination with worls like a quality considered to be 378 or incorporeal such as vAca, vacanam , vANI ; kumArajanmAmRtasamitAkSarama 1.8.16%3 dharma, adharma &c. dharmAdharmo bhAvanA ca zabdo yuddhapAdayo'pi ca / ete ApyAyito'sau vacanAmRtena Mb.; amRtaM zizire vahiramRtaM kSAra bhAjanam mUrtaguNAH sarve Bhasa P. -rajas A son of Kush (by ! Pt. 1. 128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 Vaidarbhi ); Mb. The Soma juice. -6 Antidote againist poinon. -7 The amUrti 1. Formless, shapeless. kAlo mUrtiramUrtimAna residue or leavings of a steritice (yajJazeSa); vighasAzI Maitri 6. 14. -fa: N. of Visnu. :/. Sha pelessness: bhavannitya nityaM vA'mRtabhojana: Ms.8.205. 8 Unsolicited (w.pl.) A class of Manes who have no definite form a lms, alms got without solicitation: m ETHamUrtimat .. Formless &c. M. N. of Visnu. mRtaM syAdayAcitam Ms.1.15. -9 Water; mathitAmRtaphenAbhamarajo vastramunamam Ram.5.18.24. amRtAdhmAnajImUna 1.6.21: amRtAamUla, -laka . 1 tootless (lit.); pazavo'mUlA oSadhayo' dunmathyamAnAt K. 136; f. also the formulas amRtopastaraNamasi #fa: Sat. Br.; (fig.); without basis or support, svAhA and amRtApidhAnamasi svAhA: Mahaniin. Up.70d 10%B baseless, groundless. -2 without authority; not being repented by Brahmanas at the time of sipping in the original; ihAnvayamukhenaiva sarve vyAkhyAyate mayA / nAmUlaM water before the commencement and at the end likhyate kiMcit Malli. Introduction of Tika on R. -3 of meals. -10 A drug. -11 Clariticid butter; amRta without material cause, as the Pradhane of the nAma yat santo mantrajihvapa jahAta Si... 107. -12 Milk; Sankhyas; mUlaM mUlAbhAvAdamUlam. -4 Not fixed in the earth, amRtaM ca sudhA caiva sudhA vAmRta tathA M. 18.17.12. -13 moving. -lAN. of a plant (agnizikhA, Mar. kaLalAvI). Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything amUlya ". Priceless, invaluable. sweet, anything lovely or charming; : sweet meat. yathAmRtaghaTaM daMzA makarA iva cArNavam Ram. 7.7.8. -16 ProSTAE . Ved. 1 Unhurt, unharmed, safe. -2 perty. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -20 The Unwashed. poison called vatsanAbha. -21 The Suprone Spirit (brahmana). amRja .. without toilet ke; parikriSTaikavasanAmamajAM rAghava- -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjuncpriyAm (dadarza) Ram. 6.81. 10. tions of Naksatvas (lunar asterisms ) with week days (vAranakSatrayoga) or of lunar days with week days (tithiamRNAlam [sAdRzye naJ] The root of a fragrant griuss | vArayoga). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. ( vIraNa, Mar. kALA vALA) used for sereems &c. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosir; L. immortalis ). of. 3148 amRta ... INot dead; amRte jArajaH kuNDa: Ak. -2 In- vAri surayornirvANe caatisundre| ayAcite yajJazeSe puMsi dhanvantare'pi mortal; apAma somamRtA abhUma Rv. 8.48.33; U. 1. 1. brahmaNo c| pIyUSe ca dhRte dIptAvAcArya vibudhe'pi ca / harItakyAmAmahi pratiSTAhamamRtasyAvyayasya ca Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, lakyAM galUcyAmapi tastriyAm | Nm. -Comp. -aMzuH, -karaH, Indestructible, eternal. - Causing immortality. -5 -dIdhitiH, -dyutiH, -razmiH &c. epithets of the moon; Beautiful, agreeable, desired. pAJcajanyAbhiSiktazca rAjA'- amRtadIdhitireSa vidarbhaje N. 4. 10 : amRtAMzadbhava born from the mRtamukho'bhavata Mb. 12.10.17. -taH 1 Agod, an immortal, moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Visnu. deity. Aruroha yathA devaH somo'mRtamayaM ratham Mb. 12.87.14.-2 -aMzaka: An interior variety of gorus having white N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of rays, Kau. A. 2. 11. -37 <<. immortal and imperishIndrity of the sun, of Praja pati, of the soul, Visnu able ; kSaraM pradhAnamamRtAkSaraM haraH Svet. Up. -agrabhU: N. of Ind Sives. -3 N. of a plant (vanamudga, Mar. maTakI)-4N. the horse of Indra (ucaiHzravas ); amRtAgrabhuvaH pureva puncham Si. of the root of a plant (vArAhIkanda, Mar. DukarakaMda). -tA | 20.43. -andhas, -azanaH, -Azin m. 'one whose 1 Spirituotes liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. y. food is nectar'; n god, an immortal. -avidhAnama AmalakI, harItako, guDUcI, mAgadhI, tulasI, indravAruNI, jyotiSmatI, / Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to gorakSadugdhA, aniviSA, raktatrivRt , dUrvA, sthUlamAMsaharItakI. -3N. overlay it like a cover. -asu . whose soul is of one of the Nadis in the body; nADInAmudayakrameNa jagataH immortal; amRtAsurvadhamAnaH sujanmA Av.5.1.1. -Aza:1N. paJcAmRtAkarSaNAt Mal.5.2. -5One of the rays of the of Visnu.-2 a god; idaM kAryamamRtAzAH zRNomi Mb. 12.2010.7. sun; saurIbhiriva nADIbhiramRtAkhyAbhirammathaH R. 10.58. -tam -AsaGgaHn sort of collyrium. -AharaNa: N. of Garuda. 1 (1) Immortality, imperishable state; na mRtyurAsIdamRtaM who once stole Amrita. -iSTakA a kind of sacrificial fa Rr. 10. 129. 2; Ms. 22. 85. (1) Final beatitude, brick shaped like the golden hoad of men, beasts &c. absolution: napasA kilbiSaM hanti vidyayAmRtamaznute Ms. 12. 1043; (pazuzIrSANi). -IzaH, -Izvara: N. of Siva, -utpannA a ly. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #223
amRta 205 ameya .... . . . ....... (-14), -35 24 1 A kind of collyrium ( H). -2 Potassium permanganate --TFITUTH Water sipped as : substratum for the nectar-like food. ( :) N. of the Bilva tree. -I9: Name of a son of Simhahanu, and unclo of Sakyamuni. -T, TUT: 'nectar-rayed', the moon. TEH a vessel containing nectar. Asal : lumoniac. (Mar. 1981). Tia: N. of a metre consisting of 40 sylla bles. -* a. filled with water or nectar; un brosial. (W) 1 the individual soul. - 2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of inmorta- lity said of sleep); Anae an Av. 6.46.1. fra: /. an arrangement or accumulation of sacriticial bricks conferring immortality. - a. produced by or from noctar. (-:) a sort of plant, Yellow Myro balan (Marieti).-FTET N. of a plant ( Fraiet).-acfruit moonlight. -fal N. of a metre of lines, also called Faithwa. - . sheddiny nectar. (-2) flow of nectar. - a. shedding nectar. (-) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. - : A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P. 270.8.). - Tef. The sound of immortality', Name of an Upanisad. -T: 1 a drinker of nectar'; yod or deity. -2 N. of Visnu. -3 one who drinks wine 1941 1 942feia Si. 7. +2 ( where 31deg las sense 1 also ). - T&T: 1 having goldon or immortal winys, : sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. : N. of two trees 925 and ran. (- ) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (T) -2 = 37142 . 74 a sort of fruit (1995) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhava P. are: Ved. 1 a yod or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; ai ar 3 aya Hai 3149949: Rv. 10. 72. 5. - - T T . 'drop of nectar', N. of an Upanisad of the Atharva veda. - El a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -72774 N. of a monastery (built by Amrita prabha); Raj. T. - m. an immortal, a god, deity: one who tastes the sacrificial residues. a. free from birth and death. -Afat = ad q. v. -HFTTH 1 churning of the ocean) for nectar, -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb. 1. - Arfoot N. of Durga. - ct: The moon; 312144981 & Bhay. 4. 16. 9. -TIT: see under 314a. -T: 1 nectar, ambrosia; FLOATA 12: H. 1; fala 1 9Tart qala: Bh. 3. 40.-2 the Supreme Spirit. (- 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. 398. Ja, fair a nectar-giving creeping plant (et). - a. producing nectar like sweet words. Ha sort of dish mentioned in Bhava P. -FIT a. ambrosial; for na U. 7. (-:) 1 clarified butter. --2 a sort of 312:45. T: raw sugar, inolasses (13). - ,-Fra: 1 the moon (distilling nectar ). -2 mother of the gods. 1 : 1 brother of nectar', the horso called #:24. - 2 horse in general. Fa: flow of nectar. (-21 N. of : plant und tree (7 -449-; Mar. ETHI). - . shedding or distilling nectar: 91 1499 Ku. 1. 45. saat, -a Immortality; gargant a radaca Rr. 10.90.2; fan 7 HAHHAHT914 Fruta Ms. 6. 60: Bri. Up. 2. 1. 2. #A <<. (- f.) 1 Consisting of nectar, ambrosial, full of nectar. THIS4142: 989: Bri. Up. 2.5.1. -2 Immortal. F4 The neutar of immortality. amRtAphalam The fruit of the Trichosanthes (paTolaphala Mar. 9397, +18). amRtAyate Dem. A. To be like nectar%; uttiSTa batsetya4912an qarz R. 2. 61; 3 9 : YARTH Ki. 12. t. a : N. of Visnu (sleeping in waters). #ry . Iminortal; causing immortality. H rats 449 378724 Kaue. 1.9. 4: Not death, imunortality. -2 N. of Visnut. 37 4. Ved. 1 Unassaila ble, invulnerable. -2 Unremitting, unceasing. 379 in. Not falsely, truly. STTTH True speech; 39012 azal ea fazat: Bk. 6. 57. 37AEl. Unrubbed. - Comp. -Hufsra a. Not eating delicate food or dainties; Ram. 1. 6. 11. PT a. of unimpaired purity. E a. Fatless, lean. 19 a. ( 37-27; TP. V. 4. 122 ] Foolish, stupid, an idiot. T T . 1 Not able or allowed to sacrifice. -2 Unfit for a sacrifice; afercat Ms. 4. 53, 56; 5.5, 132. -2 Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, impure; gag a ga1934 By. 17. 10.; Bh. 3. 106. -ETH 1 Excrement, ordure; PREGATHTIT afrai 91 Ms. 9. 282; 5. 126, 128 ; 12. 71. -2 An unlucky or insuspicious onen, amebhyaM dRSTvA sUryamupatiSTeta Katy. --Comp. -TTTT a. feeding on carrion. , - a. smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, dirty; Ms. 1. 56. T: smearing with ordure. a Ved. 1 Having no wife, a widower. 7 fe cafea a FR 5 9972 Ry. 5. 31. 2. -2 Not injuring or hurting, 7a. 1 immeasurable, boundless, 31421 42194 R.10.18. -2 Unknowable. -Comp. -TYT a. possessing an immeasurable soul, magnanimous, largeminded. m. N. of Visnu. 1 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #224
abheSTa 206 ambaSThaH TV ... [ 3441-59 ] Vel. Sacrificed at home. TATT. Ved. Not to be unloosened; tarqarontan: 149: Av. 3.6.5. FTATE Not loosening or letting yo) nonliberation. Tatatu, -TAIT a. Not to be liberated: 3173249 gia Nga HH1 R. 3. 5. STATET a. Not liberatel, unloosed. - T: 1 Bondage, continement. -2 Non-liberation from worldly existence. amokSayat . Not liberating: zakto'yamokSayansvAmI Y. 2. 300. 3TATET a. 1 Unfailing, renching the mark: 79762718 4447 Ku. 3.66; R. 3.53; 12.97; Faache: Me. 75. -2 Unerring, infallible words, hoon &c.); 31FTET: TAT A TERT: R. 1. 44; ATAT Ki. 6. 40.-3 Not vain or useless, efficacious, fruitful, productive; yadamoghamapAmantaruptaM bIjamaja tvayA Ku.2.5; so 0424 stiti, 48, 149 kc. -T: 1 Not failing or erring, unerringness. -2 N. of Visnu (or of Siva according to some). -3 N. of a river. - 1 N. of the plant 427 Mar. 15 (the trumpet flower ). -2 N. of another plant viDA (Mr. vAvaDiMga) the seed of which is used 18 a vermifuge, and hence also called ft. -3 = 2. -4 N. of a spear or titi. -5 N. of Siva's wife. -6 Mystical name of the conjunct consonant . --Comp. eft. N. of Daksayani, Matsya P. Eg: unerring in punishment, N. of Siva. - 1,-ft a. of unerring mind or view, N. of a Bodhisattva. af N. of : Siksa-text. -4137: N. of a LokeSvara (Buddhistic). - a. of never failing strength or vigour. (372:194). a: N. of a king of the Punjab. - TTT: N. of a Bhiksu: L. V. aA: N. of a Chalukya prince. -auf. words not vain or idle, that are sure to be fulfilled or realized. a. one whose words are not vain. -arga a. never disappointed. - of neverfailing valour; N. of Siva. fafe: N. of the fifth Dhyanibuddha. fara.. [ 3171-31 ] Ved. The hems or skirts of which are not cut; woven at home, taken care of or protected at home; deg97 | a maiden protecteil at home. cf. A 20. 127.5. STAAF: 1 One protected at home (as a chill). - 2 A weaver (?). T H 1 Non-silence. -2 Knowledge of the soul. 1774 ind. Ved. ( being changed to by P. VIII. 2. 70 ) 1 Unawares, quickly. 31771 FIL Av 8. 6. 19. -2 At present. -3 A little. 3PFE 1 P. 1 To go. -2 (A.) To sound. T 3779: 1 A father. --2 Sound: the Veda. -3 One who sounds. Tal see below. FT4 1 The eye. -2 Water. -*7 ind. A particle of affirmation; well, well now'. 37774 1 An eye (in 54727). -2 A father. -3 Copper. 3777 Vod. A mother; good woman as a courtoous mode of address). TITE 3a: Ta la , -]1 Sky, atmosphere, ether; afgeha arath Ram. 7. 2. 23. aaaaR. 12. 41. -2 Cloth, garment, clothing, apparel, dress; foghatate Bg. 11. 11; R. 3. 9. faqaz; anat e the serl, girt, earth. -3 Saffron. - Tale. -5 A kind of perfume Ambergris ). -6 Cotton. cf. lat cita arafa garra # ta... Raghava's Nanartha. -7 N. of a people. -8 Circumference, compass. -9 Neighbourhood, surrounding country (Nir.) 43 af 3 rat Rv. 8. 8. 14 -10 Lip. -11 Evil, sin. -12 Destroyer of elephants (FTTH Trik.) -Comp. -3777Fitta Superintendent over the robes an officer at court). Raj. T. -37-: 1 the end of a garment. -2 the horizon. -3717 m. dwelling in heaven, : god; (HETT:) faited Ar +91** Ku. 5. 79 - t. sky-going. - cotton. -- Afor: the sun. -Y74 two principal garments need by men ; upper and lower. T . sky-touching; hisgaa: graziauarytara TA4 R. 13.26. 10: a high mountain touching the sky. - the earth. 3ayla Den. P. To bring together. TITTITA [ In some senses 347a014: also; q: only by Un. 4.2. baravi AT Ak.] 1 A frying-pin -2 'ambarIpo bhaved bhrASTra' ini vizvaH / ambarISopamam dIptaM vidhUma iva 9194: Ram . 67.7.2 Regrot, remorse. -3 War, battle. -4 One of the hells (Jain:..) --5 A young animal, colt. -6 The sun. Ram 5.-7 The hog-plum plant (31151a , Mar. 312181) -8 N. of Visnu.-9 N. of Siva. -10 N. of a king of the solar race who was celebrated as a worshipper of Visnu. -11 N. of : Vedie king and seor: Rv. 1. 100. 17. 37797 : Latent or concealed fire; 391491: 191271991: Mh. 3. 15. 16. ray: 1 The offspring of a man of the Brahmana and a woman of the Vaisya tribe; 2212arag ATH . Ms. 10.8, 13. 15; Y. 1. 91. cf. also 31Fagrat crida alu: SB. on MS. 8. 4. 2. According to Ms. 10. 47 the duty of an 3+ay is the curing of diseases; 397grat fateh ). -2 An elephant-driver. 379326 Otstaga n Bhag, 10. 43. 2. (pl.) -3 N. of a country and its inhabitants (they soon to have occupied the country to the east of Taksasila, comprising the modern district of Lahore.) - N. of several plants:- (a) forfit, 2 (Mar, 7%); For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #225
ambaSThakI 207 3779 (6) 41 (Mar. Esa). (c) 3* (Mar. #1); (a) another plant (Mar. 347a18r). gr. - An Ambastha woman. 31173 = 35991 (4181) soc above. 377fyt N. of a plant (art.) ambA [amb-ghaJ] (Voc. ambe Veil.; amba in later Sanskrit) 1 A mother; also used as an affectionate or respectful mole of address; 'good woman', good mother'; 144f#: 0:; 3791973 faeda S. 2; $1947 1R. 14. 16. -2 N. of a plant (37ag d.). -3 N. of Durga, wife of Siva. -4 N. of an Apsaras; of a sister of Pandu's mother, a daughter of Kasiraja. [She and her two sisters were carrier off by Bhisma to be the wives of Vichitravirya who had no issue. Amba, however, had been previously betrothed to a king of Salya and Bhisma sent her to him ; but the latter rejected her because she had been in another man's house. So she came back to Bhisma and prayed him to acoept her; but he could not break his vow of life-long celibacy, and being chragod she returned to the forest and practiserl austere penance to revenge herself on Bhisma. Siva favoured her and promised her the desired vengeance in another birth. Afterwards sho was born as Sikhanilini, daughter of Drupada, who came to be called Sikhain and became the cause of Bhisma's death. ] -5 A term in astrology to denote the fourth condition. [of. Dravid Ammu; Germ. Imme; old Germ. immat. 3779131 Vel. ) A mother; P. VI. 1. 118. 34921: . A mother. safi 1 A mother; youll woman (as a term of respect or ondearment.) -2 N. of a plant (Mar. 34701ST). -3 N. of the youngest daughter of Kasiraja, wife of Vichitra virya. She became the mother of Pardu hy Vyas who was invoked by Satyavati to beyot a son to Vichitra virya who had diod without issue. 37: /. Ved. Water; woman; nurse; muther; 37792 72 affat 37214 Rv. 1. 23. 16. fa :, -: N. of Ganesa, Karttikeya or Dhritarastra; 191797429 a64: Mb. 3. 4. 1; more correctly written Ambikeya q. v. TIT . [ 3472- 37] 1 Water; 177472 147457 1997 K. P. 10. -2 The watery clemont of the blood (cf. imber). -3 N. of a metre. -4 A term in astrology (nar 1919). -Comp. -FT: a drop of water. 37: (short-nosed), alligator. - An acquatic plant Trapa bispinosa (Mar. ETTET). -festa: alligator. -RIT, - a tortoise (RTA ); particularly Gangetic. FIATT: lemon-tree (81 ) - libation of water; Bk.; presentation of water to the Manes of the deceased. het An acquatic hen. -, - , - O T a. moving or living in water, a quatic (as fish &c.); 3113 11Fgalia Bhag. 8. 5. 11; Ms. 12. 57. - T: hail. - at a lake. -ATH an aquatic plant (1917). IT a. produced in water, aquatic (opp. Y ); STA 7 Heufa 263971459HA 7 Ram. (- ) 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 the Sarasa bird. -4 the conch; 24 ao FH Mb. 7. 173. 9. 5 N. of a tree (ferty). (- ) 1 a lotus; 5 7 4 49474 S. TI. 3; A. Ram. 4. 1. 2. - 2 tho thunderbolt of Indra. deg:,deg399: the lotus-born god 'Brahmi; A. Ram. 311871 the yoddess Laksmi. -FFHTX. a lotus ; -m. 1 the moon. -2 the conch. -3 Sarasa. - IT: 'waterthiof', the sun (whose heat drinks up water). -ara: = deg7147. - giving or yielding water. (- ) 1 a cloud; 2017ge- t a 1. 3. 53; - , -494 The astronomical mansion Talen. ETT [Tata :, 37aat 47:; 4-317] 1 a cloud; 17417747144194: Ku. 4.43; 7709821FYTYR: R.6. 44.-2 the plant yah. - 3 talu. -: (34afa 37; - ] 1 any receptacle of waters; such as a jar; 37919 : Sk a ar Aloe perfoliata (Mar. 4 ). -2 the ocean ; 17deg Bh. 2. 6. -3 the number four (in Math.). 1941 N. of a plant (993AIT). -after: The ocean. Alam Andropogon muricatum Mar. ata). -fare: treasure of waters', the ocean; magtraff ki. 5. 30. - << drinking water. (-7) 1 the ocean. -2 Varuna, the regent of waters; rakSo'mbupAnilazazIzapurANi cASTau Sid. Sir; 1799441217 T H H Ram. 7. 4. 17. -3 N. of plant ( = *; Mar. t ). -ofa: Varun; gyfarta 1974 (31919 ) Mb. 7. 155. 36. -Ta N. of a plant ( 3221; Mar. I. - Tefa: 1.- 1a: current, tlow or stream of water, busca de; maar 72: Bk. 1.8.-TATE: -TEA (321 ] the clearing nut tree (70% Mar. Faqat). Strychnos Potatorum (the muts of this tree are used for purifying water; when rubbed on the inner surface of the vessel, they precipitate the impurities which the water contains; ( 1721731 4025416*411 a 2 wafa) M. 6. 67. -94 a Lotus. - . 1 water-bearer, & cloud. ST12FT 1 A mother, wood woman, also used like 31741 as a term of respect or endearment ; 317 317 Tu 44 fra Mk. 1. -2 N. of a plant (3479T 2); N. of another plant .-3 N. of larynti, wife of Siva; 3115HTY : 97: T itan Ku. 6. 90. -4 N. of the middle daughter of Kasiraja and the oldest wife of Vichitraviry. Like her youngest sister she had no progeny, and Vyas bogot on her son na med att. -5 Name of Taina deity. - Comp. -afai, N . of Siva. - i, -a: N. of g. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #226
ambujinI 208 amla -2 the ocean. -3 = degpatrA q. v. -4 N. of a plant mustaka. -5 talk.-mAtraja a. produced only in water. (-jaH) a conclhshell. -muc m. a cloud ; dhvanitasUcitamambumucAM cayam Ki.5.12. -rAjaH 1 the occan. -2 Varuna. -rAzi: receptacle or store of water, the ocean; tvayi jvalatyauvaM ivAmburAzI 5.3.33B candrodayArambha ivAmburAziH Ku.3.67, R.G.5739.82. / -ru . 1 lotus. -2 Sarasa. -ruhaH, -ham, a lotus; vipulinAmburuhA na saridvadhaH Ki.5. 10. (-hA) N. of the land-lotus plant (sthalapadminI). -rohiNI a lotus. -vAcI [ambu tadvarSaNaM vAcayati sUcayati] an epithet applied to the earth during four days from the 10th to the 13th in the dark half of the month of Asadha when it is supposed to be unclean (rajasvalA ica) and agriculture is prohibited; Brav. P.2.77. pradaH the 10th day; tyAgaH 13th day. -vAsinI,-vAsI N. of a plant (pATalA), the trumpet flower. -vAhaH [ambu vahatIti] 1a cloud; taDitvantamivAmbuvAham Ki. 3.1; bhartumitraM priyamavidhave viddhi mAmambuvAham Me. 101. -2 a lake. -3 water-bearer. -4 the number 17. -5 a sort of grass. -area. carrying or conveying water. -m. 1 a cloud. -2 = mustaka. (-nI) 1a wooden vessel, a sort of bucket. -2 a woman fetching water. -3 N. of a stream. -vihAraH sporting in water. -vinavA-ghRtakumArI. -vega. flowing quickly; yathAnadInAM bahvo'mbuvegAH Bg.11.28. -vetasaHn kind of cane or reed growing in water. (Mar. lavhALA). -zirISikA N. of plant -saraNam flow or current of water. -sarpiNI / / leech (ambuni sarpati). -secanI a wooden baling vessel. ambujinI The lotus-creeper. -kuTumbin m. The suny Sahendra. 1. 40. ambumat a. Watery, containing water. -tI N. of a river. amburaH, (-mbaraH) A threshold of a door. ambUkRta.. Sputtered, pronounced indistinetly in shutting the lips, the sound thus remaining as it were in the mouth; uttered while emitting saliva from the mouth. -tam A sputtering noise, the growling of a. bour; dadhati kuharabhAjAmatra bhallUkayUnAmanurasitagurUNi syAnamvRkRtAni U.2.21; Mal.9.63 Mv.5. 41. 34752: Ved. A chanter. ara talaa 345541 Rv.8.72.5. ambha 1 A. [ambhate, ambhita ] To sound. ambhas []By Unt. 209 Ap-asun ; or ambha zabde asun ] 1 water; kathamapyambhasAmantarAniSpatteH pratIkSate Ku.2.37; svedyamAmajvaraM prAjJaH ko'mbhasA pariSiJcati Si.2.04 ambhasAkRtam done by water P. VI. 3.3. -2 The sky. -3 The fourth sign of the zodiac. -4 Mystical name of the letter . -5A God. -6 A man. -7 The world of the Manes. -8 A Raksasa or Asura. -9 (In Phil.) gre or acquioscence of the soul.-10 Power; splendour : fruitfulness inal.) 347*** Heaven and earth. -(pl.) Collective name for Gods, men, Manes, and demons. (cf. L. imber: Gr. omopos.] -Comp. -ja.. produced in water, aduatic. (-jaH)1the moon. -2 the (Indian) erane or Sarasa. (-jam)a lotus; bAle nava mukhAmbhoje kathamindIvaradvayam S. Til. 17; 80 pAda', netra; khaNDa: a group of lotus flowers; kumudavanamapathi zrImadambhojakhaNDam Si.9.11,61: janman m.,-jani:, -yoniH the lotus-born God, opithet of Brahms. sadanamupagato'haM pUrvamambhojayoneH Prab. (-jA) Glycirrhizingla bra (Mar. jyeSThamadha). -janman 1. a lotus; ambhojanmajanistadantaragato Bhag. 10. 13. 15. -daH, -dhara. 1 a cloud, nanAda so'mbhoda ivAtapAnte Mb.8. 17. 15. -2 the plant mustaka -dhiH, -nidhiH , -rAziH 'receptacle of waters', the ocean; saMbhUyAmbhodhimabhyeti mahAnadyA nagApagA Si.2. 100%B yAdavAmbhonidhInrunddhe veleva bhavataH kSamA 183; 80 ambhasA nidhiH; zikhAbhirAzliSTa ivAmbhasA nidhiH Si. 1.20 degvabhaH or degpahavaH / / coral. -ruhU . (T), -ruham a louts; hemAmbhoruhasasyAnAM tadvApyo dhAma sAMprata Ku.2.41. m. the ( Indian) erane. -sAram a pearl. -sU: smoke; cloudiness (Mar. dhuke). - FT a. living in water; what holds or contains water. ambhojinI 1A lotus-plant or its flowers; degvananivAsavilAsam Bh. 2. 18. -2 A group of lotus flowers. -3 A place a bounding in lotuses. ambhRNa .. Vel. 1 Powerful, great, mighty (mahata). -2 Roaring terribly. -U: 1 A vessel or tub used in preparing tho Soma juice. -2 The father of Vich (19). ammaya .. (-yI/.) [ ap-maya ] Watery, formed from water; R. 10.58. amyak Ved. Towards, near. abhyaka sA ta indra RSTirasme Rv. 1. 169. 3. amra = Amra q.v. amrAtaH, -taka: A species or lhog-plum; ses AmrAtaka. amla . [ am- Un.i. 108.] Sour, acid; kaTvamlalavaNAtyuSNatIkSNarukSavidAhinaH (AhArAH) Bg. 17.9. -mla: 1 Sourness, acidity, one of the six kinds of tastes or ruses q. v. yo dantaharSamutpAdayati mukhAsAvaM janayati zraddhAM cotpAdayani so'mla: (rasaH) Susr. -2 Vinegar. -3 Wood-sorrel, -4 = amlabetasa q.v. -5 The common citron tree. -6 Belch. -mlIcAjarI. -mlam Sour curds, butter-milk, with a fourth part of water. -Comp. -akta .ncidulated. -a kuzaH a. variety of sorrel (degvetas ). -adhyUSitam a disease of the eye. -udgAra:sour eructation. -kANDam N. of a plant (lavaNatRNa). -kezara: the titron tree. -gandhi 1. haring a sour smell. -gorasa: sour butter-milk. -cukrikA, -cUDA0 sort of tu sorrel. -jambIraH, -nimbaka: the lime-tree. -tva k A seed of the tree Chirongia sapida (Mar. cAroLI). -nAyakaH =degvetasaH q. v. -nizA N. of plant (zaThI; Mar. AMbehaLada, kApUrakAcarI) -paJcaka, -paJcaphalam collection of five kinds of vegetables and fruits; kolaM ca dADimaM caiva vRkSAmlaM cukrikA tathA / amlavelasamityetadamlapaJcaphalaM smRtam || or jambIraM nAgaragaM ca tathAmlaM vetasaM punaH / tintiDIkaM vIjapUramamlapaJcaphalaM smRtama . -putraH N. of aplant (azmantaka). (-trI) palAzIlatA and kSudrAmlikA. -panasa: N. of a tree (lakuca). --pittama cidity of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #227
amlakaH 209 ayat , i stomach, sour bile. -TH = AFZH q. r. -Fi: the tamarind tree. (-34) tamorind fruit. -2: = 42 q. v. he: a kind of urinary disease. Tot a. having a acid taste. ( - ) soumness, acidity. -DET: kind of betel neric: ). urforir, groft, FI wood xorrel (M@r. YF). -T: a class of sour things including plants with acid leaves and fruits. a N. of: plint (agitat al tratta:). -art": hog-plum. ETTE Fil : sort of betel. -27 a sorrel (74). - : the tamarind tree. : : kind of sorrel (Mar. 1, 1). - Fi a sort of sorrel (TT5, TFT, 312, , 3) commonly used as a pot-herb). (FH) = EZH, . IT: 1 the lime troc. -2: sort of sorrel (aas). -3N. of a plou (fear). (-14) rice-water :ifter fernicntation (H H ). EFTET N. of a plant (AIT). 3477: N. of plant (7 ), a sort of bread-fruit tree. - A kind of sorrel (Mar. 7 ). (F ) FT 1 Sour teste in the mouth, sour eructation. -2 "The tamarind trec. -3 Wood-sorrel : also w , AFT, od 22115241. Comp. -EF: a sort of cake. 3TKIH . Scumess. 3777: Soumnes. 317 a. 1 Not withered or faded (flowers &c.). -2 Cleol, clear, bright (fice); pure, unclouded: 412522912 Fiscapaz fa: # Globe-amaranth. (Mar. ). 4 A lotus. rata. Vigorous, not farling - f. 1 Vigour. -2 Freshness i verdure. rufaa Clear, clear. - A collection of globeamaranths. 31 A. (sometimes P. also, especially with 37 ) (373, 37214, 31979, 314.) To go. serta wa 949 fra 13h. I. 37. Going, toviny.-: 1 Going, moving montly in comp., as in 31714 ). - 2 Good actions of former birth. -3 Good fortuno, good luck (THIET fare:) JETIOP-28: R. . 26. 911 917 Hejaarslaai Pratijna. I. I. -4 A move towards the right (in chiess). -5 Adlie or cube (to play with); 3141 39 917 77 zar: v. 10. 116. 9; #fo: wafanamala Sat. Br. f. 3121: 194 af Ha y a... Nm -Comp. -faa, 7790. fortunate, lucky; 27: 221 111 ki. 7. 20. -INTET. bright with good fortune. 3199 . [ 344-] Going (at the end of comp.); AT 79: 7741: 745120: Pras. Up. 1 Going, moving, walking; as in 19TH. 2 A walk, path, *. SS. 1.... 26 way, road; 39149191529143H17T: Rs. 3. 33. 7. 391572 1574-17 R. 16. 11. -3 A place, site, abolus place of resort; Bri. Up. 2. 4. 11. Hyrd Ms. 1. 10 occurring in the derivation of the word 140T).- A way of ontrano, al untrance (to 1 array of troops or cy); 372 409 4149ftuar: 1. 1. 11. -5 Rotation, circulation period: UT 3 4: 2deg, 45deg -6 A particular period in the year for the performance of particular surificial or other religious works; N. of certain scriticial performances; as "1514454.-7 The sun's passage, north and south of the equator. -8 (Honce ) The period of this passage, half year, the time from one solstice to enother'; see uttarAyaNa and dakSiNAyana; f ly sAyana and facet. -9 the equinoctial and solstitial points; 1214 ayanam winter solstice: uttaram ayanam suummer solstice: -10 Method, manner, way. -11 A Sastra, scripture or inspired writing. -12 Final emancipation; 72: 21 facasa Svet. Up. -13 A commentary ; treatise. -14 The deities presiding over the n. -Comp. - 313T:, HIT: the are between the vernal oquinoctis point and beginning of the fixed zodie or first point of Aries. -ct: The correction (in minutes ) for ecliptic deviation. Suryasiddhanta. -17: the interval between the solstices. 96: A planet's longitudlo as corrected for ecliptic deviation ; ibid. : :1 month caused by ayanama. - ftefer: Change of the 31971; sun's passage from one side of the equator to the other: 312-41can SB. on MS. 6.5.37. A:, ra: passage through the zodiac. 4 the ecliptic. spre . Ved. 1 Not consumptive, Dieseltly. -2 Causing health: 3441 gectiu: Ry. 9. 19. l. 74 Jealthiness, freedom from disease. Comp. -TOT. causing health, making healthy and soul: Ar. 19. 2.7.-afa: 1. health ; 392441 HE & 994 Av. 4. 25.5. 7557 . Without a sacrificial formula or verse. ayajJa Vot offering sacrifice. nAyaM loko'styayajJasya Bw. 4.31.-3: No sacrifice : bad sacritice; Ms. 3. 120. -Comp. -171. not performing a sacrifice: 3723-17 327991: Rv. 6. 67.9. 123 . Unfit for sacritice. 32fac. 1 Not fit for sacritice (as 1). -2 Not fit to perform a nacrifice (as a boy not invented with the sacred thread ). 3 Profane, vulgar, commonly 3121 zaawat hari Av. 12. 2. 37. 31254 . Ved. 1 Prof:une, impious. -2 Obstructor or destroyer of sacrifices. 3779 . Not sucrificing according to the rites: wodless, impious; 3727591 : Ms. 11. 11. 20. 47 a. Not attempting. Bk. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #228
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ayata ayata . Uncontrolled, unchecked. ayati ayatin incontinent. www.kobatirth.org ayatiH zraddhayopetaH Bg. 6. 37. a. Not attempting; Of unsubdued desires or passions, ayatna .. Not requiring any effort; tadyodhavAraNAnAmayatnapaTavAsatAm R. 4. 55. cf. also ayatnazItalaM vAri sukhaM ca svedavarjitam Uab -naH Absence of effort or exertion ; ayatnena -lAt tnataH without effort or exertion, easily, readily. -Comp. -kArin a making no effort or exertion, indifferent; idle. -kRta, -ja . easily produced, spontaneous. -labhya . easily obtainable; hiMsAzUnyamayatnalabhyamazanam Bh. 3. 10. ayatham Ved. A foot, leg. ayathA ind. Not as it should be or is intended to be, untitly, improperly, wrongly. -thama Ved. Without effort.; godhA nasmA ayathaM karSadetat Rv. 10.28.10. -Comp. -artha a. 1 not true to the sense, unmeaning, nonsensical; parityaktasvArtho niyatamayathArthaH kSitipatiH M. 3.1. -2 incongruous, untit, false, dvayamidamayathArthaM dRzyate madvidheSu S. 3. 2; incorrect, wrong; anubhavo dvividho yathArtho'yathArthazca T. S.; * anubhavaH incorrect or untrue knowledge, wrong notion ; tadabhAvavati kAro'nubhavo'thAnubhavaH yathA zuko rajatamidamiti zAnaM sevate abhipretAkhyAnam Communicating news in an undesired manner, i. e. to tell a good news in a whispering tone, and to declare a bad news loudly. P. III. 4. 59. ayathAbhipretAkhyAnaM nAmApriyasyoccaiH, priyasya ca nIcaiH kathanam Sk. iSTa a. 1 not as wished or desired, disliked. -2 not enough or sufficient. - ucita (f. unfit, unworthy. ( - tam ) untitly - tatha . 1 not as it should be, unfit, unsuitable, unworthy; idamayathAtathaM svAminazceSTitam Ve. 2. -2 vain, useless, protitless. ( -tham ) 1 unfitly, unsuitably. -2 in vain, uselessly; tad gacchati adeg Ms. 3. 240 -3 wrongly Ve. 5. - unsuitableness, incongruity, uselessness. -dyotanam intimation or occurrence of something or not which is not expected. -pura, pUrva [unprooodented. unparalleled, masunl;so'yathApUrvI R. 12. 88. - mukhIna - having the face turned away -vRtta . acting wrongly. -zAstrakArin a. not reting according to the Sastras, irreligious; ayathAzAstrakArI ca na vibhAge pitA prabhuH Narada. d. 210 ayathAvat ind. Wrongly erroneously, improperly ; ayathAvatprajAnAti buddhiH sA pArtha rAjasI Bg. 18. 31. athadIkSitaH Name of an author (nephew of Appays.] Diksita). ayantram 1 Non-restraint; having no restraint ; vidharmaNAyantrairIyate Rv. 10. 46. 6. 2 A powerful weapon for restraining onemies. nAyantritastrivedo'pi sarvAzI sarvavikrayI Ms. 2. 118. ayantrita a Unrestrained, unchecked, self-willed. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ayas ayamita . 1 Unrestrained, unchecked. -2 Untrimmed, undecorated (as nails &c.); sparzaSTAmayamitanakhenAsakRtsArayantIm Me. 93. ayava . 1 Deficient. -2 Having worthless or no barley, such as a religious ceremony (also in this sense). -vaH 1 Name of a worm bred in excrement -2 (ayavan m., ayavas n. also ). The dark half of the month ; pUrvapakSA vai yavA aparapakSA vA ayavAste hIdaM sarvaM yuvate cAyuvate ca Sat. Br. -3 An incongruous enemy. ayavya . Unfit for barley - a. Disreputable, infamous, disgraceful; abo ayazaska in this sense. n. (zaH ) Infany, disgrace, ignominy, ill-repute, stain, dishonour, scandal; tapo dAnaM yazo'yaza: Bg. 10. 5. ayazo mahadApnoti Ms. 8. 128; kimayazo nanu ghoramataH param U. 3. 27; svabhAvaloletyayazaH pramRSTam R. 6. 41. -Comp. -kara a. ( rI / ) disgraceful, ignominious. ayazasya a. Infamous, ignominious. ayas . [ i-gatI asuna ] Going movings nimble.. ( - yaH ) 1 Iron ( eti calati ayaskAntasaMnikarSa iti tathAtvam; nAyasollikhyate ratnam Sukra + 109. abhitaptamayo'pi mArdavaM bhajate kaiva kathA zarIriSu R. 8. 43. -2 Steel. -3 Gold. -4 A metal in general. -5 Aloe wood. -6 An iron instrument ; yadayonidhanaM yAti so'sya dharmaH sanAtanaH Mb. 6. 17. 11. -7 Going. m. Fire [cf. I. aes, aeris; Goth ais, eisarn; Ger. cisin]. -Comp. -agram, agrakam & hammer, a mace or club tipped with iron; a pestle for cleaning grain. - apATi a. Ved. furnished with iron elaws or heels. -kaMsaH, -sam an iron goblet. -kaNapam A kind of weapon, which throws out iron balls; ayaHkaNapacakrAzmabhuzuNDayudyatabAhavaH Mb. 1. 227. 25. -kANDaH 1 an iron arrow. -2 excellent iron. -3 a large quantity of iron. -kAntaH ( ayaskAntaH ) 1' beloved of iron, a magnet, load stone; zambhoryatadhvamAtraSTumayaskAntena lohavat Ku. 2. 59; sa cakarSa parasmAtadayaskAnta ivAyasam R. 17.63; U. 4. 21. ayaskAntamayaH saMkrAmati M. Bh. on P. III. 1. 7. -2 a precious stone; * maNiH a loadstone; ayaskAntamaNizalAkeva loha dhAtumantaH karaNamAkRSTavatI Mal. 1. -kAra: 1 an iron smith, blacksmith. -2 the upper part of the thigh. -kiTTam, -kITam rust of iron. -kumbhaH an iron vessel, boiler &c.; 50 pAtram. -kuzA a rope partly consisting of iron. -f a preparation of iron ; one of the ways of curing leprosy ( mahAkuSTacikitsAbhedaH ). -gaH an iron hammer. -guDaH 1 a pill; one made of some preparation of iron. -2 an iron ball; dIptazUlaSTarpayoguDAn Ms. 3. 133. -3 A kind of weapon consisting of iron balls; laguDAyoguDAzmAna: Mb. 7. 30. 16. - ghanaH [ ayo hanyate anena iti P. III. 3. 82 ] hammer, forge hammer; gadAparighanistriMzapaTTizAyodhanopalai: Mb. 7.2358Aminasam] [2. 14.33. -cUrNam iron filing. - jAla a having iron nets; of impenetrable guiles. ( -lam) an iron net-work: ayojAlAni nirmathya bhittvA ratnagRhaM baram Ram. 3. 35. OM tApa 1making iron red-hot. - dat, daMSTra . Ved. iron-toothed, having iron rims ann iron For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #229
ayasmaya, 211 ayi (as chariots); having iron weapons ; 947 feT47719- -18 a. not old or weakened, not sta le, fresh, not grafaitai U16 Rv. 1. 28. 5. & a proper worn out by use; 392143H x M14 name; (faut 3191 . V. 1. 143. aug: an iron Mb. 3. 114. 11. 1994 Dk. 123 fresh, blooming: club, K. 76.- : iron metal; 314 29 717- #9: 158; 3reikala Bhay. 10.80.42. where TUT: U. 4.21. - 14(344:917) N. of a hell where Sridhara says Bro = faccia free from faults, faultredhot iron is forced down the throats of those who are less, pure. (- ) N. of certain texts of the condemned to it). -fouz: A canon-ball. afaat Yajurveda revealed to Yajna valkya. Ha freshness, (314: an iron image. -aig: Name of a son of unimpaired nature, strength, or vigour, purity.) Dh ritarastra. HC rust of iron; 80 deg7:,degT:. --Comp. 147. a. Ved. not weak, fresh. at a. (-e ) 1 having an iron mouth, face, or 32117 a. Ved. Not demoniacal; free from evil beak. -2 tipped or pointed with iron; whatea spirits. : Not a demon, not an evil spirit, not deEra *194919 Ms. 10. 81. (-:) an arrow (ironpointed); aat 32Rv. 7. 31.8. structive. G 47: F#igen R. 5. 55. - 1 an iron spear; -2 an iron nail, pointed iron spike, 32797 The state of not being passa ble; Ram. 4. 34:52 flat : T T a R. 12. 95. - a. 32 . a. ( f.) 1 Not true, wrong, lying in, made of iron, said of fire). -34 1 an unjust, improper. -2 Not real or genuine, incongru iron lance. -2 a forcible means, a violent proceeding ous, absurd. ( diut: 3912: Sk.); (cf. 37175 ; also K. P. 10; T E ST 1 Unfitness, incorrectness. -2 Absur314: 3fazla :). FOTOT a. 1 (37deg or yaH") having iron pillars or stakes. hiraNyarUpamuSaso vyuSTAvayaH dity, incongruity. gryfear e Rv. 5. 62. 8. -2 Name of a Risi Sat. 2 1 Not going or moving, stopping, halt. Br. - a. Ved. embossed in iron-work, made by a -2 Natural disposition, nature. priest who wears a golden ring on his finger (B. and 21 [ 3479 31994 31: HIETT: ] Good or bad R.); a fareforrf faucah Rv. 9. 1. 2. luck. -T: A particular position of the pieces on a -Er a. iron-hearted, stern, cruel, unrelenting; HECTETU: watt AH R. 9. 9. chess-board. A place on a chess-board, which the pieces of the opponents cannot occupy. ( 3 47 TITT HT, (T T ) a. (-1/.) Ved. Made of iron asmin ityAnayaH; ayana dakSiNAvartana apasavyagamanena AnayaH ayAnayaH or of any metal. - N. of one of the three habita- zIrSasthAnam Sarala). tions of Asuras. 37919 : [ 3791972-a] A piece at chess or backayocchiSTam Rust of iron. gammon ; 342174: Fa : S ta: TIT: (Mar. * At the end of comp.) See Fliza, 4101 19 Tret P. V. 2. 9 Sk. 99 &c. 32 aa a. Fortunate, lucky : R. . 26. -a: N. of Sankaracharya. 3721 ind. Ved. Thus, in this manner. 34019% a. Naturally red. 417 . One who does not ask or solicit. 1 h Not causing to unite. 3 ofera a. Unasked, unsolicited (as alms, food 3T a. Ved. 1 Unfit for copulation. Fue &c.); 2198 Fic474 Ms. 4. 5; 11. 212. -2: N. of the sage Upavarsa. -14 Unsolicited alms. -Comp. 3279: Av. 8.6. 15. -2 Destructive of good things. -3999, -39 a . got unasked or without solicita 19 . (fr. 5 'to go'Nir. ] Ved. Agile, nimble. tion; 37agnea Ku. 5. 22. lei, -au -21: ind. [-3rfa: Un. 4. 221 ] Fire. subsisting on alms got without begging or solicitation. E a. Ved. Indefatigable, inexhaustible. 3 a. 1 (A person) for whom one must not ! valiant, invincible. - : 1 A mystical name for the perform sacrifices, not competent to offer sacrifices as chiet life-wind: so'yAsya Aziraso'lgAnA hi rasaH Bri. Up. a Sudra &c.). -2 Hence), Out-cast; degraded, not 1.3. 8.-2 N. of Angirasa. admissible to or incapable of religious ceremonies. ETHITH N. of some verses of the Samaveda. -3 Not fit for sacrificial offerings. -Comp. - GIFTH sacrificing for a person for whom one must find. 1 As a gentle address in the sense of 'friend', not perform sucritices 3 ayAjyayAjanezcaiva nAstikyena ca karmaNAm oh', 'ah' ( 40); or simply as a vocative partiMs. 3. 65; 1244344H 4: Ms. 11. 59. cle; ayi vivekavizrAntamabhihitam M.1; ayi kaThora U.B. 27 On you ruthless one ; 3919 192 S. 7; 371 faguziai ayAta a. Not gone. ayAtamasya dadRze na yAtam Av. 10.8.8. C a la Mk. 5. 32; 377 Tecana -Comp. - a. following, succeeding, subsequent to. . a U. 4; see also By. 1.5, 11, 44. -2 As a particle For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #230
ayukta 212 ayoga of entreaty or solicitation (34992), 'I pray', 'prythee': 31 juftit k u. 4. 28: also of encouragement or persution: 919m ay paix #17 By. 2. 10. 3 As particle of gentle or kind inquiry (4): 89 start af Ku. 1. 3: ayodamevaM parihAsaH / .623 ayi jAnI rebhilasya sArthavAhasva gRhama Mk. 3. cf. Traget:... Nm. ayukta / .1 Not yoked or harnessed; arazmAno ye'rathA 3471 Rv. 9.97. 20.-2 Not joined, united or cour nected. -3 Not devout or pious, inattentive, negligent. nAstibuddhirayuktasya ... 06: ayuktAsI abrahmatA yadasan / Ry... 33... - O'n practised, unused, unemployed : gia, 17. -5 Untit, improper, unsuitable; 317 fazat: 1. IV. 1.64 Mbh. -6 Untrue, wrong. -7 Unnarriol. -8 Opening externally. -9 Reduced to straits, miserable. Comp. - . an official (perhaps for 31deg). - . duing in proper or wrong acts. - TETT: the sense of a word to be suppliedl, as the sense of 3119 q. v. ET 1. incongruous, suitable: 94:7 Ku. 5. 69. syfen: /. 1 Disunion, separation. -2 Unressonableness, want of conformity to correct principles, 3 Unfitness, in propriety, incongruity. YTT, TT . 1 Separato, single. -2 Odd, meven. T4 I're period, before cosmogonic time; 312 7 Rhag. 11.21.2. Comp. - w. Fire. 9. -a2a:. -6: See under 344. a: having seven horses: 77977 ruye: Si. 11. 61. TYTIinl. Not all together, gradually, sesinti; 329ca 4 04 Ki. 10.01. --Cemp.-EU4 apprehending ordually. Hla: successive order, successiveTIexs. YT: 1. A woman that bear's only one child. ( = +372221 q. r.). 314TH . 1 Not in pairs or couples; single, separate. -2 til, Weveu (as a number 31719 M. 2. H EH31427174 ( 933 ) : Ki. 12. 19. Comp. - ,-a: having an odd (i.c.7number of ley: the 19901 troo; (Mar. 911919); 1 82 Ki. 1. 16. 77, 9, 127: having odd (3) eyes, X. of Siva: 3772 7 -422: K. 3.. 6). - , -OTT: &c. having odd () arrows; N. of Cupid.-are:, - a: having seven horses, the su. 34 <<. Vol. Not existing in couples, odd, uneven. See 37. Sat. Br. 3. 13. 5 . Not being in couples, odd, uneven (opp. 791 even); 371 51 77314 yran V. Rati. Comp. -59,- :, -7: N. of Cupid (having arrows). - , =28901 Mar. 1990); 8 47972: Si. 6, 50.-OGIET: = 9799312. - H: kind of alliteration having the same syllables (in different sense) in the first and third palas - , - , - , -ST : X of Siva. sy ST . 1 Ilaving no equal or companion. 2771 2 1 : Rv. 8. 62.2.2 Separate, single, odel. 9a ... 1 Disjoined, detached, not comectol. -2 Uninterrupted, undisturbeil. Av. 18). 51. 1.-74 Ten thousand, a myriad. fra fama: Surya. Terata27 -Comp.-3T297: : good teacher. -1,-fr Name of a king (son of Sindhudvipe and father of Rituparna) Bri. Up. N. of another king (son of Bhajamana ; ) V.1.- N. of a king in the Mb. E . (in Vais. ll .) proved to be inseparable and inherent. fafe: /. proof that certain things or notions are inseparable and in hermt.- R a kind of sacritice. B. !!. y a. Ved. 1 Not lightiny. -2 Unconquered, irresistible. 374 39 T4174 Rv. 8.45.3.-34 Absence of fighting or war. -Comp. - . of unconquerable armies (or arrows), irresistible. 37 7 Ry. 10. 138. 5. y tiul. Without lighting TY: A non-combstont. EZ . Unconquerable, irresistible 196: 11 Ry. 10. 103.7. 3 2 . 1 Uudisturberlimshako. -2 connected. syaalta. Where no young people die Ait. Br. 310 iwl. 1 A : vocative particle, or as kind of srentle :ddress. ( = 3712); 31 118 Fata Bh. 3. 123.-2 An interjection showing ( 'rurprise or 'wonder' and translated by his al', 37 at: S. 6:37 17 : 118: 1.1: YT: 479: U..); (0) grief, dejection': 2 a sat328 Mu. 2. (las!); ( nr 373 374 i 1941 fan Ermat: 1. ti ) fear', 'flurry, agitation'; (r) recollection': 'fer (y) * fatigue'. TRT a. 1 Uneonnected with. -2 Indistinctly connected. 3 Making vigorous efforts. -T: 1 Separation, disjunction interval. -2 Unfitness, impropriety, incongruity. -3 An improper conjunction. -4 Inefficacy of 3 remedy or medicine (as of a purgative or emetic). - Strong or vigorous effort. - Medical treatment against the symptoms. -7 Non-application or misapplication of remedies. -8 A sort of disease (cured by prescribing emetics ). -9 A widower ; absent lover or husband (faut). -10 A hammer (for 373114, 377142). -11 Dislike. -12 A conjunction of two planets (also inauspicious). -13 Falling from the practice of Yoga; ang 9 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #231
ayogavaH 213 377TTE . TTTTT2: Bhay. 6. X. 16. -Comp. arg: : term for -3 Going (at the end of comp.),-T: 1 The spoke or radius 32797, fax , 3 7, and as standing of a wheel: 3471 T H Mund. 2.2.6: Prasia. 9.6. between yowels and consonants: 34 II 1 .9 ( Iso ): : at WII: vargat: 1.1.81. caiva pazrito / ayogavAhA vijJeyA AzrayasthAnabhAginaH / / of. Io affidet Ryana 3a8%a24h Pratim. 3. 2. ata: (at or eft f.) The son of a Sudra man and - 2 A spoke of the time wheel: a Jaina division of time. -3 A corner (17) or angle: 417 41% Syamastava. Vaisy: woman; saridhaM vAgurAvRttiM sUte dasyurayogave Ms. 10. 32: seo 31131022: (his business is carpentry ). -4 Moss (1917). -5=743 q. v. -6 N. of an ocean in rahma's world; yadaraNyAyanamityAcakSate brahmacaryameva tattadarazca 3TITS, - U &c. roo under 3127. 720eur aagi Chan. Up. 8. 5.3. -Comp. -34FC 3TZIT: A blacksmith; Voj. 30.5. (pl.) the intervals of the spoke: 791 9 TOTT . 1 Untit, improper, unsuitable, useless. ataca V. 1. 5. - : , 58*: [ aza 4 ] 1 a wheel or machine for raising -2 Not ascertainable by senses. water from a well (M:ir. TIEZ ). (It usually consists TITLE W. 1 No warrior, : bad warrior. -2 One of a single wheel with spokes on each side serving as who is not equalled by other warriors. handles to turn it, and : rope with a bucket attachel 17. Not to be warred against, unassail: ble: to it passes over this wheol): 7: Pt. 1 turnirresistible; 31923 Hai 331 fua : Ram. ing this machine; at a bucket so rised: TA1721 ofthrin arata: lt. 1.-2 a deep well. - The capital of solar kinys, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudl) situated on the river araka: A spoke of a wheel. na nAbhibhane hyara kA vahanti Pt. Sarayu. 37399ETIH UZ I Bk. [It is 3TTET . 1 Not disturbed by evil spirits. -2 said to have extended 18 miles in length and 12 miles Harmless, honest. in breadth. It was also called Saketa, ond one of its araMka, -gam Sie under arama below. turbs was Nandi yrams, where Bharata lived governing the king lom luring the absence of Rama. The town fat l'assionless: 41a: a passionless being; plays an important part in the story of the Ramayana: 51 class of divinities with Buddhists. the second book (347144193) dealing mostly with TU, -73,-34TTET . 1 lustloss, clean, puro events that took place in the city during the youthful (fig also ); rara FATHATFIEY A4 Rant. 5. 18. 24. days of Rama. 1 -2 Free from passion (T ). 3 Not having the 3ffat . 1 Without origin or source, eternal: inonthly courses. 1. (- :) A young girl who has alan Ku. 2.9.-2 Not bom from the womb: not reached the age of puberty; : girl before born in a manner not approved by law or religion. menstruation. -3Of unknown family; ayoni ca viyoni ca na gacchena 3 a Den. A. 1 To become dustless or pure. 972701: Mb. 13. 101. 33. - ./. 1 Not the womb; -2 To lose the monthly courses. 7 ir 1994 Y. 2. 28: Ms. 11. 174. -2 Not : particular verse of the Samveda. - 1 N. of TET . Not consisting of or furnished with Brahmi and Siv:. -2 A pestle. -Comp. --, -SEHE cords: 3175 74 kv. 2. 13. 9. #. A prison house. it. not born from the womb, not produced in the 34731 /. N. of a yoddess. Gobhil. ordinary course of generation; zarIraM dvividhaM yonijamayonijaM TOT . (-uit :) Ved. 1 Departed, gone away; A T. S; TT 4 R. 11. 47, 48; mura belonging to others, strange, unusual, foreign; distant, # H7141 My. 1. 30. (-37:) N. of Visnu. :, remote (opp. 59, farzu or 3141); (Nay. grieved, a: N. of Siva. (-3), al N. of Sita, daughter sorry , 377861): inimical, hostile, with whom of Janaka, who was born from a furrow in a field; one is not on speaking terms ). -2 Not fighting, -UTA Tar H a i qfa: f 2967 R. 11. 47: 1 Moving, going.-2 Entering into, being inserted. Mv. 1. 30. -3 A refuge; faufa *HIZTOT : Bhay. 6. 9. 21. T . Without the words a: Vaj. 23.2. utfot: 7., 8. oft f. [ 8-37 Un. 2. 101; BAT: ayogapadyam Absence of simultaneity. stagia:] A piece of wood of the Sami tree) used spuitfa ( .) Not etymologically derived as a for kindling the sacred fire by attrition, the tireword). producing wooden stick; prayacchanti phalaM bhUmiraraNIva hutAzanam Pt. 1.216.-oft (dual) The two pieces of wood used in Tofia. Inconsistent with reason, unreasonable. kindling the sacred fire. T halal dat: Katha. 37T 1. [surd 1 :41, 8-317 1 Speedy, swift. 4.8. -POT: 1 The sun. - 2 fire. -3 Flint. -4 N. of -2 Little. at an afz a T. Up. 2.7.1. i several fire-producing plants, particularly 1944, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #232
araNimat 214 arati -for: f. 1 A path, way. -2 Ved. Stinginess. -3 Discomfort; fare for afar 99 Ay. 1. 18. 2. - Comp. : = 3 Prema Intergrifolia. En: N. of Suka, 11 celebrated sage ( born from the seed of Vyana fallen upon an Arani at the sight of the nymph Ghritachi ); faa: 1121UiToftga: Mb. 12. 327. 31. -2 Fire, Agni: Rifa tocar beat GATVINNA Ram. 5. 13.39. STTIAT . Related to the two Ara nis; to be produced by them. TUTH (sometimes ) .. also, [3172 173 10 - Un. 3. 102] A land neither cultivated nor grazed, a wilderness, forest, desert; fare Par JET & wala U. 6. 30: Tar y a u f affuzarreait I 37703 da Todos ger og at 774 | Chan. 4t; 79:27 99447o Mund. 1. 2. 11. oft. used as first member of comp. in the sense of wild', 'grown or produced in forest'; 'aith wild seed: Frife, MT; degF***: &e; soo 161T:, 79%. -2 A foreign or distant land; 3509 Tu f Rv. 1. 163. 11. -u: N. of a plant is (Mar. 296) -Comp. -3eter: headman or superintendent of a forest district; forest keeper or ranger. -3797774. 74 going into the forest, becoming a hermit ; 391427031771 149 Ch. Up. 8. 5. 3. -3717 , a. 1 dwelling in woods, being in a forest; reta anabhyasta rathacaryAH 0.5; vaikavyaM mama tAvadIdazamapi snehAdaraNyaukasaHS. 4.6. -2 especially, one who has left his family and become an anchorito, forest-dweller. -FUTT wild cumin Need (Mar. ) - wild plantain. -ruga N. of the third book of the Ramivana which embodies Rama's exploits in the course of his journey through the forests in company with Visvamitra. F: a wild clephant not tamed). TIETY N. of one of the four hymn-books of the Sama ved: (to be chanted in the forest). EF a wild sparrow. T il (lit. ) moonlight in a forest; (fig.) un ornament or decor: tion which is useless, or does not serve its purpose; just as moonlight in a forest is useless there being no human beings to view, enjoy and appreciate it, so is decoration when not viewed and appreciated by those for whom it is intended; thus Malli. on a fa fa: Ku. 7. 22 remarks 3472 TSTYR Fiera wa:. - (031777 also), -taa. wild, living in woods. -37 a. wild ; 11 wild ginger. -ETH wild cumin (Mar. *3 *). -2 : N. of a plant. 153, N. of a ceremony performed on the 12th day of Margasirsa. -TA: 1 wild state or usage, wild nature: a170 Hifa 28 Auga: Pt. 1 -2 the duties of a Vanaprastha or anchorito.-17274,- fo: wild rice ( far). Tofa: -TIT(), -TTGT: 'lord of the woods', epithet of a lion or a tiger; so 3 raf qfa:. -rosa: [ 3770 ga prosa:, 7 m iley 97814159] 'wise in a forest'; (fig.) a foolish person who can display his learning only in a forest where no one will hear him and correct his errors). -98 N. of the first section of the Mb. -H9 <<. growing in a forest, wild; anatet: Pt. 2.86. Areal a gadfly (Mar. sart-EF: a kind of wild bean. -- retiring to the woods. T i conservator of forests, forest-keeper. -T759H sovereignty of the woods. Eran (71deg) weeping in a forest', a cry in the wilderness ; (fig.) a vain or useless speech, or a cry with 10 one to heed it, or anything done to no purpose ; 37507 471 siaca S. 2; valakit4 37702a Pt. 1. 393; Hartogalea: Amaru. 76. -ath: wild crow, raven. -are, #1277: 1 retiring into woods, residence in a forest; sige feat R. 12.8.-2 a hermitage, forest habitation. -aft a. living in a forest, wild ; m. a forest-dweller, an anchorite. - N. of a plant 344vf. -art (7): N. of a plant qa-feira, -facto: (021) = ofen above. -927, m'a wild hound', wolf. - 7 N. of a festival celebrated on the 6th day of the bright half of Jyestha. -HT a forest-court. 3717H 1 Forest-court. -2 N. of a plant ( Mar. ata). 37 :, -af/. [ 34742-3119, ; P. IV. 1. 49; fearTo hea] 1 A large forest, or desert, vast wilderness; 7417022 : Sat. Br.: My. 4.-2 The spirit or prosiding deity of the woods and mother of wild animals. 3 3970a: A Taifa wa Rv. 10. 146. 3. 317021HEITOCH AK. fruft a. 1 Containing a forest. -2 Near a forest. 957: ( seil. GTTEET) 1 A kind of oblation (370 34972: 93812: #91 ). -2 N. of a Mantra. frontact: [P. II. 1. 44] Wild nesamum yielding no oil; (fig. anything which does not answer to one's expectation. ) 377 a. 1 Dull, languid, apathetic. --2 Dissatisfied, discontented, averse to. -74 Non-copulation. -Comp. -79 a. not ashamed of copulation. (-T) a dog (118 copulating even in the streets without shame). fat a. 1 Dissatisfied, discontented. -2 Dull, languid, restless. -fa: f. 1 Absence of pleasure or amusement ; faca Bg. 13. 10. regarded as arising from the longings of love, svAbhISTavastvalAbhena cetaso Saarela: fa: S. D.; one of the ten states of love-lorn persons (31979 ); Mb. 12. 300.48. -2 Pain, distress; 2 . 2 9 Ki. 10. 49.-3 Anxiety, regret, uneasiness, agitation; Y 279cfa fa : Ki. 5. 51. -4 Dissatisfaction, discontent. -5 Languor, dullness, -6 A bilious disease. -fa: (7-37a ] For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #233
araniH 218 aravindam 1 Anger, passion. -2 Vod. Going, moving quickly. 3TTAUTEL a. Vod. 1 Hostile. -2 Obedient, devoted --3 Moving flame. -4 Occupying, attacking, -5 Servant, to the worship of God; fa t a auf manager, assistant. -6 A master. -7 An intelligent: fury Ry. 6. 17. 10. being. Tafa . 1 Not resting, active, going everywhere. fa: (... or :) [*-7 : 27 ] 1 The -2 Patient; &aTai zyrat Ry. 10. 92. 5; 34fd: olbow: sometimes the list itself. -2 A cubit of the faal da 3110 Rv. -fa: f. 1 Splendour. -2 Readiness middle length, from the elbow to the tip of the little to serve, obedience; devotion to God, hence personited finger, an ell: 37 fasala HOT Ak.; Haagia in the Vedas as a Goddess protecting the worshippers kUparayormadhye prAmANikaH krH| baddhamuSTikaro raniraniH sa kaniSThikaH // of the gods and pious works in general. Halay.; A measure 24 Angulas (tingers); etia HT<<. Ved. Going near quickly. 72: Ram. 1. 14. 25. 92T 494: Kau. A. 2. 4. 24hr s "7&: Ki. 18. 6. -3 The arm; TTHU, THAT a. 1 Not pleasing or gratifying, 37TAT & FIT: FETETTMb. 3. 157. 70. I disagreeable, un pleasant. -2 Uncensing, incessant. sia: The elbow; carrera (algt: 410a) THIS: A King of Nepal: Raj. T. Y. 3. 86. STTH (#-377; 372 FAIT Un. 3. 132 ] The leaf or panel of a door (7112H), 4TH4ARTIfor 1 My. 3 T a. One who does not tight in a car. 6. 27 (- :, - also ); 757etaqrartTya EZE Teft: Ved. Not a charioteer ; 943747 : Rs.6.66.7. 437a Bv. 1.58. -2 A door. -3 The sheath of a BTT a. 1 Toothless (as a child ). --2 Whose teeth bamboo shoot (AIT ). -4 A covering or sheath in are brokon. general. -T: 1 An awl. -2 A part of sacritice. -3 War, fighting 3TH . 1 Not lazy, not to be subdued, invincible; 317 Tariqa kv. 6. 18. 1. -2 Prosperous (195). 31 Tail . N. of the ancestross of a celebrated Hindu family. arandhanam Absense of cooking (as on siMha and kanyA cft: The leaf of a door; a door. #sura ). I a. Dense, thick; 47197 3417 : Ki. 15. 40. zu Ved. 1 Water (317f* forth zaria). -2 A vessel used in preparing Soma ; 391741 377fafa 91594 a. Ved. 1 Unhurt, safe. (also 3479); faget 95 971: Rv. 1. 139. 10. Tez Vaj. 8.5; sinless, pure.--2 Not hurting, sound; tftag .,/. 1 Not giving or offering. -2 Hard, salutary, beneficial, salaatat 3TY : Rv. 8. 18.9. unfriendly, envious, inimical. 37TT : A mystical collective name of the Buddhas. 378 <<. Ved. 1 Moviny (148791), # Faq ATE TT HY Ry. 1. 129. 3. -2 = 3 ad above. -5: [33: SITE ind. Ved. [#-314] 1 Swiftly, near, at hand, 345: Un. 1.79). 1 An enemy. -2 A wea pon. -3 N. of present. araM rAjagiriM yAhi pAhi rAjyaM nijaM nRpa Siva. B. 26.15. an Asura; 379 hatar ye6919 Rv. 10. 99. 10. -2 Readily, fitly, suitably, so as to answer some pur IT inl. A vocative particle expressive of (1) pose. -3 Enough, sufficiently (cf. 33); excessively; 95 at 9641 Ry. 1. 142. 10. great laste; (2) contempt or disdain ; 3777 HERTIG II Fa: 212 : G. M. i To propare, make roady, serve; 57 gratify rofa Den. P. 1 To work with an awl. -2 To try, ing, decorating, adorning, serving as a worshipper ; ola: 1 decorating, gratification. -2 Service; Fid put to the test. B ia: 47: Ry. 7. 29. 3. 31T2T a. Noiseless. STTH To be present, come or go near (to help ); aravindam [arAn cakrAjJAnIva patrANi vindate vindu za P. become visible, appear. III. 1. 138. Vart.] 1 A lotus (Nymphea stellata ) (it is one of the u arrows of Cupid ; see under 4291" ); STOTA: Coming near or into the presence, becoming 777 #: S.3.6. It is a sun lotus; cf.qu avisible, being prosent to help; 3TTART THRv. 6.42.1. A H Ku. 1. 32; +47deg, 4deg, ga &e. -2 Also a TC: 1 Praisiny readily. Av. 20. 135. 13. -2 or blue lotus. - 1 The Indian crane. Factitious or made up poison. 4 Copper. -Comp.-3187 a. lotus-eyed, an epithet of Viszu. OTHH copper. -a sign a. Praising readily, sounding aloud. , -H: N. of Vishu, from whose navel sprany the lotus which supported 37TH a. Low, vile. Brahma ; hRdaye madIye devazvakAstu bhagavAnaravindanAbhaH Bv. 4.8. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #234
aravindinI - sad. N. of Brahma AnandayiSyadAgamya kathaM tvAmaravindasat Bk. 21. 12. avindanI 1 A lotus pland; pracInamadhukAH divevAra fafa Bk. 5. 70. -2 An assemblage of lotus flowers. -3 A place abounding in lotus flowers. arasa 1 Sapless, not juicy, tasteless, iisipid; arasaM nityamagandhavacca yat Kath. 3. 15. -2 Dull, flat -8 Weak, having no strength, inefficacious vRzcikasyArasaM viSamarasaM vRzcika te viSam Rv. 1. 191 16. 4 One who has no sense of appreciation. kimasyA nAma syAdarasapuruSAnAdarazataiH / N. -5 Unhappy. kRpaNaM bata yajjanaH svayaM sannaraso vyAdhijarAvinAzadharmA Bu. ch. 5. 12. - saH No juice, absence of juice. -Comp. -Aza: 1 eating sapless food. -2 maceration of the body. -Azina . 1 eating sapless food. -2 maeerating the body. 14. arasika 1 Devoid of taste, saploss, insipid, flavourless (of a thing). -2 Void of feeling or taste, dull, unfeeling, inappreciative, insensible to the charins (of poetry &c.); arasikeSu kavitvanivedanaM zirasi mA likha mA likha mA likha Uab. arasIThakkuraH N. of poet (mentioned in Stringedhara's anthology ). arahas . Absence of socrecy. arahAyate Den. A. To become known. arAga, arAgin... . Cool, dispassionate; tamahamarAgakRSNaM kRSNadvaipAyanaM vande Ve. I. 1. arAjaka ... Having no king, anarchical; nArAjake janapade Ram. 2. 67.9-28; Ms. 7. 3; arAjake jIvaloke durbalA balavattaraiH / pIyante na hi vitteSu prabhutvaM kasyacittadA // Mb.; zocyaM rAjyamarAjakam Chap. 57. arAjan . Not : king. -Comp. -bhogIna &. not hit for the use of a king, arfga . not established by a king, illegal. 16. arAjin Ved. Unchecked, unrestrained, or without splendour; parvatoM arAjinaH Rv. 8.7.23. arATakI Vol. N. of the plant ajazRGgI (Mar. medaziMga) emagabhoSadhInAM akI tIkSNazRGgI vyapat Av. 4. 37.6. arAt ind. Immediately; at once ; vartanti yadanItyA te tena sAkaM patantyarAt Sukra. 4. 1266 arAtiH | na rAti dadAti sukhaM, rA-ka, na. ta. ] 1 An enonuys foo; dezaH so'yamarAtizoNitajalaiyasmin hRdAH pUritAH Ve. 3.33; arAtiM bahamanyata P. 12. 89. (in the Veda ) non-offering (of sacrifices), stinginess, hardness, malignity, malevolence, failure or adversity; malignity personified: evil spirit whose aim it was to defeat the good intentions and disturb the happiness of man ( used in f . ). 216 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ari -2 The number six. -3 The sixth position in ( astronomy ). -Comp. -dUSaNa, dUSi, ha . Ved. destroying adversities or enemies; Av. 19. 31. 1. bhaGgaH destruction of enemies. arAti (tI) yati Dear. P. Ved. To desire not to offer; to act like mm enemy, act maliciously; atho yo no arAtiyAt Av. 4. 36.1. arAtIyat a. Not offering, unfriendly, malicious, acting like an enemy. arAtIyu a. Ved. Not accustomed to offer; inimical; arAtIyanRSyasva durgAdataH ziraH Av. 19.6.1. arAtIvana a. Not offering: unfriendly, malicious, hostile, inimical. arAddhiH / Transgression, sin, offence: envy parivividAnamarAddhA Vaj. 30.9. arAdhas . [ rAdhaH dhanam - Nir. na. ba. ] Poor, not able to perform sacrifices, stingy; hard. arAma a. Disagreeable, unpopular ; evaM prabrAjinacaiva rAmo' rAmo bhaviSyati Ram. 2.9.33 arAya . [ nAsti rA dhanaM yasya vede SacsamAsaH ] 1 Devoid of wealth, without sacrificial gifts. -2 Stingy, niggardly. -ya:, - yI Any malignant or evil spirit: arAyi kANe vikaTe Rv. 10. 155. 1. arAla. [Rvi araM A]i spreading like the spokes of a wheel, curved, crooked; 'arAlaH kuTile mataH iti' medinIkara: Mal. 9. 34 pAdAvarAlAGgulI M. 2. 3. -la: 1 A bent or crooked arm. -2 The resin of the plant Shoren Robusta ( sarjarasa; Mar. rALa ). -3 An elephant in rut. - 1 An unchaste woman, harlot, courtezan. -2 A modest woman (adhRSTA ). -Comp. kezI a woman with curled hair; bhittvA nirAkrAmadarAlakezyAH R. 6. 81. - pakSman M. having curved eyelashes: karoti lakSyaM ciramasya cakSuSo na vaktramAtmIyamarAlapakSmaNaH Ku. 5. 49. arAvana . Ved. Not offering, malignant, opithet of evil spirits. apannanto arAvNaH Rv. 9. 13. 9. yo asmabhyamarAvA Rv. 9.21.5. arASTram Loss of a royal power or sovereignty. ari. [-dana] Moving going, reaching obtaining. aspiring, devoted to, healous ( Ved.). -fr: 1 An enemy, foe (ef. Up. 1. 138 ); ( used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', "wot worshipping or devoted', 'hoortile'); vijinAripuraHsaraH R. 1. 59, 61; 4. 4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six foolings which disturb man's mind ); kAmaH krodhastathA lobho madamohau ca matsaraH; kRtAriSaDvargajayena Ki. 19. -3 A species of khAdira or Mimoan (biTkhadira: Mar. zeNyA khera) 4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #235
ariMdama 217 ariSTiH mammom mommmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm -7 A wheel, also a disk, anyo'nyahastakalitaiH kati mUrtibhedAH, zambhohareriva gadArisarojazakhaiH nisia: L Lila. -8 - A A lord, master. lord. master. -9 The wind. -10 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -karSaNa .. tumer or subduer of enemies. -kulam 1a host of enemies. -2 an enemy. -keli: Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment ef. ArakeliH zatralIlA strIratyothApi kIrtitaH Nm. -gUrta .. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -ghnaH destroyer of enemies. -cintanam, -cintA schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -tra u. protecting from enemies. -dhAyas . possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) / -nandana .. "m enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy, -nipAtaH invasion made by emeniies. -bhadra: the foremost or most powerful enemy; papraccha bhadra vijitAribhadraH 1:.14.31.-madeH 'erushing ememies, N. of a plant (kAmamada; Mr. kAsaviMdA). -mardana . erushing or trampling foes, destroying onemios. #: N. of a tree (viTkhadira; Mar. zeNyA khara):N. of a country; Bri. S. 14.2. -medaka: N. of an insect bred in exerement.. -sthAnakam consternation, defeat. -sUdanaH, -han,-hisakA destroyer of enemicy ; pUjAvirisUdana B..1. harihayo'rihayogavicakSaNaH / / .9.18. ariMdama / [arIna dAmyati damayati vA; khacU mumAgamazca ] Subluer of enemies, victorious, conquering. arikta.. Not empts, bundaunt; tUNAvariktau kavacaM ca divyam Bhiy.8.15.. arikthabhAja,arikthIya.. Not ontitlod to share in the incestral property (as on heir incapacitated by impotence &c.). . ariNina M. A cuck. agti | kra-nRt-iDAgamaH ] A rower, helmsman (Veal.). . aritra . [gacchatyanena; R-itra P. III. 2. 154.] Ved. 1 Propelling, urging onwards. .-2 Protecting on all sides. -tram An Or; loleraritraizcaraNarivAbhitaH Si. 12.71. -2 A rulder, helm: nAvA cApi yathA prAjJo vibhAgajJaH svastriyA Mb. 14. 10. 27. -3 A ship, lat. 4 A part of a carriage. -5 A Sonur vessel. - A Song vessel. cf. L. Artan Gr. Irelan |. -Comp. -gAdha . 'oardeep', shallow (water). - Toa. Ved. crossing by means of oars. arin / (ri)Awheel: diseng: nadArizakhAjadharama Itamatapaniya Upanisad 92. ariNa..[ri pApanAma Nir., tanAsti yasya] Ved. Sinless, spotless, blameluss. ariphita ..No shanged to ra (said of the Visarga) Pratisakhys. ariSama [ na ripyane vicchidyate ] A continuous down-pour of rain. -T: A sort of disease in the anus. _ saM. I. ko...28 ATT <<. Ved. Not harming or injuring, inoffensive. ariSaNyat 4. Ved. Not being hurt or injured. offre <<. 1 Unhurt; perfect, complete; imperishable, undecaying, secure, safe ; ariSTaM gaccha panthAnam Ram. 1.24. 3: AriSTaM mArgamAtiSThat puNyaM vA tu niSevitam Ram.-2 Auspicious, akSatAbhyAmariSTAbhyAM hataH karNo mahArathaH Mb.8.06.2. -3 umauspicious; ariSTamaindra nizitam Rim. 6.67.101. -TaH 1 A heron (kaGka). -2 A raven, erow. -3 An enemy; ariSTastvASTrasya Mv. 4. 18. -4 N. of various plants :(a) the soap-berry tree (Mar. riThA); kutapAnAmariSTrakaiH (zuddhiH ) Ms.5. 120. (b) another plant (Mur. niMba) Ram.2.94.9. Bhag.8.2. 12. -5 Gurlic. - 6 A distilled mixture. -7 N. of a demon killed by Krisna ; a son of Bali. -QT 1 A bandage. -2 N. of a medical plant (kaTukA). -3 N. of a daughter of Daksha and one of the wives of Kasyapa, and mother of mahAzvetA. -Tam 1 Bad or ill luck, evil, misfortune, calamity. -2 A portentous phenomenou foreboding misfortune, unlucky omen (such as earth-quak). -3 Unfavourable symptom, especially of approaching death; rogiNo maraNaM yasmAdavazya bhAvi lkssyte| tAlakSaNamariSTaM syAdriSTamayabhidhIyate // ct. also Patanjali Yogadarshan 3. 22. -4 Good fortune or luck, happiness. The lying-in-chamber, delivery-room, women's apartments; karmArArizAlAsu jvaledabhiH surakSitaH Mb.12.60.40; (antaHpuram): apasnAta ivAriSTaM praviveza gRhottamam Ram. -6 Butter-milk. -7Spirituous liquor ; glAnicchedI kSuprabodhAya pItvA raktAriSTam Si. 18.77.of....ariSTaM sUtikAgRhe / azubhe nimbavRkSe ca zubhe takrAkayoH 18.77. cf.... ? pumAn / kAke ca phenile nIce vyasane'narthalambayoH / bhAgyahIne...m. -Comp. -asu . Ved. having one's lifo umhurt. ariSTAma sacevahi bahate vAjasAtaye Av. 14.2.72. -gAtu. Ved. dwelliny securely cA'riSTagAtuH sa hotA sahoraH Rv .44.8. -gRhama the lying-in-chamber. -grAma. Vod. of undivided group, having a complete troop; ariSTanAmAH sumati pipartana Rv. 1. 168.6. -tAti . Ved. making fortune or happy, auspicious. (- : . ) safeness, security, succession of goord fortune, continuous happiness (ariSTaM karotIti tAtiH; ariSTasya bhAvo vA zivazariSTasya kare P. IV.+. 148-4 Sk.); tadatrabhavatA niSpannAziSAM kAmamariSTanAtimAzAsmahe Mv. 1. queft u apprehensive of death, alarmuer at the approach of death. -nemiH N. of the 22nd tIrthakara of the Juinas%3 N. of the brother of Garuda. -parama N. of a place; f. ariSyAdhitapuram P. VI.2. 100. -bharman .. granting security; devebhidevyadite'riSTabharmannA gahi Rv. 8. 18.4.-mathana: N. of Siva or Visun. -zayyA a lying in couch; ariSTazayyAM parito visAriNA . 3. 15. -sUdanaH, -han m. killer of Arists, epithet. of Vispu. ariekaH = ariSTa: The soup-berry tree. ariSTiHf. Security: safoty; svAya lokAyAriSTimicchana iri. Up. 1.4.16. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #236
ariSyat 218 arundhatI .. , a fut a. Not hurt. Time a. ( = 37013) Ved. Not licked; 3 h 14 Hiat Ry. 4. 18. 10. 376: 1 The sun. -2 N. of a plant (meer). TeT [ 31eI HYYTE=28 lat) Scab on the head (Mar. 2 ) Susr. 3757a. Ved. Lightless, dark; 3 119475718 Rv. 6.39.4. Ter: 1.1 Aversion, dislike in general; l a: K. 146. -2 Want of appetite, disrelish, disgust; 19179744187119 Susr. -3 Absence of a satisfactory explanation. gefert, 3 54 a. Disagreeable, disgusting. 3T35T a. 1 Free from disease, sound, healthy. 5**SISE gaya H3TYS vab. -2 Not fostering (as a boil). TETUT . Not broken, not diseased, sound. ETT 19 a 14 Rv. 6. 39. 2. 31551 a. 1 Sound, healthy; matatufe Bh. 3. 88. v. 1. -2 Not breaking, not suppurating: - That which destroys a disease. 1994: ay : #f44148 EUR Susr. - Painless. -5 Brisk, gay; and a HT=4801 M Ram. 7. 84. 16. -T: N. of a plant ( 347174; Mar. aga). 37501 a. (-OTT, -for f.) [%-591; cf. Un. 3. 60 ] 1 Reddish brown, tiwny, red, ruddy of the colour of the morning as opposed to the darkness of night); at a t racIATGUTH M. 3.5; 41:27 70124. Ku. 4. 12. -2 Perplexed, embarrassed. -3 Dumb. -ut: 1 Red colour, the colour of the dawn or morning twilight. -2 The dawn personified as the chariotoor of the Sun%; AviSkRtAruNapuraHsara ekato'rka: S.+. 2, 7. 4: fanatt 2017 Fa Ku. J. 41; R. 5. 71. [ Aruna is represented as the elder brother of Garuda, being the son of Vinata by Kasyapa. Vinata prematurely hatched the egg and the child was born without thighs, and hence he is called Antru 'thighless', or Vipada 'footless'. He cursed his mother that since she had brought him forth before the due season she would be a slave to her rival Kadru; but at her earnest entreatios, le modified the curse and said that her next son would deliver her from bondage. Aruna How holds the office of the charioteer of the Sun. His wife was Syeni, who bore him two sons Sampati and Jatayu.] -3 The Sun ; ut after a Ku. 3.30, 1.8: # 4a ata u 49:; R. 5. 69; S. 1.31 31707 # 1471571 Bu. Ch. 5. 87. - A kind of leprosy with rol spots and insensibility of the skin. 5 A little poisonous creature Bhag. 8. 10. 10. - N. of a plant sagt; also a synonym of 37 q. v. -7 Molasses ( 93 ). -8 N. of a peak of the Himalaya situated to the west of Kailasa. 9 N. of one of the 12 Adityas, the one presiding Over Magha. -10 N. of a sage; TE SGUTT Bri. Up. 6. 5. 3. -UT 1 N. of several plants; (a) u (Mar. fafaa ); (6) Madder (HMI); (c) at commonly called Teori; (a) a black kind of the same (341471); (e) bitter apple (atauft); (f) the Gunja plant that yields the red and black berry (7) used as a weight by jewellers &c. (4) muNDatiktA f. aruNaH kapile kuSThe sndhyaaraage'rksaarthau| adhyaktarAge : Paxfea: 1 fazaara TA 1 471 Nm. -2 N. of a river. -uft 1 A red cow (Nir.). -2 The early dawn. -Nam 1 Red colour; divispRzyAtyaruNAni kRNvan Ry. 10. 168. 1. -2 Gold; 3=731501 74714 Av. 13. 4. 51. -3 Saffron. -Comp. -3725T: N. of Garuda (350: 31342). -29, -310 : N. of Garuda, younger brother of Aruna. m. the sun. -37941 a. having red horses, epithet of the Maruts. -31HGT: 1 son of Aruna, N. of Jatayu. -2 N. of Saturn, Savarni Manu, Karna, Sugriva, Yama and the two Asvins. (-E) N. of Yamuna and Tapti. Tur a. red-eyed. - N. of a lake. ( FU) N. of a river. - 2 break of day, dawn; 7 fm: TTEUTIC 3zza. -390: a ruby. FHOH 3 red lotus. - brAhmaNam Name of the Brahmana of aruNAH ketavAH Ait. Anukr. 75: A cock. Fragm. N. of Siva. -dUrvA reddish femmel. -parAzarA: Name of the followers of a Vedic zAkhA; aruNaparAzarA nAma zAkhinaH SB. on MS. 7. 1. 8. -f29 a. ' beloved of red flowers and lotuses', N. of the sun. (-1) 1 the Sun's wife. -2 shadow. -CE a. [31FUTE ] Ved. of reddish shape or colour. 2 . reddish-yellow. - 1 d. furnished with red rays of light, epithet of the dawn. a. red-eyed. (- ) a pigeon. - E T: 'haviny Aruna for his charioteer', the Sun. afora, 3xofa . Reddened, dyed rod, impurpled; EHF metaraa FrHT Ku. 5. 11. Taf#, 1. 37 Eurat Redness, red colour; 3EAT fireasa TxH: Bv. 2. 180. 3750 , : The 25th Upanisad of the Atharvaveda. Th . Not hindered. 3 . Ved. Not to be broken. at u. [3eia Rafiu graft; 3458-19, ay 2912174 favaria: P. III. 2. 35: 351 7 94 VI. 3. 67 ) 1 Cutting or wounding the vital parts, inflicting wounds, corrosive, painful, sharp (fig. also); caustic; iziqm faqoyu fema: R. 1. 71; Ki. 14. 55; Si. 2. 109. -2 Acrimonious, sour (disposition); 91.ga: terasu Ms. 2. 161. 3787 5 cft u i t 11 A medicinal climbing plant. -2 N. of the wife of Vasistha; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #237
219 3157-8 arocakin ........... 3qrafgaa aleda R. 1.56.-3 The morning of the Sankhyas and Brahman of the Vodantins. star porsonified as the wife of Vasistha; one of the -4 Not possessed of 43 and cadi; 34EUR9: yaz: 49417: Pleiades. -4 N. of the daughter of 1994 , one of &c. SB. on MS. 4. 4. 1. (It may be observed that 207 the 10 wives of Dharma. [In mythology Arundhati and 9 form the 4 or form of a sacrifice ). -Comp. is represented as the wife of the sage Vaxistha, one of - not to be attracted or won over by beauty ; the 7 sages. She was one of the 9 daughters of 34896 RETT Ku. 5. 53. Kardama Prajapati by Devahuti. She is regarded 21 3789 a. Without any figure or metaphor, not the highest pattern of conjugal excellence and wifely figurative, literal. devotion and is so invoked by the bridegroom at muptial ceremonies. Though a woman she was regarded #qat, 24 Sha pelessness, deformity, dissimilawith the same, even more, veneration as the Saptarsis; rity. cf. Ku. 6. 12; a t an after44EUR14: 1 - arUpin a. Shapeless, formless ; vAdhAyAsurasainyAnAmaprame2 HER H il cf. also Jana ka's remarks in 1990: Ram. 1. 21. 16. U. 4. 10. Sho, like her husband, was the guide and controller of Roghu's line in her own department and 37 T: (8-347 Un. 4. 73 ] 1 The sun. -2 A kind acted as guardian angel to Sita after she had been of serpent. abandoned by Rama. It is said that Arundhati 3 ind. An interjection of (a) calling to inferiors; (the star ) is not seen by persons whore end has AtmA vA are draSTavyaH zrotavyaH, na vA are patyuH kAmAyAsyAH patiH approached. of. Susruta. 7a wat u parafa Sat. Br. said by Yajna valkya to his wife 1941 f aizulSee H. 1. 66. also ]. Maitreyi ); Bri. Up 2. 4. 4. (b) of anger; 347 HERTE -5 The tongue personified). Comp. - :, -are: Pad: aft: U. 4; () of envy. -ofa: N. of Vasistha one of the seven Risis or stars in the Ursa Major. 7 -917: see under 2017. sig a. 1 Not dusty; not soiled with dust, not touching the dust of the earth ). -2 Not earthly, 3759-2. Not angry, calm. celestial; # TOUHET T E Rv. 1. 56. 3. n. (v) TET. 1 Not angry. -2 Shining, bright; reddish. What is not dust, the ether. - : (pl.) The gods; -3 Unlurt. -4 Moviny, going about as a horse). fra atatoa 2498 Rv. 10. 143. 2. - 1 The red horse of Ayni; a flame. -2 The Sun; the day as presided over by the Sun. 3484+4 great STTE a. at 9:42EU ] 1 Sinless, spoiless. fae Rv. 6. 49. 3. -3 The red storm-cloud. - 1 The 1 -2 Cloor, pure, bright. dawn. -2 A flame. -3 N. of the wife of Bhrigu and ind. An interjection of (a) calling out angrily; mother of Aurva. at gigai: 44: Ve. 3; ita ibid; STET ( 5 ) fa Den. P. To go. or of ( 1 ) addressing inferiors or by way of contempt; **: ( sa ut quia ] N. of a tree uit tanatya 4a14az ibid. (Hrau; Mar. fazat). 3171 [ .. ] 1 Without holes (31782). -2 With34 (7-34 Un. 2. 116 ] Wounded, sore.. out splendour, obscured, dim. -Comp. 35,- a. (-E) 1 The Arka tree. -2 Red Khudira. *. 1 A vital [41979 PH P. V. 4. 144 ] 1 having black part. -2 A wound, sore (w. also ). -3 An eye. teeth. -2 having thickset teeth (farasea). -Comp. - a. [3754-4-2: P. III. 2. 21 ) causing TTTT. Free from disease, healthy, sound, well; or inflicting wounds, wounding. aruSkaro ghAtuke ca vraNakArye 3 : afegiugdaraga: Susr. --: Sound health ; ...Nm. (- :) N. of a trec 37EUR+ q. v. (-4) the nut 27144190 FTZU14 H. 1. 146. of this tree. - . wounded, hurt. TITUT a. Ved. 1 Freeing from disense; a stafit Eruption on the scalp with acute pain. a l ata 1997 Av. 2. 3. 2. -2 Free froin disease. TEET N. of a plant (7241424; Mar. 47314a). ftitah Healthiness ; quicquam 7 part 375&T a. Not hard, soft; bland. Ram. 7. 36. 16. 3#fa, 377EUT, a. Ved. Soft, tender, supple; Tilf, T . Healthy. 31 T 341 394 Rv. t. u. 1; IZETHET iar a. (-fT /.) 1 Not shining or bright. -2 Av. 8. 2. 16. Causing loss of appetite, producing loathing or disynst. 3 9 . 1 Formless, shapeless. -2 Ugly, deformed. i Loss of appetite; disgust, loathing. --3 Dissimilar, unlike. - 1 A bad or ugly figure. a& . Suffering from loss of appetite or araenaud af at du Ram -2 The Pradhana indigestion. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #238
arocamAna 220 argalA Vispu. tharocamAna .. Not shining. -2 Not attached : tasyAM / it. one whose eyes are difficult to hu gazed at. (7:) :n svarocamAnAyAM sarvameva na rocate Ms. 3.12. epithet of Virst. Purns.-nAman . the reluckn tree. arociSNu .. Not shining, dark. -2 Disagreeable, -patraH,-parNa: N. of the plunt arka. (-trA) kind of birthwort (sunandA, amUlA) with wedge-shaped lonves. (-tram , -Nam) the leaf of the arka plant. -pAdapa: N. of a plant STTIT: Absence of anger, enlmness. (nimba); another tree (Akanda). -puSpam a flower of akta agaidra / Not terrible or tierce; an epithet of -puSpAdyam N. of a Suman. (-pI), -puSpikA N. of a. plant (kuTumbinI)-pRSyottaram N. of a siman. -prakAza . arka 10 P. [arkayati, arkayitum , arkina ] 1 To host or Bright like the sun; Mb. -priyA N. of a plant (java). warm. -2 To praise. -bandhuH , -bAndhavaH 1 N. of Buddha Sukyamuni, meanarka. [arca-ghaJ-kutvam ing sUryavaMzyaH, of. zuddhodano nAma nRpo'rkabandhuH Bu. Ch.9.9. -2 Up.3.10.]. Fit to be : lotus (the sun-lotus). -bham 1an attorism influenced worshipped (arcanIya). -ka: 1A ray of light, a flash by the sun.-2thesigm lies.-3 uttarAphalgunAnakSatra.-bhaktAof lightning (Ved.). -2 The sun : AviSkRtAruNapuraHsara "kAntAq.v. -maNDalam dise of the sun. -mUlaH, -lA%D ekato'rkaH 5.1.2. -3 Fire. ya evametadarkasyAtvaM veda Bri. Up. patrA: vilikhati vasudhAmarkamUlasya hetoH Bh. 2. 100. -ratojaH 1.2.1. -4 A crystal; puSpArkaketakAbhAzca Ram. 2.91.6. Revanta, the son of Surya. -lavaNam Saltpetree. -vrssH| --5 Copper. -6 Sunday. -7 Membrum virile. Tal solar year. -vallabhaH 1N. of a plant (bandhUka; MR.dupArI). zeSaH sahasAyamarko'GgenAjhaM saMsamakaM kRNotu Av. 6. 72. 1. -8 N. of -2 : lotus. -farare: marriage with the arka plant the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. ruI), (enjoined to be performerl before a man murries a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; arkasyopari third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); caturthAdivivAhArtha zithilaM nyutamiva navamallikAkusumam 5.2.9; yamAzritya na vizrAma tRtIyo'ka samudhet Kasyapa. -vedha: N. of a tree (tAlIzapatra). kSadhArtA yAnti sevkaaH| so'rkavanapatistyAjyaH sadApuSpaphalo'pi sana -vrataH,-tam 1a row performed on mAghazurUsaptamI.-2the law Pt. 1.51. arke cenmadhu vindeta SB. on MS. -9 or manner of the sun; when : king oxucts taxes from N. of Indra. -10 A sort of religious ceremony. his subjects only to add to their material comforts --11 Priise, hymn: praising, extolling, song of und hippiness, just as the sun draws up water during praise. -12 A singer ( Ved. in these tro senses). 8 months of the year, only to give it back increuser -13 A learned mar. -14 An elder brother. -15 Food a thousandfold, he is said to follow 319n; 3101 #AF ( akam // 140). -16N. of Visnu.-17 A kind of decoction. yathAdityastoyaM harati razmibhiH / tathA haretkaraM rASTrAnityamarkayataM hi tt|| -18 The seventh day of a month. -19 The uttarA Ms. 9. 305; cf. R. 1. 18 (the point of comparison may 'phalgunI Easterism. -20 The number 12. -21 The sum also be the imperceptible way in which the sun abston (sUryakAnta); masAragalvarkamayarvibharvibhUSitaM hemanibaddhacakram sorbs water, soe lt. 1. 221 ). -1*: Vod. brilliancy Mb. 12.40. 33. f. ako'rkapaNe sphaTike tAne sUrye divaspatau / jyeSTabhrAtari zuo'kaMpAdape ca pumAn bhavet // Nm. -Comp. -aMzaH, of rays. -aifa: /. 1 finding of rays. -2 poetical ins piration; finding out hymns; rapata kavirindrArkasAtau Rv. 1. -kalAn digit or 12th part of the sun's dise. -azman 174.7.-sodaraH ' brother of the sun', m epithet of w. -10: 1 the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2 a Airivatis. -hitA = kAntA .. sort of crystal or ruby. -16 the swallow wort. --indusaMgamaH the time of conjunction of the sun tand arkavat .. Containing flashes of lightning. moon (darza or amAvAsyA). -kAnta: A class of clevon arkin .. Ved. 1 Shining, bright; iyaM yA nIcyarkiNI storeyel buildings; Mana.29.25-31. -kAntA 1N. of Rv.8.101. 18. -2 Praising; bRhadindramabhiraNiH R.1.7.1. aplunt commonly called huDahADeyA. -2 sun's wife. -3 -3 Praised or worshipperl. sun's shadow. -kuNDatIthemU N. of a Tirtha; Skanda - 1 P.-kSetram 1the field of the sun; the sign Lu, presidlerl over by the sun. -2 N. of a holy place in Orissa. . to arke. -2 To bo praised or worshipped. -graha: The eclipse of the sun; Bri. S. -grIvaH N. of ___ argaDaH = argala below. the Siman. -candana: a kind of red sandal (raktacandana). agelaH, lA, lI, lam [arju kalaca nyakvAdi kutvam Tv.] -cikitsA Arka's work on medical science. -jaH 1 A wooden bolt, pin, bar &c. (for fastening a door or epithet of Karnal, Yama, Sugriva. (-jau) the two the cover of a vessel), a bolt, latch, bar'3; purAgalAdIrghabhujo Asvims retarded as the physicians of Heaven. -tanayaH vubhoja R. 18.43 16.63 anAyatAgelama MR : sasaMbhraa son of the sun', an epithet of Karna, Yama, Manu mendradratapAtitArgalA nimIlitAkSIva bhiyA'marAvatI K. P. 1; dattaM Vaivasvata, Manu Savarni and Saturn%3 see aruNAtmaja. ca bahiragalam Ks. 4.62 bolted from without; oft. used (-yA) N. of the rivers Yamuna and Tapti. -tviS.. figuratively in the sense of a bar, impediment, someI. light of the sum. -dinam, -vAsara: Sunday. -dugdham thing intervening as an obstruction; vAkyAgalayA nivAritAH milky sap or oxudation of Irka. -nandanaH, -putraH, Pt.2; Si. 2. 1183 IpsitaM tadavajJAnAdviddhi sArgalamAtmanaH R.1. -sutaH, -sUnuH N. of Saturn, Karna or Tama. -nayana 79 obstructed ; vAryargalAbhaGga iva pravRttaH5.45; kaNThe kevalamargaleva For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #239
221 mmmmmmmmm alikA arcitin 3m nihitA jIvasya nirgaschana: K. P.RB RRB anargala also. -2A 1.6,903; 1.81, 12.80%; Ms. 3.93%; AcId dvijAtIna wave or billow. -3 The leaf of loor (kapATam ). paramArthavindAna Bk. 1. 13, 11.03:17. yasyAtyasA zAsanam -4A kind of stotran, or hymn. My. 1. 20 honours, respoctfully obeyn. (1) To honour, argalikA A small door-pin, small bolt. i. e.decorate, adorn; svakusumairarcanti godAvarIm U.2.9. -2 To praise ( Ved.) -3 To shine. 10 P. orats. argalita .. Fastened by a bolt, chained, boltel; 1 To honour, adore, worship; svargIkasAmarthitamarcayitvA dvArA K.997. Ku. 1.59. -2 To praise. -3 To cause to shine%3 haryannuSasamarcayaH Rv. 3. 44. 2. -Desid. [ aciciSati] TO argalIya, -lya .. Belonging to a bolt or pin. wish to worship; -With 317 to congratulate, bai. with argha | P.[arghati, apituM, ardhita ] To be worth, hare joy. - 1 to praise, sing praises of. -2 to honour, value, to cost ; parIkSakA yatra na santi deze nArghanti ratnAni worship; prAnacuracyA jagadacanIyam Bk.2.20%; -Cons. to samudrajAni Subhash. honour. -sam 1 to worship, adore. -2 to fix, settle, arghaH [argha-ghaJ] 1 Price, value; kuryurargha yathApaNyam Ms. establish. 8. 398; Y. 2. 251; kutsyAH syuH kuparIkSakA hi maNayo yairarghataH arca 4. Ved. Shining; asmA etad divyarceva mAsA qat: Bh. 2. 15 reduced in their true value, depre- Br.6.34.4. Giated ; 80 anargha priceless ; mahAgha very costly. -2 A ___ arcaka . [ arca-vula ] Worshipping, adoring. -kaH material of worship, respectful offering or oblation to A worshipper; gurudevadvijArcakaH Ms. 11. 221. gods or venerable mem, consisting of rice, Durva grass &c. with or without water; dUrvAsarSapapuSpANAM dattvArgha __ arcatri . Ved. | arca vede bAhu atri] Adorable, pUrNamaJjalim Y. 1. 230; kuTajakusumaiH kAlpatArghAya tasmai Me.4; venerable (Say.); roaring aloud, singing loudly. (the ingredients of this offeringare :-- ApaH kSIraM kuzAgraM arcatrayo bunayo na vIrA Rv.6.66. 10. ca dadhi sarpiH sanADulam / yavaH siddhArthakazcaiva aSTAGgo'rghaH prakIrtitaH // arcavya a. Ved. to be praised or worshipped. arcayo -tantram f. NO raktabilvAkSaneH puSpairdadhidUrvAnkuzastilaiH / sAmAnyaH maghavA nRbhya ukthaiH Rv. 6.24. 1. sarvadevAnAmaghA'yaM parikIrtitaH / / -devIpurANam and ApaH kSIraM kuzAgrANi ghRtaM madhu tathA ddhi| raktAni karavIrANi tathA raktaM ca __arcana .. [arca-lyuT ] worshipping, praising. -nam, candanam / aSTAGga eSa hAghoM ve bhAnave prikiirtitH|| -kAzIkhaNDaH -nA Worshipping, reverence or respect paid to deities cf. also arghaH pUjAvidhI mUlye...| Nm. sce ardhya below. and superiors. -Comp. -apacayaH The diminution of price. -ahe . arcanAnas m. N. of a Risi bolonging to the Atri worthy of a respectful offering. -IzvaraH Siva. -dAnam family; narA bibhratAvarcanAnasam Rv. 5.64.7. presentation of a respectful offering. -balAbalam rate of price, proper price, the cheapness or dearness of arcanIya, aW pot. P. [arca-anIyar Nyat ] To be articles, fall or rise in prices ; gandhAnAM ca rasAnAM ca vidyA- adored or worshipped, venerable, adorable, respectable. darghabalAbalam Ms.9.32:). (ef. arghasya hrAsaM vRddhiM vaa...| 1.2.249.) R. 2. 10; prAnaca'raya' jagadarcanIyam Bk. 6.70. -saMkhyAnam,-saMsthApanam fixing the price of commodities, Appraising, assives of goods ; kurvAta caiSAM (vaNijAM) pratyakSamagha arcayitavya 1. worthy of being worshipped or saMsthApanaM nRpaH Ms. S. 402. adored, adorable. guravo'rcayitavyAzca purANaM dharmamicchatA Mb. 12. 109. 21. ardhIzaH N. of Siva. aj a. [ argha-yat arghamarhati ] 1 Valuable; anarthya inva ___ arcA [ ay-a] 1 Worship, adoration; aAyAmeva haraye pUjAM yaH zraddhayehate Bhag. 11.2.47.-2 An idol or image luable; anayamapi mANikyam sees. v.-2 Venerable, deserving respectful offering; tAnAnaya'mAdAya dUrAtpratyudyayau giriH intended to be worshipped; maurhiraNyArthibhirarcAH prakalpitAH Mbh. 5. 3. 99. (there is some dispute among scholars Ku.6.50; Si. 1. 14: Y. 1. 110. -ya'm 1 A respectful as to the precise meaning of this passage); arcApUjAoffering or oblation to a god or venerable person pratimayoH Nm. (see argha); arghaH pUjAvidhiH tadartha dravyam aya'm Sk.; aya'masmai V.5.; dadatu taravaH puSpairarthya phalaizca madhuzrutaH e. 3. 243; aciH . [arca-ina] Ray, flame (of fire or of the adhyemadhyamiti vAdinaM nRpam R. 11.693 1.44; Ku. 1.58, 6. morning twilight); AsIdAsannanirvANaH pradIpArthirivoSasi 50; (it often consists only of water given in a drona R. 12.1; naizasyAcirtutabhuja iva cchinnabhUyiSTadhUmA V. 1.9. and forms part of the Madhu parka ceremony ). -2 A kind of honey. ___ acimat,-vat a. Ved. Shining; uta tyA me raudrAvarthimantA Rv. 10.61.15% udyannakSatramarcivat Rv.7.81.2. arghaTam Ashes. arca 1 U. ( arcani-te, Anarca, ArcIt , arcituma, arcita) arcita P. P. Worshipped, respecterl, honoured; R. 10.53 Ms. 4. 235%3; svagokasAmacitamarcayitvA Ku.1.59. 1 (a) To adore worship, salute, welcome with respect; praNamya cAnarca vizAlamasyAH zRzAntaraM dvAramivArthasiddheH R. 2. 21, . arcitin a. Honouring, adoring. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #240
arcina 222 arjuna 3TTET. 1 I'raisiny, honouring, worshipping. -2 Shining stray of light, radiating: 793411-11 921 Ry. 8. 11. 8. m. (- ) A ray of light. fran. (-:) [ Un. 2. 107 ] 1 A ray of light, flame; faghfiya faanya Rv. 9. 67. 23; E milia a R. 3. 14.-2 Light, lustre; THE Ku. 2. 20; Ratn. 4. 16. (said to be also 1.) A. N. of the wife of and mother of 4+. m. 1 A ray of light. -2 Fire, f asia:....., Nm. H .. ( 27 ) Flaming, brilliant, bright; ficuar: 29 : V. 3. 2. m. 1 Fire, the god of fire; E ARSE 4aqui: ghiaa: Mb.3. 220. 3.-2 The Sun. f araises and fea: Ram. 5. 35. 12. -3 A sort of subordinate deity. -4 N. of Vispu. - 1 N. of the town or world of Agni. -2 One of the 10 earths according to Buddhists. 37501 P. [ fa, 3195, praca, 343, 94, fta] 1 To procure, secure, gain, earn, usually in the caus. in this sense ; fagogainaa 24*4#AH Y. 2. 118. -2 To take up: 31191 Safor Bk. 14. 74.10 P. or canr. 1 To procure, acquire, obtain ; +41a, Fatima obtained by one's own exertions, self-acquired. -2 To work or manufacture, make, prepareditor ). - With ra 1 to allow, permit, let go. -2 to romove, despatch, make away with. -37 to let go, set free, deliver. -3710 to add to. -37aa 1 to cause to go after or in a particular direction. -2 To visit with anything, overcome. --3pfat to add, Eppend ; say something in addition to what is already said. -372 to pernit to leave, release, let go. 3 to drive out, remove. -Trus. to furnish, supply, procure. 5 . ( 254-](- 1/) Procuring, acquiring; one who acquires or gets; 3761 TARTA Smriti. -*: N. of several plants fangui, : sAmAnyatulasI. hah ( 35-45] Getting, acqisition : 3214 3: 94 Pt. 1. 163; 375172 TRISSIAH Day. B. a a. Acquired, gained, eamed. fazara ? 1929 a Pt. afarai (:27) Pt. ta ( 345-JAT POTE Ui. 3.58 ] (ar,-ft.). 1 White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; 3974 FCHETGA = Rv. 6.9.1; 140 14h Si. 1. 6. -2 Silvery: 47 a: wear aftar a Av. 4. 37.5. - 1 The white colour. -2 A peacock. - 3 A sort of cutaneous disease. -4 A tree (Mar. 3698lce), with useful rind; Mb. 3. 64. 3. -5 N. of the third Pandava who was a son of Kunti by Indra and hence called a also. [ Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or pure in actions' (fuaui atarei auf 04:14: A FAJ ATASA lag:). He was taught the use of arms by Drona and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in urms he won Braupadi at her Svayamvara (see Draupadi). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Parasurama. He married Ulupi, a Naga Princess, by whom he had a son named Iravat, and also Chitrangada, daughter of the king of Manipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvahana. During this exile he visited Dvaraka, and with the help and advice of Krisna succeeded in marrying Subhadra. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow (Gandiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burning the Khanilava forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himalayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain froin the celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against the Kauravas. There he fought with Siva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirata; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Siva gave him the Pasupatastra. Indra, Varung, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pandavas entered the service of the King of Virata and he had to act the part of a eunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He recured the assistance of Krisna who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgita when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsinen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanguished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhisma, Karna &c. After Yudhisthira had been installed sovereign of Hastinapura, he resolved to perform the Asvamedha sacrifice, and a horso was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and Countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Manipura he had to fight with his Ownson Babhruvahans und w: killed; but he was restored to life by : charm supplied by his wife Ulupi. He traversed the whole of Bharatakhanda and returned to lastinapura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Krisna to Dvaraka amid the internecine struggles of the Yada vas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Krisna. Soon after this the five Pandavas repaired to heaven having installed Pariksit -the only surviving son of Abhimanyu- on the throne of Hastinapura. Ariuns was the bravest of the Pandavas, high-minded, generous, upright, hand For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #241
arjunaka 228 arthaH HERE some and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has Hoveral appellations, such a Partha, Gudakest Savyasichi, Dhanalijaya, Phalguna, Kiritin, Jisnu, Svetavahana, Gandivin&c. I f. arjunaH phAlguno jiSNuH kirITI zvetavAhanaH / bIbhatsurvijayaH kRSNaH savyasAcI dhanaJjayaH // -8 N. of Kartavirya, slkin by Parasurama See kArtavIrya, -7 N. of country Bri. S. 14. OM. -8 The only son of his mother. -9N. of Indra. -10 N. of a treu, Jerminalia Arjuna (Mar. aIna). The tree is rarer in south India. The tolour of its lerk is white. It is a forest-tree bearing fragrant flowers appeuring in panicles like those of the Mango-tree. -nI 1 A procuress, bewd. -2 A cow. tathArjunInAM kapilA variSThA Mb. 13. 73.42.-3 A kind of serpent; arjuni punoyantu Av. 2.24.7.-4N. of Ushi, wife of Anirudilha. -5 N. of a river com monly talled karatoyA. -6 (nyo,-nyaH dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalguni. aghAsu hanyante gAvo'rjunyoH paryukhane Rv. 10.85. 13. -nam 1 Silver. vIrudbhiSTe arjunaM saMvidAnam Av. 5. 28. 5. - 2 Gold. -3 Slight inflammation of the white of the eye. -4 Gross. -nAH (Pl.) The descendants of Arjun f. arjunaH kakubhe pArtha kArtavIryamayUrayoH / mAturekamune vRkSe dhavale nynaamye| tRNabhede gavi strI syAt ... Nm. -Comp. -abhrama N. of a modicarment. -IzvaratIrtham N. of a holy place. Siva P.-upamaHthe teak tree; also zAkadruma Ind mahApatrAkhyavakSa. -kANDa . having an white stem or appendingo. badhorarjunakANDasya yavasya te Av. 2.8.3. -cchavi . white, of white colour. -dhvajaH 'white- bannered', N. of Hanumat.-pAkI N. of a plant and its fruits. -badara: The fibre of the Arjunn plant; arjunabadarA mekhalAH kriyantAbha | SB. on MS. 9.4.25-mizraH Name of a commentator on the Mb. -sakhiH (L.) Krisni. -siMhaH N. of a prince ( Inscriptions). arjunaka . lielonging to Arjunrt. -ka: A worshipper of Arjun. arjunasa . [ nRNAdigaNa ] (Overgrown with Arjune plants. __ arNa .. [R-na] 1 leing in motion, agitated: restless -2 Foaming, effervescing. -OT: 1 A flood, stream: water (Ved.). -2 The teak tree; Bhay. 3. 15. 19. -3 A letter (of the alphabet); paJcAoM manurIritaH. -4 N. of a metre having 10 feet and belonging to the class callel Daindakn -5 Colour: zrIhIvibhUtyAtmavadabhutArNam Bhag. 2.6.11. (v. I.)-rNA A river (Ved.). -rNam / Tumult or clin of battle, confuseil noise ; 341 a. pastyo'rNA dhIreva sanitA Rv.5.50. 1. gora a. Being agitated, foaming, restless (Ved.); full of water (Say.); tataH samudro arNavaH Sindhya; yAtyeva yamunA pUrNa samudramudakArNavam Ram... 10.5.19. -vaH [arNAsi santi yasmina , arNas- salopaH P. V.2. 10.) Vart.] 1A stream, tlood, wave. -2 The (fouining) sea, wean: parAhataH zaila ivArNavAmbubhiH Ki. 14.1.(fig. also), Bhag. 4. 22.40%3 zoka' ocean of grief'; 80 cintA"; jana" ocean of m en; saMsArArNavaladhanam Bh.3.10.&c. also nRNAmeko gamyastvamasi payasAmarNava iva-zivamahimnastotra of puSpadantAcArya. -3 The ocean of air. -4 N. of a metre. -5 N. of the sun or Indra (as givers of water ). -Comp. -anta: the extromity of the ocean. -udbhavaH1N. of a plant agnijAra (Mar. samudraphesa). -2 the moon. (-bA) Laksmi. (-vam) nectar. -ja . sea-born, marine.(-jam,-jaH) cuttle-fish.-potaH,-yAnam bout or ship. - PET: 1 'inha biting the ocean', N. of Varupa, regent of the waters. -2 N. of Vispu. arNasa.[R-amun-nuT Un+.196] 1 Water; a wave, flood, streaun%3; savarNamarNaH kathamanyathAsya Si. 12.6). -2 The sea, ocean (usually degsaH); abhrAji zardho maruto yadarNasam Bv. 5.4.6. -3 The ocean of air. -Comp. -daH 1 a cloud. -2N. of a plant mustaka. -bhavaH conch-shell. -ruhama (arNoruham) A lotus; itthaM sUtaprasUtAM varagiramupakAyamoruhAkSI U..7.92. -vRt .. Ved. including the water; ahimindro aovRtaM vi vRzcat Bv.2.19.2. arNasvat . Having much water. m. The ocean. artagalaH = Arnagala q... artana [Rt-lyuT] 1 Blaming, reviling; pratizrutkA yAsartanam Vaj. 30. 19. -2 Sorry, grieved. -nam Censure, reproach, abuse. artiH /- [arda-ktin ] 1 Pain, sorrow, grief'; putraste'ti parAmagAn Mb. 7. 150.2. ziro'tiH head-ache. nAnnaM vAJchati no nidrAmupetyatinipIDitaH Sus. -2 The end of a bow. artikA [Rt-Nvul ] An elder sister ( in dramas). atuka a. Ved. [ Rt-bAhu degukac ] Provoking, quarrelsome (spardhaka). __ artha 10 A. arthayane, opic arthate; arthayAMcake, arthayiSyate, Atarthata, arthayitum , arthita ] 1 To requcst, beg, supplicate, ask, entreat, solicit (with two ace.); tvAmimamarthamarthayate Dk. 71; tamAbhakramya sarve'dya vayaM cArthImahe vasu Mb. ; prahastamarthayAMcake 14 Bk. 14. 88. -2 To strive to obtain, desire, wish. arthaH [In some of its senses from artha ; in others from R-than Un. 2. 4; arthate hyasau arthibhiH Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; jJAtAoM jJAtasaMbandhaH zrotuM zrotA pravartate; siddha, paripanthI Mu.5; degvazAt 5.8; smartavyo'smi satyarthe Dk. 117 if it be necessary; 1.2.46%3; I.1.6%3; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translatedl by for ', ' intended for', "for the sake of', 'om account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; sila a forte samAso vizeSyanitratA ca Vart. santAnAthAya vidhaye . 1. 34: nAM devatApitratithikriyAm (dhenum ) 2. 16; dvijArthA yavAgU: Sk.; yajJArthAtkarmaNo'nyatra Bg. 3.). It mostly occurs in this sense as artham , arthe or arthAya and has an adverbial force ; (.) kimartham for what purpose, why; yadartham for whom or which: velopalakSaNArtham S. 1: taddarzanAdabhUcchambhorbhUyAndArArthamAdaraH Ku.b. 183 (1) parAthe prAza utsRjet H. 1.41; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #242
athe| 224 gavArthe brAhmaNArthe ca It. 1. 420%; madarthe tyaktajIvitAH Bg. 1.93 583; asAkSikeSu tvartheSu Ms. 8.10). -11 The_actual state, (6) sukhArthAya Pt. t. 18; pratyAkhyAtA mayA tatra nalasyArthAya fact of the matter: twin yathArtha, arthataH, tattvavid, yadarthena devatA: Nola. 13. 19%; RtuparNasya cArthAya 28.9. -2 Cause, vinAmuSya puMsa AtmaviparyayaH Bhan.3.7. 10. -12 Manner, motive, reason, ground, means; aluptazca muneH kriyArthaH R. / kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding of ; mazakAthA dhUmaH; 2.55 means or cause: ato'rthAt Ms. 2.213. - 3 Mean- prohibition, abolition (this ineaning may also bo deing, sense, signification, import ; 31 is of 3 kinds:-- rived from labove).-14 Price (purhaps an incorrect vAcya or expressed, lakSya or indicated (Secondary), and form for argha).-15 Fruit, result ( 'phalama). nasya nAnubhavadartha vyaGgapa or surgested; tadadoSau zabdArthI K. P. 13; artho vAcyazca yasya hetoH sa ropitaH Rium. 6. 128.73 b. 12. 175. . lakSyazca vyaGgyazceti tridhA mataH S. D.2; vAgarthAviva B. 1. 13 -16 N. of a son of dharma. -17 The second place from the avekSya dhAtorgamanArthamarthavit 3. 1. -4 A thing, object, lagna (in astr.).-18 N. of Visu. -19 The category substance; lakSmaNo'the tataH zrutvA Ram.7.46. 183; arthI hi called apUrva (in pUrvamImAMsA); artha iti apUrva bruumH| SB. om kanyA parakIya eva 5.1.22; that which can be perceived MS. 7.1.2. -20 Force (of a statement or an expresby the senses, an object of sense; indriyadeg H. 1.146%3B sion); arthAca sAmAca kamo vidhIyate | SB. onMS.5.1.2. Ku.7.71; 1.2.51; na nibaMddhA upasagoM athAnnirAhuH Nir.; [arthAt = by implication ]. -21 The iced, purposey indriyebhyaH parA hyA arthabhyazca para manaH Kath. (the objects sense; vyavadhAnAdoM balIyAna | SB. on MS.6.1.23. -22 of sense are five : rUpa, rasa, gandha, sparza and zabda); zabda: Capacity, power: arthAdvA klpnaikdeshtvaan| Ms. 1.4.30 sparzo raso gandho rUpaM cetyarthajAtayaH Bhag. 11.22. 16. -5() (whore Sa bara para phrases 319117 hy ft and An affair, business, matter, work; prAk pratipanno'yamoMs- stastes the rule: AkhyAtAnAmartha bruvatAM zaktiH sahakAriNI / ), rAjAya Ve.33; artho'yamarthAntarabhAvya eva Ku. 3. 18; artho'rthA- of. artho'bhidheyraivstupryojnnivRttissu| mokSakAraNayozca ...... Nm. nubandhI Dk. 67; saGgItArthaH Me.66 business of singing i. e. : -Comp.-atidezaH Extension (of gender, number &e.) to musical concert (apparatus of singing); sandezAAH Me. the objects as against words ), i. e. to treat a single o matters of message, i.e. messages; (2) Interest, object as though it were many, a female as though it object; svArthasAdhanatatpara: Ms. 4.196%39 dvayamevArthasAdhanam R. 1. were male. (tantravArtika 1.2.58.35 0.3.31.7). -adhikAraH 19 2.21; durApe'theM 1.72; sarvArthacintaka: Ms. 7. 121; mAla- charge of money, office of treasureroa faziriozit H.2. vikAyAM na me kazridarthaH M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) --adhikArin m. a treasurer, one churged with finanSubject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.): 9789- cial duties, tinance minister. -anupapattiH1. The gatArtha kariSyati Mu. I will acquaint you with the difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily matter: uttaro'yaM lekhArthaH bit.: tena hi asya gRhItAthoM bhavAmi particular meaning: incongruity of particular v. 2 if so I should know its contents; nanu parigRhItArtho'- meaning (tantravArtika +. 3. 42. 2). -anuyAyin smi kRto bhavatA V.5: tayA bhavato'vinayamantareNa parigRhItArthA kRtA devI a. Following the rules (zAstra); tattrikAlahitaM vAkyaM M. made acquainted with; tvayA gRhItArthayA atrabhavatI kathaM / dharmyamAMnuyAyi ca Ram...21. -anveSaNam inquiry na vAritA 33; agRhItAthai AvAm S.6%3 iti pArAn gRhItAthAn kRtvA after a matter. -antaram 1 another or different ibil. -6 Wealth, riches, property, inoney said to be Imeaning. -2 another cause or motive: artho'yamaof 3 kinds: I honestly got ; 3193 got by more or thantirabhAvya eva Ku. 3. 18. -3 a new matter or cireum Leiss cloubtful means, and kRSNa dishonestly got ;) tyAgAya stance new affair. -4 opposite or antithotionl mouning, saMbhRtArthAnAm R.1.73; dhigarthAH kaSTasaMzrayAH Pt.1. 1633; arthAnAmarjane difference of meaniny. Fura: a figure of poecli in duHkham bid.; yasyAstasya mitrANi 1.3: teSAmarthe niyuJjIta zUrAna which a general proposition is adduced to support a dakSAn kulodgatAn Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or particular instance, or a particular instance, to support worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four onds a general proposition; it is an inferonce from partiof human existence, the other three being dharma, kAma And culty to general and directerstuktirarthAntaranyAsaH syAt mokSa; with artha and kAma, dharma forms the well-known triad; saamaanyvishessyoH| (1) hanumAnabdhimatara duSkaraM kiM mahAtmanAm // (2) ef. Ku...38; apyarthakAmau tasyAstAM dharma eva manISiNaH R.1.25. guNavadvastusaMsargAdyAti nIco'pi gauravam / puSpamAlAnuSaGgeNa sUtraM zirasi -8(.) Use, advantage, profit, good; tathA hi sarve tasyAsan dhAryate Kuval.; cf. also K. P. 10 and s. D. 70.). ( InsparArthaikaphalA guNAH R.1.0 for the troord of others; arthAna tances of this figure a bound in Sanskrit literaturo, os pecirthAvubhI buvA Mo.8.4 good and evil; kSetriNAmarthaH 9.523 ally in the works of Kulidasa, Magha and Bharavi). yAvAnartha udapAne sarvataH saMlutodake Bg.2.46%; als) vyartha, nirarthaka / -anvita . 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -abhidhAna .. 4.v.(0) Use, want, noed, concern, with instr.; ko'rthaH 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be putreNa jAtena Pt. 1 what is the use of a sun being born; served by it; arthAbhidhAnaM prayojanasambaddhamAbhidhAnaM yasya, yathA puroDAzakazca tenArthaH Dk.59: ko'rthastirathAM guNaiH P. 2.33 what do kapAlamiti puroDAzArtha kapAlaM puroDAzakapAlam I SB. om MS. +.1. brutes care for merits; Bh. 2.48; yogyenArthaH kasya na syAjja- 26.-2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning nena 5.18.80 naiva tasya kRtenAthoM nAkRteneha kazcana By. 3. 18%3 (vArtika 3.1.2...).-arthin .. one who longs for or strives yadi prANairihArthoM vo nivartadhvam Ram. ko nu me jIvitenArthaH Nala. 12. to get wealth or gain any object. arthArthI jIvaloko'yam / 15.-9 Asking, berringrequest, suit, petition. -10 AtA jijJAsarAthI Bx.7.16. -alaMkaraH a figure of speech Action, plaint (in law); artha virAgAH pazyanti Ram.2.100. determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #243
arthaH 225 arthaH sound (opp. zabdAlaMkAra). alaMkArazekhara of kezavamizra mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of arthAlaMkAra; as follows:upamArUpakotprekSAH smaasoktirphnutiH| samAhitaM svabhAvazca virodhaH sAradIpako / / sahoktiranyadezatvaM vizeSoktirvibhAvanA / evaM syurAlakArAcaturdaza na cApare // -AgamaH 1 acquisition of wealth, income; gamAya syAt Pt. 1. ef. also arthAgamo nityamarogitA ca H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense: S. D. 737.-ApattiH /. [arthasya anuktArthasya ApattiH sidiH] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, ocording to the Mimarisakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, hoard, or proverl'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance pIno devadatto divA na bhute the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' und 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of luis 'eating by night'. acararsTasya devadattasya rAtribhojitvarUpArthasya zabdAnuktasyApi ApattiH. It is defined by Sabari IS dRSTaH zruto vArtho'nyathA nopapadyate ityarthakalpanA / yathA jIvati devadatte gRhAbhAvadarzanena bahirbhAvasthAdRSTasya kalpanA / / Ms. 1. 1.5. It may be seen from the words dRSTaH and 1: in the above definition, that Sabara has sug gested two variotions of arthApatti . dRSTArthApatti and zrunAYign. The illustration given by him, however, is of dRSTApati only. The former i.e. dRSTArthApatti consists in the presumption of some adRSTa artha to account for some dRSTa artha (or arthas) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of sone through a 3* to account for some zruta artha (i.c. some statement). This peculiarity of zrutArthApatti is clearly stated in the following couplet; yatra tvaparipUrNasya vaakysyaanvysiddhye| zabdo'dhyAhiyate tatra tArthApattifreza il Manamey od: ya p. 129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933 ). Strictly speaking it is no reparate mode of proof; it is only a case of 319419 ind can be proved by a vyatirekacyApti ; cf. Tarka. K. 17 and S. D. 460. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians ) in which relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or rire rers; it corresponds to what is popularly called kaimunikanyAya or daNDApUpanyAya; ey. hAro'yaM hariNAkSINAM luNThati stnmnnddle| muktAnAmapyavastheyaM ke vayaM smarakiGkarA: Amaru. 100%; abhitaptamayo'pi mArdavaM bhajate kaiva kathA zarIripu 11. 8.43.; S. D. thus defines the tigure:daNDApUpikanyAyArthAgamo'rthApattiriSyate. -utpattiH f. acquisition of wealth: NO degupArjanam. -upakSepaka: an introductory scene (in dramas); arthopakSepakAH paJca 8. D. 308. They ture viSkambha, cUlikA, aGkAsya, akAvatAra, pravezaka. -upamA similo dependent on sense and not on sound; see under upamA. -upArjanam Acquiring wealth. -uSman m. the glow or warmth of wealth: arthoSmaNA virahitaH puruSaH sa eva Bh. 2. 40. -oghaH, -rAziH treasure, hoard of money. -kara (-rI/.),-kRta .. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching: arthakarI ca vidyA H. Pr. 8. -2 useful, advantageous. -karman . 1 a principal action (opp. guNakarman ). -2 (as opposed to pratipattikarman ), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or pratipatti); arthakarma vA kartasaMyogAt namvat / MS. 4.2.17.-kAma . desirous of wealth. (-mau dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure ; apyarthakAmau tasyAstAM dharma eva manISiNaH R. 1.25. hatvArthakAmAMstu gurunihaiva Bg.2.5. -kASyam Poverty. nirbandhasaMjAtaruSArthakArghyamacintayitvA guruNAhamuktaH .. sa. -kAzin a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -kilbiSin .. dishonest in money-matters. -kRccham 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecumiary difficulty; vyasane vArthakRcchre vA Ram. 4.7.9; Mb.3.2. 193; f. also Kau. A. I. 15 na muhyedarthakRcchreSu Niti. -kRtyam doing or execution of a business; abhyupetArthakRtyAH Me.40.-kovida a. Expert in matter, experienced. uvAca rAmo dharmAtmA punarapyarthakovidaH Ram.6.4.8. -kramaH due order or sequence of purpose. -kriyA (a) An implied net, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to zabdoktakriyA); asati zabdokte arthakriyA bhavati SB. on MS. 12. 1. 12. (1) A purposeful action. (see arthakarman). -gata 4.1 based on the sense (asa doSa).-2 devoid of sense. -gatiH understanding the semse. -guNA: f. bhAvikatvaM suzabdatvaM paryAyoktiH sudharmitA / catvAro'rthaguNAH proktAH pare tvatraiva sNgtaaH|| alaMkArazekhara 21. -gRham A treasury. Hariv. -gauravam dopth of meaning: bhAraverarthagauravam Udb., Ki. 2. 27. -na.. (nI/.) oxtravagant, wasteful, prodigal; murApI vyAdhitA dhUrtA bandhyArthadhyapriyaMvadA Y. 1.73%; vyAdhitA vAdhivettavyA hiMsrArthanI ca sarvadA Ms. 9.80. -citram ' variety in senso', pun, Kivyaprakasa. -fara a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; sarvArthacintaka: Ms. 7. 121. -cintA , -cintanam charge or administration of (royal) affairs%3B mantrI syAdarthacintAyAm S. D. -jAta 1.1 full of meaning -2 wealthy (jAtadhana). (-tam) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, 'S.6; dadAti ca nityamarthajAtam Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; kavaya iva mahIpAzcintayantyarthajAtam Si. 11.6. -4 its own ineaning; vahandUyIM yadyaphale'rthajAte Ki. 3. 48. - .. knowing the sense or purpose ; arthajJa itsakalaM bhadramaznute Nir. -tattva m 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; yo'rthatattvamavijJAya krodhasyaiva vazaM gataH II. + 91. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. - . 1 yieliding wealth; Dk. 41. -2 advantagoous, productive of good, useful. -3 iberal, munificent Ms.2.10.). -4 favourable, compliant. (-daH) N. of Kubera. -darzakaH 'one who sees law-suits"; a judge. -darzanam perception of objects; kurute dIpa ivArthadarzanam Ki.2.33%B Dk. 155. -dUSaNam 1 extravagance, waste 3 H. 3. 108; Ms. 7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning.-4 spoiling of another's property. -dRz / Consideration of truth: I.saM. ko...29 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #244
arthH 228 3781a: i au farmaceiasi 76 Bhag. 10.86. 21. efe: Seeing profit; Bhag. -IT: a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four dosas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being 4719, wcierala, 914219; for definitions &c. see K.P.7. alaMkArazekhara of kezabamizra who mentions eight types of dosas as follows: 319141e: faza, -974, -21, Paar: -1, FT, HEAT telat fatis 7 || 17 -dvayavidhAnam Injunction of two ideas or senses ; vidhAne aragaun 29: SB. on MS. 10. 8.70.-face a. = 373pradhAna Nir. -nibandhana a. dependent on wealth. -nizcayaH determination, decision. -ofa: 1 the lord of riches', a a king; fffae4ffa aia R. 2. 46; 1. 59; 9. 3; 18.1; Pt. l. 74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -954 N. of the Vart. on Panini; sasUtravRttyarthapadaM mahArthaM sasaMgraha fagua a 9: Ram. 7. 36. 45.-7,-zou a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious%3; hiMsrA dayAlurapi cArthaparA vadAnyA Bh. 2. 47; Pt. 1. 425. Tafa: f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these sources is five- fare: Yar 7 99 7 3744: 957 halu ar s. D. 317.) -FONT: 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) - a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied ; harra: Toer: A r aral TH SB. on MS. 6. 2. 13.-"ra4 Inplication. -are: 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; vitr aan S. 7.5; sardar V. 2. 14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection of the soul with the objects of sense. - a. selfish.-TIE: indication of the real) import. HIST a. entitled to a share in the division of property. - 97 Deliberation over a subject (Patanjala Yogadarsana 1. 28). - at roceiving high wages (as a servant). -: distinction or difference of meaning; 372766 7274:. -A1 , T1 property, wealth ; Pt. 2. -2 the whole sense or object. Thia. significant, full of qatari meaning; faf1931 gafa Ku. 1. 13. JHTO a. As determined by the purpose or need ( as opposed to T UT); ATATH Ms. 11. 1. 26. U: acquisition of wealth. U avarice. -29T: power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. 3 Helga Savk. 65.-ai: 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, caegesis ; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. It usually recommends a fare or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; safarei ofa: 971 eur: Gaut. Sut.; said by Taugaksi to be of 3 kinds- arerfattar atsavita Margareta - af 47: ; the last kind includes many varieties. ) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tatparya real aim and object) of any work. -- praise, eulogy; 3are qu: all 44 U. l. - TUT = 3784vikriyA change of meaning. -vikalpaH 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication ; also "vaikalpyam-vijJAnam comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding ( u). faza. sensible, wise, sagacious. hazia 2 ayatay Bhag. 11. 8. 15. faqatalage facienta Si. -fag knowledge of practical life; Mb. 7 -fagfa: Failing of an aim; anaitafarmarian Ram. 2. 19.40. fula a. money-giver ; fassaa197: Mb. 3. 33. 84. -fatt: difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -fatto a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D. 490.-ta: f. accumulation of wealth. -879: expenditure; a. conversant with money-matters. -Ezt Word and sonse. - a. Wealthy.- en 1 the science of wealth political economy ). -2 science of polity, political science, politics%3 arthazAstravizAradaM sudhanvAnamupAdhyAyam Ram. 2. 100.14. Dk. 120; U tafaut fafaya za Mu.3; Pogaelita one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu. 5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt. 1.- purity or honesty in money-matters; sarveSAM caiva zaucAnAmarthazaucaM paraM smRtaM Ms. 5. 106. ->>f Great wealth. ROTH 1 accumulation of wealth. - 2 treasury. -26, accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. H i talua 198: R. 17. 60. THRUF 4: H. - a book on Mimamsa by Laugaksi Bhaskara. - TECH truth; fi 1941 aar Iga MBh. or P. VIII. 3. 72. AF: aggregate of causes. FATEIT: 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. f. accomplishment of a desired object; 344498mivArthasaMpada: Ki. 1. 15. -saMpAdanam Carrying out of an affair; Ms. 7. 168. art: connection of the sense with the word or sentence. a t a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms. 8. 64. 1979 a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -ET: considerable wealth ; Pt. 2. 42. -Ha a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words ), infera ble from the connection of words. -fara f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. aftag: R. 2. 21. BIT: Loss of wealth -Erft a. stealing money Ks. -&T a. inheriting wealth. I a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing. 34a: ind. [ 3-ara ] 1 With reference to the meaning or a particular object; 2010 in Mal. 1.7 depth of meaning; dadhati parisphuTamarthato'bhidhAnam Si.7.28. -2 In fact, really, truly; 79148: Pasa Si. 3.56. Hi Hat My. 3. -3 For the sake of money, gain or profit ; q u ia: 24 Mu. 1.14. -4 On account of, by reason of, -5 By reason of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #245
arthanA 227 ardana wealth or a particular purpose ; arthataH puruSo nArI yA nArI pratyarthinAM khayam / dadarza saMzayacchedyAn vyavahArAnatandritaH R.17.393 sArthataH pumAn Mk. 3.27. arthI kArya nivedayet Sukra.4.575% sabhAntaH sAkSiNaH prAptAnArtha pratyarthisannidhau Ms. 8.79. -3 A servant, follower. -4A arthanA Request, entreaty, suit, petition%3 arthanA mayi master or lord. -Comp. -bhAva: state of a. suppliant, bhavadbhirivAsyai kartumarhati mayA'pi bhavatsu N.5. 112. brAhmaNo'narthanA begging, request ; kaM yAce yatra tatra dhruvamanavasaragrasta evArthibhAvaH dhRtiH Mb. 13.60.3. Mal. 9.30. -sAt adm. at the disposal of beggars: __ arthavat a. 1 Wealthy, rich; tenArthavA~lobhaparAmukhena R. vibhajya merune yadArthasAtkRtaH N. 1. 16. ct. arthI tu yAcako vidyAt 14.28. -2 Siemificant, full of sense or neaning; vAkya yasyArthaH sa ca arthavAn. marthavadavyagrastamuvAca dazAnanam Ram. 5.51. 1. arthavAn khalu me arthAya a. [artha-cha] (In comp.) 1 Destined or intended rAjazabdaHS.5; Pt. 1. 136%3 Ki.3.51.-3Having mean for, doomed to suffer; zarIraM yAtanArthIyam Ms. 12. 16. -2 ing; arthavadadhAturapratyayaH prAtipadikam P. I.2.45.-4 Serving Belonuing or relating to: karma caiva tadarthIyam Bg.17.27. some purposes successful, useful; sa pumAnarthavajanmA Ki. 11 62;10.62. adr. According to a purpose ; viSmUtrotsarga- arthya . [artha-karmaNi Nyat ] 1 Fit to be asked or zuddhapartha mRdvAryAdeyamarthavat Ms.i. 134; Y.3.2. m. (-vAn) sought for. -2 [arthAdanapetaH, artha-yat ] Fit, proper, suitA man. able; athyoM virodhaH Mv.2.7. -3 Appropriate, not arthavattA Wealth, property; Mu. 6. deviating from the sense, significant ; Fari alarez bhirupatasthe sarasvatI R. 4. 6, 1.59; Ku.2.3. - Rich, arthAt ind. (abl. of artha ) 1 As a matter of course, wealthy. -B Wise, intelligent. -6 True, real; arthya of course in tact; mUSikeNa daNDo bhakSita ityanena tatsahacaritamapUpa- vijJApayanneva bharataM satyavikramam Ram.6. 127.25. -7 Expert bhakSaNamAdAyAtaM bhavati S. D. 10. -2 According to the cir im getting money (arthasaMpAdanacatura); arthI yenArthakRtyena cumstances or state of the case: as a matter of fact. saMvrajatyavicArayan / tamarthamarthazAstrajJAH prAhurAH sulakSmaNa | Ram. --3 That is to say, numely. -kRtam Performed through 3.43.31. -thyem Red chalk. the force of implication or as a matter of course : cArthAtkRtaM codakaH prApayati SB on MS.5.2.8. arda 1 P. [ ardati, Anarda, AdardIt , arditum , ardita or arNa ] 1 To aflict, torment; strike, hurt, kill; rakSaHsahasrANi arthApay -- artha. caturdazArdIt Bk. 12.56, see caus. below. -2 To beg, arthikaH [arthayate ityarthI kan ] 1 A crier, watchman. request, ask; nirgalitAmbugarbha zaradghanaM nArdati cAtako'pi R. -2 Especially, a minstrel whose duty it is to announce 5. 17. -3 To go, to move, be agitated or moved ; (by song &c.) the different fixed periods of the day, be scattered (as dust); Ardan dhanvAni sarayanta ApaH Rv.4. such as the hours of rising, sleeping, eating &c. 17.23; fly in pieces, dissolve 3 zloNayA kATamadati Av. 12.4.3. (The past participle is usually fea, but 34 when Arthita pp. Reguested, asked, desired. -tam [ bhAve-kta the root is preceded by abhi, ni, vi, sam ; ef. ardeH saMnivibhyaH Wish, desire; supplication, petition. abhezcAvidUrye P. VII. 2.24-5). -Caus. or 10 P. 1 (4) To afflict, torment, distress; tata enaM mahAvegairardayAmAsa tomaraiH arthitA, tvam 1 State or condition of a supplicant, Mb.; kAmAdita, kopa?, bhaya &c. (1) To strike, hurt, begging, request; na vyahanyata kadAcidArthatA R.11.2% 3M.33B | injure, ill; yenArdidat daityapuraM pinAkI Bk.2.42; 9. 19 K. 141,: tenAthitvaM tvayi vidhivazAd dUrabandhurgato'ham Me.63 Mv. 15. 90.-2 To stir up, rouse, agitate, shake vehement2.9. -2 Vish, desire; Bhag. 4. 3. 8. yadyarthitA R. ly, make agitated or restless 3 abhi kranda stanayAdayodadhim 14.42; anarthitvAnmanuSyANAm Pt. 1. 142. Ki. 13.69. Av. 4. 15.6. -3 To distort; ardayitvAnilo raktramarditaM janayatyataH Susruta. With ati to torment excessively, arthin / [artha-ini] 1 Seeking togain or obtain, fall upon or attack; atyAdIt vAlinaH putram (V. 1. abhyAdIt ) wishing for, desirous of, with instr. or in comp. Arthinazca Bk. 15. 115. -37f to distress, afflict, pain, oppress; rAjAno hiraNyena bhavanti / MBh. on P. I. 1. 1. etc. tuSairarthinaH abhyardito vRSalaH (zItena pIDitaH) P. VII. 2.25 Sk. Dk. 1323 koSadaNDAbhyAmadegMu.53 ko badhena mamArthI syAt Mb., -ni Ved. to stream forth, flow out. -4 to overwork, Ve.6.25; arthArthI Pt. 1. 4, arthArthI jIvaloko'yam Pt. 1.9. to work or exert oneself beyond measure; to cause -2 Entroating or begging anyone (with gen.); sarvatra to flow away. -atat to oppress or press hard in maNDUkavadhaH kriyatAmiti yo mayA'rthI Mb. 3. 192.24. arthI retum, assail in ratury, return an attack. -vi Ved. vararuciau'stu Ks. -3 Possessed of desires%3 anarthI prArtha to go or move away; to oppress, harass, pain. Fax: R. 10. 18. m. 1 One who asks, begs or solicits; -cans. to cause to be scattered or dissolved, destroy, a beggar, suppliant, suitor; 39144ffanr4 R. 1.6; annihilate. - caus. to pain greatly, wound, distress. 2.618+.31; 9. 27; ko'rthI gato gauravam Pt. 1. 146 One who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer; Y.1.60: kanyA adena .1 Distressing, afhicting, tormenting%3; pura",bala'. ratnamayonijanma bhavatAmAste vayaM cArthinaH Mv. 1.30. -2 (In law) -2 Moving restlessly, being agitated. -na: N. of Siva%3B A plaintiff, complainant, prosecutor; sa dharmasthasakhaH zazvadartha- Mbh. 18. -nam [ bhAve-lyuTa ] Distressing, afficting; pain, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #246
safa: trouble, anxiety, disturbance, excitement, agitation, restlessness., 1 Going, moving. -2 Asking, begging. -3 Killing, hurting, giving pain. : 1 Asking, begging. -2 Sickness, disease. -3 Fire. sla. p. [...] Tormented, afflicted; begged ardita &c. A disease, spasm of the jaw-bones, tetanus or hemiflegia (paralysis of the muscles on one side of the face and neck). (. aditina [ atimastvasya ini ] Suffering from the spasms of jaw-bones. 228 / ardha ( Written also as arddha ) a. [ Rdh- Nic-ac; according to Nir. from, or ] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); - the one half-the other half.-:[-] 1 A place, region, country house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (f). -3 Wind. 4 A part, portion, side. -, -rdhaH 1 A half, half portion ; pacAti namo na hi pakSadarthaH Rv. 10. 27. 18. sarvanAze samutpanne artha tyajati paNDitaH gatamarthaM divasasya V. 2 : pUrvArdha: first halt ; so uttaradeg latter half : southern half (half on the right side); so 37, jaghana, para", grAma : yadarthe vicchinnam S. 1.9 divided in hall; RjvAyatArdham M. 273 R 3.50 12.99: rAtrau tadarthaM Bh. 3. 107; one part of two, a part, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see . ( may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means a half of and forms : ekadezisamAsa or tatpuruSa; kAyaH ardha kAyasya : pippalI, 'mArgaH: puruSa: &c. with adjectives, it has an adverbial force: half dark; half eaten: softg, qof &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either a half of or with an additional half': half of 100 i. e. 50; or i. e. 150; with ordinal numerals with a half or that number'; containing two and the third only half. e. two and a half; so three and a half. ef. ardhaM khaNDe samAMzake Nm. -Comp. -akSi m. side-look, wink. nagara strIzaGkitArdhAkSidRSTam Mk 8. 42. - aGgam half the body. -antaram half the distance; ekapadatA a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -: a half, the half. -sia. sharing a half. -, - 1 half of n aMzin half, quarter; reite aus R. 10. 56. -3 half and half. - 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. i). (-) dividing in equal parts. - a. having only a half left. - 1 half the letter 3. -2 N. of 3 q. v. -f: A sword with one edge, a small sword ; ardhAsibhistathA khagai: Mb. 7. 137. 15. -Asanam 1 half a seat ; ardhAsanaM gotrabhido'dhitaSThau R. 6. 73; mama hi falazi unguiaa S. 7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest " 1 artha 1 see &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. - 1 the half or crescent moon. 2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; : N. 6. 25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= below.); degf N. of Siva tatra vyaktaM dRSadi caraNanyAsamarthendumaule: Me. 57. indra n. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -3 a. half said or uttered; rAmabhadra iti ardhokta mahArAja . 1. uktiH / a broken speech; an interrupted speech. 34 water reaching half the body. -3: 1 the rising of the half moon. 2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvanz * Asanam a sort of posture in meditation. -udita half risen. -2 half attered. Uruka . [ ardhamUro: ardhoru tatra kAzate ] reaching to the middle of the thighs. ( -kam ) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. 4); caNDAtaka. -2 mantle, veil. -: Radius, half the diameter. a. half done, incomplete. N. of Rudra. Ta moiety of one's treasure.. measuring half a kudava. -, - a kind of measure, half a Khari; P. V. 4. 101. N. of the river Kaveri; (snAnAdI gAsnAnA] phaladAyinI ) garbha Vel. ; 4) jAhnavI (t 1 in the middle of the womb: saptArthagarbhA bhuvanasya reto Rv. 1. 164. 36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. T necklace of 24 strings. -guJja half a guja. -gola: a hemisphere. cakravartin cakrin . N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Visnu. - crescent-shaped. (-) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; and fauf Ku. 6. 75. 2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with crescent-shaped hend; risk-be kadalI sukham R. 12. 96. cf ardhacandrastadAkAre bANe bahe zikhaNDinaH Nm. 4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; to seize by the neck and turn out; raz: Pt. 1. (-) N. of a plant ( karNasphoTa), candrAkAra, candrAkRtihaped. half-moonshaped. A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-, -fa.) menisens. N. of a elinhing plant. (Mar. fazan). -faa. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; ardhA yamAnaM ca tadardhacitramiti smRtam Mana 51.10. colakaH a short bodice. -jaratIyanyAyaH a kind of nyAya, na cedAnImardhajaratIyaM labhyaM vRddhimeM bhaviSyati svaro neti MBh. 4.1. 78. See under nyAya -jIvikA, jyA The sine of an are. - tanuH /. half the body. tiktaH N. of a plant (nepAlanimba Mar. ). a kind of musical instrument. -fan-fran i holf s day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours.: 1 demi-god. Rv. " 4. 42. 8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; at a vartamAna: Say ). - drauNika a. measuring a half drona. - a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 20 surgical instruments mentioned by Susruta). -nArAcaH a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; nArAcAnardhanArAcA zastrANi vividhAni ca Mbh. 2.51.5; gRdhra ". a.

Page #247
ardha 229 arpita lakSavedhI ardhanArAcaH v.5. -nArAyaNaH , form of Visnu. incomplete murder; vidhinA kRtamardhavezasaM nanu mAM kAmavadhe -nArIzaH, -nArIzvaraH, -nArI, -naTezvaraHn form of vimuJatA Ku. 4.31. -vyAsaH the radius of a cirele. Siva, (halt male and hult female) f....patirapi jagatA- . -zatam 1 fifty. -2 Ome hundred and fifty; Ms.8.2017. mardhanArIzvaro'bhUt Sukti. 5. 8. -nAvam half a boat. -zanam [ardhamazanasya zakandhvA ] half a meal. -shphrH| -nizA midnight. -paJcama a. Four and half; yuktazchandAMsya- kind of fish. -zabda a. having a low voice. -zeSa.. dhIyIta mAsAnvio'rdhapaJcamAna Ms.+.95. -paJcAzat / twenty | having only a half left. -zyAma 1. half cloudal. five Ms. 8. 208. -TUT: : measure containing half pana -zloka: halfatloka or verse. -sama. equal to a Ms. 8. 101. -patham hair way. (-pathe) midway bhUtimardha- half. (-mam) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st pathe sarvAnpradApya 1.2.198. -pAda: half a pada or foot; ! and 3rd and 2nd and Ith lines have the same syllaardhapAdaM kikuviSkambhamuddhRtya Dk. 109. -pAdA The plant bles and Ganas such as puSpitAgrA. -sasya a. half the bhUbhyAmalakI (Mar. bhuIAvaLI). -pAdika / . having half ___erops, half grown. -sahaH An owl. -sIrin.. 12 a foot; sadyaH kAryo'rdhapAdika: Ms. 8. 325. -pAJcAlika a. cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for born or produced in the urdhapanrhath. -pArAvataH his labour; zUdreSu dAsagopAlakulamitrArdhasIriNaH Y. 1. 166. a kind of pigeon (ardhanAgena pArAvata iva). The fran- -2 = adhika q.. -hara, -hArin .. Occupying the half colin partridge. gora: a half gallop, canter; (of the body); Ku.1.0 ko rAgiSu rAjate priyatamAdehAvacitraM cakAra padamardhapulAyitena Si. 5. 10. -prahara half a wateh, hArI haraH Bh. 3. 121. -hAraH a necklace of it strings. one hour and hali. -prANam A kind of joinery , A half chaim, a kind of omament; nakSatramAlAmapi cArdhahAra resembling the shape of a bisector heart; 193% suvarNasUtraM paritaH stanAbhyAm Mana. 50.297-98. cf. also Kau. yuktamardhaprANamiti smRtm| Min. 17.90. -bhAga: half, half A. 2. 11. -hasvaH half a (short) syllable. a shere or purt; tadardhabhAgena labhasva kAkSitam Ku.5.503B 11.7.45. -bhAgika. shering a half; mRte pitari kuyustaM ardhaka . Half sek) ardha. bhrAtarastvardhabhAgikam Y.2.131.-bhAj .. shering entitled to: ardhacaH, -cam Half a verie, hemistich; ardhacaina cAklahalf; ardhabhArakSaNAdrAjA Ms. S. 30. -2 a companion, sharer; purvizvamejat Av.). 10. 19; ardharcAH paMsi ca P. IL+.31. devAnAmardhabhAgAmi Av. 6. 86.3. -bhAskaraH mid-day. -bhedaH degAdigaNaHnclass of words either . or.. Hemiplogin (ardhAnavAyuH); Sus. -bhoTikA : kind of cake. adhika..(kI/.) | ardhamarhati Than ] IMeasuring: bhramaH-maka: kind ofurtiticial composition; for instinces half; M. 2. 1.-2 Entitled to half a share; Y. 2. see Ki. L. 27; Si. 19.72. The sur. K. describes it insta 2.06. -ka: A half-caste man; vaizyakanyAsamutpanno brAhmaNena tu figure of speech thus:- AhurardhabhramaM nAma lokArdhabhramaNaM yadi. sNskRtH| adhikaH sa tu vijJeyo bhojyo vipraina saMzayaH Parasara. -mAgadhI N. of dialect in which many of Jains Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps adhin / [ardha-astya thai ini ] Sharing or entitled to a because many of the characteristics of Migadhi are half; sarveSAmadhino mukhyA: Ms. 8.210. f. alko yeSAmadhe ne found in it. -mANavakaH, -mANavaH a necklace of 12 adhinaH I SB. om. MS. 10. 3.55. strings (mANavaka consisting of 4). -mAtrA 1 half a / adhuka 4. Prospering, succeeding. (short) syll: ble. ardhamAtrAlAghavena patrotsavaM manyanne vaiyAkaraNAH / Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (vyajanaM cArdhamAtrakam). 3 a 1 Belunging to the half (of anything). -mArga ind. mil-way; bandIkRtA vibudhazatrubhirardhamArga v. 1.R. -2 Fit to be incronsed. -3 To be accomplished; -mAsaH half a month, a fortnight. -mAsatama% degmAsika see adhA te viSNo viduSA cidadhyaH Rv. 1. 156. 1. -4 To be P. V.2.57. -mAsika a. 1 happening every fortnight. obtained ; zaviSTaM vAjaM viduSA cidarthyam Rv.i. 14.10. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ya'dhamAsAtha ca mAsAtha Mahanira. arpaNam [ R-Nica-lyuT ] 1 Placing or putting upony 25.1.2. 177. -muSTiH / a half-elenchod hand. -yAmaH setting upon; sa nasya dRSTayarpaNasaMpracoditaH Ram. 5.47.23; half a watch. -rathaH [ardhaH asaMpUrNaH rathaH rathI ] a warrior . pAdArpaNAnugrahapUtapRSTam R.2.5. -2 Inserting, pluring or who fights on a car with another (who is not so putting in. -3 Giving, offering, resigning; svadehArpaNaskilled as a rathI); raNe raNe'bhimAnI ca vimukhazcApi dRzyate / niSkayeNa R. 2.55; mukhArpaNeSu prakRtipragalbhAH 13.93 tatkuruSva ghRNI karNaH pramAdI ca tena me'rdharatho mata: Mb. -rAtraH [ardha rAtraH] madarpaNam Bg.9.27. -4 Restoration, delivery, giving 1 midnight; athArdharAtre stimitapadIpe R. 16.43; sthite'rdharAtre back: nyAsa Ak. -5 Piercing, perforating: yadyad yuttaM Dk. 109. -2 a night containing half a whole day likhitamarpaNena Av.12.3.22; tIkSNatuNDArpaNIvAM nakhaiH sA vyadAraof 24 hours. -rAtrAdhaidivasa: equinox. -lakSmIhariH Hari 7 Ram. (Said to mean also fire, god, an oblation, having a form half like Laksmi. -visargaH, -visarja aMantra and the tongue of fire. Tv.). 12: the Visarga sound before , 9, , and , so called because its sign() is the half of a Visarga arpita . 1 Inserted, fixed, full of; drumANAM vividhai (:). -cIkSaNam a side-look, glance, leer. -vRddha . puSpaiH paristomairivArpitam Ram.1.1.8; Kath.+.9-2 Placed middle-aged. -vRddhiH The half of the interest or rent; im or upon; hastApita yanavAribhireva (zazApa) R.9.78. Ms. 8. 150. -cainAzika: N. of the followers of Kanada | marpitamanobuddhiH Bg.8.73 12.1. -3 Thrown, east into; (arguing half perishableness). -vaizasam half or hRdi zalyamarpitam R.8.88. -4 Transferred to, engraved%B For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #248
230 arvAc argisaH 33 painted; dUrApavarjitacchatraistasyAjJAM zAsanArpitAm R. 17.79: citrArpitArambhamivAcatasthe Ku. 3.42. -5 Offered, delivered, entrusted; yathArpitAnpazUngopaH sAyaMpratyarpayettathA 1.2.161. -6 Given hek; arpitaprakRtikAntibhirmukhaH R. 19.10.-7Censed, gome: sa tena rAjA duHkhenabhRzamarpitacetanaH Rim. 2.50.27. -8 Pierced : sa zarairarpitaH kruddhaH sarvagAtreSu rAghavaH Ram. 3. 28. 1).. See R. arpisaH [pha-Nic-isun Uy. 4. 2] The heart : Hesh in the heart. arba 1 P. (arbati, Anarba, arSitum ) 1 To go towards. -2 To kill, hurt. arbukAH N. of :: people ; Mb. arbu (ba) daH, -dam 1 A swelling, tumour, (of various kind); mAMsa', nAsA", zoNita"&e. -2 One hun- dred millions. bahUnIha sahastrANi prayutAnyarbudAni ca / azakyAnyeva / saMkhyAtuM pannagAnAM tapodhana || Mb. 1.35. 19. -3N. of a mountain in the Wost of India (Abu).-4 A serpent-like demon killed by Indra; Rv. 1. 51. 6. -5 A serpent. -6 A cloud. -7 A place of pilgrimage of the Jainas). -8A long round mass, lump of Meshyadi piNDaH pumAna strI cet pezI napuMsakaM cedarbudam Susr: Y. 3.76.80 (mAMsapiNDa ). -9 N. of a people. -10 N. ofan hell. -AkAra: N. of the plant Cordis myxa (Mar. goMdaNI, bhoMkara). gla: 1 A serpent-like demon conquered by Indra; Av. 11. 9. and 10 (in almost every verse). / '-2 All-pervading lord. arbudin a. Afflicted with swelling or tumour, arbha. [R-bhan Un. 3. 152] Ved. Little, small, unimportant ; Av.7.56. 3: daityAyitvA jahArAnyAmekA kRSNArbhabhAvanAm Bhag. 10. 30. 16. -rbhaH A child, pupil; paJcaSaDDhAyanArbhAbhAH pUrveSAmapi pUrvajAH Bhay. 7. 1. 37. [ ef. L.orbus.] arbhaka . [ According to Nir, avahRtaM bhavati havaM tasmAdarbha:] 1 Small, minute, short; namo mahadbhyo namo arbhakebhyaH Rv. 1.27. 13. -2 Weak, emaciated, lean. paricchinnA bharatA arbhakAsaH Rv.7.33.6. -3 Foolish. -4 Young, childish; na hi vo astyarbhako devAso na kumArakaH Rv.8.30.1. -5 Like, similar.-ka: 1A boy, child; zrutasya yAyAdayamantamarbhakaH / .3.21.25.7.67. -2 The young of an animal. -3 A fool, idiot. arbhaga 1. Ved. Youthful, young; yAvarbhagAya vimadAya jAyAm Rv. 1.116. 1. armaH, -mam [R-man Un. 1. 187] 1A disease of the eye. -2 A country to which one should go (gantavyadezaH or cirantanagrAmanivAsaH). -3 A cemetery. -4 (pl.) Ruins, rubbish; Vaj. 30. 11. armaka . Narrow, thin. -kam 1 Narrowmess. -2 Rubbish, ruins ; mahAvailasthe armake Rv. 1. 183. 3. armaNam A measure of one drona. arman // . [R-manin ] A disease of the eye (said to be of kinds). arya kra -yan] 1 Excellent, best. -2 Respectable. -3 Attached, true, devoted. - 4 Dear, kind; Rv. 1. 123. 1. -ye: 1A master, lord; aryaH premNA no tathA vahabhasya Si. 18.52; Sinti. 1. 183; tena vona hantAsi tvamayaM puruSAzinam Bk.6.51.-2 A man of the third tribe, Vaisya. ef. aryaH svAmivaizyayoH P. III. 1. 103.cf. also...aryastu bAhuje, and syAdaryaH svAmivaNijoH Nm. -- 1 A mistress. -2 A woman of the Vaisya tribe. -yI The wife of a Vaisya. -Comp. -jArA the mistress of an Arya. zadrA yadaryajArA na poSAya dhanAyati Vaj.23.30. -patnI the wife of a true or legitimate husband; arthapatnIruSasazcakAra Rv. 7.6.5%; 10. 43. 8. -varyaH a Vility of rank. aryANI [ arya-Anaka-gapa ca] A woman of the Vaisya tribe. aryamana [ayaM zreSThaM mimIte; mA-kanin nipAtoyam Un. 1. 156] 1 The Sun; ahaM hi pRSTo'ryamaNo bhavadbhiH Bhag. 1. 18. 233 proSitAryamaNaM merorandhakArastaTImiva Si.2.39; timiramivAryamarazmibhiH samagram Siva. B. 30.50. -2 The heall of the Pitris or Manes; pitRRNAmaryamA cAsmi B. 10.20. -3 The constellation uttarAphalgunI. - N. of the area plent. -5 One of the Adityas; zaM no bhavatvaryamA T. Up. 1. 1. 1. -6 A bosom-friend, play-fellow. -Comp. --devA N. of the 12th lunar mansion. aryamika (aryamiya and arthamila also) .Compassionate; (diminutive of aryamadatta P. V. 3.84). aryamyaH 1 The sun. -2 A bosom-friend; aryamyaM varuNa mitryaM vA Rv.5.85.7. a 1 P. To kill. arvaTam Ashes. arvan / . [-vanip] 1 (ioing, moving, running. -2 Mean, unworthy, censurable (gA Un. 4. 1123 kutsita .54). m. (arvA, arvantau, avantaH &c.) 1A horse 3 citradhvajapatAkAgrerabhendrasyandanArvabhiH Bhagy. 10.75.113 arvAsurAn Bri. Up. 1.1.2. zlathIkRtapragrahamarvatAM vrajA: Si. 12.31. -2 An epithet of a horse or its driver. -3 One of the ten horses of the moon. -4 Indra. -5A short span (gokarNaparimANa). -tI 1A mare. -2 A ba.wd, procuress. -3 A nymph. -Comp. -vasuH one of the principal seven rays of the Sun. -vAha: A horseman; Agacchan gurutaragarvamarvavAhai: Siva. B.24.64. and 25.9. arvazaa. Possessed of coursers, quick. indro devebhirarvazebhirarvazaH Rv. 10. 22.6. __ arvAc a. [avare kAle deze vA aJcati pRSodeg arvAdazaH] 1Coming hitherward (opp. parAJca).-2 Turned towards, coming to meet anyone. -3 Being om this side (as the bank of a river); (opp. para). -4 Being below or behind (in time or place). -5 Following, subsequent. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #249
aAke 231 arha - - ind. 1 Hitherward, on this sido. -2 Froma arzasa . [arzasU-mastvartha-ac by arza Adibhyo'ca P.V. certain point. -3 Beforo (in time or place); alt 2. 127.) Afflicted with piles; Ms. 3. 7. salilamayaM brahmANDamabhUta K. 125%3 arvAk saMvatsarAsvAmI harena arzin a. [ arzamastyasya ini ] Afflicted with piles. parato nRpaH Y.2. 178, 113; 1.254; Ms.8. 30% 5.5). -4 On the lower side, behind, downwards (opp. arzasAna . [Rza-asAnuc suT ca ] Striving to hurt, Urdhvam . -B Afterwards, subsequently. -6 (With loc.) malicious. -na: 1 Fire. -2 N. of a demon. Within, near: ete cArvAgupavanabhuvi chinnadarbhAkkurAyAm S. 1. 15. arSaNa . [RS gatau lyuT ] Flowing, inovable. -Nam -Comp. -kAla: posterior time. -kAlika u. belonging Going, moving.-off 1 Means of moving, conveyance. to proximate time, modern : "tA modernmess, posterity of time; tAnyakkiAlikatayA niSphalAnyanRtAni ca Ms. 12.96. -2 A piercing or pricking pain; wadot: Av. 9.8.13. -kUlam the near bankof a river. -tana . Being on this aI 1 P. [arhati, arhitum, AnaI, arhita ] (epic A. as side of, not reaching up to, posterior; prakRtipuruSayorakti- rAvaNo nAhate pUjAm Ram.) 1 To deserve, merit, be worthy nAbhirnAmarUpAkRtibhI rUpanirUpaNam Bhag.5.3.1. -bila. Ved. of (with ace. or inf.); kimiva nAyuSmAnamarezvarAnnArhati 5.73 having the hole or mouth hitherward; avAgbilazcamasa / so daNDam , prAyazcittam , vadham &c. -2 To have a right to, be UdhvarbudhnaH Bri. Up. 2.2.3. -vasu . offering riches. entitled to, be allowed to do anything (with acc.); Vai.15. 19.(-suH) 1 ram. -2 a cloud. -sAman.. nanu garbhaH pitrya rikthamarhati 5.6%3na strI svAtantryamarhati Ms.9.33B Ved. epithet of three days during which the Sonur also with inf. na sa tallabdhumarhati Ms. 8. 147; 11.7, 18. Sacrifice is performed. -srotas m. N. of a Creation of -3 To be obliged or required to do a thing, oft. beings in which the current of nutriment tends implying duty or obligation ; nAnyatstrI dAtumarhati 1.2.493 downwards, or where the men are addicted to sensual imA prasAdayitumarhasi R.1.88. -4 To be fit or deserve to enjoyments. be done; arthanA mayi bhavadbhiH kartumarhati N. 5. 1123B Dk. 137. -5 To be equal to, be worth, na te gAtrANyupacAramarhanti 5.3. rar ind. In the proximity of, near. 371 bheSajam Rv.8.9.15. 17 are not equal to; sarva te japayajJasya kalA nAhanti SoDazIm Ms.2.86% 33. 131. -6 To be able, translatable by, acocIna . [avAcU-kha] 1 Turned towards; favour- 'can'; na me vacanamanyathA bhavitumarhati 5.4; vinAzamavyayasyAsya na can'; na ma vacanamanyathA bhAvatumahAta : vinAzama ing; turned towards unfavourly; arvAcInAso vanuSe yuyuge / kAzcatkartumarhati Bg.2.17; anudyogena tailAni tilebhyo nAptumarhati Rv. 6. 25.3.-2 Being on this side, below. -3 Born H. Pr. 30 cannot get. -7 To worship, honour; see afterwards, posterior. -4 Modern, recent. -5 Reverse, caus. below. -8 Used with inf. in the second pers. contrary; "ar state of being posterior or recent; state of and sometimes in the third 316 represents a wild being contrary. -nam ind.(With abl.) 1 On this side form of command, advice or courteous request, and of. -2 Thenceforward. -3 Less than. 4 Later may be translated by 'pray', 'deign', 'be pleased to', than%3; yadUrdhvaM pRthivyA arvAcInamantarIkSAt Sat. Br. will be pleased to'; dvitrANyahAnyahasi soDhumarhan R.5.OMpray wait &c. nArhasi me praNayaM vihantum 2.58; taM santaH zrotumarhanti 1. arvAvat .. [ avarakAlo'styasya matup pRSo0] Later, 10 will be pleased or be good enough to listen to it; modern. -f. Proximity. Ku.6.32; Ms. 1.23 Bg. 10. 16,2.17; R.1.723 arvAvasu N. of the Hotri of the Gods ( devAnAM hotA). __ 1.88%; 3. 46. -Caus. or 10 P. To honour, worship. rAjArjihattaM madhuparkapANiH Bk. 1. 173 Ms. 3. 3. 119. arvaka arva-hiMsane bAhu0 ukam] N. of a tribe or people aI.. Respectable, worthy of respects deserving; in the south mentioned in the Mahabharata and avibhojayan vipro daNDamarhati mASakam Ms. 8.3.02. -2 Worthy conquered by Sahadeva; N. of kings living in the of, having a claim to, entitled to, with 100., inf., or southern forest. in comp; naivAhaH paitRkaM rikthaM patitotpAdito hi saH Ms.9.1143 357 a. Bringing misfortune, sinful; indecent. - saMskAramahastvaM na ca lapsyase Ram.; tasmAnArhA vayaM hantuM dhArtarASTvAn 1 Damage, hurt. -2 = arzasva . v. svabAndhavAn Bg. 1. 37. pradakSiNakriyAhIyAm R. 1.76; 80 mAna', vadha, daNDadeg &c. -3 Being required, obliged, or allowed arzas.. [-asuna vyAdhau zuTa ca Un. t. 195] Piles; (with inf.). --4 Becoming, proper, tit; kevalaM yAnamahaM syAt nAzayitrI balAsasyArzarA'upacitAmasi Vaj. 12.97. -Comp. Pt.3; with gen. also; sa bhRtyo'rho mahIbhujAm 11. 1.87-923 - a. destroying piles. (- ) 1 N. of the plant or in eomp.; tadaheNa prAyazcittena 1.2753; so nRpaH, yajJa Ak. zuraNa (Mar. suraNa), 80 collel because it is said -5 Worth (in money ), costing; see below. -6 Capa ble, to cure piles. -2 one part of buttermilk with three powerful; na tvAM kurmi dazagrIva bhasma bhasmAItejasA Ram. parts of water. (-saft) 1 N. of the plant Curculigo 5.22.20. -haH [arha-ghaJ] 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of Archioidles Lin. (Mar. devaDaMgarI). -2 the marking nut Visuu. -3 Price (as in mahArha); mahArhazavyAparivartanacyutaiH plant (bhAyAtaka). -yuja . afflicted with piles. -hita . Ku.i. 12; (mahAnahIM yasyAH Malli.). ratnairmahAIstutupurna devAH curing piles. (-:) the marking nut plant; (Mar, full). Subhas. -4 Fitness, propriety. -3 Motion, course(gati). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #250
ahaNam 232 alakSmI vasatiralakA nAma yakSezvarANAm Me.7.-Comp. -adhipaH,-patiH, -IzvaraH lord of Alaka', N. of Kubera; atyajIvadamarAlakezvarau R. 19.1b. -antaH the end of a curl or ringlet; Si. 4.9; udgRhItAlakAntAH prekSiSyante pathikavanitA: Mo.8.-AhvayaH Bergera Kaenigi (Mar. kaDhIniMba), nandA 1N. of the Ganga, orn river falling into it. IkSayAlakanandAyA vidhUtAzeSakalmaSaH Bhag. 11.29. 12. -2agirl from cight to ten years of age. -prabhA N. of the capital of Kubera. -priyaH N. of a tree (pItasAla; Mar. AsaNA).saMhatiHf. rows of curls; vilulitAlakasaMhatirAmRzanmRgadRzAM zramavAri lalATajam Si.6.3. alakam ind. In vain, for nothing : Bv.10.71.6. alaktaH, ktakaH [na rakto'smAt , rasya latvam , svAthe kan Tv.] The red resin of certain trees, red lac or sap (for merly used by women to dye certain parts of their body, particularly the soles of the feet and lip) (Mar. aLitA); (dantavAsasA) cirojjhitAlaktakapATalena Ku.b. 31687.58: bimbAdharAlaktakaH M.3.5: alaktakAlakAM padavIM tatAna R.7.73 striyo hatArthAH puruSaM nirarthaM niSpIDitAlatakavatyajanti Mk. 4. 15. -Comp. -rasa: red the juice; alktrsrktaabhaavlktrsvrjitii| adyApi caraNau tasyAH padmakozasamaprabho Ram. 2.60. 18. -rAgaH the red colour of alteta. -hIM Worship, adoration; Ki. 2.58; pradakSiNakriyAeyAM tasyAM tvaM sAdhu nAcaraH R. 1. 76. -6 Gold ; Nighanta. ___ ahaNam , -NA [ ahUM-bhAve-lyuT ] 1 Worship, adoration, honour, treating with respect or veneration; 31UTCA cakrurmunayo nayacakSuSe R. 1.55; Si. 15.22; 14.58%3 R. 11.23 Ms. 3. 51. - 2 A present of honour, requisites for worship; tamupeyustatra tatra paurA ahaNapANayaH Bhay.9.11.29.-3 A precious jewel; malinaM yathAhaNamasaMskRtam Bhag. 3. 21.47. arhaNA ind. Ved. According to what is due%3B according to one's means%3; keturahaNA Rv. 1. 1373 nRcakSasA animiSanto arhaNAH Rv. 10.63.4. arhaNayi pat. p. Fit to be worshipped, adored. arhat . [ arha-zatR] 1 Worthy, deserving, deserving respect, respectable, adorable: tvamarhatAM prAgrasaraH smRto'si naH / S.5.15%; R.5.25;1.05 Ku.6.56; Ms. 3. 128. -2 Praised, celebrated (stuta, khyAta). -3 Worthy of, deserving, entitled to (mostly Ved.)... 1A Buddha;' the highest rank in Buddhist hierarchy. -2 A superior divinity with the Jainas; sarvajJo jitraagaadidossstrailokypuujitH| yathAsthitArthavAdI ca devo'rhan paramezvaraH ||; see the word jaina also. -ttama u. most worthy or renerable ; arhattamAya viprAya tasmai datta mahAphalam Ms.3.128. arhanta (arha-bA0 jha) Worthy, deserving. -ntaH 1A Buddha. -2 A Buddhist mendicant. -3 N. of Siva. arhantikA N. of a Buddhist nun. Dk. arhantI The quality of being fit to be worshipped, vemeration, adoration: zrautrAntiIcaNaiguNyaiH Sk. aAot.in [ahUM-Nyat ] 1 Worthy, respectable. -2 Fit to be praised. -3 Right, fit, proper. -4 Fit to be obtained. Telttaroa. Vod. Making enemies cry aloud; exultant. na iyarti reNu bRhadaharipvaNiH Rv. 1.56. +.. al 1 U. (alati-te alitum , alita) 1 To adorn. -2 To be competent or a ble. -3 To prevent, ward off ; see ala . alakaH | ala-kvun , alati bhUSayati mukham ] 1 A curl lock of hair, hair in general; lalATikAcandanadhUsarAlakA Ku.b. 55% aspRSTAlakaveSTanau R. 1, 42; 4.54; alakabhaGgatAM gataH K.43 alake bAlakundAnuviddham Me. 67 (the word is n. also, as appears from a quotation of Malli.: svabhAvavakrANyalakAni tAsAm).-2 Curls on the fore-hendi ...alakaH purolambanakuntale Nm. -3 Saffrom besmeared on the body. -4 mad dog (for alarka). -kA Agirl from eight to ten years of ago. -2 N. of the capital of Kubera situated on a peak of the Himalaya above the peak of Meru, inhabited also by Siva ), and of the lord of the Yaksus; alakAmativATeva Ku.6.373 vibhAti yasyAM lalitAlakAyAM manoharA vaizravaNasya lakSmIH Bv. 2. 10; gantavyA te STEETT a. 1 Having no signs or foarks. -2 Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks, undefined, undistinguished ; AsIdidaM tamobhUtamaprajJAtamalakSaNam Ms. 1.5. -3 Having no good marks, imauspicious, unfortunate, ill-omened:kezAvahA bharturalakSaNAm R. 14.5. -4 Incomprehensible; saiSA viSNormahAmAyA'bAdhayA'lakSaNA yayA Bhay. 12.6.29.-Nam 1 A bad or inauspicious sign; AcArI hantyalakSaNam Ms. +. 156. -2 That which is no definition, a bad definition. fuera a. 1 Unseen, un perceived, unobserved ; alakSitopasthita H. 1: alakSitAbhyutpatano nRpeNa R.2.27. -2 Uncharacterized; not marked. -Comp. -antaka / suddenly dead. -upasthita a. ome who has approached unobserved. alakSya 8. 1 Invisible, unknowl, unobserved. -2 Unmarked. -3 Having no particultur marks. -4 Insignificant in appearance. -5 Having no pretence, free from fraud. -6 Not lakSya or secondary (as meaning). -Comp. -gati .. moving invisibly. -janmatA unknown birth, obscure origin; vapurvirUpAkSamalakSyajanmatA Ku. 5.72. -liGga .. disguised, incognito. -vAca . addressing words to no visible object; nIlakaNTha vrajasItyalakSyavAca Ku.5.57. alakSman a. With inauspicious sinus; apasavyaM grahAzcakruralakSmANaM divAkaram Mb. 6. 102.12. alakSmIH1. 1 Evil fortune, bad luck, distress, poverty; kAmAn dugdhe viprakarSatyalakSmIm U. 5.30. -2 The goddess of misfortune. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #251
alagardaH 233 alaMkR alagardaH [ Ety.]Awater-serpent, the black vari- ety of the Cobra de Capello (also writton 347014). - A large poisonous leceh. / alagna .1 Not joined or connecterl. -2 Not devoteil to harerapriyugme manazcedalagnam Udh. alamla . 1Speaking unconnectedly. -2 Staminering. alaghu (dhu-dhvI/.)1 Not light, heavy, big, weighty (as breasts, hips &c.): AyAsAdalaghutarastanaiH Si. 8. 1: 7. 5. -2 Not short, long (in prosody ). -3 Serious, solem. -4 Intense, violent, very great. -Comp. -upala: rock. -USman m. intense heat. -pratijJa 1. solemnly pledged or promised. STTH Alisence of incomess or niggardliness; R.9.16. alaGghanama Not surimountiny, not transgressing, mot passing over or beyond. TUETA 6. Insurmountable, impassable, inaecessible, boyond the reach of; tridazaparipakSasyAlaGghanIye sit a: V. 2 proof against injury; V. 4, Ki. 14. 37. alaGghanIyatA 1 Impassia bleness, insurinountableness, inaccessibility: alaGghanIyatAheturubhayaM tanmanasvini Si.. 2.18. -2 Inviolability; rospecta bility. -3 Authoritativo or absoluto rule, superiority. 79 <<. 1 Not to be transgressed, overcome kc.; yA devamanava parairalakSyA Si. 3.6+. -2 Bevond the reach of, impossible to be done; kimiva hAsti durAtmanAmalakSya m Ki. 13.7. -3 Difficult to secure or attain. unkattainable: na hi jayinAM tapasAmaladhyamasti Ki. 10.6.13; Si. 8.7; "tA state of being proof against an attack or injury: na jahAni mahojaka mAnaprAMzumaladhyatA Ki. 11.63. alajaH A kinei of bird; Vij. 24.3t. of Inflammation of the eve; a sort of disease of the joints ; Av. 9. 8. 20. alajja .. Shameless. -jjA 1 Boldness. -2 [mpudence. alAraH, -juraH [ alaM sAmarthya jRNAni, z2a-ac, pRSo0 ut / Tv.] An eurthen jar. alatiH [ala-bA0 atica ] Commencement of the notes of a song. alabdha.. Unobtained, -Comp. -abhIpsita disappointed in ono's desired object. - TT a. friendless, without a patron. alabhya - Unobtainable, unattaina ble: alabhyazokAbhibhaveyamAkRti: Ku.5.43. alam [ al-ac] 1 The sting in the tail of a tor-pion. -2 Yellow orpiment; of. Ala. alam int. [ ala-bAhu0 am | 1() Enough, sullicient for, adequate to (with dative or inf); lasyAlameghA kSudhitasya tRptya ra.2:30; Ku. 6.823; anyathA prAtarAzAya kuryAma tvAmalaM vayam Bk. S.INB Si.2.10, 10, 110 K. 188%3B Bh.3.22: Ms. 11.76: R.2.30,9.32: i.it: le. 6, 90. (1) A match for, equal to (with dat.); detyebhyo hariralama S.; alamalo mallAya Mbh. -2 Able, competent (with int.); alaM bhoktam Sk.; vareNa zamitaM lokAnalaM damyuM hi tattapaH Ku...50 V.3.10%; with localso: trayANAmapi lokAnAmalamammi nivAraNe Rim. -3 Away with, enough of, no neel of, no uso of having a prohibitive force), with instr. or gurund: alamanyathA gRhItvA .1.20; alamalaM bahu vikatthya M. 1; Ala' yAlamidaM babhroryatsa dArAnapAharata Si.2.103 alaM mahIpAla tava zrameNa 11.2.34; Ku.b.82; alamiyadbhiH kusumaiH S. 4. so many flowers will do: Si. 10. 75; sometimes used, though less correctly, with the inf. in the same sense; alamAtmAnaM khedayitum Ve...: ala suptajanaM prabodhayitum Mk. 8. -4 (1)Completely, thoroughl: arhasyenaM zamayitumalaM vAridhArAsahara: Me.55%3; tvamapi vitatayajJaH svargiNaH prINayA'lam 5.7.31; L. 10.80: K. 16); Si. 3.58; t. 39. (1) Greatly, excessively, to a high degree; fa alam K.2; yo gacchatyalaM vidviSataH prati Ak.; Mv. 6. 10; ityalamanvazAn munirmAm Ki. 18. 13. again and again, pressingly. - In vain. -6 Surely, verily. -7 In the sense of asti and bhUSaNa also. alaM bhUSaNaparyAptizaktivAraNavAcaka Nm. -Comp. -karmINa 1. [ alaM samarthaH karmaNi kha] compotent to do any act; skilful, clever. -kAmatA The state of complete satiation; samiddha-zaraNA''dIptA dehe'laMkAmatezvarA Bk. 10.-7. -kumAri . [alaM kumAryai] sufficient to support a muiden (dhanam ); P. I. 2.1. -kR, kAra &c. see separately below. -gAmin / [alaM paryAptaM gacchati, Nini] going after, following in due or proper manner; 319197gAmI P. V.2. 15. -jIvika . [alaM jIvikAtha catu.] sufficient for livelihood. -juSa. alaM juSyate karmaNi bAhuka] sufficient, adequate to eating. -tama .. able, sufficient, having power. -tarAm ind. 1 Exccedingly; muhurgaladbhistaralairalaMtarAmarodi Ku. 15.28. -2 Very much better or easier; iSTaM kartumalaMtarAma Si.2. 106. -dhana . [alaM prabhUtaM dhanamastyasya ac ] possessing sufficient wealth, rich : nirAdiSTadhanazcettu pratibhUH syAdalaMdhanaH Ms. 8. 162. -dhUma.. [alamatyarthoM dhUmaH] thick smoke, volume of smoke. -pazuH [alaM yajJe nirarthaH 49:] a bad or useless animal (for sacritice ). (-a.) able to keep cattle. -puruSINa .. [alaM samartha puruSAya; khArthe kha] 1 fit for a man, becoming a man. -2 sufficient for a man. ( --U:) a man who is chief of the opposite warriors in a battle. -27 a. 1 strong enough, having sufficient power. -2 an epithet of Siva. -buddhiH 1 suflicient sense. -2 false notion (mithyAvuddhi). -bhUSNu .[alaM sAmathye bhU-snu] able, competent ; vinApyasmadalaMbhUSNuri jyAya tapasaH sutaHSi.2.9. alaMka 8U. 1 To prepare, make ready [Ved.]. -2 To ornament, decorate, grace%3; tatra ca zayanI yamalaMcakAra saM. I. ko...30 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #252
alaMkaraNa m K. 207 ; katamo vaMzo'laMkRtaH S. 1. 3 To prevent from, impede (with gem.). alaMkaraNam 1 Decoration, ornamenting tasminhariH spRhAM cakre vakSo'laGkaraNe maNau Bhag 885. -2 An ornament (lit and tig.) gujati tAvadazeSaguNAkaraM puruSakara mukha Bh. 2. 92. -3 Preparation. alaMkariSNu a. Fond of ornaments. -2 Decorating, skilled in decorating. -3 Ornamented. SNu: An epithet of Siva. alaMkartR ". A decorator, skilled in decoration. alaMkAra: 1 Decoration, act of decorating or ornamenting. -2 An ornament ( fig. also ) ; alaMkAra : svargasya V. 1; anutsekaH khalu vikramAlaMkAraH ibid. -3 A figure of speech of which there are three kinds : - zabda, artha, and zabdArtha; zabdArthayorasthirA ye dharmAH zobhAtizAyinaH / rasAdInupakurvante'cAdivat // 8. D. 81 upanti taM santaM yedvAreNa jAtu cit / hArAdivadalaMkArAstenuprAsopamAdayaH // K. P. 8. ef. also kAvyazobhAkarAn dharmAnalaMkArAn pracakSate / alaMkariSNavaste ca zabdamarthamubhau tridhA // 4 The whole seience of Thetoric arthazAstra me maNDane... Nm Comp candrakA a commentory on Kuvalayananda. -H37: The dressing room of idols. - zAstram the science and art of rhetoric, poetics. -suvarNam gold used for ornaments. - sUraH N. of a kind of meditation in Buddhism. -hIna a. unadorned. alaMkAraka: Ornament, decoration evaM prayatnaM kurvIta... sarvAlaMkArakeSu ca Ms. 7.220. 234 alaMkRtiH / 1 Decoration. -2 An ornament; karNAlaMkRti Amaru. 13. -3 A rhetorical ornament, a figure of speech ; tadadaupau zabdArthoM saguNAvanalaMkRtI punaH kApi K. P. 1; yo vidvAn manyate kAvyaM zabdArthAvanalaMkRtI / asau na manyate kasmAdanuSNamanalaM kRtI ||; Chandr. 1; sAlaMkRtiH zravaNakomalavarNarAji: Bv 3. 6 (where adeg has senses 2 and 3. ). alaMkiyA Adorning, ornamenting, dovoration (figalso ); prazamastasya bhavatyalaMkriyA Ki. 2. 32. alamaka: A frog ( see animaka: ). alampaTa apartments. Not libidinous, chaste. -: Women's alambuSaH 1 Vomiting. -2 The palm of the hand with the fingers extended. -3 Prahasta, the minister of Ravana. 4 A demon killed by Ghatotkacha. 5 A yourd (Mr. bhopaLA); ripuM nihatyAbhinananda vai tadAlambuSaM kamalambuSaM yathA Mb. 7. 100. 50. -pA 1 N. of a nymph or of a class of nymphs. -2 A kind of plant ( lajjAlu; Mar. lAjALU ). -3 A barrier, a line of water drawn to prevent entrance (anyApravezArthaM dattA jalarekhA ). alambusA N. of a country. alaya // [ nAsti layaH avasthAnaM yasya ] 1 Houseless, vagrant, moving about; Si. 4. 57. -2 Without destruc alAtRNa tion or loss, imperishable. -yaH 1 Non-destruction, permanence. -2 Birth, production. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir alarkaH 1 A mad dog or one rendered furious. -2 A fabulous animal like a hog with eight loss. aSTapAda tIkSNadaMSTraM sUcIbhiriva saMvRtam / romabhiH saniruddhAGga malakaM nAma nAmataH Mb. 12. 3. 13. -3 A kind of worm. 4 N. of a plant ( zvetArka; Mar. pAMDharI ruI ). alapas Merit (apa) alale ind. A word of no import, occurring in the dialect of the Pisachas (mostly used in dramas). alavaNa a. Saltless, not salty; (P. V. 1. 121.) saMskRtAsaMskRtAH pakkA lavaNAlavaNAstathA / prajAyante yathA bhAvAstathA cittaM nirudhyate // Mb. 13. 114. 14. alavAlam A basin for water at the root of a tree; see AlavAla. alas a. Not shining. alasa . [na lasati vyApriyate, las-ac] 1 Inactive, without energy, lazy, idle, indolent. zaTho naiSkRtiko'lasaH Bg. 18. 28. -2 Tired, fatigued, languid; mArgazramAdalasazarIre dArike M. 55 Amaru 4, 88; khedAlaseva K. 143, 197, 211, 62, 98; Si. 8.7; V. 3. 25 Dk. 20. Si. 13.48; 9.39; U.1.24; Ki. 10.60, V. 5: gamanamalasam Mal.1.17 - 3 Soft, gentle. 4 Slow, dull (as in gait or motion); zroNIbhArAdalasagamanA Me. 84; tasyAH parisphuritagarbhabharAlasAyAH e. 3.28. saH 1A sore or ulcer between the toes. (Mar. cikhalI ) - 2 A kind of tree. -3 N. of a sage. -4 N. of a small poisonous animal. -sA N. of a plant ( haMsapadA ). -Comp. - IkSaNA woman with languishing looks. 2 alasaka. Indolent, idle. -kaH Flatulence, intumescence of the abdomen, with constipation and wind; prayAti nordhvaM nAdhastAdAhAro na ca pacyate / AmAzayo'lasIbhUtastena so'lakaH smRtaH // alasya a Idle, lazy - alasikA Feeling of exhaustion due to Cholera - alaselukA N. of a plant (Mar. tAMbaDI lAjALU ). alAJchana . Spotless. alANDuH N. of a small noxious insect or other animal; Av. 2.31. 2. 3. (v. 1. alagaNDu ) Satawalelar ed. alAtaH, -tam [ lA-ta, na ta ] A firebrand, half-burnt wood; nivAlAtalAghavam Ka. 2. 23. coal: 'sadRzekSaNA Ram. cakrapratimam V.3.2. -Comp. -zAntiH / N. of the fourth chapter of Ganapids' Commentary on the Maalikyopanigad. For Private and Personal Use Only alAtRNa a. Ved. 1 Disposed to afflict or injure very much. -2 Not granting anything miverly anumA vidatheSu suSTutAH Rv. 1. 166. 7. NaH A cloud.

Page #253
alAbuH 235 alupta alAbuH,-cU./.[na lambate; na-lambU-u-Nin nalopazca vRddhiH Tr] | aligardaH A kind of snake. The bottle gourd. -bu (.)1A vessel made of gourd. aliGga. 1 Having no characteristic marks, havingg -2 A fruit of the your which is very light and floats 10 marks; said of the Supreme Being; etAvaduktvopara rAma in water : kiM hi nAmainat amvuni majjantyalAbani grAvANaH plavanta tanmahadbhUtaM nabholizamaliGgamIzvaram Bhag. 1.6.20. avyaktAttu iti Mv.1; Ms. 6.51. -Comp. -kaTam the dust or paraH puruSo vyApako'lija eva ca Kath.6.8. -2 Having down (rajaH) of the bottle-gourd. -pAtram a jir made of bad marks. -3 (In gram.) Having no gender; the bottle-gourd; Av. 8. 10. 2.). -ETOTT A lute of the -Gga: An epithet of the Supreme Being; alizAtprakRtilijeshape of a gourd. rupAlabhyati sAtmajaH Mb. 12.305.26. -Ggam Absence of alAvumaya .. Made of a bottle; yatipAtrANi mRdeNudAvalAvu- marks. mayAni caY.3.6). aliGgin m. An impostor, a pretended ascetic. alAbha ..[na.ba.] Without gaim or proht. -bha: Non aliaraH A water-jar; see alaJjara Mb. 3. aequirement ; mujAlAbhe tu kartavyAH kuzAzmantakabalvajaiH Ms.2. alina . [ala-bAhu inan ] Greatly advanced in 43; 2. 1813 (6.27 -2 Loss; Ms. 9.131, 11,80; sukhaduHkhe penance (tapobhirativRddha). -naH N. of a tribe ; Rv. 7. 18.7. same kRtvA lAbhAlAbhI jayAjayo Bg.2.38. alindaH, -alindakaH [alyate bhUSyate, al-karmaNi-kiMdac ] alAyya Vol. 1 Going forward (to meet.). -2An 1 A terrace before a housedoor; mukhAlindatoraNam M.5, assailing eneiny, an assailant. -3 Epithet or Indra; alAnyasya parazu nAza Bv.9. 167.30. Dk. 74. -2 A place (like a square) at the door. -3 (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants; or its alAram A door. ruler also. alAsaH Inflammation and abscess at the root of alipakaH 1 A cuckoo. -2 A bee. -3 A dog. the tongue. Susr. alipsA Freedom from desire or eupidity. alAsya .. Devoid of dancing, idle, unengaged ; mRdAzabdApagamAdalAsthAH R. 16. 14. alimakaH = animaka q.v. alimpaka, -baka see animaka. aliH [al-in Un. 4. 188] 1 A black bee. -2 A scorpion. -3 A Grow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 alIka. [al-bIkan Un.1.25 nipAtaH] 1 Unpleasing, The signs of the zodiac enllod vRzcika, -8 Spirituous disagreea ble; A me zRNutAsitA alIkA: Av.i. 18.5. liquor. of.......aliH pattau ca vRzcike / bhRGge vayasyAM bhUmau -2 Untrue, false, pretended; "mugdhaH K.81; alIkakopasyAt...| Nm. -Comp. -kulam . flight or number of kAntena K. 1473 vacana Amaru. 27,67,48. -3 Little, bees%3; salkula full of a swarm of bees; alikularAvkulakusuma not much, few. -kam The forehend; dizAmalIkAlakabhaGgatA nirAkulanavadalamAlatamAle Git. 1; degsakula: the kubja plant. gataH K. 4. -2 Anything displeasing; yadyathA sa mahArAjo -jihvA, -hikA [aliriba kSudrA jihA] the null, soft nAlIkamAdhigacchati Ram.2.52. 26. falsehood, untruth. palate. - N. of a plant ( mAlAdUrvA). -patrikA, -parNI gurocAlIkanirbandhaH samAni brahmahatyayA Ms. 11.5. sajjanasya N. of a tree (vRzcikapatrAkhyavakSaH; Mar. khAjakuyalI). -priya a.. hRdayaM navanItaM yad vadanti kavayastadalIkam / anyadehavilasatparitApAt sajjano dravati no navanItam // Subhas. pleasing to the becs. (-yaH) the rod lotus. (-yA) the -3 Teaven. trumpet flower. -AIUT a flight of bees. -HET N. of -4 Sorrow; alIkaM mAnasaM tvekaM hRdayaM mama Rim. 2. 19.6. a plant (gaNikArI). -virAvaH, -rutam song or hum alIkaM tvapriye svarga sakhye'nRtalalATayoH -Comp. -matsya a kind of a bee. -vallabhaH =priya q. v. of dish resembling the taste of fish ('nocle-tish'). -supta, suptaka a. pretended sleep: Ks. alin m. [al-ini] 1 A scorpion. -2 A bee; malinimA'lini mAdhavayoSitAm Si. 6. +. abhiSiSeca marandarasAmanarnavalanA alIkAyate Den. A. to be deceived. balatApanaratnabham (alinam) him. ch. 4. 12. -nI 1A alIkin a. 1 Disagreeable, umpleasant. -2 Pulse, swarm of bees; aramatAlinI zilInH Si.G.72; alinIjiSNu: deceiving. kAnAM cayaH Bh. 1.5. alIkya a. False. aliMzaH Ved. A kind of demon; mA gRdhadaliza Ar. alIgardaH A smake; see aligarda. 8.6.1. alikama [ alyate bhUdhyate al-karmaNi ikan ] The forehead; aluH [al-un ] A small water pot. (lalATamalika godhiH A.) kimatra jAnaM tava cumbite'like kapola- aluk [nAsti vibhataH luk lopo yatra ] A compound in yovI kalavANi bhcnaam| 1.2. 33. alikena ca hemakAlinA which the case terminations are not dropped but Bv. 2. 1713; Vb.3. G. -Comp. -lekhA An impression | retainerl; e.g. sarasijam Atmanepadam januSAndhaH &c. or mark upon the forehearl; K. | alupta a. 1 Not cut off, diminished. -2 Not aliklavaH A liind of currion bird; mA zarIrANi kartamali- destroyed, preserved ; bhavedaluptazca muneH kriyArthaH / .2.25. klavebhyo Av. 11.2.2. - -Comp. -mahiman a. Of undimished glory. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #254
alubdha 236 alpa 8175T . Moderate, content, not covetons; contentment: non-covetousness. yer <<. Soft (Ved. for 346). 379 4914: 17: T. Tp. 1. 11. t. 32, Rind. Unmeaning words in the dialect of the Pisachas chiefly introduced in plays. 37.9 Stainless.-: An epithet of the Supreme Spirit. ST << Not little, much, large, -TH Not at all. 37315. Firm, steady. 3771 . 1 Not having space (Ved.). -2 That which cannot be seen, as in 1317 3913: R. 1. 68 (2921 467: Malli.); soo 74104. also. -3 Teaving no people. -4 One who does not go to any other world after death not having performerl meritorious deeds ). -5 Beyond space a 998); 42278 1977 74999 Bhag. 6. 12. 35. -*, - 1 Not the world. -2 End of, destruction of the world: bsence of people; 9112 R 1774 uf Ram. -3 The immatorial or spiritual world. - 4 The nether world (77715 ). -5 A Hitrij or any inch priest. One who is not it seer or oliser vor. - A kind of birl. -Comp. 294 Religious practico like 27 : 1727 1420 Bhay. 8.3. 7. - ATAT 11. extrordinary, imcommon : 907993: Mal. 1.10. 317712 Invisibility, isppwarance. U NIT .. Invisible SITA . Un-een. 34217 .1 Not securing the other world or heaven: umul, umallowed : 2971 31 Bri. Up. 1.3 : 1 111 112 NS.). 161. -2 Order: htture; rAjadharmAstathA'lokyAM nikSipantyazubhAM gatim Ms. 12. 6. 7.91 infituess for heaven. 31771715 . Not defective in a single limb. 3120: 1 Freedom from covetousness, moderation. -2 Non-confusion: right process. T.. Not wanting or desiring anything. 371HF, - Fi. Hairless; araer (2) Ms. 3. 8. ZIU . 1 Tranquil, magitated. -2 Firm, steady. -3 Not fickle. -4 Not thirsty, free from desire. - N. of a metre of 14 syllables. 3717 a. Indifferent to sensual objects ; q indifference to sensual objects; 9 3198 By. 16.2. (v. l. 3 7TH). S ZT. 1 Free from desire; 491 4914 al: ateratz: Mb. 3. 3. 23.-2 Not greerly or covetous, a pathetic, indifferent to sensual objevts. ofera a. Bloodless, not red: AHREN Bri. Up. 3. 8. 8. -04 Nymphen Rubra, a red lotus. 1 a. ( .) 1 Not current in the world, not relating to this world, uncommon, supernatural. -2 Unusual, rare. -3 Not current in the usual language, peculiar to the sacred writings, not used in classics, Vedic; eft af faa f . -4 Theoretical; 94 rare occurrence of a word; ramt: * na yAni nAmAni samuddhilekha / vilokya tairapyadhunA pracAramaya prayatnaH 9507474 Trik. 1. -Comp. fit: proximity not coinmon to the world ( of three kinds ). 3*: 1 A tree. -2 A member of the buily. T&T a. [347-7] 1 Trifling, unimportant, insigni ficant opp. HET or ju); 3914: Ms. 11.36.-2 Small little, minute, scanty (opp. a); 377472 PM Erasa R. 2. 47; 1.2; 3479351 V. 4. 49. -3 Aortal, of short existence; 374 74 arzig Ch. Up. -4 Young. -5 Seldom, rare. -T: A class of buildings; Kamikayama, 15. 53-31. -94 Very little. -9 . -977, a . 1 A little. - 2 For a light rea sunt; Maria The Run. ..7.-3 Easily, without much trouble or difficulty. Comp-714 (conparative) A word consisting of a muller mbor syllables than another) 371 P. 11. 2. 34. -9769 #. very little or minute, little by little; 7169 4 617 TIPSISSfaza: 47: Ms. 7. 123 ; 1914 Me. 83. 9197 9. v. -TTF15era 4. desiring little, contented or satisfied with little. - 14 . shortlived: Ms. 1. 17.(-:) . 1 a young one, cub. -2: yout. -3TITIH: a null or gradual beginning: 7 :47:.-3ITET, -Trenta 11. cating little, molerate in dict, listemions. (- :) to king little food, moderation, abstinence in foorl. -- . moderate in wishes, seeking little. TOP 0.1 other than all, lrye. -2 other than lew', many; as oTT: PTT: :y or various ideas. 18 a. Named after an insignificant chief or master, or low origin. -37 st. slightly clofective, not quite complete. -391T: small means. 114 small matter. it 1 N. of a plant (4917; Mar. Hlaat, faci). -2 the root of a sweet flay. 17. bought for a small sum, cheap. -TIYA: A kind of wheat Mar. 31 or 1998 6) - T2 a. having little scent or odour. (-7874) a reil lotus. alea a. inert. -6692,-5531 11. scantily clad; dUradeiva mahAjanasya viharatyalpacchado lajjayA Mk. 1.37. -7 . knowing little, shallow, superficial. 92. 1 of short stature, dwarfish, short. -2 weak, thin. -3 having small bones. (7:) a kind of tree. -Perot a. defective in presents (as a ceremony ), not liberal in sacrificial gifts: 220 a ac 4110; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #255
alpaka 237 ava grereca : Ms. 11.39.40. afy a. narrow-minded, short-sightul. 797 . of little wealth, not affluent or rich, poor; Ms. 3. 66; T T 21 11. 10. weak-minded,, having little, sense, foolish.alfani A small vestibule; Mana. 31. 106. -93:1 N. of a plant (a species of the Tulsi). -2 a tree having a few leaves. Mar. 19, 10 . -T9 a red lotus. - I a. Ved. having a small number of cattle. 3724146945) Fra 964 Av. 12. 4. 25. -guet a. Whose religious merit is small; Ram. Mbh. -grcal N. of a flowerplant (Mar. 1990 FT). 777 a. having few descendants or subjects. fazu : P. V. 4.122. T a a. of small weight or consequence, insignificant, unimportant; 94 insignificance. -TATOT, -TATTF. 1 of little weight or measure. -2 of little authority, resting on little evidence. (-0,- :) common cucumber. T T <<. of rare application or use, rarely usel. -910, 379. having little power or strength, having short breath, asthmatic; per 419 Half Susr. (-U ) 1 slight breathing or weak aspiration. -2 (in gram.) a name given to the una pirated letters of the alpha bet (in pronoun- ring which little effort is required ); 31714 7124 2014: : Sk. i. e. the vowels, semivowels, nasils and the letters 19 8 4.-7 . werk, fooble, having little strongth. -TIT <<. <Page #256
avataram 238 avakRSTa zuSyat Bhis. 10.20.29. -2 (Asa pretix to verbs) It zokAvegadRSite me manasi viveka eva nAvakAzaM labhane Proh; also expresses (a) determination ; 3429, 312; (1) diffusion, with kR or dA to make room for', "arlmit', "give pervasion; avaka, -koNa ; (:)disrespect; avazA, avaman ; (1) way to'; asA hi dattvA timirAvakAzam M. 3.1: tasmAddeyo littleness; bIhAnavahanti; () support, resting upon; vipulamatibhinAvakAzo'dhamAnAm Pt. 1.366; zayane datto'vakAzaH avalamba (/) purification, avadAta; (!) depreciation, Amaru. 21; 312719TETI +747+1 K. 45 not swayed by discomfiture ; avahanti zatrUn (parAbhavati); (1) command- malice; Ms.9.271: 1.2.270 dadau ca nijacitte'pi ing : avaklap; (i) depression, bending lown; avata, sovakAzaM manobhuvaH Ks. 20.71: K.132,141,2073 Ratn. avagAha (i) knowledge: avagam , avai. -3 As the first 1. 13: avakAzaM rudh to obstruct, hinder or impedes; member of Tat. compounds it means avakRSTa : avakokila: nayanasalilotpIDaruddhAvakAzAm (nidrAm ) Me.y2. -3 Interval, = avakruSTaH kokilayA Sk. intermediate space or time. -4 An aperture, opening. avataram ind. Further away; ava sravedaghazaMso'vataramava -5Aglance cost on anything. -6N. of certain verses during the recitation of which the eyes must be fixed kSudramiva sravet Rv. !. 120.6. upon certain objects. avaMzaH A bad family, wrong family; patito rAjA avakAzavat .. Spacious. Chan. 81.-zam That which has no pillars or support, avakAzya . the other; avaMze dyAmastabhAyad Rv.2.15.2. Admitted in the recitation of the trakasi verses. avakaTa .. [ava-svArthe-kaTac avAtkuTAraca P. V.2.80] avakIrNa,-Nin See under avakR. 1 Downwards; backwards. 2 Opposite, contrary. -TH Contrariety, opposition. ___ avakIlaka: A pog or plug set inside ; kSutpipAsAvakIlakam Mbh. 14.45.8. avakaTikA Dissimulation. avakuJcanam 1 Bending, eurving, contrictions. -2 A avakaraH [ka-ap | Dust, sweepingg ; avakaranikara vikiratI S kind of disease. Bh.2.124. avakaTAra..[ava-svArthe atizaye vA kuTAraca ] Very deep, avakarNa 10P. To hear: sahasAvakarya niriyAya saMsadaH Si. downwards, buckwards. --ram Deformity. See avakaTa, 15.07. avakuTTita . 1 Vexed, infiummed. -2 Cut off. avakarNanam Hearing; K. 108. avakuNThanam 1 Investiny, surrounding.-2 Attracting, avakapaNam Drawing with strength, removing n onsens thing from one place to another. sagroza a. 1 Invested, surrounded. -2 Attracted. avklit|. 1 Seel, observed. -2 Known. -3 / avakuts 10 U. To blame, reviles condemn. Taken, received. - 4 Wicked, perverse. avakutsita. p. Blamel, reviled &e. -tam Blame, avakA A grassy plant (zevAla) growing in marshy Cerisure. land. -Comp. --ada. eating moss. -ulba . covered avakRla To singey to burn : Susr. or surrounded with 4771 plants. avakRta .. Directed downwards (AN root). avakAza 1,t. A. To be visible, to be manifest. -Cons. avakRt P. To cut off or away. -Tems. To cause To cause to look at. to cut off. avakAzaH 1Ocension, opportunity; tAte cApadvitIye avakateH A part cut off, a strip; vastrAvakana saMvItA vahati raNadhurAM ko bhayasyAvakAzaH Ve. 3.73 uttarAvakAzamapAharantyA / Nala. 10.22. K.201, 2015; sAhAyyadAnAvakAzaH DK.93% M. 3. 183BAL.23; / avakartanam 1 Cutting off, excision; vastrArdhasyAvakartanam oft. used with in the sense of 'to get an Nala. 10.16.-2 Battle field; ekamaktvA tu gAMdhArI kurUNAmavaopportunity or scope for action'; labdhAvakAzo'vi yanmAM natra kartanam / apazyattatra tiSTantI sarva divyena cakSuSA Mb.11.16.1. dagdho manobhavaH Ks. I. 41. -2 (4) Place, space, roon%3B avakAzaM kilodavAnarAmAyAbhyArthito dadau R.4.58; anyamavakAzama- / avakartin / . Cutting off or out; narma yazazcarmAvakartinaH vagAhe V.4; Ms3.207; yathAvakAzaM nI to take to its (annamAdatte) Ms. 1.218. proper place, R. G. 11; asmAkamasti na kathaMcidihAvakAzaH / avakRS 1 P. 1 To draw of or away, to pull off, Pt.1.83; avakAzo vivikto'yaM mahAnadyoH samAgama Ram.; drag down or pull down. -2 To extract, takes out. sadoSAvakAza iva te vAkyazeSaH V.3 your unfinished sentence avakarSaNama 1 Taking or pulling out, extraction. shows that there is room to find fault. (D) Tooting, ___-2 Expulsion. arlmission, scope, access, entrance; (chAyA) zuddhe tu dapaNatale sulabhAvakAzA S.7.22%3 oft. used in these senses avakRSTa.. 1 Drawn away or down, pulled down. with labha : labdhAvakAzA me prArthanA, labdhAvakAzo me manorathaHS. 13 -2 Removed. -3 Expelled, turned out or away. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #257
avakR -4 Inferior, low, degraded, outcast (opp. or prakRSTa ): pAdAkRSTo rAjanye tathAdharmau vidhIyate Mb. 12. 35. 32. 'jAti: Ns. S. 177 ; pratikartuM prakRSTasya nAvakRSTena yujyate Ram. - A servant who performs the lowest menial duties (such as sweeping &c.). ( mAnaniyukta); paNa deyo' vakRSTasya SaDutkRSTasya vetanam Ms. 7. 1. 126. 6 P. 1 To bestow, pour upon, to shower upon, cover with, fill; Si. 11. 62, (naM) avAkiran bAlalatAH prasUnaiH R. 2. 10, 1. 27; lAjA alibhiravakIryamANa: K. 86; Ki. 6. 2; avakIryottarIyANi Mb. spreading on the ground; tIrthAni avakIrNAni aaf: Mb. filled with; Y. . 281; Me. 56.-2 To pour out, throw out; saptadvArAvakIrNAM ca na vAcamanRtAM vadet Ms. 6. 48.3 To shake off, throw off, leave. - (.tm.) (Ust d reflexively) (a) To extend, spread itself; af at a Sk. (b) To fall asunder. () To pass away, fall off. (d) To become faithless or untrue. arafrof PP. 1 Scattered, filled, covered over; kimapati rajobhirovarairavakIrNasya maNermahArghatA Si. 16. 27 -2 Coarsely pounded. -3 Destroyed: mail fg auk dia Mb. 15. 16. 11. 4 Violated (as the vow of a ), degraded. 5 Declining, dilapidating; dRSTvA tathA'vakIrNaM tu rASTram Mb. 9.41.16. avakIrNin a. [ avakIrNamanena iSTA ini ] Violating the vow or engagements of continence. m. (-off) A religious student who has committed an act of incontinence (such as sexual intercourse) against his vow of celibacy; avakIrNI bhaved gatvA brahmacArI tu yoSitam / gardabhaM pazumAlabhya nairRtaM sa vizudhyati // Y. 3. 280; Ms. 3. 155, 11. 118-9; penance for an act of incontinence. 1. 1 To correspond with, to answer. -2 To be right or fit, to be possible; S. B. 2. 2. 8. -3 To help to, to serve, to accomplish, result in (with dat.); difesa Bhag. Caus. 1 To put in odrer, to prepare; to make ready; saMbhArAnavakalpaya Mb. -2 To use or employ becomingly. 3 To consider as possible; afglAyetkRcchreSu bhavAnapi Bk. 19. 17; yattatrabhavAnvRSalaM yAjayennAvaP. III. 3. 147 Sk. avakalpita p. p. Corresponding with; right, fit. : f. 1 Considering as possible, possiblity, probability [keya bhoyalk. (anavaklatira a). -2 Suitableness. avakeza Having the hair hanging down. madosahar vikrezo Rv. 6.30.2. avakezin 1 Unfruitful, barren (as a tree). -2 [ avasannAH kezA vidyante asya ini ] Having small or very few hair. m. A fruitless tree. vakezitAm Siva. B. 15. 21. dvitIyo hyavakezI syAt prathamastu phalegrahiH ibid. 16. 27. a. avakokila [ avakuSTaH kokilayA ] Drawn or called down to by a cuckoo. 239 1 4 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir a. 1 Not fit to be uttered, improper. -2 Censurable (as a saying). -3 False. - Indescri bable, inexpressible. . Having no opening (as a vessel, wound &c.). a. Not crooked, straight; (fig.) honest, upright. avakrakSin [ ava-kRSU Nini pRSo ] Dashing down, overcoming; avaRkSiNaM vRSabhaM yathA juram Rv. 8.1.2. U. To cry out, roar. avakSayaH a. Crying slowly, roaring, neighing. Aery; kandate svAhA'vakrandAya svAhA Vaj- 227. Crying out, weeping aloud. 1 U., P. 1 To step down or away, run away, escape, withdraw. -2 To tread down, overcome; rakAmandAH prapadairamitrAn Rv. 6. 75. 7. vajreNaivenamavakrAmati Sat. Br. 3 To descend, come down. Caus. To cause to go down. Descending, descent. ar:/. 1 Descending, descent. -2 Approach. avakrAmin Ved. Running away, escaping; - mivAvakrAmI gaccha Rv. 5.14.10. a araf Neglect, omission, non-performance of prescribed acts. 9 U. 1 To purchase. -2 To let out, hire. -3 To bribe, buy off. 1 Price. -2 Wages, hire, farm rent. -3 Letting out to hire, leasing; Y. 2. 238. -4 A tax or tribute (to be paid to the king), duty ( dravyam Sk.). censure. 1 P. To call down to; to revile.. p. p. Sounded ill or badly, reviled, censured. 3: 1 Discordant noise. -2 A curse. -3 Abuse, For Private and Personal Use Only rafa. Wet, thoroughly wet. a: Trickling, descent of moisture. -2 Ichor. Trickling, falling (as dew or moisture). : A discordant note. avakvAthaH Imperfect digestion or decoction. : Ved. Propitiatory offering; satisfaction of claims, compensation. srafer 1, 5, 9, P. To remove, carry off, destroy. -Pass. To waste away, decay. 1 Destruction, decay, waste, loss; - . 2.8.-2 A kind of malady.

Page #258
avakSayaNam 240 avagAhA m avakSayaNam Means of extinguishing (fire &c.); as in avagama 1P. To go down, descend: anaH samudramavajagmurApaH hAra' yAjJavalkyastvA svidime brAhmaNA ahArAvakSayaNamakratA3 ini Bv.1.2.). -2 TO come to visit, go our. -3 To Bri. Up. 3.9. 18. reach, obtain. -4 () T. know, learn, understand, think, believe ; kRtAparAvamivAvagacchati AtmAnama .203: mAmevaavakSINa ... Vasted, emaciated. -Nam Loss, mavagacchati / .2: kathaM zAntamityabhihite zrAnta ityavagacchani mUrkhaH destruction. MR.1; na khalvavagacchAmi, parastAdavagamyataeca. 1. tattadevAvagacchatvaM avakSieU. 1 To thing way, to throw or cast off'; mama tejo'zasaMbhavam By. 10. 11:11.8.8 ]ik.. NI. (6) sUkSmavastramavakSipya munivastrANyavasla ha Ram.: to hurl. -2 To "To consider, regard, louk upon. -5 Tossure one-olf, cause to fly down or away. -3 To reprimand, revile be convinced. -Caus. 1 To bring Er; athemamihAvagamaya anyone, consure, slander; madalekhAmavakSipya ra.3173; ! Ay. 3. 3. 6. - 2 To inforu oneself of, find out, low, avAkSipadvAsudevamo . ayAjyayAjanAdhyApane niyuktamamRSyamANaM rAjA / tAvadetebhyaH priyApravRttiravagamayitavyA V.1. -3 Tointform, cause avakSipet Kau. A. 1. 10. -4 Torrant, yield. -Comp. to know, teach; puruSavizeSamavagamayati Mu.53: sarvamidaM pitroTo cause to fall down. ravagamaya Dk. -4 To indicate, show; saMnAho'yaM sAhasamavagama yati Dk.:963 Bk. 10.53,62. avakSipta.. 1 Thrown lown; badly thrown. -2 Said sareastically, imputed, insinuated. -3 Reviled, avagatap.1 Cione away or down. -2 Known, censured, blamed. learnt, understood: sometimes used actively; tadaiva dhyAnAdavagato'smi 5.7 I learn; UDhapUrvo naduhitaramavagato'ham:0id. avakSepaH 1 Blaming, reviling. -2 Objection. came to Imow. -3 Assenter, promised. -4 Well-known avakSepaNam 1 Throwing down, considered as one of (prasiddha); mAmayavagataM dharmAda vyatikrAntapuraskRtam Ram. t. 18.48. the five kinds of karma, q. v. 2 Contempt, despising: saria: /. 1 Knowledge, perception, comprehension. avakSepaNe kana P. V. 8.95. -3 Censure, blame; P. I. 3. -2 True or determinate knowledge; brahmAvagatihi puruSArthaH; 82%B VI.2.195. -4 Overcoming, subduing. -NI Rein, brahmAvagatistvapratijJAtA S. B. bridle. __ avagamaH,-gamanam 1 Going netr, descending. -2 UnderavakSu2P. To sneeze upon. standing, comprehension, perception, knowledge, being avakSuta pp. 1 Sneeled upon; dviSadanaM nagaryannaM patitAnnama- / acquainted with. -3 True or deternimate lunowledge: vakSutam Ms. t. 218. -2 Spit upon or defiled ; avakSutAvaruditaM. pratyakSAvagamaM dhana' susukhaM kartumavyayam By...2 tathA zrAddhe ca varjayet Mb. 13.91.41. avagamya a. Intelligible. avakhaND 10 P. 1 To cut down, break into pieces. avagala 1 P. To fall down, slip down; sauvarNa valayama-2 To waste away, wear away; ardhayAmamAtrAvakhaNDitAyAM vAgalatkarAgrAt Si.8.34. vibhAvaryAm K.19 when the night had advanced only half 3 watch. --3 To destroy, annihilate. avagAdaH A small wooden hasin for baling water out of a boat. avakhaNDanam Dividing, destroying. avakhAtam [ nimnaH khAtaH ] A deep diteh. T IE I. A. 1 (a) To bathe oneself in, plunge into, dive into; with act. or loc.3 tamo'pahantrIM namasA vagAhya avakhAdaH [avajJAtaH ninditaH khAdaH khAdyama ] Bad or contem 1:.11.76%; anyamavakAzamavagAhiye v.4; svapne'vagAhanetyarthaM jalam ptible meal; an unworthy oblation. a. levouriny, Y.1.272; Bk. 6.20, 16.38. (7) To go deep into, be destroying; nAtrAvakhAdo asti vaH Rv. 1.41.4. absor bed into (fig.); amAtyarAkSasenApyanavagAhitamArya cANakyasya avagaNa 10 P. To disregard, not to heed, disrespect, caritamavagAhitumicchasi Mu.6. -2 To enter, penetrate, despise, slight; parvatIya iti mAvajIgaNa: Ki. 18.673; avagaNita- fully pervade; vimAnazANyavagAhamAnaH (ghoSaH) Ku.7.40%B khalInAkarSaNaH Pt 5. pUrvAparau toyanidhI vagAhya Ku. 1.1; pUrvApara samudrAvagADhaH 5.73 Mk.2; 800 avagADha also. -3 To determine. viSayamavagAhate avagaNanam 1 Disobodiencer disrespects contempty yart San. K. 35. -Caus. To bathe, cause to bathe. disregard. --2 Censure, blame. -3 Insult, mortification. -4 Defeat. sra Tip.. 1 Plunged into, entered into, immersed; jalAvagADhasya vanadvipasya Mk.23; amRtahadamivAvagADho'smi 5.73 avagaNa u. Soparated from one's companions, isola avagADhaH zokasAgaram Ram.; samudramavagADhAni pattanAni Ram. -2 ted, solitary, alone. Depressed, low, deep (lit. and fig.); Ram.6.88.74. avagaNita .. Disregarded, despised. abhyunnatA purastAdavagADhA jaghanagauravAtpazcAt 5.3.7.; manyurabhaja aaaat: Si. 15. 2. -3 That in which one bathes; STEPTOS: A boil or pimple upon the face or cheeks. avagADhA ca pItA ca (gayA) punAtyAsaptamaM kulam Mb. -4 Conavagatha . [ nipAtaH Up. 2.9] Bathed early in the / yualed, curdling (as blood). morning (prAtaHsnAta). ___ avagAhaH, -hanam 1 Bathing; subhagasalilAvagAhAH 5.1.3; avagaditaH1 Having exception.-2 Censured, blamed. avagAhapasthitamiva banamahiSayUtham K.29; sadAvagAhakSamavArisaMcayaH For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #259
avagAhA 241 avaghad ....... ......... ........ . ....... Art S. 5. Rs. 1. 1. -2 Plunging, immersing (in general); 19 : U. 2. 2; itata (441 Ki. 2.7: - entering into ; 31419& 1714 Dk. 16; TTETaraan qayguu 17. 28; Si. 11. 10. -3 Wicked, vile. -4 H. 3. 88; ETA19F R. . 17; N ikad Satirived in a song. - Seen frequently, well-known fartal T fufiny S. Til. 1. -3 (fig.) Mastering, (9540). -14 1 A satire in song, derision. - 2 Reproach, learning, studying completely; alqien fra blame. -3 Bad or discordant singing: of....ani I K. 56.-4 A place of bathing. 5 A bucket. al magatarzafereafta Nm. att pl. 1 Fit for bathing. -2 Fit to be 3120 9 U. 1 To let loose, let yo as reins). -2 To plunged into. divide, separate (as words or parts of words): fa fa t isau P. VIII. 9. 26. Com. 3ayo: A fault, clefect, demerit; 34 yajo -3 To break off, discontinue; to distinguish, discrimiMalli. on Ki. 13. 18. nate, discern. -4 To punisht, chastise; 192747 TETTE 10 P. 1 To cover with, shroud; 4897419- 4199 26 : Si. 3. 19. -5 To seize, choke : Tha164 Pt. 1; M. 1.49.-2 To draw over, conceal, reil. 1605! K. 307, 328. -6 To capture, take in possession, overpower; 9114449514951 Dk. 157; Tag 1 The act of covering the head of 32; Ve. 16. -7 To oppose, resist, hinder, obstruct. women; hiling, veiling. 2 A Veil (for the face ); -8 To lay hold of with the feet). Cans. To knead, (fig. also): 84907 naar ITU S.D.; 3194deggatzai make dough. fagfag: ibil; arrayuga: Mu.6; 3494987111324deg319TH Ve. 3; Alk. 4.24; Si-5. 17. -3 A covering, Bayera p. p. Obstructed, impeded, restrained. TERUT A TJ31. Ram. 6. 111. 02. mantle 3197 a. Separable. A lad: having the (in gonoral). -4 A swooping broom. Comp. ET name *28. [ 31741deg52114 921 ) a sort of religious ceremony; 4 6 312T: 1 Separation of the component parts of a kRnA muSTridIrghA'dhomukhatarjanI / avaguNThanamudreyamabhito bhramitA mtaa|| compound, or of other grammatical forms. 2 The STTTTTTT 1. Covered with a veil, veiled; Parft mark or interval of such a separation ; SHE ώ . -8 The syllable or letter after which such separation occurs, a rt P. VIII. 4. 26. 4 A sagrogh 1 Voiling, liding, covering. -2 A veil. liatus, absence of sandhi (as in f ata -3 A curtain. imAM ca mAM ca instead of cemAM ca ) Bh. 2.2. - The mark Tagoza y 1 Veiled, covered, concealed ; (s) used to mark the clision of 31 after and al. -6 ufafaragot ku 4.11 unveloped in nocturnal Withholding of rain, drought, failure of rain; afedarkness. -2 l'owdlered, pounded. wafa Terefent R. 1. 62; Manurafata arada : 10.48; 7794711f8499 a t 12. 29; sagroza .. l'owndol, ground. 19 at nana14 Ku. 5. 61. -7 An obstacle, impedi37757 ... Woven ment, hindrance, restraint; to Mal. I the bonds or fetters of worldly existence; prasahya rakSobhiravagrahaM ca 3TUT 6 U. " T assil with threats, to attack, Ram.; see anavagraha and niravagraha. -8 A herd of elephants to raise a weupon for the purpose of striking a blow -9 The forehead of an clephant; A part of the (with loc. or dat.); al f athre farajte clephant's face, the flat level place in the middle of Ms. 4. 109; 41421949 165; 11. 207. the elephant's forehead which joins the lower parts avaguraNam, -goraNam Menscing, assaulting with of the two Kumbhas; Matanga L. 5. 6.-10 Nature, intent to kill, siling with weapons. original tom perament. -11 A sort of knowledgo, it false idet. -12 Punishment (opp. 31996); 819999Tag 1 U. 1 To cover, to hide, conceal; (ta:) an Si. 1. 71. -13 An imprecation, form of 91195719"/a: Mb. -2 To put into or insido; zeug a buse. -14 An iron look with which elephants are saMveSTaya nivIte'vagRhate Katy. -3 To embrace; yA mamodvijate driven. -15 Obstinate insistance; obstinacy; 0799FACUT 4919 Pt. 4. et maqe14: Bhay. 4.7. 27. HaTkAH 1 Miding, concealing. -2 Embracing. 32gUH 1 An obstacle, impediment. -2 lisreswait 1 1. 1 To sing in a Liscordant toue. -2 TO pect, disregard. -3 Knowledge. siny doprecatingly, satirive in a song, revile, reproach Tagi: 1 Breaking, separation. - 2 Impodimont; (mostly used in p. p.). 31996 417 Sk. 3 A curse; soo 31997. sarita ..1 Sung in discordant tone, sung at 1 A. 1 To push or brush way or off. badly. -2 Reproochod, abusod, censured: maatia: --2 To split, break or cut asunder: 4741011419468. &.#... 29 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #260
avaghaTTaH 202 avacUrNanam Dk. 124. -3 To touch, feel, rub; +10yarsaga a ftur a. 1 Not to be spoken or uttered, obscene Susr. -4 To stir up, agitate. or indecent (language); vAdeSvavacanI yeSu tadeva dviguNaM bhavet Ms. 8. 269.-2 Not censurable, not blamable, free from 372E 1 A hole in the ground, a cave, a cavern. censure; lokairavacanIyA bhavati Mk. 23 degtA -tva impropriety -2 A grind-tone, stone-mill for grinding corn. -3 Stir of speech, freedom from unsure; 2 468 ar ring up, shaking. 19-taat U. 1. 5. avaghaTTanam Rubbing away or off. TETET a. Not speaking, silent, taciturn. Ta914H A kind of necklace gradually decreasing 32 4 The looking down of the moon (Ved.) in size. Kau. A. 2.11 37T 1. U. 1 To move or come down ; fcquid 379ata See under 349EUR #71 Rv. 10. 59. 9. --2 To go down towards. -L'aus. IT I P. 1 To proclaim aloud. -2 To send for, 1 To cause to move or descend upon. -2 To employ, summon, convoke; as a conclave (4913). -3 To fill use, apply; 2017, 174, 49124 &c. with cries, make resonant ; Tiny Farageng Mb. staat: ( = 177*:) A groon; 7741791 augrai e a. Proclaimed, addressed, summoned Bu. Ch. 5. 68. aloud; Mb. 3120 a. Going or moving down in or upon. T aat:, - ory Proclaiming, denouncing. - OTT A place of descent, road; field of action. A proclamation. aara. Moving, going. -UTH 1 Employing, ago 1 U. To whirl round, brandish, move to application, inode of proceeding. - 2 A kind of saline and fro; an in 31quintafe: ; 174 Saraua: preparation ( at). Mb. rocked to and fro. a. To be cast down, to be given, to be put sagot: Whirling round, a whirlpool. a. Agitated on or applied. perturbed ; viSTabhya cittaM praNayAvapUrNam Bhag. 11.20. 36. af 3 P. 1 To Worship, honour, respoct. 2 avaghUrNanam Rolling or whirling round. (50.) To gather, pick up, pluck with two acc.); var saa 1 U. To rub off, rub to pieces, grind to Faizai 191 91-YIHAT Bk. 6. 10 afaria Fea powder; 4 a 41 yaycarea fotze Fyrfa Sk. -3 To take off. - To let down behind, to open Pt. 1 v. I. -Cans. To rub off, scratch. (one's cloak). -5 To examino, select; Mb. 3. 379 Tur Rubbing into. -2 Grinding.-3 Cleaning, Taart: Gathering (such as flowers, fruits &c.); rubbing off ; fed paraut 11TYTTH Y. 3.60. ja: siara: wtay4f*rat 403 5.4. aufta .. Covered on all sides, concealed. 3971: [ 347-1949] . III. 3. tl. Gathering 1991 1 P. 1 To smell at; touch with the mouth; ; flowers (with the hands); 3 13941972021 Si.7.71. 349f6a TZ 140317 Ms. 3. 218.-2 To kiss (as the head); saatera a. Gathering, picking off. afa TZ Asval.; 371172 Ram. -Caus.(Erfa) To cause to smell at. safaretar Desire to gather; thizastad: 4452 1991 Si. 6. 10. TUTH The act of smelling at. TE . Smelled, kissed ; 975 aig 2149114 ! afa). p. 1 Gathered. -2 Filled. inhabited. Hai hat. 2. 20. 21. Tag :, -3: (1999731 3 93 3: ] The 302 Causing to smell at. pondent cloth on a chariot, an unnament (like a 312 a. Lower. chowri) hanging from the top of : banner, 1931973 H1 H 14 : Si. 5. 13; Razsta41a74*34: 3798 2 A. 1 To look down upon (Ved.). -2 To K. 26, 114, 116; Si. 20. 46, 12. 18. - A garland; perceive, observe; f gorr 1197 Rv. 4. 58. 5. ayar arauf a uf9=31473144 : Si. 3. 5. 1970 a. One telling a censured tale. -UTH Look 37a7fc:, after A gloss, short commentary. ing down upon. 3990 10 P. 1 To sprinkle with meal, dust. -2 To a t a. (2 a.) Not speaking, silent, spoechless; cover, put on or over, overlay; qui: s Tra igerague f f [3719.8.] S. 1. - Susr.; bheryoM divyapuSpAvacUrNitAH Nb. 1 Abrenon of insertion, silence, taciturnity: 319-19flauta: Kay. -2 Censure, blumu. reproof: "## 100 saqat 1 Pounding, rinding, reducing to doing what one is bid, disobedient. powder." -2 Sprinkling with powder ; especially, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #261
avacUrNita throwing absorbent powders on wounds. -3 A kind of disease or wound. a. avacUrNita Pounded coarsely prijAnAyacUrNitena mixed with; Dk. 133. -2 Ground, crushed, reduced to powder. 243 avacUla = avacUDa q.v. avacUlakaH, -kam A chorri or brush ( formed of a cow's tail or peacock's feathers) for fanning off flies. 10 P. 1 To cover over, overspread. -2 To conceal, obscure, leave in darkness. avaccha (cchA ) daH A cover, covering; kAJcanAcchAdAn (7) Ram. araf 7 U. 1 To cut off, separate, tear in pieces, break asunder. -2 To discriminate, distinguish, characterize. -3 To define, limit, modify (as by time, space &c.) used in Nyaya; see af below. -4 To detach, excerpt. -5 To interrupt. avacchinna wafer 1 Cut off. -2 Separated, divided, detached, excerptod avacchinnasya pUrNena ekatvaM pratipAdyate A. Ram. 1. 1. 49.-3 (In Logie) Separated or excluded from all other things by the properties predicated of a thing as peculiar to itself. -4 Bounded, modified, determined; Bh. 2. 1.-5 Particularized, distinguished, characterized, as by an attributive word. 1 A part, portion (a). -2 Boundary, limit. -8 Separation. -4 Distinction, distinguishing, particularization (as by attributes). -5 Determination, decision, settlement: zabdArthasyAnavacchede vizeSasmRtihetavaH Vak. P.-6 That property of a thing which distinguishes it from everything else, a characteristic property. -7 Bounding, defining. -8 Pervading (:). generalizing, removing distinctions. : a. 1 Separating. -2 Determining, deeiding, sewa -3 Bounding, limiting. - Pervading. Distinguishing, particularizing. -6 Peculiar, characteristic. : 1 That which distinguishes. -2 A predicate, characteristic property. -3 Boundary, limit. * Cutting off, separating determining bounding &c. avacchedya a. To be separated. avacchurita a Mixed. -tam A hoarse laugh. af 1 P. 1 To spoil (deprive by conquest), to win; avajitya ca taddhanam Mb; Ms. 11.80; puSpakaM nAma vimAnaM vIryAdavajitam Ram. -2 To recover; hRtAM kRSNAmavAjayat Mb. -3 To ward off, prevent. Mb. 13. -4 To conquer ; avajitamadhunA tavAhamakSNoH Si. 7.60. avajaya: Defeat, victory over; yenendralokAvajayAya dRptaH R. 6. 62. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir avajita P. p. Conquered; condemned, disregarded. rafafa:. Conquest, defent; geofe in graffit Ki. 6. 43. avaTya aga. Visited, frequented. 9 P. To have a low opinion of, to despise, to treat with contempt, disregard; ML R. 1. 77; avajAnanti mAM mUDhA mAnuSIM tanumAzritam Bg. 9.11; Bk. 3. 8. -] Disrespect, contempt; slighting, low opinion; H. 1; disregard (with the obj. in loc. or gen.); - R. 2.41; Mal. 1. 6; Santi. 3. 23; avijJAvajJeyaM paritapati noccairapi budham Uab. -Comp. - upahata .. treated with contempt, humiliated. - the agonies of humiliation; mA jIvan yaH parAvajJAduHkhadagdho'pi jIvati Si. 2. 45. p. p. Disrespected, condemned, disregarded; ( dAnaM ) avajJAtaM tattAmasamudAhRtam Bg. 17. 22. avajJAnam Disrespect, disregard, contempt avajJAnasahasaistu doSAH kaSTatarA dhane Mb. 12. 177 35. IpsitaM tadavajJAnAt viddhi sArgalamAtmanaH R. 1. 79. avajJeya pot. p. To be treated with disrespect; contemptible; viprA hi kSatriyAtmAno nAvajJeyAH kadAcana V. 1. 153. avaTiH, -TI / -3 A sinus. avaTa . [ ava aTan ] Produced in a hole. -TaH 1A hole, cavity. -2 A pit; a Ram. 6. 107. 60; 2 cApi me rAma prakSipemaM kalevaram; avaTe ye nidhIyante Ram. vipATayanniva Bm. 1. 762. -3 A well. - Any low or depressed part of the body, sinus; azafa Y. 3. 98. 5 A juggler. -6 Drunk; the commentary of Mahendra on Hemachandra's Anekarthasamgraha pramatte'pi makhaH yathA avaTAtasaMketaniketanasamAzrayAm -Comp.: a tortoise in a hole; (fig.) one who has had no experience, who has seen nothing of the world. : N. of a particular hell. [ ava-aTi ] 1 A hole. -2 A well. avaTITa . [ nAsikAyAH nataM avaTITam, aba TITan nAsikAyAH saMjJAyAM nAsikApyavaTITA, puruSo yavaTITaH P. V. 2. 31 Sk. ] Having a flat nose, flat-nosed. For Private and Personal Use Only avaTuH [ ava-TI min] 1 A hule in the ground. -2 A well. -3 The back or nape of the neck; ghaTA kRkATikA' ityamaraH - 4 The depressed part of the body. -5 A kind of tree. f. The raised portion of the neck.. A hole, a rent. Comp. a hind curl; hair on the back of the head; rAgavAnavaTujeSvavakRSya Si. 10. 52. avaTya (0. Ved. Being in a hole: namaH kRpyAya cAvaTyAya Vaj. 16. 38.

Page #262
avaDaGgaH 244 avata avaDaGgaH , -ka: A market, a mart. avatapa 1 P. To radiate, heat or light downwards%3B avaDInam [aba-DI-bhAve-kta ] The Aight of a bird, fly- A... , mahadapAvatapAta A mahadeSAvatapati Av. 12.4.30. -Sant. 1 To irradiate, b. ing downward; (pAtAnAM zatam-) uDInamavaDInaM ca praDInaM DIna- heat; athAvatAgya pRthivIM pUSA divasamakSaye jagAmAstam meva ca Mb.8.41. 26-28. -2 To illuminate. avaNDa . Ved. Not without a tail (said of a cow. .. avatapta.. Heated, irradiatel : avato nakulasthitam an avataH [ava-aTac vede pRSolTasya taH] A well, cistern. ichneumon's standing on hot ground (metaphorically siid of the inconstances of man).kSepe P.II.1.17: avato avataMsaH,-sam [ ava-taMs-ghaJ] 1A garland. -2 An ear nakulasthita ta etat Sk. ring, a ring-sha pod ornament, an ear-ornament (fig. also); gaNA nameruprasavAvataMsA: Ku. 1.0; svavAhanakSobhacalAvataMsAH avatApin a. (A place) where the sun strikes 7.38; candanapallavAvataMsAm K. 11, 12, 140,97; R. 13. 49; Dk. vertically down. 5,843 Ki.3. 11; Si.3.81; utpalam lotus used asan Ornament : Ku.4.8; oft. with a omitted; yairvataMsakusumaiH avatamasam [ avatataM vyAptaM tamaH acsamAmaH avamamandhebhyastamasaH priyametAH Si. 10.67. -3 An ornament worn on the head, P. V. 4. 79] 1 Slight or dim darkness; kSINe'vatamasaM namaH crest. -4 (lig.) anything that serves as an ornament; Ak. -2 Darkness (in general); avatamasabhidAya bhAsvatAdecked with; tAmarasAvataMsA jalasanivazAH Chat. bhyudgatena Si. 11.57 (where: Malli. says yadyapi kSINe'vatamasaM 2.33B puNDarIkAvataMsAbhiH parikhAbhiH Ram. b.t.25; puSpAvanaMsaM salilam tamaH ityuktaM tathApi iha virodhAdvizeSAnAdareNa sAmAnyameva grAhAma). Susr.; kalyANAvataMsA kalyANasaMpad Mal.6. -3 Obscurity. avataMsayati Den. P. To use as ear-rings, make ear avataram ind. Ved. Parther away, more distantly. rings of; avataMsayanti dayamAnAH pramadAH zirISakusumAni S. 1.4; avatas ind. Below, in the lower world; matA phaNavato'avataMsayainam M. 3. vato Ki. D. 27. avataMsaka: An our-or nament, an ornament in avatarpaNam A soothing remedy. rreneral; azokastabakeneva diGmukhasyAvataMsakam V.5.33 prAsAdAhA avatR 1 P. 1 To descend, alight, come down; rathAvataMsakA (laGkA) Rim. davatatAra ca R.1.51, 13.15; vasan dadarzAvatarantamambarAt Si. 1. avataMsita . Having a garland, erested: (fie.) 1; yamunAtaTamavatIrNaH Pt. 1; meghapadavImavatI svaH5.73 kadaitadavatadecked, adorned. riSyati cakra mastakAt PL: (lig.nlso) iti manireva na bodhaTETTATOTH 1 Anything out in pieces. -2 Chopped padavImavatarati K.2S) fails to 800%; bAgeva me nAbhidheyaviSayamava| tarati apayA 161 [ Gamot speak for very shame. -2 To straw. flow or rum into, discharge contents, join (AND river); avatai 10 P. To strike downwards; vidyudavatADayati / sAgaraM varjayitvA kutra vA mahAnadyavanarani 5.3; 40 avatIrNa also. Nir.; to crush under, trample down upon. -3 To enter, to enter into, to come to: avatarataH siddhipathaM avatADanam 1 ( rashing, trampling or treading zabdaH svamanorathasyeva M. 1.23 Si.:).83; tvadIyaM dezamavatIrya under; naisargikI surabhiNaH kusumasya siddhA mUni sthinina caraNairavatA- M.D. -4 To begin, commence: avataratu bhavAna D. 1523 inAni U. I. 14. -2 Striking. tatpreyasImAhRya saGgItakamavanarAmi Dhurt. 1. -510 present Unoself, appear forth, come: prasabhamavanatAra cittajanmA Ki. avatan 8 U. 1 To stretell or extend downwards%3B 10.17. - To discend (as : deity into the world in the jvArdadhAnairavatatya kandharAH Si. 12. 183 vizAlamUlAvatataH (nyagrodha) form of a mortal; zApAvanIrNa : munikanyA ca sA Hariv. -2 To overspread, cover 3 nabhasi meghAvatate Susr.; zApAttasyAM jAtAvavAtarat .81Raj. 'T.1. 130:5 3 viSNukhamavatatya saliladAH Bri. S. 24.19. -3 To looson; undo revAvatIrNo'sau Mark. P.-7 To get over, subdue conquer%; (especially a bow-string). avatIrNo'smi yadrogamatidustaram Ks.21.194: ava tasya balaM tira avatatA ... 1Overspread, covered; latAzatairavatatA / Rv. 10. 133.5. -8 To eross over; tvayAvatINoNa utA'takAmaH (nadI) Rim...11.26 turagaudhairavatatA (bhUH) ibid. -2 Loosen- Bhag 3. 24. 34. -Caus, 1 To cause to descend, bring ad, slackened; "dhanvan whose bow is unbent. Vaj.3.61. or fetch down%; mArge kathaMcidavanArya Mu.3.9; rathAta, vRkSAt , zUlAgrAt &c. -2 To take dowm, put or set down avatAraya avatatiH / Streching, extending ; prAleyAvatatimlAna Ki. salilasamIpam K.38; mAtrAM kakSAntarAdavatArya Pt.1; svabhujAdava11.4 (snow-fall). tAritA R. 1.34; avatAryatAM rathaH V.1. -3 To take off, Taat: 1 Stretching of a bow. -2 The unbending remove, withdraw, put aside: svagAtrAdavanArya bhUSaNAni Mu. of a bow. -3 A downward face. -4 The spreading of 2,5% athAGgarAjAdavatArya cakSuH R.6.30, athorudezAdavatArya pAdam aplant; latAzatairavatatAmavatAnazataistathA Ram. -5 A cover Ku. 3. 11, Si. 9. 36. -4 To bring downwards. --5 To (in general); an awning; Mb. 2. 9.3. -6 N. of the bend down. -8 To introduce, set a-going, make current, verses; Vaj. 11.56-63. -7 Tendril; latAvatAnAvataH (mahAdrumaH) begin; tena vidyAvatAritA Raj. T.4.485; tatra tayA satre'vatArite Mb.3.21.26. 2.58. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #263
avataraH avataraH Descent. zaMsanti kAryAvataraM hi santaH N. 3. 53; Si. 1. 13. , avataraNam 1 Descending for bathing in water &c. asastI descending or slighting (in general), coming down; stanya. -2 An incarnation ; see avatAra, -3 Crossing. -4 Sudden disapperance. -5 Steps or stairs leading to a river. -6 A holy bathing place (tIrtha). -7 Translating from one language into another. -8 Introduction. -9 An extract, a quotation. - maGgalam A solemn reception. avataraNikA 1 A short prayer at the beginning of a work which, it is supposed, causes the divinity so addressed to descend from heaven. -2 Introduction, preface. -3 Synopsis. (fig.) avataraNI [avataranigrantho'nayA avatu karaNe s] 1 Predno -2 Succession, order, method. avatAraH [ aba tu karaNe ghaJ] 1 Descent, alighting: descending or going down into; (fig) accepting, resorting to pAkhaNDipathAvatAra: Dk. 47; advont, setting in; vasantAvatArasamaye S. 1. 2 Form, manifestation; matsyAdibhiraktArairavanAvanA'vatAvasudhAm Sankara - 3 Descent of a deity upon earth, incarnation in general; ko'pyeSa saMprati navaH puruSAvatAraH // 5.33 dharmArthakAmamokSANAmavatAra ivAGgavAn R. 10. 84; RpyavanAro'yaM nRpati: Ks. 7. 18 - 4 An incarnation of Vispu; viSNuryena dazAvatAragahane kSipto mahAsaMkaTe Bh. 2. 95. (There are ton incarnations of Visput the following verse from Git. describes them; vedAnuddharate jagannivaha bhUgolamudvibhrate daityaM dArayate baliM chalayate kSatrakSayaM kurvate / *paulastyaM jayane halaM kalayate kAruNyamAtanvate mlecchAnmUrcchayate dazAkRtikRte kRSNAya tubhyaM namaH || matsyaH kurmo varAhatha narasiMho'tha vAmanaH / rAmo rAma kRSNaca buddhaH kalkI ca te daza || Varah. 1./-5 Any new appearance, growth, rise navAvatAraM kamalodivotpalam R. 3. 36: parIvAdanavAvatAraH 21 yauvanAvatAre K. 28) : Vc. 3: santi. 2. 2005 3. 145 Ks. 8.30; -6 Any distinguished person (who, in the language of respect, is called an avatAra or incarnation of a deity ). -7 Aiming at object. - 8 A landing place; ruddhe gajena saritaH saruSAvatAre Si. 5. 33.9 A sacred bathing place. -10 Translation-11 A pond, tank, - 12 Introduction, preface. -13 Crossing; raM labh to gain one's object (with gon.). -Comp. -kathA account of an avatAra, N. of a chapter in zaGkara vijaya - mantraH the prayer causing the descent of a deity. avatAraka. (-rikA / .) 1 Making one's appearance. -2 Making a descent. avatAraNam 1 Causing to descend. -2 Translation. - 3 Possession by an evil spirit. -4 Worship, adoration. -5 The ends or border of a garment. 6 Preface or introduction (to it work ). -7 Descent,_appearance ( avataraNa ); pauSyaM paulomamAstIkamAdiraMzAvatAraNam Mb. 1. 2. 42. avatArin a. Making one's appearance, making a descent. 248 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir avadAnam avatIrNa Q2. 1. 1 Descended, alighted, come down ; zailarAjAvatIrNAM jahoH kanyAm Me. 52; jalanidhimanurUpaM janukanyAvatIrNA R. 6. 85; saMsArapathamavatIrNAnAm K. 175 who have entered upon mundane life. -2 Bathed in ; udadhimivAvatIrNa: K. 158; come to, entered into. -3 Appeared as an incarnation ; tadarthamavatIrNo'sau manniyogAccaturbhuja: Mb.; Pt. 1. -4 Crossed, passed over; api nAmAvatIrNo'si bANagocaram Mal. 1 crossed the path, gone within the range, of arrows ; darzanapathamavatIrNaH S. 3. -5 Fallen (as the night ); avatIrNAyAM tasyAM yAminyAm K. 200; bhareNAvatIrNAyAM rajanyAm K. 368. -6 Translated. -rNam (= avatAraH ) Manifestation ; ef. padmAvatIrNapUrNA Svapna. 11. -Comp. -RNa . absolved from debt. atUlayati Den. P. To rub with cotton ; tUlairava kRSNAti tUlena tRNAgramavaghaTTayati Bop. avatokA [ avapatitaM tokaM asyAH ; prA0 ba0 ] A woman or a cow miscarrying from accident yaH kRNoti mRtavatsAmavanokAmimAM striyam Av. 8.6.9. avatta, avattin See under avado. avatrasta a. Terrified. avatsAraH N. of a vedic seer, descendant of Kasyapa; avasArasya spRNavAma raNvabhiH Rv. 5. 11. 10. avatsIya a. Not suitable for a calf. ; avadeza [ avazya pAnaruyartham ava karmaNi] Any pungent food which excites thirst, stimulant. avadanta . P. VII. 4. 47. 1 Given away. Finished, sccomplished, avadaha 1 P. To burn down, destroy; avAdaho diva A dasyumuccA Rv. 1.33.7. avadAghaH 1 Heat, burning down. -2 The hot season, summer. avadAhaH, -ham [ avasAdito dAho yena; prA0 ba0 ] 1 N. of the root of a plant. Andropogon muricatum. ( vIraNa: Mar. vALA ). -2 Burning down, hent; 'iSTakApatham the root of the vIraNa plant. avadAta a. [ ava-dai-kta ]1 Beautiful; avadAtakAntiH Dk. 107, 37. -2 Clean, clear, pure, spotless, rotined, purified, polished; yeSAM trINyavadAtAni vidyA yonizca karma Mb. 3. 1. 27. sarvavidyAvadAtacetAH K. 36; so vidyAvadAtaM mukham; Bh. 2. 2.5; zAstra -3 Bright, white; ApizajJAvadAtayA dehaprabhayA K. 36, 65, 128, 187, 189, 43,62,95 rajanikara kalAvadAtaM kulam K. 233; kundAvadAtAH kalahaMsamAlA; Bk. 2. 18; cf. also Ki. 11. 75, 3. 25; 13. 37; Santi. 3. 14. -4 Virtuous, meritorious; anyasmiJjanmani na kRtamavadAtaM karma K. 62. -5 Yellow. -taH White or yellow colour. cf. avadAtaH site pIte Nm. For Private and Personal Use Only avadAnam 1 A pure or approved occupation. -2 An accomplished act. -3 A valorous or glorious act,

Page #264
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra avadAntaH www.kobatirth.org prowess, heroic act, heroism, glorious achievement; saMgIyamAnatripurAvadAnaH Ku. 7.48; Si. 7.2, 18. 16; prApadastramavadAnatoSitAt R. 11. 21; Ki. 17. 16; tattvatpUrvAvadAnebhyo na rocate Dk. 52; Ki. 3. 43, 13. 32. -4 Object of a legend. 5 Objection mUlamantreNa pozIdA Bhag 11. 2741 Sacrificial object for an oblation. acadAntaH [Hyperanthera Morang (Mar. mA); Nigh. avadAnya a. Niggardly, stingy. avadAvada a. Ved. Having no bad reputation. sa vai loko'vadAvadaH Ait. Br. 7. 13. 5. avadaraNam Breaking (as a separating. 248 avada ! P. To split or force open, to rend or tear asunder. Caus. 1 To cause to burst, to rend, split ; manaHzilAgireH zRtaM vajreNevAvadAritam Ram. -2 To dig down, excavate; tadarthamuvamavadArayadbhiH R. 13.3; vasudhAM cAvadArayet Ram. boil ), bursting, avadAraNam Taring dividing, digzing down, cutting into pieces. -2 (karaNe- lyuT ) A spade, hoe. -3 Breaking open, bursting open : avadAraNakAle tu pRthivI nAvadIryate Ram. 2. 77. 16. avadIrNa P. P. 1 Split into two, divided, broken ; avadamuktamI ki S. 13. 37.8 Melted, fused, liquefied. -3 Bewildered, perplexed bhayAvadIrNaH saMprAsAdabaI bahu bhASase Mb. avado 4 P. 1 To cut off, divide. -2 ( Ved.) To ppease (anger ); aba stomebhI rudraM diSIya Rv. 2. 33.5. avadyat . Breaking off zatazo vizikhAnavadyate Ki. 15.48. avatta . . [ ava-do khaNDane karmaNi ka ] Cut off; utsAdato' jJAnAdavattAnAM karata'eva Vaj 21. 43. avattina . [ avattamanena iSTA0 ini ] One who divides or ents off ; paJca' dividing into five parts. avadAnam [ ava-do lyuT ] 1 Cutting or dividing into pieces. -2 A part, portion; hRdayAdyavadAnAnAm S. B. -3 Transgression. -4 The root of a plant (vIraNa ); see avadAna also. avadohaH 1 Milking. -2 Milk. avadya 1 Fit to be condemned, censurable, not to be praised; na cApi kAvyaM navamityavadyam M. 1. 2: kimavadyaH karikumbhajo maNi: Si. 1. 5. -2 Defective, faulty, blam* able, disagreeable, disliked; udavadanavadyAM tAmavadyAdapetaH R. 7. 70; see anavadya also. -3 Unfit to be told. -4 Low, inferior. -5 Sinful - dyam 1 A fault, defect, imperfec tion; kiM na vocasyasatte AtmAvadyaM vadAzu meM Bhag. 9. 14.12. - 2 Sin, vice; sAkSAtkRtaM nemuravayamRgyataH Bhag. 10 22.20. -3 Blame, censure, reproach; udvahanavadyAM tAmavadyAdapetaH R. 7.70. - Shamne. -Comp. -gohana a. concealing Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir avadhi: or keeping off want ; samAne ahan triravadyagohanA Rv. 1. 33. 3. bhI: f fear of vices or sin; avadyabhiyA bahavaH pRNanti Rv. 10. 107. 3. avadyavat . Vel. Disgraceful, lamentable. avadyotanam 1 Tight. -2 Illustrating. adyotin a. Shining down upon, illuminating. acadraGgaH A market. avadha ( Ved. Inviolable, invulnerable. huve svarvadavadhaM namasvata Rv. 1. 185. 3. -dhaH Exemption from death; yajJo'sya sUtyai sarvasya tasmAdyajJe vaco'vadhaH Ms. 5.30. avadhya . Not to be killed, inviolable, sacred; yAvAnavadhyasya vatre Ms. 9. 249. tA, bhAvaH, tvam exemption from death, inviolability: vadhArhANAmavadhyatAm 1. 17. 19; sadaivAvabhyabhAvena yathArthasya hi vAcakaH H. 3. 15: R. 10.43. avadhardhya a. To be defied. avadhA 3 A. 1 Te place down, deposit; avadhAya zva mRtpiNDam Katy; yathA kSuraH kSuradhAne'vahitaH Sat. Br.: tatastAMsteSu kuNDeSu garbhAnavadadhe tadA Mb. vAsudevaH svamAyayAtmanyavadhIyamAnaH Bhag. ; to fix : pAdAgre dRzamavadhAya nizcalAGgI Mu. 5. 13. -2 To apply (as the mind). -3 To be attentive; galsvadhatAM devarAjaH Mv. 6. -4 To shut, close, press together. -Pass. To be placed, applied, or directed (mind); avadhIyatAm liston, hear. avadhAtavya pot. p. To be attended to, deserving avadhAnIya attention and care. avadhAnam 1 Attention, avadhAnapare cakAra sA pralayAntonimaSite vilocane Ku. 4. 2; avadhAnaM dIyamAnaM prArthaye Ve. 1; intentness, attentiveness; dattAvadhAnaH zRNoti hears atten tively. -2 Devotion, care, carefulness avadhAnAt carefully or attentively zRNuta janA avadhAnAt kriyAmimAM kAlidAsasya V. 1. 2. v. I. For Private and Personal Use Only avadhAnin Attentive. avadhiH [ avadhA ki] 1 Application, attention - Boundary, limit exclusive or inclusive, (in time or space); conclusion, determination; ekaikasya jagattrayapramathanatrANAdhiryogyatA Mv. 1. 46; ravitejasAmavadhinAdhiveSTitam Ki. 12. 22 - 3 Furthest limit; dRSTa AhAdanIyAnAmavadhiH K. 124; smarazApAvafazi arada Ku. 4. 43; conclusion; oft. at the end of comp., in the sense of ' ending with', 'as far as', 'till'; eSa te jIvitAvadhiH pravAdaH U. 1 tatpratyAgamanakAlAvadhayo'pi tAvat priyantAM prANAH K. 171 vyADI rakSatu meM dehaM tataH pratyAgamAvadhi Ks. 4. 100; skandhaH syAnmRlAcchAkhAvadhistaroH Ak. -4 Period of time, time; sarve nidAghAvadhinA pramRSTAH R. 16. 52; zeSAn mAsAn virahadivasa sthApitasyAvadevI Me. 89; api samAptaH vanavAsasyAvadhiH Mv. 7, 2. 48; vivAhaM mAsAvadhikamakalpayat Dk 56 174; K. 328; Ki.12.17; yadavadhi-tadavadhi from or ever since, till. Bv. 2.79; atha cedavadhiH pratIkSyate Ki. 2. 16. - 5. An engagement, appointment: ramaNIyo'vadhirvidhinA visaMvAditaH 5.6. -6 A division, district, department; janapadatadavadhyozva P. IV. 2. 124. 7 A hole, pit. -8 Authority, standard

Page #265
avadhimat 247 avadhRta (pramANa); vayaM tu bharanAdezAvadhiM kRtvA harIzvara Rim. +.18.25. humiliated. hRtadAro'vadhUtazca nAhaM jIvitamutsahe Mb.3.232. 36. tA, tvam limit, limitation. -Comp. -jJAnam The faculty -4 Excelled, surpassell; lIlAvadhUtapamA kathayantI pakSapAtamadhikaM of perceiving over what is not within the reach of the na: Ratn. 2.8, -5 Attacked, overcome. -6Neparated sensesN. of the third degree of knowledge%3 (matijJAna, from worldly attachments. -ta: An ascetic who has zrunijJAna, avadhijJAna, manaHparyAyajJAna, kevalajJAna Jai). renounced all worldly attachments and comections ; yo vilabdhyAzramAnvarNAnAtmanyeva sthitaH pumAn / ativarNAzramI yogI avadhimat 4. Limited, bounded. avadhUtaH sa ucyte|| or akSaratvAta vareNyatvAta dhanasaMsArabandhaTere pot. p. 1 To be placed down or deposited. nAn / tattvamasyarthasiddhatvAdavadhUto'bhidhIyate // sadA'luto'dhaHzayano'vadhUtaH -2 To bo attonlel to, to be believed. -3 To be known Bhig. 3. 1. 19. avadhUtopekSite ca kampite cAzramAntare | Nm. -2 or apprehended. -yam Attention. Smelling sense, nose, nalinI nAlinI ca prAgadvArAvekatra nirmite / avahita ... 1 Deposited, placed; yathA hyavahito avadhUtasakhastAbhyAM viSayaM yAti saurabham // Bhag.4.25.18. bahirdA ruSvekaH svayoniSu Bhag. 1. 2. 32; yathA kSuraH kSuradhAne' --Comp. at a. undressed, naked. vahitaH Bri. Up. 1.4.7. -2 Attentive careful; zRNu rAjanna avadhUnanam 1 Shaking, waving; pAdasparzastu rakSAMsi vahitaH saha bhrAtRbhiracyuta Mb.3.2.1. zRNuta manobhiravahitaiH duSkRtInavadhananam Ms. 3. 230%; amandadadhauSTakarAvadhUnanam Ki.8.6. v.1.25 zaNu me'vahitA vacaH lam.; Me. 102.-3 Celebrated, -2 The practice of medicine, euring. -3 Agitation, knowl. -4 Plunged into, fallen into; tritaH kUpe'vahito / trembling: -4 Disregarding: -5 Trampling on, treading. devAn havata Utaye Rv. 1. 105. 17.degtA application, attention. -Comp. - aJjali .. with joined hands. avadhUkaH One having no wife. avadhA 1 U. To run down, to drop down, to run avadhUpita a. Perfumedl with incense; Rim. 2. after. ado yadavadhAvatyavatkamadhi parvatAn Av.2.3.1. avadhUlanam Sprimking absorbent powders on sores. avadhAvanam 1 Running after, pursuing, guizure. avadhR 10 U. 1(a) To determine tix, resolve : ityava-2 Cleaning, washing. dhArya Pt. 1; yanmayA'vadhAritam Mk. 4. cayastviSAmityavadhArita purA Si. 1.3; vidarbhagatamanuSTeyamavadhAritam M. . (1) To avadhAvita 2.1 Chased, pursued. -2 Cleaned, ascertain, determine accurately, make out, know, washed. perceive, understand; na vizvamUrtaravadhAyate vapu: Ku.5.78%3 avadhIra 101. To disrogurd, disrespect, trout with Mu. 3. 4. -2 To consider or regard, think, look upon; contempt, slight;avadhIritamuhRddhacanasya 11.1; avadhIrya dhairyakalitA mRtAM mAmavadhAraya Mb.; kulInetyavadhAryatAm Ks. A.1243; Si. TH Si. 9.59. Amaru. 83: to despise, repudiate, 9.22. -3 To hear, listen to, become acquainted with; repulse; natkimavadhArayati mAmAryaputraH M.. vAnaprasthasya dharma te kathayAmyavadhAryatAm Mark. P. -4 To reflect, 3127: TOTH Tresting with disrespect. comsider, think; bAlako'yamityavadhArya Pt. t. -5 To limit, restrict. avadhIraNA Disrospect, despising; repulso; kRtavatyAsa nAvadhAraNAmaparAddhe'pi yadA ciraM mayi R.S.18 M.3.20 ayaM avadhAraH Accurate determination, limitation; sarvatra sa te tiSThati saMgamotmuko vizaGkase bhIru yato'vadhIraNAma 53.18.. yadavadhAraNAcyate sa ekAntaH Susr. avadhIrita. p. Disrospected, disregarded, slighted:: avadhAraka. 1 Determining accurately; iSTAvadhAraka avadhIritArnavaguNam Ki. 6.25 excelled, set at naught; acetana acetana / vAkyaM AzIH Bharata. -2 Restricting oneself to anything. nAma guNaM na lakSayenmayaiva kasmAdavadhIritA priyA 5.6. 13.. avadhAraNa a. Restrictive, limiting.-Nam,-NA 1 AsteravadhIrin a. 1 Despising, scorning. -2 Excelling. tainment, determination; mAna Dk. 161. -2 Affirnma tion, emphasis. -3 Limitation (of the sense of words); ray 5 U. 1 To shake, move, wave, cause to yAvadavadhAraNe, evAvadhAraNe; mAtra kAtsnye 'vadhAraNe Ak.: turatrAvatreimble; reNuH pavanAvadhUtaH R.7.43%3 lIlAvadhUtaiH cAmaraiH Me. dhAraNArthaH -4 Restriction to a certain instance or instanROR 87%3 Rs.6.15%3 Ki.16.33; Si. 18.36. -2 To shake of or | to the exclusion of all others. -5 Taking up, expressout, shake, toss (lit. and tiy. ), remove (fig. also ); _ing, reciting (aname); na tvAM devImahaM manye rAjJaH saMjJAvaovercome, get the better of ; rAjasattvamavadhUya mAtRkam R. 11. dhAraNAt Ram.5.33. 10. 90% suravadharavadhUtabhayAH zaraiH 9. 19 removing the fears of : avadhAraNIya, avadhArya 10t. To bentertained avadhUya nadapathAm 8.61; brajanti zatrUnavadhya niHspRhAH zamena sidi determinel or considered; viSNorivAsyAnavadhAraNIyam R. 13. munayo na bhabhUtaH Ki. 1. 125 ruSAvadhUya rakSAMsi him. -3 TO 5; pariNatiravadhAryA yatnataH paNDitena Bh. 2.9.9. discard, spurn, reject or treat with contempt, disregard; caNDI mAmavadhUya pAdapatitam V.1.07; Ku.3.8: avadhUta- avadhArita Ascertained, known, well observed, praNipAtAH V. 3.5; avadhUtaduhitRprArthanasya Dk. 18. -Caise marked ; samyagavadhAritam Ratn. 1. (-dhUnayati ) To shike. avadhRta . . 1 Determinol, rosolved, settled. avadhUta ... 1Shaken, wavel. Mal. .. IR. -2 - 2 Heard -3 Understood, ande out. -4 (n. pl.) Discarded, rejected, despisod; P. 19.43. -3 Insulted, Organs of Senses (in Sankhya Phil.) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #266
avadhya 248 avanejanam avadhya See under avadha. avanAmaH 1 Bending or bowing, falling at the feet ; galitanayanavArayati pAdAvanAmam Si. 11.39.-2 Causing to bend avadhya 1P. To think ill of, disregard; so'vabhyAtaH downl. sutairevam Bhag. 3. 12.6. avanAmaka ... What depresses or causes to bend avadhyAnam Disregard; yathA tare sadavadhyAnamaMhaH Bhag. or bow. 5.10.24. avanAmin / . Bending or bowing down; kRcchreNa ava (ba) dhra . Vel. Not injurious, immoxious, kSitimavanAminasturaGgAH (AninyuH) Ki. 7. 19. beneficent. See avadha. raas To slur or trill (chanting of the lindu avadhvaMs I A. 1To apply oneself to, set about. rituals. ) -2 To strew overy scatter, spread; dhvAntaM tamo'va dazvase Rv.90.9.08. 7. cUrNeravadhvaMsate Sk. -Caus. 1 To Gast down. 327 + U. To bind on, tie on, put over, cover -2 To strew over. with. avanaddha .1 Formed, made. -2 Fixed, seated ; avadhvaMsa: 1 Abandoning, quitting. -2 Powder, styAnAvanadaghanazoNitazoNapANi: Ve. 1.21. jAlAvanadAngulipANidust; yaH puruSaH pASeyo'vadhvaMsa ivAruNa: Av.5.22.3. -3 pAdam Bu. cli. 1.06. -3 Govered, emoircled; tAmbUlIlaDisrespect, Censure, Blame. -4 Falling off or from. tAvanaddhapUgakhaNDamaNDitaiH K. 103; Si.3.73 bound om, tied%B --Sprinkling, carmAvanaddhaM durgandhipUrNa mUtrapurISayoH Ms. 6.763 hemamAlAvanaddhaH avadhvasta . 1 Destroyed, perished. -2 Censured, (rathaH) Mb. puSpabhArAvanaddhaH (pAdapaH) Ram.; naSTArka candrakiraNAdisrespected. -3 Pounded coarsly or badly. -4 Aban- tirajovanaddhA Bri.S.19.20. fastened, woven, put together, doned. -5 Sprinkled. -8 Scattered. - gavanaddhamanoramapallavA Si.6.533; 7.52. -ddham A drum. 377TIE: 1 Binding, girding, putting on. --2 Binding avanam [av-lyuT ] 1 Protection, defence; bhujo'navane P. I. 3.66, Nalod. 1.4. -2 Gratifying, pleasing. -3 ropeyUpaM kRtvA tu malayamavanAhaM ca takSakam Mb.7.202.78. Wish, desire. - 4 Delight, satisfaction. -5 Hurry, speed. avanATa [nataM nAsikAyAH ; ava-nATaca see avaTITa ] Flat cf. avanaM khaNDane trANe gatau tRpte ca yAcane | zravaNe ca kriyAyAM ca / nosed. -Tam The condition of having a flat nose. avAptiprItidAptiSu | Nm. avaniH ,-nI/- [av-ani Un. 2. 101] 1 The earth; avanakSatram The disappearance of the stars. often used at the end of comp. meaning ground', 'place'; kAnanAvanau Dk.7, 133 lIlAbanau place of recreaTFT 1 P. 1 To bow down, to bend dowil, stoop; tion 25. -2 A finger (Nir.)-3 A river; saM yaM stubhosavanamya vakSasi Si...71-2 To bend oneself, hang downi vanayo na yanti Rv. 1 190. -4 Course, bed of a river, tvamyAdAtuM jalamavanate Me.48. See avanata also. --Cems. (avana avaniMgata u. fallen prostrate on the gound.-Comp. -izA, nAmayati) To bend down, bend; avanamaya dviSatAM zirAMsi -IzvaraH, -nAthaH, -patiH, -pAlaH lord of the earth, king; K. 109; zvapucchamavanAmitam Pt. . patiravanipatInAM taizcakAze caturbhiH R.10.36 11.93. sahaivAvaavanata . Bont down, hung down, downcast; nipAlasaMdhaiH Bg. 11.26. -caraH . roving over the earth, vinaya prazraya, lajjA', 'uttarakAyam R.9.60%; phalapuSpairavanatAn vagabond. -ja: The planet Mars. -tala the surface of Ram. cf. also likhannAste bhUmi bahiravanataH prANadayita: Amaru7. the earth. -dhraH amountain sphuTameva samastamApadA tadidAnIma-2 Verging in the west, setting; rajaniravanatendurlajjayAdho vanIdhramUrdhasu Si.16.78. -bhRt Amountain, a king.-maNDalam mukhI ca Si. 10.91. -3 Bending, stooping, deepened, not the globe. ruhaH, - a tree. -sArA The plaintain tree. projecting. -- 4 Humble. -Comp. -3154 a. with stoop- aft 3 U. To washi, purify, cleanse, to wipe off. ing; limbs 3 adya prabhRtyavanatAGgi tavAsmi dAsa: Ku.5.86. -Caus. 1 To cause to wash oft. -2 To fill with, -kAya / / . bending the body, erouching down; "uttarakAya porvade; susugandhatayAvanejitAnAm Ghat. 15. R.9.60. -mukha u. with down-cast countemance. -zISan avanikta.. 1 Washed, cleansed. -2 Searched. a. bowing the head. avanejya a. To be Used for wasliing. raala: f. 1 Bending, bowing down, stooping; avanejanam,-avanejanI,-avaneja 1 Washing, abluavanatimavaneH Mu. 1.2,3.8; Si.9.8. -2 Declining in the tion; pAdAvanejasaritaH zamalAni hantum Bhan. 11.6. 19. na kuryAda west, getting; gatavatyarAjata japAkusumastabakAtau dinakare'vanatim guruputrasya pAdayozcAvanejanam Ms.2.209. -2 Washing off. Si.9.8. -3 A bow, prostration. -4 Bending (as a bow); dhanuSAmavanati: K. (where adeg also means 'stoop ablution. -3 Water for washing. RtaM hastAvanejanam Av. ny'). -5 Modesty, absence of insolence, humility. 11. 3. 13. foot-bath; ApaH pAdAvanejanI: Ait. Br. Apaste' dhanyavanajanyastrIlokAn zucayo'punan Bhag. 10. 41. 15. avanamra .. Bowed, bent; paryAptapuSpamtabakAvanamrA Ku.3. - Sprinking water on the darbha grus at Sraddha 54 ; 4deg fallen at the feet. ceremony. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #267
avanizcayaH 249 adhapAlita avanizcayaH reluction, ascertainment. avaniSThI ''y spit upon; avaniSTIvato darpAd dvAboSTau chedayennRpaH Ms. S. 282. avaniSThIvanam Spitting upon. warf P. 1 To lead or bring down, to push into; azvAnapo'vanIyamAnAna Kaly. -2 Totnue to descend or flow. -3 7 lead away. -4 To pour down or over. 3127T: 1 Throwing down, precipitating -2Causing to descend. avanayanam ecling lown, pouring down. avanAyaH Throwing down &c. avanAyaka .. Causing to descond. .. Lal or pushol down into: RbIse atrimazvinAvanItam . I. 116.8. avny|. To be led way; araNye munibhijuSTe avaneyA. bhaviSyami Rim.7.16.9. avantiH -ntI /: [ava-bAhu aic Un. 3.50.] 1N. of: city, the mordern ujjayinI, 0110 of the seven sacred citius. of the Hindus, to dic at which is said to secure eternal happiness: ef. ayodhyA mathurA mAyA kAzI kaashcirvntikaa| purI dvAgavatI caiva saptenA mokSadAyikAH || The women, of Avanti ore said to be very skilful in all erotic aarts; cf. Avantya eva nipuNAH mudRzo ratakarmaNi B. 12. 10.82. -2 N. of a river. W. (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants; its uspital beiny 959 on the river siprA; and there is also the temple of mahAkAla in the suburbs. [ According to leuschandra avanti is synonymous with Malaya or the modern Malava; but the latter country covered in ancient times, as now, a wider area than Avanti, as Bahu applies the naine to : neighbouring kingdoin in the east, whore capital was Virisi on the Vetravati or Betva. In the time of the Mahabharata Ay:nti appears to have extended on the south to the banks of the Narmada and on the west probably to the banks of the Myhe or Mahi ]; avantinAtho'yamudaprabAhuH / .6.32; asau mahAkAla- / ! niketanasya basanadare kila, candragauleH 6.31,353 prANyAvantInudayana- kathAkovidagrAmaddhAn M.0.30%; avantIpUjjayinI nAma nagarI K.52. / -Comp. -puram the city of Avanti ujjayinI. -brahmaH / [avantiA brahmA ac samAsAntaH, brahmaNojAnapadAkhyAyAm P. V. +.101]n irahmaya residing in Avanti. -bhUpAla: Bhojas the king of Avanti. -somaH [avantipu soma iva] sour gruol prepared from the rerimentation of race water (kAzikam ). avantikA 1 The modern city of ujjayinI. -2 The language of the Avantis. avandhya .. Not Irren, fruitful, productive: ava- dhyavAJchita pradAna K.2030 manapAnena bANena V.2. avandhyaM divasaM kuryAddAnAdhyayanakarmasu 1.2. 10. -Comp. -kAla u. Regularly and fruitfully working; nizcitya yaH prakramate nAntarvasati krmnnH| avanadhyakAlo vazyAtmA sa ve paNDita ucyate // Mb.5.33.24. avapada 10 P. To split. -Puss. To split oneself, to be split. avapATikA Laceration of the prepute. ay IP. To fall down, fly dowu, jump down, descend, alight, pounce or swoop upon; yenAvapAnamavapatya Prab.; Tarafda: Rom. -Caus. To throw down, fall down. avapatanam Aighting, descending. avapatita a. Fallen down from; phalavRkSAvapatitaiH sIte dukhamatA vanam Ram. 2.28. 12. __ avapAtaH 1 Falling down; jalaM kRlAvapAtena prasannaM kalupAyata Mk.9.24; adhazcaraNAvapAtam Bh.2.31 falling down aat the fout; (fig.) cringing. -2 Descent, descending; zastrAvapAtaH 1.2.77; kapotadeg I. 1; zyena cakitA Mal. 8. 8. sudden swoop or pouneing. -3 A hole, pit. - 4 l'articularly, a holo or pit for catching elephants: avapAtastu hastyartha garne channe tRNAdinA Yadav rodhAMsi ninannavapAta. manaH karIva vanyaH paruSaM rarAsa R. 16. 78. The Matangalila 10.1 onumerates the methods of catching elephants an follows vArIkarma bazAvilobhanavidhibhya cAnugatyA nathaivApAnena tato'vapAtata itIhebhagrahaH paJcadhA / avapAtanam 1 Falling, knocking down throwing down; drumANAm Ms. 11.64; kukhyAvapAtanam 1.2.223. -2 ( In drama ) a scene during which a person enters ths stage in terror but leaves it at the end in good humour. avapad + A. 1 Togo down, glide down to descend, full down as keza, garbha &c. -2 To bo deprived of (with abl.). -3 To fall, meet with am succident. -4 To overthrow, ruin. -Caus. To cause to glide or go lown. avapanna . p. 1 Mixed with. -2 Cooked togethor with. -3 Fallen on or into: kezakIrAvapannama Ms. 11. 159. -4 Alighted, descended. avapAda: Falling down. avapAka: 1. 1 Badly or ill-cooked. -2 Without a net. -ka: Bad cooking. avapAtra . [avaraM bhojanAyogyaM pAtraM yasya ] AMleehchha whose esting in a vessel makes it useless for others. avapAtrita [avapAtra kRtyarthaM Nica-kta ] One who has lost his caste, a person not allowed by his kindrell to eat in a common vessel; 800 apapAtrita (%D bhinnodakIkRta Day.). avapAnam Drinking; somo bhUtvavapAneSvAbhago Rv. 1. 136... mApa sthAta mahiSevAvapAnAn Bv. 10. 106.2. avapAlita . Unprotected, neglected. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #268
avapAzita avapAzita . [ avapAzaH samantAt pAzo jAto'sya tAra* itac ] Snared, having a share laid over ( on all sides ); yAntyeva na nivartante mRtyupAzAvapAzitAH Ram. 7.6.59 svo avapiNDita . ( said of dew-drops) fallon down in the shape of globules. avapIDa 10 P. To compress: mamajjeva mahI tasya bhUribhArAva difear Mb.: pAdau zirobhiravapIDito Ran.; to press or squeeze together; ekIkRtastvaci niSikta ivAvapIDyaH Mal. 6. 12. d. avapIDa Pressed on all sides. - DaH 1 Pressing down, pressure. -2 A kind of medicinal drug used to cause sneezing, sternutatory. -3 A kind of medical treatment. avapIDanam 1 The act of pressing down. -2 A sternutatory. -nA Damage, violation; aGgAvapIDanAyAM samutthAnavyayaM dApya: Ms. 8. 287. avapUrNa ... Full of filled. avapothikA Anything used for knocking down as stones &c. thrown from the walls of a city on the besiegers. M. Bh. avaprajjanaH The end of the warp of a web. avaplu | A. To jump down; svanigamamapahAya matpratijJAmRtakartumarathasthaH thg. 1.9.37. avapluta . 1 Jumped down from. -2 Gone away from; Mb. avaphaH Flatulence, wind from the bowels. avabadhA Segment of the base of a triangle. avabandhu 9 P. 1 To bind, fasten (fig. also ); nItvA kAmaM gauraveNAvabaddha: Si. 18. 19. -2 To arrest, rivet; zilpakuzalatayAs vabadhnAti dRSTim Mk. 9. 250 avabandha 1 Falling or palsy of the eylids, Blepharoptosis; vyAthinaitrAvabandhaka: Susr. -2 A kind of disease. -3 Binding on all sides nidrAmudrAvabandhAnmadhukaramanizaM padma kozAdapAsya Nag. 3. 18. arm. avabAdhA 1 Pain, ugony. -2 Resistance, opposition. athabAhukaH [bha] mAhurvena pra0 sa0] Npam in the avabudh + A1 To awake; to recognise; taM cAvabudhyAbravam Dk. 127 -2 To become sensible or aware of, feel, perceive, know, understand; tvaksparza nAvabudhyate Mb. ; ekAntamaugdhyAnavabuddhavibhramaiH Si. 12, 30; Bk. 15. 101; Ms. 8. 53; adhItyAvabuddhadha ca yenAvabudhyate tattvaM prakRteH puruSasya ca Bhag. knows. - Caus. 1 To awaken, rouse; rAmo rAmAvabodhitaH R. 12. 23. -2 To make one aware of, inform; brahmacodanAnupuruSamavabodhayatyeva kevalam S. B. ; prAgeva viduro veda tenAsmAnavabodhayat Mb. -8 To remind, put in mind of; Arya samyagavabodhito'smi $1.v. 1. 4 To teach, instruct. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir abhad avabuddha p. P. 1 Known, learnt; tatra me kauzalaM sarvamavabuddhaM vizAmpate Mb. 4. 3. 10. 2 [ kartari kta ] One who knows. athabodha: 1 Waking bevvening wake (opp. svama ); zrI tusvaprAodhI to bhUtAnAM prasayodayau K11. 28 mAya Bhg. 6. 17. 2 Knowledge, pererption: svabhartRnAmagrahaNAdbabhUva sAndre rajasyAtmaparAvabodhaH R. 7. 41; bhAvAvabodhakaluSA dayiteva rAtrau 5. 64; pratikUleSu taikSNasyAvabodhaH krodha iSyate S. D. ; M. 3. 10; svAtmAvabodhaM mahaH Prab. 1. 1. -3 Discrimination judgment; avabodhavAri rajasaH zamanam Ki. 6. 41. -4 Teaching informing. a. avabodhaka 1 Indicating, showing; nijaparAkramAvabodhakAni caritAni Jk. 175. -2 Enlightener; agajagadokasAmakhilazaktyavabodhaka Bhag 10. 87.14. -kaH 1 The awakener, the sun. -2 A panegyrist, bard. -3 A teacher. -4 Thought, intention; madavabodhakaM prakaTayatA Dk. 153; tvaM instruction, guidance, explanation. avabodhanam Knowledge, perception. avabodhita a. Awakened; rAmo rAmAvabodhitaH R. 12. 23. acalaH [tiH ] Ill-report, delammation. avabha 7 P. To break off, smash; vanaspatiM vraja ivAvabhajya Ku. 3. 74; avabhagnazca me mAna: Ram, broken down, humbled. avabhaGga 1 Humbling, overcoming, defeating; mAnAvabhaGganipuNaM tvamamoghamastram V. 4. 25. -2 Broken off, injured. -GgaH 1 Breaking off (as a shaft ). -2 Hollowing or sinking (of the nose); Susr. avabhajanam Brunking off tenring humbling. avabhASaNam, Speaking, telling avabhAs 1 A 1 To shine; nAtyarthamastrairavabhAsamAnaH Ki. 3.46; sa tejasA sUrya ivAvabhAsate Mb. -2 To shine forth, become manifest Ahe mukhamavabhAsate yuktyA Si. 8.29. -3 To appear, seem ( apparently or falsely ); etattrayaM taptAyaHpiNDavadekatvenAvabhAsate Vedanta. - Caus. To irradiate. illuminate; adhikAvabhAsitadizAM nikara: Si. 9. 37. avabhAsaH 1 Splendour, lustre, light ; yaiH zobhito'si mukhacandrakRtAvabhAsaH Mu. 5. 16. -2 Knowledge, perception. - 3 Appearance, manifestation, inspiration; yenAsya tattveSu kRte'vabhAse Ki. 3. 20 -4 Space, reach, compass. - 5 False knowledge. -Comp. -karaH N. of a divinity. -prabhAH (pl.) N. of a whole class of deities. (Buddhist.) (t. avabhAsaka Luminous, irradiating. The supreme spirit; tvam luminousness. avabhAsita . . 1 Illumined, lighted, irradiated. -2 Evident, manifest. avabhAsin a. Shining, bright. -nI The outer skin or cuticle. avabhid 7 P. To break off, shatter. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #269
avabhedaH 281 avamardaH avabhedaH Breaking off , shattering. avabhadina ". Breaking off, shattering, dividing. avabhuja 61. To bend down, eurve. avabhugna pp. Contracted, bent, erooked; avabhugnabhogiphaNamaNDalAM bhuvam Si. 15.54. avabhRthaH [ava-bha-kthan Un. 2.3] 1 The end or completion of a principal sacrifice; tanmaraNamevAsthAvabhRthaH ]Bri. Up.3.17.5.-2 Bathing at the end of a principal sacrifice for purification;nAvabhRthaM sarasvatyAm Katy.: bhuva koSNena kuNDAnI medhyenAvabhRthAdapi R.1.84; prItyAzvamedhAvabhRthAmRteH 6.61; 9.22; 11. 31; 13. 613 Y.3.244; Ms. 11.82. -3 Purification by bathing of the sacrificer and the sacrificial vessels at the end of a sacrifice: acchAvabhRthamojasA Rv. 8. 93.23.-4 The water of purification. -5 Asupplementary sacrifice to atone for defects in a principal and preceding one; a saerifice in general; snAtavatyavabhRthe tatastvayi Si. 14. 10. -Comp. -snapanam, -snAnam ablution after a sacrificial ceremony : Bhag. 37727: Abduction, carrying off avabhraTa / [nataM nAsikAyAH; ava-bhraTaca P. V.2.81] Flat-nosed; see avaTITa, -Tam The state of having a flat nose. aha. [317-3779 Un. 3.5. ] 1 Sinful, wicked. -2 Contemptible, mean, undermost, lowest. -3 Base, low, inferior (opp. parama); analakAnalakAnavamAM purIm R.9.143 800 anavama; yA ta uktiravamA yA paramA Rv.6.25.1. -4Next intiinate. -5 Last, youngest; utAvamasya puruhUta bodhi Rv. 6. 21.5. pradyumna iti vikhyAtaH sarvato'navamaH pitu: Bhag.10.55.2. -6decreasing. -maH 1A protector. -2 A class of Manes; trividhAH pitaraH avamA UrvAH kAvyAzca. -mam 1 Sim. -2 A lunar day exactly coinciding with a solar one; the difference between a Chandra 29 days, 31 Ghatikas and 50 palas ) and a solar month (30 days); tithyantadvayameko dinavAraH spRzati yatra nadbhavatyavamadinam Jyotisa. avamantavya, -avamAnya pot. p. 1To be treated with disrespect, or slighted; bAlo'pi nAvamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH Ms.7.8,9.82. -2 Contemptible, mean. avamantR a. 1 Disrespectful, contemptuous, despising. -2 Arrogant. avamAna: Disrespect, contempt, disregard; amRtasyeva cAkAkSedavamAnasya sarvadA Ms.2.1623 Bg.14.25. (v.1.) apamAnatA ,-tvam dishonourableness, contempt. avamAnanam, -nA Despising, disrespect, contempt; avamAnanArthamiha kiM nimantritaiH Si. 15.18. avamAnin . Contemming, despiving, slighting, undervaluing; ghilmAmupasthitazreyo'vamAninam S.6; ayi AtmaguNAvamAnini 5.3. avamanth a. [avamathnAti ava-manth-ac ] Producing swellings. - A kind of disease, swellings caused by boils or contusions. avamarSaH 1 Consideration, investigation. -2 One of the five principal parts or Sandhis of a play; 47 922phalopAya ubhinno garbhato'dhikaH / zApAyaiH sAntarAyaca so'vamarSa fa : S. D. 336; also written fahi. -3 Attacking; vIryAvadAneSu kRtAvamarSaH Ki. 3. 43. avamarSaNam 1 Intolerance, impatience. -2 Effacing. obliterating, banishing from recollection. avamuc 6 P. 1 To let loose, loosen (as a horse ). -2 To take off (agarment &c. mekhalAm , kiriTam , vAsAMsi, bhUSaNAni &c. -3 To unharness , to liberate one's self from, to strip off : mRtyoH paDvIzamavamuJcamAnaH Av. 8.1.4. avamocanam Setting at liberty, loosening, letting go. avamUrcha To be appeased or allayed (as a quarrel) Mb.5. ___ avamUrdhan a. [ avanato mUrddhA'sya) With one's head _ hanging down. -Comp. -zaya . [ avamUrdA san zete; ft 317lying with the head hanging down. (-:) one who sleeps with his head hanging down, such as man (opp. deva); uttAnazayA devA avamUrdhazayA manuSyAH , avamRj 2 P. 1 To rub off, to strip off, remove : lepamavamASTiM. -2 To efface avamana 4 A. (or Poet. P.) 1To despise, contemn, disregard, disrespect; caturdigIzAnavamatya mAninI Ku.5.59; Ms. 2. 11, 4. 13), prabhAvaviditAnurAgamavamanyate vApi mAm V.2. 11. -2 To undervalue, depreciate, slight, make light of tadIzitAraM cedInAM bhavastimavamasta mA Si.2.953 jaganmaGgalamAtmAnaM kathaM tvamavamanyase U.7.83 Bk.8.81; 12.25 15.14, 66. Caus. To despise &c.; yA cane nAvamAnayeta Ms.2.50, 4.136. avamArjanam 1 Washing &c. -2 An instrument for rubbing down, a curry-comb imA te vAjinnavamAjanAni Rv. 1.163.5. avamata p. p. Despised, contemned &e. bhindantyavamatA mantram Ms.7.150. -Comp. -akuza: a restive elephant (that disdains the hook), one in rut; anvetukAmo'vamatAkuzagrahaH Si. 12.16. THE 9 P. 1 To grind or pound down, to reduce by friction; crush, tread down, trample upon; avamRdunansa rASTrANi pArthivAnAM hayottamaH Mb.-2 To rub.-C0s. To pound down &c. avamardaH 1 Trampling upon. -2 Pain, toils; raNAvamardaHald Ram. -3 An expedient of a Government, anta: A master, an owner. -fa: f. 1 Disregard, disrespect. -2 Aversion, dislike. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #270
avamardana 252 avayavinA saha pUrvAdayaH samasyanta P. L...S.M. (-vI) 1 A whole, uy yub-tune formed of several constituents; nanu avayavini kimAnam Sid. Mukt. -2 Asyllogism, or any logical argument. avayA 2U. 1Toxo lown, 10trive wily: avayAnAM marutAM heko adbhutaH Rv. 1. 94.12. -2 To resist from turn off or way. -3 To know, understand: athavA na dharmamamubodhasamayamavayAta bAlizA: Si.1.19: najanA'yaminyavayaye ganApama: Ki. 12.15. -4 To avert, prevent, remove. avayA,-yAta . Ved. Giving way, devsisting, censing; heLa: Ved. one whose anger is opponserl: bhavA marudbhirabayAtaheLAH Rv. 1. 171.6. avayAta 1.1One who separates, -2 Tumhing away, averting. -3 Appeasing, pacifving : avayAnA sadamida durmatInAm Rv. 1. 129. 11. avayAnam 1 Going away, retreat (Ved.). -2 Appeasing, pacitiention: iyaM dhI yA avamAnameSA R.I. 18.8. -8 Expiation of sins &c.) avayutyanuvAda: A mention in parts; ekaM vRNIne ityavayutyanuvAdo'yaM trayANAmeva SB. on. MS. G. I. 49. avayuna / [vayunaM prajJA niru0 na..] 1 ||uving no intellect (Ved.). -2 Undistinguishable, indistinct, dark;sa ina tamo'vayuna tatanbat saryeNa vayunavAcakAra Bv.tb.21.3, inflicting punishment on an onems by laying his country wirte, devastation, oppression ; 31944: A a- stathA caiva balIyasAm Mb. 12.59.52-4 Sliyimy, killing; avamardAdiva dRptasiMhazAbaH (vinivartitaH)U.. 8. -5 Friction, turmuil; na tvAM samAsAdya raNAvamada manaHzrama gacchani nizritArtham kam 5. 48.6. -6 A kind of eclipse; Bri. S. avamardana . Trompling down, grinding, erushing: zabaladeg him. -nam 1 Rubbing, shampooing: hastapAda" Pt. 1. -2 Oppression, crushing down. avamardin . Slayer, killer; zrutAzca dRSTA hi mayA parAkramA mahAtmanastasya raNAvamardina: Ram.5.37.65. avamRza 6 P. 1 To touch; avamRzantI kalahaMsakAn K.232. -2 To consider, ponder, reflect. taddhAvamRzya na viveda Ch. Up.16.18.1. -ang. 1 To cause to touch. -2 To destroy: interrupt. avamarzaH Touch, contaet. avamarzita . Destroyed, disturbed; iti dakSaH kaviryajhaM bhada rudrAvamarzitam Bhag. 4. 7. 48. avamUtrayat .. Soiling the body with urine; avamatrayato mem (chedayeta ) Ms. 8. 282. avameha Dirt; kAmaM prayAhi jahi vizvavaso'vamehama Bhag. 9.10.15. 3775 I A. 1 To expiate (sin ), drive away, expel, disperse (enemics hit.) by performing vacrifices. -2 Not to worship: to abandon. avayajanam Purification, means of expiating; devakRtasyenaso'vayajanamasi &c. Mahinir. 18. 1. Tandya br. (apagamanasAdhanam ). avayAja / [ava-yaj-Nvi ] A particular portion of a Sacritice. zuSminnavayAH Rv. 1. 173. 12: Av. 2.89. 1. . (-yAH, yAjI) A kind of priest. avayavaH [ avayayane kAryadravyeNa saMbadhyate, ava-yu-kaNi-apa] 1 liub of the body ); yalqagai ar R. 12.13, Amaru. ht; mmber (in general); kasmiMzcidapi jIvati nandAnvayAvayave ML.1.-2 A part, portion (as of a whole); pade na varNA vidyanne varNapvavayavA na ca Bhartri: dravyANAM kenacidavayavena Dk. 1:nAhogatrAvayavAH P.II.I.t: IL.1.16.-3 Amember or : component part of a logical argument or sy lloHrism, (these are tive:- prAtajJA, hatu, udAharaNa, upanaya and nigamana). -4 The body. -5A component, constituent, ingredient (in general), as of a compoundc. -6A means (sAdhana, upakaraNa). -Comp. -athe: The meaning of the component parts of a word. gifs: Denotation of the parts, etymological sigmification, na cAvayavaprasiddhapA samudAyaprasiddhibarbAdhyate ityuktam / SR. on MS. 6.8.41. rata: ini. Part by part, severally, pieco-meal. avayavin / [avayavaH kAraNatvenAsyasya ini] Huring limbs, having portions or subdivisions (as a whole); avara . [-bA. ap na. na.] 1() Younger (in years); mAsenAvaraH = mAsAvara: Sk. (P) Later : Posterior, hinder (in time or space); dakSau vivasvAnavara: Ram.: pUrvajenAvara: putrau jyeSTho rAjye'bhiSicyate Ram.: yadavaraM kauzAmbyAH , yadavaramAgrahAyaNyAH P. III.B. 186-7sk.; rAmANAdhokSajo'vara: Bop. -2 Following, succterling: jarAvarAH (zabdAH ) Ak., abaraH zraddhayopetaH Bhay. +. 18. catuge'varAna 1.33. -3 Below, under, lower, inferior, los ; quiai ar M. 1.4 leelu important, worst, lowest (opp. uttama); avyayamavaraM smRtam K.P.I: dareNa varaM karma vRddhiyogAr3hadhanaJjaya B.2.40zraddadhAnaM zubhAM vidyAmAdadInAvarAdapi Ms. .288. -5 Lust (opp. prathama): sAmAnyameSAM prathamAvara tvam Ku. 7.14. -6 Least ; usually as the list imember of comp. with numerals; tryavara: sAkSibhirbhAvya: Ms. S.0, 3. 1873 11.80, 12.1103; jyavarA paripad jJeyA |13:1.2.68. -7 Western. -8Nearer, lexi. -9Most excellent (atyantazreSTa). -ra:1A country behind. -2 Time gone. -rA 1A Direction. -2 N. of Durgi. -ram The hind thigh of an clephant (also "ga). -Comp. -adhe: 1 the least part, the minimum. - 2 the last half. -3 the hinder part of the body. (- ) ind. in : certain succession of parts, successively. degtaind. from below. -ardhya . [avarArdhe bhavaH yat ] 1 being or on the lower or near side. -2 belonging to tho last half. -3 beginning from ___below. -4 defective (nyUna).(-dhyam ) the least or smallest part. -avara .. lorest, most inferior of all; na hi prakRSTAna preSyAMstu preSayatyavarAvarAna Ram. -ukta .. named last, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #271
avarakSaNI 263 avaruha - -ja..1yomur, junior, born afterwards Si.14.71-2 gamyAsu.2.200; Ms.8.236. -5 Imprisoned, seeluded of a low birth, inferior. (- ) 1 : younger brother: as in the inner apartments. -6 Overwhelmed, affected : bhImasenAdavarajaH zreSTaH sarvadhanupmatAm Mb. 11.73.113.11.54 praharSeNAvaruddhA sA vyAhatuM na zazAka ha Rim. th. 113. 14. 14. 11, 36. -2 a Sudra. (-jA)a younger sister : vidarbha- -Comp. -deha. incurcerated. rAjAvarajA 1.6.58.84; 12. 32. -param indone after __ avaruddhiH 1. [rudh-ktin ] 1 Obstruction, restraint; (upon) another; yasminnsamudro dyobhUmistrayo'varaparaM zritAH Av. indriyANAM vIryANAM cAvaruddhau Ait. Br. -2 Berioxing. -3 11.8.20. -puruSAH (pl.) one's descendants. -varNa // . Gaining. - . A woman secluded in the inner belonging to a low caste or tribe. (-0) 1 a Sudra, Apartments; Raj. T. a man of the fourth tribe. -2 the last or fourth tribe; sparzanAbaravarNajaH (hanti) Ms. 3.241. brAhmaNAn bAdhamAnaM tu kAmA avarodhaH 1 Hindrance, obstruction; phenAyamAnaM srotA' davaravarNajam (hanyAta.) 9. 248. -varNakaH, -varNajaH a Sidra. varodhaH Susr. -2 Restraint; antaHprANAvarodha Mk. 1. 1. -3 Inner apartments or women's apartments, la rem, -vrata . having no vow (hInatrata or adhamatrata). (-taH) [avaram atyanta zreSThaM vratamasya] 1 the Sum. -2 a kind of seraglio; ninye vinItairavarodhadakSaH Ku.7.78%B Si..73 tree (.inka). -zailaH [avaraH pazcAdvartI zaila: ] the western avarodhajanaH K.573 "gRheSu rAjJaHS.5.3,6. 12. -4 The wives mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set ). of a king taken collectively (oft. pl.); avarodhe mahatyapi 1.32,4.68,87, also yasyAvarodhastanacandanAnAM prakSAlanAdvAriavarakSaNI A rope for tying horses (Hariv. 7.) vihArakAle 6.48, 16.58, Mr.6.20. -5 An enclosure, avaraGgasAhaH The ling Aurangzeb. confinement. -6 Siege, investment, blockade; quiai: A avarataH il. [ avara-nasil] 11.3. -7 A covering, lid. -8A fence a pel. -9 Behind, afterwards, hinder, posterior, downwards, below, from below. watehman. -10 Depression, hollow. -11 Layer (plant) see under avaruhU.-12 Procuring; prajAnandAmRtAvarodhena gRheSu avarastAt ind. [ avara-prathamAdyarthe astAti P. V. 3.20 loka niyamayat Bhan.b.1.11.f. avarodhastirodhAne rAjadAreSu 11 ] Behind, hinder, posterior, below, downwards. nadgRhe Nm. -Comp. -ayanam 1n seraglio. -2 siege. ratio a. Degraded, censured, debased, despised avrodhk|. 1 Obstruction, hindering, impeding. (adharINa). -2 Besiecing: sudhanvA vIryavAn rAjA mithilAmavarodhaka: Ram. avareNa ind. (With ace.) ]ielow. 1.71. 16. -ka: A guard. -kam A barrier, fenee. avaryati Den. . To become lower. avarodhanam 1 A siege, blockade; pratAraM ca samudrasya rAtrI lakAvarodhanam Ram. 1.4.35. -2 findering, obstructing. avaram 1 A. To leave off, cease (only in ).. }.. ) -3 An obstacle, impediment. -4 A closed or private avarata . p. Stoppell, caused, resting. place. -5 The innermost part of anything; yatra rAjA avaratiH 1.1Stopping, teasing, cessation. -2 Report). vaivasvato yatrAvarodhana divaH Rv.9.113.8. -6 The inner or relaxation, rest. women's apartments in a royal palace ; rAjAvarodhanavadhUrava nArayantaH Si. 5. 18; avarodhane sthAsyati Dr. 120. -7 An avarahasa.[avatana rahaH aca anvavataptAdahamaH P.V. 1.81] imate of the harem, a queen, wif..: avarodhanAni sindhoH Harving my people, decorate. Sis.. (samudramahiSyo nadyaH.) avarugNa .. 1|Brokim, 1010 avarugNatuGgasuradAmlaga Ki.b... avarodhika . Obstructive, imperling. -kaH [avarodhe tad-2 Disersed. rakSaNAdau niyuktaH Than ] Auard of the queen's apartments. avarudita . That upon which tears have fillem; ' -kA A female of the immer npurtments; yayustarajAdhirahoDa avakSatAvaruditaM nathA zrAddhe ca varjayet Mb. 13.91.41. varodhikAH Si. 12.20. avarodhin / . 1 Obstructing, hindering. -2 Besieging. 372F87 U. 1 To obstruct, hinder, stop, prevent, avaruhU 111.1To descend, alight,godlown to; kRpama detain%3B mA gA ityavarudayA. 2.2. -2 To shut up, besiege; panthAnam &c. come down (in general); to lismount, avArodhi gogapina; avAruddha gauH; (svayamaba)na rudhaH P. III. 1.64 Sk.; 80 puramavAruNata; to contine, lock up (oft. with two get down; yAnAsanasthacavainamavaruhyAbhivAdayet Ms.2.202; R.1. 80%; Bk. 8. 104; 80 prAsAdAta , vRkSAgrAn; aizvaryAta avarUDhaH come acc.); jhokaM cittamavArudhana Bk.6.9; jamavaruNaddhi gAm Sk.; down fron, bereft of, prosperity. -2 To approach; with lon: case also: AtmAnamAtmanyavara ya Bhay. -3 To acirAdavarotsyasi Bhag.3.33.10. -Cons. rohayati or ropayati furnish, supply, procure, obtain (for onu), get., 1 To cause to descond or alight; HTHarta R. 1.51; attain to: kAmama, annam . -4 To suspend; attach omeself. helped her down; to bring down, or set down at avaruddha . p. 1 Obstructed, stopped, checked, sarastIre'varopya Dk. 139; vRkSAddhaSi, gANDavim &c. -2 To hinderel. -2 Shut up or in, enclosed. avaruddhavRttam Kau. lower, lessem, reduce; Ms. 1.82. -3 Toplant (as trees). A. 1. -3 Incognito, disguisedl; Asta kazcidrAjasUnuravaruddha- -4 To depose, dethrone, dismiss, remove (as from zcaran Dk.; avarudo'caratpArthI varSANi tridazAni ca Mh. -4 a thronetc.); mayA'dhikArAbhyAmavaropya Mn.: cANakya Protected, and not scen by others; avaruddhAsu dAsISu sAcivyAdavaropayet . For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #272
avarUda 254 avalamba . ....... .. ..... ... ... .. ... 37066 p. p. 1 Descended, alighted; dismounted. -2 Uprooted TTT: 1 Moving down, descending: -2 A shoot sent up by the root of a plant; a slip (for planting); the pendent shoots of the Indian) fig tree. TTTTAH Ved. Descending motion, descending. TETTUTH 1 Uprooting. -2 Causing to descend. -3 Taking away, depriving, diminishing. -4 Setting (as of the sun). -5 Planting; 312 3 292 114 117491994 Mb. 13. 58. 22. tatoa . p. 1 Uprooted. -2 Deprived of, curtailed. -3 Diminished, lost. - 4 Dethroned, berea ved of; E T TH Tarracata: Ram. t. 8. 32. -5 Lowered, lessened: avali&#: 4999tra: Ms. 1. 82. TETTE: 1 Descent, going or coming down. -2 A creeping plant winding itself round a tree from the bottom to the top such as the y creeper). -3 Teaven TAIEN T HIS TIER). -4 Mounting, ascending.-5 A shoot sent out by a plant, pendent branch, one that strikes fresh roots into the earth, as of the fig tree (3); 39tietarator Sha y a: Ram. -6 The growth of a plant or vine. -7 In music) The descending scale of notes. -Comp. - E TT the Indian fig-tree; po-Trer, -TET. STERIETH 1 Alighting, descending. -2 Ascending. attel N. of a plant 379377441. Tarifa a. Descendiny, m. (g) N. of the Indian fig-tree (73). -UfT A particular condition (EST) Tvrought about by : particular position of the stars uracAGgapatramasthasya dazA syAdavarohiNI / tasyAmalpamavApnoti phalaM STIEG 7:11. Jyotisa 32 . 1 Mis-shapen, deformed. -2 Degenerated, degraded. Statiffa. Ved. Shining, brilliant. TTTT: A kinel of disease, loss of appetite; - gandhimukhaM tatra kAmazvAsAvarocakaH. Truita a. Light red-coloured. a . Having no class. 5: The vowels. 1919 1. Ved. Without splendour, mean-looking 3195 gre 973424 Av. 1. 22. 3. starttaa n. Ved. Not hindering, not being able to prevent. aut a. 1 Colourless, having no marks. -2 Bad, low, destitute of good qualities. (-u:) 1 Scandal, illrepute, stigma, spot; aquaviter R. 14. 38. -2 Blame, censure; atac Tavarat 57 spoke no ill words. -3 Epithet of 18 letters according to Eta, a, 317, 3T7E &c. -Comp. : reproach, censure. : No connection with any caste. data. Destitute of livelihood. 41 Want of livelihood. - 2 Non-existence. Tatar a. Not belonging to the present time. Bara: 1. Ved. Bad fortune, poverty, distress, want. 398 a. Ved. Not turniny back; unim poslod: 7 #risas y Rv. 6.12.3. 398, -auh Want of rain, drought; File wa#Salih Mh. 13.91.23. sag a. Ved. Not raining. ats . Being active in rainless bright weather ; atziz 1967 Vaj. 16.38. STERIET. (also written 772) White. -T:[31971, 319-321-] The white colour. safiah An additional mode in the prologue of the drama and not having any particular reference to the latter S. D. S a . 1 Clinging or adhering to, touching, in contact with ; fagfaretra Si.7.71. -2 Janying clown. - 3 Placed contiguously, impressed. -2: The waist. 3120 1 A. 1(a) To hang, slip or glide down, hang downl, be suspended; reguitar Mu. 9 suspended by a golden chain; agar : 7035 a hat: 12: Bri. S. 65.3; 4 W4490fanga Vet. (B) To rest, recline, sink down, remain; 2 ataar: IL 1.-2 To catch hold of, hold, cling to, throw or support onself on, lean on, rest on; alagfah R. 3. 20; eft 91199214 V. 1; 23HYHSIZ : S. 2; fatearathi V. leaning on, supported by: K. 17. 12. -3 To hold up, bear up support, sustain, take up: 31971 al 99: S. 7; E T T V. 3; 94990sta 1994 : Ki. 9.78; 3119771 54 Kit. 2. 18;&guaraftad 271: R. 8.00; 12492aca Mo. 111; Eda 1993+3 are: R. 7.9; Ku.3.5.7, 6; 68; 7.58; Terrfagnata S. 3; Dk. 162; Ve.+; M. 3; V.2; Mu.); K. 103. --4 To depend on or upon, hang or hinge on; as Granata Bk 18. 41; JEITISH Z ad, ATHTATA Mk 9; Bhasa 1. 107. -5 To have recourse to, resort to; 79202714 10.1; 54914 Bk. 7.71; 2074 Mal. 8 to give way to despair; ata to summon or pluck up courage, not to despair; AEVAS ku. l. 52: arra24753 M.2 politely: K. 155: Ki. 2. 15: K. 220; 31914 to cherish hopes; fi tala54492 S. 5 act wantonly, quite independently ; 347235TITRI FAST Ks. 37. 33 taking the E For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #273
avalambaH 286 avalekhaH northern direction. -6 To be slow or tardy, be late. TECH 1 Anointing. -2 Oil, any uctuous sub-Caus. 1 To cause to hang down, suspend: 1 FIT- stance. -3 Union, association. -4 Pride, arrogance; GASTOFU Pt. +. -2 To make one l'est upon or cateh Traga seal at HTET: Ram. 1. 13. 6. -5 The hold of. sandal trec (977). 312TIT: 1 Tanging down. -2 Hanging on, depend- Tarc 2 U. To lick, lap; sue 3190 below-freq. ence on (fig. also ); -78171a3kar: Me. 72; 9am- ) To lick again and again. GT291deg Bh. 1. 67. -3 A prop, stay, support (lit. and Bata p. p. 1 Eaten, chewed ; ac #12 fig.); help, assistance (tig. ); aagta7491 R. 19.50 190 ga Mb. 3. 291. 13. od: S. 1.7; Ms. walking supported by others; ara fazera Chat. 1. 8; 4. 202. -2 Licked, lapper; touched (fig. also ): 819tarafa taarahTIH S. 6; i Ekara Ratn. 1. talatayar Dk. 9; 79219121749 17, 75 pervaded 6; Tet1197raV. 1: see. 1 9 also.-4 by youth; astrajvAlAvalIDhapratibalajaladherantarodhIyamANe Ved. 3.7. Hence, a crutch or stick for support. -5 A suspender. surrounded on all sides ); Ki. 13. 11; bit; d ata: -6 An appendage. -7 A perpendicular line. i artizgarada: Mk. 1. 9. -3 Devoured, destroyed. raya: A porpendicular, N. of a meter. Disregard, contempt. 312 TIL 1 A prop, support, stay; 3931 3 79ce: 1 Licking, lappiny. -2 An extract (as of H a ce: maganfy Si. 9. 6; fecant Soma ). -3 An electuary, confection: Ch. da Ku. 5. 66; Franz: 4921: Tack Licking with the tongue. H. 3; maana ata S. 5.3; H4 go ratan acier = MIE (3). raifay II. 1. -2 Help, assistance. -3 llaving recourse to, resorting to; doption; 57781972 saca Fit to be licked. K. 160. -4 Walking-stick. at 4 A. 1 To stick, hang on -2 To bow, stoop; 31 artza .. . 1 Supported, protecteil. - 2 M b. 8. -3 To hide oneself in; Ram. 6. Suspended, hung down : 1919taal 97721 Pt. 2; TRT . Sticking to, clinging to, resting under: galaraza 4* S. 4; -3 Expeditious, prompt faeufer : Bri. S. 53. 114. (fa). -4 Alighting, descending (actively used ). Tapi [34977-aia ] 1 Sport, play, mirth. -2 Dis-5 Depending upon, trusting to. -6 Cluny to, caught hold of, samabhisRtya rasAdavalambitaH Si. 6. 10. respect, contempt. -3 Facility, case. gracias pol. 1 To be caught hold of ori Tags 1 P. To pull down or out. yrasped.-2 Expeditions, quick. 39 H 1 Cutting off, tearing or pulling out: deg. -2 Uprooting. -3 Not tying up, allowing to 3a71tat 6. Hanging down, depending upoil, hang down. -4 Taking way, pulling out. resting or roclining on, holding, supporting &c.; 978 fata Alami H. 1: 379 T HAT STi ar ragua 1 Rolling or wallowing on the ground. 011974 R. 15. 49; Taraatiaftaar 19.7; 347999 -2 Robbing. csal 5. 66, Ku. 7. 37; 4 R aya1aftarit Mk. 3.8; Tagt 6 U. 1 To rush upon as a wild beast on its g9hrrazftara: (a ) Rani. prey ), to burst or break in upon ; 177#laraa. afty 6 P. To smear, anoint (generally used -2 To eat, devour, swallow (fig. also ); 377272 fa RT 79 Mb.; Haarfa 1. 2. 99. 315374 59 afegia: K. 93, 109.-3 To suppress, Tafa. [faq-wi] 1 Proud, arrogant, haughty, crush, keep down, stifle; T&T46+ 9 74: Bhag, ; afia (Ha ) Ms. 4.79.-2 Anointed, plastered, 193HFTTH a: having lost all sense of &o. smeared -3 Killed; zazat: Mu. 3. 27. -4 Disgraced, defamed; mata Mb. 1. 178. 11. ai, Tag Leaping on suddenly; atstari Firar 0:9 unction; pride, arrogance, vanity. yara: TA: Mb. 1. 140. 45. Tagg: 1 Pride, haughtiness; f ich: Si. Tagi: 1 Cutting off or away; destruction. 9.51 (where 31 also means ointment); FAITEST: -2 Biting, kissing (as a lip); 371974 Si.7. 45. Mu. 3. 22; R. 5.53; &#a Me. 14.-2 Violence, attack, a . That can be broken in upon or assailed assault, insult, outrage; ft H E UTTIGH V. 1; suddenly egy ibid.; q ui ut atau R. 8.35. -3 Smearing, anointing. -4 Ornament (191).-5 Union, e: 1 Bre: king, scraping or scratching off. association (*); cf. 312 12 gorsfa - Nm. - 2 Anything Horaped off. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #274
avalekhanam 286 avazapta avalekhanam Seraping off. avalekhA 1 Rubbiny. -2 Adlorning the persons aJjanAbhyajanonmardastryavalekhAmiSaM madhu Bhig. 7. 12. 12. -3 Drawing, painting. avalok 1 A. or 10 P. 1 To see, behold, view, look at: observe (it.): nolakoyavalokate yadi divA sUryasya kiM dUSaNam Bh.. : parikamyAvalokya ca (in dramas); salileSvavalokayata ivAtmAnaM pratiSThAnasya V.2 being reflected in%3 mArga or varma avalok to wait for; prayogam witness a performance: M.2; nimittAni avalokayeta Bri. S. 53. 105; look out for, seck; comsult (as opinions). -2 To look at or see (in astron.); exerciso influence upon; surapatiguruNAvalokite Bri. S.5.62; zukravAcaspatibhyAM ca tava bhAryAvalokitA Mark. P. -3 To find,; observe, see%; be aware of, meditate or reflect upon ; AtmAnamAtmanyavalokayantam Ku.3.50; R.8.74; 11.67. avalokaH 1 Seeing, beholding; z2ambhAjabhaGganayanamIlanAjhAvalokakRt 8. D.; vanazobhAvalokAya V. +. 31. -2 Sight. -3 Looking down upon with compassiom. -Comp. -lavaH A glance, side-look; smAyAvalokalavadarzitabhAva Bhag. 10.61. +. Brauna. Looking at, wishing to see; Ram. B. 10. 11: taM vivAhe kRte rAjansabhAryamavalokaka: Mb. 3. 115.31. avalokanam 1 Looking at, beholding, seeing'; no babhUvuravalokanakSamAH R. 11.60.-2 Looking over, commanding a view of; dIrghikAvalokanagavAkSagatA M. 1. -3 Sight, ! eye. -4 A look, glance%3; yoganidrAntavizadaiH pAvanaravalokanaH R. 10. 14. -5 Looking out for, inquiry, seeking. avalokayitR a. Looking upon, considering. avalokita pp. Seen &c. -taH N. of a Buddha. -tam A look, glance%3; paribRtyAvalokitam R.1.72. -Comp. -izvara: N. of Boddhisattva worshipped by the northern Buddhists. avalokin . Looking at, seeing. caturAvalokinaH (cakSuSaH) Ku.5.49. avalobhanam Sensual desire. avaloma . [avanaddhaM loma AnukUlyam P. V. 1.75 ] One, who is favourable; suitable. avalaguja ... Of no good origin or extraction. -jaH N. of a plant somarAjI. Vernonia Anthelminthics (Mar. bAMvacI.) avalagulI A poisonous insect. Susr. avavadaH, -vadanam Censure, an evil report or reputation. avavadita . 1 One who speaks finally or decisively. -2 An adjudicator. aa: 1 Censure. reproach. -2 Trust, contidence. -3 Disregard, disrespect. - Support, dependence on. . -5 Evil report. -6 A command, an order. -7 Information. avavarakaH 1 An aperture. -2 Window; ste: apavaraka. avavarSaNam Itaining upon (completely). avaviddha - Cast down. 31226 P. To splinter, to cut off. avanazca: A splinter, chip. avaza... nAsti vazaM AyattatvaM yasya] 1 Independent, free ; vizanti cAvazAH pArtha yogAdyogabalAnvitAH Mb. 12.300.24. -2 Not compliant or docile, disobedient, self-willed; strI cAvazA Pt.1.124; Ms.5.33. -3Not subjected to or swayed ; avazo viSayANAma K.45% uncontrolled, unresstarined; degindriyacittAnAm / / .1.17; 2.14 Dk.31; madhurairavazAni lambhayan vazam Ki..m wild. -4 Not imaster of oneself, subject to the senses; kamaparamavazaM na viprakuryaH Ku. 6.95. -5 Not having one's own will, dependent, helpless, powerless ; sakalamavazaM sIdati jagata 11.2.76%; kAryate hyavazaH Bg. 3.5 K. 174; Pt. 1.335%; U.33 kathamavazo hyayazovirSa pibAmi Mk. 10. 133 vimucantyavazA deha kAlasya vazamAgatAH Ram. Mu. 1. 12. -6 Necessary, certain; kimasya bhavato yathA suhRda eva nAzo'vaza: Mu.6. 16. -Comp. -indriyacitta / whose mind and senses are not held in subjection. -ga .. Not being in any one's power. avazaMgamaH Not submitting to another's will. avazikA-- avaza; Mk. 1. 28. starfa a. 1 Unrestrained, independent. -2 Not influenced by magic. Targu a. 1 Untameable, ungovernable, unruly. -2 Inevitable; atha maraNamavazyameva jantoH Ve. 3.6.-3 Indispensable, necessary. -Comp. -putraHn son whom it is impossible to govern or teach. avazyam ind. [ava-zyai-Damu Tv.]1 Necessarily, inevitably; tvAmapyatraM navajalamayaM mocayiSyantyavazyam Me.95. -2 Certainly, at all events, by all means, surely, of course%3B avazyaM yAti tiryakatvaM jaradhvA caivAhutaM haviH Ms. 12.68%3; avazya yAtArazcirataramuSitvApi viSayAH Bh.3.163 tAM cAvazyaM divasagaNanAtasparAmekapatnIm (dakSyasi) Mo. 10,63; avazyameva Most surely; if compounded with pot. pass. the tinal nasal is dropped, lumpedavazyamaH kRtye ; avazyapAcya to be necessarily cooked ; avazyakArya to be necessarily done. avazyaMbhAvin a. Destined to take place, inevitable: degAdezaH M.53 avazyaMbhAvi lakSaNam H.38 avazyaMbhAvinI bhAvA bhavanti mahatAmapi H. Pr. 28; S. 6. ef. avazyaMbhAvibhAvAnAM pratIkAro bhaveda yadi / tadA duHkhaina lipyeran nlraamyudhissttiraaH|| avazyaka u. Necessary, inevitable, indispensable. avazyakatA,-tvam Necessity, obligation, certainty. avazakthikA avasAyakA .v. avaza . Oursed ; Mb. 18. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #275
anby' 257 avaSTambhanam avazas[ava-zaMsa-kip] 1A wrong desire. avazasA avazrayaNam Taking anything from off the tire niHzasA yana Av..15.2.-2Cnsure, buse. (opp. adhidhayaNa); adhizrayaNAvazrayaNAntAdipUrvAparIbhUto vyApArakalApaH avazA Vel. No. : CON, a bad cow; ya enAmavazAmAha pAkAdizabdavAcyaH 8. D.2.. devAnAM nihitaM nidhim Av.12.1.17. avaSaTakAra . Without the exelamstion vaSaT, avazAtanam 1 Destroying, cutting or lopping off.. avaSkayaNI A cow that beers a calf after a long -2 Withering, drying up.-3 Emaciation. interval. avazirasa . Tuving the heard bent or hung down. avaSTambhU, 9. P. 1 To lettn or rest upon; dhanuravaSTabhya Tasty (Used mostly in pass.) To be loft last or v.5; 80 daNDam; prakRti svAmavaSTabhya Bg.9.8 by the help is a romainder, to remain over or behind; Jalan of; vRddhAM bhAryAmavaSTabhya Ram. on account of. -2 To block up: neha bhUyo'nyajjJAtavyamavaziSyate 1.7.2. pUrNasya pUrNamAdAya pUrNa- kosalanRpatebharamavaSTabhya Ratn... -3 To wrap, envelop, mevAvaziSyata Bri. Up..1.1. -Caus. To leave Rs cover with; K. 1163; timireNAvaSTabhyamAne jIvaloke 15): remindor : dehamAtrAvazeSitaH Bhay. occupy ; Dk. 159. -4 To support, prop, hold up; clasp, avaziSTa ... 1Loft, remaining; stambana nAvAra ivAva embrace; avaSTabhyAsauM mAm Mv.5D koDavibhAgena mAmavaSTabhya ziSTaH / / ..1: kimavaziSTamahaH Ran.33; nidrAgamasInaH kiyada K. 33, 42, 5t. -5 To hinder', stop, arrest, hold or baziSTam M.6 kiyadavaziSTaM rajanyAH 5.4 how much of the keop back; avaSTabhyamAna iva jaladharaiH K.308.-6 To be near. night yet remains (has yet to run ). -2 Remaining -7 To be astounded or bewildered. over and above,Aurplus.-pram,-Takam Rest, remainder, avaSTandha [avastambha-kta, patvam ] 1 Supported, remnant; surAkAmaghRtakRtaM daNDazulkAvaziSTakam 1.2.47. rested on protectod; held, seized. aMsAvavaSTandhanatI samAdhiH avazeSaH 1 Rement, rest, leavings, romainder ___Ki. 16.21. -2 langing from or upon; avaSTabdhA yaSTiH rakSasAmavazeSeNa, ahaH, puNyAnAm, balaM tadavazeSa tu nAzayAmAsa vAnaraH Sk. -3 Neur, contiguous; adyazvInAvaSTabdhe P.V.2.18, Ram. 5. 6.N; 2711deg M. 7 the rest of the story; in Bk. 9. 72. -4 Obstructed, stopped, suspended. this sense usually in comp. ; 3114 having only one hall pativratA ca sudhoNI avaSTabdhA ca jAnakI Rim.b.59.28. -6 left; kathA or nAma one who survives only in narration Paralysed. -6 Bound, tied, attached.-7 Wrappeal up, or nome, having only the tale or name left behind; enfolded. -8 Opposed. -9 Surpassed, overcome; used liguratively for dead: sce the wordss. v., bhasma' avidUra'pyavaSTabdha ruddha kAnta tiraskRta Nm. remaining only in ashes, reduced to ashes; **HTCF14: avaSTambhaH [stambha-ghaJ, sasya Satvam ] 1 Loting, resting kathamevamuSNaH S.3.8: bhammAvazeSa madanaM cakAra reduced to ashes upon. -2 Support, prop; merozcaturdizamavaSTambhagiraya upakluptAH Ku. 3. 12, Si. 10. 16; sAvazeSamiva bhaTTinyA vacanam M. + Bhan.5.16.11. pakSAbhyAmISatkRtAvaSTambha: K.31,II, ING, untinishell; sAvazeSo viSavega: ibil. still remaining; zIrSAvazeSIkRta: h..31; Ratn.2.2; R. 2.6); 231,248%; khagalatAvaSTambhanizcala: Mal.33; (heme) having zRNu me recourse to, plucking up or summoning (as courago ); sAvazeSaM vacaHS.3 hour me out, let me finish my spouch; tatkathamahaM dhairyAvaSTambhaM karomi Pt. 1; so pauruSa , dhIratva Mal.:.; alpAvazeSAyuH K. 4G having short span of life: cet sahajasattva' K. 286. -3 Haughtiness, pride, dignity, niravazeSa also. imajestic greatness; sAvaSTambhAkRtinA K. 179 dignitied, avazepita . . Left, remaining. noble, see sAvaSTambha. -4 A post, pillar. -5Gold. -6 Comraglia: A scorpion. mencement, beginning. -7 Stopping, standing still, staying. -8 Courage, steadiness K. 156, 157; resolute avazIrSa,-paka . [ avanataM zIrSa yasya vA, kap ] Having thee determination%; iMdazo'syAvaSTambha: Ratn.43; avinayakApitoDaThead bent down. ....: 1 All error made in sleeping vaSTambhaM kRtvA K. 261 plucking up courage; palAyanamavaSTambho (:s regaris position). -2 A kind of eye-disease. vA Pt. holding out (15 opposed to palAyanam ). -9 avagR9. P. 1 To break. -2 To be dispersed, 10 Hy Obstruction, impediment. -10 Paralysis; stupefaction in avory direction: sa nasyA mahimAM dRSTvA samantAdavAryata K. 141. -11 Excellence. ef. avaSTambhaH suvarNa ca stambhaRam. 1.87.18. prArambhayorapi | Nm. Taftur. Broken, shattered. avaSTambhamaya .. (-yI/.) (older, made of golil, or avazyA [ava-iyai ka] 1 [or-frost, fog or mist. as large as a post ; raghoravaSTambhamayena patriNA R.B..3.(adegis -2 An independent woman. usually rendered in the above mamer, but from the avazyAyaH [ava-dayai-Na P. III. 1. 141] 1 Frost, immediate context, it should moro properly me full dow; nAvazyAyaH papAtoyAm Mb. 1. 178.10. -2 Tour frost, of dignifiod boldness', 'breathing detiance'.) whitodew avasthAyAmiktasya puNDarIkasya cArutAm U.6.20. -3 ___ avaSTambhanam 1 Restiny upon, heving recourse.to. Priile. avazyAyo hime gave......Nm. -Comp. -paTa: A kind -2 Supporting. -3 Paralysing, tapelying. -4 A of clothi post, pillar, -5 Stopping, staying. saM.I. ko...33 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #276
avaSvan 268 avasa qua 1 P. To smack (one's lips ), make noise in eating. stataror: [ 319-597-99 794] Noisy eating, smacking (the lips). san. [ 312-af49 ] Ved. 1 Protection, assistance. -2 Fame, celebrity. -3 Food, provision. -4 Wealth ; riches. -5 Going. -6 Satisfaction, pleasure. -7 Wish, will, desire, aspiration. -ind. [3197- : 4 3 : 3 ans 31, 34a ist: P. V. 3. 39 ] 1 Below, downwards, hitherward. -2 As a preposition with instr. or abl. (a) Below, at the lowest place. (1) Without, on the outside. 37949 a. Ved Striving, aspiring, Desirous ; ara feszata=771 214&at: Av. 3. 26. 6. sau: [ 317-3149 Un. 3. 117; radicaat H4 Ujjval. ] 1 A king. -2 The Sun. -3 A kind of tree (31*). - 1 Refreshment, food, gefa498 VOT: Rv. 1. 93. 4. provision (especially for a journey ), viaticum (#: also ); Ca 1974 Yv. 3. 61. -2 Preserving, protecting aeftual ( 399 427 4241 *9]1 A cloth girt round the legs and knees by a person ), when sitting on his hams; also, the act of girding round this cloth or the posture itself; 41: 129 at 911 14 Ms. 4. 112; TT 3194277-THC Malli on Ki. 12. 22. -2 (Hence) A wrapper, a girth or band in general. 379551 P. 1 To suspend, attuch, cling to, throw, place; TTIP I TUFO Si. 7. 16; so 1914. I T &c. -2 To entrust to, throw on. 372 p. 1 Suspended from, placed; faal462999 Ku. 7. 23, K. 206; Ki. 7. 40; Si. 5. 16, 18, 9. 7, Ch. P. 4. -2 In contact with, bound round, touching; 31aaa 44 alda Mk. 1. ot. -3 Engaged in, intent on, ea ger. -7 Contact. avasaJjanam Embracing. avasajanam Clinging. sraigtah The downward flight of birds in a body. age: [ 349--47) 1 A dwelling place, habitat tion. -2 A village. -3 A school, college (717134:, 45:); soe Avasatha. -tham A house. 37TACT: [ 344a4-zaru za] A college, school. an 1. P. 1 To sink down, faint, fail, give away: 3111: ad 72092 garefa Mb. 1.1. 62. ftoft 99 arazitafa Ki. 2. 6 sinks or fails; 91544 7; 319 IT: M.; a faisais area Ki. 4. 20 fails not (does not shut his lips); 7 aadara Mb; Ms. +. 197, Bk. 6. 24. -2 To suffer, be neglected or interfered with water ar yg 1974 K. 181. -3 To become disheartened or exhausted: Dk. 127. -4 To perish, come to an end, be ruined; 404 Dk. 60; 20 F: Dear Fahrfa Bh. 2. 86. -Caus. 1 To cause to sink; to dispirit, render downhearted, to ruin: Fira dafa Dk. 41, ruined ; 316 Saquiag a : 5t without ruining or killing: Bg. 6.5; 734+ 5 949 Mu. 3 ruin. - 2 To allay, remove; 3194271749 fa fast S. 5. 6 y. l. 37981 ); 3744649HH a: 91 Dk. 127 destroy, kill; Banca Si. 10.30 rendered speechless. saha . p. 1 Sunk down (fig. also), enervated, sinking, droopiny; 1992199319 K 36; Si. lo. 85; Hahat Dk. 62 powerless. -2 Dispirited, sad, melancholy, unhappy ; ApartahafATH Mb. 1.6. 20; autisTua H. 2 leon, weakened. -3 Ended, terminated, gone off; 34987alehaften 217 Si. 9. 12 devoid of heat; 31249121 121 II. 1. -4 Unable to do one's duty. -5 Lost, deprived of; 1931: T 79asif R. 9.77 who had lost their sight. -6 (In law ) Non-suited, defeated. - Dead, gone; HatalavasanneSu senApatiSu paJcasu Ram.5. 46. 38. H al-fa 1 Affliction, dejection. -2 Termination, completion. tal: 1 Sinking, fainting, sitting down Ki. 18. 47; 3771942: safety, protection; failure, as of the voice. -2 Ruin, loss, destruction, decline; ahia THAT Graaaa Fa : Ki. 3. 38; 214 Ki. 17. 18; Fagara alakaa Ki. 18. 23, 6. 41; Mv. 2.-3 End, termination. -4 Want of energy, exhaustion, languor, fatigue, pain; qrZ 9417 12: 1994 Ram. 4. 55. 11. 19917TH Ki. 6. 19. -5 (In law ) Badness of a cause, defeat, losing a cause ); 35 19941919 M. 1. STEHT . 1 Causing to sink, faint, or fail. -2 Causing dejection or fatigue; Ty Tn: 974: 4 21 : Ram.-3 Exhausting, wearisome, tiresome, fatiguing. -4 Ending, finishing. STATE 1 Decline, loss, destruction: - AT TEHTNICI Ram. 6. 108. 12. 3191 Ve. 6. -2 Inability to do one's duty. -3 Oppression. -4 Finishiny. -5 An escha rotic. -6 Removing proud flesh from boils by eschrotic application; HAR THAICH Susr. avasAdin a. Sinking, drooping; apatadavasAdinaH karAt Si. 15. 81. rah a. Ved. Excluded from society. avasR1P. To spread, pervade; gaganAjanAvakAzAvasarah is Mal. 8. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #277
avasara: 269 avasAyin 33 avasaraH 10ccasion, opportunity, time%3 utpannAvasara- avasRSTa pp. Given away, left, abandonod, dismarthitvam M.33 nAsyAvasaraM dAsyAmi 5.2; bhavagirAmavasara pradAnAya missed, let go. athApi yatpAdanakhAvasRSTam Bhag. 1. 18. 21. vacAMsi naHS.2.8; visarjana satkAra: 5.73 prAptam suited to avaso + P. 1 To finish, accomplish. -2 To destory. the occasion M.1; K. 158; tulitAbhiH Pt... 28. equal -3 To determine, understand; kimapyanavasIyamAnam K. 2783 to the occasion; vedasyAvasaro'tra kaH Ks. 5.62 what has avAsAsIca vaiyAsikIm (vANIm ) Malli.-4 (Intrans.) To the Veda to do here? -2 (Hence) A fit or proper fail; be at an end; zaktirmamAvasyati hInayuddhe Ki. 16. 17. opportunity, proper or opportune time; avasarapaThitA -5 To put up (as at an imm). -6 To let. loose, vANI guNagaNarahitApi zobhate puMsAm Subh. Ratn. zazaMsa sevAvasaraM liberate. -7 To draw near, approach. -8 To dwell, surebhyaH Ku.7.40; avasaro'yamAtmAnaM prakAzayitum 5.1; see stay. -9 To settle, fix. -10 To stand firm, to persist in. anavasara also; avasaro'asarpaNIyA rAjAnaH 5. G. -3 Space, -11 To know; avaseyAzca kAryANi dharmeNa puravAsinAm Bk. 19. room, scope%3; kumudezanA manasi cAvasaram (alabhata)Si.9.41. -12 To get, attain to, reach. -Caus. 1 To cause to be -4 Leisure, advantageous position. -5 Introduction. completed, finish, complete ; atha vidhimavasAgya zAstradRSTam R. -6A kind of saMgati q. v. -7 A year. -8 Raining. 5.76. -2 To understand, comprehend; avasAyayituM kSamAH -9 Doscont. -10A consultation in private. -Comp. sukham Ki. 2.29. -kAle,-velAyAm ind. On a fovourable opportunity. avasA Ved. Liberation, release. kathA zRNvannavasAmasya avasaraNam Removing, causing to move. veda Rv.4.23.3. avasarpaH A spy, a secret emissary. avasAtR m. Ved. A deliverer, liberator; atrA yukto' avasarpaNam Stepping or going down. / vasAtAramicchAt Rv. 10. 27.9. avasarpina a. Stepping down. -NI A long period of avasAnam [ava-so-lyuT ] 1 Stopping. -2 Conclusion, time with the Jainas); the descending cycle is termination, cessation, end; dohAvasAne punareva dogdhrIm / / .2. divided into six stages (good-good, good, good-bad, 23,45; tacchidhyAdhyayananiveditAvasAnAm 1.95; ityetadavasAnaM kathAyAH bad-good, bad, bad-bad) according to lemachandra M.5thus ends the story; degvirase K. 180%; AtmanaH sukhAit is equal to 2000,000,000,000,000 Sagaras of years. vasAnena V.3 at the sacrifice of; (at the end of comp.) avasavya a. Not left, right (= apasavya). ending with terminating at sa cAyamagulI yakadarzanAvasAnaH 5.73 yatkhalu duHkhAvasAnameva duHkham .328. -3 Death, decease3B avasAmam [ avaraM sAma acsamA* P. V. 4.75 ] A bad avasAne'garAjasya yoddhavyaM bhavatA kila Ve.5.39: mUlapuruSAvasAne song. saMpadaH paramupatiSThanti 5. 6. -4 boundary, limit; vilokitA avasica 6 P. To sprinkle, bedew, bespatter. darzanIyAnAmavasAnabhUmiH K. 124 furthest, or highest limit. -5 (In gram.) The last part of a word or period avasikta pp. Sprinkled; degaf having the limbs (opp. Adi); AdimadhyAvasAneSu yaratA yAnti lAghavam : anIkapadAvasprinkled. sAnaM devAdi nAma R. 18. 10 (ie.devInAka) virAmo'vasAnama, avasekaH 1 Sprinkling, bedewing; dezaH ko nu jalAvase- varNAnAmabhAvo'vasAnasaMjJaH syAt P.I.4.110; ravara vasAnayorvisarjanIyaH kazithilaH Mk. 3. 12. -2 A disease of the eye. VIII. 3. 15. -6 A pause. - The end of : verse, or the verse itself; ekAvasAnA vyavasAnA-Rk. -8A place of avasekimaH [avasekena nivRttaH avaseka-iman ] A kind of dismounting from a horse. -9 A place (sthAna); resting ca.ke, pulse ground with oil and butter ( vaTakabhedaH). place, residence%3; yamo dadAtyavasAnamasmai Rv. 10.11.9. avasAnaM avasecanam Sprinkling. -2 Water used for sprinki bhavavatra Mb.5.31.19degdarza . looking at one's place of ing; 418 Ms. 4. 151. -3 Bleeding. destination. zyeno nRcakSA avasAnadarza: Av. 7.41. 1. avasupta 1. Asleep: atha rAtryAM vyatItAyAmavasuptamanantaram avasAnaka .. Coming to an end, dying, perishing. Ram.2.56.1. avasAnya a. Ved. Belonging to the end of a verse: avasRjU 6P. 1 To throw or east down, pour out, namaH zlokAya cAvasAnyAya Vaj. 16.33. let fall, drop%3 mayAbhimAntritA pUrva kasmAttvamavasarjitA Ram. avasAyaH [ava-so-ghaJ P. III. 1.141] 1 Conclusion, 7.56. 233; U.3.23; Ms. 1.83; 80 sAyakAn , bIjam , vRSTim &c. end, termination: destruction; zaravarSaravasAyamAzrayAzaH Si. 20. -2 To let loose, liberate, dismiss &c. -3 To remit. 72. -2 Remainder. -3 Completion. - 4 Determination, - 4 To form ; create. -5 To place on, throw or cast at. resolution, decision, certainty. ef. athAvasAyaH zeSaH syAt -6 To leave, give up, a bandon; as kodham vairam &c. samAso nizcayo'pi ca Medimi. -5One who brings to an avasargaH 1 Letting off , relaxation. -2 Non-preven end; avasAyo bhaviSyAmi duHkhasyAsya kadA nvaham | Bk. 6.81. tion, allowing one to follow one's inclinations. avasAyakaa. Destructive; avadyanpatriNaH zambhoH sAyaka-3 Independence. ravasAyakaiH Ki. 15.37. avasarjanam Liberation ; bandhAnAmavasarjanAya Vaj. 12.64. avasAyin a. Residing, dwelling in; ef. antyAvasAyina. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #278
avasita 260 avasthaH avasita [so-kta] 1 Finished, ended, completed: / avasito darzanArthaH M.2: yUpavatyavasite kiyAvidhI R.11.37%3 avastitha pAraso Dk.91 it is all over with the brute: maNDanAsi 5.1; vacasyavasite tasminsasarja giramAtmabhaH Ku.2.13 anavaminavacana eva mayi Dk. 1033; Bk. 10.6. -2 Known, untlerstood; karAmalakavad vizvaM vijJAnAvamita tava Bhag.2.5.8. -3 Well-cooked; matured. -4 Resolved, determined, H'ertaineil. -5 Standing in a panse. -6 Stored, gathered (as grain).-7 Tied, fastened, bound; tvayaiva loke'vasitAzca setavaH Bhag.4.6.44. -8Gome. -9 Remaining, dwelling (Ved.). -tam 1 A dwelling place; navAvasita vainamAhareyuH Sat. Br. -2 Corn ground. avaseya pot. p. 1 To be determined, finished. -2 Perishable. avaskanda 1 P. 1 To attack, storm, assault : overpower, overwhelm : chAyAmapyavaskanditum Iv.33 prabhuriva mAmavaskandayitum bid. to attack or insult; purImavaskanda lunIhi nandanam Si. 1.51; snehAvaskannahRdayA Ram. affected. -2 10 spring or leap down. -3 To pour ont. avaskandaH , -ndanam 1 Attacking; attack, assault; avaskandaM kariSyAmi zivirasyAdya duSkaram Mb. 10.3.27. "pradAnam Pt.3.39 leading an assault. -2 Descending; sa nadyavaskandamupAspRzacca Bk. 2. 11. -3 A camp ( jigISaNAm 1499522174 Halay.). -4 (in law ) Accusation. avaskandita 1.1 Attacked, -2 Gone town, lesarenderl. -3 Refuted. -4 Bathed, bathing. avaskandina .. 1 Attacking, assaulting; outraging: gaunamadArAvaskandinam Mv.1. -2 Covering. -3 Lonping upon. avaskanna . 1 Spilt. -2 Attackerl, overpowered. Rm. 6. ar i U. To scratch, butt against: tai dhIramavacamkarirI mahokSAH Si...El. avaskaraH [ avakIryate ityavaskaraH, kR-ap muTu vacaske'vaskaraH P. VI.1.118 ] 1 Ordure, excrement. -2 The privities (guhmadeza), -3 Dirt, sreepings (in general); gRhadvArAzucisthAnarayAvaskarazodhanam Narada. dvitIrya svasarvasvamAtmAnamanavaskaram / cikIrSAmi mahAbAho...|| Siva. B.29. 36. -4 A place for faces, lung-hill. -Comp. avaskarastu viSTAyAM guhye ... Nm. -mandirama : privy, water-closet. avaskaraka . [ avaskare bhavaH, vun P. IV. 3. 28] Existing in the ordure. - 1 An inscet. -2 A sweeper, Seavenger. -3 A brush, broom. avaskava . Noxious, injurious. -va: A kind of worin: avaskavaM vyadhvaraM krimInvacasA jambhayAmasi Av.2.31.1. stakit: A part of the elephant's face, apparently the protuberance in the middle of the face just between the eyes: Matanga L.1.8, 12, avastAt ind.[avammina avarasmAna avaminyathaM amnAti ava AdezaH vibhASA'varasya P. V.B.41 1TBelow, from below, downwards, hitherwards; 1977. attained from below (ns hereinde.). -2 (used as proposition) Tinder. avastu . [kutsitArtha nam] 1A worthless thing or matter; avastunirbandhapare kathaM nu ne Ku.b.fili intent on a bad object. -2 Unreality (of msstter), insulystantiality; vastunyavastvAropo'jJAnam attribution of mrealits: nAvastuno vastusiddhiH; "tA, -tvam mreality. TET 9 P. To cover, spread, overspread, overcast; prakampayangAmavatastare dizaH Ki. 14.29 pervadeal, filled; urasi rasAdavatastare stanAbhyAm Si. 7.47. avastaraNam Sproading out. avastAraH [aba-stR karmaNi ghaJ P. III. 3. 120] 1A curtain. -2 A covering; a screen or wall of cluth around a tent, hence conconling or fabricatiny.of. Kau. A. 2.8. -3 A mat. avastIrNa .. Strewed, covered with. 27. a. Without clothes, naked. avasthA 1A. 1To remain, stay, shilde; lena saha sukhamavatiSThante K. 108; oft. with an adj.; vilokayantI tAvadavatasthe 205; pAdau viSTabhya: kSaNa bhadAvaniSTasva Bk. 8. Instav, wait3B anItvA pakatAM dhUlimudakaM nAvatiSThate Si.2.31.-2 Tyabide by, conform to, obey; na zAsane'vAsthita yo gurUNAm Bk. B. 14. -3 To live ; kSaNamapyavatiSTane zvasana yadi jantunnu lAbhavAnasau . 8. 87. -4 To stand (still), make a hali, stop: na ca zaknomyavasthAtum Bg. 1. 30, 14.23; R. 2.31, Ku..E, Si. :). 83. --5 To stand, exist, chance to be. - To fall to, devolve on. -7 To enter ; retch, attain to. -8 To stand apart, go off, withdran. -9 To descend: go to. -10 To place ( Ved.)- ms. (sthApayani-ne)1 Totuss tay stand or stop, station, keep, place; pazcAdavasthApinacAhinIka: 1.13. 1063 skandhAvAramavasthApya Dk. 174 lheving Munpal: bhikSApAtraM nAgadantake'vasthApya II. 1,3. -2 To fix, sattle: zakyo'vasthApayitum Mu. 1. -3 To establish, found: rAjyamavasthApathiTAASIEH M.5. -4 To compose, collect steady, fix (as hourt Ac.); na zaknomi hRdayamavasthApayituma e... -5 To comfort, console; tato niryAya kauravya avasthApya ca nabalam b. B. 16.2.1. -6 To stopsites livile. avasthaH The membrum virile: avasthasya knadIvataH Ay.7.90.3. -sthA[avasthA -atU] 1State, condition, situation; svAmino mahatyavasthA vartate IPt. I teritical state, distress 3; tadanu kathayermAdhavIyAvamasthAm Mal.9.26; tulyAvasthaH svasuH kRtaH R. 12.80%; nAM nAmavasthAM pratipadyamAnam 13.55 IdRzImavasthAM prapanno'smi 5.5%3 Ku.2.6%3; sarva0 Me. 1103 avasthA khalu nAma zatrumapi mitratve kalpayati Pratijna. I. oft. in comp.; tadavasthaH Pt. 5. reduced to that. state; tada, bAlAvasthaH adhipatiH 7.5% annyAvasthA Pt.43; 80 kAmayamAnAvastho rAjA 5.3: sphuliGgAvasthayA valiH 7. 15%; antarmadAvastho dvipendraH R. 2.7 rutting state. -2 Position, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #279
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra avasthAnam 3 circumstance. -3 Period, stage (of life &c.); ; Mal. 9. 29. -4 Form, appearance. -5 Degree, proportion. -6 Stability, fixity, as in q. v. -7 Appearance in a court of law: Fa Ms. 8. 60. -8 The female organ of generation. -Comp. -antaram another or altered state; deg AropitA S. 3. 5. the four periods or states of human life; i. e. (childhood); (youth); (manhood); and vArdhakyam (old age ). - trayam the three states; i.. jAgRti ( waking ); svAna (dreaming), and suSupti (sound sleep ). - dazakam the ten states of lovers : dRva manaH saMgasaGkalpau jAgaraH kRzatA'ratiH / hrItyAgonmAdamUchIntA ityanaGgadazA daza / D. R. -dvayam the two states of life i... sukham and duHkham (happiness and misery). -SaTkam the six states of an action mentioned by Yaska; jAyate'sti vardhate vipariNamate'pakSIyate nadaryAni Nir. 1 Standing, remaining, residing, abiding, dwelling; pUrvakratAvasthAnena rAjalokena K. 92 ; kimiha nityAvasthAnam Pt. 1; id. -2 Situation, station, position : S. 6. -3 Residence, abode, place; K. 127. -4 Period of staying. -5 Support, Bhag. 3. 27. 16. -6 Stability: ff Bhag. 5. 26. 17. www.kobatirth.org 1 Fixing, settling. Residence, abode. avasthAyin a. Staying, residing, dwelling; AIREsthAyi balam Ak. raftera 1 Remained, stayed: P. P. - fa fa a V. 4; remaining, standing firm or fixed; staying, abiding, lasting &c. R. 6. 19: agafe K. 158 under these circumstances. -2 Firm of purpose, steady ; rUpayauvanasampannA yasmAttvamanavasthitA Ram. 7. 30. 37. see . -3 Engaged in prosecuting: following: abiding by; Ms. 8. 42, af: Bg. 4. 29. 4 Resting with, dependent on a ff Ku. 2. 28; K. 344. -5 Settled, piturasyAH samIpanayanamavasthitameva S.. Pt. 1. 7 Ready, alert: f a Ram. 5. 43. 27. -8 motionless ( nizreSTa ) : avasthitamasaMbhrAntam (mAma ) Ram. Well-arranged: ff Ram. 5. 55. 15. ai ze graadi 1 matter of course -6 Resolved; * 58.30-8 avasthitiH / 1 Abiding, dwelling; bhImo duryodhanaH karNo afarazaffa Bhag. 10. 83. 23. -2 Residence, abode; K. 44. -3 Following, practising. Bratara a. (water) in which one has bathed: Mb. 13. avaspata 4 Rv. 2. 23. 8. a. Preserver, saviour; ad To short, fill with noise. Mb. 6, 7. Roar, thunder, K. 305. 261 avasyandanam Trickling, oozing. apasphoTa: Appeara arafa Den. P. Ved. To seek favour or assistance. avasyu . [ avaH rakSaNaM tadicchati kyac un] [Ved. Desir ing favour, help or protection. avasvat . [ avo rakSaNamastyasya matup masya vaH ] Defended, protected. a fall. avasraMsita a. Burst, fallen down. Dropping or falling down, falling of, Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir a noise in eating. avahAni: a. 1 Apt to fall down. -2 Burst, cut. P. To sound, to smack the lips, make rata. Ved. Roaring, boisterous; 4: Vaj. 16. 31. a. 1 Not carrying. -2 Having no stream. - A kind of wind. 2 P. 1 To strike, beat off, hit, kill. -2 To destroy, remove; fa, g, fa: &c. -3 To thresh (as rice); 31 Dk. 132. Boting, threshing. staf: ( avahananam = phupphusa : Mit. ). 1 Threshing, beating off rice; Mbh. -2 The lungs; For Private and Personal Use Only : [-] 1 Striking. -2 Hurting, killing. 3 A violent or sharp blow, stroke or blow in general: karNAvaghAtanipuNena ca tADyamAnA dUrIkRtAH karivareNa (:) Nitipr. 2; S. D. - Threshing corn by bruising it with a wooden pestle in a mortar. -5 Unnatural or accidental death. sama. Striking, killing. - Y. 3.94 P. To deride, mock, laugh or scoff at, ridicule; sthitA'vahasyeva puraM maghonaH Bk. 1. 6. avahasanam Deriding: taccAvahasanaM prApya samArohaNadarzane Mb. 1. 1. 46. 1 Smiling, a smile. -2 A jest, joke, ridicule, sf Bg. 11. 42. -3 Derision, Scoffing; avahAsaM tato muktvA rAvaNo vAkyamabravIt Ram. 7.18.8. avahAni: / Loss. E pot. p. To be derided or ridiculed, ridicu lous; kathaM tu sarvalokasya nAvahAsyA bhavemahi Mb. 7.75. 3. avahastaH [ avaraM hastasya eka0 ta0] The back of the hand. avahA 3 P. To leave, abandon rathiM na kazcinmamRvA~ avAhAH Rv. 1. 116. 3.

Page #280
avahIna 262 avAcIna .......... .. ...................... sraeta p. p. Abandoned, left; 349619T: FT: Dk. 129 over, at an end ; 3464 996 y S. 2 we being left behind, having fallen in the rear. avahAlikA A wall. 3a (7) FETT, TT 1 Dissimulation in general. -2 Dissimulation or concealment of an internal feeling, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (rafata ); 79 c artufatareyr S. D.; or according to R. G. atetea na ga ra 4914 alat alasafe ; for ex. see Ku. 6. 8+, or Bv. 2. 80. TaE 1 P. 1 To take away, put or lay aside; place down; 374 FitHIC Ed Hard Nir. -2 To hold, contain; 359496 Sk. -3 To throw or knock down (Ved.). TagTOt 1 Taking away, removing. -2 Throwing a way. -3 Stenling, plundering. -4 Removing from the battle-field to the camp. -5 Re-delivery. -6 Temporary suspension of hostilities, truce. Tagit: [ 3498- P. III. 1. 141 ] 1 A thief. -2 A shark, a water clephant. -3 Taking away the wealth of invitel Brahmanas. --4 Tempoary cessation of hostilities, suspension of arms, truco; 7 7aa. EITI a Mb. 5. 182.30; 1. 190. 35. -5 Removing to the camp;aatsten af aa aa a Mb. -6 Cessation, stop (in general). -7 Summoning, inviting. -8 Any object fit to be brought near (3996024). -9 A postacy, abandoning a sector caste. -10 Redelivery, redeeming. -11 One who snatches away; starr Hitting 74: Bk. 6. SI. TOKIT.. 1 One taking away from one place to another. -2 One who dosists from fighting. -3 Preventing, stopping. - A shark, a marine monster. 12 pot. p. 1 To be taken away or removed. -2 Fina ble, punishable; 31961 ha arra: 474 Ms. 8. 198. -3 What one is forced to restore or redeem; Adhizcopanidhizcobhau na kaalaatyymrhtH| avahAryo bhavetAM at $17hat at ll Ms. 8. 145. -4 To be completed, -5 Recoverable, redeemable. raka p. p. 1 Taken off, back or away. -2 Seized, stolen. -3 Fined. 31986, - Disrespect, disdain, contempt, disregard; sAvahelam K.244; avahelAM kuTaja madhukare mA gAH Bv.1.6. TAH, -#1 Disregard. tafsa a. Disregarded, slighted, contemned; kimiti bakairavahelitAnabhijJaiH Bv. 1. 8. -tam Disregard. avahvara a. [ava-ha-ac ] Crooked. -ra: A crooked way; (fig.) deceit. STEC To call down from; fair 319 48114984 Ry. 5. 56.1. safn Ved. Not speaking. 349 Ved. Speechless. 37915 6 P. 1 To strew, pour upon; sprinkle with. -2 To ward off, remove; far agrafe 719 71 Ry. 8. 53. 4. 37 : A mint. staret . [ 319-armario fato 27 ] A guardian, keeper. 37am a. [3497049482] Having the head bent down, stooping, bowed. sala. [..] Speechless, dumb. *. Rrahman. -Comp. -HATIT a. beyond the power of thought and words, indescribable and inconceivable. fat a. deaf and dumb. stars a. 1 Not proper to be addressed ; 3191 alat Fiat zarafat Ms. 2. 128. -2 Improper to be uttered; vile, bad; 391- azat a qaar 79 Ram.; algia 467 afecafort haifai: By. 2. 36. -3 Not distinctly expressed, not expressible in words; ar, impropriety; reproach, calumny; Ea area Ki. 11. 53. Comp. -at: 'the un speakable place', the vulva ( ). starfs To tear away or out from. 37915, a. ( 372 349-3457-19) 1 Turned downwards, bent down, stooping; parlato 1999: Si. 6. 79; 4124134 13 dela: Ki. 14. 34. -2 Being or situated below, lower than with a bl.) 7919 1921: Bri. Up. 3. 8.3. -3 Headlony, looking downwards. -4 South. m., n. Brahman. - 1 The south. -2 The lower region. Starga a. Turner, bent downwards; 27715237 neralsant Si. salind. 1 Downwards; raga171 syla99 7 Bhag. 12. 12. 11. -2 Southern, south ward. -Comp. 1997 disrespect. -gct ( 34214319a 9674T] N. of a plant Anethum Sowa Roxb (374:9 ). I: the part below. 2 a. southern. per a. -Ter.) 1 looking downwards, with the face hung downwards; alegeref qafe: R. 2. 60; dyeastlagat: v 15. 78. -2 headlong. (-:) N. of a weapon, he: [349122: ar 31731 ] having the branches turned downwards', epithet of the sacred fig-tree 372 3 S at 12: Kath. 2. 6.1. -Trata. having the head hung downwards ; # a fa 44 BITT: Ms. 3. 249, 8. 94, 11. 73. Taraftar a. [34217-a fatturatieadh P. V.4.8] 1 Downward, headlong -2 Southern. -3 Descended, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #281
avAJcita 263 avAhana gone down. - See avAkzirasa; duryodhanamavAcInaM rAjya- . avApya pot. p. Attaina ble. jyeSThatA ca nivarteta jyeSThAvApyaM kAmukamAturam Mb. 8.8. 17. -5 Base, evil (doed); yasmai ca yaddhanam Ms. 11. 195. devAH prayacchanti puruSAya parAbhavam / buddhiM tasyApakarSanti so'vAcInAni avApya . [na.na.] Uncut, not to be cut ( as hair ). pazyati // Mb.5.34.81. -6 Unfavourable. avApita .1 Not sown (as grain) but phunted. avAJcita u. Bent, low, dropping down (avagalita). -2 Not. cut (ns hair ). babhUva pakSmAntaravAJcitAzruH Bu. Ch. 1.67. avAma . 1 Not left, right. -2 Favourable, not avAcya u. Southern, southernly. ef. Siva. B.6.65. adverse. -3 Inauspicious, inelegant. avAjin M. A bad horse (Ved.). avAyaH [ava-i-ghaJ] 1 A limb. -2 Giving way, conr avAta . [na. va.] 1 Windless, not shaken by wind; ceding, complying with. mihaM kRNvantyavAtAm Rv. I. 38.7. -2 Not breathing the air. avAraH, -ram [na vAryate jalena vR-karmaNi ghaJ] 1 The near -3 Not exposed to, or not dried up by windl; fresh; bunk of a river; nAsya dvIpaH kutaH pAro nAvAraH saMpradRzyate zuSmA indramavAtA ahRtAsavaH Rv. 1.52.4. -4 Unattacked, Mb. 12.224.21. -2 This side; yo vai saMvatsarasyAvaraM pAraM ca unconquered (Ved.). -tam The windless atmosphere%3; veda Ait. Br. degtas ind. to this side; payo duhAnA vratanIravArataH AnIdavAtaM svadhayA tadekam Rv. 10. 129.2. Rv. 10.65.6. -Comp. -pAra: The ocean (rASTrAvArapArAddharabI avAtala . Not fiatulent; Susr. P. IV. 2.93, avArapArAtyantAnukAma gAmI V.2. 11.). avAdin / . 1 One who is no speaker or disputer. -pArINa . [avArapAre gacchati, kha P. IV. 2.93] 1 belong--2 One who does not prosecute or bring any action i ng to the ocean. - 2 crossing a river. peave-loving. avArINa . [avAraM gacchani, kha P. IV. 1. 93 ] Crossing avAn 2. [ava-an ] To breath or imhale. a river. avAna: Breathing, inhaling see anavAna also. avArya a. Being on the neurside; avAryAya ca namaH avAna . [ava-an-ac] Dried, dry. Vaj. 16. 42. avAntara ..[avagatamantaraM madhya prA. sa.] 1 Situated or : avAraNa .. Insuff orable, not to be remedied, irremestanding between; see compounds. -2 Included, dia ble. -UTH Not warding off or provonting. involved. -3 Subordinatesecondary. -4 not closely avAraNIya 4. 1Unable to be warded off (as oneconnected, extraneous, extra. -Comp. -diz, -dizA mies). -2 Treating of incurable diseases. an intermediate quarter (such as the AgneyI, aizAnI, avArita.. Uninupeded, unobstructed. -tam ind. nairRtI 2nd vAyavI). dizo'vAntaradizaH T. Up. 1.7.1. -dezaH Without obstacles, at pleasure; Mb. 13. -Comp. -dvAra a place situated between two others), an intermediate u. having open doors%3 avAritadvAratayA tirazcAmantaHpure tasya region. -vAkya m (.) A sentence formed by dropping nivizya rAjJaH N. 3.41. some word or words in the whole sentence; na ca mahAvAkye sati avAntaravAkyaM pramANaM bhavati SB. on MMS. 6.4.25.(0) A avArya, avArayitavya . Not to be warded or kopt group of words which appear to form a complete I off, irremedia ble; ravavitrAsitavAraNAdavAryaH Ki. 13.20. Sentence, but form only a part of n complete sentence avArikA nAsti vAri yatra]N. of a plant (dhanyAka). (i. e. mahAvAkya). Coriendram Sativum; (Mar. dhane). avAntarAm int. [avAntara bA0 Asu] Between ( Ved.). avAvaTa: The son of a woman by any mm (of the avApU . 1 Toget, obtain, secure, gain; tamavApya saptatim same easte) other than her first husband; dvitIyena tu R. 3. 33; dIrghamAyuravApnuyAt Ms. 4.7635 kIrtim , phalam , kAmam yaH pitrA savarNAyAM prajAyate / avAvaTa iti khyAtaH zadharmA &c.; putraM samrAjamavApnuhi S. 4.6. -2 To rach, go to, enter. sa jaatitH|| -3 To suffer, incur, receive, meet with; nindAmavApnoti Ms.5.161; 80 doSam &c.; mRtyumavApnoti meets with death; avAvan m. viDvanoranunAsikasyAt [Shil to be fr. oN / naivaM pApamavApsyasi sg. 2. 38,58. -Gaus. To cause to P.VI.4.41] A thief, stealing away. avAcA brAhmaNI S. K. obtain anything; avApito jaGgamalekhalakSmIm N.8.89. avAsas .. Unclothed, naked. m. N. of Buddha. avApta pp. Got, obtamed, received; anavAptacakSuH- avAstava (-vika) a. (-vI/.) 1 Unreal, unsubstanphalo'si 5.2. tial. -2 Unfoundled, irrational (as an argument). avAptavya pot. p. Attainable; nAnavAptamavAptavyam Bg. 3.. srarea . Ved. Having no a bode, homeless; 311d22, R. 10.31. menamasvargamaprajasaM karoti Av. 12.5.5. avAptiH 1. 1 Obtaining, gutting; tapaHkiledaM tadavApti- avAhana u. Having no carriage, not driving in sAdhanam Ku. 5.64. -2 (Arith.) A quotient. a carriage. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #282
avAhya 284 sana 31 . Not fit to be borne. <<. Ved. [ 019-31 Favourable, kindly or favouriably disposed. avi dhAma zagmiyaM sakhAyaM varuNam Av.5.1. 9.-fe: 1 A shoop; (1. also in this sense); $121717aza Ms. 11. 134, 3. 6, 12. 35. - 2 The Sun. -3 N. of tree (34). -4 A yout. 5 A mountain. -6 Air, wind. -7 A woollen blanket (of the skin of unico). -8 A blanket, shawl in general. -9A woollen strainer for Soma juice). -10 A master. -11 A wall, enclosure. -12 A rat.-fe: /. 1 An owe; 319ftat 9 Satria 4 Bri. Up. 1.11.-2 Shame. -3 A woman in her courses. [cf. L. vris; Gr. ois ] fari a 14h so 77 Nm. -Comp. - 21T A grammatical maxin according to which syfa: becomes fu. 72: [ 1 y P. V. 2. 29. Vart.) a flock of sheep. -error: [ 312 39 2: 370: #9: P. VI. 3. 10 ] a kind of tribute (consisting of sheep); 2 ST 1964: TITU: Mbh. 6.3. 10. -TretT FT N. of a plant (= 3751791). - PETH, 1994, h er, ach the milk of an ewe. -73: sheep's skin, a woollen cloth. -10: 37617 9134a 34. # ] # shepherd; Vai. 30. 11. -ray: a kind of grass liked by sheep; Panicuin Frumentaceum 2191 (Mar. Hal, a . - N. of a plant. -FUTUH sheep-place; N. of a town; avisthalaM vRkasthalaM mAkandI vAraNAvatam Mb. : [ Bata f., 3fa-3la: : P. V. 4. 28 ] A sheep. -kA An ewe. sarvAhamasmi romazA gandhArINAmivAvikA Rv. 1. 125. 7. -H A diamond. saar An ewe, a sheep. f <<. Closed, shut (as a flower). fareficer. Not boasting, not bragging or vaunting. 312 T . One who does not boast, not vaunting szatras R. 14. 73; fagia sa a Mu. 3. f . 1 Unimpaired, not defective, entire, perfect, whole, all; affaziam Bh.2.40; Pt.5.26; 3 424 Me. 36; PAYT: Mal. 2. 11 full, fullor bed; 'sfrau: K. 35, 71 ; My. 2. 16, 4. 29; HT41 Mv. 5. 5 entirely, completely; uzasafah Ki. 18. 36 entire, supreme. -2 Regular, orderly ; con sistent, not discordant; al te af at: Si. ll. 10. 3fecit . Unchangeable.-29: 1 Absence of doubt -2 Absence of option or alternative. -3 Positive act or precept. -94 ini. Without doubt, unhesitatingly. sfert . Immutable, unchangeable. -T: Inmutability. frifta ... 1 Unchangeable, invariable; Mb. -2 l'aithful ; *-*7f70: (VER17 ST ) Ms. 7. 190. fro. Invaria ble 3 21sza By. 2. 25. sana. 'achangol srferenfa: . 1 Absence of change. -2 (In San. Phil.) The inanimate principle called fa, regarded as the material cause of the universe: 241 8a: San. K.3. avikriya 4. Unchangorble, immutable: deze deze guNecazare : 1. 10. 17. - Braluman. - Unchangeableness. sfareAT. (Vedanta Whose nature is un changeable. JashtHF: Mukti. Up. 2.7t. steha. Powerless, feeble; fas 2017 p a ra: ki. 2. 11. -#: 1 Cowardice, timidity. - 2 Non-prohibition of the change of Visarga ito un Usman: Rv. Pr. 4. 11. fa778 a. 1 Unsurpassel. -2 l'eeble, powerless. -3 See 3 +:. Absence of fatigue, vigour, freshness. sfera a. Unimpaired, uninjured; unhurt, whole, entire; 19: Wie anfaaaaay Smriti. 311aca 72 72 Ki. 14. 17. fefera 4. Unimpaired, unhurt; undiminished (Ved.). cf. also Te Tu fetighfarecht Rk. 2. 21. fafert m. N. of a kiny, son of Kuru; Mb. 1. 238. Sala . (31 3571937P. VI. 2. 157-8. ] Unable to distribute or dispense ( 37 ), (raad zaktaH or yo na vikSipati); not distributing or badly clistributing sifafera . 1 Not thrown away. -2 Attentive, composed. Street 3. Invincible, that which cannot be disturbedd; avikSobhyANi rakSAMsi sA vidhUyotpaniSyati Ram. 6. 5. 17. strereroga a. Undisturbed. fara a. Not gone ofl', retained, present. Tha. Unseparated, unremoved. #: Nonseparation, association, inherence, presence, existence. syfama, -tfarira u. Without discord; Raj. T. avignaH N. of a fruit-tree (karamardaka; Mar. karavaMda). s ue a. [atta at 731 ]1 Bociless, incorporeul; epithet of the Supreme Being (who has no body ). -2 Not known. : (In yram.) A compound the sense of which cannot be exprsued by its constituent parts separately (faructura). aga a Unimpederl, unobstructed; ovia a. unobstructed in oue's course. -a: Non-destruction. quieraqa: San. K. 45. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #283
avighna 265 avidasya - avighna ... Cnobstructed, free from imperiments%3; kriyopalambhAya S. I. -ghnam Freedom from olystercle ur impediment, welfare (this word is usually leuter, though vina in.); sAdhayAmyahamaviTamastute R. 11.91 avinnamastu ne sthayAH piteva dhuri putriNAm . 1.91: avinAmasta gAvidhyAH pradAne duhitumtava ). -Comp. -karaNavratam , N. of particular rite on the fourth day of Phalguna. Varahit P. avicakSaNa .. Imortant : adatvA tu ya etebhyaH pUrva mukte'vicakSaNaH M.B. 11. avicAcala-li .. Ved. Nonstaggering or fluctuating, statiny firmly. khIlA avicAcalA ye Av. 10.8.1. dhruvastiSThAvicAcaliH Rv. 10. 178. 1. 9119111... 1 Void of judgment, undiscriminating, ill-judging, inwise. -2 Unhesitating, prompt. -3 Having spies. -T: 1 Absence of judgment, indiscretion, error, folls. -2 Promptitude. -3 A country tit for the yrazing of sheep. avicAraNIya .. Not to hy colled in question; AjJA gurUNAM vicAraNIyA .11.16. avicArita . 1 Ill-judgel, not. well thought out our considered. -2 Lleterminel, certain. - Comp. -fart: a prejudice, prejudiced opinion. avicArina / / .1 Luthinking. inconsidereste, indliscreut. -2 Prompt. avicAlita . 1 timed, imshisken. -2 Victorious. faft . Not to be comprehended or conceived. avicalya.. . Honlousoned. te devI ninirAbabandha pAzaM grIvAsvavivRtyama Vij... afya. . 1 Not suparatell, udivined, having all alongover: hemajAleravicchinnA Rim...ti.. -2 Continuous, uninterrupted: "satAnA saMtati: K.65. anvamIyata / kalyANaM tamyAvicchinnamaMtatiH / .17.11. -30rdinary, common: na vizeSeNa gantavyamavinTinena vA punaH Mb. 12.12.22. aviccha da .. 1 mintorrupted. -2 Undivided, entire wholes. -da: 1 Entirety, wholoness; yajJasyAvicchedAya nad vratam Av.9.6.28. -2 Commartiony continuity; gaNaivicchedaniruddhamAbabhau Ki. 11.32. Streaga a. 1 Not clovialed from, observed or followcd strictly yathAvidhAnena paThansAnagAyamavinyatama .. 112 -21steriel porneliont.. f .. Vol. Not having brought forth, baving mo olTrpriny: Vij. 30.17. avijAtIya .. Of the same kind. avijJa u. 1 Ignorant, untaught; prabodhayati mA'vijJa Bhag.1.28.20. -2 Clumsy, stupid, wkward: "tA ignorance, folly. saM. I. ko...34 avijJAta 3.1Unknown yadadhItamAvijJAtam Mbh. 1.1.1. -2 Unintelligible, doubtful, indistinet. -Comp. -gada . Ved. Speaking in an unintelligible way. avijJAtR . Not knowing.m. (-tA) The Supreme Being (paramezvara). -2N. of Visnu; avijJAtA sahasrAMzuH V. Ssh. avijJeya .. Undistinguishable, not to be recognizerl or known, unknowable. sUkSmatvAttadavijeyama Bg.18.15%3B apratakyamavijJayaM prasuptamiva sarvata: Ms. 1.5; 12.. --ya: The Supreme God. aviDInam A direct flight. of birds (pakSiNAmAbhimukhyAbhigamanam ). avitth|. 1 Not false, true; tadavinayamavAdIyanmama tvaM priyeti Si. 11.333; avinathA vitathA sakhi mA gira: Siti.is. -2 Roalised, not fruitless: avinatha phalAH svanAH K.65%3B kuru, guruvacanamavinatham K. 1783; cakAgavitAMtrAtaH pratijJAma t. 1.9. 15.26.-tham Truth: avitathamAha priyaMvadA S.3, P. is right, what P. says is right; Ve... -T4 iul. No failsoly, nccording to truth; ya AvRNAnyavinathaM brahmaNA zravaNAvabhau MIN. 2. 1+. -N. of : metre. avitarkita 1. Unforseen in... stari<<. That which cannot be in ferrer. strgaita . Ved. 1 Not doing any hurm, harmless (anapAyina ). -2 Not departing, remaining. sumedhAmavitArigIm / .8.5.6. avita .. A protector, favourer; trAtAramindamavinAmindram Nahanar. Up. 20.3; Mb. 12. avitta . 1 Not famous, umkuown. -2 Poor. fara a. 1 Not obtaining or getting. -2 Unwise. foolish. -/: 1 Not finding, getting, or possessing, -2 Wint of wisdom. -3 Poverty; bite: saMkalpAna Av. 16.16.10. avityajaH,-jam Quick ilver. avithura . 1 Not separated, uniteel ( Veal. for avibhura)-2 Not taggering, firm: Ev. I.57. I. AvithyA [avaye hinA, avi thyana , ajAvibhyAM yana P.V. 1.8] N. of the plant ajazyA (Mar. pivaLI juI). avida ind. Alus! Oh! Mk. I. vida. Ignorant, not knowing; anid| bhUgnimA Bhigg.10.20. Tit . 1 Unlearned, inexperienced, stupid. --2 Not well burnt, undigested. avidAhina / .1 Imperfectly digested, producing heart-bum. -2 Not burning or afllictiny. azt a. Ved. Luceasing, inexhaustible. peren nial, perpetual; dhAtA rayimavidasyaM sudAsAm Rv. 7.89.6. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #284
avidAsin 266 avipaka fara a. Perennial; auf Tata E Harefafa Bhag. 8. 24. 22. avidita a Unknown; deggatayAmA rAtriH U. 1. 27 the watches of which stole away (glided imperceptibly away). -2: The Supreme God. streetary a. Ved. 1 Not delaying or hesitating; gaitaTYA Rv. 4. 31.7. -2 Shining. S ET <<. Not distant, near, contiguous; 3fatale: Ku. 7. 41. TH Proximity, vicinity. -- T ind. Near to, not far from ; so faqat s agit,-ima: -fart. fui a. Innocent ; fed i gara perta Ram. 1.7. 11. Taca n. Sheeps milk; P. IV. 2. 36. Vart. 7. forsa. Unpiercel. : A Yavana, because his ears are not pierced. Mar. 3 . uraavattuagaatal= H TH: Siva. B. 18. 54. -Comp. -FUTT, -off [31: 3+ : quien: Fuitsent: ] N. of a plant (9731) Cissampelosllexaudra (Mar. WEISH ). E u. all-seeing; 3146794432 Bhag. 8.3. 4. u. Having the rose not bored (said of a bull). - a. of unimpaired glory. f . 1 Not educated, unlearned, foolish, unwise, avidyAnAM tu sarveSAmIhAta zceddhanaM bhavet Ms.9.205. also 3 4 a. Mb. 5. 160. 61. -2 Not pertaining to knowledge. - 1 Ignorance, folly, want of learning. 311994 7 : Munt. Up. 1. 2.8. -2 Spiritual ignorance; Av. 11. 8. 23; Vaj. 10. 12. 14. -3 Illusion, illusion personnified or Maya (a term frequently occurring in Vedanta ; by means of this illusion one perceives the universe, which does not really exist, as inherent in Brahman which alone really exists). The term appears also in the systems of Gautama, Patanjali, Kapila, where it has different bearings; (with Buddhists) ignorance together with nonexistence. rah . Caused by ignorance or illusion. Stafeta. Ved. 1 Without a rent or hole. -2 Impenetrable, solid. 241 heraf: Rv. 1. 46. 15. fertat Not a widow, a married woman whose husband is still living; Ha hata fra 19TEH Mc. 101 faut 9 Nay. 5; 5 lae f 7171 avidhavAkaraNa nAma I Svapna. 1.1. 37191 iul. An interjection meaning "help, help used in calling for help in danger. cf. Pratijna. 3. TETT . [.4.) Deviating from the fixed rule, irregular. - Absence of definito rule; irregularity, cleviation from rule. -Comp. - ind. Not reconding to what is prescribed, irregularly; fag - jaft 44127 Sauna: Ms. 9. 144; 12.7. Truth <<. Non-injunctive; Non-injunctive statement; avidhAyako mntrH| na hi vidhAyakAvidhAyakayorekavAkyatvaM wafa SB. on MS. 10. 8. 20. faret a. Not lawful, contrary to rule. -fe: 1 Irregularity, absence of a rule or precept; -2 Undefina ble 10; 1960auffa Mh. 12. 19. 9. qan not according to rulo. asi ha aggi By. 9. 23; 16.17. TITETU . Unmanageable, adverse; facial Mu. 4. 2; 1994 Dk. 161 not being influenced or swayed by &c. fara: [Bara si, 319-77 Un. 2. 46 ) 1 A sacrificer. -2 An officiating priest at a sacrifice. fra <<. (2. a.) Immodest, insolent, ill-behaved ill-mannered. T: 1 Want of good manners or modesty ; agarsfa 1a: 971 : MN. 7. 40, 41. --2 Rude behaviour, rudeness, immolest or rude act; Pagata K. 143; 3924 4 7979 791a219 S. J. 21; indecorum, impropriety of conduct. -3 Incivility, disrespect. -4 Offence, crime, fault; a atragi yi a Mb. 3. 14. 22. 5 Pride, arrogance, insolence; 3a747a4 facont Sarkara. farfa 1. 1 Imomodest, ill-bred, unmaniered, -2 Acting improperly, wicked, vile. -3 Insolent, rude. -4 Not tamed, ill-trained; Ms. 4.67; Y. 3. 155. ar An unchaste woman. aran a. Uncontrollable. fast a. Destructible. T: The Supreme God. fatura: 1 Non-separation. -2 Inherent or essential character, inseparable connection. -3 Connec tion (in general); 3jartast 1949 71 774 K. P. 2. TT: Absence of death, immortality: - far12 E TA Bu. Ch. 2. 18. avinigamaH An illogical conclusion. Tara: /. Absence of destruction; fontiaa: San. K. 55. T OTO: Indexision, irresolution; Mb. 14. strarafra <<. Free from deceit or crime. sfarez: N. of : Raksasa, minister of Ravana. -FEZT N. of a river. aga . Not ripe (tig. also ); immature, unligested; 'gia inexperienced, of undeveloped understanding. TOT a. Having immature or undeveloped organs; sfat* 31 44: Y. 3. 141. gia. Having an immature or inexperienced mind. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #285
avipAka 287 avirodhaH S a . Suffering from indigestion. - The state of not being ripe, indigestion, disease arising from indigestion. fata /. Absence of misery, prosperity. stata a. 1 Uninjured, unhurt. -2 Not defiled or polluted, pure. featu: Non-existence of doubt and contrariety San. K. 64. 2 4 . 19 . Ved. 1 Not (spiritually excited, not inspired. -2 Not a worshipper or praiser. -9: One not a Brahmana. Z. Which is not for removed (as time); P. V. I. 20; near in razk); P. II. 1. 5. gratia: f. Absence of discrepancy; T T3164Ar a ua: 2474: Kau. A. 1. 6. tagas: Being toyother; and yor qafect Inscription about Skanda Gupta). taga <<. Untrodden (forest, path); 3116 THE Ram. 1. 21. 13. faga a. Undeviating, steadily observing; un violated; t arga: Ms. 2. 219. taget <<. Not wise, ignorant. -: Not a god. i . 1 Undivided, un partitioned, joint, (as property of a family, or co-heirs ); Ms. 9. 215; 34 firar aquar: Fyrat :. -2 Not broken entire: ** Bg. 13. 16; 18.20.-3 Not different. -4 Existing everywhere. att. Unpartitioner, undivided. -1: 1 Not dividing: -2 Undivided inheritance. T HIS . Indivisible. -S4 1 Indivisibility. -2 Not being liable to be partitioned; (said of certain articles which are not to be divided at the time of partition); c. . a 919467 F t fera: M 1 za fahd Ms. 9. 219. oar indivisibility, unfitness for partition. ferhaal, - Non-perception: disappearance. ferat, freya. Imperceptible, un distinguishable; 2017 Si. 9. 12. Trenta a. That which is not taken into consideration. fag . Unloosed, not quitted or let go. - The Lord of Benares; sfarslaget Pain Tiga: Bhay. 10. 66. 29. - 1 N. of a Tirtha or sacred place near Benares, or Renares itself; fag rarna ytfag at jag:. - 2 The space between the chin L and the head. - N. of a plant (Mar. ). -Comp. -10 : N. of a king. Raj. T. - at: a celebrated Siva-linga at Benares. Tasta. Undoubted, unquestionable; 3462 a : Ki. 6. 44. avimokya . Ved. Not to be loosened; dAma zrIvAsva Av. 6. 63. 1. stay a. Undivided, conjoined, united; not separated R. 13. 31; absent. STATT. Not separated, united, connected. - T: 1 Non separation, presence. -2 Conjunction association. Comp. - atzi N. of a certain festival or holiday. 2014 a vow to be observed by women on the third day of the first fortnight of Margasirsa. stata a. Not desisting or ceasing from ( with a bl.) Faar zetart Kath. Up.; uninterrupted, continual, unbroken, perpetual; fatale 34 d Me. 101; Prov. H acaan: a la mat slow and steady wins the race'. -2 Abandoned. - ind. 1 Eternally, continually; fara Tunat a Bv. 1. 113. cf. also bhajAmastvAM gaurI nagapatikizorImaviratam Saundaryalahari. -2 Fast, deep, sound (asleep ); Ta i gi 499: Ram. 5. 11. 10. Tiencia a. Incessant, ceaseless. -fa: f. 1 Continuity, uninterruptedness. -2 Incontinence. S IA . Uninterrupted, continuous. -#: Un| interrupted succession, continuance. -44 ind. Uninterruptedly. farra a. 1 Thick, dense; afturti U. 6 sharpdriving shower; fag; not thin, many; 14H ema44: K. 95. -2 Contiguous, close. -3 Coarse, gross, substantial. -4 Uninterrupted, continuous. -5 Huge, big, bulky; 1 9: giza: Ki. 10.27. inil. 1 Closely; 49: S. 3. 6.-2 Uninterruptedly, incessantly, constantly; l. 3. 21. -Comp. ETTEIT: an incessant down-pour of | heavy rain. cf. fazza ATTAFFH: 37704: (13977:). sferica a. Closely stuck, lying very close; PATCH U. 1. 27 cheek to cheek. Terr : See 3729212 statica a. unseparated, not being without; 31afe 1 Ki. 5. 52. STT TT a. Vedl. Not withdrawing oneself ; not desisting; Tar + 244 941 aa24-| Av. 2. 36. 4. strana 1 Not opposed, compatible, consistent with. -2 Living together. -3 Unobstructed, unhindered, unimpeded. -4 Allowedl : proper ; 1919 a V. 2. T IT: 1 Consistency, compatibility, congruity : A gona: pariatita Bh. 2. 74 con For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #286
avirecanam 268 aviSaya sistently with their own interost; sarveSAmavirodhena brahmakarma 17 Pijamantra. -2 Absence of impediment. -3 Assent, concurrence, consistency, Drmony: 4 41 a TA Y . ?. 196. Sarah Anything which causes constipation sa tz, atat . Not to be purgeil. fazen . 1 la ving no aim or mark. -2 Guileless. -3 Irremediable. -4 Difficult to withstant, in conceived: 3 4 7491 (v. l. 371942) Ki. 6. 10. avilavanam Non-transgression. T agatz . 1 Not to be transgresseil. -2 Prescribed, fixed, settled. Str . Prompt, not dela ying, quick. -T: Absence of delay, quickness, promptitude. *TH, -12a iol. Without delay, quickly. facta . Without delay, quick, expeditions. prompt. -24 inil. Quickly, without delay. strapon [ #7-307) An ewe. feat. Free from whims, faithful, constant. - Absence of pastime or whim. sfaser. 1 Not writing, or painting, or imable to lo no; (1. VI. 2. 157-8.) -2 Writing badly. -3 Different from one who writes. farza .. Unda magerl, unhurt: Raj. T., Ks. srigarera. 1 Not intended or ained at: 17: 17 ET49f2a -2 Not to be said or spoken. - at the state of montras of not buing meant to convey their meaning. farz: Agrement, consent. aaaaa .. Not contendling, quiet, peaceo ble. afarga.. 1 Not marrying, remaining single or celibat. -2 Not relating to marrigere. -3 Inter liter an to marrieMX. 9. 228. fari . 1 Uinvestigated, not properly thought ont. -2 Inuliscriminate, confounded. 3 Public. -4 Making no difference: 47 viewing all 4 one with Goul. Tag . Wonting in judgment or discrimination, thoughtless. - 1 Want of discrimination or judgment, absence of prudence, imprudence; 311977: 2 24 ki. ?. 30. -2 Hastiness, rashness, recklessness. -3 Tgnorance; (37771CJT_ E 2 11974). -4 Nonseparation, non-distinction: 91 24 ofruaa: Pracak | Mb. 12. 238. 7. -Comp. -a .. done rashly. ferarna 1. 1 Undiscriminating, inconsiderate, thoughtless. -2 Nuperficial, short-sighted, immorant. fark. Undiscriminating: San. K. agai Absence of thoughtfulness. raaaa. Voil. Not lisateel favourable; Tifaa Haga Rv. 1.21.. - 4 ml. Not disaieteelly, favourably H E . Having no fcut's or doubt. fearless. - Absence of clouht or fear', confidence, certainty. 4. Teriml. Without doubt hesitation. tatia . 1 Una pprehensive, fearless. -2 Without doubt, curtiding: 77712 9 494147efba: K. P. faza: Absence of doubt. zz al aan A24: Ms. 8. 3. 31. Team. An uskilful cutter up or killer of animals at : sacrifice): 2 1 Rs. 1. 162. 20. stayi: 1. Impurity. Tag <<. Without any difference, slike, similar, uniform. - :, -74 1 Absone of difference, informity, similarity. -2 Identity. Nemeness-3 The subtle elements; 171712141: San. K.S. - u. Theonclusive, not leading to any finite conclusion: 311777 ami a: M. 11. 1.01. - Comp. -T . 110 knowing the different in things ), oliscriminating - . Not oxpressive of only particular detail or aspect of a matter : 3112814979: 72 874 2754971 Hiacza SB. on. MS. 1.3. 15. fastia: ind. Without difference; Ms. 9. 127. STA : Want of contienes tinence fara 1. 1 Untiring', incessant, meseless: S. 6. -2 Uhurt. -a4wl. Inestly, continuously. feat . Not inspiring contiene, mitrustel. - Mistrust, suspicion. - A link efter long intervals. avizvasta .. Not trusteel, su-mated : na vizvamedavizvamne 11. 1. ufafaa a. Mistrusting, un delioviny, diffident. ft. 1 Not poisonnes. -2 Anti-venomous, antidote. -3 Protectiny. -7: [ 347-feng Un. 1. 151 1 An ocean. -2 A king. -3 Sky. N. of plant (Atau Curcuna Zedoari:. (Mar. 1, afat 11 A river. - 2 The earth. -3 lle: ven. at a. Not clinging or sticking Iti raspala ut Bhag. 10. 10. 12. Threstrained, uncheckerl ; 31fya: Ki. 13. 24. fett a. 1 Unporceived, invisible, beyond the roach of the senses. -2 Insensible. -3 Disregar ling For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #287
avipayIkaraNam 269 avRtti objects of sense : HM. 1.1. -IT: 1 Absence,! Sfarga a. Ved. 1 Not to be killed, unussailable. disappearancer : raveviSaye kiM na pradIpasya prakAzanam II.2.78. -2 Unbent, unbroken: 31 202 kafaga -2 Not un object of (:nything ), not within the reach Av. 6. 27.1.-3 Not curved. of, beyond, transcendiny: 777124-1417 ATH S. 1: 477 THTU: Mal. 1. 30 beyond the reach (power) sakta. Ved. 1 Not slipping, not falling. -2 of words: fratrevi t . 3. t. Undeviating. -3 Disregard of the objects of sense. sat (34AH 2541 319-. 3. 158 ] A woman ifa T OH Not making anything an object of. in her courses. Tata <<. 1 Difficult to decide. H E4 Ms. Taieri <<. Not seeing; & 78764 8. 265. -2 Impracticable, unfeasible; (Bk.). -3 11 N. 1. 28. visible. - Intolerable, insupporta ble; 914 Taffet 4. Waveless.fe: N. of a particular hell; 14914 Ki. 4.30. 5 Inaccessible; 19 8 4 Mb. 34 + 4 = Y. 3. 22. 2: a place 11. 20. 13. of punishment for liars (27 49 FTSH994777149 T: A cock Pt. 3. Bhay) - TITO: A particular Samadhi. rag Veil. Gladly accepting, protecting very eft, -57% (3745) 1 Seedless; 374124419 47 carefully or attentively: 213-12 ani ai Rv.7. 28. 5. FOTOHTMs. 10. 71. -2 Impotent; Ms. 9. 79.-3 afte [ 317 ha falaf- Ha 1 Tr. 1 Having no prime cause. -J: Restraint, controlling the mental passions. - Vine plant. -5TH 1 Bad 1 Wish to go ( 1 ): 351 Rr. seed, bod grain; of Ms. :). 201. -2 Absence of 9.38 3. -2 Wish. seed. --Comp. -. Ved. not pernicions to mon. faty.. Ved. 1 Attackiny. -2 Besirous, wishing. -3 Violent, vehement. -4 Wishing to protect. avInam A variety of anumAna or inference; (vyani rekamukhena pravartamAnaM niSedhakamacInam ; yathA pRthivI pRthivInarabhinnA fa... [-44- 47) 1 Protection. -2 Gioing. 754991 Tr.). m. An vxtender, enlarger. satt . 1 Unmanly, offeminate, weak; 347 Har f a ?: Non-contradiction; non-voilation of 3309art: Rv. 7. 61. t. cowardly. -2 Having no one's promise. son (as a woman ). TO 7 61199 Ry. 7. 4.6.-3 fagafaa. Unfailiny, not false; Ki. 13. 15; I helpless. helpless. - 4 Destitute of heroes or ren. TT A woman Des 2 4a 1981 Dk. 67 entirely agreeing. who has neithor sons nor husband: ajAtapatrA vidhavA sA'vIrA parikIrtitA; (opp. vIrA which is thus defined; paniputravatI sfera <<. Not quitting, retaining, adhering to. 771 ai :) Rv. 10. 86.9.: ai 24w. (-of) An intermittent fever'. layan Bhay. 6. 28. 19. af- P HHH1914 faat. Of small extent or length, convise. H: Ms. 1. 213; Y. 1. 163. faat: Absence of amplification or dill'useness. 3 .. Ved. Weak, ineffective. featufa. Not extentodel or sumplitiel, curtailed, i . 1 Free from danger, safe. -2 Not hurting, inoffensive, true. -3 Free from one who obscures.-74 concise. 1 Safety, peace, security. -2 Quiet, repose. fertaa . Compact, compressed, close. TECH N. of one of the five towns demanded get a. Treeless, destitute of trees; 37 7 Ram. 4. 43. 28. by the Pandavas from the Kauravas. feTV 11. Not clear or plain, indistinct, obscure. rata a. Ved. Straightforward, sincere, not desorting ( friends); an epithet of the Adityas: - -UH An indistinct speech; alfa294 Ms. 1.93. A: Ja a ta 377 377941 fter: Rr. 2. 27. 2. fakta <<. Not desired (acima); mifaktant: faltas 196: Bri. Up. 4.3. 33. Rv. 1. 63. 2 doer of undesired acts; whose will cannot ta a. 1 Unchecked, unimpeded. -2 Unselected. be a verted. -3 Uncovered, unprotected. -4 Unsubdued. facra: Not confounded, full of courage; 312 Taguata Parti Siva. B. 86 also 92. 28. sara a. (2. a ] 1 Not existing, not present, not being in. -2 Having no livelihood. -fe: /. 1 Absence sagt ind. Alas! S. 6. of subsistence or means of livelihood, inadequate area. Unprescribed, forbidden. support: avRttikarSitA hi strI praduSyet sthitimatyapi Ms. 9.74; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #288
avRthA 270 avairahatyam 10.101: 31 9112 4.223.-2 Absence of wages: a non-exsistence. TOT ind. Not in vain, successfully. -Comp: -970 11. successful, gaining one's desired object; araaraat7211a Si. 6. 47. TEIE R. Not augmentative, not bearing interest (as capital): 59a fia: Y. 2. 63. - Original capital, principal 19. Ved. 1 Not increasing. -2 Not promoting, not honouriny. -3 Not renderiny prosperous or refreshing; 312441 31741 34751 kv. 7. 6. 3. safe. Not pouring down rain (as a cloud). -fu: Want of rain, drought; famine. 2 l. (347-]1(a) To laow, understand, learn, perceive, be aware of : 31014 2 TEA S. : 31af arara R. 14. 10; faqat ala Mo. 1.7; tarha . 13; R. 2. 35. (2) To know, look upon or consider, regard, naar 94 Ku.+.9; S.5. 11: Bk. 7.33; 1 412477 ya af Ve... 9. - 2 To yo or move awity; 3197 CH Ay. 1. 11. t. 3- To go to, approach with acc.). -4 To rush upon, come down upon Ved.) -Freq. or pass. (311448) To beg pardon for, conciliate: Rr. 1. 24. 14. saa 7. p. 1 Elapsed, past. -2 Obtained, attained; P. V. 1. 131. -3 Joined or united with. 1 A. (249-42] 1 To look at, perceivo, observe, behold. -2 To aim at, have in view ; r ach By. 1. 23; take into account or consideration, have regard to; tahat 1983 By. 2. 31; 3044 TARTHFHuiz R. 3. 21: Paft faf767 V.; reggae H14 R. 8. 60 out of regard for me; K. 393; oft. with a meaning not to mind or heed,', disregard '; R. 11. 69: 1a a nar a : M. 3. (it may also mean expect' hero): farma 991 441 R. 5. 67.-3 To look to or after; attend to ; 3 HIO E HAE: Si. 1. 10. -4 To take care of, guard, watch over, protoct; 949949af 1991 R. 8. 83; cal feaceasta U. 1.7. - To think, consider : ac ar Ki. 2. 3. -6 To look into or examine, inspect; # + 223: R. 8. 32; auch 18 inquire into: S. 6. - 1 To expect, hope for. 1997 . Showing, showing all round. -2 Inspect- ing, supervising; a superintendent. __ avekSaNam Looking towards or at, seeing durvyAhRtAcchaGkaHar tatt aralait Mb. 2. 233. 21.-2 Guarding, watching over, protection, taking care of, attending to, supervision, inspection; 20114194079778: R. 14.25; Etiqlalaosafat: Mu. 3. -3 Attention, care, observation. -4 Regarding, considering; see 3 2174. guerol.. to be looked to or respected, to be looked upon or considerevl: 7127114772402019 R. 14.67 avekSamANa . Looking at, examining: avekSamANaM mahanI ES: Si. 1. 10. 3 1 Seciny, looking at. -2 Attention, care, regard : Bhay. 10. 74. 22. 22 Ms. 7. 101; arafa #Rom. 3 Agreement: eng yement. Tatat. Looking at; thinking of, regarding &c. safer, a. Seeing, observing; Y ANI S. regard for justice or righteousness. starot . 1 Not braided. -2 Having 110 braid of hair. -3 Not flowing together or commingled (as the waters of rivers.) ay: Not the Veda; de azi: B'i. Up. 4.3. 22. -Comp. -faz Not knowing the Vedas. fafta . Not prescribed by the Vedas. avedanAjJa a. One who is not sensitive to pain avedanAzaM BaseTTH Ku. 1. 20. a t . Not knowing, not ascertaining. af f. Absence of knowledge; crizata: Bri. Up. 1. 4. 14. sau <<. 1 Unknowable, secret. -2 Unattainablo. -: A calf - A woman) not to be married vyabhicAreNa varNAnAmavedyAvedanena c| svakarmaNAM ca tyAgena jAyante quidit: Il Ms. 10. 21. 31 Ved. 1 Unconscious. -2 Not having any wish or desire; Ban T ula Rv. 10. 27. 16. staz 1 Having no boundary or limit, unlimited. -2 Having no tine, untimely. 7: Concealment of knowledge. 1 Unf:vourable time. -2 Chewe letel (supposed to be = 379 +371). salt: Ved. Expiation of sins) by sacrifices. a. Not learned, ignorant of the Veda ). adhIyAnasyApyadhyayana saphala na bhavati, doSaca jaayte| ato'vaidyaH Tz: SB. on MS. 6. 1. 37. -24 ignorance of the veda ) raich: HOT MS. 6. 1. 87. Taya. ( ) 1 Trregular, not conforma blo to law or rule; 3a i q ue a 203 . -2 Not sanctioned by the Sastras. 3 Non-widowhood: 314 4 Mb. 5. 11. 21. avaimatyam Unanimity. 3 4 Having a sense of shame. 3102TU Not: yra min:rian; Mbh. 1. 1. 1. avairahatyam Ved. Security from slaughter; avairahatyA22 4977 Av. 6. 29. 3. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #289
avaizeSika u. avaizeSika Inconclusive, not leading to any definite conclusion ; avaizeSiko'yaM hetuH samudAyazabdasaMyogaH SB. on MS. 11. 1. 1. avokSaNam [ ava-ukS-bhAve lyuT ] Ved. Sprinkling with the hand slightly bent; uttAnenaiva hastena prokSaNaM parikIrtitam / regel shakabah || avoda . [ aba undU bhAve ghaJ nipAtaH nalopaH P. VI. 4. 29] Wot, moist. Sprinkling, moistening. ayodeva . [ devAnAmavastAna, avasa. ] Bringing downs walza the gods; below (the region of the) gods. avoSaH Hot food. avya . [ avi bhavArthe yat ] Coming or belonginr to a sheep. -, - The woollen Soma-strainer; Rv. 3. 1 Indistinct, not manifest or apparent, inarticulate; af indistinct accents: S. 7. 17; 3- Invisible, imperceptible. -3 Undetermined; g. 2. 25; 8. 20. -4 Undeveloped, uncreated. 5 (In alg.) Unknown (as a quantity or number). 1 N. of Visnu. -2 N. of Siva. -3 Cupid. -4 Primary matter which has not yet entered into real existence. 5 A fool. -6 N. of an Upanisad. (In Vedanta Phil.) 1 The Supreme Being or Universal Spirit, Brahman. -2 Spiritual ignorance. -3 The subtle body. 4 The state of sleep (y). -5 (In Sin. Phil.) The primary germ of nature (4), the primordial element or productive principle from which all the phenomena of the material world are developed; buddherivAvyaktamudAharanti R. 13. 60; mahanaH paramavyaktamavyaktAnpuruSaH 47: Kath., San. K. 2. 10, 14. 16. 58. -6 The Soul. -7 Nature. avyaktaH zaMkare viSNau kIbe tu mahadAdike / paramAtmanyAtmani ca triSu syAdasphuTe Nm. -ktam ind. Imperceptibly, indistinctly, inarticulately. Comp. -o imitat ing inarticulate or unmeaning sounds; P. V. 4. 57; avyaktAnukaraNasyAta itau VI. 1. 98. -Adi (0. whose beginning is inscrutable; avyaktAdIni bhUtAni Bg. 2.28. - 1 an algebraic calculation. -2 any act of an indistinct character. a. inarticulate. loving an inoonprehensible forms mayA... avyakamUrtinA Bg. 9. 4. the tree of mundane existence (in San. Phil.). - a. dark-red, ruddy. (-:) the colour of the dawn avyaktarAgastvaruNaH Ak -rAziH an unknown number or quantity (in algebra ). :, - an epithet of Siva (whose qualities are not perceptible). -f a. whose signs are invisible (as a disease). (-) an ascotic (r). (-) the great principle () (in San. Phil.). -, - mArga a. whose ways are mysterious or inscrutable. - a. speaking indistinctly. - an equation of unknown quantities. a. 271 a. avyaktika Mb. 12. 318. 106. See avyakta; Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir avyathya labhate'vyaktikaM sthAnaM jJAtvA'vyaktI Not agitated or ruffled, steady, cool. -2 Not engaged or occupied (in business); U. 2. -3 Indifferent, undisturbed. -4 Attentive, careful. ind. Quietly, at ease, coolly, leisurely; Mal. 5. 16. a. 1 Not mutilated or defective, well-made, sound, perfect; Ms. 3. 10. -2 Plain, not figurative (as a meaning). TI 11. -2 legume or pod of the awn of barley. a. 1 Faultless. -2 Without a suggestive figure of speech. savyaGgapamuttamaM kAvyamavyaGgyaM cAbhramaM smRtam / kAvya candrikA. specific, separate. avyatirekaH Unerring. Ved. Not spacious; Av. 19. 68. 1. a. 1 Having no distinctive or characteristic marks or signs (as of the sex); : without consonants. -2 Having no good marks. -3 Indistinct. -4 Not figurative. - An animal without horns, though of an age to have them. avyaNDA [na vigatamaNDaM bIjamasyAH ] 1 N. of the plant Carpopogon Pruriens Roxb. (Mar. 4). -2 A legume or pod of the awn of barley. a: Ved. 1 Satisfaction, satiating. -2 Desire. adhyatikIrNa Unmixed, unblended, distinct; Non-exclusion, non-exception. 16. . 1 Not giving or inflicting pain, merciful. -2 Free from pain. : For Private and Personal Use Only A snake. - 1 N. of two plants; Terminalia Citrina Roxb (Mar. f); and Hibiscus Mutabilis. -2 Dry ginger. -3 (Ved.) Firmness, steadiness. avyathayaH A horse. avyathi . Ved. [ vyath-in, na ta ] Not trennulous or tottering (in steps), steady, sure-footed, undaunted; epithet of the horses of the Asvins. -fer: j. 1 A firm step. -2 Undauntednsss. araufera. [cf. P. III. 2. 157] 1 Free from pain -2 Free from fear, fearless; Si. 15. 12. -3 Not giving pain. avyathiSaH [[na-Tipa Up. 1. 40] 1 The Sun. -2 The ocean. 1 The earth. -2 Midnight; night. jjval) . 1 Free from pain; not giving pain. -2 Unshakable; asmai tisro avyadhyAya nArAH Rv. 2. 35.5.

Page #290
avyanat 272 avyAkRta abyanata.. Ved. Not brothing, lifeless. avyanacca vyanacca sasni Rv. 10. 120.2. avyapadezya .Not to be defined : alakSaNacintyamavyapadezyama Mant.7. avyapekSA Carelessness; degcyUtane M. 3.21. inadvertently fallen down. 3771171. Undeniable, incontestable. avyabhi (bhI) cAraH 1 Not-sup::ration: anyo'nyasyAvyabhIcAro bhavedAmaraNAntika: AS.9.101.-2 Constancy, stendiness, fidelity. . stedy, consistant; mAM ca yo'vyabhicAreNa bhaktiyogena sevate Bg. 14. 25. avyabhicArin . INot opposurl or adverse, favouritble; bhavantyavyabhicAriNyo bharturiSTe pativratAH Kuti. 80. -2 Not Rubject to exceptions, true in all cases, without any instiano 10 the contrary; yaducyane pArvati pApavRttaye na rUpamityavyabhicAri naca: Ku... randhropanipAtino'narthA ini yaducyate tadavyabhicAri vaca: 5.6% indriyAthasaMnikarpajJAnamavyapadezyamavyabhicAri (Gut. Sut. -3 Virtuous, moral, Chastee. -4 Stesuly, permanent, faithful (as devotion); bhaktiravyabhicAriNI By. 13.10. avyaya [nAsti vyayo yasya] 1() Not liable to changi imporiliblemulecaying, immutable; vedAvinAzinaM nityaM ya namajamavyayam Bg.2.1 vinAzamavyayasyAsya na kazcitkartumarhati / ...17,11,6,13; 7.21-2.5 .5, 17.Ms. 1. 18, 10,5782.813 18.24.(b) Eternal overlusting, azvatthaM prAhuravyayam By. 15.1; akIrti kathayiSyanti te'vyayAm Bg.2.24. -2 Unexpended, unwasted. -3 Economical. -4 Giving imporishable fruit. -ya: 1 N. of Visuu. -2 N. of Sive. -yam 1 ( In the Vedantas) A member or corporeal part of 11 orrnized budy. -2 Brzdoma. -3 (Ingram.) An indeclinable purticle Ke; sadRzaM triSu liyeSu sarvAsu ca vibhaktiH / vacaneSu ca sarveSu yanna vyeti tdvyym|| -4 welfare; yudhiSTiramathApRcchatsavA~zca suhRdo'vyayam Bhay. 10. 13. 1. -5 Prospority; kuzalaM cAvyayaM caiva paryapRcchannarAdhipam Rom. 1. 18. th. -Comp. -Atman of an imperishables or eternal nture. (-tmA) the soul or spirit. ajo'pi 497 By. 1.6.-epit: the class of indeclinable worels. avyayatvam Imperishableness avyayIbhAvaH [anavyayamavyayaM bhavatyanena ; avyaya-cci-bhU karaNe 99] 1 N. of one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit, an adverbial or indeclinable coin pound (formed of an indeclinable, i. c.a preposition or an adverb, and a noun); adhihari, satRNam &c. pUrvapadapradhAno'vyayIbhAvaH / -2 Absence of expenditure (owing to poverty); dvandvo dvigurapi cAhaM madahe nityamavyayIbhAvaH / tatpuruSa karmadhAraya yenAhaM syAM bhuvriihiH|| Lab. ( which, by the bye, gives the names of compounds in Sanskrt). -3 Unchangen ble state, imperishableness. avyarNa . Unoppressed; Bk. avya rtha 1.1 Not useless or fruitless, fruitful, profitable. -2 Effectual, successful. avyalIka. 1 Not false, true. -2 Agreeable, having no disgreeable feelings (priya); itthaM giraH priyatamA iva so'vyalIkAH zuzrAva sUtatanayazca nadA vyalIkAH S.D. 1. avyavacchinna .. Uninterrupted. 37871934: Uninterruptedness: avyavadhAna.. 1 Close, immerlistes, without any intervening object, direct. -2 Not screonel or concealed, open. -3 Not coverel, bure (as ground). -4 Careless, inattentive. - Carelessness; at, a contiguity; carelessness. avyavahita 4 = avyavadhAna (1) above. avyavasAya: Absence of determination or industry. avyavasAyin .. active, negligent ; bahuzAkhA hanantAzca buddhayo'vyavasAyinAma .2.11. avyavastha 4.1 Not lixel, moving, unstable; sthalAra. vindazriyamavyavasthAm Ku.1.13.-2 Unlimiterl. -3 Unsettled, inliscriminate: bhagaM jayaM cApatravyavastham / .7.5t; disorderly, irregular. FT 1 Irregularity, deviation from establisheil rule: kimavyavasthA calino'pi kezavaH Si. 12. 36. -2 At incorrect. opinion given on a point of religious or civil law. after a. 1 Not conforrnable to law or practice, unvoquainted with the law or custom.-2 Ill-royulate, fickle, unstable; avyavasthitacittasya prasAdo'pi bhayakara: Niti. 9. -3 Not due order, unmethodical. 3702aer a. Not entitled to eat, drink, or communc in general with people of the same caste, ex. communicator. -2 Not to be made the subject of litigation. avyavahata .. One who has not insden dealing avyavikanyAyaH After the fashion of mind trika (i. e. though both these words mean': piat', a derivation in the sense of 'yont's flash' can be formued from wika as acilem and not froru avi (it would be aver mainsan) Patelijali.. avya sana .. Free from eil practices, not vicious, umoral. dhArmiko'vyasanazcaiva 1. 1. 310. -nam Absence of vice, morality, virtue. avyasta 4. 1 Undecomposerl, simple. -2 Not separated, collected. avyAkRta.. 1 Not developed, not manifest; naI tAvyAkRtamAsIta idaM nAmarUpAbhyAmavyAkRtam 8. B.; Bri. Up. 1. 4.7. -2 Not decomposed, eleinentary. -3 Incomprohensible (atayaM); avyAkRta vihArAya sarvavyAkRtasiddhaye / hRSIkeza namaste'stu shay. 10. 16. 47. -tam ( In Vadanta Phil.) 1 An olemnentary substance from which all things were created (considered identical with Brahman.)-2 (In San. Phil.) The prime germ of nature (pradhAna). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #291
avyAkSepaH avyAkSepa: Absence of enfusion or delay; avyAkSepo bhaviSyantyAH kAryasiddherhi lakSaNam 11. 10. 6. avyAkhyA, -khyAnam Want of clearness or explan tion, obscurity. a. Unexplained, obscure. (f. avyAkhyeya. 1 Inexplicable, unintelligible -2 Not requiring explanations easy. Free from guile or fraud. -, - 1 Absence of guile or fraud, honesty. -2 Simplicity, artlessness; oft. in comp. with 7, &c. in the sense of artlessly, naturally'; fredag: S. 1. IS; M. 2. 14: K. 175. 3. 1 Not comprehensive. -2 Not spread invariable over or pervading the whole not an concomitant, special, individual, peculiar;, noncomprehensiveness, speciality, individuality. avyApina Not comprehensive, not invariably concomitant, special, individual. -2 Partial, limited. Not pervadel, peculior, special. ma damena (ApaH zuddhAH ) Ms. 5. 198 - 2 Limited. : 1 hundequate extent or pervasion of a proposition. -2 Non-inclusion or exclusion of a part of the thing defined; one of the three faults of a definition; lakSyaikadeze lakSaNasyAvartanamavyAptiH yathA zikhAvAn brAhmaNaH ityasya saMnyAsinyavyAptiH tasya brAhmaNatve'pi zikhAsUtratvAbhAvAn.. avyApya . Not extending to the whole circumstances, not pervading the whole extent; Comp. (In Vais. Phil.) a category of limited application, partial inherence with regard to time or space, as pleasure, pain &c.; vizeSaguNaiya Bhasa. P. 97. "1. Having no work, employed. -: 1 Cessation from work, state of being unemployed. -2 A business not practised or understood. -3 Not one's own business; to meddle with affairs not one's own (which do not concern (one). (f. avyApAreSu vyApAraM yo naraH kartumicchati Pt. 1. 21. 3. Having no exercise. -H: Non-exertions absence of fatigue from exertion. Not occupied not detached. 3. Not broken or interrupted, unobstructed; obeyed; R. 19. 57. - A true or uncontradicted statement. avyAhRtama Silence: avyAhRnaM vyAhRtAcchreya AhuH Mb.. 36. 12; 12. 299. 38. avyucchinna seg. Continuous, uninterrupted: 4 saubhrAtramavyucchinnaM bhaviSyati Mb. 3. 10. 10. se. . jo...1% 273 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir azana a. 1 Not proficient, inexperienced, not practised, ignorant; : K. 196. -2 Having no proper or regular derivation (as a word) ( avayavArthazUnya ), uNAdayo'vyutpannAni prAtipadikAni naH A person not versed in the grammar, idiom &c. of a language, a smattering or superficial linguist (vayavArthAnabhijJo 'vaiyAkaraNa: MBh. on 1. 1. 51. ). TET. Without wounds or scars or rents, unhurt, sound. One of the four diseases of the eye. . Not observing (the prescribed) religious rites or obligations: atratAnAmamantrANAM jAtimAtropajIvinAm / sahasrazaH sametAnAM pariSattvaM na vidyate | Ms. 12. 1145 3 1705 10. 20; Mb. 13. 13. 5. avatyam [batAya hitam, yat na ta.] Violation of religious duties, offence against the rule of an ascetic. az I. 5 A [ anute, Anaze, Azie-ASTa, azitA-aSTA, aziSyane- azyate, azitum am azina bhae] To pervad cAnaze'H till completely, penetrate argi Bk. 2. 30 dana fama Ki. 12. 21; Si. 17. 46. 65: -2 To reach, go or conue to, arrive at attain to sarvamAna Y. 1. 261.3 To get, gain, obtain, enjoy, experience: atyutkaTaiH pApapuNyairihaiva phalamaznute H. 1.80; udayamastamayaM ca raghuhAdubhayamAnazire vasudhAdhipAH R. 9.9; na vedaphalamaznute Ms. 1.1095 4. 11053. 161 Nir. phalaM dudharAnasi N. 6. 43; Bg. 3. 4; 5. 21; Bk. 3.37; 5.1; 14. 19. -4 To become master of; to master, to be able (Ved.). 5 To heap, accumulate. With 1 to reach, come up to. -2 to equal. - 1 to reach to. -2 to obtain, get. -3 to addict oneself to. -3 1 to reach to the top of. -2 to reach, obtain, ger -3 to be master of. -37 1 to obtain, enjoy, acquire. Mb; f. 6.8 12.90, 81. -2 to become master of. -ft to reach, attain; till competely, pervade. - to arrive at, reach, occupy; fill completely. -2 to fall to the lot of one (ace.). -II. 99. P. ( rarely A ) [ aznAti AzIt, Aza, azitA, aziSyati, afe 1 To eat, to consume; fagasta Ms. 2. 51; ff Bb. 3. 117. -2 To taste, enjoy: yaddadAti yadaznAti tadeva dhanino dhanam II. 1. 148-445 aznanti divyAna divi devabhogAna Bg.9.20; pratyakSaM phalamaznanti karmaNAm Mb. -Cons (grafa) To feed, give to eat, cause to eat or drink (with ace. of person); Sk.: Ms. 3. 83, 94, 219, 220: (for derivatives from the causal see under A). - With ati to precede or surpass in eating. -upa to eat taste, enjoy. For Private and Personal Use Only azana [ az-lyuT ]. Reaching, reaching across -naH N. of a tree q. v. (Mar. 1). 1 Pervasion, penetration. -2 The act of eating, feeding. -3 Tasting, enjoying. 4 Food; i vyAlAnAm Bh. 3. 10; mAMsAzanaM / nAznIyuH Mo. 5.73; yakSaziSTa"

Page #292
azanA 214 azasta 3.1183; phalamUlAzanaiH / .t; oft. at the end of adjective 37577 m. Ved. A stone for slinging; a stone or cloud. comp. in the sense of 'eating', 'one whose food is&c.; aznApinaddhaM madhu paryapazyan Rv. 10.68.83 daza prAk sAnu vi phalamUlAzana, hutAzana, pavanAzana &c. -Comp. -kRta . Ved. tirantyaznaH Rv. 10.27.15. preparing food; yadazanakRta yAnta hAvaSkRtameva taddhvayAMnti Av, azaniH // ., . [ aznute saMhati, az ani Un 2. 101 ] 9.6. 13.-ofa: lord of food. - off a kind of tree. 1 1 Indra's thunder bolt; zakrasya mahAzanidhvajam R. 3. 56. (Mr. gokarNI !) -2 Flash of lightning; anuvanamazanirganaH Sk.; azaniH kalpita azanA [ azanamicchati azana-kyaca-kvip] Desire to ent, eSa vedhasA R.8.47; azanaramRtasya cobhayovazinazcAmbudharAzca hunger; suptazciraM hyazanayA ca bhavAnparIno Bhag. 6. 11.5ti. yonayaH Ku.4.48. -3 A missile. aSTacakrAM mahAghorAmazani azanAyAta Den. P. To desire food, to be hungry rudranirmitAm Mb.7.175.96. -4 The tip of a missile. -5A sacriticial rite (anuyAja) tokill an ememy.-6Amaster. P. VII. 1.31; yAvadvai puruSasya svaM bhavati naiva tAvadazanAyati -Comp. -daNDa: The thunder bolt. nibhidyAzanidaNDacaNDatarayA Sat. Br. caJcvAdhunA vakSasi Nag.1.27. - nim.1 Indre. -2 Fire. azanAyA [azanamicchati azana-kyac striyAM bhAve a] -3 Fire produced from lightning. Hunger; azanAyayAzanAyA hi mRtyuH Bri. Up. 1.2.1. cyutAzanAyaH phalavadvibhUtyA Bk. 3.403; annAdvA'zanAyA nivartate pAnAtpipAsA, ___azabda .. 1 Not expressed in words; kimarthamazabda rudyate Sat. Br. K. 60 inaudibly. -2 what is not actually expressed by a sacred word; na hyazabdaM pratIyate Ms. 4. 3.10. -bda: __ azanAyita, azanAyuka . Hungry. -tam Hunger. Slender, abuse; divaM spRzatyazabdo'sya trasyanti pitarazca vai azita .. [az-karmaNi--kta ] 1 Eaten, nitirazitA Mb. 18. 126. 30. -bdam 1 The 'Inexpressible', ie. azitA lokAcchinatti brahmagavI Av. 12.5.37-38; satisfierl. -2 Brahman. -2 (In Sin. Phil.)pradhAna or primary germ of Enjoyed. - The place where any borly has enten: nature; IkSatenAMzabdam S. B.1.1.5.-Comp.-arthaH (a) sense adhikaraNa vAcinazca P. II. 3.68. not expressed by the word; azabdArthI hi tadA aashriiyet| SB. azitaMgavIna . Formerly grazed by cuttle; on MS.6.1. 33. also na AnarthakyamApatatIti azabdArthaH klpniiyH| 500 AzitaMgavIna; P. V.+.7. SB. on MS. 10. 5. 56. (6) That which is not the direct simification of a word; azabdAtho'pi hi pratIyate / azita . [az-tRc ] An eater, eating. SB. on Ms.1. 1. 11. azin a. [az-Nini ] Retuching far; enduring, 377 iul. Ved. Non-welfare, hariu, mischief. si at devI pRzniparyazaM nityA aka: Av. 2.25.1: arza kena zAmyati azakunaH,-nam An inauspicious or bad omen; kalayannapi Ki. 15. 10. savyatho'vatasthe'zakunena skhalitaH kiletaro'pi | Si.9.83. 3TETTO a. Helpless, forlom, destitute of refuge; azakunIbhu To turn into an auspicious omom. sAha sma balavadazaraNo'smi 5.6; 80 azarazya. naivAzakunIbhavenme bhAvipriyAvedaka eSa haMsaH N. 3.9. azarIra .. Bodiless, incorporeal. -ra: 1 The Supreme azakumbhI / The acquatis plant Pistian Stratiotes Being (paramAtman ), Brahman. -2 ( In Mimkinna) Agod (AkAzamUlI). or deity in general. -3 Cupid, the god of love affa 37377 a. Unable, incompetent ; oat, -774 ina bility. cintAbhirivAzarIra: Ki. 17. 10; Si.9.61. -4 An ascetic who has renounced all worldly connections; 94, Pat 33 /. 1 Weakness, impotence, powerlessness. absolution. -2 Inability, ineapacity; zrameNa tadazaktyA vA na guNAnAmiyattayA :. 10.32. -3 (In Sin. Phil.) Incapacity azarIrin . Incorporeal, unearthly, heavenly; of the intellect to produce knowledge. usually; with words like vANI, vAk &c. U.2, Ve.3,S.4. azakya . Impossible, inpracticable, yadazakyaM na 1 Brahmi. -2 A God. tacchakyam H. 1. 87. azakyazaGkavyabhicAraheturvANI na vedA yadi azarman . Unhappy, atflicted. sorry. n. Unhappisanti ke tu N. -Comp. -artha a unavailing, useless. ness, misery, athistion, sorrow; ekaughabhRtaM nadazarma kRSNAm azaGka, azAnti .. 1 Fearless, undaunted; pravizatyazaGkaH (prapede) Ki.3.35% 12.25. II. 1. 78. -2 Secure, certain, having no doubt. Ten 37274 a. Ved. 1 Not blessing, not praising. -2 brAhmaNA brUyuH sa dharmaH syAdazaGkitaH Ms. 12. 108. Cursing, hating: rudrA azaso hantanA vadhaH Rv. 2.34.9. azaTha. Sincere, honest: ajihmasyAzaThasya ca dAsavargasya 37 a a. 1 Inexpressible, untold. -2 Not esteem bhAgadheyam M. 3. 24ti. ed, hatel, ill-starred; unwished; paro'pehi manaspApa azatru .. 1 One who has no enemy. -2 One whom kimazastAni zaMsasi Av. 6.45. I. -Comp. -vAra 6. Ved. 110 enety loties or challenges. -3 Without opposition who is not asked for wealth, i. e. who yrants it of from foes. azaJcayaH samajAti badaH Rv.5.2.12.-tru. The ! his own accord; sa rudrebhirazastavAra RbhvA Rv. 10.99.5; condition of having no enemies. -tru: The moon. having indescriba ble treasures (!). lasting. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #293
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra carta: rafta:. Vod. 1 Not wishing well, an evil wish or design, curse, imprecation; : Rv. 6. 68. 6. 2 A curser, hater. a. Having no weapons, unarmed. a weapon; far: II. 2. 85; deg 2 ( AtmaghAtitvena zastreNa na pUtam ); azastrapUtam Mal. 5.12. www.kobatirth.org a. 1 Not quelled, violent, wild, restless, anxious; nAsti buddhirayuktasya na cAyuktasya bhAvanA... azAntasya kutaH 9 Mb. -2 Not sacred, irreligious, profane. azAbda .. Not conveyed by the word azAbda iti cet syAd vAkyazabdatvAt / Ms. 5. 1.5. a. Perishable, transient. . Not Ve. a. Unappeasable, implacable, irreconcilable (as hatred, enmity &c.). azArIrika = azarIrina q. v. azAsana Having no order or rule. - Want of government, anarchy, disorder. Ungovernable, unruly. Not conformable to sacred authority, not seriptural, heterodox. Comp. fafea, fara. not sanctioned or enjoined by scriptures. a. Unscriptural, heterodox; illegal, immoral. azitraH [ az-hau ina Up. 4. 172] 1A thiof. - An oblation of rice. azithila a. 1 Not loose, tight, firm. -2 Effective, reliable ; Mb. 3. azithilaparirambhairdattasaMvAhanAni. : [3] 1 The fire. 2 The sun. -3 Wind. A demon; N. of a Raksasa. The wife of a Raksasa. -TH A diamond. (1. azizira Not cool, hot. Comp. -, The sun nItocchrAyaM muhurazizirarazmeruyai: Ki. 5.31. erfarfarg: 278 3. Hendloss; Ms. 9.237. m. A body without head, a trunk. Comp. 1 bathing the whole body except the head. a. a. Hendless; Mb. 3. ". aziva 1 Inauspicious, causing or threatening mischief; azivA dizi dIptAyAM zivAstatra bhayAvahAH ( rurucuH Ram. 2 Unlucky, unfortunate. -3 Unkind, unfriendly, envious. 4 Pernicious, dangerous. - N. of a certain divine being. - A female demon or goblin. - 1 Ill-luck, misfortune; grief; f f - Ram. 7. 21.5. 2 Mischief. Comp. 1 improper behaviour, rudeness of conduct. -2 conduct opposed to every (sacred) authority. - -razmiH (Fr. desiderative of 3) Hungry. azubha A azizu a. Childless, without young ones. - youth. :, -ra 1 A childless female; without young ones (as a cow); r: Rv. 1. 120. 8. 2 A childless woman. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir T. 1 Ill-bred, ill-behaved, rude. -2 Unrefined, barbarous, not respectable, unworthy; Pt. 4. -3 Atheistical, profane. 4 Not sanctioned by any recognized authority. 5 Not left; fagraren fafaa Av. 2. 31. 3. -6 Not prescribed in any work of authority;, rudeness. a. Not to be taught, not to be informed. arg a. 1 Eating much. -2 Ved. Reaching very far. Fire. azIta a. 1 Not cold, hot. -2 The eightieth. -Comp. -karaH, -razmiH &c. the sun. azItala a. Hot; dadhatyurojadvayamurvazItalam Si. 9.86. azItiH . [ nipAtoyam P. V. 1.59] Eighty (used in the singular and fem. gender whatever be the number and gender of the noun it qualifies); sometimes in dual and pl.; fuerat faisaitat: Ms. 11. 220. -Comp. -tam .. Eightieth.: the eightieth part, one part of eighty; azItibhAgaM gRhNIyAnmAsAdvArdhuSikaH zate Si. 9. 86; Ms. 8. 140. azItika [ azItiH parimANaM yasya, Than ] 1 An octogenerian, one eighty years of age. -2 Measuring eighty. fifa a. Being at least eighty years of age. azIrSaka = aziram q.. a crafte a. 1 Ill-behaved, vulgar, rude. -2 Indifferent. Bad manners, rudeness, depravity. azuci a. 1 Not clean, dirty, foul, impure: qafa Bg. 16. 16. : ; in mourning; -2 Black-f: The black colour. -fa. 1 Impurity. -2 1egradations a 1 Absence of purity. 2 (:) The months of jyeSTa mnd ASADha (ef. vaizAkhe mAdhavo, rAmro jyeSTaH zukraH zucistvayam / ASADhe zrAvaNe tu syAt nabhAH zrAvaNikaca saH // Ak; azucitA yadi keline, kathaM zuciravaciravAcitaSaTpadaiH / Ram. Ch. 5. 20. a. 1 Impure, foul. -2 Inaccurate, incorrect, wrong. 3 Unknown, unascertained. -Comp. - Blood. a vagrant, a suspicious person. azuddhi 1 Impure, foul. -2 Wicked. -f: /. Impurity, foulness. ,-fa. Unclean. - 1 Uncleanliness. -2 Inaccuracy, incorrectness. a. 1 Innuspicious. -2 Impure, dirty, foul (opp.); K. 158 by any means, fair or foul. -3 Unlucky, unfortunate. - 1 Inauspi For Private and Personal Use Only a.

Page #294
azuSa 276 azauNDIyam ciousness. -2 sin, it shameful doel. -3 Misfortune, Galamity; nAtha kutastvagyazubha prajAnAm R.5.183; prAyaH zubha vidadhAtyAzubhaM ca janto: Mal. 1.28. -Comp. -udayaHn intuspicious omen. -darzana . ugly. 917 <<. Ved. 1 Eating, consuming, voracious. -2 [na zuSyani zuSka, na, na.] Not tausing to dry up: razno agnimazuSaM tUrvayANam Rv. 1. 174.8. -3 Not. extinguishext. azakajA A kind of rice (Mar. doDakyAce bhAna). azUnya .. Vot empty or vacant; tasya ninyaturazUnyatAmubhe R. 19. 13: ocupied. -2 Not unattended to fulfille, exerrittel: svaniyogamazunyaM kuru (occurring frequently in dramas), oxecute or go about your business, -nya ma 1 Not a void. -2 Something sent to accompany another: lekhasyAzanyAya kidinupreSitam Mu.; ayaM lekhazUnyArthI bhaviSyati ibil. (: accompaniment such as a customary present companying a letter). -Comp.-3T UT. woman whose womb is not empty, married. azanyopasthA jIvatAmastu mAnA ...prabunyanAm : satyASAsUtra 10.6: Paraskart Grihyasutra. -zayanam The day on which the Virakarman rests. -zayanadvitIyA, -zayanavrataM N. of a certain teremony or vow. 372221 The tree Vitex Alata. azRta / Tincooked, W, umripe. azRthita .. Vel. Not loosenel. azeva . [zI-banip-na. na.] Giving pleasure or happiness. azeSa ... [na. ba.! Without remaindler, whole, all, intire, complete, perfect ; azeSazemuSImopaM mASamaznAmi kevalam Tb.: kalorazeSaNA phalena yujyatAm R.B.), 48. -pa: NonPorhinder. -pam, azeSeNa, azeSataH int. Wholly, Entirels, completely; tathAvidhastAvadazeSamastu sa: Ku... 2: vena bhUtAnyazeSaNa dakSyamyAtmanyatho mayi Bg.1.35, 10.16% panavADyaM bhagaH zAstra yAvA yaSyasyazeSata: Ms. 1.0.09. 105. -Comp. -sAmrAjya:N. of Sivt. azepatA Totality. azeSayAti Dem. P. To timish tompletely : sa veda niHzepamazepitakriyaH Ki. 1.20 : Ku.7.2). azeSam / / . Vel. Without offsprinys or descendenis: mAzeSayo'vAratA paritvA RN.7.1.11. azaikSaH An Arhit (no longer a pupil). azaiva ... Imauspicious; nyajAzvazaivaM kulakauzalAya Bhay. B. 1. 13. azoka.. Without sorrow, not feeling or causing surrow. -T.: N. of a tree having red flowers (Jone xia Asoka Roxb.); [ said, according to the convention of poets, to put forth flowers when struck by ladies with the foot decked with jingling anklets and paintent with hek-dye. Kalidasa mentions the flower- ing of this tree in Spring (cf. Rs. 6.5, 16). The painter fout bears : striking resemblanco in colour to the flowers of Asok: (cf. R. 8.13). cf. 79: kusumAnyazokaH... pAdena nApaikSana mundarINAM saMparkamAzijitanapureNa K1.3.20%B ME.so R.8.62M.A. 12, 17:10 pAdAghAtAdazokastilakakarabako cIkSaNAliGganAbhyAma / trINAM parzAna priyagurvikasati bakula: miibhugnnddpgekaan| mandArI narmavAkyAna, paTumRduhasanAcampako vaktravAtAna cuto gItAnnameruvikasati ca page nnnaankrnnikaarH||] -2 N. of Visnu. -3N. of a minister of king Dasaratha. (v. l. for 34714. Ran. 1.7.3). -4 N. of celebrated king of the Maurya dynasty, Sil to have reigned from 231-19N R. C. -5 N. of the vakula. tree azoko vajule mAne mniHshokyormtH| varnane kaTurohiNyAma...Nm. -6Joy, happiness: azokanaH prInimaya: kapimAliGgaya saMbhramAna / sipeca bharataH zrImAnvirabindubhiH / / Rom. G. 125.12. -kA 1N. of medical plant ( kaTuka; Mr. kuTakI). -2 The sixth day in the first half of Chitra. -3 One of the female domestic deities of the Jainas. F 1 Quicksilver. -2 The blossom of the Asoka plant (forming one of the five arrows of Cupid). -Comp. -ari: the kadamba tree (Maur. kaLaMba), -aSTamI [nAsti zoko yasyAH karma' rA.] the righth day in the tirst half of Chaitres -taruH, -nagaH, -vRkSaH the Asoke tree. -tIrtham holy places imrl Asoks. ner Benares. -trirAtraH, -tram N. of a festival or bana which Insts for three nirhtsB. P. (uttaraparva) astyazokatrirAtrAkhyaM vanaM zokabhayApahama / birAnaM tacca kartavya vrataM zokavinAzanam // . -pUrNimA N. of Certain holiday, verenony to be observell on the 15th. (hany of the inonth of Phalgunit. -maJjarI N. of metre. -rohiNI N. of a medical plant (kaTakA).-vanikA a grove of Asioki trees; praviveza mahAbAhurazokavAnikAM nadA Bun.7.12.1. nyAya Sce under nyAya. -paSThI N. of certain holily:catra mAsyasine pakSa paTapA SaSTI prpuujye| / mukhAya patralAbhAya zuklapakSa tathaiva ca // . azocaH 1Absence of normxits. -2 Triquility, calumess. -3 Modesty. azocya.. Not to be lunanted or treplaced: azocyAnanvazocastvaM prajJAvAdAMzca bhASase Hy.:.11. azobhanam Offunce, mistake,fult gaMmaNa yadi ne pApe kiMcitkRnamazobhanama Rim.:... azIcam 1 Impurity, dirtiness, foulness; Pt. 1. 19.5. -2 Logal impurity or contamination; actilement caused cither by child-birth toallel jananAzAca) ur by the death of some relation (cally mRtAzAca): it lists for 10 day's; during the 4112017: person defiled by it is not to touch anybody else, 1:10 eat with others in the sume row or to do any sacreduction; ahorAtramupAsI rannaucaM bAndhavaiH saha Ms. 11. 183. -Comp. -anta: end of d efilement. T: blending or coming together of two or more defilements. azoTIryam Want of self-confidence: NBh azINDIryam Illiberality azauNDIyamvabhAvena vezabhAvena manyate Mk. 8. 17. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #295
azna 277 azrAnta ana.. [aznute vyApnoti anAni vA, aza-nan ] 1 Pervarding. -2 Esting noritious: nasya bhrAtA madhyamo astyaznaH Rv. 1. 164.1. -3 Porvaloc, filled. - 1 N.of a demon: 3431*3 cicchinathata pUrvyANi Rs. 6.1.3. -2 A cloud (Nir.). -3 A steome to grind somes ol. Rs. S.2.2. nRbhidhRtaH muto aznaracyA vAra: pariputaH, 372721 Thunger. aznItapibatA [aranIta pibata ityucyate yasyAM nidezakriyAyAm , mayU. sa. P. I. 1.73] Invitation to eat and drink, A feast where people are called to eat and drink; aznInapibatIyantI prasUtA smarakarmaNi Bk.5.92. 73#: 1 A mountain, a rock (at the end of comp.) -2 ( Vel.) A cloud. azmakaH | azmeva sthiraH, ivArthe kan | 1N. of a sage. -2 N. of I country in the south; tathAzmakAH pulindAzca kalijAzca vizeSata: Ram. (probably an old name of Travancore); according to Bri. S. 14. 22 it is in the north-west, (dizi pazcimottarasyAM.........azmakakulatalahaDastrIrAjyanRsiMhavanakhasthAH )-3 The inhabitants of the country (pl.). -4 A part of the 7169 country or its inhabitants; or its king. azmana .. Vod. Eating or pervading: apamAnAnAmAdhipatyaM jagAma AV. 18. tit-1. [ aznute vyApnoti saMhantyanena vA manina Un+ 110] 1 Astone: nArAcakSepaNIyAzmaniSpeSopaninAnalam +77. -2 A handstone, rock. -3 Flint. natA'zmasahitA dhAgaH saMvRNvantyaH samantataH Mb. 3. 143. 19. -4 A cloud. 5 A thunderbolt. -6 A mountain. -Comp. -Asya . havingn stone-mouth or Houre, flowing from rock : azmAsyamavataM brahmaNaspatiH Rv.2.21.1. -uttham itumon. -kadalIN. ofa plant, akind of kadalI. -kuTTa,-kuTTaka.. 1 brorking anything on stories, -2 boken by stome. (-TTaH, -TTakA ) Ghas of anties: vAnaprastha Rim.:...:.3.4.); Ms. 6. 17. -ketuH [azmeva keturyasya ] N. of a plhunt. -gandhA N. of plant, cf. azvagandhA. -garbhaH, -garbham,-garbhajaH,-jam, -yoniHn emerald. -garbhajaH tire produced from a fimt. -guDaH -DA a kind of weapon. -naH N. of a tree: (pASANabheda);-cakra. furnished with a dise of stone. -jaH, -jama 1 rel-chalk. -2 iron. -jatu // ., -jatukam bitumen. (Mr. dagaDaphUla, zilAjita, aMbara.) -jAtiH an emerald named panA. -dAraNa: an axe or crow for breaking stones. (-OH) breaking stones or rocks. -didhu a. one who has obtained a stony weapon having adamantine weapons or graspel weapons (vyAptAyudha, azmamayAyudha). -nagaram N. of a town in which Kalakeya residel. -puSpam bitumen, benzoin (zilArasa). -bhAlam a mortar of stone or iron. -bhid, -bhedaH, -bhedakaH the plant Coleus Scutellarioides supposed to dissolve stone in the bladder; Mar. koraLa).-yoni: An emerald named pannA. -ratha: N. of a sage. -varSaH A hail-shower. vinAzmavarSAzanipAtadoSaiH kAle ca deze pravavarSa devaH Bu. Ch.2.7. -vraja. included in rocks. -sAra a. like iron or stone. azmasAramidaM nUnamathavA yajarAmaram Rom.h.20.6 (-raH, -ram). 1iron; azmasAramaya zulam Bhag.8.11.30. prANAH satvaramazmasArakaThinA gacchanti gacchantvamI S. D. -2 sapphire. -38 saw (krakaca): dAgecUrNamivAimasAravihitam Mb. 12.238...maya / / . muvie of iron of. Siv. B. 11.25. -hanman // . 1 weapon of iron; Rv. 7. 101... -2 a stroke of the thunderbolt. azmamaya, azmavat .. Stony, male of stone. azmara 1. [azman-ra] Stony, rocky. -2 Pertaining to stones. azmarI [amAnaM rAti rA-ka gaurA0 lIS] (In medicine ) A disouse called stone (in the bladder), yravel, strangury. -Comp. -naH N. of the tree varuNa (used as a lithontriptic).-bhedanam a lithontriptic. -hara: N. of the tree. Pentaptera Arjuna, used :18 : lithontriptic (Mar. vAyavaraNA). azmIraH, -ram Stone or grarel (the lisease). azmanta ... 1 Inauspicious, mlucky (azubha). -2 Unlimited. -ntaH N. of Marut. -stam [azmano'nto'tra zakaM pararUpam] 1A lire-plancer. -2 A fiell, plein. -3 Death. azmantakaH, -kam 1 A fire-place. -2 The shade for in lamp(dIpAdhAra).-3A kind of grass.-ka: N. of several trees:-(4) amloTaka ; its lead; nIrAmantakazimbicumbitamukhAH Mal. 9.7 (M. ApaTA ) (1) N. of a tree) kovidArakAH (Mar. 7 ); ( N. of a plant from the fibres of which a Brahmana's girdle may be made: 997 kartavyA kuzAzmantakabalvajaiH Ms.2.5. (Moniio Williams gives the word wrongly 18 azmAntaka.) azyAnama A moist variety of aguru, KTA.2.11. 312: A corner, mostly at the end of comp.: 7974, vyathake.-zrama aznuta netram, aza-rakU11Alear. -2 Bloorl (usually written aba..) kabandhAnAM zreNI kathamatha tanArAdhamarinam Siva. B.4.77. -Comp. --pa: blarl drinker, a fierul, eumibal. a . Having tears, in fecu's. 3 . Without faith, unbelieviny, diffident; aszraddhA dhanakAmyA kravyAdA samAsane Av. 12.2.51. -ddhA Unbelief, diffidence. azraddadhAna . Unbelieving, incredulous%3 azraddadhAnAH puruSA dharmasyAsya paraMtapa / aprApya mAM nivartante mRtyusaMsAravarmani By. 9.3. ajJazcAzraddadhAnazca saMzayAtmA vinazyati Bg.1.10. azraddheya . Not to be believd, incredible. STT a. Ved. Indefatigable, untiring. Rv. 7. 6.). 7. -H: 1 Freedom from fatigue, freshness, vigour. -2 Absence of toil, laziness. 3T THOT a. Indefatigable; Ry. 10. 94. 11. -UT: One who is not an ascetic or Buddhist mendieant. 37277 a. 1 Unwearied, not fatigned, untired. -2 Incessant, continual; azrAntapuNyakarmANa: Mv. 1.26, -stam For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #296
azravaNa 278 azvaH . .......... .... ................... .. . . Absence of rest. -ntam ind. Incessantly, continually; foolish, uneducated : bhAga vidyAdhanAttasmAt sa labhetAzruto'pi mayUkhairathAntaM tapani yadi devo dinakaraH e.6.14; azrAntazrutipAThapUta- sana Day. rasanAvibhUtabhUristavA N. 312ita a. Not sanctioned by the Vedas. azravaNa .. Deaf, haring no ears. -Na: A snake. fa a. Without cars. -fa: m. (archaic) A -Nam Loss of hearing, deafness. serpont; devabaMzAnpitRvaMzAna brahmavaMzAMtha zAzvatAna / santyajya mUDhA 39271227 a. 1 Not to be heard. -2 Unfit to be heard, vartante tato yAnyathatIpatham || Mb.12.11. 17. -tiH /. Not. not to be spoken of. hearing, forgetfulness; azrutimabhinIya U.B. -Comp. -dhara a. 1 Not striking the car or attention. -2 not ST21774 ind. Ved. In an uncooked manner, raw. knowing the Vedas. yadi dhAto juhotana yadyadhAto mamattana Rv. 10. 179. 1. azreyas.1Vot better, inferior, worse: azreyAn 3 6 a. 1 Not performing the Sraddha ceremony, zreyasI jAti ganchanyAsaptamAyugAn Ms. 10.62. -2 Worthless, not entitled to it, not belonging or relating to it. -ddhaH / useless. n. (-s) Mischief, unhappiness. Non-performance of a Sraddha q. v. -Comp. - TITT a. one who has vowed not to eat during the performance 31214 . Not the best, inferior, worse; ball, vile. of : Sraddha ceremony. vrate P. III.2.80. azlAghA /. Absence of self-praise, morlests ; Nir.4.10. adhiH, -zrI/.[azyate saMhanyate anayA az vayadi ki azlAghya .. 1 Unrleserving of praises or honour, of. Un +. 1371 1 A corner, angle of a room, house worthless. -2 Baso, mean, censurable. fe. changed to 371 at the end of comp. with azlIka.. Unlucky , unpropitious; alIkametatsAdhUnAM yatra catura, tri, SaT and a few other words; sce caturastra); juhatyamI haviH Ms.t. 2016. aSTAzri vajraH Ait. Br. -2 The sharp side or edge (of a weapon ke.); trasya hantuH kulizaM kuNThitAzrIva lakSyate / azlIla . [na zriyaM lAti lA-ka,] 1 Unpleasant, ugly. Ku. 2. 20. -3 The sharp side of anything. -2 Vulgar, obscene, course; alAlapAyAna kalakalAna DR. 49: parivAda Ill report; bhAskarAlokanAlIlaparivAdAdi varjayet 327HT. Cornered, angular. Y. 1.33. -3 Ahurive. -lam 1 Rustic or course azrita .. Ved. Difficult of recess. language, low abuse. -2 (IL Rhet.) A fault of azrI IIlluck (personifical as a goddess). composition; uin such words as produce in the mind of the hearer a feeling of shame, disrust 372f17 <<. 1 Taving no splendour, without beauty, pale: azrIkAH kAzcidantardiza iva dadhire dAhamudubhrAntasatvAH or inauspiciousness: tridhA azlIlam ; vidheti-bIDAjugupsA maGgalavyajakatvAta K. P.7; em.in sAdhanaM mumahadyasya; mugdhA Si. 15.96.-2 Unlucky, unpropitious, not prosperous. kuDmalitAnanena dadhatI vAyu sthitA tatra mA, and mRdupavanavibhinno azrImat .. Unfortunate, Imlucks, him. 1. 6. 16. matpriyAyA vinAzAna, the words sAdhana, vAyu nd vinAza adhIra [na zrIH adhIH asyartha, ra] Ved. 1 Ugly, are 344317%, and produce respectively a sense of ill-looking; adhIra iva jAmAnA Rv.8.2.20. -2 Inur shame, disgust and insuspiciousness, sAdhana suggesting the sense of liga (male organ of generation), vAyu of adhIla = azrIka... the 3917 wind ( that escaping at the N ), and vinAza, of mRtyu (denth): f the instein Inder S. I). athu . [ anute vyApnoti netramadarzanAya, az-kuna Un... 2174 dRptArivijaye rAjana gAdhanaM sumahattava / prasasAra nirvAyurvinAze 28,2. 13, 1.102] A tear: papAta bhUmau saha sainikAzrubhiH nanvite tadA // R. 3.6l. [f. Zend itsu.; Pers. vs. ]. -Comp. -upahata .. affected by tears, covered with tears. ___ azleSA [na zliSyani yatrotpannena zizunA, ziS-ghaJ Tv.] -kalA a terr-drop. -nAlI Fistula Lachrymalis. 1 The 9th Naksatra of lunar mansion containing five -paripUrNa . filled with tears; degakSa having eyes filled stars. -2 Disunion, disjunctiom. -Comp. -jaH, -bhavaH, with tears. -paripluta .. suffused or filled with bhU: N. of Ketus i... the lescending node. -zAntiH tears, bathed in tears. -qra: flow of tears, shedding A. an expiatory ceremony performed on account of tears. -pUNe .tillel with tears; degAkula troubled the birth of a child under the Aslesi. and filled with tears taM tathA kRpayAviSTamazrupUrNAkulekSaNam azlona a. Ved. Not lame. B.2.1. -mukha suffused with tears, (suddenly) . azcaH [ aznute adhvAnaM vyApnoti, mahAzano vA bhavati Nir.; bursting into teurs%3; ekapade'zramukhI saMvRttA 7.5%3 saMsadazra aza-kvan Un. 1. 110] 1A horse; the horses are said mukhI babhau R. 15.66; Ku.6.92. -locana, netraa. with to have7 brecds:-amRtAd bASpato baheveMdebhyo'DAca grbhtH| sAmno tears in the eyes, with tearful eyes. -zAlin / hayAnAmutpattiH saptadhA parikIrtitA // -2 Asymbolical having tears, tearful. expression for the number seven' (that being the athuta.. 1 Unheard, inaudible. -2 Contrary to number of the horses of the Sun) sUryazvaiirmasajastatAH the Vedas. -3 Not acquainted with the Sastras, saguravaH zArdUlavikrIDitam V. Ratn. -3 A race of men spicious. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #297
3159: 279 ........................... ........... . .... ........ (horselike in trength); ajuta fal m . giving horses. 3fte Tor R v. 5. 18. matau afar ha: ll - at (du.) A horse 3. a: a riding messenger'. HET N. of a river. and a maro. -sar: horses and mares. [cf. I.. quus; -17: one who has the charge of a drove of grazing Gr. limos; Zend aspa; Pers. p. ]-Comp - 3TGT: N. horses; a horse herd. -Freios: a groom, a horseof a planta 19.-315rat : whip 3417 Baati5917 fastener. -farroista. Ved. decorated or embellished 2 Ry. 6. 75. 13.- t. strony in cavalry, with horses, hoffa caig frit Rv. 10. 76. 3. -: superior in horses. -97677: a guardian of horses, Ved a groom; Vaj. 30. 11. - fa: 1 lord of horses commander of horso-cavalry. -TOI IH a troop of horse- Rv. 8. 21. 3. -2 N. of several persons; of : king of nen, ca valry: : : buffalo. Tatia*: N. of a tree Madra and father of Savitri. Tot a. [1 140 3727791.-3yaz: veterinary science, concerning liores. 27 ] 1 having horses (as a chariot ); Ry. 1. 28. 1. -35 . mountel, sitting on horse-back. -31TE a. -2 a cloud (that penetrates overywhere). -90, riding or mounted on horse. (- ) 1 : horsemani, -57,- TT: a horse-yroom. 091 N. of the tree rider. -2 one who is fightiny. -3 a ride. (ET), mASapaNA Glycine Debilis. (Mar. rAna unDIda). -pRSTham horse -TRIEF: N. of the plant 3 791. - RCTEUR back. --TETE a. decorate or embellished with horses; Horsemen, cavalry. H e 19 Pratijna. Fiat 113214221744 Rv. 2. 1. 16.-773: a groom. 1.-3 mounted or riding on horseback -a7777 used for fastening horses. (-4 fastening fa hurried along by horses. 3T a. broad- of horses. - N. of a vegetable (Mar. 7 ).-13: chested like a horse. (2 ) the chief or principal 1 a kind of reed, Saccharum Spontaneum Lin. Mar. horse. - 1,- FT N. of a plant 3421741. -FI:, ale). -2 the tail or hair of a horne. Tu<<. Ved. - FOTFi: 1 a kinil of tree (Vatica Robusta: Mar. 911, based on horses, standing on horses, i. e. on a carriage 1a) Ram. 1. 24. 15; Mal. 9. -2 the ear of a horse. drawn by horses; 374 agar Ry. 10. 8. 3. -3 a term in surgery for a particular fracture of the Ta. Ved based on horses, having its origin in bones. (-OT:) N. of a mountain. Et a stable for horses wealth); distinguished by horses R. 1. 121. horses; . . - , a skilled in managing 17. - lightning -HETI A table of horses. horses. Fir: 1 N. of a bird. -2 a general of the HET [34fequat 9 ] the natural enmity buarmy of the wody. - 7 : [ 314 371 072 ar tween a horse and a buffalo. - AIT:, -ATTF:, - arti 14 gasta: Tv.] a kind of horse, mule. at: m. 'horse-destroying', a kind of Oleander, Nerium 1 a horse's hoof.-2 a kind of perfume. (- ) N. of the Odoru Ait. (Mar. tafe ). A : a kind of plant 379 f . fa f. 1 the pace of a horse. -2 N. serpent. -ge a. ( patu yafua yan ] having the of a metre containing four lines of sixteen syllables, head or face of a horse. (- ) a horse-faced creature, in each. TPOT [379 74 99 44*?:) Kimaror celestial choristor'; (ccording to N. of a plant Physalis Flexuona Lin; 4 a kind of others ) a kind of domigod distinct from the precediny. vil. -a: N. of a Buddhist teacher. Tiyati, --T4 (EN) a Kinara woman; fara 42 93: pair of horses. --Tigh: stable. fra: 1 N. of a Ku. I. II. * . : horse-stealer. -4: (372: demon who was a fou of Visnu. - a pasture for maar is fest, Hefe99] a horse-sacritice; horses. -1 19T: An officer in charge of the 1971: FT 19147148: Ms. 11. 260. ( Vedic fodder for the horses Ruj. T. 3. 489.-31T: N. of a times this sacrifice was performed by kings desirous Buddhist writer. -342 af 314727h1] 1 a of offspring; but subsequently it was performed only horse-bane. -2 N. of a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum by kings and implied that he who instituted it, was a Ait. (Mar.gia Fue) -774 1 a collection of horses. vonqueror and king of kings. A horse was turneri -2 a kind of wheel. - Taking care of a horse; 21- loose to wander at will for a year, attended by a azt is yra ETA: (31A ) Ram. 1.396-7. guardian; when the horse entered a foreign coumtry, - a riding house. - f i , au: a far- the ruler was bound either to submit or to fight. In rier, 3 veterinary surgeon. -facer farriery, veteri- this way the horse returned at the end of a year, nary science. -TIUTH 1 the motion of horses. -2 an the guardian obtaining or enforcing the submission of omon, auspicious or in auspicious. T 1: a kind of princes whom he brought in his train. After the contaur'; i creature having his lower limbs like those successful return of the horse, the rite called Asvaof a horsu. - T t. gaining horses by conquest. medha was performed amidst great rejoicings. It Ry. 2. 21. 1; 49% R Rv. 9. 59. 1. fragt: was believed that the performance of 100 such gram. -atern N. of a place of pilgrimage near sacrifices would lead to the attainmont of the seat Kanyakubja on the Ganga; 34741403 10 17- or world of Indra, who is, therefore, always repre991441 99 wria: ital Mb. 13. 6. 17 sented as trying to prevent the completion of the 4. giving horses; Ms. 1. 231. - the plant hundredth sacrifice. of. Ry. 1. 162-163 hymus; Tribulus Lanuginosus (mar; Mar. a). -, 1a Vaj. 22 seq.]degF1934 N. of the thirteenth book of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #298
371: 280 37879: ..................... ... ..... 41TH Ms. 10. 47 -Aita N. of the author of the hymns Rs. 8. 14. 15. -FETY A toxt book of the management of horses. . Ved. 1 praised sincerely for the gift of horses; cf. lv.). 7:), 1-10. -2 whose praise for giving houses in agreeable und true. 9: 1 N. of : kiny. -2 N. of a Naya. -3 N. of the father of the twenty third Arhat of the present Arasarpini. TAPT . relating to the praise of the sacrificial horse. N. of the Rigvedic hymn 1. 102. - 4. born in a stable, ( 4): stable or stall for horses ; 1. 1. 27:). EF 4. killing a horse. (-ai) N. of a fragrant plant. - . [399 faina 25 ft 347] 1 driving or spurring : horse, riding a horse; HER TEHA Rv. 10. 26. 7.--2 to be traversel by horse; 42 af te E ARTH #: Rv. 9.996. 2. - : : horsestenler: 40 T4: Ms. 11.31. - 31*31 64 21774 1 the desire or intention of a horse. -2 << kind of veterinary science. -3 horsemanship; 31262 AR K. 80.- N. of the Apsara FH. the Satapatha Bralmana. #f , f x . fit for a horse-sacritice, or relating to it. (-i, -3:) a horse fit for the lscumedhu sacritice. (- ) the fourteenth parvan in the Mahabharata; auf parva proktaM tacca caturdazam Mb. -yuj.1yoking the horses; 3724: : Rs. 5. 51. 2. -2 having horses yoked to it as a carriage); A T Ram. -3 born under the constellation 313 . (1.) 1 N. of il constellation, the head of Aries. -2 the first lunar mansion. -3 the month of A svina. -4 a chariot having horses. -29: the post to which the sacrificial horso was bound: 37991 Aud Rv. 1. 162. 6. -OT. 1 causing the yoking of horses. -2 joining or reacluiny is quickly as horses; 34 : Rv. 1. 186.7. - : the keeper or rider of a horse, a groom. Te: carriage drawn by horses. (- ) N. of river near T - a , -TIGT: the best or lord of horses ; i. . 37:174. -TET <<. Ved. furnishing horses; T U: Rv. 10. 21. 2. - A buffalo; Bhava pra kata. T F: N. of a plant (3441); ncc 319. UTOTAL a sign or mark of : horse. dah N. of a species of the Vikriti metre. Zor a kind of snake. UHI. horse-hair; a kind of snake. -277: = 31990 q. v.; Kinnara or (andharva. -39 stud of horses and mares; P. II. t. 12, 27. mares. : = a. -26: 2 horseman. - <<. llaving the strongth of a horso: 4 ar aura1 Mb. 13. 1.58. 20.-air: ar, -TIT: (31 and 39. 4.] a horsoman, kroonu: 1947 : Si. 3. 66. TUTH N. of the Bos Gavaeus (1772). -are:, -aich: [ 31 ay 10] horsem:0. affe <<. 3 horse-clealer. - <<. 1 skilled in taminy or managing horses. -2 [Briarca faz-f ] procuring horses; 3a 1 - afarRv. 9. 173. 3. (m. ) 1 a jockey, -2 an epithet of Nalu. -T: stallion; T H EIT 547: Bri. Up. 1. t. . -ag: farrier. -74 N. of somani. -TT #., -TF Ved. 1 excrements of : horse, horse-dung. -2 N. of a river. - : a pillar to tie a horse. TG a stable; - : : colt, a foal. -TIH 1 manual or text-book of veterinary science; -2 N. of the work of Nakula. -TTG . having the head of : horse, o epithet of Narayana. (..) 1 a horse's head. -2 N. of a Danav. T FT [ 312791 -217 a ] the natural enmity between a horse and a iackal. - Ta ot or team of six horses. - a. Resembling horses in work; 37TH CHEET: agar: farai Kau. A. 2. !).-eft, -TT, 1 a. Vod. (P. VIII. 3. 110 and Mbh.) gaining or procuring horses, giving horses; 53127 R Vaj. 8. 12. , m. a horseman, a rider, a horsesoldier ; & ugat 7579 42: HITTA HIT R. 7. 47; Vai. 30. 13. ETTETTH coachinship, charioteership, management of horses and chariots; 1914 3a Amare. Comp. -# . rich in horses; 31919 19 ai 27 kv. 7.71. I. 37977 t. Horselile, acting like : horse. - F: 1 A mall loro; horro. -2 Auck, a bad horse: 42 #: 4124 Fra H Vaj. 23. 18. -3 A stray horse, one whose ownor is not known. - A horse Cin weneral). azvakinI [azvasya kaM mukhaM nAsadazAkAro'smyasya ini tI 'Tv.] The first Naksutra or lunar mansion ( ET). 37979T . Swift, speeds. -T: [77: 3431, 32 aga 7, P. V. 3. 91] 1 A mule: Av. 4. t. 8. -2 One of the chiefs of the Nagas or sorpont-race in biting the lower regions. -3 A malo alf. -4 A class of Gandharvas. cf. 17: Farstar: ...! Nm. - A inule; 792 T ry Hisari! - Mb. 16. 2.9; UFTFJ 119 gaisa Ram.; Pt. 2. 39; Chan. 19. [cf. l'ers. ister. ). -Comp. -TO A chariot drawn b y a she-mule. Ait. Br. Sara Dunl. 1. To behave like a horse. 3792er: (a afer T a riga fagfi -* .214 Tv.] 1 The holy fiy troe; a sia hisia: 41 Kath.; the tree of this world : 3 47437194T IET48 B. 15. 1. (Mar. fo4a ).-2 A kind of the Asvattha tree 2132; Mar. aiz st.) -3 N. of another tree 7243 (Mar. 31 fatt) -4 The constellation Asvini. -5 The time indicated or presided over by Asvini; azvattho muhUrtaH Sk. on saMjJAyAM zravaNAzvatthAbhyAm P. IV. 2.5. -6 A vessel made of the 3 tree Ved.). -7 The fruit of the sacred fiy-tree; 1972 779: Sk. -8 The time at which it bears fruit; 379744.721: 5 4 P. IV. 3. 48 Sk. -9 An epithet of the Sun. -10 N. of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #299
azvatthaka 281 azvya .. . a people; Bri. S. 14. 3. - The day of the full moon in the month of A yvina, (in which month the fruit of the sacred tiy-tree generally become ripe). eft GAST: 3779 ] A small fig tree. -Comp. r: TE 9: Heate. FTO P. V. 2. 24 ) the fruitseason of the holy ligetree. - N. of a tree Mar. MIATTO ). W: N. of : tree (1192) Faicus Benjamina. (Mar. 48 ) 39aeth. To be vive or to be done when the Asvattha tree bears fruit. -: [ 34tano agi: szarkaz MH P. IV. 3. 48 Sk.) 1 A debt to be given when the Asvattha treo bears fruits. -2 [9 7 ] The Asvattha tree. 394 THG 9. [ 10:13 | 4H+24, gio AHIH: ; cf. Mb. 3743 H 75A: cesti 14 3771H as Er wall N. of a celebrated Brahmana warrior and general on the side of the Kaura vas, son of Drona au Kripi. After the last great battle in which Duryodhana was mortally wounded, Asvatthaman, with two other surviving Kauravas, entered the l'anava camp at night, whore he stamped Dhristadyumna, the slayer of his father, to death and killed the five youny sons of the l'anda vas, killing oven Pariksit while yet in the mother's womb who was, however, restored to life by Krispa. The next morning Draupadi clamoured for revenge upon the murderer of her children, but she consented to forogo her clomand for his blood if the previous jewel he wore on his head were brought to her. Bhim: Arjuna, and Krisna overtook Asvattha man and compelled him to yield the jewel which, Yudhisthira afterwards wore ou his head. He is repre- souted as vers brave, fiery-tempered, young warrior, the cn bodiment of Bralumanic and saintly lustre, and his altercation with Karnt bout the nomination of : general to succeed Drona clearly brings out the chief features of his character; seo Ve. 3rd act. lle is one of the 7 (hirujivins ever-living persons'. ] cf. 34* HT afisezfar Easter fa : 29: parazurAmazca saptene cirajIvinaH / / safu . [wa afa. Da P. IV. t. 10) Feeling on Asvattha fruits. safu . Sve P. IV. 2. 80. sayfa Den. P. To wish for horses. Tayt A tesire to get horses. ray .. ( SEEU 13] 1 Having horses, -2 Desiring horses. Tag: [ fa 21-.] N. of a sage, the Hotripriest of Janaka : 314 & Faft desty Blaise 949 Bri. Up. 3. 1. 2. 8. . ...8 31908 la Den. P. To wish for a stallion. starfa Den. P. To wish for horses. fatti a. (P. IV. . 10 ] Drawn or carried by horses. fata. [3427-3473 lat ] Possessed of horses, consisting of horses; Rv. 4. 2.5 m. A cavalier, a horse-tamer. -at (du.) 1 The two physicians of the gods who are represented as the twin sons of the Sun by a nymph in the form of a mare; cf. care a saviturbhAryA baDavArUpadhAriNI| asUyata mahAbhAgA sAntarIkSe'zvinAvubhau / / [ According to Vedic conception they aro the harbingers of Usas or the dawn; they are young, beautiful, bright, swift &c.; and, according to Yaska, thoy represent the transition from darkness to light, when the intermingling of both produces that in sepatrable duality expressed by the twin nature of those deities; according to different interpretations quotell in the Nirukta they were 'heaven and earth', 'day and night', 'two kings, performers of holy acts' which may be traced to their dual and luminous nature. Mythically they were the parents of Nakula and Sahadeva and the physicians of the gods and are called Gadag ulan, Searraidyan, Darren, Nanatyan, l'alareyau, Ibdhijau &c. They were celebrated for their active benevolence and curative power which they showed in restoring the sage Chyavana, whon grown old and decrepit, to youth, and prolonged his life.] -2 Two horses. -3 (In astr.) The twins of the zodiac. patit [393493 WHIFTITISKA fa og] 1 The first of the 27 Naksatras or lunar mansions (con sisting of three stars ). -2 A nymph considered in later times as the mother of the Asvins, the wife of the Sun, who concealed herself in the from of : mare. -Comp. -Art, gelt, at the twin sons of Asvini, the Sun's wife. and a. Containing the word Asvin such as a Mantra ). P. IV. 4. 126. faz . Referring to horses. -91 Ved (pl.). A troop of horses. ata da (-) Distant, a day's journey for a horse. 379 a. (314-3] 1 Belonging or relating to a horne, agreeable to horses. -H ( 31A : P. IV. 2. 48) A number of horses, cavalry; 37-11211zazwa: Si. 18.5; K. 222. 373EU .. [ 3729-76] 1 Belonging to a horse. -2 Consisting of horses. -E04 A number of horses. -3 Possession of horses. - 54: son of Asvo!, N. of Vasa; THE OTH1904 Rv. 1. 112. 10. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #300
akhn 282 aSTana m azvanta . See azmanta. 1 Unlucky, imauspicious. -2 Unbounded, unlimited. --21: 1 Denth. -2 A field. -3 Fireplace. -4 Termination, limit. azvastana, stanika 1.1 Not of tomorrow, of totliny. -2 One who makes no provision for the morrow; - hiko vApi bhavedazvastanika eva vA Ms. 1.7. aSu 1U. [apati-te, aSitam] 1 To shine. -2 To go, movo. -3 To receive, take (trans.). aSaDakSa.aSaDakSINa. The ending Ina is svArthe; ... both aSaDakSa and apadakSINa mean the same thing. apaDakSINa // . Not seen by six eyes, known or determined by two persons only, to the exclusion of a third); [degNo maMtraH dvAbhyAmeva kRta ityarthaH P. V.1.75k.] / -Nam A secret. aSatar a. Ved. More accessible or ucceptable; vA karmASatarAsmai pranyotnAni devayanto bharante Rv. 1. 173. +. aSADha .. Vel. 1 Not to be overcome, invincible; aSALahAya sahamAnAya vedhase Bv.2.21.2. -2 Born urler the constellistion Astha [P. IV. 3.34]. athAjinASADhadharaH pramAthI. -DhaH 1 The month Asidha commencing with the Sun's entranee into Gemini (usually written ASADha). -2 A staff made of the wood of Palasa, carried by a religious student or ascetic. -3 N. of the Malaya inountain. - 1 N. of a constellation, the twentieth (pUrvASADhA) and twenty-first (uttarASADhA), lunar mansions: Av. 19.7. . aSADhaka: The month of Asalhs. apana num. a. [aza-vyAptau kanin tuTU 7 Un, 1.154.] (nom., ace. aSTa-STau) Eight. It often occurs in comp. as 3121 with numerals and some other nouns; as 31917TT, aSTAviMzatiH, aSTApada . [ef. L. octo; fr. ok to; Zend ustani Pers. hasht.]. -Comp. -akSara .. consisting of eight letters or parts: aSTAkSaraM ha vA ekaM gAyatrye padam Pri. Up. 5. 1. 1. (-raH) N. of a motre. -aGga / / . consisting of eight parts or members. (-im) 1 the ciglt parts of the body with which a very low obeisance is performerl; pAnaH, -graNAmaH, sASTAinamaskAra: i respectful obeisitnice made by the prostration of the right liubs of the body; sASTAprapAta praNanAma fell prostrate on the ground in reverence; (jAnubhyAM ca tathA padbhyAM pANibhyAmurasA dhiyA / zirasA vacasA dRSTayA praNAmo'TAIritaH). ef. urasA zirasA dRSTapA vacasA manasA nthaa| padbhyAM karAbhyAM jAnubhyAM praNAmo'yAja ucyate / / The right liunbs of the body in namaskAra. -2 thes parts of yoga or concemtration; yamo niyamathAsanaM ca prANAyAmastataH param / pratyAhAro dhAraNA ca dhyAna sAdha samAdhinA / aSTAGgAnyAhuretAni yoginAM yogasiddhaye / / -3 materials of worslip taken collectively, namely, water, milk, ghee, curds, 2. l'lon, barley, mustard sued. - 4 the vight parts of every medical science; (they re:- zalyam, zAlAkyam, kAyacikitsA, bhUtavidyA, ___ kaumArabhRtyam , agadatantram , rasAyanatantram , and bAjIkaraNatantram.) -5 the eight parts of a court; I the law, 2 the judge, 3 assessors, scribe, 5 astrologer, 6 gold, 7 fire, and 8 water. -6 any whole consisting of eight parts. -7 a dio, dice. -8 The eight functions of intellect (buddhi) are zuzrUSA, zravaNa, grahaNa, dhAraNA, cintana, UhApoha, arthavijJAna and tattvajJAna; buddhadhA yAgayA yuktaM tvamevAhesi bhASitam Ram. 6. 118.24. "ayam an offering of eight articles. "dhUpaH a sort of merlical incense removing fever. "maithunam sexual emjoyment of s kinds'; the eight stages in the progress of a love suit; smaraNaM kIrtana keliH prekSaNaM guhyabhASaNam / saMkalpo'dhyavasAyazca kriyAniSpattireva ca / / vaidyakam It is constituted of dravyAbhidhAna, gadanizcaya, kAyasaukhya, zalyAdi, bhUtanigraha, viSanigraha, bAlavaidyaka, nd rasAyana. deghRdayam N. of medical work. -adhikArAH jalAdhikAraH, sthalAdhikAraH, grAmAdhikAraH, kulalekhanam , brahmAsanam , daNDaviniyogaH, porohityama . -adhyAyI N. of Paini's gramimatical work consisting of 8 Adhyayas or chapters. -annAni The cight types of food bhojya, peya, coSya, lehya, khAdya, caLa, niHpeya, bhakSya. -ara . having a wheel with s spoken. -amram 1 octagon. -anaH A kind of single-storeyel building octangular in plan. --astriya a. octangular. -aha (n) . lasting for 8 days. -AdizAbdikAH the first eight expounders of the science of words (grammar); indrazcandaH kAzakRtsnApizalI zAkaTAyanaH / pANinyamarajenendrA jynyssttaadishaabdikaaH|| -ApAdya Multiplied by eight. aSTApAdyaM nu zUdrasya steye bhavati kilbiSam / Ms. 8.337. -upadvIpAni svarNa prastha, candrAzukra, Avartana, ramaNaka, mandarahariNa, pAJcajanya, siMhala, and laGkA. -kapAla.. ("TA) prepared or offered in 'eight' pans. (-laH) a sacrifice in which whee is offered in eight pans. -karNa .. one who has the muinber oight aar mark burnt in his cars (P. VI. 3. 115). (-:) eighteared, an epithet of lirthma. (-karman 4.), -gatikaH a king who has s duties to perform: (they are:AdAne ca visarge ca tathA preSaniSedhayoH / paJcame cArthavacane vyavahArasya cekSaNe // daNDazuddhayoH sadA raktastenASTagatiko nRpaH / -kulam (Probably) Village jury. (Bh. List No. 1207). -kulAcalAH Eight principal mountains; nIla, niSadha, vindhyAcala, mAlyavAna , malaya, gaMdhamAdana, hemakuTa, and himAlaya. (-maryAdAgirayaH) himAlaya, hemakUTa, niSadha, gandhamAdana, nIla, zveta, zujavAra, and mAlyavAna . -kRtvas ind. right times. catunamo aSTakRtvo bhavAya Av. 11. 2.9. -koNaH 1 an octagon. -2 a kind of machine. -khaNDa : a title of a collection of several sections of the Rigveda. -gandhAH Eight fraurant substances (Mar. candana, agarU, devadAra, koLiMjana, kusuma, zailaja, jaTAmAMsI, sura-gorocana). -gavam [aSTAnAM gavAM samAhAraH] a flock of 8 cows. -TIC, . 1 a fabulous animal supposed to have right legs. -20 spidler. -guNa / . eightfold; annAdaSTaguNaM cUrNam ; dAyo'yaguNamatyayama Ms. 8. 400. (-OTH) the eight qualities which a Brahmana should PUNHere: dayA sarvabhUteSa, kSAntiH , anasUyA, zaucama, anAyAsaH, mAlam , akApaNyama, ampRhA nni|| inutanstitra. Azraya .. endowed with these eight qualities. -2 (2) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #301
aSTan 288 aSTan catvAriMzat // forty-night. -taya . cight-fold. I pralaya (1) kampa, romAJca, sphuraNa, premAzra, sveda, hAsya. lAsya, -tAriNI the eight forms of the goddess nAriNI; tArA- and gAyana, -bhairavAH (zivagaNAH) asitAja, saMhAra, ruru, kAla, cogrA mahogrA ca vajrA kAlI sarakhatI / kAvezvarI ca cAmuNDA ityaSTau krodha, tAmracaDa, candracaDa, and mahAbhairava, (itare-kapAla, rudra. bhISaNa tAriNyo matAH // . -tAlam A kind of sculptural measure unmatta, kupita ityAdayaH). -bhogAH anna, udaka, tAmbUla, puSpa, ment in which the whole height of an idol is candana, basana, zamyA, and alaMkAra. -magala: a horse with a gemerally eight times that of the face. -triMzat -("") white face, tail, mane, breast and hoofs. (-lam) [aSTaa. thirty-eight. -trikam [aSTAvRttam trikam ] the number guNita majalaM zA. ka. na.] a collection of eight lucky things : 24. -dalam 1a lotus having eight petals. -2 an! according to some they are:-- mRgarAjo vRSo nAgaH kalazo octagon. -dazan (" ") see a bove after aSTAtaya. vyaJjanaM nthaa| vaijayantI tathA bherI dIpa ityaSTamaGgalam | according -diz/ [karma. sa. saMjJAtvAnna dviguH dika sakhye saMjJAyAma to others loke'sminmAlAnyaSTau brAhmaNo gohatAzanaH / hiraNyaM sarpiP. II. 1.5).] the eight cardinal points ; pUrvAgneyI dakSiNA rAditya Apo rAjA tthaassttmH|| -maGgalaghRta Ghee mixed with ca natI padhimA tthaa| vAyavI cottaraizAnI dizA aSTAvimAH Orris-root (Mar. vekhaMDa), Costus Arabicus (koSTa), brAhI smRtAH // . karithyaH the cight female elephants living in Siphonanthus Indica, mustarrel, sandhava, pippalI, and the eight. points: kAraNyo'bhramukapilApilAnupamAH kmaat| (Mar. upaLasarI). -madhu Eight Kinds of honey mAkSika, tAmrakaNI zubhradantI lAzanA cAlanAvatI || Ak. "pAlAH the eight bhrAmara, kSaudra, potikA, chAtraka, ardhya, audAla, dAla, -mahArasAH regents of the cardinal points; indro vahniH pitRpatiH ( yamaH) Eight rasas in Ayurveda, namely vekAntamaNi, hiMgULa, pArA, nairRto varuNo mant ( vAyuH) / kubera IzaH patayaH pUrvAdInAM dizA halAhala, kAntaloha, abhraka, svarNamAkSI, raupyamAkSI. -mahArAgAH kramAn | Ak. gajAH the cight elephants guarding the vAtavyAdhi, azmarI, kaSTa, meha, udaka, bhagandara, arza, and saMgrahaNI. 8quarters%3 airAvata: puNDarIko vAmanaH kumudo'janaH / puSpadantaH -mahAsiddhayaH (n.) aNimA, mahimA, laghimA, prApti, prAkAzya, sArvabhaumaH supratIkaca diggajAH || Ak. -dehAH (piNDabrahmANDAtmakAH) IzitA, vazitA, and prAkAmya. (1) aNimA, mahimA, laghimA, Gross and subile bodies ; sthUla, sUkSma, kAraNa, mahAkAraNa, garimA, prApti, prAkAmya, IzitA and vazitA. -mAtRkAH brAhmI, virAT , hiraNya, avyAkRta, mUlaprakRti, -dravyam the right mAhezvarI, kaumArI, vaiSNavI, vArAhI, indrANI, kauberI, and cAmuNDA. materials of asacrifice; azvatthodumvuraplAnyagrodhasamidhastilAH / -mudrAH murabhI, cakra, dhyAna, yoni, kUrma, paGkaja, liga and nirmANa, siddhArthapAyasA jyAni dravyANyaSTau vidurbudhaaH|| -dhAtuH the eight -mAnam ome kulava. -mAsika a. occurring once ins metals taken collectively; svarNa hAyaM ca tAnaM ca ra yazadameva months. -muSTiH / / . measure called kuJci aSTamuSTirbhavet c| zIsaM lauhaM rasaceti dhAtavo'STI prakArkitAH // -nAgAH kuciH kuJcayo'STau ca puSkalaH / hemAdriH -mUtrANi Urines of a (Serpents) ananta, vAsuki, takSaka, karkoTaka, zankha, kulika, padma, cow, sheep, a goat, buffallo, horse, an and mahApadma. -nAyikAH (of zrIkRSNa) rukmiNI, satyabhAmA, elephant, a camel, an ass. -mUrtiH the right-formed', jAmbavatI, kAlindI, mitravRndA, yAjJajitI, bhadrA, and lakSmaNA. an epithet of Siva; the 8 forms being, the 5 elements (of indra) urvazI, menakA, rambhA, pUrvacinI, khayaMprabhA, bhinakezI (oarth, water, tire, air and ether), the Sun and janavAdamA and ghRtAcI (nilottamA). (In Erotics) vAsakasajjA, the Moon and the sacrificing priest; cf. S. 1. 1- virahotkaNThitA, svAdhInabhartRkA, kalahAntaritA, khaNDitA, vipralabdhA, sRSTiH sraSTurAdyA vahati vidhihuta yA haviryA ca hotrii| ye dve kAla proSitabhartRkA, And abhisArikA. -pakSa . Laving eight side vidhattaH zrutiviSayaguNA yA sthitA vyApya vizvam / yAmAhuH sarvabhUtapillary: apapalAM dazapakSAM zAlAm Av. 9.3.21. -pada, -d prakRtiriti yayA prANinaH prANavantaH / pratyakSAbhiH prapannamtanubhiravatu (degdeg or gro<<. 1 cight-footed. -2 a term for a prognant vstaabhirssttaabhiriishH||3; or briefly expressed, the names in animal. -padaH (yA) 1 spidler. -2n fabulous animal Sanskrit ( in the above order) are: jalaM vahistathA yaSTA ealled Sarabha. -30 worm. -4 wild sort of sUryAcandramasauM tathA / AkAzaM vAyuravanI mUrtayo'STI pinAkinaH / / . dharaH jasmin -50 pin or bolt. -6 the mountain Kailasa h avings forms', Siva. -mUtayaH Eight kinds of idols (the abode of Kubera). (-daH, -dam) [aSTasa dhAtpu zelI, dArumayI, lauhI, lepyA, lekhyA, saikatI, manomayI, and maNimayI padaM pratiSTA yasya Malli.] 1 gohl; AvarjinASTApadakumbhatoyaiH / -yoginyaH (Friends of pArvatI) (1) maGgalA, piGgalA, dhanyA, Ku. 7. 10%; Si.3.28. -2n kind of chequered cloth bhrAmarI, bhAdrakA, ulkA, siddhA, and saGkaTA. (1) mArjanI, karpUraor a board for draftsh dice-board (Mar. paTa); tilakA, malayagandhinI, kaumudikA, bheruNDA, mAtAli, nAyakI and jayA "paricayapaturAbhiH K. 196. patram n sheet of gold. -pa (zubhAcArA)(sometimes mulakSaNA and munandA). -ratnam the (pA)dikA N. of a plant. -padI (degg-TA") 1 wild eight jewels taken collectively; the title of a collection sort of jasmin (Mar. velamogarI); zyAmAndhAraNapuSpAMzca tathA' of & Slokas on morality. -TET: the 8 sentiments in epadikA latA: Mb. 13.5+.G. -2 a variety of metre, dramas &c.; zRGgArahAsyakaruNaraudravIrabhayAnakAH / bIbhatsAdbhutasaMhI often used in Jayadeva's Gita govinda. -474 a kind cetyaSTI nATape rasAH smRtaaH|| K.P. (to which is sometimes of melicinal preparation ofghee. -pAdya . ('TA) added a 9th Rana called zAnta; nivedasthAyibhAvo'sti eight-fold. -putra .. Having eight soms; aSTayoniraditiraSTa zAnto'pi navamo rasaH ibd.); degAzraya 1. enholying or putrA Av. 8.9.21. -(deha )-prakRtayaH paJcamahAbhUtAni, manaH, buddhiH representing the eight sentiments; V. 2. 18. qua and ahahAra:.-pradhAnAH, vaidya, upAdhyAya, saciva, mantrI, pratinidhi, / ajamAdA, Amlavatasa, elacA (cardamom), Bluck salt (Mar. rAjAdhyakSa, pradhAna And amAtya. (of zivAjI) pradhAna, amAtya, pAdeloNa), Garcinia Mangostona (Mar.Amasola),Cimemosaciva, mantrI, ubIra, nyAyAdhIza, nyAyazAstrI and senApati,-bhAvAH mum aromaticum (Mar. dAlacinI), Blick peppar () stambha, sveda, romAna, vesvarya, kampa, vaivarNya, athupAta, and : (Mar. mirI ). -lohakam a class of s metals: suvarNa rajataM For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #302
aSTaka tAmra sIsa kAnti ". haTAvamAni tu // - vargaH 1 sort of diagram ( cakra ) showing the good or bad stars of a person. -2 the 8 classes of letters; (avarga, ka, ca, Ta, ta pa ya za ) -3 a class of three principal medicaments, Namely RSabha, jIvaka, meda, mahAmeda, Rddhi, vRddhi, kAkolI, and kSIrakAkolI of jIvakarSabhakau bhedau kAkolyAvRddhivAkI - vakraH (STA) See below. varSa, Eight years old; tryavarSo'varSo vA dharme sIdati satvaraH Ms. 9. 91. -vasu The eight vasus in the present manvantara are (a ) ghara, dhruva, soma, Apa, anila, anala, pratyUSa, prabhAsa. (8) droNa, prANa, dhruva, arka, agni, doSa, vasu, vibhAvasu -vAyanAni haridrA, pUgIphala, dakSiNA, zUrpa, kaGkaNa, kAcamaNi, dhAnya, vastra (Mar. khaNa ). - vinAyakAH The eight Ganapatis at moragAMva (Dist. Poona ), pAlI ( Dist. kulAbA), maDa ( near Karjat, dist. kulAbA), theUra (near loNI, dist Poona ), junnara ( dist. Poona ), ojhara (n near junnara, Dist. Poona ) rAMjaNagAMva (PoonaNagar Rond) siddhaTeka (near dauDa, Dist. Ahmednagar) -vivAhAH brAhma, deva, ArSa, gAndharva, rAkSasa, prAjApatya, Asura, paizAca. - vidha. [aSTavidhAH prakArAH asya ] eight-fold of eight kinds. - viMzatiH / (TA ) [ aSTAdhikA viMzatiH zAka. ta. ] the number twentyeight. -zatam 1 One hundred and eight. -2 oight hundred. -zravaNaH, zravas N. of Brahma ( having & ears or four heads. ) - samAdhayaH yama, niyama, Asana, prANAyAma, pratyAhAra, dhAraNA, dhyAna, and samAdhi -siddhayaH ( See --mahAfaza:). 284 aSTaka . [ aTa parimANamasya kan] Consisting of 8 parts eight-fold; krodhajo'pi gaNosTaka: Ms. 7. 48. -kaH 1 [ aTakaM ( pANineH), vidanti adhIyate vA ityaSTakAH sUtrAcca kopadhAt P.IV.2.65. Sk.] One who studies or is acquainted with the eight Adhyayas of Papini's grammar - 2 N. of a son of Visvamitra (author of the hymn Rv. 10. 101. ) - kA [ aznanti pitaro'syAM tithau azu-takan Up. 3. 148 ] 1 A collection of three days (7th, 8 th, and 9th) beginning from the seventh day after the full moon. -2 The 8th day of three months on which the Manes are to bo propitiated. -3 A Sraddha to be performed on the above days; worship of the Manes on certein days; tasya vrAtasya yo'sya dvitIyo'pAna: sASTakA Av. 15. 16. 2; aSTakApitRdaivatyamityayaM prasto janaH Ram. 2. 108. 14. -4 The 8th day of a month: Ms. 4. 113-4 kam 1 A whole consisting of s parts. -2 The 8 chapters of Pamini's Sutras; ( aSTAdhyAyAH parimANamasya ityaSTakam ; pANineH sUtram Skc.). -3 The study of the Sutras. 4 A division of the Rigveda (it being divided into 8 Astakas or 10 Mandalas). -5 Any group of eight ; as vAnarASTakam, tArATakam, magalASTakam &c. gaGgASTakaM paThati yaH prayataH prabhAte vAlmIkinA viracitaM zubhadaM manuSyaH -6 The number eight. -Comp. -aGgaH, -Ggam a kind of board or cloth for playing with dice on (having eight divisions). aSTakika, aSTakin . [ aSTakA'styasya chan ini vA ] Hav ing eight parts. One who performs an Astaka. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aSTAdazan aSTakya ... [ aSTakena krItaH yat P. V. 1. 2] Bought for eight. aSTataya . [ aSTAvayavA asya annayam ] Having eight parts or limbs. -yam An aggregate of eight. aSTadhA ind. [ aSTan-prakAre zrAc sakhyAyA vidhAryA P. V. 3. 42] 1 Eight-fold, eight times. -2 In s parts or sections ; bhinnA prakRtiraSTadhA Bg. 7. 4 bhinne'dhA viprasasAra vaMza: B. 16.3. aTama ( - mI / . ) Eighth ; garbhAme'c kurvIta brAhmaNasyopanAyanam Ms. 2. 36. -maH The eighth part. -mI 1 The eighth day in a lunar half month; Ms. 4. 128; caturdazyaSTamI caiva amAvAsyA ca pUrNimA | parvANyetAni rAjendra ravisaMkrAntireva ca // . Visnu. P. -2 N. of a medical plant ( koTAlatA; Mar. kSIrakAkoLI ). -3 aSTakA Sraddha; aTamI yajJaparatA cAturmAsyaniSevaNam Mb. 13. 142 15. [ ef. I. octopus; Zend. astemo.] -Comp. -aMza: an 8th part. -kAlika . [ aSTamaH kAlaH bhojane'styasya Than ] one who omits seven meal times ( i. e. full three days and the morning of the fourth ) and partakes only of the 8th; naktaM cAnnaM samaznIyAdivA vA'hRtya zaktitaH / caturthakAliko vAsyAtyAdvA'yamakAlikaH // Ms. 6. 19. bhAvaH the eighth condition or position (in Astr.). aSTamaka . The eighth; yo'zamaSTamakaM haret V. 2. 244. aSTamikA A weight of four Tolas. aSTAgava. See aSTagava. -2 ( a car ) drawn by eight oxen; P. VI. 3. 46. Vart. ataH kapAle haviSi, gavica yukte. aSTAtaya ... Consisting of eight parts -ya: A collec tion of eight things. For Private and Personal Use Only aSTAdazan . [ aSTa ca daza ca ] Lighten agAhatASTAdazatAM jigISayA navadvayadvIpapRthagjayazriyAm N. 1. 5. -Comp. -aGgaH -Ggam the eighteen parts of medical science. -upacAraH [ karma. sa. saMjJAtvAnna dvigu: ] the eighteen modes of showing respect or worshipping; AsanaM svAgataM pAdyamarthyamAcamanIyakam / snAnaM vastreopavItaM ca bhUSaNAni ca sarvazaH / gandhapuSpe tathA dhUpadIpAvanaM tarpaNam / mAdhyAmurja adAstu mantrI pUjAM samAcaret Tantra. -upapurANam a secondary or minor Purana; aSTAnyupapurANAni munibhiH kathitAni tu / AyaM sanatkumAro kaM nArasiMhamataH param / tRtIyaM nAradaM proktaM kumAreNa tu bhASitam / caturtha zivadharmAyaM sAkSAbhASitam durvAsamAcaryaM nArado kamataH param / kApilaM mAnavaM caiva tathaivozanameritam / brahmANDaM vAruNaM cAtha kAlikAhrayameva ca / mAhezvaraM tathA zAmbaM sauraM sarvArtha saMcayam / parAzaroktaM pravaraM tathA bhAgavatadvayam / idamaSTAdazaM proktaM purANaM kaurmasaMjJitam / catudhI saMsthitaM puSye saMhitAnI prabhedataH Healdri. -tatvAni Eighteen fundamantal principles; mahat, ahaMkAra, manas, paJcatanmAtras; dazendriyANi. - dhAnyam the 18 kinds of corn; yavagodhUmadhAnyAni tilAH kaGgukulanthakAH / mASA mudrA masUrAca niSpAvAH zyAmasarSapAH // gavedhukAzca nIvArA oDhakyo'tha satInakAH / caNakAcI nakAzcaiva dhAnyAnyaSTAdazaiva tu // - parvANi The eighteen parvas of Mahabharata are Adi, sabhA, vana, virATU, udyoga, bhISma, droNa, karNa, zalya, sauptika, zrI, zAnti, anuzAsana, azvamedha, AzramavAsi, mausala mahAprasthAnaka, svargArohaNa - purANam the eighteen Purapos brAhmaM padmaM vaiSNavaM

Page #303
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra aSTAvakraH www.kobatirth.org ca zaivaM bhAgavataM tathA / tathAnyannAradIyaM ca mArkaNDeyaM ca saptamam // AyamaSTakaM proktaM bhaviSyannavamaM tathA / dazamaM brahmavaivarta liGgamekAdarza tathA // cArAhaM dvAdazaM proktaM skAndaM cAtra trayodazam / catudarza vAmanaM ca kaumaiM paJcadazaM tathA // matsyaM ca gAruDaM caiva brahmANDASTAdazaM tathA // . -bhujA an epithet of the goddess mahAtma mUlam The roots of the eighteen plants (Mar. bela, airaNI, TaiMTa, zivaNa, pahADamULa, punarnavA, rAnauDIda, cikaNA, eraMDa, jIvaka, RSabhaka, jIvaMtI, zatAvarI, tirakAMDe, Usa, darbha, kasaI, sALI ). -vidyA the eighteen kinds of learning or lores; aGgAni vedAzratvAro mImAMsA nyAyavistaraH / dharmazAstraM purANaM ca vidyA hotAcaturdaza // Ayurvedo dhanurvedI gAmdhati yaH arthazAstraM caturtha tu vidyA hyaSTAdazaiva tu // - vivAdapadam the eighteen subjects of litigation causes of dispute); see Ms. 8. 4-7. -zilpazAstropadezakAH Eightoen snoint writers on the sence of Architecture: magara cirvasiya vizvakarmA mayastathA / nArado nagnajiccaiva vizAlAkSaH purandaraH // 1 // brahmA kumAro nandIzaH zaunako garI evaM cayAdetadarzane vikhyAtAH zilpazAstropadezakAH // Matsya P. smRtikArin m. pl. the eighteen Smritikaras or law-givers of the Aryas ; viSNuH parAzaro dakSaH saMvartavyAsahAritAH / zAtAtapo vasiSThazca maapstmbtmaaH| devalakhatI bharadvAjasano'navaH / sInakI yAjJavalkyaca dazA smRtikAriNaH // aSTAvakraH [ aprakRtvaH aSTasu bhAgeSu vA vakra: ] N. of a cele brated Brahmana, son of the great sage Kahoda. [ Kahoda marrid a daughter of his preceptor Uddalaka, but he was so devoted to study that he generally neglected her. When once she was far advanced in pregnancy, the unborn son was provoked at his father's neglect of her and rebuked him for his absorp tion in study to the neglect even of his wife. The sage was very angry at this impertinence and condemned him to bo born crooked: so he came forth with his eight (asta), limbs crooked (vakra ); whence his name; yasmAtkukSI vartamAno bravISi tasmAdvako bhavitAsyaSTakRtvaH Mb. when Kahol was drowned into a river as the result of a wager in a dispute with a Buddhist, young Astavakra defeated the sage and delivered his father, who, being pleased, directed his son to bathe into the Samang river, on doing which the lad became perfectly straight. See Mb. Adhyayas 132-34 of the Vanaparvan.] aSTAdhyAyI / N. of the Satapatha Brahmana and also of Panini's grammar. aTaH /. [ asyate bhUmau kSiyane as- ktin pRSo0 patvam] 1 A die for playing. -2 A metre consisting of sixty-four syllables -3" [ akSa-vyAptI-cil] Pervasiot reaching ( Ved.) indraM zumbhAsmyaSye Av. 6.1.1. 4 The body (the instrument of enjoyment ). -5 The number sixteen. -6 Seed. -7 Kernel. kandASTibhirmUlaphalaiH Bhag. 4. 28.36. aSTina . Consisting of eight members or parts. anA [ azvale cAlyate'navA adhU karaNe n] 1 A prick or goad for driving cattle, whip; Rv. 4. 57. 4,653.9. 285 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir as -2 A part of the wheel of a chariot. -fa a. obeying the goad (as a bull ); zunamaSTrAvyacarat kapardI Rv. 10. 102. 8. aSTiH / 1 A stone or kernel. -2 Seed. aSTIlA [aSTistattulyakaThinAzmAnaM rAti rAka, rasya laH dIrghaH Tv. ] 1 A round swelling below the navel produced by wind. -2 A kind of disease of urine. -3 A globular or round body (in general ) - 4 A round pebble or stone tato jajJe mAMsapezI lohASTIleva saMhatA Mb. 1. 115. 12. -5 Kernel. -8 Seed corn. aSTIlikA 1 A kind of abscess. -2 A pebble. aSTIvat m., n. [ nipAto'yam P. VIII. 2. 12; ] The knee, the kneebone. as I. 2 P. [ asti, AsIt, astu, syAt; dofective in non-conjugational tenses, its forms being made up from the root bhU. ] 1 To be, live, exist ( showing mere existence); nAsadAsIno sadAsIna Rv. 10. 129.1: AtmA vA idameka evAma AsIt Ait. Up. 1. 1. zrutidvaidhaM tu yatra syAt Ms. 2. 14; zapathe nAsti pAtakam 8.112; na vevAhaM jAtu nAsam Bg. 2. 12 : AsIdrAjA nalo nAma Nala. 1. 1; Ms. 5. 79; na as not to be, to be lost, disappear, porish, nAyamastIti duHkhArtA Nala. 7.16; asti bhoktum Sk. it has to be euten; (for other uses of asti B00 asti N. V. ). -2 To be (used as a copula or verb of incomplete predication, being followed by a noun or adjective or adverb; or some other equivalent ); bhakto'si me sakhA ca Bg. 4.3; dhArmike sati rAjani Ms. 11. 11; AcArya saMsthite sati 5.80; o evameva syAt, tUSNImAsIt &c. -3 To belong to be in the possession of expressed in English hy hare), with gen. of possessor ; yanmamAsti harasva tat Pt. 4. 76; yasya nAsti svayaM prajJA . 70; na hi tasyAsti kiMcit svam Ms. 8. 417; nAsti buddhirayuktasya Bg. 2.66. -4 To fall to the share of, to happen to or befall anyone ( with gen.) ; yadicchAmi te tadastu S. 4; tasya pretya phalaM nAsti Ms. 3. 139 he cannot enjoy or get. -6 To rises spring out, occur; AsIca mama manasi K. 142 ( this ) occurred to my mind. -6 To become; tAM dRSTvA dazavistArAmAsaM viMzatiyojana: Ram. ; also zukrIsyAt rAjasAt syAt &c. Sk. -7 To lead or tend to, turn out or prove to be ( with dat. ); sa sthANuH sthira bhaktiyogasulabha niHdAyAstu vaH V. 1. 1 saMgata zrIsarasvatyobhUye'stu sadA satAm 5. 24; oft with dat. alone without as; yatastau svalpaduHkhAya Pt. 1. 8 To suffice ( with dat. ); sA teSAM pAvanAya syAt Ms. 11. 85; anyairnRpAlaiH paridIyamAnaM zAkAya vA syAllavaNAya vA syAt Jagannatha -9 To stay, reside, dwell, live hA pitaH kvAsi he subhru Bk. 6. 11. - 10 To take place, happen. -11 To be in a particular relation, to be affected (with loc.); kiM nu khalu yathA vayamasyAmevamiyamapyasmAn prati syAt S. 1. astu well, let it be; evamastu tathAstu so be it, amen. The form 3 joined to roots in forming their periphrastic perfect is sometimes separated from the root and used by itself; taM pAtayAM prathamamAsa papAta pazcAt R. 9.61, 16. 86. [cf. I. est and Gr. esti. with asti; esse ; Zend. asti; Pers. hast, ust] With ati For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #304
asta 286 asti to be over, excel, surpass, - to be at hand: reach. - with loc. or an adv. of place) 1 to be in thiny. -2 to belong to, be closely connected with. -377 1 to belong to, to fall to one's share: HAHI 1 Sk -2 to be over. -3 to excel, surpass.-4 to dominoer or to tyrannive over, rule over. -- to prise, spring up, be visible; 31172fa AF1hai IT Mal. 1. 26. -39 to be near to or in. -OR 1 to be in the way. -2 to sul pass. -3 to pass or spend (tine). -4 to pervade. -91 to be in front of. -2 to be in extraordinary degree, to preponderate, excel, surpass. -ofa 1 to be equal to, be a match for. -2 to rival, emulate, vie with. -3 to be a reprosentative of, tant in place of. -9139 to appear, spring up; TIETTATHIGE: Ms. 1. 6; R. 11. 15. - (Atm. cft, czfit; ) to excel, surpass, be above or superior to, out-weigh ; 3471 HH4 #: Bk. 2. 35. -34 II. 4. P. 32, 371, 37211, 3 , 347 ) 1 To throw, cast, Juurl, discharge, shoot (with loc. of the mark); E fa # Sret. Up. 1. 6; aftarPerfiah R. 12. 23: Bk. 15. 91, 14. 77; sometimes with dat. or gen. 3129 + Rv. 1. 103. 3. -2 To drive way, remove. -3 To frighten or sere sway. -4 To throw or take away, let go, leve, give up in 341919, 31751, 3977714 se 3459. -5 To fight with : 704 afton arau JEIS+47 Bhay.x. 10. 28. -With fa to shoot beyond or at, over power with surrows); 3257 having shot beyond, having surpassed or excelled; joined in acc. (Tat. comp.: P. II. 1. 24.) - to throw over or upon, hurlat. -off to stretch.-314 III. 1 1. (314-, 3170). 1 To 4o. - To take or receive, vivo. -3 To shine (The exsemples usually cited to illustrate this sense are:niSprabha prabhurAsa bhUbhatAm / . II.NI: tenAsa lokaH pitRmAna vinetrA 14. 23:31903 3:19 5917 2: Ku. 1. 37. But the sense of fan or shone is far-fetched, though Vaman! is disposed to take it. It seems preferable to regard 317 in these instancos as equivalent to wha, either taking it, as Sakatayana does, as an indeclinable - ET24541H, or considering it, Valla bha loos, as a ungrammatical form used against the rules of gram th: 1, "III 1: 14IT: ; sec Malli. Dit K. 1. 35 ). TF: [ 2 0 11 27 318-311317 **] 1 Sotting, wester mountain (behind which the Sun is supposed to set); 49 ... 37127aafi* T Si. 9. 1; iazamanah R. 16. 11; I tseasiat fata S. t. 2.-2 Sunset. -3 Setting in general; (tiy.) fall, decline: see below. -4 Conjunction of a planet with the Sun: 11, 11 &c. - 1 llome, a hode, residence (Vel.); H ATA 241 - Ry. 7. 1. 2, 10.31. 10. - 2 Death, and. 311 2 217 Ch. Up. I. 9. 1. -3 The seventh house in astr.; 1976 1975). ind. At home, home: 377 17,--5-119 To set, decline in the western horizon: Staat: the Sun has set: (fig.) it is time to do the duties to be performed at sunset ; . y. for a cowherd to drive home his cattle, for religious person to begin luis prayers, for a thief to begin his nightly work for a 1921a: 45: V. 3. and Sar. S. 1. () To cese, vanish, be removed, disappear, be at an oud: 1990: 19es 11: Pt. 1. 146, varaja R. 8.00: zaraftaan kn. 2. 23; taha 4 K. 156 at an and, over ; 198, 201. (-) to dio; 349 Taftar HIT R. 8.51, 12. 11. -Comp. -3777, -3 , -nit:, - da: the setting or western mountain. 39 2 7974 Si. 9. 1. --TERZITA the resting of heavenly burly on the western part of the horizon, being about to set. -39 (dual) rising and setting, rise and fall: 377121a1232ufafa Mu. 3. 17. --T . Set, become invisible (as a planet or star ). -ITAT 1 setting, disappear. ance. -2 death, suuset of life; Mal. 9. - 1. Set (as the Sun): fare+afara R. 16. 11. -Atam. -TET: The top of the setting mountain S. 1. 2. - T: The moment of Sunset, the moment of end or cleatli: 5TH 259 914 Si. 9.). #3 : Final beatitude, absolution (TA). - Ved. Home. 3919 4 194 Ay. 2. 26... also cf. 32 ar vi 1999 ! Subhas. farfa: Ved lone. astamanam Setting (of the Sun); sventaminAgamanirgamAste 123 124 : Mb. 3. 164. 10. 318947: 1 Setting of the Sun), 217179 atan: Ki. . 33: (opp. 324). -2 Destruction, end, decline, loss: 417121491491: M. 2. 11. -3 Fall, subjugation: 37747741 EETT 1. 9. 9. -4 Obscuring, eclipsing: YHTIENE A R. 6. 33. -5 Conjunction (of : planet) with the Sun. 3 , hatim. Ved at land, neor. fa ind. [ 349- ) 1 Reing, existent, present; as in fact, 14: -2 Often used at the commencement of a tale or narrative in the sense of so it is', 'there', or merely is an expletive; ita fe had ** Pt. t; 3+27 ...77: JETty Mu. 317 .1 Thrown, cast, vivon np, left: 37167 as ra: Ve. 6. -2 Finished. -3 Despatchel. tar Ved. A missile, an arrow. -Comp. - FOT . merciless; a fenaga mesi : 1*#: Mal. 5. 21. -19,-ET. Whose oyer is pacified; SA 1999W: A Si. 6.67. -fra. foolish. Fa a. scatterer here and there, confused, disordered; Ratn. 4. 6. (v. 1. 3437) . innumerable: 397 EN cat3 4 Ki. 16. 16. 377<<. Ved. Throwing, a shooter. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #305
.. .. astitvam 287 asaMhata ............ . .. ........... 1,5; 31ta SH 4141 faqS777 Ks. 22. 56, 1. r afat: f. Non-complotion. 27: 1791 79 T P. III. 3. 116 is it Tag <<. With whom intercourse is forbidden. that &c. fta: /. N. of: sister of Prapti, daughter of Jarasandha and wifo of Kansa. -Comp. -*17: yarga . Immerliate, without any interval 34 3: 19 ] a category or predicament (of time or space). (with the Jainas ); those categories are ; sa, TETET a. Not worth inentioning; Mb. 3. gar, 8 and 3114120deg. - . [1a sati 1. II. 2. 24 Vart.] having milk. -aita ul. asaMzaya . Free from roubt, certain mAmevaiSyasyasaMzayam doubtful, partly true and partly not; -91, oar doubt- By: 8.7: 18.68. -T ind. Without doubt, undoubtelly, ful or partial oxistence. -Tara: N. of the fourth certainly, assuredly; 3119 HEIMIZI By 6.9.7: 7.1. of the fourtoon Purvas or older writings of the Jainas. 3782 49995241 S. 1. 22. astitvam Existence. TiTa a. Out of hearing, in: udible; 3 out of fatit. [ 314a fazard 7931 Posed of the hearing of; ia ia affaelu ETM>>. 2. 203. property, wealthy eigu a. Not joined or united. -D: An epithet 3172 in. (Strictly 3rd pers. siny. Imperative of of Siva. 314) Let it be, le it so, well, implying permission 3784 . 1 Unconnected, incoherent; e asiun it is also suid to have the senses of pain contest, 1429 ITU Mb. 13. 4. 11. -2 Unaittached; p Hjealousy, superiority, acceptance, praise, indication, # AH THE Ram. 1. 19. 17. and acceptance with envy. STEET ... TIP. VI. 3.70 Vart. 371 Tu r a . Swallowing without chewing (28 Rudra's clown). SA 2:1 HEZ: of 74824 ] 1 Hicacious, working as a medicine ). 31 3+1 4: Av. 11. 2. 30. -2 Producing that which the physician promises shall be. seura: 1. Non-return to worldly existence, 377fa: An intercalary month (IIemadri's absorption into the Supreme Spirit. fagfar a: caturvargacintAmaNi). Eu fa: Bhay. 6. 1. 1. 3PTC a. 1 Unrestrained, not under control. -2 THAT . 1 Not mixed with, not connected. -2 Not tiel, as in asaMyato'pi mokSArthI ; "Atman having the Not living in common, not reunited after partition of soul unrestrained. 3 a 111 39 sfat # ara: property (as an heir ). By: 6.36. -: N. of Visnu. TETA: Absence of control or restraint, especially retai: 1 Non-consecration. -2 Natural state, of the senses; 31771 90: 921: :21 : : Subli. want of embellishment or care. ERTET <<. One with whom 10 body is allowed rieka 4. 1 Unpolished, not rotinol or cleansed to sacrifice; Ms. &c. -2 Not decorated or dorned. -3 One over whomi no purificatory rite any one of the Murskaras ) has FYT . 1 Soparated. -2 Not conjunct (as a been performed. -2: An ungrammatical form (37937=2). consonant). - 1 Non-combination. -2 (In ytan.) Hiatus. T ag . 1 Unknown, unacquainted, not familiar; ya . Unblender, ununited. -a: An epithet 37847a 5a ut a raal 57: K. 173, 308; Ki. 3. 2. -2 Unusual, strange; of Vishu. tady # ki. 3. 21. -3 Not in harmony or agreement with ; la 412T : 1 Absence of union or connection. -2 un aa: S. 1. 33. Not a conjunct consonant; I'. I. 2.7. 3167H: Tearlessness; Mb. 14. 38. 2. The 1 Absence of coliosion. -2 Disordor, confusion. -3 Want, destitution. 35TE: Non-injury: Mh. It. asaMvidAna . Ignorant, foolish; nau hAsaMvidAnA veva Tilta <<. 1 Not arranged, ligor lorerl, irregular; Ch. Up. 8. 7. 2; spisagiaa E U .7; Ki. 18. +2. PAYTAY IL. 3. 102. -2 Not collected. -3 Moviny. --4 Unaccomplished: aarifte aa: Av. 6.50.2, asaMvIta .. Nokal: unmAda iva muktamajo'saMvIta eva vicacAra Bhay. 5. 6. 7. aftufa: /. Disorder, confusion. ria: it. Uncovered, *xposed: a f af in . Not joined or united, seattered, loose, 730 TIHINTAH saya: Ki. 1. 30.- N. of straling. -: The Curugu or soul (in San. Phil. ). a hell. -24 A form of array, open order of troope. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #306
asaMhArya 288 asat ACT a. 1 Irresistible, insuperable; y HE : Ram. 5. 6.5; far e : To Ram. 5. 37. 4. -2 Not to be diverted or misled; Mb. T FT ind. Not once, repeatedly, often and often ; BATH atraat R. 9. 23; Me. 93. -Comp. TAI: repeated meditation. -Tata: repeated birth. : A tooth: Bri. S. AT a. 1 = het this or that; fara a faz TERATH Si. 7. 53.-2 This wicked one. cf. 347444 317 : P. V. 3. 71. i 4914 af 2544 Bk. t. 15. 37 . Not excessively attached, not foeling interested in, indifferent (to); 3789: 324747 R. 1.21. -2 Not entangled; Bay 46 4 9 FAITH S. 2. 13. -3 Not united, detached.-4 Not attached to worldly feelings and connections. 3947: #ffct By. 3. 7. 19. -Ti iwl. 1 Without being excessively attached or addicted to: 34741 TOT 141144 Ki. 1.11.-2 Without any hindrance, quickly: Dk. 3.5. 9 fra waarafu Mb. 3. 39. 12. -3 Incessantly, ceaselessly 318 e 92: 2774 Ki. 1. 31. eft f. The being detached from worldly feelings or passions; TTHETET: 9727 vefag Rg. 13.9. 997 . Thighloss also 31+1: (P. V. 4. 121.) 32% . Ved. not ceasing to flow, not drying up; not going clsewhere ( H); frac14 Ry. 6. 63. 8. Safe: An enemy, adversary. ... Not belonging to the same for or family ; 3911197 : Ms. 3. 5. T: 1 Non-mixture of caste. -2 Absence of confusion. esfera . Not determined: 74 FA11- de Ram. 2. 22. 24. TV a. Not fickle, steady; Ms. 6. 43. TEER . Not crowded, open, clear, broad, Casa road &c.). : A broad road. TAF . Not yone over or transmitted : Cara: an intercalary month. 3 . Beyond calculation, numberless, countless, innumerable; Faraoyciela : IT a 7 Ms. 1. 80: 12. 15; "ar, - infinity. 8 dicat a: 1 Si. Thea a. Countless, innumerable. tegral 12 : Equi: Av. 12. 3. 28. exceedingly large number. 31 auf faran Av. 1.8. 24. -Comp. - TT <<. innumerable. 31 T a. 1 Not attached, free from worldly ties. -2 Not hindered or obstructed, not blunted; 318111: sfat and HT0: Ram. 5.51.14. faf arar R. 3. 63; -3 Not united, solitary, wassailed. - T: 1 Non-attachment; 312 : (7 424) Ms. 6. 75.-2 l'arasi or soul in San. Phil.)-aftar 1. moving without obstacle. Ram. 5. 97. a. not attached to. Ram. 3 raiTa a. 1 Ununited, unaccompanied with. -2 improbable, inconsistent. -3 Unequal. -4 Unesteemedl. -5 Unbecoming, improper. -6 Rude, ill-mannered, unpolished. -7 unobstructed, not hindered ; 11th 2 4V Ram. 6. 70. 131. fa: . 1 Not associating with. -2 Incongruity, improbability. -3 (In Rhet. A figure of speech in which a cause and tits effect are roprosented as locally different or separated (in which there is an apparent violation of the relation between cause and effect); bhinnadezatayAtyantaM kAryakAraNabhUtayoH / yugapaddharmayoryatra khyAtiH sA syAdaina: II K. P. 10; far fara catania: fai Soat: ri fear: 944Fat: || Kuval. SVETA <<. Not united. -#: 1 Separation, lisunion. - Incongruity. a . 1 Not unitoil or associated. -2 Not attached to the world. Tafgy . Ved. 1 Persecuting those who are not (his) worshippers. -2 Having no enemies. T IAT . Ved. Not related by blood. TASTICE . Without consanguinity or bloodrelationship. srca a. Insensible; 4897 heyra 4974 TEUTA Ram. 6. 85. 18. - Disunion, disagroement, discord. et a. 1 Not being or existing; H2H 441 11. 3. 3; 30 Ku. 1. 12; MH. 9. 154. -2 Nonexistent, unreal; 31141 USA : eufa. -3 Bad Copp. 1); courteta: R. 1. 10. -4 Wicked, vile, evil; fart. -5 Not manifest. -6 Wrony, improper, false, untrue; sf 95 at (oft. occurring in controversial works). -7 Not answering its purpose. m (E) Indra. >>. () 1 Non-existence, non-entity; stagrar werd Rv. 10. 129. 1; 372 3749 Tail 9219a Tait. Up. 2.7.1; at fag 19: By. 2. 16. Ms. 12. 118; 1. 11, 14, 74. -2 An evil, a harm. -3 Untruth, falsehood. - An unchaste woman; 3 1 Hafa Ho Pt. 1. 418. -Comp. -37 m. a Brahmana who roads heterodox works, one who neylects his own Salha and studies another; also called TEZ. Innumerable. -4: 1 An epithet of Siya.--2 An opithet of Visnu; V. Sahas. - 4 An For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #307
E asatAyI 289 asanikRSTaM ......... .. ........ ..... .................... . ............. ..... ........... .. . ... . .. . . ........ zAkhAraDA khazAkhAM yaH parityajya anyatra kurute zramam / zAkhAraNTaH STTTT . 1 Without energy or strength. -2 Having 4 fair 2 -11 - STITH: 1 3 leterodox no animal. -3 Tla ving O yoolness. -7274 1 NonSasti or doctrine. 2 sequisition of wealth) by w existence. -2 Unreality, truth. -3 Wickedness, fair ur foul meanin. -3 a foul means itself. -32 . ba Iness. -4 Duet. -3 Darkness. following evil practices, wicked. (- :) a cvil prar TAT. 1 Untrue, false; R: 319 3271: tive. -31T2TT. one who follows evil practices, Rr. +. :) : 3724 Bg. 16.8. - 2 Imaginary, wicked, vile. , - &c. See below. - 11 unreal, 3472473f415a Ya Ku). 27. - 3 of uncertain an untrue action one which never took place. -2 fabri result: 314224f a a # 17 Ram... 30.35. cation of falschool. : . wrong or improper +27: A liar. 24 Falschood, intruth. - Comp. perception or knowlolye: 31 T- : a . speaking falsely, liar. - AFT. 0 true to TT Sry: . S. Tor : 1 a bad trick. -2 one's promise, false, pertidious, treacherous; a bad opinion, prejudice. Hea eta Shegas net e ritar S. t. t. improbable, unlikely. T : By. 16. 10. -3 childish desire. Etfoy harm, injury; 1994. S. :). 9. : : bad, 83T.. (5ft/.) 1 Dissimilar, unlike. -2 Untit, wickerl, or contemptible man. Tit. evil-eyed. - 94: in proper, incongruous; att behaving in properly, 1 a bad road (lit. ). -2 evil practices or doctrines; IL. 2; TAI K. 12 unworthy; 417: f i FTTT 274 2 7 79912 1911 714 Br. t. 3ti. fa a Ve. 3. 3. - Comp. -3944 (in rhetoric) -que acceptance of unfit presents, receiving presents A dissimilar simile. from improper persons; Ms. 12. 32. -=: 1 a chidless 14 inl. Not immediately, after delay. man: Ms. 9. Lt. -2bad son or disreputable s011. - fau: 1 present of bad things; Ms. 11. 194. -2 377. W. Blood (used only in the declension of receiving it prosents (such as fas) or from 3147 after acc. pl. ). in proper persons. It: 1 non-existence, absence. 999 Throwing, lisch:rging, casting; it in -2 a bad or wicked opinion. -3 an evil disposition. Hubow. -- N. of : true ( a ) Brideli -a . one who says that matter (or icles ) retusa (Mar. 370); Ram. 2.94.8; A F is non-existent, who negatives the existence or Si. 6. 47. af Ved. A missile, an arrow. -Comp. - quit coclares the non-existence of an idea or matter; N. of a tree (17; Mar. tiuit). aret fa fa 399424411 SB. on MS. 10.8. . a Being on ae; stafa: One who throws &c. fi foa T1 38aaa ! SB. on MS. 10. 8. 1. afa, prafa, se arat a. Having 10 issue, childless. -ETIER .. following evil practices, wicked. (- :-) -fati, 7 Childlessness, failure of issue. 1 a low or degracing occupation. -2 wickedness, figy... Discontenteri, disple: sed; 3 er as agt: -BUAE . following evil practices. (-:) evil sciata: Displeasure. practice. - 12 wrong doctrine. -2: heterodox doctrine (such as that of the Buddhas); Ms. 11. 6). teret . 1 Not doubtful, distinct, certain, ei: bad company. Eg: 1 : statement having clear. -2 Not vanisherl. -3 Confident, unsuspected. cxccptions in 11). -2: bud or fallacious het: -TE ind. Cert:inly, undoubtedly. See ETHI. dia, a. Ved. Not restrained, frec. tefeat asatAyI Wickerlness, fa facaga+r: Rv. 1. 4. 2; 3ifearai derat Ms. 8. 312. 31778 U. To lisrospet, ishonour, not to receive 9 3 a. Ved. Without rest or repose, untiring, hospitably. restless. 38 . Of bad conduct, wicked. 1. (- ) TH 1 Want of aim or object. -2 Disjunction. 1 A bad action prohibitel by the Vedas). -2 seife . 1 Not joined together (:s words ). -2 Wickedness. Not bound or restrained, at liberty. - : 1 Absence Art, a Disrepect, dishonour, bad or of Sandhi or euphony. -2 Want of union, connection. in hospitable reception. 09 a. 1 Unarmed. -2 Pretending to knowledge, 38. a . 1 Not honoured, disrespected; 4aqlar- conceited (foscia). -3 Proud, arrogant. -4 Born Base By. 11. 42. - 2 Done from improper motives. or procluced. -94 bad or wicked vloei. 1271499 By. 17. 22. af : 1 Non-perception of objects, not bringing 30 1 Non-existence.- Urtruth. -3 Wickedness, them to the mind. -2 Remoteness. badness ifrav a. 1 Unperceived. -2 Not wear, remote. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #308
asaMnidhiH 290 asamRddhiH asaMnidhiH , -nidhAnam 1 Absence, distance. -2 Confidence. efarea a. 1 Not neur, distant. -2 Placed in a wrong manner. asaMnivRttiH /. Non-return; asaMnivRttyai tadatItameva S.6.10 gone never to return; paralokamasaMnivRttaye R.8.49. asapatna 4.1 Without a rival wife. -2 Not an Unemy, friendly. -3 Without enemies, not attacked; idaM tadaki devA asapatnA kilAbhuvam Rv. 10. 159.4; avApya bhUmAvasapatnamRddham By.2.8.-tnam Undisturbed condition, peace. -tnI A sort of brick (iSTakAbhedaH). asapiNDa a. Not connected by offerings of rice-balls; or not connected by blood-relationship. asabhya a.1Unfit for an assembly. -2 Vulgar, low, obscene, indecent (words &c.). ayaM tvasabhyastava janmano gRhe zrutvAgrajAMste nyavadhIt surezvara Bhag. asama a. Uneven, odd (as a number); asamazIlAH khalu mRgAH Bv.1.2; mean, contemptible. -2 Unequal (in space, number or dignity); asamaiH samIyamAnaH Pt. 1.7t. -3 Unequalled, matehless, unsurpassed; samavatArasamairasamaistaTaiH Ki. 5.7; vAdyavizeSANAmasamaH zrotA K. 12; Ms. 10. 78. -4 Uneven, not level (as ground).-maH N. of Buddha. -Comp. -iSuH, -bANaH, -sAyaka: "having an odd number of arrows', epithets of Cupid who has five arrows. -nayana, -netra, -locana .. "having an odd number of eyes', epithets of Siva, who has three eyes. -vRttam a. metre in which theganas are not the same in all lines. asamartha 4.1 Not able or compotent; abhyAseDapyasamartho'si Bg. 12. 10.-2 Weak, feeble. -3 (In Rhet.) Powerless to convey the intended meaning, a defect of a word; yattadartha paThyate na ca tatrAsya zaktiH tadasamarthatvam K.P.7%3 '. g. in kucha hanti kRzodarI; hana, though read in root-books in the sense of 'going', is here powerless to convey that meaning. -Comp. -samAsa: a compound in which the conjunction of words is not as it should be; e. y. in azrAddhabhojin , asUyapazya, agoes not with zrAddha or sUrya but with bhojin or pazya ; Mbh. on P. I. 1. 43. asamavAyina Not intimate or inherent, accidental, separable. -Comp. -kAraNama (In logic) an accidental cause, not inherent and intimate relation; guNakarmamAtravRttijJeyamathApyasamavAyihetutvam Bhasa. P.; yathA tantusaMyogaH paTasya. asamaveta . Not classed together, incoherent; degrUpam incoherently. asamasta 4.1 Incomplete, imperfect, partial, not whole. -2 (In gram.) Not joined in a compound, not compounded. -3 Uncollected. - Superator detached, unconnected (opp. vyasta). -stam An uncompounded word (the sentence showing the dissolution of a compound). asamAti .. Having nothing equal, unparallelod. STEHT a. Unequalled, matchless ; 414024 Dk. 13. SEATA a. 1 Not completed or finished, left incomplete ; asamAptavidhiryato muniH R.8. 76%B Ku. 4. 19. -2 Not fully acquired. asamAyukta a. Not properly disciplined; Asti vAhanasAmarthyam / asamAyuktastu saH Pratijiis. 4. asamAvRttaH, -ttakaH) A religious student who has asamAvartakaH n ot completed the period of asamAvRttikaH his residence with his preceptor; mAsikAnaM tu yo'znIyAdasamAvartako dvijaH Ms. 11. 157. asamAhAra a. Not joined. -raH 1 Non-recovery of anything. -2 Disunion. asamidhya ind. Not having kindled; asamidhya ca pAvakam Ms. 2. 187. asamIkSya ind. Not having (properly) considered. -Comp. -kArin a. acting incomsiderately, imprudent, not_circumspect; sarvamidaM mama nRzaMsasya asamIkSyakAritAyA vijRmbhitam Nag.5. asamIcIna .. Erroneous, wrong; tasmAd yasya ca duSTa karaNaM yatra ca mithyeti pratyayaH sa evAsamIcInaH pratyayo nAnya iti / SR. On MS. 1. 1.5. asamRddhi:/. Non-coomplishment, ill-succell; nAtmAnamavamanyeta pUrvAbhirasamRddhibhiH Ms. 4. 137. asamagra .. Incomploto; partial. -gram ind. Incompletely, not entirely; tato niSaGgAdasamagramuddhRtam R.3.64. asamaJjasa .1 Indistinct, unintelligible; skhaladasamaJjasamugdhajalpitaM te U. 4. 4; Mal. 10.2 fultering, inarticulate and pretty prattle. -2 Unbecoming, improper; yadyapi na kApi hAnirdrAkSAmanyasya rAsabhe carati / asamaJjasamiti matvA tathApi taralAyate cetaH // Udb. -3 Absurd, nonsensical, foolish; kRtaM kiM vA suparNasya te naikenAsamaJjasam / Bhag. 10. 17.7. -sam Non-conformity, disparity, difference. inl. 1 Unbecomingly, improperly. -2 In a fluctuating or confused manner. sen / Ved. Non-conflict, harmony, concord. asamada . [ saha madena garveNa samadaH kalahaH sa nAsti yatra] Without a quarrel or opposition. asamana 1.1 Of different colours or minds. -2 Going in different directions%3; asamanA ajirAso raghuSyadaH Bv. 1. 140. +. -3 Uneven, unequal; asamane adhvani vRjine pAtha Bv.6.46. 18. asamaya: 1 Unsetsonableness. -2 Unit or unfavourable time; asamaye matirunmiSati dhruvam N. 4.57. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #309
asameta 291 asaruH ... .......... a a. Not arrived, absent; e ar : Turaat, - a. 1 Impossible. -2 InconR. 9. 70. ceivable, incomprehensible. -544 = 14H q. v. Ta a. Unlucky, poor, miserable. - f. 1 asaMbhAvita a. Unworthy of. -upamA A simile that Ill-luck, want of success or wealth. -2 Non-accom- implies impossibility. plishment, failure; 7 a t Ms. 12. 36. cita: f. 1 Non-existence; illusion (12); 3751 tegra a. Not present or at hand. -2: Inactivity, 7 apa sahagura Vaj. 40. 9.; Isop. 12 -2 Not cessation of any work; 369 99 994- being born again. -3 Undeveloped cause ( la). TRUTH Ram. 3. 64. 59. asaMbhASya . Unfit for conversation; asaMbhASye sAkSibhizca O a. 1 Not complete, unfinished. -2 Not Ta faa: Ms. 8.55. whole or entire. -3 Not full, partial, as the moon; a a. 44 TOHOHINH Mu. 1. 6. 1 Not brought about by artificial means, not artificial, natural; ri 09-1778: s a a a. Not well discerned, or distinguished, Ku. 1. 31. -2 Not properly nourished. a kind of 11 ( = falta q. v.) E a. Not to be brought into contact; Mb. cias a. 1 Unconnected, incoherent. -2 Nonsensical, absurd, unmeaning: 4711 talking nonsense; TETT a. One with whom one ought not to eat; 34ac: cart Mk. 9 absurd fellow; degFFIT: Mal. 2: 3 T 3784 atga: Ms. 9. 238. 719 17: Ratn.2. -3 Improper, wrong; Ms. 12.6. STUHA a. Free from agitation, composed, cool.-A: -4 Not closely associated, not related; i stea Calmness, steadiness; zazaMsa tulyasattvAnAM sainyaghoSe'pyasaMbhramam CITETTT 7 Ms. 8. 163. An absurd sentence, R. 4. 72.-4, STIFTH Coolly. unmeaning or nonsensical speech; e.y. 19-ahi HIT when uttered by some one; see 3194 also. Tereya Breina a. 1 Disapproved, not allowed or permitted, a. Having the interception of an irrelevant matter; not consented to; asaMmataH kastava muktimArgam Ku. 3.5. -2 Haaragrza4141 ar vaia i SB. on MS.3.1. 21. Disliked, averse. -3 Dissentient, differing from. -a: An enemy; HAR K. P. 7. -Comp. -TTTT a. 342F 4. Unconnected, not relating or belonging taking without the consent of the possessor, such as to. 974 af FEE T : Ms. 2. 129.-F97: a thief. gratinarrat TUTET Tam: da a... Non connection, absence of any relation or connection; Mb. 13. 122.9. 261 arruffa1974 Szea: Bhasa. P. 68. steinfa: f. 1 Dissent, difference of opinion, disagreeSTEET a. 1 Not narrow, spacious, wide; 349 ment, 2 Disa pproval; dislike, aversion. -3 Dishonour; ayat arala Av. 12. 1. 2. -2 Not crowded with peo- 90asa at P. III. 1. 128. ple, lonely, solitary; 794 areasa Ki. 3. 53.-3 Open, accessible. -4 Separated by an interval; faq S1CAA: Disrespect, disgrace. Hariqa Si. 3. 07. -5 Without pain. -ET N. of a sefa a. Not limited, immense. metre consisting of 56 syllables. - Ved. Open space; asaMbAdhe pRthivyA urau loke ni dhIyasva Av. 18.2.20. tige a. Having the face turned away from; Ks. TETTE: Non-knowledge, ignorance; Mb. 12 STREG a. Not infatuated, undeluded. -2 Steady, composed. ReisiTAT: By. 5. 20; 10. 3; 15. 19. TEST a. Improbable, unlikely, inconsistent ; 311H A TIT 577 H. 1. 26, -a: 1 Non-existence; 3474 TETAIT: 1 Absence of infatuation; giala diHIE: HET HIT Vaj. 40. 10; Isa. Up. 13; AUT # 7 Bg. 10. 4. -2 Steadiness, composure, coolness. -3 Real H UF Hafera: Pt. 2.4; Si. 16. 31. 2 Improba- knowledge, true insight into a thing ). bility, impossibility. -ET-24 An extra-ordinary event. TAET a. Ved. 1 Not blended or united together. TinaT a. Improbable; 31849697an - -2 Without any hurt, uninjured, safe. -3 Not sevitA / karaM na sahate rAjan bhuumirnvvdhuuriv|| cleansed 31er Har: : ; Rv. 5. 11.3. STEITEZ, -irreta. 1 Impossible; 3761 a. (-iat.) 1 Bad, improper, incorrect. 1644. -2 Incomprehensible. -5774 ind. In an incom- -2 Imperfect, incomplete. -Comp.- a. 1 prehensible or extraordinary manner, so as to prevent inexpert, incompetent. -2 ill-conducted, profligate. any restoration ; et ferka ATE4129 912794 -3 Acting improperly: Ms. 9. 259.-TIT: Incorrect Av. 5. 18. 12. application. TEH T 1 Difficulty or impossibility of compre- 37E: [ atja 4-37 . 1.] N. of a modicinal plant hending. -2 Improbability. -3 Want of respect. Blumea Lacera (Mar. teret). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #310
asarva 292 asAMprata 8. Not all; at u. Ved. not having all one's mon collected. 3420atteri : Av. 9. 2, 14. STECH ( TASTA: 31 + ] 1 Iron. -2 A Montrs used in discharging a missile. -3 Arms. 1990. 1 Of a different caste or tribe; 314 714 af v ar att S. 1. -2 Not homogeneous. 3785 a. Not-left: (i. P. right). 377971. Vod. 1 Not disposed to go, not going 33 719 .5 Rafa Rv. 6. 31. 4. -2 Unceasing, inexhaustible, not drying up. -3 Not closed up, not defonted or overcome, untouched as by anyone attempting to enter a door ). TETET . Ved. Not sleeping, watchful, wakeful: 31 32 375T: Rv. 1. 143. 3. 3796 .. 1 Not enduring, intolerant, impatient of; ARATUR: Ks. 9. 37. -2 Unable to bear, support, or endure; oft. with gen. of object, ATTIE K. 2.30; 2 THE HTI Mu. 4. 13; 371EUR TT - THE Si. 7. 18; 10.81; Ki. 7. 7. - The middle of the breast. 3TTET . Not enduring, intolerant, impatient, envious, jealous, 31 Tar a TEZ412: 012: V. 4: Me. 34 (v. l.), 1121 F20 Y aga Hrana Ratu. 3. 1): Si. 1.. 39.-: An chemy. -Ah Intolerance impatience : jealousy UHETH = 31921. EE ). 1 Unbearable, insufferable, intolerasahitavyaable; (dadarza) tadapAramasahya ca vAnarANAM mahAbalama TETESI Ram. 6. 26.7: R. 18. 23. 7904442WH Ku..1. -2 Impracticable, impossible 328 invisible). -Comp. -is . Causing intolerable pain: 3176417Hhaft #R. 1.71. THEAT . Impatient. rugs . 1 Impatient, enduring, envious or jealous of: in quantac:. -2 Quarrelsone: "ar impatience, envy: 459 STATECO A Bh. 2. 52. 61.. 1 Friendless, lonely, solitary: TFA 11741178 P. V. 1.113 Com. -2 Without companions or :ssistants: Ms. 7. 30. 3114 777 772 71 f israf 93 HEIZGH I Do: arrete loneliless, solitude: Ms. 6. 1; without companions, frienilless: Ta 14694172612019, Ms. 6. 19. starta .. Una ssociated, unaccompanied. T ATTA ul. 1 Not before the eyes, invisibly, imperceptibls. 2 Not present (used adjectively ). -3 Indirectly. -Comp. -Pirt: absence; non-perception. Tate n. 1-T/.) 1 Having no witness, unattested, unwitnessed: falfatohy g f faganat: Ms.&. 109. - 2 Without a ruler, Comp. - a. Beaten in law) without witness: Y. 2. 212. Tatra . 1 Not all mye-witness, 1.9.71. -2 One whose evidence is not admissible (in law). -3 One who is disqualified to attest a legal document. 3 TH Want of evidence. 31917 a. Ved. Not sitting: having no seat; Not mounted on horse-back); 3711712 2 : Av. 11. 10. 24.-2 Not becoming tired, mwearied; Raj. T. 54 HTET a. Without means, destitute of resources, materials, or instruments; Pt. 2. 1. - 1 Nonaccomplishment. -2 Not proving or establishing. reruatu, Tarza. 1 Not to be accomplished or completed, not proper, easy, or capable of being accomplished ; & 30 714 Harya: K. 1. -2 Not capable of being proved; (seu com. on Y. 2.6.) -3 Incurable, irremediable as a disease or patient); 3791-2: a ia Te Si. 2. 84 : 3711 fa alat 59 V.3; Mv. 1. 23: 40174 R. 8.9. -4 Not to be overpowered or inastered. STATETTU <<. 1 Not common, peoutliar; special, specific. -2 ( In logie) Existing neither in 77721 or fara as letu; 417 419:37 9: -3 Not to be claimed by anyone else, Xclusively belonging to one (as worth &c.); 1971 9anica ATTUTT HATTIVIT Mita. --OT: A fallacy or kart in Logic: one of the three kinds of 3 q. v: -UH Speciality, special property. Ter<<. Not good, bad, distasteful, unpleasant; BISERI 9 ana Ki. 1. 4. -2 Wicked. --3 INbehaved with loc.); 3171317Sk., 34113: fait Mbh. 2. 3. 36 - 4 Corrupt, not properly formed or Sanskrit (as word): 41 VT 2: alle A 37718: Bhart ri. Mbh. Dipiki - An unch: te woman.al, -94 Wickedness. --Comp. :01 haste woman. Teh Non series, Abwenen: 1 in agrite 160172 Mb. 3. 14. 1. FIATH 1 Incorrectness. -2 Impropriety. TATART a.( .) Juopportune, museasonable ; t at : : Ki. 2. 40. STEAE a. 1 Not common, peculiar, exclusive, sole; T A MUZAFTA aR. 15. 39.-2 Extraordinary. - 24 A peculiar or special property. Tah a. Ved. Not ball, whole, complete. - ind. Completely, fully. -Comp. - Tag <<. Having complete strength; Ba y ra 37 Tah: Rv. 5.52. 5. eiga a. Unfit, unbecoming, improper ; 3**0215 H M. 5. -Ah ind. Improprely, unfitly; oft. used with an adjectival force = 371177: ATIS For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #311
asAMpratikatA 293 asita saMvardhya svayaM chettumasAMgratam Ku. 2.0); saMpratyasAMprataM vaktumukte musalapANinA Si.2.71. R.8.613 Pt. 1. 245. asAMpratikatA /. Improper behaviour; ]}. R.. asAMpradAyika .. Not traditional, not sanctioned by the tradition. U. asAmyam 1 Difference, dissimilarity; Mb. 2. -2 Unsuitableness (in medicine or diet). asAra 1. [na. pa.] 1 Sapless, insipid. -2 (4) Without essence, uscless%3B asAraH khalu saMsAraH Udb.: (0) worthless, unsubstantial, without strength, stuff or value deprived of its essence%3; asAre saMsAra parimuSitaratnaM tribhuvanam Mal. 5. 30; U. 1; asAre khalu saMsAre sArameta catuSTayam Dharm. 12,18: tatsaMsAramasArameva nikhilaM buddhvA vudhA bodhakAH Bh. 3. 146. -3 Vain, unprofitable; Pt.1.28. -4 Weak, feeble, imtirin, fragile; zrutipathamasArama Mu.6. 11: bahanAmapyasArANAM saMhatiH kAryasAdhikA (samavAyo hi durjayaH) Pt. 1. 331; Si.2.50. -5 Poor; Dk. 40. - With No enthusiasm, not ready; suyuddhakAmukaM sAramasAraM viparItakam / Sukra. h. 872. -raH, ram 1 Unessential or unimporiant portion: kuyAdasArabhannA hi sArabhaGgamapi sphuTam II.R.). -2 N. of a tree (eraNDa). -3Aloe word. (Mr. agara ). asAratA 1 Saplessness. -2 Worthlessness; AdheH svIkaraNAtsidI rakSamANo'gyasAratAm 1.2.60.-3 Unsulbstantial mature; transitors or frail state; dhigimAM dehabhRtAmasAratAm R.S. I. 31 TTTT . Caroless, inadvertent. STHITAH Absence of violence, gentleness. asAhasika I. Not acting holdly or inconsiderately; na sahAsmi mAharAmasAhasikI Si. .. asiH [abhyate kSiyane : as-ina / ... 130] 1 A sword -2 A knife sevel for killing animals. -3 [pdf 1947 9 ] N.of : river to the south of Benares.-4 Breath (zvAsa). -siind. The thulopers. sing of the present of 314 to ie, tel :s an indeclinable in the sense of 7H thous i n kRtavAnasi vigriyaM na me Ku.t.7 (where however asi may be taken as a verb). -Comp. -asi indl. sword against sword. - E: a small pillow for the sheelks; (asiH kSipto gaNDo yatra Tv.). -cayoM exercise or practice of arms; MD. 1. -jIvina 1. one who carns liis livelihood by means of swords, a soldier fighting for wages. -daMSTraH, daMSTrakaH the marine monster malkara or crocorlile painted on the banner of Kamadeva ). --dantaHerocodile. -dhArA the edge of asword; suragaja iva dantairbhagnadaityAsidhAraiH R.10.86,41.-dhArAvratam [asidhArAyAM sthitiriva duSkaraM vratam ] 1(according to some) the vow of standing on the edge of a sword; (according to others ) the vow of keeping constant company with a young wife and yet stealily resisting the temptation of sexnal intercourse with her%yatraikazayanasthApi pramadA nopabhujyate / asidhArAvataM nAma vadanti munipuMgavAH | or zayane madhye khaDgaM vidhAya strIpuMsau yatra brahmacaryeNa svapatastata: or yuvA yuvatyA sAdhaM yanmugdhabhartRvadAcaret / antarnivRttasaGgaH syAdasidhArAvataM hi tat Yadava. -2 (hence fig.) any hopelssly difficult task; satAM kenoddiSTaM viSamamasidhArAvratamidam Bh. 2.28,643 amidhAravratamidaM yadariNA saha saMvAsa: Pt.3. -dhAvaH, -dhAvakaH // armourer, furbisher. vAdyavidyAvidagdhAzca lubdhkaashcaasidhaavkaaH| Siva. B.31.21.-dhenuH, -dhenukA [ asidhainuriva yasyAH vA kap or asedhanukA (dhenuzabdena strIvAcakatvaM saMdRzyate)] lamife%3 Vikr. 4.69; f. syAcchastrI cAsiputrI ca ccharikA cAsidhenukA / Ak.2.8.92. -patra . having sword-shaped leaves%3B jAtaM tamAtmanyasipatravRkSam R.14.18.(-traH)1 the sugar-cane. -2 a kind of tree which grows in the lower world. (Mar. vidhArI nibaTuMga.) -3n hell paved with swords. (54) 1 the blade of a sword. -2 a sheath, a scabbard. degvanam a hell where the trees have leaves as sharp as swords. asipatravanaM caiva nizitaM kSarasaMvRtam (dadarza) Mb. 18.2. 233; asipatravanaM caiva lohadArakameva ca | Ms. 100%; -patrakaH 1 a sugar-cane. -2 white ** grass, Bhag. 5. 26. 7. -pathaH, -tham the course of the breath.-pucchaH , -pucchakaH the Gangetic porpoise ; soe zizumAra. -putrikA, -putrI a kinfe (aseH putrIva), -medaH | asiriva tIkSNo medo niryAso yasya / the fetid Khadirn. (viTkhadira; Mar. zeNyAkhaira). -latA the blade of a sword: gurullasitAsilatAsitAH SiG.HI. -hatya a. to be killed with is sword. (-tyam) fighting with knives or swords. -hastaH killing by right hand sword: (asihasto dakSiNabAhuvibhrAntacchedaH / iti nIlakaNThaTIkA): - asihastApahastAbhyAM teSAM gAtrANyakRntata Mb.6.10.4) -hetiH [asihetiH sAdhanamasya] aswordsman. asikam The part of the face between the underlip and the chin. asiknI [sitA kezAdI zubhrA jaratI, naginA avRddhA, asita takArasya lIp ca P. IV. 1.3) chandasi kameke Vart.]1 A young maidservant of the harem. -2 Night Nir.). -3 N. of a river in the l'unjab, mentioned along with others in the line. ima ma gare yamune...asikiyA maruddha ...... Bv.10.75.): karISiNAmasikkIca kuzacIrAM mahAnadIm Mh.6.9.23.11. black; tvad bhiyA viza AyanasiknIH Rv.7..B. asiknyasyoSadhe Mbh. on t. 1.3). asiknikA A young woman-servant : gato gaNastRrNamasiknikAnAm Kisi on P. IV. 1.39. asita . 1 Unbound ( Ved). -2 [na sitaH zubhraH] Not. white, black, dark-blue, dark-coloured : asitA moharajanI Santi. 3.4; 1. 3. 166%; "locanA, nayanA 6. -taH 1 The dark or blue colour: the dark fortnight of lunar month. -3 N. of the planet Saturn. -4 A black snake. -5 N. of the sage devala; asito devalA vyAsaH Bg. 10. 13. -6N. of a being presiding over darkness and magic. -7N. of Krisna; visRjAndakSu sarvAsu zarAnasitasArathiH Mb. 7. 146. 44. - 1 The Indigo plant. -2 A girl attending upon the harem (whose hair is not whitened by a ge); see asinI. -3 The river Yamuna. -4N. of a daughter of Virana.and wife of Daksn. -5 N. of the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #312
asiddha 294 asumna river. Akesines (2-2 ) in the Punjab: Rv. 8. 20. 25. life; Ry. 15. 10. 1.-2 life of departed spirits. -3 Water. -Comp. -aJjanI The black cottom plant. -ambujam, -4 Heat. -6(pl.)(.) The tive vital breathi or life-utpalam the blue lotus. -arcis M. fire. -azman winds in the body; asubhiH sthAsnu yazazcicISitaH Ki.2. 19%3B m. -upala: a dark-blue stome%3; lapis lazuli. nilayeSu parIkSitaM durlabhAnasUn prApitavAn K. 175%3 Bh.2.110; (7) naktamasitAzmanAM cayaiH Si. 13. 54; Ki. 16.38. -kezA a wisdom (prajJA Nir.). -6 The time taken in pronouneing woman having black hair. -kezAnta a. having 10 long syllables. -7A sixth part of a palaq. V... black locks of hair. -giriH , -nagaH 'the blue (-su)1 Reflection, thought. -2 Heart, inind. -3 Grief. mountain'; N. of a mountain. asitagirisamaM syAt kajjalaM -Comp.-tRpU (pa)-bhara a. Enjoying one's life, devoted to sindhupAne / zivamahimnastotra of puSpadantAcArya, and Dr. Gode's worldly pleasures; mAtaraM pitaraM bhrAtRnsavAca muhRdstthaa| pranti papers Vol. III. asitanaganitambazyAmabhAso ghanAnAm Ki.-grIva hapamutRpo lubdhA rAjAnaH prAyazo bhuvi Bhax.10.1.67.-dhAraNam, a. having a black neck. Vaj. 28. 13. (-vaH) 1 fire. -OTT sustenance of life, life, existence. -10: the lord -2 A peacock; prAvRSIvAsitagrIvo majjeta nizi nirjane / mAyUreNa / of spirits ; imau yunajmi te vahI asunItAya voDhave Ar. 18.2.56. guNenaiva strIbhizvAvekSitazcaret Mb. 12. 120. 13. -zu . (for degjAnu) (-tam) the world of spirits. -nItiH f. the life or the having black knees. Av. 12. 1.21. -abhrazekhara: N. spirits personitied as a female deity invoked for the of a Buddha. -nayanam a. black-eyed; mA kolInAda- preservation of life); amunIte mano asmAsu dhAraya Rv.J0.59.5. sitanayane magyavizvAsinI bhU: Me. 11t. -pakSaH the dark fort- -bhaDgaH 1 destruction or loss of life; malinamasubhadremight; durdivase'sitapakSe duHsaMcArAsu nagaravIthISu Pt. 1. 173. pyasukaram Bh.2.28. -2 danger or fear about life. -bhRt -phalam the swoot coconut. -5a. having black eyer m. a living being, a creature. - a. as dear as life, lids. -mRgaH the black antelope. -yavana = kAlayavana q... dearly loved. (-maH) a husband, lover; muhurasusamamAnatI gurukoparuddhapadamApadasitayavanasya raudratAm Si. 15.56. nitAntam Si.7.17. asiddha a. 1 Vot accomplished. -2 Imperfect, asumat a. Living, breathing. m. 1 A living being: incomplete. -3 Unproved. -4 Unripe, raw, mcooked. satatamasumatAmagamyarUpAH Si+.20. -2 Life, the principle of -5 Not derivable by inference. -6 (in grammar) non- vitality. effective; inoperative (asa rule), not effected; asgood asukha / . Unhappy, sorrowful. anityamamukha lokama 25 not effected i. c. null and void (as the operation of such a rule) pUrvatrAsiddham P.VIII. 2. 1. -ddhaH A fallacious Bg.9.33 -2 Not easy (to obtain), difficult zreyAMsi labdhumasukhAni vinAntarAyaH Ki... 49. -kham Sorrow, pain, hetu ; one of the five principal divisions of Pranate or afffiction; asukhaM darzitaM vikAreNa M. +. -Comp. -Avaha . fallacies. It is of three kinds:- (1) AzrayAsiddha where the pained with grief. -AviSTa .. afflicted with griel or existence of any such locality (Azraya) as that where the pain, causing great pain. - a. causing or ending in property is said to reside, is not esta bished; as 'gaganArabindai unhappiness; na karma niSphalaM kuryAtrAyatyAmasukhodayam Ms. 4. 70. surabhi aravindatvAt', (2) svarUpAsiddha where the nature (svarUpa) allegedl does not really reside in the subject (427); as -udarka ...productive of or onling in unhappiness 3; tadbhavatyamukhodakaM jIvatazca mRtasya ca Ms. 11. 10. -jIvikA an zabdo guNaH cAkSuSatvAt ; and (3) vyApyatvAsiddha where the alleged invariableness of concomitance is not real unhappy life. (the sAdhyatva not residing in sAdhya); 8 parvatA vahimAn asukhin .. Unhappy, sorrowful. kAJcanamayadhUmAt. -Comp. -antaH Not an incontestable asugandha u. Not fragrant. -ndhaH a. bud smell. dogma; Susr. -artha a. one who has not effected his ga a. 1 Childless. -2 Ved. Not pressed out, not aim; Ram. 3. cleared or purified (as the Soma juice). asiddhiH /. 1 Imperfect accomplishment, failure: siddhapasiddhapoH samo bhUtvA Bg. 2.48; 4.22. -2 Want of asundha [mu abhiSave bA0 za. na. ta. Not prussing ripeness. -3 Non-accomplishment (in Yoga Phil.). out the Soma juice. asunvAmindra saMsada viSUcI vyanAzayaH -4 (In logic) Conclusion not warranted by the premises, Rv. 8. 14. 15. --5 Want of resolution. asutara . Not to be easily passed, see dustarasatanaasinva.. Ved. Insatia ble. asinvaM vanaM mahyAdanaH / masutara vaNayanyantaram Ki.5. 18. Rv. 5. 32.8. asutRe. Insatiable; asutRpa ukthazAsazcaranti Bv.10.82.7. -pa: A servant of Yama, messenger of death. See asu. asiraH [asU kSepe kirac] 1 A beam, a ray; yaH sUryasyAsireNa mRjyate Rv. 9.76. +. -2 An arrow, a bolt. asundara .. Not. berutiful, or good or right; imasI N. of a river (near Banaras); see asi. proper. kimapyasti svabhAvena sundaraM vApyasundaram Subhas. asuH [asyate kSipyate as-un Un 1. 10; ef. Nir.; sa hi asupta / Not asleep; amuptaH suptAnAbhicAkazIti Bri. astaH zarIre bhavati tasya tatra nityamavasthAnam ] 1 Breath ; mInagandhyama Up. 4.8.11. degdaza not closing the eyes in sleep. gandhena kurvantI mArgadUSaNam Bhag. 6. 13. 13; lifespiritual asumna . Ved. Contrary, adverse, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #313
asura 298 asUyanam BIBI asura . [ asu-ra Up. 1. 42] 1 Living, alive, spiri- nature. -3 The collective body of spiritual beings. tual. -2 An epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Varuna. -2: The Supreme Spirit; apAM napAdamuryasya malA Rv.2.35.2. --3 Incorporeal, super human, divine. -ra: [ According asuratvam Spirituality, supernatural or divine to Nir. asuratAH sthAneSu na saSTha ratAH sthAneSu capalA ityarthaH: or astAH pracyAvitA devaiH sthAnebhyaH or from asu; asuH prANaH nature ; mahad devAnAmasuratvamekam Rv.3.05. 1. tena tadanto bhavanti ro matvartha: or sardivAnasUjata tatsarANAM saratvam / asurakSa .. Difficult to guard or preserve: perishables asoH asurAnasUjata nadasurANAmasuratvam; soH = prazastAdAtmanaH pradezAt ] asurakSA hi bahucchalAH zriyaH Ki. 8.29. 1 An evil spirit, a demon; the chief of the evil asurasA [ na suSTu raso yasyAH ] N. of a plant; a spirits; vRkadaraso amurasya vIrAna Rv. 2. 30. +. the Rim. ___variety of tulasI. thus accounts for the name:--- murApratigrahAddevAH surA ityabhivizrutAH / apratigrahaNAttasyA deteyAzcAmurAstathA // [ In the oldest. TECHT a. Not easily attainable, difficult to secure; parts of the Rigveda the term Inra is used for ! amulabhA sakalendumukhI ca sA V.2.9. (V. 1. na sulabhA0) the Supreme Spirit and in the sense of god', asupira . Not. hollow. ' divine'; it was applied to several of the chiet deities such as Indra, Agni, and especially Varuna. It asudhvi [mu-bA* ki dvitvam na. ta. Tv.] Not pressing afterwards acquired an entirely opposite meaning, out the Soma juice, irreligious, wicked. See 3197. and came to signify a demon or an enemy of the asusaH [asUna prANAna muvati sU-kip ] An arrow; sa sAsiH gods. The Brahmanas state that Praja pati created sAsusUH sAso yeyAyeyAyayAyayaH Ki. 15.5. Asurus with the breath (isu); particularly from the lower breath. The Vayu P. says that Asuras asustha a. Unwell, indisposed; degtA indisposition, were first produced as sons from Prajapati's groin ; sickness. ef. also Nir. above]. -2 A general name for the asuhRd.. An enemy; zalabhatAM labhatAmasuhRdgaNaH enemies of gods, Iaitys and Dana vas, distinguished Si. 2. 117. from Roksasas descended from Pulastya; kAnIyasA eva 375 a. Not bringing forth, barren as a cow). devA jyAyasA asurA: Bri. Up. 1.3.1. Bg 11.22. -3A ghost or spectre. -4 The sun (said to be from as to: asUka u. See asUyaka. shine). -BAn elephant. -6 An epithet of Rahu. asata, asUtika . One who has not brought forth, --7 A cloud. -8 N. of warrior tribe. -rA 1 barren; asUtikA rAmAyaNyapacit pra patiSyati Av.6.83.3. Night. -2 A zodiacal sign. 3 A prostitute. asUtajaratI ( Woman) who grows old without f 1 A female demon, wife of an Asura. -2 N. of the plant Sinopis Racemosa Roxb. (Mar. kALI moharI). having brought forth a child ; 1. VI. 2. 42. -Comp. -adhipaH, -indraH , -rAja, -jaH 1 the lord of asatiH 1. 1 Non-productions barrenness. -20bsthe Asuras. -2 an epithet of Bali, grandson of truction, removal; tapasAM sUtirasUtirApadAm Ki. 2.56. Prahlada; yajJaM cakAra sumahAnasurendro mahAbala: Ram.1.2.).6. asUkSaNam [sUkS-Adare lyuT , na. ta.] Disrespect ; also in -AcAryaH, -guruH 1 N. of the preceptor of the the same sense, asukSaNam , asura'Nam , asUkSaNam , astakSaNam . Asuras, Sukracharya. -2 the planet Venus. -37164 bell-metal. -kSayaNa, -kSiti . destroying the asUya 4. Grumbling at lispleased with; Mb. 13. Asuras%3; asurakSayarNa vadhaM triSandhi divyAzrayan Av.11.10.1038 g la Den. P.(P. III. 1.27) 1 To onvy, to be yamabadhnAd bRhaspatidevebhyo asurakSitim Av. 10. 6.22. -guruH jealous of; kathaM citragato bhartA mayA'sUyitaH M. 1.-2 To 1 The planet. Venus (zukra). -2 Sukracharya. -chaha detract from; murmur, grumble at, be displeased 'Enemy of the Asuras',ayod; puraH kinAti somaM hi saihike with, scorn, be discontented with or angry with with yo'suradruhAm Si. 2.6.-dviS m. an enemy of the Asuras, dat. of person or thing); asUyanti sacivopadezAya K. 100% in era god. -mAyA demoniacal magic; yenA zravasyavazvaratha asUyAnta mahA prakRtayaH V.4; nyasanAya sasaurabhasya kastarusUnasya devA ivAmuramAyayA Av.3.9.1.-rakSas..(pl.) the Asuras zirasyasUyati Si. 16.20%; zraddhAvanto'nasUyanto mucyante te'pi and Raksasas. (-sam) a demoniacal being partaking karmabhiH Bg.8.31; sometimes with ace. ; asUyanti hi rAjAno of the qualities of both the classes. -ripuH, janAnanRtavAdinaH -Gank. To cause to murmur at. -sUdanaH 'destroyer of Asurus', an epithet of Visun: asUyaka . [ asay-yula P. III. 2.146] 1 Envious, bhrAtA bhava yavIyAMsvaM zakasyAsurasUdana Ram. 1.29. 17. -han detracting, calumnious. -2 Discontented, displeased. m 1 One who destroys the Asurss, an epithet of -ka: A dotractor, an envious man; asUyakAyAnRNave Agni, Ludra &c. -2 N. of Visnu. Nir.2.4; asUyakAya mAM mA dAH Ms. 2. 114; Sinti. 8.73 asurya..[asarAya hitAH gavA. yana] 1 Incorporest, spiri Y.1.28. tual, divine. -2 lontoniacal, belonging to the Asuras or sprung from then (asurasya svam P. IV. 1. 128). -yama asUyanam 1 Detructions valunny, 2 Envy, 1 The water of the clouds. -2 Spirituality, divine i jealousy. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #314
asUyA 298 astakSaNam %32 asUyA 1 Eny, intolerance, jealousy (of the asRNi-NI.. Unrestrained (as by a gond); mano vIryavarohappiness of others): krudhaduheAsyArthAnAM yaM prati kopaH siktamamRNyamakutobhayam Bhiya. 17.22. P. I. 1. 373 [IL.1.283 VIII. 1.8. sAsUyam enviously. asRpa ... 1 Unrested. -2 Continuel. -3 Unpresen-2 Calumy, letraction (of the merits of others); ted or Indistributerl. -Comp. -anna.. one who does asayA paraguNeSu doSAviSkaraNam Sk. (%D doSAropo guNeSvapi Ak.); not distribute food; faitetaa0194 By. 17. 13. Ms. 7.18 R... 23. -3 Anger, indigmation; vadhUramayAkuTilaM dadarza R.. : mAsayamuktA sakhI S. 2.2. asecana, -naka.. That on which one cannot look Hough, Churming, lovely: nayanayugAsecanaka mAnasavRtyApi TERIT. Luvious, letracting duSprApam S. D. 3Ey: 1 Envious, jealous. -2 Displeased. SET a. Veil. 1 Not befitting an army. -2 Not asUra Vel. voirl of praise or worship: asaraH triking; asenyA vaH paNayo vacAsi Rv. 10. ION santi sUrayaH Rv. 8. 10.1.(stotrarahita). int. In the night. --TH Vol. Aluence of a person to extract the Soma asevana .1 Not serving, disregarding. -2 Not juice; a place devoid of praise. following or practising, shumming. -nam Jisregard, disobedience, inattention. asUrta .. 1 Not moving (aprerita) -2 unilluminated, lark. -3 unvisited, mknown, romote. amRta rajo apyaguste __ asevita ..Neglucted; disuserl, alstained from. yanvadharma namaH Av. 10.8.0; asUrtarajaso nAma dharmAraNya mahAmatiH -Comp. -or all it. not waiting at the doors of Ram. 1.32.7. the rich or great. H. asUrya . Sunless; asUyeM tamasi vAvRdhAnam .. ... asevA 1 Not following or practising; na tathaitAni --iud. At night. Comp. --T a. not entering into the zakyanne sanniyantumasevayA Ms. 2..06.-2 Disagard, insttention. Sum, ie. not set; grahastataH paJcabhiruccasaMzrayerasarthage: sUcita- asoDha . Not to the ondured. bhAgyasampadam .8.133; (raviNAstamayo yogo viyogastadayo asaunAmana .. Vel. IIaving such and such : name. bhaveta.). aso nAmAyamidaM rUpaH Bri. Up. 1. 4.7. asUryapazya . [ sUryamapi na pazyani dRzU khaz mum ca P. HI. asaumya 1. Not lovely, ugly, lisagreeable: 'kuta . 2.36 ) Not seeing oven the sun; said of the wives of Troublesome; mamApi so'parA noni yo yuSmAkamasaumyakRta a king who, being shut up in the harem, have no Mb. 8.33. 11.2... having a bad or croaking voice. opportunity of seeing the sum%; asUryapazyA rAjadArA: Sk. asUryapazyAnya' yahaha mulabhAnyazmabhavanAnyaraNyAnIbhAjAmatipatati bhAgya eiga a. 1 Devoid of beauty or loveliness, not in kila gira: Vis. Guni:209. -zyA Achaste and loyal.goord trim; zarIramasAevam Mal. I. 17. -2 Ugly, leforinel. wife. amaryapazyayA mA hRtA, tAM mRgayAmahe Bk. 6.98, ef. - Worthlessness, absence of muerit. -2 Deformity, also Siva. B. 6. 91. ugliness. asRjana sUjyate itararAgavat saMmRjyate rAhajatvAta na-sRja- askanna / .1 Not split. askannamadya devasya AjyaM Vij.2.8. kin Tr.] 1 Bloud; bhUmyA asurasRgAmA kva svita -2 Not poured out or offuserl. -3 Not sprinklod, Rv.1.161.1.-2 The planet Mars. -3 Saffron. . N. of not covered as a cow). -4 Permanent, lurable. the 16th of then Yogas; dhanI kurUpaH kumatirdurAtmA videzagAmI rudhiraprakopaH mahApralobhI puruSo balIyAnasUprastau kila yasya jantoH / / ___ askandita . Not split; not gone, not attacked ; Sabdak. -Comp. -karaH[amRk zoNitaM karoti kR-Ta] the vrata true to one's vow. essence of the body; lymph, serum; (the process askRdhoyu . Not short or deficient, abundant, of rasa turning into blood &c., is thus described uninterrupted (avicchinna Say.); asmaidhattaM yadasadaskRdhoyu by Susr. :-rasAdraktaM tato mAMsaM mAMsAnmedaH prajAyate / medaso- Rv. 7.53. 33; 6. 67. 11. sthi tato majA majjnaH zukrasya saMbhavaH). -grahaH Mars. Bri. S. 37 Felda a. 1 Unshaken, unyielding, firm, -dara: an irregular or excessive menstruation) memorrha permanent. -2 unhurt, sound and safe; bhrAtRzataH Ve.b. gia. -doha: sherlding blood. -dharA the skin. -dhArA -3 Not stumbling or slipping, undeviating, careful; 1a stream of blood. -2 the skin. -paH, -pAH 'a blood sa me cirAyAskhalitopacArAm R.5.20; "prayANa a with unfalterdrinker', Raksasa. -pAta: the falling of blood; kRcchAtikRccho'mukpAte Y.8.292 (pl.)drops of blood; yathA ing steps, not stumbling in gait. nayatyasRkpAtairmRgasya mRgayuH padam Ms.stt. -van a. Ved. asta, astu Kc, see under as. drinking bloorl; arAyamasUkvAnaM yazca sphAti jihIrSati AV.2. astabdha 1. 1 Not firm or self-possessed, confused ; 25. 3. -at a blood-vessel; pulse. -HISTUTH blood- -2 Not tirod, moving, agile (as a bird); Ram. 3. letting, bleeding. -zrA (strA) vaH bleeding. -3 Not arrogant or obstinate; modest; Mb. 5, 12, asRpATaH, -TI[amRjaH pATI paripATI pRSo* JAstream of tvam wanti of self-FUNNINion, confusion. blood. astaHNam = asUkSaNam q. v. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #315
astA 207 asthi astAgha . Very doep. astrIka a. Having no wife; without a woman. astika: N. of a sage whose intercession saved the astraNa u. Ved. Without a wife; paryastAkSA apracalkazA serpents from being burnt down in the sacrificial fire astraiNAH santu paNDagAH Av. 8.6.16. of Janamejirya. 31777. >> (the base used in some of the cases of astRta.. Ved. Not overcome, invincible zAsa itthA By: after acc.) A bone. -at a. 1 llaving bones, mahA~ asthamitrasAho astRtaH Av.1.20.4. yajvan 3. Ved. .. bony; asthanvantaM yadanasthA bibharti Rv. 1. 164.4. -2 Vertesacriticing untiringly; ime viprasya vedhaso'merastRtayajvanaH brated (animal). By.8.53.1. asthA Ved. At once ; nemamAvirasthA kRNoti Rv. 10. 48. 10. asteyam Not stealing. asthAga (-ghaH, -yaH, -raH) a. Very deep. astoka u. Not slight or little. asthAna a. Very deep. -nam 1 A bad or wrong place; asthAne patatAmatIva mahatAmatAdRzI syAd gatiH 8. D. -2 astobha . Without having superfluous words; astobhamanavadAM ca sUtraM sUtravido viduH; Without stoppage or pause. An improper place or object or occasion ; qui Dk. 81 (= apAtradAyin ); asthAnaM paribhUteH K.45. astyAnam Reproach, blame. -2 Disregard. __ asthAne ind. Unseasonably, out of place, imopporastram [asyate kSipyate as Tran Un. 4. 158.] 1 A missile; tunely, in a wrong place, on an unworthy object; a weapon im general: prayuktamapyastramito vRthA syAt R.2.343; ubhayorapyasthAne prayatnaH Mu.2; asthAne mahAnAtsargaH kriyate pratyAhatAstrI girizaprabhAvAt 2.41; 3.58%; azikSatAstraM pitureva Mu.33 asthAne kopaH M. 4. 11.3.31 the science of missiles. maharSeragnivezasya skaashmhmcyut| astrArthamagarma pUrve dhanurvedacikIrSayA| Mb.1.131.40. dhanurveda- asthAyin 4. Not permanent, transitory, perish fear mentions various kinds of missiles (17:1-82) as able ; prAyeNa sAdhuvRttAnAmasthAyinyo vipattayaH Bh. 2.85. brahmAstra, brahmadaNDaka, brahmazirasa, pAzupata, vAyavya, Agneya, nArasiMha &c. asthAvara a. 1 Movable, moving, not fixed. -2 ( In -2 An arrow; sword. -3 A bow. -Comp.-a (A) gAram law) Personal, as property, money, cattle de. 18 an arsenal, urmoury.-AghAtaH a wound, a cut (made by opposed to land (= jaMgama). . a werpon).-Ahata a. struck, wounded, killed.-kaNTaka [akhaM kaNTaka iva] un arrow. -kAraH, -kArakaH, -kArin / 3TETIES a. Impatient; Ks. maker of weapons. -kSapaka a. shooting arrows. -grAmaH asthi . [asyate as-kathin U1. 3. 154] 1 A bone A heap or collection of different missiles or weapons; (changed to 31791 at the end of certain compounds; Ve. -cikitsaka..surgeon. -cikitsA surgery. -jat ef. anastha, puruSAstha), -2 The kernel or stone of a fruit: M. N. of a plant.-jIvaH,-jIvin.m.-dhArin m. a soldier, jambUphalAnAmatyucanipAtavizIrNAnAmanasthiprAyANAm Bhag... 16. professional warrior. -dhAraNam the bearing of_arms. 19; na kAryAsAsthi na tuSAn Ms. 4. 78. [cf. L. Us; Gr. -nivAraNam the warding of n weapon. -pAtin A Osleon; Zend. asta; Pers. aslah] -Comp. -kuNDam gummer; anapAnibhirAvRtam Sukrit.1.1037.-bhRt m. A shooter; N. of a hell. -kRt,-tejas, -saMbhavaH, -sAraH, -snehaH Ram... -mantraH : Mantra to be repeated in dischary-. marrow; (pibanti) asthinnehamurAH kapAlacaSakaiH prItAH pizAcAjanAH ing or withdrawing a missile: saMmohanaM nAma sakhe mamAstraM prayoga Mal.i. 18. -cchalitam a particular fracture of the saMhAravibhaktamantrama 5.57,1). -marjaH, -rjakafurbisher. hone ; (pArzvayorasthihInodgatam). -jaH 1 marrow. -2 thundor-yantram A kind of missile (kacinmamadezamAkSipya yena bolt. -tuNDaH [asthIva kaThinaM tuNDamasya] 1 a kind of bird zatroratkSepaNamapakSepaNaM ca kriyate tadastrayantram / iti nIlakaNThaH) ___whose mouth or beak is as hard as a bone. -2 a bird. Mb. 9.57. IN. -yuddham lighting with weapons. -lAghavam -toda: pain in the bones. -svac / periosteum. dexterity im wiclding or throwing missiles. navad .. -dhanvan M.N. of Siva. -paJjara: neage of bones', a skillod in the cionee of arms. -vidyA, -zAstram,-vedaH skeleton. -prakSepaH throwing the bones of the dead into the art or science of throwing missiles, military science, the Gangs or any holy waters. -bandhanam Sinew3B science of arms; atravedamadhigamya tattvataH Ki. 13.62, U.6.). Ram.5. -bhakSaH , -bhuk 'on estor of bones'', -vRdhi 1. shower of missiless. -zastram all sorts of a. dog. -bhaDga fracture of the liones. -bhUyas weapons. -zikSA military exercise. -sAyakaH 1 an iron a. consisting chiefly of bones, dried up; bhavatyasthibhUyAna arrow. -2 the nArAca missile. -hIna a. unarmed. Av.5. 18. 13. -bheda: 1 fracturing or breaking abone. sfert . Fighting with a missile weapon, an -2 a sort of bome. -bhedaka: a bone-breaker. -bhadina archer; atrI janaH punaranena kRtaH kila strI Udb. (a pun on a. That cuts or pierces the bone; very smarting or the word); saMdAnAntAdastribhiH zikSitAstraiH Si. 18.71. severe; vAcastIkSNAsthibhedinyaH sUtaputreNa bhASitAH Mb. 3. 312.3. -mAlA 1astring or wreath of bones. -2 row of astrI 1 Not a woman. -2 (Ingram.) The mas bones. -mAlin m. N. of Siva. -yajJaH Bone sacrifice caline rand neuter genders; valka valkalamastriyAm Ak. astrI (part of a funeral ceremony). -yuja.. [asthi yunakti / paGkam Nm. a kind of tree (hastizuNDAvRkSa; Mar. kAMDavela, hADasaMdhi). saM. I. ko...30 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #316
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra asthanvat a. reduced - yoga: the joining of a broken limb -vigraha to a skeleton. (-) N. of Siva's attendant. -vilaya: Dissolving of bones in a sacred stream.- zRGkhalA , - N. of the plant Heliotropium Indicum ( granthimatIvRkSa; Mar. indravAruNI, kavaMDaLa ). - zeSa [as] very lean, reduced to skeleton. -zoSa: dryness and decay of the horus saMhArakA 1 bone-seizer. -2 the adjutant bird. - collecting the bones or their ashes after burning a corpse. -2 a heap of bones. -f: 1 a joint, an articulation. -2 uniting a broken bone. - throwing the bones of the dead body into the Ganges or holy waters. -sAra: The marrow. sthUNa: 'having the bones for its pillars', the body; Ms. 6. 76. -: Marrow. - a. Ved. causing the bones to fall asunder; Av. 6. 14. 1. Bony corinting ft et. www.kobatirth.org asthavat, asthimat, asthimaya of bones. -2 Vertebrated; afai matAmanaH Y. 3. 2690. asthita Not firm or fixed. aff. 1 Not firm. -2 Having no settled boun dary or limit. fa: f. 1 Want of firmness or fixity (fig. also.). -2 Want of good manners or decorum. asthitiH saGgItamurajadhvanInAm K. doubtful; of confidence; Ram. 2. 16. a. asthira 1 Not stable or firm, unsteady, tickle. Bg. 6. 26-2 Uncertain, unascertained, Ms. 8. 71. -3 Unworthy asthairya Unsteady. - Instability, unsteadiness. f: A cart furnished with more than one horse wwwganak egit nitaka); weyiti ankuenfa qey Ry. 6. 15. 19. a. Not bathed. a. Not fond of bathing; not a swimmer; 'asnAtRRnapArayat svasti Rv. 2. 15.5. 298 so asnAvaka, eranfert Vaj. 40. 8; the gross body. asnigdha a. 1 Not smooth, hard, dry. -2 Unkind.. -Comp. n. a kind of pine tree. sega: N. of Siva. 3. Not trembling or moving, motionless. likhitamivaitatsainyamaspandamAste e. 5. 13. (. 1 Without sinews or bands; fac Isa. Up. 8. -2 Without asneha AsannoSadhayo a. 1 Without oil or unctuousness; gift R. 4. 75. -2 Unkind, cruel. - Unkindness, want of affection. 2. 1 Not touching, not in contact, not having the touch-sense; * Kath. 1. 3. 15. -2 Intangible. - Absence of contact Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir asmRta Non-contact, avoiding the contact (of anything); als agen gerende ; cf. Preven tion is better than cure'. aspRzya . 1 Not to be touched. -2 Impure, unholy -3 Not tangible; sparzanena tadaspRzya manasA tvavagamyate Mb. 14. 20. 12. E a. 1 Untouched. -2 Not touched or referred to (by a word); Ku. 6. 75: -3 Not touched by organs of articulation. (as vowels, Anusvars, sibilants); Rv. Pr. Comp. #gat A virgin. - rajas, -tamaska . perfectly puro; vahniH a. unsheathed by fire. ref:. Not touching, avoiding contact. a. 1 Not clear, not clearly visible. -2 Indistinct, not clearly understood, doubtful; liGgAni vedAntavAkyAni S. B. on 1. 2. 1. - aspRta .. Irresistible, invincible. yaM te zyenaH padAbharat tiro rajAMsyaspRtam Rv. 882.9. aspRha ... Undesirous; svakAyaparamosspRhaH Ms. 7.96. 3. Indistinct, obscure. - An indistinct speech. Comp. - An indistinct embellishment of speech. - phalam indistinct fruit or result. -vAc a. lisping, speaking indistinctly. asphotaH N. of a plant. (Mar. kAMcana, koraLa. ) EAT pron. [-ft Up. 1. 136] A pronominal base from which several cases of the 1st personal pronoun are derived; it is also abl. pl. of the word. . The individual soul, the embodied soul; yUyabhityAsInmatirAvayoH / kiM jAtamadhunA yena yUyaM yUyaM vayaM vayam // Bh. 3. 65 (quite estranged from each other). -Comp. - duha ... Ved. forming a plot against us or me, imimical; yo asmadhug durmanmA katha venati Rv. 8.60.7. -vidha, E a. similar or like us. ind. To us, with or among us. asmadIya . [ asmad cha] Our, ours; yadasmadIyaM na hi tatpareSAm Pr. 2. 1033] sahAramadIyairopa paruH Bg.11.20. asmadryaJc ... [ P. VI. 3. 92.] Turned towards us tubhyamasmadyaJca dadato maghAni Rv. 7. 19.10 k ind. Towards us. a. Endeavouring to secure us, desiring us. asmAka a. Ved. for asmAka ( our, ours asmantam = azmantam q.v. asmaraNam Forgetfulness. asmArta a. 1 Not within memory, immemorial. -2 Illegal, not according to the Aryan institutes of law. -3 Not belonging to the Smarta sect. . 1 Forgotten. -2 Not mentioned in authoritative texts, not traditional. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #317
asmRtiH 299 asvAmina asmRtiH / .1 Want of memory, forgetfulness. I to one's home, homeless; avAstumenamasvagamaprajasaM karoti -2 Not forming part of the institutes of law. -Tamil. Av. 13. 5. 45. 'ar Ved. homelessness; 31+ TATAR Ved. Inattentively; yadasmRti cakRma kiM cidagna upArima caraNe : Av. 12.5.40 - Fiat: a. of a different casto or kind; jAtavedaH Av. 7. 106. 1. svA caiva kuryAtsarveSAM nAkhajAtiH kathaMcana Ms.9.86. Asmi ind. (Strictly 1st. pers. sing. pres. of as to asvatvam, -tA Absence of ownership. be) Used in the sense of 'T', aham : AmamRterasmi jagatsu jAtaH / a. 1 Not self-willed, dependent. -2 Docile, Ki.3.63 dAse kRtAgasi bhavatyucitaH prabhUNAM pAdaprahAra iti sundari tractable. nAsmi duye || quoted byMalli; tvAmasmi vacmi viduSAM samavAyo'tra tiSThati 8. D.; anyatra yUyaM kusumAvacAyaM kuru vamatrAsmi karomi asvatantra . 1 Dependent, subject, not one's own 463: K. P. 3. -Comp. -Ara: Self-conceit. master'; asvatantrA strI puruSapradhAnAH Vasistha. -2 Docile, humble, tracta ble. asmitA Erotism; dRgdarzanazaktyorekAtmatevAsmitA Pat. Sutra 1. 17. avidyAsmitArAgadveSAbhinivezAH pdeshaaH| tatrA asvanta . Ending, ill. -ntaH Death. -tam Fire-place nityeSu nitytvaabhimaanH|' iti TIkA Si+.55. (azmantaq.v.). asmera .. Ved. 1 Not sullen, confiding. -2 Not asvapna .. Sleepless, wakeful; sadAsvapnasya mAnavaH bashful or confused. tamasmerA yuvatayo yuvAnam Rv. 35.4. Mb. 18.93.63 ajamanidramasvapnam Gaudapada Kar. 1. 16. -3: 1 A god, deity. -2 Sleeplessness. asyavAmIyam [asyavAmiti zabdo'styatra sUkte matvartha cha P.V. 2.59 Var. 1 ] The hymn bevrinning with the words 34+4 avamaj.. Slooploss; asvapnajo animiSA adabdhAH vAm (Rv. 1.161). of also sakRjavAsyavAmIyaM zivasaMkalpameva ca Rv. 2.27.9. Ms. 11. 250. asvabhAva a. Of a different nature. -va: Different or asyudyata . = udyatAsi with the sword raisedl. unnatural character. anaH [as-rana] 1A corner, an angle. -2 Hair of 3 T a. 1 Having a bad voice. -2 Indistinct, not the head. -sram 1 Toar; asottaramIkSitAmimAm Ku.5.61. loud, in low tone (as tu speech); Rim.2. -ra:1A kSaNaM sudhAMzuH savadanasiktaH Ram. Cl. 6.78. -2 Blood; arastu low tone. -2 A consonant. -3 Absence of any accent. kuntale koNe rakte netrAmbuni smRtaH Nm. teSAmadya kariSyAmi tavAkoNodaka- / -ram ind. Not aloud, in a low tone. -Comp. -Adi .. kriyAm Mb. 3. 157.49. -Comp. -arjaka a. producing Not beginning with a vowel. blood. (-kaH)1the white Tulsi plant. -2 the humour asvarUpa .. Essentially different, unlike. producing bloorl. -Ahvam Saffron. -kaNThaH [anaH koNaH iva / STR . Not securing or leading to heuvon; kaNTho'sya] in arrow. -khadira: the red Mimosa (Mar. tAMbaDA khara). -jama flesh. -jita = adhAjat .v.-pa:1a / asvayaM lokavidviSTaM dharmamayAcarena tu Y. 1. 156%; anAryajuSTamasvaryama blood-drinker', Raksasaa or goblin : vadhyante'strapapuGgavAH / | Bg.2.2. Mv.6.21. -2 the Naksatra mUlA. -pA 1a leech. -2 asvaveza a. Expelled from home. Dikini or female imp.-patrakA N. of a plant (bhiMDAvRkSa) asvAdhIna a. Soe asvatantra. asvAdhIna narAdhipam varjayanti -f974 hemorrhage, involuntary discharge of blood e involuntary discharge of blood TOT Ram. 3. 33. 5. from the mouth, nostrils &c. -phalA ,-lI-N. of a plant (sallakI). -mAtRkA chyle, chyme. -rodhinI the plant _akhAdhyAyaH[na svAbhyAyo vedAdhyayanamasya ] 1 One who has lajjAla Mimosa Pudica (Mar. lAjALU). -binducchadA. not yet commenced his studies, not being invested of a tu berous plant (lakSaNAvRkSa). with the sacred thread. -2 Interruption of studies (as on aSTamI, eclipses &c.) astrAyate Den. A. To shed tears. astriH 1 An angle; aSTAstrayaH sarva eva lakSNarUpasamanvitAH 36 a. 1 Not well, unwell, indisposed, sick; asvasthaH sarvametattu mRtyeSu viniyojayet Ms.7.226. balavad asvastha Ram. 1. 14.20. -2 Ten millions; see atri. $. 3 seriously indisposed; it ibid., K. 159, 211: Par adhi , -asradhat . Ved. Devout, faithful. want of firmness, weakness, ill-ness. astu athuq.v. asvAsthya m 1 Indisposition, sickness. -2 Absence of asraman .. 1 Praiseworthy. -2 Undecaying, im- ease or comfort, trouble, anxiety; ya itthamasvAsthya mahardivaM mortal, -3 Faultless, perfect; apremA vatsaH zimivoM arAvIt divaH Si. 1.5l. Bv.10.8.2. asvAmika . Unowned, unelaimed. -kam (Unclhimasva .. 1 Indigent, poor (nAsti svaM dhanaM yasya) smRtyanu- ed) Treasure &c. rodhAdasvA syAt SR. on MS. 6. 1. 20. -2 Not one's own. Farha<<. 1 Having no right to anything, not akhaka, -asvakIya, -asvika . Not one's own. being master of it. -2 Unowned, unclaimed. -Comp. belonging to another, -Comp. -Ta. Ved. not going -vikrayaH a sale without ownership: Kau. A.3; Ms.8... For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #318
asvAmya 300 aham nikSiptaM vA paradravyaM naSTaM labdhvA'pahRtya vaa| vikrIyate'samakSaM yat sa jnyeyo'svaamivikryH|| asvAmya / 1 Unowned. -2 Not one's owl. -myam Absence of right to property. asvinna a. Not thoroughly boiled. avedya. Where the application of sudorities is. prohibited; Charak. aha I.1A. or 10 U. 1% aMhaq.v.-II. 1P. to sing together, compose, celebrate. prepare, -III. 5. P. (ahoti, AhIt, Aha) To pervade. -IV. (a defective verb preserved only in tive forms; Attha, AhathuH, Aha, AhatuH, AhuH)1 To say, speak, mention.-2 To acknowledge, accept, state. -3 To declare, express, signify. - To hold, consider, regard; sthANucchedasya kedAramAhuH zalyavato mRgam Ms. 9.44. -5 To call. aha int. A particle implying (a) praise (pUjA); (1) separation ;( ) resolution, ascertainment, certain ty; and translated by 'surely', 'certainly', 'yes', well'; (1) rejecting; (e) sending; (1) deviation fron custom, impropriety) tvamaha grAma gaccha, tvamaha rathanAraNyaM gaccha sk. svayamaha rathena yAti, upAdhyAyaM padAti gamayati Sk. (a) hence, therefore (atha); zarvarI bhagavannadya satyazIla tavAzrame / uSitAH smo'ha vasatimanujAnAtu no bhavAn || Ram. 2.61.37. ahata .. 1 Not hurt or struck, uninjured ; ajIto'hato akSato'dhyaSTAM pRthivImaham Av. 12. 1. 11. -2 Unbeaten (as cloth in washing). aharta vAsaH paridhatte Tait. s. -3 Unwashed, new babhUvuste bhRzaM prItAH sarve cAhatavAsasa: Ram.2. 91.6t. -4 Unblemished, unsoiled. - Not frustrated or disappointed (as hopes &e.) -6 Not beaten ( 25 a drun) ahatAyAM prayANabheyAm K. -tam An unwashed or new cloth; cf. agrahata. ahatiH , ahantiH 1. Ved. Safety, security from danger. ahantya, -ahantra, -ahanya a. Ved. Indestructible. invincible; sUtAyAhantyai vanAnAM pataye namaH Vaj. 16. 18. ahana .. [na jahAti na tyajati sarvathA parivartanaM, na hA-kanin Un.1.55.](Nom. ahaH, aho-ahanI, ahAni, ahA, ahobhyAma &c.; ahariti hanti pApmAnaM jahAti ca Sat. Br.) 1 A day (including day and night); ahaH zabdo'pi ahorAtravacanaH / rAtrizabdo'pi SB. on MS. 8.1.16. aghAhAni Ms.5.84.-2 Day tine savyApArAmahani na tathA pIDayenmadviyoga: Me.903; yadalA kurute pApam by day; agnijyotirahaH zuka: Bg. 8.54. -3 The sky (as traversed by the sun); samArUDhe ca madhyamaH afa K. 9); M. 2.-4 A sacrificial or festival day. -5 A day's work. -6 Visnu. -7 Night. -8 A portion of a book appointed for a day.-9 A day personified as one of the eight. Vasus. -nI (du.) Day and night (At the end of comp. aham is changed to ahaH, ham or to ahna; see P. V. 4. 88-91; VI. 3. 110, VIII. 4.7. Note: At the beginning of comp. it assumes the forms ahas or ahara; ... saptAhaH, ekAhaH, pUrvAhaH, aparAhaH puNyAhaM, sudinAhaM, ahaHpani: / aharpatiH &c.ke.). -Comp. -ahaH (aharahaH) ind. Day by day, dily. aharahaHsnAtvA sandhyAmupAsIta ; aharaharnayamAno gAmazvaM puruSa pazuma Mbh. 012.2.210. -AgamaH (aharA) the appronch of lay -Adi: dawn; zazadharamaharAdau rAgavAnuSNarazmiH Si. 11.62. -karaH (degha: or skaraH) 1 the sun; alaMcakArAsya vadharahaskaraH Si 1.58; (P. III. 2.21.)-2 a kind of tree. -gaNaH, (harga ) 1 series of sacrificial days. -2: month. -3 any calculated term (Wilson). -jaraH [ahobhiH parivatamAnA lokAn jarayati ju-Nic ac , ahAni vA asmina jIryanti AdhAre ap-vA Tv.] Ved. the year as making days old. -jAta a. Ved. born in the day or from day, not belonging to night. - T . (af) existing every day.(-vam)ind. [ahazna divA ca samA 0=0] drily, every day, day by day; ya itthamasvAsthyamahardivaM divaH Si. 1.51. -divi inl. day by day, every day, constantly; 71 2917 patatriNaH saMvijante ahardivi siMhasya stanayoryathA Av.5.21.6. -dRz . Ved. belonging to the day : living; indro vizvAn bekanATauM ahardazaH Rv. 8.66. 10. -nAtha: 1 the sun, the lord of the day. -2 a kind of tree. -nizam [ahazca nizA ca samA0 dva] a day and night, a whole dry; nasya soharnizasyAnte prasuptaH pratibuddhayate Ms. I. 74, 4. 7. ( -zam) inil. day and night, during the whole day, continually. -patiH [ahaHpatiH, aharpatiH, ahaspatiH P. VIII. 2. 70 Mbh. Vart. ] 1 the sun; nanu rAhAhamaharpati namaH Si. 16.573 R. 10. 54. -2 an epithet of Siva. -3: kind of tree. -4 swallow, wort. -bAndhavaH the sun. -bhAja,-loka.. Ved. partaking of the day. -maNiH the sm. -mukham commencement of the day, morning, dawn. -rathantaram (P. VIII. 2. 68 Vart.)a portion of Sains to be chanted at day. -rAtraH (-tram allo) 1 day and night (P. II.4.29.); trInahorAtrAn Nala. 12.443 trizatkalA muhUrtaH syAdahorAtra tu tAvataH M. 1.61.65% 3Y. 1.147. -2 a day of the Pit ris, a month of the gods and a year of Brahma. fac . Ved. 1 existing many days. -2 known long ago. -3 one who knows the fit time or season of a sacrifice. -zeSaH, -gham (haH zeSam ) 1 evening. -2 the last day of detilement. ahanA Dawn, morning (uSA Say.) aham pron. (Nom. Sing. of asmad ).1 [ef. Tend azem;; L. ego; Germ. ich. ] --Comp. -3769 Fil a contest for superiority, rivalry -ahamikA [ahamahaM zabdo'syatra vIpsAyAM dvitvaM Than na TilopaH P. II. 1. 72] 1 emulation, competition, assertion of superiority; ahamahamikA tu sA syAtparasparaM yo bhavatyahaMkAraH Ak.; ahamahamikayA praNAmalAlasAnAm K. 14.813 ahamahamikayA madhukarakulairanubadhyamAnam 139), Mv. 6.54. -2 egotism. -3_imilitory vaunting. -kartavya a. to be referred to self. (-vyam) the object of ahaMkAra-kAra: 1 ogotism, sense of self, self-love considered as an er or spiritual ignorance in Vedanta Phil.3 nirmamo nirahaMkAraH ...sa zAntimadhigacchati Bg. 2. 71, 7. 4: Ms. 1. 14; Y. 3. 177. -2 pride, self For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #319
ahaMyu 301 ahi . .. . . ............. ........ ................ . .. .. .. consciousness, self-conceit, haughtiness. -3 (in San. is another story which states that Indrs secured the Phil.) the third of the ciglt producers or elements assistance of the moon who, assuming the form of a of creation, in the conceit or conception of indivi- cock, crowed at mid-night. This rousod Gautama to duality, one of the 25 elements; San. K. 22, 24, 25; his morning devotions, and Indra went in and took his deg91 a. seltish, proud. Ifa. proud, self-con- place. Gautaina, when he knew of her reduction ceited. that which is to be done by oneself, expelled her from his hermitage and cursed her to be personal business or object. 54 a. 1 egotistic; a stone and become invisible till she should be touched 4* H ar a: By. 18. 17. -2 proud, haughty, by the feet of Dasarathi Rama which would restore Saxararaquaracena: .3. 151. a: f. egotism, her to her former shape. Rama afterwards delivored high opinion of oneself, pride. - m. Thinking only her from her wretched state and she was reconciled to of oneself; Ku. 15. 53. (v. l.) - a. clesirous of being her husband. Ahalya is one of the five very chaste first; 34:971991: 9 7 Ram. 2. 12. 96. and pure women whose names every one is recommend -pUrvikA, -prathamikA [ahaM pUrvo'haM pUrva ityabhidhAnaM yatra] ed to repeat in the morning; ahalyA draupadI sInA tArA 1 the running forward of soldiers with emulation; ti 791 926 T RI HEITT II Kumarila (hence) emulation, competition; cara : Bhatta explains the seduction of Ahalya as Indra's Ki. 14. 32. - 2 bragging, vaunting. 921: [342- (the sun's) carrying away the shades of night, AhaFACT : +11) self-conceit. -44 [ 3469 w sa lya signifying night. ] For a very suocinot account, sce forint 47 ) self-conceit, high opinion of one's own also My. 1. -2 N. of a sea. -Comp. recit: N. superiority. - 2: 1 pride, egotism; 3611 faat: of a tIrtha, -jAra: Indra. -nandanaH the sage Satananda, Bv. 4. 10. -2 =deg 4 q. v. afa: f. 1 self-love son of Ahalya. **: N. of a Tirtha near the or self-illusion regarded as spiritual ignorance (in hermitage of Gautama. Vedanta Phil. ). -2 conceit, pride, egotism. cafea. Tel : [ fata, 4-3, fara: 4 Tv.] speaking only of oneself, proud, haughty; ATS 1 A (dead ) body; it cant Bri. Up. 3. 9. 25. agare...i erfak yeya Ry. 18. 26. 977 or '94 -2 Ved. A talker; Sat. Br. 14. *. claiming superiority for oneself; a faza: Sat. Br. - a. Ved. gaining for oneself. HRT: stefa: a. Without oblations or sacrifices; al 2: Conceit; daridro nirahaMstambho muktaH sarvamadairiha / kRcchaM yadRcchyApnoti Fiercera edat Rv. 1. 182. 3. afa 12 i 24: 11 Bhay. 10. 10. 15. 375F a. 1 Handless. - 2 One whose hand is cut. Y a. ( 34 B ITSEARI, 79 P. V. 2. 140 ] TEE-ET (34EUR Ela, ET-A-99 ] A particle or Selfish, proud, haughty; 3egant furat: Tu: interjection implying (a) sorrow or regret (alas', Bk. 1. 20. 3EJA 917ozaffer foraftar Siva B. 31. 35. ab'); 3767 +29fdzaar fayl: Bh. 2. 92, 3. 21; 31EUR 119- A warrior. rAzirvinaSTaH Mu. 2. (1) Wonder or surprise ; ahaha mahatAM 3 a. Not taking away; so harka. -T: A pure fadhafar : Bh. 2.35, 36. cf. B a a...... quantity. Nm. (c) Pity; yi n e 414-4402: By. 4.39. (a) Calling; BEEN carta Ch. Up. (e) Fatigue. 36Tofa, & . Not to be stolen, removed, or taken away; 3713 at tat frafa fufa: a. Killing; pervaded, pervading. -1: [ 31EF-a, Ms. 9. 189. -2 Not to be won over (by fraud), 31-6-#7 EI 39 894 Un. 4. 137 ] 1 A devoted, loyal; Ms. 7. 217. -3 Firm, unflinching, serpent, sna ke; 3182: ani: a fan goga: YAT: Ks. inexorable; ' Dk. 41. FISSERTA TI 14.81.-2 The sun.-3 The planet Rahu.-4 A traveller Ku. 5. 8. degF a. Bhag. 3. 18. 21. -: A moun -5The demon Vritra; romaharSaNamatyugraM zakrasya tvahinA yathA tain: oat, - not being liable to be taken away, (HRT) Mb. 11. 23. 12. -6 A wicked man. -7 A Security; 45oug 1999 2491577777 3777911... H. cheat, rogue. -8 The Aslesa Naksatra. -9 Water. Pr. 4. -10 Earth. -11 A milch cow. -12 Lead. -13 The navel. -14 A cloud. fiziet ai... # Nm. et 37e-fesa. Unploughed, unfurrowed. (du.) Heaven and earth. [cf., L. anguis, Gr. elis). &T a. 1 Unploughed. -2 Not ara ble. : N. --Comp. - a. gliding away like a snake, not facing of a country. 271 N. of the wife of Gautama the enemy. Fiat: air, wind. T: the slough of [ According to the Ramayana she was the first a snake. -TET:, -TET: N. of a country in the east. woman created by Brahma, who gave her to Thy a. Ved. guarded by a serpent; Tea Gautama. She was reduced by Indra who assumed 37 Rv. 1. 32. 11. - the slaying of the serpent the form of her husband and so deceived her, or, or demon Vritra. 21 al 31 a Rv. 6. 18. 14. according to another version, she knew the god and aft m. killing snakes. - A certain Tantrie was flattered by the great God's condescension. There diagram. -OST: 1 N. of a country, conquered by For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #320
ahi 302 ahIna Arjuna and given to Drona. -2 a kind of vegetable poistm. (-traH) 1 sugar. -2 the plant meSazRGgI. -3 (.ME. baDIzepa)-4N. of the city ahicchatra-chatrakam a mushroom Nir.5.16. -ccha traka: A variety of inferior gems. Kan.. A.2.11. -fram. 1 N. of Krisna (the slayer of the serpent Kaliya). -2 N. of Indra. -jihvA N. of a plant (nAgajihvAlatA: Mar. mahAzatAvarI or zveta upaLasarI) -tuNDikaH [ ahestuNDa mukhaM tena dIvyati Than , ThaJ vA ] nsnakecateher, comjurer, juggler. kusIdavRttayaH kANDakAriNazvAhituNDikA: Sivt. B.31.29. -devam N. of the Naksatra AzleSA. -dvipa, -guha, -mAra, -ripu, -vidvipa 1.1N. of Garuda. -2 an ichneumon. --3: peacock. -4 Indra. drutaM dhanuSkhaNDamivAhi vidviSaH Ki.1.27%; ahidviSastadbhavatA nizamyatAm Si. I. 41. -5 Krise. -nakulam snakes and ichnoumons. -nakulikA [ ahinakulayorvairama vuna P. II. 4.), P. IV. B. 125] the natural antipathy between a serpent and an ichneumon. -nAmabhRt m. N. of Baladevs. -nirmokaH, -nilayanI the slough of a snake. -patAka: a kind of snake (not venomous). -patiH 1 "the lord of snakes', Vasuki%; sajjaM dhanurvahati yo'hipatisthavIyaH Ki.14.71. -2 any large serpent.-putraka: a kind of boat ( serpent shaped). -puSpaH The plant Meua Roxburghii (Mar. nAgakezara). -pUtanam, -nA: kind of disease. -phenaH , -nam 'the saliva or venom of a snake', opium. jAtIphalaM mAtulAnImahi phenaM ca patrakam Sive. B. 30. 15. -bu (khu) dhanaH, -adhnaH , -ahirbudhnaH , -dhanyaH 1 one of the Rudras.-2 Siva. -3 Uttarabhadra pada Naksatra. -4 a name of a Muhurta. degdevatA the twenty-sixth lunar mansion. -dviS N. of a plent (Mar. muMgusavela). -bIjam (Mar. khasakhasa).-bhayam 1 the fear of a lurking snake. -2 apprehension of treachery, danger arising from one's own allies; degdA [ ahiM bhayaM dyati khaNDayati do ka] N. of the plant bhUmyAmalakI (Mar. bhuyaAMvaLI).-bhAnu .. Ved.1shining like serpents. -2 causing the motion of the sun (sUryagatihetu) 35 the wind; an epithet of the Maruts3 maruto ahibhAnavaH Rv. 1. 175.1. -bhujm . 1N. of Garuda. -2 a poncock. -3 ichneumon. -4N. of a plant (Mar. muMgusavala). M. Siva. -manyu . 1 having destructive anger; with unimpaired knowledge. -2 enraged like serpents; epithet of the Maruts. (-nyuH ) the anger of a serpent. -mardanI N. of a plant (gandhanAkulI: Mar. muMgusabela). -A <<. having multiform or versatile forms like a snake, showing a variety of colour and shape, such as Vritra. -mArakaH, -medakaH1N. of a plant (arimeda: Mar. gandhIhivara)-2 = dviSu q.v. -latA 1 the betel-nut plant. -2 N. of a plent (gandhanAkulI.)-viSApahA /."Neutralizing the poison of snakes', The ichneumon plant (Mar. muMgusavela).-zuSma a. having all-pervading strength; degsatvan Ved. one whose men hiss like serpents (N. of Indra); AsmA jagamyAdahizuSma satvA Rv. 5.33.5.-saktha . having a long thigh like a serpent. (-sthaH ) N. of a country. -hatyam Vel. the slaying of the serpent or demon Vritra. -han .. Killing serpents or Vritra, Garnda, Indra. : 1 The polar star y. - 2 A blind snake. -3 (At the end of comp.) Lasting for a certain number of ays: dazAhika, -kA The silk cotton trer (zAlmalI; Mar. sAvarI). ahiMsaka . Not hurting or injuring, harmless; yo'hiMsakAni bhUtAni hinastyAtmamukhecchayA Ms.5.45. ahiMsA 11[armlessness, abstaining from killing or giving pain to others in thought, word or cloed; as 3yea paramo dharmaH, ahiMsA samatA tuSTiH B. 10.53; yattapo dAnamArjavamahiMsA Ch. Up. 3. 17.4. Ms. 10.613. yA vedavihinA hiMsA niyatA'smizcarAcare / ahiMsAmeva tAM vidyAdvedAddharmo hi niryabhA || Ms.5.tt. 6, 73. One of the cardinal virtues of most Hindu sects, The Jainas deserve special credit for maling it social virtue of good conduct among the Hindus. -2 Security. AhaMsAna a. Vel. Not hurting, harmless; astha priyasya zarmaNyahiMsAnasya sAzcare Br..61.3. ahiMsra . Harmless, imucent; Ms. 4. 246. -sraH, -nAN. of a plant (kulika Mar. phacyA nivaDuMga or karkaTI) - Ilarmless behaviour, innocence; Ms. 1. 29). ahiNDukA A kind of small poisonous animal. Susr. ahita. 1 Not pitcel, put, or lixed. -2 Unit, improper: caturNAmapi varNAnAM pretya ceha hitAhitAna Ms.8.20. -3 Hurtful, detrimental, harmful, injurious, prejudicial, -4 Disadvantageous, evil. -5 Inimical, hostile. -ta: An enemy; ahitAnaniloddhastarjayAnniva ketubhiH 11.4.28,9. 17, 11.68%3 tadahitayuvaterabhIkSaNamakSNoH Si.7.57 rival; avAcyavAdAMca bahunvadiSyanti tavAhitAH Bg. 2. 30; K.), 77.-tam 1] Damage. -2 Food. -Comp.-icchu . not wishing well, malevolent. -kArin . inimical, ucting unkindly. -nAman / having as yet no name assigned. -manas .. not friendly minded, hting, inimical. -hitam good and evill; vicArazUnyabuddhi H.2.41. ahima .. Not cold, hot. sa lokamAgacchya zokamahimam Bri. Up. 5. 10. 1. -Comp. -aMzuH, -karaH,-tejas, -dIdhitiH, -dyutiH, -mayUkhaH, -ruciH, -razmiH , -rocis the sun marutAMpatiH svidahimAMzuruta Ki. 12. 15; dadatamantaritAhimadIdhitim Si. 6. 41; paryantAdahimamayUkhamaNDalasya Ki.7.9; udayamahima (razmi) rociryAti zItAMzurastam | Si. 11.61. ahIna / 1Uniimpaired, whole, entireall; bhRtabhUtirahInabhogabhAk Si. 16.71. -2 Not inferior, grent; ahInabAhudraviNaH zazAsa B. 18.11; 9... -3 Not deprived of, possessed of ; vedayajJairahInAnAm Ms.2. 183. - Not outeast or vile. -5 (ahobhiH sAdhyate, ahan-kha rAtryahaH saMvatsarAca P. V. 1.37) Losting for several days ; pahIna, vyahIna &c. -na:1 A sacrifice lasting for several days, (-nam also); Ms. 11. 198. -2 A large snake. -3 The lord of serpents, Vasuki (ahi-inaH). -Comp. -guH N. of a king of the solar race ; ahInaguna ma hi gAM samagrAm R. 18. 14. -vAdin m. a witness unfit or incapable of giving evidence For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #321
ahIraH 303 ahvalA ahIraH A cowherd. piNDabhAjaH 5.6; vidhiraho balavAniti me matiH Bh. 2. 91. -3 ahIraNiH [ ahIna Irati dUrIkaroti Ir-ani ] A smarke Praise ("bravo', 'well done'); aho devadattaH pacati zobhanam having two heads. P. VIII. 1.40 Sk. -4 Reproach ('tie', 'shame'); aho vo dhigbalaM kSAtram Mb. -5Calling out or addressing; aho ahIthuvaH [ ahiriva zrUyate, zru-ka-bA dIrghaH ] An enemy. hiraNyaka zlAdhyo'si H. 1. -6 Envy or jealousy, kaTamahA ahu .. [aha-vyAptI-una ] 1 Narrow. -2 Perveding. kariSyasi P. VIII. 1.41 Com.-7 Enjoyment, satisfae37 . 1 Not sacrificed or offered (as an oblation); tion. -3 Fatigue. -9 Doubt (probably for Aho q.v.). avazyaM yAni niyaktvaM jagdhvA vAhutaM haviH, -2 Wrongly -10 In the sense, obvious, plain clear; (prasiddha) ahosacriticert; na cAhutamabhattatra him. I. I. 40. -3 One who dhmAntargatazcApi garbhavaM samupeyivAn Mb. 12.253. 11. -11 Somehas not yet received any oblation. - Religious times merely as an expletive. Prov. aho rUpamaho dhvaniH meditation, prayer, and the study of the Vedas (used to convey the idea of mutual adulation, the (considered as one of the five great Yajitas and complimenting the camel upon its fine form, and the necessary duties); ahutaM ca hutaM caiva tathA grahutameva ca / brAhma __eamel the ass upon its melodious voico); aho nu khalu (bhoH) hutaM prAzinaM ca pana yajJAna prcksste|| Ms.3.73.74. -Comp. : generally indicates surprise, often agreeable (Azcarya) -ada . 1 not eating of a sacritice. -2 not allowed to aho nu khalvIdRzImavasthAM prapanno'smi 5.5; aho nu khalu bhostadetapartake of a sacrifice. tkAkatAlIyaM nAma Mal.5. aho bata shows (a) compassion, pity, rogret ; aho bata mahatpApaM kartu vyavasitA vayam By. 1.14; ahaNAna ... Not being angry, frioully (akrodhana); (7) satisfaction or admiration (saMtoSa); aho batAsi spRhakiM me havyamahaNAno juSeta Rv.7.8G... NIyavIryaH Ku.3.20 (Oh, how enviable is your prowess%3B ahaNIyamAna .. Vel. 1 Not. angry of jealous. Malli. here takes aho bata in the sense of saMbodhana); (.) -2 Willing. addressing, calling: (1) fatigue &c. (3et ant9137 khede saMbodhane) Nm. (aho dhigarthe zoke ca krunnaarthvissaadyoH| saMbodhana ahRdaya . 1 Hyartless. -2 Absent-minded ; K.84; prazaMsAyAM vismaye pAdapUraNe // asUyAyAM vitarke ca prAyazoho pryujyte| hRdayamahRdayA na nAma pUrvam Ki. 10.47. aho batAnukampAyAM khedAmantraNayostathA / / ). -Comp. -puruSikA%= 3177. Not desired or greeable, unpleasant; 7 AhopuruSikA .v.-lAbhakara (alpe'pi lAbhe, aho lAbho jAta a. causing disgust. iti vismayaM kurvANam ) satisfied with very little Mb.5.183.27. ahe int. [ aha-7] A particle iroplying (a) Reproach, ahaH (The last member of a comp.) see under ahan. (1) Keyret. (c) Separation. Day; yadalAtkurute pApam Mb. 1.2.393. -ayam Daily course (of the sun) dvAtriMzataM vai devasyAhUnyAnyayaM loka: Bri. ahetu .. Causeless, spontaneous, involuntary; ahetuH pakSapAto yaH U.5. 17. -tu: Absence of eause and resson. Up. 3. 3. 2. -Comp. -samaH A particultur sophism tonding to prove ahavAyya .. Ved. 1Not, concealing. -2 Not to be An argument to be untens ble, Nyavadarsans. demiod or set asidesanyaM tat tubaze yado vidAno ahavAgyam ahe (hai) tuka . 1 Groundless, causeless, without iv.8.15.27. any motive; kArya saktamahaitukam Ex. 18.20 baja dhRti tyaja TE ind. Instantly, speedily, at once; 31614 41 bhItimahetukAm N.4.105. -2 Disinterestel, selfless (bhaktiH ) niyamabamamutsasarja Ku.b.86%3; ahAya tAvadaruNena namo nirastam ahetukyapratihatA yayAtmA samprasIdati Bhig. 1.2.6. -kam il. R.5.71; Ki.16.16. Without extraneous aid, through one's own a bility aya, ahayANa .. Shameless, proud, presuunptuously or power. bold; agraeti yuvatirahapANA Rv. 7.80.2. aheLa (Da), -heDamAna 1. Ved. Not imwilling; ahekamAno varuNeha bodhyuruzaMga mA na AyuH pramoSIH Rv. 1.24.11. ahi . [ hR-ki ] 1 Luxurious, fat. -2 Wise, leturned. (kavi). aheru: N. of the plant zanamUlI or mahAzatAvarI. Asparagus Racemosus. ahI . Shameless. J. shamelessness, infamy; prasIdantu bhavanto me'hIreSA tu mayA tulA Ram. 3.10.8. -ka.. aho inl. 1 A particle showing (4) surprise or wonder; often agreeable (ah, how great or wonder Shameless ( beygar). -# A Buddhist mendicant. ful); aho kAmI svatAM pazyati 5.2.2; aho madhuramAsAM darzanam ahRta / . 1 Not fluctuating or stumbling. -2 Not S.1; aho bakulAvalikA M.1 Oh, it is bakulA (meaning 'I crookol (akuTila); azloNA ajhairahutAH Av. 6. 120. 3. degpsu .. did not expect to ste you here'); aho rAgabaddhacittavRttirA Ved. of straight or upright appearance ; vahante ahutapsavaH likhita iva sarvato rakSaH5.1; aho rUpamaho vIryamaho sattvamaho dyutiH Rv. 8.20.7. Ram. (how wonderful his form fc.). (1) l'ainful surprise ; aho te vigatacetanatvam K. 146. -2 Sorrow or 31653 1 Not fluctuatiny, firmness. -2 The plant regret in general; (alas, ah'); aho duSyantasya saMzayamArUDhAH Semecarpus Anacardium (197; Mar. faal). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #322
304 Akal .. ........ .... . ........... .. ............... A The second letter of the Alphabet. it, and when placed after prepositions it strengthens their sense. 311 EUR 41 fai fatti Ha A'stu syAdavyayaM koppiiddyoH| AgeSadarthe'bhivyAptI sImAthe dhAtu 11 Nm. STT, -311: 1 N. of Siva. -2 Grand father. 3T14 = 3114 q. v. STIETOUT a. Belonging to the dominion of sierria (as the intercalary month ), Gobhila. 370: 1 = 3114 q. v. -2 N. of Laksmi (311). or Brahman. -3 Speech. -4 Boundary. cf. 311: 4 vAjI khedaH zaMkaravAsavau / pArijAtaH samaH prAjJo nivAsazcaNakaH sutaH // Enm. 31 1 Used as a particle or interjection showing (a) assent; 'yes', 'verily'. (b) Compassion (1991) Ah'. (c) Pain or regret (usually written 3714 or 34: q. y.), alas'. (11) Recollection (#7). Ah', 'Oh'; 371 a fana U. 6. (e) But (used as a disjunctive conjunction). (f) And (used as a cumulative conjunction ). (y) Sometimes used as an expletive; A evaM manyase. In all these semses A is treated as a Pragrihya vowel does not form any Sandhi with a following vowel) P. I. 1. 14. (1) It shows 'anger' also. -2 (As a prefix to verbs and nouns.) (a) it oxpresses the senses of near, near to, towards, from all sides, all around (see the several verbs). (b) With verbs of motion, taking, carrying &c. it shows the reverse of the action; s 74 to go, Agam to come; dA to give, AdA to take; nI to carry, 31 to bring. 3 (As a separa ble preposition with abl.) it shows either (a) the limit inceptive ( a ), from, ever since, away from, out of, off, from among; 311 17 1gfezi $. 1; 98* 311 from out of many; 311 THI: S. 5.25 ever since her birth; T : U. 6. 18. (6) Or, it expresses the limit exclusive or conclusive (UET), till, until, upto, as far as, unto; 3718 : P. II. 1. 13; see 37 fara; 371 taEETH S. 1. 2 tili the learned are satisfied; 311a Me. ll upto or as far as Kailasa ; 31155art S. ; U. 1. 37; V. 2. 2. In this sense 311 sometimes yoverns the 100.; THT ard: upto a hundred births. (c) In both these senses 311 frequently enters into compound, forming either Avyayibhava comp. or compound adiectives; 319 (or 31 :) fran: commencing with or including children; 317f4i (or 341 :) HT: Sk. till final emancipation; 1432H Ku. 1.5 as far as; 3174 UT Pt. 1 till death; 37171913 19: K. 70 down to the cowherd; 3111413 : including the cowherds. Sometimes the coin pound so formed stands as the first member of other compounds, tishamAjanmazuddhAnAmA phalodayakarmaNAm / AsamudrakSitIzAnAmAnAkarathavarmanAm R. 1.5; 3 erita S. 6. 17; 37afta M. . 10. (a) Used with low. it 138 the sense of 'in', 'at' (mostly Ved.); TT 99952T Rv. 1. 91. 13. -4 With adjectives (or sometimes with nouns) 31 has a diminutive force; 31497. Little red, reddish; 341191 47:274537yudArA zuzubhe'rjunasya R. 16.51; ApANDura a little white, whitish ; 341541 $. 7. 18. slightly visible; 31F4: gentle shaking; so 317 , 3 .-5 (As a separable adverb) al chiefly oocurs in the Vedas and means near, near to, or towards, there to, further; and also, even; in many cases it emphasizes the word which preceden 3T 1 A. to tie or fasten on; Bk. 371F5H inl. Up to the throat. -Comp. -Ta a. Satiated up to the throat. 371F4A Boasting, swaggering; Ram. 6. 311FT 1 A. To shake, tremblo; to tremble with fear, S. 4. -Cars. To shake, put in motion (fig. also.); anokahAkampitapuSpagandhI R.2.19 (some take AkAmpata = $9247984); Rs. 6. 22. 371FFT: 1 Shaking a little. -2 Shaking, trembling; 3491493 v. 5. 22. v. l. __ Akampanam a. Slightly shaking. -nam Trembling motion, shaking. 371ffaa, ita. Shaking, trembling; moved, agitated. anokahAkampitapuSpagandhI R. 2. 13. 37TH ( 37-7-73 P. V. 1. 121 ) Making anything impure. Akara -See under AkR. 371770 10 P. (properly a Den. form) To hear, give ear to, listen; i a 49190 S. 1. 3917014 1 Hearing, listeniny. a 721 14 X. -2 ind. upto the car or from the ear (said of an arrow, drawn from a bow). 10 P. 1 To take hold of, seizu, take; agree miaa Si.7. 21; EFFEC21 K. 49 seived. -2 To consider, regard; *951414 4199412 K. 108, 235; f2941 291A Git. 3. - 3 To observe, notice, take into consideration; 414322 H. 1. -4 (a) To bind, fasten, tie; - POHT: K. 99, 84; () To confine; to restrain, tie up; quarta-RT4 Si. 1. 6, 9. 45; Ks. 20. 52 -5 To shake, agitate; 18a1arta HT: Mb.; Bh. 1. 42. -6 To cast, throw; Si. 3. 73, 9. 72. -7 To surrender, transfer. -8 To measure; 311a ha 4 K. 78 tu count, reckon. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #323
Akalanam 308 AkAzaH Akalanam 1 Laying hold of, seizing; mekhlaaklnm| towards. -4 Purpose, intention. -5 Inquiry. -6 The K. 183; Hinding; sevyo'pi sAnunayamAkalanAya yantrA Si5.42 significaney of a word. -7 Expectancy. asatyAmAkAkSAyA~ confinement. -2 Counting, reckoning.-3 Wish, desire. saMnidhAnamakAraNam, SB. on MS. 6.1.28. -4 Inquiry. -5 Comprehending, understanding; ___ AkAzita pp. Desired, wished, inquired ; looked -6Description, tration; prAcetasAdyAH kavayo'navadyA yadekadezAkalane'pi zAH Vis. Guni 4.9. at, wanted, necessary. AkalanA 1 See Akalanam. -2 Worship, devotion: 31 TETT 4.1 Wishing, desiring, expecting; tathApyeSA doSApanayanapaTuH svAkalanayA Vis. Guna 80. aphalAkAkSibhiryajJaH Bg. 17.11; taM bhAvArthaprasavasamayAkAnkSiNInAM Akalpa: 12m ornament, decoration; AtmAnaM bhUSayAJca prajAnAm | R. 19.7. -2 Asking, inquiring. kurvastrAkalpAjanAdibhiH Bhay. 10.5.). AkalpasAro rUpAjIvA- AkAkSya a. Desira ble. -kSyam Need of supplying a jana: Dk.85K. 313,205%: R. 17.22, 18.52. -2 Dress word or words for the completion of the sense (in general), accoutrement. -3 Sickness, disease. P. III.4.23. -4 Adrling to, increasing. AkAyaH [A-ci-karmaNi dhaJ citau kutvam ] 1 The fire on Akalpam , AkalpAntam int. Up to the time of Kalpu, the funeral pile; AkAyamagniM cinvIta P. III. 3. 41. Sk. till the end of the world. - 2 A funeral pile. -3 Abode, residence. Akalpaka: 1 Remembering with regret, missing. -2 AkAyya . Ved. 1 Desirable; AkAgyasya dAvane parukSoH Fainting, loss of somse or perception. -3 Joy or delight. Rv. +.20.5. -2 Commendable in every way. -4 Darkness. -SA Knot or ioint. cf. 'Akalpakastamomoha AkAla: 1 The right time. -2 Wrong time. granthipUtkalikAmudoH' Merlini. AkAlika.[akAle bhavaH ThaJ](-kI /.)1 Momentary, 317TH Sickness, disease. , transitory; Ms. 4. 108 etAnAkAlikAnvidyAdanadhyAyAnRtAvapi AkallaH Pellitory plant, Authemis Pyrethrum 105; AkAlikaH stanayitnuH; AkAlikI vidyuta, utpattyanantaraM (Mar. akalakADhA). vinAzinItyarthaH P. V. 1. 114. -2 Unseasonable, premature, 31177: A touch-stone, untimely; AkAlikI vIkSya madhupravRttim Ku. 3.34: AkAlikaM sapadi durdinamantarikSam Mk.5.1. -kI Lightung. Akapaka .. Cutting, Rubbing, or testing with a touch-stone; (AkaSe kuzalaH, natra niyukto vA); testing. AkAz 1 A. 1 To shine. -2 To view, recognize. AkaSika [AkaSeNa carati el ] Testing, touching. AkAzaH,-zam samantAdAkAzante sUryAdayo'tra Tv.] 1 The sky AkAzabhavA sarasvatI Ku. 4.39; 'ga, degcArin &c. -2 Ether Akasmika ..(-kI/.)[vinayAdigaNaH; akasmAt-Taka TilopaH] (considered as the fifth element). -3 The subtle and 1 Accidental, unforeseen, unexpected, sudden; 19af otheronl fluid pervading the whole universe ; one of kasmikaM bhayam lem. -2 Cuseless, groundless; nanvaSTAniSTau jagadvaicitryamAkasmikaM syAt / 5. B. the 9 lracy or substances recognized by the Vise sikes. It is the substratum of the quality 'sound'; 3711STI U. 1 To desire, long or wish for, zabdaguNamAkAzama: ef. also zrutiviSayaguNA yA sthitA vyApya vizvam expect; pratyAthasanta ripurAcakAkSa :.7.47,5.383 Ms. : S. 1.1; athAtmanaH zabdaguNaM guNajJaH padaM (seil. AkAzam ) vimAnana 2. 162, 10. 121; T. I. 1.3; AkAGkSantI nayanasalilotpIDaruddhAva- vigAhamAnaH R. 18. 1. -4 Free space or vacuity; yazcAyamantakAzAm (tAM pazya) Me.. -2 10 try to reach a place, rAtmannAkAzaH Bri. Up. -5Space, placo in general; saparvataturn to; dakSiNAM dizamAkAtUna Ms.3.258. -3 To require, vanAkAzAM pRthivIm Mb. bhavanAkAzamajAyatAmburAziH Bv.2.165. need. -4 (Ingram.) To require some word or words open space (not covered or surrounded by anything); to be supplied for the completion of the sense ; see munayaH salilAhArA vaayubhkssaastthaapre| AkAzanilayAcaiva tathA sthANDiAkAkSA below. lazAyinaH|| Ram. 3.6.4.-6 Brahman (as identical with ether); AkAzastahiGgAt Br. Sut.1.1.22; yAvAnayamAkAzaAkAGkSa . 1 Pesiring, wishing. -2 (Ingram.) stAvAnayamantahadayAkAza: Ch.Up.8.1.3. -7 Light, cleurness. Trequiring some words to complete the sense; algayuktaM -8A hole. -9A dot, zero (in Math.). AkAze in the nikAkAkSama P. VIII. 2.96, 10t.-kSA 1Desire, wish; bhakta Susr., bAnyAlipya mayA rahasyamuditaM tatsajamAkAkSayA Amaru. air : AkAze lakSyaM baddhvA fixing the look om Mome object 46.-2 In gram. &e.) The presence of a word nocos out of sight. AkAze in the sense of in the air' is insurd in dramas as a stage-direction when a character on sary to complete the sense, one of the three elements necessary to convoy a complete sense or thought the stage asks questions to some one not on the stage, (the other two being yogyatA and Asatti); AkAkSA and listens to an imaginary speech supposed to be : pranItiparyavasAnavirahaH 8. D.2 the absence of the completion reply, which is usually introduced by the words 14. alfa, of a senso; se Bhasa. P. 82, 8t and T. S. 49; in the kiM kathayasie.; dUrasthAbhASaNaM ytsyaadshriirnivednm| parokSAntaritaM ex. gaurazvaH purupo hastI there is AkAkSA. -3 Looking at or vAkyaM tadAkAze nigadyate / / Bharata ; ef. AkAzabhASitam below: (AkAze) priyaMvade, kasyedamuzIrAnulepanaM mRNAlavanti ca nalinIpatrANi sa. I. ko...39 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #324
AkAza: 806 AkulIka nIyante / (zrutimabhinIya) kiM bravISi &c. S. 3. This is a contri- in the atmosphere (two kinds sUryakAnta and candrakAnta); vance unod by poets to avoid the introduction of a hail (karakA). fresh character, and it is largely used in the species AkAzavat 1 Filling a certain vacuum or space. of dramatic composition called 917 where only one -2 Going through the air. character conducts the whole play by a copious use of AkAzabhASita. -Comp. -anantyAyatanam the abode of AkAzIya, -AkAzya . [AkAzasyadama ; cha-yat ] Atmosinfinity or of infinite space; N. of a world with pherical, aerial. the Buddhists. -39fcente: N. of a category with AkiMcanam, -AkiMcanyam Poverty, want of any the Jainas%3 dharmAdharmAkAzAstikAyAste Sarva. S.3. -IzaH | possession. 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 (in law) any helpless person (such as a child, a woman, a pauper) who AkIm ind. Ved. From (with abl.); leaving, exhas no other possession than the air. AkAzezAstu vijJeyA cluding: AkI sUryasya rocanAd Rv. 1. 11.9. bAlavRddhakRzAturA: Ms. 4. 18+. -kakSA 'the girdle of the AkuJca 1 A.,6 P. To bend. -C.08. 1 To draw tosky', horizon.-Fet: Brahman. - T: a. moving through yether, contract, bond inward, curve, compress; 3119the atmosphere. ( gaH) a bird. (gA) the heavenly JcitasavyapAdam Ku. 3. 70; R. 6. 15; Bh. 1. 3. -2 To Ganges. -gaGgA [AkAzapathavAhinI gahA] the celestial Ganges 3 shorten. nadatyAkAzagaGgAyAH srotasyuddAmadiggaje R. 1. 78; cf. also ubhI AkuJcanam 1 Bending, contraction, compression; yadi byonni pRthak pravAhAvAkAzagaGgApayasaH patetAm Si. 3.8. Ku.78. &c. also utkSepaNaM tathAvakSepaNamAkucana nathA Bhasa. P. -garmI m. N. of a Bodhisattva. -camasaH the moon. -2 Contraction regarded as one of the 5 karnuns q. v. -ja u. produced in the sky. -jananin m. a casernent, -3 Collecting, hea piny. -4 Curving. -5 Contortion. loophole, an embrasure (left in castle walls); pragaNDIH -6A kind of army movement; Akujana tathA yAnaM prayANamapakArayetsamyagAkAzajananIstadA Mb. 12.69. 43. -dIpaH, -pradIpaH yAnakam Sukra.+. 1100. 1 a lamp lighted in honour of Laksmi or Visnu and raised on a pole in the air at the Divali festival in the Akula 1. 1 Full of, burdened or tilled with (ingemonth of Kartikat. -2 a beacon-light, a lantern on a neral); adhuparNAkulekSaNam Bg.2.1. pracalarmimAlAkulam (samudram) pole. -pathika: The sun Ks. -pratiSThitaH N. of Buddha. Bh.2.43; mRgapakSigaNAkulam Ram.; bASpAkulA vAcam NAI.4.18%3 -baddhalakSa (in Nataka) fixing the gaze on some object AlApakutahalAkulatare zrAtre Amaru.87.-20vorcome, affected, out of sight; tataH pravizati AkAzabaddhalakSaH unmattaveSo rAjA or afflicted, smitten; harSa, zoka, vismaya ,sneha 6.-3 Busily V.. -bhASitam 1 speaking off the stage, a supposed or intently engaged or absorbed in; vibhavagurubhiH kRtyestasya speech to which a reply is made us if it had been pratikSaNamAkulA S. 4. 19.- Confounded, agitated, Hurried actually spoken and heard; kiM bravISIti yannATaye vinA pAtraM distracted; nagarImAkulAM kRtvA vaJcayitvA ca rAvaNam Ram.5. pryujyte| zrutvevAnuktamapyartha tasyAdAkAzabhASitam S. 1). 425. -2 56.24; abhiyaM pratiSThAsurAsItkAryadvayAkula: Si.2.1; perplexed, a sound or voice in the air.-maNDa lam the celestial sphere. ___ata loss what to do, undetermined; nayavarmAkulamarjunAgrajam -mAMsI [AkAzabhavA mAMsI] N. of a plant (kSudrajaTAmAMsI). Ki. 2. 5t. 31195 very much agitatel; K. 10, 28; -mukhin pl. N.of Suives sect, the adherents of which keep Ki. 11.32. -5 Dishevelled, disordered (as hair); their faces turned towards the sky. -mugihananAya A. asaMyatAkulAlakAn K. 60,243: srastaH sragdAmazobhA tyajati viraTo be foolish like one who beats the air with his fist; citAmAkulaH kezapAzaH Ratn. 1. 173 Ki.8.18. -6 Wild Sarvs. S. -sUlI the equatic plant (kumbhakA) Pistia dreary ; S. 2. -7 Taken out of one's natural condition. Stratiotes (Mar. zevALa). -yAnam 1 heavenly car, a -8 Incoheront, contradictory. -lam An imha bited place; balloon. f. vAyubandhakavaNa mubaddho yaanmstke| udAnasya laghutvena rahiteSvAkuleSu ca Ram.-udr. In bewildermont; kimatadityAvibhAkAzayAnakam / / garutma saiH kaGkAlairanyaiH pakSigaNairapi / AkAze kulamIkSitaM janaiH Si. 1. 2. vAhayed yAnaM vimAnamiti saMjJitam / / -agastyasaMhitA. -2 moving AkulatA, -tvam 1 A multitude. -2 Perplexity, beor travelling through the sky; AkAzayAnena pravizati wilderment, confusion; Amaru. 74; tava cittaM kimAkulatvam enter passing through the sky (frequently occurring Bh. 1. 18. in dramas). -3 one who moves through the air. __ Akulayati Den. P. To confound, make disordered, -rakSin m. a watehman on the outer battlements of a Eastle (AkAza iva atyuccaprAcIropari sthitvA rakSati). -vacanam agitate. = "bhASitam q.. -varman .. 1 the tirnament. -2 the __Akulita . 1 Distressed, confounderl, agitated ; mArgAatmosphere, air, as a sort of creeper, a para- calavyatikarAkuliteva sindhu: Ku.b.85.-2 Entangled ; K.83. ritical plant (amaravela: Mr. bAMDagULa).-vANI voice from -3 Obscured, blindel; dhUma dRSTeHS.4. -4Overcome or hoavat, an incorporeal specch (azarIriNI vANI),-zayanam affected: zoka, pipAsA&c. -5Disordered, deranged; Sleeping in the open air: nivRttAkAzazayanAH Rim.3.16.12. R.16.167; mandAnilAkulitanamramRdupravAlAH Rs. 6. 17. -6 Tilled. -salilama rain dew. -stha a.abiding in the sky. AkalIka 8U. 1To fill with. -2 To confound, peraerial.-sphoTakAakind of crystal supposed to be formed l ex. bewilder. -3 To overconme: kutUhalenAkulI kriyamANA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #325
AkulIbha 807 AkRS laghimA K. 134. -4 To trouble, pain; S.2. -pass. To be confoundlel, bewildered : AkulyakAri kaTakasturageNa tUrNam Si. . . AkulIbhU 1P. To be perplexed or agitatel; iti pratipAdinamAkulIbhavet S. B. this conclusion would be shaken. AkuliH m. N. of an Asura priest. AkRNita .[A-kUNa-kta] Contracted, a littlemadanazarazalyavedanAkUNitatribhAgena K. 166,81. AkRtam [A-kU-bhAve-kta] 1 Meaning, intention, purpose; duryodhanasya cAkUtaM tRSitasyeva vipuSaH Mb.8.9.20. itIritAkRtamanIlavAjinam Ki.14.26.-2A feeling, state of heart, emotion: caDA maNDalabandhanaM taralayatyAkRtajo vepathuH U.5.53 bhAvAkUtam Amaru.4: Sin. K.31; snehAkUta Mal9. 113 U.6.35%8 sAkUtam feelingly, meaningly, (oft. occurring in plays as a stago-direction). f. also cirayati mayi vyaktAkRtA manAka sphuritAdharA Nag. 2.6.-3 Wonder or euriosity; sarve karam U. 4.-4 Wish, desire. / AkRtiH 1. [A-ku-bhAve-ktina ] 1 Intention; wish, desire ; AkUtiH satyA manaso me astu Rv. 10. 128.4; AkRtInAM ca cittInAM pravartakaH Mb. degpara .. accomplishing one's own intentions. -2 An organ of action (karmendriya); cetobhirAkRtibhirAtanoni nirankuzaM kuzalaM cetaraM vA Bhig... 11. 4. -3 An action; ceta AkUtirUpAya namo vAco vibhUtaye Bhag. 4.4.41. -4N. of a Kalpa; Vayu P. 3715TKH N. of different Saman verses. AkR8U., P. 1 To bring near or towards; to drive near or together. -2 To bring down; form wholly (Ved.). -Cans. 1 To invite, call, summon; radanikAmAkAraya Mk.8; Dk. 174: Pt.1; madhyasthasya dRSTimA kArayati Mk. + calls or arrests; Si. 16.52. -2 To prompt, incite, propol; mamApi kotUhalenAkArita eSaH 5.6. -3 To call out boldly, challenge; Mk. 2.-4 To cause to appear, produce. -5 To ask anything of one; punarAkArayAmAsa tameva / varamAnA Ram.2. 18.2. AkaraH [by puMsi saMjJAyAM dhaH prAyeNa P. III. 3. 118 Akurvantyasmin ; Kasi. 1A mine%3; maNirAkarodbhavaH R. 3. 183; Akare padmarAgANAM janma kAcamaNeH kutaH I. Pr.38; Ms. 7.62; Akare tar Y. 3.212; (fig.) a mine or rich suuree of Anything (utpattisthAnam); mAso nu puSpAkara: V. 1.10: azeSaguNAkaram Bh.2.192; saubhAgyapaNyAkara: Mk.8.38; AkaraH sarvazAstrANAm Mu.7.7.-2 A collection, group: padmAkaraM dinakaro vikacIkaroni Bh.2.73; kamalAkara Ku.2.2.); snehAkarANi / Mal. 9. 47. -3 Best, excellent. -4 N. of a country. - 5N. of the Maha bhasya. -6N. of a country (the modern Khandesh); Bri. S. I. Best, excellent. -Comp. -kame. A mining operation; Akara karmAntapravartanam Kau. A. 2. TFT: A source-book. -TH A jewel. -atern Name of a Tirtha. AkAraH [A-kR-ghaJ] 1 Form, shape, figure, dvidhA of two forms or sorts; Pt. 3. 37. -2 Aspect, appearance. miel, countenance; AkArasadRzaprajJaH B. 1. 15, 16.7,S. I: -3 (Particularly) expression of the face as giving a clue to one's inward thoughts or mental disposition ; tasya saMvRtamantrasya gUDhAkArozitasya ca R.1.20%; Pt. 1; bhavAnapi saMvRtAkAramAstAm V.2; S.73 Ki. 1. 14; sAkAro niHspRhaH Pt. 3. 88 giving no clue to his inward thoughts, reserved; K.2333; Mv.63 Ms. 7.63,8.25% -AkArairizitairgatyA ceSTayA bhASitena c| netravaktravikAraizca gRhyate'ntargataM manaH // Ms. 8. 26. - 4 Hint, sig, token. -5 Identity, oneness -6 Recognition of identity (in Sin. Phil.). -7 The letter A. -Comp. -guptiH , -gopanam, gRhanam dissimulation, suppressing all outward manifestation of the internal feelings. -vaNe, -suzlakSNa . Delicate in shape and colour. AkA (ka) raNam , -NA 1 Invitation, calling; bhavadAkAraNAya Dk. 175. -2 A challonge. AkAravat a. 1 Embodierl. -2 Symmetrical, wellformed. AkArita. 1 Called. -2 Agreed upon.-3 Demanded, exacted. AkRta.. Ved. 1Arranged, built (as a house); yad vA samudre abhyAkRte gRhe Rv. 8.10.1. -2 Brought near to, being nour; dhyAyanta AkRtadhiyaH zayanAsanAdau tatsAmyamApuranuraktadhiyAM punaH kim Bhag. 11.5.48. fa: f. 1 Form, figure, shape of anything); gandhAkRtiH Bhag.5. 11. 10. govardhanasyAkRtiranvakAri Si.3.4. -2 Bodily form, body; kimiva hi madhurANAM maNDanaM nAkRtInAm S. 1. 20; vikRtAkRti Ms. 11. 523 ghora', saumyadeg ke. -3 Appearance; oft. a good or noble appearance, good form; na hyAkRtiH susadRzaM vijahAti vRttam Mk.9.16%3B yatrAkRtistatra guNA basanti Subhas. AkRtimanugRhNanti guNAH Vb. 2. -4 Specimen, character. -5 Tribe, species. -6A form ascertained by senses; manasyAkRtayo mannA Mb. 12.201.19. ef. AkRtistu zarIre syApasAmAnyayorapi. -7Ametre. -8 (Arth.) The number twentytwo. -Comp. -- TUT: a list of words belonging to a certain grammatical rule which does not give every word belonging to that rule, but only specimens, a list of specimens (frequently occurring in the Ganapatha); (.. arza AdigaNa, svarAdigaNa, cAdi gaNa &c.-cchatrA the plant Achyranthes Aspera (Mar. 31931). -1: A certain class of constellations. AkRtimat.1Embodied. -2 Self-formed. AkRS 1. P., 6 U. To draw towards, draw, dray, pull, attract ( fig. also); kezeSvAkRSya cumbati H. 1. 100%; dUramamunA sArazeNa vayamAkRSTAH 5.1: (manaH) zambhoryatadhvamAkaSTamayaskAntena lohavat Ku.2.5); anAkRSTasya viSayaiH R.1.23 not attracted or soduced ; lobhAkRSTaH H. 1; Santi. 3.5, 4.16; pAdAkRSTavratati 5. 1. 32, Amaru. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #326
AkarSaH 308 ARndita T T a. (319-518 ] 1 Iroduced in mine, mineral. -2 of yood brood: za fra : Ki. 5. 7. 31 Ut p. 1. 1 Scattered or spread over. -2 Filled or overspread with, crowded, full of, a bounding in; GATHOF 579EUR 49 S. 5. 10:31f9faFERTA: R. 1.50; RISOTT: Pt. 1. 370 # :) 3110 Ms. 6. 51. -OTH A crowd: V. 2. ind. Ved. 1 Near in the neighbourhood: 149 #47Toe Rv. 2. 1. 10. -2 Distant. 3 T a. Half-shut, half-closed (oves); ad #31779791 Ki. 8. 53; Mal. 5; K. 81; Richa gay 1714: Mu. 3. 21 7 fan war! mIlitArdhapuTAloke tArAvyAvartanottarA / / ft a. Ved. Advancing near (as rays of light); Wise (?). . 1.80.-2 To draw, or bend (as a bow ); (319 ) a 7195 Si. 9. 40: S. 3. 3. (v. l.) -3 To draw or take out; Esar e Mk. 2; U. 1. 4 To extract, borrow (from another source ); 37717 FERIE T9hty fosted H. Pr. 9. -5 To draw or carry along; to waft or be charged with ; 391491 921 U. 3. 2. -6 To doprive, take away by force, snatch: 3711 9: Bk. 16. 30. -7 To supply a word or words from another rule or sentence. -Caus. To draw near to oneself, pull together : qar yar Rs. 5. 11. (v. l.). 31179: 1 Attracting or drawing towards oneself. -2 Drawing away from, withdrawing; U. 3. 46. (v. l.) -3 Drawing (a bow). -4 Attraction, fascination. -5 Spasm. -6 Playing with dive; 311791 : Mb. -7 A die or dice. -8 A board for a yame with divo. -9 An organ of sense. -10 A magnet, a londstone; yathA zrAmyatyayo brahman svayamAkarSasannidhI Bhag. 7.5. 14. -11 A touch-stone. -12 A bow. cf. 31179: STI asa a s Nm. -13 A poisonous plant: Mb. 7. 40.9. 31 a. attracting, attractive. - A magnet, a loadstone. T ura. Attracting, carrying to another place. -UTH 1 Pulling, drawing, attracting. -2Seduction. ---Uir 1 A curved stick for pulling down fruits, flowers &c. (standing on elevated places); any instrument for pulling: -2 A variety of Mudra or mark on the body ). # . (- /:) Magnetic, attractive ( 3179 A). P. IV. 1.9. 11 . Attractive (as a smell at a distance ). -oft A rol with a hook at the end for pulling down boughs in order to gather fruits &c. AkRSTa . Attracted, pulled ; nAkRSTaM na ca TAGkitaM na namitaM notthApitaM sthAnata: Mahan. TETO: 1. 1 Attraction (in general ). -2 Attraction, gravitation (in astr.); 3115 4 net 91 77 khasthaM guru svAbhimukhaM svazaktyA / AkRSyate tatpatatIya bhAti same A garai a ll Goladh. 1. - 3 Drawing or bending of a bow; 33o Amaru. 1. -4 (Tantric texts) Attract ing an absent person by a magic formula. -Comp. -HF3: an incantation by which another person is attracted ; fc-1944 H. 1. 93. 371 6. P. 1 To scatter or spread over, fill, fill up, cover, heap up (used chiefly in p. p. q. v.) ar 7: H 997: PRI Rv. 9.81.3. arritur Av. 4.38.2. -2 To dig up. if : [ 311*faqe: 79 ) 1 A person appointed ( by the king ) to superintend a mine. -2 A miner. 5 : The sign Capricornus (*); (a word of Greek origin). re : A slight anger; Si. 2. 99. Akauzalam Inexpertness, want of skill: vivarItamathA-mano 0917 TAHTA Si. 16.30. 371F1 U. 1 To lament, woep, cry, cry out, creak; scream; Z a f: Yar a u sfar: Rs. 4.7; Bk 15.50.-2 To shout, roar. - To invoke, call out to; 3119- 12 M b. -Uans 1 To cause to weep or cry. -2 To call out to; tra for lugar 42 : fa: Mk. 5. 23. -3 To inspire courage by the sound of a drum; 3194 41 73 Ry. 6. 47.30. - 4 To shout or roar at; to cry incessantly. 371923 9 ac 48 ST Av. 2. 36. 6. 3712: 1 Weeping, crying out; 14 W T1 Pt. 4. 29. -2 Calling, invoking, calling out to; 3117 129EURfa og Ms. 8. 292. -3 Sound, warcry, a cry (in general); 311448 324 Ks. 10.94. -4 A friend, defender; 2049717 71441feat Mb. 1. 172. 9. -5 A brother. -6 A tierce or violent combat, war, battle. -7 A place of crying. -8 A king who prevents an ally from aiding another; king whose kingdom lies next but one. pANigrAhaM ca saMprekSya 7917 Hozd Ms. 7. 207 (see Kull. thereon ). cf. also Kau. A. 6.2. cf...3117 FU TUT T I arait... Nm. f4HFrar a 1913 #: Kau. A. 1. 16. 971FF&1 Lamentation, weeping, cry of lamentation ; -2 Calling ont. 37174721fafa Bhag. 7. 2. 32. * a. (31re orala P.IV. 4.38 ] one who runs to a place where cries of distress) are heard. a p. p. 1 Roaring, crying, or weeping bitterly. -2 Invoked, called. - Th 1 A cry, roar; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #327
ARndina 309 Akrozaka: .............. ... ..... ........ . . tadIyamAkranditamAnasAdhoH R. 2.28. -2 Lamentation, weeping, V. 1. 37 7 . Calling out in a weeping tone, weeping, shouting at; parasparAkrandini cakravAkayoH Ku.5.26. Akram 1. V. 1 To go towards or near, approach; antarikSama, Azramam &c.-2 To step or trend upon: A vo mUrdhAnamakramIm Rv. 10. 166.5%3; enter, till, take possession of, cover, bhujagapatirayaM me mArgamAkramya suptaH Mk. 9. 12 covering; kha kezavo'para ivAkAmatuM pravRttaH 1.25 chAyAmapyAkramitum Ve.33; Si.8.28 to enter or cross%3; Ms. 4. 130%; Y.1.1528 padA mastakamAkramya Ms. 11.48: / jambudvIpamAkamya H.33; AkrAmati dhUmo hamyatalam Mbh. and. Kati. on P.1.3.10. -3 To occupy, extend over; yojanAnAM sahasrANi bahanAkramya tiSThati Ks. 1. 15. -4 To attack, invade, seize, fall upon, conquer, overcome, vanquish; pakSizAvakAnAkamya I. 1; sarvasvaM grasate bandhurAkramya jJAnibhAvataH 2.973 paurastyAnevamAkAmaMstAMstAjanapadAjayI R.4.31; 1.4; taM na...zekurAkramitumanyaSArthivAH R.19.483; Si. 1.70.-5 To surpass, excel, eclipse.-6 To undertake, begin, commence. -7 (A.) To rise, come up (as the sun); yAvatpratApanidhirAkramate na bhAnuH R.5.71, Akramate sUryaH Mbh. om P.I.3.10.-8 Tonscend, mount, occupy (as sky, throne ke.): ajo nAkamA kramatAM tRtIyam Av.9.5.1. divamAkramamANeva Bk. 8.23; Si. 18. 11,51; siMhAsanam, khargalokam"; "bajame . 910 lio heavily upon, to press (as a loud). (For further illustrations of the several senses sce AkrAnta below). -Cans.(ka-kA-mayani) To cause to enter, introrluce, show into; sa nairAkamayAmAsa zuddhAntam Ku.6.62. AkramaH,-maNam 1 Coming near, approching. -2 Falling upon, attacking; an attack; harirAkramaNena saMnati kila bibhrIta bhiyetyasaMbhavaH Si. 16. 34. -3 Seiving, taking, covering, occupying. -4 Overcoming; obtaining. Vaj. 15.9. --5 Spreading or going over, surpassing. -6 Mounting overloading. Bhag. 7. 5. 44. -7 Might, valour. -8 Possession of learning&c. -9 Food. -10A step for ascending; kenAkrameNa yajamAnaH kharge lokamAkramate Bri. Up.3.1.6. AkrAnta pp. 1 Seized, taken possession of, overpowered, defeated, vanquished, overcome; AkrAntavimAnamArgam R. 13. 37 reaching upto; rujA Pt. 5.52; didRkSA' hRdayaH Dk. 141 seized with; AtapAkrAnto'yamuddezaH M.3 exposed to heat; AkrAntapUrvamiva bhujaGgam R.9.79 trodden or trampled under foot : filled with, full of, occupied, covered, overspread; zuzubhe tena cAkAntaM maGgalAyatanaM mahat R. 17.29%; Bh. 2. 1083; valibhirmukhamAkAntam Bh. 3. 14,623 U.2.20%; Mv.5.40%; Si. 1. 70%B H. 1. 22; Dk. 1413; K. 55; Ve. 2. 27; Care having the mind engrossed or occupied; U.5. 19; Mal.9.49; 80 madana , bhaya, zoka &c. -2 Loaded (as with a burden); pressed by; zailAkrAntena yo muktastasyArAvaH sudAruNaH Ram.7.16.36. bhArAkAntA vasundharA Mk.8.6%3 K. 118; sAkAntA jaghanasthalena guruNA gantuM na zaktA Amaru. 34. -3 Surpassed, eclipsed, superseded ; R. 10. 38, Ve.s, AkrAntA tilakakriyApi tilakaiH M.3.. -4 Obtained, possessed of ; varNAntarAkAntapayodharAgrAm / .14. 27: Ki. 11.7. -5 Accompanied, attended. -6 lained, distressed. -7 Graced, Indorned, decorated; na khalu narake hArAkAntaM ghanastanamaNDalam (zaraNam ) Bh. 1.67. -8 Sented, ridden; niryayusturagAkAntAH Ram.6. 127. 13. -Comp. -nAyakA (In drama) One whose lover is won or kept in obedience. -mati . Mentally overcome, deeply impressed. AkrAntiH /. 1 Placing upon, occupying, stepping or treading upon%3 AkrAntisambhAvitapAdapITham Ku. 3. 11. -20vercoming, pressing upon, loading; pRthujaghanabharAkrAntimandaiH prayAH M. 3. 10. -3 Ascending, rising, -4 Might, valour, force; "ta: ind. From violence; AkrAntito na vazameti mahAnparasya Si.5.41. -5 Assault, talking away (apahAra); yo bhUtAni dhanAkAnanyA vadhAkezAraca rakSati Mb.12.97.8. AkrAmaka: An imvader. 3T 9 U. To purchase, buy; obtain. 31FT: 1 A dealer, petty trader, a pedlar.-2 Trade, Commerce. AkrIDa 1 U. To play, sport, amuse oneself. AkrIDa . Playing, sporting. -DaH, -Dam 1 Play, sport, pleasure; gajendrAkrIDamathitA Ram.7.26.42. -2 A pleasure-grove, plensuro-garden; (pumAnAkIDa udyAnam / Ak.); devAkIDazatAkINAm Ram. 2.50. 15. kamAyAkrIDamAsAdya tatra vizazramiSuH Dk. 12. kuberasyApi cAkrIDaM prAgeva vasudhAmimAm Bur Ch.4.10. -Comp.-giriH ,-parvataH A pleasure-hill; AkrIDaparvatAstena kalpitAH kheSu vezmamu Ku.2.43. AkrIDanam Sporting, playing. AkrIDin a. Playing. Akruz 1 P. 1 To ery, ery out loudly; aye gaurInAtha tripurahara zambho trinayana prasIdetyAkrozan Bh. 3. 1233; call out loudly to; patimAcukruzaH Rim. -2 To revile, abuse, scold, assail with angry words; parasya hetornAmAkozasi Dk.58,97; zataM brAhmaNamAkruzya kSatriyo daNDamarhati Ms. 8.2673 Bk.5.39. -3 To curse. -4 To censure, express displeasure. AkruSTa p. 1Scolded, reviled, censurel, abused, calumniated &c.; krubhyantaM na pratikrudhyedAkruSTaH kuzalaM vadet Ms. 6. 48; Si. 12. 27.-2 Sounded, vociferated. -3 Cursed. -UH 1 Calling out. -2 A harsh cry or sound, an abusive speech (paruSabhASaNam); mAjoramUSikAsparza AkuSTe krodhasaMbhave Katy.; prapAtajalanirghoSaiH prAkruSTamiva sarvataH Ram.5.56. 30. AkrozaH, -zanam 1 Calling or crying out, voeiferation, loud cry or sound. -2 Censure, blame, roviling; Akrozamapi parihAsamAkalayanti K. 235,291; abuse Y.2.302. -3 A curse, imprecation : garbhamevamuktam K.201, 346. -4 An oath. AkrozakA,-kroSTra . 1 Voeiferous, one who calls out or vociferates, -2 A reviler, a busive. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #328
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra Avilakana AkrikSa a. 1 Wet. -2 Touched with pity. . An indeclinable joined to the roots. bhU and as; 900 UryAdi Golpa on P. L. 4. 67. Moistening, wetting, sprinkling. www.kobatirth.org AkSadyUtika (. (- kI . ) [ akSayanena nirvRttam Thak ] Effected or completed by gambling. arqz 1 A keeper of archives or records. -2 An officer of accounts. AkSapaTale gANanikyAdhikAraH Kau. A. 2. 1 Fasting, purifying by fasting, abstinence. AkSapATikA [ akSapaTa- 1 A judge at playing with dice, superintendent of a gambling house; -2 A judge, arrange of law suits; see AkSapAda ( dI ab. [akSapAda apU] Tought by Aksapada or Gautama. A follower of the Nyaya system of philosophy, a logician. The Nyaya system of philosophy. TT 10 P. 1 To abuse, revile, accuse falsely, calumniate; mAtaraM pitaraM jAyAM bhrAtaraM tanayaM gurum AkSArayana Ms. 8. 275.-2 To punish.. AkSarasamAmnAyika . Belonging to the alphabet. : A charge or calumny, accusation (of adultery). -2 N. of a Saman. AkSAraNam, -NA Calumnious accusation (especially of adultery ); tatra tvAkSAraNA yaH syAdAkrozo maithunaM prati Ak sanfta p. p. 1 Calumniated. -2 Accused of adultery or fornication yastvanAkSAritaH pUrvam M. 8.855, 351. -3 Guilty, criminal. sfer 2, 6 P. Ved. 1 To abide, dwell in, stay (with). -2 To be or exist. 43 affa fa Av. 10. 5. 45. -3 To possess. anfer. Abiding, dwelling, snfert que Rv. 3. 55. 5. AkSika . ( - kI. ) [ akSeNa dIvyati jayati jinaM vA; akSa 3 P. IV. 4. 2.] 1 One who plays at dice. One who looded [die] (bhArabhUtAnAMnA harani vahati) 8 Dhe who gains by gambling. -4 Won by gambling. -5 Relating to dice or gambling; AkSikaM RNam Ms. 8. 150 incurred in gambling. : N. of a tree (= q. v.) 1 Money gained by gambling. -2 Gambling debt, money lost at play. -. A kind of spirituous liquor prepared from the seeds of Teronina bia Bellorien ( vibhItaka: Mar. behaDA ). -Comp. -paNaH a stake, a wager. 6 U. To throw or cast down, dash down; phalaM tarajJAkSiptam Pt. 4; zilAyAmAGkSipya Pt. 1. -2 To attract, entice, allure, win over; afera faq: K. 109; 810 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir AkSepaH Si. 10. 79 -3 To strike with a dart, missile &c. -4 To draw near or together, contract, convulse (used in medicine). 5 To interrput, cut short, evaMvAdino K. 18, 207: Ve. 6. 6 To draw back or withdraw; take or throw off, snatch or draw away, pull off; R. 7. 7; Ku. 7. 58 a afer Bh. 1. 43; Me. 70. 7 To chase, drive out of a place, remove: sa etAnAkSipASTrAta Mb.: AkSiptA: Mu. 1. -8 To hang out, expose to view (as a banner). 9 To point to, refer to, hint at, indicate; P. VI. 3. 34 Sk.; S. D. 2. 10 To reject, neglect, disregard, spurn; Amaru. 85.-11 To object to (as argument). 12 To insult; fafe Ve. 3; to blame; Santi. 1. 18. -13 To eclipse, obscure; AkSipantImiva prabhAM zazinaH svena tejasA Mb. -14 To infer (from circumstance); affer K. P. 2. -15 To say or state ironically. -16 To pass (as time ) ; yAcinastu na ca kAlamAkSipat Si. 14. 15. AkSita p. p. 1 Cast, thrown down. -2 Overthrown, repulsed; f g Ratn. 4. 12. -3 Seized, grasped, snatched away; V. 5. 5. -4 Drawn, attracted, overpowered;, U. 4; seduced, enticed; K. 281. g: Bu. Ch. 4. 3. 5 Perplexed, distracted, bewildered; fa: Ve. 2. -6 Insulted, reviled, abused. -7 Equal or equivalent to. -8 Interpolated, inserted, seo fria. fer A particular air or song sung by a character_while approaching the stage: [ cacatpuTAditAlena mArga pitA svarapadaprathitA kavitA (bharatanA zAstra ) ]; prAvezikI AkSiptikA V. 4. : 1 Throwing off, tossing, pulling off, matching away zutAnAm Ku. 1. 115 withdrawings] [danamAmIzaH Ku. 7.903 movement, shaking; K. 13. 2 Reviling, censure, blame, abuse, reproach, defiant censure; a sthAnAdindraH pracAlitaH Bhag 12. 6. 22. pracaNDayA e. 5. 28; facemaftafafa Ki. 14.25; Bh. 2.69.-3 Drawing together, attraction, diverting; : K. 346, 348 power to interest -4 Distraction, allurement; fang: Bh. 3. 47, 23.5 Throwing away, giving up. 6 Applying, laying on, putting in or into (as a colour); a: Ku. 7. 17. -7 Hinting at, reference to, taking to oneself or assuming as the meaning of another word; afa : K. P. 2. -8 An inference. 9 A deposit. -10 An objection or doubt.-11 Convulsion, palpitation. -12 Sustaining, as a sound. -13 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech (ef. Grock paralipsis) in which something really intended to be said is apparently suppressed or denied to convey a particular meaning; AkSepaH svayamuktasya pratiSedho vicaarnnaat| candrasaMdarzayAtmAnamathavAsti For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #329
AkSepaka 311 AkhyA priyAmukham // Kuval. For fuller definitions and explana AkhAnaH [A-khan-ghaJ] 1 Digging all around -2 tions sce K. P. 10, S. D. 714 and Ukse paprakarana A spade, a digger. in R. G. -14 Reach (of an arrow); so'yaM prAptastavAkSepam AkhaH [AkhanatItyAkhuH, Akhan - ku: Dicca Un. 1. 38] 1 A Mb. 7. 102.66. -Comp. -rUpakam A simile in which the mouse, rat, mole; AkhaM cideva deva soma Rv. 9.67.30. atuM object compared is only hinted at; Kav. vAJchati zAmbhavo gaNapaterAkhu kSudhAtaH phaNI Pt. 1. 159. -2 A AkSepaka .. 1 Dratving; drawing or snatching off. thief. -3 A hog. f. potrimUSikayorAkhuH Nm. -4 A spade. -2 Censuring, reviling. -ka: 1 A thrower. -2 A -Amiser.; vibhave sati naivAtti na dadAni juhoti na / tamAhurAkhum. detractor, calumniator, nccuser. -3 A hunter. -4 ( In -6 The grass Lipeocercis Serrata (4413 ). -Comp. medic.) Convulsion, spasm. -utkaraH mole-hill. -uttha a. produced from a mouse. AkSepaNam Throwing, tossing. (-tthaH) [AkhUnAmutthAnam P. III. 2. + Vart.] the rising AkSepin 1.1Drawing or snatching up; imAmAkSApaNI or appearance of rats, tu swarm of rats. -karISam / fargarafa fara a: Mal. 9. 51. -2 Drawing in with mole-hill. -karNaparNikA, -pArNakA, -karNI, -parNI the minute oye; bAhAbhyantaraviSayAkSepI caturthaH Pat. Sit.. plant Salvinia Cucullata Roxb (Mr. uMdIrakAnI). -gaH, -3 Applying to, regarding. -patraH, -rathaH, -vAhanaH epithets of Grapess. (whose vehicle is rat); tamAkhupatra rAjendra bhaja mA jJAnadAyakam Subhas. AkSIba 1.1 Somewhist drunk. -2 Intoxicated. ! -ra: Sudra or a man of low caste and profession; -baH- akSAba pa.. - (lit.) rat-cateher or killer. -pASANa: 1a kind of AkSIlam N. of a sinen. mineral. -2 a loadstone. -phalA The plant laghudantI. AkSetrazyam [ akSetrajJa-pyaJ] Spiritual ignorance'. -bhuja,-bhuja: a cat. -viSahA kind of grass (devatADavRkSa, AkSoTaH-Da: A wiluut; see akSoTa.. devatAlIlatA) considered as a remedy for a rat's hite. AkSodanam Hunting (for Acchodanama). AkheTaH [ Akhimyante trAsyante prANino'tra, A-khiT-ghaJ Tv.] _ Hunting, chase. -Comp. -zIrSakam 1 a smooth floor AkSyat // . (fr. az or az) Leading to completion. or ground (kuTTimabheda). -2 a mine, cavern. (as days ), epithet of certain days on which the ceremony Ayana performed for the Adityas and AkheTaka a. Hunting, frightening (as beasts of Angirasas is finished. proyte.). -ka: A hunter; AkheTakasya dharmaNa vibhavAH syurvaze AkhaNa u. Hard ( to dig up)(as a stone); yathAzmAna nRNAma !Pt. 1. 129, 388. -kam Hunting. -Comp. -aTavI f. A hunting forest. mAkhaNamRtvA vidhvaMsate Ch. Up. 1.2.8. AkhaNDalaH [AkhaNDayati bhedayati parvatAna , khaNDa-Dalac isya AkheTika [AkheTe kuzalaH Thak] 1Skilful in chase. netvam Tv.] Indra; AkhaNDalaH kAmamidaM babhASe Ku.3.113 -2 Terrible, frightful. -: 1 A hunter. -2 A hound. tamIzaH kAmarUpANAmalyAkhaNDalavikramam R.1.833 Mo. 15.-Comp. AkhoTa: The walnut tree. -cApaH,-dhanuH.. The rainbow. -sRnuH The son of Indra AkhyA :P.1() To tell, say, inform, commuit. Arjuna....anusmRtAkhaNDalasUnuvikramaH Ki. 1.24. nicate, narrate (usually with dat. of person); gaia AkhaNDiH .. N. of an artisan. -Comp. -zAlA The zukAni yajUMSi vAjasaneyena yAjJavalkyenAkhyAyante Bri. Up.ti..3. workshop of tho artisan. te rAmAya vadhopAyamAcakhyurvibudhadviSaH R.15.5,41, 71,93; 12.42, AkhaH, [Akhan-Da] -AkhanaH [khan-ghaP. III. 3. 125] 91; AkhyAhi me ko bhavAnugrarUpo Bg. 11. 31, 18.63; Me. 100%; Ms. 8.224,9.73, Y.1.66,2.65%; sometimes withgen. A spade, hoe. of person; AkhyAhi bhadre priyadarzanasya Pt. t. 15; kenAhaM tavAAkhanikaH [A-khan-ika ] 1 A digger, ditcher, miner. khyAtaH Mb. (D) To declare, announce, signify; dhanubhRto'-2 A mouse or rat. -3 A hog. -4 A thief. - 5 A pyasya dayAbhAvamAkhyAtam / .2.11. -2 To wall, donominate, spade. bhavedAkhanikazcore zukare mUSike'pi ca Medini. name%; suvarNabindurityAkhyAyane Mal.9; R.10.21 Ms. 4.6. AkhanikabakaH [A-khan-karaNe kartari vA ikabaka P. Mbh. -3 To look at, count; to recitee (Ved.). -Cons. on P. III. 3. 125] 1A stork in relation to a mouse; .. (khyApayati) 1 To cause to tell or narrate. -2 To (tiy) a man who behaves like a hero towards a weak declare. person. -2 = Akhanika q. v. above (%= khanitram Sk.). Akhya 1. A narrator : saMpatanti ca me ziSyAH pravRttAkhyAH AkharaH [Akhan-Tara] 1 A sparde. -2 A digger, miner. purImitaH Ram.6.124.16. -3A cover of any animal; a stable; yathA''kharo maghavaM AkhyA [A-dhyAyate anayA: AkhyA-aP. III. 3. 106] zcArurepa priyo mRgANAM suSadA babhUva AV.2.36.1. 1A name, appellation; kiM vA zakuntaletyasya mAturAkhyA AkhATIzvaratIrtham N. of tIrtha ; Sira P. 5.7,7.33; pazcAdumAkhyAM mumukhI jagAma Ku.1.2 tapAkhyayA AkhAtaH, -tam A natural ponal or pool of water, yfa 99 R. 15. 101 bocone known by that name; bay. often at the end of compounds meaning namel' or For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #330
AkhyAta 312 Agantuka 'called'; atha kimAkhyasya rAjarSeH sA dharmapatnI 5.7; raghuvaMzAkhyaM kAvyam &c. -2 Appearances aspect; na hi tasya vikalpAkhyA yA ca madIkSayA hatA Bhag. 11.18.37. -3 Beauty, splendour; sISu macirAkhyAsu niSeduH kAJcanISu te Ram. 7.60. 12. AkhyAta pp. 1Suid, told, declared:; iti te jJAnamAkhyAtam Bg.18.68.-2 Counted, recited. -3 Made known. - Inflected or comfugated. -5Called; sevA zvavRttirAkhyAtA Ms. 4.6. -tam 1 A verb : bhAvapradhAnamAkhyAtam Nir.; dhAtvarthena viziSTasya vidheyatvena bodhane / samarthaH svArthayatnasya zabdo vA''khyAtamucyate // -2 Telling auspicious time for departure; (abhimantritadundubhidhvaninA prayANAdikathanam); tathAkhyAtavidhAna ca yogaH saMcAra eva ca Mb. 12. 59. 48. 3 regla <<. Verbal. - Com. on Jaina and Nyayadarsana. AkhyAtiH 1. 1 Telling, infornning, communication, publication of a report &c.). -2 Faine. -3 A name. 31egla m. 1 One who tells, communicates &c. -2 A teacher, instructor; P. I. 4. 29. AkhyAnam 1 Speaking, declaration, making known, relation, communication; itthaMbhUtAkhyAne P. I.4.90. rAmasaMdeza Ram. -2 Allusion to some old tale; AkhyAnaM pUrvavRttoktiH S.]).; (0. dezaH so'yamarAtizoNitajalairyasminhadAH pUritA Ve. 3. 33.). -3 A tale, story; especially a legendary story, legend; apsarAH purUravasa cakama ityAkhyAnavida AcakSate Mal. 2; Ms. 3. 232. -4 A legendary work such as the Mahabharata; yo'dhIte caturo vedAnsarvAnAkhyAnapacamAn Mb. B.R.9. -5 A reply; praznAkhyAnayoH P. VIII. 2. 105, III. 3. 110. -6 A differentiating property (bhedakadharma), -7 A cinto of an epic poem. 3T122 A tale, a short legendary narrative, 20 episotle; AkhyAnakAkhyAyiketihAsapurANAkarNanena K.73 P. IV. 2.60 Vart. -kI N. of a metre which is a coin bination of Indravajra and Upendravajra. AkhyAyaka .. Telling, informing. -ka: A messenger, tourior; AkhyAyakebhyaH zrutasunuvRttiH Bk.2.41. -2 A Therald; U... 3TTEITAI 1 A species of prose composition, a connected story or narrative; AkhyAyikA kathAvat syAt kavervazAdikIrtanam / asyAmanyakavInAM ca vRttaM gadya kvacit kacit / kathAMzAnAM vyavaccheda AzvAsa iti bdhyte| AryAvaktrApavaktrANAM chandasA yena kenacit // anyApadezenAzvAsamukhe bhAvyarthasUcanam / S. D. 568. Writers on Rhetoric usually divide prose composition into kathA and AkhyAyikA and make a distinction between them. Thus they regard Bana's harSacarita as an AkhyAyikA and kAdaMbarI as kathA; according to Dandin, however, ( Kav. 1. 28) there is no distinction between the two; tatkathAkhyAyikatyekA jAtiH saMjJAdvayAGkitA -3 Narration (of what is known). sref, a. One who tells, informis, or communiGates; rahasyAkhyAyIva svanasi mRdu karNAntikacaraH 5. 1.23; Ms.7.223. Akhyeya not. p. Fit to be communicated or told; zabda fit to be told in words, ver bal message; zabdAkhyeya yadapi kila te yaH sakhInAM purastAna Me. 103. Agam 1 P. 1 To come, come near, approuch. -2 To arrive at, attam, reach ; fall into a particular state or condition); AnRNyamAgam to become free from debt; so vizvAsam, dhyAnam &c. -3 To have recourse to. -Caus. (-gamayati) 1 To cause to come or draw near; tatvamA gamayAgame Av.6.81.2. -2 To loud towards, take, convey; AgamitApi viduram Git. 12. -3 To announce the arrival of ; rAjAnamAgamayati = rAjAgamanamAcaSTe Sk. -4 To ascertains inform oneself about; sarvamAgamayAmAsa pANDavAnAM viceSTitam Mb.5.7.1. prajJAmevAgamayati yaH prAjJebhyaH sa paMDitaH Vop. -5 To learn thequire, study; samyagAgamitA vidyA prabodhavinayAviva R. 10.71; tadapyAgamitaM mayA Mb.; Agamaya daNDanIniM kulavidyAm Dk. 155Mv.5%3 Si.9.79. -6 (Atm.) To wait for, have patience; Agamayasva tAvat -kSamasva Sk. Agamayate kAlam Vop. Aga u. Accidential, sudilen; tvam .ccident, chance. Agata..1 Come, arrived; mama sAdharmyamAgatAH Bx. 11.... -20ccurred, happened. vijJApyaM tu mamaitaddhi yadvadAmyAgataspRhaH Rin. 7.36.54; Ms... 152. -3 Obtained, got; nyAyAgatadhanam 1.3.2053; degsAthvasa afraid, "kSobha perplexed; anvaya hereditary: manyu ngry; vismaya surprised. -4 Reduced to, fallen into (a particular state); dAsatvam , paJcatvam,sadaham, vismayam &c. -5 Living or residing in. -tam 1 Coming, arrival; kathaM nu khalvadya bhavetsugatam Ram. 5.41.83 Bg. 9.21. -2 Occurrence, event. -Comp. -svam Origin. -sAdhvasa a. Territied. profa: f. 1 Arrival, coming; rise, origination; syAsya gatAgatim Ram... 110.1; ini nizcitapriyatamAgatayaH Si.9.48. -2 Obtaining, acquisition: Y.B. 170. -3 Return. -4 Origin -5 Accident, chance. Agantavya pot. p. Likely to come, to be arrivedi coming necessurily. AgantavyaM jhaTiti mathurAmaNDalAd gopakAnte. Agantu . [A-gam-tun ] 1 Coming, arriving. -2 Stray. -3 Coming from the outsido: external (as a cause &c.) -4 Adventitious, accidental, casual fanta sa yatkarma nityamAgantusAdhanam Ak. -5what (or who) comos later or afterwards. vAstavyairAkAnte deze Aganturjano'sambhavAdante nivizate | SB. on MS. 10..1. -ntu:1A new-comer, stranger, guest; (mene) vaidarbhamAgantumajaM gRhezam R.5.623 H. 1.-2 A late-corner, what comes later or afterwards (See AgamaH for quotation) -Comp. -ja u. arising accidentally or casually; 311T-IT IT Susr. Agantuka 3. (-kA,-kI/.) 1 Coming of one's own accord, arriving uninvited; AgantukA vayam Dhurtas. -2 Stray (as an animal); Y. 2. 163. -3 Incidental, accidental, adventitious%3 ityAgantukA vikArAH Aseal. -4 Interpolated, spurious (as a reading), having crept in without authority; agandhavadgandhamAdanamityAgantukaH pAThaH . For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #331
AgamaH 313 Agastya Malli, on ku. 6. 10. -Comp. -at: A kind of fever - 1 An intruder, inter poler. -2 A stranger, guest, new-coiner; S. , 6. -3 Interpolated reading. AgamaH 1 Comming, urival, approach, appearance lanAyAM pUrvadanAyAM prasanasyAgamaH kutaH U...:20B Si. 1.30%; avyakAda vyaktayaH sarvAH prbhvntyhraagme| rAzyAgame pralIyante Bx.8. 18; R. it. 80, Pt. P. 48; Ms. 8. 401; 80 vyasana , andhakAra' &c. -2 Acquisition; eSA'syA mudrAyA AgamaH Mu.1; S.G. this is how Lone by this ring Dr. 18): vedAnAmAgamaH K. IS; fam1144 V. 5. -3 Birth, origin, source; AgamApAyino'niyAstAstitikSasva bhArata Bg. 2. 14 comming and going, of short birth or duration, transient: 3117 kAvyAmRtarasAnAm K... -4 Addition, accumulation, cquisition of wealth ): 3741deg, 9deg &c. -5 Flow, course, current (of water); Ms. 8. 252, 9. 281; rakta, pheNa. -6 A voucher or written testimony; sce3471-TH. saMbhogo dRzyate yatra na dRzyetAgamaH kvacit Ms. 8.200. -7 Knowledge; ziSyapradeyAgamAH Bh. 3.15; prajJayA sadRzAgamaH / AgamaH sadRzArambhaH 11.1.15: yasyAgamaH kevalajIvikAyai M. 1. 173 .2.212, 92. -8 Supply of money, income, revenue. -9 Lawful musition of anything; Agamepi balaM naiva bhaktiH stokApi yatra no 1.2.27,28. -10 Incretse of proporty. -11 A traditional doctrine or precept, a sacted writing or scriptures Siste anumAnana na cAgamaH kSataH Ki... 250. 183; parizuddha AgamaH 2.33%B K.), 337. -12 The study of Sustras, sacred knowledge or learning. -13 Science system of philosophy; sAkhyAgameneva pradhAnapuruSophnana K..51; bahudhApyAgamabhinnAH panthAnaH siddhihetavaH K. 10.36 -14 the Vedas, the sacred scripture; 319 samyat munivyaparatAgama Biy. 10.20.10. nyAyanirNItasAratvAnirapekSAmavAgame Ki. II.B.: AgamaH khalpapiMbh. on P. I. 1.1. -15 The list of the four kinds of proof, rorognized by the Naiyavikas (also called 57 or 3118914, the Vedas being so regarded ). -16 An affix or sullix. -17 The addition or insertion of a letter; bhavedvarNAgamAImaH Sk. --18 A ugment; iDAgamaH. -19 Theory (opp. prayoga); catuHpaSTikalAgamaprayogacatura: DR. 120. -20( -maH, -mam) A work inculenting the mystical worship of ziva read zakti, : Tantra: Agarna panavaktrAttu gataM ca girijAnane / mataM ca vAsudevasya tasmAdAgamamucyate // Sabdak. -21 The nuouth of a river. -22 What comes later or afterwards. AgamavadantyalopaH syAt MS. 10... 1. (Agamavat / expliinort by zabara yathA samAjeSu samAseSu ca ye Agantavo bhavanti ne pUrvopaviSTAnanupamadyava nivizanne evamihApi draSTavyam / -23 Away of worship; labdhAnugraha AcAryAttena sndrshitaagmH| mahApuruSamabhyarvanmUAbhimatamAtmanaH // Bhag. II. 3. 18. -24 APoult way journey; AgamAste zivAH santu tim.2.25.21. -Comp. -apAyin Having creation and destruction: AgamApAyino nityAstAstitikSasva bhArata By. 2. 21.-ra N. of the plant Targia Involucrata Lin. (vRzcikAlI: Man.ladhumeDaziMgI.). -nirakSepa. independent of avouchet. -nIta.. studied, red. examinerl. -rahita 6.1without a voucher. -2 devoil of Sistras. --vRddha saM. I. ko..... advanced in knowledge, very learned man: pratApa ityAgamavRddhasevI R. 6.41. -vedina .1 knowing the Vedas. -2 learned in Sastras (m.) 1 epithet. of Sankracharya's preceptor Gaulapaids. -zAstrama N. of u supplement to the mApDUkyopaniSad, -zrutiH / Tradition. -ETATT a. supposed by a vouclier. Agamavat 1 Having an augment or addition. -2 Having approached for sexual intercourse. Agamanam 1 Coming, approaching, arrival; bharatAgamana punaH .. 12.21. -2 Return, returning. -3Acquisition, getting into: etatte savemAkhyAtaM vairasyAgamanaM mahata Ram. -4 Arising, birth. 5 Approaching a wein for sexual intercourse. AgamApAyin .. Coming and going; Transiont; mAtrAsparzAstu kaunteya shiitossnnsukhduHkhdaaH| AgamApAyinaH ].2.14. Agamita 3. 1 Learnt from or taught by; prakRtisthameva nipuNAgamitam Si.9.79. -2 Read over, pursuerl, studiest. -3 Ascertained. Agamin,-AgAmin . [A-gam Nini vA hamvaH ] 1 Com ing, future; kathayatyAgAminamartham K.16. -2 Impending, arriving. -3 Learned, verserl in theory; 3192 That M. 3.-4 An intruder. -5 Having an augment. AgamiSTa a. Coming very quickls, or glarlly. AgAmika .. (-kI/.)1 Relating to the future times matirAgAmikA jJeyA buddhimatatkAladarzinI Times. -2 Imperling, arriving AgAmuka.[A-gam-ukaJP . III.2.1111 Coming, Hurriving. sugrIvasvAjitaM mitraM sAzcAgAmukAna dUnama Bk. -2 Future. AgaraH [AgR-ap] The day of new moon (amAvAsyA). Agalita a. Drooping, languid, dejecterl, sirl. AgavIna.. [goH pratyarpaNaparyantaM yaH karma karoni ma AgavAna: P.V.2.14 Ago-kha] One who is engaged in thusiness till the return of the cows. Agas .. [i-asun-AgAdezaH Uu. t. 211] 1 Fault, ollence, transgrossion; sahiSye zatamAgAMsi sanosta iti yattvayA Si. 2. 10s, 1.61; dvau ripU mama mato samAgasau .11.74; kRtAgAH Mu.8.11; N.8.52; Amaru. ti, 18. -2 Sin. -3 Punishment. -Comp.-kRt .. committing an offence, offondler, criminal; abhyarNamAgaskRtamaspRzadbhiH / .2.32. AgastI [ agastyasya iyaM, aN , yalopaH ] The south. AgastIya . [ agastaye hitaH yalopaH ] tolitting 10 ur for the advantage of agasti. Agastya .. [agastyasyedam yaJ yalopaH] 1 Southern (digbhAga). kauberadigbhAgamapAsya mArgamAgastyamuSNAMzurivAvatIrNaH | Si. -2 Pertaining to Agastya: AkhyAnaM sara: Mb. -3 Originating from the plant Ayasti Grandiflorioni. -styaH , styI 1 The descendants of Agasti. -2 Ter-ons of their race ( gotra). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #332
AgastyAyana 318 AgrayaNaH AgastyAyana a. Connected with Agasti; U. 2. AgAdha a. [agAdha eva svArthe aN] 1 Very deep or unfathomable ( fig. also). -2 Difficult to obtain. AgAram [AgamRcchati R aN] A house, dwelling; room, covered place. -Comp. -godhikA a small lizard. -dAhaH setting a house on fire. -dAhin a. an incendiary. -ETA: 1 smoke coming out from a house. --2 N. of a plant. Agura 6A. To approve, agree or assent to promise to pronounce the Agura , see below. puroDAzaM pacatyaM juSasvendrA gurasva ca Rv.3.52.2. Agu(gUra f. [A-gur-kvip] 1 Assent, agreement, promise. -2 N. of a class of plauditory exclamations or forinularies used by the priests in sacrificial rites; ye3 yajAmaha ityAgU: Asval. Agu (gU)raNam 1 Recitation of the Agur. -2 A secret suggestion. AgUrNa,-ta. p. Repeated (as an exclamation &c.). -rNam -tam Exertion, resolution. AgRrtin . [AgUrta-ini] 1 Performing or promouncing the Agur; AgUrtI vA eSa bhavati yo darzapaurNamAsAbhyAM yajate Sat. Br. -2 Resolute, industrious. Agurava ..(-vI/.) Belonging to agallochum (aguru) sAjhAni dhUmarucimAguravI dadhAnedhUpAyatIva paTalainavanAradAnAm Si4.52. Agulpham Ashoo; Hch. 7. AgUra (1.) An agreement, promise. Agai 1P. 1 Tosing to, Apazu gAsi Rv.8.27.2. -2 To obtain by singing. siria a. Obtaining by singing. AgAnam Obtaining by singing. AgnApauSNa .. [AmApUSaNau devate asya aN] Belonging or referring to Agni and Pusun (as an oblation). AgnAvaiSNava . 1 Referring to Agmi and Visnu. -2 Containing the word agnAviSNU (as a chapter adhyAya, or anuvAka section). Agnika .(-kI/.) [ameridaM bA0 Thak] Belonging to the sacrificial fire. Agnipada . [agnipade dIyate kArya vA vyuSTA0 aN] To ke done at or given to the fire place. AgnimAruta . [anAmarutau devate asya aN] Belonging to Ami and Marut (offeringske.) Vaj.24.7.80 AmivAruNa belonging to Agni and Varuna. AgniSTomika (-kI/.)[agniSToma-Thak] 1 Belonging to the AgnaSToma: bhaktam kI dakSiNA. -2 One who recites or is conversant with agniSToma (agniSTomamadhIte veda vA). Agnihotrika a. Belonging to the Agnihotra. AgnIdhra a. Belonging to the anadhri (the priest who kindles the fire). -dhram [agnimindhe anIt tasya zaraNam, raNa bhatvAnna jaz Tv.] 1 The place where the sacrificial or sacred fire is kindled. sada AgnIdhrazAlAM ca tadvihAraM mahAnasam (kecid babhaH ) Bhag. 4.5.14. -2 The duty of the priest who kindles the sacred fire. -U Care of the Sacred fire. T: The priest who kindles the sacred fire. AgnIdhrazcottara dizam ME.12.98.88. AgnIdhrIya . Being within the AgnIdhra. -yaH 1 The firo within the AgnIdhra. -2 The fire-place within the AgnIdhra. AgnIcya . Belonging to the priest who kindles tho Sacred fire. -6cyA The place for the fire. Agnendra . [agnizca indrazca-aN P. VI. 3. 28, Sk. VII. 3. 22 ) Belonging to Agni and Indra. Agneya . (-yI/.) [agneridaM agnirdevatA vAsya Dhak] 1 Belongs ing to Agmi; fiery. Vaj.24.6. -2 Offered or consecrated to Ami; abhizasto mRSA kRcchU caredAneyameva vA Y.3.287. -3 Similar to fire (as an insect.). -4 Increasing the fire in the stomach; stimulating digestion. -5 Kindling the fire (as ghee &c.) zaNasarjarasAdIni yAni dravyANi kAnicit / AgneyAnyuta santIha Mb. 1. 144.9. -6 Belonging to Agnayi. -ya: 1 An epithot of Skanda or Kartikeya. -2 N. of Agastya. -3 N. of a country. -4 A worshipper of Agui. -5 An offering or oblation to Svaha. -yI 1 N. of the wife of Agni. -2 The south-east quarter presided over by Agni). -3 The first day of a month (pratipattithi which is presided over by Ami). -4 A kind of yogadhAraNA; Bhag. 11.31.6. -yam 1 The lunar mansion called Krittika. Mb. 13. 104. 127.-2 Gold. -3 Blood. -4 Lac, the red animal dye. -5 Ghee. -6 A missile presided over by Agni. -7 A Mantra used in the worship of Ayni. -8 A descendant of Agni. -9 Bathiny by applying sacred ashes to the body (bhasmamardanapUrvakasnAnam ). -10 A kind of worm. -Comp. -kITa: a kind of insect which flies into the fire. -purANam = AgnipurANa .. AgnyAdhAnikI [agnyAdhAnasya yajJasya dakSiNA ThaJ P. V. 1.95] The Daksina or a gift of money given to Brahmanas. AgrabhojanikaH [agrabhojanaM niyataM dIyate asmai Thak P. IV. 4.66] A Brahmana always entitled to occupy the foremost weat at a (linner. AgrayaNaH [agre ayanaM zasyAdeyaMna karmaNA pRSo. hasvIrgha23:] 1 The first Soma libation at the Aynistoma sacrifice. -2 A form of Agni. -3 The time of the sacrifice. -4 See AgrayaNI; navAgrayaNapUjAbhirabhyarcya pitRdevatAH Ram. 3. 16.63 Bhey 10. 20.40. -Nakam, -NI 1 An oblation consisting of tirst fruits: see AgrayaNam. -Nam An oblation consisting of first fruits at the end of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #333
Agraha 818 ....................... the rainy season ( 3 COAT); 3920 fafar 1910, afte, 7deg, 8 74 74 AACUTESTIT Arya. S.; 319vagar aan 71141 Ait. Br. ; 31920 atleta 19TH Asval. -Comp. re: f. Oblation of the first fruit; F63194194 Theata da Re Y. 1.125. 31175 9 U. 1 To seize, take hold of, catch. -2 To draw tight (as the reins) S. 1. v. 1.) -3 To persist in. 371976: Seizing, taking. -2 Attack. -3 Determination, strong attachment, persistence, insisting (FE, f ast); sf ***2 YETU : Naisadha; Dk. 176; I also Malli. on Ku. 5. 7. -4 Favour, patronage. - Surpassing, surmounting. -6 Moral power, courage. fare il Favour, patronage, help. T ITUT: [ = 3196174-374] N. of the month of HTTEITA. - 1 The full moon day of Arth; 111 37192120 Sk. -2 A particular kind of Pakayajna. -3 N. of a constellation called mRgaziras. STTTETTU (OT) # a. [1912021 Suvi 399 P. IV. 3. 50 ] To be paid on the full moon day in Arteta (as debt.). *:,(-foren:) ( 3196120 644- FEHT E P.IV. 2.22 ] The month of wrigti. TTTF .(-1)(319T-7; see 37# #] One who appropriates to himself an 39EUR (endowments of land conferred upon Brahmanas ). Supervisor of Agrahara lands, i. e. lands offered as free gifts to Bralumanas for their subsistence or settlement therein or for some religious purposes. TEE 10 P. 1 To strike against, touch ; 3719341419 Tana14 Ki. 17. 38. -2 To move. 3191EUR . Moving. The red Apamarga (Mar. aias 311913). Alavidya .......... .............................................. ... . or Cane. 1 To make a noise, to cause to sound. -2 To proclaim, announce publicly. -3 To complain continually, weep bitterly. A: Calling out, invocation. SITETIT, UT A proclamation, public announcement; evamAghoSaNAyAM kRtAyAm Pt.b. 3 TOT 1 A., 6 P. 1 To roll, stagger, whirl, toss a bout; arrate: 3ath ) Mk. 5.27; 99919fd1a44 Hariv., Bk. 14. 77.-2 To swim, roll ( as eyes); 9894a17loatia Ku. 3. 38. STITUT Rolling, tossing about, whirling round, ! swimming. 3719 10 P. or Caus. To pour down upon, sprinkle. STTEIT: 1 Sprinklino (in general). -2 Especially, i sprinkling clarified butter upon the fire at certain sacrifices%3; prAsAjyabhAgAvAghArau dattvA cAjyaplutaM haviH Bhag. 11. 27. 40.-3 Ghee, clarified butter. strafora. [ 31 grottfacra ) Glowing with heat or endowed with splendour, having splendid wealth. -for: The sun. -Trgoft-a a. Rich with heat (N. of Agni); # T i ergad Rv. 8. 60. 20. 391 P. 1 To smell, smell at; Me. 21. -2 To kiss, touch with the nose) as the head, 31 aoe Bk. 14. 12. -3 (Fig.) To attack; devour, seize upon; ATAT Dk. 6; 3441 116 smitten, affected; Mal. 5. 29; Bh. 3. 104. TETUT a. 1 Smelt (as flowers). -2 Satisfied. -OTH 1 Smelling. -2 Satisfaction, satiety. a p. p. 1 Smelt, scented, touched.-2 Satisfied. -3 Surmounted, surpassed. -14 (Astron.) One of the ten kinds of eclipses; Bri. S. 319 A musical instrument, a ta bor. 31151: (31FT-85] One who strikes with the goad. 315T a. (off.) [ 31 TT--379] 1 Bodily, corporeal. -2 In gram.) Relating to the base ( 318 ). -3 Having limbs or parts. -4 Relatiny to the minor personages in a drama. -5 Belonging to a portion of the Vedas. -6 Produced or born in the country of the Angas. - T: A prince of the Anga country. - TH A delicate body. 3915 a. ( 1.) [ay 1792y ha: 99 ] Producer in the 318 country; ruler of that country. -: 1 An i inhabitant of the Anga country. -2 A ruler of that country. fau a. [301 ac 319 ] Occurring in, or being familiar with, 3 (chiromaney or the i knowledge of lucky and unlucky marks on the body ). A work on feq. STT TET 1 Moving, shaking, striking against ; TUTETUT TE97: Si. 1. 10.-2 Friction, contact. 1918, TU Rubbing, friction, striking against ; 7703077THER2447 R atsau: Si. 12. 67. -ofr A brush, rubber. 1913: [ 31-27 97 arra: ] 1 Killing, striking (some. times used as an adj.). -2 A musical instrument. -3 A cymbal or rattle; ga a t: 44: Haze Av. 4. 37. 5. -4 Boundary, limit. -5 N. af a plant (39T; Mar. 371 ETST). STIEFE: m., 1. Musical instruments: fata 1997 REI Rv. 10. 146. 2. AghAtaH See under Ahan. STIETY 1 P. 1 To proclaim, cry aloud, declare. -2 To praise: -3 To listen. -4 To make oneself audible; 11907317 31 7 O Rv. 5. 37. 3. -10 P. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #334
AGgika 316 Acara AGgika / . (-kI/.) [a nirvRttArtha--Thaka] 1 Bodily, corporeal. -2 Gesticulated, expressed by bolily cuctions: AGgiko'bhinayaH, see abhinaya. -ka: 1A player on : ta bor ar drum. -2 Man's sleoved outer body, garment, coat reaching below the knees. 73paSavarSajitenAni ca Siva. B. 21. 19. AGgAra [ akSArANAM samahaH aN] Amultitutle of lirebrands, charco:I. AGgArika: A clareoul burner; mAlAkAropamo gajan bhava mA''GgArikopamaH Mb. 12.71. 20. AGgirasa |.(-sii/.) Doscended from or referring to Angiras. -# 1 N. of Brihaspati, son of Angiras: adhyApayAmAsa pitRna zizurAbhirasaH kaviH M.2.151. bhAsura cAzirasAdhidevaM yathAvadAnarca tadAyuSe saH Bu. Ch.2.36. --2 Descendants of Angiras (pl.). -3 A particulor Sukta or hymn in the Atharva veda - 4 the woul: adhamAsye'ntariti so'yAsya Aziraso'jAnAM hi rasaH ]ri. Up. 1.8.8. -5A Ksatriya by will of Brahml and by profession. -6 N. of a particular year. cf. AjIrasastvandabhede manibhede tadIritam | Nm. -Comp. -satram The bRhaspati Satra; satramAjhirasaM nAma hyAsate svargakAmyayA Bhag. 10.28.8. AGguSaH, Sam [aGguSa-svArthe-an ] Praise, hymn. brahmAgRpaM sadanaM rodasyoH Rv. I. 117. 10. AGgya .. helonging to the Anga country. ITET 2 A. 1 To speak, announce, declare, teach, tell, rolate, comunicato, say, narrate (usually with dast. of person); gurava...prastutamAcacakSa R.5.10, 12.514. Bi: Ms. 4.50,81BM.5%3 ityAcyAnavida AcakSate Mal.23; sometimes with ace. ; grat 12417547 By. 1. 63 say to or address. -2 To nume, eall, ay; zarva iti prAcyA AcakSata Sat. ir. -3 Todivine, bospeak; yathA ma hRdayaHIIU M.. -4 To make kuown, acquaint, introduce 10.-5 To look at, inspect (Ted.). A caTa AsAM pAyo nadInAma .7.34.10. AcakSus .. [Un. 2. 120] A learned man. Acarama ind. catuH paryanta aca samAsAnna | Till the fourth generation; AcaturaM hIme pazavo dvandaM mithanAyante P. VIL.1.18k. AcandranArakama ind. As long as there are the moon and stars. AcaparAca Moving towards and away from. Tanilya Br. 31774 1 P. 1 To sip, lick, lap, drink (a small quantity): nAme himamapi vAri vAraNena Ki.7.34%3 paryAptamAcAmati / ...1: V. 4.38; trirAcAmedapaH pUrvam Ms. 2.60, 5. 13.). --2 To rinse the mouth (with instr. of the thing): Ms.2.61. -3 To lick up, dry or drink up, wheorb: AcAmati svedalavAn mukhe te R. 18. 20. -Sant To cause to sip water; paSTavA svadimityevaM tRnAnA cAmayettataH Ms. 3. 251, 5. 142. AcamaH insing the mouth, sipping. 3117HAH 1 Rinsing the mouth, sipping witer before religious ceremonies, before and after meals e. from the palm of the hend: dadyAdAnamanaM tataH 1.1.218, 195 part of the water sippoil being usually allowed to drop down ). -2 The water used for rising the month. -3 Gargling the thront. -4N.f ilent Andropogon muricatum (Mar. vALA). -5 Winter for rinsing the vulva (Ayurveda.). -Comp. -dhArina, -vAhin m. A drawer of water; (Ich.h.ti) Acamanakam [ svArtha AdhAre vA kana] 1 Tho waster used for nipping. -2 A spitting pot (Mar. pikadANI ). a 206. p. Used for rinsing the mouth. -yama, -AcamanIyakama Water used for rinsing the mouth; a gargle. AcAnta 1.1 Sippeil and ejecterl as water. -2 (Actively used) One who has rinsed his mouth or sipped water. -3 Fit for sipping. -ra: 1. Sipping (water) for purifying the mouth; B. R. AcAmaH | nam bhAve-ghaJ] 1 Sipping water, riusing the mouth. -2 The water or foam of boiled rice (Mar. peja); Y.3.322 3T121A a. Rinsing the mouth. AcAmanakam Aspitting pot. AcAmya Pott. To be rinsed. -myam Water used for rinsing. 174: 1 Collecting, gathering. --2 A coller tion, heup, plenty. 371274 4. Skilful in collecting or gathering ( 3172 kuzala:). TT 1 P. 1 To act, practise, do, perforin, undertake, exercise : asakto hyAcaran karma .. 1): tapasvikanyAsvavinayamAcarati S. 1.4 practises rurleness: sthinim 11.1.89, 12.22%3; tvaM ca tasyeSTamA nare: V... 20, 1.10; nAcaretkiMcidapriyam Ms... 150% BY.3.05% na cApyAcaritaH pUrvarayaM dharmaH MD.; 50 sevAm, vidhima,nAnam, vRttim. -2 To act or behave towards (with loc.); tasyAM tvaM sAdhu nAcara: B. 1.76%3 viSNAvivAcarati zive Vop.-3 To act, proceed manage ( without loc.); yadyadAcarati zreSTha: Bg.3.21; jaDavoka Acaret Ms.2. 110. -4 To treat; putraM mitravadAcaret Chan. 113 putramivAcarati ziSyam Sk.; Ms.8.1023 -5 To observe the usual formality; S.7. -6 To come near; approach ( Ved.)3; A vAM carantu vRSTayaH Rv. 8.25.6. -7 To step upon, pass through, wander over or about; frequent, resort to, follow%3; taskarAcarito mArgaH Ram.; zvApadAcarite bane Mb.; agastyAcaritAmAzAm R.4.44; paretAcaritAM dizam Ram.; avidvajjanAcarita eSa mArga: K. 173. -8 To have intereourse For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #335
3190 317 3917 with: Ms. 11. 180, 189, -9 To devour, eat into, corroile. -10 To help forwaril, put into; Katy. (araa huu). 31177TH 1 Practisiny, doing, performing, following, observing : , * &c. -2 Conduct, behaviour; radi0 TUT: N. 1. t. example opp. precept): 914, ST &c. -3 Usage, practice. -4 An institute ; rite or rule of conduct. -5 Approaching, arrival (as of the dawn): ye asyA AcaraNeSu dadhire Rv. 1. N... -6 A chariot, carriages cart. 37=, -aftasz, -3777& pot. p. To be done, performed, followed, observerl &c.; fit, right. afta . p. 1 Done, observed, practised, as a rite or usage &c. -2 Usual, customary. -3 Enjoined, fixed by rule. -4 Inhabited, coloniod; TH123174422TH Ram. 1.2.14. -24 1 Conduct. behaviour. qnagar tarif a: -2 One of the five means of recovering or paying back debt : dharmeNa vyavahAreNa chalenAcaritena c| prayuktaM sAdhayedarthaM paJcamena balena c|| Ms. 8. 49; see also Brihaspati quoted by Kull. TIT: [ 31- 99] 1 Conduct, behaviour, manner of action or of conducting oneself; 1=TT: good conduct; -* &c.; V G T: Pt. 5. 40 ignorant of the ways of the world. 2 Good conduct or behaviour; a t y faena By. 16.7; Ms. 1. 10), 5. 4, 3. 165. -9 A custom, usage, practico: attice 19: TURANTI: Ms. 9. 18; Y. 1. 313.-4 An established usage, fixed rule of conduct in life, customary law, institute or precept (opp. yaer in law); 317 311717174. K. 56; Ms. 1. 109; oft. as the first inember of comp. in the sense of 'customary','usual', 'as is the custom', 'according to form', 'as a formality': '967AETH M. 4; see below; HTT**25.2. -5 (1) Any customary observance or duty; : V. 3.2; 17 a U.3. (1) A form, formality; 3117 T 1 T S. 5. 3; My. 3. 26. (c) The customary salutation or bow, usual formality : 7 ayaa S. 4; V. 2; f aran My. 2. -6 Dict. -7 A rule of conduct ). -Comp. -3TETH title of the first of the twelve sacred books of the Jainas -T T N. of a Vaisnava sect. - N. of a work on the religious customs of the Sudras -arah one of the four classes of the Tantras (with Buddhists). - : FUTS: TIGHT 4:]1' a lamp of religious customs', title of a work. -2 a lamp waved about a person as a formality and token of auspiciousness. ETHEUTH inhaling smoke as a customary rite as of the sacrificial ceremony ) R. 7. 27; aygi a2919HEATHEMT 42 Ku. 7. 82. - a. purified by customary observances, of pure conduct; TH179 Tor 19791 997 999 R. 2. 13. #: difference in the customary lw. - , -afaa a. a postate, fallen from established usages or rules of conluct. H e : Ny of religious customs'; N. of : work. T . pl.) frien grain customarily showered upon a king or other important persona ge as a mark of respect (: when he passes through the streets of his capital): 3771fa71: Zara 1 : R. 2. 10. aista, - a, - . 1 irregular, out of rule. -2 outcast, who has renounced all customary observances. 17244 y. 2.5; Ms. 3. 165. [ 311-77** ja] 'altar of religious customs', N. of Aryavarta, the sacred region of the Aryas. arra a. Well-conducted, virtuous; 1721911qari qurah Ms. 12. 126. TENT a. [317717-77] Conforma ble to rule or practice, authorized, prescriptive. - 4 Rule for the preservation of health ; hygiene, regimen, diet. rata a. [ 3717117-fofa, 312 -ar ] Following esta blished customs. AcArI N. of a plant (hilamocikA; Mar. cAkavata). STITU: (31-777-1 P.III.1.100 Var. Kas.] 1 A teacher or preceptor (in general). -2 A spiritual guide or preceptor, holy teacher (one who invests a boy with the sacred thread, instructs him in the Vedas &c.); upanIya tu yaH ziSyam vedamadhyApayed dvijaH / sakalpaM sarahasyaM ca tamAcArya " Ms. 2. 140; cf. also 31 7 317 1929 1943 311 fa Il rend also T r aa - 3 at wala Ms. 6. 1. 35; soo 37-214also. -3 One who propounds a particular doctrine. -4 ( When affixed to proper names) Learned, venora blo (somewhat like the English Dr.). - An adviser or preceptor at a sacrifice &c. -6 An epithet of Drona : AcAryamupasaMgamya rAjA vacanamabravIt Bg.1.2. -7A dogroo or title of proficiency. - A femalo preceptor, 1 spiritual preceptress. -Comp. -3T H waiting upon or serving the spiritual preceptor; 31172 174 By. 13. 7. FTOHT acting as a teacher; P. I. 3. 36. a: one whose preceptor is his god. - a. Somewhat inferior to Acharya (a title applied by commentators to scholars or disputants whose statemonts contain only a part of the truth. The term is opposed to 'Acharya' and 'Siddhantin' Kaiyata and Nagojibhatta on Pat.) - hitta. [ #4 fan al to be enjoyed by, fit for the use of, a preceptor; delighting the preceptor. - a. venerable, honourable. : N. of an Ekaha sacrifice. 312 a. Originating from a spiritual preceptor; P.IV.2.101 Vart. 14. - 4 1 Instruction, tuition, teaching lessons &c.); turi gaf : R. 12. 78: 3TH # yaratan Mal. 1. 26; -2 The proficiency of a spiritual teacher. -3 A post of 1 preceptor 311317 TUE 9158 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #336
AcAryatA 318 Ajanma Bm.1.625. tANDavAcAryakaM kurvanniva krIDAzikhaNDinAm Bm.1.1106. | Y.1.82.-4 A mantle, cloak &c. -5 Disappearance. - Honouring the preceptor. cakArAcAryakaM natra kuntIputro -6 The woolen frame of : roof. -7 Abeil-sheet; dhanaJjayaH Mb.7.147.6. -5 Commenting, expounding satadvihAya zayanaM pANDurAcchAdanAstRtam Ram.7.37. 11. -Comp. (vyAkhyAtRtva); zrutyaJcalAcAryakam Vit. Guna. 289. -vastram The lower garment; Pt. AcAryatA, -tvam The office or proficiency of a holy AcchAdin a.Covering, concea ling; stanayugapariNAhAteacher; vAcAmAcAryatAyAH padamanubhavituM kosti dhanyo madanyaH cchAdinA valkalena S. 1.19. Br.4.37. AcchA (cchu) kaH N. of a tree (= AkSika). AcAryAnI [AcArya-striyAm Anuk P. IV. 1.19 Vart.] The wife of an AcArya or holy preceptor; zatrumUlamanutkhAya fegy 7. U. 1 To cut off or away, tour, cut in na punardeSTamutsahe / tryambakaM devamAcAryamAcAryAnI ca pArvatIma Mv.3.6. pieces, break; Acchidya dhamanImapi Mb.: dhanuH, jyAm &c. -2 of. AcAryAnI bhartRyoge AcAryA tUpadezinI. To snatch away, tear from, take away; jAtavedomukhAnmAyI miSatAmAchinatti naH Ku.2.46%3 Mal.5.28, 8.9; Dk.:). AcIrNa .p. Devoured or eaten into; pipIlikAbhirA -3 To disregard, take no notice of (as words); mama cIrNam Bhig.7.3.15. -2 Practised; Mb. 13.. vaca Acchidya in spite of, notwithstanding, my words. -4 AcaraNyati Dem. P. To move oneself, to move or To cut off, exclude%3; bhatAramAnchetsyasi kAminIbhyaH Mb.-5To extenil towards%3 vA jihvA ghRtamA caraNyAt Av.7.29.1. remove. -6 To take out, extract, draw or pull off. af 5 U. 1 To accumulate, heap up, collect. Acche daH,-danam 1 Cutting off', exclusion.-2 Cutting -2 To load with, fill or cover with, cover over, spread; a little. -3 Taking away by force, smatching away. zailerivAcino bhUmim Bk. 17.69, 14.46, 47. Tarta a. 1 Mixed, blended with. -2 Scratched. Acita p . 1 Filled, loaded with, covered with; sAmonmukhenAcchuritA priyeNa Bk. 11. 14. -3 Irritated. -tam kacAcitau viSvagivAgajau gajau Ki. 1. 36; kusumAcitA vanarAjI, 1 Making a noise with the finger-nails by rubbing AcitanakSatrA dyauH &c. -2 Tied, strung, woven; ardhAcitA them on one another ( nakhavAdyama ). -2 A horse-laugh. satvaramutthitAyAH R. 7. 10 (v. 1. for ardhAzcitA); Ku.7.613 Acchuritakam 1 A scrateh with a finger-nail. -2 A inlaid, set (:18 with gems). -3 Collected, accumulated, horse-laugh. heaped. pari grAmamivAcitam Av. 4.7.5. - Spread, diffused. -2: 1 A cart-load. -2 (n. also ) A measure AcchoTanam Cracking the fingers. of 10 Bharas or cart-loads (80,000 Tolas); Acita Acchodanama Hunting, chase. daza bhArAH syAt zAkaTo bhAra AcitaH -3 A measure equal AjaniHf. Ved. A stick for driving : AjAmi tvAjanyA to 2000 palas. pari mAturatho pituH Av. 8.25.5. Acitika (-kI/.), AcitIna . [Acita ThaJ kha vA P. V. 1. 53 ] Holding, or being equal to, or cook Aja . (-jI .) [ajasyedaM-aN] Coming from, ing, a quantity equal to an .lchita: e.g. cyAcitaka. belonging to, or produced by, goats ; Ajena mAsAnprIyante paJcaiva pitaro nRpa Mb. 13.88.6. -jaH A vulture. -jam STITUTH 1 Suction, sucking up. -2 Sucking out. 1 Gheo or clarified butter. -2 Throwing. -3 (In medic.) Application of cupping-glasses to the skin. Ajakam [ajAnAM samUhaH vuJ] A Hock of goats. strativa a. Under taken, done; Dk. AjakAraH Sira's bull. Acchad 10 P. 1To cover (in general); nAcchAdayati / Ajagara . (-rI/.) [ajagara-aN] Relating to kaupInam Pt.3.97. -2 To hide; bhAnorAcchAdayatprabhAm Mb. ainaara or the bon% Bachapter in the Mahabharatv. -3 To clothe, dress, put on clothes; Ms. 3. 27; anena vAsasAcchannaH M. vastram, prAvArAna &c. AcchAdayati &c. Ajagavam 1 The bow of Siva. -2 A strong bow like that of Siva. Acchad / Ved. 1 A cover, covering. Asthad dRSTe Ajan + A. 1 To be born or come into existence, rAcchadam Si. 18.30. -2 A sheath; "vidhAnam an arrangement to be produced or born from; sasyamiva martyaH pacyate sasyamiva made for defence, a means for covering. AjAyate punaH Kath.1.1.6.-2 To beget, cause to be born, Accha nna a. Clothed: Mb. 3. render prolific; A naH prajAM janayatu prajApatiH Rv. 10.85.43. AcchAdaH [chad-ghaJ] Cloth, clothes, pANmAsikastathAcchAdo Ajananam High birth or origin, famous or wellMs. 7. 126. known origin. -ind. From birth. AcchAdaka a. Covering, concealing. Ajanma-mam ind. From or ever since birth. -Comp. 3715851794 1 Covering, concealing, hiding. -2A -surabhipatraH N. of a plant (the leaves of which are covering, sheath. -3 Cloth, clothes ; bhUSaNAcchAdanAzanaiH fragrant from their first appearance) (Mar. kALA maravA). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #337
377 stra 819 AjJA ..... .......... ......... .. 36a. Of high birth, noble birth; a ferala: 47*at. Mb. 5. 137. 38. Trofa: . Birth, origin; arastla act: 993 ay 37127 Ms. 4.106. 311971: [ 31-41-99] 1 Birth, origin.-2 Generating cause said to be .. also in these two senses ). 74 1 Birth-place. -2 Birth, descent, species (Ved.). -incl. From the time of the creation. -Comp. - 1. born since the croation (as gods &c. a: a god from the very creation; T a rtet: # # 3117111417-2: Bri. Up. 4.3.33. 3 [Fifa: f. 1 One viving birth, parent, especially a mother Say.). -2 Birth, descent ; 319 31 Ry. 3. 17.3. 3 . (oft S.) 1 Of good breed (as a horse); 31 fanatafa FA Si. 18. 23. -2 of noblo birth, fearless, unda umted. - A well-bred horse; TTH. minnahRdayAH skhalanto'pi pade pde| AjAnanti yataH saMjJAmAjAneyAstataH Far: 11 Sabdak. SITHTY a Vod. Of vood breed. 3115994 The lunar mansion TafHZyl. STTTT a. Belonging to or produced in the country of ajamIDha (or ajamIra);a descendant of ajamIDha; Ry. t. 44.6. 2: (pl.) The kings of that country. Addressed to 11e7; Bhay. 1. 15. 13. 37| FaH Rushing upon, fighting, attacking. 3TFIT in. Up to the knees; fastiaaien R. 18. 26, 16. 84. TIT: w.. (375741, 341-54 P. III. 3. 108 Vart. Sasta:) 1 A battle, fight, combat; a 7 arat daje : R. 12. 45. -2 A fighting or running match; 3915 912 or 3,-347 or to run with or against any one for prize. -3 Battle-field, place for running; racecourse, level ground; z6424: Rv. 4. 21.8. 1799 aly a 9A19 V.3. 11. -4 Linit, boundary; 79144=24H: HT04 Bri. Up. 1. 3. 5. -5 A road, way (m.). -6 An instant (w.). -7 Abuse, invective. - Comp. -3779: the goal in a race-course. I a. Ved. 1 running for a prize; 115 12 : +994 Ry. 8. 45.7.-2 making a war. - fight- iny. -7 . Ved. victorious in battles; a gi fa vizvacarSANam Rv. 8.53. 6. -mukham The front. line in a battle: Ratn. BTT 11. To conquer', win, acquire; 3 72191741 A Rv. 2. 27. 15. F4H 1 Conquering. -2 A battle. isrity a. Ambitious, wishing to excel or surpass. 3 a. One who takes or seizes. frarera a. Liable to be investigated. --21: (pl.) N. of a short section of the Kuntapa hymns in the Aitareya Brahmana. itre <<. [ - ] Situated in the court-yard. fortu . Belonging to or produced in a court-yard. tra i P. To live by or maintain oneself with; to have the use or enjoyment of; to subsist; 3113119 egy zet Y. 2. 67. 35ira:, -294 1 Livelihood, subsistence, maintenance, H rad na Pt. 1.48; cf. words like a, 3751519, Tata, 5411a &c.; 31 : Ms. 10.79, 11.63 means of livelihood; 4649 4: 71619: fara a Ram. 2.56.14. - Profession, the means of maintaining oneself; faja atarafra: S. 6. -a: A Jaina beggar. 34a : 1 A beggar, one who earns his livelihood everywhere. -2 See 3 a : below. Traffari A religious mendicant of the sout founded by Gosala Mankhaliputra, following special rules with regard to livelihood. 35ffat Profession, means of subsistence. 371ffaatrah ind. For life. Tiffa a. 1 Having a livelihood. -2 A particular kind of beggar (Hefon). 15ftcy pot. p. 1 To be practised (as a profession). -2 Fit for or affording a livelihood ; 341 fuiffe 17 Bhay. 7. 2. 15. -3 Habitable, fertile; 4T4HTC Y. 1. 321; Ms. 7. 69. -504 A megis of subsistence. 19 f., -3T16 f. 1 Working without wares. -2 A servant working without wages. -3 Doomed residence in a hell. 313T 9 P. To know, understand, learn, obtain information, ascertain, notice, perceive. -Caus. (1971) 1 To order, command, direct. -2 To assure. 3 4. Ordered, commanded; 191212112 #21 at 16: Ram. 7. 6. 53. rafa: f. An order, iniunction, command; o&a. bearing a message, messenger; S. 2. 37131 [ 311-9-31 ] P. 3171 P. III. 3. 106. 1 An order, command; ATAT HT14 Ku. 3. 22. -2 Permission, allowance. -3 Power of arrangement; naivArthena ca kAmena vikrameNa na caajnyyaa| zakyA devagatiloke Paradiaaga Ram. 6. 110. 25. -Comp. 3 , -31 , - a, -gafati, - 3afta, *, -ak obedient, Hubmissive. , iftat a. obeying or executing orders, obedient. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #338
AjJAta 320 ADambara (7) a serrant; degkaratvamadhigamya V. 3. 19 being the obedient. servant; kAryANAM gatayo vidherapi nayantyAjJAkaratvaM cirAt Mu.7.16 subjection. -karaNam,-pAlanam obedience, execution of commands. -cakram a mystical circle or diagram; one of the six described in Tantras. - T an edict, written order. -pratighAtaH, -bhaGgaH 1 disobedience, insulbordination; nAjJAbhaGgaM sahante nRvara nRpatayastvAdRzAH sArvabhaumAH Mu. 3.22. -2 rebellion, disloyalty. -vidheya. obedient to commands. - groferal An officer charged with carrying the king's orders into effect. E. III. p.biy; ALN. p. 118 f. 371511T a. Ved. One who orders or directs. AjJAnam The act of observing, perceiving (AjJAna = AjJaptiH IzvarabhAvaH Sankara.). AjJApaka. Giving orders, a commander. AjJApanam 1 Ordering, commanding. -2 Making known. AjJAyin a. Perceiving, knowing. Ajyam [Ajyate, A-aja-kyap ] 1 Claritied butter, shee ; mantro'hamahamevAjyam Bg.9.16. Ajyadhumodgamena S. 1. 15; (it is often distinguishedl from dhRta; sarpivilInamAjyaM syAd ghanIbhUtama ghRtaM bhavet ). -2 (In a wider sense) Oil, milk &c. used instead of claritied butter; yd ar yadi vA taile payo vA dadhi yAvakam / AjyasthAne niyuktAnAmAjyazabdo vidhiiyte|| -3 N. of a sort of chant or religious service (sAmastomabhedaH); AjimIyustasmAdAjyAnAmAjyatvam Nir. -4 Turpentine. -Comp. -grahaH, -pAtram, sthAlI a vessel or dish to hold claritied butter. -doham a hymn to be recited by a Sama vedin. -T a. drinking ghee. (-91: pl. ) : class of Manes who are the sons of Pulastya and the ancestors of the Vaisya order; pulastyasyAjyapAH putrAH Mb.; Ms. 3. 197-8. -bhAgaH A portion of claritied butter; (du.) belonging to Ammi and Sorma; yadAjyabhAgAvantareNAhutIH pratipAdayet Mand. 1.2.2. -bhuja . 1 1 epithet of Ayni (the consumer of clarified butter). -2 a god, doity. -vAri: 'ses of claritied butter', one of the seven ness. AJcanam Partial extruction of thorus, arrows and the like from the body. AJch 1 P.(AJchati, Anancha, Azchita) 1 To lengthen, strotch, extend. -2 To make straight. -3 To regulate, bring or crow into the right position sot (as a bone or leg); cakrayogenAchedasthi nirgatam Susr. 371974 Setting (: bone or ley); bringing into the right position by stretching, bending, or drawing. AJjana 3. (nI/.) [ajanasyedaM-aN ] Anointing or belonging to ointinent. -74 1 Ointment, especially for the eyes.-2 Fat; imA nArIravidhavAH supatnIrAjanena sarpiSA saMvizantu Bv. 10. 18.7.-naH N. of Maruti or Hanumat dAzarathibalairivAjananIlanalapariMgataprAntaiH K.58. -Comp. -abhyaJjanam (du.) Ointment for the eyes and for the feet. AJjanI 1 Ointment, especially for the eyes. -2 A bux fillol with the ointment; AjanIH kaGkatAnkUcAzchatrANi ca dhaSi ca Ram. 2.91.77. -Comp. -kArI a woman who anoints or prepares ointments; zIlAyAjanIkArIm Vaj.30.11. AJjanikyam [ purohitAdigaNa P. V. 1. 128 ] That which is used to preparo ointments. AJjaneyaH [ ajanAyAH apatyaM Dhaka ] N. of Maruti. Aalika: A kind of crescent (ardhacandrAkRti) arrow3B Mb. 6.62.12. AJjalikyam, AJjalyakam [f. AjAnakyam ] Folding the hunds in supplication; tato duryodhano rAjA karNazalyAvavArayata / sakhibhAvena rAdheya zalyaM svAalyakena ca || Mb.8.45.47. AJjineyaH [ajinyA bhavaH Dhak] A kind of insects a kind of lizard. ATarUSaH [aTarUSa eva, svArthe aN] N. of a tree, see aTarUSa (Mar. aDuLasA). ATarUSakavaNIbhA hayAH pANDayAnuyAyinAm Mb. 7. 28. 74. ATavikaH [aTavyAM carati bhavo vA Thak] 1 A forester, a woodman, inhabitant of a forest; Mb. 12. 5.). 48; Ms. 9. 257. -2 A pioneer. -3 One of the six lands of armies. -4 A chief of wild-tribes; Kau. A. 1. 10. ATavI [ aTavyAH sanikRSTA pU: aN ] N. of a city of the Yavanas in the south. ATavya a. See ATavika (1). ATiH [A-aT-iN] 1 A kind of bird (zarAri) (also written ATi) f. ATirADI zarADI ca zarArI rADirADikA -2A sort of fish. -Comp. -mukhaH , kham , surgical instrument used in blood letting (so called from its being like the beak of the bird ATi). ATika, ATikya . [ATAya gamanAya pravRttaH Than , pyaJ vA] Able to wander', being on a voyage or journey. -kI 1 A woman tit to go out (anupajAtapayodharAdinIvyaJjanA Sankara). -2 N. of the wife of Usasti; Ch. Up. 1.10.1. ___ ATIkanam [ATIka lyuT ] 'The leaping motion of a call; so ATIlakam. ATIkara: A bull. ATopaH [A-tup-ghaJ pRSo Tatvam Tv.] 1 Pricle, selfconceit, arrogance; sATIpam proudly, in a stately or majestio manner, frequently used :: stage-direction. -2 Swelling, spreadiny, expanding, puffing; Prov. phaTATopo bhayaMkaraH; said also of clouds, adyApi sATopA meghA dRzyante Pt.1; Si. 3.71. -3 Flatulence (in the belly). ADambaraH [A-Damb-kSepe, aran ] 1 Pride, arrogance. -2 Show; means, external appendage: viracitanArasiMharUpADambarama K.5, 800%; nirguNaH zobhane naiva vipalADambaro'pi nA Bv. 1. 115. -3 The sounding of a trumpet as a sign For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #339
ADambagni 321 atin of attack. -4 Commencement. -5 Fury, anger, passion; Hallstatt K. 114. -6 Happiness, pleasure. -7 The roaring of clouds and of elephants; 1: f* raamat 1913+at: Bv. 1. 1. cf... ADambaro'striyAm / turthazabdena gambhe gajendrANAM ca gajite / Nm. -8 The eyelid. -9 A Truselin a battle: H asta attiano Ram... 10. 15. -10 (Honce ) A charge sounded by musical instruments; the din or uproar of the batile: Mb. 7. 72. 11. TH Rubbing and knondling the borly. -Comp.-31 : One who beats a drum. Trata... Arrogant, prouil. 19: = 112 . V. 7: [ 35-51, 717 2: 14 af Tv. ) 1 A raft, a Huat. -2 Moon: L.. 1). B. 3116 , A measure of grain, the 4th of a Drona = 61 Prasthus = 16 Kulavas = (nearly 7 lbs. 11 078. avoir.): 3929 19:37792 1931 gefa +11 31177: Hana: - 1 A kind of pulse (Mar. ).-2 A kind of fragrant earth (Mar. 1 ). 3116 , 3T16FIAT :1. [cf. f+] Holding an Anhala, sown with an Athak of seed: cooking an A thaka (of rice &c.). TIT. [ 341-31 01 Tv.] 1 Rich, wealthy; 312271900 S SA HEST 421 Bg. 16. 15; Pt. . 8: Ms. S. 169. -2() Rich in, a bouncing in, possess ing: bundantly, with instr. or as the last member of coup. ; : P1.3. 9 very truthful; 197192127 Dk. 18; 2912019: Vet.: 492149 124 Ram. Mixed with, watered with: Tatal; E13414772121: Mb.; Hare: 475347779: Suer.-3 A bundant, copious.-Comp. -3715 . striving to get wealth.. . [ 312 #9: ] Dextended from a rich family. -7 .( ) [496 3121: ) onec opulent. -TIT: Rheumatisni, yout. -ara: ( 311271 ara 77] a convulsive or rheumatic paly of the loins. TITITUT... (Luft /. [P. III. 2. 56.] Enriching. 3121 rofari TET: Bk. 6. 114. -UTA The means of enrichting, wealth, prosperity. TITAT, HITF [P. III. 2. 57 ) Becoming rich or eminent. AdhyabhaviSNuryazasA kumAra: Bk. saai Opulence, wealth. 3T0F... [ 397% a m 3101] Low, inferior, vile. - Sexual enjoyment in particular position: 317 mugnaM nAma dampatyoH paarthsthyoH| 02. - .) Exceedingly small. -24 Exceeding smallness or joinuteness. ANavIna .. [aNudhAnyAnAM bhavanaM kSetraM vA khaJ] dhAnyAnAM bhavane / 212 77 . V. 2. 1. Bearing or it to bear Anu Panicum Miliaceum (Mar. 1). 6. . ...9 for w., f. [317-5-fazi ar 10] 1 'The pin of the axle of a cart, the linch-pin 10 a THYHYAM 7*: kv. 1.35.6.-2 The part of the les justo love the knee (ga q azanfoTatih Susr.) -3 The comer of: house. -4 A boundary, limit. -5 The eye of : sword. 193. [ 3403 #9: 310] Born from an egg (as a bird). -3: An epithet of Hiranyagarbha or Braluni. -3H 1 A multitude of eggs, brood.-2 Serotum.-31 (Ver.) The testicles. #11 ATT STY: Av. 9.7. 13. -Comp. - T: An egg. -7. born from eggs. ( -5 ) a biril or a serpent. (- ) the body of a bird ; 371033 Gia Ch. Up. 6.3.1. strogi Ved. A testicle. Trogia. Bearing egn. 311314 F a rfa Av. 4. 31.5. struet a. ( Brent $77] 1 Having many egon. -2 Crown up, full-grown (as a bull). 3112 The letter 311. ini. Vod. 1 Afterward, then : yenerally used antithetically to 7, 1, and then sometimes strengthened by the particles 344, 3, 37 &c. --2 Then, further, also, and (of 7). -3 Some-times it only strengthens the meaning of another word or gives emphasis to an interrogative pronoun like 3, 317, I added to that possibly, at all). 31 a. ( 311-317-37] Spread aroumd. -a: Ver. 1 A quarter of the sky. 2 A scaffold. -3 The frame of a door. 1952 7 P. To coagulate, to cause to shrik or contract. Tags: [ 311-252-79-424 ] 1 Disease, sickness of the body; dIrghatIvAmayagrastaM brAhmaNaM gAmathApi vA / dRSTvA pathi fataas ang at da: 1 Y. 3. 243. -2 Fever. - 3 Pain, a flliction of the mind ), dinquietude: ang uish, agony; fafar A ; 31173 E FTITIT U. I. 49; S.3; V.3. - 4 Doubt, uncertainty. -5 Feir, apprehension; puruSAyuSajIvinyo nirAtalkA nirItayaH 1:. 1.63%3B fright, terror; A SFAATH Rtn. 2. 2. -6 The sound of a drum or ta bor. -kam The constellation bharaNI; Girvana. 31924 1 Causing to coagulate or curdle, casting buttermilk into heated milk to turn it. -2 Causing to contract in general. -3 Curdled milk. -4 That which causes coagulation, a runnet. -5 A sort of whey. -6 Conveying. -7 Gratifying, satisfyiny. -8 Cresting away, destroying. -9 Danger, calamity. -10 Speel, velocity. -11 Calcining, adding flux to metals in fusion. -12 Tho flux so usel. -13 Making fat: cf. 3199 data 2712ara: Nm. TITS U. 1 To extend, stretch over, overspread, cover; F ig 1 Ki. 16.15 pervade For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #340
Atata penetrate; Ki. 7. 25. 2 To spread, diffuse. -3 To cause, produce; Anandanena jaDatAM punarAtanoti U. 3. 12; Ki. 6. 18, 7. 39; K. 176; Mal. 5.9; Mv. 4.31. -4 To bring to pass, effect, accomplish, do, perform ; suratamAtatAna K 57; saparyAm 61. -5 To illuminate. -6 To take hold of; seek to attain. -7 To assume a hostile attitude. -8 To stretch (as a bow ). d. or Atata p. p. 1 Spread, extended. -2 Stretched ( as a bow-string); maurvI dhanuSi cAtatA R. 1. 19; jya stretched out on the bow ; Atatajyamakarot sa saMsadA 11. 45, 16. 77. AtatAyin [vistIrNena zastrAdinA ayituM zIlamasya Iv. ] 1'One whose bow is stretched to take another's life', endeavouring to kill some one; a despera.do; guruM vA bAlavRddhau vA brAhmaNaM vA bahuzrutam / AtatAyinamAyAntaM hanyAdevAvicArayan // Ms. 8.350-51; Mb. 3.36. 10, Bg.1.36. -2 Anyone who commits a heinous crime; such as a thief, ravisher, murderer, incendiary, a felon &c.; abhido garadacaiva zastronmatto dhanApahaH / kSetradAraharatAn pad vidyAdAnAyinaH // Sukra 'tA svam murdering stealing, destroying &e. AtatAvina Ved. One whose bow is stretched. Atanam 1 Spreading penetrating, expanding. -2 Sight, view. a. Atani. Vod. [dana] Spreading pervadings tvaM vizikSurasi yajJamAtaniH Rv. 2.1.10. AtAnaH | tan- ghaJ ] 1 An extended cord or string; Vaj. 6. 12. -2 Long extension. Atap / P. To radiate, heat, blaze; inflame, to cause to glow. pass. To suffer pain, be afflicted; to inflict ( austerities) upon oneself. 822 Atap . Ved. Heating ( AtApin )/ Heat. | Atapa a. Ved. Causing pain or affliction ; bhImastuvimAJcarSaNibhya AtapaH Rv. 1.55. 1. -paH Heat ( of the sun, fire &c. ), sunshine; AtapAyojjhitaM dhAnyam Mb. exposed to the sun; tamAtapakkAntam R. 2. 13; zItAtapAbhighAtAn Ms. 12. 77 ; pracaNDadeg Rs. 1. 11; sUrya 10; Me. 110; bAlAtapaH Ms. 4. 69 the morning sun; 'AkrAnta exposed to heat. - 2 Light; chAyAtapau brahmavido vadanti Kath. 3. 1. -Comp. - atyayaH passing of the sun's heat, sunset; AtapAtyayasaMkSiptanIvArAsu R. 1.52. - abhAvaH non-existence of the sun's heat, shadow. udakam mirage. -tram, trakam [AtapAt trAyate, caika ] an umbrella ( of silk or leaves used as a parasol); tamAtapa kAntamanAtapatram R. 2. 13, 47; padma' 4. 5; rAjyaM svahastadhRtadaNDamivAtapatram S.5.6. laGghanam being exposed to heat, catching the sun-stroke; AtapalaghanAdbalavadasvasthazarIrA zakuntalA S. 3. - varNya a. ( water &c.) produced by rain during sunshine. -vAraNam [ AtApaM vArayati ] an umbrella, parasol; nRpatikakudaM dattvA yUne sitAtapavAraNam R. 3. 70, 9. 15. - zuSka a dried in the sunshine. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir AtapanaH N. of Siva. Atapavat . Exposed to sunshine, sumy; zRGgANi yasyAtapavanti siddhAH Ku. 1. 5. AtapIya . Sunny. Atapta a. Refined by heart (as gold ). Atapya a. Ved. Being in the sunshine. AtamAm ind. Very near. AtApiH . [ A-tapU- iN ] N. of a demon ; AtApirbhakSito yena vAtApica mahAsuraH / samudraH zoSito yena sa me'gastyaH prasIdatu // AtiSTham AtApi ( yi ) n N. of a bird, a kite, falcon ( Falco Cheela ; Mar. ghAra ). AtAlI inl. Compounded with as, bhU, and kR; P. I. 4. 61. AtiH = Adi Up. 4. 190 ). AtiH A kind of aequatic bird. tA Atayo na tanvaH zumbhata svA Rv. 10. 95. 9. q. v. (cf. P. III. 3. 108 Var. and Atitheya. ( thI ) [ atithiSu sAdhuH ; atiSaye idaM Dhak] 1 Attentive to guests, hospitable (as a man); pratyujjagAmAtithimAtitheyaH I. 5.2, 12. 25 tamAtitheyI bahumAnapUrvayA Ku. 5.31.2 Proper for, or suited to, a guest, intended for a guest AtitheyaH satkAraH S. 1. -yam Hospitality; AtitheyamanivAritAtithiH St 11. 38; Ms. 3. 18 ; sajjAtitheyA vayam Mv. 2. 50. -yI Hospitality: Bv. 1. 85. (. Atithya [ ativeridaM yam ] Hospitable, proper for a guest &c. ( = Atitheya ); havirAtithyam, AtithyA iSTiH &c. -thyaH A guest. -thyam or -thyA 1 Hospitable reception, hospitality; tamAtithyakriyAzAntara thakSobhaparizramam R. 1. 58. -2 a particular rite, the reception of Soma when it is brought to the sacrificial place (also called AtithyeSTiH ) -Comp. - rUpa 4. being in the place of the Atithya sacrifice ; AtithyarUpaM mAsaram Vaj. 19. 14 -satkAraH, -satkriyA the rites of hospitality. Atidezika.. ( kI ) (Ingrum ) Connected with atideza q.v. Atire (1) kyam [ atireka-ya] Superfluity abundance. Ms. 11.50. AtivAhika [ ativAde niyuktaH ThaD] Employed to convey to the other world; AtivAhikAstarigAta Bir. Sut 4. 3. 4. -kam An epithet of the Saksma Sarira (in San. Phil.) from its surpassing the wind in swiftness. a. Super-abundant ; vyAptamAtizayikena rasena For Private and Personal Use Only Atizayika Si. 10. 23. Atizayyam [atizaya svArthe] Exeva abundance, large quantity. AtiSTham [ atiSTasya bhAvaH aN ] Being a miversal ruler ( aniSTha) (Ait. Br.).

Page #341
AtiSThadgu 328 Atman At1P. 1 To pass through or over; ukSante azvAn taruSanta A rajaH Rv.5.59. 1. -2 To cross over. -3 To overcome. -4 To enlarge, increase. AtaraH,-AtAraH [Atarati anena AtR apa-ghaJ-vA] 1 Fore for being ferried over a river, passage-money, freight. -2 Distance to be crossed by a boat &c; AtaralAghavahetomurahara taraNiM tavAlambe | Udb. AtiSThadgu [ tiSThanti gAvaH yasmin kAle dohAya ] ind. Upto | the time when cows stand to be milked (after an hour or an hour and a half after evening). AtiSTadgu japan sandhyA prakAntAmAyatIgavam Bk. 4. 14. AtuH [at-uN] A raft, float. Atuca /. Evening, growing dusk; yadadya sUra udite yanmadhyaMdina Atuci Rv.8.27.21. Atuj m. Destroyer of enemies or giver of wealth. Atuji a. Ved. [tuj-in ] 1 Rushing on, hastening towards ; pibataM somamAtujI Rv.7.66. 18. -2 Carrying off (AdAtR). -3 Injuring, destructive (hiMsaka). Atud 6U. To strike, push, spur on, stir up. pratodenAtudanbhRzam Ms. 4. (8. strata . Ved. Striking, pushing, pricking; 3111dinau nitodinAvatho saMtodinAvRta (api nahyAmi) Av. 7.95.3. Atodyam,-dyakam A musical instrument; aatodyvinyaa-| sAdikA vidhayaH Ve.1; jamAtodyazironivezitAm R. 8. 31, 15. 88; U.7. Atura / [ISadarthe A, at-urac] 1 Hurt, injured. -2 Suffering from, influenced or affected by, torinented, aflicted; rAvaNAvarajA tatra rAghava madanAturA R.12.32; Ku.4. 25; 8) kAma, bhaya ,vyAdhi &c. -3 Sick (in body or mind), disabled, diseased; AkAzezAstu vijJeyA bAlavRddhakRzAturAH Ms. 4. 181, 6. 77. - Eager, over-anxious; M. 2. 5 Weak, feeble, incapable of doing anything. -T: 1 A patient, one suffering from a disease V.3; 310 cikitsakAH Pt. 1.155. -2 Illness, disease; Ature vyasane prApta Pt.5.41. -Comp. -zAlA an hospital. -saMnyAsaH a kind of saMnyAsa (taken by a person when sick and grown hopeless of life). Aturyam [Aturasya bhAvaH dhyaJ] 1 A kind of fever. -2 Sickness. stag 7P. 1 To split, sever, pierce. -2 To push open, open. Atardanam Pushing open, opening. AtRNNa .. [A-tRd-kta] Pierced, cut. -Nam 1 An opening, hole. -2 An open wound. AtRp +5,6P. To be satisfiel; A yat tRpanmaruto vAvazAnAH Rv. 7.56. 10. -Caus. To satirfy; anukAma tarpayethAmindrAvaruNa rAya A Rv. 1. 17.3. AtarpaNam 1 Satisfaction, gratification. -2 Pleasing, satisfying. -3 White-washing the wall, floor or seat (on festive occasions) (mAlAlepanam ). - The pigment used for the above purpose; AtarpaNaM prINane syAnmAlAlepane'pi ca Medini. 3117 : A kind of tree, the custard apple tree (Mar. sItAphaLa). -pyam The fruit of the tree. S AtArya a. 1 To be crossed. -2 Landing, coming to shore ( Ved.) Atta See under AdA. Atman m. [at-maniN Un 4. 152 said to be from an to breathe also] 'AtmA yatno dhRtiSuddhiH svabhAvo brahmavarma ca' ityamaraH 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation3 kimAtmanA yo na jitendriyo bhavet 1.1; AtmAnaM rathinaM viddhi zarIraM rathameva tu Kath.3.3. (In AtmA nadI saMyamapuNyatIrthA H.4.87 Atman is compared to a river ). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; anayA cintayAtmApi me na pratibhAti Ratn. 1; Azramadarzanena AtmAnaM punImahe 5.1; guptaM dadazarAtmAnaM sarvAH sva'neSu vAmanaiH R. 10.60,4.35, 14.573 Ku.6.20%; devI...prAptaprasavamAtmAnaM galgAdevyAM vimuJcati U.7.2; gopAyanti kulakhiya AtmAnamAtmanA Mb.; K. 1073 sometimes used im pl. also ; AtmanaH stuvanti Si. 17. 19; Mal. 8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; tasmAdvA etasmAdAtmana AkAzaH saMbhUtaH T. Up. 2. 1.1; Ms. 1. 15, 12.21. -4 Essence, nature ; kAvyasyAtmA dhvaniH S. D., see Atmaka below. -5 Character, peculiarity; AtmA yakSmasya nazyati Rv. 10. 97. 11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhag. 11. 22. 20. -7 The person or whole body (con. sidered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); sthitaH sarvonnatenorvI krAntvA merurivAtmanA R.1.14%3; yosyAtmanaH kArayitA Ms. 12. 12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; mandAtman, naSTAtman, mahAtman &c. atha rAmaH prasannAtmA zratvA vAyUsutasya ha Ram.6. 18. 1.-9 The understanding: f. AtmasaMpanna, Atmavat &c. -10 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; tyaktvA''tmAnamathAbravIt Mb. 12. 180.6. -12 Form, images AtmAnamAdhAya Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.613; saropite'pyAtmani S. 6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'AtmA vai putranAmAsi' iti zruteH / tasyAtmA zitikaNThasya Si.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18Mental quality; bAhuzrutya tapastyAgaH zraddhA yajJakriyA kssmaa| bhAvazuddhirdayA satyaM saMyamazcAtmasaMpadaH / / Mb. 12. 167.5. Atman is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see Atmaka. The form tman is also found to be used; kRtArtha manyate tmAnaM Mb. [cf. Gr. almos, aitmen] -Comp. -adhIna a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-naH)1a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #342
Atmana 324 Atman ister or vidUSaka (in dramatic literature). -anurUpa . 1 suicide. -2 horesy. -ghAtakaH, -ghAtin 1a suiciden worthy of oneself; tasyAmAtmAnurUpAyAmAtmajanmasamutsuka: Ku. self-destroyer: K. 171: vyApAdayeda gRthAtmAnaM svayaM yo'nyudakA1. 183; RI. 33. -anugamanam peronal attendance; zazvadA- dibhiH| avaidhenaiva mAgaMNa AtmaghAnA sa ucyte|| -2 heretic. mAnugamanena gAm 11. 1.88. -apahAraH concealing oneself; -ghoSaH 1 a cock (calling out to hiinself). -2 a erow. kathaM vA AtmApahAraM karomi 5.1. -apahAraka: one who pre- --3 One who flatters himself. f. AtmaghoSo bAya syAdAtmatends to belong to a higher class than his own, an stutipare'pi ca Nm. -jaH, -janman // -jAtaH, -prabhavaH, impostor, protonder; yo'nyathA sannamAtmAnamanyathA satsu bhaasste| --saMbhavaH,-samudbhavaH 1 son; yaHma vAsavanirjenA rAvaNamyAtmasapApakRttamo loke stena AtmApahArakaH || Ms.4.255. -AdiSTa saMbhavaH Ram.G.80.38; hatAbhihanmaha nararpaNa vayaM murezAmbhasamaat. self-counselled. (-:) a treaty dictated by the party dbhavena Mb. 7. 118.2; namAtmajanmAnamajaM cakAra / ..363 wishing it. himself; svasainyena tu saMghAnamAtmAdiSTa udAhRtaH tasyAmAtmAnurUpAyAmAtmajanmasamutsukaH R. 1.03 Mal. 1; II. 4. 121. -Ananda . Rejoicing in the soul or Ku. 6.28. -2 Cupid; mamAyamAtmaprabhavo bhUyastvamupayAsyati Supreme Spirit; AtmamithunaH AtmAnanda: Ch. Up. 7. 25. 2. Ram. +. 1.31. -3a descendant; mRgayAM vi kazcidvijane -TITA t. 1 striving to get knowledge as an ascetic janakAtmajaH Mb. 12.309. 1. -jA 1 daughter'; banya yuga or yogin ), seeking spiritual knowledge; AtmArAmA caraNayorjanakAtmajAyAH / .18.78; f. nagAtmajA . -2 the vihitaratayo nirvikalpe samAdhau Ve. 1. 23. -2 selfpleased, reasoning faculty, understanding. -jayaH 1 one's own delighted in self; AtmArAmaH phalAzI. sec AtmAnanda victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegaBh.B.933; f. Bg.5.24.-Azin m.afish supposed to tion. -jyotis - The light of the soul or Supreme feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; Spirit (caitanya); kaustubhavyapadezena svAtmajyotirvibhayaMjaH Bhig. of. matsyA iva janA nilaM bhakSayanti parasparam Ram. -Azraya / . 12.11.10. -jJaH, -vidm . sage, one who knows 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About himself; tasmAdAtmajJaM kharcayedbhanikAmaH Muut B.1.10.-jJAnam or relating to oneself; kolInamAtmAzrayamAcacakSe R. 11.36. 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge (-:) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; sarveSAmapi nepAmAtmajJAnaM knowledge independent of the thing to be known. paraM smRtam Ms. 12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -tattvama 1the -Izvara Solf-possessed, master of self; AtmezvarANAM na hi true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit: yadAmajAtu vighnAH samAdhibhedaprabhavo bhavanti Ku.B. 10. -udayaH self- tattvena tu brahmatattvaM prapazyeta Sut... 15. -2 the highest exaltation or elovation; AtmodayaH parajyAniya nItiritIyatI thing. Ps: a wage versed in the Vedanta doctrines. Si. 2. - a. born or produced from oneself. -tRpta . Self-satisticl; AtmatRptatha mAnavaH By.8. 17. (-vaH) 1:4800; AtmIdava varNacatuSTayasya R.18.12.-2 Cupid. -tuSTi . self-satistioil. (-zi:/) self-satisfaction. -3 0Trum, pim. (-vA) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -tyAgaH 1 self-sa.critice. -2 suicide. -tyAgin // ... 1 -3 N. of plant (mApaparNI; Mar. rAnauDIda). -upjiivin| suicide; AtmatyAginyo nAzaucodakabhAjanAH Y... i. -2 1.1 one who lives by his own la bour; Ms. 7. 139. heretic, an unbeliever. -trANam 1 self-preservation. -2a -2 day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife body-guard: Ram.. -darzaH mirror; pramAdamAbhIyamivAnma(Kull. on Ms. 8.362). -4 an actor, publie performer. : darzaH R. 7.68. -darzanam 1 secing oneself. -2 spiritual -upaniSad/. N. of an upaniSad which trents of the knowledge true wisdlon; sarvabhUtAtmadarzanma 1.3.17: ef. Supreme spirit. -upama . like oneself. (-maH) : som. Ms. 12.91. see AtmayAjina. -dA sa. Ved. granting one's -oNpamyam Likeness to self. Atmaupamyena sarvatra B.6.22. ' existence or life: ya AtmadA baladA yamya vizva Bv.10.11.2. -karman Ome's own duty; AtmakarmakSama dehaM kSAtro dharma ivAdhinaH -dAnam self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -dRSi ". Vel. R. -kAma 1. 1 loving omeself, possessedl of self-conceit, corrupting the soul; self-destroying: Av. 16. 1. 3. proud ; 3114914 HT 7031 Ram. 2. 70. 10. -2 loving -devatA a tutelary deity. -drohin / . 1 self-tormentiny, Brahmanor the Supreme Spirit only; bhagavan vayamAnmakAmAH firetful. -2 suicide. -ninya .. being constantly in the Maitr. p... 10. -kAryam one's own business, private heart, greatly endeared to oneself.- r self-reproach. affair. -kRt|. 1self-cxecuted, done by oneself; -nivedanam offering oneself as a living socritire to the paurA hAAtmakRtAdRduHkhAdi pramocyA nRpAtmajai: Ram.2.16.28. doity ). - .. one who constantly seeks for spiritual -2done against one's own self; Vaj.8. 18. -gata . knowledge. -parAjita.. one who has lost himself (Vel.) produverl in one's mind : to manorathaHS. 1. (-tam) ind. Av.. 18.2. -purANam N. of a work elucidisting the aside ( 10 oneself) being considered to be spoken Upanisads (consisting of Is chapters). -pratyayika. privately (opp. prakAzam aloud); frequently used as knowing from omo's oxperience; AtmapratyayikaM zAmidam a stage-direction in drainas; it is the same as 91194 Mb. 12.246. 13. -prabodhaH 1 cognition of the soul; which is thus definel; azrAvyaM khalu yadvastu tadiha svagataM self-consciousness. -2 title of an upaniSada.-prabha. selfmatam S. D.6. -gatiH /. 1 course of the soul's existence. illuminated. -pravAda: 1 conversation about the Supreme -2 one's own course; Bhag.5. 17.3. "gatyA by one's Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Purvas own act. -guptA The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook of the Jamas. -prazaMsA self-praise. -bandhuH , -bAndhavaH (Mar. kuyalI). -guptiHf. cave, the hiding place of an 1 one's own kinsman; AtmamAtuH svasuH putrA AtmapituH svasuH animal, lair. -grAhina . selfish, greedy. -yAtaH sutaaH| AtmamAtulapatrAzca vijJeyA yAtmabAndhavAH Sabdake it. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #343
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra Atmana www.kobatirth.org Ch. Up. 7. 1. 3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); sarafa fare Si. 2. 116. -3 N. of Siva. -fat knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; anniert M. 7. 43. -faafu, fa: selfexaltation. T a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-:) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 jester (in drama) AmIra: prANayati dayAlakeca vidUSake. : account of one's own self, autobio " 325 mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self.T: 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Sankaracharya. : 1 existence of the soul: Svet. 1. 2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. 3 the body. a. self-born, self-existent. ( -bhRH ) vacasyavasite tasmin sasarja giramAtmabhUH Ku. 2. 53, 3. 16, 5. 81. - 1 N. of Brahma; -2 N. of Visnu. -3 N. of Siva; S. 7. 35. 4 Cupid, god of love. 5 a son. (f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to -2 attached, devoted, faithful; tatrAtmabhUtaiH kAlajJairahAryaiH paricArakaiH Ms. 7. 217 (Kull.). (-:) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (ar) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. - 1 peculiarity, own nature. 2 Brahman. - a portoin of the Supreme Spirit. a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; vivekazUnyaH prabhurAtmamAnI, mahAnanarthaH suhRdAM batAyam Bk. 12.83. - mUrtiH 1a brother; bhrAtA svamUrtirAtmanaH - 2 soul, Supreme Spirit. a. self-luminous, shining, (God): sa AtmamUlo'vatu mAM parAtparaH Bhag. 8.3.4. - mUli n. the universe. N. of a plant (; Mar. dhamAsA ) - yAjina 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature. and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; 4bhUteSu zrAtmAnaM sarvabhUtAni cAtmani / samaM pazyannAtmayAjI svArAjyamadhigacchati // Ms. 12. 91. -yoniH = bhU m. a. v. dadarza cInacA catamAtmayonim 11- 3.70. rakSA 1N. of a plant (1) -2 self protection. -: birth, production, origin:: Mu. 3. 1, 5. 23: Ki. 3. 32, 17. 19, 18. 3; K. 239. - the hair of the body. -2 the beard.. selfdeceiver. T self-delusion; self-deception. -, - vadhyA, hatyA suicide - vargya a. of one's party or class; udghAhunA juhuvire muhurAtmavarmyAH Si5. 15. -vaza ". depending on one's own will; yadyatparavazaM karma tattadyatnena varjayet / yadyadAtmavazaM tu syAttattatseveta yatnataH // Ms. 4. 159, sarvamAtmavazaM sukham 160. (-) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; nI, vazIkR to reduce to subjection, win over. a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; af Bg. 2. 64.-f: sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms. 11. 59. -fam. 1 a wise man, sage; as in tato'haM bhagavo mantrasvAsmi ma 1 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir grophy-f a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-: f.) 1 state of the heart; far: Ku. 5. 76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; fa faft R. 2. 33. 3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -: f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; fa Pt. 1. 361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -zalyA N. of a plant (zatAvarI ). -zuddhiH / self-purification; Ms. 11. 161; yoginaH karma kurvanti saMga Bg. 5. 11. -, -fat f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -saMyamaH self-restraint ; AtmasaMyamayogAnau juhvati jJAnadIpite Bg. 4. 27 - saMstha a. Based upon or connected with the person ; AtmasaMsthaM manaH kRtvA Bg. 6. 25. - satattvam See Atmatattvam ; AtmasatattvaM vigaNayataH Bhag. 5.13.24. - sad a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; Atmasadau staM mA mA hiMsaSTam Av.5.9.8.- a. self-sufficient.- a. Ved. granting the breath of life. - a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself ; kArye guruNyAtmasamaM niyokSye Ku. 3. 13. - saMdehaH 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. 1 a son; cakAra nAmnA raghumAtmasaMbhavam R. 3. 21, 11. 57, 17. S. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahma, Visnu, or Siva. -4 the Supreme Being (4), (-) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. 1 self-possessed; Pt. 1. 49. -2 talented, intelligent: mefaitemen yem qua yuvarAjameva R. 18. 18. saMbhAvanA self-conceit ; K. -siddhiH /self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; AgacchadAtmasiddhaparthaM gokarNasyAzramaM zubham Ram 79 17. -sukha a. self-delighted. (-) the highest bliss. a. At one's own disposal (svAdhIna); tAvadeva mayA sArdhamAtmasthaM kuru Ram. 2. 21. 8. a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); AT: Svet. 3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. - hananam, -hatyA suicide - hita a. beneficial to oneself. (-) one's own good or welfare. a. AtmanA Atmaka . (At the end of comp.) Made up or composed of, of the nature or charcter of &c.; a fivefold, made up of five; of a doubtful nature; so du:kha' sorry, grieved dahana hot; viSa poisonous &c. &e. , . Belonging to oneself, one's own; sarvaH kAntamAtmIyaM pazyati S. 2; svAminamAtmIyaM kariSyAmi H. 2. win over; car Mk. 8 I shall lose my life ; AtmIyaM kurvanti subject K. 135, 167; aya:12; let him be taken under your protection; af: R. 7. 68; Ku. 2. 19; kindred, related, of kin, na kazciccaNDako pAnAmAtmIyo nAma bhUbhujAm Bh. 2. 57. For Private and Personal Use Only AtmatA, tvam Identity with self, spirituality. AtmanA ind. (instr. of Atman) Used reflexively : atha vAstamitA tvamAtmanA Rs. 51 thou thyself: AtmanA K. 293. It is oft. compounded with ordinal

Page #344
AtmanIna numerals; e. g. : second including himself, i.e. himself and one more; so : himself with two others ; - saptamaH Being oneself the seventh ; AtmanA saptamo rAjA niryayau gajasAhvayAt Mb. 17. 1. 5. AtmanIna " [ Atmane hitaH kha ] 1 Belonging to oneself, one's own; 34: M. 4 on whose side is he? -2 Beneficial to oneself; agafaga Ki. 13. 69, 3. 16; harga 14: Bh. 3. 77; good, fit, suitable, appropriate (as diet &c. ); :: Siva. B. 23. 57. -3 Existent, sentient. : 1 A son. -2 A wife's brother. -3 A jester (in dramas). Atmanepadam [Atmane AtmanA padaM sa0] 1 A voice for oneself, one of the two voices in which roots are conjugated in Sanskrit. -2 The terminations of this voice. Atmabhari . [ AtmAnaM bibharti bhR khi mum ca P. III. 2. 26] Selfish, greedy (one who feeds his ownself); AtmabharistvaM pizitairnarANAm Bk. 2.33; H. 3. 121. tvam Selfishness.... aho te Atmabharitvam / nAgAnanda 2. 16. sma, anafaa Ved. Having a soul, animated, alive; mRtyustanmano'kurutAtmanvA syAmiti Bri. Up. 1.2.1; 1.2.7. Atmavat ... [ astyarthaM matup masya vaH ] 1 Self-possessed, possessd of self-restraint ; zAstradRSTena vidhinA saMyojyAtmAnamAtmaar Mb. 3. 126. 8. Mu. 3. -2 Composed, prudent, wise; faf Ki. 6. 19; Bg. 2. 45; 4. 41. ind. Like oneself; Ms. 1. 108, 5. 13, 7. 52. sarvabhUteSu yaH pazyati sa paNDitaH Self-possession, self-control, prudence, wisdom; R. 8. 10, 84; Ms. 11. 86. 326 ind. In one's own possession, one's own: mostly in combination with or; to appropriate to oneself, take for oneself; zara R. 8. 2 to bring under subjection or power; so come under one's subjection. 8 U. To conquer, subdue; K. 117, 119. AtmIbhAvaH Identification with the Supreme Spirit. a. 1 Belonging to oneself, one's own, personal. -2 (At the end of comp.) Having the nature of. Atyantika. (kI) [ atyanta bhavAyeM ]Continual, uninterrupted, endless, infinite, permanent, everlasting; sa Atyantiko bhaviSyati Mu. 4; viSNuguptahana kasyAtyanti 2. 15; Ms. 2. 242; Bg. 6. 21. 2 Excessive, abundant, superlative. -3 Supreme, absolute; fa eff Mita. Comp. -frafer: absolution. -pralayaH the grand or universal destruction of the world. Atyayika (kI ) [ ayayaH nAzaH prayojanamasya Thak ] 1 Destructive, disastrous. -2 Painful, unpropitious, ill-omened, distressing. -3 Pressing, urgent, emergent, Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ending quickly, not suffering delay; fff avid Ram 6. 32. 37; Ms. 7. 165; HI. 3; K. 2014: azizrayannAtyayikaM sametya Bk. kAryagauravAdAtyayikavazena vA Kau. A. 1. 19: sarvamAtyayikaM kAryaM zRNuyAnnAtipAtayet ibid. extraordinary, special. - Delayed, already late; at hatvA punarevAhaM kRtyamAnyAyakaM smarana Ram 558.46. -kam 1 Difficulty, calamity; agamano manaH karNa bandhumAtyayikeSviva Mb. 7. 1. 46. 2 Essential duty; Ich. 4. courses. Adahanama Atreya a. ( - yI / . ) [ atrerapatyaM Dhak ] P. IV. 1. 122 Belonging to, descended or sprung from, Atri. : 1 A descendant of Atri. -2 The head of the descendants of Atri. -3 A priest closely related to the Sadasya. - An epithet of Siva. 5 An essential humor or juice of the body, lymph. - yI 1 A female descendant of Atri; gotraprazaMsArthamAtraiyyA avadha saMkIrtanam / na cApannasattvA AtreyI / gotraM hyetat / SB. on MS. 6. 1. 9. -2 The wife of Atri. -3 A woman in her courses (7); Ms. 11. 87; Y. 3. 251. -4 Any woman of the Brahmanical order. -5 N. of a river in the north of Bengal, also called Tista. -6 A pregnant woman; Mb. 12. 165.54; AtreyImApannagarbhAmAhuH / faan | SB. on MS. 6. 1. 7. AtreyikA [ AtreyI svArthe kan ] A woman in her AtharvaNa 4.. ( - NI / ) [ atharvaNA muninA dRSTaH vedaH aNU : a af at P. IV. 3. 133] Originating from, relating or belonging to, the Atharvaveda or the Atharvans: agnau sAkSiNyAtharvaNena vidhinA Dk; AtharvaNaeta garfare: Mv. 1. 62. -:1 A Brahmana knowing or studying the Atharvaveda. -2 A descendant of Atharvan idaM tanmadhyayaNo'zvibhyAmuvAca Hi Up. 2. 5. 16. -3 A priest whose ritual is comprised in the Atharvaveda. -4 The Atharvaveda itself (3 :). 5 A housepriest. - 1 A private room in which the sacrificer is informed of the happy event of the sacrifice by the officiating Brahmana. -2 The black art, magic ( jAraNamAraNa ) ziras n. N. of an Upanisad belonging to the Atharvaveda. atharvaNika . Belonging or relating to the atharvaveda. A Brahmana who has studied the Atharvaveda. 1 P. To bite, peek at, nibble. T: 1 A bite, a wound caused by biting. -2 A tooth. a. Nibbled, peeked at. a. Ved. Reaching up to the mouth (+); AdaghnAsa upakakSAsa utve Rv. 10. 71.7. Adadi a. Ved. Taking. Adara, Adarza &c. See under. Aha, AdRz. For Private and Personal Use Only 1 Burning. -2 Injuring, killing. -3 Reviling, despising. A cemetery, a place where

Page #345
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra AdA anything is burnt ( Adahyate'sminniti ); kSipraM vai tasyAdahanaM pari nRtyanti kezinI: Av. 12. 5. 48. www.kobatirth.org 3. (a) 1 To receive, accept, take (to oneself), resort to; R. 8. 18, 10. 40; fa R. 3. 46 follow or resort to: pradakSiNArcivira mirAdade 8 14 1.6; Ms. 2. 238, 117. -2 (With words expressing speech) To begin to speak, utter; vAcaM AdA to speak, utter; vinizcitArthAmiti vAcamAdade Ki. 1. 3, 14. 2; Si. 2. 13; R. 1.59; fara fara fraca Bh. 3. 12. v. 1. -3 To scizo, take hold of; kSitidhara patikanyAmAdadAnaH kareNa Ku. 7.91; R. 2. 28, 3.60; Ms. 8. 315; idameva nimittamAdAya M. 1; sa hi sarvasya lokasya R. 4. 8 attracted, had a hold on the mind. -4 To put on (as clothes &c.); Svet. Up. -5 To take up, absorb, drink up; R. 1. 18; 7: Si. 2. 85. 6 To exact, take in (as taxes); take away, carry off; R. 1. 21; Ms. 8. 341, 222350 balim, zulkam daNDam &c. -7 To pluck, lop off, separate; S. 4. 8. -8 To carry, take, bear; Pt. 2 carrying, or along with the net ; kuzAnAdAya S. 3; toyamAdAya gacche: Me. 20, 48, 61; see AdAya below; kAzyapasaMdezamAdAya bearing K. s -9 To perceive, comprehend ; prANena rUpamAdatsva rasAnAdatsva a &c. Mb. -10 To agree to, undertal begin. 11 To imprison, make captive. -Caus. To cause to take. -Desid. (f) To wish to take, carry off &c. message. (At the end of comp.) Taking, receiving; Ada... as in dAyAda. Adatta, Atta P. [mA -vA - 1 Taken, received, rssumed, accepted; AttasAracakSuSA svaviSayaH M. 2; evamA: R. 11. 57; M. 5. 1; r: Ratn. 1 smiling; -2 Agreed to, undertaken, begun. -3 Attracted. -4 Drawn out, extracted; i gr R. 5. 26; 11. 76 taken away. -5 Seized, overpowered; dRSTvA varamAttasAdhvasarasA gaurI nave saMgame Ratn. 1. 2. -Comp. - 1 having one's pride humbled, attacked, insulted, defeated; effe: R. 13. 7; S. 6. -2 already smelt (as S. 14. 84 (where (1. flower); has senso 1 also). - 16. humiliated, insulted, degraded. . assuming the royal sceptre; - yasi vimArgaprasthitAnAttadaNDa: S. 58. -manaska a one whose mind is transported (with joy &c.).-ft a- stripped of wealth. n. Ved. 1 destitute of speech. -2 having commenced speaking. a. One who takes or receives. 1 Taking, receiving, accepting, sizing, zAharAdAnaparitAKiu. 111 AdArna hi saya sata R. 4. 6. 2 Earning, getting. -3 A symptom (of a disasso). -4 Binding, fettering (from 2 P.). 5 A horse's trappings. -6 An action; f 327 Adi Bhag. 2. 10. 24. -7 Subjugating, overpowering; athavA mantravad brUyurAtmAdAnAya duSkRtam Mb. 12. 212. 30. -nI N. of a plant hastighoSA (Mar. ghosALeM ). -Comp. -affa: A method of cautious seizing so that no creature be hurt. It is one of the qafas or rules of careful conduct in Jaina. AdApanam Inviting or enusing another to reccive something. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ind. Having taken; oft. with a propositional force with; . . Receiving, taking &c. -Comp. a. one who goes away after taking any things tvamAdAyacaro bane Ki. a. Taking, receiving, inclined to receive ( gifts ); aina parasya &c. codanAdAminI hastAsina Ahma Ms. " Aditsu a. (fr. desid. of ) Wishing to take; AditsubhirnUpurazikSitAni Ku. 1. 34. a. To be taken or received, receivable. For Private and Personal Use Only acceptable. AdAdika a. Belonging to the class of roots of which the first is i. e. to the second class. Fearlessness: Mb. 12. 120. 5. a. 1 First, primary, primitive; fari izazo Ak. 2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. : 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. anta); apa eva sasajIdau tAsu bIjamavAsRjat Ms. 1. 8; Bg341; anta &c.; anafaa Ku. 2. 9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cactera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), ' such like' ; indrAdayo devAH the gods Indra and others (indraH AdiyeSAM te) evamAdi this and the like; bhvAdayo dhAtavaH bhU and others, or words beginning with 4, are called roots; oft. used by Panini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; raft, fear, cafe &c. -2 First part or portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. 5 Nearness.-6 One of the seven parts of Sama; atha saptavidhasya vAci saptavidhaM sAmopAsIta yatkiMca vAco humiti sa hiMkAro yatpreti sa prastAvo yadeti sa Adi: Ch. Up. 2. 8.1. -Comp. a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-) beginning and end. - N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk. 10. 21. having beginning and end, finite. a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. I having the acute accent on the first syllable. - ind. from first to last. -,-, m. the creator, an epithet of Brahma or Visnu; sa Bg. 11.37; vizeSadveya ihAdikasahiSab Kau. karmana . the beginning of an action. -: 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahma and of Valmiki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; *

Page #346
Adika 328 Aditya (aa aa a aa 74: Bhay. 1. 1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of pouts'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krunch: birds being killed by a fowlor, le cursed the wretol, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse ( 4971 272 27:); he was subrequently told by Brahma to compose the life of Rama, al he thus gove to the worll the first poem in Sanskrit, the Ramayana; cf. U. 2. Viskumbhak. [ugh the first book of the Ramayana. -FrTUT the first or primary cause of the universe ), which, according to the Vedantins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyayikas and particalarly the Vaisesikax, atonus are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. - F14 the first poem; i.e. the Ramayana ; sec 3f2afa. Ta: N. of Visnu. -GIT: N. of Risabha the first tIrthakara. -tAla: a sort of musical time or 11%; T a mua 312 . EITF N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk. 10. 23. da: 1 the first or Supreme God; puruSaM zAzvataM divyaM Adideva43 faye Br. 10. 12, 11. 38. -2 Narayana or Visnu. -3 Siva. - 4 Brahma; Mb. 12. 188. 20. -5 the sun. Re: an epithet of Hiranya ka sipu. -art: N. of Adibuddha. Ta n. the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahabharata. -grote the first Purana, N. of the Brahuna-Purina. N. of a Jaina religious book. - T: 1 the first or primeval bein'", the Lord of the creation. -2 Visou, Krina, or Narayana; +41989-a-d y gay: R. 10.6; 69: Si. 1. 11. -34 genera tive power; first vigour. T. a. perceived in the beginning. (- ) the primitive Buddha. -a, - aa. producer at first. (-:, :) 1 the first-born, primeval being, an epithet of Brahma; Fachat 49: Bhay, 7. 3. 22. -2 also N. of Visau: Tanate. Ha gar R. 13. 8. -3 an elder brother. (-a) minute five elenient (934mara); a furia HEITaifa ag Bhag. 10.3. 25. HoH first foundation, primeval cause. - TTTO: the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Siva. T4: the first of the 8 Rasas, i. e. TiT or love. -TIGT: the first king : an epithet of Manu. -T4 Symptom of diseaso). -aizt: primeval race, primitive family. -ata: 'the first boor', an epithet of Visnu, allucing to his third or boar-incarnation.-fagy . the first learned man; 97, -agar f. N. of an Arya metre. -T: N. of 3 plant (Mar. 31921). - : /. 1 the power of Az or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durga. -TIT 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. - : the first creation. STIF. . (At the end of womp.) Beginning with, and so on. ea, et ind. Froin the Erst or beginning, t first: aaa U. 1.20. - 14459 heutnAdito daza Ms. Adau gamatapovanAdhigamanam. T H . 31 *a: -43] First, primitive, original: f&#: 2 :21: fra Bhasa. P. lat, 794 Priority, precedente. T AL. Tlaving a beyiming. . [ 121 4:14 ] 1 Firxt, primitive, being at the beginning.-2 Being at the heil, excellent, - paralleled, pre-eminent, foremost: F 4 A 11974 By. 8. 28; 11. 31; 11. 47; 155. 1. THI : 19:3urf47 R. 1.11. -3 (At the end of comp. ) Beginning with, and so on see 311. -4 Immediately preveling; T TT Srut. 27 inmediately before the 11th i. c. 1oth; so z 2. -5 Eatable ( 3 1); 119 gian: Prasa tip.. 11; fed 7 TO 292 14311 Pt. 1. 22. - : . pl.) A class of cleities. 1 An opithet of Durga. -2 The first day (AT) of a month. T 1 The beginning. -2 Grain, food.-3 A kind of fruneral obsequial ceremony (973). Conp. -e: the first poet,' an epithet of Brahma or Valmiki; sce 311f2a. - a. Sueing only the present (1H1Higa); 3110913 691 4: Mb. 12. 321.14. - the primary or material cause of the universe, which, acording to the Sankhyas, is 999 or the inanimate principle. - 17 . mesure of five yunjas (about. 17! grains Troy ). sila (@arriag] 1 A son of Aditi. -2 A od, divinity in general. -3 The sun; fafa 29: HZ Ry. 10. 88. 11. BEST << [ atriu P. IV. 1. N.) 1 Solar, belonging to, or born in, the solar line; de ani Ta w aran U. 6.18.-2 Devoted to, or originating from, Aditi ei p9 Yaj. Ts. 2. 2. 6. 1. -3 Belonging to, or sprung froni, the Adityas. : 1 A son of Aditi; a yod, divinity in general. The number of Adityas appears to have been originally seven, of whom Varuna is the head, and the name Aditya was restricted to thein (dal 31 kv. 9. 114. 3.). In the time of the Brahmanas, however, the number of Adityas rose to 1, representing the sun in the 12 months of the year; T H151HEZI DENT: Ta ! bhago vivasvAn pUSA ca savitA dazamaH smRtaH // ekAdazastathA tvaSTA fargeasy gayai); path fano: Ry. 10. 21; Ku. 2. 24. These 12 suns are supposed to shine only at the destruction of the universe; cf. Ve. 3.8; aj fare zaferovaiseat cau*:). -2 The sun Vaj. 4. 21.-3 A name of Visuu in his fifth or dwarf-incarnation ; *#14: zitiera: V. Sah. -4 N. of the Irka plant (Mar. 3). - (dual) N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion (904). -Comp. -ig: 1 N. of a son of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #347
Adrin 329 3117t: Dhritarin:. -2 The chariotoor of the sun. - (dual) the sun and the moon. - Showing the sun (to : child of + months), one of the ICT s. -T54: N. of : plant. (-5774 the leaf of the bike tree. - ruraft 31 creeping plant with old-coloured flowers, growing near the bank of water. -TIT N. of an Uppurana. grafit red swallow wort (Mar, ferae). Fy: N. of Sakymruni. Har [STIK ] N. of a plant. sce 31*. -H564 the lise or orb of the sun.-24 1 worship of the su: : 29 or rito. -2 N. of a Saman. 2: the son of the sun', N. of Sugriva, Yama, Saturn, Manu and Karna de. 91 . na 34 forfa ] Eating (in comp.); 47. 4 1za: M. 12. 7). 31 ( 77, -74 1 Misfortune, distress. -2 Ilinderance; want of luck in dico); se face Ar. 7. 10. 1.-3 l'ult, transgression; Si. 2. 22. sec 3171617. - 4 An inflictor of distress; 3114199: 941914 9 : Melini. -Comp. . having evil designs towards : fellow-player at dice (Ved.); 32.112 for $21129014 Vaj. 30. 18. STT 6 U. 1 To point out, indicate, show; ART 1 (oft. in dramas ) leuil the way; S. j. -2 To ordet, wirect, commuund: 90143 T HICH S. 1: 4 : Ku. t. 16; et Ms. 11. 12: 31122 Bk. 3. 9, 7. 08; R. 1.01, 2. 6); to appoint: arcate, M..). -3 To aim at; assign: STEARETH Y Bk. 3. 3; af ITEM Ram. -4 To report, announce toach, lay down prescribe, instruct, advise ; 7 ata Anafest St. GHI R. 12. 68. -5 To specify, determine; vifaa EU Y. 2. 260. -6 To foretell, predict : 7 Maze Ritt Bri. S. :). !6; HEJ: 219 * V... -7 To undertaku, try; aga vb -8 To provoku, challenge: -9 To profess as one's own duty. -Cams. To indicato, show, point out, zmomce &c. (same as 3 T). SIT . Vol. 1 Aim, lesiyli, intention; 34215Protaras H P Rv. 10. 61.3.-2A project, proposition. -3 A proposal, declaration - A region, quarter. -5 A sacrifice offered to a particular deity. TIEZ 1 Directed, corrumander, advised, enjoined E D Harc Ch. Up.3.18.1. - 2 Soid, foretold. -3 Substituted. - 1 Command, order. -2 Advice. -3 Les vings of a mel(). fertaa. One who gives orders. (323 31). 1 A Braluma na in the first order of his life; pupil, student ( ); ieza : Mb. 13. 22. 17. -2 A penitent, one enunged in any expiatory rite; AdiSTA nodakaM kuryAdAvRtasya samApanAt Ms.5. 88. 2 ,...,x3 3TEET: 1 An order, command: TTTHIEU Ram.: 3120 779: VARIE R. 1.92; T : 1.2.301 domy net forbidden by the king. -2 Advice, instruc tion, precept, rule; RITARIT: Ch. Up... 19). 1: Ken. t. 4.; Bri. Up. 2. 3. 6. -3 Accomt, information, relation, pointing out, indication. - A prediction, prophecy : fagn a K. 64; Neeft al. -5 (Gran.) A substitute ; : ** 512 Tura 142127 R. 19.58. - 6 (In astrology ) Event, result, consequence of the conjunction of stars. -7 Deter mination to perform a ritual &c. **64), row: # At Si fofa Rain. 2. 22. 28. -Comp. 57 See aut; af 1944 2: b.5.37. 13. -Ifaa. obedient. IEETAH The act of instructing or commending 1929 af Ms. 2. 173. TIST: An astrologer (Talajfehagi Svapna. 1. ) tefta . 1 Ordering, commandiny. -2 Causing, producing.-3 Excitiny, instigatiny; 412 e auta 1214 R. 1.68.. 1 A commander, director. -2 An astrologer, fortune teller. ITEV. One who orders. W. 1 An adviser, como: dor, director. -2 An einployer of priests ( 4 ). Et Cares. To kindle, set on fire: to illuminate. SEIT 1 Setting on tire, intlaminy. -2 Exciting, stimulatiny; embellishing. -3 Whitening the walls, floors &c. on festive occasions. retiga, a p. Set on fire, blazing up. PIC 6 A. ( T) 1 To respect, honour, roverence: sal 7974 2 9a Mv. 7.3 receive respeutfully; take or receive respectfully; le 771 II. l'r. 7; 7 AT 2274 30: Ms. 2. 21: Bk. 6.5.-2 To heed or care for, mind, take notice of; usually with 47; T K. 101, 167: 9 Fraza apa: Bh. 3. 111; 8191574 disregardiny: 4*74712 in spite of or notwithstanding my words. -3 to feel timid from a fooling of respect, bo i well. -4 To apply or devote oneself closely to have rogard for ; ut uimah . Mal. 1. 5. -5 To desire, be cover for; cum ar atata fati Mv. 6.3. -6 To enjoy honour, be honoured. f et: [ 311-7-7] 1 Respect, reverence, honour : a fajaran Mal. 9.30; Za a fasz 7127: Ki. 1. 33; Ku. 6. 20.-2 Attention, care, notice, close application ; 391279461 Mal. 7 careful efforts; ai 99712Tatacara Kl. 6.91.-3 (a) Eagerness, lesire, regard; ERHET: ku. 6. 13: 311 O: K. 119 eagerly; f a rTheT: 120; 4 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #348
AdaraNam 830 AdhAnam mAdaramakaravam 152 made up my mind; Ki. 8. 26, 41; Adevaka a.[div- vul] One who sports or plays. 13.58. (B) Earnest desire, request; S. 6. -4 Efforty Adevanama 1Gamblinx. -2 Adio used in gainbling. ondeavour; gRhayantrapatAkAzrIrapaurAdaranirmitA Ku. 6.41. - -3 A board for gambling; place for playing. Commencement, beginning. -6 Love, attachment. | -7 Acceptance; tasmAdeSAM vyarthahiMsAnivRttyai syAdutkRSTaH piSTapazvA Adya see under Adi. daro'pi Vis. Gumi. 182. A na 3.[A-div-kta, U natvaM ca P.V.2.67; per haps derived from 317 to eat ] Shamelessly voracious, AdaraNam Notice, respect. gluttonous, hungry; 'AnaH syAdaudariko vijigISAvivarjite' AdaraNIya, Adartavya pot. p. Venerable, respectful. ityamaraH; na cainamAyUna iti kSipanti Mb. 5. 37.34; AyanaH sad gRhiNyeva prAyo yaSTapAvalambitaH Ki. 11.5. STEIT: Ved. 1 Allurement, attraction, an instigator (Say.). -2 N. of a plant used instead of Soma (when strera Light, brilliance. it is not available). AdrisAra a. Made of iron. AdArin a. Ved. 1 Attracting. -2 Destroying. Adhamanam A deposit, pledge; eko hyanIzaH sarvatra dAnAdhamanaAduri a. Vel. Careful, attentive. vikraye; Katy.; yogAdhamanavikrItaM yogadAnapratigraham Ms. 8. 165. -2 Fraudulent puffing of goods at a sale. Adata p. 1 lHonoured, respected. -2 (Used actively ), (a) Zealous, diligent, earnest ; AdRtataramavocat __ AdhamarNika: A debtor; mUlAttu dviguNA vRddhigRhItA cAdhamarNikAt K.211.1703 Ku.7.30. (0) Attentive, careful; daNDanItyA Sukra. 1.830. nAtyAhato'bhUt Dk. 154. () Respectful (sAdara); ityAdRtena AdhamarNyam [adhamarNasya bhAvaH karma vA pyaJ] The state of kathitI R. 13.72; iti sma pRcchatyanuvelamAitaH 3.5 respoctfully being indebted. or earnestly; Ms. 11. 225, 7. 150. Adharmika [adharma carati ThaJ P. [V.4.41 Vart.] 3712T 1 P. To look at, see, behold. -Cans. To Unjust, unrighteous; tadidaM pArSateneha mahadAdharmikaM kRtam show, indicate, exhibit; utkalAdarzitapathaH R. 4. 38. Mb. 7. 195. 11. AdarzaH [ Adazyate'tra, dRz AdhAre ghaJ] 1A mirror, // 3TTET 3 U. 1 To put, place, deposit, implant, lodges looking-glass; yathAdarza tathAtmani Kath. Up.6.5. yathAdarzI brahmaNyAdhAya karmANi B.5.10; 8. 12. janapade na gadaH padamAdadhI malena ca Bg.3.38. AtmAnamAlokya ca zobhamAnamAdarzabimbe stimi-: R.9.4; Bg.5. 10; duSyantenAhitaM tejaH 5.1.13 Ahito atzarett Ku. 7. 22. - 2 The original manuscript from jayaviparyayo'pi me R.11.86 inflictel on me 19.26%3 saMbhUte which : copy is taken; (tig.) a pattern, model, zikhini gUDhamAdadhuH 19.54 consigned to the fiames, burnt; type; AdarzaH zikSitAnAm Mk. 1. 48; AdarzaH sarvazAstrANAm dhairya cA''dhiSatAdhikam Bk. 7. 102 plucked up greater K.53; 80 guNAnAm &c. -3 A copy of a work. -4 courage. -2 To apply, propose, tix upon, direct towards; A commentary, gloss.of. Adarzo darpaNe TIkA pratipustakayorapi pratipAtramAdhIyatAM yatnaH 5.13 madhyeca mana Adhasva Bx. 12.83 Medini. - A particular boundary of a country. gamane matimAdhatta Ham.; S.2.3; AdhIyatAM dhairya dharma ca dhIH -6N. of a country. -Comp. -maNDalaH 1 a globular K. 63 direct; ancangania: K. 56.-3 To appropriate mirror. -2 the surface of a mirror. (-lam) -3a kind to oneself, hold, possess, take, carry, have, bear; 497 of snake (with globular spots). babhI darpaNamAdadhAnAm Ku.7.26; Adhane kanakamayAtapatralakSmIma Ki.5.39. takes or assumes3 garbhamAdhatta rAjJI R. 2.75,5.573 AdarzakaH A mirror. AhitakodhA Amaru.21.-4 To buar up, uphold, support; Adarzanam 1 Showing, making apparent, displaying.. zeSaH sadaivAhitabhUmibhAraH S... -5 To cause, produces -2 A mirror. create, rouse, excite (fear, wondere.); chAyAzcaranti bahudhA bhayamAdadhAnAH5. 3.26%3 Ki. 4. 12, 6. 19, 8.46,573 AdRSTiH / . 1 Looking at, power of looking. -2 Ku.6.20%; Bk. 2.83 vismayamAdadhAti M.5. 17; K. 246%3B Sight, gluence, look. -Comp. -gocaram, -prasaram ind. navarasarucirA nirmitimAdadhatI bhAratI K. P. 1; to put in, infuse; Within range of sight; AdRSTiprasarApriyasya padavImudIkSya nirviSNayA Amaru. 76. Si. 2.76. -6 To supply, give, impart ( with dat., gen. or loc.); zuddhimAdadhAnA R. 1.85; indraM trailokyamAdhAya Mb. Ada 9 U. Ved. 1 To erush, split open. -2 To -8 To appoint; tameva cAdhAya vivAhasAkSye R.7.20. -8 make accessible, bring to light, manifest. To consecrate (as fire); tatrAgnimAdhAya samitsamiddham Ku.1.57. Adardira .. Ved. Crushing, splitting open ; AdadirAso -9 To perform, practise (as a vow &c.). adrayo na vizvahA Rv. 10. 78. 6. Sara a. One that puts in, deposits, imparts &c.; pAtravizeSe nyastaM guNAntaraM vrajati zilpamAdhAtuH M. 1.6. AdArina, Aduri . Crushing, destroying; AdAriNaM / yathA gayam Ev. 8.5. 13; vAmaMvAma ta Adure devo dadAtvaryamA AdhAnam 1 Placing, putting upon; samidAdhAnaM, tulAdhAnam Rv.4.30.21. &c. -2(a) Taking, having. (6) Receiving, recovering, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #349
AdhAnikaH 331 Adhivedanikam (o) Containing or being in possession of anything or conseerating. -3 Keeping the sacred fire (agnyAdhAna), a ceremony performed with the sacred fire; punarikiyAM kuryAt punarAdhAnameva ca Ms.5.168.-4 Doing, executing, performing; AjJApayAmAsa narendrasUnuH svagIyamAdhAnamadInasattvaH Ram. 6.109.21.(svagIyamAdhAnam-pretakRtyam)-5 Infusing, putting in, inspiring, imparting; guNo vizeSAdhAnahetuH siddho vastudharmaH S.D.2; nizcayAdhAnam K. 262; prajAnAM vinayAdhAnAdrakSaNAda bharaNAdapi R.1.24 imparting or providing moral instruction. -6 (a) Engondering, producing, kautukAdhAnahetoH Me.33 garbhAdhAnakSaNaparicayAt 9.(b) Assigning, attributing, employing. -7 Effort, exertion, application; My. 3. 13. -8 A pledge, deposit; Y.2. 23, 247. vikrayAdhAnavaya'm Kau. ! A. 2. 1.-9 A place where anything is deposited, a receptacle, as in pakkAdhAnam, puruSAdhAnam , ayaM madhyamaH prANaH tasyedamevAdhAnam Bri. Up.2.2.1. -10 Asurety. -11 Enclosure, circuit. -12 A ceremony performed previous to conception; sce garbhAdhAna. -13 cohabitation (maithuna) tavApi mRtyurAdhAnAdakRtaprajJa dAMzataH Bhay.9.9.36. AdhAnikaH [AdhAna-ThaJ] A ceremony performed after coha bitation to cause or favour conception. 3ITETTY: One who has placed anything. AdhAyaka a. Putting, placing, assigning. AdhiH M. [AdhIyate sthApyate pratIkArAya mano'nena, A-dhA-ki P. III. 3. 92; connected with 3 in some senses ] 1Mental pain or anguish, agomy, anxiety (opp. vyAdhi which is bodily pain); na teSAmApadaH santi nAdhayo vyAdhayastathA Mh; manogatamAdhihetum S. 3. 103; R.8.27,9.4; Bh. 3.105%3 Bv.1.11; Mal.43 Ki. 1.37.-2A bane, eurse, misery: yAntyevaM gRhiNIpada yuvatayo vAmAH kulasyAdhayaHS. 4. 183 Mv.6.28. -3 A pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage3B Y.2.28: Ms. 8. 143; AdhizcopanidhizcobhI na kAlAtyayamahataH 145. -4 A place, residence. -5 Location, site. 6 Definition, epithet, attribute, title. -7 Misfortune, cala mity (vyasana).-8 Reflection on religion or duty (dharmacintA) -9 Hope, expectation. -10 A man solicitous for the maintenance of his family (kuTumbavyApRta). -11 PunishIment; enamAdhi dApayiSyedyasmAttena bhayaM kvacit Sukra.4.641. -Comp. - a. 1 suffering pain, distressed. -2 crooked. -bhogaH the use or enjoyment of a deposit. (as of a horse, cow &c. when pledged). -A-y: (pl.) feverish heat or burning. -stena: one who uses a deposit without the owner's consent. Adhitvama,-tA The nature or circumstance of a pledge: 9 the object or purpose for which a pledge isgiven. strefy 8 P. To pledge, mortgage, pawn, deposit. AdhIkaraNam Pledging, a pledge.. STTTT pot. p. 1 To be placed, pledged, appointed &c. -2 To be assigned, attributed, or given. -3 To be received, held, or supported; to be contained. 4 = AdhAnam Putting, placing; agnyAdheyAni gurvartham Mb.12.18.36. Ahitap..1 Placed, set, deposited; manasyAhitakartavyAH Ku.2.62 bearing in mind what they had to do; bhAratImAhitabharAm Si.2.60 full of deep meaning. -2 Given, imparted. -3 Entertained, felt. -4 Comprising, containing. -5 Performed, done. -Comp.-10 a. 1 one who keeps or places the fire on the altar, sacrificer; cf. agnyAhita. -2 a Brahmana who maintains and consecrates sacred fire in his house perpetually. -aDka a. marked, spotted. -STICEF a. one who creates anxiety; tamAhitautsukyamadarzanena R.2.73.-kumaa.exhausted, tired. -lakSaNa a. bearing a characteristic epithet3B kakutstha ityAhitalakSaNo'bhUta R. 6.71; (according to Malli. -prakhyAtaguNa noted or well-known for good qualities ). -vya tha a. pained, grieved. -svana a. making a sound, noisy. Tita: f. Ved. Placing on, anything placed on. AdhikaraNikaH [adhikaraNe niyuktaH Thak ] A judgo; Mk. 9. AdhikAraNyam Possession, location. AdhikArika 3. (-kI/.) 1 Suprene, superior, relating to a person or thing in authority. -2 Official, belonging to any office or duty. Adhikyam [ adhikasya bhAvaH dhyaJ] Excess, abundance, preponderance, high degree; RddherAdhikyaM samRddhi: Sk. -2 Superiority, supremacy; AdhikyaM sAdhitam M. 3. Adhidaivika .(-kI /.) [adhideva-ThaJ ] 1 Relating to adhideva or tutelary deity (as a Mantra); adhiyajJaM brahma japedAdhidaivikameva ca Ms. 6.83. -2 Caused by fate (as pain &c.); according to Susruta pain is of three kinds; AdhyAtmika, Adhibhautika or Adhidaivika. Adhipatyam [adhipaterbhAvaH karma vA yak] 1 Supremacy, power, sovereignty, lordship; azmAnnAnAmAdhipatyaM jagAma Av. 18.4.51. rAjyaM surANAmapi cAdhipatyam (avApya) Bg.2.8. -2 The duties of a king; pANDoH putraM prakuruSvAdhipatye Mb. Adhibhautika . (-kI /.)[adhibhUta-ThaJ ] 1 (aused by animals (as pain). -2 Relating to beings. -3 Elementary, material, derived from the primitive elements. AdhimAsika. Relating to an interenlary month: karaNAdhiSThitamAdhimAsikaM kuryAt Kan. A. 2.7. AdhirathiH N. of Karna. hataM bhISmamathAdhirathirviditvA Mb. 7.2.1. AdhirAjyam [ adhirAjasya bhAvaH karma vA pyaJ ] Royalty, sovereignty, supreme sway; babhau bhUyaH kumAratvAdAdhirAjyamavApya saH R. 17.30; Mu.2. Adhiveda nikam [adhivedanAya hitaM Thak tatra kAle dataM ThaJ vA] Property, gifts &c. made to a first wife upon marrying a second; yacca dvitIyavivAhArthinA pUrvastriya pAritoSikaM dhanaM dattaM tadAdhivedanikam Visnu.bef.Y.2.143,118 also. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #350
Adhu 332 AdhyAsika 31195 11. To shake, stir, agitate. 11a: Vol. 1 Ono who stirs up or agitatos. -2 That which is agitated, mixture. -3 Throwing. Adhavanam Shaking, agitating. 3279-ft: A vessel in which the Soma plant is shaken and cleansed. 3712772: That which is shaken. 37Tya. Shaken, agitated. yfa . ( A) (37991 19:39] New, modern, of recent origin. PT 1, 10. P. 1(a) To hold, keep, contain; a - af Ks. 2. 37. (1) To support, bear. -2 To bring, supply: 3199419 914fa69-124 Ry. 9.12.9. (-) To stop, to suspend: 6717771 , EH*114 Pra tija. I. 3 F : [ 31-1 977: 34114-asit #21: si kasi.) 1 Support, prop, stay: 549NH 7fa5fa: 999 :7774 (Some annotators explain 31 as local conditions): Mu. 1. 2. -2 (IIence) Power of sust:ining, aid, patronage, assistance: 1117: Bh. 2.1.-3 A receptacle, reservoir: A 4 AT Pt. 1. 67: -17TIM Hana 19 7 7: K11.6.67; 3941149 1779 Ku... : 112 r at: St.11: 117: 1F718 K. 11; 1. 3. 144, 165. -4 That which holds or contains, a vessel, recipient. -5 A part, character (in dramas); W: 548h: 92 1744 My. 1.3. -6 A bain round the foot of : tree; 31111747911 : : R. 5. 6.-7 A dike, dam, em bunk1net. -8 A 203. -9 The sense of the locative case, lisation, comprehension; 3121 IS197014; ( 31417 is of 3 kinds - 192197, 1917, nd 2197 see Sk. on P. I. 1. ). -10 Relation. -11 A ry. cf. BUT salas 9 e urfu Nm. -Comp. -TTTTTTT: the influence, relation, or action of the support or revipient upon the thing received or supported: 11.3. 12.-FHN. of a mystical circle on the posterior part of the body; Rasikarama na. tft: A1 Maya or illusion. - 2 the Supreme goddess. STT: A foundation. 19TOTH oluling, supporting, sustaining. 31277 .. To be located. -Comp.-31EFT: the relation of the recipient and the thing to be raeived or loated. 12a <<. Ved. Contained, supported. ST187 5. P. 1 To assail, defy. -2 To overcome. injure, hurt. 10 P. or --Caus. 1 To defy, challenge; il, attack; 21721401 Hora: 47: Y. 2.); injure, hurt, overcome. -2 To convict, refute. 1971: 1 Contempt. -2 Injuring forcibly, STTTTTH 1 Conviction of crime or error; sentence. -2 Refutation. -3 Injuring, annoying 1990 a ** 14 Sukra. I. 30.). T iia 1. 1 Injured, royed furribly. -2 Argrievedl, censured, injured. -3 Refuted in argument, disproved. - 4 Sentencel, convited. SITY. p. Checked, overcome. rit: f. Assailing, attackinx. S H ( 319-32] sai : M . P. IV. 2. 15. Want of cows. SITETITUT: [ 31-T : HTE I. P.] The rider or driver of an elephant: 31191 777 Prif ASTA: 14: R. 7. 16, 7.18, 18.3): Si. 5. 47. TEAT1 P. 1 To intiste, put up, swell. -2 TO blow or fill with wind, sound as a ronch &e.). - . To be elated or intite, lwtilled: 17 459771291412 41: 14 79 TY 7 7 499 V.1.10. Ms.). 2. fata p. p. 1 Puffed up, inflated, clated, filled with (lit. and fix. ). charged with: WW 1 477: K. 107; Dk.110: 192 1 M. 3.:6.3): Vk. !). 12: 3941deg 1.6. 21, Mk. 1. %): 47deg zy: 1'. 1. tillel with pride. -2 Exensively lefel, increaser, magnitied: 1974:27 T U ..6: M ... 18. -3 Sounded, sounding, dinne: 7177 ( 1 ) Rami. 1..57.31. -4 Burnt. -5 Nick ly the swelling of the belly. -2: 11'latulence, swelling of the bomen with noise. -2 Wor, battle. SEAT [ - ] 1 Blowing in Hation: (tig. ) growth, increase; 3 f r agf21911 Mv. 7.1.4. - 2 Boesting, antony. -3 A bellows. - 4 Intrumescence, swelling of the belly, body dc. dropsy. - 1 A kind of fragrant u tance. 2 A blow-pipe. TEATTA A means of in tating or causing a son. STTETETA [ 3724-997) Vel. 1 Superintendence. -2 Presence. TETA<<. (-T:) ( 37 - 9:39] 1 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -2 Spiritual, Joly; 394594698 gut za 394. Y. 1.101; Ms. 2. 117 -3 Relating to self. - 4 Caused by the mind pain, sorrow &c.); see 1424*. 3782T*: (3742144. ma aru 39] A teacher, a spiritual preceptor. enfa. (- f.) [37912 za] Occupied or employel in reading or studying the Vedas (anta ): 191 192 4 : T. Up. 2. X. strefa a. (T) ( 37 fa: ] Caused by adhyasa i. e. by attributing the nature and properties of one thing to another (in Vedanta Phil.). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #351
Adhye 333 Anandana % 333 371441 P. To think on, meditate, remember. proximity, absence of interval (of time or space); AnantaryAdidhAsyAmi saMpradAya balAbalam Rim.1.8.12. AdhI / Vol. Thinking, longing, Gare, anxiety: . vikurvankriyayA cAdhIranitizca cetasAm Bhay. 11.25. 17. Anantya m [ananta-pyaJ] 1 Intinity, endlessness (in tiinespnce or number ): AnanyAd vyabhicArAca K.P... AdhIta . Vel. Retlesterol or meditated upon.. -2 Boundlessness. -3 Immortality, eternity; sa cAnanyAya -a The object or subject of one's thought that kApane Svet. Up.a. MR.8.246663 6.81,9. 107 : lokAnantya which is intended or loped for. divaH prAptiH putrapautraprapautraka 1.1.78,261: svadharmaH svagAyAnanyAya AdhyA [AyA-av | Remembering, especially with ca Kan. 1.83 na vayaM sAvi sAmrAjyaM svArAjyaM bhojyamapyuta / regret, sorrowful recollection. vairAjyaM pArameSTayaM ca AnantyaM vA hareH padama // Bhag. 10.83.41. AdhyAnam 1 Anxiety. -2 Remembering with regret, -4 An upper world, heaven, future happiness; ga pensive or sorrowful recollection: AdhyAnamutkaNThApUrvaka- nityaM kRtmtidhrmmevaabhipdyte| azaGkamAnaH kalyANi mo'mutrAnanya-maraNam Sk. -3Meditating or reflecting upon. maznute Mb. _Ananda 1 P. To rejoice, he glad or Ana d. Virl. [A-bR-ka] delightel: Poor, indigent, weak. AnanditArastvAM dRSTvA Bk. 22. 14; Git. 11. -Caus. 1 TO --dhra: Support. gladden, delight; jagadAnanda yetsarvam 1.1.8163 Bk. 21.12 Adhvanika.. (-kI/.) [avani vyApRtaH kuzAlo vA Thaka] eSa hovAnandayati Tirit. Up.2.7.12.4.1:.1.1. -2 To Being on journey, WAY-faring: kAntArevapi vizrAmo amuse oneself. janamyA' vanikamyavah. AnandaH [ Ananda-ghaJ] 1 Tappiness,joy, delight, Adhvarika (-kI/.) [abara-Thak ] pleasure : AnandaM brahmaNo vidvAnna bibheti kadAcana '. Up. supreme ne who knows bliss or felicity; Ananda evAsya vijJAnamAtmAnandAtmano haivaM saveM or has studied works relating to the Soma ) sacrifice. -kaH [avagamya vyAyAno granthaH ] A work which trents of aat: Sat. Br. - 2 God, Supreme Npirit. (a) (waid to her. also in this serse: el. vijJAnamAnandaM brahma Bi. (Som) stiritions. p. 2.9. 28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighthear of the Adhvaryava |.(-cii) [azvaH idaM aJ] 1Blonging cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Siva. -5 N. of Vism. to the wharya (q. v.) or to the Yajurvela. - 2 One -6 N. of Balarama (according to Jains doctrines ). conversint with the YajurvedB (P. IV.3.123). -vama -7 N. of 1 cousin and follower on : vourite disciple 1 Service at : acritice. - 2 Particularly, the otlice of of Buddha Sakyamuni, compiler of the Sutras. -8A AmAlleryupritist : aharaharazcinA varyavaM vAma 1.10.... variety of the Dandaka metre. -1, N. of two AnaH 1 Inhalation, breath inspired. -2 Month or plants (Mar. bhASa, rAnamogarI):-dam 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A nose (Soy); tvamindra pratyAnaM jaghantha Bv. 1.52.15. Broatli kind of house. -Comp. - uta: the delight of Brahiman. -kAnanam, -vanam ing, blowing -nam Living leings: anitInyAnaM prANijAtama N. of Kasj. -giriH, -jJAna:, -STAFIT: N of a colebrated amotator on SankariMahanar. Dipika. chorys. -ja . cusd by joy (Inters). -tIthe: N. of AnakaH [Anayani umsAhavataH karoni ana-Nica-"vula Tv.]. Madhva, the founder of a Vaisnay school of philoso1 A lry military druan (beaten at one end), a phy. -da, -kara.. exhilarating, delighting. -karaH The double drun a drum or tit bor in general: paNavAnaka moon; dadhAra sarvAtmakamAtmabhUtaM kASTA yathAnandakaraM manastaH Bheg. gomukhAH / sahasevAbhyahanyanta By. 1. 18. -2 The thundercloud. 10.2.18. -dattaH [Anando datto yena] the membrum virile. cf. ... Anaka: svanadambude / bheyA mRdaGge paTahe ... Nm. -Comp. -paTaH [ Anandajanako paTaH] a bridal garment.. -pUNe a. -dundubhiH epithet of Vasudeva, father of Krisna; delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-rNaH) the Supreme of. Hariv. vasudevo mahAbAhuH puurvmaankdundubhiH| jajJe yasya prasUtasya Spirit. -prabhava: semem. -bhairava a. causing both joy and dundubhyaH prANadandivi // AnakAnAM ca saMhAdaH sumahAnabhavaddivi / / fear. (-vaH) N. of Siva. -lahAraH, -rIf.'wave of on(-bhiH, bhI .) large drum or dhol, kettle-drum joyinent', title of a small hymn by Sankaracharya ( beaten at one od). -sthalI N. of a country. addressed to Parvati. AnaDuha .. (-hI/.) [anaDuha idaM aN] Belonging to or Anandaka a. Delighting, gladdening, blessing. originating from : bull; carmaNyAnahe rake sthApyaM bhadrAsanaM tataH AnandatA Josfulness, joy. Y.1.280. Anandathu 3. [A-nand athuc P. III. 3.8).] Happy, Ananama Anityanena, A-an karaNe lyuT] 1 The mouth, joy ful. -thuH Happiness, joy, pleasure. face; R.B.8; nRpasya kAntaM pibataH sutAnanam 17. -2 A larges para a. Pleasing, delighting; Ram. 2. 2. 27. division of a work, chapter, book &e. (. the two (fig. ason): na cetamaH H. 1. 183. -nam 1 Delighting, ananas of Rasagangadhara.) making happy. -2 Paying respects to. -3 Courteous Anantaryam [anantara-dhyaJ P. IV.1.10t.] 1 Immediate treatment of a friend or a guest at meeting and parting, Succession: Anannaya cArabhane Ram..133 17. -2 Timmediate courtesy, civility. -4 What gives or produces delight. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #352
Anandamaya 334 AnAyaH ..... 1 39F#a. Blissful, full of joy, made up or con- sisting of happiness; ggfa 21a gama: 519 1 43 & Man. Up.5. - The Supreme Spirit; Br. Su. 1.1.12. - A form of Durga. Fit: the innermost wrapper or vesture of the body, causal frame enshrining the soul; see 1. S Z T4 The object of enjoyment or sensual pleasure. arzfria aOne who gives joy or delight; 311far af Maitri. Up. 6.7. afz: [ 31-7-7) 1 Joy, happiness: 12 q : Ram. -2 Curiosity. safiza a. (311-3*c-forra] 1 Happy, joyful, delighted. -2 Plensing, giving delight. T a i gatalsaret T. Up. 2.7. Anapatyam Childlessness. 1941 P. To bend, bend down, bow, incline, stoop; 312 q rafuatao: Si. 1. 13. -2 To salute (respectfully ), bow down to; 7af9 TFA1F1A K. 59. -3 To humblo. -Crus. ( 2 ) To cause to bend down: A1 a 14: Bh. 3. 27; faza 11af47 34 M. a. 3 humbled. Tap. 1. 1 Respectfully saluted or bowed to. -2 Actively used) Bent down, bending, stooping, inclined: at: (ara:) Ki. 5. 25: Rs. 6.3 (v. l.); 912791: Ku. 3. 8; so 7214', 747o.-3 Making a low bow, saluting rospectfully; ( 918) 314 3s: ferest: ra: R. 1. 92, 4. 6). -4 Jumble, obedient, submissive, pacified, conciliatel. 31afa: S. 1 Bending, bowing, stooping (fig. also ); quafazihan 40 Ki. 13. 15; quafi Amaru. -19; 242a 2f415 26.-2 A bow or salutation, obeisance: 311451 eft af ki. 13.36; Si. 1. 11. -3 Ilomage, reverence, -4 Delight, satisfaction, pleasure: la **** 3477793 za SB. on MS. 10. 2. 27. -Comp. : A present, a reward. 3177#: Bending, stretching (as a bow ); cf. H. 377979 a. A little bent, bowing, stooping. araa: [ 314 37191 9] 1 A stage, theatre, a dancing-hall. -2 War, battle. -3 N. of a king of the solar race. -4 N. of a country or its inhabitants, or its king. (It was also called Saurastra and may be identified with the modern Kathewar. Dwiraka was its capital, which is calleil Anartanagari. There was also an important town called Vala bhiwhich afterwards became its capital. The celebrated Tirtha called Prabhasa also stood in the same peninsula.) - 1 Water, -2 Dancing (m. also ) cf. rad: 4 96 T ieret: Nm. -Comp.-T, TOT the capital of the Anorta country. sra a. 1 Belonging to Anarta. - 2 Dancing a bout. staaft a. [394-3 ] Belonging to or coming from A narta. START (3194 1a: za] 1 Uselessness, unprotitableness ; 47 . Katy.; 3777771242 cara49aviar Jaimini S. -2 Unfitness, impropriety. s a a. [3119: i de 310] 1 Human (as strength &c.). -2 Kind to men, benevolent. -2: 1 Men, people. -2 Foreign men or people. saa. (- /.) : a faqat 3 ] Ved. 1 Belonging to a wagyon or cart. 2 Belonging to a father. 377976, 4 U. 1 To bind to, fasten ; it aftowarfari Av. 6. 67.3. -2(A.) To be stopped. Ta p. p. 1 Bound, tied, fastened. -2 Costive (as stomach). W 1 A drum in general. -2 Dressing, putting on clothes, ornaments &c., accoutring. -Comp. - a c retention of urine or constipation. 3TTE: 1 Binding.-2 Suppression of urine, constipation, epistasis; tato ruddha zakRnmUtre sainyamAnAhaduHkhitam Mb. 3. 122. 15. -3 Length (especially of cloth ). 3 a . [ ar-] To be used in cases of constipation. STTATIETH AR Ha: 62] The state of being helpless or forlorn, orphanism, helplessness. rega q. Ved. Of indestructible nature; wholly gone out of the worla (Malidhar:). 7: A class of principal deities. T . (- ) (31 317] 1 Proceeding from or produced by wind, windy. -2 Presided over by or sacred to Vayu (as an oblation &c). 7, - a : N. of Hanumat or Bhima -3 N. of the lunar asterism and at 1 P. 1 To bring, fetch; a Herhafta $. 7. 8; 9 4 Ms. 3. 210. -2 To bring on, produce, cause; 314 49: 4794 R. 15. 24. - 3 To lead towards or near, convey. - To mix in. -5 To reduce or lead to any condition ; 91 3771 to reduce to subjection. -6 To lead off, divert. -Caus. To cause to bring with instr. of person who brings ); ATATA 1 4 i aftag: R. 12. 12, 15. 74. 31 , 3 2 a 1 Bringing. -2 Investiture with the sacred thread (cf. 297). 371977: [34144 Saa -10-99) A net; FICHT19: P. III. 3. 124. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #353
AnAyin 338 AnuSaGgika AnAyin | AnAya-ini] A fisherman, fisher; AnA- yibhistAmapakRSTanakAm R. 16.55, 7D. ef. jAlamAnAyavRndayoH Nm. AnAyya 4. To be brought near. -yyaH [AnI-yat AyAdezaH P. III. 1. 127] Comsecraterl fire taken from gArhapatya or household fire and placed on the south side (also called dAkSiNAgni); dakSiNAgnivizeSa evedaM sa hi gAIpatyAdAnIyate anityazca satatamaprajvalanAt Sk. AnIta . Bronght; AnItA bhavatA yadA patiratA sAvI dhritriisunaa| hanumannATakama. AnItiH / [A-nI-ktin ] Leading near; cakramitvA / priyAnIti rAmo rakSovadhe sthitH| Mugdha. Anetavya a. To be brought. rada. To be fetehel. AnetR .. Bringer, bringing. AnIla .. Darkish, slightly blue. -la: 1 A black horse. -2 Tin. (Nigh.) Anukalpika. [anukalpaM vetti adhIte vA ukathA' Thaka11 One who knows or studies the tenthealpa q. v. -2 To be obtained by anukalpa. AnukUlika a. (-kI/.) [ anukUla Thak ] Favourable, conformable. Anukalyam [anukUlasya bhAvaH karma vA dhyaJ] 1 Favourableness, conformity, suitableness; yatrAnukUlyaM dampatyostrivargastatra vardhate . 1.74. -2 Kindness, favour. Anugatyam [anugata-vyaJ] Acquaintances familiarits. Anugatika . (kI / Melating to a follower, following. AnuguNyam [anuguNasya bhAvaH karma vA dhyaJ] Favourableness, suitableness, congruity. AnugrAmika . (kI/.) [anugrAmaM bhavaH Tham ] Rural, rustic. AnujIvara .. Verd. Posthumous.. AnujIvyam The decorum due to a servant; pazupa- kulanivAsAd AnujIvyAnabhijJaH Dutavikya 1.39. AnunAsikyam [ anunAsikasya bhAvaH pyaJ] Nasa lity; AnunAsikyaM teSAmadhiko guNaH Mbh. on P. I. 1.9. 371TTEZ a. Along the way. Anupadika. (-kI/.)[anupadaM dhAvati Thak P. IV. 1. 373 IV.2. .veda adhIne vA] Following, pursuing, tracking, studying. AnupUrvam, -ya'm -vIM [ anupUrvasya bhAvaH vyaJ tato vA Si yalopaH] 1 Order, succession, series; devyA cAkhyAtaM sarvamevAnupUAvAcA saMpUrNa vAyuputraH zazaMsa Ram. h. 65.28 vasIranAnupUryeNa zANakSaumAvikAni ca Ms.2.41. -2 ( In law) The regular oruler of the castey; SaDAnupUA viprasya kSatrasya caturo'varAna Mr.8.28. -3 ( In logic) Conclusion regularly or syllogistically drawn. -cat Havinga (definiite) order: AnupUrvyavatAmekadezagrahaNeSu AgamavadantyalopaH syAt | Ms. 10.5.1. AnupUrve -vye -Na, -anupUA ind. One aftor another, in due order : AnupUNosthitarAjaloka: K.95. AnumAnika..(-kI/.)[anumAnAdAgataH Thak] 1 Relating to a conclusion. -2 Derived from an inference, subject to inference, inferential. -3 Inferred. -kam The Pradhana of the Sankhyas: AnumAnikamapyekeSAmiti cenna Br. Sut. 1.1.1; tvam the state of being inferable. AnuyAtram Retinue, attendants; Mb. 3. AnuyAtrikaH A follower, attendant; Mal.6; U.t. STTTT: f. Passion, affection. AnurUpyam Suita bleness, conformity. Anulepika . [anulepikAyAH striyA dharmyam ] Forming the duty of an anulepikA. Anulomika . (-kI /.) [anulomaM vartate anuloma Thak] 1 Regular, orderly, in due courie. -2 Favourable, suita ble. Anulomya . 'In the direction of the hair', produced in natural or direct order. -myam [anulomasya bhAvaH karma vA brAhma 'pyaJ P.] 1 Natural or direct. order, proper arragement; Anulomyena saMbhUtA jAtyA jJeyAsta eva te Ms. 10. 5, 18. -2 Regular serios or succession. -3 Favoura bleness, fit disposition. -4 Bringing to one's right place. AnuvaMzya .. Belonging to a race, conformable to geneologs. stigfaretai Ingratitude. AnavezyaH [ anuvezaM vasati] A neighbour who livon next to the next-door neighbour; prAtivezyAnuvazyau ca kalyANe viMzatidvije Ms. 8.392; (on which Kull. Ly; nirantaragRhavAsI prAtivezyaH, tadanantaragRhavAsyAnuvezyaH). The word is also found to be witten as anuvezya. aanushaasnik..(-kii|.) [anuzAsanAya hitaM Thak] Relating to or tresting of instruction. AnuzUka (-kI/.) Being with or within the awns (as rice). Anuzrava ..See next word; AnuzravaM zrutibhiradhijamaGgasagaiH Bhag. 11. 6. 19. Anutha (zrA)vika (-kI /.) [gurupAThAdanuzrUyate; anuzravo vedastatra vihitaH Thak] According to hearing, resting on Veda or tradition; devAnAM guNaliGgAnAmAnuzravikakarmaNAm Bhag. 3. 25. 32. -ka: Means of obtaining Heaven, absolution lic. Sk. I T ind. Ved. In continuous order, uninter ruptedly, one after the other. vi havyamagnirAnuSagbhago na vAramRNvati Rv. 5. 16. 2. Anupanika..(-kI/.) [anuSaGgAn AgataH Thaka striyAM lagap] 1 Connected with, concomitant. -2 Implied, inherent. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #354
AnuSa 336 Ana - -3 Necessarily following, inevitable, necessary, -4Of secondary importance, secondary; asubhiH snui yazathicoSataH...nanu lakSmIH phalamAnuSaNikam Ki.2.193 anyatarasyAnupatikatve'nvAcayaH Sc. 800 anvAcaya. -B Attached to, fond of, frequenting; 7deg Pt. 1. -6 Like, analogous. - 7 Relative, proportionate. --8 (In gram.) Elliptical, including words not included in the sentence. -9 Incidental: yasyaiva pradhAnakarmaphalaM tasyevAnuSatikamapi bhavitumarhati SB. on MS. 6.2. 10.-10 Lasting, enduring: Raj. T. 1975 inil. In order, successively. 3911T . (In the manner of the aftershoot of rice) Promotinu, urging, driving forward; tasmA etamaindramAnuSakam Yaj. Ts. 2.3. t.2. Anupama / (-bhI/.) [ anuSTup chando'sya utsA. a] 1 Consisting of Anustubhs. -2 Relating to Anustubh, formed like the metre; AnuSTubhasya haviSA haviyat Rv. 10. 181.1. -bham The Anust up metre. Anusya / (-yI/.) [anusUyayA atripanyA dattaM aN] Coming from or given by Anusuya; sphuratprabhAmaNDalamAnusUyaM mA binanI zAzvatamanarAgam R.11.11. Arakam Vel. Ornament, jewels; AnUkamayoM vapuSe nArca Rv. ij. 33. 9. im. In abundance, greatly. AnUpa .. (-pI/.) [anUpadeze bhavaH aN ] 1 Watery, marshy, wet. -2 Produced in marshy place. -pa: Any animal frequenting marshy or watery places (as :: buffalo); "HHH the flesh of such animals. AnUpaka . Living in marshy places. AnRNyam, -AnuNyatA [anRNasya bhAyaH karma vA pya] Arquittance of debt or obligation; piturAnRzyatAM prApte bhavapipye paramaM sukham Rim.2.24.5. see anRNatA. 1 P. To dance towards, hasten near, jump mor; AnRtyataH zikhaNDino Av. 1.37.7. AnRta ..(-tI/.)[anRtaM zIlamasya aNU ] Always telling lios, untruthful. AnRzaMsa,-sya u. Mild, kind; mereiful. -sam , -syam 1Mildness. -2 Kindness; AnRzaMsyAd bAhANasya Ms.1.101 bibhRyAdAnRzaMsyena svAni karmANi kArayana 8.111.-3Compassion, pity, mercy. -4 Patronising, Protective nature; praNaSTeti kAruNyAdAzritetyAnRzaMsyataH Ram. 5. 15. 50. AnaipuNam , -yam [anipuNasya bhAvaH aN, pyaJ vA Clumsiness, stupidity. Anaizvaryam [anIzvarasya bhAvaH dhyaJ] Absence of power or supremacy. Anta 1. (-ntI /.) [anta-aN] Final, terminal. -ntam ind. Completely, to the end; Mbh. t. AntyaH Ved. One who finishes. AntaHpurika 1. Belonging to woman's apartment. -kam Any thing done in women's apartment, Antara . [antar madhye bhavaH aN] 1 Internal, secret, hidden; vyaniSajati padArthAnAntaraH ko'pi hetuH U.6.12 Mal. 1.21. -2 Immost, inword; U.2. -ram Imunost nature; na bAhya kiMcana veda nAntaram Bri. Up...21.-Comp. -jJa Knowing the hidden secret (of thingske.); viNvaneva kalyANamAntarajJena cakSuSA Mal. 1.8. -prapaJcaH ( In phil.) The fantasies of the soul producel by ignorance. Antaratamyam, Antaryam Nearest or closest relationship (as of letters); nathA' yaantrtmypriikssaayaamupyokssynte| Sk. AntarAgArika n belonging to the duties of n storekeeper or chamberlain. -ka: The chuherialtain -kam The office of the above. AntarAla . [antarAlaM veni ag] One conversant with the imer nature, N. of philosophical sect. Antari (rI)kSa .. (-kSI/.) [antarikSa bhavaH aN] 1 Atmospherical, heavenly, celestial; AntarIkSAH punaramI sarvataH sadRzA iva Mv.7.22. -2 Producerl in the atmosphere. -kSam The firmament, the intermerliste region between the earth and sky. -2 Rain-water. AntargaNika / (-kI/.) [antargaNaM bhavaH ThaJ] Included, compriserd (as in a clash, troopke.). Antargahika / . (-kI /.) [antargahaM vedamani bhavaH Thaja] Being or produced inside a house. straaies . Being within the place of sacrifice. AntikA [ antikeva aN TAp ] An elder sister. Antra .. (-trI/.)[antra-aN ] Relating to the bowels. -tram Ved. Bowels, entrailskecidAntreviniHsRtAH Ram.6.52.22. Antrika 1. (-kI/.) Visceral, being within or relating to the bowels. AndolU Den. P. [-dolayAta-dolina] 1 To swing, rock or move to and fro. - 2 To shake, tremble (liy also ); Mil.: mandamArutAndolitA lateva Dk. 17, 21. Andola: 1 Swinging, aa awing. -2 Trombling. Andolanam [Andola bhAve lyuT] 1Swinging, it swing. -2 Moving to and fro, shaking, rocking; kitvAsAmaravindamundaradRzAM drAk cAmarAndolanAt Udb. -3 'Trenbhng, Oscillation. AndhasaH The seum of hoilel rice. AndhasikaH [andho bhaktaM zilpamasya Thak ] A cook. Andhyam [andhasya bhAvaH dhyaJ] Blindness; lenedamAnya kila nAndhakAraiH N. 22.35. TTFT. Belonging to Andhra (us language). -dhraH (pl.) The Telagu country, mordern Telangana; see andhra. --dhrI An Andhra wife. Anna .. (-nI).) [annaM labdhA anna-Na P. IV. 1.45] 1 Fed, having food. -2 Relating to, derived from food. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #355
Anyatareya 887 AptiH - Anyataraya .. Belonging to the school of another teacher. -7: X. of a grammarion. 371FTATUTH Another forin. Mbl. 1. I. 1. Anvayika ||.(-kii|.) [anvaye prazastakule bhavaH rAja] 1 0. a good family, well-born, of noble birth. -2 Orderly. AnyAhika ... ( -kI/.) [anvaha-laJ] Daily vecurring or to be performed every day : paktiM cAnvAhikIm Ms. 3.67. AnvIkSikI [anvAkSA prayojanamasyAH ThaJ] 1 Logic, logical philosophy. -2 Metaphysics ( ful q. v. ); AnvIkSikyAtmavidyA syaadiikssnnaatmukhduHkhyoH| IkSamANamtayA tattvaM harSazoko vyudara yani Kam. 2. 11; AnvIkSikIzravaNAya Mal. 1; Ms.7.183; (nyAya AnvIkSikI paJcA yAyI gautamena praNItA Madhusudana). -3 Philosophy of Sankhya, Yoga and Lokayate: sAyaM yogo lokAyata cetyAnvIkSikI Kau. A. 1.2. cf. also AnvIkSikI trayA vArtA daNDanItitheti vidyAH Kau. A.1.2. AzrayaH sarvadharmANAM zazvadAnvIkSikI matA Kau. A. 1.2; Bhag. 7. 12. 23. AnvIpika..(-kI /.) [anvIpaM vartate Thak ] Favourable. thAe . P., rarely 1 P. (Apnoti or Apati, Apa, Apat , Apsya ti, A'tuma, Apta)1 To obtain, attain, get; sa zAntimApnoti na kAmakAmA Bg.2.703; 8: 29.19. putramevaMguNopetaM cakravartinamAnuhi 5. 1. 123 anudyogena tailAni tilebhyo nAtumarhati II. Pr.25 zataM karnAmapavidhanamApa saH P.3.38; so phalam, kIrtim , sukham &c. -2 To reach, go to; overtake, meet, fall in with: zabarImApaturvane Bk. 6.5). -3 To pervade, occupy, enter into. -4 To undergo, suffer, meet with ; ferraripsyati bhavAna / .9.79; Ms.8. 188. -BTo equal. -pass. (312) 1 To be reached, found, met with, obtained &c. -2 To arrive at one's ond or a im. - 3 To become filled. -l'aus. (1996) 1 To cause to reach or obtain. -2 To cause:ny one to feel or perceive. -3 To hit. ApaH [Apa-yajJa] 1.N. of ome of thes demigods called Vasus.--2 At the end of comp.) 4 clifficult to be obtained. -TH3171 172: A Hood or stream of water, water. -2 Sky (Nir. ). Apaka . [Ap-vulGetting, obtaining. Apanam [Apa-lyuTa] 1 Getting, obtaining, reaching &c. -2 Pepper. ApayitR . [Apa-Nica-tRca ] One who gets or prostures, procuring: ApayitA ha vai kAmAnAM bhavati Ch. Up. 1. 1.7. ApiH [Ap-Nica-in ] 1 Obtaining wealth &c. -2 A friend, acquaintance, ally (ay); 94 friendship, alliance; Apinve ma: prapitve tUyamA gahi Rs.8.4.3. - Apta ... [Ap-kta ] 1 Got, obtained, gainerl; "kAmaH, 19: cc. -2 Reacher, overta ken, equalled, engrossed; yadidaM sarva mRtyunAtaM sarva mRtyunAbhipannaM kena yajamAno mRtyorAptimatimucyate Bri. Up. 3. 1. 3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. - Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -8 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); kumArabhRtyAkuzaleranuSTine bhiSaribharAptaH R.3.1235.30; AptAH sarveSu varNaSu Ms. 8.63.-6 (a) Clever, skilful; ma a : Ms. 8.294. (6) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; na satyaM dAnamAnI vA yajJo vApyAptadakSiNaH Rim.2.30.35. yajeta rAjA RtubhirvividhairApta fct: Ms. 7. 79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, equlinted; kanyAyAH kila pUjayanti pitaro jAmAturAptaM TFTH U. 4. 17 relatives; Ms. 5. 101. -10 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasons ble, nonsible. -14 Beneficial, useful : adhiSThitaM yajJena stenApnopadezinA Ram. 6. 90. 10. - 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; 34: yathArthavaktA T.S. -2 A relative, friend; nigrahAtsvasurAptAnAM vadhAca dhanadAnujaH R.12.52 kathamAptavo'yaM bhavatyAH M. Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms. 2. 100; 8.64. -3 An Arhat. -ptA A twisted lock of hair (jaTA). -ptam 1 A quotient. -2 ( In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -AgamaH Proper knowledge parokSamAptAgamAt siddham San. K.6.-AdhIna . Depondent on trustworthy person. -1:1. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see AptavAc also. -kAma / . 1 one who has obtained his desire; yenAkramantya'Sayo hyAprakAmAH Munda. 3.1.6. -2 one who has ronounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-maH) the Supreme Soul. -kArin a. doing things in tu tit or contidential manner 3, arakSitA gRhe ruddhAH puruSarAptakAribhiH Ms. 9. 12. n. a trusty, agent or contidential servant tasmAdgacchantu puruSAH smAraNAyAptakAriNaH Mb. 3. 28). 17. -garbhA a pregnant woman. -dakSiNa a. having proper or aubundant gifts. -vacanam 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.12, ityAptavacanAdrAmo vineSyanvarNavikriyAm 15.48. -vAkyam : true or correct sentence; AptavAkya zabda: T.S. -vacanam above.f. AptazrutirAptavacanam nu San. K.5. -vAc. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; parAtisaMdhAnamadhIyate yairvidyeti te santu kilAptavAcaH .. 25.1. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Sruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smritis, Itihasas and Puranas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); AptavAganumAnAbhyAM sAdhyaM tvAM prati kA kathA R. 10.28. -zrutiH1.1 the Vedas.-2 Smritis &c. AptazrutirAptavacanam tu | San. K. 5. AptiH / [Ap -ktin ] 1 Getting, obtaining, gailly acquisition%3; dhyAyanti vedahRdayA munayastadAtyai Bhig. 12.8.42. mitra, kAmadeg &c. -2 Reaching, overtaking, meeting with; kena yajamAno mRtyorAptimatimucyate Bri. Up. 3. 1.8. -3 Binding, connection, relation. -4 Union ; expecially with a woman (Med.).-5 Fitness, aptitude, propriety. -6Completion, fulfilment; kAmasyAti jagataH pratiSThAma Kath. 1.2.11.-7 Future time. -pl. N. of 12 sacriticial verses beginning with A paye. Vaj. 9. 20. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #356
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra Apya www.kobatirth.org Apya . [ apAM idaM aN svArthe SyaJ ] 1 Watery. -2 Obtainable, attainable (ApUNyat) -pyaH A class of gods. indo mantradrumastatra deva ApyAdayo gaNAH - 2 A kind of horse, born in water; akrodhavegAH sasvapnA ApyAste turagAdhamAH / zAlihotra of bhoja ed by Kulkarni, Appendix II, 153. -pyam Ved. 1 Confederation, alliance; kiM sanena vasava Apyena Rv. 2.29. 3. -2 A friend ; yo no nediSTamApyam Rv. 7. 15. 1. -3 Water ; pRthvyApyatejonilakhAni Svet. Up. 2. 125 6.2. Apakara . ( -rI / ) [ apakare bhavaH aN aJ ca ] Offensive, unfriendly, mischievous. Apakka 1. Crude, raw, half-baked -kam A cake, bread. ApagA [ apAM samUhaH Apam; tena gacchati gam-Da ] A river, stream ; phenAyamAnaM patimApagAnAm Si. 3. 723 Ki. 13. 24. ApageyaH [ ApagAyAM gaGgAyAM bhavaH Dhak ] A son of the river, an epithet of Bhisma or Krisna ; yadAzrauSaM cApageyena saMkhye Mb. 1. 183. ApaNa: [ ApaN ghaJ ] 1 A market ; shop. vipaNApaNavAn ramya: Mb. 11. 59. 11; bhakSyamAlyApaNAnAM ca dadRzuH zriyamuttamAm Mb. -2 Trade, commercial commodity; pihitApaNodayA Ram. 2. 48.37. -3 A group of shopkeepers; zakaTApaNavezAzca yAnaM yugyaM ca sarvaza: Mb. 5. 196. 26. -Comp. -vIthikA A row of stalls, market ; Ram. -vedikA A shopcounter. ApaNaka, ApaNika a. [ ApaNAdAgataH Thak ] 1 Relating to traffic, market &c. : mercantile; sammArjitamahAmArgarathyApaNakacatvarAm Bhag. 1.11.14. -2 Got from the market (a duties.). -kaH 1 A shop-keeper, merchant, dealer. -2 A tax on market shops. -3 Assize, market-rate. Apat / P. 1 To fall upon, attack, assail: udAyudhAnA : R. 12. 44, 5. 50; Bk. 3. 48. -2 To approach, cone towards K. 202; etat prAyeNa zrutiviSayamA patitameva K. 136 has reached the ears; 268. -3 To fly towards, come in flying, come or drive in haste, rush upon : api nAzvazramaH zIghraM rathenApatatastava Ram. 2.72.54 (4) To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; kathamidamApatitam . 25 K. 02, 158; aho na zobhanamA patitam Pt. 2 (b) To fall to one's lot or share, befall; aho'smAkaM mahadbhojanamApatitam Pt. 1; Apatanti hi saMsArapathamavataNAnAmete vRttAntAH K. 175, 132: sarvasyaiva skhalitamApatati 2.31 1. 1. 28, 168. -5 (a) To occur to, cross (the mind) : iti hRdaye nApatitam K. 288 ( 1 ) To be felt or regarded: madhuratarANyApatanti manasaH K. 103 are felt or regarded; 202, 236, 329. - Caus. ( pAtayati ) To go towards, approach ( Ved.). 338 Apatanam 1 Approaching coming, assailing &c. -2 Happening, occurrence. -3 Descending, alighting. - 4 Obtaining. -5 Knowledge kacit prAkara vidA karaka syArthasyApananam S. 1.10. -6 Natural sequence, necessarily following. Apati a. Ved. Coming in haste, rushing on. -tiH The wind ( always blowing ) ( satatagatirvAyuH ). Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Apad Apatika . ( -kI/) Accidental, unforeseen, sent from heaven. -kaH A hawk, falcon. Apatita a. 1 Fallen to the lot of. -2 Happened, befallen, occurred, come to pass. --3 Alighted, descended. ApAta a. Rushing upon, attacking. -taH 1 Rushing or falling upon, attack, descending, alighting; tadApAtabhayAtpathi Ku. 2. 45; garuDApAtavizliSTameghanAdAtrabandhanaH R. 12. 76. -2 Throwing down, -3 Causing to descend or fall, falling down; dhArApAtai: Me. 50. -4 ( ) The present or current moment, the instant; ApAtaramyA viSayAH paryantaparitApinaH Ki. 11. 12; ApAtasurase bhoge nimagnAH kiM na kurvata S. D ApAtaramaNIyAnAM saMyogAnAM priyaiH saha / apathyAnAmivAnnAnAM pariNAmo'tidAruNaH // H. 4. 75; Bv. 1. 115; Mal. 5. ( 7 ) ( Hence ) First sight or appearance; see ApAtataH -5 Happening, becoming apparent, appearance. -6 Assault, a method of catching elephants ( Matanga I. 10.1.13). -7 Holl (naraka) ApAtAnpratitiSThanti pulindazavarA iva Mb. 12. 151. 8. -Comp. - duHsaha . unbearable at the first attacks U. 7. - duSprasaha a. unbearable in its onset, making a furious charge ApAnamupasahamAvinI M. 10. - mAtra . Being only momentary. ApAtataH ind. At the first sight or attack, instantly, immediately ; S. D. 632. Falling on attacking, downling+ ApAtin happening. ApAtya a. Rushing on approaching to attack; ApAtya sainikanirAkaraNAkulena Si. 5. 15. Apatya . ( tyI / ) [ apatya- aN ] 1 Relating to offspring. - 2 (In gram) Relating to the formation of patronymic words; Apatyasya ca taddhine'nAti P. VI. 1. 151. a. Apaci . [Ved. Heing in the way or journey far, thIH, -thyaH Ved. A wanderer, traveller, Apathayo vipathayo' ntaspathA anupathAH Rv. 5. 52. 10. Apada + A. 1 To go near, walk towards, approach; eSa rAvaNirApAdi vAnarANAM bhayaMkara Bk. 15. 89. -2 To entor into, go to, attain to (a place, state &c.); vaktramApadya mArutaH Sik. 9); nirvedamApadyate becomes disgusted Mk. 1. 14; Apedire'mbarapatham Bv. 1. 17 : kSIraM dadhibhAvamApadyate S. B. milkc turns into curds; pANDuratAmApadyamAnasya K 60 becoming pale; 160 vismayamApede 179 zlokatvamApadyata yasya zokaH R. 14.70 assumed the form of a verse; cintAmApede Dk. 130 fell a-thinking: so far, falfa, e, vazam, paJcatvam &c. punaH punarvazamApadyate me Kath. 1.2.6. -3 To get into trouble, fall into misfortune; arthadharmau parityaja yaH kAmamanuvartate / evamApadyate kSipraM rAjA dazaratho yathA || Ram. see Apanna below. -4 To happen occur ; jivatsonUnamA pAdi vaso'yaM tAM nizAcarAt Bk. 6. 31; evamApadyate M. 1 so it is. Caus. 1 To bring about, bring to pass, a.ccomplish, effect; kUjadbhirApAditavaMza kRtyam R. 2. 12; Santi. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #357
ApattiH 339 ApizaliH 3. 19. -2 To lead or reduce to, cause to suffer ; 37191277 na vyayamantarAyaH R.B.D. -3 To cause, to produce, bring on; laghimAnamApAdayati K. 100, 10); doSapi guNatvamApAdayati makes the best of a bad matter. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To spread, circulate (as news ). -6 To turn or change into; ekAmapi kAkiNI kArSIpaNalakSamApAdayema Dk. 156. ApattiH |[aa-pd-ktin | 1 Turning or changing into, entering into any state or condition. -2 Obtaining, procuring, getting; sthAnApatteIvyeSu dharmalAbhaH Katy. -3 Misfortune, calamity, adversity ; Y. 3. 42.-4 A fault, transgression. --5 Remonstrance, expostulation. -6 In phil.) An undesirable conclusion or occurrence (aniSTaprasaGga). i Apad /. [A-pad-kvip] A calamity, misfortune, danger, distress, adversity; devInAM mAnuSINAM ca pratihartA tvamApadAm R. 1.60%3 avivekaH paramApadAM padam Ki.2.30,143 prAyo gacchati yatra bhAgyarahitastatraiva yAntyApadaH Bh.2.00%; Apadi sthA, ApadaM prAp to fall into difficulty. -Comp.-kalpa: an alternative to be userl in tines of difficulty; -kAla: days of adversity, time of distress, hour of danger; abrAhmaNAdadhyayanamApatkAle vidhIyate Ms.2.241, 11.28. -kAlika 1. (kA,-kI/.) occurring in time of difficults. -gata, -grasta, -prApta 1 fallen into misfortune, involved in difficulties. -2 unfortunate, unhappy, distressed. -ETA: [Apadi kartavyo dharmaH] a. practice, profession, or course of procedure, not usually proper for a caste, but allowable in timess of extreme distress or calamity; Ms. 1. 116, ne caturNA varNAnAmApaddharmAH prakIrtitAH 10. 130. (-mam) 1N. of a parva in Bharata. -2Aseries of Galamities; pIDA cApadakAlazca Mb. 12.50.47. Apaccika. One who crosses over the difficulties. TITI f. Misfortune, calamity. Apanna.. 1Gained, obtained, Required; jIvikApannaH for ApannajIvika: Sk. -2 Gone or reduced to fallen into; kaSTAM dazAmApano'pi Bh.2.29; 80 duHkha. -3 Aflicted, distressed, being in difficulty; ApannAbhayasatreSu dIkSitAH khalu pauravAH 5.2.17%3 Me. II. 1. 100: V.2. -4 Befallen: paricchedo hi pANDinyaM yadApanA vipattayaH . 128. -Comp. -satvA pregnant, quick or big with child; a pregnant woman; samamApannasanvAstA rejurApANDuratviSaH R. 10.59. ApAdaH [A-pad-ghaJ] 1 Attainment, obtaining. -2 Reward, remuneration. STIPEETH 1 Causing to arrive at, loading or contributing to bringing about; tending to; dravyasya saMgnyAntarApAdana Sk. ApadevaH 1 N. of the word Varuna. -2 N. of the author of mImAMsAnyAyaprakAza, ApanikaH [A-pan-ikan Up. 2. 46] 1 An emerald, sapphire. -2 A Kirata or barbarian. Apamityaka. [ apamitya parivartya nirdhattam kak] Received by harter or exchange. -kam Property or anything obtained by barter or for a consideration, ApayA [Apena jalapUreNa yAti yA-ka] N. of a river near the Sarasvati; dRSadvatyA mAnuSa ApayAyAM sarasvatyA revadagne didIhi Rv.3.23.4. AparapakSIya a. Belonging to the second half (of a month); kuryAdAparapakSIya mAsi prauSTapade dvijaH (zrAddhaM pitroH) Bhag. 7. 14. 19. AparAlika.. (-kI/.) Being in the afternoon, zvaH kAryamadya kurvIta pUrvAhne cAparAhnikam . Apatuka a. (-kI/.) Not restricted to particular times or seasons. Apava: An epithet of Vasistha; tatte zApAdvinirmuktA Apavasya mahAtmanaH Mb. 1. 98.23. Apavah a. Conferring final beatitude ; maunavratazrutatapodhyayanasvadharmavyAkhyArahojapasamAdhaya ApavAH Bhag.7.9.46 10. 49. 12. Apas .. [Ap-asun ] Water; ApobhirmArjanaM kRtvA. -2 Sin.-3 A religious ceremony. ApaskaraH (see apaskaraH). ApaskAram The root or extremity of the trunk or body; ApaskArAllanagAtrasya bhUmim Si. 18.46. ApA 1 P. 1 To drink up ( it. and fig.); SaDAnanApItapayodharAsu R. 14.22; ApItasUrya nabhaH Mk.5.20 quite concealed or obscured; divAkarApItarasA mahauSadhIH Mb. -2 To drink with the ears or eyes, hear or see intently; tA rAghavaM dRSTibhirApibanyaH R.7.123 K.86%3 bhagavatkathAsudhAmApIya karNAJjalibhiH Bhag. -3 To eclipse, surpass. ApAnam,-nakam 1 A drinking party, banquet 3 Mk.8; apAne pAnakalitA devenAbhipracoditAH Mb. -Comp. -utsavaH Drinking festival. ... samantAd ApAnotsavamanubhavantIva madhupAH | Nay.3.8. -2 A tavern, liquor-shop, a place for drinking in company ("bhUmi ); ApAne pAnakalitA devenAbhipracoditAH Mb. 1.2.355: tAmbUlInAM dalaistatra racitApAnabhamayaH R.1.42; Ku.ti.12; ApAnakamutsavaH .32. ApAyin .. Drinking, fond of drinking. ApAkaH [samantAt pariveSTaya pacyate'tra] A haking oven, a potter's kiln. ApAGgayam [ apAGge deyaM jya ] To be used for anointing the corners of the eyes (as ajana). ApAliH A louse. ApiJjara a. Somewhat red, reddish; maJjayudArA zuzubheDajunasya ApijarAbaddharajaHkaNatvAt R. 16.bl. -ram Gold. Apizarvara a. Nightly, nocturmal. Yaj. 'T's. Apizali: N. of an old grammarian; vAmapyApizale; P. VI. 1.92. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #358
Apizala 340 ApyAyana Apizala . Originating from Apizali. -la: A pupil of Apizali. -lA A female pupil; ApizalamadhIte ApizalA brAhmaNI Mbh. on P. IV. 1. 14. ApI, ApIna See Apyai, ApIr3a 10 P. 1 To press, weigh down; payodharabhAreNApIDita: Git. 12; bhujAbhyAM tamApIya clasping him to the bosom. -2 To press hard, afflict, perplex, worry. -3 To compress. ___ ApIDa a. 1 Giving pain, hurting. -2 Squeering, compressing. -3 A chaplet (tied on the crown of the head), garland in general; te hayAH kAJcanApIDA rukmabhANDaparicchadAH Mb.6.89.32%; cUDApIDakapAlasaMkulagalanmandAkinIvArayaH Mal. 1.2.-4 (Hence tig.) A crest-jewel; tasminkulApIDanibhe vipIDam R. 18.29; Mil. 1, 6, 7. -5 A stream; abhavanchoNitodgArI sApIDa iva parvataH Ram. 4. 16. 22. ApIDanam 1 Compressing, squeezing: tying tightly. -2 Embracing, clasping. -3 Giving pain, hurting. rfsa p. p. 1 Compressed, bound tightly; embraced &c. -2 Decorated with cha plets. trata a. 1 Yellowish. -2 Drunk or sipped a little (as water). -2: 1 Yellowish colour. -2 N. of a plant (Mar. nAMdurakI). -tam 1 A pyritic mineral (mAkSikadhAtu). -2 Filament of the lotus.. ApUpika.(-kI/.)[apUpa-Thak] 1 A good maker of 3499 cakes). -2 Accustomed to eat cakes. -3 Fond of cakes, enting cakes with benefit ). -4 Selling cakes. -5 Baking cakes. -6 Forming en ingredient of cakes, good for cakes (as Te ).-: A baker'; confectioner. -kam A multitutle of cakes (apUpAnAM samUhaH). ApUpyaH [apUpAya sAdhuH bAhu. ya] Flour. ApUpam A kind of metal (perhaps tin). STTEET 7 U'. 1 To lill, pervade, occupy completely: vasvA vIrasyApRcaH Rv.8.10.9. -2 To mix or blend with. -3 (A.) To satinte oneself: durmanmAnaM mumantubhiremiSA pRcImahi By. I. 120. 7. ApRc .. [pRca-vip] Connected, blended. -int. In a mixed manner, confusedly. Ay .orCaus. 1To till; amI jalApUritasUtramArgAH R. 16.05: tejobhirApUrya jagatsamagram Bg. 11.30; Bk. G. 118: (tig.) to make full, completes to fulfil (wishes); bhRtyerApUryate nRpaH / / .2.73. -pass. To be tilled, to be filled with wind, be blown (NSA comch); ApUryamANAnAM snAnazakhAnAm K. 11. 319 a. Becoming full. -T: 1 Flow, currents large flood, quantity; spedApUrI yuvatisaritAM vyApa gaNDasthalAni Si. 7.74 : harSabharApUrapIDanotphullayA dRzA Ks. 23. 71. -2 Filling, making full; mandAnilApUrakRtaM dadhAno Si. 3.21. ApUraNa a. Becoming full.-Nam Filling, making full; garta kRtam It. 1. ApUrNa p. Fillele; ApUrNazca kalAbhirinduramala: Mal. 9. 39. ApUrtiH 1.1 Filling. -2 Tulness, satisfaction, satiety. ApUryamANa . Becoming full, being filled; ApUryamANamacalapratiSTaM samudramApaH pravizanti yata B.2.707 degpakSaH the crescent or waxing moon; 311241792474 90417 Bri. Up. 6. 3. 1. ApekSika (-kI/.)[apekSA-Thak] Raising expectations. Apoklimam N. of the 3rd, 6th, 9th, or 12th position (in Astrol.); tRtIyaM SaSTanavamamantyaM cApolima ciduH; also kendrAt paraM paNapharaM pUrvamApoklimaM matam. [ef. Gr. poklima ]. Apomaya . (-yI/.) [Apas-vikAre prAcurya vA mayaT ] Consisting of water; 31012: 17: Ch. Up. 6. 5. 4. STThat The subtle elementary principle of water ; ApazcApomAtrA ca Prasna. Up.4.8. ETTOTITIA: N. of a kind of prayer or formula repeated before and after eating the formulas being respectively amRtopastaraNamasi svAhA and amRtApidhAnamasi svAhA); ApozAnakriyApUrve satkRtAnnamakutsayana ). 1. 31, 106. -nam The act of making an upastaraNa (Ant) and apidhAna (covering) for the food eaten. Apta, Apya see Ap . AptoryAmaH A kind of yajJa in the saptasomasaMsthA. 3T12: Ved. N. of a class of deities, especially of the deity Trita as belonging to that class. Apyai 1 A. 1 To grow fat, stout, or full, become full, increase; AhutyApyAyana sRthaH 1.8.71. -2 To make full, strengthen, enlarge. -Unns. (2014) 1 To make fnt, full, or comfortable, increase entirge; lejasA tava tejazca viSNurAjyAyAyiSyani Mb.; va kAntirmanmathApyAthitA dyutiH S. D.; vAyubhirAjyAyitazarIra: Pt. I; Mett; kSayIcA' yAyatiH ATH: Ms. 9.314. -2 To gratify, rogale, satisfy, please; ApyAyito vacanAmRtena H. 1; K. 1:24; Ms. 1, 2. ApI. Fat, stout. -pI:J. The 20th Noksatra or lunar mansion. ApIna .. [pyai-kta ] Stout, fat, strong. -na: A well; ApIno'ndhuH Mbh. on P. VI. 1.28. -nam An udder, teat; ApInabhArohanaprayatnAn R. 2. 18. ApyAna . p. 1 Fat, stout, robust, strong; ApyAnacandramAH Mbh. on P. VI. 1.28. A'yAnaskandhakaNThAM'sam Bk. 5.56, 9.2. -2 Pleased, satisfied. -nam 1 Love. -2 Growth, increase. 3714714: Becoming full or fat. ApyAyana a. Causing fulness or stoutness, promoting welfare. -nam, -nA [pyAy-lyuT] 1 The act of makimg full or fat: kredana piNDanaM tRptiH prANanANyAyanondanam Bhar For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #359
ApyAyita 3. 26. 43. 2 Satisfying, refreshing, pleasing. -3 Satisfaction, satiety; ara Pt. 1. Ms. 3. 211. Advancing, promoting. -8 Corpuleney, growing fat or stout. 6 Anything which causes corpulency or good condition. -7 A strengthening medicine. -8 Pouring water on Soma and thus causing it to swell. -Comp. -zIla satisfying. en a. 1 Satisfied, pleased. -2 Improved: grown, increased. -3 Stout, fat, robust.. a. To be satisfied or pleased. a. Ved. [--3deg ] 1 Filling. -2 Able to rench (Say.). 3 Busy, zealous. 6 A. 1 To bid adieu, bid farewell; priyasakhamanuM tuGgamAliGggya zailam Me. 12; R. 8.49, 12.103; Mal. 7; Bk. 14. 63. 2 To salute on receiving, but particularly parting with visitor (sAdhI yAmi iti vacanam ) -3 To ask. 4 To extol. Irregularly it is used in Parasmaipada also of ApRccha putrakRtakAn hariNAn drumAMca a Pratima. 5. 11. [3] 1 Conversation. -2 Bidding farewell. 3 Curiosity. pot. p. 1 To be saluted, welcomed or honoured.-2 Praiseworthy, commendable.-3 Beautiful. egg a. 1 Welcomed, saluted. -2 Asked for. gg: nivAna M. 341 1 Bidding adieu, taking leave at the time of departure. -2 Welcoming, hailing. . Secret, hidden. ind. Forever. Apadam [ prapadaM padArtha tatparyantaM avyayIdeg ] A dress reaching to the feet. ind. To the end of the foot, reaching to the feet. AprapadIna feet (as dress); (AprapadInakam also ). a. [ AprapadaM vyApnoti kha ] Reaching to the E Si. 3. 10; K. 130: a. Slightly humble or precipitous. AmI / [ANAvayA AdhI-gaurA ] Vol- 1 Conciliation, propitiation, gaining one's favour. -2 (pl.) Propitiatory verses', a name given to certain invocations addressed to several deified objects in consecutive order, and said to be introductory to the animal sacrifice; some take the Apris to represent the objects themselves, the verses being consequently called 1pri verses. The objects invoked are 12:Susamiddha, Tanunapat, Narasamsa, the divine being bearing invocations to the gods, Barhis, the doors of the sacrificial chamber, night and dawn the two divine beings protecting the sacrifice, the three goddesses Ila, Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Sarasvati, and Mahi, Tvastri, Vanaspati and Svaha, (all these being regarded by Sayana to be different forms of Agni); sa etA AmIrapazyattAbhi sa mukhatayatmAnamA suf; cf. also Max Muller's Hist. Anc. Lit. pp. 463-466. Avaddha fa, N. of Visnu (protecting lune who have appeased his anger). 1 A. 1 To jump up, dance, spring; padAnyaSTau Mb. ; ( rathaM) Apupluve siMha ivAcalAgram. -2 To bathe, wash, immerse oneself (fig. also); Mb.; bid; Ms. 7. 216, 11. 202. -Caus. (f) 1 To cause to be washed or bathed: Mb. -2 To wash, wet, sprinkle; - Ms. 3. 244, 11. 98. -3 To overflow, over whelm, inundate, flood over. -4 To set in commotion -5 (Atm.) To bathe. - AplavaH, 1 Bathing, immersing. -2 Sprin kling with water (on all sides). -Comp. for m. a house-holder who has passed through arganfaa the first order (a) and is admitted into the second (), an initiated householder: ef. g1 Bathing, immersing -2 Sprinkling wetting. -3 Submerging. -4 A flood. n inundation: pralayA plAvamivAbhidarzayantaH Si. 20. 70. Apluta P. P. 1 Bathed; avagrathAto maniH R. 11. 31; Ku. 6.5. tataH samutsuko'bhyetya nRpatirdvatAyanaH Siva. B. 1. 79. -2 Wetted, sprinkled; hecarga R. 17. 37. 3 Overflowing with, filled or overcome with; aq, saga, &c. -4 Possessed by, eclipsed: avAGmukhamatho dInaM dRSTvA somamivAglutam Ram 7.106.1. -taH a An initiated house-holder, se fe Bathing. nama a. A little singed or burnt: zarafa NAspadAm Ku. 5. 48. Apcana // . [q- Up. 1. 152] Wind. air (sma: according to Ujjval.). AphInam An OpiumAphUkam Opium. AvA The Dek Aphalaka: Enclosure, palisade: vAryAphalakaparyantAM pivanni kSumatIM nadIm Ram. 1. 70.3. 9 P. 1 To bind, fasten, tie on, place, tix: ka samAdhAnamAbadhnAtu avaSTambhaH K. 290; na kvacinnirbharamAvadhnati padam 10 places; te'pi poSitAH poSitari snehamA badhnAnti 280 - 2 To make, form ; AvaddhAJjaliH, 300 Abada holow. -3 To hold fast, cling to. For Private and Personal Use Only p. p. 1 Bound, tied. -2 Fixed; i R. 1. 40. 3 Formed, made:

Page #360
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra AbadhaH K. 49 sitting in a circle; trufen fanati: Git. 11; Bk. 3. 30; Ki. 5. 33. -4 Obtained. -5 Hindered, -34 (also) 1 Binding, joining. -2 A yoke. -3 Ornament; San. Gri. Sutras 2. 1. 25. -4 Affection. -Comp. - a. Forming a circle, sitting in a circle. -mAla 11. forming a wreath, arranged in a row: garbhAdhAnakSaNaparicayAnnRnamAcaddhamAlAH Mo. 9. www.kobatirth.org 3: Ved. Binding. AbandhaH, -dhanam 1 A tic or bond (fig. also ) ; premAbandhavivardhita Rath. 3. 18; gate premAbandhe praNayabahumAne vigalite / Amaru. 43. 2 The tie of a yoke, or that which fastens the ox to the yoke, or the yoke to the plough. -3 Ornament, decoration. -4 Affection. sange. A little deep. Aya (alo AhiMta). Having the power of tearing or pulling out hai, INam [AI hiMsAyAM pa 1 Tearing or pulling out. -2 Killing. Avarhin . [ Aba-ini ] Fit for tearing out; mUlamasyAaf P. IV. 4. 88. Avalyam [ abalasya bhAvaH ] Weakness. A. 1 To check, rein in, restrain. -2 To interrupt, obstruct. -3 To annoy, harass, attack, molest, injure. 4 To set forth or declare wrongly. : 1 Affliction, injury, trouble, molestation, damage; Ms. 4. 54, 51. -2 Interruption, hinderance; darzanIyaM nirAbAdhaM kumbhakarNasya cakrire Ram. 7.13.4. -3 Attack (Ved). - 1 Pain, distress. -2 Mental agony or anguish.-3 Segment of the base of a triangle. ind. 1 Down to or including children; -2 Beginning with infants. Age ending with childhood. See above. AbAlyAdvipravargaiH svavadanavivare dhAritA vairiNI me Subhas a. 1 Turbid, dirty (= q. v.). -2 Clearing, breaking. -3 Confounded, embarrassed. AvRtta = AvRtta q.. 1 P. To perceive, notice, understand (Ved.); Rv. 7. 22. 3. I Want of discernment, foolishness. 1 Knowledge, understanding, -2 In trusting, informing. Abda . (dhdI ) [ ada-a] Belonging to or produced from, a cloud. a. Abdika (-) [307] Annual, yearly; AbdikaH kara: Ms. 7.120, 3. 1. Abrahma ind. Up to or including brahman yazobhirAhmasamaM : R. 18. 28. 342 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir AbhAsaH Ved. A partner (of any thing); to be shared in (Say.) devo deveSvA bhagaH Rv. 1. 136.4; karmankarmannA* Av. 1. 23. 3. A pose in which the idol is slightly bent. AbhaGga samabhaGgaM cAtibha tridhA bhavet Manasara. 67. 95. 96. zrIyAbhAbhirAmama 5.1.7. a. A little curved. AbharaNam See under AbhU. AbhA 2 P. 1 To shine, blave; sutarAM ratnamAbhAti cAmIkarafifa Subhas; R. 3. 33. -2 To appear, look like; AbhAsi tIrthapratipAditaddhiH R. 5. 15, 70, 13. 14; Bk. 7.8, 66. -3 To outshine. - Light, splendour, lustre; tArAdhipasyAbhA tArANAM bhA tathaiva ca / tayorAbharaNAbhA ca jvalitA dyAmabhAsayat // Ram. 6. 75. 51 dIpAbhAM zalabhA yathA Pt. 4. - 2 Colour, appearance, beauty; af Ms. 12. 27.-3 Likeness, resemblance; oft. at the end of comp. in these two senses; appearing or shining like gold: 4 Pt. 1. 58; R. 2. 10. -4 A reflected image, shadow, reflection. a. 1 Shining, blazing. -2 Appearing, visible. AmAtiH [ AbhA-nivR]1eflection. 8 Splendour, light. AbhANakaH A popular saying, proverb; tathA ca laukikAnAmAbhANakaH as the proverb goes. 1 A. 1 To address, speak to, converse with; vaizampAyanazcandrApIDamAbabhASe K. 117; kurute nAlApamA bhASitA Nag. 4. -2 To say or speak (something) (with two acc.); AbhASi rAmeNa vacaH kanIyAna Bk. 3. 51. -3 To say or speak ; R. 6. 82, 14. 44. 4 To name -5 To talk aloud, shout. :]1 Addressing. -2 An introduction, preface. -3 Speech, talk. 4 A saying, proverb. For Private and Personal Use Only 1 Addressing, speaking to (a). : R. 2. 58. -2 Conversation; pot. p. To be addressed, worthy of being spoken to; janamAbhASyamimaM na manyase P. 8. 48. dhyam What is to be said by way of address; Me. 103. (v. l.) 1 A. 1 To shine, blaze. -2 To be bright. -3 Te appear, seem, look like; ga Ku. 7. 3; R. 7. 43, 63; 14. 12. -4 To appear untruly, have an appearance; : -Caus. To illuminate. ; Ki. 17. 21. f. Splendour, lustre, light. :-11 Splendour, light, lustre. -2 A reflection; tatrAjJAnaM dhiyA nazyedAbhAsAtu ghaTaH sphureva Vedunta. -3 (a) Resemblance, likeness; oft. at the end of comp; nabhazca rudhirAbhAsam Ram. &c.; cidAbhAsa, ( 2 ) Semblance,

Page #361
AbhAsanam 348 AbhUSeNya amana phantom; yuktivAkyatadAbhAsasamAzrayAH S. B.; tatsAhasAbhAsam Mal. 2 looks like wantonness. --4 Any unreal or fallacious appearance (as in hetvAbhAsa); punaruktavadAbhAsaH S.D. -5 A fallacy, fallacious reasoning, semblance of a reason, an erroneous but plausible argument; soe Kar : S.D. 270. -6 An intention, purpose. -7 One of the nine materials of which idols are made, a marble. -8 A class of buildings. -9 An irreligious kind of worship; vidharmaH paradharmazca AbhAga upamA chalaH / adharmazAkhAH paJcemA dharmajJo'dharmavattyajet // Bhag. 7. 15.12. AbhAsanam Making apparent or clear ; illuminating. AbhAsu (sva)ra a. Splendid, bright, shining. -raH 1A collective name of 64 demigods.-2N. of an attendant citana. -3 N. of a particular set of 12 subjects%3B AtmA jJAtA damo dAntaH zAntirjJAnaM shmstpH| kAmaH krodho mado moho dvAdazAbhAsvarA ime // (tArAnAtha tarkavAcaspatikoza.) AbhicaraNika, AbhicAra, AbhicArika . (-kI /.) [abhicaraNa-cara-ThaJ] 1 Magical. -2 Imprecatory, maledictory; tamAbhicAradahanamAyAntaM dvArakokasaH Bhag. 10.06.30. - A spell or incantation, magic. Abhijana ..(-nI/.)[abhijana-aN] Relating to birth (abhijana), patronymic (as a name): nAM pArvatAtyAbhijanena nAmnA Ku. 1. 26. -nam Nobility of loftiness of birth. AbhijAtyam abhijAtasya bhAvaH pyaJ] 1 Nobility of birth; AbhijAtya hi te manye yathA mAtustathaiva ca Ham.2.30. 17. zaMsinI ca namratA Dk. 137; Ratn.3.18; Mv.2.18. -2 Rank. -3 Learning. -4 Beauty. Abhijita / / .[ abhijiti nakSatre jAtaH aN] Born under the constellation bhijit. Abhijito muhUrtaH, AbhijitaH sthAlIpAka: Mbh. on P. V. 3. 118. AbhidhA | abhidhaiva svArthe aN ] 1 A sound, word. -2 A name; mentioning: see abhidhA. AbhidhAnika (-kI /.) (ontained in a dictiomury. -ka: A lexicographer. AbhidhAnIyaka. Relisting to a word or name. -kam The property of a name. AbhiprAyika .. Voluntary, optional. AbhiplAvika 4. (-kI/.) [abhilava-Tak ] Relating to the religious ceremony called Abhaplava .. AbhimanyavaH A descondent of abhimanyu. N. of Pariksita ; Bhag. 1. 18.. Abhimukhyam [abhimukhasya bhAvaH pyaJ] 1 Direction towards%3 degsyaM yAti goes to meet or encounter. -2 Being in front of or face to fince; nItAbhimukhyaM punaH Ratin. 1.2. -3 Favourableness. Abhiyogika . ] Jone with skill or dexterity. AbhirAmika (-kI/.) Good, agreea ble; Mu. t. AbhirUpakam, AbhirUpyam [AbhirUpa vuJ dhyaJ ca] Beauty. AbhiSecanika .. (-kI/.) [AbhiSecana-ThaJ] Relesting to the inauguration of a king; AbhiSecanika bhANTuM kRtvA rAmaH pradakSiNam Ram.2.19. 31: Mv.1.-kam The masterial required for AbhaSeka ; AbhiSecanikAnyasmA Ajaha: sarvato janAH Bhag. . 15. 11. AbhihArika . (-kii|.) [AbhihAra-ThaJ ] 1 To be offered as a present. -2 Taken by force, or fraud. -kam 1 A present. - 2 A room. AbhIkam [AbhIkena dRSTaM sAma aN] N. of a Sama melody. AbhIkSNya m [abhIkSNasya bhAvaH pyaJ] Continued repetition; bahulamAbhIkSNye P. III. 2.81, 4.22. AbhIya a. Contained in rules or Sutras of Panini from VI. 4. 22 to VI. 4. 129. AbhIraH [A samantAt bhiyaM rAti, rA-ka Tv.] 1A cowherd; AbhIravAmanayanAhRtamAnasAya dattaM mano yadupate tadidaM gRhANa Udb.; according to Ms. 10. 15 AbhAra is the offspring of a Brahmana and a female of the Ambastha tribe. -2 (pl.) N. of a country or its inhi bitants; zrIkoMkaNAdadhobhAge tApItaH pazcime ttte| AbhIradezo devezi vindhyazaile vyvsthitH|| -rI 1A cowherd's wife. -2 A woman of the A bhira tribe. -3 The language of the A bhiras; AbhIrapu tathAbhIrI (prayoktavyA) 8. D. 432. -Comp. -palliH , -llI 1., -pallikA a station or abode of herdsmen, a village inhabited by cowherds. AbhIla . [AbhiyaM lAti dadAti lA ka] 1 Fourful, terri ble; rAtrau nizItha svAbhAle Mb.8.11.+; AbhIlAni prANinaH pratyavasyan Si. 18.78. -2 Sulfering from. -lam Injury, physical pain; AbhIlaM na dvayoH kRcchre vAcyaliGge bhayAnake Medini. Abhu . [A-bhU-Du] Porvading, reaching: tucchye nAbhvapihitaM yadAsIt Rv. 10.12.1.3. (Say.); empty; stingy, emptyhanded; satyavRtaM vRjinAyantamAbhum Rv. 10.27.1. AbhUka a. Ved. Empty, powerless. Abhugna u. A little curved or bent. AbhU 1 P. Ved. To be present, continue one's Existence; yadyadbhavanti nadAbhavanti Ch. Up. 6.9.3. 77. Ved. Approaching (as a praiser): 5: nathayannanAbhuvaH R.1.61.9. -2 Strong, sufficient, officacious. -3 Applied according to rule (as a hymn). -4 Very prosperous. m. 1 A prison, place of confinement. -2 A helper or assistant. AbhUtiH / .1 Pervasion. -20verpowering strength; AbhUtyA sahajA bajrasAyaka Rv. 10.84.6. -3Capa bility, officioney. -4 Production; AbhUtireSAbhUtiaujametannidhIyate Ait. Br. 8. 13. 8. AbhUSeNya .. Ved. Praiseworthy. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #362
AbhU 344 Ama AbhR 1P. 1To brings: A no agne rayiM bhara Rv. 1.79.8%3B AbhyAsika / (-kI./.) [abhyAsa-Thaka ] 1 Rosulting kadapatyAbhRtaM duHkham Bhar. -2 To carry. -3 To fill, till from practice: narupaizcAbhyAsikairyuktaM zuzubhe yodharakSitam Mb. 1. with. -4 To bear, support.. 207. 34. -2 Practising, repeatiny. -3 Being near) AbharaNam 1All ornament, decoration (tig. also); neighbouring, adjoining (AbhyAzika ).. kimityapAsyAbharaNAni yauvane ghRtaM tvayA vArddhakazobhi valkalam Ku.b.lt; ___ Abhyudayika .. (-kI/.)[abhyudaya-Thaka ] 1 Teuling to prazamAbharaNaM parAkramaH Ki.2.32. ( AbharaNa occurs in the names yourly granting prosperity; anAbhyudayi zramaNakadarzanam Mk.s. of works; e. . sarasvatIkaNThAbharaNa). -2 The act of -2 Relating to the rise or beginning of :ything: yao nourishing. Ms. 12. 88. -3 High, exalted, inportant. T4, A Abharita / .p. 1 Filled. -2 Decorated. Sraddha or offering to ancestors; occasion of rejoicing. AbhUta . 1 Prodluced, caused to exist; tAbhyo lohitamAbhUtam Bhag.8.26.110. -2 Tilled up firmly fixed%3B Abhrika (-kI/.) [anyA khanani Thaka ] one who digs AbhRtAtmA muniH Bhag. t.8.50. with a spade. AbherI One of the morles of music (rAgiNI) personified Am int. An interjection of (R) assent, acceptance, as a female. 'on', 'yes'; AM kurmaH . 13 (u) recollection: AMtasmi manuzyA vacanaM skhalitamAsIna V.33 AM jJAnama 5.3, Oli, I see AbhogaH [A-bhuj-ghaJ] 1 Curving, winding. -2 A it now: M. 3; (c) determination, surely!,' verily, curve; AbhogakuTilA (gajA) Mb. ; erumpling. -3 Cireuit, AM cirasya khalu pratibuddho'smi : (1) reply. circumference, expanse, extension, precincts, environs ; akathito'pi jJAyata eva yathAyamAbhogastapAvenasTeti 5.1; gaganAbhogaH AmbhIyaH (Generally used in plural) A school of the expanse of heavel, wide firmament of the sky; writers om politics .......iti aambhiiyaaH| Kau. A. 1. 17. Bh.3. Mv.6.30%; zailAbhogabhuvo bhavanti kakubhaH M.1.9.16. __ Ama . [ Amyate ISana pacyate; A am karmaNi ghaJ Tv.] prAsAdAbhogaH the middle part of a palace prAsAdAbhogavistIrNaH 1 Raw, umcookedl, undressed (opp. pakka) (oft.applied stutizabdo hyavartata Ram.2.65.3. -4 Magnitude, fulness, to the cow in the Veda; Rv. 8.30.11.); AmAnnam extent, expansive form; THISITTMe. 93 from the Ms.4.223; Y. 1.287. -2 Unripe, immature; tudantyAbrend sheel pratiravAbhoga M.1.3.831.105.11: pratibhayAbhogaiH matva dazA mazakA matkuNAdayaH Bhay.3.31.27. -3 Unbaked, 'lavalgAdhipaHv.6.24 bodily form or stature; U.2.14; unanmealed (as ajar); Amakumbha ivAmbhaHstho vizIrNaH bhavAbhogodvignAH B1.3.42,86%3 Mv.23 K. 305, 333. -5 H. 4. 66. - Undigested. H 1 State of being raw; Effort. -6 The expanded hood of a cobra (used by zanaiH zanairjahuH paI sthalAnyAmaM ca vIrudhaH Bhiy.10.20.39. -2 Varuna as his unbrella ). -7 Enjoyment, satiety, Constipation, pussing hard excretion. -3 Grain freed completion; 1992 99157: Santilaksana. - Serpent. from chaff. -ma: 1 Disease: sickness. -2 Indigestion%B Abhoga hanmanA hatam / .7.94.12. AhArasya rasaH sAraH yo na pakko'gnilAghavAn / AmasaMjJAM sa labhate Abhogya ... [AbhogaM yAti yA-ka] To be enjoyed (as mahAvyAdhisamAzrayaH // Susr. -Comp. -atisAra: dysentery Scman juice ); Rv. 1. 110.2. -yam Livelihood (Ved.). or diarrhwa caused by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being in this case mixed fr: Ved. 1 Enjoyment. -2 Living, supporting with hard and fetid matter). AmAtisAre no kAryalifo. - 3 Food, rourishment; Rv. 1. 113. 5. mAdau saMgrahaNaM nRNAm Susr. -ad. eating raw flesh or Abhyantara . ( -rI/.)[abhyantare bhavaH aNa] 1 Interior, food; AmAdaH divaGkAsta madanvenIH Rv. 10.87.7. -annam immer, inwird; Abhyantaro bhRtyavarga. -2 One of the two undressed rice. -AzayaH [AmasyApakAnnasyAzayaH ] ' recopkinds of or effort giving rise to the vocal sounds. tacle of undigested food', the upper part of the belly to T: An officer in close contact or specially intimate the navel, stomach. -kumbha: ajar of unbaked clay%3 with the king. RT. 8. 426. -rika: An officer connected H.4.66. -gandhin. smelling of raw meat of a burning with lareni. Ramyani Copper plate of Isvara ghosa corpse. -gandhikam the smell of raw ment. -jvaraH a Inscriptions of Bengal, p. 149 ). kind of fever; f. svedyamAmajvaraM prAjJaH ko'mbhasA pariSiJcati Si. 2.5t. Ta a. of tender skin. -914: 1 a preliminary AbhyavakAzika (-kI/.) Living in the open air. stage of the disease called dropsy. -2 A method of AbhyavahArika .. (-kii|.) [abhyavahArAya hitaM Thak] / mellowing or ripening a tumour; Susr. -pAtram an Estable (s food &c.). unammealed vessel; Av.8.10.283 vinAzaM vrajani kSipramAma pAtramivAmbhasi Ms. 3. 179. -pInasam running at the nose, AbhyAgArika.. Fit to be nourished in the house, defluxion. -pezA: Grains pounded in a raw condition. or a family. -mAMsAzin m. a cannibal, an eater of raw flesh. -raktam AbhyAdAAyakam / abhyAdAna-Thak ] A kind of strIdhana or | dysentery. -rasaH imperfect ehyme. -vAtaH constipation, woman's property torpor of the bowels attended with flatulence and For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #363
Amaka 343 AmiSam intumescence. -zUla: pain of indigestion, colic. -zrAddham a Sraddha performed with uncooked food; ApadAnanI tItha ca candrasUryagraha tthaa| AmazrAddhaM dvijaiH kArya zUdreNa ca sadaiva hi // Prichetasa. Amaka.. Raw. AmatA, -tvam Rawnews, umrendiness. AmaJju .. Lovely, charming; AmajuvajularutAni ca tAnyamUni U.2.23. AmaNDa: The castor-oil plant. Amanam Ved. Friendly disposition or inclination, affection: Yuj. Ts.2.3.). 1. Ama (mA) nasyam [ amanas-pyaJ ] Pain, sorrow. Amantra 10 A. 1 To bid farewell, bid adieu; Amantrayasva sahacaram 5.33; latAbhaginIma 5.4; Ku.6.94; K. 228. -2 To speak to, call out to, address, converse with ; 0414-7yAmbabhUva K.81, 197, Ve. 13 A. R.3. -3 To say, speak: parijanopyevamAmantrayate K.195. -4 To call, inviteask (to come); Amantrayadhva rASTreSu brAhmaNAn Mb. -5 To invoke. AmantraNam, -NA 1 Addressing, calling, calling out to; ambeni ve yoSAyA AmantraNam Sut. Br. -2 Bidding adieus taking leave of. -3 Grecting, welcome, courtesy. -4 Invitation; anindyAmantraNAite 1.1.112. -5 Permission. -6Conversation; anyonyAmantraNaM yatsyAjjanAnte tajjanAntikam S. D. 6. -7 The vocative case. -8 Deliberation; asking interrogation; yantyasyAmantraNamAmantraNIyo bhavati ya evaM veda Av.8.10.7. Amantrayitu . Aslking, inviting, calling &c. in. (-tA) An inviter, entertainer, especially of Brahmanas. Amantrita . p. 1 Invited, called. -2 Appointed to do a thing which is not obligatory. AmantraNa kAmacArAnujJA Sk. -3 Constxer:ated with u mantra; zaraNAmAmantritAnAma Mb.8.20.26. -Comp. -vibhakti / Vocative case; tatra AmantritavibhaktivacanaM stutaye | SB. on MS.9.1.9. vacanama The employment of an expression in the vocative case ; tatra AmantritavibhaktivacanaM stutye| SB. on MS.9.1.9. -tam 1 Addressing. -2 Talk, conversation%3 V.2. -3 The vocative case; saMbodhane yA prathamA sAmantritasaMjJA syAt Sk. 18754 pot. p. to be addressed or called to, to be invited &c. -504 A word in the vocative case. 311777: The castor oil plant. STAFF. a. Having a slightly deep tone, uttering a low, muttering sound, rumbling; AmandrANAm phalamavikalaM lapsya se garjinAnAm Me. 36. -ndra: A slightly deep tone, rumbling AmayaH[A-mI karaNe ac; Tv.; said to be fr. am also the word may also be derived as Amena agyate iti AmayaH] 1 Disense, sickness, distemper; duHkhazokAmayapradAH By. 17.9; damiyaH Mv.1.22; Amayastu ratirAgasaMbhavaH sa.I. ko.... 19.18; samau hi ziSTairAmnAtau vaya'ntAvAmayaH sa.ca Si.2.10. -2 Damage, hurt, distruction; devAnAmiva sainyAni samAme tArakAmaye Ram.6.4.54. -3 Indigestion. -yam N. of the medical plant Costus Speciosus. AmayAvin [Amaya-vin-nipAtaH P. V.2. 122 Vart.] Sick, dyspeptic, affected with indigestion ; :98 indigestion, dyspepsia. AmaraNAnta, -tika . (-kI /.) Lasting till death, lasting for lifeAmaraNAntAH praNayAH kopAstatkSaNabhalgarAH H.1. 118; anyonyasyAvyabhIcAro bhavedAmaraNAntikaH Ms. 9. 101. AmarItR m. Ved. A destroyer; na rAdhasa AmarItA maghasya Rv. 4. 20.7. AmarpaH, -praNam Angor, wrath, impatience; sce amarSa, AmalakaH, -kI 1 The tree, Emblic Myrobalan, Emblica Officinalis Gaertn (Mar. AMvaLA). -2 N. of another tree (vAsaka).-kam Fruit of the Emblic Myrobalan; badarAmalakAmradADimAnAm Bv. 2.8. AmahIyA /. N. of a particular Rill or verse of the Rigveda.; (Rv. 8.48.3). AmAtyaH [amAtya eva svArthe aN] 1 A minister, counsellor. -2 Ageneral; see amAtya AmAnasyam [ amAnasa-vyaJ] Pain, sorrow. AmAlaka: A hill-station. AmAvAsya (-syI/.)[amAvAsyA-aN] 1 Belonging to the new moon or its festival. -2 Happening or born at the time of new moon or conjunction. 814 The new moon oblation. __AmikSA [AmiSyate sicyate, miS-sak Tv.] Curd of milk and whey, a mixture of boiled and coagulated milk; tapte payasi dadhyAnayati sA vaizvadevyAmikSA bhavati; Ajyena payasA danA zakRtA''mikSayA tvacA Mb. 12. 268. 27; Av. 10. 9. 13. AmikSyam, AmikSIyam [ AmikSA yat-cha ] Curd suitable for the preparation of Amiksh; so AmikSINam in the same sense. Amitra . [ amitra-aN] Inimical; odious; chitvA zarAsanaM zatronagimAmitramArdayat Mb. 8. 12. 40. AmitriH M., J. The child of an enemy. Amizra-la. Readily mixing; sa soma AmizlatamaH sute gad Rv.6.29.4. AmiSam [ am TiSaca dIrghazca Up. 1.46]1 Flesh ; upAnayat piNDamivAmiSasya R.2.59; yathAmiSaM jale matsyairbhakSyate zvApadabhuvi / AkAze pakSibhizcaiva tathA sarvatra vittavAn Subhas (Skanda P.) -2 Hence fig.) A prey, victim, object of enjoyment; (rAjya) randhrAnveSaNadakSANAM dviSAmAmiSatAM yayau R.12.11 fell a prey &c.; Dk. 164.-3 Food, bait.-4 A bribe.-5 Desire, lust; nirAmiSo vinirmuktaH prazAntaH musukhI bhava MD. 12. 17.23; nirapekSA ATAT: Ms. 6. 49. -6 Enjoyment; pleasing or lovely or For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #364
Amis 348 Amodin attractive objeet ; nAmiSeSu prasaMgo'sti Mb. 12. 158. 23. -7 Form.-3 A leaf. -9 The fruit of the Jambira; means of livelihood ; AmiSaM yacca pUrveSAM rAjasaM ca malaM bhRzam / anRtaM nAma tadbhUtaM kSiptana pRthivItale || Ram.7.74. 16. -Comp. -Azin a. carnivorous, eating flesh; dinopavAsI ca nishaamissaashii| hAsyArNavaH. -priyaH, -bhuja 'fond of flesh', a kind of bird, heron. Amis m. Ved. 1 Raw flesh or meat; Rv.6.46.14. -2 A dead body. AmiSI N. of a plant (jaTAmAMsI). AmIkSA = AmikSA q. v. AmIla 1 P. To close (the eyes); netre cAmIlayanneSa Kav.. 2. 11; to shut; caitanyamAmIlayan Iv.2.22 benumbing; dhArAkadambarajovRSTipu cAmIlayana K. 303 being absorbed in. THUTH Shutting or closing of the eyes; K. 256. Truftica a. Intensely occupied with, fond of, (ef. Matanga L.5. 3.). AmIvat .. Ved. Attacking; pushing, pressing; nama / AmIvatkebhyaH Taj. Ts. +.b.9.2. Amukulita A. A little open (as a blossom). Amukham 1 Commencement. -2 (In dramas) Aprologue, prelude (prastAvanA); (every Sanskrit play is introduced by Amukha. It is thus defined in S. D. naTI vidUSako vA'pi pAripAzvaka eva vaa| sUtradhAreNa sahitAH saMlApaM yatra kurvte|| citraikyaiiH svakAryotthaiH prastutAkSepibhirmithaH / AmukhaM tattu vijJeyaM nAmnA prastAvanA'pi sA | 287. -kham ind. To the face. Amuca 6U. 1 To loosen, letgo. -2 To wear, tic round or farten; put on (as : garment &c.); accoutre with; karo'yamAmuktavivAhakautuka: Ku.5.66, 7.21; AmuJcatIvAbharaNa dvitIyam R. 13.21,12.86,16.74,17.25; Ki.11.15%3B Amumcadame ratnATayam Bk. 17.6. -3 To throw, cast, discharge; AmAkSyante tvayi kaTAkSAn Me. 37. -4 To throw or cast off, tako off, put aside (as garments &c.). Amukta . 1 Loosened, letro, liberated. -2 Put on, worn &c. AmuktamuktAlatamasya vakSaH / Si. sce above. '-3 Discharged, cast, shot off. -ktam Armour. AmuktiH / .1 Liberation, being let loose. -2 Final bestitude. -3 Putting on wearing (clothes, ornaments &c.). -fi ind. Till final beatitude is obtained. AmokSaNam , -Amocanam 1 Loosenning, liberasting. -2 Emitting, shedding, letting forth, discharging. -3 Putting or tying on ; keyUrAmokSaNasya ca Ram. 2.24.38. AmupaH The thorny Bam boo; Bambusa Spinosa.. Amura,-ri . Ved. Destroying, hurting. AmuSmika . (-kI /.) [amuSmin paraloke bhavaH Thak ] Bolonging to the next or other world; AmuSmika zreyaH Susr.; naivAlocya garIyasArapi cirAdAmuSmikIryAtanAH S. D. AmuSyAyaNa .. or -NaH (-NI/.) [amuSya khyAtasthApatyaM naDA' phak aluk ] Well-born, a son or descendant of such a one ; i. e. of an illustrious person or family; 3194 yaNo vai tvamasi Sat. BF.3 nadAmuSyAyaNasya tatrabhavataH sugRhItanAmnI bhaTTagopAlasya pautraH Mal. 1; Iv. 1. AmRNa a. Vulnerable. AmRd 9 P. 1 To erush by rubbing. -2 To crumple. -3 To press, squeeze. AmadaH 1 Crushing. -2 houghly handling; ardhapItastanaM mAturAmASTakezaram 5.7.11.-3 Pressing, squeexing. -4 N. of : town. Amardina .. Crushing, pressing. TIT 6 P. 1 to touch; handle (roughly ), lay hends upon; navAtapAmRSTasarojacArubhiH Ki.4.14%; (tAm ) muhurAmRzanbhRgadharo'grakaraiH Si.9. 34; zarAsanajyAM muhurAmamarza Ku. 3.61; K. 1633; Dk.71; 5.7.2. -2 (4) To seize upon, eat, oat up; R.5.9. (0) To attack, assail; AmRSTaM naH paraiH padam Ku.2.31. -3 To rub, imjure. AmarzaH , -rzanam 1 Touching, close contact. -2 Rubbing, wiping. -3 Counsel, advice. -4 Disposition of the inind (manovRtti); vidvAnsvapna ivAmarzasAkSiNaM virarAmaha Bhag. 4. 28. 40. AmRSTa pp. 1 Touched, attackedl, seived &c. -2 Sweetemed, made delicious, tairAmRSTazuco lokA: Bhas. 10. 10. 163; Pt. 4. -3 Rubbed, struck against; S.7.2. -4 Wiped, rubbed. STIFT a. To be ineasured from all sides; to be reached with an arrow or bolt (?). Amoga: An ending verse containing the poet's name ( yatraiva kavinAma sthAna sa Amoga itIritaH iti saMgItadAmodaraH) AmoTanam Crushing: Mal. 3. STATE.. Gladdening, cheering up, delighting. -da: 1Joy, pleasure, delight; AmodaM paramaM jagmuH Ram. -2 Fragrance (diffusive), perfume; Amodamupajighnantau svaniHzvAsAnukAriNam R. 1.43; Amoda kumumabhava madeva dhatte madgandhaM na hi kumumAni dhArayanti Subhas: AmodakarmavyatihAramAyuH Si.2. 20; Me. 31. -3 Strong smell; Amodo na hi kastUryAH zapathena prakAzyate Subhas. -Comp. -jananI 'eusing a strong smell', betel. Amodana 4. Delighting, plousing. -nam 1 Delighting, rejoicing: abhuJjatAmodanamodanaM janAH N. -2 Making fragrant. Amodita. p. 1 Pleased, delighted. -2 Made fragrant, scented. Amodina / . 1 lappy, delighted. -2 Tragrant; fragrant or perfumed with; oft. at the end of comp.; navakuTajakadambAmodino gandhavAhAH Bh. 1. 35... (-dI) A perfume for the mouth made in the form of a pill of camphor &c.). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #365
AmodakaH 347 Aya: STATE : A seed of the Dill kind, Lingusticum Ajwaen (Mar. siiat). AT a. Robbiny, stealing. - T: Theft, robbing. #197 m. A thief. TTHEFT A kind of fragrant odour. 37AT 1 P. 1() To hand down traditionally or in acreal texts; bhavatpraNItamAcAramAmananti hi sAdhavaH Ku.6. 31; va f 49417 3 Mal. 7. (1) Hence, to regarii, consider, mention, lay down; 4791797 - Hafa Kath. 1. 4. 15. hafa fa gore yardan Ku. 2. 13, 5.81; M. 1. 4; Bk. 18. 5; Kam. 8. 21; U.5; Mv. 4.30. -2 To keep in mind, commit to memory, learn, study, ropeat; 3114774-79744 Bk. 17. 30; 47 AH Ku. 6. 16 learnt. -3 To celebrate, hail. SITFIT p.) 1 Considereil, regarded, said to be; af feraiat au-1917: 7 (TT:) Si. 2. 10. -2 Studied, repeated. -3 Remembered, kept in mind. -4 Ilan lol clown in Nacred texts or traditionally. -2147 Study. 3 . [371314-f4 One who has stu lied the Velas : AmnAtinI nItipu buddhimadbhiH Bk. T TH ( 31--- ] 1 Recitation or study of the sacred texts or Vedas. -2 Mention; repetition in general. 311FT: [ 31-7-99) 1(a) Sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by tradition or repetition. (1) Jlence, the Voda, Vedas taken collectively (including Brahmanas, Upanisads and Aranyakas also ); staat Fracarrainy Dk. 120; 34191470 HAU OFRE: 319 *: gaza: var: vaalgat: il Mb.: Ki. 11. 39.-2 Study (by ropotition); 3771241 atau 44 Mb. 12. 328. 20.-3 A sacred text or precept in general; 311721799773aaArt: U. 4. -4 Traditional usage, family or national customs; U.6. -5 Received doctrine. -6 Advice or instruction (in past and present usage). -7 A Tantra. -8 A series of families. -Comp. after a. 1 pious, observing the traditional usages. - 2 containing the essence of the Veda. serta a. Attended with, or learnt by, traditional instruction: U. 6. 31177frgan: A country inhabited by the Ambarisaputras. tag: An inhabitant of Ambastha. arta: [377472 3793 ] An epithet of (a) Dhritaristra; na me tacca zrutavAnAmbikeyaH Mb. 3.5.14. () Kartikeya. 3717H .. ( f.) [3+44-3707] Watery, fluid. FAT a. ( f.) [337 3 5] Acquatic. - A fish, 3T19:( 347 teg ta ci84 Un. 2. 16.) The mango tree. -94 The fruit of the mango troe. -Comp.-3117 The seed of the mango tree. ad 1 N. of a tree (1917).-2 inspissated inango iuice. - the fruit of 311919. RE: N. of a mountain; Figa1972: Me. 17. - * N. of a plant ( 721: Mar. 4 ). - N. of the plant Curcuma Reclinata (Mar. 3aea). -77: A particular Raya in music. - ref. N. of a prostitute famous for her beauty. -Taft 31944 ustra] a portion of dried mango fruit. -phalaprapANakam A cooling drink marle of mangoes.-vaNa THE 427 cf. P. VIII. 1.5 ] a grove of mango trees; #scargau foar Ram. 31917: [318 319 3aia 317-377 Tv.] The hoc-plum, Spondias Mangifera (its inice resembliner that of the mango. Mar. 31413). -TH The fruit of this tree. 37191T: 1 The hoy plum. -2 Inspissate mango juice (Mar. a); 3914 URTEI Paafta 4:1 HET Balah sfat a: Il Bhav. P.-3 N. of a mountain. radt N. of a town. htm. Acid taste; see Gana to P. V. 1. 123. Tez Cans. To repeat; ea ya 71Fhasasa tie Mb. 315 Tautology; repetition of words or sounds. uisa p. p. Reiterated, repeated (as words ). - 1 Repetition of sound or word. -2 (In gram.) | Reduplication, the second word in reduplication; fadzaarag Sk. AmlaH , -mlA The tamarind tree. -mlam Sourness, acidity.-T The aggregate of the tive following Viziphus Jujuba (Nar. art), Pomegranate (Alar. Bfza), Mangosteen (Mar. 15a), Tamarind (Mar. 117), Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. *HT). -ah: N. of the plant Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. YFI). T (FT) FT 1 The tamarind tree. -2 Acidity of stomach. 14: [ 31-5-317, 397-517 ] 1 Arrival, approach: 12 aga 19 TOT Rv. 2. 38. 10. -2 Gaining or acquisition of money, acquiring (opp. 54); 3711 44: : : Pt. 1. 163. -3 Income, revenue; receipt; may FH 217 212: Sk; Y. 1. 322, 327 ; Mk. 2. 6; 3117&ITIO Dk. 162 sources of income; 311767411 = faqatalmi ha = Ms. 8. 419; 31121 the lives beyond his means. -4 Gain, profit. -5 The eleventh house in astrology ). -6 The guard of the women's apartments. -7 Means, source; Thi Free Mb. 13. 163. 5. -Comp. - ISTI seeing (i.e. having) revenues, revenue-collector; Mk. -ICH For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #366
AyakaskambhaH 348 AyatiH ....... .......... Forns of revenue; Kau. A. 2.6. - sgt (dual) receipt and disbursement, income and expenditure. -TTCH Body of income; Kau. A. 1.6. - FOT a place where revenues are collected. 374* T: A kind of pillar (cf. Manasara ). 317 a. Ved. Coming, approaching; ay one to whom good or wealth comes; Av. 13. 4. 5t. 31 are ind. At the time when cow's return home; AtiSTadgu japan sandhyA prakrAntAmAyatIgavam Bk. 4.11. 31177 Ved. Coming, approaching 311 a. Ved. Coming or driving near, Yaj. Ts. 2. 47. 1. 3117:7 a. ( . ) ( 47:93-54 P. V. 2. 76). Active, diligent, indefatigable. - A man who, in order to gain an object, uses forcible instead of gentle means (una asfase 3412: 7:); cf. K.P. 10; 37:TSH 3119egla (scil. 31417) 5412: :. 31751 1 A. 1 To honour, worship (the gods ). -2 To give, present, furnish, supply. -3 To consecrate, ordain, dedicate. 3191, 312ftra . Ved. Performing sacrifices from all sides; procuring, granting; 3145 9151412 Ry. 1. 28. 7. AyajiSTha 1. Sacrificing or procuring best; yaSTA devau~ 311271510: 1 Rv. 2.9.6. 3175T a. Inclined to sacrifice; 311754a: gafa faani Ry. 9. 97. 26. AyAgaH A gift given at a sacrifice ; bhUta a. obtained by sacrifice. 371771 A. 1 To strive, endeavour. - To rest or depend on, rest with with loc.); THE My. 1.49 (v. l.); 3. 31; Dk. 12. -3 To arrive, come to, resch, dwell Ved.). 31TH ( 31147, ] 1 Place, a bode, house, resting-place; WHEZ27 quica Kath. 1. 1. 23. (fig. also ); GAL: Mu. 7 hangmen; FEATE # Ku. 7.5 was centred in her; R. 3. 36; 49119a2aH 94 K. 103; TOT 130 domestic doer; Chan. 32; (hence) a receptacle, home, support, seat. -2 The place of the sacred fire, altar, shed for sacritices. -3 A sanctuary, sacred place; as in 14 , maThAyatanam . yathAkramavizeSeNa sarvANyAyatanAni c| darzitAni Mb. 13. 156. 11; fata ara fata a Bu. Ch. 5. 19. -4 The site of a house, ground-plot. -A barn; Y. 2. 151. -6 An inner sent (with Buddhists who consider the tive senses with manas as the six A yatanas). -7 The cause of disease. 371772H State of being an altar or seat. 12 a. Having a certain seat or home, m. N. of the fourth foot of Brahma ; a mai facregui que 10 marfar Ch. Up. 4.8. . 31 p. p. ( 31-49-] 1 Dependent on, resting with with loc. or in comp.); al H T I 494 Ve.3.33; 91427781: 479 S. 1. 17.-2 Docile, tractable. -3 Attern pted, tried ; : #14131: gara afara Ram. 6.58.-19.at,-a dependence, humility, docility. re: f. [ 311-24T- ] 1 Dependence, subjection. -2 Affection. -3 Strength, power, might. -4 Boundary, limit. -5 An expedient, remedy. -6 Majesty, dignity. -7 A day. -8 Steadiness of conduct, continuance in the right path. -9 Length. -10 l'uture time (These two senses should perhaps be referred to ref q. v.). 3117 0TC Unfitness, unsuitableness, impropriety; YTTA 2024 a 4ft Si. 2. 54. T ugih, a The state of being not as formerly. 317 a. Belonging to the solistice (as in 377121, afzug). 1 I U. 1 To extend, lengthen out, stretch out; a uf-312-31 Sk.; tale TH17-3417: S. 4. v. 1. ; 3114cchati kUpAdrajjum Sk. draws up; bANamudyatamAyasIn Bk.G. 119 stretched out. - To restrain, draw in (as breath &c.); fatiga 29 Ms. 3. 217, 11. 100; 910912453 Y. 1. 2. -3 To stretch oneself, to grow long ( Atm.); P.1.3.28. -4 To grasp, possess; TH14 SHEITH Bk. 8. 46.-5 To bring or lead towards. -Cans. 1 To lengthen, stretch spread or draw out. -2 To remove, transplant. 37197 p. p. 1 Long; Y41271 afe: a stick ten fingers long; (2 ) ar Mb.; oraufa grafa K. 175 lastiny. -2 Diffuse, prolix. -3 Biy, large, great ; Pt. 1. 4 Drawn, attracted. -5 Long drawi, distant; high-pitched; 1 9 14 Ram. 1. 4. 33. -6 Curbed, restrained. -7 Asleep; dan avaiz: Bri. Up. 1.3.11. -: An oblong (in geometry ).-07 ind. Deeply, long, ; HEHERE ar 4:274 21974 Ram. 6. 111. 71. -Comp. -77 a. (fr.) -6 , -, a. (a woman ) with large eyes. -3791&T a. having long cornered eyes.-31: half an oblong. -3rfa: f. long-continuanco, remote futurity; araufata19891 294914anda: Si. 14. 5. 2a , dIrghacaturasra a. Oblong. -cchadAa plantain tree. -lekha .. long-curyed; aggartigata Ku. 1. 47. -T: m. [ 348 Faila, o qdeg 44:] a panegyrist, bard. rafa: f. 1 Length, extension; Mb. 5. 166.3; stretching, extending are carratana ay #2: Rv.1. 139.9. - Future time, the future ; 312anaofaa; Kau. A. 2. 10, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #367
Ayatimat 349 Ayu .. .......... ... ...... . .... ...... ## K. 35 (length also ), 58; Dk. 29; 1998Oc: Si. 14. 7: 11a1a: Ki. 2. 14; Ms. 7. 16.); 31a12ha-: lt. 3. 111 imprudent, not good for the future; z a: Mu. 4. 12; 3deg Ki. 1. 23 permanent. -3 Future consequence or result; 32 arit Fra 2Ms. 7. 178; Ki. 1. 15, 2. 43, 3. 43; Ki. 1. 21; fruit-yielding season. -4 Majesty, dignity; 3 a faqa Ram. . 19. 12. -5 Stretching the hand, accepting, obtaining. -6 Work ( I); I i za $14124 Ms. 7. 208 (* Kull.). -7 Connection, junction. -8 Meeting, union-9 Source, descent; qua: Dk. 154 descended from him.-10 Re straint (of mind). -11 Arrival; 992 era fara 49 9241 Prasna. Up. 3. 12. -12 A long line, succession; 1 : H ararit: Mb. 7. 159. 71. rufaad a. 1 Long, extended. -2 Dignitiod, majestic, stately. -3 Self-restrained. 12 . Veil. One who approaches, one who fastens or raises. T HETH 1 Length, extension. -2 Restraint, curbing. -3 Stretching (as a bow); 2+1 97 3411494 Ch. Up. 1. 3.5. 37121#: [ 311-48-49] 1 Length; fa Me. 59. - 2 Expansion, extension ; Ki. 7. 6. -3 Stretching, extending. Restraint, control, stopping; 10777#971301: Bg. 1. 29; 07214: 4 29: Ms. 2. 83. To a. Extonded, long; 1 1 a -! f 91214a V. 1. 4; Si. 12. 65. 3 a <<. Stretched out, extended. STTTIII. 1 One who restrains. -2 Long (in space or time); K. 25, 55; 21419 Ki. 11. 18. 3712757 Impatience, longiny; 132 : 1 2 1 : Nay. 1. 20. 1272 Ved. A spoon for stirring or any similar implernent. 1499:, -24 Pasture-ground, place for feeding. 372741 . 1 To exert oneself; fe414747: Mu 3.11. -2 To weary oneself, become exhausted of fatigued ; 122 947 Bk. 6. 69, 11. 104, 15. 54. -Cans. 1 To trouble, afflict; 31141426 H 19: K. 35; Mu. 7.8; V. 2. - 2 To weary, tire out, worry. -3 To injure, affect; lessen, diminish ; ISS a rar Bk. 8. 61. - 4 To striny (as a bow); 3771299 : Pt. 1. 385. sterea p. . (314-45 1 Pained, distressed, afflicted. -2 Hurt, injured, killed: fat az a fer Mb. 13. 1. 26. -3 Vexed, angry. -4 Effected with difficulty. -5 Thrown, cast, sent forth. -6 Sharpened, whetted. -7 (Actively used ) Toiling, la bouring, exerting oneself. -8 Eager, anxiously desirous; 32: ( ) Ki. 7.32.784 A great effort; da c a 4 Ram. . 16.9. 3T121: ( 311-74-99] 1 Effort, exertion, trouble, difficulty, pain, la bour; a71214 By. 18. 21; cf. 371121 also. -2 Fatigue, weariness; 1983 sata para af 92137: 8 er at Mb. -3 Mental pain, anguish: a fef2 Ram. 2. 25. 1: 3740: 93 312 31272: Pratima 1. -4 Unsteadiness, Wavering; AtmajJAnamanAyAsastitikSA dharmaninyatA Mb.5.31.73. 3T12F a. [31-78-] Causing fatigue, wea risome troublesome; achatu r Bh. 3. 58. 3TZ T a. (311-74-10ta ] 1 Exhausted, fatigued. -2 Making oxortions, striving; HI T S. 2. 1. v. 1. 3714 a. ( f.) [ 3 4 17: 347] 1 Made of iron, iron, metallic; TH 3712Tai Ait. Up. 4. 5. 3727 Pusha af Ms. 8. 315; 1 764 79 THE By. 2.59. -2 Armed with an iron weapon. A coat of mail, an armour for the body. + 1 Iron; 46 gafah Satuan Ku. 6.55; ** 9*134127 591974 R. 17. 63. -2 Anything made of iron. -3 A weapon. -4 A wind instrument. TOEFIT: The upper part of the thigh of an elephant. 31197 2 P. 1 To come, arrive, approach. -2 To reach, attain, go to any particular state); 34, 9514, 274, 1714 &c. atau PCT Mund: 1. 2. 12; 3 1 972 ar Mahanar. 15. 1.-3 To follow, result. - 4 To be possible or practicable with inf.). 327ta a. Come, approached; 3121 Agra af yaarana 94: Sri. Til. -94 Excess, supera bundance (27); TM Ki. 5. 23. para: 1. ( 341-71-f ] Coming near, arrival. TTT 1 Coming, arrival; 3 2 - 74 Rv. 8. 22. 18.-2 Natural temperament, disposition, nature. -3 An ornament of the horse; IIch. 7. 191998 Causing to come, inviting. STT TT a. Urgently requested or asked for. 311977: A kind of pillar (cf. Mana ). Ty a. [-31 Un. 1. 2] Ved. Living, going, movable.-T 1 A living being, man. -2 Mankind, human race. -3 Living beings taken collectively. -4 The first man. -5 Life, duration of life. -8 Wind, 37 to: agar ja Mb. -7 A son, descendant, offepring. -8 The son of Pururavas and Urvasi. -Comp. -99 a. attached to; joined with men; H: 997 31199 Rv. 9. 25.5. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #368
Ayuja 350 Aye 3 T 7 '. or (ann. 1 To join, fastenor tie, oke (to onything ). - To appoint. -3 To fix or direct (the mind towards; 32479 K. 173. -Cans. 1 To fix, or place; 41% 727990tardaria: feta faga feasa Rs. 2. 21. -2 To make or form: 441211019: Ku. 4. 24. 379 . . 1 Appointed, charged with with gen. or loc.); 79 a n : : 3117 : T.'p. 1.11.4. POST TEAT A Bk. 8. 115. -2 L'nited, joined, obtaineil.-: 1 A minister, an agent or deputy. -2 Provincial overnor, according to lexicons possibly a treasury-officer, in inscriptions (GI. p. 6. ff. EL. XX. 61 ff., EI, XXIII, pp. 159 ff; &c.). ITT: 1 Appointment, entrusting one with something. - 2 Action, perform:nce of an act. -3 Offering flowers, perfumes &c. -4 A shore or bank; a quay to which boats are attached. -5 Connection, union; T : TY 49 7421 Ram.- Obstruction (II). 31 1 Joining.-2 Taking, seiziny. -3 Collectiny. -4 Effort. sya.. 1 Mixed, mingled. -2 Melteil. -24 Halfmelted butter. TUA . To fight with, attack, oppose. -Unus. To oppose, attack, fight with: 129: 9123 4 84 U.5. 399,-574 (1994-993*] 1 A weapon, shield &c. it is of 3 kinds (1) ETT, a sword; (2) Eragi, + :: disc; (3) 424, . y. an arrow; 3477777 494 By. 10. 28. 1702 1Z4174 R. 3. 63. An implement ; 21431 3112 Ay. 10.10.18. - 2 A vessel (Ved.). -ETH 1 Gold used for ornaments. -2 (pl.) Water (Ved.) -Comp. (-31) 347am armoury, arsenal; 36421201 UHER Ve. 1: Ms. 9. 280. TIT: Governor of an arsenal. -sfraz .. living by one's wenpon. (..) a warrior, soldier. -dharmiNI the tree callel jayantI ( roganAzane HET ant). -T: the governor of an arsenal; Tariy. -ETTFIT devil of arms', devilish warlike spirit; My. 3: A. R. t; B. R. t. 2 see 17AM. Trat. Relating to arms. -*: (arta Hafa 39 ) A soldier, warrior. s , irrefra. (314-314-3 Bearing or using weapons.-dhI,-dhIyaH A warrior; zikSAzaktiM prAharan 14 g gf41: Si. 18.11. Ayodhanam 1 A battle, fight, rar; Ayodhane kRSNagatiM 6144 R. 6. 42; at af at 11). 71. -2 Battle-fiold; pravizyAyodhanaM ghoraM vicinvanyo hataM patima Rani. 6. 110.3. 3 TOHTO A Mb. falf a Y 4 137H U. 6.-3 Slaughter, killiny. 394 . [ 5-3f4f Uu. 2. 117 ] 1 Life, dura- tion of life: R: R. 9. 62, 12. 48; a uf 7954 afron Tag 11. 2. 16; r ri qui affuat Bh. 3. 107, Targa 454: Ait. Br.; T a ta: TR79947 48 H ua Tuit. Up. 2. 3.1 -2 Vital power. -3 Food. -4 N. of a ceremony called strih performed to secure long life, together with the go and jyotis part of the abhiplava ceremony. (In comp. the final of this word is change to I before haril consonants, and to before soft ones). -Comp. - a. ( 8.) promoting long life: K. 351. - IH . wishing for long life or health. I a. giving or pro ducing life. -2004 1 a medicament. -2 ghee. -TI: N. of a 317 in astronomy. T: f. long life, longevity. - [ 311720:47 fagasta a 3417 ferezzo: Susr.] the science of health or medicine, counted as a sacred science, and regarded as a supplement to the Atharvavedt; (it comprises 8 different departments; (1) 1674 surgery; (2) T141424 iagnosis of diseases belonging to the head and its organs; (3) 12W treatment of diseases of the whole body; (4) Maret treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be caused by the influence of evil spirits: (1) 44 treatment of children; (6) 377774 doctrine of antidotes; (7) 77774 doctrine of elixirs; and (8) 7514477 treatment of remedies to increase generative power ); Sukra. 4. 277. -a , - u, -a , -a . 1 belonging to medicine. -2 sequainted with medical science, medical. 1. : physician. -77: 1 remainder of life; 9 lt. 1; orian Pt. 4 being destined to live longer. -2 end or decline of life. FTTH: (3113217:) :t sacrifice performed to obtain long life. 319CHT. 3779] 1 Alive, liviny. -2 Longlivell: 3417 T MS. 3.263. (Generally used in <Page #369
AyogavaH 331 ArabhaTaH AyogavaH [ ayogava eva, svArtha aNu ] The son of a Sudran Title of the last section of the third book of the by a Vaisya wife (his business being carpentry; of Mahabharata. Ms. 10.48); zadAdAyogavaH kSattA cANDAlavAghamo nRNAm / vaizya AraNya. (NyA,-NyI/.)[araNye bhavaH ] Wild, forestrAjanyavidhAstu jAyante vrnnsNkraaH||-vii A womanof this tribe. born, relating to a forest (opp. grAmya); "pazu: Ms.10.18. Ayojanam int. Up to one yojana. (AraNyapaza is of kinds:-sarIsRpo ruruzcaiva mahiSo vAnarastathA / AyodaH Son of ayoda :. e. dhaumyamuni. pRSatA magazcaiva pazu saptadhA mtH||)-nnyH,-nnym 1A forest. -2 A kind of corn growing without sowing seed. -3 AraH, -ram [ A-R-ghaJ] 1 Brass; tAmrArakoSTAM parikhAdurA N. of certain signs of the zodiac (see the below). sadAm Bhag. 10.41. 20. -2 Oxide of iron. -3 An angle, - 4 Cow-dung -2: only ).-5 N. of a Parvan in the corner. -4N. of a tree (madhurAmraphala). -ra: 1 The planet. Mahabharata. -8 X. of a Kanila in the Ramaya . Mars. -2 The planet Naturn. - 3 Guiny. -4 Distance. -Comp.-kukku Ta: a wild cock. -gAnam one of the four -5 Nearness, as in ArAn q. V. -6 Extremity (prAntabhAga). Gunas or psalm-books of the Samuveda. -T . N. -rA (A-R-ac) 1 A shoeimaker's awl. "mukham An of the third book of the Mahabharata, usually called arrow-hend shaped like an awl; ArAmukhena carmacchedanam / Vana-Parvan. -pazu: a wild beast. -mudrA a kind of Dhanur. 66. -2 A knife, probe, instrument of iron. bean. -rAziH (in the zodiac) 1 The signs Leo, Aries, -3 A spoko; f. ara. -4 Agoad, or whip; udyamyArAma and Taurus. -2 The former half of Capricorn. prakAyosthitasya Si. 18.7.-Comp. -agra 1 the point of an awl; ArAmamAtrI hyavaro'pi dRSTaH Svet...8. -2 the iron AraNyaka. [araNye bhavaH vuJ] Relating to or prothong at the end of a whip. -AvaliH N. of a chain duced in a forest, wild, forest-born (usually with the of mountains, a part of the Vindhya. -kUTaH, -Tam __words adhyAya, manuSya, nyAya, pathin, vihAra, and hastina brass; uttaptasphuradArakUTakapilajyotirvaladdIptibhiH U.. 11 P. IV. 2. 129 Vart.) -F A forester, an inhabitant of kimArakUTAbharaNena zriyaH N. the woods; tapaH SaDbhA gamakSasyaM dadatyAraNyakA hi naH 5.2.14 dvAvapyatrAraNyako S.5. AraNyakopAtta phalaprasUtiH 11.5.15. -kama An ArakAt ind. Ved. Fur from. Aranyaka; it is one of a class of religious and philo3TITET << Preserved, defended, fit to be protected. sophical writings (connected with the Brahinanas) -kSaH, -kSA 1Protection, preservation, guard; ArakSasya which are either composed in forests, or must be studividhiM kRtvA Mb... 160.3: ArakSe madhyame sthitAna Ram; Sinti. ed there; ex. aitare yAraNyakam ; bRhadAraNyakam and taittirIyA3.53 Ms. 3. 20. zatasAhasramArakSaM madhyagaM rakSasAM kapiH Bk. raNyakam ; araNye'nUcyamAnatvAt AraNyakam , Bri.A.LD:(araNye:-2 The junction of the frontal sinuses of an elephant dhyayanAdeva AraNyakamudAhRtam); baMdavAdAnatikramya zAstrANyAraNyakAni ca (kumbhasandhi). -3 The part of the forehead below this Mb. 12.19. 17. -Comp.-kANDam the title of the third iunction. -4 An army; ArakSo me hatastAta Ram. 8.31.10. book of the kinky ana. gAnam = araNyagAnama. -Comp. -adhikRtaH (iuard. FI., I. p.b.f. ArathaH [ ISatsvalpo rathaH] A Garriage drawn by one ArakSa (kSi) kaH 1A watchman, patrol, sentinel. horse or ox. -2 A village or police wayistrate. ATTACH Gruel made from the feruentation of Aranagara: A be:. Arajareva mazvera yethe v. 10. 10ts. Ty. boilerd rice. AragvadhaH The tree Cassia. Fistula (Mar. bAhavA) Arabha 1 A. 1 To begin, commence undertake; atha vA largely used in medicinal recipes. -dham Its fruit. mRdu vastu hisituM mRdu vArabhate prajAntakaH R.8.453; Arabhante'lpamevAjJAH Aracita.. Arrangerl, prepared, formedic sec Subhas.; ArabdhA balivigraham Bk.5.38. -2 To be active racita. or energetic, be busy; apyanArabhamANasya Si. 2.91.-3 To rely on. - To reach or attain to, obtain. -5 To seize, AraTaH [A-raT-ac] An actor. grasp. -6 To form, make; bhUtaiH paJcabhirArabdhe dehe Bhat. TITE: 1 N. of : country to the north-east of Arabdha p. p. Begun, commenced ; Arabdhe hi suduSkare'pi Punjab, famous for its breel of horses; (the people mahatAM madhye virAmaH kutaH Subh. Ratn. -bdham Beginning. of Guzarath in Ravalpindi still call their country T est: /. Beginning, commencement. Hairat or Airatdesa ); the inhabitants of this country (pl. ). -2 A horse from this country. ArabhaTaH [ArabhU-aTi] An enterprising or courageous STITUTH man.-TaH,-TI Boldness, confidence. -TI 1A branch Ved. 1 Depth, abyss. -2 A precipice; yAbhirantakaM jasamAnamAraNe Rv. 1.112.6. -jA: N. of a class of the dramatic art, nachinery of the drama, reprem sentation of supernatural, horrible events on of Jaina deities. the starre; mAyendrajAlasaMgrAmakrodhAbhrAntAdiceSTitaiH / saMyuktA badhabandhAyaiAraNiH [A-R-ani ] An erldy, whirlpool. ruddhatArabhaTI matA // (said to be of four kinds, sees. D. 120 AraNeya .. (-yI/.) [araNi-Thak] Relating to or et. e.). -2 A kind of literary style (vRtti). -3A sprung from Arani q.v.-ya: N. of Suka.-yam or parvan / particular style of dancing. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #370
Arabhya 882 ArAdhita 3977*3 ind. Having begun, beginning with, ever Arasyam [ arasasya bhAvaH SyaJ] Insipidity, tastelessness. since, since, with a prepositional force (with abl.); STTTT See under 3177. mAlatyAH prathamAvalokadivasAdArabhya Mal. 6.3; S.33; K.102,181, 1:033; sometimes with ace. also; pratipaddinamArabhya Bhay. ArAt ind. [A-rA-bA0 Ati Tv.; abl. of Ara .v.] 1 Near, in the vicinity of; with a bl. or by itself); ArambhaH [A-rabha-ghaJ mum] 1 Beginning, commence- tamaya'mArAdabhivartamAnam R.2. 10:.3. -2 For from ; with ment; "upAyaH plan of commencement; nRttArambha hara pazupate acc. also im both these senses; Si. 3.81,8.20, kathaMcidArArAnAgAjinecchAm Me.38.-2 An introduction. -3 (4) An dapathena ninyire 12.28%; to a distant place, distant. -3 act, underta.king, deed, work; AgamaiH sadRzArambhaH R. 1. 15; Far, from a distance%3 meghamAleva yazcAyamArAdiva vibhAvyate Ku.7.713 V.33 Bh.2.699; R.7.31; By. 12. 16. ef. U.2.21.-4 Directly, iimmediately. -Comp.-upakAraka also Arambhasya zabdapUrvatvAt |MS. 11. 1. 10 (zabara writes (fem. upakArikA), (An a) that subserves the purpose Arambho vyApAraH kriyetyanAntaram / ). (1) Preparation ; U.4. of the principal act only indirectly; dvividhAnyajJAni ArAdu( A thing begun; U. 4. - 4 Haste, speed, velocity; pakArakANi sAmavAyikAni ca / ArAdapakArakebhyaH sAmavAyikAni garIcaNDArambhaH samIra: Ve.2.19.-5 Effort, exertion Bg.14.12.-6 yAMsi / SB. on MS. 10. 4. 38; Also SB. on MS. 10.1.28. Scene, action; citrArpitArambha ivAvatasthe R.2.31. -7 Pride. -upakAriNI See ArAdupakAraka. ArAdupakAriNI nu sA / SB. -8 Killing, slaughter. -9 The first act that is done. -10 on MS. 8. 1. 32. The first movement or activity on the part of man; 311* hi prathamaH padArthaH syAt / prathama vA puruSasya pravartanam / (prathamapravartana ArAtIya . [ArAt -cha; P. IV.2. 104 Vart.]1 Near, mArambhaH audAsInyAd vyAvRttiH puruSasya vyApRtatA) SB. on MS. proximate. -2 Remote, distant. 10.101. -Comp.-bhAvyatvam The fact of being producod ArAttAt ind. Ved. From tu distant place. through activity; karmaNi ArambhabhAvyatvAt kRSivat pratyArambha ArAtiH [A-rA tic ] An enemy. phalAni syuH| MS. 11.1.20. -ruci . Enjoying new undertakings. ArambharucitA'dhairyamasatkAryaparigrahaH / Ms. 12.32. ArAtrikam [arAtrAvapi nirdhattaM ThaJ] Waving a light (or the vessel containing it) at night before an idol Arambhaka . [A-rabh Nvula mum] undertaking, bogiming. (Mar. AratI ovALaNe); sarveSu cAGgeSu ca saptavArAna ArAtrikaM bhaktaArambhaNam [A-rabh lyuT mum] 1 Taking hold of, seixing. janastu kuryAt . -2 The light so waved; zirasi nihitabhAraM -2 The place of seizing, a handle; -3 Torining, pAtramArAtrikasya bhramayati mayi bhUyaste kRpAIH kaTAkSaH Sunkura.. making; tadananyatvamArambhaNazabdAdibhyaH Br. Sutra. 2. TITET 5, 10 P. 1 To propitiate, conciliate, please, ARTIT a. Enterprizing; one who forms new try to win the favour of ; pareSAM cetAMsi pratidivasamArAdhya bahudhA projects. Bh. 3. 34, 2.4-53 R.1.77,81, 10.86, 18. 23; Me. 47. Aram 1P. 1 To delight in, take pleasure in, sport; -2 To honour, worship, respect. -3 To deserye, merit. AramantaM paraM smare Bk.8.52, 3.38. -2 To cease, stop (to __ ArAdhaka a. A worshipper. spotuk); leave off'; antarvatnI tvahaM bhrAtrA jyeSThenAramyatAmiti Mb. ArAdhanam 1 Pleasing, satisfaction, entertainment, 1. 104.113 virAmo'stviti cAramet Ms. 2.73. -3 To rost, gratification; yeSAmArAdhanAya U. 13; yadi bA jAnakImApa, ArAtake rest. dhanAya lokAnAM muJcato nAsti me vyathA 1. 12,41. -2 Serving, Arata pp. 1 Stopped, ceased; uditapakSamivArataniHsvanaiH worshipping, adoration, propitiation as of a deity); Ki.5.6; see anArata also. -2 Quiet, gentle. ArAdhanAyAsya sakhIsametAm Ku. 1.58; Bg.7.22; kRtamArAdhanaM ravaH Mb. -3 A means of pleasing; idaM tu te bhaktinanaM satAArAtaH/.1 Cessation, stopping. -2 Waving lights: mArAdhanaM vapuH Ku.6.73.-4 JHonouring, respecting: sambandha before an image (Mar. AratI). viparItameva tadabhUdArAdhanaM te mayi U... 17. -5 Cooking. -6 __ AramaNam 1 Taking delight. -2 Pleasureenjoyment. Accomplishment, undertakiny. -7 Aco uirement, attain-3 Sexual pleasure. -4 Cessation, pause. -5 A rest- ment; mantrArAdhanatatpareNa manasA nItAH zmazAne nizAH Bh. 3. 4. ing place. -nA Service. -nI Worship, adoration, propitiation (of ArAma a. [ram-ghaJ] Pleasing, delightful; rAmabhadra guNA a deity). rAma Mv.7.40.-maH 1 Delight, pleasure; indriyArAmaH By. ArAdhanIya, ArAdhya pot.p. 1 Fit to be worshipped 3.16; AtmArAmAH Ve:1.31; ekArAma Y.3.58.-2 A garden, or propitiated; so'haM kathaM nAma tavAcareyamArAdhanIyasya RSevidhAnam grove; priyArAmA hi vaidehyAsIn U.2; ArAmAdhipativivekavikala: R. 16.82. -2 To become accomplished. Bv. 1.31. ArAmaH kalpavRkSANAm (rAmarakSA)[ef. Pers. aram]. Scorra a. An adorer, humble servant, worship-Comp. -zItalA N. of a fragrant plant (AnandI). per; nanvayamArAdhayitA janastava samIpe vartate .33; pitaramArAdhayitA ArAmikaH A gardener. bhava V.5. ArambaNam ( Vedic for Alambanam ) Support. ArAdhita a. Propitiated ; nArAdhito yaH puruSaH pradhAnasteSAM Arava &c. See under Aru. vRthA janma narAdhipAnAm Bhag.; ArAdhito'pi nRpatiH parisevanIyaH, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #371
ArAdhayiSNu 353 Aruha ArAdhayiSNu .. Endeavouring to please, desirous of worshipping. ArAlikaH [ arAlaM kuTilaM carati Thak ] 'One who deals crookodly', a cook: (dhanalobhena paraprotsAhitaH pAcako viSAdisaMsRSTaM pacatIti tasya tathAtvam) Kau. A. 1.12.; ArAliko govikartA sapakartA niyodhakaH Mb. 1.2.9. (ArAliko'napAkI syAt / sUpakartA tu zAkakRta / tailAnaM pacate yastu govikartA sa ucyate // -2A controller of wild elephants; Mb.4.2.9; (arAlA mattagajAstaiH saha kIDati tAn jayati vA ArAlikaH). ArAsaH Tumultuous noise; tatamAnavajArAsA Si. 11.34. Arica 7 U. To empty. ArINa .. Completely driel: ArINaM lavaNajalaM samiddha-phalabANa-viddha-ghora-phaNi-varama Bk. 18.4. ArikaH [A-rica ghaJ] 1 Emptying. -2 Contraction. -3 Doubt. -4 Excess. Arecita . [a-rica-Nic kta ] 1 Emptied. -2 Mixed. -3 Contracted; ArecitabhUcanuraiH kaTAkSaiH Ku. 3.5. Aritrika . [P. IV.2.116] Pertaining to an oar &c. 3718 2 P. 1 To cry out, shout; Bk. 17. 21, to low (:15 cows ). -2 To praise. Ara (rA) vaH [A-ru-ap pakSe ghaJ] 1 A cry, howling; vAnarAcArArabama Rim. -2 Sound; dadhati dadhani dhIrAnAravAn vAriNIva St. 11.8, 12.18, nArAvaM vyatanuta mekhalAkalApaH 8.47. Humming: pratimilindamArAvAH Vis. Guni. 167. -3N. of .. a people. -Comp. -DiNDimaH A kind of drum; caNDi rasitarazanArabaDiNDimamabhisara sarasamalajjam Git. 11.6. ArAvin sa. Soumiling, noisy; nUpurArAviNA M. 3. 16. Arutama Cry, Crying: niSeduHzatazastatra dAruNA dAruNAratAH / Ram.G.101.31. Aru: [R-uN ] 1 A hoy.-2 A raab, -3 N. of a tree.. --*: /. A pitcher. Aruka: Amedicinal plant. having cooling properties growing on the Himalayas). 31FL Cuns. To regard as pleasant, choose, like; vAsaM nArocaye'raNye Ram. ArokaH 1 Shining through. -2 Small points of light between the threads of a web. Arocana . Shining. Aruj, -ja . [A-ruj-ka] 1 Distressing, giving pain. -2 Killing, destroying, breaking: indra kahA cidArujam Rv.s. 45. 13. Arujatnu .. Vod. Breaking; vIlu cidArujatnubhirguhA cidindra bahibhiH Rv. 1.6... AruNi.. [aruNamya apatyaM iJ] Belonging to, or sprung from, Aruna, q. v. AddAlakirAruNimatprasRSTaH Kath. 1. 11. saM. I. ko...45 -NiH 1 N. of Uddalaka ; uddAlaka AruNiH Bri. Up.3.6.1. -2 Descendants of the sage aruNa; parisarapaddhati hadayamAruNayo daharam Bhig.10.87.18.-3The son of the sunyas Tama. -4 The son of Vinata (vainateya). 31#oft f. Ved. The red one', a name given to the horses of the Maruts which are females : yadAruNISu taviSIrayugdhvam Rv. 1. 61.7. AruNeyaH The son of AruNi, zvetaketu; zvetaketurhAruNeya Asa Ch. Up.5.3.1; Bri. Up. 6. 1. 1. 31547 U. 1 To keep or ward off, keep away, restrain; bandhutA zucamAruNat Bk. 17.49. -2 To shut up, confine. -3 To besiege. -4 To hold fast, grasp. -Caux. To obstruct, impede, block, besiege. Arodhanam Ved. 1 Obstruction, means of obstruction. -2 A secret place, innermost part. AruSI N. of a daughter of Manu and mother of au4. AruSkaram The fruit of the tree called bhallAtaka q.v. AruhU 1P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acce, sometimes loc.); siMhAsanamAruroha K. 1113; AruruhU rathAdiSu Bk. 14.8; ArUDhakulAlacakramiva Mu.b.5%3 mounted on a potter's wheel; 7. 12. -2 To ride upon, got ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); vRSala bhRtyamiva mAmAroDhumicchasi Nu. 3; Pt. 1. 36. -3 TO venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; VITATTI punarapi calatyeSa caraNaH Mu. 3. 30,273 0 yauvanArUDha, yogArUda. -4 To attaim, gain, get to, reach; saundaryasya pAramArUDhA na vA Dk. 88%B Ki 2. 133; tulAM yadArohati dantavAsasA Ku. 5.34; Aruroha kumadAkaropamAm R. 19.31. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; ArUDhaSA Ku. 7.67 excited to anger; tadAgamArUDhagurupraharSaH . . 613 mantripadamArUDhaH Mu.63 tArUDhA 6.19) engaged in guessing: S .9; zIghra buddhimArohati S. B. striked the mind: yauvanapadavImArUda: attained his majority; avasthAntaramArUDhA M.33 saMzayaM punarAruhya II. 1.7 rumings risk3 saMzayamAruroha zaila: Ki. 13. 16. -Caks. (roha-pa-yati) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; amAtyo'smAnpurAtanImavasthAmAropayiSyati Mu.2 will raise or elevate%3B zalAnAropayet Y.2.273%3 AropitA manoviSayamAtmanaH Ku.b. 17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Atm.); kareNurArohyate niSAdinam Si. 12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); cAropitA vayam Mu.7.18; ityAropitaputrAste .. 15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; uSmANam K.105%; praNayama 184, 142; AropitaprItirabhUt 173, 12; pratApamAropayitum 110, 119 show or oxhibit. - Toplace, tix, direet: akamA. 2 placing in the lap; R. 3. 26, 14. 27: Ku. 1. 37; cakSuHGasta look at; Pt. 1.2433; AzIrvAdamAropayantaH Ki. 18.46 conferring or pronouncing: AbharaNabhAramangepu nAropayanti K. 203 put or wear; patre AropitaM kuru 5.6. commit to paper 3 Aropyate zilA zaile .2.46. -7 To For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #372
ArurukSu - entrust to, appoint to, charge with; mAropya K. 57; amAtyapade AropitaH Pt. 1. 8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; karatalaM karNapUratAK.60; 207 raise to greatness 315; Dk. 118.-9 To ascribe, attribute, impute: ropitAbhimAnAH K. 108, 185; chAyA hi bhUmeH zazino malatvenArofar af: : R. 14. 40. -10 To string (as a bow); dhanurAropayana L. 4 taM dezamAropayA Ka. 3.35 Bk. 14. 8. ArurukSu a. gauramA Wishing to ascend, mount or reach; R. 2.30 Arogag. 6.8. 3 a. Ved. Ascending; Rv. 1. 124. 7. f. 1 Excrescence. -2 A shoot (of a plant); 3: Av. 13. 1. 9. Aruha ... [ A ruhU-ka ] Ascending, mounting &c. -haH Ascent. p. p. 1 Mounted, ascended; seated on; ArUDho Sk.; oft. used actively; R. 6. 77; Me. 8, 18; S. 1; 80 vRkSam, nAvam, hayam, ratham &c.; cakra, dolA.. -2 Raised up, elevated on high. -3 Arisen, produced. -Dham Ascending, mounting; see atyArUDha. 1. Ascent, mounting; rise, elevation (lit. and fig.); atyArUDirbhavati mahatAmapyapabhraMzaniSThA S. 4. v. 1. Aroha a. One who climbs, ascends. AropaH 1 Attributing the nature or properties of one thing to another; bastunyavastvAropo'dhyAropaH Vedanta S attributing or assigning to, imputation: Jeaf Ak. -2 Considering as equal; identification (as in). -3 Superimposition. -4 Imposing (as a burden), burdening or charging with. -5 Placing in or upon. -6 Relating to. -7 Superior position. Aropaka Plating fixing planting hotI vRkSAropaka eva ca Ms. AropayitR a. One who places upon (his body), wears; na tAni kazcinmAlyAni tatrAropayitA naraH 3. 73. 22. Aropita P. P. 1 Raised, elevated. -2 Fixed, placed, Aropita paryAgera paricAra kopanItamindrArdham K. -3 Strung (as a bow). -4 Deposited, entrusted. -5 Consecrated, hallowed. 6 Accidental, adventitious, ascribed. 355 ArohaH [ A-ruhU-ghana ] 1 One who mounts, a rider, as in azvAroha, syandanAroha; sArohANAM ca vAjinAm Ram.; one who is seated in a carriage. -2 Ascent, rising, mount AkSoMda ing, ascending, riding; Arohe vinaye caiva yukto vAraNavAjinAm Ram. 2. 1. 28. -3 An elevated place, elevation, altitude; height; ; : Ak. Mb. 13. 147. 16. -4 Haughtiness, pride. -5 A mountain, a heap. 6 A woman's waist; the buttocks; Udb.; Bazzara: Si. 8. 8.; Bhag. 10. 6. 16. -7 Length. 8 A kind of measure. 9 A mine. -10 Descending. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Arohaka ga. 1 Ascending, mounting, riding. -2 Raising up, elevating. -3 Rising. -: A rider, driver; : Pt. 2. -2 A tree. ara 1 placing or fixing in or upon, putting; a hospital. R. 7. 28; Ku. 7. 88; (fig.) establishing, installing M. 3. - Causing to mount or ascend, raising (to heaven). -3 Planting. -4 The stringing of a bow. -5 Trusting, delivering. 1 The not of rising, ascending, mounting: ArohaNArthaM navayauvanena kAmasya sopAnamiva prayuktam Ku. 139. -2 Riding (on a horse &c). -3 A stair-case, ladder; : Ram. 5. 10. 13. - The rising or growing of new shoots, growing (of plants). -5 A raised stage for dancing. -6 A carriage (Ved.). ArohaNika a. Relating to mounting or ascending. straf. Ascending, mounting. 3. Of a tawny colour. colour. -2 A hog; a crab; see medicinal plant on the Himalaya. ind. Ved. 1 Far, far from, (with abl.). -2 Near. -Comp.. Ved. having evil far removed; qeffriSo bRhatIrAreaghA Rv. 6. 1. 12. avadya a one from whom blame is far removed hitvI gayamAreavadya AgAt Rv. 10. 99. 5.a. one whose enemies are driven far away ; ArezatruM kRNuhi sarvavarim Av. 7.8.1. tree (Aravadha q. v. ). - tam 'The 1 The tawny . -3 N. of a ArevataH N. of a fruit of this tree. bhArahaNam Vod. Licking kiing Arogyam (arogasya bhAvaH dhyaJ ] Freedom from disease, good health; Svet. 2. 13. -Comp. - Healthful water. -fararafo: N. of a work. - pratipadvratam A ceremony for gaining health. -zAlA Den. P. To wish health. Arkam ind. as far as the sun; AkalpamArkamarhanbhagavannamaste Bhag. 10. 14. 40. afik: [see and a] A son of 5, epithet of (1) Yama, (2) The planet Saturn, (3) Karna, (4) Sagrivn. (6) eng. arret (aff.) [we wy] Stellar, regulated by stars or pertaining to them. -: A son or descendant of liiksas Rv. 8. 68. 16. Comp. -a: a stellar year or revolution of a constellation. For Private and Personal Use Only ArzIda [ RkSoda-aNa ] Inhabiting the mountain Riksoda.

Page #373
Argala: 385 AI ArgalaH, -lI [argalameva svArthe aN ] A bolt or bar ; sec 44. v. l. -3 Evil, mischief. -4 Sickness, disease. - The argalam. end of a bow. -6 Ruin, destruction; duHkhArtiprabhavaM sukham Arvadha = Aragvadha. 5. . Mb. 12.25.22. ArghA [A-argha-ac] A kind of yellow bee. Artimat a. Suffering from pain, aflicted. Ay u. Relating to this bee. -ya'm Wild honey. Artagala: N. of a tree nIlajhiMTI ( Mar. kohAMTI). Arca . (-rcI .) [arcA astyasya Na P. V. 2. 101] ArtanA Ved. 1 A mortal combat. -2 An unculti1 Devout, worshipping, pious. -2 Relating to the Rik vated ground; Rv. 1. 127.6. or Rigveda. Artava / (-vA-vI/.)[Rturasya prAptaH, aN ] 1 ConformArcAyaNa 1. Existing in Riks.. ing or relating to the season; seasonal; abhibhUya vibhUtiArcika (-kI.)[Rci bhavaH, Rco vyAkhyAno grantho vA mArtavIm R.8.36, svayamakSeSu mamedamArtavam Ku. 4.68%3 latAbhiH zrIrivArtavI V. 1. 183; vernal; R.9.28,48. -2 Menstrual, ThaJ] Relating to the Rigveda, or explaining it.-kam An relating to or produced by this discharge. -va: A epithet of the Sama-Veda. Rection of the year, a combination of several seasons ArcIka.. [RcIke parvate bhavaH aN ] Belonging to the (Ved.). -vI A mare. -vam The menstrual discharge RcIka mountain. -kaH The mountain RcIka. (of women), nopagacchepramatto'pi striyamArtavadarzane Ms. 4. 40, Arjavam [ RjorbhAvaH aN] 1 Straightness ; dUraM yAtyudaraM ca 3. 48. --2 Certain days after menstrual discharge, romalatikA netrArjavaM dhAvati 8. D. -2Straightforwardness, favourable to conception., -3 Menstrual ablution; girikAyAH prayacchAzu tasyA hyArtavamadya. vaiMb. 1. 63.55. rectitude of conduct, uprightness, honesty, sincerity, opem-heartedness; ArjavaM kuTileSu na nItiH ahiMsA kSAntirAjavaM -4 A flower. Bg. 18.7; 16.1; 17.43 18.12. kSetramArjavasya K.15 ArtaveyI A woman during her courses. Bh.2. 22. -3 Simplicity, humility; kRtAnukArAniva gobhirAjave Tiffa: The end of a bow. Ki. 4. 13; Mv. 5. 46. -4 Front (Loc. 37147 straight in the front); devadattasyAjave SB. on MS. 1. 1. 15. AtvijIna . (-nI./.) [RtvijaM tatkarmArhati khaJ] Fit for the office of a sacrificial priest (Rtvij) dAkSiNyadiSTaM ArjIka a. [RjIkasyedaM aN] Belonging to the RjIka kRtamAtvijInaH / Bk. country, or a vessel called RjIka. -ka: A lake in the RjIka country; (according to others) perhaps a Atvijyam [Rtvijo bhAvaH karma vA dhyaJ] The office of a priest, his rank; AtvijyaM kariSyanvAci kharamiccheta Bri. milk-vessel or celestial-vessel in which the heavenly Soma is purified. Up. 1. 3. 25. ArjIkIya - AjIka . -yA 1 A terrestrial tion: river. . aarth|. (-rthI/.) [arthAdAgataH aN] 1 Relating to a A -2 N. of a river (vipAzA.); ArjIkIye zRNuhyA suSomayA thing or object. -2 Relatiny to, dependent on, sense Rv. 10. 75.5. (opp. zAbda); ArthI upamA &c. -3 Material, significant. ArjunAyanAH N. of a people. Arthapatyam Power over a thing, possession of a thing. ArjaniH [arjunasya apatyaM iJ] The son of Arjuna, Arthika . (-kI/.) [artha gRhNAti Thak ] 1 Significant. abhimanyu; abhimanyumiti prAhurArjuni puruSarSabham Mb.1.221.67. -2Wise. -3 Rich. -4 Substantial, real, material. Arta [A-R-kta] 1 Aflicted with, struck by, AI.. A-ardU-rak dIrghazca Up. 2. 18] 1 Wet, moist, suffering from, pained by; sA triyAmA tadArtasya candramaNDala damp: tantrImAdroM nayanasalilaiH Me.88.453 AdrakSitAropaNamanvabhUtAm mANDatA Rim. 2. 13. 15%; usually in comp., kAmAta, kSudhAta, R. 7. 28. -2 Succulent, living, not dry, green, juicy ; tRSArta Re. -2 Sick, diseased; Artasya yathauSadham R.1.283 AI dravyaM dvidhA proktaM sarasaM nIrasaM tathA. -3 Fresh, new; kAmIMs.4.236. -3 Distrossod, afflicted, struck by cala- | vAparAdhaH Amaru. 2; kAntamAparAdham M. 3. 12; P. 14.4. mity, oppressed, unhappy; AtA jijJAsurarthArthI Bg. 7. 163 31957 a cluster of fresh blossoms.-4 Soft, tender ;oft. ArtatrANAya vaH zastraM na prahartumanAgasi S. 1. 11; R. 2.28, 8. 31, used with words like sneha, dayA, karuNA in the sense of 12. 10, 32. -4 Perishable (vinAzin ato'nyadArtam ) Bri. Howing with', 'moved', 'melted'; snehAne hRdayam a heart Up.3.4.2. -5 Inconvenient; ArtA yasmin kAle bhavanti wet or melted with pity; karuNA, dayA, premAAH ceSTA: Mal. sa ArtaH kAlaH | SB. on MS. 6.5.37. -Comp. -nAdaH, 5.7.-5 Full of feeling, warm. -6 Loose, taccid. -rdA -dhvaniH , -svaraHn cry of distress, -bandhuH , -sAdhu: a N. of a constellation of the sixth lunar mansion 80 friend of the distressed. called (conisting of one star ). [cf. Gr. arlo ].. - Comp. AtiH / [A-R-ktin ] 1 Distress, afhiction, suffering, -edhAgniH a fire maintained by wet wood; yathavAdradhAgne: pain, injury ( bodily or mental); Ati na pazyasi purUrava- pRthagadhUmA vinizcaranti Sat Br.: Bri. Up.2.1. 10. -kapolitaH sastadarthe V.2. 16 ApannAtiprazamanaphalAH saMpado hAttamAnAm The designation of an elephant in the second stage Me.56. -2 Mental agony, anguish; utkaNThAti Amaru. of rut. (ch. Matanga L. 9. 18). -kASTham green wood. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #374
AdratA 356 Arya i - a. Ved giving moisture.-07. Weepiny.-Oita An exorciser clad in rod cloth. -T7* Bamboo. -991 woman with wet foot. -qia . Vod. having a wet trainer, epithet of the soma: 2 a 4 9199162: Av. 9. 6. 27. - .. watereil, refresherl: 3139: 174ai af #7: S. 1. a: 1 wetness, dampness. -2 Tenderness of heart; y sty3 HH R. 2. 11. -ATT. leguminous shrub (mASaparNI; Mar.rAnauDIda),-zAkam fresh ginger. T: (degdeg the dragon's tail or descendling node, N. of Ketu. 31 T Wetness, moisture, freshness, tenderness, softness. i a. ( S.) [34121-77) Born under the constellation Ardra; cf. P. IV. 3. 28. - Ginger in its undrial state, wet ginger (Mar. 3117). Ta Den. P'. To wet, moisten ; Chia 79814 Bh. 2. 51. ArdrikA Wet ginger. Arddham Abundance. 1 a. (Only used at the beginning of comp. ) Half. -Comp. E h a. ( A) (In gram.) applicable to half the root or to the shorter form of the verbal base. (- ) a name given to those terminations and affixes which belong to the six non-conjugational or general tenses (opp. 18. 911); cf. P. III.4.114,1.1.4; 11. 4,35; VII. 2. 35 &c. -artak The story of the lord Siv: in his form as partit. ferm, fi .(- ) bought with half a Prastha or Kausal. -A .- /.) lasting for half a month, observ ing or practising (penance &c.) for a fortnight. - Ift: (pl.) N. of an astronomical school who reckoned the beginning of the motions of the planets from midnight. 31. ( ..) na 3 ] Sharing half, relating to a half. -: One who ploughs the land for half the crop; one born of : Vaisya woman, and brought up by a Brahmana: Ms. 4. 2:53: see the quotation under 314. 1 . (- .) Ved. Conducive to success, beneficial, profitable. Taft m. Ved. One who injures or hurts. asfa..(-0.) Belonging or sacred to the kibhus. 3115 << [ 7.997] 1 Aryan, an inhabitant of 34121ad, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Arya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noblo, high; af fo AYA: S. 1. 22; R. 2. 33; so 311979: respectable dress: oft. sed in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address: :, 313 arundhatI . Aya rovered or honoured Sir: Aya revered or honoure lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of 35 in addressing persons:-- (1) az naTIsUtradhArAvArthanAmnA prsprm| () vayasyetyuttamecyo madhyarAyati 7145:1 (3) (apa) 34611711: 1 (4) Fea a n 114 1:1 S. 1). 131. - 4 Noblu, tine, excellent. - 1 N. of the Tindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from 311721, 2 and 29: fa rza 77 : Rv. 1.51.8. - 2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; 1977 kAryamakartavyamanAcaran / tiSTani prakRtAcAre sa bA Arya iti smRtH|| -3 N. of the first three castos (as opp.10 ). -4 respectable or honourable man, osteemed person; HINT 7 aa a fag4 Mb.; 97H13: 9741 91 417 Bu. Ch. 5.6.-3 A man of noblo birth. -8 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; - F R A Vis. Guna. 124; Mu.3. 33. -9 A friend. -10 A Vaisya. -11 A father-in-law (as in 3412 ). -12 A Buddha. -13 With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Mam Navarna. - 1 N. of Parvati. - 2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; 7 ad ar 9103aahan Mb. 3. 12. 87. -4 N. of a metre; afery 31 9713 K a : f. A variety of the Aryn metre, see Appendix. -5 That which comes from truth; 311917 da ga 301. - 1 Virtue, sacredness; i el FATA1471942| 7 Ram. 3.50.12.-2 Discrimination (1997); hur fa #: 95 TH: Ram. 4. 31. 6. -Comp. -TUTAH title of a work of Arya Bhatta consisting of eight hundred verses. -3TTA: The approaching an Arya woman sexually; 3= 2: Y. 2. 294. -laa: ( 3113f 3194 317 ]' a bode of the noble or excellent (Aryas); particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himalaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms. 2. 22; 31 ay pUrvAdA samudrAcca pazcimAt / tayorevAntaraM giryoH (himavadvindhyayoH) rad faggar: Il; also 10.31. -TU..341017 ye: 92:] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2: friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; 44119 aggi : R. 2. 33. -3 respectable, right, devorous. - a. liked by or agreeable to noble one. - T: country inhabited by the Aryas. -ET: 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general ke. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. . a husband occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses ).- T a. 1 inhabited by the Aryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -57: N. of a Bodhisattva. - 78: N. of renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called AryabhaTIya. -bhAva: honourable character or behaviour. Aia: One having a noblo For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #375
endent intellect; saMkSiptamAryamatinA San. K. 71. - mArga: the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. - mizra d. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; - fre fara V. 1. -2 your reverence or honour ( respectful address); nanvAryamizraH prathamameva AjJaptam S. 1; AryamizrAH pramANam M. 1. - yuvan m. an Aryan youth. - rUpa having only the form of an Aryan, a hypocrite, impostor; AryarUpamivAnArthaM karmabhiH svairvibhAvayet Ms. 10. 57. -form. an impostor; Ms. 9. 260. speaking the Aryan language; mlecchavAcacAryavAcaH sarve te dasyavaH : Ms. 10. 45. a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms. 9. 253; R. 14. 55. (-) the conduct of an Aryan or nobleman; Ms. 4. 175. -T a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. - a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Aryans or noblemen. (-a) the duty of an Aryan. - a. Having an honest character. -a: a noble or honourable man. : the whole body of the Aryaus, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogacharas).- a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pali they are called a. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that. desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -a: N. of a work of AryabhaTTa - strI An Aryan wonian, or a woman of the first three castes. - ind. forcibly. a. liked by the noble. [-] 1 An honourable or respect able man. -2 A grandfather; T : Ram. 2. 70. 50. -3 N. of a cowherd who became a king; cf. Mk. 7. A ceremony performed to the Manes or the vessel used in sacrifices to the Manes. AryakA, AryikA 1 A respectable woman. -2 N. of a Naksatra. -3 N. of a river: Bhag. Honourable beheviour; honesty. ind. After, afterwards; behind. (1. Belonging to the antelope. STAT or Arya . ( - rSI /- ) [ RSeridaM aN ] 1 Used by a Risi only, relating or belonging to sages, beneficial to sages; damastathA dhairyaM satyaM zaucamathArjavam / yajJo dhRtizca dharmazca nityamArSo vidhiH Mb. 12. 12. 17; archaic, Vedic (opp. laukika Classical) : ArpaH prayogaH; saMbuddhau zAkalyasyetAvanArSe P. I. 1. 16 Sk.; ArSo dharmaH M. 3.29; Y.1.59; ArpaH pratyayaH P. II. 4.58. -2 Sacred, holy, divine, superhuman; quarter a Ram. 6. 128. 105; U. 6. A form of marriage derived from the Risis; one of the eight 357 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir forms of marriage in which the father of the bride receives one or two pairs of cows from the bridegroom; Y. 1. 59; Ms. 3. 53, 9. 196; for the names of the 8 forms see udvAha: ArthoDA wife married according to this form. - A class of Vedic metres. - rSam 1 The holy text, the Vodas: ArSaM dharmopadezaM ca vedazAstrAfa Ms. 12. 106. -2 Sacred descent. -3 Derivation (of a poem) from a Risi author. N. of a Saman. 3134: ArSikyam (= ArSo dharmaH ) The dharma as laid down by the Risis. Aya... ( - yI /- ) [ 1elting to Risi -2 Worthy, venerable, respectable. - 1 Sacred descent; nAnArSeyapravarAnsametAnabhyarcya rAjA zirasA vavande Bhag 1. 19. 11. - A collection of Risis (8/9). ArSabha a. (f.) 427-34] Derived from or produced by a bull; moghaM skanditamArSa bhama Ms. 9. 50. : N. of king Bharata. AryabhyaH - A steer sufficiently full-grown to be used or let loose, one fit to be castrated. ST(){fany] Belonging to the Jains doctrines. : 1 A Jaina, a follower of Jaina doctrines. -2 A Buddhist. - The doctrines of Jainas. The quality or practice of an Arhat. * ArhantI myam [1. V. 1. 124 Vart. ] Piture bhItrAtI haffareler Sk. [ --] Large, extensive., 1 Spawn, any discharge of venomous matter from poisonous animals; anointed with poison as an arrow. -2 Trick, fraud; K. 288; A ft 310. -3 Yellow arsenic, orpiment. Alakandakam a variety of coral ( pravAlakam ) Kan. A. 2. 11. 10 U. To desery, behold. fer[4] Knowing, seeing. a. AlakSya pot. p. 1 Visible, apparent; AlakSyapAriplavasAraR. 13. 30. -2 Slightly visible; S. 7. 17. AlakSaNyam [ alakSaNasya bhAvaH dhyaJ ] Misfortune, crime. a. Adhered, clung to. Alaga [ alaga esa svArtha aN ] A water cobra 1 P. To address, speak to, converse; K. 164; ftar V. 2 addressed. -Cars. To talk with, engage in conversation with, to question; af Pt. 5, 1. 387: K. 188. For Private and Personal Use Only : 1 Talking, speaking to, speech, conversation; aye dakSiNena vRkSavATikAmAlApa iva zrUyate S. 1; pravasanAlApa Amaru. 54: Srut. 36. -2 Narration, mention. -3 The

Page #376
AlApana 388 Alasya seven notes in music (Mar. A1, ft, 1, 7, 4, 7, ). -4 Statement of a question in an arithmetical or algebraical sum. - A question. - A particular H FT or melody in music. T a . Causing to speak or converse with. -a4 1 Speaking to, conversation. -2 Congratulation (aftaa ); benediction ; THETH: SHAT: sitarat: Ram. 1. 77. 12. TOTCT, og got. p. To be spoken to, conversed with or narrated. toga a. Speaking to, conversing with. #T ! A lute made of a gourd. Alabh 1A. 1To touch; gAmAlabhyArkamIkSya vA Ms.5. $7, 4. 117; Bk. 14.91: RATTSH: 19 () 314TEHITH Mb. -2 To get, attain to; ftati Hai (99: ) Me. 15 v. l.; Kam. 9. 63. -3 To kill, immolate (as : victim in sacrifices); 917 47atau Sat. Br.: 64 941722 y. 3. 280. -4 To take hold of, seive, grasp, handle. -5 To gain or win over. -Cnus. 1 To ! touch. -2 To commence. Strgar . y. 1 Touched; united or in contact with. -2 Killed. -3 Gained, Conciliated: a f ast: HTEI HH Bhag. 10. 57. 40. T est: ./. 1 Touching. -2 Killing; immolation. TIHTH 1 Taking hold of, seiving. -2 Touching. -3 Killing. 31177, 373 (H) #1 pot. p. To be killed or sacriticed; to be touched or rubbed. TF:, -7474 (341-3477794] 1 Taking hold of, seizing, touching: 54101%FH12 4: Y. 3. 157; Ms. 9. 179. -2 Tearing off, uprooting (of plants ); Ms. 11. 14.-3 Killing (especially an animal at a sacritice ); 341 7913+14 A dipurana; 3713543T: kSatrAzca haviryajJA vizaH smRtaaH| pari cArayajJAH zUdAstu tapIyajJA fata: 11 Mb. 12. 232. 31. Totu . Touching, seizing. STRI A. 1 To rest or lean upon, support oneself on; T 3 Ram. - To lay hold of, seize, take; 319117154 #: Bk. 6. 35, 14. 95. -3 To support, hold or take up: 30124 R. 18. 39. -4 To win, conquer, overcome; tasya kavitA maccittamAlambate Dhurtas -6 To resort to have recourse to, take, assume; 37499941312 Mu. 2. 20; tar4413754 K. 181; Ki. 13.14; 11: H a Mv.7.18 obtained; Ki. 17.3t: so 777, Sat, 146, 3119104H, H FESTA &c. -6 To hang from, be suspended: ya tad 44 V. 5. 2. -7 To depend upon ; 352 TICHIT S. D. 63. -8 To stretch forth; V. 4.62. -9 To strike up a tune or note). 370 a. Hanging down. -2: 1 Depending on or from. - 2 That on which one rests or leans, prop, stay; ft at ar 72119 faada Santi. 3. 3. -3 Support, protection ; qara evema HEA Jaw; sItAM zUnye yathAsukhaM, nirAlambAM hariSyAmi Ram.; apazyanta nirAlamcaM a qafa utajah Mb. 5. 121. 5. -4 Receptacle. -5 A perpendicular. - N. of a plant with poisonous leaves. TOFTH 1 Depending on or fron, hanging from. -2 Support, prop, stay: Tara agrade Kath. Up. 2. 17. Ki. 2. 13; Aty at afgift tRNasya janmasAphalyam / yatsalilamajjanAkulajanahastAvalambanaM bhavati / / Pt. 1. 28.; sustaining, supporting: Me. 4. -3 Receptacle, a bode; U. 6. 10 (v.l.). -4 Reason, cause. -5 Base. -6 ( In Rhet.) That on which a 14 or sentiment, as it were, hangs, person or thing with reference to which a sentiment arises, the natural and necessary connection of sentiment with the cause which excites it. The causes (29) giving rise to a Rasa are classified as two- 31107277 and 4; e. g. in the Bibhatha sentiment stinking flesh &c. is the 317+47 of the Rasa, and the attendant circumstances which enhance the foeling of loathing the worms &c. in the flesh) are its i exciters ); for the other Rasas See S. D. 210-238. -8 The mental exercise practised by the Yogin in endeavouring to bring before his thoughts the gross form of the Eternal. -9 Silent repetition of 3 prayer. -10 (With Buddhists) The five attributes of things corresponding to five sensos, . . EUR9, TH, 7, sparza and zabda. -11 Dharma or law corresponding to manas. Strotzat p. 1 Pendent, suspended. -2 Supported, sustained, held; R. 7.7; yangian V.5.2. softaa a. 1 Hanging from, resting or leaning upon: +4 124: Pt. 1. 144; deponding on; aYFS R. 12. 35. -2 Laying hold of, supporting, maintaininy, upholding: SFST 97: H. Pr. 20.-3 Wearing : gajAjinAlambi Ku.b.78. o n. [ 313 317) Relating to or caused by a mad dog; 3117* fagina naa: 1974. U. 1. 40; fefa viSamAla meghavRndamivAnilaH. 35aur ( 33qu ha: 649] 1 Insipidity, tastelessness. -2 Ugliness. AlavAlam [AsamantAt lavaM jalalavaM AlAti, A-lA-ka Tv.] A basin or trench for water (round the root of a tree); 'qror farger S. 1; faparata fa& 1912+241 R. 1.51. f017213491ftada: Si. 13.57. 1 a. ( - ) [pfa 147 afsta 37] Idle, lazy, slothful. 3 T a. Idle, slothful, a pathetic.-FT ( 919,49 ] 1 Idleness, sloth, want of energy ; 9414 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #377
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra AlAntama nidrAbhiH Bg. 14. 8. zaktasya cApyanutsAhaH karmasvAlasyamucyate Susr.; AlasyaM hi manuSyANAM zarIrastho mahAripu: Jih. 2.86. Alasya 'want of energy is regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (vyabhicAri bhAva ); for example:-na tathA bhUSayatyajJaM na tathA bhASate sakhIm / jRmbhate muhurAsInA bAlA garbhabharAlasA S. D. 183. AlAntam | alAtameva svArthe aN ] A fire-brand. AlAnam [ AlIyate'tra A-sI-yud] 1 The post to which an elephant is tied; tying post, also the rope that tios him : aruMtudamavAlAnamanirvANasya dantinaH R. 1. 71, 4. AlAne gRhyane hastI Mk. 1. 50; vanyA iva vinAlAnaM krIDantu 69, 81; kariNo mama Siva. B. 19. 19; 20.52. -2 A fetter, tie. -3 A chain, rope, string. -4 Tying, binding. www.kobatirth.org AlAnika ... (phI) [ AlAna-u] [Serving as pond to which an elephant is tied; AlAnikaM sthANumiva dvipendraH R. 14. 38. AlAbuH (bU:) / A pumpkin gourd ala AlAvartam A fan made of cloth. AlAsyaH [ alaM paryAptamAsyaM asya ] A crocodile. Ali . Useless, idle, unmeaning. -2 Honest, sincere (vizadAzaya ). -li: 1 A scorpion. -2 A bee. -liH, -lI / 1 A female companion or friend (of a woman); nivAryatAmAli kimapyayaM baTuH Ku. . 83, 7. 68; Amaru. 28. -2 A row, range, continuous line; (ef. Avali); toyAntarbhAskarAlIva reje muniparamparA Ku. 6. 493 rabhyAli Amaru. 89; khadyotAli Me. 83. -3 A line, streak - 4A bridge. 5 A dike. -6 A line, race, family. -Comp. -kramaH A kind of musical composition. janaH A lady's female friends. AlikhU 6 P. 1 To write, delineate, draw lines ; mano niSTAzUnyaM bhramati ca kimapyAlikhati ca Mal. 1.31 Mk. 2. -2 To paint, draw in a picture; Alikhita iva sarvato raGgaH S. 1; V. 2; tvAmAlikhya praNayakupitAm Me. 107; R. 19.19; M. 2.2. -3 'To portray, write, sketch. -4 To scratch, serape touch ; as in vindhyamAlikhantamivAmbaram . Alekha : 1 Writing. -2 A letter, document. Alekhanam a. Scratching, painting. nI A brush, pencil. nam 1 Writing. 2 Painting. 8 Surntahing. - naH N. of an old authority quoted by Jaimini; MS. 6.5.17. .. Alekhya pot. p. To be written, painted &c. -khyam A painting, picture; iti saMrambhiNo vANIrbalasyAlekhyadevatAH Si. 2.67; R. 3.15; V. 2.10. -2 A writing. -Comp. lekhA painting. zeSa having nothing left but painting, i. e. deceased, dead ; AlekhyazeSasya pituH R. 14. 15. - samarpita . Fixed on a picture, painted; nizIthadIpAH sahasA hatatviSo babhUvurAlekhyasamarpitA iva B. 3. 15. a AliGga 1 U. or 10 P. To embrace, clip, encircle. AliGgaH 1 Embracing. -2 A kind of drum. 359 AlIDha AliGganam Embracing, clasping, an embrace; (saMprApa) AliGgananirvRttim R. 12. 65 ( said to be of seven kinds:-Amoda" mudina, premana" mAnasa raci madana" anil vinoda". Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 3 AkUti. Embraend, cluepod: yogo nAbhyasito vrataM na caritaM nAliGgitA kAminI S. D. -taH A kind of Mantra of 20 letters. -tam An embrace. AliGgina a. Embracing Ku.. (gI), AliGgyaH A small drum shaped like a barley-corn (yava); caturaGgulahInayAnmukhe caikAlena yaH / yavAkRtiH sa Ai divA | Sabdargava. Akhira [ abhisara evaM svAyeM a] A large earth waterjar. AlindaH, -dakaH [ alinda eva svArthe aN ] 1 A terrace before a house. -2 A raised place for sleeping upon ; see alinda. Alin m. A scorpion. Alip 6 P. 1 To anoint, besmear; AlimpannamRtamayairiva pralepaiH : U. 3.39; plaster, bedaub. -2 To rub (on the body ); Alipyate candanamaGganAbhi: Rs. 6. 12. Alipa Anointing Alimpanam [la-bura-mum ] Whitening the walls, flour &c. on festive occasions; cf. AdIpana. Alipta a. 1 Anointed. -2 Smeared, plastered. Alepa . To be anointed. -paH, -panam 1 Anointing, smearing. -2 Liniment. AlihU 2 A To lick, lap. see AlIDa. AlI Ali bhAskarAlIva reje muniparaMparA Ku. qv. AlI 4 A. 1 To settle down upon; nirbhidyopari karNikArakusumAnyAlIyate SaTpadaH V. 2. 23. -2 To faint; muhUrAlIyate bhItA Mb. -3 To melt. AlayaH yam | AlIyate'si AlI ac] 1 An abordos a house, a dwelling; AlayaM devazatrUNAM sughoraM khANDavaM vanam Mb. 1. 223.75; na hi duSTAtmanAmAryo nivasanyAlaye ciram Ram.; sarvAJjanasthAnakRtAlayAn Ram. who lived or dwelt in Janasthana. -2 A village; mandarasya ca ye koTiM saMzritAH kecidAlayAH Ram. 4. 40.25. -3 A receptacle, seat, place; himAlayo nAma nagAdhirAjaH Ku. 1. 1; so devAlayam, vidyAlayam &c; fig. also; duHkha Bg. 8.15; guNa. -4 Contact. -yam ind. Till destruction, death ; pibata bhAgavataM rasamAlayam Bhag. AlIna / a. 1 Embraced. -2 Sticking or clinging to; AlInacandanau R. 4.51; so bhramare padme -3 Melted, fused. -nam, -nakam 1 Tin. -2 Tead. -3 Contact. For Private and Personal Use Only AlIDha 1. P. [ A-lihU-kta ] 1 Ticked, eaten, lapped, sera ped. -2 Wounded, hurt; senAnyamAlADhamivAsurAstraiH R. 2. 37. -3 Closed (as in sleep ) 1k. 117. -Dham A particular attitude in shooting, the right knee being

Page #378
AlIDhakam 360 Avapanam ............................... .................... advanced and the left leg retracted; atiSTadAlIDhavizeSa- Alokaka: A spectator. BTTTT R. 3. 52; see Malli. on Ku. 3. 70. AlokanIyatA The state of being looked at: citra3T1216 The frolicing of a calf. nyastA iva gatAH prakAmAlokanIyatAm Ku. IT A woman in menstruation; Zi tad Tota p.p. Seen, beheld &c. - A look, Ata 1977 Mb. 18. 104. 90. glance: Mal. 1. 27. 3T16: 1 An owl. --2 An esculent root not applied Tata u. Seeing, beholding. to potato &c.). -3 Ebony ; black ebony : f. A 1 A., 10 U. 1 To seo, porceive. -2 To pitcher, waterjar. n. A raft, float. consider, reflect, think, ponder over, study: K. 7; 3T17: 1 A kind of ebony ( 13 ). -2 An epithet 311 faxararut aTuize: Bk. 7. 40: fa-aof Sesa. -H An esculent root. 31161124 so thinking. AluJcanam Rending, tearing to pieces; zyeno grahAlazcane A TITT a. Seeing, beholding: -3 Causing to see. Mk. 3. 20. - The faculty of vision, the cause of sight. 316 S 1 P. or. Caus. To stir up, agitate, shake, T TT4, at 1 Soeing, perceiving, survey, view; disturb; a H e t Ve. 3, 4; fata : 3117317417 : San.K.28.-2 Considering,reflecting. Mb.; (fig.) to dive into; Pt. 1; to examine scruti 31 a. Slightly trembling, rolling (as eyes); nizingly; aicha H araza. 31032001991: Bh. 3. 48.-2 Shaken, agitated; 3117STIEFH 1 Stirring, shaking, agitating.-2 Mixing, H adh Amaru. 3; SIZI: Me.63.-: Trembling, blending, agitation. 31rotica y 1 Shaken, agitated. -2 Mixed, strefa . Shaken, agitatel. blended. -3 Powdered. STT <<. Reddish. siguen Plundering, taking away by force. a a. [ 312-09 ] Protecting. 3117 a. Shaking, unsteady. 3ra . Ved. Proximity; 3110277 31174: rara 3tica u. A little moved or agitated. 31199: Av. 5. 30. 1. 31 See 3113. aitre ind. For a year, during a year. 314 7. Cut, cut off ; d augta: uuzat: : [ 319-41 3941 ] Son of the earth', an Ku. 2. 41. epithet of the planet Mars. Alepaka: A masom. rara: ( TUTTA 307 ) A king of Avanti. 3 1 A., 10 . 1 To sec, percoive. behold; APHY S. D.; 311301 T Bk. 2. 24; used rafa . ( .) Coming from or belonging in u astrological sense also. -2 To consider, regard, to Avanti. - N. of a Buddhist school. contemplate; 14 F A 14: Bh. 3. 66. -3 To rata. [31917 19:54 ] Coming from or belongexpress congratulations, greet; sfat a 31. ing to Avanti. -2: 1 A prince or an inhabitant of 1971: Ve. 4. Avanti. -2 The offspring of a degraded Brahmana; 311,- 41 Seeing, beholding.-2 Siyht, aspect. see Ms. 10. 21. appearance; 4544 S. 1. 9; Ku. 7.22, 46; 15 STIET 1 U. 1 To scatter, thorw about; 1741907a 1 Si. yao v. 1. 24: $ 1.32; R. 1.81; yfa Mb. do 31217 throws. -2 To sow (as sec). -3 Me. 3, 3). -3 Range of sight; 3471 a faqaf gti To fit in, insert. -4 To pour out or forth. -5 To offer afectar al Mo. 87: R. 7. 5; Ku. 2. 45. -4 Light, (as in a sacrifice), perform as a Sraddha). -Caus. lustre, splendour; 3113AR DO AFET R. 7. 6 air 1 To shave, cut off. -2 To trim, to comb; FIThole, or window; fazia + Mal.. 30; 9. 37; 10. q2tit Mb. 1. 3. 157. -3 To mix with. 4,11; Ve. 2; K. 160, 290, 348, 68, 98. -5 Panegyric, praiso, complimentory language; especially, a word raqah 1 The act of sowiny, throwing, scattering. of praise uttered by a bard (such as 73, 317*2); - 2 Sowing seed. -3 Wearing; 1799 94: Mb 1. y aita : R. 17. 27; 2. 9: K. 14. -6 Section, 88. 13. -4 Shaving. -5 A vessel, jar, ewer. -6 Instilcho pter. -7 Mild light ( 94: YIT: ) of. Patanjala ling, inserting. - Place of origin, birth; 273-214 Yogadarsana 3. 25. -8 A trace of sight; 377 a . 1948 fa Bhay. 10. 80. 15. -8 A hempen THEY 7 936 * sfar: Ram. 2. 17. 2. -9 A lanp, cloth. -nI Ved. A vessel, jar; tvamasyAvapanI janAnAmaditiH light; 810 hari haciest 2 Mb. 13. 98. 1. Av. 12. 1. 61. f For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #379
AvAs ................ Avapantaka 381 ..... ........... .................... saga, trafica <<. Ved. Seattering. sity, inevitable act or duty. deg to do what nature art. [31199-99] Throwing, scattering ; (as compels one to do; 3 9147 Fat Ms. 4. 93; in 3421914 q. v.). T: 1 Sowing seed. -2 Scattering, Bhay. 9. 4.37. -2 An inevitable conclusion. -Comp. throwing in goneral; casting, directing. -3 Mixing, E TH N. of a Jaina work. inserting: -4 Especially, throwing additional ingre- 3 a l, a Necessity, inevita bility. dients into a compound in course of preparation. -5 A 1474 1 P. (With acc.) 1 To inhabit, dwell in ; basin for water round the root of a troe (31171 ). T19 at 21 V. 3. 7; ITA 1919 Ram.; -6 A vessel, jar for corn, 7 Setting out or arrang- sometimes with loc.; Ms. 7. 69; F3 qruhoj ing vessels. -8 JIostile purpose, intention of fighting ari Mat Y. 1.321.-2 To be occupiod or engaged, (with another); foreign affairs; a: Fat t ah outer upon; 721214 Ms. 3. 2.-3 To take part 017: T a f Toat; Tarana Si. 2. 88. -9A carnally; cohabit. Tiet#127 Ch. up. 5. 10. 9. principal sacritice or oblation to fire. -10 A kind of --4 To pass, spend (as night). --Caus. 1 To allow drink. -11 A bracelet (311919). -12 Uneven ground. one to dwell, receive hospita bly. -2 To inhabit, settle -13 lecentralisation, a matter which serves several in a place. - To halt or encamp (for the night ). persons or things only if repeated with each one of them (opp. q. v.) 74 31197 39kta 311917: 1 qara: /. Night (the time during wbich one 7419147 14TOH I SB. on MS. 11. 1.1. rests); mid-night ; hratgal at afta: fedt graty rhaafar Start: A bracelet. ta: Mb. 3. 165. 14. 319 : [ 3178-3747 Un.3. 116 ] 1 A dwelling, 37TTTTH 1 A loom.-2 A recl or frame for windling dwelling place, residence, house, habitation; 9519 thread. -3 Shaving. Strafe: R. 8. 14; TT 18 YTTET TET1211 STTTT .. ( 3114914 5] 1 Good for sowing, yoorafa au AISEI fata: 11 Subh. Ratn. shaving &c. -2 Arditional, supplementary: -2 A resting place, asylum; Ms. 3. 107; Mb. 12. 140-41; 127: 1 Cominy. -2 One who comes. -3 N. of a # pa 3178917 #1922 Ch. Up.4.1.1. H.. country. -7,- Water Ved.). - Ved. Non T igai 17 Kau. A.1. 11.-3 A dwellconception, barremmons; 37991 A 2417 4147 ing for pupils and a scotics. - 4 A village. 5 A partiAv. 8.6.26. cular religious observance. - A fire-sanctuary, a 39 m. One who makes a sacrifice to reach place where sacrificial fire is preserved. the gods Say.); or one who a verts by means of streeft a. ( f.) [311979 a afa 3 Tv.] sacrifices. 1 Inhabiting a house. -2 Household, domestic. -3 Keeping a sacred fire in a house. - Prob. a superviTR, STATUT &c. sce 311. sor of royal palace and other government buildings, START ( ) [31974 2 79) (A including temples, rest-houses &c. EI. XXIII, pp. 155 ff. debt ) To be paid in the following year. 1992 a. [ 31944-54 ] Beiny in a house.cz: The 119(a) fa <<. Eradicated, uprooted. sacrod fire kept in the house, one of the five fires used 371969 . That which covers (Satasloki 23 ). in sacrifices; see Taa; Bhag. 3. 13. 37. --477:, -UTA stratti, A. [311-77-57 a 319] 1 A line, row, A dwelling for pupils and ascetics. -ETH 1 Placing a range; 3490 V.1. +: fara atafani: Si., sacred fire within a house. -2 A house. so 334o, , ao, ar, &c. -2 A series, con- Tala: 1(a) A house, habitation, a bode; 1914tinuous line. -3 A dynasty, lineage. 21aafuta R. 2. 17. () Apartment, room. (.) A stratza ... [ 73-] Slightly turned; K. 46. place of refuge. strafata . 1 Shaking gentls; afcuratataat: AvAsya . Inhabited by, full of: AtmAvAsyamidaM vidhama Ki. 4. 17.-2 Springing, jumping. Bhag. 8. 1. 10. Sar19121424 Tsop. 1. TETET <<. Dancing; i qaza 21 a. [ 397197 4 319) Living at the Hait: Nay. 1. 2. extremity of a town (as a 71317). 3f1aest. Produced from the plant 345. afea a. [3-319-1 - ] 1 l'inished or completed. -2 Decided, determined, settled. -3 Storod (as yrain); 319774 | 34734-347,1 Necessity, inevitable act or winnowed. -4 Ripe, full-grown. -24 Ripo vorn when conclusion. (thrashed. ) STIEF.. .) [319=3 92] Inevitable, neces salg 10 P. ( 914 with 311 ] To perfume: 34191721 sary: Trakai Bhus. P. 22, 20. 4 1 Noch 99 F : Ram. 2. 103. 41. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #380
Avasthika 382 Aviz Avasthika . (-kI/.) [avasthAyAM bhavaH ThaJ ] Suited | Avitana 8 A. To spread over (s rays of light); or adapted to Gireumstances; dhamI hyAvasthikaH smRtaH .trIlokAnAvitanvAnA Bliag... 20. 37. Mb. 12.36. 11; AvasthikakramaM cApi matvA kArya nirUpaNama . az 2 U. Cans 1 To make knowil, report, declare, Avaha 1P. 1 To bring; agne patnIrihAvaha Rs. 1. 22.9.! announce, tell, communicate, inform; feffaf Frecufa -2 To bring home (as a bride). -3 To conduce, lond | athavA kimAveditena Ve.1; rAjJa AvedayadhvaM mAM saMprAptam Ram; AyuSaH or tend to, produee, bring on : krIDamAvahati me sa saMprati pramANamAvedayati K. 16,47, Avedayanti pratyAsannamAnandaM...nimittAni R.11.78 shames me; manaso rujamAvahan S.3.4 tending to 65, 67 foreshadow; 81,16s; Bk 3.49; Ku.6.21; R.5. mental anguish; na me saukhyamAvahati does not tend to my 23; AtmanaH sumahatkarma vagairAvedya .. 12.55 K. 158. -3 To happiness Pt. 1; saMgamam K. 1743 Ms. 3.82.-4 To pay, bring to, offer, give. gRhItavetanaH karma tyajandviguNamAvahena Y.2. 193. -5 To lead Avitta #. Existing, leing: Vij. 10. !).. forth, conduct away. - To How ( as blood &c. ).-7 To bear, support, wear; 40274176--114 Ch. P. 18. -8 To star. Ved. 1 Knowledge. -2 A technical name apply, use, employ; mA rodadhaiiryamAvaha Mark. P. -tung. of the Vedio forinulas ( in Vaj. 10. 9.) beginning with 1 To send for, cause to be brought. -2 To invoke a Avis and Avitta. deity (by means of Mantras); gAyatrImAvAhayAmi, gaNapatimA- Avidvas a. Ved. Knowing fully, skilled in; AvidvoM vAhayAmi . Ahe viduSe karAMsi Rv. 4. 19. 10. Avaha 1. (As last member of comp.) Producing, Avedaka. Making knowl, reporting, communilending or tending to bringing on:zAvahA bharalakSaNA'ham unting, -: 1 One who makes known, an informer. R. 14.33; 30 duHkha, bhaya, kSaya . -haH 1 N. of one of -2 A suitor, plaintiff ; sukra. 4. 586. the seven winds or bands of air, usually assigned to i Avedanam 1 Communicating, reporting, or addressing the bhuvalAka or atmospheric region between the bhUloka and respectfully. -2 Representation. -3 Stating a commsvaloka. -2 One of the seven tongues of tire. plaint (in law); rAjJe kuryAt pUrvamAvedanaM yaH Naradt. - A Avahanam Bringing neer, producing. plaint; Sukra 1. 606 -5 Marriage; a fagifquia vidhavAvedanaM punaH M.9.65. AvahamAna . 1 Bringing near. -2 Followed or succeeded by. AvedanIya, -vedya pot.p. 1To the declared or reported. AvAhaH 1Marrying. -2 A religious observanee%3 -2 To be made the subject of a plaint. AvAhAzca vivAhAzca saha sUtairmayA kRtAH Mb.5.141.143 13.63.33. Avedita. p. Made known, communicated &c. -taH The porson to whom something is made known. -tam AvAhanama 1 Sending for, inviting, calling. -2 In That which is communicateil. voking a deity (to be present) (opp. visarjana); AvAhane viniyogaH, AvAhanaM na jAnAmi na jAnAmi tavArcanam Puja Mantra. Avedina 4. 1 Dolaring, announcing. -2 Giving -3 Offering oblations to tire; AvAhanAnaukaraNarahitaM hapasavyavat Y. 1. 251. - A particular position of the hands at Aviryam [avidUrasya bhAvaH dhyaJ] Proximity. the time of invoking a deity; hastAbhyAmajaliM badhvA'nAmikA- / mUlaparvaNoH / abguSTI nikSipetseya mudrA tvAvAhanI smRtA // Sabdak. Aviddha, Avidha Joy under AvyadhU. AvAlam [A-val-Nic ac 'Tv.] A basin for water AvirbhAva &c. See Avis. round the root of a tree; cf. AlavAlam . Avila . [Avilati dRSTiM stRNAti vila stRtau-ka Tv.] AviH , See AvI f. Pain, suffering. (pl.) Pangs of 1 Turbid, foul, dirty, muildy; paGkacchidaH phalasyeva nikaSe NAvilaM payaH M.2.83 tasyAvilAmbhaHparizuddhihetoH / . 13.36. child-birth. -2 Impure, spoiled; Ki.8.37. ligalso; khadIyairdhAraAvika (-kI/.) [ avinA tallomnA nirmitaM Thak] 1 Ro- arafa: Ku. 5. 37. -3 Dark-coloured, dark-blue, lating to a sheep; 374 2178 Ms. 5.8,2.41.-2 Woollen: darkish; AvilapayodharAgram V.5.8-4 Jim, obscure; AvilA vAso yathA pAptvAvikam Bri. Up.2.3.6. -kam A woollen - mRgalekhAm R. 8.42. -5 Bediinmed, blurred; pravRddhabhaktyA cloth, blanket; paramAstaraNAstIrNamAvikAjinasaMthanam Ram. 5. uddharSahRdayAsrAvilekSaNa: Phag. 10.88.28. 10.6: Ms. 5. 120. -Comp. - a. made of woollen f acala Den. P. To sully, ma ke turbid, stainly thread; vaizyasyAvikasautrikam Ms. 2. 41. blot; tyapadezamAvilayituM kimIhase 5.5.21. AvikSitaH N. of Marutta, a descendent of avikSita; Aviz 6U. 1To enter; gaurIgurorgahvaramAviveza R. 2. AvikSita: pArthivosau maruttaH Mb.12.20.18.AviAkSatasya kAmaH... 26, 3. 28. -2 To tako possession of', possess, affect; Avigna . Distressed, troubled, agitated, confused. mUDhamAvizanti na paNDitam 11.1.39 80 bhayama, mohaH, krodhaH &c. -naH N. of a fruit-tree (avina: Mar. karavaMda). -3 To go towards, approach. -4 Togo or attain toa orders. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #381
AviSTa 888 AvRta ... .. . ................ .... ............. . .......................... particular stato; 994, 437&c.-5 To arise.-Caus. 1 To cause to enter; ET FAH By. 12. 7. -2 TO possess: K. 107. stay p. 1 Entered. -2 Possessed by an evil spirit); 3a T ata Tata Ram. 2. 12. 18: K. 120, 167, 318. -3 Possessed of, seized or filled with, full of, overpowered or overcome: o, o, fezio: Tagh Rg. 2. 1; ta: 7577agt: P4. 1.65 coverel with, clad in. -4 Engrossed or occupied in, intent on (acht, ). -Comp. for a. (noun) which in every relationship preserves its own vender (fagar), c. y. 94194, 314, 95H. TTTT: 1 Entering into, entrance; 31921 IM. 1 to enter or infuse oneself into. -2 Taking possession of, influence, exercise; ho influence of pride R. 5. 19; so 47 , 412", 4deg &c. -3 Intentness, levotedness to an object, complete a bsorption in one wish or ilea. -4 Pride, arrogance. -5 Flurry, agitation, anger, passion; K.291.- Demoniacal possession. -7 Apoplectic or epileptic giddiness. Strana 1 Entering, entrance. -2 Demoniacal possession. -3 Passion, anger, fury. - A manufactory, work-shop; "EFTaSala Ms. 9. 260. -5 The disc of the sun or the moon. -6 A houso, dwelling. straf T a. (- :) ( 31121-77) 1 Peculiar, one's own ( 3481410.-2 Inherent. - A guest, visitor. - 1 Entering into. -2 JTospitality surfa ind. A particle meaning before the eyes', openly', 'evidently' (usually prefixed to the roots 31, Hand ): 3117110# af Arthaud Mal 1. 26. strert 1 P. To becomo manifest, appear, become visible, show onerolt to; namastapati ghAzI kathamAvirbhapyati $.3.14: 4911947 A magag14 Ku. 2. 2; AvirbabhUva kuzagarbhamukhaM mRgANAM yathama 1.9.15: AvirbhUtaprathamamukulAH 776219674 Mo. sferura:, traza: . 1 Manifestation, presence, appearance. -2 An incarnation. -3 Nature or property of things. Stiera a. Become apparent, visible, manifest. @huga a. Manifesting the form of a cirele: fagala quasi qosuat Ki. 14.65. staiga ... Made visible. sia 8 U. To make apparent, lay bare, reveal, show, manifest, pat forth; (g ) 1905-4597247 Piisa: S. 4. 2; Si. 20. 76. StatTOTH, FIT: 1 Manifestation, making visible, showiny: 3144 ug aaraa Sk. -2 The means of making visible. Trietha a. 1 Made visible, inanifest, revealed. -2 Known; te gr a f : fuat Mb. 1. 172. 5. strast a. Vod. Manifest. star ind. In a more manifest way. strait : ita a 310] 1 A woman in her courses, -2 A pregnant woman. -3 The pangy of child-birth. narr See 3EUR (1); 31161 FIITHTH Mb. 16. 8.5. rara .. ( 31-03-Fi ] 1 Worn, put on, held after throwing round. --2 Entered, passed, gone. - The sacrificial cord wori in any particular position. AvItin m. [AvIta-ini] A Brahmana who makes the sacrificial cord hang over the right shoulder. au: The opposite-leaved fig-tree. - Red powder used in the loli festival. s h: A father in theatrical language). TT: A sister's husband: brother-in-law; U. 1: 6.6. sie 5, 9, 10 U. 1 To cover, hide, conceal: 319 a 14 R. 17.61; K. 199; 319fa1477 Dk. 9. 24: A an af: By. 3. 38. -2 To fill, pervado; TH17 fagfa By. 13. 13; Ms. 2. 144. -3 To choose, desire. -4 To onclose, obstruct, shut, hein in, block; 31133 TAHE R . 7. 31: 12. 28. -5 To keep off : 3119 wat 74 Bk. 14. 109. Caus. 1 To cover or conceal. -2 To ward or keep off. at a. Covering, concealing. - A cover, veil. STITUT 6. Covering, hiding, obscuring, obstructing; agar R. 14. 71. -UTH 1 Covering, concealing, hiding, obscuring; TOY : a ** ahel R. 5. 13, 19. 46, 19. 16. -2 Shuttiny, enclosing, fencing.-3 A covering, anything that covers or protects &c.; et atafa palataIH M. .11: S. 3.21: (fig.) protection defence: zIlamAvaraNa triyA: Ram.: caritrAvaraNAH 13: Chau. 76. -4 Obstruction, interruption, restraint (of baslifulness &c.): 7 : 2 4. U. 1. 39. -5 All enclosure, fence, surrounding wall: 34 97us TE R. 16.7; Ki. 1. 20. -6 A bolt, latch. -7 A shield. -8 An armour; 311213141Tuy Ki. 17. 59. -9 (in phil.) mental blindness (Jaina). -Comp. - : mental ignorance (which veils the real nature of things ). atfurat: m. pl. N. of a Buddhist sect. TITOR a. Belonging to mental blindness (Jaina). straf (f) a. One that covers or envelops ; Trattaat Tamat: Ram. 3. 51. 12; 4: 494afar afer Ki. 18. 40. strart: Enclosing, kooping off, as in giart q. v. rafti, qraft: [ 3113179 ] A shop, a stall (1). according to some). siap p. 1 Covered, screened, concealed. -2 Invested, blocked. -3 Enclosed, surrounded by a ditch, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #382
AvRtiH 864 AvRttiH wall &c.). -4 Sproud, overspread, overcast ; 31191 II. 3. -5 Filled or a bounding with; sarala- #27 E2425THIYATH ( 714) Ram. 7. 33. . -2: A inan of mixed origin, the son of a Brahmana by a woman of the Ugra caste3 brAhmaNAdurakanyAyAmAvRto nAma jAyate Ms. 10. 15. rela: f. Covering, hiding ; see 31270. 319T 1 A. 1 To bestow, give ( Ved.) -2 To turn to or towards. -3 To choose ; 0749 41 3 - HT17 Bhay. 1.7.09. -Caus. 1 To bend, bend down; incline; amara: Pt. 4. ; 31195 sar: 44 7 9 R. 16. 19; 13. 17, 24; My. :). 63; K 14, 58; K1. 2. 26, 3.54; 7.51; Me. 48.-2 To subdue, win or gain over, attract, please; aftafa Haife Nag. 1; AT117419frigedia 1981 Dk. 45, 58, 133, 155: My. 2; K. 368; qarairag e Bu. Ch. 5. 62; 9ftrata 721 7. Hata 49: Nay. Act 1, between verses 2 and 3.-3 To bring, collect; aferadagh R. 6.76. -4 To pour out, offer, give; 319 kraftafiu Ku. 5.34; R. 15.80; 721afaf9o37 : 8. 26; 1. 62, 67: Mu. 4; K. 241. 5 To draw or force out; Nag. 4 and 5; Avajita mayA cacyA hRdayAttava zoNitam Nag.. -6To empty, pour out the contents of as a jar o.): - ayla S. l; V.5; Ku. 7. 10; K. 82, 310. rate a. Attracting, propitiating. 31 1 Bending down &c. -2 Giving. -3 Winning over; Dk. 139, 172. 19tra a. 1 Inclined, bent down ; 31afsar fra HTT+214 Ku. 3. 54. -2 Poured out, made to flow clownwards. -3 Overcome, humbled. -H A particular position of the moon. 3119TTI A. 1 To turn round, revolve. -2 To return, come or turn back; tra R. 1. 82, 2. 19; Tag 21999: Bg. 8. 26.-3 To go to or towards. - 4 To be restless or uneasy ; Tuomari ca 1194 Mal. 1. 41. -Catus. 1 To cause to turn or revolve; 31217419 424 K.42 telling the beads.-2 To roll, tum about or over. -3 To cause to roll down, shed as tears &c.). -4 To attract, win over ser 34199 ). -5 To repeat, recite; 31aafa yara: Ay. 9. 10. 11. siaa: 1 Turning round, winding, revolving; Tod a: Ram. 6. 73. 23.-2 A whirlpool, an eddy, whirl : 4 F TTH #: R. 6. 52; aftada: Me. 28; Dk. 2; 18: 4274714 Pt. 1. 191. - 3 Deliberation, revolving in the mind ), anxiety. -4 A lock of hair curling backwards, especially on a horse (considered lucky); 196 ay : # TTTTT ( 2 of 1).-The two depressions of the forehead above the eyebrows. -6 A crowded place where many men live closely together). - A kind of jewel. -8 N.of : form of cloud personified ; 31 Ata#. -9 Melting (of metals). -10 Doubt; 412 41904 Ha d Mb. 12. 971. 7. -11 Worldly existence ( 117).- A mineral substance, pyrites (121 ). sa a. ( 3119 ma 1947] Revolving again and again. - 1 N. of a form of cloud personified: a paaralan 97 14 Me.6; Ku. 2.50.-2 Depression above the eye-brows. -3 A whirlpool. -4 Revolution. -5 Revolution of the mind from the indluence of the senses. -6 A curl of hair. -7 A sort of poisonous insect. -8 N. of a plant (Mar. 21 ); X. of a creeping plant ( ad). Strada a. 1 Turning round or towards. - 2 Revolving. -- 1 Turning round: returning, revolution. -2 Circular motion, gyration. -3 Churning or stirring up anything in fusion. -4 Melting togethor', fusion, alligation said of metals). - Mid-day, the time when shadows are cast in an opposite direction. -6 Repeating, doing over and over again. - Study, practising --8 A year; 3919 Mb. 13. 107.25.-27: 1 Visnu. -2 N. of an 39217 in the straty. - 13 crucible. -2 a spoon, ladle. -3 magic art; fed yozmaradufa : Ram. 7. 88. 20. (auginiai.) saat.1 Whirling or turning upon itself, returning; 31260971791: Fiasta By. 8. 16; F atiafa II. 1. 180.-2 Melting, mixing &c. m. (a) A horse having curls of bair on various parts of the body considered as a sign of auspiciousness ). -aft 1 A whirlpool. -2 N. of a plant ( 34 ). STIET f. 1 Causing to turn towards. -2 Turning towards or round; entoring. -3 Order, succession, method, mode, manner; 3194194 fosfaa ya: Ms. 3. 248; 7.3.2. - 4 Progress of an action; occurrence. -5 Turn of a path, course, direction. -6 A purificatory rite; 3717 T F 997: Ms. 2. 06. 39 . p. 1 Turned round, whirled, returned ; AvRttavRntazatapatranibham Mal. 1.2).-2 Repested; dvirAvRttA daza IT: Sk. -3 Learnt by heart ), studied; U. 6. -4 Reverted, returned. -5 Averted. - Retreated, fled. -7 Upside down ( 4 4 ); ( 34 3) HIITH Chau. Up. 2.2.2.-a Aldressing a prayer or songs to a god safe: /. 1 Turning towards; return, coming back; 79197131994 R. 2. 18; 77 78 tarihi 49 afia: By. 8. 23.-2 Reversion, retreat, flight. -3 Revolving, whirling, going round; t 19119219gor Mal. 5. 4.-4 Recurrence to the same point or place of the sun); vertig 74: R. 8. 33. -5 Repetit ion of birth and death, wordly existence: 37197 Ku. 6. 77. - Repetition in general, an edition (modern use); A444#gat: Seventh edition. -7 Repeated reading, study; 39: Tamarafo 777 Udb. cf. also 721412: EITTH-777 I SR. on MS. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #383
AvRddhabAlakam 360 AzaMsu 12. 1. 12. -8 11se, employment, application. -9 Turn of : Way, Cole or direction. -10 Corrence. -Comp. -dIpakam // rhetorical igure; trividhaM dIpakAvRttI bhavedAvannidIpakama / (padasyArthasyobhayo, AvRttiH). kameNodAharaNam:-- varSanyambudamAleyaM varSatyeSA ca zarvarI // unmIlanti kadambAni sphuTanti kuttjodgmaaH| mAdyanti cAtakAstRptA mAdyanti ca shikhaablaaH|| Kuval. AvRddhavAlakam ind. From old mem to children. zire: /. Raining, a shower of rain. AvegaH1 Uneasiness, anxiety, excitement, agitation, Hurry; alamAvegena S. 3,7; Amaru.22; zoka', duHkha, sAdhvasa' &c. kimasthAnamidamAvegasya Nig.5. -2 Hurry, haste; St. -3 Agitation, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings. -gI N. of a tree (vRddhadArakavRkSa; Mar. mhaimavela). AveTa 10P. 1 To surround; tRNerAveSTapate rajjuH is made or formeel of straw. I't. 1.331.-2 To throttle, strangles pIDAkarSAzukAvaSTapAdA' yAse zataM damaH Y.2.217. AveSTakaH A wall, fence, an enclosure. AveSTanam 1 Wrapping round, tying, binding. -2 A wrapper, an envelope. -3 A wall, fence, enclosule. Avya (-vI/.)[avermeSamya vikAraH pya] 1 Belonging to a sheep. -2 Woollon. Avyakta . Quite clear, intellisible: nadvAkyamAnyaktapadaM tAsAM strINAM nizamya ca Ram.7.28.20. Avyadh + P. 1 To hit, pierce ; so0 anAviddha. -2 To wound. -3 To break or pierce through. -4 To put on: nivasvA''vidhya ca srajam Bk. 20. 11. -5 To shoot at, throw or cast towards. - To throw away, cast off. -7 To wave, brandish; AviddhAveva dRzyete Mb. 1. 226.33B Avi-ya zUlaM tarasA Bhag. 10.5.). 8. -8 To pin on. -9 To rouse, agitate, stir up. -10 To drive away, expel ; nirbandhamAvidhyati Mv.5.8). Aviddha . 1 Pierced, bored, rent, splintered, broken down; 31aguf: Mv.5. 44 rent or contracted; R. 12. 73. - 2 Curved, crooked, uneven; V. 4. 52; harSAviddhamabhyutthitaH Dk. 37. -3 Cast with force ; dUranikSepa Mal. 8 cast forth in taking long strides; My. 2; Ms.9.10: thrown, put in motion. -4 Disappointed. - Fallacious, false. -8 Stupid, foolish. -7 Thrown, placel closely near one another; sa pANDurAviddhavimAnamAlinIm Ram.5.2.53. -ddham A particular manmer of fencing: Hriv. -Comp. -karNI, -karNikA N. of a plant (pAThA). AvidhaH [A-vyadh-artha-ka] An awl; drill. AvyAdhina . [A-vyadha-Nini] Giving pain, wounding, attacking. -nI A gang of robbers; nama AvyAdhinIbhyaH Rudra. Avazca / / P. Ty toar off, cut off'; yo asyAH karNAvAskuno- 24 ay 7 Av. 12. 4.6; tear in pieces, interrupt. 371272274 1 Cutting or tearing off. -2 The stump of a tree (Verl). SITTER: Beiny torn off or tearing itself off (Ved). AvIDakaH [AbrIDAnAM viSayo dezaH ] A country inha bited by shameless people. 313T a. One who eats, eater (mostly as the last member of comp.); e.. hutAza, AzrayAza Re. &c. -zaH [azU-ghaJ] Eating (as in prAtarAza); pizinAzadoSaH Ram.5.5.8. Azakam Eating; Mb. 13. 7. 18. 3T13Ta <<. 1 Feeding, a feeder. -2 Protecting. aft: /. The act of eating food. Ta a. 1 Eaten, given to eat. -2 Satisfied by enting: adya dIrghasya kAlasya bhaviSyAmyahamAzitA Ram. 5.1.174. -3 Voracious, gluttonous. -tama 1 Eating. -2 Giving food in charity ); Bri. Up. 4. 1. 2. AzitaMgavIna . [ AzitA azanena tRptA gAvo yatra, khay fagra 17 94] Formerly grazed by cattle. AzitaMbhava . [Azito'zanena tRpto bhavatyanena P. III.2.45] Satisting, satisfying ( as food ). -vam 1 Food which produces satisfaction when eaten or enjoyed: AzirtabhavaM yad dravyaM sA bhUtiH sA dakSiNA | SB. on MS. 10.3.45, victuals. -2 Satisfaction, satiety (m. also); phalaiye vAzitaMbhavam Bk. 1.11; also AzitaMbhavamutkRSTaM balgitaM zayitaM sthitam Bk. 6. 106. Azita a. Voracious, gluttonous. Azin 1.1 Eating (in comp.); phalAzI &c.-2 Aged; namo yuvabhyo nama AzinebhyaH Rv. 1. 27. 13. AzaMs 1 A. (rarely P.) 1 To hope for, expect, desire, wish or long for; svakAryasiddhi punarAzazase Ku.3.573 Bk. 14. 70,90%; AzaMsante surasamitayaH 5.2. 16%3 M.13; manorathAya nAzaMse S.7.18. -2 To bless, wish well to; evaM te devA AzaMsantu Mk. 13 ityAzazaMse karaNairabAdaiH R. 14.50. -3 To speak, say.-4 To tell; AzaMsatA bANagatiM vRSAke Ku.3.14. -5 To ask for beg. -6 To praise. -7 To repeat, recite. -8 To fear, be afraid of. -Cans. To render famous or celebrated. AzaMsanam 1 Expecting, wishing; iSTAzaMsanamAzI: Sk. -2 Telling, declaring. AzaMsA 1 Desire, wish, expectation, hope%3 nidadhe vijayAzaMsAM cApe sItAM ca lakSmaNe R. 12.41; AzaMsA ca hi naH Bk. 19.5. -2 Speech, declaration. -3 Indication, reference; zaratsamayavarNanAzaMsayA Ve. 1. -4 Imagination%3B AzaMsAparikalpitAsvapi bhavatyAnandasAndro layaH MRl.5.7. AzaMsita 4.1 Wished, hoped, expected. -2 Said, declared. -3 Considered, said to be. AzaMsita, AzaMsin a. 1 Wishing, desiring, expocting; V. 2. -2 Announcing, declaring. AzaMsu . [A-zaMs-u] sanAzaMsabhikSa uH P. III. 2. 168. 1 Wishing, hoping, desiring; sa duSTaH pApamAzaMmuH pANDavAnAM For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #384
Azas H Mb. 12. 39. 25. 2 Desirous, hopeful. : mary: Bk. 14. Ved. [-ig-f] Hoping. J. 1 Praise. -2 Desire: azafa Av. 7. 57. 1. 5 P. Ved. To make one capable or a master or possessor (of a thing). Azakta ... Able, powerful. Power, a bility. : sfer Desire of learning: Vaj. 30. 10. 1 A. 1 To suspect, distrust; aai ar 24 Bk. 21. 1. 2 To suspect or believe to be: ara fa S. 1. 27: Si. 3. 72: Bk. 6. 6. -3 To be in doubt or suspense; a faal maa M. 4. 5. - To fear, be afraid, apprehend bharanAgamanamAzakya P. 12. 243 Pt. 302 dattapUrvetyAzakyate Mal. 4.4 To start a doubt or objection. pot. p. 1 To be doubted or suspected. -2 To be apprehendol. -3 Doubtful, questionable. AzaGkA 1 Fear, apprehension; naSTAzaGkA hariNazizavo mandamandaM caranti S. 1.15; AzaGkayA bhuktam Bh. 3. 5. -2 Doubt, uncertainty: Gadadhara. -3 Di-trust, suspicion. apprehensive, afraid. : anvita AzaGkina PI Feared, dreaded; JU. 3: doubted, suspected. - 1 Fear: apprehension. 2 Doubt, uncertainty. the AzaTrina 1 Doubting, fearings fam R. 4. 21 attended with fears; gafarfara: sevA sadAzaGkanI Pt. 1. 281. Azana ". [-] One who feeds. 1 N. of a tree (Mar. 3): see . -2 The thunderbolt. Azaya No. See under AzI. - 1 Fire. -2 A demon, goblin ( rakSas ); sa zaradA''zaradAvadavAnala: Ram.ch. 4. 67. -3 Wind: Azarastu pumAn vaizvAnare ca rajanIcare Medini. AzArikaH, Azarikam Violent and cute pain in the limbs rheumatic pains; Av. 19. 34. 10. Azala: A tree; see jIvaka. 366 Azavam [ AzobhavaH aN ] 1 Speed, quickness. -2 Distilled spirit; more usually written 4 q. v. Ved. Cutting up an animal (when killed). AzA [ AsamantAt aznute A-az-ac] 1 (a) Hope, expectation, prospect; af R. 12.96: T hi paramaM duHkhaM nairAzyaM paramaM sukham Subhas.: tvamAze moghAze Bh. 3.05 NO bhanna, na, nirAza &c. (1) Wish, desire (in Bh. 3-45 AzA is compared to a river). -2 False hope or expectation. -3 Space, region, quarter of the compass, direction: agastyA carinAmA zAmanAzAsyajayo yayau R. 4. 443 Ki. 7.9; Mark Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Azisa also the pun on the word (a direction, a desire) in AzAnakara prAcinApadhi (sUrya) Nag.. IN -Comp. rf, - hopeful, inspiring hope: -anvita, janana ... vacobhirAzAjananaiH V. 3. 9. -kRta attended with the hope of success. : a guardian elephant of a quarter or point of the compass; see aSTadiggaja - tantuH a thread of hope, slender hope; fa Mal. 4. 3,9.26. - see 1 a guardian or regent of the regions or quarters; agi. -2 A chief ruling over 10000 villages. Sukra 1. 191. ff deceptive or illusive hope, phantom of hope. -puragugguluH or -saMbhavaH a kind of Bdellium. - a. successful (AT). 1 the tie or bond of hope, confidence, trust, expectation; gurvapi virahaduHkhamAzAbandha: sAhayati S. 4. 16. Ve. 6. 25: V. 35 U. 3; Me. 10. 2 consolation. -3 a spider's web. -bhaGgaH - vaha -: disappointment.. inspiring hope. (-) N. of a son of heaven. era. Nakod: Bh.-fafa a. disappointed in expectation. . despairing, despondent. AzAvat . Having hopes, trusting. AzADha: Seo a ( A ) pADa. AzAraH shelter : 'pina seeking shedter: AzAraipI kuzaga Av. 4. 15. 6. 2 A. 1 To bless, pronounce or give a bless ing; RchandasA AzAste S. 4: kimanyadAzAsmahe kevalaM vIraprasavA U. 1. -2 To desire, wish, hope, expect; maGgalamAzAste Ve. 6; Ms. 3. 80; sarvamasminvayamAzAsmahe 5.7; a: na Bk. 17. 1. -3 To order, command, relate (P. also in this sense). 4 To praise. -5 To subdue; A no jIvAna varuNa tAsu zAdhi Rv. 2. 28. 9. AzAsya pof. P. 1 To be obtained by a boon.-2 To be blessed: asmAbhirapyanAzAsyo rAmasya mahimAnvayaH Mv. 4. 13. -3 To be wished for, desirable; R. 4. 44 (who had not to rish for victory, to whom victory came unsought). PI 1 A thing to be wished for, wish, desire: a gaffer: Mu. 7; AzAsyamItivigamaprabhRti prajAnAm M. 5. 20. -2 A blessing, henediction; AzAsyacintAstimito babhUva Ku. 7. 87; AzAsyamanyana, punaruktamRtam R. 5. 34. Azisa / (zIH, zIrbhyAm &c.) [ AzAs- kipU, ata itvam ] A blessing, benediction. (It is thus defined: mAnyena kaniSTasyAbhidhIyate / iSTAvadhArakaM vAkyamAzIH sA parikIrtitA. ) is sometimes distinguished from 7, the former being taken to be merely an expresion of one's good wishes which may or may not be realized: while a is a boon which is more permanent in character and surer of fulfilment of varaH khalvepa nAzIH S. 4; AziSo gurujanavitIrNA varatAmApadyante K. 2013 amoghAH pratigRhantA vardhyAnupadamAziSaH R. 1.44, 11. 6; Ku. 5. 76, 7.47. -2 Act of bestowing a blessing upon others. -3 A prayer, wish, desire; jagaccharaNyasya nirAziSaH sataH Ku. . 76, Bg. 4. 21, 6. 10, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #385
AziJjita 887 Azcarya -4 A serpent's fang (f. AzI).-5One of the eight chief medicuments (vRddhi). -Comp. -uktiH , -vAdaH, -vacanam (refraiz: fe) a blessing, benediction, expression of praver or wish; AzIrvacanasaMyuktAM nityaM yasmAna prakurvate S. D. Ms. 2. 33. -viSaH (AzIviSaH) having poison in its fangs', a snake. AziJjita ( AsiJjita).. 'Tinkling (as of the ornament worn on the hands and foet); pAdena nApekSata sundarINAM saMparkamAsijjitanapureNa Ku.8.26. Azita, Azin &c. Stre under Aza. Azina . Ved. Aged ; it Azina. Azira [AzrIyate pacyate A-zrI-kvip I'v.] Milkkc. that is being boiled; (kSIrAdikam thapaNadravyam Say.); thee milk mixed with the Soma juice to purify it. Azira . Voracious. -ra: 1 Fire. -2 The sun. -3 Alemom. AzI AzA yate'nayA, A-zR-kip pRpo.] 1 A serpent's Fan viSamAzIbhiranArataM dhamantaH Si. -2 A kind of venom. -3 A blessing, benediction. -Comp. -viSaH [AzyAM viSamasya] 1. shake; garutmadAzIviSabhImadarzanaiH R.8.57. -2 : particular lind of snakes, karNAzIviSabhogini prazamite Ve.6.1. AzI 2 A. 1''o lie or sleep on : kusumAnyAzerate SaTpadAH V. 2. 23. v. l. --2 To pass the night ) in sleep. -3 To wish, prty for3; mudyumnasthAzayanpuMstvamupAdhAvata zaMkaram Bhag. 9. 1. 37. -4 To dwell, live, inhabit. AzayaH [A-zI-ac] 1 A bed-chamber, resting place, Asylum. -2 A place of residence, abode, seat, retreat; vAyugandhAnivAzayAna ]in 15.8; apRthak U. 1.5..1. -3 Sleeping lying down. -4 Receptacle, reservoir : viSamo'pi vigAyate nayaH kRtatIrthaH payasAmivAzayaH Ki.2.33; f. also words like jalAzaya, AmAzaya, raktAzaya . kAmAtpiti 11171 Mb. 12. 236. 24. 5 Any recipient vossel of the body; the Asuyas are 7:- vAta, pitta, leSman, rakta, Ama, pakka (and garbha in the case of women). -6 The stomach; AzayAgnidIptiH Dk. 160. -7 Meaning, intention, purport, wist; arthandriyAzayajJAnarbhagavAnparibhAvyate Bhig.12.11.22. ityAzayaH; evaM kaverAzayaH (oft. used by commentators; see 31912). -8 The seat of foolinys, unind, heart; tanme dahati gAtrANi viSaM pItamivAzaye Rim.i..G. ahamAtmA guDAkeza sarvabhUtAzayasthitaH Bg.10.20% BMv.2.37. -9 Disposition of mind; dravyasvabhAvAzayakarmakAlairekAdazAmI manaso vikAra: Bhag.ih. 11. 11.-10 Prosperity. -11 A barn. -12 Will or pleasure. -13 Virtue or vice (as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain ). -14 late, fortune. -15 Property, possession. -16 A miser. -17 A kind of pit (made for catching animals); 31 paramasaMtapto nUnaM siMha ivAzaye Mb. -18N. of a trve (panasa). -Comp. -Aza: tire. Azu.. [az-vyAptI upa] Fast, quick -zu: Vet. 1 The quick one', a horse. -2 Rice ripening quickly in the rainy season). -zuind. Fast, quickly, immediately, lirectly; Bg.2.65; vartma bhAnostyajAzu Me11,22. Pef. L.urn; lir. OFrts. I -Comp. -Apas .. obtaining Juicly. -kArina, -kRt // . 1 doing anything quickly, smart, actives. -2 operating quickly (as medicine). --kopina . instible, irritable. -kriyA quick opers. tion of medicine. -ga.. swift, quick. ( gaH) 1 the wind. -2 the sun. -3 an arrow; papAvanAsvAditapUrvamAzugaH / .3.54, 11.83, 12.91 -gAmin .. going quickly. m. the sun. -att<<. casily appeased or pleasel. (-:) an epithet of Siva. -Tit : tree which yields frankincense (zallakIlanA). -patvan / Hying quickly. -phala: A kind of weapon. -bodha .. teaching quickly, N. of a treatise of grammar.- a. going quickly. -in. quickly. afe: rice ripening in the rainy set01. - 1. Vel. having swift arrous. nama AzuSeNAya cAzurathAya ca Rutlra. -saMdheya .. Easy to be joined together or reconcilod. -heman // rumning on quickly, urging the lhorses. -hepas .. Vel. quickly heighing: Thiving quick horses, quickly praisord; (zAprazabdAyamAna). N. of the Asvins. Azutvam,-tA Quicknces, speed. Azuman int. Quickly; yathA mano manasketaH parApanatyAzumat A.6.105.1. AzImat // [AzobhIvaH imanic ] Quickness. AzuzukSaNi u.[A zaS san ani Un.2. 102] 1 being worshipped on account of shining very quickly, or causing sorrow to one's enemies (Say.). -2 Shining forth. -Ni: 1 Wind, air. -2 Firo; Bhiy. 8.19.2035 mantrapUtAni havIMSi pranigRhAtyetat prItyAzugukSaNi: K. At. cf. also hig. 8. 11.26. AzU . (Quick, fast. (vvi.). AzekuTin M. A mountain. Azokeya ... (-yI/.) [azoka-da] (A phteokc.) Near an Asoka tree. 3712TITUTH. The act of drying. __ Azaucam [ azucerbhAvaH aNa: P. VII. 3. :30 ] Impurity, HO azIcama; dazAhaM zAvamAzoce sapiNDeSu vidhIyate Ms.i.0,61, 62,74,80; }. 3. 18. -nirNayaH N. of a work. Azocin u. Impure. Azcarya . [A-cara-Nyat suT AzcaryamAnetye P. VI. 1. 117] Marvollous, wonderful, extraordinary, astonishing, strange, curions AzcayoM garvA doho'gopena Sk.; tadanu vavRSuH puSpamAzcaryameghAH R. 16.87; darzano manuSyalokaH 5.7. -yam 1A wonder, miracle, marvel; kimAzcarya kSAradeze prANadA yamadUtikA Udb. karmAzcaryANi U.1. wonderful deeds; K.6); Mv. 1; Ry. 11. 6; 2. 29. -2 Surprise, wonder, a sto huishment : deg74 Bg. 11. 11. -3 A strange appearance, prodiyy. -4 (Used as an exclamation ) A wonder, how strange or eurious; Azcarye paripIDito'bhiramate yaccAtaka For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #386
AzcaryatA 868 AzrayaH - stRSNayA Chit.2.4; usually with yaca, yatra or yadi with a life of a Brahmapa. -parvan n. The first section of the following potential or future. -Comp. -49 a. wonderful fifteenth book of the Mahabharata. i... AzramavAsikabeing an object of wonder; K. 8. parvan . -bhraSTa . fallen from any religious order, apostate. -lakSaNam An indicatory mark of the religous order, ef. AzcaryatA, -tvam Wonderfulness, astonishment. mekhalAjinadaNDena brahmacArIti lkssyte| gRhastho dAnavedAve khalomnA Azco (zcyo ) tana // Sprinkling. -nam 1 Aspersion, vanAzritAH // tridaNDena yatithaiva lakSaNAni pRthaka pRthakU / yasyaitallakSaNaM sprinkling; U. 2.-3 Applying ghoe &c. to the eyelids. nAsti prAyazcittI na cAzramI // (dakSasahinA.) -vAsaH residence Azma 1. (-imI/.) [azmana-aN ] Made of stoney in a hermitage. -vAsikaa. relating to residence in a stony. -zmaH Anything made of stone. -Comp.-bhArika hermitage;"ka parva the 15th book of the Mb. -bAsina. a. having a mass of stones. -T2: N. of a teacher of -AlayaH, -sad m. an ascetic, hermit. ritual. Azramika .., Azramin . [Azrama-Than ini] 1 Belonging Azmana .. (-nI/.) [azmano vikAraH aN] Stony, made to one of the four orders or periods of religious life; of stones. sa cApamAzmanaprakhyaM sedhuM dhane'nyadurvahAm Bk. -naH 1 Ms. 6.90-91, 12. 111, yasmAttrayo'pyAthamiNo jJAnenAnena caanvhN| Anything made of stone. -2 N. of Aruna, the chario gRhasthenaiva dhAyante 3. 78. -2 Belonging to a hermitage. teer of the sun. a: 1 Stream, river. -2 Fault, transgression ; Azmarika. (-kI/.) [azmayava svArtha bA ThaJ ] Suffer- 80 Asrava and under Adhu also. ing from stone in the bladder. -ka: N. of a disease __ Azri 10.1 (4) To resort. or betake oneself to; (azmarI q. v.). to have recourse to (a place, way, course of action Azmika ..(-kI /.) 1 Marle of stone. -2 Carrying &e.); vicaritamRgayUthAnyAzrayidhye vanAni V... 17: nimnagAM Azrayante Rs. 1.27; dakSiNAM mUrtimAzritya K. 128, 182; na vayaM or bearing stones. kumAramAzrayAmahe Mu.43 AzidhAya ca bhUtalam Bk. 11. 111 __ Azyai 1 A. To become congealed or coagulated, to fell on the ground; 17.92; attimAzritya vaitasIm R.4.35 become dry; yAvannAzyAyate vediH R. 17. 87. resorting to or following; 80 dharyama, zokama, balam. mitrabhAvama, AzyAna.p.1 Congealed, consolidated; parivAzyAna- saMskRtamAzritya &c.: Azritya having recourse or roference; ghanastaTAni Ki. 16. 10; antarAlagnAzyAnarudhirabindunA K. -2 tAmAzritya M.1.1, katamatprakaraNamAzritya gIyatAm S. 1. (b) To Partially driod; pathazcAzyAnakardamAn R.+.24; Ku.7.9; seek refuge with, dwell with or in, inhabit as a dried by fumigation (as hair); R. 17.22. place &c.); zaraNyamenamAzrayanta R. 18.7: Pt. 1.51; tathA gRhasthamAdhitya vartante sarva AzramAH Ms. 3.77; sarve guNAH kAJcanaAzrapaNam [A-zrA-Nic lyuT ] The act of cooking or mAzrayante. -2 To go through, experience; eko rasaH...pRthakU boiling. pRthagivAzrayate vivartAn U.3.47. -3 To rest or depend upon. Azram [azrameva, svArthe'N ] Tear. -4 To adhere or stick to, fall to the lot of, happen, AzramaH, -mam [A-zram AdhAre ghaJ vRddhapabhAvaH ] 1A, occur; 1979VIZZERIE By. 1. 36 we shall incur sin. -5 hermitage, hut, cell, dwelling or abode of ascetics; To choose, prefer. -6 To assist, help. zaraNAnyazaraNyAni AzramANi kRtAni naH Ram. 7.6.5. -2 AzrayaH[Azri-ac ] 1 A resting-place, seat, subA stage, order, or period of the (religious) life of stratuun; sauhRdAdapRthagAzrayAmimAm U.1.45.50 AzrayAsiddha q.v. Brahmana (These are four:--brahmacarya the life of a below. -2 That on which anything deponds or rests student; gArhasthya the life of a house-holder; vAnaprastha the or with which it is closely commocted. -3 Recipient, life of an anchorite or hermit, and the life receptacle, a person or thing in which any quality is of Bhiksu or beggar. Ksutriyas (and Vsiyas present or retained &c.; tamAzrayaM duSprasahasya tejasaH R. 3.18. also ) can enter, upon the first three Asramas; cf. -4 (.) A place of refuge, asylum; shelter; bhartA vai S. 7. 18; V. 5; (according to some authorities they hyAzrayaH strINAm Vet.; tadahamAzrayonmUlanenaiva tvAmakAmAM karomi Mu.2. tean enter the fourth also ef. sa kilAzramamantyamAzritaH / (1) A dwelling, house. -5 Having recourse or resort R.8.14; pUrvAzramaH Ku...50. -3 A college, school... to, resorts oft. in comp. sAbhadrAmAzrayA bhUyaH R. 12.35%3 -4A wood or thicket (where ascetics practise penance). nAnAzrayA prakRtiH &c. -8 Following, practising; yo'vamanyena -5N. of Visnu. -Comp.-upaniSad N. of an upanisad te mUle hetuzAstrAzrayAd dvijaH Ms. 2. 11. -7 Choosing, taking, TE: the head of : religious order, a preceptor attaching oneself to. -8 Dependence on; oft. in comp.; principal. katumAzramaguruH sacAzraman Si. -dhame: 1 the special mama sarve viSayAstvadAzrayAH R.8.09. -9 Patron, supporter duties of each order or life. -2 the duties of one lead- vinAzrayaM na tiSThanti paNDitA banitA latA: Udb. -10 A prop, ing a hermit's life; ya imAmAzramadharme niyuGkte 5.1.-padam , support : vRkSeSu viddhamipubhirjadhanAzrayeSu R.9.10.-11 Help, -maNDalam, -sthAnam 1 a hermitage (including the Assistance, protection. -12 A quiver : bANamAzrayamukhAt bhArrounding grounds), penance fourt (napovanam): samudarana R.11.26.-13 Anthority, sanction, Warrant.-14 zAntamidamAzramapadam . 1. 16. -2 a period in the religious Connection, relation, association. 79017447541: Ram. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #387
AMzrayaNa 869 3147731 6. 90. 3. -15 Union, attachment. -16 A plea, an excuse. -17 Contiguity, vicinity. -18 Seeking shelter or protection with another (= 623 ), one of the six gunas, q. . -19 An appropriate act, or one con sistent with character. -20 Source, origin. -21 In gram.) The subject, or that to which the predicate is attachel. -22 ( With Buddhists) The five organs of sense with Mures or mind. -Comp. -1 ,f. a kind of fallacy, one of the three sub-divisions of ; (that whose substratuin is false or fictitious); e. y. 1 319 T r . -37137, a. consuming everything with which it comes in contact. (-3TTET:, -*) 1 fire; pad: H Hfara f 4 : 1219119111 Udb.-2a. forfoiter of slum.-3 the constellation #l. a. one who is the refuge or support of another person. fer an adjotive (a word which must agree in gender with the word which it qualifics or refers to). 371770 a. (of /.) 1 Resorting to, soeking refuge with ; 98779ufi Hari Ku. 4. 20.-2 Referring to.-014 1 Botaking oneself to, taking refuge with. -2 Accepting, choosing.-3 Joining. 4 Refuge, asylum. 3774U pot. p 1 To be had recourse to; platafft 7 E : R. 17. 60.-2 To be practised or followed &c. 3712707 a. 1 Resting with, dependent on. -2 Related to, concerning; ufquft V. 3. 10; K. 213. -3 Resorting to; H O T TE R. 6. +; Ratn. 2. ametya pataGgavarmanA panarAzrayiNI bhavAmi te Ku.1.20. -Azrayin m. A complementary detail. 31122cara atau masa: za 1 MS. 4. 1. 18. fra H. (Used actively ) (with an acc.) 1 Resorting to having recourse to; F a : R. 8. 14; COTT: = A27: Sk.; Arengapa By. 9.11; R. 1. 13.-2 Dwelling in, inhabiting, seated or rosting on, stationiny oneself at or on; - HIPA Harf M.; No Targa : ufa; 3821 TU: Ak.; R. 12. 21, 1.75; En, fo &c. -3 Using, employing. -4 Following practising, observing ; Areztv.24, 44, 927914; 4 ar Saifurat: Ku. 6.6; Bk.7. 2. -5 Receiving anything as an inherent or integral part. -6 Dependent on; 18971124 Ms. 9. 255. -7 Reforring to, regardling; fi ar: #4: Mb.; 3917 iy 99: Ram. 7.91.6. -8 (Passively used ) Resorted to, inhabited &c.; 7 far a Pt. 1, R. 3. 11. -: A dependent ser vent, follower ; *** PATH IT. 1; 9491 91943 itaalia Ku. 3. 1. -24 (pl.) The objects perceived by the senses and mind. strer: f. The edge of word. 3. &#... 37T2T 5 P. 1 To hear, listen to. -2 To promise (with dat. of person; cf. P. I. t. 40; . 2. 196). -3 To recept, undertake. -curs. 1 To cause to hear, -2 To call, particularly in ritualistic formulas; 1 3 ara Ch. Up. 1.1.9. - 3 To draw towards, win over, attract: 12 TH Bk. 12.30. -4 Tony, repeat (as: Mantra ). 31 W PT Tait. Up. 1.8. 1. 371272 . ( 311-43-347) Obedient, compliant: f8914799: . 19. 19; 77:937aar N. 3. 1. -2: 1 A promise, engagement. -2 Fault, transyression. -3 One of the catogories according to the Jainas. -4 Worldly torment or pain (f. avidyA'smitArAgadvapAbhinivezAH : : -sia 47918: ). aanaal 1 448 $74122FIT Bu. Ch. 3. 10. (see 3172.) 3 Taury 1 Calling out so as to make one listen. -2 N. of certain short words uttered at veremonies; 1 TTATHI raya y ah Asval. 2a. 7. 1 Heard. -2 Promised, agreol, acepted. - H Calling so as to make one listen. styfa: f. 1 Hearing. -2 Accepting. 31120 . One whose cars hear all around (Ved.). 377 4 P. 1 To embrace, clasp; wa tatu a Bh. 3. 92.-2 To cleave or stick to. STATO pp. 1 Embraced, claspod; used actively also; P. III. 4. 72. 3 Sk. -2 Connected, interwoven, blended; 47 T e le: 919: Mb.-3 Joined to, touching, in contact with; avanitalAzliSTalalATarekhayA K. 67; 14 R. 6.53; Si. 3.72; garg4 Me. 2. - 4 Joining what adheres or attaches to. - Invested; spread. -6 Deduced, concluded. 377: 1 Embracing, clasping, al enibrace; 3119: 139947 4 Si. 2. 17; Ainaru. 17, 74, 95#0712901 To Me. 3, 108. - 2 Contact, intimate connotion: relation; tranqu i uald: Mugdha. -3 The site of an, act. -T: 1. (pl.) N. of the rinth Naksatra. TTO Adherence, hanging on. 19a ( s)[37272 270] 1 Belonging 10 or coming from a horse, equestrian ; 3914377 Fit U za Suar. -2 Drawn by horses (: a chariot ). 90H 1 A number of horses. -2 A chariot drawn by horsos. -3 The state or action of a horse ( 379 na: Far Sk.). arer a.(reft/.), safe( /) [ 3 47734 31777, a l'. IV. 2. 22 ] 1 Relating to or made of the holy tiy-tree. -2 Relating to the fruit-bearing season of this tree, as a YET. - The night having the 39374 Na ksatra. - The fruit of the holy fig-tree. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #388
AzvabhArika 310 As AzvabhArika a(-kI/.)= azvabhAraM harati, vahati Avahati vA, Azvamedhika .(-kI/.) [azvamedhAya hitaM Thak ] Belonging to the Horse-sacrifice. -kam N. of the 14 th Parvan of Mahabharata. Azvayuja .(-jI/.) [azvayuja-aNU ] 1 Belonging to the month Asvina. -2 Born under the constellation azvayuj.-jaH The month Azvina; bhAdrapadAzvayujau varSAH Susr.; tyajedAzvayuje mAsi munyannaM pUrvasaMcitam Ms. 6.15%BY. 3. 47. -jI The day of the full moon in Asvina. Azvayujaka . (-kI /.) Sown on the day of full moon in Asvina. Azvaratha a. (-thI/.) [azvaratha-az] Belonging to a chariot drawn by horses. AzvalakSaNika a. (-kI /.) [azvalakSaNa-Thak ] Knowing the marks of horses. -ka: A farrier, groom. Azvika .(-kI /.)[azva-ThaJ ] Relating to a horse, drawn by horses, equestrian, cavalier. -ka: 1A cavalier. -2 A combination of stars or omons presaging acquisition of horses. Azvina (-nI/.)1 Belonging or sacred to the Asvins (azvinau devate asya). -2 Peryading. -na:1N. of a month (in which the moon is near the constellation Asvini). - A sacrifice or a weapon presided over by the Asvins. -3 (du.) The Asvins. -nI1N. of certain bricks. -2A pile, stack (citibhedaH). -nam A day's journey for a horse or rider ( Ved.). -cihnitam The autumnal equinox. AzvineyaH [azvinyAH apatyaM Dhak] The two Asvins (physicians of gods). -2 N. of Nakula and Sahadeva, the last two of the five Pandava princes -3 A day's journey for a horse. AzvIna 3.(-nI/.) [azva-khaJ] Made or traversed by a horse as a journey Re..'no'dhvA Sk. -naH, -nam The distance travelled by a horse in a day, sahasrAzvIna vA itaH svagA loka: Ait. Br. AzvIyam A number of horses. AzvalAyana: N. of the author of a celebrated ritual work, called the Asvalayana Sutras%3; kosalyazvAzvalAyanaH / Prash. Up. 1. 1. -zAkhA The school of AzvalAyana. Azvas P. 1 To breathe; mukhamAzvamanti girayaH Mv. 5.51 are lying at ease. -2 To breathe freely, recovor breath, take courage, take heart, rest secure, be at ense; pratyayAdAzvasatyaH Me.8; dUrasthA'smIti nAzvaset Pt.1.307: Bk. 1.38,5.28. -3 To revive. -4 To have confidence in. -Caus. 1 To encourage, comfort, console, cheer up: B.11.50; AzvAsya pAyayitvA ca pari'lAvyaca vAjinaH Mb. 1.67.19. tadA saMkIrtanenAzvAsayAmyAtmAnam V.33 R.12. 3,14.58, 15.15 Me. 1153 V.5. 16. -2 To refresh, gratify; chAyAzvAmitapathikajanasArthaH Pt.2.-3 To eonciliate. AzvAsa: 1 Talking or recovering breath, breathing freely, recovery, revival. -2 Consolation, cheering up, inspiring confidence%3; AzvAsasnehabhaktInAmekamAlambanaM mahat U. 6. 10. -3 An assurance of safety or protection. -4 Cessation, completion, stop. -5 A chapter or sec tion of a book. -6 A probable story. AzvAsaka a. Consolatory, comforting. -ka: Clothing. AzvAsanam Consoling, encouraging, cheering up, consolation; tadidaM dvitIyaM hRdayAzvAsanam 5.7; devasyAzvAsana bhavati Pt. 1 cheering up of spirits, recovery. AzvAsika. Trustworthy, reliable; Mb.12.218.22. AzvAsin / [Azvas-Nini] 1 Breathing freely, reviving, becoming cheerful; manastu tadbhAvadarzanAzvAsi 5.2.1. -2 Consoling. ASADhaH [ASADhI pUrNimA asminmAse aN] 1 N. of a lindu month (corresponding to part of Juno and July); ASADhasya prathamadivase Mo.2, zete viSNuH sadASADhe kArtike pratibAdhyate V.P. -2 A staff of the Palasa wood carried by an ascetio ; athAjinASADhadharaH pragalbhavAk Ku. 5.30. -3 The Malaya mountain. -DhA The 20th and the 21st lunar mansions usually called pUrvASADhA and uttarASADhA. -DhI The day of full moon in the month of Asadha; tasya nityaM sadA'' SADhapAM mAbhyAM ca bahavo dvijAH Mb. 12. 171. 17. -Comp. -bhava, -bhU a produced in the month of Asadha. (-vaH,-bhUH) the planet Mars. ASADhaka: The month ASADha. ASADhin a. Bearing a Palasa. stati'; gRhItavratenASADhinA; K. 21. ASADhIya [ASADhA-cha] Born under the constellation Asadha. ASTamaH [aSTamo bhAgaH, aSTama-] The 8th part 3 P. V. 3.50-1. ASTam [ az-vyAptI Tran Unt. 159] Sky, ether, atmosphere. - A prick or goad for driving cattle. ASTrI 1 An extensive forest ; ASTrapAM padaM kRNute amidhAne Ry. 10. 165. 3. - A kitchon, fire-place. As, A: ind. An interjection, implying (a) Recollection; AH upanayatu bhavAn bhUrjapatram V... (1) Anger 3 AH kathamadyApi rAkSasatrAsaH U. 1; AH pApe tiSTha tiSTha Mal. 8. () Pain; AH zItam K. P. 10.(d) Angry contradiction (apAkaraNa); AH ka eSa mayi sthite Mu. 13 AH vRthAmaGgala pAThaka Ve. 1. (e) Sorrow, regret; vidyAmAtaramAH pradazyaM nRpazUn bhikSAmahe nistrapAH Udb.; (AH smaraNe'pAkaraNe kopasaMtApayostathA Med.). As 1.2A. (Aste, AsAMcake, AsiSTa; Asitum, Asita) 1 To sit, lic, rest; Bg.2.15 etadAsanamAsyatAm V.53 AsyatAmiti coktaH sannAsItAbhimukhaM guroH Ms.2.1:03. -2 To live, dwell; tAvarSANyAsate devaloke Mh.: yatrAsmai rocate natrAyamAstAm K. 196% kurUnAmok.; yatrAmRtAma Amane Rv.9.15.2: Bk.t. 6,8.79. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #389
3119: 371 AsaGga - To sit quietly, take no hostile measures, remaini 31 Pres. p. Sitting, seated : eratat grafer idle; 311418 a & Si. 2. 57. -4 To be, exist. H 9719 nodding when sented ; -5 To be contained in; alfa ya AfFTAMTH falling asleep. Si. 1. 23. -6 To abide, repain, continue or be in any AsyA Sittings abode, state of rost; AsthA varNakaphasthaulyastate, be doing anything, last; oft. used with present saukumAryakarI sukhA Susr. participles to denote a continuous or uninterrupted 171, 1A: (Instr. and a bl. of 1) Refore one's action; facity 9 a Pt. 1 kept on, continued, tearing up and bellowing; used in this sense also with an eyes, by word of mouth, personally; in close vicinity. adj., subst., indolina ble, past part., an adverb TWITH HART, ura a. Liable to progress or alteration. Co.), or with the instr. of a noun; &. -7 To - fa ini. 1 Till the end of the world or worldly lead to, result in with dat.); tai Ha Te hidat existence; Pt. 1. -2 Within the limits or range of adida 7: H. 1. 185 -8 To cease, have an end. -9 worldly existence, throughout the sphere of worldly To solemnize, celebrate. -10 To let go, lay or put life; pra f aaf aan ara ait Bh. 3. 46: aside; at ang7 let it aside, let it go, to say nothing 31 iaitu hala: Ki. 3. 6 (Malli radiata). of, not to mention; K. 18. -11 To be indifferent; 95 AFTH Detachment, disunion. Separation ; Aste ityupavezane bhavati / nAvazyamupavezane eva, audAsInye'pi dRshyte| GIrvana. SB. on MS. 3. 6. 24. -Caus. To cause to sit, seat, fix; reitstaa. One with whom one has agreed or Asayatsalile pRthvIm Sk. Desid. AsisiSate To wish to sit &c. -II. 4. P. [ concerted. fa, ada ] 1 To enclose; border. -2 T To admit (as water ) into. ETET a. Blocked up, obstructed, confined on all sides); 11494 nacza 47: Tert: Ram. STA: ( 3114-99] 1 A seat. - A bow ( also); # Fia: H : 4: Ki. 15.5. - 3 Ashes. - TEST 1 P. 1 To fasten, fix on, attach to, join or 1 Seat or add to, place or put on lower part of the body. -2 Proximity. dress, armour &c.); 14 7470% Ku. 2. 64; 3797 3114340 Sk. ; 371444197207: 3719 (319-3] 1 Sitting down. -2 A seat, place, S.3. 25 with the eyes intently fixed; (fig. also); y... stool; Bg. 11. 42; #ana 2 Ku. 3. 2; 3787 4342 R. 2.74; so y 1937; 19H &c.; 311449 971 to leave one's seat, rise; R. 3. 11. -3 A particular M4 Bk. 14.101 fear overtook them. -2 To confer posture or mode of sitting; cf. 90deg, , 4, ano &c. upon, conduce to; fazat 41 YouTT Ki. 13. 14.-3 it. anAyAsena yena syAdajasraM brahmacintanam / AsanaM tad vijAnIyAd To stick or adhere to, depend upon. -4 To take up. T AI 2017 - Sitting down or halting, stop -Caus. 1 To cause to attach, have anything fastened ping, oncamping.-5 Abiding, dwelling: Mo. 2. 246; or put on. - To place, put, throw round; 319 TAI 6. 59. -6 Any peculiar mode of sexual enjoyinent 94192T 703 gur R. 6. 83. -3 To entrust or appoint. (8t such disanas are usually mentioned ). -7 Maintain pass. ) To adhere, stiek, be attached: f arch: ing a post against an enemy (opp. 41797), one of ET TA 290 Ki. 11. 29; of. "Do unto others as the six modes of foreign policy; which are: -- 1 you would be done by." vigraho yAnamAsana dvaidhamAzrayaH Ak.: pratibaddhazaktyoH kAlapratIkSayA tUSNImavasthAnamAsanam / parasparasya sAmarthyavighAtAdAsanaM smRtam TIHTI p. p. 1 Strongly attached to, intent on, Agni P.; Ms. 7. 160, 162, 166; Y. 1. 317; Pt. 3. -8 devoted or addicted to, (usually with loc. or in comp.) The front part of an elephant's body, withers. -9 97, 741. -2 Absorbed or engaged in, zealously Throwing (fr. 313 to throw ).-10 N. of two trees (3147 following or pursuing. -3 Fixed on, dirocted towards, and 19%). -11 Place where the elephant-rider sits, joined or attached to, placed or resting on; H939of. mastakadvitayaM dantAvAsanaM vaMza eva c| paDene pronnatA yasya sa gajo gie: K. 158; gerai My. 5. 58 formed; TET1991a: || Matanga L. 2. 1. -12 Neutrality (as of a A T: Ku. 6. 40 resting on; ag 8. -4 Surnation): Kau. A. 7. 1.-13 A moving piece (draught) rounded, encircled. - Continuous, perpetual, eternal. in the game of dice; SITESI 4 at 18 : -6 Trusting to, confiding in. -7 Obstructed, checked ; Watu Bhag. 6. 12. 17. - 4 Ram. 7.32.5. - ini. A seat, stool, stay. - 1 Stay, abiding, sitting. --2 A small seat or stool. -3 A shop, Eternally, perpetually. -Comp. -fani, -a , -A stall. -Comp. requis a. resolute to sit down, firm a. having the mind fixed on any object. in one's seat; fag AIT : R. 2.6. - A H en f. 1 Attachment, devotion, fondness; Semen (73# fara 61974); 391495 Teat- alfestaftalatai: K. 120; intentness, application. -2 473942rafta Hafa fa fa Mal. 7. (v. 1. 341479977). Waylaying (Ved.). - ind. Ved. Purposely. s ea p. p. (3914-] Seated, at rest; na: : STAS <<. Uninterrupted, perpetual. -TT: 1 Attachafad an Sk. -9 1 Sitting down. -2 A seat; HTA- ! mant, devotion ( to any object) (to enjoy or protect FATH Sk.-3 Abode, a place where one has lived; a city. it); gao 35: K. 173; U. 3; ara: taiativitas yatalan For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #390
AsaGginI Bh. 3. 60. -2 Intentness, close application. -3 Contact, adherence, clinging; (4) prakAzate Ku. 5. 9:346; vratativalayAsaGgasaMjAtapAza: S. 1. 30; Mu. 1. 14; : absence of consolation; Mal. 2. -4 Association, connection, union; Bg. 4. 20 so &c. -5 Fixing, fastening to. -6 Pride about the authorship of a thing (a), -7 That which is fastened; cf. . 8 Waylaying (). A kind of fragrant earth (ferger). -ind. Without interruption, eternally. AsaGginI A whirlwind. AsaGgimaH [ Aso bhavaH mi] (In Purgery) A kind of bandage. 1 Fastening to, fixing, putting on the body (as dress, armour &c.). -2 Getting entangled, clinging; aafaca. 1.33 v. 1. -3 Attachment, devotion. -4 Contact, proximity. -5 A handle, hook. P. 1 To sit down or near (with acc. or loc. ). 2 To watch or lie in, wait for dif Rv. 10. 85. 32. -3 To approach, reach, to go to or towards (a place &c. ); 111 R. 6. 4, 53: R. 5. 60; Ku. 7. 69; Bk. 7. 31; Si. 2. 2; 11. 23.4 To meet with, find, form; 14. 25 apAyam Bk. 3. 26 suffering; kecid vepathumAseduH 4. 43. 5 To encounter, attack. 6 To commence, undertake. -7 To place. -10 P. or Caus. 1(a) To meet with, find : Bhag. (b) To get, obtain; amara gaNanAlekhyamAsAdya B. 8. 95; Ms. 4. 227; dhanam, 4 &c. -2 To approach, go to, reach; : AmAsAdya gajendramapi karSati ; te puNyamAsAdya surendralokam Bg. 9. 20.; Me. 36: Bk. 8. 37. 3 To overtake, come up with; anena rathavena pUrvasthi vaineyamapyAsAdayeyam V. 1. Voag. -4 'F'v encounter, attack; AsAditau kathaM brUtaM na gajaiH kUlamudujaiH Bk. 6. 95. 5 To offect, occasion, accomplish. -6 To make one sit down ( Ved.). -7 To put on, wear; AsAdya kavacaM divyaM sahasrArkasamadyuti: Ram 7.6. 64. AsattiH/ [ A sad- ktin] 1 Meeting, junction. -2 Intimate union, nearness, close contact: ff ff , U. 1. 27. -3 Gain, profit, acquirement. 4 (In Logic) Proximity, the absence of interruption in the apprehension of what is said; relation between two or more proximate terms and the sense conveyed by them; kAraNaM sannidhAnaM tu padasyAtiruyya Bhasai 83 vAkyaM svAd yogyatAkAkSAyukta :S. D. 2. -5 Embarrassment, perplexity; a prAdurbhaviSyati Mb. 12.32. 17. : -1 Gain, profit. -2 Contact, union. -3 Nearness, proximity. - The act of sitting down. -B A seat. 372 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir AsAraH p. p. 1 Drawn near, approached, near (in time, place or number); afa: nearly or about 20; at hand, close by Asannameva nRpatirbhajate manuSyam Pt. impending, imminent: ggg Mb. 13. 81. 13; Asannapatane kUle S. B. maraNa kAla q. v. 2 Adjacent, adjoining. 3 Well-placed. -4 about to die. -5 Obtained, got; bAhorAsannAmanimAtraM nananda Ram. 5. 68.33. -The setting sun. Comp. 1 the hour of death. 2 one whose death is near.a. moving round about in the proximity: Ku. paricArakaH, -cArikA personal attendant, body-guard; U. 1; .. a. about to be confined or delivered; about to bring forth or lay eggs (as a hen &c.). - mRtyu, zarIrapAta . one whose death has drawn ner: AsInamAsannazarIrapAtastriyambakaM saMyaminaM dadarza Ku. 3. 44. AsAdaH Ved. Cushion. sAmAsAda uhIthe upazrayaH Av.15.3.8. A 1 Putting or laying down. -2 Attacking. -3 Overtaking, meeting with, going towards. -4 Obtaining, attaining, acomplishing arangfazz, se pot. p. Attainable, to be attained &c. AsAdita P. P. 1Obtained, got; kacidAsAditamIkSitaM a Udb. -2 Reached, gone to. -3 Spread, extended. -4 Effected, completed. -5 Met with, attacked, overtaken. n. Mouth; (a word optionally substituted for in all cases after acc. dual). <<. Ved. Having a mouth. a. Ved. Being in the mouth. Bri. Up. 1.3.7. AsandaH [AsIdatyasmin nipAtaH ] Visnu or Vasudeva. [s] 1 A small couch or oblong chair: an arm-chair: K. 94: hIdaM sarvamAsannam Sat. Br. sa Agacchati vicakSaNAmAsandIma: Kaus. Up. 1-5.-2 A raised seat in a hall or assembly. AsandikA [ svalpArthaM kana] A small chair; K. 219. grind. As far as the shore of the ocean (including it); R. Asava see under Asu. Ved. Proximity, nearness; ncar, in the presence of. Accomplishment, attainment. AsAraH [ A-su-ghaJ] 1 A hard or sharp-driving shower (of anything); arfumefar.13.29 Me. 17; puSpAsArai: 43; 80 tuhina, rudhira &c.; bAppAsArA M. 3. 20 flooded or suffused with tears; For Private and Personal Use Only H. 3 it rained in torrents. -2 Surrounding an enemy. -3 Attack, incursion. -4 The army of an ally or king (whose dominions are separated by other intervening

Page #391
AsikaH 373 AskandaH states); pANigrAhAsarauM antaHkopaM ATavikaM vA samutthApayitukAmaH Kau. A. 1. 16. - Provision, fool; 31afalagertate hy 4: Pt. 3. 41, 51. : ( 34: HETTA ) A swordsman. 3rfait 311444, 3119-07 ] Turn or order of sitting, sitting. FITCH (BARI 3212 270) N. of a particular vow; 31 74 R. 13. 67; forex planation see asiMdhArA. TEET 6 P. 1 To pour in or on, wet, water, sprinkle. -2 To fill with; 78412 wa f a: Ms. 8. 272. -Crus. To have anything ponred in. ifa/. An oblation which is poured out; quit faat 11-14 Rv. 7. 16. 11. a dish, vessel (?). STT TI a. Poured in or on; sprinkled. Kath.4.15. #: Wetting, watering, pouring in. AsekyaH A lind of eunueh or neuter man; pitrostu tulyavIryatvAdAsekyaH puruSo bhavet . B TT a. (-aft .) 1 Charming, beloved ; 50 3197*. 417417 4144 09194 S. . - 4 1 Pouring into, wetting, sprinkling.-2 A vessel for Huids (Ved.); 77 hollow, concave. - A small vostel. TEST : Soma Juice or butter poured out for the gods; 2155 741 924 917 | Ram. Ch. 2. 5. STY 1 P. To arrest, keep in custody only in p.) w. One who arrests another. Tret: Arrest, custody, loyal restraint, it is of four kinds: Aary: : UTT. 0 1 Nitrada; i. e. () continennent to : place, (b) limitation of time, (c) prohibition against leparture, and (d) restriction from doing anything, 31941 a fala Sukra 1.616. T T . Restraining, contining. 319 5 U. 1 To pross out Soma juice, distill mostly Vod.). -2(P.) To excite, enliven ( Ved.); Ch. Up. 5. 12. 31179: ( 311 9-349] 1 Distillation. -2 Decoction. -3 Any spirituous liquor (distillod from sugar, molasses &c.); artarki HTUT CEU K. 1. 31 ; 34 , retro &c: 42 Farzi face 31789: Bhava. P. Madhava, however, seems to differ and says, fryrtura: TErAsavo bhavet / maireyaM dhaatkiipusspairgudddhaanaamlsNhitm||; AsavarAgatAmrama Ki. 16. 46. - A vessel for liquor. -6 Exciting. -Comp. - [3714717 FUT : . 7deg ] N. of the Palmyra tree (the juice of which, on fermenting, forms a spirituous liquor). STA : A presser, or one who extracts Soma juice. strefa/. 1 Distilling, distillation. - Becoction. -3 A drought so prepared. -4 Birth, production ( a). -5 Exciting, enlivening Ved.). retas: [ Bratique 18: P. V.2. 112 ] 1 A sacrificing priest (who exracts Soma juice). -2 A sacrificer at the full and change of the moon. -3 A distiller. -4 A guardian of girls (+297). STIUT a.(-1.1.) [BYT 3101 opp. &a] 1 Belonging to Asuras. -2 Belonging to evil spirits; 319th 191, 3194 19: &c. -3 Infernal, demoniacal; 319 1991199: Bg. 7.15 ( for a full ex position of what constitutes 3119t conduct, see By. 16. 7-24). -4 Not performing sacrifices. 5 Divine, spiritual. -T: 1 A demon [arq ]. - 2 One of the eiglit forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen ; (see 317 ); 379 zariaIT Y. 1. 61; Ms. 3.31. -3 (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere. -4 A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. - 1 Surgery, curing by cutting, by instruments. -2 A fomale demon, demoness; 1919g : Ve. 1. 3. -3 N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. HET; TIS) - THL 1 Blood. - 2 Black salt. eft: A pupil of Kapila. factarasgar ce San. K. 70.-FT: N. of a Kalpa. argent a. Belonging to or coming from Asuri. recru: 1 A descendent of Asuri; Bpi.up.2.6.3. -2 N. of a Vedic school. rafata a. 1 Forming or wearing a garland. -2 Interwoven. 1 A. To carry out, proctine, perform zealously : 14,14 &c. -2 To indulge in, enjoy ; 31919 1919 M.1; V. t; Ku. 1. 1.5. -3 To accomplish , attend to. Teat, 1 Wealous practice, assiduous performance of any action. -2 Frequency, repetition : P. VIIT. 3. 102; 1998 419:9774 Sk. -3 Intercourse. strefa p. p. 1 Performed, done. -2 Repeated. -24 Performance. Tratata a. Performing assiduously, indulging in. SITEFFE 1 P. 1 To invade, attack; ferieTU A rchief Mal. 9; 311 U aro: Bk. 17.82. -2 To step over, tread: H raft 39: Ki. 2. 20. -3 To depend or hang on (as the Vedangas on the Vedas). - To jump, leap. STEFF, 74 1 An attack, assault; assailling; putraging; qafaat H*TCHET Ve. 2. fafa l let... For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #392
Askanditama 374 AsthAnam Siva. B. 31.68 -2 Ascending, mounting: treading, stepping o3; caraNAskandananAminAcalendra: Ki. 18. 18. -3 Repronchi, abuse. -4 The walk of : house. -5 Ant assailant -6 Battle, war. -7 Drying. -8 Effacing destroying. AskandanaM niraskAre raNe saMzoSaNe'pi ca Melini. Askanditam,-takam The walk of a horse galloping at full speed. AskanditA ca sA yA gatividvistu vAjinAm Sukra. 1.982. Askandin / .1Jumping upon, assailing, attacking: na hi siMho gajAskandI bhayAgiriguhAzayaH R. 17.02. -2 Crusing to flow. -3 Granting. - Spending. 14* <<. Attacking or assailing enemies, approachiny. -2 Joined or united. AstAvaH [A-stu-ghaJ; P. III. 3. 120] 1 The place of reciting hymns in a sacrifice; tatrodgAtRnAstAva stoSyamANAnupopaviveza Chin. Up. 1. 10.8. -2 Praise, hymn. Astika / (-kI /.) [ asti paralokaH iti matiryasya, Thak] 1One who believes in God and another world : yannAstyeva tadasti vastviti mRSA jalpadbhirevAstikaiH Prab.2 -2 A believer in sacred tradition. -8 Pious, faithful, believing; 3112:47: zraddadhAnazcaY. I. 268. -ka: or AstIka: N. ofa Muni. of. agastyo mAdhavazcaiva mucakundo mhaamniH| kapilo munirAstIkaH paJcaite mukhshaayinH|| AstikatA, -tva, Astikyam 1 Belief in God and another world; AstikyazuddhamavataH priyadharma dharmam Ki. 18.43. -2 Piety, faith, belief; jJAna vijJAnamAstikyam Bg. 18.423 AstikyaM zraddadhAnatA paramArtheSvAgamArtheSu Saikara. R. 6. 61. -3 A cushion, quilt, bed clothes; 7deg without the bel clothes. - 4 A muy rapet. -5 An clephant's Jousings, p:inted cloth (throwit on his back). -6 A layer of Kusa yrass spread out at a sacrifice.737147raNaM brahmopabahaNam Av. 15.3.7. AstaraNika (-kI/.) [AstaraNaM prayojanamasya ThakU | 1 For spreading (as clothes &c.). -2 Resting on a carpet. AstAraH [A-stR-ghaJ] Spreading, strewing, scattering. -Comp. -paGktiH N. of a metre, see App. Trector a. 1 Spread, scattered. --2 Covered. BTTTT: A fore-receptacle, grate. Astra, -AstrikA astrasyedaM aN ] Belonging toa missile: caturthamAstrikabalam Sukra. 4.886. AsthA 1P.1To stand or remain on or by, to occupy. Svet.2.5. -2 To ascend, mount; ratham, syandanam &c.-3 To use, have recourse to, resort to, practise, take, assume, follow; yathA yathA hi savRttamAtiSThantyanasyakAH Ms. 10. 128, 2. 188, 10.101% samAdhimAsthAya Ku.5.2practising concentration of mind : svarUpam Ku.5.8t. assuming his own fornm: tanum Mu.7.19: R.6.723 kUrmasaMkocamAsthAya prahArAnapi marSayet Pt.3.21 contracting himself like a tortoise%B padamAtasthuSA Ku.6.72 taking a place among, vratam Ve.3.21; 80 strIrUpam Pt.3.31; AsthitaviSAdadhiyaH Ki.6.29 gloomy; taM taM niyamamAsthAya Bg.7.20, 8. 123 K. 100% AsthitaviSTaraH R. 15.793 suhRdAsthitAyAM sabhAyAm Ku.7.2035 viSamagniM jalaM rajjumAsthAsye tava kAraNAt Mb. use%3 cintAmonamiaftsai V. 4. 67 lost in moody abstraction. -4 To do, perform, carry out. -5 To recognise, acknowledge, own. - To exhibit, aim at. -7 To undertake, promise, a gree. -8 To behave. -Caws. 1 To cause to stand. -2 To hold fast, cling to. -3 To collect, obtain. -4 To place in, infix. - To show, represent, introduce%3D pravizya sthApakastadvatkAvyamAsthApayettataH 8. D. 283%B Mv. 1. 13. -6To step. AsthA [ AsthA -an] 1 Regard, care, respect, consideration, cere for (with lov.); na saMbhramo na bhIH kAcidAsthA vA samajAyata Mb. 12.281. 123; matyavAsthAparAmukhaH R.10.43; magyapyAsthAnata cet Bh.3.30% 2.983 see anAsthA also. -2 Assent, promise. -3 Prop, support, stay.-4 Hope, confidence: jayalakSmyA babandhAsthAm Raj.1.5.245. -5An offort. -6 State, condition. -7 An assembly. -8 A place o" means of a biding. AsthAta..Standing, mounting: AsthAtA te jayatu jatvAni Rv.6.47.26. AsthAnam 1 A place, site. -2 Ground, base. -3 An assembly; AsthAnAdhyAsanAzritaH Bhag. 6.7.5. -4 Care, regard; see 371494.-5 A hall of audience; K. 8, 14. -8 Recreation ground (vizrAmasthAnam ). -nI An assemblyroom. AsthAnI samaye samaM nRpajanaH sAyaMtane saMpatan Ratna. nijAmazAhamAsthAnImetya siMhAsane sthitam Siva B. 3. 8. -Comp. AstIka.. Relating to, or treating of the sage AstIka. -ka: N. of an old saint, son of Jaratkiru: (at whose intercession King Janameja ya spared the Naga Taksaka from the destruction to which he had doomed the serpent race). Mb. gives the following otymolory of the name%B nAma cAsyAbhavatkhyAtaM lokepyAstIka ityut| astItyuktvA gato yasmAtpitA garbhasthameva tam || f. sarpApasarpa bhadraM te gaccha sarpa banAntaram / janamejayasya yajJAnte AstIkavacanaM smara // -kam A section (parva) of the first book of the Mahabharata. -Comp. -atheda: N. of Janamejaya. AstR,-stR 59U. To spread over, strew, cover, Seatter over, bestrew, deek; dabhonAstIya, vasanamAratIya . AstaraH [A-stR-ap] 1 A covering, coverlet. daNDinImajinAstarAma Bk.6.60. -2 A carpet, bed, mat: vAso valkalamAstara: kisalayAni Santi. 2.20. -3 Spreading (clothes &e.). Astaraka: One who spreads the bed; Kau. A. 1. 12. AstaraNa..ISpreading, covering.-Nam 1Spreading, strewing. -2 A bed, layer; kusuma bell of flowers%3B kusumAstaraNe sahAyatAM bahuzaH saumya gatasvamAvayoH Kn.4.353 sakusuma strewn with flowers s.33 tamAlapatrAstaraNAsu rantum For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #393
Astram AsthApanam 875 - -gRhama,-niketanama, -maNDapa: an assembly-room ; tadIyamAsthAnaniketanAjiram Ki. 1. 16. AsthApanam 1 Placing, fixing, causing to stay or remain. -2 A strengthening renods. -3 An unema of oil or ghee. 37TFerrfa <<. lixed, place. AsthAyikA An audience. Asthita . p. ( Used actively) 1 Dwelt, a bidling; yatnam 1.1.220 using offorts carefully; upAyamAsthitasyApi Si. 2.80, 9.81; 30 niyamama, dhyAnam, dharmam &c. -2 laving recourse to rosorting to using, practising, boticking oneselt to; ityevaM sA samAbhASya bhUyaH saMdeSTumAsthitA Rim... 67. 40. salilAzayam Pt... -3 IHaving obtained or got, having reached to; aizvaryama, kAmavazam . AsthitaH sa hi yuktAtmA mAmevAnuttamA gatim Bg.7.18.-4 Occupied ; enclosed (as a hunting ground); zvagaNivAgurikaiH prathamAsthitam R.9.533 dAnavAsthitaH zailaH Rim. -BEngrossod, engaged. -6Covered (vyApta); Ki.9.9; spread, overspread. -7 Goty obtained; karmaNevahi saMsiddhimAsthitA janakAdayaH BH.3.20. itafa: Condition. I a. 1 To be approached or seized, to be appliod. -2 To be regarded or acknowledeged. AsnAnam 1 Purity. -2 Water for washing, bathi AsnAne tAM nidadhmasi Av. 14.2.65. TET <<. Bloody (fr. 327); being in the mouth (ir. Asana ). Aspadam [A-pad-gha suT ca] 1 A place, site, sent, room; tasyAspadaM zrIryuvarAjasaMjJitam R.3.36% dhyAnAspadaM bhUtapateviveza Ku. 3.435. 10, 18, 60%; kathaM tAdRzAnAM giri vaitathyamAspada kuryAt K. 1743 rAjanyAspadamalabhata Dk. 100 obtained a hold on the king. -2 (Fig.) An abodo, subject, receptacles nidhanatA sApadAmAspadam Mk.1.143 kariNyaH kAruNyAspadam Bv.1.2. AspadaM tvamasi sarvasaMpadAm Ki. 13.39; 80 doSa, upahAsa'&c. -3 Rank, position, station; kAvyArthabhAvanenAyamapi sabhyapadAspadam D. -4 Dignity, authority, office%3 labdhAspado'smIti vivAdabhIro: M. 1. 17. - Business, affair. -6 Prop, support. -7 The tenth place from the lagna (in Astrol.) q.. STIFTET Emulation, rivalry. Aspardhina a. Emulous, striving after. STIETSU ind. Ilaving touched softly; Bhag. Asphala, -sphul 10 P. or Cans. 1 To cause to flup, rock or shake; to strike or press against ; 311 yatpramadAkarApraiH R. 16. 183 payorAzeroghaH pralayapavanAsphAlita iva U.5.9. lashed, stirred; Nay. 1.; zilAyAmAsphAlitaH Pt. 1. -2 Totwang : dhanurAsphAlayana U.1. -3 To sound, play upon (asalute), strike: vINAmAsphAlayantIm K. 131 : Si. 1.9. -4 To rend assunder, tear in pieces. AsphAla: 1 Striking, rubbing, causing to move yently. -2 Flapping. -3 Particularly, the tapping motion of an elephant's ears. __ AsphAlanam 1 Rubbing, striking or pressing agrinst, stirring (as waterke.); flapping; anavaratadhanuriphAlanakrUra pUrvam 5.2.1; AsAM jalAsphAlanatatparANAm R.16.162, 3.5), 6. 73%; Amaru-51 kucataTa K.6, 14,573; airAvata karkazena hastena Ku.3.22 striking against. -2 Pride, arrogance. Asphujit m. N. of the planet Venus. AsphuTa 1P. To agitate, shake; dhRSTamAsphoTayAmAsa lar3akI zabdena pUrayan Ram. 5. 43.6. AsphoTa: 1 The Arka plant. -2 The sound made by striking on the arms (Mar. chaDDU ThokaNe); kara mizreNa K. 28. -3 Trembling, quivering. -4 Striking or rubbing against, blow; pucchaMv.5.63 lAkgUlAsphoTazabdAcca calitaH sa mahAgiriH Mb. -TA The navamallikA plant, wild variety of Jasmin. AsphoTaka Making a sound by striking on the arms. --kaH = parvatajapIlubhedaH. AsphoTanam 1 Flapping, moving to and fro. -2 Trembling, shaking. -3 Blowing, oxpanding. - 4 Contracting, closing.-5 Slapping or clapping the arms, or the sound produced by it. -6 Disclosing, manifesting. -7 Winnowing, thrashiny. - A gimlet. AsphoTitam 1 Clapping; AsphoTitaninAdAMzca Ram.5. 13. 12. -2 Striking on the arms%3 tasyAsphoTitazabdena mahatA zrotraghAtinA / peturvihaMgamAstatra caityapAlAzca mohitA: Ram.b.t.7. AsphotaH, -takaH [A-sphuTa ac pRSo0 Tasya tatvam ] N. of several trees; arka, kovidAra, bhUpalAza. -tA, -takA N. of Several plants ; mallikA, aparAjitA, sArivA. AsmAka . (-kI /.), AsmAkIna a. [ asmad-aNkhaJ asmaakaadeshH| Our, ours%3; AsmAkadannisAnidhyAna Si. 2.63,8.50. Asya .. Belonging to the mouth or fince. -syam [asyate grAso'tra, as-zyat ] 1 The mouth, jaws ; Asyakuhare, vivRtAsyaH , -2 Face; Asyakamalam. -3 A part of the mouth used in pronouncing letters; tulyAsyaprayatnaM savarNam P.I.1. 9; Asthe bhavamAsyaM tAlvAdisthAnam Sk; SaDAsyAni Pt.S.53 (the six parts being the throat, head or brain, palate, tooth, lip, and nose. -4 Mouth, opening; aGkAsyam &c. -Comp. -AsavaH spittley saliva. -patram / lotus. -lAgala: 18dog. -20 boar. -lAman // . beard. AsthaMdhaya . [AbhyaM dhayani dhe-kha mum ] Kissing. Asyandanam Flowing, ooing. AsyA See under As. Asyuta . Sewn together. Atram [amrameva svArthe'N ] Blood. -Comp. -4:1blood. drinker', deinon. -2 the 19th lunar mansion. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #394
ifra: 876 AhiNDikaH .. ... .... ....... ...... ................... lea: ( 31131-399] 1 Pain, affliction, distress. -2 Flowing, running. -3 Discharge, omission. -4 Fault, transgressing. -5 The foam on boiling rice. -6 (With Jainas ) The impulse called it or attention which the soul participates in the movement of its various bodios: it is defined as the action of the senses which impols the soul towards external objects'; it is your or ovil according as it is directed towards good or evil objects. 11 a. Flowing, running. -2: 1 A wound; 707 aft tn 3ET HURTH Mb. 1.140.9. -2 Flow, issue, discharge. -3 Spittle, saliva. -4 Pain, affliction. - 5A disense of the body; tadAsrAvasya bheSajaM tadu rogamanInazat Av. 2. 3. 3. -Comp. 9 medicament, medicine; 9418437 Av. 6. 14. 2. tafaa u. Flowing, emitting fluid or humour; an epithet of the elephant when ichor is issuing from its temples, I a. Flowing or streaming in abundance. -974 it. Ohne whose milk is streaming in abundance. (as at cow); 34715earga 19 Bhay. 10. 13.30. TEST 1 A. To taste. -U'uns. To taste, enjoy ; # Me. 89; R. 3.54;(fig.) to plunder, defraud; aitarre Yo: K. 109. Treat a. Tasting, eating: -: 1 Tasting, eating: TAKACH48: Ku.3.32; aturae: H. 1.132; yarala: Y. 3. 229 kissing. -2 Relish, flavour, taste; tattard fan4a FETT 4: Me. 43; 0219: . 4. 77; f c R : Pt. 1. -3 Enjoying experiencing; deg97. delicious in flavour, palata ble; arazaf: 744 R. 2.5. 3 al . Tasting, enjoying. Trai T Tasting, eatiny. prafa - Tasted. reaearazzio16. 3rar pot. To be tasted, clelicious, sweet, palatable. 314414: rafa 79:. sprealaat or rearra [ 311-+*+-+*i ] Soundud. BTIT ind. 1 An interjection showing (a) reproof; (1) severity; (c) command; (2) casting, sending -2 An irregular verbal form of the 3rd. pers. siny. Pres. of a defective verb meaning 'to say', or 'to speak' (supposed by Indian grammarians to be derived from and by European scholars from 316; the only forms of the root existing in the language are:- 3424, 31EUR4:, 373, 3716d:, and 37:). 3716 : [ 34-67-3-7] A peculiar disoase of the nose; tanunA raktazothena yukto naasaaputtaantre| gAtrazUlajvarakaraH zleSmaNA ETIK# 97: II. -2 A crab; Girvana. AhaMkAryam Conceitedness. 31162 P. 1 To strike, hit, beat; A441919 K. 10; qara RET 3E Sk: Si. 7. 17; 21 for: ... 3716:21. Kam. 19. 60; said to be Atm. whon the object is some limb of one's own body; 316 TT:; but cf. 31157 fata1994 : Ki. 17. 63; so 341253 HT 199144; Bk. S. 15,-). 102 (sco Sk. on P. 1.3. 28 also ). -2 To strike, ring, boat (15 : bell, drumi &c.) a 31 Bk. 1. 27, 17.7; Me. 68; R. 17. 11. -3 To kill, slaughter. 15a . p. 1 Struck, beaten (as a drum &c.); fai led: Ku. 4. 25, 30; R. 1. 23, 12. 77. -2 Trodden; VE 24 Tah Si. 2. 46: 1 1Ear Pat: Ram. -3 Injured, killed. -4 Dispelled, destroyed, remoyed. -6 Multiplied (in Math.) et cikqyr farzanitatea: Surya S.; 29 2016 Rri. S. 8. 22. -5 Known, understood. -6 Rolled (as dice). -7 Uttered falsely. - A drum. -74 1 A new cloth or garment. -2 An old garment. -3 A nonsensical or meaningless speech, an assertion of impossibility; c. y. To dosagar Subhas. -Comp. - GETUT a. = SITUT q. 1. under 31141. Strefa: f. 1 Killing. -2 A blow, lit, striking. - 3 Coming (311). - Multiplication; sifaa bhaktA Lila. STIET ind. Having struck or beaton striking, hitting, - 79 , -ar: An explicit or energetic explanation. STIE 1 Striking at, beatiny. -2 A stick. (for beating a drum). Ar. 20. 133. 1. Tiga . Making oneself lanown by beating a drum. 16 . [311-8-3199 ] 1 To be beaten or pressed out ( Soma). -2 Unchaste, wanton, profligate; 43716 gegu kv. 5. 42. 13. fata: [ 311-67-77) 1 Strikiny, striking against ; 312 2219119 Ku. 2. 50; U. 5.3. - 2 A blow, stroke; Harrafacade .: S. 1. 32; fa azo Amaru. 55; 99, 900 &c. -3 A wound. -4 Killing; T A TA: Bh. 2. 26; Y. 3. 275. -5 One who beats or strikes. - A misfortune, distress. -7 Retention of urine (1 ). -8 A slaughter-house; 3719281972 qxyka 9 H. . 67. TEATH 1 Striking, lilling. -2 A slaughter-house. STIET, TIETA, TE Rc., Sce under 3117 and 3116 31 : [sfera, +2, +18 340 ] 1 The descending node ( ). -2 An epithet of Panini. T UE 1 A. To roam about, wander; tu 343041 32014 S. 2. fefon: A man of mixed origin, the son of a Nisadat ther and Vaidehi mother; AhiNDiko niSAdena For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #395
Ahitaka 377 AhArikam IN taha Ms. 10.37 (according to Kull., he was einployer 1 watelman on the outside of jails; and hence called AhiNDika). Sea A hircling: Kau. A. 2.1. striggiozni (zizoga za 5] A juggler, a a snake-catcher, conjurer; caligiosasidah AH Mu. 2. I TUTE.. A two-hedel snake. STIE 3 U. To sacritice, offer un oblation, Worship (: fire). AhavaHA sucrifice; natra nAbhavadasau mahAhave Si. 1t.tt.. (for other meanings see under 3117). Ahavanam 1 A sucritice; draSTumAhavanamagrajanmanAm Si. 14.38. -2 An oblation. stika pot. To be offered as an oblation. - A consecrater fire taken from the house-holder's perpetual fire, one of the three tires (i. e. the eastern) burning at a sacrifice; t ra i q u ali ar sat raw: 2 3 : 419 31124-14: Asval.; see also signar under 319.349 E-STTTT Chall. Up. 4. 13.1. 162 . l'it for a burnt offering. - consecrated fire. nara: [ 311-8--141 44] 1 Fire; se under it alo. -2 A pond, lake (1719 fari 1994STU). 19169951 3412lagarna: Bk. 7.60. 37a . Ofered to the gods, sacrificed. -74 1 An offering in de tuinen, hospit:lity. -2 The nourishment of :'ll created beings (47431 or 494497), regardod is one of the five principal acritices of the lindus cf. 97471231. izra: /. 1 (lering an oblation to : deity, ULY Holoni rite accompanied with oblations; Daiga 174 R. 1. 82.-2 An oblation offered to a deity. Sigis, - 'To offer, to become an oblation; Ratn.; BK 1 * N. of prince, yrand-father of Krisau. -Fit: N. of a people. Ahulyam N. of : leguminous shrub (tagara, taravaTa &c.) SIE IP'. 1 To briny, fetch : 79TECH R. 3. 6; 901 : 14. 77, 18. 8; 7974 to bring an answer : 214 bring news. -2 To bring near, give ; candraguptAya medinIm Kam. 1.5; ayAcitAhRta Y. 1.215. --3 To recover', bring back. - To obtain, yet, receive; arter MX. 2. 183, 6. 27. 7. 80, 8. 151. v. 1. ) 11.12; 1.1. 97. -5 To have, assume: 31196 7 o... f119 Ku.3.33. -6 To cause, produce, lead to; 214944 4. . ...C K. 10.5; AH, #19 Re: Hans fareff i gan Ram. -7 To bring near (as wife), marry: 247 016Hazifa 4TGAH Ku. 6. 28. -8 to wear, put on (as armour &c.); 2 caratti dalyka. Ki. 1. 35. -9 To offer in a sacrifice; to perform (as a sacritice); 4 R. . 86, 14. 87. -10 To take away, attract (as mind ). -11 To separate, remove, draw off from. -12 To scare or frighten away, drive forth. -13 To use as food or drink, eat. -14 To speak, say, name, call. -Caus. 1 To make one fetch or bring, canso to give or pay; T 211 farar E ETH Ms. 10. 119. -3 To eat. -3 To bring together, collect; Pt. 3. 151. - 4 To cause, produce. -5 To exact. -6 To show, exhibit. SITET a. (at the end of comp.) Bringing, fotching taking, seizing FTTET: R. 1. 49. -T: 1 Taking, seizing. -2 Accomplishing, performing. -3 Offering a sacrifice. --4 Drawing in breath, inhaling. -5 The air so inhaled. - Inspiration, breath inspired. -Comp. -PET, ICT, fan, tar, ar, fall. senA, compounds of the class called ; mayUravyaMsakAdi. STIETOT <<. Taking away, robbing; as in 314&TT:. -04 1 Fetching, bringing (near); HAIETOTH WITT 44 S. 1. - 2 Seiving, taking; BERRETT 94 R. 6. 75. -3 Removing, extracting, -4 l'erforming, accomplishing as sacrifice); 3497 4 1ERUT Hrah Mb. 5 A dowry or present given to a bride (at the time of her marriage. ); var ietsaft: R. 7. 32. -6 Causing, inducing. TIEO . 1 One who takes or suizes. -2 Bringing, fetching. -3 l'erforming; 5442191 real al K.5. -4 Causiny, bringing on ; 3417427177912 fata 47: V. . 1. (- ) A copy-holder in Lw). TIETT. (or fil.) 1 Bringing neal'procuring, wetting; H EIT: 1993 Sk. -2 Going to fetch : 31 3fa waf WATETE1994 Mb. 3.296.23. -T: 1 Taking, fetching, or bringing near: nirgatastu purAdvIro bhakSyAhArapracoditaH Ram. 7. 68.2. -2 Employing, usiny: -3 Taking food. -4 Food; (36f Tan H EIT: Sk.); f . P.L took his dinner; MIETT, 'ra: means of livelihood; bhekSAhAraH living on alms; yavAhAra, nirAhAra &c. -Comp. -31 . begging or seeking for food. Og Quicksilver. facram: the posterior part, passage of voidiny excrements. - Fi: 1 cooking. - 2 digestion of food ). -fara: want of food, privation, starvation. a: the juice of the body, chyle, lympli. TIERT. a. Going to fetch or bring; IERI brajatik. SETH (With the Jainas) One of the tive bodlies belonging to the soul; according to Colebrooke, it is 'a minute form issuing from the head of a meditative For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #396
AhArya sage to consult an omniscient saint and returning with the desired information. AhArya pot. p. 1 To be taken or seized. : Bhag. 10. 86. 14. -2 To be fetched or brought near. -3 To be extracted or removed. - To be pervaded (). 5 Artificial, adventitious, incidental, external, accessary; Bk. 2. 14; na ramyamAhAryamapekSate guNam Ki. 4. 233 nisargasubhagasya kimA Malli. on Ku. 7. 20. 6 Purposed, intended (as for instance, the identification or Aropa of upamAna or upameya in rUpaka of which the speaker is fully cognisant ); ayaM candro mukhamityAdau candrabhimukha candrAbhedajJAnaM tathAhAryameva TV. -7 Conveyed or effected by decoration or ornamentation, one of the 4 kinds of fq. v. -8 To be eaten. -9 To be worshipped (as Agni). - A kind of bandage (a). - 1 Any disease to be treated by means of extracting. -2 Extraction. -3 A vessel. -The ornamentative part of the drama, such as dress, decorations &c. - Adventitious beauty (not natural). a. 1 Brought near, fetched, procured. -2 Taken, seized. -3 Eaten. -4 Spoken, uttered. [wift) pertaining to a serpent; pravizenmukhamAheyam Pt. 1. 111. a. 878 ind. An interjection expressing (a) Doubt or alternative (or), and usually standing as a corelative of kim; kim vaikhAnasaM vrataM niSevitavyaM... Aho nivatsyati sama hariNAzanAbhiH S. 1. 27 tyAgI bhavAmyAho parastrIsparzapAM S. 5. 29. (b) Interrogation. -Comp. -g Offici ousness, intrepidity, undue boldness of a man (against zruti ). Aho purISakaM syAt MS. 12. 1. 6. - puruSA - puruSikA [gga P. II.1.72 ] 1 great self-conceit or pride; AhopuruSikA darpAdyA syAtsaMbhAvanAtmani Ak.; AhopuruSikAM f: Bk. 5. 27. -2 military vaunting, boasting. -3 vaunting of one's own prowess; - lAhopuruSikAm II. 84. aho emarasotsAhAdA ho rucikAdhAt Siva. B. 26. 4. find. a particle implying doubt, or perhaps', or 'may...may it be' &c. (corr. of f); Ahosvitprasavo mamApacaritairviSTambhito vIrudhAm S.5.9; kiM dvijaH qafa sraftag i P. VIII. 1. 44 Sk. (-) Daily, performed in ad ay. - [ ahnAM samUhaH aJ ] A series of days, many days. - AhnIne yukam Some religious not performed by the Southerners. e. those that hail from South India). pasyAmA bRhata lohitAkSAste'pi na sarve AhavAna kurvate SB. on MS. 1. 3. 18; ye dAkSiNAtyA iti samAkhyAtAste AhInegafaf SB. on. MS. 1. 3. 19. Adhika 0. ( -kI/- ) [ abhiH, ahA niH sAdhyaH ThayU ] 1 Daily, diurnal, performed every day or on a day; saMgrAmAdvayapayAtavyametatkarma mamAhnikam Mb. 6. 109. 27. AhnikaH svAdhyAya: daily course of study; AcAra: daily obser AhUta vances. -2 Employed or occurring every day (as a teacher, servant, or fever). 1 Any religious rite or duty which is to be performed every day at a fixed hour; af gr a Mb. -2 Anything to be performed daily, such as taking meals, bathing &c.; prabhAte kAlyamutthAya kRtvAhnikamariMdamaH Ram. 7.825. kRtAhikaH Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir : V. 4; a : Mv. 5. -3 Daily food. -4 Daily work or occupation, what may be read on one day. 5 A division of a work (such as that of the Mahabhayya) candrikA, dIpikA, pradIpa, maJjarI &c. N. of works. (b. AlhAda: Delight, jos: sAlhAdaM vacanam Pt. 13 dudha conferring delight. a. Giving delight. - Gladdening, delighting. ref. 1 Delighted, glad. 2 Giving delight, gladdening 1 P. Ved. To make crooked, injure. a. 1 To be invoked. -2 To be bent down or brought near. -3 To be made favourable; sUrya: san Rv. 1. 69.4. p. p. Injured; a. curing what is inju red or bent; Av. 19. 2. 5. A low or expelled man (who, after having offered a sacrifice to the manes, takes the sacrificial food for himself); annamapahartAra AharakA bhavanti zrAddhe fa P. III. 2. 135. Com. A recension of the black Yajurveda. AvRti u. Making crooked. 1 P. 1 To call, summon. -2 To invite, invoke (in a liturgical sense). -3 (A.) To provoke, challenge kRSNazcANUra mAhayate Sk.; Ahvana cedirAmmurArim Si. 20. 1; Bk. 6. 25, 8. 18, 15. 28, 42, 89. Caus. 1 To send for, call; kavimAhvAyayAmAsa prastutapratipattaye // 1. 75; Bk. 6. 121. -2 To cause to invite or summon. AhavaH [ AhUyante'rayo'tra, A-- apU] 1 Battles war, fight; evaMvidhanAhavaceSTitena R. 7.67; hatvA svajanamAhave Bg.1.31. AhavaH sa tathApyAsId bhAratAhavasodaraH Siva. B. 25. 25 -2 Challenge, provoking, calling; desire of fighting. - f. Battle-field. TET: 1 A trough near a well for watering cattle. -2 War, battle. -3 Invoking, calling. fa: f. Calling, invoking, challenging. TE: Ved. Calling, invoking. Ep. p. 1 Called, invoked, invited; fag: f Si.2.1. -2 Named, called. - Calling. m. a defendant or witness not Comp. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #397
AhUtiH appearing when summoned. -ga: the time of universal destruction. AhUtiH / [A--sina] Chilling, invoking. Ahna [-] 1 Who or what calls, a crier. -2 Named, called. [-] 1 Calling, calling out. -2 A name, appellation, oft. at the end of comp.; amRtAhaH zatAhvA &c. i : 1 A name, appellation (as last member of comp.); kAvyaM rAmAyaNAhrayam Ram.; cakrasAhvayam, caraNAhvayAH ; Ak. -2 A law-suit arising from a dispute about games with animals, as cock-fighting &c.; (one of the 18 titles of law); yodhanaM AhvayaH Raghavananda on Ms. 87. feaa 379 The third letter of the Devanagari alphabet. T [1 N. of Kamadeva; cf. Ki. 15. 45. -2 the number 100; Girvana. ind. An interjection of (1) anger; (2) callings (3) cempassions (4) reproach; (5) wonder; (6) sorrow; (7) distress. ef. :: sthANurindroka varuNaH pAdapo dvipaH / zuciH zrImAnajo bAlo viridhiH kRttikAsutaH || Enm. I. 2 P. (In Dhatup. written as 3) (ga, zara, 3, 4, 3) 1 To go, go to or towards, come to or near; zazinaM punareti zarvarI R. 8. 56; IyurbharadvAjamunerniketam Bk. 3. 40. 2 To arrive at, reach, obtain, attain to, go to or be reduced to a particular state, fall into; ff: Mk. 1. It goes to (ruin, is ruined; so 54, ,&c.).-3 To return. -4 To go away, retire; elapse, pass. -5 To spring from, come or arise from. -8 To undertake anything (with acc.); 241 Vaj. -7 To ask, beg. -8 To be; to appear. -9 To be employed in, go on with, be in a particular condition or relation, with a part. or instr.; a anal afa Sat. Br.; : Katy. -10 To thrive, prosper. II. I U. q. v. III. A. 1 To come, appear. -2 To run, wander. 3 To go quickly or repeatedly. -4 To ask, request. -Caus. To cause to go or come. [cf. L. eo; Gr. eimi with ]. a. [-] Going (at the end of a few comp.; as arthet ). ita P. P. [ ika ] 1 gone to; ruciraM kamanIyata rAgamitA Si. 6. 71. -2 Returned. -3 Obtained. -4 Remembered. -B Attended by ; sa khalu turagaiH saptabhiritaH K. P. 10. -tam 1 Course, mode of going. -2 A way. -3 Knowledge. a. Taking one's name. - Name, appella 1 Calling, inviting. -2 A call, invitation, summons (in general); ata Pt. 3. 47. -3 A legal summons (from court or govt. to appear before a tribunal); Mk. 9.-4 Invocation of a deity; HjyeSThena cAhnAnaM subrahmaNyAsvapi smRtam Ms. 9. 126. -5 A challenge. 6 A name, appellation. -7 N. of a liturgical formula. Comp. a day of trial. tion. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir fa Den. P. (In law) To summon. T: 1 A summons. -2 A name. a. Calling, inviting. courier; AhvAyakAn bhUmipaterayodhyAm Bk. 2. 43. A messenger, fa: f. Going, moving. a. To be gone towards or approached; 32: ziSyeNa guruvat -tyA 1 Going way. anyamasmAdiccha sA asVaj. 12. 62. -2 A litter, palanquin. itthana ... [i-kanin ] Going. izvara 0 ( / ) [ i-karapU] Going Rv. 10.8.4. travelling, a traveller. -2 Cruel, harsh, Siva. B. 14. 106.-3 Low, vile. - Despised, contemned. -5 Poor. - A eunuch. - 1 A disloyal or unchaste woman. -2 An abhisarika q. v. a. Future, to come; Ki. 1. 23; hetureNyataH St. 1. 26. A sprout or stem of a reed. A kind of reed or grass for mats. a: (In astr.) Good fortune, prosperity [cf. Pers. iqbal 1. For Private and Personal Use Only reg: [gsa arguit, qg Up. 3. 167] 1 Sugar cane; falfa Av. 1. 34. 5.-2 N. of another tree kophilA. -3 Wish, desire. -Comp. -kandA A pampion gourd, Cucurbita lepo. (Mar. ). - kANDaH, -NDam N. of two different species of sugarcane ( kAza and muatRNa ). kAntaH A class of the six storeyed buildings (Manasara 24. 55). - a gatherer of sugar-cane. : Saccharum Spontaneum (Mar. - gokharU). gandhikA Convolvulus panicals tur (bhUmikUSmANDa), - ja . produced from sugar-cane. -tulyA = anikSuH . -03:, -afg: the stem or cane of Saccharum Officinale. a kind of grass. - N. of a river.

Page #398
380 ..................... ..... .. . ..... . ... ...... . .......... - 1 : kind of sugar-cane. -2 the eye of sugarcane. (Mar. Iata sat). -971: a kind of grain (Mar. ). - 19: molasses. -T: X. of a tree (T2). a kind of grass ( 7727). Her 1 a meal of sugar and molasses. -2 A machine for crushing sugarcane. - eat a woman who eats a sugar-cane - Hat, afcat, -Alzet N. of a river. HRH the root of sugar-cane: a kind of sugar-cane. &: diabetes or Wiabetes mellitex (cf. R.). Hita . dis betie. -34 a sugar mill. : Taiga ufa: JF2] Saccharum Officinarum (que ). -TH: 1 the juice of sugar-cane. - 2 molasses, unrefined sugar. -3 a kind of #12 grass ; Tai: One of the sens. Fry: raw or unrefined sugar, molasses. - a sugar-cane woodl. -at-Eg the common yellow cane. Eit n., : the sea of syrup, one of the seven pois. - a hl (also 34911 ) [sefa azogz] 1 N. of a treo (Mar. alfakata.). -2 the ET grass, cafe Fit, -aret 1 a kind of sugar-cane (qozu). -2 : garden of sugar-canes. -feirt: 1 sugar, molasses. -2 any sweetmeat.-TFCH, - a field fit for planting the sugar-cone. -AT: molassen, raw or retined sugar. H : Sugarcane; ree T2ZT A place a bounding in sugar-cane. ikSumatI /. The name of a river im kurukSetra. T: 1 Sugar-cane. -2 N. of a kind of grass ( T) cf. Matanya L. 9. 21. : 1 N. of the celebrated ancestor of the Solar kings who ruled in Ayodhya; (he was the first of the Solar kings and was a son of Manu Vaivasyata ; (cf. Bhay, 994 Ha l aturd: ya:); 5914 - A: 7 U. 1. 17.-2 (pl.) Descondants of Iksvaku: 1917fa fe 27 R. 3. 70.- I. A kind of bitter gourd, Cucurbita Lagenaria (Mar. ). Seat (f)#i A kind of reed. qa, tra i P. (mara sfa) To go, move; usually with 9, 4.1. 911 U.(csia-1, siugh, sika) 1 To move, shake, be agitate ; 3911 219 91 and By. 6. 19, 14. 23; 1914 fasa 207 af Mb. 3. 102. 20. -2 To go, move. - 'aux. 1 To move, agitate, shake. -2 In yram.) to separate the members of a compound; cf. ilmaya below. * a. 1 Movable; erge a Mb 3. 102. 20. -2 Wonderful, surprising. "T: 1 A hint or sign. -2 An indication of a sentiment by gesture. -3 Knowledge. - A kind of counting. - the earth. *[an ] -1 Moving, shaking, causing to nove. -2 Knowledge. -3 The operation of separating one member of a compound from another, 11 by an Iruyrulut. si a p. p. Moved, shaken. - [ - ] 1 Palpitation, shaking. -2 Internal thought, inward thought or secret ain, intention, purpose; 37 tah: 1.7; Pt. 1. 43; H419 4 1 ku.5.62: 297777721 1721 7 R. 1. 20; Si. 9. 69. -3 A hint, sign, gesture ; 3411 Pt. 1. 44. -4 Particularly, the gesture or motion of the various limbs of the body indicating one's intentions; gesture suited to betray internal feelings; AkArairistirgatyA gRhAte'ntargataM manaH Ms.8. 26. cf. fra en af FIT 31151: Haa: -Comp. - , -30. skilled in the interpretation of internal sentiments by external gestures, understanding signs. 3 pot. p. 1 Mova ble from its place. -2 (In the Pratisakhyas A term for those words or parts of a compound which in certain grammatical operations may be separated from the preceding partsword which in the lado-Patha is divided by the fragraha. ET: A disease. Fu, -,- TT: N. of a medicinal tree, Terminalin Catapps (Mar. feniaz); sorry: 1544 U. 1. 21; aut: ffeagena: 474 1977: S. 1. 14. 4 the nut of the tree. sferica: A pond; mud. 03F, Tol See under 54. 0677: N. of a tree, the citron. PC: A small tree growing near water ( fo, 1934). 1914 F pot.. (of 7 ) To be worshipped. -J: 1 A tencher; haMsA ya eka bahurUpamijyAyAmayaM veda sa veda vedam Bhag. 11. 12. 23. -2 An epithet of fa, the teacher of the gods. -3 The Pusya Naksatra. -4 The Supreme Being; : ZIEN HH 45t: Bhay. 10. 81. 13. -5 An epithet of Visnu. -591 1 A sacrifice; 577i TEH 4 1 R. 3. 48, 1. 69, 17. 2; By. 11. 53, YAA a a ral: 9. 25.-2 A gift, donation. -3 An image. - 4 Worship, reverence. -5 Meeting, union. -6 A bawd or procuress. -7 A cow. -Comp. : a constant sacriticer. : A shrimp (type*). 1 P. [ ia, seal 1 To go, go to or towards; gaat z 919: gara: Ry. 10. 171. 1. -2 To err. -3 To make haste Ved.). iTa: Ved. 1 Cane or grass ; atho iTa iva hAyanopa drAhmavIrahA Av. 6. 14.3.-2 A mat, a web made of cane or grass, -Comp. -EATH & mat Ved). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #399
iTcaraH 881 iti T: 5999 afa | A bull or steer allowed to } go at liberty. SAAT . N. of a section of the Kathaka recension of the Yajurveda. 1. (also written in Veda ). [ -fag ar 32 3:] 1 An offering or oblation, libation offered to the god.-2 Prayer, flow of speech. -3 The earth. -4 Food. -5 The rainy season. -6 The third of the five prayajuts ( A). - People or subjects. (pl.) The object of devotion. -Comp. an a deity of libation. T3 (-) pra: N. of Vishnu or of Pusan; 31714#f49732777 53919 Bhag. 6. 5. 27. TE: An epithet of Agi. fazi 1 A species of she-yont. -2 The bleating of agoat; so'pi cAnugataH straiNaM kRpaNastAM prasAditum / kurvanniDaviDA# The fall Bhay. 9. 19.9. TET-2 (3-347, am 3:26] 1 The earth; guya zafarag: Mb. -2 Speech. -3 An offering, libation (coming between 911 and 32); 39194 after 7 : Mb. 3.114. 28. -4 Refreshing draught. -3 ( Hence) Food. -6 (Fig.) Stream or flow of praise or worship personifiod as the goddess of sacred specch; 58 : Fred F riitai: Mb. 12. 98. 26. -7 Libation and offering of milk. -8 A Cow. 387 &c. SB. on MS. 10. 3. 4). -9N. of a goddess, daughter of Manu. She is the wife of Budha and mother of Purura vas; she is also called 9175 as the daughter of 147 and 2 ). -10 N. of Durga -11 Hon ven. -12 A tubular vessel (a ), (being in the right side of the body ). 56197 . 1 Possesser of sacrificial food. -2 Refreshing TEIFI A cell-buildig wasp (Mar. 10). Vespa solitaria. la: A fragrant gum, Bdellium. iDikA The earth. tie#: A wild goat. TGT: see 27. gut: A pen-knife; Girvana. 53,-34 (939) (Dual) Two round small plates used as coverings for the hands in taking the fire-pans fromt he fire; after ut ftuara Sat. Br. (a auta a soet ( Karka). e pron. a. (-7 f., - 7 n.) 1 Another, the other of two ), the remaining one of the two; sati A H R. 8. 20 v. 1. -2 The rest or others (pl.). what is left. 5 . MS. 7. 1. 16 (on which zabara writes itaradadhikArthe samAnamitarat smaanmdhikmityrthH|). -3 Other than, different from with abl.); catalyzatAni yathecchayA vitara tAni sahe caturAnana Udb.; itaro rAvaNAdeSa 1991a Bk. 8. 106. -4 Opposite of, cither used by itself is an adj. or at the end of comp.; 11erfo Ram.; RATU a Mb.; giri M.5.3 opposite of, other than easy, difficuit; so are left; 917 right &c. -5 Low, mean, vulgar, ordinary ; 17 sa 44 EUR H T 37 : K. 154, 160, 203, 273. 501-57 the one-the other, this-that. -Comp. prox. . respective, reciprocal, one with another ( chiefly in oblique cases or in comp.); ragantara Ms. 9. 102; #rzar 3.35; R. 7. 54. 031974: mutual dependence, inter-connection. 't: 1 mutual connection or union, Afgarera atat Si. 10. 21.-2 a variety of the Dvandva compound opp. HERE-K) where each member of the compound is viewed separately; as a f . -: (pl.) 1 other men. -2 euphemistically said of corta in beings considered as spirits of darkness of which Kubera is one. Gatz <<. Ordinary, common-place. ca:, Tind. Otherwise than, different from, elsewhere; see 27:, 37-727. TOT ini. 1 In another manner, in a contrary manner. -2 Perversely. -3 On the other hand. TT 129 9 Jabala Up. 4. aty: ind. P. V. 3. 22. On another day, the other day. gat ind. [6H-afas Set : Tv.] 1 llence, from here or hence. -2 From this person, from me; 30: # * aufteia area 24 Ku. 2. 55. -3 In this direction towards me, here; al fatface : Ku.3.2; 7 7alhar 71 72 R. 2. 31; 59: rafata: &e. Bh. 2. 76; at 7943114 V. 2; 197 7 * S. + news of this place; sa ta: this way, this way, my lord (in dramas). - 4 Hence, for this reason, on this ground; 54 CHETA HaqHER S. B. 1. 2. 10. -5 From this world. -6 From this time. :-a: () on the one hand-on the other hand ; 59agram YETTI S. 2; (1) in one place-in another place, here there; K. 27: saa hither and thither; hence and thence, here and there, to and fro; 54 919014; now, therefore: tas: here and there, hither and thither, to and fro: data darasa lateralat: Ku. 1. 13. fat ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (TaztaE917); Putri Taha Ay Ramarakna. 311 Tale Bhartri.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #400
382 (Hafeeraan); fraqmagana 1 ... A TT gaf : Si. 1, 3. ; fu atafa R. 14. 40; T : R. 1. 12; sometimes with acc. tahi IE: Ms. 10. 31.; By. 6. 2; (3) or a whole sentence when it is merely used at the end of that sentence; ( vAkyArthadyotaka); jJAsyasi kiyad bhujo me rakSati bhauvIkiNA iti $. 1.13; FHZ-477: 710fa 149211-11 K. 151. -2 Besides this general sense of has the following senses: (a) Cause, as expressed by because', 'since', 'on the ground that's in English; TESTATA 311 U.; T11:29 104 M.1.2, oft. with ft. q. v. (1) Purpose or motivo, as expressed by that!, in order that'T FIETI AL G EL H K. 320; R. 1. 37. (e) Thus, to park the conclusion (opp. 347 ); WAS&: thus or here ends the first Act. (1) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped torother; pRthivyApastejo vAyurAkAzaM kAlo digAtmA mana iti dravyANi T. S. (c) So, thus, in this woanner; 577 Tea aufa Ki. 11. 80. Of this nature or description ; FT4: T een :. () As follows, to the following effect; TAHITI atitza7 R. 13. 1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; fafa734, 3492197 fara, fara ini, arafa f r am $. 3. (i) It is often used with the wine of :111 author to form an Iryayiblara comp. AUTO thus according to Panini. (i) Illustration (usually with 3 ); sieltraita warret 1972: Chandr.; 11: 1540 K. P. 2. (k) A quotation or an opinion :ccepted: forfa:, scrarii, 19T:, 194: Co. (1) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of according to such a rule'; Tit Fera (P. III. 3. 172)511 41 fra Malli. Other senses mentioned are:-(m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (.) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (y) ProxiInity. (..) Visibility. ) Excess or superiority. 1) Requiring ( 41 + 201419 TTT, 43 44 711 Iem.). -Comp. -Tet: sum and substance, meaning in short often u9d by commentators). -3TH ind. for this purpose, hence. - .. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cetera (&c.). : 9772: He a AT: Udb. -37 information, report. - <<. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wickel, lost. (- ) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. 2, TOT, - , a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. ( Th, free) duty, obligation; Afafaro 1 i 9: Ram. 2.685. The area 14: Ms. 7. 142, sfazifafa oftainasta: Ki. 7. 17. Oct, rtar, tar any proper or necessary duty, obligation; ea ar farrakath Mb. 3. 36. 4. fa ala: wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. forfet ind. Thus according to Panini's very words. -A1 a. of such extent or quality. -984 1 occurrence, event. -2: tale, story. fa: 1 Knowledge. -2 Speed: Sabda Ch. faha. Having yait or speed. sfac a. Ved. Such a one, such. staat inil. In the same manner. fast: Name of a gaye. Te ind. Thus indeed, quite in conformity to tradition : TRIG: 71es facta 12 My. 2. 47. facia: [fr. f4-2-3113 (3rd. pers. sing. Perf. of 347 to be): Ho it has been ] 1 History (legendary or traditional); 19a n qari - HIER ; Mb. f. also areagoa daitafanuzi stagrara hi Hai 4775 11 -2 Heroic histroy (such as the Mahabharata). -3 Historical evidence, tradition which is recognized as a proof by the Paurinikas). -Comp. -farah legendary coinposition or narrative; S. 3. -ITOTH history and legendary stories; 214TH 4412 zaal az: historical story, legend: Mal. 3. 3. #2: A kind of grass (576). z N. of a perfume (Mar. 1 ). FETH inil. Thus, no, in this manner; si a: famig HEYET Ku. t. 45; y under these circumstan ces, such being the case ; ita f *: #02 S. 4; R. 9. 81. -Comp. -FITH ind. in this manner. . 1 no circumstanced, being in this state, being thus; 31 P. I. 4.98; Ve.!6; Ku. 6. 26; S. 3.5; 94#ina M.), K. 146. -2 true or faithful ( as a story ). Hra: being thus endowed, having these qualities. - 2 .1 of such kind.-2 endowed with such qualities. T TT: X. of the third Yoga in Astronomy (Arabie origin). et ind. Ved. 1 In this manner, thus; 9117 29 #: Kath. 1.2.24.-2 A particle of affirmation used to lay stress on a following word, indeed. -3 Truly, re: lly. sit a. performing such or true works. TIL in. Thus, in this way. at a. 1 A traveller, -2 A poor person. -3 A wicked and a debaucherous man. ind. 1 A particle of affirmation, even, just, only; 1 ST Rv. 8. 28. 1. especially in strengthening a statement; 3715 H Nir. -2 It is often added to words expressing excess or exclusion: fa 51 51 c. 3 At the beginning of sentences it often adds emphasis to pronouns, prepositions &c. (its place is taken by ma in classical Sanskrit ). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #401
idam 388 %3 idam pron. a. [ayam m., iyam /., idam // .] 1 This, take possession of, pervade, fill. -7 To dispose. -8 To here, referring to something near the speaker; idamastu be lord or master (of anything). saMnikRSTaM rupama); idaM tat ... iti yaducyate 5.5 here is the truth of the sayiny. -2 Present, seen; the noniinative ina .. 1Able, strong, powerful, mighty. -2 Bold, determined. -3 Glorious. -na:1A lord, master. loke forms are used with verbs in the sense of hero': bhavAjagadinaH kalayAvatIrNaH Bhag. 10.70.27. -2 The sun; iyamammi here am I; 80 ime mmaH: ayamAgacchAmi horo [ome. tapanvinaH Si.2.05. bhajati kalpaminaH pratipadyayam tim. Ch.4.21. -3 It often refers to something immediately following, (ef. ino bhAgo dhAmanidhiraMzumAlyabjinIpani: Ak. -3 A king; while etad refers to what precerles; anukalpastvayaM jJeyaH sadA nana mahInamahAnaparAkramam R.9... -4 The lunar mansion sadbhiranuSTitaH Ms. 3. 117 (ayam = vakSyamANaH Kull.); zrutvai Hasta. -Comp. -kAntaH sunstone ( sUryakAnta); Bh.2.37. nadidamUcuH - It occurs commented with yana, tat, etad, yadanano'pi pAdaiH spRSTaH prajvalati saviturinakAntaH. -sabham // adas, kim or personal pronoun, either to point out royal court or assembly. P. II. 1. 23. anything more distinctly and emphatically, or some times pleomastically; kA'yamAcaratvavinayam S. 1.25; seyama, inakSa (Devikl. of nakS) Vel. To try to rateh, striver so'yam , this here; 90 imAstAH ; ayamahaM bhoH 5.4 ho, here to ret. am I. -ind. Ved: 1 Here, to this place. -2 Now. inAnI /. A kind of tree ( vaTapatrI). -3 Thore. -4 With these words, herewith. -5 In this manmer; nai tadopayika rAma yadidaM parita'yase Ram.2.3.30. inthihA An astronomical term taken from the -Comp. -kAryA The plant Ifely sarum Alhagi (Mar.. Arabic (= muthahA), kAMTe dhamAsA, yavAsA). -prathama 4. doing anything for the ind 1P. [indati, inditum ] To be powerful (occurring tirst time. --prakAram ind. in this manner. -yugam the in the etymology of indra q..) present Yuga. -rUpa .. of this shape. -vasu . Ved. indakA A king of star remaining overhead in the rich in this and that. mRgazIrSa-nakSatra. idaMtana (-nI/.) of this time, present; momentary. / indambaram = indIvara pa.. idaMtA | idamo bhAvaH ] Identity, stmemess. indindiraH A large bee; lobhAdindindireSu nipatatsu idandra . One who goes this; tasmAdidandro nAmedandro ha ve Bv.2. 183. Ait. Up.3.14. - indirA [ ind-kirac ] N. of Laksmi, wife of Visu. idambaram A blue lotus : Nigh. -Comp. -Alayam ' abode of Indira', the blue lotus. idamaya a. Made or consisting of this. -mandiraH an epithet of Visu. (-ram) the blue lotus. idaMyua. Wishing this. indi (ndI) varam | indIrlakSmIstasyA varaM varaNIyam Tv.] The idA int. Now, at this (present) moment; oft. with blue lotus%3; bAle tava mukhAmbhoje kathamindIvara dvayam S. Til. 17. ahan / idAcidahaH idA hyaH only yesterday. -Comp.-vatsaraH indIvaradalazyAmaH N. of Visnu: indIvaradalazyAmamindirAnandakandalam / 80 iduvatsaraH or idvatsara: one of the five years in which indIvAraNI A group of blue lotuses. gifts of clothes and food are said to be productive of great rewards. cf. Bhag.b. -vatsarIya or idvatsarIya / . indIvAraH A blue lotus. belonging to such year. induH [unatti ledayati candrikayA bhuvanaM und-3 Adericca __ idAnIm ind. [idaM-dAnI iz ca] 1 Now, at this moment, Up.1.12] 1 The moon%3; dilIpa iti rAjendurinduH kSIranidhAviva in this case, just now, even now; vatse pratiSTasvedAnIm S. R. 1. 12 (573 is said to mean in the Veda a drop Ayapatra idAnImAsa U.3; idAnAmAdAsya bhajAsa yAda bhAgIrotha tadA of Soma juice, a bright drop or spark; mutAsa indavaH G. L. idAnImahaH now-a-days; idAnImeva just now; idAnImapi Rv. 1. 16.6). -2 The mRgaziras Naksatra. -3 (in now also, in this ense also; tata idAnIm thereupon, then, Math.) The number one'. -4 Camphor. -5 The point from that time. -2 As a measure of time, it is equal on a die; tebhyo va indavo haviSA vidhema Av.7.109.6. -6 to one fifteenth part of an tAhef. yAvannyatahANi taavnti| Tesignation of the anusvAra. -(pl.) 1 The periorlical paMcadazakRtva idAnIni Sut. Br. changes of the moon. -2 The time of moon-light, night. idAnIMtana .. (-nI/.) Present, momentory of the -Comp. -kamalam the white lotus. -kalA 1 a digit prosent moment. of the moon. (These are 16, each of which is iddhA ind. Explicit, manifest, apparent. mythologically said to be devoured by 16 deities in succession). -2 N. of several plants ; amRtA, guDUcI, somaidhma, iddha See under indha. audumbara idhmaH Bri up.6.3.13. latA. -kalikA 1N. of a plant (ketakI). -2 a digit of in 6, 8 P. Ved. 1 To go. -2 To advance or rush the moon. -kAntaH the moon-stone. (-tA) 1 night. upon, press upon; drive. -3 To invigorate. -4 TO -2 N. of a plant (ketakI). -kSayaH 1 waning or disapmarforee, compel. -5 To drive away, remove. -6 To ance of the moon. -2 the new moon day. Ms. 3. 122. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #402
-, - the planet Mercury. (-) N. of the river Reva or Narmada. : 1 the ocean (the moon being produced amongst other jewels at the churning of the ocean) -2 the sage .-: a digit, crescent. - puSpikA N. of a plant (kalikArI or jAMgalI) - bham 1 the sign called Cancer. -2 the Naksatra called . -bhAa kind of water lily. -bhRt, -zekharaH, -mauliH 'the moon-crested god, epithets of Siva. -for: 1 the moon-stone. -2 a pearl. - A lotus-creeper. - maNDalam the orb or dise of the moon. ratnam a pearl. () 1 a digit of the moon. -2 N. of several plants, especially, plant Flacourtia Sapida. Its seed is much used by women as a detergent to their oiled hair (Mar. car). -3 Ligusticum Ajwaen (Mar. ovA ). See indukalA. -loka: the world of the moon. silver. - A moon-faced lady. N. of a metre ; see Appendix -vallI The Soma plant. - vAraH a kind of yoga in Astrology. - Monday. - a religious observance depending on the age of the moon. It consists in diminishing the quantity of food. by a certain portion daily, for a fortnight or a month; ef. cAndrAyaNa. induvratasahasraM tu yazcaretkAyazodhanam Mb. 13. 26. 39. -2007 A treo, Bauhinia tomentosa (Mar. 341) - sutaH or -sUnuH N. of the planet Mercury. indukaH (kuH ) see induzapharin above. Hm. An epithet of Agni. indumatI 1 A day of full moon. -2 The wife of aja and sister of bhoja A rat, mouse. indraH [ indrana, indatIti indraH; idi aizvarye Malli. ] 1 The lord of gods. 2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; varuNaH somA rudraH / zaM na indro bRhaspatiH Tait Vp. 1. 1. 1. Bri. Up. 1.4.11.3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). - : Bri. Up. 2. 5. 19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; a lord of men i. e. a king; so : a lion; gajendraH the lord or chief of elephants; so yogIndraH kapIndraH. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant-7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of .-9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -10 The human or animal soul. 11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Naksatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. - 1 The wife of Indra, Indrani. -2 N. of a plant (4 Mar. 4) [ Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Aryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekastaka, and in Rv. 10. 90. 13 he is said to have sprung 384 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir indraH from the mouth of Purusa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vritra, Sambara, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv. 10. 119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, pros perous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrani, who is invoked among the goddesses. But in later He is said to Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. mythology he falls in the second rank. be one of the sons of Kasyapa and Daksayani or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahma, Visnu and Mahesa (though in some places Visu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R. 14. 59, 15. 40), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Suresa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalya, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalya), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalya-jara. The curse of the sage im pressed upon him a 1000 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasraksa. In the Ramayana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Lanka by Ravana's son called Meghanada, who for this exploit received For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #403
385 O the title of Indrajit. It was only at the intercession of Brahma and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalya. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Ipsaras). In the Puranas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raia, grandson of l'urura vas, owing to the curse of Durvasas, and other accounts show that he and Krisna were at war with each other for the Parijata tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrani, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His opithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, c. g. 27, balabhid, pAkazAsana, gotrabhid, puraMdara, zataRtu, jiSNu, namucisUdana &c. (see Ak. I. 1. 44-47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amaravati; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airavata; his horse, Uchchaisravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja. ]. -Comp.: the fire produced from the contact of clouds: 'dhUmaH frost snow; deg devatA the 16th lunar mansion. -, - an epithet of Visnu and of Narayana (upendra ); tasthau bhrAtRsamIpasthaH zakrasyendrAnujo yathA Ram. 6.91.4. -ariH an Asura or demon. -avasAnaH a desert.: 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (guMjAvRkSa ). - Ayudham Indra's weapon, the rainbow; indrAR. 7. 4, 12.79: K. 127. (-:) 1 N. of the horse in Kadambari (i. e. Kapinjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (TT) a kind of leech. - 1 the throne of Indra. 2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -: N. off the preceptor of gods. - one of the forms of Siva-linga. 3: a festival honouring Indra. Ta. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. indraRSabhA draviNe no dadhAtu Av. 12. 1. 6. -karman m. an epithet of Visnu (performing Indra's deeds). - A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Manasara 21. 60-68). : 1 N. of the mountain .-2 a rock. (H) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt phAlakA bhAjanordhve tu tadUrdhvaM cendrakIlakam (Manasara 12. 126). cf. also Kau. A. 2. 3. : Indra's elephant, Airavata. - N. of a mountain a. ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-:) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. Indra's banner. -, -, -, za ( - saM. iM. ko...49 indraH - th. -g: 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks: ef. pratolImadhye tridhAnuSkAdhiSThAnaM - indrakozaM kArayet Ku. A. 2. 3. -2 platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. 4a pin or bracket projecting from the wall (a). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24.-fift: the mountain. -guruH, AcAryaH the teacher of Indra bRhaspati goSaH, gorakSo'sya varSAbhavatyAstra] kind of insect of red or white colour; Sukra. t. 157: K. 100. - candanam the white sandal wood. -cApam, -dhanus . 1 rainbow; vidyutvantaM lalitavanitAH sendracApaM sacitrA: Me. 64; Si. 7.4.-2 the bow of Indra fenter A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. 3, applied often as 1 in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) A necklace of pearls having 1008 strings. n. [ iva sahasranetreNa sahasragucchena cchAdyate ] necklace consisting of 1000 strings. - N. of Vali. . Bitumen (Mar. zilAjita ) - jananam Indra's birth. -jananIya treating of Indra's birth (as a work). I. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av. 4. 3. 7. H [ indrasya paramezvarasya jAlaM mAyeva ]1 the net of Indra. tenAhamindrajAlenAmRstamasAbhi dadhAmi sarvAn Av. 88.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. conjuring, jugglery magical tricks; indrajAlaM ca mAyAM vai kuhakA vA'pi bhISaNA Mb. 5. 160.55. svaprendrajAlasadRzaH khalu jIvaloka: Santi. 2. 2: K. 105. - jAlika a. [3] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-) n juggler, conjurer. fans. conqueror of Indra', 180 N. of a son of Ravana who was killed by Laksmana. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanada a son of Ravana. When Ravana warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanada was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanada, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Siva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Lanka. Brahma and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanada the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra': but the victor refused to release his prisoner unless he were promised immortality. Brahma refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Ramayana he is represented to have been decapitated by Laksmana while. he was engaged in a sacrifice ]. deg or faizm. N. of Laksmaya. - jyeSTha a. Ved. led by Indra. - tApanaH the thundering of clouds. tUlama, tUlakam a flock of cotton. - the son of Banasura. 1: the tree Pinus Devadaru. - Sandal -, -: 1 the plant Terminalia Ariuna (arjuna ). -2 The plant kuTaja -dvIpaH, -pam one of the 9 Dvipas or Divisions of the continent (of India). N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; tyo'bhavatsa dhanurAdatta tadevendradhanuH Av. 15. 1. 6. -dhvaja: 1a flag -

Page #404
386 indriya raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhadra. first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Sat. -2 Indra's weapon; visastAkalpakezasragindra vaja ivApatat Br., where it is said that Vritrat's father intended Bhagy. 10.11.22. -nakSatram Indra's lunar mansion his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked phalgunI. -netram 1 the eye of Indre. -2 the number one him to say indrazatrubedhasva e. but who, through mistake, thousand. -nIlaH [ indra iva nIlaH zyAmaH] a sapphire; accented the word on the first syllable, and was parIkSApratyayayazca padmarAgaH priikssyte| taeva pratyayA dRSTA indrniilmnnepi|| killed by Indra; f. Sik.52; mantro haniH svarato varNato vA Garuda P.; R. 13.54; 16.6) : Mo. 48, 79. -nIlaka: an / mithyAprayukto na tamarthamAha / sa vAgvajro yajamAnaM hinamti yathendrazatruH emerald. -patnI Indra's wifo, zacI.-paNI, -puSpA N. / svarato'parAdhAt // . -zalabha: a kind of insect (indragopa). of a medicinal plant (Mar. kaLalAvI). -parvataH 1 the -saMjayam N. ofastiman. Arseya B.-saMdhA connection mahendra momtaim. -2 a blue mountain -putrA N. of aditi. or alliance with Indra. tayAhamindrasaMdhayA sarvAn devAniha huva -purogama, -puraHsara, -zreSTha .. led or preceded by Indra, Av. 11. 10.9.-sArathiH 1N. of Mitali. -2 an epiha ving Indren at the head. -purohitaH N. of vRhaspati. thet of Vayn, driving in the same carriage with (-ai) the asterisin l'usya. --Thia: N. of the pupil of Indra; Rv. 4. 46.2. - raro: N. of the fourteenth Paila and the author of some riks of the Rv. -TFCTH N. Manu. -sutaH, -sUnuH 1N. of (1) Jayantan (0) of a city on the Yamuna, the residence of the Pandavas : Arjuna; (c) Vali, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of (identified with the modern Delhi); indraprasthagamastAvatkAri the arjuna tree. -surasaH, -surA ashrub the leaves of mA santu cedayaH Si.2.63. -praharaNama Indra's weapon, the which are used in discutient applications (fajet). thunderbolt. -bhaginI N. of Parvati. -bheSajam dried - N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; ginger. -makhaH // silcritice in honour of Indra.-mahaH 12. Bhag.8.20.28. -senA 1 Indren's missile or host. -2 festival in honour of Indra. - 2 the rainy season #19: Indra's army: Rv. 10.102.2. -senAnI: the leader a dog. -mAdana a. animating or deligiting Indre; ye vAyava . of Indra's armies, epithel of Kartikeya. -stut indramAdanAsaH Rv.7.02.1. -madina .. Ved. whose friond or m. -stomaH 1 praise of Indra, N. of particular ally is Indra; indramedI satvano ni hvayasva Av.5.20.8.-yajJaH / hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -23 (See indramaha and indramakha ) zvo'smAkaM ghoSasyocita indrayajJo sacrifice in honour of Indra. 6: invocation of nAmotsavaH bhaviSyati Palacharitr L. -yavaH, -vama seed of the Indra% bhadrAn kRNvannindrahavAnatsakhibhya Rv.9.90. 1. -hastaH Kutaja treo. -luptaH, -ptam,-luptakam 1 excessive bald- a kind of medicament. ness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -loka: Indra's indrakam [indrasya rAjJaH kaM sukhaM yatra 1. ] An Essembly world, Svarga or Paradise. T: 1 lord of Indra's room, a hall. world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -vaMzA, -vajrA indratama . Ved. Most Indra-like, mighty, strong. N. of two metres, see Appendix. -vallarI,-vallI N. of indratA,-tvam Power and dignity of Indri, kingship, aaplant (pArijAta)or of indravAruNI. -vastiH [indrasya AtmanaH might. vastiriva] the calf (of the leg). -vAtatama a. Ved. desired by Indra. 319 izandat: Rv. 10. 6. 6. indrasvat / / . Ved. Accompanied by Indra, possessed -vAnakam A variety of diamonds. Kau. A. 2. 11. of power. -vAyU (du.) Indra and Vayu. indravAyU ubhAviha suhaveha indrayu.. Longing to go to Indra. havAmaha Av. 3.20.6. -vAruNI, -vAruNikA Colveynth, indrANikA 'The plant nirguDI. a will bitter gourd cucumis colorynthis. (Mar. moThI indrANI [ indrasya patnI Anuk lIpa P. IV. 1.t).] 1 The kaMvaDaLa) kimindravAruNI rAma sitayA kaTukIyate Laghu Yoga wife of Indras ; AjagAma mahendrANyA zakraH muragaNairvRtaH Mb.8. Visistha-sirnX. sauvarcalaM haridrA ca pippalI cendrvaarunniH| mUtra 11. 13. -2 N. of Durga, considered as one of the kRcche prazaMsanti piNDo'yaM vAjinAM hitH|| zAlihotraof bhoja 330. eight mothers or divine emergies. -3 A kind of coitus. -vAha.. carrying Indra. -vRkSaH the Devadaru tree. -4 Large cardamoms. -5N. of a tree (nIlasiMduvAra); -vRddhA. kind of abscess. -vaiDUyam a kind of precious also the plant nirguDI. stone. -vratam Indren's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king who is said to follow 5-2 when he distri i faya. Fit for or belonging to or agreeable to, butes benefits :18 Indra pours down rain); alfanati Indra. -: A friend or companion of Indra. -74 mAsAn ythendro'pybhivti| tathAbhivaSasva rASTra kAmarindrabata crn| [ indra-gha; indreNa durjayam; by P.V.2.93 indriyamindralimindradRSTaMs. 9. 301. -zaktiH /. Indrani, the wife of Indra, or mindrasaSTamindrajuSTamindradattamiti vA ] 1 Power, forces the quality his energy personified. - TET: 1 an enemy or destroyer which belongs to Indra. -2 An organ of sense, sense, of Indira (when the accent is on the last syllable ), or faculty of sense. ( Indriyas are often compared to nepithet. of prahAda; indrazanno vivardhasva mA ciraM jahi vidviSam restive horses, which, if not properly checked, will Bhiy.6.9.12. balipradiSTAM zriyamAdadAnaM traivikrama pAdamivandrazatruH lend one astray; ef. mA bhavannapathavarAstavendriyAzvA: Ki..50). B.7.25. -2 [ indraH zatruH yasya] one whose enemy is There are two kinds of Indriyas:-- (1) jAnendriyANi or Indra, ali epithet of 17 when the accent is on the buddhIndriyANi; zrotraM tvakcakSuSI jihvA nAsikA caiva paJcamI (also manaH For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #405
indriyavat 387 imya .... .. .............. .... . ......... according to some); and (1) auto: -1992 eragia vAk cava dazamI smatA Ms.2.90. Ms. further adds ekAdarza mano jJeyaM svaguNanobhayAtmakam / yasmina jine jitAvatI bhavataH pcckii| TO II In the Vedanta 4a:, git, 29 and fan are said to be the four internal organs, the total number of organis being, therefore, 11, each presided over by its own ruler or a. In Nyaya ench organ is connected with its own peenliar element; the eye, ear', tongue, nose, and skin being connected respectively with Light or fire, Ether, Water, Earth and Air. --3 Bodily or virile power, power of the sense. -4 Semen; Tau Mb. 12. 36. 28. -5 Syin bolical expression for the number '5'. -Comp. -31T a. imperceptible. -3te: 1 an object of sense; these objects are:- Ei Tea Pf47 for 3779 Ak.; i z e maat 3491a By. 3. 31; Bh.3.5.8; R. 11.25.-2 anything exciting these senses. -Test: non-attachment to sensual objects, stoicism. -3 4T m. 1 an epithet of Visnu. -2 an organ of sense. - : the principle called ahankar (in San. Pil.). -37129 1 the abode of the senses, i. e. the body. -2 the soul.-3ITIA a. given to enjoying the objects of sense; aghAyurindriyArAmo moghaM 137 fra By: 3. 16. -ET: the soul. TTTT a. perceptible to the senses. (-:) an object of sense; 92 : By. 13.5.-14, -au: the assemblage or collection of organs, the five organs of sense taken collectively: balavAnindriyagrAmo vidvAMsamapi karSati Ms.2.215, 100, 175; fedant gairauad: Si. 10. 3. - a. in one's presence, visible. - consciousness, the faculty of perception. TTUTT restraint of sonses; ftatufay TUTH Kath. 2. 6. 11. - : restraint of senses. -T 5: sensuality. - f. perception by the senses, exercise of my organ of sense. -71877. xciting power; stimulating or sharpening the mennes ( 4) any excitement of senses, a stimulus. -77: insensibility. -fag : /. perversion of the organy wrong preception. :/. function of the organs. - T: Functioning of senses with reference to objects. -HE sensual pleasures; parafugata fara raya: 29: R. 19. 17. -HIFT: the contact of an organ of penso either with its object or with the mind). -Fart: insensibility, unconsciousness, stupor. sfera . 1 One who has curbed his senses. -2 One having the organs of sense. F*7 A. (hor , 51 , ne, 5) To kindle, light, Net on tire allattara 994 Av. 5.3.1. pass. (2 ) To be lighter, blaze, flame. E . [ - ]1 Kindled, lighted : 2 9aiguat TSH 79: My. 1. 53; 11deg Ratn. 1.3; Mu. 1. 2; NTS. 7. 16 whose glow or red colour has just broken out. -2 Shining glowing, blazing, bright; AGHW JERSEIZH Ki. 2. 59; Si. 1. 63; ale Dk. 1. 5 (E TH) sharp. -3 Clean, clear. -4 Wonderful. -5 Obeyed, unresisted (as order ) ; : Ki. 1. 22. - 1 Sunshine, heat. -2 Refulgence, splendour. -3 Wonder. -Comp. orat: fire: 17 3 HAT C ea: Si. 16. 35. AFY <<. having the anger excited. #: asfata #] Fuel, especially that used for the sacred fire; 414 4: aa: Rv. 10.90.6; AZ #ai: 197 Mb. 1. 31. 6; R. 14. 70. EAF Wood, fuel. -Comp. -fra: fire; Bhag. 5.1.25. -72 : a hatchet, an axe. a f. Kindling, lighting. F a.(F4-37] Kindling, lighting: -:( 54-97] 1 Fuel. -2 The Supreme Being: F si f2 SA-959: Bri. Up. 4. 2. 2. Fra a. (F4-09-] Kindling, lighting. - 7 1 Kindling, lighting, -2 Fuel, wood &c.; ATH K. 16.). -3 Expectation, desire (1971); 314 909199ltrar: Mb. 12. 348. 2. a a. Possessed of fuel. F1Fa1 a. Ved. possessed of fuel. Fa 6 P. 1 To go. -2 To pervade, surround. -3 To seive, take possession of. - 4 To invigorate, gladdon; see also. invakA: Stars in the head of Orion. (Soo ilvakAH) H: [5- -ffa Us. 3. 151 ] 1 An elephant. -2 Fearless power (Say.). -3 Servants, dependents (Vor.) -4 The number cight. - A female elephant. [cf. L. ebur). -Comp. -34ft: alion at IEHTara: Bhag. 8. 11. 56.-311 , TTT the plant a Mesua ferreil. - a: N. of Ganesa; of. HIFT. -TOTT, FOT a kind of aromatic plant, Scinda psus officinalis gajapippalI (Mr. gajapiMpaLI). -karNakaH N. of plantar. aiast ris). -FETT N. of a plant (the fruit of which is poisonous ). Fa 1. The plant Tioridium Indicum (Mr. 46, ). - 1 shrewdness, sagacity, sharpness. -2 hemp ( 1). -TE": the driver or keeper of an elephant. -TET (sau *] a hermaphrodite female elephant. - a: a young elephant, cub. - TT: a collection of elephants. yara: . a female elephant. THAITE: (THAISIA ] A lion. 1 N. of the tree tatt. ..[ 1] 1 Wealthy, opulent, rich: Dk. 41.-2 Belonging to one's servants (Ved). F 1 *2197 Rv.1.05.7. - : 1 A king. Ch. 1'p. 1. 10. 1. -2 An elephant-driver. -3 An enemy or foe (Say.). -* 1 A femalo elephant. -2 N. of the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #406
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ibhyaka Olibanum tree, Boswellia Serrata (Mar. ). -Comp. -fafea (a) a. wealthy, rich. a Wealthy, rich. ind. Ved. As here, as now, in this way or manner; taM pratnathA pUrvathA vizvamathA Rv. 5. 44.1. ef. P. V. 3. 111. a. Vod. Longing for, seeking to gain; pUrave pratna rAjana Rv. 10. 4. 1. www.kobatirth.org a. 1 So much, so large, of this extent; g Dk. 93; af f. 13.67 so many years; dvayaM nItiritIyatI Si. 2. 30 this much; iyato divasAnutsava AsIt U. 1. iyaditi gurujanasavidhe vidhRtadhaniSThApayodharaH pAyAt / Udb. , (a) So much, fixed measure or quantity: IdRktayA rUpamiyattayA vA R. 13.5; na... yazaH paricche6.77; K. 129, 182. (b) Limited number, limitation; R. 10. 32. -2 Limit, standard. iyattaka a. So small, very small. iyattikA zakuntikA sakA jaghAsa te viSam Rv. 1. 191. 11. -kA A bad limit. a. Ved. Going. Ved. Low spirits, dejection. ir 6 P. ( irati ) To go. Ved. (-a) 1 To grow. -2 To be jealous. -3 To order, prepare; arrange, dispose of. 4 To be master of. -5 To lead. ga. Ved. Engaged in preparations for the sacrificial rite; fan art are: Rv. 10. 93. 3. H1 A desert. -2 Salt or barren ground; ef. ft. H. cf. P. III. 2.37] Delighting in drinking, an epithet of Agni: Vaj. 11. 76. - 1 A flash of lightning, the fire attending the fall of a thunderbolt; # K. 70. -2 The submarine fire. fa Ved. 1 To behave insolently, be angry.. -2 (With dat.) To be ill-affected towards. irasyA 1 Ill will, malevolence; irasyA dugdho bhiyasA ni Rv. 5. 40. 7. -2 Wish for food. 388 irA [ i-ran Un. 2. 28; I kAmaM rAti rA ka vA TV. ] ( ' irA tu madirA vAri bhAratyanabhUmiSu' iti vizvalocanaH) 1 The arth. -2 Speech. 3 The goddess of speech, Sarasvati, -4 Water. -5 Food; of Mb. 18. 26. 95.6 Spirituous liquor. -7 Any drinkable fluid; a draught (especially of milk). -8 Refreshment, comfort (Ved. in the last three senses). -9 N. of one of the wives of Kasyapa. -Comp. : 1 N. of Varuna, of Visnu, of Ganesa and of Brahman; s fauf auf Bhag. 10. 13. 57. -2 a king, sovereign. a. Ved. whose milk is a refreshment ilavilA or enjoyment; yajJapadIrAkSIrA svadhAprANA mahIlukA Av. 10. 10.6. (-) the milk ocean. a. earth-born, terrestrial. -2 aquatic. (TH) hail; so 377.: N. of Kama or Cupid. -f pimples on the head or, pimples on the face produced at the time of puberty (Mar. g). Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir a. 1 Granting drink or refreshment, satiating. -2 Endowed with provisions, comfort: ble. AtmanaH sa irAvatyatitAriNI Ait. Br. VII. 13. . (vAna) 1 Ocean. -2 A cloud. -3 A king. -4 N. of a Arjuna. - 1 N. of a river in the Panjab (). -2 N. of a plant. -3 N. of Durga, Rudra's wife. son of N. of a plant or tree. Ha grove of such trees. iriNam [-ina-vidicca faza Up. 2. 51.] 1 A salt-ground, saline soil; yatheriNe bIjamuptvA na vaptA labhate phalam M. 3. 142 Y. 1. 151.-2 Hence, a bare or barren soil, desert, dreary region. 3 Non-support. A rivulet, well (Vedl.). -5 A hollow, hole. -6 A dice-board; yaa si afara Rv. 10. 34. 1.: Calamus Scriptorious (Mar.), Mb. 2. a. Belonging or relating to a desert. fa. Ved. 1 Instigating. -2 Powerful, violent, an instigator; na yeSAmirI savastha ITa oN tv. 587.3. -3 A proud or overbearing fellow. irimedaH = arimedaq.v. vil. *ftfart: N. of a Risi of the family of Kanva (author of several hynms of the Rigveda). irivillA or irivillikA Pimples on the head. igalamlA q. v. i a. Ved. 1 Instigating (). -2 Destroying the enemies. -3 A lord, master. -4 Active, powerful, an epithet of Pusan and of the Asvins. raf,a. Destructive, carnivorous (fu+). -: m., f. A cucumber. Comp. () a kind of melon (Mar. kharabUja ). irvArukaH An animal living in caves. 16 P. (saft, ran, hun, nfagg, ria) or 10 U. ( ilayati or elayati, ailayIta or aililana ) 1 To go to move. -2 To sleep. -3 To throw, send, cast. -4 To keep still, not to move. 5 To become quiet. [ef. Germ. Eile, Gr. elao]. a. Motionless. a. Ved. Loud, noisy. : A ploughman, boor; Ait. Br. 5. 2. 25. ofer N. of the wife of Visravas and mother of Kubera; (hence the name for Kubera). See under iDaviDA, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #407
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ila ila . [Sleepy.1 The earth; gf gia Bhag. 2.3.5.2 A cow; Bhag. 3. 18. 19. -3 Speech; Bhag. 10. 13. 64. &c. see 331. -Comp. - gola:, -lam the earth, the globe. -talam 1 the fourth place in the circle of the zodiac. -2 the surface of the earth. -dharaH : mountain: gaganArNavamantarA sumeroH kulajAnAM garuDairilAdharANAm Si. 20.51. -vRttam one of the nine Varsas or divisions of the known world; pazcAnmAlyavataH prAcyAM i auhilek fazuGENE I ili: /. = ilI. www.kobatirth.org 1 The earth. -2 The middle arch of a niche: Girvana. ilinI N. of the daughter of] meAtithi A cudgel, a stick shaped like a sword, a short sword (). e: N. of a demon conquered by Indra: nyAvidhyadilI vizasya dRhULA Rv. 1. 33.12. ilIzaH, illiza: A sort of fish, cornmonly hilsa or sable. ilIzocitapIyUpo vAcA vAcAmagocaraH Uab. N. of a mythical tree in the other world: sa AgacchatItyaM vRkSam Kaus. Up. 1. 5. ge, (pl.) N. of the five stars in the head of Orion ( mRgaziras ). ind. 1 Like, as (showing 344 or comparison); amuifaa g R. 1. 1; ga faza: K. 5. -2 As if, as it were (denoting); af S. 1.6. limpatIva tamoyugAni varSatIvAJjanaM nabhaH M. 1. 34. -3 Little, somewhat, perhaps; G. M. -4 (Added to interrogative words), Possibly, I should like to know ', 'indeed'; vinA sItAdevyA kimiva hi na duHkhaM raghupateH U. 6.30 of what sort, what-like; 13: Mal. 2: what a long time has elapsed. -5 37 is frequ ently used with adverbs, especially with such as involve restriction, by way of emphasis in the sense of even or just so, just, exactly, quite, indeed, very; but for a moment; ft just a little bit; so, nAcirAdiva &c. (iva is considered by grammarians as forming compounds with the word after which it stands; fani Vart. on P. II. 4. 71. Sk.). Comp. 39 f. A simile in which is used. Bk. 10. 41 is given as an illustration of 1941. A pupil in the elephant's eye. I. P. (icchati aighuma iSTa) 1 To wish, desire, long for; f afaKu. 3. 3; oft. with pot. or imperat. mood; icchAmi bhuJjIta or bhuktAM bhavAn bhujIyetIcchati Sk. -2 To choose ; mUtreNa mauNDyamicchet a afa ar Ms. 8.381.-3 To endeavour to obtain, strive or seek for; fafazar, Faiq &c. -4 To be willing, be about to do anything, mean or intend (with. inf.). 389 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir iNayate - To ask or expect anything (acc.) from any one (loc. or abl.); Sat. Br. -6 To acknowledge, regard. 7 To request, ask. -8 To be favourable. 9 To try to make favourable. -10 To assent or consent. pass. 1 To be wished or liked. -2 To be asked, or requested. -3 To be prescribed or laid down; hastacchedanamiSyate Ms. 8. 322; trirAtraM dazarAtraM vA Y.3. 18. -4 To be approved, accepted, or regarded as jambho dante'pi cepyate Trik. II. 1P. ( ivyati iyeSa eSiSyati, eSitum ) 1 To move ; to cause to move; keneSitaM patati preSitaM manaH Kena Up. 1. yeneSitA vAgasavazcaranti Bhag11. 28. 35. -2 To let fly, cast, throw. -3 To raise (as one's voice). -4 To sprinkle. -III. 9 P. (36) 1 To cause to move quickly, let fly, cast. -2 To fly off, escape. -3 To strike, smite; nita: Bhag. 12. 9. 16. -4 To impel, urge, incite, animate, promote. 5 To perform frequently; - IV. 1. (eSati - ne, aiSIt aiSiSTa ) Togo, move. 3. Wishing, desiring &c. : 1 (In Arith.) The sum sought. -2 N. of a tree; Shaddock, which is a large species of orange; citrus, Medica (Mar. mahALuMga) pres. p. Wishing, desirous, willing: 3napi vArSNeya balAdiva niyojitaH Bg 3 . anicchato'pi tasya against his will. [] 1 Wish, desiro, inclination of mind, will according to one's desire, at will. -2 Willingness. -3 (In Math.) A question or problem. 4 (In gram.) The form of the Desiderative. -Comp. - dAnam fultilmont of a wish - nivRttiH /. suppression of desire, indifference to worldly desires. - phalam the Folution of a question or problem. -ratam desired sports, favourite pastimes; arifa Me. 89. - Desire (personitied). -2 The first manifestation of divine power. vasu . possossing wealth according to wish', epithet of Kubera. - fulfilment of one's wishes. . icchu". [farging: P. III. 2. 16.] Wishings desirous; usually in comp. icchuH kAmayituM tvaM mAm... Bk. 5. 59. Wishing &e. a. Spoody, going quickly. -2 Wishing, desirous. f. Ved. 1 A draught, refreshment, food; a sasarjerjamiSaM vibhuH Bhag. 6.18. -2 Libation ; nama Urja : Bhag. 4. 24. 38. -3 Strength, power, sap, freshness. -4 Comfort; increase. -5 Affluence. 6 Refreshing waters of the sky. -7 Wish. For Private and Personal Use Only : 1 One possessed of sap or strength. -2 The month Azvina; dhvanimiSe'nimiSekSaNamagrataH Si. 6. 40. iSaNayate Den. A. To move, excite; iyAnAsa iSaNayanta ff: Rv. 10. 67. 8.

Page #408
iSaNiH 390 tor: f. 1 Sending, despatching. -2 Wish, desire, impulse. Tuzla Den. P. To excite, drive, urge on; 41 99 394149028 Rv. 3. 61.7. TUTT Impulse, desire: 40321 : 9 441447 Rv. 8. 60. 18. ta Den. P. 1 To be juicy. -2 To swell, increase -3 To be fresh or active. -4 To animate, strengthien. TET a. 1 (The object) of aim. -2 Skilled in archery. . [=17-f*] Wishing, desiring. Tap: p. (fr. L cl.) 1 Moved, driven, sent, dospatched.-2 Excited, animated. -3 Quick, speedy. ATT <<. Ved. [ -a-fara] 1 Juicy, succulent, refreshing, fresh. -2 Powerful, strong, quick, active. --3 Moviny. - Fire. T4 ind. Quickly. T GTI Y Rv. 10. 157. 5. 5 . p.[ T u i Fifo ] 1 Wished, desired, longed for, wishol for; 39 gute: Nala. 1.1. -2 Beloved, greeable, likel, favourite, dear; 341#T: Mu. 2.8 fond of sons. -3 Worshipped, reverenced. -4 lespectol. 5 Approvedl, regarder is good. -6 Desirable; co e14a. -6 Valid. -7 Sacrificed, worshipped with sacritices. -8 Supposed ( 97); oft. used in Lilavati. -U: 1 A lover, husband, beloved person; fornafatia S. 4. 3. -2 A friend; FHZH T Pt. 1. 57; 2. 172. -3 N. of a tree ( 3). -4 N. of Vism. -5 A sacrifice. -er N. of a tree (Th). -UH 1 Wislu, desire. -2 A holy ceremony or ** arad 2 Bhay. 7. 15. t:.-3 A sacritice: Bri. Up. t. 1.2; see soit. iml. Voluntarily. -Comp. -3TT: desired object. 39 t. zealously engaged in yaining one's desired object. -- fa: S. occurrence of what is desired : : statement by a debater which is favourable to his opponent also; 01971 M HZ Jay -F . (In Arith.) rule of supposition, operation with an assumed number. -Filter: the root of a fragrant grans (2014 Mar. a). - a. granting the desired objects, an epitiet of the cow of plenty: Ty sa By: 3. 10. - TFT a. fragrant. (-:) any fragrant substance. (-4) sand. TT: beloved person whether man or woman); U. 3.-, -taar a favourite god, one's tutelary deity. HIFT. One who has attained his object; 31779aag HATHA Ram. 6. 67. 175. -UTAT a. going according to one's desire. B a zar SEAT Rv. 9. $8. 3. a . 1 performing desired vows. -2 obeying one's wish. -3 food &e.) for the fulfilment of a vow. -4 that by which good works succeed. 59 TAAT 347 Rv. 3. 59.9. N. of : deity (Narayano Up. 8). urah, Tergia: /. 1 79 : HIER: TOT Performance of pious or charitable deeds; performing sacrifices, and ligging wells and doing other :cts of charity; TOT4: TTTA 11My. 3. 1; cf. also 499014 af Kath. 1.8. 1917 rug ata ca / annapradAnamArAmAH pUrtamAH pracakSate / / ekAgnikarmahavana tretAyAM pre f a fit: [ 9-f6 ] 1 Wish, request, desire. -2 Seeking, striving to get. -3 Any desired object. -4 A desired rule or desideratum; (a term used with reference to Patanjali's additions to Katyayana's Varttikas; * **, A HIZTU &c.; cf. 34 ). - Im. pulse, hurry. -6 Invitation, order. -7 ( -1 ) A sacrifice. Ms. 11. 2. 20. Ta seems to interpret the word especially in the sense of 'a a i sacrifice'. GOTTF4219419&c. MS. 11. 2. 12. -8 An oblation consisting of butter, food &c. -9 Suramary in verses (= 147+). HEHC2014 Rv. 1. 166. 14. - Comp. -377971 a sacrifice lasting for a long time. -TT: 1 a miser. -2 a demon; un Asura; so 97. - an animal to be killed at a sacritice. - H A particular funer:l rite. T: /. A wish, desire. TER a. [39 H *] Wishing. CA: 1 Cupid, god of love. -2 The spring. -3 Course, going. that a. Speedy, impetuous, an epithet of the winds. TC:, -14. [59-744] The spring. ft (T) [ 1121 497 31 5774 ] 1 Reed, rush, stalk of grass; TEFTTT 17: Run.; Kath. 2.6. 17. 3474 R. 12. 23.-2 An arrow. -3 A sort of sugar-cane; Saccharum Spontaneum. -4 A small stick of wood or iron used to woo whother yoll in a crucible is melter or not. -5 A brush. -6 The eye-ball of on clephant. -7 A thorny plant; fan 4 1177: WRZIT Ram. 2. 8.30. -Comp. also in the point or upper part of rred: iTakeSIkAmAlAnAM cinalabhAriSu P. VI. 3. 35: 71 H Ch. Up. 3. 21. 3. gg: .,.[-3; cf. also Un. 1. 131 1 An arrow: ...afari Svet. 3. 6: 14: Raf Bg. 2. t. -2 The number five. -3 In Math.) A versed sine. -4 N. of a Soma ceremony. -Comp. 37274,-37 the point of an arrow; atyruarna 270 Av. 11. 10. 16. -378 , -3TEN the bow; thamaz R. 11. 37; 724919: Dk. 9. -17 . throwing arrows. (-4) 1 a bow. -2 an archer, a warrior ; 317 Haara Aarh By. 1. 4, 17. - FIT:, -5 m. an arrow-maker. TT:, -7 m. an archer. - , -fata: an arrow-shot, the range of an arrow. - TH The holy place called l'aragurama. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #409
iSutrikANDA 391 .. - A particular plant (Mar. 3 a); The ' indigo plont: Matanga 1. 10. 10. -TIT: discharging an arrow; W a ng R. 2. 12. -H . haviny the length of an arrow (about short spons or three feet); cf. 21 fe fatigurara 9aquia: Bhay. 5. 10. 2. (-4) 1 the length of an arrow. -2 :1 altar ( ). - 7 <<. carrying arrows in the land. graver 'The three-fold arrow', N. of : constellation. (Mar. fanzu?). F. <<. Arrow-like. -1 Ved. An arrow. That 4519746244 24977: Av. 1. 3.!. gia: [ 314 tai Sa Hi-f% ] A quiyer. Thai dat Art: Bhag. S. 15. 8. geyfa Den. P. 1 To contain arrows. -2 To im plore, request, osk. -3 To desire oblations. sye Imploring, request; sya Hat za: Rv. 1. 122. 1. guy .. 1 Goiny. -2 loquoting; syza 34914: 97* Rv.). 11. 6. Tua Don. P. 1 To long for food. -2 To roquest. -3 To strivo for; Baraut 58 Rv. 1. 128.4. sta: A spiritual teacher. UF 8 U. 1 To arrange, set in order.-2 To prepare. Ton . Arranging &c. 377 . Arranged &o. 31167 a. whose Sonaa vessel is prepared or ready; iAkRtAhAvamavataM suvaratraM suSecanam Rv. 10. 101. 6. :/A mother. -2 Healing; sefahar hat Rv. 10. 97.9. 241 [-24 ZIT Un. 3. 148 ] 1 A brick: Mk. 3. -2 A briek tised in preparing the sacrificial altar de. EHH 17 U 19aar 9 a Kath. 1. 15. -Comp. - TEH a brick-house. 7 collecting tire by means of a brick. - . made of bricks; Dk. 81; also 041-6: cf. P.V1.2.35. 14: laying the foundation of a house. -99: : road made of bricks. -AIE size of the bricks. -Triat: a pile of bricks. iTikA A brick Ne.: see iSTakA. 59 ul. An interjection of anger, pain, or sorrow. E ind. [32- 12: P. V. 3. 11 Sk) 1 Here (referring to time, place or direction); in this place or case. T HAT IS a By. 2. 10. - 2 In this world (opp. 972 or 3192): oft. with ; R.).-3 In this case; in this book or system. - 4 Now, at this time. [cf. Zend. ithal. -Comp. -34T inl. in this world and the next world, here and there: cf. 381914 :1 ETZ on 22 1.1.1. - Tit. come here. - inl. here and there, now and then, repeaterlly. "HIT 11. 1 whose mother is here and there; that is, every. where; a car il arazi Ry. 6.5.). 2. -2 of whose mothers one is here and one there. -17: this life. - - a. whose intentions or thoughts are centrel in this world or place, ihaivadhi dhanasanirihacitta Tag: Av. 18. 1. 38. Ha or at a. belonging to this world. Th: this world or life; in this world; cf. 1 7 HUTE By. 2.5. - ind. here, now, at such a time as this.-FT a. standing here. Tra a. one whose residence is on the earth. TEC . (12-21) Being here, of this place or world. ET: N. of a country (12). (*) N. of Kamundeva, Cupid. f. N. of Laksmi. -iwl. An interjection of (1) dejection; (2) pain (3) sorrow; (+) anger; (5) compassion; (6) perception or consciousness; (7) calling : cf. also stra a g: 989: FUTISEUT: 37991: 9991: TUTTI ISE: 11 Ek. I. A. ( a) To go. -Il. 2 P. 1 To 4o. -2 To shine. -3 To pervadle. -4 To desire, wish. 5 To throw. -6 To cat. -7 Tobey (A). -8 To become pregnant. SET 1 A. (sua, $ex*, pay, fuga, frai, tiad) 1 To see, behold, view, perceive, observe, look or gaze at. -2 To regard, consider, look upon; 4 41919... 271 H By. 6. 29.-3 To take into account, care for ; 12 K. 101; 7414212 Ku... 82. -4 To think, reflect; ya tai Ait. Up. 1. 1. H a a 14 Ch. Up. 6. 2. 3. -5 To require: #74#AHET Pt. 1. 151. -6 To look to, or to investigate, the good or bad luck of any one (with dat. of the person); FUT2 tua mf: Sk. (TH ) Bk. 8. 76. -With a to suspect; SE H. 4. 102 v.l. -37aa 1 to see, behold. -2 to consider. -3 to care for, take into account. *: (84-074] A spectator, beholder. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #410
IkSaNam 392 IkSaNam [ IkSa-lyuT] 1 Seeing, beholding ke. -2 A look, paracakra ca saptaitA ItayaH smRtaaH|| making the total number sight, aspect, view. -3 An eye; azrupUrNAkulekSaNam Bg.2.1. seven); AzAsyamItivigamaprabhRti prajAnAm M.5.20: Mv.7.42; ityAdizobhAprahitekSaNena R.2.27%3 0 alasekSaNA. -4 Regarding, nirAtaGkA nirItayaH R. 1.03. -2 An infectious disease. -3 looking after, earing for. -zravas . A serpant; eSA nI Travelling in a foreign country ), sojourning (4914). naiSTikA buddhiH sarveSAmIkSaNazravaH Mb. 1. 37.20. -4 An affray. IkSaNikaH [IkSaNa-Thana ] A fortune-teller : maGgalAdezavRttAzca IdRkSa-za. (-kSI-zI/.), alho I Such, of this bhadrAzcekSANakaiH saha M. 9.258.-kA A female fortune-teller. kind, of this aspect, endowed with such qualities. - .. Such a condition; such occasion; labhanta yuddhamIdazam IkSatiH [ IkS-zatip] Looking, sight ; IkSate zabdam Br. Bg.2.32:6. 42: 11. 49. Sut. 1. 1.5. IkSA [ IkS-a TAp ] 1 Sight. IkSayA jIvayAmAsa nirjarAnnirbaNA- / ___ iMdRktA Quality (Opp. iyattA); viSNorivasyAnavadhAraNIyaM nyathA Bhig. 8.6.37.-2 Viewing, considoring; Bhag. iMdaktayA rUpamiyattayA vA B. 13.5%; mAmIdattayA jAnAti knows me to be so. 7. 11.8.-3 Knowledge of soul (Atmaviza); Bhag.7.16.26. ferFit 1 An eye. -2 A glance, look; Pt. 5. Int 1 P. To bind; of. ana. IkSita / Seel, beheld, regarded &c. -tam 1A, Ipsanam , IpsA [ AptumicchA Ap-san-a] 1 Dosire to look, sight. -2 An eye: abhimukhe mayi saMhRtamIkSitam 5.2.12. Obtain. -2 A wish, desire. IkSita . [ Iz-tRc ] Seeing, beholding, a beholder. Ipsita .. Desired, wisheel for, dear 10; apIpsitaM kSatrakulAGganAnAm R. 14.4: 5.8.1. -tam Desire, wish. IkSeNya , Ved. Deserving to be seen : eurious. IkSeNyAso -phalam A kind of sweet Coconut (Mar. mohAcA nAraLa). ahyo na cAravo Rv. 9.77.3. Ipsu .. Striving to obta ini, wishing or lesiring to Ikha- Iva 1P. ( Ikhati, IlAJcake, Ikhitum , Ikhita) yet (with accur inf. but usually in comp.); saurabhyaTo go, move, vacillate. -Caus. 1 To move backwards mIpsuriva te mukhamArutasya R.5.60. kAma B. 18.21. dhana' and forwards, swing, oscillate. -2 To shake, cause to &c. --Comp. -3: a particular Soma sacrifice. trennble. ini. [-2. Ij-I 1 A. 1 To go. -2 To censure, blame. ] Ved. 1 A particle of affirmation or restriction; usually after short words at the beginIjAna . [ yaj kAnac ] Performing sacrifices. One who ning of a sentence, after , relative pronouns prepohas sacriticed; yaH seturIjAnAnAmakSaraM brahma yatparam Kath.1.3.2. sitions and particles like uta, atha &c.pra yadImuvAcati Bri. IjikAH N. of a people ; Mb. Up. 2.5. 16. -2 Now. -3 This, here (panam ). Ii ?A. (Ihai, iDAJcake, aiDiSTa, IDituM, IDina ) 1 To praists; Iya [I-bA. kyap ] Pervading; degcakSasa of pervarling agnimIDe purohitam Rv. 1.1.1; zAlInatAmavrajadIyamAnaH R.18.17: sight. neDiSe yadi kAkutstham Bk. 9.57, 18. 15. -2 To implore, request, ask for (with two ace.); upasthAya mAtaramannama? Ira 2A. (ite, IrAJcake, airiSTa, Iritum , INa); also 1P. Rv. 8.48.3. -Cans. 1 To ask. -2 To praise. (p. p. Irita)1 To gomove, shake (trams. also).-2 To rise, arise or spring from. -3 Togo away, retire. f. 1 Refreshment, libation. -2 Praise, extolling; -4 To agitate, elevate; raise one's voice. -10 U. or Rv. 8. 39. 1. -Caus. (Irayati, Irita)1 To agitates throw, cast; Si.8. IDanam [ ID-lyuT ] Praising. 39; discharge, dart, hurl; 72 HEIGHH Bk. 15.52: IDA [ID-a-TAp ] Praise, commendation. R.15.20. -2 To excite, prompt, urge; kSemaMkare'rthe muhurIyamANaH Bk. 12. 6. -3 To cause to rise, produce. -4 To utter, IDe (le)nya Ved. = Ijya. pronounce, prosluim, say, repeat; Mal. 1.25% itIraIDya pot. p. To be praised or glorified, praise yantIva tayA niraikSi N.14.21; Si.9.6); Ki.1.26%3 R.9.8%B worthy, lauda ble; brahmajajJaM devamIDyaM viditvA Kath. Up.1.17. nibodha cemAM giramIritAM mayA.-5To cause to go, set in motion bhavantamIDyaM bhavataH piteva R.5.43 prasAdaye tvAmahamIzamIyam move, shake; vAtaritapAlavAdagulibhiH 5.1; aparAgasamIraNeritaH By. 11.4. Ki. 2. 50; Si. 8. 20. -6 To draw towards, attract; uddhatairiva parasparasagAdIritAnyubhayataH kucakumbhaiH Si.10.32.-7 To INmat a. [ IT-astyasya matup ] Having a lord or master.. employ, use. -8 To bring to life, revive. -9 To elevate. Iti / . [I-ktic] 1 Produced, effected. -tiH 1. To raise oneself (A). Plague, distress, a calamity of the season. The itis are usually said to be six:-(1) excessive rain; (2) drought; Ira: Wind. -jaH, putraH N. of Hanumat. (8) locusts3 (4) rats; (6) parrots; and (G) foreign inva. IraNa a. [Ira-lyuT ] Agitating, driving. -Na: The sions; ativRSTiranAvaSTiH zalabhA mUSakAH shukaaH| pratyAsannAzca rAjAnaH wind. -Nam 1 Agitating, moving, driving. -2 Going. SaDetA ItayaH smRtaaH|| (some read for the second line svacakra 2 -3 = iraNa q. v. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #411
irita 393 izitavyam ......... .... .... ............... ...... ............... ..... f ta .. 1 Sent, lespatched. -2 Said, utterer c.; 31904 declared purpose or intention. Afta,.. -forra] 1 Moviny, agitating: -2 Guing. *. To be excitei. - Wandering about as :1 religious monclicant. Comp. -IT: 1 the observances of a religious mendicant to obtain knowledge. -2 the four positions of the body, i.e. going, standing upright, sitting and lying downl. ftor . ($.599] Desert, barren. -UTH A desert, barron soil: fua fa: T i rana Ram. 1.55.21. Irzya Ser ISrNya . e. 1 $749] 1 Agitated. -2 Going constantly or instigating everything (Nay.) -ind. Here, in or to this place. The orm: the fore-quarter of an animal: $ 4 1478 5174 Av. 10. 10. 21 ; 73 91 erFETISHT 1 Bri. Up. 1. 3.3. -H A wound, soro (m. alsu ). Shira <<. Vol. Full-launched, or thin-haunched. N. of a team of horren of the sun's car); $ufar: l y. 1. 163. 10. Salta: m l. A cucumber. i = suf q. v. SE, SET 1 . (cft, fszi+17, fferat, freza) To onvy, be jealous of, be impatient of the success of (with dat. of person); E scara Sk.; GTA fafa Si. 8. 36. So, foy, Sur . L'invious, jealous. fou, of 19-39) Envy, jealousy, one of another's success, spite, mualice. four (T), soy (g). Envious, impatient. sculti 4a: Av: 6. 18. 2. sto: ( .) 1 A weapon, a cudyel or a short sword. -2 A stick shaped like a sword Mar. Ufa ). ( af ). PUT: N. of a son of Tansu and father of Dusyanta. - /. N. of daughter of Medhatithi ; Hariy. Sat <<. 1 Goiny. -2 No larye, so stately or maynificent. T 2 A, 139, 119, ie, sferat, ferah, fan ) 1 To rule, le master of, yovern, command (with gen.); ATT TETTHIE K. 312 v.l.; 321autier agafu fiHER * 1h 3.30; sometimes with acc. : 31 na raf: Svot. Up. 3.1 (also used in the Voda with yen. of an infinitive or loc. of an abstract noun ). -2 To bo : ble, lave power; expressed by 'can': H AT aft FIEITH R IS, 13, 14, 35; that the #. $. #1...40 Ki. 6. 24; U. 7. 4; Si. 1.38; Mal. lo. 13. -3 To act like a mastor, allow. -4 To own, pohosy. -5 To belong to. $m. A muster, lurd, the Supreme Spirit. 311a 14 Isop. 1. fata. [ -+] 1 Owniny, possessing, sharing, waster or lord of; see below. -2 One who is com pletely master of anything. -3 Cap: ble of with gen.) - Powerful, supreme. -T: 1 A lord, master with gon. or in comp.: TS 24 : Ku. 3. 34 with great difficulty controlled (were manters of their minds, so ST, T ke-2 A husband.-3 A Rudra. - The number 11 (derived from tho olevan Rudras). -5 N. of Siva as regent of the north-east quarter. -6 The Supreme god (174deg)7516451 TafemIyam Sovt. Up. 1.8: prasAdaye tvAmahamIzamIDyam Bg.11. ft. ACTITYTTIST: Bhay. 6. 8. 22. - 1 Supreniacy, power, doininion, greatness. Svet. Up. 1. 7. -2 N. of Durga. -3 A woman having supremacy; a rich Lucy. -Comp. - 74: A class of the cloven-storeyed buildings. Manasara 21. 10-11 ). -FIT: the north-east quarter. Iftar . N. of section of the Kurma Purwa. : Axle-pole of a car. -gri, Art N. of Benares. -balam the missile pAzupata. -sakhaHn epithet of Kubera. IzAvAsyam N. of the IzAvAsyopaniSad, also called Izopafaqe; the only instance of an upanisad included in a Samhita (Vaj. 40.1). 774 [ $ ?] Commanding, reigning &c. -2 Greatness, glory ; TASTAHT etf : Bhag. 1. 11. 38. SETT a. [$y a10101 1 Owniny, possessing, master or lord. -2 Reigniny, ruling. -3 Wealthy, rich. - : 1 A ruler, master, lord; a 477373 Kath. Up. 4. 12. -2 N. of Siva ; acesta 1914 Ku. 7. 56; K. 10. -3 The Ardra Nakstra. - 4 One of the Rudras. -5 The number eleven'. -6 The sun as a form of Siva. T ena: Bri. Up. 1. 1. 11. -7 A Sadhya. -8 N. of Visnu. - N. of Durga. ait, -- The silk-cotton tree (TEHT: Mar. siati). - Light, splendour. --Comp. - : f. one of the tive forms of Siva. - : N. of a Kalpa. 5a. 1 makiny one a master or a ble. -2 acting like a competent person. Shara. [127] An owner, : niaster, proprietor. w. The lord of the Universe; 1 9 7943 Po Svet. Up. 6. 9. 3484 Hifaa : Si. 18. 3. TET . To be reigned or ruled over ; 147: A A 474 Bhay. 10. 23. 5. faracuy Power, superiority. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #412
IzitA ar, a Superiority, greatness, one of the eight Siddhis or attributes of Siva. See ll. Izina [ff] Commanding, reigning ke w 1 A god. -2 A husband. -3 A lord, master. - Supremacy; Izata IzinIbhi: Svet. 3. 1. Izvara . ( -rA-rI/-) [Iz varac P.111.2.175] 1 Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); aafa fa fat f : Ku.4.11; R.15.7.-2 Rich, wealthy Pt. 2. 67. 1 A lord, master; as: a Mu. 1. 14: so kapIzvaraH, kozalezvaraH, hRdayezvaraH &c. -2 A king, prince, ruler; af R. 12. 11; Ms. 4. 153, 9. 278. -3 A rich or great man; and Pt. 1.71; R. 3. 46; Bh. 3.59; 11.1.14: cf. To carry coals to Newcastle. -4 A husband; aat er af at Ki. 9. 39. -5 The Supreme God ( paramezvara ) : Iza evAhamatyartha na ca mAmIzate pare / dadAmi ca sadaizvaryamIzvarastena kIrtitaH // Skanda P: cf. also Izvarastu parjanyavad : Brahmasutra-Sankarabhasya. -6 N. of Siva; yasminazvara ityananyaviSayaH zabdo yathArthAkSaraH V. 1. 1. -7 The god of love, cupid. -8 The Supreme Soul; the soul. -9 The eleventh year (a) of the Salivahana era. -,- N. of Durga; of Laksmi; or of one of the inktis] IzvarA sarvabhUtAnAM tvAmihopahaye zriyam (zrI) -rI 1 N. of several plants and trees; liGginIlatA, vandhyAkarkaTI, kSudrajaTA aid nAkulIvRkSa - 2 A rich woman. -Comp. - a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a a lord or god. - 1 A class of buildings. -2 A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 961 equal squares ( ekaSaSTisamAdhikyaM padaM navazatAyutam / evamIzvarakAntaM syAt Manasara 7.46-48. kRSNaH N. of the author of Sankhya Karika. -f: denial of the existence of god, atheism. - a. trusting in god. -pUjaka a pious, devout. -pUjA worship of god. prasAdaH divine favour. -bhAva: royal or imperial state; dAnamIzvaraBg. 18. 43. -fana: . the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration see Bg. 10. 19-42. - sadman a temple. -sabham a royal court or assembly. sabhA rAjAmanuSyapUrvA P. II. 4. 23. sevA worship of god. IzvaratA, svam Superiority supernaey. I 1 U. (ISati-te, aiSIt, ISitum ISita ) 1 To fly away escape. -2 To creep along. -3 To glean, collect a few grains. To look, see. -5 To give. 6 To attack, hurt, kill. : [-] 1 The month Avina; ef. 1-2 A servant of Siva. ISaNa, IpaNin a. Hastening. Haste, speed. ind. [-] 1 Slightly, to some extent, a little; ISat cumbitAni S. 1. 1; ISaca kurute sevAm Pt. 1. 141. Easily done, with very little exertion; f : Ram. 5. 55. 10. -Comp. - a. tepid, 394 ihA a slightly warm. a. not quite complete, a little less than; req. a. 1 doing little. -2 easy to be accomplished; Mv. 4. (TH) very little. -kArya a. very easy, connected with slight effort; vadhastasya Mb. 5. 74. 26 guNa o of little merit. jalam shallow water, a little water. - a glance, sight, view, glimpse. An almond. a. slightly sounding (a term applied to unaspirated soft consonants). -f a. exchanged for a little. -a. a little white or pale, whitish. (-) a pale or light-brown colour. - a. that of which a little is drunk, ISatpAnaH somo bhavatA Sk. Anoyuc P. III. 3. 128. (nam) a small draught. -puruSaH a incan or contemptible person. Quince-seed, Dyrus Cydonia (Mar. ). a. pale red. (:) 1 pale-red colour. -2 undistinguishable colour. -, - a. to be - vIryaH Almond got for little. -faga a. slightly open. tree. a. slightly resounding. a. slightly touched (applied to the semivowels) Sk. - slight laughter, a smile. [-] 1 The pole or shafts of a carriage or a plough. IpA cakrAdisaMnidhAne cedakSamAnayetyucyate tadA yAnAkSamadhikRtya brUte iti gamyate / SB. on MS. 6. 8. 35. dvIpam (ratham ) Bhag. 4. 26.1. 'ISA lAladaNDaH syAna' ityamaraH -2 A part of a chariot. (du.) The double or fork-shaped pole. Comp.: the handle of a plough; mRtyuzayyAtalasya Si. 18. 43. -danta . with projecting teeth. (-) 1 an elephant with a large tusk or tooth. -2 the handle of a plough; Si. 18. 38. 3 the tusk of an elephant. : Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 1 An elephant's eye-boll. Edgerton, the author of Matanga L., however, says that this meaning is wrong and points out that it means, The under surface of the top of the eye-socket of an elephant. fa Matanga L. 6. 9. 2 A painter's brush. -3 A weapon, arrow, dart. -4 A kind of missile. IpiH [I-phira Fire 1 A painter's brush. -2 An ingot-mould. -3 = iSIkA q. v. ISma, - SvaH Seo iSmaH, iSvaH : N. of the fourth yoga in Astrology. A. (IdAnake, aihie, IhiSyate ihima Ihita) I 1 To wish, desire, long for; have in mind, think of with acc. or inf.; ... 3.126; a Bg. 16. 12, 7. 22; Ms. 4. 15, Bk. 1.11. -2 To endeavour to obtain. -3 To aim at or attempt, endeavour, strive; anga agfargar zafa gich Bh. 2.6: Y. 2. 116. -2 To take care of. IhaH Attempt ; as in UhaH For Private and Personal Use Only ans. To impel, urge. [] Wish, desire; effusiMEIGANDA

Page #413
398 ukSaNyati Ram.; cf. also & #1990i 1 at ETT Ki. see 3f1? also. -2 An undertaking, act. -3 Effort, exertion, activity; hai 1 Ms. 9. 205; 9miaantara A , Bk. 6. 2. -Comp. rera a. aiming at any object, seeking wonth; Gasgh (214) Ms. 2. 37. P T 41: 1 a wolf: 95 telin Ram. 2. 15. 35. -2 an artificial deer. -3 a division of the drama consisting of four acts; for definition &c. see S. D. 518 = 17: a wolf. stea). p. [-] 1 Wished, desired; fratea: Ratn. 1. 1. -2 Attempted, sought, striven for; 27 farada A 49 Ve. 1. 24. -74 1 A wish, desire : -2 Effort, exertion. -3 An undertaking, deed, act; diadvantarea : Ki. 1. 20, 8. 46, 11. 43, 18.31; Si.9.62. 1 219. 25. -F N. of a metre, see Appendix. -Comp. - 7: 1 a sacrifice (having versos 28 its vehicle or leaves ); Vaj. 17. 55. - 2 a sacrificer (291417).-1914 1 a sacrificer. -2 vessels or libations offorod during the recitation of an 374.- m. a sage who offers or divides Ukthas; 3947 a fauf Rv. 7. 33. 14. - a. to be magnified or celebrater in praise, an epithet of Indra; tvaM hi stomavardhana indrAsyukthavardhanaH Rv. 8. 14.11. -atat a. offering verses; or one to whom verses are offered; fa 34491EA Rv. 8. 12. 13. i t a. praising, uttering the Ukthas. vigreifera: Rv. 6. 45.6. (m.) a kind of priest. -14, -TE, -Tet. Ved. uttering a verse, praising. A a. whose strength is praise. -2 loudly resonant with verses. ( - FT)-a. fond of or reciting verses. F a . [37-19 ] 1 Uttering verses, praising. -2 Accompanied by praise or Ukthab. m. Indra and TI1 A. (301, 32, 33, 34 , ua) 1 To sound, mako a noise. -2 To roar, bellow (as a bull &c.). -II 51. (af) Vel. To ask, demand. 3: 1 N. of Siva, the second of the three syllables in 31 sec 34. -2 N. of Brauna. -3 The orb of the moon; cf. Iso 16:43: aart: 471907: Frasisfate: 41 123 7797:11 Ek. ind. 1 As a particle used expletively; 3 : Sk. -2 An interjection of :-(a) calling; H a yat faldai Tight 99 H Ku. 1. 26; (1) angor; () compassion; (a) command; (e) acceptance; () interrogation; u meti mAtrA tapaso niSiddhA Ku. 1. 26. (1) wonder'; yatsanidhAvamu khANDavamagnaye'dAm Bhag. 1. 15. 8. or used merely as an expletive. In the Veda used as an enclitic copula implying restriction and emphasis and, but, on the other hand, now, I ask &c.); in classical literature used chiofly with 371 3771 ), 7(a) and for (f ); see these words. 3-3 or 38 on the one hand-on the other hand, partly-partly. 371 Residue. 3FIT: 1 The vowel 3; 3+1 3+1 4+IT: Mand. Up. S. --2 The godd Siva. FIAT: A horse of a red and yellow (or red and black colour, a bay or chestnut horse. 3() : A bug. 37, fr See under 77. 3FT (97-47] 1 A saying, sentence, verse, hymn (1 ); 129 Mb. 12. 17. 41.-2 Eulogy, praise. -3 N. of the Sama veda Trik); a variety of Sama; 44: atua:). -4 In ritual) A kind of recitation or certain recited verses opp. a chanted, and 454 muttered verses ). -5 The 344 sacrifice; Bhag. 3. 12. 10. -6 Life: 9499 fedt 2: gaza Bhag. 1. 15. 6.-7 A proximate cause ( S T U); 29199 faifo a uf Bri. Up. 1. 6. 1. -FT: N.of Agni; 3-1 ATH HETSTT afHatufuga: Mb.3. 3744 a. [ 374EUR 77 ] 1 Accompanied by praise. -2 Deserving praise or verses. -3 Generator : arat 17127 rafear T atarapa gear 64774 Mb. 1. 3. 60. - 4: 1 A libation at the morning and mid-day sacrifices. -2 N. of a sacrifice forming part of the fara sacritice. -3 A Soma sacrifice. JET 1, 6 U. (afa, 3412FT, 1947- Ved., 54 , afeah, ) 1 To sprinkle, wet, moisten, pour down upon ; 3112 TIMAHEHET: Bk, 17. 9, 3. 5; 349Hati a97tea: Si. 5, 30; R. 11.5.20; Ku. 1.51. -2 To enit, send forth. -3 To scatter, throw out as sparks). - 4 To clean, purify. -5 To grow up, become strong (Ved.); 417 4 aya 47 Rv. 1. 114.7. 38 a. [38-349] 1 Sprinkling. -2 Sprinkled. -3 Large. STTH (98- ) 1 Sprinkling. -2 Consecrating as by sprinkling; afhT MENT 91911 R. 5. 27. gefa Den. P. To desire one who sends down riches. aj ai ka 34at9991 Rv. 8. 26. 9 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #414
ukSaNyu 396 ugraMpazya a J OY a. Desirous of one who sends down riches; 649471 T 4AJUf: Rv. 8. 23. 16. 30 . 1 Larye. -2 Sprinkling. w. (- ) [39 419 Un. 1. 156 ] 1 An ox or bull; Kuu. 7.70; cf. also faz SHETRIE (1954: Si. 12.77: (changod tu in some comp. HETI:, 12: &c.) P. V. 4.77.-2 An epithet of Somo; the Maruts, the Sum and the Agni. -3 One of the eight chief medicaments (949). -Comp. -32 a. one whose food is oxen. (Ved.); 341914 3113114921279 Ry. 8. 13. 11. -ara small bull or ox; 3120 277: vagt Si. 12. 10; cf. a. - a. depondent on a bull (1 far a 2 a 2-211); male calf (!) TETTE . Swift, terrible, high; large, excellent. : A monkey sfera p. ) [341-4 ] 1 Sprinkled, moistened. 3 7434 4: a Ferrar Av. 5.5.8. -2 Cleanserl, perfumed. -3 Adult, of full growth. -4 Oll. ge, 1 P. (aa, sala, z or years , 3 ) To yo, move. ukhaH A boiler, pot, vessel. caraM paJcacilamukhaM dharmo'bhInye Av. 11. 3. 18. ET 1 A boiling vessel, a boiler or cooking pot such as a sauce-pan: Mar. 95). 3771 a fazah : Mb. 12. 315. 15. - 2 A fireplace at a sacritice. -3 A part of the body. --Comp. SETT TOTH X. of the sixth book of the Satapatha Brahmana. 3 . (36a ] 1 Dressed or boiled in a pot (as Ilush &e.); e a Dk. 1. 9. -2 Being in a boiler (Ved.). - : N. of a yrammarian. gat Salt extracted from saline earth (Mar. aard). sari, sa: A kind of grass ( 48742: qua:) SITO a. Vod. Conristing of troops with uplifted or ready weapons (3219290147 ). 39. [37-7777atza: Un.2.28 ] 1 Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (os a look &c. );rca: having a fierce or cruel look. -2 Formidable, terrific, frightful; A T 44 R. 2.50; Dy. u. 30; Ms. 6.7, 12. 73: 21, : &c. -3 Powerful, mighty, strony, vio- lont, intense: 34199 DTH S. 3 intensoly hot; 399794 Me. 115 v. 1.; araca4aTie 74100 ja 57 Br. Sharp, pungent, hot, -5 lligh, noble 77 47919 167901: Ram. 7. 19. 1. -6 Angry, passionate, wrathful. - Ready to do any work, industrious. -7: 1 N. of Siva or Rudra; 44179715SHATS9301 TAIT farsaa 241 +9: Bhag. 9. 10. 10. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Ksatriya father and Sudra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such 18 enakes: of. 1941++2141 i tara I - ga 774 412Ms. 10.9, 13, 15. ).-3 N. of a tree THITTI Mar. 1971).-4 A group of five susterisms; their names are:- 9317 , TI, 1417421, 471 und 4 .-5 N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar). -6 The sentiment called Tz. -7 Wind. -3 A royal attendant (like ugra tribe); ugrAH pratyenasaH mRtagrAmaNyaH Bri. Up. 1.3. 37. - 11. of different plants; 991, 791, 9721h. (Mar. , 171, 7 ).-2 A cruel womon. of A kind of beiny belonging to the class of demons; 2017 Av. 1.21.2. - 4 1 A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox ( 44; Mar. 7 ).-2 Wrath, anger'. -Comp. TIT: the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Sivt. - n. fierce in action, cruel. -ig: a sort of gourd (Fra). -16 form of Durga. - PET it. strong smelling. (FE: 1 the Champaka tree. -2 N. of other trees also; 79, 3 12. -3 garlic. (fe) 1 Orris root. -2 a medicinal plant. -3 N. of various plants: 491, 951, 315ACL. (FH) Asafretida. - nl. strong-smelling. : : strong desire. aftuit, -T3 N. of Durga. at a. base-born. -arti N. of a goddess. -r a, endowed with powerful or terriblo energy. a. having terrific teeth. - t. ruling with : rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt. 3. -ug: Stern rule; zozifaar: #7 : +974: 37-4712047To: 70 2494 || Bhay. 7. 4. 21. Ta, - 9 . frightful in appearce, fierce-louking, grim, terrible. /. the daughter of a powerful man. -Fah a. having a powerful bow. (M.) N. of Siva and Indra; pinastamugradhanvA kRNotu hRdayAvidham Av.8.6. 18. - a large-1109ed. 14 Ayround plan in which the whole arest is divided into 36 equal parts (Manasara 7.7). - a. born in a nighty family. (-:) N. of Karttikeya. -gra a. horribly stinking; Mal. 5. 16. -a m a form of Rura. El a having powerful mon. Assafutida (Mar. ). - Ntrict in orilers, severe in commands. -TETI crest of Siva'. N. of the Ganges. - 31. u. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted. Tae Hee 13994) N. of the son of Tain: i 11497: Bim. 1. 2. -Tar a ... terrible to hear and see. : 1 N. of a son of Dhritarastra. -2 V. of a king of Mathura and father of Kansa. Mlo was cloposed by his son; but Krisna after having lain Kara restored him to the throne. (a ) N. of the wife of Akrura; 7: N. of K , the uncle and enemy of Krisna. 307. Brave, powerful &c. 991, -rah Violence, fearfulness, passion, anger, pungency, acrimony. 38987 [ 79, 74-71, T-74 P. III. 2.37] 1 Fierce-looking, frightful, hideoul. -2 Malignant, wicked. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #415
ukuNaH 397 uccATanam ukuNa: A bug. 371. (32fa, 301, 3-1, zffa, 31-174, or 34 mostly used in p. p.) 1 To collect, to gather together. -2 To take pleasure in, delight in be fond of. -3 To be accustomed or used to. -4 To be suitable, suit, fit. 17 p. 1 Fit, propor, right, suitable; 3-6Pagtata: U. 3; usually with inf.; Eft 447 Team S. 4. -2 Usual, customary; h o fte S. 4. 7.12; K. 61; M. 3.3.-3 Accustomed or used to, in comp. ; part 79112: R. 1. 50, 2. 25; 3. 51, 60; 11. 9; la: Ki. 1. 3t. -4 Praise worthy. -5 Delightful, agreeable, pleasurable. -6 Known, understood. -7 Entrusted, deposited. -8 Measured, accurate, adjusted (f ). -9 Acceptable (916). -10 Natural (941); ft Edga et chat Ram. 2. 19. 37 - n. Knowing what is becoming, propur or convenient. 3 [77211 F ast 47-741 ] Praise, verse ( 17). JTC . [ 789-47] Deserving praise; 3- p age 4: Ni na: Rr. 8. 15. 24. 394. 1 High (in all senses ): tall; TOTE Ku. 7. 63; elevated, superior, exalted family &c.) -2 Loud, high-sounding: 35 : TCRTor: Si. 4. 18. -3 Intense, violent, strony. -4 (In astr.) Ascendant; see 3471274 below. -ET: 1 The apex of the or bit of a planet. -2 Height, high place; 595 U e 40 q Mb. 12. 28. 25. --Comp. -32 a. High and low, yreat and small; see 3 191.-FTC a. laving a loud voice; 17902a : Si. 16. 3). -: 1 the cocoanut tree. -2 1. lofty tree in yeneral. - (heightened ) music, dancing de, at : tavern. -a: N. of Visnul or krish a t time personified, chronos. - 5: N. of Sakymai. .. 1 high and low. -2 various, multiform. (-4) 1 the upper or lower Stations of planets. -2 change of recent. - HITTA Speaking aloud, vociferous. I I a. shouting, bawliny. UUTET, -fil woman with a higli or projecting forehead. Tit. Occupying a high station said of planet): : : 1. 3. 13; see Milli. thereon. 3444 T. yat, -774 Height, superiority. T: n. 1 High, above, lofty (tig. also ); - 2912 2 4 : Si. 1. 16, 16. 46; Ki. 2. 57. -2 Preeminently; Fla : Si. 1. 70. -3 Loud. 39 ini. High, a bove, upwards, aloft ; avaraf4# 04 Av. 13. 2. 36. -,qu; Rv. 8. 61, 10: Rv. 1. 116. 9. : ind. [cf. Un. 7. 12 ] 1 Aloft, high, on high, above, npward (opp. 94-*:): qaratara afto: S. +. vil.; 1992: 1126 13h. 4. 28; 24: P. I. 9. 29. -2 Loudly, with : loud noise; gara ; R. 2. 12, 51: By. 1. 12. -3 Powerfully, intensely, very much, greatly; faut 2 4 alar: Rs. 1. 22; 30444 Hora : Amaru. 133. -4 Used as an adj. in comp. or by itsolf) () high, noble ; 15 #: a. wi: K1. 5. 61, 6. 75: Fri 7 : $. 4. 17; fk 99 : Me. 17; Ratn. 4. 16. (1) distinguished, preeminent, famous; 39 :2191309 Ku. 2. 47, M. 5. 17. -Comp. - a. making acutely accented. -ge 1 clamour, great uproar. -2 loud proclamation. -EIT a. boisterous, crying, roaring; 414 Seria za a 27 Av.9.1.8. (-T:) 1 loud noise. -2 a form of Rudra - a. having strong or powerful enemies; fa 1113T a ta 2014ada Ku. 3. 14. - 2 a. having trees like outstretched arms; Me. 38. -are: high praise; 51477212 249 fa sugafe: U. 5. -ATTE a. high-minded, one of high rank, magnanimous: Se ad u 999 hayaferat fra Ku 1.12. -794- a. 1 long-eared. -2 deaf. (m.) 1 N. of the horse of Indra (said to be churned out of the ocean); 3=2494994 Bg. 10. 27; 34: E git 7 Ku. 2. 47. -2 N. of horse of the god sun. - . high-sounding. (- :) a loud sound or voice. ah . Highest, tallest, loudest. J ahr ind. 1 Exceedingly high. -2 Very loudly 35 <<. Higher, taller, louder. TH, TT inl. 1 Very loud; Bhag. 5.9. 18. -2 Exceedingly high, on high; taki af 2013: Ku. 7. 18. 3611 P. To look up steadfastly or dauntlessly; a Rufaa hay. 6. 16. 18. Tara a. Looking up perplexedly. JET <<. 1 With the eyes directed upwards, looking upwards; har 32797: 970 V.. -2 With the eyes taken out, blind. 5T H A secret smile, a laughter in the mind not expressed in the countenance. STI. P. To go away, disappear. Caus. 1 To Seare or drive away, expel; BATHT2112 -2 To destroy, root out; Bh. 3.12); gazu: half#aT4 N. 3.7. 3521 1 Driving away, expulsion, removal from a place; uccAThanaM tvamapi lambhayame tadeva Kuval. -2 Separation. -3 Eradication : 1971-11284 Vis, Guna. 533; extirpation of a plant). - A kind of charm or magical incantation. -5 Working this charm, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #416
uccATita 398 ucchalat ruining one's enemy, making a person leave his business arta p. p. 1 Pronounced, uttered. -2 Having by magical spells by making him disgusted with it. excrement. - Evacuation of the bowels. - N. of one of the five arrows of Kama. 3a * a. Pronouncing, uttering. Joaca a. Driven away; ayga 421 11 JET UT a. Which is being pronounced. I a Saratan eratu gaztea: Bhag. 5. 24. 27. kAryAyoccAryamANo varNa itsaMjJaH / mugdhabodhaH 36T2T 1 Pride, arrogance. -2 Habit, ngage. -3 A J E 1 P. 1 To start, set out; ftua: ftuar : kind of garlic. -4 N. of different plants; yar, ya, A R. 2.6; 3=7717 UHAI Ti 11. 51; sometimes bhUmyAmalakI, nAgaramustA. with dat. of place; TIETOH Dk. - To go or 5 3 a. 1 Fierce, terrible, formidablo; U. 6.-2 remove away or fly away (from one's place ), fly Quick, expeditious. -3 Loud. 4 Angry, irascible, away from ; Fragman S. 1. 28; goule violent; 693 USTA: Mv. 1. 45. -5 Hanging down. R. 12. 27.-3 To free or extricate oneself from. 36FZ:[ : 7] The last watch of the Jota. Moving. (ZH) Mind, understanding. night. JSOTH Moving away, setting out. 35971 P. 1 To go upwards, to rise; a 35ioa p. p. 1 On the point of going, setting out. Mbh.; K. 14. -2 To ascend (as the sun ); issue or go -2 Gone up or out; winnowed as grain). forth, go up: a aay TGT: Si. 17.52: Mal. 32 a. [ 20] P. II. 1.72. 1 High 5.21.-3 To arise, appear forth, rise as a voice), to and low, uneven, irregular, undulating; Ms. 6. 73. -2 be heard; 3 17 F IERI : R. 9.73; 15. 46; 16. Great and small, variegated, heterogeneous. -3 Various, 87; A ZI K. 27; U. 2; Ratn. 1. - 4 To multiform, of various kinds, diverse; sala=114 YENI empty the body by evacuations, void one's excrement; i 29- 2 : Nir: Ms. 1.38; Si. 4. 46; Dk. 48, 101, 156. face 190149 Ms. 4. 49.5 To emit a 5 U. To collect, gather, accumulate. 3 7 (sounds ), utter, pronounce; 77 grafta ya Aru R. 11. 73. -6 Used in the Atm.) (a) To quit, leave. 9647. Fala Bk. 3. 38. (1) To win against, be tunfaithful (to a husband or 35 : 1 A collection, heap, multitude; 927 wife), transgress against; gata sk. (c) To violate S. 2. 10; 921273 S. ]). 2; cf. FT 4 also. -2 Gatheror transgress in general, stray or deviate from; 4-1 ing, collecting (Hlowers &e.); 469774 za S. 4; silver: 4:aftar Bk. 8.31. (1) To rise up to, Ku. 3. 61. -3 The knot of a woman's wearing) a8cell (trung. ); || THIET BI THI . 5. 18; S5. 17. garment ( 197); T 2119-1 at 213 2124 52. -Cars. 1 To cause to issue. -2 To utter, pronounce, sfahrzKi. 8. 15, eta # qa al 43717 declare. -3 To void one's excrement. - To emit. faca 51. -4 Nivara rice collected by winnowing ). -5 Prosperity, rise; 342121921H. 3. 126. TOTT 1 Going up or out. -2 Utterance, -6 The opposite side of a triangle. -Comp. -9 pronunciation. Prosperity and decline, rise and fall. Jara p. p. 1 Gone up or out, risen. -2 Uttered. Fa: 1 Apassionate or angry man. -2 A pronounced fc. - H Excrement, foces. kind of crab. 3 A kind of cricket: cf. 32-326773 JUTT: 1 Utterance, pronunciation, declaration: 901, *1971: 919 Medini. Filho. -2 Excrement, duny, faces; 9 21 a : ( ) FT: A crab. HI. Pr. 16; 4 Ms. 4. 50. -3 Discharge t a. With the pictures prominently appearing; (in general). -4 Passage of heavenly bodies to 97-1a Mal. 6. 5. another zodiacal sign or asterism. Comp. -TETTA Excrement Jaina ). - TETETT A privy. inl. Having lifted up and kissed; K. 3 3:, -3: 1 The flag of a banner, or the banner JeaTTTH 1 Pronunciation, utterance; ara: Sik. 2; a'. -2 Declaration, announcement, enunciation. -3 itself. -2 An ornanient fastened on the top of a banner. Lifting up; skandhoccAraNanamyamAnavadanapracyotitoye ghaTe Pra- 3538 a. ( 37-52-] 1 Destoryed, cut down (pertima 1. 5. -Comp. 370 a. 1 useful for pronunciation. haps for 32 ); see rza. -2 Extinct (as a work). -2 necessary for pronunciation, such as a redundant Egy 1 U. To fly upwards or a way, move letter only used to facilitate pronunciation. -*: a linguist. 353TUSI PITT TINHH Si. 4. 18. - FTTH onwards, wave. the part of the throat from which certain sounds 35goa pres. u. 1 Shining, moving about; Si. 3. (such as nasals, gutturals &c. ) issue. 37: Mal. 3: 4903-21 8 73Tooldatigas K. P. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #417
ucchalanama 390 ucchRGkhala -2 Appearing, bursting forth; Mal. 7. -3 Moving, going on; itil. -4 Flying up or away, going up high. ucchalanam (Going or moving upwards. ucchalita.. 1Moved, waved a bove nirjharocchalita- zItalazIkarAsAravAhI...| nAgAnanda 1. -2 Shakon.-3 Gone. ucchAdanam 1 Covering. -2 Rubbing the body with perfumes: ef. snApanocchAdanena ca Rim.2.111.10. 'ucchAdanaM samullekhodvAhanodvarnaneSu ca / ' iti vizvakoSaH. ucchAsana [utakAntaH zAsanam ] Not samens ble to rule or command, ungovernable, unruly. ucchAstra, vartin 4. 1 Contrars or opposed 10 zAstra , (civil or religious law-books). -2 Deviating from or transpressing thelaw-books: na rAjJaH pratigaDhIyAllubdhasyocchAstravartinaH 7.1.140; Ms.4.87. ucchikha . [ udgatA zikhA yasya] 1 Crested, with erecterl erest: maNimukuTa ibocchikhaH U. 3. 18. -2 Having the fame pointed upwards, flaming, blazing up; kathaM na manyuvalayatyudIritaH zamItara zuSkamivAgnicchikha: Ki. I.32%3 K. 127; R. 16. 87. -3 Radiant, bright. uitgang . llaving an upright tail (ana! peacock); Mal. ucchidhanam Breathing through the nostrils, snoring. figy 7 U. 1(1) To cut off, extirpate, eradicate, destroy; nocchindyAdAtmano mUlaM pareSAM cAtitRSNayA Mb.: kiMvA ripUMstava guruH svayamacchitti 11.5.71,2.233; Pt. 1.47,365. (b) To dispel, shap, thase away; ucchettuM prabhavati yanna / saptasaptiH 8.6. 303 (6)To sup(thread); AzAtanturna ca kathayatAtyantamucchedanIyaH Mal.9.26. -2 To interfere with, interrupt, stop; 21giza Mb.; viata sa: S.)). -pass. 1 To be cut or snapped. -2 To be stopped or interrupted, ceaso; unchidyante kriyAH sarvAH grISme kusarito yathA Pt.2.8). -3 To waste away, fail, be wanting or deficient; . etAnyapi sanAM gehe nocchidyante kadAcana Ms.3.101. ucchittiH /. Extirpation, destruction%3; parocchittyA labhyA- / mabhilaSati lakSmI harisute Ki. 10.63. kosaladeg Ratn.+. ucchinna .. 1 Extirpated, destroyed, cut down or ! off; ucchinnAzrayakAtareva kulaTA gotrAntaraM zrIgatA Mu. 6.5. -2 Abject, vile. - Peace obtained by ceding valu able lands. ucche ttu a. An extirpator, destroyer. ucche daH, -danam 1 Cutting off. -2 Extirpation, eradication, destruction, putting an end to; har bhavocchedakaraH pitA te R. 14.7t. -3 Exeision. ucchedin a. Destroying. ucchiras .. [ unnatam ziro'sya] 1 With the neck raised (lit.). -2 High, lofty. -3 (Hence) Noble, great exalted; zailAtmajApi piturucchiraso'bhilASam Ku. 3.75, 6.70. ucchilIndha a. Full of mushrooms (shot up); kartuM yacca prabhavati mahImucchilIndhrAmavandhyAm Mo. 11. -dhram A mushroom: ucchilIndhrakRtacchAyA nRNAM zrIriva bhUrabhUt Bhay. 10.20. 11. ucchiS 7 P. (chietly in pass. ) To leuve (asa remaindler ), reject. ucchiSTa .. 1Left as a remainder -2 Rejected, a bandonerl; 347degR. 12. 15. -3 Stale; 74#1 stale idea or invention. -4 Unholy, impure; ucchiSTaM tu yavakrItamapakRSTakamaNDalum Mb. 8. 130. 14. -6 (Usod actively ). One who has not washed his mouth and hands after meals, and hence considered impure; na cocchiSTaH kacid vrajet Ms. 2. 56; -OH 1 Leaviny, fragments remainder, (especially of food or sacrifice); ucchiSTamapi cAmebhyam Bg.17.10: nocchiSTaM kasyacidadyAt M.2.56; 80 dvija', gRdha. -2 lloney. -Comp. -annam leavings, offal. -gaNapatiH (or gaNezaH) (opposeel to zuddha gaNapati) Ganesa as worship ped by the 3189 (or men who leave the remains of their food in their mouth during prayer ). -cANDAlinI n form of the gorldless mAtagI, -bhojana, -bhojina, -bhoktRta one who eats the leavings of another or eats the leavings of offerings to gods (as an attendant upon_an idol). cikitsikasya kRrasyocchiSTabhojinaH Ms.4.212. -bhojanam eating the leavings of another. -modanam Wax. uccheSaH, -paNam 1 Rest, romainder; Ms. 3.210. sarasvatImukhagrahaNoccheSaNIkRto dazanacchada eSa cumbitum D.27. -2 Leavings (of food). ucchIrSaka . Having the hoad raised. -kam [ utthApita zIrSa yasmin ] 1 A pillow. -2 The head; ucchApake dhiya kuryAt Ms.3.89. ucchupU To dry up; yadApa ucchanti vAyumevApiyanti Ch. Up +3.2. -Cant. To cause to dry up, make dry, wither up. ucchu Ska 4. Dried up, withered. ucchoSaNa.1Making dry, withering up3; yacchokamacchoSaNamindriyANAm Bg. 2.8. -2 Burning, parobing. -Nam Drying up; parching, withering. ucchoSuka u. Making dry, drying up, withering. ucchuSmam Confusion. -Comp. -kalpaH N. of a section of the Atharvaveda-Parisista. -rudrAH N. of a class of demons. ucchDA = uccUDa q. v. ucchrana a. [ud-zvi-kta ] 1 Swollen; prabalaruditocchnanetraM priyAyAH Mo.86; uttAnocchUnamaNDUkapAritodarasaMnibham K. P.73 anavarataruditocchnatAmradRSTim Dk.953 svargagrAmaTikAviluNThanathocchnaiH kimabhirbhujaiH 8. D. -2 Fat, bulky. -3 High, lofty. ucchaGkha la.. 1 Unbridled, unrestrained, uncurbed; 'vAnA Pt.33; anyaducchakhalaM sattvamanyacchAstra niyantritam Si.2.62%; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #418
. ........ .. ............. ............... 400 ujjAsanam ............................ .. ... .. ..... . . -2 Self-willed, perverse. -3 Irregular, dosultory, 4747. Bk. 6. 120, 14.5). -5 To throb, heave, palpiunsystematiu. tate. -6 To be loosened or relaxed. -Caus. 1 To cause to breathe. -2 To console, cheer up, colight, give rest; 3 resa . llaving crected horns; 331741421981: 34814:24 ; Rs. 6.8; U. 3: Si. 3. 34. -3 To Si. 1). 63. luoson, relax, disjoin; Hy gafastafet: Me.60. GEETA Burning (Ved.). 387794 1 Breathing, sighiny. -2 Taking a deep g a: Swelling; gunu hafa (sawat) breath, heaviny.-3 Loosening; 119711a4 Mal.2.5. Mal. 1). 16. Jaarga . p. (Used actively). 1 Heaviny, gela014 Making one hear loudly. breathing; U. 3.-2 Emitting or sending out vapour so [ 32-) U. 1 To rise, be erected. (A)-2 (refreshed ); V. 4.-3 Full blown, opened, expanded; To raise, erect, lift up. -3 To praise, extol. -laws. Mal. 1: af: K. 992 raised up, Ch. 1'. 13.-4 () 1 To increase: farz a der4f9647 My. 1..2 Enlivened, gladdeneil, refreshed; 63- aartaTo raise, erect; 1983142 Vaj. 23. 26. 7941744974: Me. 14. (1) Inspired or animatel 3567 ( 5 ) : ( 3EUR-1134749 ) 1 Rising (of a with hope; F1H*Taare #9: Ku. 6. 14. -5 Breathplanet &e.); $19.910 4 Y. 1. 147. -2 Raising, ing a sigh of relief; 24 card 4 feh M. 3.6; R. 10. 73; K. 181. -8 erecting: -3 Height, clevation physical and moral); Consoled; Figarreta 12: Fulateur fata ft : 9 Me. 60; K. 105; Me. 102. -7 Waviny, dishevolled : # R. 8.55. -3 Effaced: (*) f Ki. 7. 27; X. 23, 17. 61; Si. 1. 10, 8. 22. -4 Growth, a gijaanza Ku. 3.38. increase, intensity : Yu Ki. 8. 21, 16. 10; -04 1 Breath, the very ) lifo; 9114 Fornaghaha 5. 31, 14. 21. -5 Pride. -8 The upright side of a S.3; ku.7. 4. -2 Blooming, blowing.-3 Exhalation; ASTE7aea 18TH S T R . 8.3. - 4 triangle. - A kind of pillar (Junagadh Rock Inscrip Heaving upheaval, throbbing; Herzsargaregata tion of Rudradaman, Ep. Ind. Vol. III). - (3 81311) Plank. -Comp. -30a a. possessing height, high, lofty, R. 6.68; V. 1. -5 Becoming loose or relaxod. -6 Sigbiny. -7 The vital airs of the body. elevated. gaggur a. Raised, erected. -U17 Raising, elevation. 39591A: 1 Breath, exhalation, breathing out ; a ara V.4.22; Rs. 1.3; Mc. 104.-2 Support of Jesu .. High, raised, lofty ; Si. 5. 21. life, being alive; 701 art wala U. 3. 30; R. 158. freza 1. 1 Raised, lifted up; argigi atsaati -3 A sigh. -4 Consolation, encouragemont: Amaru. 13. fra By. 6. 11. H. 2. 123; R. 17. 33.- 2 5 Expiring, dying. -6 An air-holo. -7 A division Gone ud, rison : "fuatia Si. 4. 25; K. 206 -3 High or chapter of a book, as of the Harsu-charita; tall, lofty, exalted; 311 # Chi nh Ki. 5. 1; ef. 3p214. -8 Froth, foami ; 371 9 By. 6. 11; 9. 19; 92Tigar Mb.-4 Produced, born. Rv. 9. 86. 43. -9 Swelling up, rising, increasing -5 Increasing, growiny, Prosperous; higit AM4 Jaega p. p. 1 Breathless, out of breath. -2 (427) Ms. 7. 170; Teie gura: Ram. 1. 15.8; Much, excessive. -3 Loosened, released. - 4 Detached, increased in size or bulk), grown. -6 Proud. separated, divided. -5 Consoled. gregla: = 334 q. v. Joganiera a. Breathing, inhaling air. -2 Heaving, ostat a. High, lofty, tall. throbbiny; *4# gafa *017: V.1.8; Me. 104. -3 Sighiny: -4 Expiriny, dying. -5 Vanishing, fading JES: Ved. A part of the human body (used away; 3 g a ga: #: agr4 Av. 10. 2.1. only in dual ). Egara TTHUT: Ku. 7. 82. -6 Pausing, stopping. -7 Risiny, coming forward. -8 Disjointed, J a Ved. Gapiny; cleaving open ; Sat. divided. Br. 5. 4.1,9. 3069 6P. (3ia, 31911, 317314, ) 1 To finish. gagah 2 P. 1 To breathe, live ; 3714841 7+4 -2 To bind. -3 To abandon, transgress. -4 To cease, -2 To bind. -3 To abandon transures Dealega K. 175; Ve. 5. 15; Ms. 3. 72; 3116323 stop. without breathing, in one breath. -2 To take heart JUHET 4. P. C'aus. 1 To kill, destroy, oxtirpate with or courage, cheer up, revive, breathe a sigh of relief ; yon.); 1931GaI & FEIH Si. 1. 37. ... - arayegarafa U. 3, 7; fuggafata a: ki. 3.8 1914: Bk. 8. 120.-2 Cause to run away. 4999 is delighted; Si. 18. 58: Ratui. t; 1777: Ki. 9. 21. 27111 Siva. B. 4. 8. - 3 To open, bloom (as a lotus); ara qat70: (424) V.8. 16: M. 2. 11 : Si. 10.8, 11. 13. - 4 10 ujAmanama Killing, shughter : corasyojjAsanam Sk. take a deep breath, pant, sigh deeply; 911942: tieu c fa: yauai ia 14 Siva. B. 2. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #419
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ujjaya (ya) nI (f) N. of a city, the modern Ujjain in Malva, the capital of Vikramaditya. It is one of the seven sacred cities of the Hindus (cf. f), and the first meridian of their geographers from which they calculate longitude sIpInsamA ma 47 Me. 27. 3. Excited, irritated. www.kobatirth.org : N. of a province in the North. 31 P. 1 To win, acquire by conquest, conquer. -2 To be victorious, triumph. -'aus. (f) 1 To cause to conquer. -2 To help one in winning. aftafa: j. Ved. 1 Victory. -2 N. of certain verses in the Vajasaneyi Samhita. 401 ujjeSa. Victorious, IzAna vA bheSajAnAmujjeSa ArabhAmahe Av. 4. 17. 1.: Obtaining prosperity. ujjihAna . Soe under uddhA ( 2 ) . --] Smelling. a. 1 P. To revive, return to life. Caus. To restore to life. ujjIvanam anival. Reviving coming to life again. a. One who wears the hair twisted together and coiled upwards. 31 A. 1 To gape, open. -2 To part asunder. -3 To become visible, come or break forth, expand, rise, go up; vaktredau taba satyayaM yadaparaH zItAMzu rujjRmbhate Ratn. 3. 13; K. 290.4 To revive, come to senses; tathA saMbhAva hanumanAma Mv. 6.52. -Cans. 1 To display, show. -2 To produce; ujjRmbhayana e. 5. 6. 1 Blown expanded; generate fa S. 1). -2 Gaping, open. -T: 1 Opening, expansion, blowing. -2 Gaping of the mouth. -3 Breaking asunder, parting. ujjRmbhA, mbhaNam 1 The act of gaping, opening the mouth, yawning, 2 Spreading, increase; - Mal. 5. 23.-3 Flurry, agitation: U.3.36. a. Opened, stretched, expanded, blown. - 1 The act of gaping. -2 Effort, exertion. ujjya [] Having the bow-string loosened. A bow with the string fastened to it. blaze up, shine. 351 P. To Bri. Up. 3. 1. 8. Cuns. (f) To light up, illuminate, irradiate; ai garfa az Si.9.42: Git. 12. ......49 35. 1 Bright, shining, luminous, splendid; 3 ya Si. 9. 48, 47; -2 Burning. -3 Clean, - - Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir clear, white; fa: Si. 6. 5. - Lovely, beautiful; if faria: N. 3. 136. -5 Mixed with, seasoned; Rieger Mk. 8. 13. -6 Blown, expanded. 7 Unrestrained, full; Si. 5. 48. Love, passion. I 1 Splendour, brightness. -2 Clearness. -3 A form of the Jagati metre. Gold. Comp. -raft N. of a bird (Mar. g). N. of the author of a commentary on the Unadi Sutras. JE: 377344 1 Burning, shining 2 Splendour, brilliance. -3 Fire. -4 Gold. ujjvalita p. p. Lighted, shining, brilliant. ujma 6 P. ( ujjhati, ujjhAJcakAra, ujjhitum, ujjhita ] 1 To abandon, leave, quit; a fanfaze R.5.75: tatkSaNojjhitavRkSakam R. 1. 40, 51; AtapAyojjhitaM dhAnyam Mb. exposed to the sun. -2 To avoid, escape from; r R. 8. 84; Si. 1. 63. -3 To emit, give out, drop or pour down; far: Ki. 5. 6; Si. 4. 63. 3.[3] Leaving quitting. a. 31 A cloud. -2 A devotee. CONCH [ COR-FR] Abandoning, removing, leaving. aga. 1 Left, abandoned. -2 Emitted, discharged (as water); fecifweft Ki. 5. 6. J A shrub, Phyllanthus Niruri or Flacourtia cataphracts (Mar.). safta. Perplexed, bewildered, confounded. 35 P. (si, eft, f) To glean, gather (hit by bit) fragen: Ms. 3. 100. uJchaH [ uJch-ghaJ ] Gleaning or gathering grains; agenda R. 5. 8; Ms. 10. 112. g bhAgamA raNyakA api nivapanti Kau. A. 1. 13. blUm Gleaning. -Comp. -vartin, vRtti, zIla . one who lives by gloning grains, a gleaner. 35 Gleaning grains of corn in market-places &c. 31 A leaf. -2 Grass. Comp. -, -, a hut, cottage, the residence of hermits, or saints, a hermitage (being mostly made of grass or leaves); uTajadvAravirUDhaM nIvArabaliM vilokayataH S. 1. 20; mRgairvartiquangcargacyjny R. 1. 52, 50. The set of stampings characterizing 11. (shaft, she, dr, 3, 4) 1 To go. 2 To strike or knock down. 3 For Private and Personal Use Only uDuH/., uDu . [ uD vA0ku ] 1 A lunar mansion; a star; aftaggar: R. 16. 65. -2 Water (said to be n. only). Comp. : The moon. The constellation mRgaziras. - cakram zodiacal circle. -paH, -pama, [uni jale pAti] 1 raft, bont: nitIraM mahAdunAma

Page #420
uDumbaraH 402 utkacaya sAgaram R. 1.2kenoDupena paralokanadIM tariSye Mk.8.23. ut ind. A particle of (a)doubt; (D) interroga-2 A kind of drinking vessel covered with leather%3B tion; (c) deliberation ; (2) intensity. comm. on R.1.2.(-pa:) the moon; guNaprakarSAduDupena zambhora uta ind. 1A particle expressing (a) doubt, uncerlakSyamuhaghitamuttamAgam Mk. +.28. -patiH, -rAja 1 the tainty, guess (IN): takimayamAtapadoSaH syAduta yathA me manasi moon%; jitamuDupatinA Ratn. 1.5% rasAtmakasyoDapatezca razmayaH / vartate 5.3; sthANura yamuta puruSaH G. M. vIro rasaH kimayamityuta darpa Ku.5.22. -2 Varuna, rogent. of waters. -patha: the | U: Veeracharitam. (1) alternative; usually a correlasky, the tirmament. tive of kiM (whether, or); kimidaM gurubhirupadiSTamuta dharmazAstreSu uDumbara: 1 N. of a tree; Ficus Glomearata (Mar. paThitamuta mokSaprAptiyuktiriyam K. 155% ki yena sRjasi vyaktamuta yena audumbara).-2 The threshold of a honso. ucchrAyAta pAdavistIrNA vibhaSi tat Ku.6.23; the place of una is also taken by zAkhA tahadudumbara: Bri. S.3.26. -3 A eunuch. -4 A part Aho or Ahosvin; sometimes Aho, Ahosvin or svit are of a sacrifice. -5 A kind of leprosy with copper spots joined to 31. (c) association, connection, (having a (-TH also ). - A kind of worm said to be produced _eumulative force, and', 'also'); uta balavAnutAbalaH; (d) in the blood and to causs leprosy. -ram 1 The fruit interrogation; uta daNDaH patiSyati; (e) deliberation: I) of the udumbara tree. -2 Copper. -3 A Karsa, a imeasure intensity; (y) wishing (especially at the beginning of a of two tolas. -Comp. -dalA, -paNI the plant Croton sentence followed by a potential'would that'); (1) somePolyandra (dantI). times used as an expletive; () oft used for the sake of emphasis especially at the end of line after for a uDUpaH uDupaH q. v. -priyA A lotus-creeper. verb; tadA vidyAdviyuddhaM sattvamityuta By. [4. 11; dharma naSTe kulaM uDDAmara . Agreeable, excellent, respectable. kRsnamadhamA'bhibhavatyata 1.10. -2 With a preceding prati = -2 Formila ble, territic: udDAmaravyastavistAridoHkhaNDaparyA on the contrary, on the other hand; but; sAmavAdAH sitakSmAdharam Mal.2.28. -tantra N. of Tantra. sakopasya tasya pratyuta dIpakAH Si.2.5; na kevalaM dhriyate 3ggraftaa. One who inakes an extraordinary pratyuta paryupAsyamAnastiSThati Nag... -3 With as preceding; noise. ki = how much more or how much loss; sce kim. uta,-uta Either-or%3 ekameva varaM puMsAmuta rAjyamutAdhamaH G.M. uta vA or uDDiyAnam A particular position of the tingars. else, and; vA-utavA, utAhovA pi-vA oither-or; -Aho, ur3I 1,t. A. Toy up, soar, Cars. To suare -Ahosvit Used for the sake of omphasis; utAhI hataa.way. vIyastei babhUvuH pRthivIkSitaH Ram.7.31.1. zAlihotraH kiM nu syAd utAhosvid rAjA nalaH. uDyanam Flying up, soaring; gato virutyoDyane nirAzatAm N. 1. 125. uta (". p. of ve) Woven, sown.. uDDIna pp. Flown up, flying up. -nam 1 Flying 3ac: N. of a son of Anyirs and elder brother up, souring; uDAnamUrdhvagamanamavaDInamadhogatiH Mb.8.11.26. of Brihaspati. -Comp. -anujaH, -anujanman m. Bri-2 A particular flight of birds. haspatia teacher of the gods; tathyamRtathyAnujavajjagAdAgre gadA grajam Si..2.69. -tanayaHN. of Gautama. zUdrAvedI patatyatrarutauDDIyanam Flying up. ththatanayasya c| Ms.3.16. ur3IzaH 1N. of Tantra work containing charms and utUlAH N. of a people; Mb., Viyu. P. ineantations; uDDIzo granthabhede syAt Medini. -2 N. of Sive. utka . [ud-svArthe kana ; utkaH =utkaNThitaH; utka unmanAH P.v. TE: N. of a country; the modern Orissa; see 3113. 2. 80. Sk. ] 1 Desirous of, longing for, anxiously wishing uNaka 3. (-kI /.) Removing, driving out. for (in comp.); adrisutAsamAgamotka: Ku.6.95%3 mAnasokAH uNAdiH A.class of terminations beginning with uN. . Me. 11; sometimes with an inf.: uskandharaM draSTumavekSya zaurim 1. pl. The class of 5T affixes which begin with 30. Si. t. 18. -2 Regretting, sad, sorrowful. -3 Absent-Comp. -sUtrANi The sUtra (Panini iii. 8, I. 1.76) minded. -ka: 1 JDesire. -20pportunity. treating of the surfa affixes. "Ti f. a commentary utkatA 1 A state of longing or regret, anxiety. -2 on the uNAdi Sutras. N. of a plant having aromatic soeds (gajapippalI ). uNDakaH 1A sporics of leprosy. -2A texture, net. utkAyate Den. A. To long for. -3 A part of the body (stomach), utkayati Den. P. To make unitsy; manasvinIrutkayituM uNDeraka: Abull of flour, roll-lonf%; tathaivANDerakasrajaH paTIyasA Si. 1.59. Y.1. 28. utkaca . 1 llaving the hair eruct; us in ghaTotkaca, JOITT The shoe-llower, llibiscus Rosa Sinensis -2 luving no hair. -3 Full blown; babhrAja utkacakumudgaNa(Mr. jAsvaMdI). vAnapAcyaH Bhay.3.23.28. um 1 The shoe-flower. -2 Water. utkacaya To coil the hair upwards. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #421
utkacchA 403 utkAzanam P utkacchA Ametro of six lines, each line containing eleven syllabic instants. 3 5 6. 1 Without bodice, or jacket. -2 Without a coat of mail. 3 1 P. To start or burst out; AT: My. 7. 33. 387.2. Largo, spacious; au a cuzafe. 4 l. 4. 29. -2 Powerful, mighty, extraordinary, fierce; 3 72121 9a Pt. 1. 103; My. 1.37, 5.33.-3 Excessive, much; 3 : grigoartea a II. 1. 85. -4 Prominently visible, conspicuons : 1334 U. 35. -5 Abounding in, richly endowed with ; YTT FAN Ram. -6 Drunk, inad, furious; HTTP:.- Superior, high. -8 Proud, laughty. -9 Uneven. -10 Difficult. -2: 1 A Huid (ichor) drepping from the tein ples of all rtephant in rnt. -2 An elephant in rut. -3 The plant Saccharum Sara (577). -4 Pride, intoxiuntion. -IT: The plant Laurus Cassia (H H ; Mar. 2 , LEI ). TH The fragrant bark of Laurus (assis (Mar. 217 ) utkaTikA, utkaTukAsanam Sitting on the hains, aquatting, the inanner of sitting of yogis (the leys being outstretched ud forming a right angle). rifur FT 1 A raised particle. -2 Desire, longing; Mark. P. (v. l. for * ). 380 a. [3914: E21 3+2 ] 1 Having the neck 1 uplifterl, ready, on the point of doing anything ), in comp. ; 311519 noy: S. 2; T 27117,079 12 12 R. 1.5. 11. -2 (Ilence) Anxious, ea ger. -3, -UZT A mode of sexual enjoyment. 3 Don. A. 1 To be anxious, pine or be sorry for; S. : Si. 9. st. -2 To yearu, bo eagerly desirous of ( with gen. or lat.); 77014 ate of V.3, 1; Mv. 6; 37037 0 4 U. 6; 6. 21: Mal. 4; Bk. 5. 76. -Cans. (3:07 ) To create anxiety or longiny, inspire with tender emotions: Bh 1.35; Ghat. 5. FCT 1 Anxiety, uneasiness (in general); *747 defa zi # 341 S. +. 5; 31718 Mal. 2. 12. Noized with fright, suddenly startled. -2 Longing for beloved person or thing; TT ale1 Amaru. 28. -3 Regret, xorrow, missing any thing or person ; UTRUST Mal. 1. 15; Mc. 85. 3 rocap. p. 1 Anxious, uneasy. -2 Regretting, grieving for, sorrowful. -3 Longing for a beloved person or thing. - A mistress longing for her absent lover or husband, one of the eight heroines; she is thus defined-AgantuM kRtacitto'pi daivAnnAyAni ytpriyH| tadanAgamaduHkhAtI Catalar S.]). 121. Fanta, afara for 33: 921:1 utkandhara a. [unnataH kandharo'sya] Having the neck uplifterl; 2 4 7 Si. 4. 18. -TH Bending back the neck, 379 1 A. To tremble, quiver, shake. -Caus. To cause to tremble, shake, agitate. gia. Trembling; cui eftuttare *992TTH Ram. 5. 24. 37. 14deg Amaru. 90.-FT:,FOFY Trembliny, tremor, agitation; A T AU fast: la Amaru. 31; Me. 72. #f19a 1 Trembling. -2 Agitating. utkaraH See under utkR. 3** A kind of musical instrument. 3 0 a. Having the ears erect. -ut: An erect car. 3793 a. Excessive, piteous; K. 306. - 1 N. of a country, the modern Orissa, or the inhabitants of that country (pl.); T 772 3 : ifta:; see 3113; 3 0zfera94: R. 4. 38. -2 A fowler, bird-estcher. -3 A porter (carrying a load with him). -4 A subdivision of Brahmanas. Sertaa. Unbound, loosened; & 21597: Bhay. 7. 8. 26. -2 Regretting, sorry for. -3 Opened, blossomed (as flowers ): Egatile fedenaar: Bhag. 10. 43.20. - Rising, prosperous; 9*779 f aitha Bhay. 10. 33. 23. 3 7. IT a. Having the tail erect and expanded ; fe : ata 94174 R. 16. 64. JFAT Den. P. 1 To ask (one) permission to yo, take leave of ; Pt. 5. -2 To cause the peacock to spread its plumage. -3 To cause (one) to be proud, produco conceit by an acknowledgment of merit. - 4 To bring one's wife home from her father's house: to marry: Ved. Fir 1 Anxiety in general, um caniness; Flat 17 Amru. 81; K. 138, 205, 210, 231; Dk. 17, 20. -2 Longing for, regretting, missing anything or person. - 3 Wanton sport, dalliance ( ).-4 A bud. -5 A wave; Fra n k Si. 3. 70; 1997 : ruffled by waves. Mal. 3. 10 ( where I also means anxiety ); K. 161; cf. also 724930 n t: Siva. B. 11. 33. -Comp. -TTY a variety of prose-composition a bounding in compound words and hard letters; Hagvisi HI KATA Chand. M. 6. 37#TUH 1 Tearing, pulling up. -2 Ploughing, drawing through (as a plongb); 20: Tieturgia kSetramAruhA mAlam Me. 16. 11 A cow calving every year. J ah Ordering, commanding. I For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #422
utkAsaH 404 utkira fe:, H L, A Hemming, clearing the throat of muscus. Urfa a. Nailed up. O stat, -FIT The plant Nigella Indica (Mar. T). TH [399:24 ] Lying clown or sleeping with the face or head) upwards, stretching out on the back. E a. Stretched on the back with the face upwards. -Comp. - CH a posture with the face upwards. 3r : 1 A bug.-2 A louse. 3 a. [5 2 : 11 ) Fallen from the family, disgracing or dishonouring one's family; JI 71 aafa fefactat laufa fi fogac a 21 II S. 5. 27. res: The singing of the cuckoo). kt: [ 391 744] A parasol or umbrella. 9 . With a * in hand; Hch. t. grehat Jumping up, springing upwards ; Triaffa Pt. 2. JEET a. [ ta: 1 ] 1 Going up-hill (as rivers) (Ved.). -2 Roaching the bank. -3 Overflowing the bank; K. 303. -54 into up-hill; Av. 19.25.1. -Comp. - <<. going up and down. n a a. Brought to the bank or shore, reaching the bank : afdater H T: Si. 3. 70. TO 8 A. To inform against grafa: f. N. of a class of metres having 104 rise, prosperity ; maity: * * Ms. 4. 244, 9. 21. -3 Increase, abundance, exce: YTH A qruf: R. 1. 11. - 4 Excellence, highest merit, glory; 374: fraai niega: fazia S.2.5. -5 Selfconceit, boastiny. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 l'ostponement (of some detail or details at a rasfat i.e. performing them at a later stage; nadAdi utkapa nadantamapaka syAta SP. on MS. 5. 1. 24. -Comp. A: A kind of fallacy attributing similar qualities to two objects because they have one quality in common; e. y. affirming that a sound has a shape like a jar because both are perishable. 37* a. Drawing upwards, raising, clovating, increasing &c. 360H 1 Drawing upwards. -2 Taking or pulling off'. -U11 N. of a Sakti. 37. a. Drawing or pulling up. 33 . y. 1 Drawn up or out, raised, clovated; ***KUT 47921: Bhag. 12. 3. 32.-2 Extracted. -3 Excellent, eminent, superior, best, highest; Ms. . 163, 7.126, 8.281; 4 lt. 3.36 superior in strength; so ao qoro, &c. - 4 Much, excessive, very great, increased; FETY Pt. 1. -5 Tilled: ploughod. -6 Scratched; manfagrudengtah Ram. 6. 40.5. - 7 Plucked, cut out,; 33044 Ram. 5. 19. 15 (ibia leata T y s fa veril). -8 Attracted; Mb. 14.59. 10. -Comp. -39 at state of high illusion - a good soil. -a marrying a man of a higher caste; a ata Ms. 3. 4. grua,- Excellence, eminence; greatness. gres 6 U. 1 To scatter upwards, throw up, pile up or heap; Trot: R. 1. 42. -2 To dig up, excavate. 3 To engrave, carve, sculpture; Brut 59 arareg Traia after: V. 3. 2; R. 4. 59see to also. Urta. (T1,- /.) [7-349] That which piles or throws up or raises. -1:1 A heap, multitudes a re: Ki. 8.5.-2 A pile, stack. -3 Rubbish, what is thrown up ( 7) Mk.3. -4 A bunch (as of flowers ); TITTARIT Ram. 2. 55. 30.; Bhay. 7. 10. 69. JeftFit A sort of sweetmeat made with milk, treacle, and ghee. 3* a. Belonging to a heap. UFFIT: (+995 P. III. 3.30 ] 1 Wimowing corn. - 2 Piling up corn. 31 Ra ggar: Bk. -3 One who sows corn. Scaftit [ -] Poultice. f* a. [-aft 1] Carrying or bearing away, wafting, scattering upwards (at the end of comp. ); syllables. 3 0 6 P. 1 To cut out or off 'tear out or off: CAT TATTISTA R. 12. 49; Ms. 11. 101: Y. 3. 259). -2 To cut to pieces, cut up, hack, butcher; 3 gan Mal. 5. 16. * 1 Cutting off, tearing out, cutting to pieces. -2 kooting out, eradication. 36T 11. 1 To draw or pull up, raise or lift up; 324 Si. 13. 60; to draw or take out, extract, extricate; 31anafaa 4396 R. 6.14.-2 'To draw, attract; Si. 17. 42. 3 To pull or put off. -4 To increase, enhance (opp. 31950). -5 To bend (as a bow). - To tear asunder. -Crus. To elevate, raise, increase. --pass. 1 To be lifted, raised. -2 To rise, be supreme or eminent. * a. 1 Superior, eminent. -2 Much, a bundant - 3 Exaggerated, boastful. -4 Attractive. - : 1 Pulling off or upwards, drawing or pulling up: 7TEAMaiza Afa Ram. 3. 56. 29.-2 Elevation, eminence, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #423
............. utkIrNa 405 utkSipta ...... ............... ... ........ .... yoto : R. 1.38; far fast: Kn. colour); 3 7701 F AITH R. 16. 17. -3 Gone over 5. 20; 6.1. or beyond, passed, surpassed. - 4 Dead. - Trespassgramot. p. 1 Thrown or piled up, scattered. -2 ing, exceeding, surpassing actively used). Engraven, carved, sculptured ; Mal. 5. 10; K. 17 offa/. 1 Going up or out, departure. 11736, 7), 106, 129, 133, 141, 186, 206; H H engraven fe: #919ATEIT: Bhay. 12. 12. 7. -2 The Hight with a naine. -3 Bored, perforated; u Pt. 3. 139. or passage of the soul out of the body ), (leath: 3 7 Br. Sutra. 2. 3. 19. -Comp. A 3 10 P. To proclaim, celebrate, praise, extol ; cow gifted at the time of one's death. fericii R. 10.32. 3 3iFitffat a. passing away, gone, departed. 1 Crying out, proclaiming.-2 Praising, celebrating, extolliny; S. D. 195. 37F1: 1 Going out or up, departure. -2 Surpassing, Geraa p. p. 1 Proclaimed, promulgated. -2 excelling. -3 Violation, transgression. -4 Opposition) contrariety. Praised, celebrated, renowned. # : (3 -39] 1 A bribe (lit. bending one S T 1P. 1 To cry out, exclaim, cry a loud. -2 from the right path); Sukra. 1. 297; 30Ha git To call out to; E TT # 77031 Mb. - To proclain. K. 232; Dk. 155; fat a Farfan Y.1. J p. 7. Crying out, exclaiming. -CH 1 Crying 339. ATITIKTI TIF FEAT 727201 Parnal. 5. 44. out, calling, exclaiming. Stepha: Mb. 7. 36. 17. -2 Receiving a bribe; 2 yuzglacia -2 Loud speaking or conversation. 7 Mb. 12. 56. 11. -3 l'enalty, tribute; Hch. 1. (Girvana.) 3771T: 1 Clamour, outery, loud noise. -2 Procla mation. -3 An osprey (F ). -Comp. -TIA: A kind # # . Bribed. -* 1 A bribe. -2 The of dance; zyenapAtokozapAtAdIni darzayan DR. 2. receiver of a bribe; Ms. :). 258. 3 : Ved. Exultation, joy. 741 4794H 3 utkocin To be bribed, corruptible. utkovinAM mRSo a Ts. 7. 5. 9. 2. waias 17 a afa: Mb. 7. 73. 32. T Self? a. l'ointed. 9 P. To feel uneasy or distressed. -Caus. 1 To excite, stir up, agitate, torment. -2 'To expel, J : A Kind of leprosy. Bhava. P. drive away. * 1 U., 4 P. 1 To go up, step up, ascend; Ebat: 1 Excitement, disquietude, agitation. -2 3 1 Bg. 15. 10. - 2 To step beyond ; Disorder of the humours of the body ). -3 Sickness; JTOTT R. 15. 33; past childhood. -3 To step out, particularly, sea-sickness, nausea. go out or away, depart; 3, T T M:. 2. 120; Mv. 1. -- To pass away, dio; 13 14T: Rg. 15. 8. 3 TF a. Causing the disorder of the humours -5 To go or pass over, omit. -6 To disregard, - A kind of poisonous insect. not to notice, neglect ; 310 WATF2,89 Mb. gregata, -fra a. Exciting, stirring up, producing -7 To transgress, violate; 3 o Dk. 101, 97. disorder; as in exciting phlegm. -Caus. 4147 ) To cause to go up or ascend. 38: Becoming wet or moist; harat TITEL 3 : 1 Going up or out, departure. -2 Progressive 14 a: Mb. 12. 29. 123. increase. -3 Going astray, deviation, transgression, violation. -Comp. 71 (in Geometry) The versed Jig a. 1 Wet. -2 Making wet or moist. sine; Surya. JETT 1. To boil out, to extract by boiling. -pass. FAUTI 1 Going up or out, departure. -2 Ascent, to be boiled, to be consumed by love); K. soaring aloft. -3 Surpassing, exceeding. -4 The ET 6 P. To throw or toss up, raise, set up, flight or passage of the soul (out of the body ), i.e. erect; aha: Si. 12. 5, 8. 1-4; af HTIT 19 Ms. death (= ) SETHU Teargarii T 69924 3. 90; Rs. 1. 22; so E +594 &c. R. 6. 14. -2 To Ms. 6.63; faca : 5 Hafa Kath 2. 6. 16; Ch. throw away, reject, get rid of. -3 To emit, vomit up. Up. 8. 6. 6. Tetap. p. 1 Thrown upwards, tossed raised. -2 3* t pol. p. To be transgressed, to be given Held up, supported; 79 a u fera facut R. 15. up or abandoned. 83. -3 Seized or overcome with, distracted by, struck FiFa p. p. 1 Gone forth or out, departed; with ; factyo Ratn. 1; so *deg, 45deg. - 4 Demolished, arafang: K.33; R. 7. 53. - 2 Faded, effaced (as destroyed. -5 Thrown out, rejected, dismissed. - For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #424
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ukSikA The thorn apple, the Dhauttra plant f kRttinA S. www.kobatirth.org 3ffer A crescent-shaped ornament worn in the upper part of the ear. a. Throwing up, tossing. : 1 Throwing or tossing up; Me. 19. -2 That which is thrown or tossed up: faf: M. 2. 13. -3 Sonding, despatching. 4 Throwing away, rejecting. 5 Vomiting. -6 The region above the temples (dual). utkSepaka a. One who throws or tosses up, who or what elevates or raises; utkSepakagranthibhedo kara saMdaMzahInako Y. 2. 27. 1 A stealer of clothes &c.; f : Mita. -2 One who sends or orders. Throwing upwards, lifting or tossing atimAtra lohitatalau up; 1. 1. 29. -2 Throwing upwards, regarded by the Vaisesikas as one of the five karmans q. v. -3 Vomiting. 4 Sending away, despatching. 5 A kind of basket for cleaning corn; a kind of stick for threshing corn. - A fan. -7 A measure of sixteen Papas. 3. Intermixed, interwoven, set or inlaid with; kusumotkhacitAna valImRtaH R. 8. 33, 13.54. After roots, eradicate; 1 P. 1 To dig up or out, excavate; a Bh. 3. t. 2 To tear up by the R. 4. 36, 33; 14. 73; 18. 22; Me. 51; Bk. 12. 5, 15. 55. 3 To draw or tear out (eye Re. [5] sphuratnapanAkSiNa Bk. 14. 32. To draw or pull out; Si. 5. 59, 18.37; 3: Ve. 3 unsheathed. utkhAnaM nidhizaGkayA 3. p. 1 Excavated, dug up. Pafans war fria: Bh. 3. t. -2 Extracted, drawn out U. 3. -3 Uprooted, plucked up by the roots (lit.); uprooted in sport U. 3. 16; Mal. 9.31.4 (tig.) (a) Eradicated, totally destroyed, annihilated; kimutkhAtaM nandavaMzasya Mu. 1; lavaNo :: U. 7. (b) Deposed, deprived of power or authority; :: R. 4. 37 (where means 'uprooted' also). - A hole, cavity, hollow, uneven ground; atafa not stopped by uneven ground; S. 7. 33. Comp. - f. digging out earth in sport (by means of horns, tusks &c. ); guides fang. 406 utkhAtina ( utkhAta ini) 1 Uneven having ups and downs, rugged (opp. sama ) utkhAtinI bhUmiriti mayA razmigan: S. 1. -2 Destructive. utkhalA A kind of perfume (See. murA ). 36 P. To draw out, extract. Cutting out; drawing out. utta See undU. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir uttAnita uttaMsa Sharpening,, whetting (as far); tathA mlalavaNo servividhai rAgakhANDavai: Ram. 5.11.18. 3:31 A crest, chaplet, an ornament worn on the crown of the head uttasAnaharata vAri sUryajebhyaH St. 8. 57; sudhAMzukalitottaMsastApaM haratu vaH zivaH Chandr. 5. 59; cf. . -2 An ear-ring; Mal. 5.18; Bv.2.55. nottaMsaM kSipati kSitau zravaNataH S. 1. fa Den. P. 1 To cause to serve as a crest, to deck, adorn. -2 To tie or bind up (as hair); uttaMsayiSyati kacAMstava devi bhImaH Ve. 1. 21 . 1 Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; . 143: U. 3. 23. -2 (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine: Mal. 3: uttAnonamaNDukapATinodara saMnibhe K. P. 7 pitRpA hune hatyA V. 1. 94. (1) EPright, erect. -3 Open, turned upwards; havirjahoni Mb. 12. 245. 5. uttAnapANidvayasaMnivezAt Ku. 3. 455 fang Pt. 3. 151. -4 Opon, unreserved, frank, candid; S.5; frank-minded. -5 Elevated; Mal. 7. -6 Concave; having the mouth upwards. 7 Shallow -Comp. - a. Superficial, shallow. Ea porti cular posture in sitting. - A pavement; ... 1. : pa sakalakanakhale... yathakAra (An Abu inscription in the reign of Bhumadeva. Ind. Ant. Vol. XI). a. species of Ricinus (7). - . 1 vegetation, the whole creation of upward germinating plants (Say.). -2 One whose legs are extended (in parturition). - with extended legs (children). (-) 1 N. of a king, father of Dhruva. 2 the Supreme Spirit. N. of Dhruva, the polar star. 7. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; kadA uttAnazayaH putrakaH janayiSyati me idayAhAdam K. 62. ( -ya:, - a little child, suckling, infant. a. lying extended stagnant. a Av. 3. 21. 10. -, having the hands stretched out in prayers. (-)(du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground. - Open-hearted. uttaMsita a. 1 Having ear-rings. -2 Put or worn on the crest; cuDonaMsitacArucandrakAlikA 13h 3 12.) ; aJjalikisalaya Dk. 99. uttara 6. [ utkAntaH taTam | Overflowing the beunk; uttA iva nadIrayAH sthalIma 1. 11. 58. SU. 1 To stretch upwards or out. -2 To try to rise. For Private and Personal Use Only A species of the Cyperus grass (1). N. of a river. 3. 1 Raised, up-lifted: K. 38, 200, 28. -2 Dilated, expanded; K. 82, 84. -3 Wide open (the mouth); K.

Page #425
uttap $07 uttara STTT 11. 1 To warm, wako hot, heat thoroughly, scorch, burn, sear; 37 3 4 Si. 11. 50; 399 gaui gaum: Mbh. inolts; no 1894 ura. (Usul in the A. when used intransitively to shine', or when it has a limb of the body for its object; 39991: 3129: Bk. 8. 15 scorching heat: Si. 20. 40: 3719940 Mbh. ). -2 To pain, torment, torture by heat; mayata tida: Si. 9. 67. -3 To excito, urgeon, press hard. -cans. To warm, heat. CHA: A particular kind of firo. Sapps 1 Burnt, heated, neared, made red-hot. ** K. 43, 36; U. 3. 14. -2 Batherl, wasbel. -3 Auxious. - Enraged, intlamel, fired; Ve... - 1 Dried flesh. -2 Great heat. 3a1t: 1 Great heat, inflammation. -2 AlHition, torment, litress. -3 Excitement, passion : : 13THEY F14: 44: 11. 3. 39.-4 Anxiety, urdour. -5 Energy, elfort. gaga <<. 1 lleated, made hot. -2 Tormented, distressel.-3 Excited, urged, rousell 374 P. 1 To be attlicted or distressed, lose heart, faint. -2 To be uneasy or impatient, be anxious 24 A 4 S. 1; K. 87, 231, 268, 275: Mal. 3. CHF Losing heart, impationce. SUA a. [77--141] 1 Best, excellent ( oft. in comp.); nereira Mahanar. Up. 15.5.73714: 987: Ch. Up. 8. 12. 3. 3914: 984472: By. 15. 17. In: the best of Brahmanas; so , Q.; 41407744371 : 141 Bh. 2. 67. - 2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (upp. gia, 992). -3 Most elevatel, chief, principal. --4 Greatest, first; # 49114 Ms. 2. 249. - 1 N. of Visnu. -2 The third person ( = first person according to English phraseology ). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. AT 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosca Roxb. (1971; M@r. - siad, fant). -Comp.-3154 'the best limb of the body', the head; 199 araTENTIAZ: R. 7. 51; Ms. 1. 93, 8. 300; Ku. 7. 41; By. 11. 27. the back; tAn kSipraM vraja satatAgnihotrayAjin / mattalyo bhava garuDottamA nayAnaH // Mb. 7. 143. 48.-39 . high end low; 4H good, middling, and buil; high, low, and middling; (the order is ofton reversed ); cf. fear *1 714 HUHT Pt. 1. 210. -TTG n. 8 sort of satisfaction (acquiescenco) one of the nine kinds of the in San. l'hil. -TTUTT the plant Asparagus Racemosus (rani starai). -879: 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part.- a. pertaining to the best half. -31: the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -3TT . one to whom the best toru is applicable, best, excellent. 20:, (THU:) a creditor (opp. 31901: ) FETHU: P. I. 4. 35; ifuaquigwa fea: Ms. 8. 47, 50; Y. 2. 42. Sukra. 4. 831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mark. P. -TTT a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahabharata; A 14 9 By. 1. 6. - 1 . possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. - Tu . of the best qualities, best, highest; fa: 9a: gazia fah : 1349749o 37 H Mu. 2. 17. (v. l.) -TACH A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 120 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called 34777717. - 4 a high oflice.-T (9) ET: 1 the third person in verbal conjugation ; ( = first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit verbs are conjugated by putting the English 1 st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreino Spirit. -3 an excellent man. - T aft 1. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum. Mar. , erot). Urt: an excellent profit. The last perioil of life; Sat. Br. 12. 9. 1. 8. -ar A wife clevoted to the husband: EUR Tu a Bk. 9. 87. - T: N. of Siva. - e: 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region - a. Possessing the utmost learning. Ram. -1 a. of excellont fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous.-: N. of Visnu, T HJUTAN 9417 faran fort an Bhay. 10. 1. t. T: (i) intriguing with another man's wife, i. c. Speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. Arge, 1 the highest of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1000 (or according to some 80,000) panas; Ms. 9. 240; Y. 1. 366; Tai dve zate sAdhe prathamaH sAhasaH smRtH| madhyamaH paJca vijJeyaH sahasraM tveSa 2174:11 Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as formas of this punisliment. SAHAT, Tah 1 Excellence. -2 Coolness, food quality. SUHT a. Excellent. THE . Ved. Made excellent. # <<. Uppermost, highest, best, principal. HRT, 9, P. 39-+] To stay, prop, support, hold up; K. 281, Ve. 6; esatto: Ve. 6; Si. 1. 25; 19e ele 7 4 Bri. Up. 1.3. 23. -Caus. 1 To increaso, heighton, rouse; 94feat H 7+1 aug2: Ki. 2. 48.-2 To bind up. #7: -*[P. VIII. 1. 61. 32: * *: Tat] 1 Upholding, propping, supporting 4914 HataFHIT K. 260 ; Si. 18. 46.-2 A prop; tay, support. -3 Stopping, arresting, -4 A Kind of rectangular building (Garuda P. 47. 21-22) 3971 .. [24-779] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern ( declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #426
uttara 408 uttara i P. I. 1.34 (opp. 3777); - : Sat. Br.; 347 121 R. 9.60; l'. II. 2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. 9); 9779, 3T14:, aratat; 37: &c. "214717an later adventures of Rama U.1.; &: 3917: former-latter 1.1.9: TIA H1= 2 afa 7121717TH Ms. 2. 136. (1) Future: concluding: F12: subsequent time; OTH; 9794 a reply. -4 Left (opp. arcut). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, powerful. genlafaze THIET 14 Ram. 2. 103. 20; aramag ay ang Bhay. 10.42. 36. -6 Exceed- ing, transgressing, beyond; 17TH Mv. 2. 6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); 43 farfa: 26; BILIHI a 108: 1937: a facto r: Kam. 5. 43. 22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); 1971 a tarziar zarta S. 5; 99T R. 7. 49; 311117Haath Ku. 5. 61 ; 3 1 TITI A a : Dk. 39, 166; K. 311; H. 1. 150; 997 oge R. 6. 50 over spread with; Y TH 13.7 rich in; 18. 7; 9deg13. 28; 17.12; 19. 23. -9 To be crossed over. -T: 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Visnu. -3 N. of Siva. TT 1 The north; 330 i fara cara Ku. 1. 1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virata and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. fort). -CH 1 An answer, reply; 977 TAR. 3. 47; TT 219 at 1't. 1. 60; a reply is suggested to a reply 1979c4 auf 19 64 Si. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following mom ber of a compound. -4 In Mim.) The fourth member of an 3117 q.y. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Con clusion. - Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; 1799 HEITITUU.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Rosult, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -10 Excess, over and above; see above ( a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference in arith.). -12 A rectangular mouldiny (Manasara 13. 67.) -13 The next step, further action; hi fra 1918 an H : Ram. 5. 13. 59 -14 A cover (311312); 49*** hintayin Mb. 6. 60. 9. -T ind. 1 A bove. -2 Afterwards, after ; 39174, 39 37 Qu. 14 Safety ra: 7 Mb. 1. 36. 1. -Comp. -37TTTH An upper room, yaret. TT . higher and lower (fig. also ). ( du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; qaft : 197: Ku. 5. 83 (F REISETI 22 Malli.). -37 :,-ftat, a right to property, heirship, inheritance. -37f2Ftit m an heir or claimant subsequent to the death of the oriwinal owner). -BTTTT north-west. -ITET". Turned towards the north. - 3 4 (201. being changed to ") 1 the progress of the sun to the north of the quator); saritate: TE: 904774 4 Bg. S. 24. of. Hrana: TATT JATTHIET an af 24 11 -2 the period or time of the hummer solstice. -3710T:, -off /. the upper 3471 (which by cutting becomes the xmantha or thurner); dArupAtrANi garfor 33 for 19 9 1 Ram. 6. 111. 116.-37 a. for the sake of what follows. -39314 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half upp. 791). -4 the further end. -37 a. being on the northern side. -37&: the following day.-IRTE: : false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. War, 4 the semblance of a reply without reality. -3712T1 the northern direction. Ofanlai, TI: the reyent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera.-31712 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree Mar. +UI ). - [R7 1 01 tpper garment; } {HH K. 43; Si. 2. 19; Ku. 5. 16. -2 contact with the north. - a. other than 37 i. e. southern. (-) the southern direction. -39 a. [377*17:] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. - 2 successive, ever increasing 16g: Pt. 1; Y. 2. 136.(-) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; 31354TTATO Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession> gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-4) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. uttarottaramutkarSaH K. P. 10; uttarottaraM vardhate H. 1. -u . 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. Ty: the upper lip (SPIT -8:). Vart. on P. VI. 1. 94. Batzar414 a 13h the seventh book of the Ramiyana. -1: the upper part of the body; TERITE TIT 4419. R. 9. 60. - 1 : 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. E m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus said to be a country of eternal beatitude). - T: (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; THA T R.9.1. FTTT the city of Ayodhya ; : 1 947: . TFT #127 || Udb. -Fi funeral rites, obsequics. -khaNDam the last section of book. -khaNDanam refutation. ftar N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahabharata.-Ft: supplement to a work. -EBY bed-covering, covering in general); ga. TOTTTH R. 5. 65, 17.21 ; T e Mb. IT a. born subsequently or afterwards: es : punAtyuttarajazca SaT 1.1.50. -jyA the versed sine of an are Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -h ati (m. pl.) the northern Jyotisas. ara: f. Eetype (lit. su bequent proceedings ) 3 Hit gaan MS. 10. 1. 25. 17 explains 3477 at a fasil), -ATH N. of a supplementary soution in the medical work of Susruta. -tApanIyam N. of the second part of the nRsiMhatApanIyoHug, 17 . replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; ger Hf T3 FAZ CRT: H. 2. 110, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #427
40g uttAla .. ......................... .. ........ . - T/. the north. T:, -: 1 Kubera, the regent of Harrantain: || Y. 2. 17. -2 one whose claims are of the north.-2 the planet av. Palaa 1 the planet Venus. later date than another's. - - or An -2 the moon. T: the country towards the north elephant sensitive to slight stimuli Matanga 1. 1. 29; -S727. to be done subsequently. - TU: the second 9. 39). ator: f. The northern orbit; Bri. S. part of the 7177714F or 98475 (Rv. 10. 90.). -987: -ala: 1 the northern oltar made for the sacred 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half tire. -2 N. of a Tirtha near the 22. FTF the of a lunar month. -3 the second part of:01 argument, left thigli. - arsa a. denoted or namod in reply (as a i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. 96921); 11477 witness ). (-a:) hearsay-witness. -afert m. 1 a 47 9 Si. 2. 15. -4 a demonstrated witness for the defence. -2 a witness dopowing to facts truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a from the reports of others. FTTFi a. 1 finishing what syllogism. -6 (in Mim.) the fifth member of an ramains or follows, assisting at : ceremony. -2 who Whikarana, q. v. -92: 1 an upper warment. -2a or what provos a reply. (- ) an assistant, helpor. bed-covering ( 37772:). - : the northern way, way -Eg: Ved. the upper jaw-bone. learling to the north; the northern country; 1'.V.1 77. STRETH (SATH 9 77 ) A wooden arch 19E 1. F . travelling in the northern wurmounting the door-frame. country. - 4 1 the last member of : compound. gertat a. Still further, or higher, remote, listant. -2 a word that can be coin poundled with another. - , --TEST a. relating to, studying, or knowing ora:, 1 ind. 1 From the north; to the north: the last word or term. Tai A variety of hides. -2 To the left (opp. TTT:). 3 At the top, obove. Katu. A. 9.11. -T2157: the north western half. - JA -4 Behind. -5 Afterwards. it. northwestern. (H) the north-western country. Trainl. 1 Subsequently, later or further on (-AI) [27T: HTAT IZH) the north-west; below (in a work), in the sequel. - In the second 312 9 Mb. 12.335. 8. -ore: the second case (opp. 972 in the first case ). -3 Northward. division of : legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; 74: : Tafa : 4-1:1 Sarcire ind. (377-] 3917 P. V. 3. 38. 1912 : I fauz: 48: 11 great int.: Northerly, to the north of with a bl.); sati, 27 TIA: north-eastward with you. ). TUTH N. of a Jaina 7411... Bk. 8. 107. work. -TET: = 3714459: . 1. a. north-eastem. afta a. Superior. -2 Increasing, becoming more (-ar the north-east. -93 a cover lid, quilt. and more intensive. -TTTH 1 : dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in l: w-suit.(61) at the twelfth JATI. - [ 377-3-71-49] An upper garment: Lunar monsion consisting of two stars (having the TRACT waria santai T: FHD: R.16.17.13. figure of : bed). - TT: The second part.-HIETE, ET OT incl. [37-may] (with yen, ace. or at the 1 thu 26 th luntur mansion consisting of two stars ond of comp.) Northward, on the north side of; (figured by : couch ). -2 N. of : plant (Mar, 4514a). T a yfa 19 Me. 77. v. l., K. 130; -Hist: loul but slow nunnor of singing: 51 il. Carina V. P., Mal. 9. 21. particular mUrchanA in music -mAtram a mere reply. THIET the later Minist, the Vedanta Philosophy, SHTY: iwl. 1. V. 3.2. On subsequont day, on an inquiry into the nature of liralunan or Jhana Kanda the clay following, to-morrow. (distinguished from 1 proper which is usually ET . 1 Ruttled or washed by waves, inundacalled arai). - YTH A particular measure (=13 lod: trein bling, tremulous; ETA lat ant: Angulas ). - Ea a. without a reply. -A ta 4 (Tant:) Mu. 6. 3. -2 With surging wavos; RIT N. of a celebrated drama by Bhava bhuti, which qiqaret ai i Saint: R. 7. 36; Ku. 3. 48. describes the later life of Ram:. - T4 The second of -3 Bouncing: Dk. 1. -T: A high w:ve. KN. 193. 1996. two combined vowels or consonants. - TUTH the JARIS . Heaving penting; Mal. 7. indication of an actual reply. UHT 4. having the hair turned upwards. -a , - n. old age, the 3 a (374577 ) Violent threatening reclining period of life. -aita: a kind of small sy ringe. aica Thrown or cast upwards. -vallI/.N.of the second section of the kAThakopaniSad when uttAna sec under uttana. divided into two 3217. -e , - . 11 upper tarinent, inantle, cloak; FTAE 914977720 Mb. 3. 268. 347a. 1 Great, strony ; 319 919 K. 21. 21. -ATT m. 1 a defendant, respondent; Opp. -2 () Violent, loud (as sound ); Mal 1: 3567pUrvavAdina.) sAkSipUbhayataH gatma sAkSiNaH puurvvaadinH| pUrvapakSe'dharIbhUne era at: Si 12. 31. (1) Roaring, gusty (wind): 341: f i CaTuit: 1h: Mal. 5. 4. .. ...4 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #428
uttAvala 10 utthA -3 Formidable, terrific, fierce; Ja67 54 998: gost: afra: U. 2.30; ay U. 6; Si. 20.68; Mal. 3. 11, 23.-4 Huge, of monstrous shape; 'ar3 My. 1.37. 19: Siva. B. 13. 53. -5 Arduous, difficult. -6 Manifest, distinctly visible; ruftrarcato : Si. 18.51-7. Spoedy, swift. -8 Best, excellent; Si. 12. 31. -9 Elevated, lofty, tall; 3713 Si. 3. 80. -: An ape. -JH A particular number. S a. Impatient, hurrying Mk. 9. Gert Caus. P. To excite, stimulate, instigate, stir up, animate, provoke. TIF. a. 1 Instigating, stirring up. -2 Exciting, stimulating; kSudha, kAma &c. 7TH, -aT 1 Excitement, instigation, animating, stirring up ; : : Mu. 4 ; My. 2. -2 Urging on, driving. -3 Sending, despatching: -4 Whetting sharpening, furbishing, polishing weapons &c.); HETER 2 198071 ATT Si. 3. 6. -5 An exciting speech. -6 An inducement, incentive, stimulant. Jafra p. p. 1 Instigated, excited. -2 Animated. -3 Sent. -4 Sharpened, polished &c. - H 1 An inducement. -2 One of the five paces of a horse, sidling; moderate velocity in a horse's pace; SATA - vegaM yojanaM lthvlgyaa| J ET a. 1 Lofty, high, tall; T : 4T Si. 2. 89; 4171a 2. 5. -2 Swollen, increased as a stream). 3gfogah The head of a thorn (which enters the skin). 3 7 10 P. 1 To raise up (by means of a balance). -2 To raise, erect, lift up. -3 To weigh. SUCH Lifting up, raising (by means of a balance) (35a: GNISEATT] Freed from husks', fried grain. 1 P. 1 To pass out of (water), disembark, come out of%; uttere taralataragaragalIlAniSNAtairatha sarasaH priyAsamUhai: Si. 8. 63, 64; to get or jump out of, rise from ; 12. 31; Ya R. 2. 17; 371179 Tuy, FITTI: S. 4.-2 To cro86, pass or get over (a river &c.); scanf Tral194 Bk. 15. 33, 10; Swamy Ve. 3; R. 12.71, 16. 33: Me. 19.-3 To vanquish, overcome, get out of, escape from a difficulty ); 4THETIC TRUTH Mk. 10. 49. -4 To descend, alight; suf Vet. -5 To give up, leave, quit. -6 To raise, strengthen, increase. -Caus. 1 To cause to come out, deliver, lift up, rescue; fashT4 3a4ast: Si. 11. 44.; Dk. 30,77.-2 To take down, to take off (as ornaments); let down, place down. 3 To cause to cross over, convey, transport across. - 4 To land, disembark. -5 To vomit up, emit. 31 d. 1 Crossing over. -2 To be crossed over, as in 5717. Sato a. Coming out of, crossing. -UTH 1 Coming forth or out of water &c.). -2 Landing, clisem barking. -3 Crossing, passing over; wanayao; HITS: 01FTATUHT: Mk. 10. 14. 3 a. 1 Surpassing others, excellent, preeminent. -2 Having the eye-balle turned up as eyes). -T: 1 Transporting over, conveying. -2 Fording, crossing; gaaTTH K. 326. -3 Landing, disern barking. - Delivering, rescuiny. -5 Getting rid of. -6 Vomiting. -7 Insta bility. sari 1 A deliverer, sa viour. -2 N. of Siva. Juror a. Transporting or bringing over, conveying; rescuing, delivering. -U: N. of Visnu. -014 1 The act of landing, delivering or rescuing.-2 Transportation, conveying across. afta 1 Transporting over. -2 Unsteady, unsta ble, changeable. -3 Sick. uttArya not. p. 1 To be vomited ; ajJAnabhuktaM tUttArya zodhyaM 9142712 : Ms. 11. 160. -2 To be made to land. -3 To be crossed over. Jeftor p. p. 1 Landed, crossed, passed over. -2 Rescued, delivered. -3 Released from obligation. -4 One who has finished his course of studies; experienced, clever. safta One of the tive paces of a horse. uttoraNa 3.[unnataM toraNamatra] Adorned with raised or upright arches; ITU 7181921 & Ku. 7. 63; SFITOT474TR4 R. 14. 10. ITT a. 1 Abandoned, loft. -2 Thrown, tossed. -3 Free from passion or attachment. JTOTT: 1 Abandonment, leaviny. -2 Throwing, throwing up, tossing. -3 Renunciation of all worldly attachments. 36141,4 P. To be afraid. -Caus. To frighten, alarm. 377 a. Frightenedl. JIH: Extreme fear, terror, alarm. utripadam An upright tripod. Segica a. Torn, broken. gre1 P. [ 37-te] 1 To get up, stand, rise, raise oneself; ft a t Ms. 2. 194; R. 9.59; Si. 9. 39. -2 To get up from, leave, give up or cease from ; 3771HG of Pt. 4 -3 To rise, come up (as the sun | For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #429
411 utpaTa &c.). -4 To rebound ( as a ball); Tara F#44 Sukra. 1. 325. -Comp. -Tiit the eleventh day in R. 16. 83, 5 to come forthi, arise, spring or originate the light fortnight of Karttika when Visnu rises from from, accrue from; zagi eta Mbh; 251 relat his four months' sleep (also called feat -art: A qoftrafe ASH S.2.14; 3zuargah K. 136 ; man of action, one who makes effort; Mb. - fifa side HIT: Dk. 49 shouts of applause burst forth : . Industrious; Mb. 2. ( were heard); 3 MTHET417 N. 22. 41. -6 To JTOTT". a. 1 Raising up, causing to get up. -2 rise, increase in strength or power, grow, (as an enemy, Exciting, instigating, animating. -: 1 Awaiting man; disease &c.); (Atm.) 32474 Tage: qafasan Charaka. -2 A particular composition. Si. 2. 10 (= Pt. 1. 29.) -7 To become animated, rise from the dead) adl; Ku. 7. 4. -8 To be active FOTTET 1 Causing to rise, come up, or get up. or brave, rise up; Ecuad r as Bg. 2. 3, 37; -2 Raising, elevating.-3 Causing to leave a house). My. 2; Pt. 3. 21. -9 To make efforts; take pains, -4 Exciting, instigating. 5 Awakening, rousing (fig. strive, try; uttiSThamAna mitrAtha kastvAM na bahu manyate Bk.8.12; also ). -6 Vomiting. -7 Finishing, completing. -8 20. 18; My. 4.6: FIFA 17: Ki. 11. 13; serta Bringing a bout. - Bringing forth. -10 (In Math.) #sar Si. 14. 17.-10 To excel, surpass. -Cams. ( fa) Finding the quantity sought, an answer to the ques1 To cause to stand up, raise, lift up; grua arar tion, substitution of a value (Colebr.). - The H. 3. 35; R. 11. 59; raise or throw up (as dust); concluding verse (+57). R. 7. 3.). -2 To instigate, excite, rouse to action ; grez pol. p. 1 To be raised or lifted. -2 To be career Si. 2. 57, 102; Kam. 5. 40; H. 3. 85; excited or animated. -3 To be mixed. -4 In math.) Dk. 107.-3 To arouse, awaken, raise to life, make To be brought out by substitution; Big. 45. alive; auf Sat. Br. -4 To support, feed, aid; 317 TES T I : Malli. on T TT a. 1 Rising (fig. also ); coming forth, Ki. 8. t. becoming visible; 724AHCRATIH Mu. 3; Pt. 3. 153. -2 Exerting one's self, active. 3FT a. [36-191-*] (Used only at the end of comp.) fua . . 1 Risen or rising (as from a seat); 1 Born or produced from, arising, springing up, or da a g rega: 97 R. 2. 61, 7.10, 3. 61; Ku. 7.61; originating from ; siqarga Tua Ku. 1. 8; H a facattat hiha Si. 1.15. - 2 Raised, gone up; eta taga 6.59; R. 12.82; 39-es agafem VIET: Si. 5. 11; R. 6. 33; Si. 4. 1, 17. 7.-3 Rescued, Me. v. 1 ; Pt. 1. 274. -2 Standing up, coming up or saved, Ratn. 4. -4 Born, produced, sprung up, forth. - T: Arising, coming forth. arisen; R: R. 2. 61, 12. 19; broken out as fire); TIL <<. Ved. 1 One who rises or gets up; fa: Ratn. 4. 14; Egestafau : R. .2. burst into a RES37941574 By. 18. 3); a 49 Tar hafa flame. -5 Striving, active, diligent; Kam. 1. 17; 8. 49. Ch. Up. 7. 8. 1. -2 Resolving; at : -6 Increasing, growing in strength ), advancing. -7 Av. 9. 4. 14. Bounded up, rebounded; waar syal Mu. 1. -8 Occurring. -9 High, lofty, eminent. -10 Extended, GETTAT a. Causing to arise or spring up.-T 1 The stretched; 393m S. 1.5. -11 An epithet of a act of rising or standing up, getting up; Taug 774 Pragatha consisting of ten Padas. -14 Rising, arising; Bh. 3. 9. -2 Rising (as of luminaries); 3. a a aga at 32 aftaget 7 Av. 3. 15. 4. -Comp. -34us: AHO R. 6.31 newly risen. -3 Rise, origin. -4 the palm of the hand with the fingers extended. Resurrection. -5() Effort, exertion, activity ; # 22 fora: f. Elevation, rising up. BET T44anj 29: S. 2. 5; sfte: Dk. 153 disposed to work; Mv. 6. 23; 491 k Ms. 9. 215, 378 , -37 a. With up-turned eye lashes; effort for money ), acquisition of property. (6) 39449757543 S. 4. 15; V. 2. Manly exertion, manhood, Mb. 10. 2. 6; fe groafaqat f. Any act in which it is said 2014, 174 Kau. A. 1. 19. also 3744 74-5 14, i.e. cook thoroughly and well! HYT1471444 Energy. utthAnena sadA putra prayatethA yudhiSTira / na haputthAnamRte daivaM P. II. 1. 72. 24 aral Mb. 12. 56. 14. -6 Joy, pleasure. fara a. Boiled or heated thoroughly. -7 War, battle. -8 An army. -9 Evacuating by fet a. Apt to ripen or cook. stool &c.). -10 A book. -11 A court-yard. -12 A shed where sacrifices are offered. -13 A term, limit, boun- 39% 10 P. 1 To root up, extirpate, eradicate, pull dary. -14 Business cares &c.) of a family or realm. up by the roots; R. 15. 19; Ku. 2. 43. -2 To tear up -15 Reflection. -16 Proximate cause of a disease. -17 or out, draw out; FOT9122017 Ms. .69); 12491229 Awakening. -18 A monastery. -19 Readiness of the Pt. 1.-3 To renove, dispel; 794, 44, 4144 &c.; 113911 army for fight; yuddhAnukUlavyApAra utthAnamiti kIrtitam / to depose. 2 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #430
412 utpanna Fa: Nap issuing from the cleft of a tree. 774 Tala tri 9 342: Bri. p. 3. 9. S : 1 Uprooting, eradication, destroying root and brunch. --2 A disease of the external ear. --Comp. -Ti: A particular yoga (in Astrology ). SITET: 1 One who roots out. -2 A disease of the external enr. JETTER 'prooting, eradicating, destroying root and branch. 14:17 Tahimi912 TH kam. 6.76.32 utpATikA The external bark of a tree; tvagatmotpATikA afe: Bri. Up. 3. 9. 28. Fraza. (oft. at the end of comp.) Eradicating tearing out; T: Pt. 1. 21. rall. 1() To fly or jump up: H a fta: 426 4 Si. 3. 37, 3.77: oft. with suce or dat. of place. : 24997 V. 1. 19: dicena: 744 Me. 14: Bk. 5. 30, 6. 89: Ku. 6. 36: K. 46, 132: V. 4: Fanfaar Hat V. 4. 2. (1) To go or rush towards: R. 9. 63. (c) To start up, emerge into view; 111: H af: R. 13. 11. -2 To rebound (as : bill): vaatsie 1910729 #: Bh. 2. 85. --3 TO rive, be produced or origins ted; fagfartea R. 4.77; T HETA 3 : Ram.; Rx. 1. 26. -4 To be born (11s from the womb). giga: A bird. Jigarrant. Any act in which it is saillan, faqa' (inc. fly up and down). P. II. 1. 72. 39H 1 Flying up, a leap, spring. -2 Rising or going up, ascendiny. -3 Throwing up. -4 Birth, production. utpatita u. Ruined, destroyel; bhAvyutpatitapadmAbhaH samRNAla 59 2: Ram. 4. 15. 4. OU << Flying, going up, springing up; R. 4. 47: Pt.3. FET E T : ETT Bk.5. 1. giora: 1 Flying up, a spriny, jump: de at one jump: ekotpAtena te laGkAmeSyanti hariyUthapAH Rim. 5.30. 10.-2 Rebounding, rising up (fig. also ); W 6 25samAH pAtAtpAtA manuSyANAm H. 1. 1. 1. Upward jolt; vicalan 72 71 Mb. 3. 168. 40. -3 portent, any portentous or unusual phenomenon boding calamity : grada 7 Vart. on P. I. 4. 44. Sk. " T: K. 111, 287; Ve. 1. 22: 19 9941941-19 924 K. P. 10; Mv. 1. 37. -4 Any public calamity (as 11 eclipse, earthquake &e.); a calamity (in general); naf het wraza in Ram. 5. 26. 32.357 K. : ar Ketu; Mal. 9. 48. Comp. -T ., ar:, -a s portentous or violent wind, whirlwind, 3 hurricane: R. 15. 23: My. 1. - 9 1a: S. . 35: 311a1d1574-1171974 Nay. 5.. -9TFTT: provision made to counter the evil portents; Kal. A. 2.7. gerai, 1 Causing calamity. -2 Flying up. - = 3917q.. a l. Supernatural: Jain. yTara. [ ziel 41247] With uplifterl bonners, where Hays are listed; yizini: R AI R. 2. 74, yge: (34rd: 194] A wrong road (tiy also ); gurorapyavaliptasya kAryAkAryamajAnataH / utpathapratipatrasya nyAyaM bhavati 1994 Mb. fteri Pt. 1.306): Ms. 2. 214: fara 9 919 14 Si. 12. 21; a mistakon path, (wrong yuoss), orror: U. 4. 22.-T wl. Astray, on the wrong road. OFTE + A. 1 To be born or produced, arise, oriyinoto, spring up; 39: 44 IST 941941 Mal. 1.6; fan Ms. 1.77.-2 To ocour, happen; 3241 7 K. 132 it occurred to his mind: 9 437, Mb.; 59919 M. 3. for which it occasion has presented itself; Ms. 5. 8. -Caus. 1 1. produce, boyet, cause, effect, bring about, prepare focal2417 Pt. 2; Ms. 1. 63, !. 17,99. 130; so :24. 19 494, TT &. -2 To bring forward. grafe: f. 1 Birth; fagrariage R. 8. 83. -2 Production; kusume kusumotpattiH zrUyate na tu dRzyate S. Til. 17. -3 Souree, origin; af: 1919: K. 45. -4 Rising, going up, becoming visible, coming into existence. -5 Protit, productiveness, produce; T: Raj T. 5. 68. -6 Producing as a result or effect. -7 Resurrection. -8 A sacrifice; ferrat 4:1 SB. on MS. 7.1.3, 7.-9 An original injunction, a scriptural text enjoining a particular matter), also called 3.fee or evefana. 347747491211 MS. 1.3. --Comp. -370: The 31T& resulting from suerifice; 3:42 HTT&T #7064.72 MS. 7. 1. 2. 31941: Non-separation of yAga and its apUrva. -kAlIna . taking place at the time of birth. -F#: order of birth. T E H Being : name inherent in the verse; 791 492 22 11 MS. 8. 3. 22. - : 1 production by the combined action of canse and effect. -2 purport, Henning. EP4 : sentence quoted from the Veda, an authoritative sentence. -2 : a type of birth (as investiture with the sacred thread); a mark of the twice-bom: frogs: 902: Ms. 2. 68. -TV a. taught authoritatively (hy a passage occurring in the Veda ). 972 p. p. 1 Born, produced, arison. -2 Rigen, gone up. -3 Acquired, gained. -4 Effected, accomplished. -5 Occurred. -6 Known, ascertained. -Comp. -adhikAraH remention, restaterment : samAne pUrvavattvAdutpannA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #431
utpAda 413 utpavanam fa : 0 MS. 7. 1. 13. (where 797 explains 37811917 : 19717): Also 7.3.9. 77. having a line of descendants. - ETAT. living from han to mouth, (eating what is carod). -faalfaa. erishing 1 soon as born. 37917 a. With the feet up-lifted. -: Birth, produetion, appearance: 31271&ar Gaul. 1.38; Sarya. S. 3. 28. 7 TITAETZ Tan Y. 2.225; HUT Pt. 2. 177. -Comp. - N. of the first fourteen Purvas (ancient writings of the Jainas ). -T2:, -T : 1 a child. -2 a kind of partridye. J .(- 1/.) Productive, effective, bringiny a bout; 37177917 2017 H. 3. 17; acquiring. - 1 A producer, generator, a father; T a rifi17 92: fal Mx. 2. 146; 9.32. 2 A fabulous animal with eight feet, called TTH. - Origin, cause. 3791 u. Bringing forth, producing. a4 Giving birth, production, generating: 79122474 gratt oft Ms. 9. 27. gro . Produced, born w ie auch II. 1. 208. -2 Bringing forth, causing, producing (in comp.). JETTAI 1 N. of a certain insect, the white ant. -2 A mother. -3 A vegetable (Mar. 447 ) -4 The herb pUtikA (Mar. thora mayALa). gaaa a. Produced; THAME fear: 7: Si. 2. 91. i T <<. Which was to be brought about; 3402 3:49 an : Ku. 1.35. a. [ 3.14: 98 HAR] Fleshless, emaciated, lean. A kind of cake made with unwinnowed corn. - 1 A blue lotus, any lotus or water lily ; Farat 432 R. 3.36, 12. 86; Me. 26; - 479791 S. 1. 18; so 5 -2 The plant Costus Speciosus ),-3 A plant in general. -Comp.-37T, - a. lotus-eyed. -3T17 a. lotus-like. IgH N. of : plant Mar. gota). - N. of a plant (Mar. zvena upaLasarI), the priyaMgu creeper. -gandhikam / variety of sandal of the colour of brass (which is very fragrant). -9974 1 a lotus-leaf. -2 a wound on the breast caused by a female's finger-nail, generally made by lover's finger-nail); nail-print. -3 a Tilaka or mark on the forehead made with sandal. -4 a broad-bladed knife or lancet. - a broad-bladed knife or lancet. - : a kind of bandage. Ara N. of a lexicon compiled by Utpala. -ra: N. of a poet. - tar soo JETCOSTO (= HT Ichno Carpus Frutescens (Mar. Flott 3970). fit: N. of a Bodhisattva. Foc a. A bounding in lotus flowers. 1 An assemblage of lotus flowers. -2 A lotus plant having lotusos. -3 A species of the Atijagati intre (7z+q. v.). -- N. of a Dictionary. 379299 See under 34. 57957 a. P. III. 1. 137 Looking upwards. JETITOH Ved. Convoying over, transportation. utpAlI Lealth. , a. 1 Uncontined, uncaged. -2 Out of order, excessively confused, lisorrlored: - 1942: Si. 1.6. FIT 7 P. 1 To rub together. -2 To crush, grind, reduce to powder. s fogga. Ground. rubbed. -H A lisoase, grating of the bones or of the joints upon cach other. Jenis 10 P. 1 To press against, strike or rub against ; 39=271-274-1 7 4 : Ku. l. 40; Si. 3. 66. -2 To throw or strike upwards; press out, propel, urge; at: Fiftaani: R. 16. 66, n. 16.-3 To onerwhelm, overpower, trouble; K. 219. -4 To fristen, make tight; anfaa: 117 9139: Mb. 3. 11. 42. gifts a. Pressing out. -3: 1 Pressing out. -2 (a) Gush, gushing flow, rushing column or mass; 91691cie: K. 296; 3913 a 4 AIE: ST HTH U. 3.9: 13114 Me.92; cf. also 314CTIE2TTISU 9: Nag. 3. 7. Bergadegvaff jazzqfalatyai taisa ibid. 5. 18. (6) Overflow, excess; 13 284 (v.l. HTF) are: sa U.3.2); Mal. 6. 7. - Froth, foam, T : : Ram. 1. 13. 22. tah 1 Prossing out. -2 l'ressing or striking against: K. 82.-3 Foam 3903 a. With the tail erect, 1'. VI. 2. 1963 a 10yag and Vart. on P. III. 1. 20. Fragga Den. A. 1 To raise the tail. -2 (P.) To make one raise the tail. sige a. Blown, expanded. 3*: A sort of disease in the lobe of the ear. 59 a. 1 Thrilled, bristling.-2 Joyful, delighted - Erection of the hairs of the body (through rapture). Jy 9 U. 1 To cleanse, purify; au gara a garfi Av. 12. 1. 30. laga: 949 gar- OT 919 Vaj. 1. 12. -2 To extract anything that has been purified. utpavanam 1 Cleansing, purifying; dravyANAM cai va sarvAM gretai yah Ms. 5. 115. -2 Straining liquids for For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #432
utpavita 414 utsaGgaH domestic or religious purposes. -8 Any instrument for cleansing. -4 Sprinkling ghee (or other fluids) on the sacrificial fire with two blades of Kuca grass, the end of which are held in either hand and the centre dipped into the liquid ; 11a1919 21- mAtrI kuzI nAnAntayorgahItvA akguSThopakaniSThikAbhyAmattAnAbhyAM prAgutpuFfa fattoofth Asval. ofera a. Purifying, a puritier. 3:14: (-94) Purifying ghee. JEFT. Continuous, uncensing; maria974: 1979: Mal. 2. 5. SETH a. Flashing forth or diffusing light, bright. -H: Blazing fire. Saha: Abortion. SEITTH Eating by lifting up anything. 39 ,- 1 Hurling, flinging away. -2 Jest, joke. -3 Violent burst of laughter. -4 (a) Ridicule. derision. (6) Satire, irony ; Ratn. 3; My. 6; S. D, +78. 6 Excess. seggf. Ved. A bubble. S ET 1 A. [ 309-5T) 1 To look up to; Pt. 1. to expect; K. 35, 229; to anticipate, see in prospect; AT Tarrat Mu.2. -2 To see, perceive, behold -8 To guess, conjecture; wala na sala U. 4, 6; K. 67, 121, 198-9. -4 To believe, fancy; K. 108; Ve. 2. 10; ATAT i ara fata a Ram. -5 To remember, think of; agera fagura taitaia fanta Amaru. 43: U. 6. 37. - To transfer (with loc.). -7 To illustrate by a supposed simile; see 3ar below. SCHETTE 1 Looking into, perceiving. -2 Looking upwards. -3 Guess, conjecture. --4 Comparing. SCT 1 Conjecture, guess. -2 Disregarding, carelessness, indifference. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, 'Poetical fancy', which consists in supposing 3994 and 34419 as similar to each other in some respects and in indicating, expressly or by implication, a proba bility of their identity baseil on such similarity; it is the imagining of one object under the character of another; ar aty 7 K. P. 10; c.g. festgdia asta audarsda Mk. 1.34; ften: gf our 59 ATUZ: Ku. 1.1. It is usually expressed by a, or by words like , 18, yan, 912:, 7 &c. (see Kav. 2. 234 ); cf. S. D. 686-692 and R. G. under u also.- A para ble. -5 An ironical comparison. -3907: A kind of siunile -Comp. -ah: N. of a 3 1 A. 1 To jump or leap up, bound, bound away; geysa faceta H Si. 12. 22, 5.5; leap out of; Faththafea: F ##: Rs. 1. 18. -2 To spring or jump upon; The Ms. 8. 236. -3 To float; K. 42. -4 To be fluctuating; K. 296. Jiga: A jump, leap, bound. - A boat. Jogan 1 Jumping or lea ping up, springino upon. -2 Skimining off impure oil or ghee or any dirt floating upon a liquid by passing a blade of Kusa grass over it. gaa. Jumped up, upon or over; sprung upon suddenly. 374,0T a. Having an expanded hood ( as a snake ). 3 1 P. 1 To spring, leap. -2 To part asunder, expand, open ( as a flower). -Caus. To opon, cause to expand. 3in10: 1 A jump, spring, leaping up; rapid motion; Mk. 6. -2 Shuffling of feet. -8 The jumping attitude. g . p. [37-7.- ] Vart. on P. VII. 4. 89. 3 RE F . 1 Opened, full blown (as flowers); 3h a ritatge : Si. 11. 36. - 2 Widely opened, expanded, dilated (yes); fathe Paya: Pt. 1. -3 Swollen, increased in bulk. -4 Sleeping supinely or on the back; cf. 3 . -5 Insolent, impudent. H 1 The female organ of generation ( TUTA) -2 A kind of coitus of. utphulaM karaNe strINAmuttAne'pi vikasvare Modini. 376 An excellent fruit. utphulliGga (for utsphulli) Emitting sparks, sparkling. JEET: [ care staa, 37- 79: Un. 3. 68 ] 1 A spring, fountain ; facit: 34: Ry. 1. 151. 5: 741703-214 : Sat. Br. 2 A watery place. -Comp. -fet: Vod. a well. 932 reru fata Rv. 1. 88.4. JEFT a. Opening the thighs (Ved.); Vaj. 23. 21. utsaMkalita Permittled ; anut deg K. 260. 275. JECT: [ 34-453-BAIT ] 1 The lap; 97qTIHENI with a boy seated in the lap U.1; Berenaranai you w er: 98: V. 5. 10; 7 424T HRITIS qui: U. 4: Me. 88: cf. also farsATEAR 6 (spread out the garment on the lap Pratima Act. I.). -2 Embrace, contact, union; fazarf .**. 5 ear (AT) Mal. 8.6; -3 Interior, vicinity; TIVEHeala *: Ku. 1. 10; 40deg K. 10; Tau Me. 95. -4 Surface, side, slope ; 22 fetchen: R. 4.74; 14. 76. -5 The haunch or part above the hip (Aqua). -8 The upper part, top; alterutragat # H 55f972: Me. 27; K. 52. -7 (a) The acclivity or edge of a hill ; gai zena R. 6.3; (b) Peak, summit; en HEIS: Ki. 7. 21. -8 The roof of a house. -9 Vault, canopy (as of sky); 31148EUR alar poet. arera <<. Compared (as in a simile). -Comp. -39# A kind of 3941, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #433
utsaGgakaH $10 Heri yalla My. 5. 53. -10 The bottom or deep part of an ulcer. -11 A high number ( = 100 Vivahas ). -12 An asetic ( #ra: 49). --TH A high number. STEF: A particular position of the hand. Safa. 1 Associated, joined, brought in contact with ; 340H : 48917 Si. 3.79 wafting sprays. -2 Taken in the lap; ganaT TH U. 7. casalita a. 1 Associating with, an associate, partner. - 2 Deep-seated as an ulver). n. An ulcer, a deep sure. fr l'imples on the inner olge of the eye-lids (Mar. Ticaret). SERH Throwing upwards, lifting up; P. I.3.36. Si Ti . Prospering, going on progressingly; Ait: qozalan Mb. 1. 140.3. JA I P. 1 To sink (fig. also ), fall into ruin or decay ; 55: By. 3. 2t. -2 To leave off, quit. -3 To rise up. -Caux. 1 to destroy, annihilate, bring to ruin ; a fau: By. 1. 13; Ms. 9. 267. -2 To overtum, upset pots &c.). -3 To rubin, anoint (as with oil, perfumes &c.); eta 12fety. 1. 277. 3efa: Ruin, destruction, decay. 3 p . 1 Decayed. -2 Destroyed, ruined; uprooted, left off; maaf K. 164 undone ; He saraarane: K. 54; 3 4 TH By. 1. 44; FREI K. 171; JR grufer: Ve. 2 extirpated. -3 Cursed, wretched; K. 198. -4 Fallen into disuse, extinct as a book ). -5 Finished, completod. -6 Risen, increased (opp. 314a). -7 Accomplished easily (Ved.) -Comp. -79: An interrupted or suspended sacrifice. JEET: 1 Destruction, decay, ruin, loss; 421T9FCHICCO waal Mu. 3. 27. ftagacat T10177 K. 32. -2 A particular part of the sacrificial animal (Ved.). Vaj. a. Destroying. GAIAH 1 Destroyiny, overturning: ICAR 1114 Mb.; Rg. 17. 19. -2 Suspending, interruptin. -3 Cleaning the person with perfumes, chafing the limbs; TTI F ETHI 15974 YIGITIGAT ! Ms. 2. 209, 211. 374 TEETHICS (v. l. sadane) vaassii| mAnavagRhyasUtra of maitrAyaNIya zAkhA and the commentator says: Telfen end eari sudaraca Ak. cf. also 32 med A staraarai ir &c. 77 iftat, q , chap. 6, verse 14. vAtsyAyana mentions it as one of the 64 Arts in his kAmasUtra. 147 ways 91 9 2 - 4 lealing a sore. -5 Going up ascending, risiny. -6 Elevating. raising. -7 Ploughing a field twice (or thoroughly). SITE: ..................................... ....................................................... s retzat jot. p. To be destroyed, ollected or ascended &o. - Any application to a sore that pro duces granulations. Jiangap. 1 Destroyed. -2 Cleansod, purified with oil or perfumes &c. fen: 91210 wafa greita: 315a: a 4 ayat Mb. 7. 82. 10. -3 Risen, ascended. - 4 Raised. 3 9:[54-7-319] 1 A festival, joyous or festive occasion, jubilee; deg S. 6. 20; area festive or joyous dance. U. 3.18 ( v. l.); Ms. 3. 59. - 2 Joy, merriment, delight, pleasure; har fatara R. t. 78, 16. 10; Mv. 3. 41; Ratn. 1. 23; Si. 2. 61; 9712171789 a HGH Ki. 1. 41. -3 Height, elevation. -4 Wrath, -5 Wish, rising of a wish. aigat ane capsiagatemat Ram. 5. 35. 23. -- A section of a book. -7 Enterprise. -8 An undertaking, beginning. -Comp. - 3 74 The height of the vehicle animal in comparison with that of the principal idol; mUlaberavazaM mAnamutsavodayamIritam (Manasara. 61. 91-93 ). -fu: Image for procession (Kondividu Inscription of Krisnaraya). at: m. pl. N. of a people, a wild tribe of the Himalaya; 379 a facadart R. 4. 78. JHE 1 A. 1 To be able, have power or energy; (expressed by 'can'); dare, venture (with inf.); algu 7 i Ku. 5. 65; S. 5; Mu. 4. 14; Si. 14. 83; Bk. 8. 54, 5. 59, 14. 89, sometimes with acc. and dat. also; Pt. 1. -2 To attempt, be prompted or incited; Ki. 1. 36; to cheer up, not to sink or give way; 319 9 4 Bk. 19. 16. -3 To feel at ease, enjoy pleasure; E a fal Ku. 4. 36. -4 To go forward, march on ; K. 249. -Caus. To encourage, excite, instigate, incite; Funcata da K. 22: Bk. 9. 69. JETE: (37-46-99) 1 Effort, exertion; FJAR91-2: Bg. 18. 26.-2 Energy, inclination, desire; cacatan ET Ram. J. 67. 28. HETIE: Satsu grqafa hizo a S. 2; HALHEH 4 41: II. 3. do not damp my energy. -3 Perseverance, strenuous effort, energy, one of the three Saktis or powers of a ruler (the other two being mantra and prabhAva); nItAvivotsAhaguNena 4597 Ku. 1. 22. - 4 Determination, resolution ; reda HATOT T : Amaru. 10. -5 Power, a bility; 4174717 FATEH (5797) Ms. 5. 86. -6 Firmness, fortitude, strength. -7 (In Rhet.) Firmness or fortitude, regarded as the foeling which wives rise to the # or heroic sentiment; pray 7 94RE JEUN S.D.3; 97414219&AFFAT Baat EPHE: R. G. -8 Happiness. -9 A thread. -10 Rudeness. -Comp. : Bestowing, one's energy, exercising one's strongth; Tuzu (faqata:) Ms. 9. 298. aa: the heroic sentiment (ata).(-7) increase of energy heroism. 1 : plan or scheme of encouraging or For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #434
utsAhaka H6 utsargaH exciting; S. 2. f . firmness, energy; see (3) 3 . [3 : 494] 1 Unstruny, loose, detached a bove. 93 a. active, energetic, persevering. -eghi (from the string); 1: Si. X. 13.-2 Irregular. a. one who encourages or excites to oxertion 31415 -3 Deviating from the rulo (421) of Panini; SERTA S. 2. ala i Mbh. on 1'. 1.1.1. 3472974M part: ETT Si. 2. 112. SFAIEF a. Persevering, active. JACA 1 Effort, perseverance. -2 Encouraging, FreT: ( 5#12: ai ) Evening, twilight. exicting. gie r t a. One who sloops even at sunrise: GreifET . Active, persevering. Mb. 12. 228. 64. S ET 6 P. To sprinkle, spread, pour down. -2 To 3 Caux. 1 To expel, turn out, drive away; make proud. -Pass. 1 To spout or foam up; p ara ago fratanta JUTT: K. 106; My. 4.30. - 2 To remove, 4719 Bhag. - 2 To be puffed up or proud, be elated : keep or put aside; K. 20+; to push far; R. 4. 53; arif : R. 17. 43; +371 K. 329. That 71910 qrafa:117. Sar. S. 1. -3 To overflow, increase. grua: f. A higher caste; a faza ra: - great. . 1 Sprinklol; 15 sati faft: 'F edt: (v. l. 3 :) 99: Ms. 5. 40. yaqufta Ram. 6. 67. 89. - 2 Proud, haughty, puffed utsaraH 1 A variety of the atizakkarI metre having b up; 379-117 ateit: Mb. 7. 144. 26. -3 Flooded, syllables. -2 N. of the month Vaisakha. overflowing, excessive. -4 Enlarged, increaserl. -5 Raiserl, elevated. -6 Fickle; disturbed (in mind ); J ul 27- 41] A cow when she is fit to take GAZ 271 444 7 Ms. 8. 71. the bull ( 4121979199 it:). STEF: 1 Sprinkling, pouriny, -2 Spouting out or Jari 1 A policeman, (une who drives away over, showering. -3 Overflow, increase, excess; TI- men and makes room for others. ) -2 A guard. -3 A T: My. 5. 33 streams of blood; Me. 35 v. l. ; 24, porter, door-keeper. 40deg &c. -4 Pride, laughtinens, innolence; se fara JIATUTH 1 Removing, keeping at a distance, driving T : HR. 4.70; 377 27 Bh. 2. 64: out of the way; tUrNamutsAraNaM tatra kArayAmAsa dharmavita Ram.G. Kau. A. 1. 10. - Exuberance; 414K 4243 114. 20. KHI K. 106, 112. -2 Helping out to step Eau 5674 31990 99H ... Mb. 8.7. 1. out of a palanquin &c.). - Reception of a guest. grafer 1. 1 Overflowing, excessive; SAT A JEST OP. 1 to pour out, eniit, send forth fala194 Mu. 26.-2 Proud, haughty, puffed up; or down: cyf a Ku. 3. 25; HEEGUagat S. . 18. FEDAC # 19: R. 1. 18 to give back; JET The act of showering or spouting upwards. By. 9. 19; 50 41044, aft. -2 () To quit, leave, abandon, give up. argazi Ms. 9. 171; 6772aSEE j U. To stir up, ayitate; salat HTT A K. 177, 191, 194; R. 5. 51, 6. 16, 7. 7; toga1341 49: Bhay. 3. 20. 35. ku. 2. 36, 5. 86: kill; so 794, 970711, 7014 &c. JEE . 1 Anxiously desirous, eagerly expecting: 29 GIJI. 1. 11. () To put off, lay aside; Histriving for any object with instr. or loc. or f49001 R. .54, 3.60.--3 To let loose, allow to roam in comp.); P. II. 3. 4. Faz far a : Sk; at liberty ; BOTH R. 3.3). -4 To avoid, escape. -5 'To 2 .. 11; 19 Ks. 21. 13.); cast forth or way, discharge, throw (as arrows); R. 2. 45; Me. 99; 01714deg S. 3. 13; so TOIdeg, 1947deg, 3deg &c. 36145 911 Bk. 14. 15. -6 To let full down, sow, -2 Restless, uneasy, anxious; 372 Frantami - scatter (as seed &c); 3:1 a fafa PETIT TET R. 12. 24. -3 Hond of, attached to; Ms. 10. 71. -7 To present, give; 1912...314414424 GET R. 2.2. -4 Reretting, repining, sorrowing Mal. 10. 23. -8 To widen, stretch out, extend. -9 To for. - Longing for, anxious desire; pad 4 Hat a bolish (as a rule), restrict or limit the scope of a 7 5 Rs. 1. 6. rule. -10 To send one to a place. -11 To permit to Janar, -rah 1 Restlessness, uneasiuess. -2 Zeal, go, discharge, dismiss. -12 To adjourn. -13 To hear to the end. -14 To maku, form, shape Ved.). -18 To ardont desire. -3 Attachment, affection. --4 Sorrow, crect, fix (fp); 394 98454 721Hace: regret. Mb. 12. 97. 10. -16 To make a sound or noise; 1941 a: Joga Den. P. To make uneasy: HTUMAT a. 441fea Bri. Up. 1.3.35. fa a da: M. 5. 4. JEET: 1 Laying or leaving a sidu, abandoning, erialen. A . To become uneasy or anxious. suspension; tradicion: Ku. 7. 45. -2 Pouring For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #435
utsargataH out, dropping down, emission: gene: Me 19. 39; so 5. -3 A gift, donation, giving away; (4) af Ms. 11. 193. -4 Spending; Mu. 3. -5 Loosening, letting loose; as in : -6 An oblation, libation.-7 Excretion, voiding by stool &c.; 17deg, 44deg. vai -8 Completion (as of study or a vow): ef. rar: (opp. upAkRtA vai vedAH ) 9A general rule or precopt (opp. apavAda a particular rule or exception ); apavAdairivAtsargAH kRtavyAvRttayaH parai: Ku. 2. apavAda ivotsarga vyAvartayitu: R. 15. 7. -10 Offering what is promised (to gods, Brahmanas &c.) with due ceremonies. 11 The anus; frag Ms. 12. 121. -12 A heap, mass: subahUna rAjannutsargAnpirvatopamAna Mh. 14.85.38 18 Derlication, securing the services (of priests). etc. MS. 3. 7. 19. (whoro zabara paraphrases utsarga by parikraya). -Comp. -fafa: carefulness in the act of excretion so that no living creature be hurt (Jaina). a: ind. Generally, without any exception. utsargina.. 1 Leaving out or off. -2 Omitting. abandoning. 1 Lessing, uhandoning, letting loose quitting Ne. 2 A gift, donation. -3 Suspension of a Vedic study. 4 A ceremony connected with this suspension (to be performed half yearly); gaat kuryAd bahirutsarjanaM dvija: Ms. 4.96; vedotsarjanAkhyaM karma kariSye Sravani Mantra. 417 TEL. P. 1 Left, cast, thrown. -2 Used, employed buddhirbuddhimatotsRSTA hanyAdrASTraM sarAjakam Pt. 1. 206. -3 Given, offered. -4 Poured forth, cast into or upon. -Comp. bull set at liberty upon particular occasions. f: Abandonment, leaving, emission. -Comp. - A drama in a single act. g. Wishing to let go or put down. 31 P. 1 To go upwards, glide or soar upwards; adharodhara uttarebhyo gUDhaH pRthivyA motsRpata, Av. 6. 134. 2. -2 To go up to, approach; after R. 5. 46. -3 To spread out. -4 To rise (as the sun). -5 To wish to get up; mAyAbhirutsimRpsana, indra yAmArurukSataH Rv. 8. 14.14. utsarpaH, peNam 1 Going or gliding upwards asaNABhag. 10. 44. 4. 2 Swelling, a heving, undulating. -3 Sun-rise, ff. 1 Moving or gliding upwards, rising; (g) R. 16. 62. -2 Soaring, towering; affoft at artar S. 7. -3 Causing to increase or rise. -4 Transcendental. -off. A division of time (with the Jainas), a long period said to be ten crores of crores of oceans of years: ef. fo saM. I. 53 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir udakam 3. High, tall. : 1 A height, elevation; ( fig. also ) : payodharotsedhavizIrNasaMhati ( balkalam ) Ku.. 8, 24cf. also Kau. A. 1.3; Sukra. 4. 495; high or projecting breasts; :: Mu. t. 7. raised high up. -2 Thickness, fatness. -3 Intumescence, swelling. -4 The body. -5 Sublimity, greatness; prosperity; mAmakasyAsya sainyasya hatotsedhasya sajayaM / avazeSaM na pazyAmi Mb. 8.9.93.1 Killing, slaughter. -2 The height from the basement to the top; utsedhaM janmAdistUpikAntam / Manasara 35. 26. The different technical names of the heights of the idols are zAntika, pauSTika, jayada, sArvakAmika, and 29. Their lengths are respectively 1 th, 1, 1 rd of their breadths. a. One who has emerged from the water. Sliding, slipping, deviating. utsmi 1 A. To smile at, deride; utsmayitvA mahAbAhuH Ram. 1. 1. 65. -Cans. To ridicule, make a fool of one. Smile. -a. Open, blooming. utsmitam Sinile; Bhayo a. Coming from a well or fountain (as water); Av. 19. 2. 1. utsrotasa .. Having the flow (of life) upward; opposed to avata a. High-sounding. : A loud sound. Den. A. To talk in one's sleep, dream through uneasiness; sItotsvapnAyate U. 1: sAmprataM mAlavikAmusvapnAyate M. 4. 3 ind. A prefix to verbs and nouns. G. M. gives the following senses with illustrations:- (1) Superiority in place, rank or power; up, upwards, upon, on, over, above (3). (2) Separation disjunction 3 out, out off, from, apart &c. f. (3) Motion upwards (utkandharaH, utpatAka, uttiSTati ) purandarazrIH paramutpatAkaM pravizya paurairabhinandadyamAnaH R. 2.74. ( 4 ) acquisition. gain: fa. (5) Publicity; ref. (6) Won der: anxiety; . (7) Liberation; 3. (8) Absence; 4. (9) Blowing, expanding, opening. (10) Pre-eminence; 3. (11) Power; ; 3 prAyasyaviyormalAbhaprakAza mokSaNAbhAvadalayA thAnyazakti pu. With nouns it forms adj. and adv. compounds;,, udvAhu, unnidram, utpatham, uddAmam &c. It is sometimes used in the Veda as an expletive simply to fill out the verse. ud = undq. udam Water. udakam [ undvul ni nalopazca Up. 2.39] Water; anItvA pakkatAM dhUlimudakaM nAvatiSTane Si. 2. 34. udakaM dA, -pradA or To offer a libation of water to a dead person ityevamukto mArIcaH kRtvodakamathAtmanaH Mb. 3. 278. II. to touch certain parts of the body with water, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #436
udakIyaH 418 bathe ; (cf. Gr. Iulor; L. unda' a wave'). -Comp. -37f: 1 A handful water. -2 See 374 -37Fa: margin of water, bank, shore; 311c h aut GAIS ay sa wa S. 4.-3ca a. desirous of water, thirsty. -36HI a. chiefly consisting of water; 319Heat GIA 3i1944: Av. 8.7.9. -3TOTT: 9 reservoir, a cistern, well. 33: a water-jar. -3TH dropsy, eft a. dropsical. -Tica: rice boiled with water. - , - , - , - presentation of a libation of water to dead ancestors or the manes; zasta: By. 1. 42. ET Ve. 6; Y. 3. 4. 4 Ablution of the body; Ram. -kumbhaH a water-jar. -kRcchraH a kind of vow. -kSveDikA 1. sprinkling water on each other, a kind of amorous play ; Vatsyi yana. -TIE: entering water, bathing; P. VI. 3. 60. -font:, -Taa: mountain a bounding in streams of water. -EUF drinking water; Pt.1.-as: a kind of magic. -, -aig, - a, -I a. giver of water; (faza) 54EEE IA : Ms. 5. 61. (- ) 1 a giver of water to the manes. -2 an heir, near kinsman. - q. v. -97 a cloud. - tie a kind of ordeal. - H ind. preceded by the pouring of water, by pouring water on the hand as preparatory to or confirmatory of a gift or promise. -TTFT a. watery, like water. -TEET: A water burial (FFAIR); Mb. 3. HTC:, -atarat: a. yoke for carrying water. To water or moist soil. - N. of a work on medicine. 'TA: A particular decoction used as a febrifuge. # g: a water-pitcher (Ved.) -mantha: a kind of peeled grain. -meha: a sort of diabetes (passing watery urine ). AT&T. suffering from this disease. 25: 1 a thunder-shower. -2 thunderbolt in the form of shower; se0 udavajraH. -vAdyam 'water music' (performed by striking cups filled with water; cf. ), one of the 61 Kalas; Vatsyayana. H any aquatic herb. - fa: f. sprinkling holy or consecrated water over a sick person to allay fever; of. zAntyudakam. -zIlaa. Practising the udaka ceremony; Tugauft: 17 Mb. 12. 123. 22. - 4. bathed, purified by a blutions. A ground rice moistened with water. FTT: 1 touching different parts of the body with water. -2 touching water preparatory to or in contirmation of an oath, gift, or promise. BTT: a water-carrier. # : N. of a tree, s; Galedupa arborea, and its fruit. 3* : An aquatic animal. 3 a ftuta. Dried in water; figuratively used for anything unheard of or impossible from a 097 Mbh. on P. I. 4. 13. 32 (5) 3a. (cf. P. V. 2. 97] Watery, conaining water. E FT a. [ 3 HER ueto 99 ] 1 Requiring water. -2 Being in water. - A woman in her courses requiring water for purification). 197791 a 7 787 11a: MN. 4. 57; 5. 85. ( ) y a 24 Bhag. 6. 18. 49. qua. [Sayi 4+4 ] 1 With elevated top, projecting, pointing upwards; as in a. 31 473FTE917 Bhay: 4.21. 16.-2 Tall, lofty, high, clevated, exalted (fig. also); Pretiza: la TASH Ram. 5.36.49 39 : Si. 2. 21, . 19; 924: 217 : R. 2. 53; Gagan S. 1.7 bigh leups; Si. 12. 65; deg41997 Dk. 6; FOR PONT: R. 15. 27 exulted; Thai HECH 16. 87 rich in odour. -3 Large, broad, vast, big; 31 a ugal: R. 6. 32; Mu. 6. 12. -4 Noble, good-looking (ar); Eft HC32199f9EUR Ki. 14. 41. -5 Advanced in age. -6 Conspicuous, distinguished, exalted, magnified, increased : Matua: R. 2.71,9.61, 13.50.-7 Intense, unbearable (as heat); arayath (fa) Si. 4. 12. -8 Fierce, fearful; iz R. 11. 69. -9 Excited, furious, enraptured; H2291: Fa: R. . 22.-10 Mighty, strong; da 349 3a fate ki. 18. 1; i aix V. 5. 18 strong or sharp (deadly ). -Comp. - <<. having projecting teeth, large toothed. (m) A tusked elephant. gara A lofty bounding. 47cgale fata ugat Faltou a $. 1.7. -e: Folded hand (3 ); a faqatat aicha Mb. 7. 54. 6. szafa Den. P. To display prominently; 342: TITUTETTE : (a ) Mu. 6. 13. ET 1 U. [30-315] 1 To drive out, expel, pull off. -2 To take away; ATAT 417 a aeg: cal TI 3 Bri. Up.3. 1. 2. 3 : Driving out or forth (of cattle &.); 1. III. 3. 69. A A : 19. SEIT: 345: VAIHI 3214: 210114 Sk. Loading out soldiers to war); marching out; Maitra. S. 1.10. 16. se 1 U. [22-9757] 1 To raise, elevate, lift or throw up, draw up (as water ); i qara fagia 32: Sat. Br. ; 5 4 : Bk. 2. 31; 3914 4 Vb. 3. 27. -2 To utter, send forth; cause to sound; & TT gera M Git. 1. 3 (Intrans.) (a) To go up; (1) to rise, rise forth; 33- G. L. 6; Bv. 2. 76; K. 221; welter up; & Mv. 3. 32. g y . p. 1 Raired or lifted up as water from a well); 3 ET Sk. -2 Risen, ascended. -3 Sent forth, uttered. 376 [3457-99 P.III.3. 123. ] 1 A leathern vessel (for oil &c.). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #437
udaca 419 udan 33, -3757 <<. (m.gad, n. 377, s. 3 ) 2. 397 n.[37-era P. VI.1.63] Water (usually 1 Turned or going upwards. -2 Upper, higher; : ; occurring in compounds either at the beginning or T: &c. -3 Northern, turned towards the north. -4 ! at the end, and as an optional substitute for 3 Subsequent. ind. 1 Above. -2 Northward, to the after the aco. dual. It has no forms for the first five north of with abl.); 371 9 76 97 Ms. 3. 217. -3 inflections. In comp. it drops its 7); e. y. 3EUR19, Subsequently. -Comp. -3 : the northen mountain, 317812, ia &c. - Comp. 37T2TT: A la ke, tank; Himalnya. -377774 the sun's progress north of the TTET HTETET E Bhag. 10. 31. 2. equator ( = 371974 q.v.). - f. return from -TIE: water-meal. TOT: --T: N. of a tree ) the north; udagAvRtnipathena nAradaH / / .8.33. -daza u. having the bark of which is rubbed and thrown in water to its skirts or border turned upwards or towards the stun the fishes). A: a water-iar; Ms. 2. 182, 3.68. north (as a garment) - To: a northern country. 79:55T: T r ueta: Bk. -ATT: Holding water, 3 -au a. 1 inclininy or sloping towards the north. cloud (Ved.) 39137447 : Rv. 9. 97. 15. -2 proceeding well (as a sacrifice). - , : -ig: A water-jar. -7. aquatic, watery, produced 1 good or fertile soil. -2 a lani sloping towards the in or by water. -14 A lotus ; Tazy a slara: north. -mukha a. facing the north; utpatodamukhaH kham Talisaychauarea Bhag. 10.14.33.-17: [ 3+ Me. 14. sted 347 ] 1 a water-jar. -2 a cloud. -1: [36 Past -f seier: ] 1 the receptacle of waters, 37T inil. Towards the north, northwards. ocean; safa fastahau #11 R. 8. 8. 3744 (375770-aj ] 1 A bucket, a pail for -2 a cloud. -3 a lake, any large roser voir of drawing water out of a well; 3 a yt: fa water. -4 a water jar. -5 a symbolical expression for Dk. 130. -2 Throwing upwards. -3 Rising, ascending. the number 4 or 7. 1,9741, 971 Laksini, the - A cover or lid. - A big water pot, pitcher; daughter of the ocean produced from the ocean among enAM tata AdAya nydhaadaudnnodke| tatra kSiptA mahartena hsttrymvrdht|| the 14 jewels). *, -#l: m. a voyager, mariner. s a atayaman Bhay. 8. 24. 19-20. deg2: 1 cuttle-fish-bone. -2 the foam of the ocean. 35T a. ( 3157-37] Turned or going upwards. degmekhalA or degbatrA the earth (girdled by the ocean, sea-girt). 19: the king of waters, i.e. the chief udIcI The north; tenodIcI dizamanusareH Me. 5) ocean. 494 sea-salt. gar N. of Laksmi; and a a. 1 Turned towards the north. -2 of Dviraki, the capital of Krisna (said to have Northern been reclaimed from the ocean). FH a. Rimmed udIcya a. Situated or living in the north. cyaH by the ocean. - a. crossing the water (as a boat). - ,-ft a water-jug, vessel; MN. 3.96.-17, 1 The country to the north and west of the river small pool or pond near a well, or the well itself; Sarasvati; northern country. -2 (pl.) The inhabi K. 50. 19194 3941 57: garco Rg. 2. 16. Hog: tants of the north ; R. 4.66.- A kind of perfume. (lit.) a frog in a well; (fig.) one who has had no --Comp. 14: kind of Vaitaliya metre. experience of the world at largo, a man of limited f . One who hollows the palms and then ' ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood ; cf. raises them, folding the hands in supplication. 344454. - ifa: 1. A place for drinking water. -974 3 3 a. Breeding many egys (fish, snake &c.); a paste, anything ground with water. (-) ind. P. III. 1.38 and P. VI. 3. 28. by grinding in Girvana. water. -97 a. Ved. causing water to flow; swimming STUST: 1 a fish. -2 A kind of snake. or splashing in water (!). -ya: Water flood I: See under 2. 449. (8934); Bhag 12. 4. 13. v. 1. for 393). -gaa. swimming in water. The FTA Av. 10. 1.3. 1. 377 2 1. (22-31) To breathe upwards, send for a drop of water ; ( FH 42614out the brenth in an upward direction (opp. 31914): 7 ca afar 43 forga: Ku. 5. 24. - T: 1at: Bri. Up. 3.4.1. 1 a water-carrier, ii . a cloud. -2 Water current ( ); 9490122 12HIT: T: (-99] 1 Breathing upwards. -2 Breath- (T ) Si. 3. 11. Hier: barley-water; a particular ing, breath in general. -3 One of the five vital airs ! mixture; Mb. 13. 61. 26. -Ara:, - a tifticth part or life-winds which rises up the throat and enters into of an 3174 q. v. T: 1watery cloud. -2 a the head); the other four being 917, 3191, 4417 and shower of rain : tugro ha bhujyumazvinodameghe Rv. 1. 116.8. vyAna; spandayatyadharaM vaktraM gAtranetraprakopanaH / udvejayati marmANi udAno HIGIa. Having watery urine or diabetes. - are 184: 11 -4 (With Buddhists ) An expression of foF a. salted, prepared with brine, briny. -21:13 praise or joy. - 'The na vel. -6 An eye-lasb. -7 thunder shower; water-spout. -2 thunderbolt in the kind of snake. form of water; for Egyhaft 1997: Si. 8.3. -arg: For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #438
udanvat 420 udakaH ome who offers waters to the manes. -cAsa: standing udayaH, udayanam See under udi. or residence in water; sahasyarAtrImadavAsatatparA Ku.9.21. udaram [ ud-R-ap] 1 The belly; duSpUrodarapuraNAya Bh. (- ) a house on the borders of a stream or pond. 2.1193; f. kRzodarI, udarabharaNama, udaraMbhari e-2 The interior -vAsin .. standing in water; K.28. vAha.. bring or inside of anything, envity; taDAga Pt.2.150: 11.5.70%; ing water : divA cit tamaH kRNvanti parjanyenodavAhena Rv. 1. 38.9. U. 2. 16,4.2.03; tvAM kArayAmi kamalodarabandhanastham 8.6.20%B (-haH) cloud. -vAhanam 1 a water-vessel. -2 A cloud. , Santi. 1.5%3 S. 1. 193; Amaru. 88; jaladodarebhya: Mk. -vAvadha: ayoke for earrying water. -zarAva: jar Rs. 3.12%3 ghanAnAM vArigoMdarANAm 5.7.7. -3 Enlargement tilled with water: udazarAva AtmAnavekSya. -zuddhaH a water-jar. of the abdomen from dropsy or flatulence; tasya hodaraM -zvit [udakana jalena zvayani] butter-milk containing Ait. Br. -4 Any morbid abdominal affection, such fifty per cent water (i.c.2 parts of butter-milk and as liverspleen &c. (said to be of kinds vAna, pina', 1 part of water); zreyastailaM hi piNyAkAd ghRtaM zreya udazvitaH kapha, triliGgadeg or dUSI, plIhA , baddhaguda', Agantuka and jala). Mb. 12. 167.33. -sthAnam 1a place full of water. -4 -5 Slaughter (cf. L. uterus; Zend. ularn). - Battle. residence in water. F or a kettle, vessel for holding -Comp. - a: The digestive faculty. -3TTEHTAT: flatuwater. -haraNa: vessel for drawing water. -hAra . lence of the belly. -AmayaH dise:use of the belly, fetching or carrying water. (- :) a cloud water dysentery, diarrhoea. -Amayin .. suffering from Hurrier). dysentery. -AvateHthe navel.-AvaSTa: the tape-worm. udanvat 1. Wavy, watery, a bounding in water -granthiH ,-gulmaHdisease of the spleon.-trANam 1a cuirass ( Ved.); udanvatA paridIyA rathena Ry..83.73; Av. 18.2.48. armour covering the front of the hody. -2 | bellym. The can; P. VIII.2. 18. udanvAnudadhau ca udanvacchannA band. -pizAca . [ udare tatpUrtI pizAca iva]gluttonous, bhU: B. Tt. 1.83 R.1.52,58, 10.63 navaMrudanvAniva candrapAda: voracious (having a devilish appetite). (-caH) glutKu.7.78. udanvadambhaH parivItamUrtiH Si. samAjo nAgAnAM viharata / ton. -pUram ind. till the belly is full; P. III. 4. 31. mahodanvati mukhama NRY..26%; te ca prApadanvataM bubudhe cAdipUruSaH udarapUraM bhue Sk. ents his fill. -poSaNam,-bharaNama feeding 10.10.ti. the belly, support of life (of. udaraMbhari). -zaya / . 3712 : P. TIT. 2. 1; sleeping on the face or the udny|. 1 Thirsty. -2 Vatory, dhArA udanyA iva bells. (-yaH) fotus. -sarvasvaHgiuttonly Rv.3.7.3. -nyA Thirst; nirvaya'tAmudanyApratIkAraH Ve.63 spicum vyasyannudanyAM ziziraiH payobhiH Bk 3. 40. -Comp. -ja. Ved. (one to whom the belly is all-in-all born or living in water. udanyajeva jemanA maderU udaraka u. Abdomimal. iv. 10. 106.ti. udaraMbhari . [ udaraM bibharti, bhRkhi mum ca P. III.2.26] udanyati Den. P. P. VII. +.a. 1To be thirsty.: 1 Nourishing one's own bolly, selfish. -2 Gluttonous, -2 To irrigate. dizamiva dAhavatI marAbudanyana Bk...+1. voracious. udanyu 3. P. III.2. 170. 1 Thirsty, seeking water; udaravat, udArika,-la.. Ilavinya urge belly, corna diva unmA udanyane Rv.5.57.1. -2 Walking in waster. pulent, fat. udak See under udaca. udarin / [udara-ini ] 1 Living kirgo belly, fat, corpulent; aftoft 21 Mbh. 1. 2. 94. -2 Abdominal. udanta . [ udgato'nto yasya ] Reaching to the end or -NI A pregnant woman. border of anything. -ntaH [udgato'nto nirNayo yasmAt ] 1 News, intelligence, report, full tidings, succount, udaye . [ udara-yat ] Belonging to the helly. -yema history: zrutvA rAmaH priyodantanam R.12.00%; AtmodantaM kathayiSyati / Contents of the belly: Vij.25.N. K. 1823; kAntodantaH muhRdupagataH saMgamAtkiMcidUna: Me. 102. -2A udarATa: A species of worm. pure and virtuous man (y). -3 Supporting onesell / udarathiH (-thin) [uda-pha-ghathina Un.t.] 1 The ocean. busicriticing for others (vRttiyAjanam). -4One who gets -2 The sun. :, livelihood by: trade, agriculture (vRttiyojane); sce also ( Wilson). udarkaH [ Said to be fr. Rc] 1(a) End, twon lusion%3B udantaka: News, intelligence. svAdunaH karmaNaH Dk. 7); mukhodakam K. 328. (1) Result, con sequence, future result of an action; udarkastava kalyANo udantikA Satisfaction, satiety. bhavitA Nala. 12.67; kiMtu kalyANodaka bhaviSyati / .4; prayatnaH udantya . Living beyond a limit or boundary. saphalodarka eva Mal.8; Ms. 4. 176, 11. 10, 9.25, 12. 183 udanya See under udan. yo lolyAtkurute karma naivodarkamavekSate Pt. 5.73. -3 Remote udpaas|.P.[ud-ap-as] To throw away, give. consequence, reward. -4 Future time, futurity. -5 Elevation of a building (as a tower ). -8 Surpassing. up entirely; jJAne prayAsamudapAsya namanta eva Bhag. 10.11.3. sometimes used as an adjective in this senso3 tena hi udambha s .. Full of water; R.4.31. udarkeNa guNenAtra bhavitavyam Pratima 1. -7 N. of a tree For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #439
421 udAra udArcas Vanguieraspinosa Roxb (madanavRkSa). -8 Increase; sarvaddhaeNpacayodakam Bhag. 3. 23. 18. udarcis .. [UrvamarciH zikhA'sya ] Shining or blazing . upwards, resplendent, radiant, glowing; sphurannudArcaH sahasA tRtIyAdakSNaH kRzAnuH kila nippapAta Ku.3.71, 7.79; R. 7.24, 15.76. m. 1 Fire; prakSipyodarciSaM kakSe zerate ne'bhimArutam Si. 2.42,20.75. -2 The god of love. -3 N. of Siva. udardaH [arda-aca] ( In Medic.) Erysipelas (visarpa). udardhaH Scarlet fever. udavagrahaH A Svarita arcent depending oman Udatta which stands in the Avagraha q. v. udavasAnIya .. Ved. List, final. udavasya . Last, final, concluding; udavasyaHsahavigbhiH masnAvavabhRthaM tataH Bhag.+.7.16. udavasitam [ ud-ava-so-] A house, dwellingi jAnISe rebhilasyodavasitam Mk.t; Si. 11. 18. udathu . [ udgatAnyabhUNi yasya ] Bursting into tours, one whose tears gush forth, weeping; tasya pazyana mamomitrerudazrurvasatidumAn R. 12, 14; Amaru. 11. udazrayaNam Thu act of using to weep. uds| P.[ uda-as ] 1 To east up, throw up; dayinAya sArAvamudastamapanadavasAdinaH karA Si. 15.81; 10 mise, lift up, elevate, erect : khayamiti mugdhavadhamudAsa dobhyAm Si.7.49%B pucchamudasyati Sk. -2 To throw down; udastAdhAraNaH Dk.5. -3 To throw out, expel, drive away, leave, quit; udasya dhairya dayitena sAdaram Ki. 8. 50. -4 To destroy, dispel: riputimiramudasya Ki. 1.46. -5 To drive, propel; itthaM bihatya vanitAbhirudasyamAnam Ki.s.. -6 To turn away. -7 To tako pains, make efforts. -p8s. To be driven off, fall off, devinte from; animUda udasyate nayAt Ki.2.19. udasanam 1 Throwing, raising, eresting; pucchAdudasane vyasane paryagane ca Mbh. B.I. 20. -2 Expelling, turning out. udastA .1.1 Thrown or cast up, raised, erected. -2 Turned out, expelled. -3 Removed, Seattered. - Shamed, humblerl, humilisted. -5 Come out, bulged out ; paribhramAtra udastalocanaH Bhag. 3. 19.26. udastAn ind. On, above vidhutakalko'tha harerudastAtprayAni cakra nRpa zaizumAram Bhig.2.2.21. udAsaH [ ud-as-ghaJ] 1 Throwing upwarils, elevistion, raising. -2 Expulsion. udAjaH Encouragement to the army. udAtta / [ud-AdA-kta] 1 High, elevated, lofty, exalted, noble; itacodAttadannAnAM kujarANAM narasvinAm Ram. 2.09. 11. udAttakulajAtIya udAttAbhijanaH sadA Mb. 13. 15.31. deganvayaH K.2: Ratn. sublime; Ve. 1. -2 Noble, dignified ; atyudAttasujanazcandraketu: U. 6. -3 Gener- ous, bountiful, donor. -4 Famous, illustrious, great; Si. 20.82; lalitodAttamahimA Bv.1.79. -5 Dear, beloved. -6 Highly or acutely accented 28 Svara ), ste below. : 1 The acute accent, a high or sharp tone: uccairudAttaH P. I. 2.29tAlvAdipu sabhAgeSu sthAnapUrvabhAge niSpanno'nudAttaH Sk.; see under anudAtta also: nihantyarInekapade ya udAttaH svarAniva Si. 2.95.-2 Gift, donation. -3 A kind of musical instrument, a large drum. -4 A variety of the hero; see dhIrodAtta. -ttam ( In Rhet.) A figure of speech which describes supormundane prosperity, or an action of one that is great represented collaterally to the subject in hand; lokaatishysNpttivrnnnodaattmucyte| yadvApi prastutasyAhaM mahatAM caritaM bhavet || S.D.7523; ct. also K.P.10; udAttaM vastunaH saMpanmahatAM copalakSaNam. -Comp. -rAghava: N. of dram. yra a. pronounced with the acute accent. udAttatara a. More elevated, more acute. udAtyUhaH A kind of water-erow. udAna See under 1. udan . udAnI A. To raise, elevate; vineSye vA priyAna prANAnudAneSye'thavA yazaH Bk.8.21. udApyam ind. Ved. Against the stream; Av. 10. 1.7. (v.1.). udAyudha . With upliftel weapon, upraising weapons; manujapazubhirnimAMdarbhavadbhirudAyudhaiH Ve. 3.22; udAyudhAnApatanastAnTaptAnprekSya rAghavaH / . 12.11. udAra.1 Generous, liberal, munificent. -2 (1) Noble, exalted, dignified; sa tatheti vineturudAramateH R.8.91, 5. 12: vAcaH 65; udArAH sarva evaite Bg. 7. 18. (1) High, lofty, great, best, illustrious, distinguished: degkIrteH Ki. 1. 18; napasaH Bh. 8.51. -3 |Honest, sincere, upright. -4gool, nice, tine: kRtaH kaTobhISma udAra: zobhana: Mbh.2.3.1; udAra: kalpaH Sh. -5 Proper, right. -6Eloquent. -7 Kind, soft, agreeable; vAcaH kanyakAH R. 11.77. -8 Rich, plentiful; udArA zrIH sthitA hAsyAm Ram.1.22. 16. udAramabhyavahAravidhim Dk.19%3 Mu.3.8. -9 Larges extensive grand, splendid; sAketopavanamudAramadhyuvAsa R. 18.78; udAranepathyabhRtAm 6.6 richly dressed. -10 Beautiful, charming, lovely; Ku.7. 14; Si. 5. 21; see udAradarzana below; R. 16.2651. -11 Unporploxed. -12 Exciting, driving forth (Ved.). zrINAmudAro dharuNo rayINAm Rv. 10.15.5. -ram ind. 1 Loudly; pragIyate siddhagaNaizca yoSitAmudAramante kalabhAvikamvaraiH Si. 4.33.-2 By means of arguments; iti tAnudAramanunIya Ki. 12.10. -ra: Ved. 1A rising fog or vapour. -2 A sort of grain with long stalks. -3 A tigure in Rhetoric which attributes greatness to inanimate objects. -Comp. -Atman -cetas, -carita, -manas, -sattva . noble-minded magnenimous; udAracaritAnAM tu vasudhaiva kuTumbakam II. 1.68. -dhI .1 of sublime genius, highly intelligent; dhiyaH samagraiH sa guNairudAradhIH R. 3. 30. -2 noble-minded. (m.) N. of Visnu. (f.) good a bilities. -darzana a good-looking For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #440
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra udAratA www.kobatirth.org (having large-eyes); af faga Ku. 5. 36. <<. grand and lovely, transcendental; S. 7. vIrya a of yrent power vRttAryapada u. of excellent words and meaning and metre; udAravRttArthapadairmano ra maistadAsya rAmasya cakAra kIrtimAna, Ram 1 2 12 -sattvAbhijana . of noble character and descent; udArasattvAbhijano hanumAna Ram. 4. 47. 14. 31 Liberality, genorosity. -2 Richness (as of expression); 14 Mal. 1. 7; S. 6; (as appliel to words ) udAratA = kaThinavarNaghaTanArUpavikaTatvalakSaNA R. G.; (as applied to the sense) cumbanaM dehi me bhAyeM kAmacANDAlatRptaye ityAdigrAmyArthaparihAraH na. udArathi a. 1 Going upwards. -2 Rising, enlightening the organs of sense. -3 Steaming (as hot dish). -fer: N. of Visnu. 3 3: A year, one of the five years forming a period. A disease of the bowels, ilive passion, (characterized by the retention of excrements). - A painful menstruation with foamy blood; vartA rajaH kRcchreNa mucati Sur - N. of a son of Janaka (king of Videha). udAsa 2 A [ ud-As ] To be indifferent or unooncerned, bo careless or a pathetic; to be passive or imotive; tatkimityudAsate bharatAH Mal. 1; vidhAya vairaM sAmarSe asa Si. 2. 42; Bg. 9. 9; San. K. 20; not to share in show no interest in; Mu. 1. 3,-f a. Indifferent, a pathetic, unconcerned. -,-. 1 A stoic, philosopher. -2 One who has no passion for anything, a religious mendicant in general. 3 Indifference, apathy; stoicism. 11. udAsitR 1 Indifferent, apathetic, stoical: 31sitAraM nigrahAnamAnase gRhAtamadhyAtmadRzA kathaMcana S. 1. 33. udAsIna pres. P 1 Indifferent, uuconcerned, apathetic, passive; udAsInavadAsInam Bg. 9. taddarzinamudAsInaM amaq fag: Ku. 2. 13. ( taking no part in the creation of the material universe); see ; Pt. 1. -2 (In law) Not involved in any dispute. -3 Neutral (as a king or nation). : 1 A stranger. -2 A neutral, arimitrodAsInavyavasthA Mu. 5; an indifferent person: Ms. 7. 158; Y. 1. 345; Bg. 6.9. -3 A common acquaintance. Set over, appoined to. -: 1 A superintendent. -2 A door-keeper. -3 A spy, an emissary; com. on Ms. 7. 154. 4 An ascetic who has given up his vow. Kau. A. 1. 11 udAhita a. Elevated, raised. 422 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir udaya 31 P. 1 To relate, narrate, declare, announce.-2 To sixy speak, utter; udAjahAra drupadAtmajA giraH Ki. 1. 27; Mk. 9. 4; Pt. 2.; f g M. 2; Mal. 1; ai zazagaria V. t. 11: mutter, repeat; a Mk. 8.-3 To cite as an instance or illustration, illustrate; gandera neger : Si. 15. 29. 31 Relating, declaration, saying, utterance. -2 Narration, recital, opening a conversation; - riyamudAharaNa Ku.63 anodAharaNAni Mr. stories or narrations. -3 A declaratory song or poem, a sort of panegyric beginning with words like and full of alliteration; patre nivezitamudAharaNaM priyAyAH V. 2.14; cAraNebhyastvadIyaM jayodAharaNaM zrutvA V. 1; jayodAharaNaM bAhvorgApayAmAsa kinnarAn R. 4. 78; ( yena kenApi tAlena gadyapadyasamanvitam / jayatyupakarmamAdiyAdiprAsaninidhinam // nadudAharaNaM nAma vibhaktam / Prataparudra.) - An instance, example, illustration ; samUlaghAtamannantaH parAnodyanti mAninaH / pradhvaMsitAndhatamasastatrodAharaNaM raviH // Si. 2. 33 kimudAharaNam Kasi. purANamitivRttA... Kau. A. 1. 5. - (In Nyaya) The third member of an Indian syllogism (which has five members). 6 Beginning, cominencement, introduction. -7 Exhibition, illustration; U. 1. -8 (In Rhet.) An illustration reckoned as a figure of speech by some rhetoricians. It resembles arthAntaranyAsaH .. amitaguNo'pi padArtho doSeNaikena nindito bhavati / nikhilarasAyanarAjo 1 R. G. (For a clear distinction between the two figures see R. G., under 3). 1 An example or illustration. -2 The beginning of a speech. udAhRta P. P. 1 Said, uttered; Bg. 17. 1). -2 Named, called; far Bk. 1. 1. -3 Illustrated. -4 Stipulated; zulkenyetadudAhRnam Pratima 3.20. gia: An example, illustration. 32 P. 1 To riso (as a star, cloud &c.) (fig. also); come up; udeti pUrva kusumaM tataH phalam S. 30 : udeti savitA as garala Subhas; Mal. 2. 10; Ki. 2. 36; Bk. 6. 110, 8. 35, 18. 20; to be seen, appear. -2 To be produced, come out or arise from, spring or proceed from ; uditadayaH Dk. 13; puNyaH kRzAno rudiyAya dhUmaH R. 7. 26; 3 1.93 v. 1.; S. 1. escape. To start up; a To rise up against saMyuge sAMyugInaM Ku. 2. 57; ya enamudIyAdazrI Mb. For Private and Personal Use Only 25. -3 To go out, R. 17. 77. -5 mukhantaM prasadeta kaH > 3. (In gram. Following, coming after or upon (as a letter, accent &c.); : : prAtizAkhye prasiddhaH yaH 1 Rise (fig. also ) ; candrodaya ivodadheH R. 12. 36, 2. 73; going upwards, ascending (as of the sun, stars &c.). -2 (a) Rising up, coming forth; acquisition of wealth; Pt. 2; so dawn of fortune; Amaru. 25; a Pt. 1. 94. (b) Appear

Page #441
udayanam 423 udIra ance, becoming visible, production: 9a1c2: * S. 7.30; compositions. See Vatsa also ]. -Comp. -3127: N. To Ku. 6. t; fra cz S. 2. 12 raised of a philosopher and author of several works. from some other cause; Amaru. 88; S. 7. 8: Y atta. Belonging to the end or conclusion, R. 1. 5; rising or accomplishment of the fruit; concluding (as a ceremony ); H Ms. 3. 109; Ku. 3. 18. -3 Creution (opp. 733 ); 4: a rrag: faragarza Rv. 8. 41. 2. a at 9019a at wara l Bhag. 3. 13. 37. - A concluding sacritice. za Ku. 2.8. -4 The eastern mountain behind which gefur a. 1 Rising or ascending.-2 Streaming or the sun is supposed to rise); dadarza pigAdhipateramAtyaM vAtA- flowing forth; ga faceta Tegra murali aat: fuafea Razifazy . Ran. :). 31. 18. 47 **9174 Mal. 5. 17.3 Prosperous, flourishing. 24: :: 3276113 : V.3.6. - Advancement, prosperity, rise; (opp. 52 fap1 Risen, ascended; sfeie: Mal. 1 ), 1223 799 mostly risen; Bv. 2. 85; ea: Bh. 3. 80; ever-existaz S. 4. 2; 34 91 443991 R. 8. 84; K.5; iny. -2 High, tall, lofty. -3 Growil, augmented; importances velebrity; or are R. 11. 73. -6 a fi af: ng a Ram. 1. 16.30. -4 Born, Elevation, exaltation, rise, growth; 344 TL KIT R. 9. 9: Egy 991 211 7; B ICY: produced. - Spoken, uttered (fr. a). -6 Renowned, a: reputed ; citrayodhI samAkhyAto babhUvAtirathoditaH Mb. 1.139. 19. Si 2. 30, 11. 60. -7 Result, consequence; 318i -7 Bogun, started; w aar fergu: 2 : Ms. 4. 70; Amarii. 47; following: atracartaz Vis. Guna. 26. -3 Awaken, got up; at TIA TA P.VIII. .67.- Accomplishment, fulfilment: 39 - ga z Ram. 6. 121. 1. -9 Ready; 3277714 R. 3. 1; 17+ Tig: 1. 15. -9 l'rofit, advantage. fea: Ram. 6. 83. 14.- A kind of perfume. -10 Inconie, revenue: Ms. 7.55; Y. 2. 43. -11 Interest, - 2 A kind of accent. -Comp. - a. Well grounded consideration paid for the use of money; Y. 2. 67, 146. in the Sastras, highly spoken of; yeagleaf a f -12 Light, splendour. -13 Chutlet, exit. -14 Beginning; Kau. A. 1.9. EIHI. Sacrificing after sunrise. 3117U UR 24 Mb. 3. 282. 22. -18 Efficacy, influence; qua: arra 7 4 : Ram. sfera: 1. 1 Ascending, rising of the sun ); 9344 5. 56. 11. -16 Birthday celebration; a Tatar ETIH- agical T4 Av. 7.5.3. - 2 Setting, learn Hega oftar var 2744 Bhag 10. 11. 20.-17 .Rv. 5. 69. 3; 76. 3. -3 Speech. The first lunar monsion; the orient sine. -Comp. frat Ging un rising: agamaalafa. -317, 3 :, fot:, - a, -Ti the eastern cata : Siva. B. 14. 106. - 2 Excooding, extra-ordimountain behind which tho sun, moon &c. are supposed I nary; it i T recatcat ETETTH Vis. Guna. 18. to rise; 54fa shi794 Udb.; Parcia747#: Si. 1. 16; zyrtama Mal. 2. 10. Fa: seca. Increasing, rising; le cyez feritThe town ***74: EEUHET Mb. 7. 23. 29. 124592: Si. 2. 76. - U s t. About to rise, expecting prosperity. : elet I A. 1 To look up to look at, view, behold; Gradual rise; arh Mal. ). 2. by gradually inflating a Bri. Up. 6. 9.1; Hyalet: Ku. 6. 7, or filling with wind the Nadis, (un in the act of 7.67: Amaru. 71.-2 To expect, look out for, wait for, restraining the wind). -jyA f. See udaya (17). -puram / zatravyasanam Mut; trINi varSANyadIkSeta kumAryatumatI satI Ms...:10. N. of the capital of Marwar. -TE: the plateau of the mountain behind which the sun is supposed to ETTO 1 Looking up to. -2 Seeing, beholding; rise. -TUT: (pl.) A particular measure of time. seeking. IEETTTTTTTTTTTH Siva. B. 19. 18. - T: The constellation in which the planet is seen serata, isu See under 257. when on the horizon. aina.(exat arat 47, 349&q] P. VI. 3.97 Floodud. 44 1 Rising, ascendiny, going up; cual -7: High water, inundation, flood. Rv. 1. 48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. - 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king seit 2 A. [3 1 ] 1 To rise (sound &c.); eta Vatsa; ardig AGR Me. 30. [A cele trutaifa Dk. 123 were heard. -2 To start (to go or brated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styler come ). -3 To move upwards, ascend, go up. -4 To Vatsarajo. lle reigned at Kausambi. Vasa vadatta, arise, origin: te. -Caus. 1 To cause to rise or move. Princess of Ujjayini, saw him in a dream and foll in -2 To utter, pronounce, speak; frazyfa K. 13; love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there U. 5, 6; eritas: Taifa Ta Pt. 1.43; 80 37049024 kept in prison by Chanilan hasons, the kiny. But on R. 2.9.-3 To call, nume; # 49: fera eta being released by the minister, he carried off Vasa ya Ku.5.77. -4 To put forth ; ayeriaca R. 8.62. datta from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana -5 To cast, throw, roll down (as dice ); 3 is the hero of the play called Ratnarali and his life HATT, R. 6. 18; to discharge, drive for ward. -6 To has been made the subject of several other minor raise, throw up; safti : Si. 12. 8; cerita: For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #442
udIraNam Dk. 103 expanded its hood. -7 To display, manifest, make visible, cause; tisRbhistvamavasthAbhirmahimAnamudIrayan Ku. 2.6; Si. 11. 7. -8 To bring about, effect; fafarief: Ki. 13. 28.-9 To rouse, excite, stimulate; udIra Ku. 4. 41. samutpapAtAca saritodvijAtihaiviSeva pAvaka: Ram. 3. 47. 2; lobhAtkrodhaH prabhavati paradoSairudIryate Mb. 12. 163. 7. 1 To be east or thrown upwards, excited, uttered &c. -2 To sound. -3 To issue forth. -pass. Verance, pronunciation, expresion udghAtaH praNavo yAsAM nyAyaistribhirudariNam Ku. 2. 12. -2 Speaking, saying. -3 Throwing, discharging (as a missile). [] 1 Grown, ascended, risen, produced, caused; a: Si. 18. 37. -2 Puffed up, elated, grown haughty; sa hi devairudIrNasya rAvaNa vadhArthibhiH / bhavabdhavarodIrNastArakAkhyo mahAsuraH / Ku. 2. 32. -3 Excited, stimulated, roused: maziv: Si. 1. 32; Dk. 43, 47. -4 Increased, intense. -5 Generous, great; excellent. -6 Uttered, pronounced: aff Si. 13. 42. 7 Ready, strung; a U. 5. 11. N. of Visnu. Comp. -ifafa a. intensely bright. a. violent, impetuous in its course (as a torrent); 4: Ram. 5.61. 18. zaifaa. Risen, elevated. - udumbaraH See uDumbara Threshold; faguigrazzitadUryastambhapaktibhiH Bhag. 9. 11. 32. mazaka = kUpamaNDUka ... a. Ved. Mighty, of extended power(). upeSantamudumbalam Av. 8. 6. 17. -la: The fig-tree. Ja. Ved. Red. udUkhala = ulUkhala q.. udRc /- [ utkRSTA Rk ] 1 An excellent Rik. -2 Future time. -3 Remainder, conclusion, end. -4 Prosperity, risc. P. II. P.] To go up, rise, arise from, come up; Rv. 6.51.1 sa ha prAtaH sabhAga udeyAya Ch. Up. 5. 3. 6. udeyivas a. Produced, originated, born; efternsAtvatAM kule Bhag 10.31.4. a. Shaking, causing to tremble, terrifying; udejayAn bhUtagaNAn nyaSedhIt Bk. 1. 15. -yA f. Perturbance; nanaM pazyAmi yasyAsau bhaven nodejayA mateH Bk. 6. 21. u. Very powerful, violent (Ved.). rabhasA udojasaH Rv. 5. 54.3. . Sobbing: K. udgandhi P. V. 4. 135.] 1 Fragrant Feby R. 16. 47. -2 Having a strong smell (good or bad). 424 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 327 31 P. 1 To rise or go up, ascend (as a star &c.); Rs. 1. 10. v. 1. -2 To shoot up, dart upwards, appear; af V. 4. 23; Rs. 6.18; 80 udgatazRGgo vatsaH vayotipAtodgatavAtavepite Ki. -3 To rise or spring from, proceed, originate, arise; ityutAH pauravadhUmukhebhyaH zrRNvana kathAH R. 7. 105 Amaru. 96. -4 To go out, break out, depart (as life &c. ). -5 To be famous or wellknown, spread; age: R. 18. 20. p. p. 1 Gone up, risen, ascended. -2 Proceeded forth or from. -3 Gone, departed. 4 Vomited. -ar N. of a metre. Comp. a. deceased, dead. : 1 Going up, rising, ant. - Appeor K. 59; rise, origin. -3 Vomiting. ance; : 3H: 1 Going up, rising (of stars); ascent; 3S. 1. 15.-2 Standing erect (of hair); Ku. 7. 77; M. 4. 1; Amaru. 40.-3 Going out, departure, expiry; as in 1. -4 Birth, production, creation; : Mal. 2; harita tRNomazaGkayA mRgIbhiH Ki appearance; phalena sahakArasya puSpodgama iva prajAH R. 4.9; V. 4. 38 bhavanti namrAstaravaH phaloGgamaiH Bh. 2. 70; katipayakusumodgamaH kadambaH . 3. 20; 80 &c.; Amaru. 81; origin, parentage; Mal. 2. 5 Action, vision (of eyes); antar fazafa Mal. 1. 35. 6 Projection, elevation; Mal. 7. -7 A shoot (of a plant); quif: Ki. 5. 38. -8 Vomiting, casting up. deg, deg, uGgamanam Rising hoooming visible. A udgamaneVari. jyotigamana iti vayam P. 1. 3. 40. pot. p. To be gone up or ascended. - A pair of bleached or washed clothes ( g); if .42; Ku. 7. 11 (where Malli. renders by and says &; see a lor.). 4 a. Raising the neck. 3a. Deep, intense, violent, strong, excessive, much; udgADharAgodayA : Mal. 5. 7. 6. 6. -Dham Excess. ind. Excessively, extremely. udgAtR, udgAra &c. See under uddvai, udgR. udvArakamaNiH 0010l. 36 A. To raise the voice in a menacing manner, to raise (a weapon, &c. ), lift up; Bk. p. p. [3] 1 Raised, uplifted, held up; citreSvapyudguNI nipatitAzca prahArA dRzyante Mbh. on P. III. 1.26. Ve. 6. 12; Si. 5. 25. -2 Erected, excited. -3 The act of raising a weapon, threatening; prathamo daNDaH saMsparze tu tadardhikaH Y. 2. 215. 6 P. 1 To eject, spit out, vomit; fard phaNinaH puSNAsi parimalodvAraiH Bv. 1. 11; udbhirabhiva sneham Si. 14.1. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #443
ET: 425 ugrAhaH ..... ................ .... ... .... .. -2 (a) To onit, send or put fortit, pour down or AI A varioty of the Arya mousure, the same as out, discharge, bold out: Tarafa Pt. 7. 67 C titi. q. v. ANTTI TUT1411 Ku. 1.33. () To send out of uddAnam Aphase of the sAma chant. tAyama (i... the mouth, speak, utter (as words ); HEIT: THE FIT EET) A11: 93764 164 SB. On R. 14.53; V. 5. 14:27 77: Mu. 2. 11 (whore MS. 3. 5. 26. it also means 'ronits' or 'cmite'). -3 To breathe out. -4 to rise from. -'s. To talent pour fortb, raiso 3 : 1. Singing aloud -2 (hanting of the Sans(as sound). veda. -3 A variety of tho Arya metre; soo Appondix. 317 6. One who sings loudly. TER: (372.49 P. III.3.29] 37114: 1() Ljuction, spitting out, vomiting, giving out, einitting: - grer: [=*-77) 1 Chanting of the Simaveda (the Frama HT R. 4. 77: Bh. 2. 36; fl office of an Udgatri). AMIZ 3 5924: Ay. 15. 3. %. dvAramuccarvimAnAH dhUmo dvArAnukRtinipuNA jarjarA niSpatanti SB3.0 MS. 10. 11.-2 (I'he second part of the Nama Me. 71: Si. 19.). (1) Coziny, flowing out, stream veda; eSa u vA udgIthaH prANo vA umANena hIdaM sarvamuttabdhaM vAMgana issuing out; AGTER 39 : R. 6.60: 9 9141 fra f a 9 : Bri. up. 1. 3. 23.) 214 919 f ixt: My.1.3. -2 Repeatiny, narration, citing repea A U. 2. 3. -3 Designation of 3114 the three syllabled tedly; STIFTY 7 F l yzat Mal. 2. 13; 91H nome of God; fo r reta Ch. Up. 1.1.1. K.42; II. 3.99; To My expression of goodness. 3 99 1,9. U. 1 To bind up, tio into bundles. -2 -3 Quantity, mass thrown out); Mu. 3.-4 Spittle, To tie up, put or sew together (as garlands &c.); saliva. -- Bructation, belching gamit a 99 ff : Mu. 1. t; tie or fasten, intorT A I: Mb. 3. 263. 2). -6 Sound, roaring, echo, twino; araz : 4 :16. 2. S. - 'To un bind, hissing sound (197, 7071747 911917 ); Santi. 1. 21: loosen (as: knot &c.). -Caus FABRI na 175-24TTET Mal.). -7 Overtow, swelling; : Bhag. 4. 22.39; 9 9 914: FET par T H Ram. 7. 39. 9: 32. 19. --Comp.: H17 : Si. 10. 63. -75EUR: A species of bird. 39 a. Unbound, loosened. : A section, J a 1 Going up, rising, being sent forth; unit- chapter. ITU Mv. 3. 29; U. 4. 29. -2 Emittins, ugrathanam The act of winding, binding; sAbhivAkSya sending forth, pouring down; T argueriyasat fo: af anycam ( 10 ) Ram. 5. 67.30. R.13. 47; Mk. 5. 27. -ft: (m.) The 57th year of auf 4. 1 Untied (fig. also). -2 Free from the Jupiter eycle: udgArisaMzaM tadanu kSayAya narezvarANAM viSamA worldly ties or attachments. 7 : Bri. S. 8.50. 3 9 1'. 1 To take up, lift up; 19EIT TUTH 1 Vomitiny.-2 Ejecting on thing (as Bk. 15. 52; elevate, erect, raise; agrathar: Me. S. live ) froni the mouth, la vering. -3 Eructation) --2 To take or draw out, take away. 91 Harga belch. -4 Extermination. 26 27 3 harga a antiga A Bri. Up. 2. 4. 12. -3 To deposit. -4 To preserve. -5 To cease o.1 Vomited: Sukra. 1. 163; if atarz (to rain ). 28. Taal 4 Ch. Up. 2. 3. 2. -6 To a TT TTT: Mhh. on P. III. 1. 15. -2 l'allon out, ejected; GATTESA antan: Bhay. 10. 12. 31. -3 break off, discontinue spoa king); 32 24 Av. Caused, cffected: ****magtart: Git. 1.36. 9. 6. 47. --7 To concode, grant, allow; #191 HUHTE wat ff I OCH Bhag. 11. 22. 4. -Caus. 1 To cause to I P. 1 To sing in : load tone, sing aloud; take up or out; cause to pay. -2 To state, place A fua Ku. 1.8; 4 FH Me. 88; before, adduce; argfagy: a alca : Si 2. 75. to sing (in general); FA : R. 2. 12: -4 To extol, laud up. F T S Si. 6. 20.-2 To begin to siny; 1937 THUTH, -34T: [ 57 - 9EUR -3 or 34 9614ora 212127 Bri. Up. 1. 3. 2.-3.To sing or 297 Sk. on P. III. 1. 81. Vart. ] 1 Ved. Taking chant (:pplied to the singing of Sama voda ); 2A up, raising; 3 farinar 3 4 'Ts. 1. 1. 13. H u n Si. 14. 21; cf. 371. -4 To announce, -2 Giving, donation. to celebr: to in song. -5 To sing before one with aco. ). -6 'To fill or make resonant with song. BEHETH 1 Taking up, raising. -2 An object that can be accomplished by religious or other acts. CE 1. One of the four principal priests at a -3 Eructation. sacritice, one who can the hymns of the Samaveda. GET IT TATT Rx.2. 18.. Bri. lp. 1. 3. 3 : 27: P. III. 3. 35. 1 Lifting or taking up. -2 (In the Pratisakhyas ) The rule of Sandhi 8. $. ... 4x For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #444
udgrAhaNikA 428 uddAnta which causes the change of the terminations 37, and tra a. 1 Openod, unlocked. -2 Separated; ait to 37 before a following vowel. -8 Replying in 31 afrit afaty Si. 11. 42. argument; rejoinder. -4 An objection. -Comp. uddhasam Flesh. - regler: f. the Sandhi called Udgraha; see above. Gra: 1 P. VII. 3. 51. Beginning, commencement; ugrAhaNikA Replying in argument. sara: yr A Ku. 2. 12; 311Tad tiesa Suita p. p. 1 Lifted or taken up. -2 Taken 9 : R. 4. 20.-2 Allusion, reference; ara: U. 2. away. -3 Excellent; exalted. - Deposited, delivered. -3 Striking, wounding, inflicting an injury. -4 A stroke, - Bound, tied. -6 Recalled, remembered. blow, wound. - Tripping, slipping, jolting, shaking Juta, at a. With the neck uplifted; (as of a carriage ); 4179&go AISETFI Si. 12. 2; Hangt: M. 1. 21; Amaru. 99. R. 2.72; Ve. 2. 28; 7deg V.1; U. 5.1. v. l. -6 Rising, elevation. -7 A club, mallet. -8 A weapon (in gene3G: [32-67319 faarao P. III. 3. 86. ] 1 Excellence, ral). -9 Breathing through the nostrils as a religious eminence; (at the end of comp.); arga: = an exercise (Wilson). -10 A division of a book, chapter; excellent or superior Brahmana; uddhAdayazca niyataliGgA section. na farcufant: Sk.; cf. Hare Ha r ga a u f Ak.; cf. ... 17 Tamala Bk. 7. 64 Jefat a. Having ups and downs. 3 of 14where 36 is used as an adjective. -2 Happiness. -3 | fra han har 37: S. 1. The hollow hand. -4 Fire. -5 A model. -6 Organic JERE I P. To sound, cry out or shout. -10 P. air in the body. or -Caus. 1 To proclaim, declare aloud. -2 To fill 3G: P. III. 3. 80. A carpenter's bench (the with cries. plank on which he works ); 1941 ari E p. p. Sounded out, proclaimed; : Eatfaza Bk. 7. 62. e faza: a: Bhag. 4.1.18. - A sound, Jaifaa a. Uneven, rough. noise; ETTI 1972 T aifa: Ram. 6.75.37. uddhad 1 A. To open ; dvAre purasyodghaTitApidhAne Ku.7. 3017: 1 Announcing aloud, proclaiming. -2 l'opu53. -Caus. (- ) 1 To open, unlock; at ITEN lar talk, general report. 9124 Bh. 1. 63; *2#ATUH Mk.3. -2 To peel off, shell. -3 To reveal, expose, make known. ETT 1 P. 1 To rub; lessen by rubbing.-2 To rub - To undertake, communce. -5 To rub over, stroke over, strike against. gently, tickle. uddharSaNam 1 Rubbing, rubbing up; yasyodvarSaNaloSTakairapi udghaTitam A hint. 1 gg 7 ara: ft: Mk. 2. 11. -2 Rubbing the skin 3G : 1 A watch or guard-house. -2 The act of 1 with hard substances. -3 A cudgel. exposing or showing the teeth ). 5794 A peculiar fault in pronunciation. uddhATaka: 1A key; udghATako bhavati yantradRDhe kapATe Mk. 8. 3G a. With swelling upturned nostrils. or 16. -2 The rope and bucket of a well. ( also). erected nose (as a boar); ... : ... Siva. 3GIET a. (atf.) 1 Opening, unlocking; TH B B. 22. 13. atta farzaufa: F E SZTH H. 1. 133. - 2 Reveal T: 1 A bug.-2 A louse. -3 A mosquito, gadily. ing, manifesting; Mark. P. - 1 Opening; Ve. 1. guga. 1 With the stalk, stem, or staff raised or -2 Raising, lifting up, Loisting: -3 A key, any means rising up; 3703 var ! R. 16. 46; deg79619971: of opening. -4 The rope and bucket of a well; a Mal. 6 long; H. 2. 29.-2 Formidable, terrific.-13: water-wheel. A kind of time (in music). -Comp. - 6:1 a punisher salita p. p. 1 Opened, manifested. -2 Under- (whether king or magistrate). 2 a kind of fish. taken; commenced. -3 Raised, lifted up. -Comp. -3 a kind of serpent; cf. (3703T13). -35 a. 1 Naked. -2 Intelligent, wise. - a. Wise, 3gfoga a. Raisud, devoted ; Ks. intelligent. 3 GETA kind of timo ( in music). 4. 1 Largo-toothed or having projecting teeth. -2 High, tall ( X). -3 Terrific, formidable GET, AT 1 Friction, striking against; 1914 ( 13%). asulatasat 144 Me. 63. -2 Opening upwards (as a lid ). -3 Outbreak CA: Subduing, over powering. of violence or passion ); Ks.; B. R. 36 Fa a. 1 Energetic. -2 Humble. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #445
uddAnam 427 uddIpanam Farah [ ] 1 Binding, confinement; 1 3 fte p. p. 1 Mentioned, particularized, specially 4240 Hzmat 79 79: Mb. 12. 137. 11. -2 told. --2 Desired, wished for. -3 Explained, taught Taming, subduing. -3 The middle, the waist. -4A &c. -4 Ronowned, famous; 43120 ETET: TATHE fire-place. --The submarine fire. -6 Entrance of the 2741 pm at a Tai fa il Ram. 6. 66. 27. sun into a zodiacal sign ( 1177 ). EURT: 1 Pointing to or at, directing; ailega fara 3ET: N. of a tree (farfa), Girvana. 10: Pt. 2 in the name of. -2 Mention, specification ; JETA a. 1 Unbound, unrestrained, unchecked, free, KURT Pt. 5; FTAETITIAT: Nir. -3 Illustration, bold; Hafa h afai 17 Si. 1. 10. -2 (a) Strong, explanation, exemplification. -4 Ascertainment, deterpowerful, violent; Thus 149 tarasrafi (7 ) mination, inquiry, investigation, search. 5 A brief Pt. 3. 148; Mal. 3, 7; ETICHETTO 6. 13. (1) statement or account; me dera: se fazardaadt u Furious, intoxicated; THIAS R. 1.78; Si. 11. 19; Bg. 10.40; Mb. 8. 69.54. -6 Assignment, allotment. U. 3. 6. - 3 Dreadful, forinida ble; clear: Mal. 3. -7 Stipulation, bargain. -8 Object, motive; ET: - 4 Self-willed. -5 Luxuriant, large, great, excessive; a : Mb. 3. 158. 3. -9 A spot, region, place; 3461 geria wa pieaufnah Me. 25; AREATH valg e t: $. 3; M. 3; 44o a part of the forest. Ratn. 2. 4, 4. 22; TEIHT 471 exbaling great smell ; -10 Upper region, high position. -11 (In phil.) The Mk. 5. 22. -6 Proud, baughty; TEH onunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be Mv. 3. 45 elated. -7 Unlimited, extra-ordinary. #: further discussed and explained ), the other two pro1 N. of Yama. -2 N. of Varuna. - Hind. Violently, cesses being lakSaNa and parIkSA. -Comp. -padam The term fiercely, strongly; 310 9feza: U. 3. 9. (or terms) which form the subject; al 4979: USHT 1924, a: fa ITHI SR. on 37. [ 32-61-F ] Tied, bound. MS. 6. 6. 20. JEGA a. Tearing out. - : The act of splitting, causing to burst (Jaina). 27. a. Illustrative. - 1 An illustration, uxample. -2 An illustrator, a guide. -3 (In Math.) JES: 1 N. of a plant, Cordia Myxa or Latifolia A question, problem ; 31714 : (frequently occurring (aganza; Mar. ***). -2 The sage 31 in Lilavati). JER : = 1 33 q. v. -2 N. of a sage; 3E+ Sesta: ind. Pointedly, distinctly; ma geera: 914: 3456f0: Bri. Up. 3.7.1. -H A kind of honey. -Comp. Bg. 10. 40. -puSpabhaJjikA [uddAlakAnAM puSpANi bhajyante yatra krIDAyaryA NvulU] 30 put. p. 1 To be illustrated or explained. a sort of game played by the people in the eastern districts in which Uddalaka flowers are broken or -2 To be intended or aimed at. -3 That to which one refers or which one has in view. -41 The object crushed). in view, an incentive. -2 The subject of an assertion uddAlakAyana: A descendant or son of uddAlaka ... (opp. 1997); see the word and also. ; for star Bri. Up. 4. 6. 2. T a. Pointing at or to. uddinam Midday. GU. 1 To point out, signify, declare, denote, 39 a. 1 Pointing out. -2 One who acts with a tell: GHECH Ku. 6.35; Ms. 8.12. ! certain object in view. 3. 182; Mo. 30; uitleg ZTTI S. 3; Baah afe: 17 ty 4 A. To flame, blaze up, be kindled; 417960Med. denotes or signifies. -2 To enunciate, prophesy; cha Si. 15. 48; giza wat: Mahnr. 28. ca fie: S. 5. -8 To rofer or allude to have Kaus. -Caus. 1 To light up, inflame, illuminate, kindle reference to; y Ku. 4.38; S. 6, see below. garate192144 Av. 12. 2. 5. a *: Ve. 2. -2 - To mean, intend, aim at, direct towards, destine To excite, animate, fire; 92921491a Ve. 2; for, assign to, dedicate to; K. 40: Bizgrafeni w a i TEIH Mal. 5. 25; 2 Bg. 17. 21.-5 To explain, teach, advise; wat alles fequ A H Bh. 2. 28. setu: 1 Inflaming, lighting. -2 An in flamer. -3 That which animates or excites. -94 Bdellium. seger ind. 1 With reference to, aiming at, in the direction of, towords; quiero sya: Pt. 1. 1 a. 1 Exciting, rendering more intense; 777 F&1974 Dk. 9 virulence. -2 Lighting, inflaming. -2 For, for the sake of, on account of, in the name of; ato S. 3 on thy account; fh for what purpose, on - A kind of bird. - A kind of aut. what account; fafana Pt. 1. 283 for some cause; 1914- 3 4 1 Inflaming, exciting; #19deg, 317 -2 (In a ttfor M. 5. in your name. - 3 Demanding, Rhet.) That which excites or feeds (a sentiment or stipulating for. rasa), any aggravating or attendant circumstance R For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #446
uddIpta 428 uddhAnta which gives poignoney to a feeling or passion; 3EUR14- a an 31419 S.D. 160 ; Soo 371737474 also. -3 Illuminating, lighting, settiny tire to, burning; 7742 E199: Ve. 5. 26. -4 Burning of a boly. 3818 p. p. 1 Lighted, set on fire. -2 Shining, bright. -3 Inflamed, excited, aggravated (as passion). ega. [44-2] P. III. 2. 147. Shining, blowiny. -9:, -44 Bdellium Mar. quia). 3 ind. Having publicly calumniated or discredited; Si. 2. 113. 31CT1 P. 1 To see above, look upwards (lit.) -2 To look into the future; oxpect: look up to: My. 6; 3947: farfaya74 R. 2. 60.-3. To doubt. -4 To bo aware of. -Caus. To make visible. uddarzanam Making visible. Elof . Torn out. get The white ant. E T 1 A. To blaze up, shine; 3 d: I 34911 Ry. 3.5.9. -Caus. 1 To cause to shine; hence) adorn, grace; a 9776aazi U. 4; road arriaria: R. 10. 80. Jautaa. Shining, blaving; a grad: qan Ram. 1. 16. 25.-a: Light, lustre (lit. and lig.); detent: #1912a Edizueta: Nag. 4.22.19142: 4 Mb.; S aran at Ram. adorning or yracing: -2 Revelation. -3 A division of a book, chapter, section. -4 N. of the commentary on Ratna vali, on Kavyapradipa, and on ETHICA19. SELECT The act of enlightening, illumination. ETE. Running away; taie Vaj. 22.8. - Flight, retreat ; P. III. 3. 19. 5692 P. [24-67] To raise up, clevato (lig. also) Rv. 10. 102. 7. A. To kill one's self; R .; P. NO 341. E pp. 1 Raised up, elevated, lifted up: - Hair Bk. 9.7; 3HGATE : $. 1. 8. raised; *47degR. 9. 50, hea ved; Ki. 8. 53.-2 Excessive, very muchi, exceedliny. -3 Haughty, vain, puffed up; EN 799149 7 2 : Ram. 5.58. 130. 3291147: R. 12.03.-4 Harsh; 999 haf a fa Jayan: Si. 16. 27. -5 Excited, intiamed, intensified: 12 Ki. 9. 68, 69: FIGC: 92a fa: K11. 3. 31, -6 Majestic, stately; ill-mannered. -7 Abounding in, full; C 9 44 Ram. 6. 67. 142. -8 Eager, ready: Re: #96 979991 Ram. 5. 48. 16. -9 Shining, glittering; 3=27i ar a t a910397 Ram. 6. 55. 19. -2: A king's wrestler. -Comp. -H99,- to high-minded, hanghty, proud, 0:44 Pride. fa: 4.1 Elevation. -2 Pride, laughtiness; Hata 11 Si. 3. 28.-3 Rudonoss, insolence; afa A : 16.72.-4 A stroke, shaking. 3GH Soo under 74. 367, -JETT Seo under 25. yata. Delighted, glad; a=171240 Paisfaut Bhay. 10. 81. 25.0:1 Great joy or delight. -2 Courage or energy to undertako a thing; 314 Age : 24197 Ram. 6. 52.6. 3 A festival (especially a religious one ). -4 Excess, abundance; (524); 394 G a taria: Ram. 6. 74.37. gua. Animating, encouraging, exciting; Play darSaNa cava uvAca prathitaM vacaH Rim. nidarzanAnyupAyAMtha bahanyuddharSa la Mb. 5. 135. 32. -OH 1 Animating.-2 Erection of the hair on the body ), thrill. gertat a. 1 Encours viny. -2 (Vor.) One whose hair is erect. ga: 1 A sacrificial fire. -2 A festival, holiday. -3 N. of a Yadavat, uncle and friend of Krisna. When Krisna was taken by Akrura to Mathura, Uddhava was implored by the citizens of Gokula to go and fetch him. He was very much attached to Krisna. On see ing the destruction of the Yadavas to be inovita ble, he went to Krisna and asked him what to do whoreupon he was told to go to Badarikabrams to practise penanco and to secure heaven. He is the subject of two short poems, uddhavadUta and uddhavasaMdeza. 36 a. Extending or raising the hands. 31 I, 3 P. Ved: 1 to bandon or expose (an infant). -2 To set up, erect, build. II. 3 A. 1 To yo or move upwards, rise (: the sun, dust lc.); 2A 75: fa eta 1. 13. 61; Mu. t. 21: Bk. 18. 27; N. 22. 45, 5. -2 To go away from, deport; 3262 TOH Mal. 10.3 To raise; 1 Titel Katy. -4 To throw up, lonit (its ayebrow): irure auBara: Bk. 3. 47. sftskra N. of a town: 71a4farar: 19217 4124: Ram. 2. 71. 12. 3 1 a. 1 Ljected, vomited. -2 Intatod, corpulent, fat. -3 Gone up, itseende, risen. -241 A firoplace. -2 Ejecting, vomiting. -3 Abanlonnent, leo ving. 3f: [ 32-11-14 ] 3941 #: 14: 1'. 111. 3. 92. Ved. 1 A particular part of a carriage (the part which rests on the axles ). -2 An earthen stond on which the Ukha rests. fea p. p. Set up, erected. gera a. Ejected, vomited. -a: An elephant out of rut (from whose temples ichor ceases to flow). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #447
429 uddhRta ..... . ... .... a. [37 ] 1 Freed from a burden or offer; Y. 1. 159. -12 To prove; 317840 at a yoke, unrestrained, uncheckod, free.. #21: 247157: as tagati y. 2. 28. -13 To divide (as with Shiva. B. 9. 65; also : ibid. 35. 19. -2 Firm, partners ). -14 To publish, make known. -15 To unlo, intrepidl, bold; 2deg M5.6.-3 Victorious, conquering. destroy; epa tvAM sajanAmAtyamuddharAmi sthiro bhava Mb... 18.). 28. -4 High, loud (voice &c.); 1997 -AHETAFITACHI -Caus. To cause to extract or draw out; - Dk. 104. -5 Heavy, full of: Higie GETTY +a: R. 9. 78. Si.5.64.-6 Thick, gross. -7 Lively, cheerful. -8 Able, competent; 19HYTTEUTH Bv. 4.40. JETUTH 1 Drawing or taking out, taking of clothes &c.). -2 Extraction, pulling or tearing out; 34 5,9 U. 1 To shake, move up, raise, throw up, Ms. 9. 252; 16GTT Mita.; so Toz. -3 Extricatwave (as a chavari); igara PATIO K. 117, 200; iny, deliverance, rescuing (from danger); datuKu. 2. 29; 3 1217 H Bk. 19. 8; Ki. 5. 39.-2 To F u R. 2. 25; pyar faqa199&T : H. 1. 29. shake or throw off ; A 77 A FATA: -- Destruction, eradication, extermination, deposition, 47171: Si. 18. 8 dispel, destroy (fig.): 37 : dethronement; FJZIGT Mu. 4. -5 Lifting, Mo. 17. -6 To disturb, excite, rouse up. raising. -6 Taking a part or share. -7 Taking from p. 1 Shaken off, fallen from ; raised or the Garha patya fire to supply the other sacred fires. thrown up; 917741gatsiooa: Dhan.V.-2 Exalted, -8 Vomiting; TAU fa q at high, loud. -3 Raffleil, tossed up; zal 9914 Bhag. 4.4.18. -9 Anything vomited. -10 Final Mb. 5. 193. t. -4 Blossomel, cheerful; 31uzaf7167 emancipation. -11 Acquittance of debt. -12 Hopiny, 1903 97. Ram. 5. 9. 66. -5 High, yone up expecting; 3119. alam War T: TOE. JETA (39); refutata f*TH Ram. 5.56.29.-a. Mb. 13. 60. 14. 1 Stamping. -2 Throwing up. -3 Turning up: digging a e, JEIT a. 1 One who raises or lifts up. 744 1 Throwing upwards, raisiny. -2 Shaking. -2 A sharer, co-heir. -3 One who recovers property. udhUpanam Fumigating. m. 1 A destroyer, externinator; Y. 2. 91. - 2 A saviour, deliverer. TY 1 Powdering, sprinkling with dust or powiler ; hic H24 499 K. P. 10; K. 129. -2 uddhArakavidhi:m. Mode of giving or paying; natkathaya An article used to season food. Tarafarmacia Pt. 2. s afa Den. P. To powder, sprinkle with powder gert: 1 Drawing out, extraction. -2 Deliverance, or dust. redemption, sa ving, roscuing, extrication. -3 Raising, TYTT Erection of the hair (on the body), thrill, lifting up. -4 Deduction, part to be set aside. -5 In law ) A part to bo set aside from the paternal horripilation. property for the benefit of the eldest son: the surplus ufta a. Having the hairs erect (through joy ); allowed by law to the eldest beyond the shares Pt. 1. of the younger brothers; 394 T EGIT: 128 7 1.1.10 P. 1 To draw out, raise up. -2 To save, 24 Ms. 9.112. -6 Tho sixth part of booty taken deliver; at a n U. 1. 23. II. in wir which belongs to the king: 794 79 [ E] 1 To clrs w or take out, extract, oxtricate; ... az A: Ms. 7. 97. -7 An obligation. -8 lobt, sa =77. R. 2.30; 3. 61; to deliver from, relieve of, particularly such as bears no interest. -9 Rexovering save, rescue, protect (with a bl.); HT 1977 Tagar property. -10 Marching out. -11 Citing (2 pagsago), 974 V. 4. 31; l't. 1. 358; B4. 6. 5. -2 To uproot, quoting.-12 Final beatitude.-13 Prosperity, clevation. --19 Compilation. -15 Leavings of dishes. - - extirpate, eradicate; tear or pull out; The plant 579 R. S. 9, 4. 66; fragmar770f . 7. 3; T .-T A fire place. -Comp. -FIT: N. of work. Mv. 3. 13; Mal. 9. 22; 34 of Dk. 102. -3 To - TI: Division of shares, partition. pluck up (flowers &c.); K. 21, 144. -4 To raise, lift SGKUH 1 Raising, elevating. -2 Rescuing, drawup, clevato, extend (a lands); ha affafoz- ing out of (danger), delivering. -3 Sharing, dividing. 404 Pt. 1. 363; Ms. 1. 62; V. 4. 34. 5 To take up, absorb (water); 3af627 araa R. 4. 66; 374 Safta <<. Taken ont, drawn forthi, extricated, a ga aru Si. 3. 75.-6 To sustain, bear up; 104. released. 9461H Pt.1. -7 To separato, abstract. -8 To remove, p. p. 1 Drawn up or out (water), extracted put away: 9 To deduct, subtract. Ragyogvatar &c. -2 Rised, elevated, lifted up, thrown up or fate fanaat Ms. 10.85. -10 To select, pick out; ca upwards; AATT177 92469aa Ku. 5. 85. -3 Uproot IGH TER 997 Ms. 9. 116, -11 To present, te, eradicated; gar: R. 2. 30. -4 Separatoil, set H For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #448
34yfa: apart. -5 Divided, partitioned; fe ara Bhag. 1. 4. 20. -6 Selected. -7 Dispersed, scattered. -8 Holding, containing. -9 Uncovered. 10 Vomited, cast up. Comp. ER a. 1 one who has received his share of the patrimony. -2 that from which the proper part has been deductod; Ms. 10. 85. a. skimmed (as milk); - sonama M. 4.02. f 1 Drawing or pulling out, extracting. -2 An extract, passage selected. -3 Delivering, rescuing. Especially, delivering or purifying from sin, tirunl liberation; apane tIrthAni tyastimiha yasmoddhRtividhI G. L.. 28. P. 1 To breathe out, puff, blow. -2 To inflate, to make known by blowing (a trumpet). uddhama . [ ud-mA-za ] Soanding, blowing. -maH 1 Sounding, blowing. -2 Breathing hard, panting. udghamAnam A fire-place, stove. uddhayaH [P. II. 1. 11.5; cf. ujjhatyudakamiti uddhadha: Malli. ] N. of a river; aP: R. 11. 8. Hoarsences (of sound). 39 P. To hang, tie up; 3 Mu. 6; pAdape AtmAnamudvadhya vyApAdayAmi Ratn. 3; Pt. 2. 3 a. 1 Tied up, hung up. -2 Checked, interraptod: a Bang. 10. 83. 43. -3 Compact, firm. udbandha . Loosened; udbandhakezaH R. 16.67. -ndhaH, -ndhanam 1 Tying up, hanging; Ram. 5. 13. 34. -2 Hanging oneself. -ndhanI A hook, or a hanging rope; ajJAnAdupasaMpannA rajjurubandhanI yathA Ram. 2. 12.80. 3 N. of a mixed tribe (doing the duty of [washermer); ef. Urianas : Ayojana viprAyAM jAtAstApa jIvinaH / tasyaiva nRpakanyAyAM jAtaH sUnika ucyate // sUnikasya nRpAyAM tu jAtA udbandhakAH smRtAH / nirNejayeyurvastrANi aspRzAzca bhavantyataH // One who hangs up (Ved.). 3a. Strong, powerful. udvASpa . Filled or suffused with tears; hRdayAni samAvi veza sakSaNamudvApadRzAM tapobhRtAm Ki. 3. 50; na... mama nayanayoruz a a ff V. 2. 10 tears will gush up in the eyes. na 3 a. 1 Having the arms raised, stretching or extending the arms; prAMzulabhye phale lobhAdubAhuriva vAmanaH R. 1. 3. 2 Having the trunk upraised (as an elephant). 3a. Out of the hole (an animal). udbudh 1 P. 1 To awaken, remind; udbudhyadhvaM samanasaH : Rv. 10. 101. 1. 2 To arouse, animate, excite. 3gp. p. 1 Awakened, aroused, excited; af : S. D. -2 Opened, expanded, full 430 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir sfw blown; Mal. 1. 40. 3 Reminded, made to think of. - Rocalled to memory (as an object seen bofore). Comp. - association of ideas, calling anything to mind. udbodhaH, -dhanam 1 Awakening, rominding. -2 Tocalling to memory, rousing up; nanu kathaM rAmAdityAyuddhowarz: effe: menfe gre: 8. D. 3; so t asodhaka a. 1 Reminding, that which reminds or calls to remembrance. -2 Exciting, rousing. -3 Discovering, exhibiting, showing. N. of the sun. a. Incressing, strengthening: Bhag. Breaking off, leaving off. 3. Excellent, pre-eminent; : N. 1. 132. -2 Exalted, magnanimous. - 1 A fan for winnowing corn. -2 A tortoise weight. importance udbhava, udbhAvanA &c. Seo under udbhU. 31 A. To shine. Caus. 1 To light up, illuminate, render beautiful, decorate; ornament; maGgalasaMvidhAbhiH R. 7. 16; kAle ghanodbhAsite Mk. 5. 35. -2 (fig. ) To bring into prominence, elevate, exalt; fearkhilakhalasya Bh. 2.59. 3 Radiance, splendour. safea, sige a. Shining, radiant, splendid: vibhUSaNoddhAsi pinaddhabhogi vA Ku. 5. 78; krIDArasodbhAsini Mk. 8. 38; Bh. 1. 80; Amaru. 81. 37 U. To break up. pass. To break out, burst forth, become visible, be produced; nodbhidyete K. 347; udbhidyamAnapakSatiH 33, 29, 46; udbhinnapayodharayA K. 100 developed; Ve. 4. 10. -Cans. To bring out, develop, unfold: bIjAnAM garbhitAnAM phalamatigahanaM gUDhamudbhedayaMzca Mu. 4. 3. udbhida . [ ud-bhi-kipU] Sprouting germinatings shooting forth. -2 Penetrating. -3 Destroying. -4 Causing to come forth. . 1 A sprout or shoot (of a plant): abUkuro'bhinavodbhida Ak - 2 A plant; udbhidastaruJ: Ak. -8 A spring, fountain. Comp. a. (f) sprouting, germinating (as a plant). (-:) a plant; udbhijjAH sthAvarAH sarve bIjakANDaprarohiNa: Ms. 1. 46. -vidyA the science of Botany. udbhida [a. Sprouting, germinating. Culinary salt. p. p. 1 Produced, generated, developed; formed; svayameva brahmabandhanodbhino durgaprayogaH M. 4: R. 13.21; : Rs. 1. 20. -2 Shot forth, germinated; nItipAdapasya puSpamudbhinnam M. 1; Ku. 1. 24. -3 Opened, expanded, budded; as in yoSanoniyA, - Breaking out, appearing: : Ch. P. 34; S. 6.5 Betrayed; fat azafa fa Mal. 7; Kam. 17. 45, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #449
udbhedaH $31 udyamanam ........................................ .. ............ 35 ,- 1 Breaking through or out, becoming -5 Wandering upwards. FH 1 Flourishing a sword. visibles appearance, display, manifestation, growth -2 - Rising in the air). -3 Exciternent, development; f acuacara: S. 4. 5: ART- agitation. ACHI 174: Ku. 7. 24 ; algarage-94 R. 5.38; IT.. Ved. Floodiny. Si. 18.36; Mu. 5. 3. gang 14 mai faceti Pel An ant infesting wild and dry wood. It is Me: 76. -2 Breaking, splitting: watatu: U. 3. 25. -3 A spring, fountain. -4 Horripilation; as in gomma, small, blackish and a sharp biter Mar. Agt). TIHIRE. -8 Treason, betrayal. JUHI A. (P. in some cases) 1 To raise, elevate, lift up; a 3912 S. 1; 7+3 zu ATT Ms. 4. 164, 41 P. 1 To : rise, spring up, bo produced from; 8. 280; 1989 1939: Bg. 1. 20; R. 15. 23, 11. 17; T ara:, afterattadt &c. soe 369 below. Huge -2 To occur, take place; Sk.; Bk. 4. 31, 17. 92.-2 To offer, give. a ga: Ks. 97.94. -3 To prepare, become ready for, begin, set about - To ascend, go up, mount. -4 To suffice. -5 To riso (with dat., loc. or inf.); 3TEH Thay 92211 in arms, rovolt, rebel. -Caus. 1 To cause to exist, create, produce; HI HAFT ETA R. 16. 29; Bk. 8. 47; see 390.-4 To strive, be diligent, R. 2. 62. -2 To strive hard for; 39-8fach Sk. - To roign, manage, proclaim; HELF24 K. 109. -3 To use, omploy. -4 To yovern. -6 To keep back, stop, hinder. -7 To rise. raise, elevate. -5 To consider, think; Vikra. 9. 19. -Caus. To prompt, stimulate; at afara 352: 1 Procluction, creation, birth, goneration Ki 9. 66. (lit. and fix.); sa catars K. P.1; Y. 3.80; the ga p. p. 1 Raised, lifted up; HEZHI 774964 place or object of origin ; 93: TTʠ vitara, Kath. 9. 6. 2; tacai Tey H. 3. 15; sosia:, : Bg. 10.34 ; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of &c. -2 Persevering, diligent, active. -3 Bent, drawi springing or arising from', produced from'; 563 (as a bow); 7a F aged 97: Ki. 1. 21. V.1.3; 15: R. 3. 18.-2 Source, origin: 38 T4: K. 54. -3 N. of Visnu; 369: HTT : V. Sah. -4 Ready, prepared, on the point of, eager, bont or intent on, engaged in; with dat., loc., inf., or -Comp. - a. productive. -14 birth-place. usually in comp.; anAyodyatA Ram.; udyataH sveSu karmasu 3 ra: 1 Production, generation. -2 Magnanimity. R. 17. 61; & a uaar: By. 1. 15; 921mg TH 3 1 1 Thinking, thinking over. - 2 Production, R. 4. 40; , ayo &c. -5 Trained, disciplined. -6 generation, creation; Mb. 13. -3 Speaking, saying. Commenced, begun; zakyA daivagatiloMke nivartayitumudyatA 4 Inattention, neglect, disregard. Ram. 6. 110.25. -7 Harsh, severe; 37 gagah Mb. 12. 32. 20. -2: 1 Time (in music ). grafua a. Raising upwards, lifting up, oxalting -2 A section, chapter, or any such division of a book. (fig. also ); Gaigal - Dk. 153. -Comp.-319, Te a. llaving an uplifted weapon. 3 a p. p. 1 Born, produced, generated. --2 Lofty 394 << Rising. m. A star. Comp. -, (lit. and fig.). -3 Visible, percoptible, capable of foft: The Eastern mountain (zat). being perceived by the senses; as a yet. -Comp. -ETA Visible form or shape. -Fratata. Tangible; Bhasa.P. gefa: f. 1 Raising, olevation. 39 fa 242 3915 Rv. 1. 190.3.-2 Effort, exertion. 317 9 a: at kura: /. 1 (teneration, production. -2 Elevation, Tanlar4941 Bk. 8. 69. exaltation, prosperity; 77: A far: Ku. 6.82. udyantR a. Raising, elevating; udyantA giro yadi ca tmanA HT Rv. 1. 178. 3. 14 1,4. P. 'To wander, roam about; 919afa afa gefa afy Git. 4. JUH: 1 Raising, elevation. -2 Strenuous or assiduous effort, exertion, diligence, perseveranceATE TE : 1 Whirling, turning round, flourishing (as T I TAT4 Ku. 5. 3; 1717 HT frysauga 5, of a sword ). -2 Wandering. -3 Regret. -4 N. of a firm resolve; udyamena hi sidhyanti kAryANi na manorathaiH Pt. 2.135. class of beings attending on Siva ; Skanda. P. -3 Readiness, preparation ; T199H fafea: became THATH 1 Moving or wandering about. -2 Rising. ready to go Pt. 1. -Comp. : discouragement. TT JUFTP . 1 Agitated, bewilderod, distracted; a. undergoing exertions, striving hard; 19 9 9farcus T25 care: Mb. 3. 2. 66. CATH THT: TITI Bh. 2. 74. R. 12.74 ; yone mund; My. 1. -2 Terrified, frightened ; udyamanam 1 Raising, elevation; yasamAne udyamane nipAtayeca Tatararat: R. 4.46; U.6.-3 Whirled, flourished, Mbh. on P. I. 4. 23.-2 Effort, exertion; Yoga472941 waved (as a sword). - Come on by breaking (the Bhag. 8. 6. 12. -3 Example, experiment : earth); sa tamazramivAviSTamudghAntamiva medinIm Ram. 7.31.14. Avarjayata vaidehIM daNDasyodyamanena ca Ram.5.22.38. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #450
udyamita $32 14: - udyAmata I. Instigatod to action. Atmano madhumadodyamitAnAm ki. 9. 66. # . Diligent, persevering, active, making effort. MA: 1 lirection, stretching out, olevation. -2 A rope, : cord. 372 1. 1 To yo up, rise, ascend; *ra ya&atu Truitatud: R. 12. 47; Tea Git. 4. -2 To originate, spring, arisu; 1 HAFTA 9f2u: 2 THTH N. 2. 109. JEH (--: also ) 1 Going or walking out. 301 454 A4 Av. 8. 1. 6.-2 A pardon, park, pleasure rardon: aaaaaaaaaaaf Me. 7, 26, 35; oft. opp. to 1a; cf. : 193 sansar para: S. 1.17.-3 Purpose, motive. -4 N. of a country to the North of India. -Comp. ro, Toti, T i a gardener, superintendent or keeper of a yarilen; 391991AF39794444 Ku. 2. 36. TOTH Awardet, park. 0 4 Bringing to a conclusion, completing, finishing (as ten). Jarfait Return home from a journey. Tefta . Brought to a conclusion, accomplished.' gua: [ 24-9-99 ] Mixing, joining ; blending. SEE: [ 39-44-99] Effort, exertion (Ved.) a z ta Vaj. 39. 11. y 7 U. (Usually A. only) 1 To excite, inake active or quick, stimulate to exertion. -2 (intrans.) To exert, attempt, strive with inf.); H e ti Dk. 3. -3 To prepare. -4 To join, be in contact with; mit aftaar: 4 499 Av. 6. 70. 2. 3gp. p. Zealously active, persovering, diligent, industrious; engaged, ready. ge : 1 Effort, exertion, industry; acarafa vifry : Pt. 2. 144; SI: : Hrafraz a. -2 Work, duty, office; detta fa ATT ATT #: V. 2. 1. -3 Perseverance, diligence. -Comp.-e title of the 5th book of the Mahabharata; also a section of the 5th book chapters 45-47) of the Ramayana. genita . Active, diligent, persevering, industrious; udyoginaM puruSasiMhamupaiti lakSmIdevaM hi daivamiti kApuruSA vadanti Pt. 1. 361, 2. 131 e ra a. Raised, gathered (as clouds ); Prab. udyotaH Luire, brightness. tadazau dazanAdyotaidIpayaMmtamaam Siva B. 9. 13. TE: A kind of aquatic animal. (Mar. FRET). - Water. SET.. Springmy: abounding in water. udraGkaH , -ga: 1N. of the town of harizcaMdra (florsting in the air). -2 Probably : tax on perinnent tenants : GI. III. 126 ff. 34: [ 37 *#11] 1 The pin of the axle of a carriage. -2 A cock. 391a: A loud noise, uproar. e chietly used in ass.) 1 To excel, urpuss (with a bl.); H H .. 49: Mb. -2 TO increaso, oXceed, preporvlorate. 311 31EETZ forta sigy va: Rv. 1. 102. 7. -3 To a bound in. 3 . p. 1 Increased, excessive, abundant. -2 Distinct, evident. -Comp. - H A mind a boundiny in goodness &c.): Panch. 1. 6. 12. - 4.1 High-minded; Ks. -2 Intoxicatel. C / Exces, bundance; Sivamahinna Stotra 30. J : 1 Increase, excoss, preponderanco, abundanco: 1912 fagfah9:49: Healagr: Ve. 1. 23; Ta great si. 7.74; so HIP', 18deg, w'; : Bh. 3. 87. -2 Commenceinent, outset. -3 Prosperity (a); Mb. 12. 313. 17. - The plant (hea). -Comp. T: discouraging a thing at the very harri SET . Abouding in, increasing. 33 a. Enhancing or augmenting exceedingly ; Raj. T. t. a. 1 Destroying, breaking down. -2 Undermining (as a bank ); as in tough q. v. 1 Rising, growth; Ait. Br. 4.14.5. sja, N. of a Saman. 351 a. 1 Excellent. -2 Raised, elevated.-. An elevation, hill; # T aifa alu. Ry. 3. 2. 10 Eat Mbh. on P. V. 2. 10). udvatsaraH A yeur. ET 1P. 1 To pour out, send forth. -2 To raiso, elevate. 36974 1 A gift, donation. - 2 Pouring or shaking out. 389: 1 Ejection, throwing out. -2 Shaving. -3 ( In logic) Non-existence of a subsequent consequent on the a brence of an antecedont (Wilson). -4 Rooting up. - Raising, elevating. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #451
433 udvAsa . 9 1 P. To throw up, oject, vomit (fig. also ); 369 ait R. 12.5 spoko out or uttered; shed tears &c.); T EHT -4: Mu. 6. 13 GH4, afia: 1. Vomiting, ojocting. SEF p. p. 1 Vomitend. -2 Out of rat (as ou elephant ).-3 i tropped down ; S. 6. GEHT. Vomiting out. 357 a. Throwing clown food (as wind ). ( 317141-15). H 1 Increase. -2 Sly or suppressed laughter. 4 Caxx. '7 banish, expul, drive awy na fercia zagn a: Bhag. 8.16. 13. STA: 1 Banisliznent. -2 Abandonment. -3 Killing 3G14 1 Expelling, banishiny. -2 Abandoning. -3 Taking out of or wy (from the fire). -4 Killiny, slaughter. TERT. 1 1.lating to the killing of a Sacrificial animal. -2 To be raised or lifted up. -3 To be taken out or extracted. 3GH. 1 I'rom which honey has been extracted (as a beehive ); Vb). 1.11. -2 Uninhabited, empty. -3 Disa ppeared, one. - Solitude. 67 1 . 1 To marry, lesd home (as a bride); E: R. 11. 51; 166* 714 Ms. 3. 8, 10,1); maa-77 04 F T . 1.52; Bk. 2. 48: Whay. 10.12. 11. -2 T, bour p, raise up, clevate: -3 To hold up, sustain, support; v a Ku. :1.85; 3a 4 K. 109; ku. 6.30: 3:419412497: R. 16. 61), 11. 66: Si. 9. 73; Bk. 9.7; 774&. -4 To suffer, experience, feel; he n ceIfH Mal. 6.9; * 14 Mu. 2. 31. Adhoring to his master's cause. -5 To possess, have, assure, be endowed with ; TEHSALI: Mu. 4; 1995-20 Ku. 1. 19; p ra qe 4797* * V. 4.73; M.5.14: $ 24, 31 , YTOTH, F, 64, 12H &c. -3 To carry off or away, take or lead a way; 99 912 114 R. 7.37,70.-7 To lead to termination, tinish; 17614747aai Mu. 2. 17 v. 1. -8 To respect, honour, uphold; i al Ram. 6. 74.3. -Caus. 1 To cause to mn: rry. -2 To spread above; olyanegut : Si 12.73. 38 a. 1 Carrying, leading up: Av. 19. 25. 1. taking up or away. -2 Continuing, perpetuatiny (as a family ); U. 4; so I . 22; R.) ; 11.54. -3 Eminent, head, principal, bost, foremost. feci ha 2 TEE: Pratimi. 2. 3.-: 1 A son: 1 72 1943 : Mb. 5. 177.2.). -2 One (i... the 4th of the seven courses of air. -3 The vital air which convey's nourishment upwards. 4 One of the seven tongues of fire. -5 Marriage. -6 A chief or head of the family; TETTE: R. 9.9. - A daughter. 301 Marrying: wala 1415a faedia Bhay. 10.52. 11. -2 Supporting, holding or lifting up, benring, carrying; 99: E12121: R. 13.8: 1973ata 42:14. 20; Mal. lo; R. 2. 18: Ku. 3. 13. -3 Being carried or, riding; h e 911 MX. 8. 370. -4 Possessing, having; 251, faayo de. -5 Protection ; 4729: a Bhr. 3.30.7. 3516: 1 Bearing up, supportiny. -2 Marriage wodding: 3429011a fala hilut Ms. 3. 49. 3416 ami ria wan: RG : Nay. 2. 13. (The Smritis mention forms of marriage a devastathA cArpaH praajaaptystthaasurH| gAndhavA rAjasazcava paizAcazcASTamaH a: 1 -Comp. - A Nakatra auspicious for a marriage. Balta 2 54927 941: Bhag. 10. 53. 4. - N. of a work of Raghunandana on marriage coremonies. 316 . That which raises or draws up (in comp.) aur a ga : Ak.- 1 Liftiny up.-2 Ploughing a field twice. -3 Marriage. -4 Anxiety, anxious regret. - 1 A cord, rope. -2 A small shell, orarie (af). USIEF. (2012-5Relating to marri geruatri juonial (as a Mantro ); Aceh (219: het #177 Ms. 9.65. g ap 1 Kaise, lifted up. -2 Morris. -3 Irudicated, pulled up. eiga a. 1 Raising, drawing up. -2 Marrying -- A rope, cord. feu. Emitting sparks or gleans (as in eye); a77 Si. 4. 28. ram. A husband. udvAdanam Crying aloud. usta . Vomited, ejected. 4 1 ljotiny, vonitiny. -2 A stove. 351 To call in lamentation, in weeping 2014 : mai 2014 Bk. 3. 32. Eitt a. Sheddiny tears; M. W. SET, - a. One who has put off one's clothes, (said of a woman after her period of impurity) g U .. 1 Married. --2 Coarse, gross. -3 Acquired, obtained; 2 T igtzfeu EU ga: gier Si. 1.7.-4 T:ll, protuberant, high; 2739 f cega: Ki. 14.31. -5 Ilvayy, fat. -8 Material, substantial. -7 Excessive. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #452
udvij 484 uvRtta G 6 A. (P. epic. ) 1 To be grieved or afflicted, be agitated; affea arah Bg. 5. 20; tremble, shake (lit. and fig. ). -2 To fear, be afraid of, shrink from, abhor with a bl.); dieglia Mu. 3. 5; By. 12. 15; 1999aa K. 197; 7749ferer : FATHFruit Bk. 7.92.-3 To be tired or sick of, be disgusted with ; aigla Thi Mal. 3; sometimes with yon. had fai 19 14 Pt. 4. 76. - To grieve, afflict, frighten. -Caus. 1 To trouble, harass, afflict, oppress; Bayaufenfio17 Ku. 1. 11.; Baler feru: 5; FOSTAA Mu. 7. 19. -2 To terrify, frighten; safar: ista: U. 2. 29. -3 To produce disgust or abhorrence; tofzugstafa K.12; gaiaferacy M. 3; $. 2. -4 To revive a fainting person by sprinkling water ) Susr. 31 . 1 Grieved, aftlicted, sorrowful, anxious (ins for my absent lover ); "Fre,aag - H - depressed in mind, sorry, anxious. - 2 Alarmed, frightened; U. 4. - 1. TUTH A frightened glance. a. I gat anistin) 1 Going swiftly (as an express messenger), courier. -2 Steady, calm, tranquil. -3 Ascending, mounting: -4 One whose arms by long practice continue always raised a bove the head ( as an ascetic). - T: 1 Trembling, shaking, waving. -2 Agitation, excitement; harSAmarSabhayodvegairmukto yaH sa ca me priyaH Bg. 12.15. -3 Alarm, fear; rate afecay t a rzt i Me. 38; a aceia R. 8.7.-4 Anxiety, regret, sorrow, distress (caused by separation from one's favourite object ). 943 TE A T: Mb. 3. 173. 14. -5 Admiration, astonishment. TT A betelnut (fruit.). -Comp. - *, -14, -ofta. Causing anxiety, agitation or distress; Pt. gla (FT) 1, -a. 1 Agitating, distressing, causing pain or distress. -2 Suffering distress, anxious, unhappy. STT a. Causing to tremble ( with fear); hurtiny the feelings. -24 1 Agitation, anxiety. -2 Infliction of pain, torture, a flliction; i f rar han Ms. 8. 352 painful. -3 Regret, sorrow for one's a bsence. -4 Shudder, shuddering: Susr. ja a. Terrifyiny; ydytowaru Si.3.19. sfag Rescuing, lifting; plucking up: Bhag. 3. 13. 43. Tai ar 17 fev (v. 1. &T). Cater ( 37-19-4) 1 A. To look up, view, see, perceive%; dRSTiradhikaM sotkaNThamudIkSate Amaru. 283; priyasya 401947 76 looking at waiting for); R. 13.08.-2 To examine, consider ; cha: 17 Pt. 1. 236. 3gth 1 Looking up or upwards. -2 Sight, an eye; seeing, looking at; vai artiyatgah R. 3. 1. SEIT 10 P. 1 To fan. -2 To blow upon or towards. udvIjanam Fanning. FIRUTH Increase, growth; M. W. EITI A. 1 To go upwards, ascend. -2 To fly asunder, burst out; 419 494 U. 4 the strings of which are giving way or being snapped. -3 To tumble over, fall down. - 4 To go out, depart. -5 To rise, swell, increase. -6 To be puffed up with pride, be haughty. -Caus. 1 To extirpate, eradicate, destroy; safaa taratu 11394 My.2. - 2 To throw up, elevate. -3 To turn round, roll as eyes). -4 To anoint, smear. --5 To beat to pieces, split, burst; 3141 F : IT sraiaag: Kv. 8. 14. 13. ga a. 1 Superfluous, redundant, plentiful. -2 Left over as a remainder, wurplus, -a: 1 A remainder, surplus.-2 Excess, preponderanco. -8 Rubbing or smearing the body with perfumes. -4 The time of destruction of the world (444); ad sa karat 99171929: Ram. 6. 14. 18. 39 a. 1 Causing to rise. -2 Rubbing and clean iny the body. - In Math.) The quantity assumed for the purpose of the operation (Colebrooke). gah 1 Going up, rising. -2 Springing up, growth of plants, grain &c.) -3 Prosperity, elevation. -4 Turning from side to side; springing up, popping the head; 153: T aufalfa Me. 42. -5 Grinding, pounding. - Drawing out metal, wire-drawing. -7 Anointing, smearing; Aut 77 7 TH; cf. also for commentary on the Satapatha Brahmana 12.8. 3. 16. - nagtapata h a ta HET Hafa 1 -8 Particularly, rubbing and cleaning the body with perfumes or fragrant unguents, or the unguents used for this purpose or to relieve pain; JETZ a dagda 7 Y. 1. 152: Ms. 4. 132 (31724619 Kull.). In this connection the meaniing 'vomiting' seems appropriato, along with other filthy objects: cf. Een = vomited. -9 Bad behaviour or conduct, rudeness. garca a. 1 Risen, elevated. -2 Sprung up, drawn out. -3 Perfumed, scented, rubbed, kneaded. 3 . p. 1 Raised, elevated ( a, a, #4 &c.). Taggunita Ram. 6.59. 95. -2 Flowing out, not contained in, wollen, overflowing: - vismaya Mal.1; apAmuyuttAnAm Mu.3.8 overflowing; uddhRtaH # 39 garag: qah Si. 8. 18. where 3deg means also 'gone astray, ill-behaved'). -3 Grown, increased. -4 Exalted, prosperous. -5 Proud, furious, haughty; FT 19 55721039 Bhag. 10. 11. 35. 4791a K. 90. -6 Vomited up. -7 Left as a remainder. -8 Ill-conducted, ill-mannered, rude. -9 Agitated; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #453
udRSabhayajJaH 488 unnatiH 17 H AFT R. 16. 79.-10 Turned up, open- ed wide as eyes). : A particular position of the hands in dancing. FH in astronomy ) The east and west hour circle or six o'clock line. SETT: A religious act performed by the persons that hail from North India; ye udIcyA iti samAkhyAtAste 229945116I 7 ) SB. on MS. 1. 3. 19. TEE 6 P. 1 raise up, elevate. -2 To draw up, eradicate, uproot. TE 4: Hans Rv. 3. 30. 17. -3 To draw out a sword from the scabbard). gita a. Drawn up; eradicated. GT See under fast. ofera. ( Saar aqua ] Having a raised seat or throne in it; faire aaga 7: Harah R. 17. 9. ET: Shaking, trembling, excessive tremor. a. [3Frar 2014 ] 1 Overflowing its banks (as a river ); 44492112 ACCE: R. 10. 3t; K. 333. aastaga 92211 219 Siva. B. 21. 57. -2 Transgrossing the por per limits. -3 Fxcessive; K. 138. 3: Growth; Mb. 5. 160. 121. 1 P. 1 To shake, wave; Mal. 2, 6; acarFeat Ratn. 2. -2 To roll or move about, turn round; Jaafa gert Ert9T: U. 2. 29; My. 5. 2; Mal. 8. 9. sarga p. p. Shaken, tossed up. -ah Shaking. SV a. Investing, surrounding, covering on all sides. -9 1 Surrounding. -2 Investing or besieging (as a town &c.). -3 Devastating. -4 Overcoming in battle. saya a. 1 Loosened ; #2fa271374164: R. 7. 6; Ku. 7. 57. -2 Freed from bonds, unfettered, unbound. - 1 The act of surrounding or enclosing. -> An enclosure, fonce. -3 A pain in the buttocks or back of the body; any convulsive pain in the heart. tai a. To be umbound, unfastened ; 312Tag virahadivase yA zikhA dAma hitvA, zApasyAnne vigalitazacA tAM mayodveSTanIyAm Me. 93. aufa Den. P. To open, unfasten, untie. siva a. Surrounded, invested. A1 P. [ 36--37-391 'To give up wholly ! or completely; yuSmatkAmatAnaSevaka udvyudasyet Bhig. .7.44. udhas An udder; seo Udhas. JE 9., 10. P. gitaria, u fa) 1 To glean or gather little by little at a time. -2 To throw or cast upwards. 3 7P. [cati, 313 , 311-311, fqh, 31-34; P. III. 3. 56) 1 To wet, moisten, bathe; 4: graf qzh-fa-2 To flow or issue out, spring as water ). -Cans. (aor. free) To wet. dcsid. (Siegfa) [cf. J. unda ). 3FH Moistening, wetting, Bhay. 3. 26. 43. Ja p. p. 1 Wet, wetted, moist. -2 (fig.) Kind, moved to pity. 325, 37, 38, 3725: [32-37-38 ] A mouse, rat. -Comp. ott, ter the plant Salvinia Cuccullata. Mar. 3-&17-ft). 3291 P. To roar or bellow aloud, sound, roar (in general); cefagare Ku. 1. 56; 9 176 Mb. Jag: 1 Crying out, roar, humming, chirping &c. -2 N. of a son of Krisna; Bhag. 3941 P. 1(a) To rise, appear; quarzo efarmi HRT: Pt. 2. 95. (1) To hang over, arise, impend; 37AZULEH Mk. 1, 3 an untimely storm impends; 1947+qu: Mal. 9. 18.() To rise, ascend, go up (fig. also ); gafa ala ala 7a 49: Mk. 5. Fatawa: Bh. 2. 69. -2 To bend up, raise, elevate, crect; ha fest: h: Ki. 16. 35. -Caus. (742 ) 1 To bend upwards, raise, erect; 94474 Ku. 7. 23; S. 3. 25; R. 1. 41. -2 (fig.) To elevate, raise to eminence; gay apyare K. 109. Ja p. p. 1 Raised, elevated, uplifted (tig. also ); fuad H ITA Svet. Up. 2.8; 39fay91Hraraat: Bh. 3. 24; Si. 9. 79; auf S. 4. 15. -2 High (fig. also ), tall, lofty; great, eminent; 4a: Haaaaa ficar hafa a R. 1. 14; V. 5. 22; Ki. 5. 15, 14.23; Pt. 1. 29; '78: R. 6. 71; Si. 7. 27; 9 a. noble-minded ; Pt. 1. 122. -3 Projecting, plump, full (as breasts); atat994 M. 2.3; RH. 1.7.-4 Pleased, in high spirit; 1917 : R a at: Ram. 5. 61. 5. -a: A boa (34911). -ah 1 Elevation. 2 Ascension, altitude. -Comp. -17a a. elevated and depressed, uneven, high and low; 4 gaaraan Ak. -13: A method of determining the time from the shadow. Fine A kind of musical instrument. TOT a. with uplifted paws, rampant. - a. having a projecting na vel, i.e. corpulent, fat. -ETTE. carrying the head high, holding up the head, proud. unnatatvam Height, sublimity, majesty; tadeva naisargikadian R. 5.37. Jafa: f. 1 Elevation, height (fig. also ); see safaat below.-2 Exaltation, dignity, rise, prosperity, increase; ahalaga at marah Pt. 1. 150; talagati: K. 55; Si. 16. 22, 72; Bv. 1. 40; HEITZ 694: atafaar: H. 3. v. l.; #19deg Bh. 2. 23. -3 Raisiny. -4 The wife of Garuda. -5 N. of a daughter of zu and wife of . -Comp. 37: N. of Garuda (Lord of sala). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #454
unnatimat 436 unmathana bala"R. unnatimat... 1 Elevated, projecting, plump (R o ut or asilo, lead away; ekAntamunnIya Mb. -7 To press breasts): sA pAnonnatimanpayodharayugaM dhane Amaru84 : Si.9.72. out, extract. -8 To infer', ascertainly guess, conjecture; -2 ligh, sublime. kathamapi sa ityubhetavyastathApi dRzoH priyaH U.B.22, 1.2.0, 6.263 unnamanam 1 Raising, lifting up.-2 lleiglit, elevation. V.4; prakRtipratyayAdyarthaH saMkIrNa liGgamunnayena. Ak. -9 To fill completely. -10 To lead off (in singing), kAcitsama unnamita 2.1 Raiserl, liftel up. prayatnonnamitA namaHphaNe: mukundena svrjaaniirmishritaaH| unninye pUjitA nena prIyatAM mAdhuK. -2 lleightened, increased, proved to be superior; sAviti // Bhig.10.33. 10.-11 To lead aside, separate: upadezaH M.3. devenaikatra nInAnAmunnItAnAM svakarmabhiH Bhay.7.2.. unnamra . Erect, upright, lofty, high (lig. also); unnayaH, unnAyaH P. III. 3. 26. avAdAniyaH 1 Raising, unnamratAmrapaTamaNDapamAninan Si.h.683; nA erectness, upright clevating. -2 1[eight, elovation. -3 Analogy, resemness of the body ). __blance.-4 Inference, induction, conclusion. -BA heap. unnAmaH Raising, lifting up: zatavRddhiH kRtonnAmaH Pt. 5.45 unnAyAnadhigacchantaH pradrAvairvasudhAbhRtAm Bk. 7.37. lifted up. unnayana a. With the eyes raised upwarls: puruhUtadhvajaunnaya, -yanam See under unnI. syeva tasyonnayanapatayaH / . .3. -nam 1 Rising, elevating, unnasa .. [unatA nAsikA yasya] PP.V. . 19 Javing Jifting up. - 2 Drawiny up water. -3 "The vessel out prominent nose%3; sukapolAnnasAnanam ]ihar.s.8.12. unna of which a fluid is taken. - Leading away, extractdadhatI caktrama Bk. I. 18. ing. - Moking straight, smoothing; sImanta, -6 Deliberation, discussion. -7 Inference; zravaNAdanu pazcAdIkSA unnah + P. 1To tic up, bind up, fasten round. -2 anvIkSA unnayanam. To draw out, pull out. -3 To come out of, rise from. unnAyaka .1 Raising, lifting up. -2 What leads unnaddha... 1 Tiel or bound up, fastened: te'sya to an inference or conclusion. muktAguNonadaM maulimantarganavajam R. 17.23; 18.50: Ku. 3.46. -2Swellent, internal, hearning: yAgonnaddhapayodhara Git.1::. unnetR .. 1 Raising, lording up. -2 Theuling to an -3 Unbomal. - Ented, Husherl with: vIrya, mada, inference. w. One of the 16 priests at a Kurifice. unnetram The oflict of the unnetR. unnahana Infattered, unround: naivAnyataH paribhavo'sya a . "To be inferred or scortained by analogy; bhavekacinmanmayayasya vibhavonnahanasya nityam Bhiy 11.1.. Sivemahimna Stotra 17: parepAmubhayo bhanie. unnAhaH 1 Projection, protuberance; stana M:1.9; unmaj (masja)6P. To emerge, rise up; vanyaH saritto rise; balAha K.26. -2 Tying up. -3 Excess, abund: gaja unmamajja :..13, 16.7:); unmamaHja zanakastuhinAMzuH narakastamaubhAhA Bhay. II.1.13. -4 Impudence, haughti- Ki.9.23; S.7.8: Si.9.30. S: N. Sour gruel made from the fermentation unmajaka. Emerging, rising up. -ka: A kind of of rice. Eascetic; kaNThadane jale sthitvA tapaH kurvan prvrtte| unma:jakaH sa unnAbha ". 1 Living a projecting navel, rompulent. : vijJeyastApaso lokapajinaH // dannolakhalinadheva nathaivonma jakAH pare - N. of :: king of the Solar race. Rim.3.ti.. unnAla.. With the talk prominently appeering; unmajjanam Emerging, coming out of water. saliloMal.9.18. nmajanamujjhati sphuTam .. -naHAnattendant of Siva. unnida uhatA nidrA yamya] 1 Sleepless, awake, unmaNiH M. A gem lying on the surfasnakRSTapanyauwithout our wink of sleep: nAmunnidrAmavanizayanAM saudhavAtAya Sadhayo girayo bibhradunmaNIna Bhig. 10. 27.26. nastha: Me..10; vigamayayabhitra eva kSapAHS.G. Mut.2%3 Mal. 3-2 Expandled, full-blown, udderl (aun lotuses); unmaNDalam An ims winery tircley going from South "aravindam R.22: unnidrapuSpAnimahasabhAjA Sit. 13,31: 8.28. to North and meant for measuring the day; the east -3 Shining ( :ts the moon). -4 Bristling (as hair). and west circle: Sury:. unnidrakama, unnidratA /. Sleeplessness. unmath, unmanth 19. P. 1 To shake up, disturb, unnI / . 1 To lord upwards, bring up; Uca Excite, stir; pain. -2 To strike, kill, destroy; 14 sAkRtamunmamAtha sahasA hastI muni jaiminim Pt.2.34% gharyamunmathya prANamunnati Kath...5.33 brahmAditya munnayati Mb.3.313.46. Mal.1.183; vikalpanidrAmunmathya Prab. -3 To tear, cut off, -2 To raise, erect, lift up; (A.) daNDamunnayate sk.; peol off: vanyadvipenonmathitA bagasya R.2.37. -4 To mix. svadaMSTrI nItadhage barAhaH Bhig. -3 To bring out of, free from, help, rescue, redeem: ramAyA lIlayonItA urvIma unmathana a. Tearing, disturbing, paining. -nam Bhag. -4 To draw up (as water); bane nipUtaM vana unnayadhvam 1 Shaking off, throwing off or down. -2 Killing, Rx.?. 14. 9. -5 To stroke; straighten out. - To lead slaughter: 3772121717 R. 7.12. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #455
unmanthaH 437 unmA JFFT: 1 Agitation, disturbance. -2 Killing, slaugh- ter. -3 A disease of the outer ear. JFTF. 1 Shaking off, agitatiny, stirring. -2 Throbbing, beating. - Inflammation of the outer ear. SFHFTAH 1 Shaling off, agitatiny. -2 Killing, slaughter: 37744 R. 7. 52; hurting; gift-zifi ta III- THI - 1 nt. to. 124, 11. -3 ] eating (with a stick). - 4 Probiny, stirring a dart lodged in the body. -5 The instrument used for this purpose. -8 Churning up; korme dhRto'dira manonmathane svapRSThe Bhag. II. 4. 18. SFATU.. Destroying or Killing. -T: 1 Torment, pang, deep pain i: Mal. 9. 15. -2 Shakiny, agitation. -3 Killing, slaughter. -4 A share or trap; af fr a Mb. 12. 138. 23. SFHREES <<. 1 Mad, insane. -2 Intoxicated, drunk. -3 In rut (as an elephant); 23 Huja: Fif2171a At Si. 12. 28. SFATZ a. 1 Mad, insane. - 2 Extravagant. : 1 Madness, insanity; 311 3 12: U. 3; Mal. 9. -2 Intense passion, intoxication or extravagance of love; Mal. 3, 2. 11; THA : Mr. 2. 22 rapturous joy. -3 Lunacy, mania (considered as a disease of the mind) 4 a a tHadsy i A fara: ! Susr. -4 ( In Rhet.) Madness considered as one of the 33 subordinate foelings; 14HE 3412: T HI: S. D. 3; or according to R. G. fag9 TTZ his fe212414 gare. -5 Bloom: 371 012 9919114 S. D. 2. -6 A kind of 9 7; Bhay. 2. 10. 30. SFAT .1 Shakiny, agitatiny, -2 Tormenting. excrnciating; Tata (3113617:) Mal. 9. 10. JEH L . 1 To bo or become mad. -2 TO delight, gratify. ans. ( +FT-711) 1 To madden, inebriate, render drunk (lit. and fig.); 17efeat: K. 107; Ki. 1. 16. -2 To excite, ouitate: 717461 17 HIZAv. 6. 10. . H p. p. 1 drink, intoxicated. -2 Insone, frantic, mad; 3141 V. 2: 3 1 ** *991 U. 3, 0.330; $.6; My... 7). -3 (a) l'uffed, clevated. (b) Furious, wild; madonmattasya bhUpasya kumarasya ca gacchataH Pt. I. 161; U.>; Si. 6.31.-4Possessed by whort or an evil-spirit; 1. 2. 3): Ms. 3. 161 ( H a aglan941492: Mita. ). -5 Very great, a buormal. 347ant: 17 4794114 al. Rani. 12. 12. 27: 1 the thorn apple (797): N. of zanother tree ( ?). -2 N. of one of the right forns of Bhaira. --Comp. :, -as: N. of Sive. -TEETH V. of a country where the ranga roors furiously along). - , -*T . maniac-like, mad in appearance. - Tita . spoken in drunkon ness or madness. (-4) the words of a nadian. ira: A form of Bhairava. A form of Durga. RETI a. pretending to be mad. F# . 1 Insane, inad. -2 Drunk, intoxicated. SFH7 . 1 Intoxicated, druk: taga-1914 R. 2.9, 16.51. -2 Mad, furious, extravagant ; Si. 10. 4; S a ra: 12. 44,77: 16.59. 3 Causing intoxication, intoxicating ; *1941 T a gat faqatat. Uruta Si. 6. 20. - 1 Insanity. -2 Intoxication, ecstacy; kRtamanukRtavatya unmadAndhAH prakRtimagankila yasya gopavadhvaH Bhag. 1. 9. 40. J a . [34-hats ) Affected or inflamed with love; 721993-CH 29 Ku. 5. 55. unmAdaka: N. of the plant dhattUra. GFH a. Maddesing, exciting, intoxicatiny. -: One of the five arrows of Cupid. SFATTO. Intoxicatiny, enrapturing: $. 1. unmAdin .. Mad, intoxicated. unmAdino mAtulaputrakamya E fte Udb. SFAT.. Fond of drinking (Ved.). SFHE, - F. a. [ HRIS** ] 1 Excitod or disturbed in mind, perplexed, git: tel. umeasy ; 37471: 7999 1 79f4 a 192: R. 11. 22; ki. 14. 45. - 2 Regretting, repining for lost or departed friend. -3 Anxious, eager, impatient; 196444d Hit Bh. 2.75. --4 Proud (H ); R Haya: Si. 16. 3 ( where it also means "anxious"). unmanAyate |Don. A., unmanIbhU11'. 'To become excited or disturbed in inind, be unus, regret: 34 SATA 14.4-14 Ri. 3. 39. 340 ST 1 To become perplexed, excited. -2 To become absent-minded: Kasi. on P. V. t. 1 -3 To be one with yodl. SFAS & U. To make excited, disturb: 7979: ty=-11-17 Ki. 10.37. Jenar To be excited, disturbed. Felha: Absence of mind; z 211494 Brahmamet. Up. t. F ea. Shining, radiant; urzze forma R. 16. 69. FRETH 1 Rubbing, kneadiny. -2 A fragrant essence used for the purpose of rubbiny. -3 Act of purifying air. grat Ved. A measure, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #456
unmAnam 3H 1 Weighing, measuring upwards; UrdhvamAnaM : Mbh. V. 1. 19 Vart. -2 A measure of size or quantity. 3 Price. -4 Measurement of thickness or diameter. faa. Measured. 3fafa: . Measure; price. 18. unmeya To be weighed: what is weighed. Weight, burden. unmArga . [ utkAntaH mArgAt ] Going to a wrong path. : 1 A wrong road, deviation from the right road (tig. bo); fifa 1. 1. 2 An improper conduct, evil course, moral turpitude; affa indriyANi K. 155; pravartakaH 103. -rgam ind. Astray, by a wrong way; unmArgaM gacchataH madonmattasya bhUpasya Pt. 1. 161. -Comp. -gata . going wrong. gamanam following evil courses. -, - a. going wrong, erring, taking a wrong road. a. Going astray; finding an outlet (as water). unmAlakam 'The offer of a gift as a mark of complete gratification. zarIraM unmAlakAyeva nijaM mumoca Srikantha charitam 1. 3. ummizra a. Mixed with, variegated. unmiS 6 P. 1 To open the eyes; unmiSa tadA muniH Bhag; Bg. 5.9; Dk. 111. -2 To open (as the eyes); - Ku. 4. 2. -3 To open, bloom, be expanded (as lotuses); 3 K. 22. -4 To rise, peep up (as stars); f g K. 176. -5 To shine, glitter, flash; as 6 To arise, originate; unmiSadromaharSa, unmiSattoSam &c. unmiSa a. Blown, opened. -T: Opening of the eyes. unmiti farap. Opel (as eyes), blown, expanded tam 1 A looks glance lokannumiyaiH Ku. 5. 25; K. 72. -2 Opening: jan guuglafaan R. 5. 68. A, - 1 Opening (of the eyes), winking" twinkling (of the eyes); ar Mu. 3. 21.-2 Blowing, opening, expansion; fa K. P. 10; : Ku. 2. 33. 3 Light, flash, brilliancy; at : Bh. 2. 114 light or flash; fag Me. 83. - Awakening, rising, becoming visible, manifestation; Santi. 3. 13. 5 The act of increasing, supporting, making strong; addition, expansion; itihAsapurANAnAmunmeSaM nirmitaM ca yat Mb. 1. 1. 63. unmeSin Flying about, glittering about; unmeSi: Mal. 6. 5. a. unmIl 1 P. 1 To open (as the eyes); udamIlIca locane Bk. 15. 102; 16. 8. -2 To be awakened or roused, be excited; fari fare fanay: Si. 10. 72; Bk. 1. 33. -3 To expand, blow (as lotuses); di: 438 unmocanam Ki. 4. 3; Mal. 1.38, 9. 15. 4 To be diffused or spread, cluster round; prAntonmIlanmanoharakuntalaiH e. 1. 20 : unmIlanGit. 1. 5 To appear, become manifest; agrjvalano jalaM kSiniriti cailokyamunmIlati Prab. 1. 2. -6 To break forth, burst out; U. 4. -Caus. 1 To open (eyes, lotuses &c.); gain agung V. 1. 6; Mk. 1. 33. -2 To display, show; a argi Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 3,4 1 Opening (of the eyes), awaking; Getdi: Mb. -2 Unfolding, opening (in general); farge: U. 6. 34. -3 Touching up, painting; K. 267. -4 Expanding, blowing. 5 Action, working; f nonmIlanaM kSamam Ram. 4. 49.8. unmIlita P. 1. 1 Opened; ajJAnatimirAndhasya jJAnAJjanazalAkayA / cakSurunmIlitaM yena tasmai pANinaye namaH // Sik. 58; Ki. 16. 12. 2 Blown, expanded; a prauDhAH kadambAnilAH ; K. P. 1; awakened; jhaTityunmIlitaprajJam Mv. 1. 48; K. 110. -3 Touched up, painted; tUlikayeva citram Ku. 1. 32. - tam ( In Rhet.) An open referee (to anything). 0 unmukha . ( -khI /- ) [ ud-UrdhvaM mukhaM yasya ] 1 Raising the face, looking up a looking upwards; si harati pavanaH kiMsvidityunmukhAbhi: Me. 14, 105: R. 1. 30, 11.263 1. 53. -2 Ready, intent on, on the point of, about to, prepared for; 2. 8. 12 about to retire to the woods; 16.9, 3. 12;rgaaf M. 5. 7; V. 2. 7; Ku. 6. 48. -3 Eager, waiting for, expecting, looking up to: jAte pariNayonmukhe Ku. 6. 34; lakSmIriva guNonmukhI 1. 12. 26, 6. 21, 11. 28.4 Sounding, speaking or making a sound; Ku. 6.2 speaking through the cuckoo. - Coming from the mouth (pa) yastA mukhyo'bhUd brAhmaNo guruH Bhag. 3. 6. 30. 1 The state of having the face raised. -2 The state of expectancy: Ks. Loud-sounding noisy. 36 U. 1 To unfasten, pull off; fa: R. 6. 28; take off (clothes &c.); K. 147, 67; Bk. 3. 22. -2 To loosen, liberate, free from (as a bond); - Mb.; open (as a letter); Raj. T. 3. 235: K. 221. -3 To raise, elevate, send forth (as sound); e Ram -4 To fling hurl (as a missile). -Cans. 1 To extricate, loosen, free; s : Mv. 6. 46. -2 To deliver. p. p. Pulled off, loosened &c.; bitterly. For Private and Personal Use Only kaNTham Unfastening, loosening. Comp. -STAT canam (lu.) unfastening completely : unmocanapramocane ubhe vAcA vadAmi te Av. 5.30 24.

Page #457
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra unmudra unmudra . [ udgatA mudrA yasmAta. ] 1 Unsealed. -2 Opened, blown, expanded (as a flower). www.kobatirth.org 3 a. 1 Confounded, confused. -2 Silly, stupid. yA pUrvI sottarAsya unmugdhasya soyaM pUrvottara unmugdha: Mbh. 1. 1. 28. 3 10 P. To eradicate, pluck up by the roots, exterminate; samUlamunmUlayatIva me manaH Ki. 1. 41; unmUlitA haladhareNa padAvaghAtaiH Uab. unmUla]. I'lucker, destroyed, tamimaM selamunmUlaM karomi a Ram. 7. 16. 23. 31 Plucking up by the roots, eradication, destroying, uprooting; f : R. 2. 34. Av. 8. 6. 1. -3 To receive, accept (Ved.); gavyaM mRje Rv. 5. 52. 17. 32 P. 1 To rub or wipe off, clean by washing; triH prAzyApo dvirunmRjya khAnyadbhiH samupaspRzet V. 1. 20. -2 To efface, blot out, obliterate. : ummArjanam Rabbing, wiping off removings manaH Dk. 161. $39 unmRjAvamRjA Repeatedly rubbing up and down. P. II. 1. 72. 3 p. p. Blotted out, effaced, cleared, removed, wiped off; agus R. 15. 32; Y. 2. 91. 39 P. To rub, to do massage. unmardanam A rubbing down of the sacrificer with sweet-smelling substances before sprinkling him with fat. cf. agrafa Sat. Br. 12. 8. 3. 16. and Sayana says unmardanaM udvartanaM bhavati / ( For details read Dr. Gode's paper on, Massage in Ancient and Medieval India', Annals of Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute XXXVI, parts I-II, pp. 85. 113). C / Corpulenen, fatness. 3 ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses towards, near to, by the side of, with, under, down (opp. 4). According to G. M. the following are its senses :- upa sAmIpyasAmarthyavyAptyAcAryakRtimRtidoSadAnakriyA vIpsArambhA dhyayanapUjaneSu :- ( 1 ) nearness, contiguity upavizati, upagacchati goes near ; ( 2 ) power, ability upakaroti; (3) pervasion are; (4) advice, instructing as by a teachar 39ff, 39; (5) death, extinction, uparata; (6) defect, fault upaghAta; ( 7 ) giving upanayati, 3; (8) action, effort a; (9) beginning, commencement upakramate, upakrama ( 10 ) study upAdhyAya: ; (11) reverence, worship upasthAnam, upacarati pitaraM putraH. It is also said to have the senses of disease, ornament, command, reproof, killing, wish, resemblance &c. -2 As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns, it expresses direction towards, nearness, resemblance, relationship, contiguity in space, number, time, degree Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir upakalpaH &c., but generally involving the idea of subordination or inferiority; af the finger next to the little finger; upapurANam a secondary Puraya; upaguruH an i tant master; 39: a vice-president. It usually, however, forms Avyayi. comp. in these senses; ( = gaGgAyAH samIpe; upakUlam vanam &c.; these are again compounded with other words; upakUpajalAzayaH; upakaNThafaafu. Prefixed to proper nouns it means a younger brother'; upendraH. -3 With numerals it forms saMkhyAbahuvrIhi and means nearly', 'almost'; : nearly thirty; upaviMzAH about twenty &c. -4 As a separable preposition (a) with acc. when it means inferiority (P. I. 4.87) 3: Sk. the gods are under i. c. are inferior to Hari; Vop. (b) With loc. it expresses (1) over, above, superior to;, :; (2) addition; (3) near to, towards, in the direction of, under: (4) at, on, upon; (5) upto, in, above; e. g. upa sAnuSu on or above the peaks; kyo ; or sometimes (e) with the instr.; with, at the same time with, according to. 5 As a separable adverb it is rarely used in the senses of further, moreover. upAsanne'dhikai hIne sAdRzyapratiyatnayoH / tadyogavyAptipUjAsu zAyArambhadAnayoH // dakSiNAcAryakaraNadoSAkhyAnAtyayeSu ca [f. r. hupo; I sub; Goth. up; Germ. ob. ]. upakakSa 4. Ved. Teaching to the shoulder; AdadhnAsa upakakSAsa u tve Rv. 10. 71.7. -kSam The hair under the armpit; Gopath. Br. 1. 3. 9. 33 a. Near, proximate. -:; -03 1 Proximity, vicinity, neighbourhood; mahodadheH R. 4.34; 13.48; Ku. 7.51; Mal. 9.2; AkRSya cApaM zravaNopakaNThe S. 3. 5. to the very ear tasyopakaNThe ghananIlakaNThaH Ku. -2 Space near a village or its boundary. -3 One of a horse's paces. -ind. 1 Upon the neck, near the throat; Si. 3. 36. -2 In the vicinity of, near. upakathA A short story or tale. upakaniSThikA [ upagatA kaniSTikAm ] The finger next to the little finger, the last but one finger (f); Sik. 44. The friend of one's daughter; P. VI. 2. 194;g near the woman's apartments. 10 U. To hear; fufiana Si. 20.3. 3 ind. Close to the ear, into the ear. upakarNanam Hearing. 3ff Rumour, report. upakarman / n. A rite in which the head of the boy ( baTuH ) is smelt at the upanayana ceremony; jAtakarmaNi yatprAha pitA yaccApakarmaNi Mb. 12.266. 16. upakalpaH An ornament, tapanIyopakalpam Bhag. 3. 18.9. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #458
upakAntaH 990 upakRtiH og 39 : A class of six-storeyed buildings (Mana- 94: : 7. 98. -8 To bring or call together; 39 sara 24. 16.). A: ( = 12: Sk.). 3 Smaller variety of cardamom, or ! 374 A palace. also 3492. Fennol-flower-seed, Nigella Indica (Mar. Fli). 3 OTH 1 Doing service or favour', helping, S ETU See under 34. assisting.-2 Material, in plement, instrument, means ; 201719- an dari 12 Sai Bri. Up. 2. 1. 2.; 31*1*: 1 A relation or follower of Kichaka. +997uI U. 5; 644 Mk.3; 34+7+H7H9a U. 3.3 -2 The army of Virata under Kichaka. -3 A sub- serve as helping instruments, or assistants; YTTIbranch of a Bamboo trees of the patronomastic quotation 19720 Ty K. 207 ; sur bathing materials; # =#344147 (where I can be Pt. 1; 021214 athletic materials; 3914 19 Toh: separated as fat: + 3112, meaning a bird wandoren). II. 2. 24; K. SO, 102, 1:8, 201; Y. 2. 276, Ms. 9. 270. Ja , f il 1 The plant Nigella Indica (CUT- -3 An engine, machine, apparatus, paraphorn:lia (in Th). -2 Small cardamom. general). -4 Means of subsistence, anything support ing life. - A means or expedient; F#, 2deg, 45deg STTH. 1 Near, proximate. -2 Solitary, retired, &c. -8 Fabricating, composing, el: borating. -7 The secluded. - inl. Near a jar. insinis of royalty. -8 The attendants of a king. TRT 1 The plant Piper Longum (Mar. ftat). -Comp. 3T <<. Suitable, requisite. -2 A canal, trench. 39 . One who does a service or favour, use TRT: (tum-boil; a discase of the mouth. ful, friendly; ApatsUpakartA Dk. 160; hInAnyanupakartRNi pravRddhAni Para R. 17.58; 34+ 4 S. 1). 624; Si. 2. 37. ITP 1 P. To till with cooing. STAT: 1 Service, help, assistance, favour, kind39 . p. Made to rosound (with cooing). ness, obligation (opp. 379417); 3477 267997 - Filling with cooing. 25233 UK 34#T: 174 Mbh. on P. II. 1. 1. upakRpam, -pe int. Near a well; jalAzayaH : trough 59#1119 fe 32 : Si. 2. 37: TEFRITT near a well for watering cattle; also - A small TU 71a: Ku. 2. 40, 3.73; Y. 3. 281; Pt. 1. 22: cistern made of stone Mar. 21, su). 3991 to be of service or useful to another); -2 Preparation.-3 Ornament, decoration. -4 Particularly, Hinil. On the shore; sus at: 3 flowers, garlands &c. Suspended at gateways as qanu: (a ) R. 15. 28. em bellishments on festive occasions. - 1 A royal 377 U.(.) 397111-141. 1 To place or bring tent, palace. -2 Caravansera. hear, furnish or provide with, do or render; 44: 391F <<. Doing service or favour, helpiny, con1924 TI 4209: V. 5; Ms. 2. 149, 245; 5. 32. tributing to, assisting, productive (of wood rosult); -2 To assist, serves befriend, oblige, favour, benetit, 74-774 ki. 2. 43. help; 977 Pt. 1. 83; Bk. 8. 18; (oft. with gen. of person): 4 241549 1 ki. 7. 28, S. 13: 39 fil ( 377 ) 1 Protectross, a female 3116472274714 Me. 103; Si. 20.71; K. 171; 3.ssistant. -2 A place. -3 A tont, a caravansera. 476939 : S. B.; Sometimes with loc. also; -4 A kind of cake. Mo. 8. 394. - 3 To foster, take care of. -4 To render y ta. 4. Helpiny, serving, beneficial &c.; subhomage, serve, wait or attend upon with w.), survient, benefactor. City Sk. - To begin, set about anything with dat. ). -6 To subdue, overcome. (1) 39 fa, -**.. Trt a. 1 Deserving assistance or favour, fit to 1 To add, supply (912EZENT); 39 P. be assisted. A royal house, palace; Tia gal: VI. 1. 13). Sk. -2 To provide or furnish with; fiar H aruf arraina ei 4 R. 5. 63; a royal 0494 : Bhay. -3 To attend or wait on, serye. tont: ar i : 5.41.11.93, 13.79, 16.55, 73. -4 To adom, decorate, elaborate, retine, polish, pre- g atur a. Doing service &c. --OT: A Brahmana pare, perfect; 1970 19514 Ms. 5. 112; 345 TL in in a state of pupilage (18 state of nu ) who wishes to pass Sk.: salv a ggi : Bh. 2. 15. 5 (a) To care on to the state of a householder (uk ). for, take care of with acc. of person); P. I. 3.32, VI. 1. 139. (6) To make efforts with gen. of thing); 398 p. p. Assisted, benefited, served &c. - TECHETT56, 4** fagy : Bk. 8. 19, 119. -6 Aid, favour, obligation; Tatarstant 345a ea ta To furnish badly, deform; Hid 4531931 Ms. 3. 257. Mk. 5. 25. -7 To corrupt, defile, censure; $7: 2 gefa: f., 392 Favour, obligation. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #459
upakR 36. To bestrew, scatter or throw down, scatter or pour upon ; ratnopakIrNA vasudhAm Mb. -2 ( upaskR) (a) To cut up, split, lop. (b) To hurt, strike. 31 Scattering or throwing over, covering up; burying. -2 Pervasion. ind. Near the rays. upakIrNa a. Covered, strewed with; yefa - (f) Mb. 3. 164. 4. 441 upakalam 1 A. 1 To be fit for ; tatredamupakalpate Bhag. -2 To be prepared or ready (at hand); g Ms. 3. 208, 8. 335. -3 To result in, serve as, lead to (with dat.): arif Ms. 3. 202. -4 To become, take a (particular) form or shape. -Cans. 1 To prepare, get ready, equip; Ve. 2. -2 To appoint, assign, allot; f Pt. 1: U. 2; Y. 1. 109.-3 To vow, promise; aafea Pt. 4.-4 Topationt). - A work on medicine. set up, exhibit; f fear ago Bhag. 1.9. 32. 5 To render (homage), communicate. - To bring near, fetch. 7 To assume, take. 39: An appurtenance; Bhag. upakalpanam nA 1 Preparation; evaM vijJAya matimAn Sur. -2 Fabricating, making &c. feqa p.. 1 Prepared, made &c. -2 Secondary, substituted. 3p. p. 1 Brought near, at hand. -2 Ready, prepared. 3 Fitted for, adapted to. 4 Formed, produced. upakozA N. of a daughter of upavarSa and wife of vararuci Ks. 39 1 A., 4 P. 1 To go near, approach, come to, advance towards: rAjJastasyAjJayA devI vasiSTamupacakrame Mb.; Bk. N. 25. kumAraM vividhaistaistairupacakramire nayaiH Bu. Ch. 4.2 To do, perform, set about; fagmupakrAntavAn Jik. 120; mAdhavasamakSamuttaramupakramidhye Mal. 32.7; Y. 3. 200.-3 To begin, commence (with inf. or dat.); ( Atm ); prasabhaM vaktumupakrameta ka: Ki. 2. 283 pratigrahItum ... Ku.. 66; R. 17. 13. 4 To go against, attack, assail, af: Ram. -5 To make advances (of love) to; Ram. win over; Dk. 65. 6 To stop over, stride, traverse. -7 To treat, act towards, attend on (as a physician). cure or heal (as wounds); S. 3. v. 1; sarvathopakrAntaH Dk. 68; traNA 75. upakrantu A beginer, one who undertakes prakantA 34 Mbl. on P. VII. 2. 86. 31 Beginning, commencement; - red a R. 12. 42 begun by Rama; faga: Mv. 2. -2 Approach, advance; forcible advance Mal. 73 0 yoSitaH sukumAropakramAH 160. -3 An undertaking, work, enterprize. -4 A plan, con4......48 upakSip trivance, means, expedient, stratagem, remedy: - : Ms. 7. 107, 150; M. 3; R. 18. 15; Y. 1. 345: Si. 20. 76. 5 Attendance on a patient, treatment, practice of medicine, physicking. -6 A test of honesty, trying the tidolity of a friend &c.; see 371. -7 A kind of ceremony preparatory to reading the Vedas. -8 Heroism, Courage. -9 Flight. -10 Behaviour, action; yadyapyakRtakRtyAnAmIdRzaH syAdupakramaH Ram 5.64.30 - 11 The rim of a wheel: Heh. 34 1 Approaching. -2 Undurtaking. -3 Commencement. -4 (Medic.) Treatment, physicking. upakramaNikA A prolace introduction. upakramaNIya a. 1 To be gone to approached, commenced &c. -2 Relating to the attendance (on a Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir upakramitavya, upakramya pot. p. 1 To be commonceed or undertaken. -2 Curable; 33: V. 2. (P. VII. 2. 56.) One who begins &c. 3. 1 Commenced, undertaken. -2 Approa ched. -3 Treated, attended on. a. A playground, a place for playing. 3751 P. To blame, chide, revile. Caus. To cause to cry, lament. upakrozaH, -zanam Censure, reproach, igmominy; prANairupako zamIma se 12.53 pozanai: 1. 11. 60. a. Censuring, blaming. m. An ass (braying upakroSTa aloud). upakka ( kkA ) NaH [ upa-kvaN-zabda, ap ghaJ vA ] The sound of a late or of Kinnaras. 39 Ved. A kind of worm or insect, a hai jabhya hA upaksa Av. 6. 50.2. 1 P. or pass. 1 To waste away, decay, be exhausted, disappear. -2 (2, 6. P.) To dwell near (Ved.). Docayed, wasted. - 1 Waste, deeny, loss. -2 Expenditure. -3 N. of Siva; Mb. 12. - ind. Near the abode. (1. 3. Ved. 1 Dwelling near. -2 Clinging or attached to; 4 Rv. 8. 19. 33. upakSINa P. P 1 Decayed, exhausted, consumed. -2 Disappeared: vanished. -3 Powerless. upakSet a. One who draws near; or one who dwells near, attached to (aaa) g Rv. 3. 1. 16. For Private and Personal Use Only 3fery 6 P. 1 To throw at, cast on, hurl against: aga agafe: Mal. 5. 31 to direct; M. 2; to entrust, assign; M. 3. -2 To

Page #460
upakSepaH 442 upagohya insult, upbraid, accuse, charge with ; 97891 af 84- (actively used ). -74 1 Wealth acquired. -2 Receipt: fayfa Ram. - 3 To throw out a hint ), hint, indicate, 19d 17 Tranfa&H Y. 2.93. put forth, adduce; g u ya Mk. 9.3; fa 3921 Mu. 1; Mal. 1. -4 To throw down. -5 To ta: f. 1 Approach, going near; a par qat Si. 9. 75. -2 Knowledge, acquaintance. -3 Accomience, introduce, set on foot, begin; 39129 Mu. 1; K. 162; Dk. 59; Je fHwarat: M. 5. ceptance, receipt. -4 Attainment, acquirement. ITCTT: 1 Throwing at, hurling. T e a. 1 Approaching: -2 Gettiny, acquiring. -2 Mention, allusion, hint, suggestion ; 1214292 af 23 Mu. -3 Knowing: -4 Accepting, receiving. 1. 3; 19: 219: 1973 Ve. 5. -3 A threat, specific 39TA, -ATT 1 Going to drawing towards, incntion or charge; Tarzaqa t Dk. 61. -4 approach; sImante ca tvadupagamaja yatra nApaM vadhUnAm Me. 67 your Commencement; 3914deg M. 3.-5 Poetical or figurative advent; ada TAFA R. 6. 69, 9. 50.-2 Knowstyle in composition (Wilson). ledge, acquaintance. -3 Attainment, acquiring; 29 a. Alluding, suggesting. fazl a : S. 1.11.-4 Intercourse (as of the sexes ). -5 Society, company; 7 ATGTH: H. 1. THUTH 1 Throwing or casting down. -2 Accus 117. -6 Undergoing, suffering, feeling. -7 Acceptance, ing; Charging; 7: = taraf 1757 4772 en receipt. -8 An agreement, promise. -9 A particular 440 Sabdak. -3 Disregard, negligence: 39240S high number. -10 -- Assumption, accepting, taking 44: HERHEIT: Mb. 1. 213. 16. up; 3791973 C 919789144 SB. on MS. 12. 1. 21. JCIECH Supplement to supplement, sub- -11 Performing, observing ( 311TT); - THE supplement. ! ATH: Bhag, 10.70.6. TOT . Forming a small or subordinate class. T. Coming neur; Ks. -UT: 1 A small or subordinate class. - 2 A small soffriga. Wishing or desiring to go near; number less than a troop. #itafagurangara foi a Me. 44. 39 TFT: Perfume, scent. 3GTE P. To ponetrate or force one's way into. ETH 1 1. 1 To go to, approach ; attain, reach offt, -TH ind. [fra HERO P. V. 1. 112 ) Near (fig. also ), arrive at, visit; ta #9 a mountain. - : N. of a country situated near a R. 6. 85; so agt ZUH Pt. 4; 9ayat Bh. 2. 10; mountain in the north. Bk. 1.1; 24H Mu. 5 duly received. -2 To enter 39u ind. Near a cow. -T: A cowherd. into, penetrate: 3173752 17 argeafreit. Tura: 39 a. Iliddon. concealed; fan whose wealth is Si. 9.39. -3 To undergo, suffer; A Ranu. concealed. --- To go to the state of, attain, acquire; arauareaHannah Ku. 1. 8; V aig fu Si. 9. 6; so I 399: An assistant teacher. - inil. Near a A2124, 44, Tlah, ah, ach &c. -5 To approach teacher. a woman (for sexual intercourse); gata i a TE 1 U. 1 To clasp, ombra.co; ana kala TE J1978 Ms. 3. 34, 1. 10. -6 To come upon, R. 13. 63, 18. 47; Bk. 14.52; Si. 9. 38. -2 To hide, attack. -7 To occur, happen, present itself; conceal, cover, encircle, wird round; JAHITATE: Figari yaya Me. 109. v. l. -8 To undertake, K. 21, 38. begin. -9 To suffer, share in. -10 To admit, agree to, 3 . p. 1 Hidden, concealed; 391891ettconsent, allow; aatan H Ms. 2. 160. -11 To qarqara R. 13. 30.-2 Embraced, clasped. -3 Held, worship; sahapalyA vizAlAkSyA nArAyaNamupAgamat Ram.2.6.1. supported; F ATI TZACH R. 6. 13.-4 Suppress--taus. To cause to come near or approach. ed. -5 Seized, harassed; T ageft: uit 1991ETT a. (At the end of comp. only ) 1 Approaching, 44: Bhag. 4. 28. 6. -6 Filled with, covered: Jarra: followiny, joining.-2 Receiving; 19: 491am gitara(Taifa 2107: Ram. 1.1.9. An embrace; a you'HOT: Ms. 1. 16: Si. 16. 68. 3 Fit for, con 39&fa 9a 7 Ku. 1. 17; qu4TICHETTI ducive; Mb. - 4 Covered as a female). Si. 10. 88; 70317924 Bh. 3.82; 2474 Me. 97. 3 ta p. p. 1 Gone to, approached, arrived. 3 1 Hiding, concealing. -2 An embrace. -2 Occurred, happened. -3 Near, at hand. - 4 Got, -3 Astonishment, surprise; (in drana ) an occurance of any wonderful event. obtained. -5 Undergone, experienced-6 Furnished with; (fea, i); fra F IT ETT: 3 ot. p. 1 To be embraced. -2 To be taken Ram. 6.97.32. -7 Gone to, become. -8 Promised, or seized. -: 1 An embrace. - 2 A kind of fire agreed. - 9 Passed away, dead. -10 Feeling, suffering regarded as impure and therefore to be hidden ). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #461
upagR 443 upacara . . ......... .............. .. .. .................... . .... ...... . ................... . . STEP. To swallow down ; Suar. 2. soit 1 P. 1 To sing to any one (with dat. or acc.); AFHAYT Ch. Up. --2 To join in singing. -3 To praise in rong, celebrate, extol: T a nafa9 4: Ki. 18. 47. 3971 m. (TT:) A priest in a sacrifice who sings the hymns. f. Accompaniment of a song. STOTIT a. Singing near. m. One who accompanies the song of the Udyatri priest, a chorister. S 4 Accompanying music; ff T aat 39 T1291417H I SB. On. MS. 10. 4. 8. upagAyanam Singing. g ia p . 1 Celebrated, sung by bards. -2 Commencing to sing; nAtra kAntamupagItayA tathA Si. 4.57. sqftia: f. A variety of the Arya metre; see App. ITTH Song: Bhay. 5. 26.38. 399Fet: A subsidiary writing or a class of such writings 3991 P. To swallow down, devour, eclipse : Mb. 2. SUF 9 U. 1 To hold under, seize or collect from below; as 14.-2 To seize, take, take possession of; ada ya Ram.; 39a y a Ms. 7. 184. -3 To meet with, obtain; sa mRtyumupagRhAti garbhamazvatarI yathA Chan. 19. - To subdue, vanguish. - To provide. - To con ciliate, take as one's ally, favour, support; 784ada TRT17 Mu. 1. -7 To conceive with one's mind, grasp mentally; dhiyo pagRhansmitazobhitena Bhag.3.22.21. -8 To (lecide, determine. -9 To accept, approve. TE: 1 Confinement, seizure. -2 Defeat, frustration; 3114 - fara a fa+1994. Mu. 4.2. -3 A prisoner. - 4 Joining, addition. 5 (a) Favour, encouragement, assistanco, conciliation; 519974 K. 156. qface 19941997: Kau. A. 1. 36471993 2170 9:29 Mb. 12. 96. 14. (1) Favourableness, kindness, complacence; 1997. K. 261. -6 Use. -7 A kind of peace purchased by giving over every thing; cf. fa M a g99: H. 4. 121. -8 The voice or pada of a verb; TRXIU Mbh. III. 1.85; 1. 40; and 2. 127. -9 A pile or heap of kusa grass. -10 The presiding spirit or cause which directs a planet's motion. -11 A minor planet (1E, ha &c.), a secondary heavenly boily, such as a comet, meteor. TEUTH 1 Seizing (from below); taking bold of; as in M A T. -2 Seizuro, capture, taking one prisoner. -3 Supporting, furthering, promoting. -4 Holy study, study of the Vedas (after being initiated into them); vedopagrahaNArthAya tAvagrAhayata prabhuH Ram, STATE: 1 Making a present. -2 A present; 32ATTAEN TI year ago Mb. 2. 3 pot. p. To be favoured or retained in service: Mu. 5. -: 1 An offering or present. -2 Particularly, a present or offering to a great man or king; the modern Nazarana. 399ra See under 396I. 3991 : A smaller variety of a plant Cassia fistula (Mar. gala). 37TT 1, 10 P. To fill with noise, make resonant. 399 p. p. 1 Resounding with, noisy. -2 Resonant. -3 Sounding. S OTH Proclaiming, publication, making known. 39A: [ 39--7 ] P. III. 3.85 397 3 2. 1 Contiguous support; parvatopannaH Sk.; chedAdivopannatarorbatatyau R.14.1. -2 Shelter, support, stay, protection. (*12ats 7722) 1 - qari... Bk. 7. 64; cf. also 319 at care arataifeargata R. 14. 1. -3 That which rests upon or is supported by: soal P. To smell, to touch with the mouth; T rasa la 719 R. 13. 70. 39 : ( 597a: * 7*14] A variety of the ruddy goosc. Mb. 3. 178. 7. 394 n. [396 Perta] 1 An eye-glass, spectacles ef. 29794.-2 A superhuman or divine eyo. 3rhat a. (P. V. +. 77 Vart. 1) About four. 3aT 1 P. 1(a) To serve, wait or attend upon ; faftaya Ku. 1. 60; fafa K. 62: Ms. 3. 193, 4. 251 ; 247 92 ya 1907 Mk. 1. 31; K. 326. (1) To honour, worship: Sca: 9314 1437 K. 10, 323; V.3. - 2 To treat, deal with, act towards: entertain: 1 392 Dk. 71 treated as a friend; WHITESI HRITT 77, 117; af faaf4974 134 ; 3917 aug a: R. 14.17 honoured or entertained; 5. 62; 19 de 940 V. 3. honoured with the title of queen. 9999-21 7919ANT: A HRA Mbl. IV. 1. 103. -3 To attend on (as a patient), treat, tend, nurse; agyalh S. 3; 99fe92 : Pt. 1. -4 To approach, go towards. 5 To undertake, begin (mostly Vedic in these sonses ). -pass. To be used figuratively or metaphorically, be applied figuratively to any one with loc.); ayaa S. B.; 47 evAtmA bAlaiH zArIra ityuparyate hil; kAlo'yaM dviparAkhyo nimeSa upacaryate Bhag.; bhukkA vAhANA ityatra annasya bhuktatvaM brAhmaNeSUpacaryate Malli. on Ki. 1. 1.; Bri. S. 5. 15; ar 3994 yojyate K. P. TT a. Accessory, supplementary. -T: 1 Access, approach. --2 Cure, treatment; quia ur: 977: easily curable. -3 STETTUTH Approach. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #462
upacaritam ITT: qaftan A particular rule of Sandhi. 377 pol. p. [P. III. 1. 100 ) 1 To be served or waited upon; to be honoured or worshipped: 3973: 17 n acia: Ms. 5. 154; 37973 (1) P. 1. 101 not requiring flattery, unassuming; a Mu. 33. difficult to serve. - 1 Service, attendance. -2 Physicking, treating, curing. T IT: 1 Service, attenrlanee; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk 4; 360 ATEITIH R. 5. 20; K. 314. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, external display of courtesy ); RE: H. 1. 114. (levoid of civility, uncourteous; lapar. M. 3. 3; 3471891271, Ks. 16. 29; f a ta HI. 1.75; 14 .0 221: Ram. ; & eh Ku. 4. 9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering com pliment; 0917974 K. 222, 207; M. 4; Ms. X. 357 showing marks of favour, courting, sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; THE $. 3. 17; 47721 M. 4; 4 4,5; 31: R. 3. 11 folding the hands in salutation. - A form or mode of address or salutation; da 91771921to faltaat: TTFEAT: Mb. 5. 162. 45; TH2 sya at 7 : S araft 2 U. 1; TITTO 6; V.: Si... 78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; 912907 a Ranh 19=1T: V. + royal service, pomp or state of royalty; 49991 70 Mu. 3. 3. v. 1. -6 A remedly, physicking, application of cure, of remedy ; feferto Dk. 15; f10deg lt. 1: Dk. 13; K. 102. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, munagement, procedure ; 21deg Ms. l. 111; P T 10. 32, 9. 259; 4 Dk. 81 in the conduct of love-affairs; 73 14 (6) Mb.; 3121122177TATTIH Mk 8. 23 course of love &c.; 01141 Ram. 2. H. 30 skilled in the employment of words; use, wage; 19 1 7: v. l. for TEIT: in U. 6. - Means of doing homage or showing respect; wafariTH (TANR. 7. + (hanging grlands N): 5. 11. -9 llence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, coremony, decoration, furniture de.); presenting Howers, perfumes &c.; The 4-TH R. 10. 77; #tanari EIH Ku.7.98: 74: TEIT: V.2; so THA S. 6; 774 39 R. 6. I the necessary decorations canopy &c.); (the Upachirs or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 1, 10, 16, 18 or 6+). -10 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour: 2421917 Ms. 1. 116; (religious ) conduct in life; HITTA40173: Ram.; TTT Mk. 1. -11 lise, employment; K. 183. -12 Any religious performance, : ceremony; FTOTEUT11 Ku. 7. No: Mv. 1. 21. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. eu or primary sense); acetane'pi cetanavadupacAradarzanAte. 5. B; kulaM fa s fu a Mbh. on P. IV. 3. 86 personification; so ga 1708 agai 1:1977T S. B.; FTU F 4H ibid.; na cAsya karadhRtanvaM tattvato'stIti mukhye'pi upacAra evaM zaraNaM syAt K. 1. 10. (1) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; 34211 J&T 4-TOTA21791T K. P. 3. (. D. explains 397717 ly 372 1 : AZERTUFAT 429airy-7417H ). -14 A hribe. -15 A pretext; Si. 10.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of and in the place of Visurga. -18 N. of a Te of the Sama veda. -Comp. - A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence 1931: F or were to conclude that the 42 platform ) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyayadarsana. -94 A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. 399179 et 1947: har fa: Ku. 4. 9. sa a. Serving for, belonging to ; 789 70 7ta lautarh Mb. 4. 52. 15. 3afta a. Attending, serving. ar pot. p. To be served or waited upon; to be worshipped &c. -* Practice of medicine. - Treatment. 397, - inl. On the skin, near the skin. 391 5 U. 1 To gather together, heap up, accumulate, collect; T HEY Me. 57. (v. l.) -2 To add, increase, strengthen ; 391 WH graff 31 Y T : Ku. 6. 25; 1991 Mu. 2; 39141: 92a: Haritza H. 2. 2; Bk. 6. 33: Si. . 10: 8. 6; 34+2417H1 K. 66 being developed a ne He: K. 200 ; TS74112 49272: Bh. 2.87 waxes, -3 To cover over with ; 4757746 h Si. 9.35: Ms. 6. 41. -pass. 1 To be collected or accumulated; to increase, become strong, to be coverel with Co.; see above. -2 To be prosperous, succeed, thrive, be better off: 221749-ituat al 312 arra : Ms. 10. 39 : 1 Accumulation, audition, succession : 79 Afa2197114 YC H E: Vbh. On II. 2. . -2 Tncrease, growth, excess; 47 K. 10.5: 1 472 Si. 2. 57; 3911897213 9. 32; 47deg Ratn. 1. 6 dawn of wood fortune: so ', 1.-Quantity, Jeap. -4 Prosperity, elevation, rise. Fra 1994#14: Siva B. 25.39. -5 The third, sixth, tenth and cleventh house or position from the first of a zodiacal sign (or a layna 4. v.). Comp. -3799Tdu.) rise und fall, prosperity and decay. 4774 species of the Dandaka metre. 3afta 4.1 Increasing, growing. -2 Thriving, prosperous. 39t: [ 39tzaiara 3 037 P. III. 1. 131 ] 1 A kind of sacred fire. -2 A place for holding sacrificial fire, altar, heari). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #463
upacita PP upacita 1 Collected, gathered together, accumulated; : Me. 107. 2 Increased, grown; U. 6. 28: R. 9. 27; 9. 44 full-grown. -3 Grown in power, strengthened: Si. 6. 63: R. 17. 54; mahAmohagahana: Mal. 1. 30 vapu: Mo. 34; lokaprasiddhiH upacitA Mu. 2 the popular idea was strengthened. -4 Full of, abounding in, covered over with; R. 9. 53; fauf Bh. 1. 35. -5 Abundantly furnished with, plastered, smeared. 3qffa: f. 1 Accumulation, collection, growth, increase; arafaga Mb. 5. 134. 5. 2 honour, gains labdhopacitayaH sarve Bhag. 1. 12.29. upacitra a. Variegated, Coloured. upacitrA 1 N. of a tree (citrA) Salvinia Cucullata (Mar. undIrakAnI, thoradAntI ); also upacitrakA. -2 N. of a lunar mansion svAti also hasta. -3 A particular metre. upathilI A spoion of Chenopodium (Mar. TA. upacalanam Hating, burning also upasUcana 37: A coverlet, cover in general. a. Covered, concealed, hidden, secret. 37 10 P. 1 To wheedle, flatter, coax, entice, invite; : S. 5. coaxed to drink water; qgqzzafa Sk. -2 To conciliate. -3 To beseech, request; R. 5. 58. -4 To persuade one to do a thing. -5 To give one something. upacchandaH 1 A requisite, apparatus; pipAsayA na mriyate Mb. 13. 65. 12. -2 Cover. -3 Request, A con sing. upacchandanam 1 Coaxing, persuading; upacchandanaireva svaM Dk. 6. -2 Inviting; - cchandanama Sk. a 1 : Passing into the chamber (from the house); fera Rv. 1. 28.3; passing close to (in soxual intercourse?). 3. To decline, overreach; Prab. 37 A variety of the Tristubh metre in which three Padas contain twelve instead of eleven syllables. 445 34 A. 1 To be born or produced, originate, arise, grow; M. 1. 45: H. Pr. 38: By. 2. 62: 14. 11-2 To happen, take place, become visible, appear; 1f K. 160. -3 To be or become, be or exist; draga Pt. 1. 138. To be born again; sf Bg. 14. 2: Y. 3. 256. Caus. (a) To produce, cause, rouse; uttarApralApopajanitakRpaH K. 175. 373 a. Increased, being produced in addition. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir upajIka 3: 1 Addition, increase. -2 Appendage. -8 Rise, origin. 4 Addition of a letter in the formation of words: 33: Mbh. on Siv. Su. 5. a Nir. -5 Any letter, syllable or affix so added: upajanAH Nir. -nam The body. upajA Ved. Remote posterity. pitAmahAH pitaraH prajo Av. 11. 1. 19. p. p. 1 Produced, caused;, excited, moved to anger. - Suffering from exhaustion, faint, feeble; far confiding, believing, trusting. 2 Happened, taken place; U. 4. fa: f. A mixed metre (see App-). 3939 1 P. 1 To whisper into the ears of (another), win over to one's party by secretly suggesting anything in the ear; agAravarSa rAjavadhAyopajanya Dk. 104; kSattAraM kururAjastu zanaiH karNamupAjapat Mb. -2 ( Hence ) to instigate to rebellion or treachery, conspire with: Ms. 7. 197. -3 To commit mischief. a. To be brought over or instigated to rebellion by whispering into the ear; upajapyAnupajapet Ms. 7. 197. 37: 1 Secretly whispering into the ear or communicating; Mu. 2. -2 Secret overtures or negotiations (with the enemy's friends), sowing the seeds of dissension, treachery, treason instigating to rebellion; upajApaH kRtastena tAnAkopavatastvayi Si. 2.99; upajApa sahAn viSayan sa vidhAtA nRpatInmadoddhataH Ki. 2. 17, 16. 425 : Mu. 2. -3 Disunion, separation. upalabdhasya upajApamupeyAt Kau. A. 1. 16. 3. 1 Whispering into the ears of, instigating to rebellion; ghAtayedvividhairdaNDairarINAM copajApakAna Ms. 9. 275.-2 Treacherous, traitor. 3 ind. Towards old age or in old age; P. V. 4. 107: Vart. THE 1 P. 1 To talk to, converse with, chatter. -2 To advise. upajalpanam, upajalpitam A talk; idameva smarAmyasyA: sahasaivopajalpitam Ram. 2.60.14. a. Giving advice. upajAnu . Near the Knee; upajAnubhavaM gar3ha Mbh. on IV. 3. 39. upajihA, hnikA 1 The uvula or soft palate; epiglottis Y. 3. 97. -2 Enlargement of the under side of the tongue. -3 A kind of ant; f atisarpati / sarvaM tadastu te ghRtam Rv. 8. 102. 21. upajIka Living upon, subsisting by. : Vod. A water-deity; upajIkA udbharanti samudrAdadhi bheSajam Av. 2. 3. 4. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #464
446 upatAraka 1.2 . upajIva ..... ... . ......... T 1 P. 1 To live upon, subsist by, derive livelihood from, bo supported by ; 345 HITTER : K.5%; kAM vRttimArya upajIvati k.23; saMvAhakasya vRttim bid. Kay a lagi Ms. 9. 105; Y. 2. 301. - 2 To live under, be dependent on, serve; 3774414972121 341a * Si. 9. 32.-3To make use of, derive materials for writing from ); atacara al fra9soza Mb. -4 To practise; a (art) yra: * 726 7. Ms. 10. 74. -Caus. To use, to make the most of; Ks. T a a. Ved. Living on &c.-ar Subsistence; T. Br. 1. 5. 6. 4. 3oak, fa ..1 Living upon, subsisting by (instr. or in comp.); sifa 914 Ms. 12. 114, 8. 20, taraq 9. 257; qatatoa Mk. 2. -2 Living under, depending upon, subject to a depen dant, servant (m.); H a gur: quan R. 1. 16; 347deg K. 61. - Means of subsistence, profession. 3qsa , sfeer 1 Living.-2 Subsistence, livelihood; foreari Y. 3. 236; a t acats T471974 Mb.-3 A means of living, such as property; ffany 1927 Ms. 9. 207. 3951 pot. p. 1 Affording a livelihood ; 345f1643AT: Y. 2. 227.-2 Cliving patronage, patronizing (as a king &c.). -3 (fig.) Supplying materials for writing, that from which one derives his materials; 9 faPE T facufa Mb. 50: 1 A patron. -2 A source or authority (from which one derives his materials ); 474 42 JETA Farefuor S. D. 2. - A means of subsistence, 34-441551 yAsyanti sadAro yatra rAghavaH / sahopajIvyaM rASTra ca puraM ca saparinchadama Ram. 2. 37. 26. 399 . 1 Approached, received with courtesy; Tarta 1421 9929939: My. 3. 26.-2 Frequented, resorted to; My. 1. UTFIT:, - TUTH 1 Affection. - 2 Enjoyment; Bhag. 5. 16. 18. -3 Frequenting, resorting to. - 4 Desire. -74 ind, 1 According to one's desire or pleasure; 414514 Part racealaf: Bhag. 7. 4. 19.-2 Silently. Mb. 2. 3TST 9 A. 1 To ascertain; to know. -2 To invent, find out, hit upon.( 91 = faga lah); 1994Tad Av. 4. 36. 8. see 3431 below. TSI [34914 57451 02 ]1 Knowledge acquired by oneself and not handed down by tradition, invention, primitive or untaught knowledge; usually in comp. which is treated as a neuter noun (P. II.4.21); 931 augusi 974: Sk.; raatsi 1914014 R. 15.63.-2 Undertaking or commencing a thing not done before; 4 93142 ragat 21 3 7: Malli on Raghuvamsa. guata a. Invented. JIFAT a. Ved. Striding or stepping upon, Tarit 299954-1 fandt 712 9: Sv.1.4.1.5.6. upajyotiSam A Compendium on astronomy. 3qcafea a. Lighted, inflamed: Sat. Br. 11. 8.3.7. 3961 Caus. 1 To present (as an offering), make a respectful offering; # 9199274714: II. 2. -2 TO carry out, accomplish. JOCH A respectful offering or present, Nazaran. TE: The skirt or border; Me 79 CH inl. Near the skirt. Star 1 P. 1 To make warm, hent; ETANEET 19: Ram.; Si. 9.65 (where it means to pain also ). -2 To feel pain, become sick; fearg Asval. --3 To afflict, befall as a sickness); sometimes used impersonally. -pass. 1 To be pained, become ill, be afflicted with; ityapUrvamupatapyate'smAbhiH Mv.2; 80 duHkhenopatapyate le. -2 To be emaciated with penance, practise penance; 3941 94: Av. -Caus. 1 To kindle, ignite, burn; a E U ratif Av. 6. 32. 1. -2 To tormnent, hurt, pain. - To offond, oppress. -4 To mortify the body by penance. att m. Interior heat, disease (Ved.). agai afla famosi a Bri. Up. 4. 3. 36. 39 a. Paining, afflicting; ready 417Hey groza: 1TA19) Ki. 12. 3. sta p. p. 1 Heated, parched: consumed. -2 Distresnod, pained, tormented. taga. Burning, heating. . 1 Morbid or extra-ordinary heat. -2 Any cause of heat, burniny or inflammation. -3 A kind of disease. TATT: 1 Heat, warmth. -2 Trouble, distress pain, sorrow3; sarvathA na kaMcana na spRzantyupatApAH K. 185, 177 STTATT Mal. 3. -3 Calamity, misfortune. -4 Sickness, disease, injury. -5 Haste, hurry, STATT a. Heating, igniting. ETTAH 1 Heating. -2 Distressing, tormenting. ggangaa. 1 Heating, inflaming: causing pain. -2 Suffering heat or pain, being sick; gall f429174 angajarfa: Ms. 11.1: cf. also 984 9 a : Ch. Up. 6.15.1. 377 : An upper story, a room on the top of 3 house. -2 A kind of wooden seat or stool. qart . Overflowing (as water), p2 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #465
upatiSyam upadezaH .. .............. F gy e 1 N. of the lunar mansion or asterism called 3 4 . -2 N. of another asterism called 910 gudert 1 Bank, a landing place on a bank of a river: Mb. 3. 153. 3. -2 The country in the vicinity; Mb. 5. 102.7. sogar A part of the column (Bri. S. 5. 53. 30). 3992: Ved. A serpent (lurking in the grass); Av. 5. 13. 5. 39 a. Situated under or below. 3921 [ 39-44 P. V. 2. 36.; qata143 397241 Sk. 39119*2137+91991 Ta] 1 A land at the foot of mountain: low land; 475212721: R. t. 16; ete khalu himavato girepatyakAraNyavAsinaM saMprAptAH 5.5. jalanIlIft Siya B. 26. 52. -2 A vale, volley. STT 1 P. To bite or eat anything as a relish or condiment). STEET: 1 Anything which excites thirst or uppetite, a relish, condiment &c.; H arriyati bh. on P. IV. 1. 48; cf. 1. III. t. 47. f 199917 Dk. 133; 377irvesi 49 - Mata74 Vo. 3. -2 Biting, stinginy. -3 The venereal disease, chancre. -4 (a) A tree the root of which is used for borse radish (fig). (6) N. of another plant ( 110 ). - Context; 1970 renci vesta sera sa ati SB. on MS. 6.8.35. gestay Context, mention of a thing by way of context: 319 T014 Tera I SR. on MS. 6. 8. 35; yagavaratre upadaMzite IvAcakAdisabhidhAne cedakSamAnaya ityucyate SB. on MS. 6. 8.35. E TT a. Afflicted with chancre. upadaza (pl.) About or nearly ten; athopadazA iti #ISI Aa: ag |16 Mbl. on P. II. 2.25. 374 4 P. To fail, be wanting, dry up or be consumed. -Caus. To cause to fail or cease, extinguish; 27998 710194 291 and 9343 Av. 12. 5. 27. ITIEF <<. Ved. Wanting. 39&T 3 U. 1 To give in addition. -2 To offer, give, grant (in general). 34% a 7 yarafa Rv. 6. 28. 2.-3 To add. -4 (1A.) (Ved.) (a) To take upon oneself. (6) To erect, raise, support. ITET Ved. Giving a present; Vaj. 30. 9. - (cf. 371712192 P. III. 3. 106) 1 A present, an offering to a king or a great man, a Nusarana ; 90 3451 14.5+ 42: Mbh. V. 1. 47. 41 farag: Taar: #HATTE R. 4.70,5. 11, 7.30; P. V. 1. 47. cf. also subcam Siva . 15.53.-2 A bribe. upadAtR a. One who gives, or grants: upadezopadAtRNAM FRETT Pt. 4. 107. Jeta U. To offer as a present ; 73 yated 9: Si. 14.39. J a , - 1 An oblation, a present in general). -2 A gift made for procuring favour or protection, such as a bribe. 39 1 N. of the daughter of the demon Vrisaparyan and mother of Dusyanta. -2 N. of a daughter of Vaisvanara; Bhag. ggfTet a. 1 Sineared, voverod, anointed. -2 Spotted over. ETE: 1 An ointment, liniment. -2 A cover. -3 A minor or secondary lily (such as that which grows on diseased parts of the body ). SOT 6 U. 1 To instruct, teach, explain, advise ; yadyaprayogaviSaye bhAvikamupadizyate mayA tasya...tattatpratyupadizatIva me a M. 1. 5; yeg a 974 K. 156 it is exsy to advise others; 1999ft Bg. 4. 34; R. 16. 13.-2 To point, indicate, refer to : JO191224 H , R. 8. 73; 4auqcarigua K. 120, 92 point out or tell. -3 To assign the right place to a thing, arrange. -4 (a) To mention, specify, tell ; R a fea oficial 47014 Mk. 9. 7; gizara ya P. VI.3. 109.(0) To inform, announce. - To proscribe, settle, nonction, lay down; faz a f reya Ms. 5. 162, 2. 190, 3. 14, 43. -6 To rule over, govern, command. -7 To name, call; galiuaferu u Srut. 28; Ms. 12. 89. Eget f., ggferat An intermediate quarter, such as aizAnI, AmethI, nairRtI and vAyavI. catasro dizazvatatra upadizaH Maitri Up. 6.2. 3gfest a. Being in an intermediate quarter. goleg p. p. 1 Specified, pointed out, particularized; gyuragi og 1814 Ku. 1. 2. gada gurega P. VI. 3. 109. -2 Taught, instructed, advised. -3 Put forward as a plea or reason. -4 Initiated. - Advice, counsel; (in drama ) a persuasive speech ; S. D. 49. TET: 1 Instruction, teaching, advice, prescription; TE 312 , 3142: Tait. Up. 1. 11. +. Treciso & ea fara wa M. 1 (see the act inter alia); IESTETUT u traag: Ku. 1. 30; T a g M. 1, 2. 10; S. 2. 3; Ms. 8. 272; Amaru. 29; R. 12. 57; K. 26; M. 6; 99 Seh H. 1. 99. -2 Pointing out or referring to ; a YT: Nir. -3 Specification, mentioning, naming. - A plou, pretext. -5 Initiation, communication of an initiatory Mantra or formula; candrasUryagrahe tIrthe siddhakSetre sta17 49419951992: #SEUIL-B (In gram.) A form in a rule, an indicatory form any word or part of a word, such as an affix, augment &o. with its anubandhas which show what particular grammatical ! For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #466
upadezaka 498 upadha affer: attack, assault, rush at: 992993 af R. 15. 23; AT941597 Mb. . 3952: 1 An unhappy accident, misfortune, calamity. -2 Injury, trouble, harm; 147141414114991 9: Pt. 1.321; fatza 4 Pt. 1.-3 Outrage, violence. -4 A national distress (whether caused by the king or famine, seasons &c.). -5 A national disturbance, rebellion. -6 A symptom, a supervenient disease (one brought on whilst : person is suffering from another). -7 The sixth part of a Vedic saman consisting of seven linibs. atha saptavidhasya vAci saptavidha Ararata...... 3429: Ch. Up. 2. 8.2. -8 A servant ; 3919191919 3129: Mb. 12. 60. 14. -9 Loss, waste; 310414ca9fH 4 377: 319 99 a f ou ll Ram. 2. 108. 14. i rules are to be applied. ETT STATOTT Sk. Comp. -370au , -a2 a parable, moral fable.- E N. of a philosophical work by Sankaracharya. 30 % 4. Giving instruction, teaching. -* An instructor, a guide, preceptor. J TAT 1 The state of being a precept or rule; 19feqq ata Ku. 5. 36. -2 Instruction, teaching. -3 Doctrine. upadezanam Advising, instructing: kiM punarupadezanam tra Mbh. on P. I. 3. 4. Information, doctrine. surt a. Advising, instructing. *.1 A teacher, adviser. -2 A word or affix &c. in the form in which it appears in grammatical rules. gue a. Giving instruction or advice. m. (e) A teacher, preceptor ; especially a spiritual preceptor; tart 291497: 2 791-7A1 aft: Ve. 1. 25. upadI N. of a plant (vaMdAka). upadIkA A lind of ant.. Tefert. 1 l'artaking in an initiatury or other religious rites. -2 A near relation. 397T1 P. 1 To see, behold, look at, perceive. -pans 1 To be or become visible. -Caus. 1 To cause to seo, show or exhibit. -2 To plave before, show up, communicate, make (one) acquainted (with); $: GT HYTH. 3; a tiuaerah R. 4.10. -3 To present a false appearance, deceive a person by a false appears. nee, illude. - To explain, illustrate; 17424tisi faiaqucfra: Y. 2. S. 3 . Showiny. - 1 One who shows the way, a guide. -2 A door-keepor. -3 A witness. tap 1 Exhibiting, representing. 2 A commentary. 39FT. Scoing, witnessing as the sun and moon). 1. Aspect, view Ved.). Jare: f. Show, view, appearance. 3957. Seeing, overlooking. m. 1 A supervisor. inspector AryAvartamapadraSTra sadasyebhyastataH param Bhag.9.16.22, -2 A witness; 39291917 By. 13. 22; 79: 121EUR gwald 34 a 4 8 429291 Mbh. on V.2. 91. upadevaH, -devatA A minor or inferior god (as the Yaksas, Gandharvas and Apsarasas). gafil A kind of insect, white ant (Mar. 1 ). 39TE: 1 A nipple of the udder of a cow. -2 A millainy vessel, also 3937. JTE I P. 1 To run near to, run towards; O 417 14:5*-iant AUTH Si. 12. 12. -2 TO gufa . 1 Attacking, oppressive, tyrannical, factious. m. 1 A tyrant, an oppressor. -2 A rebel. 396a p. p. 1 Visited by calamities, oppressed, attacked, infested; 4894 H. 4. 88. -2 (111 astr.) Eclipsed. -3 Bodiny evil, inauspicious. -ah A term used by the Baskalas for a land of Sandhi, also called ugrAhavat q. v. 35RH A side-door. 39 : An adjacent small island, minor island. TY: A bylaw, a secondary or minor religious precept (opp. 47); TE 98: 97: Daiquaisy Ms. 2. 237, 4. 147.-2 A heretic, false faith. 3 3 U. 1 To place or lay u pon, place under or in; 31 alku Si. 9.54 ; et forfer 4 1 FASHITHT TA R. 9. 31; Bk. 15. 47; Ku. 1.44; Ef 9719981THE R. 8.77 treasure up-lay to leart; Ms. 4.5+; 396 al S. 1. 19.-2 To place, lay; a14erita acat S. resting on. -3 (a) To place near; 378011984 My. 1.56. () To put to or yoko (as a horse to a carriage &c.); 39 fa uma garra. -4 To cause, bring on or produce; at: feat (9) 997 Mk. 1.53. 5 To impose, entrust with, charge with as a duty ); 4& 5+: R. 7.71.-6To lay a command upon, onjoin, instruct in with 300.); by 414 4 R. 19. 36. - To lie down upon, use as a pillow; 34914 91437ff9 Dk. 111. -8 To apply, employ, lay or bestow upon, fr atagear wurf R. 3. 29. -9 To place over, cover, conceal. -10 To add, place in addition. -11 To communicate, impart, yive, bestow; Se a Bk. 2. 55. -12 To locate; y a 44 Vedanta S. -13 (In gram. To prevede without the intervention of another sylla ble. -14 To deceive (257); 1971 7 7 9fat: 1: Mb. 12. 111.77. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #467
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra upadhA www.kobatirth.org 1 Imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, pretence; upadhAbhizca yaH kazcitparadravyaM harennara: Ms. 8. 193. -2 Trial or test of honesty, ( bhedopajApau upadhA dharmAdyairyatparI20TH); (said to be of 4 kinds:- 1 loyalty, 2 disinterestedness, 3 continence, 4 courage i. e. Religious allurement, arthopadhA Monetary allurement, kAmopadhA Tove allurement, Allurement under the pressure of fear. ' bhiyA dharmArthakAmaizca parIkSA yA tu sopadhA' ityabhidhAnacintAmaNi: ); ( zodhayet ) dharmopadhAbhirviprAMzca sarvAbhiH sacivAn punaH Kalika P. upadhAbhiH zaucAzaucajJAnamamAtyAnAm / Kau. A. 1. 10; Suri Mb. 15. 5. 14. 3 A means or expe dient; ayazobhidurA loke kopadhA maraNAdRte Si. 19. 58. - 4 (In gram.) A penultimate letter (1). 3 P. I. 1. 65. Comp. : a servant who has been guilty of dishonesty. : Elision of the penultimate letter (e. g. in the case of a g compound ending in 3) P. IV. 1. 28. - a. tried, of approved loyalty. 449 putting up 1 Placing a. Used (as a Mantra) in the of the sacrificial bricks; P. IV. 4. 125. - or resting upon. -2 A pillow, cushion; U. 1. faya ya Bh. 3. 79. 3 Peculiarity, individuality (f); P. VI. 3.30. Sk. -4 Affection, kindness. 5 A religious observance among especially the Jainas for preparing the ground for future monkhood. 6 Excellence or excellent quality; sopadhAnAM dhiyaM dhIrAH stheyasIM khaTvayanti ye Si. 2. 77. (where also means a pillow). -7 Poison. -8 A small wooden pin of a stringed musical instrument; pAzopadhAnAM jyAnantrI cApadaNDAM mahAsvanAm Mb. 4. 35.16. nI 1 A pillow, cushion. -2 A foot-stool. 32 A pillow, cushion; Hemadri. upadhAnIya u. To be placed near. A pillow; azena bhUmau saha pANDuputraiH pAdopadhAnIyakRtA kuzeSu Mb. 1. 192.10. upadhAyin a. Using as a pillow; azeta sA bAhulato padhAyinI Ku. 5. 12. ..... upadhiH [upa-dhA ki] upasarge ghoH kiH P. III. 3. 92. 1 Fraud, dishonesty ; nirupadhi vizuddhaM vijayate . ariSu hi vijayArthinaH kSitIzA vidadhati sopadhi sandhidUSaNAni Ki. 1. 45, also Mb. 12. 57. 17; see also. -2 (In law) Suppression of the truth, a false suggestion; - a fafaada Ms. 8. 165. -3 Terror, threat, compulsion, false induccment; balopadhivinirvRttAn vyavahArAnnivartayet V. 2. 31, 89.4 The part of a wheel between the nave and the circumference, or the wheel itself; Rv. 2. 39. 4. 5 Foundation (with the Buddhists). safe: A cheat, knave, one who imposes by threats, fraud &c.; see 1, the more correct form. utkocAdhikA vaJcakAH kitavAstathA Ms. 9.258. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir upadhmAnIyaH upahita P. p. 1 Placed in or upon, deposited; S. 1; M. 1. 21 taken as a basis. -2 Proceded by. -3 Joined, mixed, connected with. 4 l'ossessed of; arthopahitayA vAcA madhuraM raghunandanaH ( abravIt ) Ram. 6. 128.43; fafa: Si. 16. 7. -5 Ready; deputed to act as a spy. -6 Given, bestowed. -7 Brought over, instigated to rebellion (upajapta ); vyaktaM tvamapyupahitaH pANDavaiH pApadezaja Mb. 8. 40. 46.8 Somewhat good; Mb. 12. 3fa: votedness to; Yv. Ts 2. 1 The putting or placing upon. -2 De 37: An inferior metal, semi-metal. They are seven; saptopadhAtavaH svarNa mAkSikaM tAramAkSikam / tutthaM kAMsyaM ca rAtizca fara a fag -2 A secondary secretion of the body (six in number); e. g. milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph ; stanyaM rajo vasA svedo dantAH kezAstathaiva ca / aujasyaM saptadhAtUnAM kramAtsaptopadhAtavaH // 31 U. 1 To run towards, approach hastily; yena sAnA stoSyan syAt tatsAmopadhAvet Ch. Up. 1.3.8. -2 To resort to; to have recourse to for assistance; a faz a grigrad Bhag. 8. 1. 11. -3 To run, glide (A.); Rv. 8. 3. 21. -4 To worship. A follower. - 1 Going after, following. -2 Meditating upon. -3 Worship; Bhag. 7. 1.6. upadhiH See under upadhA. upadhUpita a. 1 Fumigated. -2 Being at the point of death; -3 Suffering extreme pain. : Death. -ar, upadhUmitA The quarter of the heavens to which the sun is proceeding. 31, 10 P. 1 To hold up, support, sustain. -2 To bear, carry. -3 To hold as, consider or regard as; satyaM tadupadhArayet M. 12. 27 etayonIni bhUtAni sarvAgIpadhAra Bg. 7. 6, 9. 6. - To comprehend, perceive, hear, experience, observe; puruSo rAmacaritazravaNairupadhArayan Bhag. -5 To reflect or meditate upon. 31 Consideration, reflection. -2 Drawing, pulling (as by a hook). 3qfa: f. 1 A ray of light. -2 Holding up. 31 P. To blow or breathe out; excite by blowing, fan; nAgniM mukhenopadhamet Ms. 1. 53. 31 Blowing upon, breathing. -2 The effort of the voice which gives rise to the sound 3 q. v. below. For Private and Personal Use Only upadhmAnaH A lip. -nam Blowing upon, breathing. ( . ) pUtirajjurupadhmAnI Av. 8. 8.2. 3 a. Blowing upon, fanning. upadhmAnIyaH The aspirate Visarga before the letters pand phU; upUpadhmAnIyAnAmoSTau Sk.

Page #468
upadhvasta $60 upanibaddha Tarea a. 1 Destroyed. -2 Mixed. 399TH A subordinate constellation, secondary star their number is said to be 729); wasta: fer- fat qaz210 777 raya Sat. Br. CH A disease of the finger nails, whitlow. (Mar. 778). upanagaram A suburb. 391 P. 1 To come to, arrive at, approach, bend or tend towards. -2 To befall, fall to the lot of, occur, happen used by itself or with gen., dat., or acc. of person ); 1971: 444 T S9 Me. 92; 19# Bh. 2. 121 ; 3474 31 a uf Bhag.; oda a fa Ait. Br. -3 To share in. -Caus. 1 To lead towards, introduce (with gen.). -2 To offer, give. 39 p. p. 1 (a) Come near, brought, arrived, approached, brought near to; S. 5. 19; R. 12. 102; (1) Got, obtained; 39719981 H A R. 8. 7, 5.52. freddy K. 129; V. 3. 22; V. 2. -2 Presenting itself, fallen to the lot of, befallen, occurred; it yaga : a Me. 111; c:a 2497134 V. 3. 21; 3744 22; 4. 3; 50 36394: Me. 102; Mal. 10; K. 33, 132, 318; gao that readily or without efforts presented itself S. 3; 1907 R. 10.3) unconsciously committed. -3 Formed, brought a bout, effected. -4 Presented to, offered, given ; 97 SH R. 8. 68. -5 Bent down, humbled, subjected, surrendered ; 20314717H R. 17. 81; 8. 81; CU240 134 Mb. -6 Dependent on for protection). -7 Approximate, near (in time or space.) 39ia: f. 1 Approach. -2 Bending, bow, salutation. -3 Inclination, affection; "Vaj. 20. 13.-4 The falling to one's share; Ks. 5979 a. Coming to, being present; N. Salg a. Ved. Bending towards. 3997 IP. 1 To tie up, tie together. -2 To form into a bundle, bind together. -3 To inlay, sct with ; 38 1976. 3995 a. Covered with, inlaid. 396" 1 A cloth in which anything is bound up. -2 Binding, tying together. STATE: 1 A bundle: 171 H 34are: Av. 9.4.5. -2 An unguent applied to a wound or sore, a plaster, poultice; e Susr. -3 The tie of a lute, a peg to which the strings of a lyre are attached and hy which they are tightened. -4 Inflammation of the ciliary glands, stye. Taleh 1 Applying an unguent. -2 Anointing, plastering. TAIT: A particular Prakrit dialect. upanAgarikA A variety of vRttyanuprAsa. It is formed by sweet-sounding letters (Ary a ); c. y. cf. the example cited in K. P. 9; 37412 wat ei ga kiM kamalaiH / alamalamAli mRNAlairiti vadati divAnizaM bAlA // CATAT . A surnaine, nickname. Scaner The part which is near the nose. upanikSip 6 U. 1 To throw or place down viprAntike fa 2127 raufareja Ms. 3. 224. -2 To deposit = Paraq q. v. sofer: 1 The act of depositing or placing down. -2 An open deposit, any article given in another's charge by letting him know its form, quantity &c. Y. 2. 25; on which Mita. says:- 390 ATH ETUwa Teorf We d 2044). -3 A deposit sealed or covered up (?). G TI 3 U. 1 To put or place near ; to bring or lead near to ; ET42 (43) Aeval.; afa o HECHTAUTO Git. 5. -2 To produce, cause; 1994 # 123914 Bk. 4. 45.-3 To present; af f eai 5a TV4 Mal. 5. 25. -4 To deposit, entrust par gaigai Ara Ms. 8. 37, 196. sofrere, -17 a. Depositiny placing near. fre 1 Placing near. -2 Depositing, en trusting to one's care. -3 A deposit. ET: 1 A deposit, pledge, property entrusted to another. At isi 13: qfat a: Mb. 1. 126. 3. -2 (In law) A sesiled deposit; Y. 2. 25; Buffet 7 1727: Ms. 8. 145, 149; cf. Medhatithi:- 4 gay asaricar referi fara; also cf. Y. 2. 65 and Narada quoted in Mit. -3 Pretext, guise ; 3 9 yafua 4944Tula gonna Mb. 12. 321.31. upanihita p. p. 1 Deposited with. prItyopanihitasya (292) Ms. 8. 196.-2 Placed near to; 2 34i Afear fa Ch. Up. 1. 10. 2.-3 Presented, offered, Mal. 5. 25. S ETT 1 P. 1 To fly down to. --2 To take place in addition. -3 To be stated incidentally or casually. 39 fora: 1 Approaching, corning near. -2 A sudden and unexpected attack or occurrence. 39146***: Kau. A. 4. sofagan, a. Cominy (unexpectedly); tatqisalsauf: 5. 6. E T T 9 P. 1 To compose, write; -2 To explain. Jaaa a. 1 Written, composed. -2 Discussed. Pifagufa u. 7. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #469
upanibandhanam 481 upanayaH ............................ 30 T H 1 A means of accomplishment. -2! 3foT a. 1 Sitting at the feet of another, Binding. -3 Description. such as a preceptor). -2 Subjected. ST U Invitaion, inauguration. Soferta A. To devote one's self to; Mb. Sofa E 1 P., A. To make happy, gladden; 1971 sofa : A street, a principal road, high way. T778757 at Ch. Up. 3. 19. 4. (a bout 40 cubit width ). g a: A main or royal road. 395 UH 1 Going out, issuing. -2 One of the STIHAH A way to go out: Heh. 3. Samskaras or religious rites, i.e. taking out a child upanirjhara: An attack, assault; nedAnImupanihariM rAvaNo for the first time into the open air which is usually performed in the fourth month of its age); cf. 73 THE Ram. 6. 75. 2. Aifa fra HV ETT Ms. 2. 34. -8 A main or Saath The act of scattering or pouring down ! royal road. upon. 1 P. 1 To bring near, fetch ; 34a HIfarag a. 1 Besieging. -2 Occupying, inhabiting. 73: TAK. 45, 62; fafalfa94 Mk 7.6; 374 ggfaast: A suburb; Hariv. Ms. 3. 225; M. 2.5; Y. 3. 122; TTH V.5; R. 10. 52; Ku. 7. 72. -2 (a) To offer, present to; Tafata a. Placed, established, colonized; *T & Fa 91747 R. 2. 59; Bk. 6. 70; Ku. 3. 65; 37134featura tartat Ku. 6. 37; R. 15. 29. 444 Mk. 9; M. 3. (b) To hand over, give over ; ggfft a. Attached to, inherent. 37:979ftara49fitar K. 101; Mal. 1; S. 1; U. 2; Tatar a: Tz M.1 recently made over for inupaniSad /. [sid to be from upani-sad knowledge struction ). -3 To bring to, subject, expose or put to; derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor': but, STT T T 9999afta: S. 1; R. 13. 39; K. 173. -4 To according to Indian authorities, it means to destroy bring a bout, cause, produce, accomplish ; 391491 ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Pt. 3. 180; 394AFTF4 Git. 1; K. 171. -5 To Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; bring information, communicate. - To bring into any yathA ya imAM brahmavidyAmapayantyAtmabhAvena zraddhAbhaktipuraHsarAH santasteSAM state, lead or reduce to ; 3459991277 saatnya garbhajanmajarArogAdyanarthapUrNa nizAtayati paraM vA brahma gamayati avidyAdi Kam. 11. 47. -7 To take into one's possession, lead saMsArakAraNaM cAtyantamavasAdayati vinAzayatItyapaniSada / upanipUrvasya away, lead; K. 169. -8 To bring near to oneself, i.e. HTTFRUFATUT; Sankara ] 1 N. of cortain mystical invest with the sacred thread Atm. P. I. 3. 36); writings attached to the Brahmanas, the chief aim of ETAT Ch. Up. 4. 4. 5. 1921 U.2: - which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; 1994. Sk.; R. 3. 29; Bk. 1. 15; Ms. 2. 19, 6), 1-10. Bv. 2. 40; Mal 1. 7; (other etymologies also are given --9 To hire, employ as hired servants; 1949 to explain the name:- (1) upanIya tamAtmAnaM brahmApAstadvayaM Sk. -Caus. To cause a master ) to receive a pupil), ytH| nihanyavidyA tajjaM ca tasmAdupaniSadbhavet || or (2) nihatyAnarthamUlaM cause to invest with the sacred thread. atanan svAvidyA pratyaktayA param / nayatyapAstasaMbhedamato vopaniSadbhavet || or R7 4142 Ms. 11. 191. (3) pravRttihetUniHzeSAMstanmUlocchedakatvataH / yatovasAdayavidyA tasmAdupaniSadbhavet // In the muktakopaniSad 106 Upanisads are 39 : 1 Bringing near, fetching: -2 Gaining, mentioned, but some more have been added to this attaining, procuring, 11 gala92129 : 2 number. They are said to have been the source of the fear i a: Bhag. 12. 8. 43. -3 Employing six Darsanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of -4 Investiture with the sacred thread, initiation into the Vedanta Philosophy. The more important Upani- sacred study, handing a youth of the first three castes sauds are:- iishkenktthprshnmunnddmaannddkytittirH| aitareyaM ca chAndogya to a tencher : 27 al azari: 2012 20 14111. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, Gamit az fas: 11 (By this ceremony spiritual mystical meaning, words of mystery; anainfuz: birth is conferred upon the youth, and he becomes a E : 111H Ram. 1. 55. 16. (0) Mystical know ; the ages at which the ceremony may be ledge or instruction; 2147720 U. 6; 1 T H : performed by the three castes are respetively 8-10, 21174 11 Mv. 2. 2.-3 True knowledge regard- 11-22 and 12-24; see Ms. 2. 36-38; of what materials ing the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. &c. the cords should be, is mentioned in 2. 41-16). -5 Secrecy, seclusion. - A neighbouring mansion. -3 The fourth member of the five-membered Indian -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- syllogism (in logic), the application to the special ditation, yadeva vidyayA karoti adyopaniSadA tadeva vIryavattaraM bhavati care in question; c arattere at: anana Ch. Up. 1. 1. 10 -10 One that takes to like a boat); 9798994: Tarka K. -6 Introduction, initiation (intu tasyopaniSatsatyasya satyamiti Bri. Up.2.1. 20, any science); see next. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #470
upanayanam 452 upapada upanayanam 1 Leading to or lear. -2 Presenting, -F99 The holding of hands to the chest (a skilful offering; dhArAsAropanayanaparA naigamAH sAnumantaH V.. 18. move in fighting); upanyastamapanyasta yuddhamArga vishaardau| tau -3 Investiture with the acred thread; garbhASTame brAhmaNa viceraturanyonyaM vAnarendrazca rAvaNaH // Ram.6.10.26. upaneya ityupanayana saMskArArtham Mbh. G.G.81. AsamAvartanAtkuryAt kRtopanayano dvijaH Ms. 2. 108, 173. -4 Employment, upanyAsa: 1 Placing near to, juxta-position. -2 A application. -5 Introduction (into any science). deposit, pledge. -3 (a) Statement, suggestion, pro posal; viSama upanyAsaH Mbh. on 1.1.1, 1.1.1,16 ete. upanAyaH, -nAyanam = upanaya q.v. --- This is a misstatement (a favourite remark of the upanAyaka .. Leading to. -kaH 1 (upa gauNo nAyakaH) mahAbhASyakAra). pAvakaH khalu eSa vacanopanyAsaH 5.5; Mal.1,3,8. (10) A character in a dramatic or any other work of art Preface, introduction; niryAtaH zanakairalIkavacanopanyAsamAlIjanaH next in importance to the hero; (nAyakasya guNotkarSakathakA Amaru. 27; caturo madhurazcAyamupanyAsaH Ak.; 80 zamadeg Ve.i upanAyakAH); e.p. Laksmana in Ramayana, Makaranda Overtures of peace. (c) Allusion, reference, hinting in Malatimadhava &c. &c. -2 A paramour. at; Atmana upanyAsapUrvam 5.35 M.4BS. D. 363. -4 A preupanAyikA A character in a dramatic or any other cept, law. -5 A kind of peace; AtmakAryasya siddhiM tu samuddizya kriyeta yH| sa upanyAsakuzalairupanyAsa udAhRtaH I.1.111. -6 work of art next in importance to the heroine ; e. g. Propitiating (prasAdanam ). Madayantika in Malatimadhava. upapakSa: Ved. The shoulder, arm-pit or the hair upanIta p. 1 Brought near. -2 Known. -3 Obtained, attained. --4 Presented, given. -5 Adduced. under the arm-pit; T. Br. -8Married (?), led to a man; bhImA jAyA brAhmaNasyoparmAtA upapakSya a. Near the shoulder, being on the shoulder; Rv. 10. 109.4. -7 Initiated; bhavatpUrva caredrekSamupanIto / yA upapakSyAH (svayaM srasaH) Av. 7.76. 2. FECHA: Ms. 2. 49. -2: A youth led to the teacher upapatiH [ upamitaH patyA, upa gauNaH patiH ] A paramour; and invested with the sacred thread. upapatiriva nIcaiH pazcimAntena candraH Si. 11. 65, 15.63%; Ms. upanItiHf. see upanayana. 3. 155; 4. 216, 217; Vaj. 30.9. upanetavya pote 1 To be brought near; eSa sa upapatita a. One guilty of an upapAtaka i... a minor ciradRSTaH kathamupanetavyaH M.2.4. -2 To be employed or sin (Danasagara, Bibliotheca Indica 274, l'ascicule observed &c. I, P.30. upanetR... One who leads or brings near, fetching; upapatham ind. Neer the road. niyamavidhijalAnAM barhiSAM copanetrI Ku. 1.60%3 mAlatyabhijJAnasyo 39 4 A. 1 To reach, come to approach, go near; panetrI Mal. 9. m.(-tA) A preceptor who performs yamunAtaTamupapede Pt. 1; upapadyasva svakarmocitAM gatim Dk.98. -2 To the upanayana ceremony, an .ichanya; janitA copanetA ca yastu be got or obtained, fall to one's share; tvadanyaH saMzayasyAsya vidyAM prayacchati / annadAtA bhayatrAtA paJcaite pitaraH smRtaaH|| Pt. 4.66. chettA na hupapadyate Bg. 6. 39; 13. 18. -3 To take place, upanunna .. Driven, wafted ; drutamarudupanu nairunnamadbhiH sahelam / occur, happen, be produced; davi evamupapadyate M. 1 even Si. 4.68. as you say, just so; astisyopapatsyante Mb.; upapannA hi dAreSu prabhutA sarvatomukhI 5.5.26. -4 To be possible; kartavya upanRt + P. To dance before somebody ; dance with vo na pazyAmi syAccetkiM nopapadyate Ku.6.61; Ms.9.121,403 insulting gestures. 10. 102; nezvaro jagataH kAraNampapadyate S. B.-5 To be suitable, upanRtyam A place for dancing. be fit for, be adequate for, fit, suit (with loc.);kaibyaM upanetram Spectacles. mA sma gamaH pArtha naitattvamyupapadyate B.2.33 18.73 upapadyate it is tit; te guNAH parasmin brahmaNyupapadyante S. B. -8 Togo against, 372 4 P. 1 To lay upon, place or put down, attack. -7 To put in a word or statement; iti ha put noar, place before. -2 To entrust anyone with, vizvAmitra upapapAda Ait. Br. -Caus. 1 To bring into any commit to the care of. -3 To explain, describe minu statecause to arrive or be obtained: vizvAsamupapAditA Ran. tely. -4 To propose, suggest, hint, point out, state; inspired with confidence ; get ready; rathamupapAdaya Ve.2. -2 mayopanyasteSu mantrepu II. 33; ityubhayalokAviruddha vacanamapanyastaM To offer, present any one with (ace.), bring to; diSTapA Mal.2 spokem; sadupanyasyati kRtyavama yaH Ki.2.3 tells or tvamasi me dhAtrA bhItanevopapAditaH R. 15. 18, 11.83 16.323 points out ; kimidamapanyastam 5.5 what is this that is pro Ms.9.72,733 3.96%3 sometimes with dat.; sarvasvaM vedaposed or said. -5 To prove, establish argumentatively; viSe brAhmaNAyopapAdayet Ms. 11.76% 39.2143 or with loc.3B bhUtamapyanupanyastaM hIyate vyavahArataH 1.2.19. akSayo'yaM nidhI rAjJAM yadvipreSapapAditam Y.1.315. -3(a) To upanyasta. p. 1 Placed near, deposited. -2 Said, _cause to happen or occur, bring about; maraNamupapAdayet proposord, spoken. -3 Pledged, entrusted. -4 Given, K. 36. (b) To accomplish, effect, cause, do, perform ; communicated; pitAmahenopanyastam (Asanam ) Bhag. 1.17.43. yAvattu mAnuSyake zakyamupapAdayitum K.62, 113,120, 1343 deva-5 Brought forward as an example, adduced, hinted. kAryam R.11.91; 17.55 Me. 29. -4 (a) To make a For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #471
upapattiH 453 upapIr3a statement, adduce, put forward. (b) To justify. -5 To make good, ostablish, prove; a f ar - TIC lrab. - To pronounce, declare. -7 To make fit or adequate for ; F e at Ms. 9. 36. -8 To furnish with, endow with; Kam. 11.57; K. 2; STAI 999 Tilaa 9974 Subhas. -9 To find out, ascertain; afavarat Ms. 3. 206. -10 To examine. 39: . 1 Happening, oecurring, becoming visiblo, appearance, production, birth; 19H GATITISTA Si. 1.60 (74); 3194199 Bg. 13. 9. -2 Cause, reason, ground; fag : # 1999: Ki. 3.52. -3 Reasoning, argument; 999 97: Ki. 2. 1; e in Nay. 5 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D. 482. -4 Fitness, propriety. -5 Termination, oud. -6 Association, connection. -7 Acceptance, adoption; My.). -8 Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; 399 &a aa Ki. 2. 28. -9 In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. -10 A means, an expedient. -11 Assistance, support, help; da: 5 4447 77 arafear-7149719911: Ki. 14. 44.-12 Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; FATTY : R. 5. 12; 12T01TT19: Bhasa P.; H. 3. 111; see 347991.-13 Attainment, getting: 3 21997: R. 14. 78; Ki. 3. 1. -14 Religious abstraction (419). -15 Accident, chance; 39921955 ha Mb. 12. 288. 11. -16 Suitability, expediency; 94 Tra 1948 974 Ther: Ki. 2. 1: Bhag. 4. 28. 68. -Comp. : (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradictory ascertions are supposed to be demonstra ble (. . sound is eternal because it is produced; it is eternal because it is not tangible). Nyayadarsana. T T a. Unproved, unreasonable, destitute of argument or proof; Raj. T. 3993 . p. 1 Obtained ; secured; stata car2499ata: R. 3. 41; V.5.15; R. 1. 60.-2 Accompanied or attended by, in company with ; a 9991 R. 2. 16, 22.-3 Coming, presenting itself; 3416 Bavla: Vara Art 4128 Mbh. 1. 2. 13. 9991 7221 6 Ta frar: Ram. 6. 10. 20 -4 Right, fit, proper, suitable with gen. or loc.); 399 Tek: V. 2; 399af4g 1991 : ibid this epithet befits the wind; 3947 tisia S. 2. -5 Possible; 3474477924 V. 2; Ku. 3. 12. -6 Full of, endowed with, possessed of, furnished with; 3477 Jut: N. 1.1; Ms. 9. 141, 244; 12.1994: S. 5. -7 Demonstrated, proved. -8 Offered, presented. -9 Cured. -10 Allowed, agreed (49); FTAFITI H193 JETI 399ay ay 999 fatal Ram. 2. 101. 18. -11 One who has approached a teacher (as a pupil), approchod for protection 3991 a. 1 Producing, effecting. -2 Well reasoned. 3T 1 Effecting, accomplishing, doing. rea: 6 future. -2 Giving, delivering, presenting. -3 Proving, demonstration, establishing by arguments; 3919 sata of TTF EFHTTC Mb. 5. 142. 2. - 4 Examination, ascertainment, exposition of a sabject ). 39 a. 1 To be effected or done. -2 To be proved or shown. -3 Coming into existence. JTTCF a. Self-produced. -*: A superhuman being, God ; divyopapAdukA devAH Ak. 3 H 1 A word prefixed or previously uttered: TET 2 Ki. 18. 44 (71044); 4: 1996 fema4 R. 16. 40. - 2 A title, a degree; epithet of respect, such as 3974, T1; * 4849277 10 311 ufufa Mu. 3. -8 A secondary word of a sentence, a preposition, particle &c. prefixed to a verb or a noun derived from a verb which determines or qualifies the sense of the verb; 399CHIGE P. II. 2. 19; (see Sk. thereon ). Page9: a kind of Tat. comp. in which the last member is some form of a verbal character; e. 4. aziaz, qat, 311%cftat &c. TorTT, UTH Investigation, examination. 399E, ETI a. Closely touching. - Impregnation or admixture (Ved.). 994994 geyath Rv. 6. 28. 8. Itaa n. The day before the Parvan or change of the moon. upapazukA false ribs. t a: 1 An unexpected occurrence. -2 A calamity, misfortune, accident. srat Ara 24h I SB. on MS. 6. 4. 23. -3 Destruction. ITTA A minor sin, crime or sin of the second degree; HerThe 49-yia el arfa 40TIA ET H 11 Y. 2. 210; Ms. 11. 66. upapAtakina . One who has committed an upapAtaka. 39afbaa r : Ms. 11. 107, 117. 399: The upper or dwarf pillar subordinate to a larger column. 3991F a. Having shoes, shod ( as a horse). STTTH = 394644 q. v. Y. 3. 285. gara:-&1 A shoulder. -2 A flank, side, -3 The opposite side. -4 The lesser ribs. TOT 10 P. 1 (a) To press down or against, hurt, iniure, pain; vaat3 Tagar ki, 3.51, 8. 16: Si. 10. 47; que, ureT434, fateh Sk. (1) To oppress, devastate, lay waste; Terufaa troubled,; Ms. 8. 67, 7. 195; Kam. 8.72.-2 To eclipse. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #472
upapIDanam 464 upabhogya 39gah 1 Pressing down, devastating, laying waste. -2 Inflicting pain, injuring: 2914 Ms. 6. 62, 12. 80.-3 Pain, agony. upapuram A suburb. -rI The environs of a city; H i eft per 14 Bhag. 4. 25. 26. at a. ( f.) Belonging to a suburb, suburban. 399 UTH A secondary or minor Pura na (for an enumeration of their names, see under 31215T). Jegfeqar Yawning, gaping. gotuni, he ind. just preceding or at the time of the full-moon day. 399a Pointing out, indication. 39914 1 Delivering over, entrusting: -2 A bribe, prosent ; Ram. 6. 13. 7. 399a RET # 1: Pt. 1. 95. - 3 A tribute. JITHAH 1 Seducing, alluring. -2 A bribe, an inducement, allurement ; ge71a74490a1fa Dk. 48. 3991: A secondary life wind ( belonging to the body ). UT = 372. q. v. 39927TH Overlooking, disregarding. gat: Invitation, summons. 3971 A. 1 To float, swim ; 4893 dag Sk. -2 To overwhelm, cover with ; 31373197 Ram.-3 To assault violently, assail; to trouble, oppress, distress; A R. 10.5, 14.61; Ms. 1.118. -4 To jump i or spring upon. -5 To depart from. -Caus. To water. 399: 1 Misfortune, ovil, calamity, distress, adverrity; 894 499 ari... 43410a Ku.. 16; aga: Tyga: 75: Y R. 2. 18; -2 (1) An unluky accident, injury, trouble; f arale sunt : R. 5.6; Me. 17. () An obstacle, impediment; at (+14) ** 77-9199 Ki. 11. 20. -3 Oppression, harassing, troubling; 27 gegrated: Ku. 2.39. -41 anger, fear; see maal below. -5 Agitation, perturbation; 4 K. 146. -6 A portent or tural phenomenon foreboding evil. -7 Particularly, an eclipse of the sun or noon; T1401419 V. 1.11. -8 N. of Rahu, the ascending node, haya : 49 atasat. -9 Anarchy. -10 N. of Siva. -11 Doubt, scepticisin (with Buddhists). -12 Loss, absence; 41291 f a a Bhay. 10. 84. 25. ogie a. One who has suffered a calamity, distressed, troubled; K. 208. -2 Suffering oppression; 34 aug: 7 : R. 13. 7. 345TH N, of the capital of the Matsyas; Mb. 39ga p. p. 1 Violently attackel, beset, distressed, pained &c. -2 Harassed by Rahu), eclipsed. -3 Marked by prodigies. - Moistened, watered; TT, TTT Weeping; FAITHE AEST 3 : Bhag, 3. 15. 31. -5 Pressed, squeezed : 2 A 511Tini szaf 17: sacivA ivAyayuH Ki. 8.39. -tA Morbid sensibility of the uterus, & particular disease. FT: 1 Connection. -2 An affix. -3 A particular mode of sexual enjoyment; Ch. P. 41. 3978, UTH 1 A pillow; Ratstam Rv. 83.7. -2 Pressing down, oppressing. T UTH Increase; A. Ram. 7. 6. 29. S iga a. 1 Increased, magnified; 7.907771 faci alean (1492) Bhay. 7. 10. 16, K. 27. 136; Dk. 42. - 2 Accompanied by ; 2 1 494. alar Bhag. 11. 15. 28. selen. Supplementary, additional. 3977 a. A few, a tolera ble number. upavAhuH The lower arm. upabdaH , -bdi Sound produced at the sprinkling of Soma ; noise, sound in general; por 1 3972: Ry. 7. 101. 17 (=Av. 8. 4. 17). - m. A particular venomous animal: 34 9911 Av. 2. 21.6. THEIT: 1 Fleeing away, retreat. -2 A division (of a verse) THAT A secondary dialect TYS 7 U. 1 To enjoy, tosto (in all senses ); 1977: Ku. 6. 10: #1 is not enjoyed, Pt. 2. 142; Ms. 12. 8.-2 To eat, drink; 42: R. 2.65, 1. 07; Dk. 8. 40; 341999 Ku. 3. 37; Y. 3. 325. -3 To possess; 96.9 Hariy. -4 To use, make use of, receive; AW 2192 roti THTH Ms. 12. 8. -5 To be useful; 39 ai i H: Ch. Ur. 4. 11. 2. Tuin: . 1 Enjoyment, use. --2 (in str.) The daily course of a star. THIFT a. Enjoying, an enjoyer; Possessing, Possessor. ETHT: 1(a) Enjoyment, eating, tasting: 9 3710 **14: FH I Ms. 2.91, 8.285; Y. 2.171. TATYTAT: By. 16. 11; TT R. 12. 22. (1) Use, application ; Za: S. 4. 1. - 2 Enjoyment of a woman), cohabitation; 3477917 agradi 14 7+1 R. 14. 21. -3 Usufruct. -4 Pleasure, satisfaction. STAIRTI a. Enjoying, using. htu, -17152, 154 pot. p. To be enjoyed, used or eaten; 3447 a af1989#1128 Ku. 1. 20; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #473
upabhogin 466 upameya kiMcitkAlopabhogyAni yauvanAni dhanAni ca Pt. 2.117; asmAkamupabhogyo / bhaviSyati Pt.1. will become our prey, -gyam 1 Any object of enjoyment. -2 Food. -3 Expense incurred for protection (on foorl, clothing, education &c.); vyayIkRtaM rakSaNArthamupabhogyaM tadunyane Sukra. 2. 335. upabhogin a. Eating, enjoying. upabhUSaNam A minor or inferior ornament; implement. upabhR U. To boor; avicalaM zikharairupabibhrataM dhvanitasUcita.. mambumucAM cayam Ki. 5. 12. upabhRt /. [upa-bhU-AdhAre kvip ] A round cup userl in sacrifices, made of the wood of the Banian tree; a sacrificial vessel: juhUrvAdhAra dyAmupabhRdantarikSam Av. 18. 4.5. upabhRta . Procured for, brought near; ziSyAyopabhRtaM / tejo yana etatsamudyamaH Bhag. 8.15.20. upabheda: subdivision. ETH a. Ved. 1 llighest, uppermost. -2 Most excellent, bost, eminent, first. -3 Nearest. upamazravas / . 1Of highest. fame, -2 m. N. of in son of Kurusravapa and grandson of Mitratithi; kavi kavIMnAmupamazravastamam Bv. 2.23.1. upamantra 10A. 1 To invoke, eall, invite. -2 To address, call to; upamantrayate sa hiMkAra: Ch. Up.2. 13. 1. strI puMsopamantritA. -3 To persuade, conciliate. priyAmanugataH kAmI bacobhirupamantrayan Bhag. 9. 18.5. upamantraNam 1 The act of addressing, inviting, calling. -2 Persuading, couxing (upacchandanam ); P. I. 3. 17. upamantrin a. Inviting, persuading: azvo boLahA sukhaM rathaM hasanAmupamantriNaH Rv.9. 112.1. M. 1A messenger; smararuja upamantrinbhavyatAmanyavAH Bhag. 10.47. 19. -2 A subordinate counsellor; Bhay. 10. 71. 29. upamanthanI A staff for stirring; audumbaryA upamanthanyau Bri. Up. 6. 3. 13. STARTT a. Ved. Stirring; Vaj. 30.12. upamanyu 5. Ved. 1 Understanding, intelligent. -2 Zealous, striving after, -3 (m.) N. of the pupil of A yoda-dhaumya, who aided Siva in the propagation of his doctrine and received the ocean of milk from him. upamA2P., 8, 1.A. 1To compare, liken; tenopamIyeta tamAlanIlam Si. 3.8; stanau mAMsagranthI kanakakalazAvityupamitI Bh.3.20. -2 To give, grant (Ved.). upamA 1 Resemblance, similarity, equality; sphuTopamaM bhUtisitena zambhunA Si. 1. 1, 17.6); Ki. 6.23; ihopamA satAm Pt. 2.8 the same is the case with the good. -2 (In Rhet. ) Comparison of two objects different from each other, simile, comparison; sAdharmyamupamA bhede K. P. 10%; or sAdRzyaM sundaraM vAkyArthopaskArakamupamAlaMkRtiH R. G.; or upamA yatra sAdRzyalakSmIrulasatiH dvayoH / haMsIva kRSNa te kArtiH svargajhAyavagAhate // Chandr.5.33; Kav.2.14%3; upamA kAlidAsasya Subhas. (Dandin mentions 32 virieties of 37; see Kav. 2. 15-50; as to words expressive of upamA see2.57-65); see K. P. 10 mivealso. -3 The standard of comparison (upamAna); yathA dIpo nivAnastho negate sopamA smRtA Bg.6. 19; (AtmAnamupamAM kRtvA sveSu dAreSu ramyatAm Ran.5.21.8; see degdravya below; mostly at the end of comp., 'like', 'resembling'; bubudhe na budhopamaH R. I. 47; 80 svargIpama, amaropama, anupama &c. -4 A likeness (as a picture, portrait &c. -5 Heresy, irreligious doctrine; vidharmaH paradharmazca AbhAsa upamA chalaH / adharmazAkhA: paJcemA dharmajJo'dharmavatyajet || Bhag.7.15.12.-Comp. -dravyam any object used for a comparison; sApamAdravyasamuccayena Ku. 1. 49. -rUpakam a figure in Rhetoric being a mixture of simile and metaphor. -vyatireka: A particular figure combining comparison and contrast. upamAtR m. An image-maker, a portrait-painter. upamAnam 1 Comparison, resemblance; jAtAstadUrvorupamAnabAhAH Ku. 1. 36. -2 The standard of comparison, that with which anything is compared ; one of the four requisites of an upabhA ; upamAnamabhUdvilAsinAM Ku.1.5; upamAnasyApi sakhe pratyupamAnaM vapustasyAH V.2.3%3B Si. 20. 19.-3 (In Nyaya Phil.) Analogy, recognition of likeness, considered as one of the four kinds of pramanas or means of arriving at correct knowledge. It is defined as prasiddhasAdhayAt sAdhyasAdhanam ; or upamitikaraNamupamAnaM tacca sAdRzyajJAnAtmakam Tarka. K. tanna vizvasanIya vo rAkSasAnA rnnaajire| etenaivopamAnena nityaM jihmA hi raaksssaaH|| Ram.G. 50.51.-4 A particle of comparison. -Comp. upameyabhAvaH relation between the subject of comparison and the standard of comparison. -cintAmaNiH M. N. of a philosophical work. upamita P. II. 1.5ti. Compared, likened, similar &c. spara: /. 1 Resemblance, comparison, similarity; pAlavopamitisAmyasapakSam S.D.; tadAnanasyopamitI daridratA N. 1.24. -2 ( In Nyaya Phil.) Analogy, inference, deduction, knowledge of things derived from analogy, a conclusion deduced by means of an upamAna; pratyakSamapyanumitistathopamitizabdaje Bhash P.52. -3 A figure of speech = upamA q. v. -4 A likeness, picture. upameya pot.p. Fit to be likened or compared, comparable with; (with instr. or in comp.); bhUyiSThamAsIdupameyakAntiH guhena / .6.43 18.31,373; antaHpuraM caikakulopameyam Ku.7.2; Ch. P. 29 v. I. -yam The subject of comparison, that which is compared upamAnopameyatvaM yadekasyaiva vastunaH Chandr. 5.7,9. -Comp. -upamA a figure of speech in which the upamAna and upameya are compared to each other with a view to imply that the like of them does not exist; reciprocal comparison ; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #474
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra upamAti: viparyAsa upameyopamAnayoH K. P. 10;g. kamaleva matirmatiriva kamalA tanuriva vibhA vibheva tanuH / &c. www.kobatirth.org 37:/. 1 Comparison. -2 Killing. -3 Approach ing with a prayer, addressing. -fa: m. Granting wealth (Say.), approaching in a friendly way; affable, an epithet of Agni (B. and R.). Comp. -vani a destroyer of_an enemy (Say.) ; mAno'hirbunyo Raaafa: Rv. 5. 41. 16. one who receives addresses in a friendly way (?). Ved. Deliberation, investigation, consi 3 deration. upamAtR f. [ upamitA mAtrA upa gauNe vA / 1 A second mother', wet nurse. -2 A near female relative; angarh fogach fagyar ugglaushaggle: Sabdak. Ha. Giving delight. Enjoyment, delight. Ved. Submerging (in water). a. Occurring every month, monthly (Ved.); tasmAt pitRbhyo mAsyupamAsyaM dadati Av. 8. 10. 19. syam The Sraddha ceremony to be performed every month. 3a. Ved. 1 Dug up, excavated. -2 Placing near. f. A prop, stay, pillar (); upamid yayantha Rv. 1. 59.1. 39 U. 1 To crush, bruise, dash to pieces, destroy, kill; piNDAkRtimupamRdya ghaTikAH kriyante Mbh. 1. 1. 1; N. 5. 110. 2 To rub down. -3 To pass through. 31 Friction, rubbing or pressing down, crushing under one's weight; ng mgadong vinodaya manaH sumanolatAsu S. D. (where u0 also means rough handling or enjoyment). -2 Destruction, injury, killing. 3 Reproach, abuse, insult, harsh or insulting treatment; Mk. 1. -4 Unhusking. -5 Refutation of a charge. 8 Stirring, shaking. 39 a. Crushing, destroying. - Refutation of a charge. 3 3 Suppression, oppression. ind. On the slope or side; Ki. 7. 23 3: The tree Vatica Robusta, Sala tree (Mar. sAga ). . (P. III. 2.73) N. of eleven additional formulas (enumerated in Vaj. 6. 21.) at a sacrifice; ekAdazopayajaH yadyajantamupayajati tasmAdupayajo nAma Sat. Br. 3 m. The priest who utters the above formulas; Sat. Br. 3. 8. 5. 5. 3: Additional formulas at a sacrifice; Mb. 2. 456 upayAcita A minor surgical instrument, a dary application of any kind. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 341 U. 1 To marry, take a wife (A. in this sense); bhavAn mithaH samayAdimAmupAyaMsta s. 5; AtmAnurUpAM vidhinopayeme Ku. 1. 18; R. 14. 87; Si. 15. 27; Ms. 3. 11; Bk. 4. 20, 28; 7. 101. -2(a) To seize, hold; 3 Av.; upAyaMsta mahAstrANi Bk. 15.21; zastrANyupAyaMsata jitvarANi 1.16. (&) To take, receive, accept; malah gu Bk. 8. 33. -3 To show, indicate (4); Bk. 7. 101. -4 To lie under, support, prop up (Ved.). 5 To go to (a woman); antara raft Ms. 11. 172. 6 To curb, restrain. upayantR m. A husband; athopayantAramalaM samAdhinA Ku. 5. 45; R. 7.1; Si. 10. 45. 31 Marriage, marrying; stay. secon" S. D. 2 Restraint. -3 A support; 1 Marrying, taking a wife; P. I. 2. 16. fa.-2 Restraining, curbing. -3 Placing down the fire -4 Support. - 1 Any support of stone for holding fire-wood; 3944-44f Sat. Br. -2 A sacrificial ladle. 3: 1 A kind of vessel in a sacrifice. -2 The formulas uttered in taking out the Soma juice by means of a ladle (Vaj. 7. 4 seqq.) -3 Marriage (see upayama). 32 P. 1 To approach, go towards, reach; T8. 1. 1. 15. Bg. 10. 10. SO puram gatim, nayanam, padavIm; durmantriNaM kamupayAnti na nItidoSAH H. 3. 110. -2 To attain to a particular state, meet with &c. ; tanutAm, mRtyum, rujam, pAkam, prasAdam &c. For Private and Personal Use Only 3. p. Come, arrived. - Arrival, return. upayAnam 1 Approaching, coming near upayAnApayAne ca sthAnaM pratyapasarpaNam / sarvametadrathasthena jJeyaM rathakuTumbinA | Ram. 6. 101. 20. 2 Acquisition, obtaining; gia after a Ku. 7. 22. upayAyina a. Coming towards. 1. To wish or ask for, solicit; - mupayAcitum K. 151. a. One who asks or solicits, suitor, beggar. Soliciting, begging, approching with a request or prayer. upayAcita 12. Begged, requested, solicited. purastAdupayAcito yaH R. 13.53 tam 1A request or prayer in general. 2 A present promised to a deity for the fulfilment of a desired object and generally to propitiate her, (the present may be an animal or even a human being); nikSepI mriyate tubhyaM pradAsyAmyupayAcitam

Page #475
upayAcitakam 457 uparata Pt. 1. 14; 2.50%; adya mayA bhagavatyAH karAlAyAH prAgupayAcita of other stones (grAvan); tvacaM pRJcantyuparasya yonau Rv. 1.79.3. strIratnamupahartavyam Mil.5; dIyate yattu devebhyo manorAjyasya siddhye| -2 The lower part of the sacrificial post. -3 A cloud. upayAcitakaM divyaM dohadaM tdvidurbudhaaH|| -3 A request or prayer -4 A region, direction. to a deity for the accomplishment of a desired object; uparatAti ind. In the proximity, neur to; vizvA arya K. 330. uparatAti banvan Rv. 7.48.3; 1. 151.5. upayAcitakam = upayAcita above ; siddhAyatanAni kRtavividha 397551 4 U. or in pass. To be red; to be eclipsed; devatopayAcitakAni K.64. uparajyate bhagavAn candra: Mu.1. -Caus. 1To colour, tint, upayApanam 1 The act of causing to come near, lead- dye. -2 To affect, grieve, distress. ing near. -2 A marriage; putrANAM duhitRNAM ca kAle vidhyupayApanam / dArairvaraistatsadRzaM kalpayantaM vibhUtibhiH Bhag. 10.69.32. uparakta . p. 1 Aflicted, overtaken by calamity, distressed. -2 Eclipsed; K. 314. - 3 Tinged, coloured ; upayuj 7A. 1To use, employ, apply; pAiguNyamupayuJjIta dviSadveSoparaktAisaGginIH Si.3.18. -ktaH 1 The sun or moon Si. 2.933 SaDupAyukta samIkSya tatphalam R.8.21; M.5.123B in eclipse. -2 Rahu. anupayujyamAna useless, good for nothing, S.7; U.4.-2 To uparajya ind. Darkening, obscuring, tamazcandramasIvedamuparaenjoy, taste; paya upayujya Me. 13v.1.5 phalAnyupAyukta sa jyAvabhAsate Bhag.4.29.70. daNDanIteH R. 18.46%3 Bk. 8.39; -3 To devote or attach oneself to; na mRgairupayajyate is not loved Pt.2.233; na vai prAjJA uparajaka (1.1 Dyeing. -2 Affecting, influencing. gatadhIkaM bhartAramupayunate Subhas. -4 To yoke or harness (as uparAgaH1 An eclipse of the sun or moon; uparAgAnta horses to a earringe); yAmanyAmannupayuktaM vahiSTham Av.4.23.3. zazinaH samupagatA rohiNI yogam 5.7.22; Si. 20.45. -2 -5 To appropriate consume, eat; rAjA tat (dhanam ) upayu Hence, Rahu or the ascending node.-3 Rolness, red jAnazcaurasyAnoti kilbiSam Ms. 8. 40. -p1888. 1 To be used colour, colour; kopoparAgajanitAm Ratn.3.14; Mk. t; or applied. -2 To be fit or proper; tasyeyamupayujyate Bhag. kalahakopa Mal.9. -4 A calamity, athiction, injury; -3 To be of use, he taken into account; tejasA saha jAtAnA blighting influence; mRNAlinI haimamivoparAgam R. 16.7. -5 vayaH kutrIpayujyate Pt. 1. 328. Misbehaviour, ill-conduct. -6 Reproach, blame, a buse. upayukta 1 Attached &e. -2 Suited, appro uparakSaH A body-guard. priate, fit, right, proper. -3 Worthy, serviceable, useful. - 4 Eaten, consumed. - A subordinato officer ; uparakSaNam A guard, an out-post. Kau. A. 2.5 Bhag.9.2.143 upayuktodakAM bhagnAM prapAM nipa- uparatnam [upamitaM ratnena upa gauNe vA] A secondary or titAmiva Rim.2.111.15. inferior gem; uparatnAni kAcazca karpUrozmA tathaiva ca / muktAzuktiTIT: 1 Employment, use, application, service; stathA zaka ityAdIni bahUnyapi // guNA yathaiva ratnAnAmuparatnepute tathA / oSadhAnavihArANAmupayogaH sukhAvahaH Madh. N. upayoga gam kiM tu kiMcittato hInA vishesso'ymudaahRtH|| or baj to be used or employed, serve; vrajanti uparathyA A bye-roud, minor road; tathA racyoparacyAzca ... anaGgalekhakriyayopayogam Ku. 1.7. -2 Administration Ram. 5.53. 21. of medicines, or their preparation. -3 Fitness, suitablemess, proprioty. -4 Contact, proximity. -5 Any act uparam 1P. (Sometimes A. also) 1 To cease end, terminate; saMgatAvupararAma ca lajjA Ki.9.41, 13.00%; ityuktvocontributing to the fulfilnuent of a desired object. -6 Good conduct, observing established customs.-7 pararAma; yuddhamupAramat ceased &c. -2 To cense or desist Food; gate ca durvAsasi so'mbarISo dvijopayogAtipavitramAharat from, stop (oft. with pres. part.); vyApAdayanopararAma Pt. 1; or with abl.; Bg.2.35; Bk. 8.5139.51; or with Bhig. 9.5.24. inf.; Ki. 4. 17; or by itself; Bk. 8.55. - 3 To be upayogin . 1 Employing, using. -2 Conducive or quiet or calm; yatroparamate cittam Bg.6.20. -4 To awit, contributing to, serviceable, useful. -3 Appropriate, wait for; Sat Br.2.2.1-233.8.3-29. -5 To make fit, proper. -4 Favoura ble, propitious. -5 Touching. quiet (=Caus). -Caus. To cause to cease, stop, make upayogitA or tvam 1 Usefulness, utility. -2 Fitness, quiet or still. propriety. -3 Occasion, need. - Favour. uparata pp. 1Stopped, ceased ; uparatAnyasmin kule vratAni upayojanam 1 Harnessing a horse, Ait. Br. 5. 30.6.. Mbh. on P.I.1.110; rajasyuparate Ms.5.66. -2 Doad; adya -2 A teain. dazamo mAsastAtasyoparatasya Mu.4.-3 Withdrawn or retired from%3 raNAt, kalahAt &c. bhayAdraNAduparatam .2.31.-4 One TIET <<. To be employed, used or applied. who is disgusted with the world and has retired from it. 39 a. Ved. 1 Being below, under. -2 Posterior, -Comp. -ari a. having no foe. -karman a. ceasing from later. -3 Nearer. --T: 1 The lower stone on which tho works, not relying on worldly acts. -viSayAbhilApa .. Soma plant is laid that it may be ground by means one who has renounced all desire for worldly things. saM. I. ko...58 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #476
uparatiH 488 uparudha .. ......... ............... ..... ........... - forat a woman) whose menses have ceased. - ETC a. void of desire, indifferent to worldly attachments or possessions. 3oa: f. 1 Ceasing, stopping. 2 Death. -3 Abstaining from sexual enjoyment. -4 Indifference. -8 Abstaining from prescribed acts; the conviction that ceremonial acts are futile and ceasing to rely on them. -6 Intellect. UTC (TI) #: 1 Ceasing, stoppings ending; Hagar&19TAIFTH Bhag. 1. 8. 36. -2 Abstaining from, giving up: -3 Death. G ROTH 1 Abstaining from sexual pleasures. -2 Refraining from ceremonial acts. -3 Ceasing, stopping. uparambha P. To cause to resound; jAtaharSa uparambhati fag Bhag. 10.35. 12. 39a: A sort of hole used in the extraction of Soma juice (191991 af :); name of cer. tain holes which increase the sound of the stones when Soma juice is being extracted ); cf. also 41742 a164121 3979:1 SB. on MS. 11. 4. 52. 3rra: A near sound; P. III. 3. 22. 394il a:. STTE: 1 A secondary mineral, (red chalk, bitumen) HIET, TTT &c). -2 A secondary passion or feeling. -3 A subordinate flavour. STIGT: A viceroy, one inferior to the ruling authority; P. IV. 2. 116. 397199 af faa 8 HET Mb. 12. 80. 32. soft ind. 1 As a separa ble preposition (usually with gen., rarely with acc. or loc. ) it means (a) Above, over, upon, on, towards; (opp. 317:) (with gen); yfta S. 7.7; 3910aaf afe: R. 2. 60; 3 haft S. 2. 9; ET4 Mal. 7.5; U.5.2; Si. 16. 9. 12. 37; so P11914, deg &c.; with loc. vifaa 2TH Ram.; or acc. 7771 ft ay ibid; oft. at the end of comp.; To, 9597deg, 7. () At the end of, at the head of; palar11491t ad K. 158.() Beyond, in addition to; 912191 079778474 Y. 2. 253; Y47 Susr. (1) In connection with, with regard to, towards, upon: 476972ft waited R. 3. 21; Santi. 3. 23; ruftra, H R geyfa &c.; Half rygera kariSyAmi on your account.(0) After ; muhUrtAdupari upAdhyAyazcedAgacchet P. III. 3.9 Sk. upari joined to upari ( with acc. or gen. or by itself means (a) Just above; cafea Ara: Vop. (b) higher and higher, far high, high above; juft gratia sa a Mb. -2 (As a sopara ble adverb) It means (a) high above, upon, towards the upper side of (opp. 349); fra - Pas vai 349 Ram. 7. 29. 6. 3969ft 4970: * ga aftafa H. 2. 2; 80 39 T; 2142, a &c.; oft. in comp. tayarifah Y.1.319.(1) Besides, in addition, further, more; tagut i 21 bhUyazca saptatiH Mb. (0) Afterwards; yadA pUrva nAsIdupari ca U fear Santi. 2.7; 214: 4 14 44:faa Susr.; 340 more and more, repeatedly, continuously. [cf. Zend upairi, "para; Gr. kuper; L. super; Old Germ. obar; Germ. uber; Eng. over; Hind. wpar ]. -Comp. - sitting on high. T: A tax paid by temporary tenants.-FT3 The third division of the Maitrayani Samhita. - Ta a. gone up, ascended. - a. moving above as a bird ). --T: N. of the king Vasu. -fara a. piled over or above. - t. produced a bove, elevated, high. - a. upper, higher, -54 Upper part; 39ftalanfaags: Mk.3. 22. -9a a. Ved. coming from above; Vaj.7.3. -En a. Ved. raised above the ground; Rv. 10. 73. 8. A variety of aeril metre. -IT: the upper portion or side. - 12: being above or higher. - f the ground a bove. - ind. Ved. above mon; eta agft. Het af Ry. 8. 19. 12. 3. place of rest. 18of T ietoa raia da Hard Av. 9. 6.9. -forf a. being in the upper line or series. - (PT) a. Above, staying up3; parvatasyopariSThasya karmada kasyacidbhavet Ram.7.16. 5. a. lying or sitting a bove; Vaj. 9. 35. (m.) a class of gods. 294 sitting above. -FATT a. Standing higher, prominent. - Reaching a bove, elevated; vasavo rudrA AdityA uparispRzam Rv. 10. 128.9. F: A provincial governor. out ind. [cf. Bygg1 P. V. 3. 31 ] 1 As an adverb it means (a) Over, a bove, from above, on high; wat AT19 219: Bh. 3. 131 ; Y. 1. 106. (1) Further or later on, afterwards; Fhearradhto fie 17gyfere wara Mal. 6; $6941 unt s a in the sequel. (e) Behind (opp. yeart); graag 3114: utayla Ch. Up. 5. 2. 2. -2 (As a preposition) it means (a) Over, upon (with yen., rarely acc. ); sphuTataramupariSTAdalpamUrte(vasya sphurati suramunInAM maNDalaM vyastametat Si. 11.3. ( Down upon. (c) Behind (with gen.) -Comp. - N. of a Vedic metre consisting of 43 or 41 syllables.- a: . a verse of the Tristubh metre, the last line of which consists of eight sylla bles. cat N. of a Vedic metre having four Padas, the tirst of which contains 12 syllables, each of the three others having only eight. tani A particular mode or posture of sexual enjoyment; (also called fagian). 394277 U. 1 To obstruct, hinder, interrupt, stop; Al f a AT HH Kath. Up. 1. 21. 39940114427169EU $. 4. 15. Ve. 3.8; 348 4d squa S. 4; V. 5; 9294WH Y. 2. 250; to detain ; 37214441154 V.5. -2(a) To disturb trouble; 97agtang44f $. 1. (1) To press, trouble i i For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #477
uparuddha 489 upalabdhiH with a request; abhyutsahe saMprati noparoddham R. 5.22. -3 To overcome, subdue; bheje bhinnakaTaina gairanyAnuparurodha yaiH R. 4.83. -4 To besiege (an ememy, town &c.); uparubhyArimAsIta Ms. 7. 195; Kom. 13.67; uparuddhaM kusumapuram Mu. 2. -5 To lock up, pen, confine; bajoparodhaM gAH sthApayati Sk. -6To conceal, hide netrakrameNAparurodha sUryam R. 7.39. -7 To ! cast off, repudiate, reject; jyeSTaputramupArudhat Ram. uparuddha p. p. 1 Obstructed, impeded, stopped, continel, captive; vRnaM hi rAjJAmuparuvRttam R. 18. 18. -2 Covered, spread, concealed. -3 Protected, favoured. -4 Besieged, locked up. -ddhaH A captive; R. 18. 18. uparodhaH 1 Obstruction, impediment, obstacle; zaratpramRSTAmbudharoparodhaH R.6.443 Si.2074; sakautuka vinayam U.4. -2 Disturbance, trouble, molestation; anafaarfarg. parodho mA bhUta 5.1.5,6%3 anugrahaH khalveSa noparodhaH 7.33 uparodhaHsahyatAm ibit.detention; kiM rAjarSaruparodhena 5.. -8 Opposition, refusal, check, restraint. -4 Covering, surrounding, blocking up. -5 Binding, tying, seizing. -8 Protection, favour. balavatA vigRhyoparodhahetavaH Measures conducive to peace; Kau. A. 7. -7 sublation, dropping; AnarthakyAddhi prAkRtasyoparodhaH syAt / MS.8.1.15. -Comp. -kArin a. impeding, obstructing. uparodhaka 3. 1 Obstructing, obstructor; rAmo'bhyeti purI laGkAmasmAkamuparodhaka: Ram.6.6.16. -2 Covering, surrounding -3 Favouring. -kam An inner room, a private apartment. uparodhanam Obstruction, impediment &c.; see uparodha. uparodhin a. Obstructing, impeding; sukhAni so'muktasukhoparodhi R. 18. 18. uparUpakam [ upagataM rUpakaM dRzyakAvyaM sAdRzyena] A drama of an inferior class, of which 18 kinds are enumerated; nATikA troTaka goSTI sahakaM nAvyarAsakam / prasthAnolApyakAvyAni prekhaNaM rAsakaM tathA // saMlApakaM zrIgaditaM zilpakaM ca vilAsikA / durmallikA prakaraNI hAhIzo bhANiketi ca / / 8. D. 276. upala: 1A stone, rock; upalazakalametad bhedakaM gomayAnAm Mu. 3. 15; kAnte kathaM ghaTitavAnupalena cetaH S. THI.3; Me. 193 S. 1. 14. -2 A precious stone, jewel. Y. 3. 26. 'upala: prastare maNau ' iti vizvaH. -3 Sand (Ved.). - A cloud. -5 A ball thrown from some artifice (as gun); kapATayantradurdharSA babhUvuH sahunDopalAH Mb.3.284.+. -lA 1 Refined sugar, (upalAsitA Sugarcandy). -2 The upper and smaller millstone which rests on the Drisad. [of L. patnp.] -Comp. -prakSin a.Grinding grain upon millstones; kArurahaM tato bhiSagupalaprakSiNI navA Rv.9.112.3. upalaka: A stone. 39.8T 10 P. 1 To look at, observe, behold, mark; Asannavartijana upalakSayati K. 197; samyagupalakSitaM bhavatyA S. 1.. -2 To regard or consider; lokapravAdaH satyo'yaM paNDitairupalakSitaH Ram. -3 To mark, put a sign upon; AdimadhyAvasAneSu bhavacchabdopalakSitA Y. 1. 30; 2. 151; Ksm. 7. 47. -4 To denote, designate describe. -5 To imply in addition; nakSatrazabdena jyotiHzAstramupalakSyate Kull. on Ms. 3. 162. -8 To mind, have in view ; Kam. 16. 40. upalakSaka . 1 Observing; marking; paracitta -2 Designating, indicating (as a word). upalakSaNam 1 Looking at, beholding, observing, marking, ascertainment; velopalakSaNArtham S... -2 A mark, characteristic or distinctive features upalabdhamupalakSaNam v.4,4.333; upalakSaNe tRtIyA Sk. -3 Designation; prAdyupalakSaNam Sk. - Implying something that has not been actually expressed, implication of something in addition or any similar object where only one is mentioned ; synecdoche of a part for the whole, of an individual for the species, or of a quality for that in which the quality exists (svapratipAdakatve sati svetarapratipAdakatvaM); mantragrahaNaM brAhmaNasyApyupalakSaNam P. II. 4.80 Sk.; 80 asti nAsterupalakSaNam &c. upalakSita p. p. 1 Observed, marked, comprehended, implied, metaphorically expressed &c. -2 Understood, comprehended. -3 Characterized. upalakSya pot. p. 1 Inferable. -2 To be described, designated &c. -kSya: 1A prop, stay, support. -2 An asylum, shelter. -3 An inference. upaladhipriyaH [bAladhiH priyo'sya pRSo.] A kind of antelope (camara). upalabh 1A. 1 To know, understand, s00, perceive (directly); savyadakSiNayoryatra vizeSo nopalabhyate Pt. 1.76%3 anyA pratikriyA nopalabhyate K. 152. -2 To ascertain, find out, learn, know; brUhi yadupalabdham U. 13 tattvata enAmapalapsye 5. 1; Mv.7.30%; R. 12.60; Bk. 3. 27; K. 159; M. 41, 3. 6, 1.6.-3 To get, obtain, acquire, enjoy, experience (happiness &c.); upalabdhasukhaH Ku.t.12. experiencing: kathamupalabhe nidrAm V.2. 10 enjoy; idAnIM smRtirupalabdhA Mu.2 now I recollect; Ms. 11. 17; R.8.82, 10.2, 18.21. -4 To conceive, become pregnant.-Caus. 1 To cause to get ; bubhuje ca zriyaM svRddhAM dvijadevopalambhitAm Bhag. 8. 15.37. -2 To produce, bring about. __ upalabdha . p.1 Gained, obtained. -2 Conceivel. -3 Perceived, understood, known, guessed. -Comp. -artha . having the meaning understood. (-udhAthoM/.) a tale, a true or probable story. upalabdhiH /1Getting, obtaining, acquisition; upalabdhau yatnaH kriyatAm Mbh. on 1. 1. 1. vRthA hi me syAtsvapadopalabdhiH R. 5. 56, 8. 17. -2 Observation, perception, knowledge (jJAna); buddhirupalabdhirjJAna pratyaya ityanarthAntaram Nyiya Sutra, nAbhAva upalabdheH Brahma Sutra.2.2.283 bhAve copalabdheH 2.1.15. ef. Nyaya s.2.28,30. -3 Understanding, mind (af). -4 A conjecture, guess. -5 Perceptibility appearance (recognized as a kind of proof by the Mimamsakas); tatra vedavidhiH sa syAjjJAnaM cetpuruSaM prati / For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #478
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra upalabdha upapattyupalabdhibhyAm Mb. 12. 238. 3. see anupalabdhi. -Comp. - (in logic) A kind of sophistical refutation of an argument (e. g. the argument sound is uneternal because it is produced by some effort-' is refuted by saying that sound is also produced by wind); Nynyadariann. www.kobatirth.org a. 1 Gaininig, acquiring. -2 Knowing, perceiving. m. Soul, self. upalambhaH [labh-ghaJ-mum ca P. VII. 4. 61] 1 Acquisition; asmAdamAtsmRtirupalA S7. Direct perception or recognition, comprehension otherwise than from memory ) same as anubhava q. v. ) ; prAktanopalambha Mal. 5; ara garraga R. 14. 2. -3 Ascertaining, knowing; S. 1. - Seeing, looking at (darzana); lAvaNyadhAmno bhavitopalambhanam Bhag. 10.38.10. 3. Causing to observe, reminding. upalambhanam Apprehension Re. upalAlanam Fondling. pot. p. 1 Obtainable. -2 Respectable, commendable, praise-worthy. fat andPrag R. upalipsA A desire to obtain. 3410 P. To fondle, coax, flatter; addigrolDk. 29; S. 7; M. 3. f 1 Thirst. -2 Tyranny. 460 A portent, natural phenomenon, consi dered as boding evil. 3fe 6 P. 1 To anoint, smear, besmear. -2 To defile, pollute; Bg. 13. 32. 3 To stick or adhere to; aga Vagb. -Caus. To bes mear (esp. with cow-dung; lepayet Ms. 3. 206. f : 1 Anointing, smooring. Bhag. 11. 11. 30. -2 Cleaning, white-washing. -3 Obstruction, being concealed. -4 Becoming deadened or dull (said of senses), bluntness, dullness. 1 Smearing, anointing, plastering. -2 An ointment, unguent. 3 1 Serving as an ointment. -2 Anointing, smearing. -3 Obstructing. 3A. To lie close to, cling to; Mb. 8. 3: N. of a grammatical work connected with the Pratisakhyas. Comp. - Names of Commentaries on the above work. upaloham A scoomilary metal. m. 1 A priest at a sacrifice -2 One who animates (by his words). Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir 3 The act of crouching or lying close to. upavaJcita a. Deceived, disappointed; I CA yattvayA upavadhitAH Ram. 2.52.19. upavaTa: The tree Buchanania Latifolia ( priyAsAla ). 31 A. 1 To talk over, conciliate. -2 To flatter, cajole, coax: bhRtyAnupavadate Sk.; dAtAram Bk.8.28. Censure, blame (Ved.). upavAsa upavAdina . Censuring, blaming; alpAH kalahinaH pizunA upavAdina: Ch. Up. 7.6.1. upavanam [ upamitaM vanena ] A garden, grave, a planted forest; pANDucchAyopavanavRtayaH ketakaiH sUcibhinnai: Me. 23; R. 8.73. 13. 79; a garden creeper. Comp. -fa: N. of a work on gardening. upavarNa 10 P. To describe in detail; upavarNayedAnIM kusumapuravRttAntam Mu. 1. upavarNaH : Minute or detailed description. 37 Minute description, delineation in detail; atizayopavarNanaM vyAkhyAnam Susr; Y. 1.320. 3: N. of a son of Sankara Svamin, author of several writings on the Mimamsa philosophy. fea. Swollen or dimmed with tears (as eyes). af N. of a plant (g). 3996: Ved. Emulation, rivalry. 31 P. 1 To dwell in or at, inhabit (with acc.); tapaHzraddhe ye hyupavasantyaraNye Mund Up. 1. 2. 11. vaikuNThaM upavasati Sk. -2 To be in a state of abstinence, abstain from food, fast; Ms. 2. 220, 5.20; Y. 3. 202, 64; ( fig. also ) ; upoSitAbhyAmiva netrAbhyAM pibantI Dk. 4. -3 To go to (a master). - To enter upon, learn, take to, begin. Caus. To cause to fast. upavasathaH [ upa-vas-AdhAre atha ] 1 A village. -2 The day preceding a Soma sacrifice; or a day of preparation for this sacrifice; a fast-day. near. upavasathIya, upavasathya . Selected for an upavasatha (as a day). upavastam A fast. A fast, fasting. -2 The state of being 3afta: f. Support of life (as food, sleep &c.). a. One who fasts. upavAsa a. Staying near; garag Mb. 3. 118. 14. - saH 1 A fast; sopavAsastryahaM vaset Y. 1. 175, 3. 190; Ms. 11. 196 (a fast is a religious act and consists in abstaining from every kind of sensual gratification). -2 Kindling a sacred fire. -3 A fire-altar. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #479
upavAsaka 481 upavIrama ........ .. . ................ ..... das, one being attached to each of the four Vedas :thus Ayuvada or Medicine to Rgvada; (according to some authorities such as Susruta it is a part of the Atharvavoda); dhanuvaMda or military science to yajurvedaH gAndharvaveda or Music to sAmaveda, and sthApatya-zAstra-veda or Architecture to 3790. T Tale a. Fasting, observing a fast. - A fast. statera a. Fasting, finanzit a fer 47: san kulaTAbhilASI / hAsyArNavaH. upoSaNam A fast, fasting; nAsti strINAM pRthag yajJo na vrataM ag Ms. 3. 155. guita a. One who has fasted, - A fast, fasting. ar 1 P. 1 To bear or load near, lead towards. -2 To bring a bout, commence. -3 To gather together; FIAT 74a Rated Bhag. 10. 35. 22. Ta p. p. 1 Collected, accumulated, increased, stored up; CATATH $. 5.7; q . 5.1; V.2.7; so :, 'EX: &c. -2 Brought near, proximate, near ; O ISA17 Ki. 17. 51, 13. 23.-3 Arrayed for battle as an army ). -4 Begun, commonced; TE HE744-371-494ela : Ram. 6. 106. 18. Taal 7 Turema : S. 7. 10 causing sound. -5 Married. -6 A battle-array. A second, favourite wife; cf. alalar in Ram. 1. 14. 35. 59964 Ved. Anything placed on the neck of an ox under the yoko, to raise it to the right level for a yoke-fellow of greater height; M. W. cf. Sat. Br. 1. 4. 4.7. Each (In musio) Preliminary singing, bumming a tune before beginning to sing it aloud; M. 2. 3raEATH Carrying to, bringing near; Filii CAR H 191EAT Ram. 1. 11. 29. Stanga . F'lowing towards. 3922,- 1 A kiny's riding elephant (male or female); #ayatqarai H Mu. 2. 2 A royal vehicle (in general); canal940421 904 Ram. 7. 15.38. gyar Vod. Blowiny at; and targyan aras: Av. 12. 1.51. Era: 1 Addressing, speaking to, conversing. -2 Praising. -3 Indra-grain a). upavAjanam A fan. STATE A dress, garment Ved.); 9: : 39914 Av. 14. 2. 49. 34fTat: Environs, neighbourhood. sofaza. 1 Gaining, obtaining. -2 Knowing. -f. 1 Acquisition. -2 Investigating, inquiring into, know ledge, practical knowledge. gear 1 Profane science, inferior kind of knowledge. -2 Practical knowledge. goa: Inferior knowledge', a class of writings subordinato to the Vedas. There are four such U pave gaat 6 P. 1 To sit down, take a seat; $Farsga: 97% fast Bg. 1. 47. -2 To sit near to, wait upon. -3 To pitch a camp, encamp. -4 To go down, set (as the sun ). -5 To enter upon, practise ; as 994 341atia; SU 3795az. -6 To abstain from food, fast; sty g asti Bk. 7. 75. -7 To seize, take possession of. -Caus. To cause to sit down, place or set down. spray a. 1 Seated, come to, arrived. -2 Occupied with, engaged. - a. Firmly settled (said of a foetus which remains in the womb beyond the usual time). JYTT:,-TH 1 Sitting, sitting down; as in 2019m. 2 Directing one's mind to, being attached to. -3 Voiding by stool. -4 Placing down. -5 Surrendering; FITTA Ram. 6. 19. 33. gtaista a. 1 Sitting. -2 Devoting oneself to. GT F HTJ ind. Having inspired with confidence; U n gargula**Bhag. 5. 26. 32. e a. One who sits, sitting down. gyfat: -74 1 An artificial poison. - 2 A narcotic, any poisonous drug; 31 a festa T: Ta 92 91 : 91: 11 -- N. of a plant (aran It is a plant used in medicine. The bark is employed in dying. It is white, red and black (Atis or Betula ). It is also referred to as setofT. Taier ( 34-fa-4 ] A. 1 To look at or towards. -2 To regard as fit or proper. aftoria Den. P.(P.III.1.25] To play on the Vina or lute (before a deity &c.); 37 21 alia FT: R. 8. 33; N. 6. 65; K. 131. getuah Singing on a lute; yragazzafordi ald: Ki. 10. 38. geta [34-2- ] 1 Investiture with the sacred thread. -2 The sacred throad worn by the first three . classes of the Hindus; 1974&tytaiaatoi rat - Eff CHE R. 11. 64; 14519aa Ku. 6.6; Si. 1.7; Ki. 12. 23; Ms. 2. 44, 61, 4. 36, 66. Tata 4 The sacred thread. upavItin a. Wearing the sacred thread. uddhRte dakSiNe T aigad : Ms. 2. 63. upavIram A kind of domon. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #480
upaha 462 upazobhanam 395E, ETH &c. See 3us &c. 39T1 A. 1 To go towards, approach. -2 To return. syad: A particular high number. saa 1 A place for exercise. -2 A place whether inhabited or not. 3 A district or Pargana. -4 A kingdom (132) 349E quats #4 Siva. B. 31. 11. -5 A bog, marshy place. gryf: Motion towards, approaching. sraz See under state. Tat: Ved. A stick (of green wood) used for stirring the sacrificial fire; # 39a4hri Sat. Br. i T ah The three periods of the day; i.e. morning, midday, and evening ( 4). upavyAkhyAnam A supplementary explanation or | interpretation; 214216174 Ch. Up. 1. 1.1. T E: A small hunting leopard. 3925 ind. Near a cattle pen. FOTO 4 U. 1 To endeavour, help, serve. -2 To learn, enquire into. -3 5. P. To be a ble. 39TH 4. P. 1 To become calm or quiet, be assuag- ed; 39TFUL : Bk. 20. 3. -2 To coa se, stop; 3719, Tax, #9: &c.; cease to speak; K. 110. -Caus. 1 To calm, tranquillize. -2 To appease, pacify, assuage, mitigate. -3 To extinguish, kill. 39TH: 1 Becoming quiet, assuagement, pacification; FSET 34814: Vo. 3 ; HIGH TO ZA Barrare: 924 Amaru. 6; cessation, stopping, extinction. -2 Relaxation, intermission. -3 Tranquility, calmness, patience; 34274:TT: 97404: Bhag. 5. 4. 27. 37TA1 anay Bhag. 5.1.29. 19571914: Bb. 2. 82. - 4 Control or restraint of the senses. 5 in Astrono.) N. of the twentieth Muhurta. -Comp. -TT: with Jainas ) the destruction of activity &c. through quietism. STTAF a. Appeasing, pacifying, affording repose, making patient. 3TTATA 1 Quieting, calming, appeasing. -2 Mitigation, assuagement. -3 Extinction, cessation. TOTEA P. p. 1 Calmed. appeased, pacified. -2 Calm, tranquil. -3 Lessened, diminished. ifa: j. 1 Cessation, allaying, quieting, alleviation ; 3104721971-72 R. 8.31; Amaru. 65. -2 Appensing, assuaging, pacification, satisfaction of desires ); g d : ( ti ya al) Pt. 1. 147. 39 lat a. 1 Appeased, pacified. -2 Calm, tranquil. m. A tame elephant. 39374 See under 395. 39=T&TH An open place in the vicinity of a town or village, suburb; 37119 ROHT : R. 16. 37, 15. GO; Si. 5.8; K. 50.-ET: A spear, nail to a door ); Mb. 3. 15.6. TETET A secondary branch, title branch; 441 alacakaa quae ditaya : Bhag. 4. 31. 14. STTTT Appeasing (see 39 ). 39far Means to cure some disease like the prescribed diet etc. 39CH A place near a house, a court before a house. -4 ind. Near a house. 39 H A minor science or treatise. (meclicine, music &c.) TITATI, STOTH Learning, training. 313ET ( 1 Smelling. -2 Anything given to smell at. STIFTET: The pupil of a pupil : ferererere tqHAHEDE T-403af2919 Udb. u r 2 A. 1 To lie near. Warguager pie Ry. 10. 18.8. -2 To cohabit. -3 To do good to, agree with ; 49419 Charaka. 3977 a. 1 Lying by the side of -2 Productive of happiness or rest. -T: 1 Lying by the side of. 2 A lair, ambush ; fc #19 aring Si. 2. 80. -3 Diagnosis by the effect of certain articles of food, or medicine (one of the five elements of an). - Allaying disease by diet, reginen &c. A prepared piece of clay. FT. Lying in ambush (as a hunter); see 34974: (2). T IT: Sleeping in turn, rotation for sleeping with (another who keeps watch at night ). 34T 144 quiza :'; cf. RTTT2: 09 735414 a: Bk. 7. 11. 599 a. 1 Lying near to. -2 Sleeping, going to bed. -3 Allaying, calming. -4 Composing or narcotic (in medicine); Par, 2017 tranquilling: calming, secondary means of cure (as diet &c.). -5 One who keeps watch; aut ftat: Ram. 5. 6. 29. graft 1 A kind of disease of the head. -2 A necklace of pearls with five big pearls uniform in size at the centre; Kau. A. 2. 11. upazubha A. To be beautiful, brilliant; upazumbhamAna Bhag.5.17.13.-Cans. P. To adorn, ornament, decorate. T 4 , THAT Adorning, ornamenting: falcat 981194991a Ava (1917) Si. 13. 36. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #481
upazUra 488 upasaMkrAnta 3951T a. Inferior to the brave; 399 ta Bk. 8. 87. 3977, 39 TITUH Drying up, withering; 11rakSomayaM toyamupazoSaM nayiSyati Ram. 5. 37. 18. 3T2 . Covering, anything thrown above or upon. 398 5 P. (1. P.also) 1 To hear, listen; 219 119FATTET 2169: 1944 Ay. 12. 4. 27; & paura: 491901 34T417 Ch. Up. 4. 1. 5. 97, ft: &c. - To promise. TITm. A sacritice. gryfa . 1 Teard; athras agarza +144 1249124717: Bhay. 1. 15. 23. -2 Promised, agreed. sofa: /. 1 lloaring, listening.-2 Range of hearing.-3 A supernatural voice heard at night, and personified as a nocturnal deity revealing the futuro; naktaM nirgatya yatkiMcicchubhAzubhakaraM vacaH / zrUyate tadvidurdhArA devapraznamupa fall Haravali; if : age of K. 65. -4 Aspect of the stars, fortune-telling. -5 Promiso, assunt. -6 Rumour, report ; la gent a Mb.5.30.5.-7 Inclusion, incorporation (37419 ); 241 T quat geratura: 9 Mb. 12. 61. 6. -8 N. of a deity; a ana 1981 ao ar dar araruang Mb. 12. 312. 48. upazrotR . Listening, hearing; upazrotA ma Ivato vacAMsi Rv. 7. 23.1. JE 4 P. 1 To embrace. -2 To draw near, approach. -Caus. To bring near, place at hund; 3499 794 V.1; -14 V. 5. ET JE . Placod ncar, contiguous, adjoining. 39 :, - TUTH 1 Juxta-position, contact. -2 An em brace. upazloka: N. of the father of the tenth Manu; dazamo aaari t H17 Bhag. 8. 13. 21. 597 7fa Den. P. (P. III. 1. 25. ] To extol or praise in verses; HT17492: 1932: Mu. 4. 39a8 a. Ved. Sounding, roaring; - Breeze, draught of air; 3994 au sia 4 Av. 11. 1. 12. TOATE a. Strengthening. 347*** ST San. K. 13. 399T ind. Ved. (Ready ) At one's call. #Ta a. Closely joined, wedged in; Suar. ETA: 1 Curbing, restraining, binding. -2 The end of the world, universal destruction; af faa 1 IT S21911 Bhag. 3. 19. 17. JTETRAH Binding. -2 A means of fastening together. 39 : A secondary connection; modification; ATE : FATTOFT: Nir. T IE: Growing together or over, cicatrizing; 3762#TITATI: Susr. TAIT: An agreement, a contract. JESUTH An under garment; 33 afegiteForu: P. I. 1. 36. TEZ P. To step into, enter; 31994197 Ms. 6. 51. 3 8 U. 1 To prepare (as a meal). -2 To ornament. -3 To consecrate, purify: K. 40. THEFTOTH Preparing, purifying. ETETV a. 1. United with, joined together. -2 Afflicted, blasted (by curse ); FATH E R Bhag. 11. 30. 2. ei a. 1 Prepared, dressed, cooked. -2 Adorned, filled with ; 119 : fral-594 Far: Ram 5. 11. 25. SHE I P. 1 To draw or bring together, collect. -2 To sum or wind up, conclude; Cattela; - hafa Kull. on Ms. 1. 57. - 3 To contract; as FAISFift. -4 To withdraw, take away, withhold; By: utarat guariera 4: H. 1. 59. -5 To check, stop, curb. -6 To absorb, destroy, annihilate. STIETOTH 1 Withdrawing, taking away or back. -2 Refusing, withholding.-3 Excluding. - Attacking, invading. SPETT: 1 Drawing in or together, contracting; 419 HET VE SATH Mb. 5. 116. 13. -2 Drawing away, withdrawing, excluding, withholding. 375717 et 475 E ftea Bhay. 1. 7. 20. - 3 A collection, assemblage ; na tu dharmopasaMhAramadharmaphalasaMhitam Ram. 5. 51 28. -4 Summing up, winding up, conclusion (opp. 34*). -5 A preparation of a speech &c.). -6 A compendium, resume. -7 Brevity, conciseness. -8 Perfection. -9 Destruction, death, end. -1 Attacking, invading. -11 (In logic) Refutation. -12 N. of the concluding chapters in several books. Theft a. 1 Comprehending.-2 Exclusive. -m. A hetu (la) which is not exclusive; see 3479saMhArin. egfa: /. 1 Comprehension. -2 Seizing, taking. - 3 End, conclusion. -4 The catastrophe. upasaMklapta a. Put above, being a bove; tatra tatropasaMklaptaS atu: Bhay. 4. 9. 55. Utifra a. 1 Handed down. -2 Turned to changed into. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #482
- upasaMkSepaH 484 upasaMpanna I Teiet: An abstract, summary, resume. 39 TET 1 Addition. - Supplementary addition. further or additional enumeration (a term technically applied to the l'artikas of Katyayana which are in- tended to supply omissions in Pauini's Sutras and Generally to supplement them); e. 9. A T HIETU 199747914; cf. iy. -3 (In gram. ) A substitute in form or sense. 398 E 9 P. 1 To take upon oneself, experience, feel, suffor. -2 To receive, accept. -3 To seize, watch hold of; 0 1 17 Ms. 3. 224. -4 To take into custody or possession. -5 To win over, conciliate) make favourable; fuzealna Dk. 58 -6 To clasp, embrace. E, UH 1 Keeping, pleased, supporting, maintaining: 7 44re Mu. 2. -2 Respectful salutation as by touching the feet of the person saluted); + (HI-HIOI: HIGHWA "MIy. 2. 30. -3 Accepting, adopting: Br. Sut. 1. t. 11. -4 Polite address, obeisance. -5 Collectiny, joining. -6 Taking, accepting as a wife); 1 : Y. 1. 36. -7 (An external) appendage, any necessary article either for use or decoration (39**). -8 A pillow, cushion; Mb. 1. GE EN a. To be respectfully saluted, respectable venerable. 3925 6 A. To be attached to, fond of; 34119 nopasajjeta strISu straiNeSu cArthavit Bhag. 11.26.22. 38 a. Attached to ( worldly desires ); Ram. 6. AC 1,6 P. 1 To sit near to, ko near, approach ; 314 via 398819 Ch. Up. 1. 11. 4. 3 9 Bk. 9. 92, 3. 12, 6. 135. -2 To sit at the feet of; EN71749184 Ks. 108.21. -3 To wait upon, serve; (8) 369a4atatag: 981451: R. 17. 22: Si. 13. 24. -4 To march against. -5 To try to get or obtain. -6 To sink down. -Caus. 1 To place near. -2 To lead towards. 3 To get, find. Tafe: /. 1 Connection, union. 2 Service, worship, attendance upon. -3 Gift, donation. -4 Informing. 39A a. Serving, waiting upon.-f. 1 Siege, assault, attack. -2 Laying up, accumulating -3 Service, worship. -4 N. of a ceremony, forming part of the jyotiSToma ceremony, and lasting for several days. dIkSAnu ut: fru Bhay. 3. 13. 37. -5 N. of a sacrificial fire. -Comp. - . observing the rules of the U pasad, i.e. drinking milk in certain quantities, sleeping on the bare earth, keeping silence &c. &g ad Tea Bri. Up. 6. 3. 1. 379 a. Going near to, serving. - 1 Approach. -2 A gift, donation. -3 The 348 sacrifice. JICA 1 Going near to, approaching.-2 Sitting at the feet of a teacher, becoming a pupil; Mb. 1. 132.5; 1997 Tahi Mb. -3 Neighbourhood. -4 Service. - Porta king of. -6 An a bode, place; rueri 96FISH AR Ram. 1. 50. 15. Etat Ved. 1 A body of attendants (collectively). -2 Continuity. Ta p. p. 1 Approached; fi faa44: Mund Up. 1. 1. 3; 1.2. 13; Prasna. Up. 1.1. 13: E JET: PHIGritsala 19a17 Bhay. 2. 2.5; near, approximate. -2 Worshipped, served. -3 Serving, waiting upon. -4 Easily obtainable; got, obtained. STAZAH Approaching respectfully, reverence, l'espect; Bhag. ETETTA: 1 Immediate connection. -2 A descendant. ETTET 3 U. 1 To put together, add, increase. -2 To join, connect ; aut Kam. 1. 13. -3 To aim at, direct towards. gta p. p. 1 Connected with, furnished or endowed with ; TATTatea: Mb. -2 Accompanied or surrounded by ; regarding, referring to. -3 Attached lo, devoted. Sa4 Adding, joining. gehind. About twilight; 34812a at Hiha: Si. 9. 5. 396RIA: Laying down, giving up, resignation. START 3 U. 1 To put on (as fuel on fire). -2 To arrange. FATEH Gathering together, heaping; 341918 TEO Sk. TEATER a. To be brought together; or arranged. 398 + A. 1 To come to, arrive at; 41/2014. in Ch. Up. 6.14. 2; 7 9699 Ch. Up. 8. 3. 4. 742 Mb. -2 To get, obtain. -Vaus. 1 To bring or lead near. -2 To give, grant. -3 To receive into the order of priests, ordain. (Buddh.) Erf : f. 1 Approaching, arriving at. -2 Entering into any condition. 399 p. p. 1 Gained, obtained. aggia feqtu TFTTH Ram. 7. 35. 12. -2 Arrived at. -3 Furnished with, possessing; 445744a 7 Ram. -4 Familiar with. - Enough, sufficient. -6 Killed at a sacrifice as an animal), immolated. 7 Dead, deceased. -8 Cooked, dressed as food). - Staying or dwelling in the same house ; 19 M. 5. 81. - Condiment. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #483
upasaMbhASaH 465 upasRSTa upasaMbhASaH -pA1 Conversation: kRtopasaMbhASamivekSitena / by an evil spirit. -8 A preposition prefixed to Ki. 3.3. -2 Friendly persuasion; upasaMbhASA upasAntvanam / roots; nipAtAcAdayo jJeyAH praadystuupsrgkaaH| dyotakatvAt P. I. 3.47 Sk. kriyAyoge lokAdavagatA ime / / upasargAstu vijJeyAH kriyAyogena viMzatiH / vivecayanti te hyartha nAmAkhyAtavibhAktiSu // bRhaddevatA; upasara, upasarga, upasarpaNa See under upam, -sRj,-sup. AkhyAtamupagahyArthavizeSamime tasyaiva sRjantItyupasargAH| Durg under STAY Caus. P. 1 To subdue.-2 To prepare, dress, Nirukta 1.3. upetya nAmAkhyAtayorarthasya vizeSa sRjanyutpAdayantIcook; kalazaM prokSaNIyaM ca yathAvadupasAdhayet Bhag. 11.27.20. tyupasagAH | Skanda. The nATyazAstra defines upasarga thus: upasAntva 10 P. To appease, conciliates prAtipadikArthayuktaM dhAtvarthamupasRjanti ye svaathaiH| upasargA upadiSTAstasmAn pacify; upasAntvayituM mahIpatidi radaM duSTamivopacakrame Ki. 2.5. saMskArazAstre'smina | A poetaster has framed the following samasyApUraNa stanza with the rule upasagIH kriyAyoge (Panini upasAntva nam Appeasing, pacifying. I. 4.59): upasargAH kriyAyoge pANinerapi saMmatam / niSkiyo'pi upasi int. Ved. In the lap, on the hip; ncary at tavArAtiH sopasargaH sadA katham // Upasargas are 20 in number:-- pra, parA, apa, sam, anu, ava, nis or nir, dus or dura, vi, A hand; pitune putra upasi preSTaH Rv...1.3.7. (2), ni, adhi, api, ati, su, ut , abhi, prati, pari, upa; or 2 if upasIraH A plough. nis-nir and dus-dur he taken as separate words. There are upasunda: N. of an Asura, son of Nikunbha and two theories as to the character of these prepositions. younger brother of Sunda. According to one theory roots have various meanings in themselves (anekArthA hi dhAtavaH); when prepositions upasUryakam The dline of the sum or its halo. -ka: A are prefixed to them they simply bring to light those fire-fly. meanings already existent but hidden in them, lut upasa / P. 1 To go towards, approach, draw near: they do not press them, being meaningless them varuNaM pitaramupasasAra 'Tait. Up.3.1. I. ete. rAjAnaM...durga... selves 3; ef. Si.10.15:-santameva ciramaprakRtatvAdaprakAzitamadidyutadakSe / upamRtyac. valabhAbhirupasRtya cakrire sAbhibhuktaviSayAH samAgamAH vibhramaM madhumadaH pramadAnAM dhAtulInamupasarga ivArtham // According to R. 19. 16. -2 To go against, attack. -3 To have the other theory prepositions ca press their own indeintercourse (as of a wornan with a man); Mb. 3. pendent meanings; they modify, intensify, and upasara . 1. III. 3.71 Approaching. -ra: 1 App sometimes ontirely alter, the senses of roots; cf. sk.: upasargaNa dhAtvoM balAdanyatra niiyte| prahArAhArasaMhAravihAraparihAravat / / roaching (as a cow). prajanaH syAdupasara: cf. also upasaro hi cf. also dhAtvartha bAdhate kshcitkshcittmnuvrtte| tameva vizinaSTapanya strIgavISu pugavAnAmabhigamanamucyate sa ca nairantaryeNa bhavati. -2 The upasargagatividhA / / (The latter theory appears to be more first pregnancy of a cow'; gavAmupasara: Sk. -3 A continuous ling. vInAmupasaraM dRSTvA ...... Bk. 7.66. correct. For a fuller exposition see Nirukta). -9 An obstacle; te samAdhAvupasargA vyutthAne siddhyH| yogamatra 3.30. upasaraNama 1 Going towards. -2 Rapid flowing of the blood towards the heart (as in sickness). -3 That upasarjanam 1 Pouring on. -2 Amisfortuney calamity which is approachell as a refuge. (as an eclipse), portent; jyotiSI copasajane (anadhyAyAn) upasaryA A cow tit for a bull (ef. P. III. 1. 101). Ms. 4. 103. -3 Leaviny. -4 Eclipsing. -5 Any person upasaryA kAlyA prajane vRSo yathopasaryAyA goSTe gordaNDatADitaH Bk. b... or thing subordinate to another, a substitute. -6 (In uram.) A word which either by composition or doriva. upasRj 6 P. 1 To pour out or ons offer ( water &c.). tion loses its original independent character, while it -2 To add to, amex; to join, attach, connect with, also determines the sense of another word (opp. pradhAna); bring to: etA devatAH pApmabhirUpAmajana Bri. Up.1.3.6. -3 C.g. in pANinIyaH a pupil of pANini, pANini becomes To boset with, oppress, infest; tenopasRSTo yastasya lakSaNAni upasarjana; or in rAjapuruSaH, rAjan is upasarjana, having lost its nibodhata Y. I. 272; Ms. 4.61; 800 upasRSTa below; roSeNa, independent character; P. I.2.15, 18,573 II.2.30%; vyAdhinA &c. -4 To oclipse; Ms.1.37. -5 To come in IV. 1. 14,547 VI.3.823; AcAyApasarjanazcAntavAsI. -7A contact with. -6 To produce, effect, create; upamujya , kind of war-manoeuvre; tathA prAgbhavanai cApasaraNaM tUpasarjanam tamastItraM jahArAzvaM punarhari: Bhig.+19.19. -7 To destroy. Suka. 4. 1105. 394: 1 Sickness, disease, change occasioned by a upasarjita u. Sent off or out; takSakAdAtmano mR yu dvijaputrodisease; also a disease superinduced on another; effor pasarjitAn Bhig. 1.12.27. hanyuzcopasargAH prabhUtAH Susr.-2Misfortune, trouble, calamity, upasRSTa. p.1.Joined, connected with, accompanied injury, harm, prazamitAzeSopasargAH prajAH Ratn. 1. 103sopasarga vo nakSatram M. 4. sorrow; Apede upasargastaM tamaH sUryamivAsuram by; kiM kSatrabandhUnkalilopasRSTAn Bhag. 1.16.28. -2 Seized or Rom. 2.63.2. -3 Portent, natural phenomenon possessed by (a demon or evil spirit); 399919 kSudrAdhiSThitabhavanAH 6 107.-3 Troubled, affected, injurerl%B foreboding evil. -4 An eclipse. -B An indication (upasRSTaH pareNeti mUJchito gadayA hataH Bhag. 10.76.33; rogAor symptom of death. -6 Addition. -7 Possession pasRSTatanurdurvasatiM mumukSuH / .8.94; K.289. -4 Eclipsel: saM.i. ko....59 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #484
upasRpa 586 upastaraNam Mb. 13.104.18; Ms. 4. 37. 5 Furnished with an seasoning for food (as mustard, pepper &c.) -3 Fur394 (as a root); VETEHyat: * P. I. 1. 38. niture, appurtenance, apparatus, instrument (397); -6 Let loose, thrown off ; 3411949 afga STT TEAT7 Mb.; Si. 18. 72. -4 Any article or Ya Bara fata fra: 97: Bhay. 1.12.1. -8 Ruined; implement of household use (such as a broomstick); a 417 31 2 9TH Tat: 4 Bhag. 6019 Y. 1. 83; 2. 193; Ms. 3. 68, 12. 66, 7). 10. 83. 4. -V: The sun or moon when eclipsed. - 150.-5 An ornament. -6 Censure, blame. Sexual union. SVETOH 1 Killing, injuring 2 A collection. 399 IP. 1 To approach, move towards, draw -3 A change, modification. -4 An ellipsis. - Blame, near to; H 4 9107 M. 1; 1. 12. -2 To meet un- censure. expectedly. -3 To move, go; waard a 9a: raga 39FIFT: 1 Anything additional, supplement. aufa Pt. 3. 23; so 1344, 3:08 &c. - 4 To begin with -2 (Supplying ) An ellipsis; agra 219517 inf.); to become ready; 3 8: garai Turact: fa Mb. 12. 191. 11. #7122439E+fagna fach Ms. 10. 105. -5 To attack. Ki. 11. 38. -3 Beautifying, ornamenting by way of ge: 1 Approach, access. -2 Following a person. adding grace; 394 19THIE Malli. on R. 11. 47. -3 An elephant in the third year; tatizare 14- -4 An ornament; 011911: Har: Si. 18.72.-5 ei Matanga L. 5.4. A stroke. -6 A collection. -7 Condiment, seasoning material; upaskAraiH skArairupacitarasAmodabharaNam Vis. Guna. 472. G OTH Going near, approaching advancing towards. 39 a p. p. 1 Prepared, perfected; ita 43 37aria: Bhag. 10. 88. 19. - 2 Censured, blamed. tarda a. Going near, approaching. -3 Killed, injured. - Collected. -5 Beautified, orna#FC a. One who sprinkles or pours dowii. mentod. -6 Supplied (as ellipsis ). -7 Moditied. # u. Pouring, sprinkling. -, 392 surfa: f. Supplement. 1 Pouring or sprinkling upon, watering; r itari 3TFF 5, 91. To prop, support (fig. also). 14 Kath. Up. 2. 25. -2 Infusion; juice. A ladle or cup for pouring. 39 617 a. Supported, stayed. # 1 A. 1 To servo, worship, honour; af o 119 TRIT , -TIT 1 Stay, support. -2 Support of H90 Ms. 4. 133. - 2 To practise, follow, pursue, life (as food, sleep &c.).-3 Encouragement, incitement, cultivate; as a vow; at af Ch. Up. 2. 22. 1. aid; 1992 H. 3.-4 Basis, ground, occasion; -3 To make use of. -4 To be addicted to enjoy ; # FITOA H H II. 1. afgry au facu9 By. 15. 9; so 427, , 371H* a. Supporting, aiding, encouraging. -a faqet &c. -5 To frequent, inhabit. -6 To rub or Abundance, excess. anoint with sandal &c.). -7 To have sexual intercourse with. 396TOTH See under 34+a. IT a. 1 Worshipping, serving: -2 Following, safta: Ved. 1 A troe. -2 An attendant, a follower, servant. practising. -8 Enjoying (carnally); 29+: Y. 3. 136. TEC 2 U. 1 To praise, extol; 34 24+ gah, 1 Worshipping, honouring, adoring. adida 94: Av. 3. 15.7. -2 To invoke. -2 Service; 1deg Ms. 3. 64. -3 Addiction to; fanzo 390T X. Ved. Praise, invitation. Ms. 12. 7. -4 Using, enjoying (carnally also ); 5121deg; 491deg Ms. 4. 13t. -5 Experiencing, suffering. STAT:, 3gegla: f. Invocation, praise. gafaa a. Serving, practising; Ram. 5. 29.1. 3952, 575,9 U. 1 To spread out for another ); spread under; upa stRNItamatraye himena dharmamazvinA Rv. 8.73.3. upaskanna 3. Asitated, afflicted; snehopaskannahRdayA tadA -2 To strew or cover with. -3 To arrange, set HTEYTT Ram. 6. 111. 87. in order. 3945 8 U. To prepare, ela borate, perfect, adorn; TERUTH 1 Spreading out, scatteriny. -2 A cover(see 39%). ing, garment ; tad vai brahmajya te devA upastaraNamabruvan Av. 5. TTT: 1 Any article which serves to make any 19. 12. -3 A bed. -4 Anything spread out (as a coverthing complete, an ingredient ; 71 SETTT 19- iny ), a substratum ( said of the water which is sipped HTITE 3=341 ofsg: 934 24 II Bhag. before taking food ) ET. Scattering 1. 13. 13; Ram. 2. 30. 44. -2 (Hence) Condiment or grass around sacred fire). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #485
upastira 487 upasthita oftare f. Ved. 1 Spreadiny. -2 A covering, what " : restraint of sensual passions, continence; FT is spread; 3714 Jaguar Rv. 9. 69.28. Hatar a kt: Y. 3. 313.-9:, -3: the 3 a. 1 Spread: scattereil over. -2 Clothed, Indian fig tree ( so called because its leaves resemble in wrapped. -3 Poured. shape the female organ of generation ). - S. A particular artery leading to the generative organs of gaeft f. [nift at ] A concubine. a male); Sayana on Ait. Br. 3. 37. 6.- a. Sitting ETET I U. (cf. P. 1.3.27-6. and Vart. 1) 1 To with the legs bent down so as to form a lap; Sankhyastand near; fall to one's share; iaragia Pt. 2. yana Gr. Sutra 1. a. sitting in the lap. 48: 19 127 remain; fara afazat: Mu. 4. 13.-2 To 39941 Ry. 10. 156.5. come near, approach ; H aga Mu. 1 come to me; TUTT a. 1 Dependent on, humbled (397). Truffect: R. 15. 76; Ku. 2. 64; Pt. 1. TEN -2 Not late, come in time.-M. 1 An attendant, a U. 1; R. 1. 13, 87; 2. 39, 15. 15.-3 To wait or attend upon, servant. -2 A sacrificial priest. serve; arsenal 279824 : S. 1. We must wait upon (serve) (the audience with a play; Ms. 2. 18, 3. 189; JTETT 1 Presence, proximity, nearness. -2 STT TETT R. 1.75, 14. 21; U. 1. -4 To approach Approaching, coming, appearance, coming into the with prayers, worship (said to be Atm. only in this presence of ; 12 ET4794 M.1.-3 (a) Worshipsense ); 27 T477Bk. 8.13; 7 347414742 ping, waiting upon (with prayers ); attendance, service; ar 1.3; Ku. 2. 3; R. +. 6, 10.63, 17. 10, 18. 22: sUryopasthAnAtpratinivRttaM purUravasaM mAmupetya V.1; sUryasyopasthAnaM kurnaH Mal.; U. 2, 3, 7; 2 h aza treats me as a friend. V. 4; Y. 1. 22, 3.282. (1) Obeisance; greeting; O -5 To be or remain near, stay with. -6 To go to with zea U. 1 a form of congratulatory panegyrie. the desire of getting (P. or A.); w ragia - Sk. (-) Accepting, agreeing as a lover &c); SE ATHE-7 To approach for intercourse; TEE Bk. 5. 68; HEA264 17: Ram. 6. 92. 47. -4 Attending to qaraga - Vop. - To meet, join (as a river) wuarding; trorea My. 5. 5 An abode, a bode of (A.); 7 zargaiaga Sk. -9 To form friendship with, wrestling; TT ugu: 2: a gala gaymake a friend ot; rathikAnupatiSThate 8k.; upAsthitavamukte taM sakhAyaM Ta ggar: 11 Bhag. 10.42.37.-8 The sanctuary, 19: f49: Bk. 6. 42; 494 aya ay: Vop. -10 To any sacred place (approached with respect ). -7 An approach with hostile intentions. -11 To lead to, go appeal, application; yadi kuyurupasthAnaM vAdaM tatra pravartayet to or reach (A) (as a way); 21: Fagfaga Sk. Sukra. 4.630. -8 Remembrance, recollection, memory: ( a); Ms. 3. 76. -12 To pass over to, devolve dar r era (1: 991) Y. 3. 160. -9 Obtaining, upon, fall to the share of; 429649 49: T ara getting ; 29: ETT # lidt 412741: Ram. 6. 61. 21. S. 6; Ki. 13. 69; arata si graf19: M.5. -10 A reception room; assembly; palace; a court; 16, applies to you; R. 8. 2; faqgcurr eal 8. 83 349791a: 2 HERTHN 121 Kau. A. 1.14; awaits or falls to the lot of. -13 To occur, arise; be Ram. 2. 15.1.-11 A particular part of the 21. got; aho'smAkaM bhojanamupasthitam H. 1. -14 To he present -Comp. -TUT An assembly-room (in monastery ); (A.); 914 # U. 6; s siga Sk. Buddha. -15 To stand under for support. -16 To resort to; Seat pot. p. To be stayed with, be kept near. astagfa Dk. 60.-17 To conciliate. -ans. (<4- ! -2 To be waited upon or served. ata) 1 To provide, present with, furnish with ; to get T2472144 U. 1; I ready, prepare; 347 afaga T a. 1 Placing or bringing near. -2 Ex4910H TE S. 2. -2 To place upon or near. -3 To plaining, teaching. -3 Causing to remember. STEOTTAH 1 Placing near, getting ready. -2 The 3961 a. Near, approximate. -FT: 1 The lap; a wakening of memory: -3 Attendance, service. - The 3+ to make a lap; to take on the lap. -2 act of ordaining (a monk); Jaina. The middle part in general. tasminnirmanuje'raNye pippalopastha 3970T7*: 1 A sorvant. -2 A follower of Buddha. 11 : Bhag, 1. 6. 16.-FT, 41 The organ of generation of men and women, particularly of the SETTI a. Standing near, waiting upon, latter); snAnaM monopavAsejyAsvAdhyAyopasthanigrahAH Y. 3. 313 approaching &c. (male); FY21422423 Bh. 1. 37 (female); tot 19 ta p. p. 1 Approached, arrived, come person 69874 Y. 3. 92 ( where the word is used in both ; or thing); af49-47 wifeft : M. 1:A sqerAH S. 6; senses ). -2 The anus. -3 The haunch or hip. -4 A K. 157; Ms. 3. 213; Y. 2.62; shear 1997 TOT # sheltered place, seat. Tagfast: re y East R. Farad Ku. 6. 24 come as soon as thought of. Bg. 1. 47. -5 Surface, ground; ura 794 -2 Close or near, at hand, impending, drawing near; Bhag. 7. 13. 12. -Comp. a. reaching to the lap. 391421 S. 3 the night is at hand arrived ); produce. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #486
upasthitiH 468 upahAsya . ..... ... "HEIT: V. 1; 344 R. 3.1 approaching its fulfilment; Mal. 10; Ratn. 1; R. 14. 39; ready for ; 3914AE - 87: ATC: Ram. 5. 6. 1. -3 Worshipped or waited upon, served. - 4 Got, obtained, received; 341 tao Ku. 5.22 got without solicitation; afaao Pt. 2. --5 Taken place, happened, occurred, fallen to the lot ; Heaga garanterasy V. 5. 16. -6 Caused, occasioned, produced, felt. -7 Known. -8 Cleansed, clean. -9 Followed by the particle so in the Pada text. - A door-keeper. - 1 The particle used in this manner. - 2 The position of words before and after it so used. -3 Service, worship. -4 A particular pose (379); 342 vagat at 7 a y at: Mb. 12. 200. 18. Comp. -2Fm. A ready speaker, an eloquent man. softara: 1. 1 Approach. - 2 Proximity, presence. -3 Obtaining, getting. 4 Accomplishing, effecting -5 Remembrance, recollection, -6 Service, attendance T E: Moistening, Free frana fa-at neonfa arh Ram. 6.5.11.-ar Moistness, humidity; Pratima 3. G irafa Den. P. To melt (to love ); U. 2.6. 39eta a. Streaming forth; 90 asta tra Ki. 1. 18. i i TEST 6 P. 1 To touch (water), bathe; Faray* K. 172; 79934 i 1974 R... 59, 18.31 ; 36937 H Dk. 95, 110; Ma. 11. 133. -2 To wash or rinse the mouth or teeth); to sip water and eject it ): 4999 9 99T Bk. 2. 11; K. 100; Ms.Y. , 8; 3. 63; Y. 3.30, 1. 18. Therziaradio: Pancharatram 1. 15.-3 To sprinkle; 33: OTTEET Ms. 4. 113. ETTET: - 1 Touching, contact. -2 Bathing, ablution, washing oneself; Mb). 12. 192.1.-3 Rinsing the mouth, sipping and ejecting water as a roligious act. viIdayaMgamAbhirabhirazabdAbhirupaspRzedityupasparzanaM zaucArtham Mbh. VI. I. 84. - A vift (): 34x14C ni 981: 161 Mh. 13. 6). 13. STENT >>. 1 Touching. -2 Sipping water. 3ria: /. A minor law-book. They are 18 in all .. ate, a, #6, Sun, 214211, 4-TANT, 91, 97, 97191, 4131127, 1273, 1977, alma, 2017. a. &c. Hch. 1.728.21. ff. 397 1 The periodical flow of a woman, menses. -2 Flow (in general ). 3Ttaran Revenue, profit (derived from land or capital). 39 : 1 Moisture, sweat. -2 Heat; Arag CU Mb. 1. 16. 15. 396 2 P. 1 To strike, suite of T: faufa Sk. -2 To wante, injuro, destroy, kill : 31941 f4a374 MS. 9. 208; F a n Bk. 16. 127. 12; By. 3. 24.-3 To thrust in or into. - 4 To orr, inistake in reciting. 596 p . 1 Injured, struck, impaired; 31746farsa: 972: Bh. 2. 20; pained, hurt; Ku... 76. -2 Affected by, smit, injured, struck with, overpowered; Hao K. 167 ; aft, 4, , ETH, 11** &c.; Mu. 7. -3 Struck by lightning &o. - 4 Doomed (to destruction); kathamatrApi devenopahatA vayam Mu. devenopahatasya gratia & faufa Mu. 6. 8. -8 Consured, rebuked, disregarded. -8 Vitiated, polluted, inade impure; TOR: g aat unei tarzan Visnu. -Comp. - HT a. agitated in mind, mentally affortod. - a. dazzled, blinded 1999619: (604: ) ki. 12. 18. eft a. infatuated. STEN a. Ill-fated, unfortunato. gefa: f. 1 Stroke. -2 Killing, injuring. 39&t a. Ved. Attacking, liiting, hurting: N a 444607994 Rv. 2. 33. 11. 398 Dazzling of the eyes; morbid affection (as of the eyes); YE T : Av. 5. 4. 10. 39F a. Ved. 1 Having a contrary offert, disturbing, exciting. -2 destroyer; cf. Rv. 2. 33. 11. ga: 1 A stroke, injury, insult; Ms. 2. 179; Tisa q a qoz 94 Y. 2. 286.-2 Destruction, ruin. -3 Touch, contact with an intention to hurt ). -4 Personal violence, assault. 24 : 4 9 - qaat Mk. 9. 29. -5 Disease, sickness. -6 Sin. 3991 , -alfa, a. Injuring, hurting, offending. Than: See 317199 ( Mar. 1a). 3954 1 P. 1 To ridiculo, dorido, luxat; (fig.) to excel, wurpass; 347UJEHIV 4 96 : K. 7; Dk. 10. -2 To couple oneself with. STEAD p.p. Ridiculed, deridel. -74 Satirical langhter, ridicule. SOETA: 1 Ridicule, derision: 149193 89: 1 934 H R. 13.37.-2 Satirical laughter. -3 l'un, play; at 3F3 To traf407 Bri. Up.6. 4. 12. -Comp. -TTTH, -7717 laughing-stock, butt of ridicule. - .. joke, jest; ratartal 597142: Bhag. 10.18. 15. upahAsaka a. Ridiculing others. -ka: A joster. -kam Drollery, fun. TETET pot. p. Ridiculous; ar ridiculousness; ai TH or a become an object of ridicule, be exposed to derision; TataTTUATA R. 1. 3; a t H149. I K. 108. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #487
upahastikA 489 upAka - upahastikA [ upagatA hastaM ata itvam ] A small purse upahRta pp. 1 Offered, presented. -2 Immolated, (or box) containing the ingredients necessary for offered as a victim. -3 Served out (as a food). -4 betel-chewing (c. y. louves, chunam, catechu, betel "Taken, collected. de.)(Mar. caMcI, caTavA, jhoLaNA); upahastikAyAstAmbUlaM karpUra upahomaH A supplementary sacrifice. sahitamuddhRtya Dk. 116. upahvara: 1A solitary or lonely place, privacy; upahvare upahA 3A. To descend, come down upon; nijaujaso- punarityazikSayaM dhanamitram Dk.54 in secret. -2 Proximity; jjAsayituM jagadruhAmupAjihIthA na mahItalaM yadi Si. 1. 37. gatvaikA kathayAmAsa kSatriyANAmupahare Mb. 1. 179.23. upahare samAupahAlaka: N. of the Kuntala country, q.v. nAgya Siva. B. 15.27. (raho'ntikamupahare). -ra: Ved. 1 Bend, curve, slope. -2 Declivity; upahare yadu parA apinvan. upaha 1 P. 1 To fotch, bring near, bhaktyu pahRta Bg. Rv. 1.62.6. -3 The curved form of the Soma vessel. 9.26%; phalamizramamupahara 3.13 tamasyopahara 3.7; so bAlam - A car. annam &c. -2 To offer, present, give (with dat. or gom.); vimAnapratimA tatra mayena sukRtAM sabhAm / pANDavAnAmupahRtAM sa dRSTvA upahe1 A. (P. also) 1 To invoke, call near to (in paryatapyata | Mb. 1.1.15. tathApi rAjaparigraho'sya prabhutvamapaharati / a liturgical sense); (with acc., dat. or loc.); tAmihoM.1 invests with importance; mAtRbhyo balimupahara Mk.1; par3haye zriyam. -2 To call; tvayopahRtaH U.5.8. Si. 7.59. nIvArabhAgadheyamasmAkamupaharantu 5.23; dabhAn Rtvirabhya upaharAmi S. upahavaH 1 Calling to, invitation. -2 Summoning, 33 Mv.6.22; K. 40,65; R.14. 19, 16.86, 19.12%; iinvoking%3; vInAmupasaraM dRSTvA te'nyonyopahavA guhAm Bk. 7.60. upahara pAdam M.Bgive. -3 To serve out or distribute (food ). -4 To offer as a victim, sacrifice ; prAgupayAcita upahavyaH A kind of saerifice. strIratnamupahartavyam Msl.5%3D mAlatImupaharan 9. -8 To put dowm, upahRta .. 1Summoned, invoked, called upahRtA bhUridhanAH throw. -8 To collect, gather together. -7 Tota.ke sakhAyaH svAdusamudaH Ay.7.80.4.-2 Called near; avirataaway, destroy. -8 To employ, apply, use. -Caus. To , medhitabhAvanopahUtaH Bhag.+.31. 20.. cause to offer or bring; mAM priyANyupahAraya Bk. 8.81. upahatiHf. Calling, inviting; upahUtiSu patiSu i. upaharaNam 1 Bringing near, fetching. -2 Taking, 14. 30% 17. 49. seizing. -3 Offering gifts to superiors, deities &c. -4 upahvAnam 1 Calling, inviting. -2 Invoking with Offering victims. -8 Sorving out food or distributing it. prayers. upahartR . One who offers, presents; Server (of upAMzu ind. 1 In low voice or whisper; vavarSa parjanya food &c.); a host; Ms.h.bl. upAMzugArjitaH Bhag. 10.8.50.-2 Secretly, in secret or private; paricetumupAMzu dhAraNAm R.8.18% ef. also tasmAt yat 3TEIT: 1 An oblation. -2 A gift, present (In gene kiMcit prAjApatyaM kriyate upAMzveva tat kriyate iti | SB. om MS. ral); ratnapuSpopahAreNa chAyAmAnarca pAdayoH R.4.81; nRtyopahAraH Me.31; K. 17, 41,130, 183. -3 A victim, sacrifice, an 10.8.57. vratam a row observed in secret ; bhindyAmahaM tasya zira ityupAMzuvrataM mama Mb.8.09.10.-zuH 1 A prayer uttered offering to a deity; 7991 977TERIH R. 16. 39; Mal. 1; upahArIkRtAsmi Mal.); Ve.1.7.-4 A cimplimentary in a low voice, muttering of prayers%3 jiboSTau cAlayet kiMcid devatAgatamAnasaH / nijazravaNayogyaH syAdupAMzuH sa japaH smRtaH / / gift, present 10 superior Rs. -5 (4) Offering of . vidhiyazA japayajJo viziSTo dazabhirguNaiH / upAMzuH sthAcchataguNaH sAhasro flowers Nc.; flowery gifte; collection of flowers; mlAnapuSpopahAraH R.1.743; Ku.6.12.(b) Presents (togods) of mAnasaH smRtaH // Ms.2.5. -2 (Hence) silence itselt. -3 flowers acc.; materials of worship; gandhairmAlyaiH surabhibhibali N. of a Some offering. -tvam Silence. upAMzutvaM prajApatebhidhUpadIpakaiH / uccAvacaizcopahAraiH pravAlaphalataNDulaiH / / Bhag. 10.22.3. dhrmH| SB. on MS. 10.8.2. -Comp. -krIDita a. made the companion of; (aking's) private amusements. V.3; Si. 11. 36. -6 Honour. -7 Indemnity, presents -&: The first ladle full of soma pressed at the sacrigiven as the price of peace; kapAlasandhirvijJeyaH kevalaM sama fice. -daNDaH A punishment inflicted in secret ; vidviSTAnusandhitaH / saMpradAnAdbhavati ya upahAraH sa ucyate / / H... 110. -8 pAMzudaNDena janapadakopena vA sAdhayet Kau. A. 1. 18. -yAja: Food distributed to guests. -9 Exultation, mirth (con a kind of sacrifice. -TET: A clandestine murder; sisting of laughter, dance, singing &c.); kRtapuSpopahArA degvadhamAkalabya Mu.23; Si. 13.5t. bhUradhikAM puSyati zriyam Ram.i. 11.20. upahArakaH, upahArikA 1 An offering, oblation. -2 391 a. Ved. Joined together, tear. - (du.) An epithet of night and morning%3 A bhandamAne upAke Ry. Gift, present; Bhag. 1. 142. 7. -ind. In the immediate neighbourhood, upahArin a.1 fiving, presenting, bringing on; before or in the presence of. paribhavopahAriNaH M.5. -2 Sacrificing. upAkR8 U. 1 To fetch, bring near: tebhya imaM balimupAupahAryam An offering, oblation; atha kRtvopahAryANi karoti Asval. -2 To summon, invite. -3 To deliver, caturdazyAM mahAmatiH Mb. 13.91.8. offer, grant, bestow, give (to another ); gosahasramupAkuru For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #488
upAkaraNam 470 upAdA . ....... . ..... ... . Ram. - 4 To acquire, obtain as fame) - To bring gratara: Mita.; Y. 2. 143. - 4 To occur, fall to a bout, make preparations for a sacred rite; perform a the lot of. -5 To come back, return; Ks. rite; zrAvaNyAM prauSTapadyAM vA'pyupAkRtya yathAvidhi Ms. +.95,1.73 Y. 1. 171. -6 To undertake, begin, enter upon. -7 3917a p. . 1 Come, approached: 146 archa Hq S. .1. v. . -2 Occurred, happened. -3 To learn, teach; 3919 I : far Promised. -4 Suffering, feeling, enduring. Mb. 7. 147.21, 24. 31 TOTH 1 An invitation to begin, bringing near; STT#: 1 Approach, arrival. -2 Occurrence. -3 A qanta, agar*deg &c. -2 A term given to certain promise, agreement. -4 Acceptance. -5 Suffering, sentences called Praisas (with which one priest calls feeling. another to perform a sacrifice ). 3 Immolation, 3ofil A properly married wife; Mb. 13. sacrifice of an animal consecrated according to rites. 309 1 The part next to the end or top. -2 A -4 Preparation, beginning, commencement. -5 Com- secondary member. mencement of reading the Veda after the performance of the preparatory rite; cf. 5 1; 391&OTH Reading the Vedas after being initiated TUEN afta Sravani-mantra. to them. 31 . 1 Preparation, beginning, commence 391ET P. 1 To smell at. -2 To Kiss, apply the ment; 37217. lips to; Mb; Ram: R. - A ceremony performed before commencing to read the Veda after the monsoons (cf. ETET: A mark of sandal on the forchend. -ITH zrAvaNI); adhyAyAnAmapAkarma zrAvaNyA zravaNena vA / hastenauSadhibhAve 1 A subdivision, a sub-head. Mb. 1. 100. 38 -2 Any a qarzt a l l Y. 1. 142; Ms. 4. 119. minor limb or member of anything ); q:... qaftarar: Ak. -3 A supplement of a supplement. T a p. p. 1 Brought near; 3915 TA 727federatie 41: Av. 3. 31. 2. -2 Invited, called with -4 A supplementary work (of inferior value ). -5 A 9 secondary portion of science; a class of writings supsentences. - 3 Killed at a sacrifice (an animal). plementary to the Vedangas; these are four :- 19- Begun, commenced. -5 Ominous, disastrous, Flugt ato). -6 N. of the class of sacred calamitous. -6 Consecrated with mantras; sfar A kind of song; T writings of the Jainas. -Comp. - fia r ad: Bhag. 10.7.14. - Prepared, used for ; i fani 1679 Mb. 12. 268.22. -a: 1 A Raj. T. -ical A deity, whore ad is observed on the fifth of bright half of Aswina month. sacrificial animal killed during the recitation of prescribed prayers. -2 A misfortune, portent. -14 1 Begin TET I P. 1 To approach, yang di filniny, commencement. -2 The performance of the usual E TT Ry. 1. 46. 14. -2 To attend or wait upon, rites ( 1) over the sacrificial :nimal. -3 Invitation. serve, be attached to. -8 To be obedient or humble. -4 39%# 1 P. To fall upon, attack. To treat (in medic. also ); sala &e. upAkSam ind. [ akSNoH samIpam ] Before the eyes, in the 3ozita p. Attached to any one's service, obepresence of. dient. -2: (In gram. That rule of Sandhi by which the sound Visarga becomes before 5 and 4. 39TUT P. To tell, narrate, relate, give an account of (with acc.). 20 :21 9414 3919 : 1 l'osition of a word in : sentence). -2 Bhag. 2.9. 15. Procedure. -3 Same as 34 fa q. v. above. 39TEI 1 Observing with one's own eyes; ferita 3915 ind. Used only with the root ) SupportPlay P. VI. 3. So ( 592 en 34+4 ). -2 ing; upAjekRtya or kRtvA having supported: upAne'nvAje Describing in words. -3 A secondary name, surname, P. I. 1. 73 Sk. epithet; kAmaM nyayukta sagaNaM sa badaryupAkhyam Bhag. 11.+.7. / 3 Anointing, plastering the ground with TET , - 1 A short tale or narrative, an cow-dung, chunam &c.; Ms. 3. 105, 122, 121; (H : episode; T T Hara Kath. Up. 1. sudhAgomayAdinA saMmArjanAnulepanam Medhatithi). 3. 16. 396afat ATM zaga: Mb. 1. 1. 103. ac Runnet for coagulating milk; T. -2 Repetition of a story already heard from others. Br. 3. 7. 4. 2. JOM 1 P. 1 To come, approach, go or draw near 3 ITU: 1 Transgression of, deviation from, establi(a person or place); tAbhinA adya sumanA upAgahi sahasrApoSaM qavi shed customs. -2 Disorderly conduct, rudeness. Av. 7.48.2. -2 (a) To go to go to the state of; 926949117: or qi raq :; 94, EH, 294 ET 3 A. (p. p. 3T) 1 To receive, accept, take. &c. () To undergo, suffer, endure. - To obtain, yet; -2 To acquire, obtain ; al farHETIT Parit soha For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #489
upAtta 471 upAdhyAyaH Y. 2. 121. -8 To give to, furnish with ; 391 77 aga ; Ku. 7. 41. - To tako, appropriate to one- self, assume; HCM 9947 Si. 6.3. -5 To take away or off, carry away; stoal. -6 To seize, attack; Pt 3. 151. -7 To take, lay hold of; 471434H-THETIC R. 9. 51; to draw (water) -8 To assume a form. -9 To feel, perceive, experienco ; 391778: i : Rs. 6. 21. -10 To consider, regard. -11 To take in addition, include, comprise; 097 er 7 9 EET augurare T HEY S. D. 2. -12 Toomploy, apply, uso; 4:73 KATZa Mbh. -14 TO! undertake, bogin; ns in 3917491; Targaret Mb. 12. 228. 49. -16 To mention, enumerate: 4 Sk. -Cans. 1 To cause to use, apply or employ. -2 To make use of. 391777. p. 1 Got, received, acquired, obtained ; fag: R. 5.1; A TK. 96, 166, 334, 316.-2 Appropriated. -3 Taken away, seized. -4 Felt, perceived, regarded. -5 Employed, used; 7 0: wale #175 Tena Ku. 7. 20. -6 Comprised. -7 Begun, commenced. -8 Mentioned. -9 Allowed in argument, granted, conceded. -: An elephaut out of rut. -Comp. - * Speedy, quick, Heet. -auta. Celebrated in sony ; 3917790 aitafa : Ku... 56. Tel. taking up arms, armed. TETAH 1 Takiny, receiviny, acquisition, obtaining: fara atat: TEIT 191C14H1TTI Ms. 8. 417; 12.7; f o K. 75. 2 Taking away, appropriating to oneself, -3 Employment, using; becoming familiar with. -4 Montion, enumeration : ARYTH 4019194 Mbh. I. 1. 9. -5 Saying, speakiny. -6 Including, containiny. -7 Withdrawing the organs of senso and perception from the external world and its objects. -8 A cause; motive, natural or immediate cause: Y TTE: 54: U. 3. v. l. ; 152907of ra AH 11 U. 6. -9 The material out of which anything is inade, the material cause ; nimittameva brahma syAdupAdAnaM ca vekSaNAt Adhikaranamala. -10 A mode of expression in which a word used elliptically, besides retaining its own primary sense, convoys another in addition to that which is actually expressed); a 41214: ...YEH K P. 2. -11 With Buddhists) conception; yrasping at or clinging to existence caused by JET and causing ha). With Ramanujan) preparation of perfumes, flowers . as one of the five elements of worship). -12 Elfort of body or speech. -18 N. of the four contentments mentioned in sAMkhyakArikA as prakRtyupAdAnakAlabhAgAkhyA: Sun. K. 50.-Comp. TUTH a material cause ; waar ITU +261997644 S. B. TOTT = 35eau q. v. ; see K. P. 2; S. D. 14. STT t. p. 1 Capable of being taken. -2 Capa ble of being endured; Mal. 10. -8 Acceptable, admissible. - To be chosen or selected. -5 Excellent, admirable. upAdika: A sort of insect. -kA N. of plant pUtikA (Mar. T #413). 3TET 3 U. 1 To place near or upon. -2 To offer, give, impart. 3119 : EN STUTTERIZU : Bhag. 10. 28. 11.-3 To put on, wear. -2 To create, cause, produce; 1914faat Bh. 3. 85; Git. 10. - To render, make, effect. -6 To koep, hold. 7 To seduce (a woman); Ram. E ft: 1 Fraud, deveit, trick. -2 Deception, disguise (in Vedanta ). -3 Discriminative or distinguishing property, attribute, peculiarity; 79199 : K. P. 2. It is of four kinds :- fa, qur, f , I. -4 A title, nick-name; (1716, ACHETEZZI, usa de.); at. 5. ITTFUT: (modern use). -5 Limitation, condition (as of time, space &c.); 77 T afa fastou a fa Mbh. 1. 3. 2 3119TUTAUTIST: Prob. a country altogether or naturally beautiful; (oft. vecurring in Vedanta l'hil. ); CESTUF : S. B.; 7 a Taray: 77 U. 6. 12; Mal. 1. 24. -6 A trace, mark; HHT 39149: My. 7. 22. -7 A purpose, occasion, object. -8 (In logic) A special cause for a general effect; 2497 a 64194 ; as Andhanam (wet fuel) is the upAdhi of the heta vahnimattva in the inference at ga17 .. -9 Reflection on duty or a virtuous reflection. -10 A man who is careful to support his family. -11 An incidental purpose, an additional adjunct (which does not modify the original idea to which it is added). FTETETU THIETUmapAdhiH kriyate iti / kimidamapAdhiH kriyata iti / kASThAharaNAdhikArasamIpe dvitIyaM karmopAdhIyate / sati kASTAharaNe idamaparaM kartavyamiti / SB. O MS. 1. 3. 20; also SB. on MS. 19. 4. 13. -Comp. -- <<. That which comes only incidentally adding another adjunct or 3919. 34 : 1:17 #16fFeed ufta e a FAMEDI SB. on MS. 4.3.20. -12 A substitute, substitution: 34fa agraf Care tea: Ram. 2. 111. 29. I a. Exceeding, supernumerary, additional. 39 a p. 7. 1 Deposited, placed. -2 Put on, wom. -3 Connected, joined, 41474 : Ki. 8. 12 showing. - Ascribed or attributed to ( fa). -5 Agreed upon, done by mutual agreement. -: A tiery portent, langer or destruction from fire. 3916214: (34201312411, 39-3111-5-99] 1 A teacher or preceptor in veneral. -2 Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; 4 ar ions TT ka aroc 21797 1921 afat Mbl. I. 1. 1. (by Y. 1. 35 a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda und is inferior to an 311913; very 14: ); cf. Ms. 2. 141; Wahagia beru r uf For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #490
.... . . .. upAdhyAyAnI 472 upAvRt . .......... ar ga: Asafa za gora Il see 2*, Ku. 3. 58; to rest, come to a stand still allaignand under AcArya also. -yA A female preceptor. -yI / ratam Ram. 1 A female proceptor. 304 372 73 3 1 , a p . 1 Delighted. -2 Returned; Ki. 1. 10. 34 and Vurt. 1997rf4 7 4: on P. IV. 1. 49 Sk. -2 The wife of a preceptor. -3 Engaged in, ocupied with. - Frequenting, resort ing to. -5 Leaving off, yiving up, free from; A. -Comp. - N. of a grammar frequently refor Ram. 7. 5. 46. red to by the commentary on the Unadi Sutras. STA: The act of ceasing. upAdhyAyAnI The wife of a preceptor. Vart. mAtulo22 igration P. IV. 1. 19 TITTH: Boginning, commencement. squag: A second 317; Mb. 13. 3916 2 P. To weep for; E liza Bk. 2. +. aga. [Sya: Tn feat ar ] 1 Like a cart, 3916 4. Grown, increased, attained to; 197 being in a cart; sacAyorindrazcarkaSa A~ upAnasaH saparyan Rv. 10. attained to majority ; FE K. 173 whose affection has 105. 4. -2 Like a father (uncle &c). n. 1 The space increased. in a carriage; ARATTAAT Av. 2. 14.2. -2 Anything placed in a carriage, carria geload. 3919 IP. To bring near to. -Crus. To gain, earn, acquire. GAB/. [ 34-a-fe stic:] A sandal, shoe 391991644 Har zizaa 4: H. 1. 122; Ms. 2. 246; TIF a. Acquiring, earning. af faa eft rate H. 3.51; cf. What a, -#1 Acquiring, gaininy. is bred in the bones cannot go out of flesh', or Habit upArjita u. Procured, acquired. tadarthaM ca kSetramupArjitam is second nature'. Mbh. 1. 3. 19 1994 The act of leading near or home (a wifo); Egret a. Of little worth. Bhay. S EH 1 A. 1 To censure, blane, revile, scold, 39 a. Near to the end, last but one. -a: 1 taunt; payodharavistArayitRkamAtmano yauvanamupAlabhasva mAM kimupAlabhase Border, edge, margin, skirt, point (of anything); $. 1; tua at: Ku. 5. 58; R. 7. 44; Si. magithaga fags: R. 7.50. Ku.3.69, 7.32; Amaru. 27; ! 9. 60; Bk. 3. 30, 6. 125. -2 To obtain (Ved.). -3 U. 1. 26; 96 K. 136. - 2 The corner or angle of the he i t ha Oh. Up. 2. 22. 3. -3 To lay hold of, eye; fata faragha Ku.5.74 ; yaraland seize a sacrificial animal). 41 t. 23; R. 3. 26. -3 Immediate proximity, vicinity; TUT59aftaftigia R. 3. 37, 347891=zenfor gat font, -74 1 Abuse, tauut, censure; 34731 R. 7. 24, 16. 21; Me. 24. -4 Side or slope (fata); HE39 S S. o; 91913 waar M. 1 laid Me. 18. - The last letter but one. myself open to your consure; areazaz 3**: U. 3. - 2 Delaying, putting off.-3 Escorting, conducting; Gorfrana. Near, proximate, neighbouring. - 197HGTH afa af antar: Mb. 5. 176. 2. Vicinity, proximity; Mb.3. rad a. Proximate, near. 1 39 : N. of one of the Buddha's most eminent 1 pupils; he was formerly a barber. 3917U. Last but one; 34 2 Sk. -: The corner of the eye. FH Vicinity. I rerefor a. Ved. Submissive, compliant, obedient. a: f. 1 Reching to. -2 Obtaining, getting upAvasu . Ved. Bringing or granting wealth. devAnAM upAbhRt / Bringing near or taking away (upAharaNa); # 9941999: Rv.9. 84.3. #7 iyy241 541 gafa Rv. 1. 128. 2. (Monier SUTERTUTH Bringing down, taking down. Williams gives as 34: f. which appears to be wrong). ggfast P. To enter, enter into any state. 3974, 39147 See under s. 39la a. Covered, veiled. 3919 d. Approached, come near. -24 1 Arrival. S I A. 1 To turn or go towards, approach. -2 An event, incident. -2 To turn away from, return. -3 To give. -4 To TIT: 54-8- roll on the ground; upAvRtyotthitAM dInAM vaDavAmiva vAhitAM 99] 1 Proximity. -2 A mistake, i Ram. 2. 20. 34. -Caus. 1 To win over, induce; Mal. 8. offence, sin; fa 3914014 teu 341 Rv.7. 86. 6. -2 To cause to turn; lead or bring back; M. 5. ORA 1 P. 1 To sport, annuse oneself, delight in. -3 To give to. -4 To cause, produce. -5 To stretch - To ceaso, desist (from); 1999RE A TH R. 16.3; out more and more. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #491
upAvartanam 413 upAha graag 1 Coming or turning back, return; fagrarara : ( a) R. 8. 53. -2 Revolving, turning round. -3 Approaching: -4 Ceasing. STIC . Vod. Return. pae : gart Av. 6.77.3. 3 .1 Returned, come, arrived. da: 17% 39777 Bhay. 9.6.30. -2 Ceasod, refraining. -3 Fit, propur. -4 Turned round; rolling or wallowing oil the ground. - A horse rolling on the ground (to remove his fatigue). upAvyAdha: A vulnerable or unprotected place. taSA 4 2118497 Yv. Ty. 7.2.5. 4. Tita .. To be oxpocted. fer 1. U. To have recourso to, resort to 5 7199 Ba. 14., 18.57 RU Affe art ( a) Si. 8. 53. 31: 1 Recourse (for aid), asylum, support; 12aai raqa Bh. 2. 48; 8 K. 186 resting place. -2 Rooptacle, recipient; &featz agurua: Ki. 18.40. -3 Reliance, dependence upon. - 4 A cushion, pillow or reclining bolster (Mar. 13): HECHISTAU 1 tragt: 491974 Ram. 6. 11. 17. 2a a. Relyiny or depending upon. -2 Supporting ( fig. also ), bearing, holding, protecting. farggraat ai 14Fagarwar: By. 16. 11. -8 An indirect dependent; (as against a direct. dependent); wa BHITHAT TT2 147 Mb. 12. 87.21. - See 341777 (). JU a. One who has claspod or laid hold of; oneself to, practise ; 39 : 24 Y. 3. 192. -11 To resort to, employ, apply, use; A TR 72 s. D. 2; 591919: Susr. -12 To respect, recognize, acknowledge. -18 To practise archery. TE: 1 One who waits upon, a worshipper. -2 A servant , follower. -3 A Sudra, a low fellow. -4 A worshipper of Buddha as distinguished from the Bhiksi. Comp. : N. of one of the Angay or chief Jaina sacred writings. TH, -al 1 Service, serving, attendance, waiting upon; it hard fansafa); 3 a y f9g: + 9 N. 1.31; lt. 1. 169; Me. 3. 107; By. 13. 7; Y. 3. 156; Bh. 2. 42.-2 Engaging in, being intent on performing; wa Mk. 6; 7 deg Ms. 2. 69. -3 Worship, respect, adoration. -4 Practice of archery. - Regarding as, reflecting upon. - Religious meditation. 7 : Mukti Up. 1. 1. -7 The sacred fire. 9199 = UA: Ha altra, Y. 3. 45. -8 Injuring, hurting; (fr. 3172). -Comp. - ear3, N. of the first section of the Games Purina. ar 1 Service, attendance. -2 Worship, adoration; arra9721 Hia dar : acid Bhay. 11. 13. 2. -3 Religious meditation. Ti grafarera acura Mund. Up. 2. 2. 3. ortar a. 1 Sitting near to; ag fang nozag HECHE Mb. 3. 233. 1. -2 Attending on, serving; Mb. 4. STTEC <<. A worshipper. Ivifen: . 1 Service, attendance upon (especially a deity). -2 Worship, adoration; ratatiron Bhar. 11. 27. 11. Fastigata 4 4 9991feth197 99H farcza il Kusum. 391EUR pot. p. 1 To be served or worshipped. -2 To be performed or accomplished. -3 To be respocted ; -al, a respecta bility. 3917F: 1 Proximity, vicinity. -2 A quiver, (borne by elephants and horses ); Mb. 5. 155. 3. -3 Collection, heap%3 upAsaGgAnAcaraddakSiNena varAgAnAM nakulazcitra 4 Mb. 5. 48. 24. SETAH Sunset; Mb. 10. 1. STAATH ind. About sunset. te A secondary or minor weapon. Sifa a. 1 Mounting, standing. -2 Devoted to oneself. -3 Satisfying: Mb. 1. upAsnAta N. of a sacred place upAsnAtaM sthUlasiktaM guitar HEECH Mbh. 2. 2. 29. 391EUR 1 U. 1 To offer, give. -2 To cause, produce ; siyah K. 124.-3 To make, prepare. -4 To Heize. - To propitiate; Bhag. 10. Mb. 3 2 A. 1 To sit noar to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect ); wait upon, serve, worship; TRICHT ardia Ch. Up. 1.1.1 &c. H 1 394. Bg. 12. 6; 9. 14, 15. 3011249214d Ku. 2. 36; 34Fur9 2214 Asvad. 13; Si. 16. 47; Ms. 3. 189. -2 To use, occupy, a bide in, reside; T 91aguar quaf i Ram. 1. 35. 1. Ms. 5. 93. -8 To pass (as time); 3914 TI I Ram. -4 To approach, go to or towards; upAsAJcakrire draSTuM devagandharvakinnarA: Bk. 5. 107; 9 *49EUR 7.89. - To invest or blockade as an enemy's town). - To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, perform as a sacred rite); 3914 q Ya K. 176, 179; 0 9 H2 Mb.; Ms. 2. 222, 3. 104, 7. 223, 11. 42. - To undergo, suffer ; 34 ogga 1972 rufegu Mb.; Ms. 11. 181. -8 To remain or continuo in any state or action; oft. with a presy; 377774#9 H 17 3 Bg. 12. 6. -9 To expect, wait for ; facerea: Mb. -10 To attach .. ... For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #492
upAhAraH upendraH ..... ....... .. ....... . ....... . .. .. ........................................... INTERT: Slight refreshment (fruits, sweetmeats &c.). 302 P. [34] 1 To approach, come near, arrive at, reich (a place, person &c.); 4 ft Mund. Up. 3. 1. 3. Jag $. 1; so 77194, zrin &c. it Fra 194 Bg. 8. 28, 10.15, 9. 28. -2 To go to a master ), become a pupil. 34729993 Prasna. Up.1.2; 6.1.-3 To have intercourse with (& woman), cohabit; a=4417941 fa: Ms. 9. 4. -4 To under go, perform, undertake, practise; 19., 274 &c. -5 To go to or pass into any state; 14 R. 16.8t; H9 Ku. 2. t; to fall into misfortune &c.); 444, gan 24, RT &c. -6 To obtain, attain to; 74 1941 194: 9901 Kaus. Up. 1. 1; 3a TV FOT471414 Ki. 1. 22. -7 To incur, be present at. -8 To fall to one's lot or share, befall; zo graagaa 3 : Pt. 1.361 ; By: 6.27. -9 To consider as, admit, acknowledge. 39: 1 () Means, an expedient, remedy; T21999418: Bg. 6. 36. 39 193 Pt. 1. 406; RT 14 FOTECHIZITTU Amaru. 25; Bhay. 10. 48.2; Ms. 8. 48, 7. 177. (1) A plan, con trivance; to Mu. 1.5. (A) A mode, way, stratagem. 391 23 7EFT : H.-2 A fact, circumstance; U. 7. - Beginning, commoncement. -4 Effort, exertion; 44 T SI 12 : (197) By. 6. 36; Ms. 9. 248; 10. 2. - A means of success against an enemy; these are four:- 4t conciliation or negotintion, 1974 bribery; *: sowing dissensions; and ba: punishment (open attack); some authorities add three more:- deceit; 39271 trick, deceit or neglect; F43115 conjuring, thus making the total number 7); p ara Rua Si. 2. 54; ICT4912191 frafa qusar: Ms. 7. 109. -6 Joining (as in singing). -7 Approach. -8 Initiation, thread ceremony (=39997); 3419 at a yat 39129 vaata MS. 6.2.22 (where zabara explains upAyena pravarterana as upaatate & a). -Comp. re: (In Rhet.) Deprecatory speech making mention of the remedy ; Kav. 2. 151. -gugh the four expedients against an enemy; soo above (5). Tral devising an expedient or scheme. - . fertile in expedients. T: the 4th expedient, i.e. 40% or punishment. T: appliention of means or remedy; etairupAyayogaistu zakyAstAH of Ms. 9. 10. - Tieq: Alternative strategic means; Kau. A. 9. 3917TH 1 Going near, approach. -2 Becoming a pupil of.-3 Engaging in any religious rite. - Undertaking, beginning; 2 .-5 A present, gift; mAlavikopAyanaM preSitA M. 15 tasyopAyanayogyAni vastUni sAratAM fa: Ku. 2. 37; R. +. 79; Titui 34148 29: Bhay. 10. 2. 31. 391195 a. Conducive to. or a. 1 Skilled in the use of means, having means. - 2 Approachiny. -Having sexual intercourse with. 3919 a. Ved. Approaching. a p. p. 1 Come near, approached, arrived at; lokAzca vo mayopetA devA apyanumanvate Bhag. 10. 28. 32. -2 Present. -3 Endowed with, possessed of, having; with instr. or in comp.; 974yoitud fatiaft s. 1. 12. - 4 Blockaded. -8 Fallen into. -6 Approached for sexual gratification. sofa: . Arrival, approach. 30 d. 1 Approaching near to. -2 Contriving, one who uses expedients; Ms. 7. 215. 390 pot. p. 1 To be gone to or approached. -2 To be effected by means ; 391 M. 1. -3 Assailable. -4 To be sought; Ms. 7. 215. - To be obtained. -6 To be approached sexually; - A thing to be obtained : 3797: 999 399esuar Bhay. 4. 18.4. SUPER . ( 39 T P. III. 2. 109) One who i has gone near fate aft: 2014 Si. 2. 114. ET 1 A. 1 To neglect, overlook, disregard, connive at; fra R. 14. 3t; gat: - tarifar: Ku. 5. 17.-2 To let escape or let go ; 1927 A FT BEI P9 Ms. 8.311. - To quit, a bandon. -4 To despise, slight. - To notice, consider, have regard to; tay1 47 IE: 39f41: Nir. -6 To look at, regard, perceive; # E44 Nala.2.5. 3197EUR . 1 Disregarding, noglecting. -2 Patient, enduriny. upekSaNam = upekSA. 3 or a. To be overlooked, disregarded ; object of indifference 3 1 Overlooking, disregard, noglect. -2 Indifference, contempt, disdain ; purgtai E lansat R. 14. 65. -8 Leaving, quittiny. -4 Endurance, patience. -5 Dissent. -6 Neglect, trick or deceit (one of the 7 expedients in war). -7 A sort of 119411 in Yoga, q. v. -8 Regard, consideration. city Den. 1). ( 39-43*) To behave as a sheep towards; Kasika on Panini VI. 1. 9. fa a. Driven or pressed in. Sat. Br. TF: (3974 $ 34759 ) N. of Visnu or Krisna as the younger brother of Indra in his 5th or dwarf incarnation; see indra; upendravajrAdapi dAruNo'si Git. 5; 94- kufiz a : Si. 16. 70. -Comp. -au f. N. of a metre; see App. -27TH Madana, God of love. ... 1919291 WATT Harad CholaChampu P. 27, verse 61. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #493
upoDha 978 ubhayA .... ...................................... ........ .... See under 397. $.7; rart agu : R.9.9; 3 fafaya99190: 8. sa = q. v. 23. 17. 38; Amaru. 60; Ku.7.78; Ms. 2. 55, 4. 221, 9.34, --Comp. -3 F a. Tending towards both, keeping 3 . Moistened, wet : Yv. Ts. t. connection with both. -STFIT: (in Rhet.) A figure of upottama a. Last but one. -mam (akSaram ) The last, speech, which sets off both the sense and sound. - THL letter but one; cf. 399H fa P. IV. 1. 217. ind. for a double object for earthly prosperity and heavenly happiness also ). -37A a. belonging to 301 a. Near water. -Fi proximity of water. both. a. living in water and on land or in the - ind. Near water. - Fil, F1, The plant air, amphibious. Matanga L. 1. 28. (- :) a class of Basella. Rubra (pUtikA: Mar. thora mayALa). birds who live both on land and in the air. -3 (in G UE: Knowledge. Rhet.) A kind of enigma. -: ind. 1 on both days. Tiara: 1 A beginning, commencement. -2 An -2 the day past and to come. - a. Having both introduction, a preface. -3 An example, an apposite Parasmai and Atmane pada. HIT&T a. 1 applicable argument or illustration. - An occasion, medium, to two objects. -2 taking two shares. (-) a medimeans%3 tatpraticchandakamupodghAtena mAdhavAntikamupeyAt Mal. 1. cine that acts in two ways (both as an emetic and a - Analysis, ascertaining the elements of anything. purgative). - a. two faced; a pregnant female. -6 Alluding to mentioning; Mu. 3. -Comp. -2: - two-fold sciences; i.e. religious knowledge and N. of the third part of the Vayu P. knowledge about worldly affairs. -farut a. of both kinds. -fagor f. N. of a metre.faut a. losing both salgsula Den. P. To confirm, strengthen. fase: Bg. 6. 38. - a. receiving wages upodalaka a. Confirming; tasya pakSasyopogulakAni S. B. from both parties ), serving two masters, troaatg a 1. 2. 61. cherous, perfidious; 3440 Pt. 1; Si. 2. 113. STIGCAH Confirmation, corroboration. Kau. A. 1. 16. -52377 a. having the marks of both sexes, hermaphrodite. a: a. dilemma. Falah a. 3717TH, - TAH A fast. one who has performed the prescribed ablutions after GOK 1 P. (39-36) 1 To propel, push or impel finishing both his time of studying and bis vow. Soe towards; 3918 7194 Ram.; so 4: -2 To push Kulluka on Ms. 4.31. under, insert; 1937 aige Katyayana. -3 To 14: ind. 1 From both sides, on both sides, bring near, produce; connected with 3996 in this to both sides (with acc.) Tagaya: 447 TTCH sense ; q. v. -4 To accumulate, collect. pass. 1 To Br. Up. 5.5.1 3444: gur: Sk. 09:13 : 989be brought about. -2 To advance, bogin. afect Y. 1.58; Ms. 8. 315. -2 In both cases. -3 upoDha. p. See under upavah. In both ways; yout: fina artanya: Fat: Ms. 1.47. upohaH Ved. Adding, accumulating; upohazca samahazca -Comp. 47 a. two-edged (Ved.). -1, a. A A Av. 3. 24.7. having a double row of teeth; pazUn mRgAn manuSyAtha vyAlAMzcoJH, sra: Soo under 99. ware: Ms. 1. 13. -913T a. having trap on both sides. lit. and fig. 12 T afa Mbh. on P. VI.1.68. 3:56 P. ( 3531a, 35714417, 313, 3) 1 To -98 a. one whose cognizance is directed both inwards press down, subdue, keep under or check. Z A and outwards. 17:45 7 afe:951 1920: 5 Mandu. audi a Av. 8. 4. 1. -2 To make straight. -HIT a. occurring both in parasinaibhasa and 4, 316, 7,9. P. (ula or gif, safa, wa, Atmanebhasa. Ca. 1 looking either way. -2 fta) 1 To confine. -2 To compact together. -3 To two-facel as a house &c. -2 Two-edged a sword fill with ; fi hf+4733 f TEAT: 44194 Bv. TEST REG212271 ya: Sukra. +. 1011. - 2. 141.-4 To cover or overspread with; 44 - a cow; (' 1 14 ans ot: forge: Bk. 17. 88. at get ) Y. 1, 206-7. Ex a. (an accented vowel) produced by two short vowels. 347 pron. a. (Used only in the dual) Both; sh at a falta: Rg. 2. 19; 41 a Ch. Up. 7. 12. 1. E ind. 1 In both places. -2 On both sides; Ku. 4. 43; Ms. 2. 1t; Si. 3. 8. (cf. Zend. uba.; Gr. bhrAtarubhayatrA te artham Rv. 3.53.5."udAtta having an Uditta amphi; L. ambo ). acoont on both sides. -3 In both cases; Ms. 3. 125, 167. 344 pron. a. s.) (Though dual in sense, it is 317791 ind. 1 In both ways; 3 914 a V. 3. used in the singular and plural only; according to -2 In both cases. some grammarians in the dual also) Both (of persons or IT ind. Ved. In both ways; trag 34217 things ); # Isa. Up. 11 34449fata ago Tara Ry. 10. 108.6. -Comp. - a. having teeth on H For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #494
ubhayAyin both sides. -f a. being on both sides, partaking of both. fa ind. as much as may be grasped with both hands; ubhayAhastyA bhara Rv. 5. 39. 1. hastya . filling both hands. ubhayAyina a. Tending towards or fit for both (worlds); Bhag. a. Belonging to both. () ind. 1 On both days. -2 On two subsequent days. why Mhh, on P. V. 3. 22. Hind. An interjection of (1) anger; (2) interrogation; (3) promise or assets (4) cordiality or pacification. 3H: 1 A town. -2 A wharf. umA [ o: zivasya mA lakSmIriva, uM zivaM mAti manyate patitvena - Tv. ] 1 N. of the daughter of Himavat and Mena, and wife of Siva; Kalidasa thus derives the name: (oh do not, scil. practise penance) tapaso niSiddhA pazcAdumAkhyAM sumukhI jagAma Ku. 1. 26; umAvRSAGkau R. 3. 23.-2 Light, splendour. -3 Fame, reputation. -4 Tranquility, calmness. 5 Night. -6 Turmeric (ft). - 1 Flax (atasI ). -Comp. -kaTaH, -Tam umA + kaTac P. V. 2. 29 Vart. 1 the pollen of flax. : N. of Siva; Mb. 13. -, N. of the Himalaya (as the father off. The fourth day in the light half of the month of Jyestha. -fa: N. of Siva; - ranusmarayantamanupaM tripravAhamApatisevinaH Ki 5.14500 Iza, vallabhaH sahAyaH &c. - mahezvaravratam N. of a particular observance. N. of the town Vanapura or Deyikota (g). -: N. of Karttikeya or of Ganesa. umyam A field of linseed or of Curcuma (umAyAH kSetram ). 3() The upper timber of a door-frame. 3. The stalks of wheat or barley fried over a fire of wet grass (considered as a tonic); pakkA yA yavagodhUmayo bhavet / tRNAnalena saMpluSTA budhairumbIti sA smRtA // - Bhava P. 3. N. of an Apsaras; Mb. 3 To go (a Sautra root). a. Going (Ved.). A sheep. - uragaH, (gI ) [ urasA gacchati, uras - gam-Da; salopazca P. III. 2. 48 Vart. ] 1 A serpent, snake; voragakSatA R. 1. 28, 12.5, 91. uragAMva divyAn Bg. 11. 15. -2 A Naga or semi-divine serpent usually represented in mythology with a human face; devagandharvamAnuSoragarAkSasAn Nala. 1. 28; Ms. 3. 196. -3 (..) Lead. N. of a city; athoragAkhyasya purasya nAtham R. 6. 59.-gI A female snake. -Comp. -ft:-:, -: 1 N. of Garuda (enemy of snakes); Si. 5. 13. -2 peacock. - a kind of spade (serpent-shaped hoe); -, - N. of Vasuki or Sesa. - a, having a serpent 476 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir urasiloman for a wedding ring. A class of bases (of columns &c.) shaped like the face of a snake. - N. of Siva (decked with serpents ). -sAracandanaH, -nam a kind of sandal-wood. - the abode of the Nagas, i. e. Patala. uraGgaH, -gamaH A snake. [Up. 5. 17.] (-off.) 1 A ram, sheep; kIvoraNamAsAdya mRtyurAdAya gacchati Mb., Bhag. 9. 14.27. -2 A certain demon killed by Indra. of A ewe. -Comp. -akSaH, -kSakaH, -AkhyaH the plant Cassia Alata or Tora. An esculent and medicinal plant (Mar. TAkaLA ). - Nam Silver. uraNakaH 1 A ram uraNakA ime barkarA ime Mbh. on P. I. 2. 23 etAvaraNakau rAjannyAsau rakSasva mAnada Bhag. 9. 14.21. -2 A cloud. urabhraH 1 A ram, devi pazyAma urabhrasaMvAdaM kiM sudhA vetanadAnena M. 1. -2 The plant Cassia Alata (Mar. 1) -8 - sArikA A kind of poisonous insect. ind. [ffefta P. I.4.61] A particle implying (1) assent, admission or acceptance. (In this sense it is usually used with the roots F, 4, or 3 and it has the force of a gati or preposition; urarIkRtya not urarIkRtvA Other forms of the word are urI, ururI, UrI and a.); (2) Extension. 38 U. To consont, allow, accopt; f Bv. 2. 13; M. 5; Dk. 12; Si. 10. 14. : Promise, agreement, admission. urarIkRta P. p. 1 Promised, agreed, accepted. -2 Spread, extended. 3. Moving (Ved.). 3 N. of a country inhabited by a warrior tribe. a. Best, excellent. (3) The breast, bosom ; vyUDhorasko vRSaskandhaH R. 1. 13; Ku. 6.51; urasi kR to clasp to the bosom. Comp. : 1 the sacrificial thread hung round the neck and upon the breast. -2 an upper garment (for boys). -1: A broad strong chest. -kSatam injury to the chest. -kSaya: Consumption a disease in the chest. -gAmin a. going on the breast (as a reptile), creeping, crawling., a disease of the chest, pleurisy. -, - a cuirass, breast-plate; Si. 15. 80. cf. also fafka gayatitAH zarAH Siva. B. 13. 10. 6. -jaH, -bhUH, urasija, urasiruhaH the female breast; rejAne ruciradezAmurojakumbhau Si. 8. 53, urasiruheNa hAralIlAm 25, 59. -bhUSaNam an ornament of the breast. - a necklace of pearls hanging over the breast. : Oppression of the chest, asthma. - the breast, bosom. a. Having hair on the breast, urasilomana For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #495
477 urUkaH urastas SA 3 ind. From the breast, towards the bosom. i or widely extended; qaf aften Rv. 128. 2. tead, St a (-:) the best world. (- ) the intermediate region . Broad-chested, full-breasted. between earth and heaven. - a. valiant, mighty. TT. [374-77) 1 Being in the breast. -2 - TE . P. VI. 1. 17 Vart. 1. widely extended, Pectoral. -3 Requiring an effort of the chest (as any extensive. 3477: 34: Mbh. on P. VI. 1. 17.-. exertion). - Legitimate (a son or daugher ); born a maliguant spirit, an imp. - 5 a. Ved. 1 farfrom a married couple of the same tribe or caste. reaching, capacious. -2 perceived in a distant place -5 Excellent. -7: 1 A son. -2 The female breast; (as a sound ); ga14dige Vaj. 21. 5. -in Bri. S. a. 1 to be praised by many. -2 reigning over a Tifa Den. P. To be strong. wide region. -8 praising aloud. -T a. Ved. widely Ved. A ewe. 3781 Fifa za a pervading; Vaj. 10.9. -ETT a. granting much, or Rv. 10. 95.3 granting wide or free scope; mahImasmabhyamuruSAmuru jayo Rv.5. 44.6. Eta a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; STIE: A horse of a pale colour with dark legs. fagten I fac: R. 2. 33; magnanimous, of a 3 A particle of assent; see arti. noble nature. 977 a. having a loud voice, stentorian. stes 8 U. 1 To allow, admit, accept; -EF: a valuable necklace. Bk. 8. 11; R. 15. 70.-2 To follow, have recourse to; Ja, a Greatness, magnitude, vastness. af tagtratif Bv. 1. 4. 1. 12, 2. 81. urudhA ind. In many ways%3; antaro'nantaro bhAti pazya taM A = 31+1 q. v. HOTEHT Bhag. 1. 13. 47. JE a. (30-gea &a2 Un. 1. 31 ] (---ff.; compar. afie; super. afy) 1 Wide, spacious. -2 shi, - :, : The plant Ricinus Communis. Great, large ; TT 3 f&: R. 6. 74.-3 Exces (Mar. 703). sive, much, abundant; o Si. 3. 76. -4 Excollent, safrT . N. of the river Vipas; Nirukta. precious, valuable. #. Vedl. Wide space, space or room. aufa Den. P. 1 To protect, guard, defend ; 341- ind. Far, far off Ved.). -Comp. -34%: 1 a mountain. maa 32714 Av. 6. 3. 3. -2 To desire wide scope -2 the ocean. - :,- Fi: the creeper Cucumis or freedom.-3 To escape from with acc.). Colocynthis (2011). Ara a. renowned, wellknown; data: "IT: HOT R. 14. 74. - a. mak 3562 A desire to protect. CT 997291 21: ing room, granting space; increasing; Egg TENTO Rv. Rv. 6. t. 7. 8.75.11. - a. Vod. 1 taking wide strides, si at favoj uruSyu . Dosirous of protecting. ime mA pitA yazasa 56: Tait. Up.1.1.1.-2 of high rank. (A:) an epithet 364 Rr8. 18.5. of Visnu in the dwari incarnation; urukamasyAkhilabandhamuktaye AATTISET alia Bhag. 1.5. 13. 777 a. having a. 1 Liking space. -2 Fond of expatiating. spacious dwellings. ( - ) a spacious dwelling, a -3 Free, unrestrained, self-willed. cat Rv. 10. 118.8.-ferfa: /. Ved. a spacious dwelling g i nil. Far, far off, far and near; widely. sarafa yafah Fit Rv. 7. 100. 4. - 4 a. 1 sung or Jaff 1 'Wide region', the earth; ra qozi wafa s. praised by the great; Asvad. 16. TE 4 3 2: gara: 1.7; gig fequ a l R. 2.3, 1. 14, 30, 75, 2. 66; Ait. Br. 7. 13, 361ustat a 99 atat : ca: Me. 21. -2 Land, soil. -3 The open space or expanse Bhag. 10.90.26. - 2 offering wide soope for movement. (-4) 1 N. of Visnu, the Asvins, Soma and Indra. (comprising six spaces; i. e. the four quarters of the -2 wide space or space; (-74 also ). -8 praise. - sky with the upper and lower spaces ). -4 A river. : - du.) Vedthe two worlds, or the heaven and Great restraint; urugrAhagRhItAnAM gadAM bibhrad vRkodaraH Mb.D. / earth. 311 4: 491 441 af Rv. 6. 10.4. -Comp. : 51.7.-aft a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion; E TA 3 a ar:, -ofa:, -a: a king. -ET: 1 a mountain. -2 : Rr. 2. 26. 4.- a. Ved. far-seeing; e out fra Aleuter the serpent Sesa. m. 1 a king. -2 a mountain. 578 Vaj. 4. 23. FIFA -ak: a tree; Si. 4. 7, 5. 69. a. nobly born; 7TH wafal ATM.5. 17. -HT a. having a wide path or gouf 1 Greatness. -2 Protection, security. -3 range; 77376210 3549 Av. 6. 4.3. - ,- Amplitude, vastness. a. of great speed, of mighty impetus. -ag: great heat. -ETIT a. Ved. giving a broad stream gola a. 1 Yielding great protection. at ga TOT of milk, as a cow). Te a. wide-spreading, far-spread. goufa: Rv. 6. 21. 2. -2 Able to help far and near. ATUT: N. of a plant, Crataeva Religiosa (Mar. arga ). Jatt = tfi q. v. -Art: a long road. J a , widely illuminating; i = 377.. v. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #496
urja 478 ulUkhalika ! H urvAru: A kind of cucumber; see irvAru. gati The fruit of the above. cat(49 48917 ata HISA110 Rv. 7. 59. 12. 38 (A Sautra root) To burn. 50: 1 A kind of wild animal; Av. 12. 1. 49. -2 Half ripe pulses fried over a slight fire; Nigh. (Mar. ga). 03 10 P. (32ozula) To throw out, to eject; Dhatupatha. 53: 1 A creeping plant, a spreading creeper. -2 Soft grass (4 T ), the grass or reed Saccharum Cylindricun ; ufufuata 13 :52119Fogia qara of a Mal. 9. 2; Ki. 10. 3; Si. 1. 8. -3 A shrub or bush ; a wick Ved.); Ry. 10. 142. 3. 3367 a. Belonging to this grass. -67: N. of Rudra. fc, f. 1 A species of Arurn. -2 White onion ; Nigh. T: 1 N. of a country. -2 N. of Siva. 339 = 371 q. v. ggfam. A guinoa piy, porpoise; so 3(-) 792 3$ 1,10 P. To leave. a p. p. 1 Aged, strong, powerful. - 2 Abandoned, left. urNanAbhaH A spider; et. UrNanAbha. gufr 1 Wool, felt. -2 A circle of hair between the eye-brows; see sul 1 A. ( , fea) 1 To taste. -2 To give, grant. -3 To play. -4 To measure. -5 To be engy or cheerful. see . J: An otter ( Mar. "THIST). ge 1P. (afa, af, efta) To kill or hurt. 380: 1 A calf. -2 A year. Jam (28 91 gafa, #-397). 1 Fertile soil (yielding every kind of crop); waai 79: 1997 ti Si. 15. 66. also 41919 7. 4. 2. -2 Land in general. -3 A mixed mass of fibres, wool &c. -4A humorous term for curled hair. gafta a. 1 Much, excessive. -2 Remaining after ; Pt. 5. ga a. [ ZI #9:47 ] Belonging to a field sown with com. gah 1 A superior woman. -2 Tow, fibres drawn out of the distaff. -3 A wife presented together with many others for choice (Tv.); T T for gatta 4 Av. 10. 1. 21. urvazI [urUna mahato'pi aznute vazIkaroti, uru-az-ka gaurA0 al Tv.] 1 N. of a famous Apsaras or nymph of Indra's heaven who became the wife of Pururavas. [Urvasi is frequently mentioned in the Rigveda; at her sight the seed of Mitra and Varuna fell down, from which arose Agastya and Vasistha; (see Agastya). Being cursed by Mitra and Varuna she came down to the world of mortals, and hecame the wife of Pururavas, whom she chanced to see whilo descending, and who made a very favourable impression upon her minul. She lived with him for some time, and went up to heaven at the expiration of her curse. Pururavas was sorely grieved at her loss, but succeeded in securing her company once more. She bore him a son named Ayus, and then left him forever. The account given in the Vikramorvasiyam differs in many respects, where Indra is represented to have favoured Paruravas with her lifelong company though he had himself cursed her. Mythologically she is said to have sprung from the thigh of the sage Narayana, q. v. ]. sasta 8f40744TA Mbh. 5. 2. 95; Hafurgar97 Av. 18. 3. 23; FAG haft fogant o di aa V. 4. 47. -2 Wish, ardent desire. -Comp. -atuh N. of a sacred place referred to in Bharata. -HART N. of a loxioon. TAOT, HETT:, -54: N. of Paruravas. gles: Ved. Howling, a howl; an outcry indicative of prosperity; au gaz: agura ATH Av. 3. 19. 6. 34i 1 An owl; 29 ia fear un f. 2914 Bh. 2. 93; 2a : fani4915: Si. 11. 61. cf. also TEZ 307 1 : 417 TITI SB. on MS. 9. 4. 29. -2 N. of Indra. -3 N. of a Muni perhaps identical with #0112, whose fa fat is called 311747- afa). -4 (pl.) N. of a country and its king who was an ally of the Kurus. - IN. of the reed Saccharum Cylindricum; soc 324.-2 Fat; afghan 191771(. 1.) MS. 9. 4.2.- A crow. - A demon in the shape of an owl; FITCH Rv. 7. 101. 22. ulUkhala: A staff of Udumbara wood. -lam A wooden mortar used for cleansing rice (from the husk &c.); Rv. 1. 28. 6. 31969a Mbh.; faxz ad Ms. 3. 88, 5. 117.-2 A kind of weapon ; Mb. 7. 178. 23. -Comp. - : the Soina juice pressed out in a wooden mortar; Ry. 1. 28. 1-4. urgeoni 1 A mortar; Rv. 1. 28.5. -2 Bdellium, a gummy substance or the plant which yields it. (Mar. yoya). geri a. 1 Pounded in a mortar. -2 (At the end of comp.) Using as a mortar; 7deg using the teeth as a mortar; Ms. 6. 17; Y. 3. 49. q For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #497
ulUtaH $79 376: A large snake, the Boa ( 34 ). R. 4. 33. falarauerau 71 faalfamayal **** 379,-faz See 584, 33119. Bu. Ch.5.59. -5 Gaudy, showy; HUR FARI CU Ram. 2. 15. 41; 3439 K. 66. -8 Dreadful; A Naga princess. She was the daughter of 72 48 g o t: Bhag. 3. 12. 17. -7 Sinful; the serpent Kauravya. While one day she was both- bhavatyalpaphalaM karma sevitaM nityamulbaNam / abuddhipUrva dharmajJa kRtamuing in the Ganges, she happened to see Arjuna, ani T UTTU Mb. 12. 291. 16. -UT: A particular position being enamoured of his handsome form, sbe managed of hands in dancing. Ut ind. Much, heavily (as to have him conveyed to her home, the Patala, and sighing). Comp. -TH: Valour (ata); fan faniathere induced him to take her as his wife, which lie, AUTH: U. 5. 26. after considerable hesitation, consented to do. She bore 38: An esculent root, Arum Campanulatum (Mar. him a son namel Iravat. When Arjuna's hend was AT). cf. fe: cut off by Babhruvahana's arrow, it was with her assistance that he was restored to life; see Arjuna.] 35+ A particular kind of liquor (lIch. 7). 3 , -37% a. Crying aloud, noisy (while TH() Horripilation, erection of the hair of joyous ); ura osaszfan Ch. Up. 3. 19.3; the body. Latyayana 1. 2.9. 3 1 A., 10 1. 1 To loap over, pass over or egeara: The noise of melodious chorus, especially beyond; Eza : 247H Si.7.74, 12.77. 2 To of women, on happy occasions like the marriage festival; transgress, X transgress, violate, disregard, exceed; Si. 12. 57; cf. vara N. See 3e:. Mu. 1. 10; Tarraguta Mu. 1; K. 160 ; Si. 3. 29. 3&[Un. 3. 42] 1 A fiory phenomenon in the 37TH 1 Leaping or passing over. -2 Transsky, a meteor ; TT 17 T HETG Si. 15. 92; gression, VIOLATIOT. gression, violation. -3 Offence, sin; Ks. VI Ms. 1. 38, 4. 103; Y. 1. 115. -2 A fire-brand, torch; Egia . p. 1 Jumped over or across, passed af art # THE II. 1. 83. -3 Fire, over or beyond; 37.999.2 Transgressed, violated; flame; bAdhetolkAkSapitacamarIbAlabhAro davAgniH Me.. -4N. STT disobedient. of a grammar. -Comp. eft a. a torch-bearer. softaa a. Erected, elevated. aft f. The ninth day of the light half of the month of Asvina; (a 10 is observed on this day.) -qra: the 350 a. 1 Shaking, tremulous. --2 Covered with fall of a meteor. Ac . N. of one of Siva's thick hair, shaggy. -3 Affected by many diseases. attendants. - e:: demon or goblin (having a mouth 396 4. 1 Shaking, trembling. -2 Moving of fire); 2-12ye: Dar au ar 9122att irregularly or convulsively. Ms. 12. 71; Mal. 5. 13. gfua p. p. 1 Shaken trembling, agitated. -2 3 1 A metuor. -2 A firebrand. Raised up, elevated. Je , - 1 The bay which surrounds the geura Den. P. To jump; spring shako the embryo, Juarga YT HATAY By. 3. 38; fotus. body up); 219at: recyzy 17 Si. 5.7; Pt. 1. -2 The vulva -3 'The womb; Vaj. 19.76. -4 A cave. 3541 P. 1 To jump up, sport, play, wave, flutter; JUH 1 Excess and vitiation of any one of the guardata F 3H K. 96; Si. 5. 47, 53.-2 To three humours of the body; i. e. phlegm, bile, or wind flash, shine, glitter, sparkle; 3741273194 Si. 3.5, (free). -2 Any calamity. 1 33; 5.55; 16. 61 ; 20.56; (fig.) to brighton or cheer 3 : A firebrand, torch. Firaret: abec- up; K. 189. -3 To rise, appear forth ; 347 a tiTOT Bm. 1. 890. At agt: Si. 4. 58, 6. 51, 16. 51; yafuafaka: Mal. 9. 38. -4 To be reflected; ... 394 : aqua Talai Jer (2) OT a. 1 Thick, clotted, copious, abundant csatlan a : 94171174 Si. 11.54. - To (blood &c.); arahan: Bk. 5. 83. TH Mv. blow, open, be expanded. -Caus. 1 To cause to jump 6. 33. -2 Much, cxcessivo, intonse; vai HEAT up or play. -2 To brighten, illuminate, grace; veralugaT4 Mb. 3. 9. 18 fra 1974 Si. 10.51, sitazoNitAruNagadasyocchindataH kauravAnabaikaM divasa mamAsi na guru haM 68, 12. 37; Ku. 7.81. - Strong, powerful, great ; if taa: 11 Ve. 1. 12; U. 4.-3 To divert, delight; -4 31F-frequt: Bhay. 3. 31. 7. 1967 THYTTE To shake, move K. 22; ETA244745TEH Ki. 16. 37. TITAT Teafi faq Si. 20. 11; ca: U. 5. 26 the heroic sentiment; Dk. 23, 25; K. 299, 302. ar- 3 a. 1 Bright, shining. -2 Merry, happy, eau agi #13174 (Pafch) Parnal. 5.71. -4 -3 Going out, issuing, appearing; splendour, Manifest, clear; aragauit An: qofta a brilliancy; mirth, happiness, issuing &c. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #498
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra ullasat a. Shinning forth. Comp. - poppy. 1 Happiness, joy. -2 Horripilation. 3gfa p. p. 1 Shining, brilliant, splendid. -2 Happy, delighted. -3 Drawn up, uplifted, brandishing (as a sword.) gaffanfaar: Si. 6. 51. -4 Gleaming, fluttering: aft: : V. 1. www.kobatirth.org 1 Joy, delight; here U. 6; ugelman U. 2; ullAsaH phulaparuhapaTalapatanmattapuSpaMdhayAnAm S. D. -2 Tight, splendour. -8 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a reference is made to the merits or demerits of one thing by comparing or contrasting the merits or demerita of another anyadIyaguNadoSayukta manyasya guNadoSavorAdhAnaHer: R. G. for example see R. G. ad. loc.; cf. Chandr. 5. 131. 133. -4 A division of a book, such as chapter, section &c.; as the ten Ullasas of the Kavyaprakasa. 6 Beginning, commencement. -6 Growth, increase; na teSAM yugapadrAjan hAsa ullAsa eva vA Bhag 7.1.7. a. Pleasing, delightful: argue Bhg. 9. 11. 38. ullAsana a. Causing to leap or dance. -nam Splendour Causing to come forth or appear; B. R. ullAsita a. Delighted, rejoicing. ullAsin a. 1 Delighted sumanasAmullAsini mAnase Chandr. -2 Bright, splendid. 480 a. [P. V. III. 2.55] 1 Recovered from sickness convalescent. -2 Dexterous, clever, skilful. -8 Pure. -4 Happy, delighted. 5 Wicked. -6 Black. : Black pepper. Wholesomeness, health. ullap 1 P. To remove allay; dIrghadAruNamapi saMtApaM U. 4. 1 Speech, words; y wardywear: U. 3. fanfarer : Nag. 2. -2 Insulting words, taunting speech, taunt; : : Bh. 3.6. -3 Calling out in a loud voice. -4 Change of voice by emotion, sickness &c. -5 A hint, suggestion. ullApina a. Calling out; indicating. ullApika. Betraying indicating kAjolApakamA Mb. 5. 191. 21. -ka: An upper layer; lAjollApika: Mb. 13.98. 61. A kind of drama; see S. D. 545. 6 P. 1 To scratch, cut up, scrape, tear or rip up, scarify; diefagfera: Si. 5. 20: K. 30; to furrow (as ground); Mv. 1. 20. -2 To rub or grind against faqat H. 3. 139; K. 14. -3 To grind down; polish; : S. 6. 5; R. 6. 32; agi fataraftarfa Ki. 17. 48. - To carve. -5 To paint, write, draw in a picture; iti svahastollikhitazca mugdhayA grader: Ku. 5. 58. 6 To bear, raise. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir uzata affera P. p. 1 Scratched, scraped &c. -2 Thrown up, tossed. -3 Written over or above. 4 Pared, made thin. : 1 Allusion, mention. -2 Description, utterance, pronunciation. -3 Boring or digging out. -4 (In Rhetoric) A figure of speech in which an object is described according to the different impressions caused by its appearance; bahubhirbahudhollekhAdekasyo lekha iSyate / strIbhiH kAmo'rthibhiH svarduH kAlaH zatrubhiraikSi sa: Chandr. 5. 19; cf. S. D. 682. -5 Rubbing, scratching, tearing up K. 191 2002 1 Rubbing, scratching, scraping ke -2 Digging up; Y. 1. 188; fa: gaf Ms. 5. 124. -3 Vomiting. 4 Mention, allusion, utterance. -5 Raising up, elevating. -6 Writing, painting. -7 Marking out by lines (the &c. in a sacrifice). for a. Tearing; K. 50. ffa a. 1 Famous, known. -2 Made manifest (by marks or characteristics); affare Ki. 14. 2. ullI An onion. ullIDha a. Rubbed, polished; maNiH zANolIDhaH Bh. 2. 44. ulluzcanam 1 Plucking out, cutting; pAdakezAMzukakarollaJcaneSu paNAn deza ( damaH ); Y. 2. 217 -2 Plucking or pulling out the hair. TEGY, CE31 1 Rolling, wallowing. -2 Irony; dhIrAdhIrAtu sabhASaNaiH khedaveda 8. D. 105 sol ironically, often occurring as a stage direction in plays. Begiisa a. Rubbed against. 3. Cutting up. ulloca: A canopy, an awning. na maJcako na colloco na : Siva. B. 12. 117. ullolaH Violently moving, excessively tremulous * skhalita Mal. 5.3; K. 302 high or surging; Mv. 5. 2; violently agitated or exercised; U. 3. 36. -laH A large wave or surge. ullolasaMkrAntavilolamUrtirudyAti sindhoruDucakravartI Ram. ch. 6.53. ulva, ulvaNa See ulba, ulbaNa. uvaTa: N. of a commentator on Rgveda prAtizAkhya. Jer: A kind of dwelling for the ascetics, a kind of store-room; (cf. Pali a, Mar. ). ( Ind. Ant. Vol. VII, Kuda inscriptions No. 8.). For Private and Personal Use Only 3a. 1 Beautiful; : Bhag. 1. 3. 14. gara: Mbh. 1. 1. 1. -2 Dear, beloved; baddhaH svakarmabhiruzattama te'bdhimUlam Bhag. 7.9.16. Pure, sinless ; vivekenozatAtmanA Bhag 7.7.24; uzatI giram 4.2. 13.-4 Impure, obscene; gada Mb. 12. 235. 10.

Page #499
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra uzanasa www.kobatirth.org uzanas . [ vaz-kanasi saMpra0 Un. t. 238] (Nom. sing. ; Voc. sing. 3, 3, :) N. of Sukra, regent of the planet Venus, son of Bhrigu and preceptor of the Asuras. In the Vedas he has the epithet (or patronymic name) Karya given to him, probably because he was noted for his wisdom; f kAvyam ( avathaH ) Av. 1. 2. 6. cf. kavInAmuzanA kavi: By. 10. 37; He is also known as a writer on civil and religious law (Y. 1.4). and as an authority on civil polity: zAstramuzanasA praNItam 1t. 5: adhyApitamyozanasApi nItim Ku. 3.6. -Comp. -priyam A kind of gemo Called gomeda (beha) 3 ind. Ved. Joyfully, willingly. 3 Ved. 1 Wish, desire, -2 The plant from which Soma juice is produced. -3 N. of a wife of Rudra. afara Vol. 1 Desiring, striving earnestly. -2 Devoted to, willing. m. 1 Fire. -2 Ghee or claritied butter. : N. of the father of Kaksivat. af Wish, desire. Ved. To be wished for or desired. Jeft Injurious talk. -2 Cutting spooch. (pl.) N. of a country (Central India? M. W.) and its inhabitants. gg Kaus. Up. 4. 1. f. A queen of that people; Av. 10. 59. 10. uzI (pI) ru, ram uzI (pI) rakam The fragrant root of the plant Andropogon Muricatus ( Mar. kALA vALA ) ; svananyastozIram S. 3. 9. - rI A sort of grass, a small sort of Saccharum. 481 fift. Trading in or selling Uatra. 3. (, y, z, fun-32) 1 To burn, consume; Bk. 6. 1, 14. 62; Ms. 4. 189. -2 To punish, chastise; Ms. 9. 273. -3 To kill, injure. 3a. Burning. : 1 Early morning, dawn, daybreak. 2 A libidinous man, -3 Saline earth. -4 Bdellium. 31 Black pepper. -2Ginger. -3 The root Piper Longum. - Piper Longum. -2 Piper Chaba(f). -3 Dried ginger. 3: 1 Fire. -2 The sun. uSita p. p. 1 Burnt, consumed. -2 (fr. ) Dwelt, fixed, remaining in or on; stale. -3 Quick, expeditious. -nam Habitation. "gavAna (= AzinaMgavIna ). ......41 f uSNa . [ uS-nakU Up. 3. 2] 1 Hot, warm aMzuH karaH &c. -2 Sharp, strict, active; a zene f; R. 4.8 (where 3 has sense 1 also). -3 l'ungent, acrid (as a ). - Clever, sharp. -5 Choleric, warm, passionate. -EUT:, -UTH 1 lleat, warmth. -2 The hot season (grISma); uSNe varSati zIte vA mArute vAni vA bhRshm| na kurvItAtmanastrANaM gorakRtvA tu zaktitaH // Ms. 11. 113. -3 Sunshine. -4A deep or feverish sigh. gafadz Ram. 5. 19. 17. -5 Sorrow, distress (of separation, beres venont &c.) zemicek (wife) Ram. 5. 5. 25. -EUT: An onion. -GUTT 1 Warmth, heat. -2 Consumption. -3 Bile. zItoSNe caiva vAyuzca trayaH zArIrajAH guNA: Mb. 12. 16. 11. aGgatvam, malatvam Bile, disease. -Comp. -aMzuH, -karaH, -guH, dIdhitiH, -razmiH, -ruciH af: R.5.4.Ku. 3. 5. - abhigamaH, hot-rayed', the sun; dhermukta ivoSNadIdhitiH R. 8.90 -AgamaH, -upagamaH approach of heat, hot reason. -asahaH the cold season. 3 1 warm or hot water. -2 a body-shampooer (3); cf. Ram. 2. 83. 14. samullekhAdvAnodvartaneSu ca ' -uSNa a Very hot : uSNoSNazIkara sRjaH Si. 5. 45.,: 1 the hot season; Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir ).. heating. : Ram. 2. 7. 15. -2 The rainy season; gaGgAvegamivoSNage Mb. . 139. 11 ( according to the nIlakaNThaN. of a plant (Mar. koliMjana ) - guH The sun; kSaNena nAzayAmAsa naiza tama ivoSNaguH Bhag. 10. 76. 17. nadI the hot river vaitaraNI or the river of hell. ars: 1 tears. 2 hot vapour. -TO;, - Nam an umbrella, parasol; yadarthamambhojamivoSNavAraNam Ku. 2. vIryaH Delphinus Gangeticus (pharI matsya). uSmaH uSNaka. 1 Sharp, smart, active; ya punarAzu kartavyAnarthAnAzveva karoti sa ucyate uSNaka iti Mbh. on P. V. 9. 72. -2 Sick with fever, suffering pain. 3 Warming, heating. 4 Bent, stooping. 1 Fever. -2 The hot season, summer. -3 Revolving, turning round. -4 The betel-nut; Nigh. uSNatA, tvam Heat, warmth. uSNiman M. uSNAlu ... [ uSNaM na sahane, Alu Vart on P. V. 2. 122. Not being able to bear heat, scorched by suffering from, heat; uSNAluH zizire niSIdati tarormUlAlavAle farar V. 2. 23. uSNikA Rice-gruel. Up. 3. 13. 7. For Private and Personal Use Only Heat; saMsparzajoNimAnaM vijJAnAni (3. The hot Ganga i. e. the Badari (having hot sources). uSmaH, -uSmakaH [ uS-mak] 1 11oat. -2 The hot setson, summer. -3 Spring. -4 Anger, warmth of temper. -5 Ardour, eagerness, zeal. Comp. - enraged. -, -3: the hot season. -: 1 the son of Bhrigu. -2 the manes: a deceased ancestor. - m. the sun. -: a vapour bath.

Page #500
uSman uSman m. [ uS- AdhAre manina ] 1 Heat, warmth ; artho man Bh. 2. 40; Ms. 9. 231, 2. 23, Ku. 5. 46, 7. 14; -2 The hot season. -3 Anger, wrath. 4 Ardour, eagerness. The letters,, and (in gram.); 800 USman. USmANamindriyANyA hurantasthA balamAtmanaH Bhag. 3. 12. 47. uSmAyaNa: The hot season. upas. 1 Dawn morning: madhu mutoSasaH Bri. Up. pradIpArcirivoSasi R. 12. 1; uSasi utthAya rising at day-break. -2 Morning light; cf. Aurora; (personified as the daughter of heaven and sister of the Adityas ). -3 The deity that presides over the morning and evening twilights ( used in dual); uSasau or uSAsau. - The outer passage of the ear. -5 The Malaya range. 6 Evening. -The end of the day, evening twilight. -Comp. -kara: The moon. -kala: A cock. -patiH Aniruddha. - a. awakening with the morning light, early awaked. -budha n. awakening early; ketuM divo rocanasthARv. 3. 2. 14. (:) 1 fire; U. 6. -2 a child. -3 N. of a tree (*). upAsAnaktam Ved. Dawn and night; upAsAnaktA purudhA fa Rv. 1. 122. 2. 3: N. of Siva. upatI = uzatI q. v. upIra = uzIra qv. 3. Sacred to the dawn. Vaj. 24. 4. upA [ oSatyandhakAram uS ka ] 1 Early morning, dawn; gar a Av. 12. 2. 45. -2 Morning light. -3 Twilight. 4 Saline earth. 8 A cow. -6 Night. -7 A boiler, cooking vessel (F); cf. . -8 N. of a wife of Bhava (who was a manifestation of Rudra ). -9 N. of a daughter of the demon Bapa and wife of Aniruddha. [ She beheld Aniruddha in a dream and became passionately enamoured of him. She sought the assistance of her friend Chitralekha, who advised her to have with her the portraits of all young princes living round about her. When this was done, she recognized Aniruddha and had him carried to her city, where she was married to him; see afata also ]. -ind. Early in the morning. -2 At night. Comp. a cock. -qfa:, -THT:, -T: N. of Aniruddha, husband of Usa. 482 umra: [ uS-TUn kiJca Up. 4. 161] 1 Camel; athoSTravAmIna R. 5. 32; Ms. 3. 162, 4. 120, 11. 202.-2 A buffalo. 3 A bull with a hump. - A cart or carriage. 1 A she-camel. -2 An earthen vessel in the shape of a camel. -3 Bignonia Spathacea (Mar. fri). cf. Pers. ushtar Zend ustra.] -Comp. -akSaH A camel-eyed ( horse ) uSTrAkSAH priyadarzanAzca subhagAH zvAsaiH sugandhaizca ye; Bhoja's Salihotra. -karNikA (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants, in the south. ET A Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir STER thistle dear to camels, Echinops echinatus (Mar. uTakaTArI ). -krozin a making a noise like a camel. -goyugam a couple of camels; yathA gostadvaduSTrasya yugaM uSTragoyugam Mbh. on P. V. 2.29. -grIvaH, -zirodharaH piles. padanam A particular posture among Yogins.pAdikA Jasminum Zambae (Mar. mogarA ). pramANa: A kind of fabulous eight-footed animal zarabha. -yAnam camel litter. 1 A she camel. -2 An earthen wine-vessel of the shape of a camel paJcAnAmuSTrikANAM pUraNo ghaTa: Mbh. on P. V. 2. 48. dhUrmasaMkSobhavidAritoSTrikA S. 12.26. uSNa, uSNaka, uSman see under ubU. [Mbh. on P. IV. 1. 1.] (Nom. P. III. 2.59.) 1 A Vedic metre of 3 Padas, the first two containing & syllables oach, and the third 12. -2 A classical metre of 4 Padas with 7 syllables in cach. -3 A brick sacred to uSNISaH, -pam [ uSNate hinasti I ka Tv. ] 1 Any thing wound round the head. raktoSNISadharAH striyaH Ram. 6. 80. 6. uSNISabandhasthAne lalATopari paTTabandharekhA - 2 Hence, a turban, diadem, crownet; of Mk. 5. 19. hemAsane kRtoSNISamabhiSicya nRpaM vyadhAt Bm. 1. 678. uSNISeNaiva gan Siva. B. 21. 29. and 22. 8. q% K. 106; Ratn. 1. 4. -3 A distinguishing mark. -4 A characteristic mark (of hair) on the head of a Buddha which indicates his future sanctity uSNISaH sphuTa ya qafa faoaja: Nag. 1. 17. -5 The top of a building. uSNISin . [ uSNISa ini ] Wearing a diadem ; namaof a Vaj. 16. 22. K. 22). m. 1 N. of Siva. -2 A type of round building. uSmam, uSpa &c. See under ughU. Ja. 1 Relating to, or seen in, the morning. -2 Bright, shining. 1 A ray (of light), beam; sarvairuyaiH samagraistvamiva nRpaguNaidIpyate saptasaptiH M. 2.13; R. 4.66; Ki.. 31.1. yoniruhAm Prroll, 4. 36. 2 A bull; Rv. 6. 12. 4. -3 A god. -4 The sun. 5 A day. -6 The two Aevinikumaras ; Rv. 2. 39. 3. - 1 Morning, dawn. -2 Light; bright sky. -3 A cow; a Mb. 12. 263. 31. -4 The earth. Comp. bow. m. N. of Indra. - the morning (as the Asvins); Rv. 7. 74. 1. -- afa. Going (Ved.); Rv. 9. 65. 1. usrikaH [ alpArthe kan ] 1 A small ox ; Rv. 1. 190.5. -2 An old ox. - A cow. For Private and Personal Use Only a. having a bright a. going out early in fa. Belonging to or coming from, an ox or cow. - 1 An ox. 2 A god; - 1 A cow. -2 Brightness, light. -8 A calf. - Milk.

Page #501
usvit 488 ! fat indt. Or a Egita + aftacgaza Bhag. 3. 7. 37. 351 P. (af, sale, fen) To hurt or give pain. -2 To kill, destroy ; see 3 . JE, SEE -ind. An interjection of calling. (5.) Tote: An additional moulding; athy ferff: STEGIET ( Manasira 7. 268-9) JER: A tortoise. E: f. [36 ] A word expressive of sorrow or dejection. TE: A bull. [ Bradfa, 42- EUR ) 1 N. of Siva. -2 The Was moon. -3 A protector; cf. 3: TS0 0 1 faatar ARIT: arafea: quit altat - f99:11 Ek. -ind. 1 A particle used to introduce a subject. -2 An interjection of () calling: (1) of compassion: () protection. Fret: (pl.) N. of a Saiva sect. Beth 1 Salt prepared from saline earth. -2 Nitre or salt petre. UDha See under vah. Uta See under ab. fa: . [@rq-* P. III. 3.97 ] 1 Weaving, sewing (fr.). -2 Protection; 4925eratga 9 sfat: Mahanar. Up. 20.4.-3 Enjoyment. -4 Sport, play 310 Fra: Fate : Bhay. 1.3.37; 8.3. 11. -8 Favour, kindness. -6 Aid, assistance, help. -7 The money given to a tailor for sewing. -8 Wish, desire; a for aisy: Har: Bhag. 2. 10. 4. -9 Red texture; tissue ; 347 yi fazia Fyra 0904ay: Bhay 2. 10. 1. 58, n. An udder (changed to 347 in Bah. Comp. 57SA P. V. 4. 131.) ya sa A - Al f a R. 1.84.-2 A covered secret place to which only friends are admitted. -3 The bosom. -4 The breast of a cattle. Comp.adt (a female, female animal) with full udders; Bhag. Udhanyam or Udhasyam Milk (produced from the udder); UdhasyamicchAmi tavopabhoktum R. 2.66. 577 10 P. To decrease. 17 a. [3- 347 Un.3.2] 1 Wanting, deficient, defective; PR ET: 14 R. 10. 1; incomplete, insufficient. -2 Less than (in number, size or degree); aq Raat Y. 3. 1 less than two years old; arrafa Y 2. 295. -3 Fewer, smaller. - 4 Weaker. inferior; 34 7 maart 299 R. 2. 14; Ms. 9. 123.-Minus (in this sense used with numerals); ha less by one; fastfa: 20 minus 1 = 19; NO 1977 29; deg 49; 31018 CH 100 minus 8 = 92. -Comp. - fatti a. Too little or too much. - The TG ceremony on the previous day before the anniversary ceremony. -79,N. applied to a particular lunar day (which is omitted if two lunar days end in one solar day); Surya 1.40. 31 a. Less, inferior. Sayfa Den. P. 1 To leave deficient or unfinished; a car at afta: 1972: Rv. 1. 53. 3. -2 To deduct, lessen, diminish. -3 To measure. - To deal out in small quantities. fara p. p. Lessened by subtraction, less, fewer &c. 54 ind. An interjection of (a) interrogation; (1) anger; (c) reprooch, abuse; (a) arrogance; (e) envy. 38 a. Protecting, -H: Ved. A good friend, an affectionate companion. FT A. (340, 57 ] To weave, sew. F = FT q.v. TE: Born from the thighs, hence a 43, a mer chant; viprAzca bAhujAstadvadUravyAzca jaghanyajAH Siva. B.31. 17. 5t=rtiq. v.; agisce lafalar na Si. 2.30. 375 m. [ - $ 1792 Un. 1. 30 ] 1 The thigh ; 5 4 22: Rv. 10.90.12; Ms. 1. 31, 87; R. 12. 88; (at the ond of fem. coin pounds the form is &: or O, but more usually the latter; THE, HE: #16 Voc.). Comp. -3784 Fungus, mushroom. Tytan [3EUR 7 3rd P. V. 4.77] thigh and knee. -udbhava a. born or sprung from the thigh; UrUdbhavA Hey ga:gra v. 1. 4. Tag f. weakness of the thigh. -6, -1&: = : q. v. -57,-FHI, -149 . sprung from the thigh. -m. & Vaisya. qua, - , - 19 a. as high as or reaching the thighs, a For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #502
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra uravyaH www.kobatirth.org knee-deep; 1.5.2.37. -q m., n. the knee. - the thigh-bone, hip-bone: Y. 3. 87. -fr. having a rent in the thigh: sec. P. IV. 1. 52. :, - paralysis of the lower extremities, rheumatism of the thigh. kariNIvorustambhavitratA K. ( - mbhA ) the plantoin tree. UkhyaH (vyA/ ) [ Uru-yata ] A Vaisya, man of the third tribe (as born from the thighs of Brahma or Purusa); cf. Ms. 1. 31, 87. UrurI = urarI q. v. 10 P., A. To be strong; powerful, be happy; adat pibedurjayamAnamAzitam Rv. 10. 37. 11. [P. III. 2. 177] 1 Strength, vigour. -2 Sap, juice. -3 Water. -4 Food; if UrjamupajIvati Bri. Up. 1. 6.1. oft. with iSU; itvA UrjetvA 'T's. 1. 1. 1; iSamUrjaM mukSitim No. nama Urja iSe Bhag. 4. 24.28. 1 N. of the month Kartika (as giving vigour and energy); 'bAhuloja kArtikikaH' ityamaraH; UrjamataGgajama, Si.6.50. -2 Energy. -3 Power, strength. -4 Procreative power. -5 Life, breath. 6 N. of the sons of f(reckoned among the seven Risis of the third Manvantara). -rjA 1 Food UrjAvanI ( gaGgA ) Mb. 13. 26. 84. -2 Energy. -3 Strengh, sap. af fame tai tai Bk. 6. 3. -4 Growth. 5 N. of a daughter of Daksa and wife of Vasistha. - Water. Comp. - mAsa: 'The month kArtika; Bhag 12. 11. 44. - megha Eminent intelligence, very wise; Hch. 484 af Den. P. 1 To feed, strengthen, nourish. -2 (A.) To become strong or powerful. Urjavya 9. Ved. Abounding in food or strength. siSaktu na Urjavyasya puSTe : Rs. 5. 41. 20. Urjas [t] 1 Vigour, energy. -2 lood Urjasvat a. 1 Rich in food; juicy, succulent; UrjasvatI: qarad: gra: Ts. 1. 1. 1.-2 Powerful, strong, vigorous. Urjasvala [-] 1 Great, powerful, strong mighty ... R. 2. 50; Bk. 3. 55; Mv. 4.35; Mal. 2. 9.-2 Excellent, pre-eminent; U. 4. Urjasvina . Mighty, strong, great: U. 5. 27. v. 1. A figure of Rhetoric, speaking of anything with contempt, description of violence. a. Urjita a. 1(a) Powerful, strong, mighty; rjitameva vA Bg. 10. 41; mAtRkaM ca dhanurUrjitaM davat R. 11. 64; cf. also bANAkSaraireva parasparasya nAmorjitaM cApabhRtaH zazaMsuH vigorous, strong (speech); Si. 16. 38; Ve. 1. 13. (b) Great, large, exceeding, much; afeaffer Ram. 5. 48. 25; Mv. 2. 13. -2 Distinguished, glorious, superior: excellent, beautiful: Si. 16. 85: R. 9. 39; 1.93; Mal. 7. 4. : Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Urdhva -3 High, noble, spirited; fa: a 4: Ram. 2. 85.2.: Ki. 2.1 spirited or noble.-4 Increased; doepgve Ki.11.40. - 1 Strength, might. -2 Energy. Urjin a. Abounding in food. - Uu. 5. 47] 1 Wool. 2 A woollen [cloth.] -Comp. -nAmaH, nAbhiH bhI, paTavAi spider: yastUrNanAbha iva tantubhiH Svet. 6. 10; yathorNanAbhiH sRjate gRr3hate ca Mund. Up. 1.1.7 vizvaM sRjasi pAsyasi krIDannRrNapaTo yathA Bhag. 4. 6. 43. mrada -das a soft as wool. UrNamradAH pRthivI dakSiNAvate Av. 18. 3. 49. 1 Wool; : Mbh. on P. V. 1.3. mensardaalia (re) R. 16. 87. -2 A circle of hair between the eyebrows. sorNadhruvaM vAraNabastikozam Bu. Ch. 1. 65 of (Ate cAntarA vo Ama.)... yamantaH Nag. 1. 17. -3 N. of the wife of Chitraratha. --Comp. -piNDaH a ball of wool. -cala, -vat a. woollen. -sUtram a thread of wool. - Ved. a tuft of wool. UrNAyu a. Woollen. - 1 A ram, -2 Spider; vivarANi mudrayan drAgUrNAyuriva sajjano jayati By 190 - 3A woollen blanket. UrNu e. [ UrNo (Na) ti, urNute aurNAt aurNuta, UrNunAvanuve, aurNa-rNA - Nu-vIt, UrNa-rNu-viSyati te, UrNa-rNu-vitum, UrNita ] 1 To cover, surround, hide; na iz Bk. 14. 103, 3. 47; Si. 20. 14. -2 To cover oneself. - Caus. UrNAvayati. - Desid. UrNunRSati, UrNuna-nu-viSati. UrdU = urdU 9. v. A vessel for measuring corn (such as a bushel); a granery a aqua a Rv. 2. 14. 11. - A hero. -2 A Raksasa or goblin. a. Erect, upright, above; &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; :, : &c. -3 High, superior, upper. - Not sitting (opp. 3). -5 Torn (as hair). 6 Thrown up. - Elevation, height.--. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. adhazcordhva ca prasRtam Mund Up. 2. 2. 11; avazrordhvaM pramRtAstasya zAkhA: Bg. 15.1.-2 In the sequel (= upariSTAt ). -3 In a high tone, aloud. 4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); zarIrabhedAH Ait. p. 4.6 tryahAdrvamAkhyAya Ku. 6.93; Urdhva saMvatsarAt Ms. 9. 775 Y. 1. 53; R. 14. 66; Bk. 18. 36; 7 Ms. 9. 104 after the father's death; 3 hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. - a. with uplifted finger. - . -aGguli going upwards. (-) motion above. -: rearing of a horse. -fa: the plant Momordica Charantia ( kAravella; Mar. kAraleM ) - Iha: motion or tendency upwards. -, a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. N. of a goddess; f virupAkSI mAMsazoNitabhojane Sandhya. -kaNTha a. with the a. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #503
Urca 485 UrmilA neck upraised. (-981) N. of a plant (Huarant). - mouth. a. having the roots upwards. Jace: a. with the cars pricked up or erect; faaraon: zAkhamazvatthaM praahurvym| chandAMsi yasya parNAni yastaM veda sa vedavit / / S. 1. 8. n. - 1 motion upwards. -2 action By. 15. 1. 9. gr. a. happening after a short time. for attaining high place. -m. N. of Visnu. -ta, -ta . [ ite: 491 4 ] one who - :, - the upper part of the body. T a . lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual interhaving the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) offerves- course; m ataah Mb. 3. 233. 44. (-m.) 1 N. of cing (?); 3fuga 24 Rv. 10. 144. 2.-", Siva. -2 Bhisma. -fosti, -foot N. of Siva. - HT a. 1 going upwards, ascended, risingi ya (Having the membrum virile a bove, i.e. chaste) : HZSAHATTH Ku. 5. 23.-2 being on higli. - 3 the upper world, heaven. -2 : (pl.) N. of a class virtuous, pious. (-:) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of deities. -vatmen m. the atmosphere. -vAtaH,-vAyuH the of Visnu; '94 the city of Harischandra. - Ta a. gone wind in the upper part of the body (3M). -IH up, risen, ascondol. a. going upwards. (-a: l.) Yak-tail (741979); Yunani a Mb. 12. 165. 72. -A, - THETH 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. a a. pnt on above, put over the lead or shoulder -3 going above as life). -4 Fire. -TTT, TE a. (as the sacred thread of a Brahmana.); grati having the feet upwards. (UT:) 1 A kind of ascetic or F a ra 1997 Ms. 2. 44. - a. sleeping devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Sarabha.(-17 ) with the face upwards (as a child ). (-1.) N. of A kind of dance; Dk. 2. X. - a. Ved. collecting, Siva. -TTTH vomiting. : Soap-nut treo and piling or hea ping up.- ,-,-3a.[ 5 9 I 744] fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar.ftsi). - iul. 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; 214440441 as to dry anything above; aetio quac fact: 1967aalta Si. 11.11.-2 long-shanked. -ag: A kind Bk. 3. 14. 916: expiration; a kind of asthma. of time (a in music). -fabric. having a sectarian I a. rising higher and higher : surpassing; het mark on the forehead. - ( T N. of Siva ? Yung: Rv. 1. 152.5. (-m., -^.) the top of : (whoso teeth and hair are erect). - W. A Crab. mountain. - a. being above, superior. F a : /. gie, <<. 1 looking upwards.-2 (fig.) aspiring, 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevaambitious. (-fy: /:) concentrating the sight on the tion, superiority. a . 1 an ascetic who abstains spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -ITH The from sexual intercourse; cf. s tag -2 N. of a yate opening into heaven. -a: a superior deity, i. . Creation of beings whose stream of life or current of Visnu. - a funeral ceremony; "afari i ori nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plaut. alim Ram. -nabhas a. being above in the clouds. -pathaH (): A kind of drum ( Mar. 797 ). the upper region, the ether. - causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury ), -77914 a sacrificial Sf: m., f. [-fH 310 Un. 4. 44. ) 1 A wave, vessel; siquiera 41291HAY. 1. 182. - 3, billow; 271 272 Me. 24; R. 5. 61, 12. 85. - 3F: a porpendicular sign of sandal on the -2 Current, flow. -3 Light. -4 Speed, velocity. -8 A forehead of a Brubiana. -ITH ind. full to the brim, fold or plait in a garment. -6 A row, line.-7A full to overflowing; en Sk. - a. Ved. spotted human infirmity (Wilson); TIHTET 19 above. (- ) a sacrificial beast. TATOTT Height 1984: ; arafaragraf r ogue: Bhag. 10. 70. 17. altitude. - 4. Vod. being above the sacrificial -3 Distress, uneasiness, anxiety. -9 The course of a grass. -m. a kind of manes called 149. E a horse. -10 Missing, regretting. -11 Association, number, devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head quantity. -12 Desire (49); fator Hyr a till they are fixed in that position. UrvabAhuviraumyeSa afa #9: Bhag. 7. 15. 53. Comp. -ART a. wrea774417 u 1 Mb. TE 4. Ved upside thed or adorned with waves. --m. the ocean ; - down, topsy-turvy: 34911444 Fagy: Bri. Up. hufta 5.61 2. 2. 3. HIT: 1 the upper part. 2 any part of a word coming after another part. THAT 4.1 Wavy, undulating. -2 Crooked. 1 a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) -3 Plaited, curled (as hair ). the submarine fire. - a. living in perpetual # 1 A wave. -2 A finger-ring (shining like a chastity, a Brahmacharin; arata #12: 2101 - wave); Hch. 1; cf. also.......5f4f f a r: HIPTA: Bhag. 11.6.48. - 19 an instrument for Siva. B. 17. 44. -3 Regret, sorrow for anything lost. measuring altitudes; ORTA SAH TUT : -4 The humming of a bee. 5 A plait or fold in a Mbh. on P. V. 1. 19. ATY a. sending forth a loud garment. -6 Anxiety. noise. -A18 pressure of the wind of the body ) 31 upwards. 1. having the mouth or opening a. Wavy, undulating. upwards; cast or directed upwards; Farmayayaya: Ha N. of the wife of Laksmana; ratusa? Ku. 1. 16; R. 3.57. (ETH) the upper part of the i TEGET 7 CEARTH R. 11.54. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #504
Urmya F*** a. Wavy, undulating; Vaj. 16. 31. -karyA Night. 1 Submarine fire. Urva a. Extensive, great. - -2 A receptacle of water; the ocean. -3 A cloud. -4 A stable for cattle. -5 An epithet of a class of the manes or Pitris. a. Vod. Being in lakes, reservoirs &c. - N. of Rudra. UrvarA Fertile soil. UrjA A kind of grass ( devatADa ). Ulupina A porpoise; see ulupin. UlUka = ulUkaq.. Uvadhyam Half digested food Bri. Up. 1. 1. 1. uvadhyagohaM pArthivaM ravanatAt T. Br. FJ 1 P. (sufa, z) To be diseased or disordered; be ill. UH [ USu rujAyAm-ka ] 1 Salt grond; saline earth; kauzeyAvikayorUpaiH ( zaucaM vidhIyate) Ms. 5. 120. -2 An acid. -3 A cleft, fissure. -4 The cavity of the ear. 5 The Malaya mountain. -6 Dawn, daybreak ( -according to some). -7 Semen. - Saline earth; kukarAdaminosamUSyAm Bhag. 1. 16. 1. 1 Dawn, day-break. -2 Salt; pepper. UpaNaH The plant [Plumbago Yayana ( citraka). -, - 1 Black pepper. -2 Ginger. 486 Upara [3-P. V. 2. 107] Impregnated with salt or saline particles. -T, THA barren spot with saline soil; na hi tasmAtphalaM tasya sukRSTAdUSarAdiva Pt. 1. 473 Si. 14. 46. -Comp. - 1 Salt produced from salt soil. -2 a kind of magnet. USavat = USara a. q.v. USA = uSA q.v. Ha. Hot. -H: 1 Heat. -2 Summer. Den. A. To act like a salt desert (to allow no scope for the production of desires &c.); : smarotpattI mAnasenoSarAyitam Pt. 5. 12. Hm. 1 Heat, warmth. -2 The hot season, summer. 3 Steam, vapour, exhalation. - Ardour, passion, violence. -5 (In gram. ) The sounds,, and applied also to t,q, 3 and 3. Comp. -anta ending in an Usman. -antasthA: ( m. pl. ) the sounds called Usman and semivowels, -: udya approach of summer. : a. drinking the steam of hot food; Mb. 12. 284. 8. (-:) 1 fire; - fa Bhag. 8. 3. 16. -2 a class of manes (pl.). Bg. 11. 22; atroSmapANAM devAnAM nivAsaH zrUyate dvija Mb. 5. 109. 2. USmA upabhojinAm iti bhASyakAra:.) " ,. Ved. Hot, steaming; Rv. 1. 162. 13. USmANam Steam. vapour ; grISmoSmASpamUSmANam' iti me; an ownayegseng Si. 5. 23. 6 USmAyaNam The hot season. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Den. A. To emit heat or steam; perspire. Uha 1.1 U. [ kahati-te, UhAJcakAra cakre, Uhitum, Uhita ] 1 To note, mark, observe; Av. 20. 131. 10. 2 To guess, conjecture, infer; gefa foar a: Pt. 1. 43. gayafafafari dava Siva. B. 9. 74. -8 To drutadhRtalipiviyaM vIkSya comprehend, conceive, perceive, expect; a Bk. 14. 72, 3. 48, 15. 123. -4 To reason, deliberate about. -5 To reckon upon (with loc.) -6 To wait for. -7. To be regarded as. II. 1 P. 1 To change or modify. -2 To push, thrust, remove (with a prep.). -Caus. To cause to reason, think, infer, conjecture; pracchannamapyUhayate hi ceSTA Ki. 16. 19. a. Observed, perceived. [-] 1 A change, modification. UhadarzanaM ca vivakSitArthAnAmeva bhavati / SB. on MS. 1. 2. 52. 3 forms the subject-matter of jaimini', mImAMsAsUtra, adhyAya IX. It is said to bo of three varieties; of trividhazva UhaH mantrasAmasaMskAraviSayaH SB. on MS; 9.1.1.2 A guess, conjecture; Mb. 5. 33. 28. -3 Examination and determination. 4 Understanding. -5 Reasoning, arguing. 6 Supplying an ellipsis. -7 Attributing, ascribing. -8 Collection. Comp. -apohaH full discussion, consideration of the pros and rons; ime manuSyA dRzyante UhApohavizAradAH Mb. 13. 145. 43; UhApohamimaM sarojanayanA yAvadvidhattetarAm Bv. 2. 74; see apoha. - N. of the third Gana or hymn-book of the Samaveda. f. N. of a chapter of the Samaveda Chchhali. Inferring, guessing. UhanI A broom. FEI Supplying an ellipsis. Uhin a. Who or what reasons; inferring; Coujecturing. 1 An assemblage, collection. -2 Arrangement, a multitude reduced to order (cf. refifeoff). For Private and Personal Use Only Pot. p. 1 Inferable, to be investigated. -2 To be supplied, elliptical.

Page #505
487 inl. An interjection of (1) calling; (2) diMDA)-kSaH,kSam 1A star, constellation, lunar mansion; ridicule; (3) censure or abuse; (+) usod at pazcimAM tu samAsInaH samyagRkSavibhAvanAt Ms. 2. 101%; 3.936.10. the beginning of a sentence. -R: ef. Rni- -2 A sign of the zodiac. -3 A star under which a Rtinalo nAkaH khagarADatha vAsukiH / zAlaH pitRsvasuH putro'ditirditirumA man happens to be born. -kSAH (m. pl.) The seven ramA | Ek. stars called Pleiades; afterwards the seven Risis ; dakSiNAM dizamRkSeSu vArSikeSviva bhAskaraH (prayayau) R.12.25. -kSA I. 1 P. [ cchati, Ara, ASIMna , ariSyati, Rta; eans. The north. - A female bear. (cf. Gr. arkos, L. arpayati; desil. aririSati ; arAyate reduplicative(atyarthamRcchati) ursus ]. -Comp. -iSTiH Offering to the stars (grahamakha); of. kimabhIrurarAyase Bk. 4.21.] 1 To go, move; ambhacchA RkSeSTapAgrayaNaM caiva cAtumAsyAni cAharet Ms. 6.10. -gandhA the yAmacchAmRcchati Si.4.11. yathAzmAnamRtvA loSTI vidhvaMseta Bri. plant Argyreia Argenten (jAMgalI, mahAzvetA, kSIravidArI). Up. 1. 8. 7. -2 To rise, tend towards. -II. BP. (iyarti, -gandhikA the plant Batatas Paniculata. -cakram the Arat, Rta Mostly used in the Veda.) 1 Togo. -2 circle of stars. -jihvam A kind of leprosy. -nAthaH, -IzaH To move, shake. -3 To obtain, gain, acquiro, reach, "lord of stars' the moon. -nAyaka: A kind of round meet with. -4 To move, excite, raise (as voice, words building. (Agripura na ch. 104; V. 19-20). -nemiH &c.) vAcamiyati. -5 To display.-III.BP.(RNoti, RNa) N. of Visnu. -priyaH An ox.-rAj, -ja:1the moon.-2 1 To injure, hurt. -2 To attack. -Cans. (arpayati, Jambuvat, the ling of bears. -viDambinm . A frauduArpipat , arpita) 1 To throw, east, fing: fix or iinplant lont astrologer. -harIzvaraH the lord of bears and apes%3B in; hRdi zalyamarpitam R.8.87. -2 To put or place om, fix an epithet of Sugriva; durjAtabandhurayamUkSaharIzvaro me R. 18.72. upon, direct or cast towards as the eye &c.); vAmaprakoSThArpitahemavetraH Ku.3.41; S.B.5, 17, 3.263 R. 17. Rkssvt||. N. of n mountain nour tho Narmada; 79%BS.6.8%B Bk.5.90%B Ku.6.113 R. 15.773 Bg.8.7, vaprakriyAmRkSavatastaTeSu R.5.44%; RkSavantaM giri zreSThamadhyAste narmadA 12.14; karapalavArpita Si.9.51.-3 Toplace in, insert,gives 1997 Ram. set or place ; apathe padamarpayanti hi R.9.74, 783; citrASitAm RkSIkaa. Carnivorous like a bear. -kA N. of evil S. 6. 15 drawn in a picture; R. 2. 31; Eget Amaru. deity; kSIkA rakSo apa bAdhayAsmat Av. 12.1.19. 623 V.1.35%3 Mu.7.6%3 Bh. 3. 183 lokottaraM caritamarpayati / pratiSThAm R.G.-4 To hand or make over; give to give in RkSaraH [RS-ksaran Un. 3.75.] 1 A priest (Rtvij). charge of consign, deliver; iti sUtasyAbharaNAnyarpayati 5.1,t. -2 Athorn. -rA,-ram shower of rain, stream. 19; Bk.8. 118; .2.65. -5 To give up, sacritice RkSalA Ved. 1A fetter. -2 The part of an ani(as the inherent sense); atra kaliGgagahAzabdau AtmAnamarpayataH mal's ley between the fetlock joint and the hoof; S. D.2. -6 To give back, restore; arpitaprakRtikAntibhirmukhaiH / / Vaj.25. 3. R. 19. 10%; Bk. . 163 Amaru.94; Ms. 8. 191; Y. 2. 169. -7 To pierce through, perforate, penetrate. RghAyati Don. U. 1 To tremble; sindhurna kSodaH zimIvA~ RghAyataH Rv. 2.25.3. RNa a. Wounded, injured, hurt. -2 To tremble with anger, rage, rave. Rktha m [Rca-thak] 1 Wealth. -2 ( Especially) property, possonsions, effects (left at death); see riktha. RghAvat a. Ved. Raging, Violent. -3 (told. -Comp. -AdAna: an inheritor, heir. -grahaNam RcA . (cati, Anarca, AcAt , arcitum ) 1To praise, receiviny or inheriting property. -I&: an inheritor or Extol, celebrate; yAbhyAM gAyatramucyate Rv. 8. 38. 10. -2 To receiver of property. -bhAga: 1 division of property, covery sereen -3 To shine. partition. -2 a share, inheritance. -bhAgin, -hara Rca.[Rcyate stUyate'nayA, Rc karaNe vip] 1 A hymn -hArin m. 1an heir. -2 a co-heir. (in general).- A single verse, stanza, or text; a verse Rkva, Rkvan a. Ved. Praising, rojoicing: bRhaspatiH of the Rigveda (opp. yajus and sAman); tredhA vihitA bAgRco sAmabhitrako arcatu Rv. 10. 36-5. yajUMSi sAmAni Sat. Br. -3 The collective body of the Rigveda (pl.),RcaH sAmAni jajJire Rv. 10.90.9. RksAma R / P. To kill (RkSNoti accorging to some). yajureva ca Bg.9. 17. -4 Splendour (tor ruc). -5Praise. RkSaH [RS-sa kicca Un. 3.66] 1 A bear; stroM (hRtvA) -6 worship. -Comp. -ayanam [RcAmayanam ] N. of a RkSaH (bhavati) Ms. 12.67. -2 A species of ape; A. book pArAyaNa, "Adi N. of a collection of words in Ram.7.8.6-3 A kind of deer%; prajApatiH svAM duhitaraM dRSTvA Panini. -AvAnam the time for reciting the Vedas. tdruupdhaarssitH| rohidbhUtAM so'nvadhAvadRkSarUpI httrpH|| Bhag. 8.31. -gAthA N. of a certain song consisting of rile-like stanzas; 36.-4N. of a mountain.- N. of a plant (bhallaka Mar. RggAthA pANikA dakSavihitA brahmagItikA Y.3.114. -tantram, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #506
Rgma 488 RJjasAna -3217UTH N. of the Parisistas of the Sama Veda. HUT4 The Aitareya Brahmana. I a. parta king of a sik. (as a deity who is addressed with it).-feath the performance of certain rites, by reciting verses of the Rigveda. - the oldest of the four Vedas, and the most ancient sacred book of the Hindus. [The Rigveda is said to have been produced from fire; cf. Ms. 1. 23. This Veda is divided, according to one arrangement, into 8 Astakas, each of which is divided into as many Adhyayas; according to another arrangement into 10 Mandalas, which are again subdivided into 1000 Anuvakas, and comprises 1000 suktas. The total number of verses or Riks is above 10000 ). agar the arranged collection of the hymns of Rigveda. ETH ('#dual) the verses Rik and Saman. A: N. of Visnu. # a. Having the character of a Rik. #T#1, #fha a. 1 Praising, jubilant with praise ; HT H a rfi Rv. 1. 100. 4, -2 Worshipping, honouring # f a. Praiseworthy. #94 a. Praising. # t: (*7* ] 1 The father of Ja madagni. -2 N. of a country. RcIpaH A particular hell. -pam A frying pran. #DE 6 P. ( sla, 317, 3195, 1994). 1 To become hard or stiff. - 2 To go, move; -3 1 To fail in faculties. # Fit Wish, desire. FUGTT Ved. 1 A fetter. -2 The part of an animal's leg between the fetlock joint and the boof; Av. 10. 9. 23. -3 A harlot. # LA. (315, 316, ah, 415) I. 1 To yo. -2 To obtain, acquire. -3 To stand or be firm. -4 To be hoalthy or strong. -II.1 P. To acquire, oarn; cf. 3431. C . Ved. Going quick, striving upwards. ] Ry. 4. 27. 4; 38.7 #fram. N. of a king protected by Indra; Ry. 5. 29.11 sit a. [49-FT Un. 4. 22 ] Ved. 1 Coloured, variegated. -2 Mixed with. -3 Polluted, defiled : 1 Smoke. -2 N. of Indra. -3 N. of a mountain. -kam A means, expediont; AvijIko vidathA A FUT Rv. 4. 38. .' #ftfa: S. Ved. Burning, sparkling. #ft a. 1 Ved. Seizing, driving away, hartening towards epithet of Indra). -2 Wet; 1143440SCHIS Bhay. 10. 18. 1. (Girva na ). -TH1 A frying pan. -2 A particular hell. s. t. 90. -3 The residue of Soma. -4 Water (Say.) #itftatu. Ved. 1 Fastening towards seizing: -2 Consisting of or receiving the sediment of Soma. 34 44 Kaus. Up.2. 11. #1, #IF 4. (376la qua, 345-3 Tv.]( 1 or f.) (compar. 124, superl. Pia) 1 Straight (fig. also ); 341441 Pa 891 Ku. 5. 32; Si. 10. 13, 12. 18, 20.77; TT R. 6. 25. -2 U pright, honest, straight-forward; 77: Pt. 1. 415. -3 Simpleminded, plain; Mk. 5; Ratn. 2, 3.-4 Favourable, beneficial, good. -init. In the right manner, Correctly; Ry. 2. 3. 7. -Comp. -371977 a. sitting or being upright and stretched up or distended; and thathth Ku. 3. 45; M. 2. 7. -17: The sayo 274. - a. acting righteously; N. of Indra; er g otig: Rv. 1.81.7. -T: 1 one who is honest in his dealinys; a usta a 9: Av. 1. 12. 1. -2 an arrow. -gAtha u. Ved. singing correctly; dhAravAkeSyajugAtha zobhase Ry. 5. 44.5.-tfa: f. Ved right conduct; guidance ; art 7 PEUT Ry. 1.90.1. -farrer N. of a commontary on Yajsavalkya's law-book, generally called Mitaksara. T ath the straight red bow of Indra. er a. Rectilinear. Er Straight line. -aft, - u. granting auspicious gifts ; smat sUribhitra juhasta RjuvaniH Rv. 5. 11. 15. F ar, -194 Straight direction, straightness, honesty, sincerity; BATH ATTAH Si. 20. 9; Ku. 4. 23. # 1 ind. Straight, right. H S 8 U. To straighten, rectify. gia Den. P. To be on the right way, walk straight-forward; HT 3179-Hierar Rv. 10. 88.9. RjUyA ind. In a straight line); dizaM na diSTAmRjUyeva yantA Rv. 1. 183. 5. #ELY <<. Honest, upright; 471949: Rv. 1.20.4. # A leader. jaar 7514: Rv. 9.97.9. #rada. Going straight-forward. #veft 1 A straight-forward or plain woman. 2 A particular gait of the planets). #559 1.6 U. 1 To spring forward, run. -2 To strive or long for. -3 To decorate. -II. 1 A. To fry, # ra a. 1 Running towards -2 Striving after. --: A cloud. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #507
RNa 489 Rtayati pari RNa 8 P. To go (praNoti). Rta. [ -kta] 1 Proper, right. -2 Honest, true; RNa . [-kta] 1Going. -2 Cuilty. -Nam 1 DebtB sarvametadRtaM manye yanmAM vadasi kezava Bg. 10. 14; Ms. 8.82. (as to the three kinds of debt, Kee anRNa; f. jAyamAno ha vai / -3 Worshipped, respected. -4 Bright, luminous (dIpta) brAhmaNastribhitraNavAna jAyate, yajJena devebhyaH brahmacaryeNa RSibhyaH prajayA -6Gone, risen, moved, affected by; sukhena RtaH = mukhArtaH pitRbhyaH iti / sa vai tarhi anRNo bhavati yadA yajvA, brahmacArI, Rte ca nRtIyAsamAse Vart. on P. VI. 1.89; 80 duHkhaH', prajAvAniti | SB on MS.G.2.31. RNAni trINyapAkRtya mano kAma". -tam ind. kightly, properly. -taH 1A sacrifice. mokSe nivezayet Ms.6. 35. devAnAM ca pitRNAM ca RSINAM ca tathA nrH|| -2 The sun (n. also). -tam (Not usually found in RNavAJ jAyate yasmAttanmAkSe prayatet (ta) sdaa|| devaanaamnRnno| classical literature) 1 A fixed or settled rule, law janturyajJairbhavati mAnavaH / alpavittazca pUjAbhirupavAsavataistathA // zrAddhena (religious). -2 Sacred custom, pious action. yastanoti prajayA caiva pituNAmanRNo bhaven / RSINAM brahmacaryeNa zrutena tapasA tathA / / satAM setumRtenAmRtayoninA Mb. 12.47.49.-3 Divine law, divine (viSNudharmottaram); RNaM kR to incur debt; RNaM dA to pay off truth. -4 Absolution. matyAMnAmRtamicchatAm Bhag.1.16.7. or discharge debt; 347 EU (faqah) the last debt to be - Water; satyaM tvA Rtena pariSiJcAmi, -6 Truth (in general), paid to the manes, i. c. creation of a son. - 2 An right; RtaM vadiSyAmi . Up. 1.1.1. RtAnRte Ms. 1.29, obligation in general. ct. RNasaMstavo hi avazyakartavyAnAM bhvti| 2.52,8.61, 101. -7 Truth (personifiod as an obicet SB. on MS. 6. 2.31.-3 In aly.) The nogative sign of worship; in later Sonskrit regarded as a child of or quantity, minus (opp. dhana). -4 A fort, strong-hold. Dharma). -8 Livelihood by picking or gleaning grains -5 Water. -8 Land. -Comp. -antakaH the planet in a field (as opposed to the cultivation of ground); Mars.-apanayanam -apanodanam,-apAkaraNam,-dAnam, RtamuJccha zilaM vRttam Ms. 1.4.-9 The fruit of an action%3B -muktiH ,-mokSaH,-zodhanam paying off debt, discharge or eka cakravartate dvAdazAraM SaNNAbhimekAkSamRtasya dhAraNam M. 1.3. liquidation of dobt. -AdAnam 'recovery of debt' Kau. 62. -10 Agreeable spooch; RtaM ca sUnRtA vANI kavibhiH A.3; receipt of money lent &c. (one of the 18 titles or parikIrtitA Bhag. 11. 19.38. -11 N. of an Aditya. -12 subjects of litigation). -udgra haNam recovering a debt The Supreme Spirit. (In the Vedas #7 is usually in any way from the creditor (hy friendly or legal interpreted by Siyana to mean ' water', 'sun' or proceedings). -RNama (RNArNam) debt for a debt, sacrifice', where European scholars take it in the debt incurred to liquidate another debt. RNasya apanayanAya sense of divine truth', 'faith' &c.). -Comp. -AT, yadanyadaNaM kriyate tat RNArNama Sk.73; Vart. on P. VI. 1.89. -jAtaa. Ved. 1 of a true nature, sprung from sacred -kataa. one who gets into debt; Mb.13.28.21.-kAti. ___truth; abjA gojA RtajA adrijA Rtam Rv. 1.40.5. -2 one to whom praise is due as a debt; or one who receives Well-made, excellent; Rv. 3.58.8. -jAtasatya / . praise as adebt to be repaid in benefits (Say.)-grasta ! (Siy.) born for the sake of sacrifice and having true a. indebted, involved in debt. -grahaH 1 borrowing result. -jit .. Ved. gaining the right; Vij. 17.83. (money).-2 a borrower. -grAhin . borrowing. -M. -zA (Say.) knowing the sacrifice, familar with adebtor, borrower. -cit . acknowledging (praise) the sacred law. - t. shining with truth; Rr. 9. as a debt to be paid for. N. of 241079; R. 2. 27. 113.4. -dhAman 4. 1 of a true or pure nature. -2 17. -cchedaH Payment of a debt. -(Nama )cayaH N. of a having an imperishable place. - N. of Visnu. king Rv.i. 30. 12,14.-dAtR,-dAyin a. one who pays -sifat a. Ved. of true disposition; or receiving true a debt. -dAsaH [RNAna mocanena kRto dAsaH ] one who is praise. -dhva jaH N. of Siva. -nI a. leading in the right bought as slave by paying off his debts; RNamocanena dAsya- way; Rv. 2.27. 12. -paNeH RtuparNaH q. v. -peyH| tvamabhyupagataH RNadAsaH Mita. -nirNayapatrakam,-patram A note isacritico lusting one day. -pezas a. Ved. havingn of acknowledgement of debt; Sukra. 1. 303. -nirmokSaH perfect. shape; Rv. 5.66. 1. m. one whose form Discharge or acquittance of debt (to ancestorskc.); consits of water;ic. Varuna. -psuH 1 a god who na copalebhe pUrveSAmaNanikSimAdhanam R.10.2. -pradATa money (consumes sacrificial food; Rv. 1. 180.3. -2 one whose lender. -matkuNaH ,-mArgaNa: security, bail.-mukta: released form is truth. -ren: f. true application of a hymn; from debt. -muktiH &c. See RNApanayanam. -lekhyam ' debt Rr. 10.61. 10. -yuj a. going to sacrifice. -vAkaH bond' : bond acknowledging a debt (in law; Mar.. Ved. true speech; Rv. 9. 113.2. -sad . dwelling in karjarokhA ). ! the sacrifice or truth; Rv. t. 10.5. - . tire, RNavat, -van, or RNAvat a. One who is in debt, -sadanam -nI the right or usual alter. -sAp a. perindebted. vading truth; steady in religious belief. 14. 2. N. of a Saman; Arseys Br. For u. standing right; RNikaH [RNamastyasya-Than ] A debtor; 1.2.56, 98. sa hi divaH sa pRthivyA RtasthA. Av.t. 1.t. RNin 4. A debtor, one indebted to another ( on any account ). - RtaMbharaH God, upholder of truth. RtaMbharadhyAnanivAFa A. Brita (a Sautra root) 1 To reproach, ritAghaH Bhig. G. 13. 17. -rA Intellect (Patalijala Yogadarsana 1. 47). contemn. -2 To pity. -3 To go. -4 To rival; Lave power. Rtayati To dosire sacrifice; Rv. 8.3.14. saM.I. ko...62 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #508
tayA 490 te . a Waar ind. Through desire of reward; foi H 1919: Rv. 2. 11. 12. #agfa: Lord of sacrifices or of divine truth. araa. Ved. 1 Bestowing food; Paraca 4991aTHE Mbh. on P. V. 2. 109. -2 Possessed of sacrifice. -3 Of true nature or character; according to fixed order, pious. #a y a. Increaser of sacrifice, water, or of truth; holy-minded (?). #a (ar) y a. Desirous of sacrifice; 753 893: Rv. 8. 70. 10. #at ind. Duly, rightly, truly, honestly, justly. #ra: [ 8-1 ] An army. -f. 1 Going, motion. -2 Assault, combat; a Av. 12. 5. 25. -3 Abuse, censure. -4 Emulation, envy. 5 A road. -6 Manner of proceedling. -7 Prosperity. -8 Fitness, truth. -9 Remembrance. -10 Misfortune. -11 Protection. -12 Auspiciousness most of these mean ings are found only iu lexicons ). #f it a. 1 Injuring, giviny pain. -2 Unfortunate. . Fata Den. P. 1 To quarrel, fight. -2 To be ashamed. ter 1 Censure, reproach. -2 Shame. # a. Able to resist, enduring; overpowering an assailant. a: [ *-- Un. 1.71 ] 1 A season, period of the year, cominonly reckoned to be six; TT 94 aut: TTGA:; sometimes only five; fier and EH or hemanta being counted together; of. pavartavo hemantazizirayoH samAsena Ait. Br. vasantazcaitravaizAkhau jyeSThASADhI ca griissmkii| varSA zrAvaNabhAdrAbhyAM shrdshvinkaartikau|| mArgapauSo ca hemantaH ziziro HT9hajat serafear. -2 An epoch, a period, any fixed or appointed time. -3 Menstruation, courses, menstrual discharge. 4 A period favourable for conception; qual a 4 Pt. 1; 42: Falafu: 194: BST ar: Ms. 3. 46, 9. 70; Y. 1. 11, 79. -5 Any fit season or right time. -6 Fixed order or rule; UT I Hatay #7: Rv. 1. 162. 19. -7 Light, splendour. -8 A month. -9 N. of Visnu. -10 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -11 A kind of collyrium. -Comp. -37a: 1 the close of a season. -2 termination of menstruation. -1 , - , -aal 1 the time of menstruation, time fonourable for conception, i. e. 16 nights from menstrual discharge; see above. -2 the duration of a season. - 70: the seasons taken vollectively. - a. having intercourse with a wife (at the time fit for conception, i.e. after the period of menstruation). -96: a libation offered to the seasons, kind of sacrifice. - f. seasonal proceeding; 37977: 849244 # 7147 91H Bhoja's Salihotra 92.-19 f. A woman enjoying intercourse at the time fit for procreation; Ks. H m. N. of Visnu -qfa: 1 the lord of seasons, i.e. the spring. -2 N. of Agi; Rv. 10. 2. 1. -3 N. of other deities; Av. 3. 10. 9. -TU: N. of a king of Ayodhya; son of Ayutayi, a descendant of Iksvaku. [ Nala, king of Nisadha, entered into his service after he had lost his kingdom and suffered very great adversity. He was profoundly skilled in clice'; and he exchanged with Nala this skill for his skill in horsemanship; and by virtue of it the king succeeded in talang Nala to Kundinapura before Daniayanti had put into execution her resolve of taking a second husband ). Qete, afat: the revolution of the seasons of. Ms. 1. 29.-T An animal to be sacrificed at a particular season. -7: m. X. of Indra. -TEH the cup in which the libation is offered. - a. fertile, fruitful. -at: N. of particular invocations spoken before the sacrifice to the seasons. Ait. Br. 3. 9.3, 4. HET the beginning or first day of a season. - Ti a sacrifice offered to the seasons. -TGT: the spring. - 1 a characteristic or sign of the season (as the blossom of the mango tree in spring); yathartulijhAnyatavaH svayamevartuparyaye Ms. 1.30. -2 a symptom of menstruation. f. N. of particular bricks; Sat. Br. 10. - - FOT a. fixed at the proper seasons; Vaj. 17. 3. Ter: 'collection of the seasons, N. of Kalidasa's work on the six seasons. affui 1 the junction of two seasons. -2 the last day in the bright fortnight ( 19 ) und in the dark one (a ). 17274 diet &c. suited to the season. -Fath: a kind of sacrifice. Fatal a woman who has bathen after menstruation and who is, therefore, fit for sexual intercourse; 9091974 haft FT R. 1. 76. A bathing after menstruation. ght u. Ved. 1 Coming regularly; fagnat Earne Vaj. 19. 61. -2. Enjoying the Housons. - 1 A woman during her courses. -2 A girl at the age of puberty, marriaga ble girl; 147147oo fa Ms. 9. 89. ft. 1 753 a. 1 Seasonable, relating to the season. -2 Devoted to or worshipping the season (as divinities). Aqy ind. 1 In order, duly. -2 Precisely, exactly. -3 At the right or fixed time. Play, FET (cf. P. VI. 4. 175.) <<. 1 Due, regular. filca: Jab. Up.4. Mbh. on P. 1.4.1. VI. 1. 127. -2 Conforming to, or familiar with, ceremonial rules. -3 Menstruating. - 4 Being in the period most favourable to conception. -. Monstruation. #at ind. Except, without, with the exception of (usually with a bl.); lauaren: Bk. 8. 105; For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #509
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra Rtviz2a ahi mAM prItama turaGgamAt R. 3.63; pApAhate 1:51; 2. 57; sometimes with acc. Bg. 11. 32; rarely with instr. www.kobatirth.org S. 6. 22; Ku. asfa at a f Rtvij a. Ved. Sacrificing at the proper season or regularly; -m. A priest who officiates at a sacrifice; yajJasya devamRtvijam Rv. 1. 1. 1; RtvigyajJakRducyate Y. 1. 35; ef. Ms. 2. 143 also; the four chief Ritvijas are udgAtR, adhvaryu and brahmana; at grand ceremonics 16 are enumerated. Rdara a. Ved. Mild, kind. RdUdaraH suhavo mA no asyai Rv. 2. 33. 5. R + 5 P. (Rdhyati, Rdhnoni, Anardha, Adhat ardhitum, B); sometimes 7 P. (B) 1 To prosper, flourish, thrive, succeed; Ms. 9. 322. -2 To grow, increase (fig. also). -3 To cause to succeed, make prosperous. To satisfy, gratify, please, propitiate; so'haM prAgbhavataiva bhUtajananImRdhnomi Mal. 5. 2). -6 To accom plish. Desid. fa adidhiSati. or p. p. 1 Prosperous, thriving, rich; sapatnamRddhaM rAjyaM Bg. 2.8; RdvApaNaM rAjapathaM sa pazyan R.14.30,855 2. 50, 5. 40, 8. 6; splendidly furnished: 4 Ku. 7. 55. -2 Increased, growing. -3 Stored (as grain). N. of Visnu. - 1 Increase, growth. 2 A demonstrated conclusion; distinct result. -3 Collection of grain after heating it out. RddhiH f. [ Rdh-bhAve ktin ] 1 Growth, increase. niyamarddhaye Bhag. 12. 8. 9. -2 Success, prosperity: affluence, good fortune. dara Bhag. 3. 139. 8. -3 Elevation, exaltation, greatness. saMjIvitaH zizura sau mama yamRddhiH U. 2. 11. 4 (a) Extent, magnitude, excellence; fa fa Ku. 2. 58. (1) Grandeur, magnificence; fra: Mal. 5. 22. -5 Supernatural power or supremacy, perfection. -6 Accomplishment -7 Prosperity personified as the wife of Kubera. -8 N. of Parvati, and of Laksmi. -9 N. of a medicinal plant; (Mar., ) -10 magic; M. W. Comp. - a. desiring increase or prosperity. - manifestation of supernatural power. Rddhita a. Made to prosper; rAjasUyajitA~lokAn svayamevAsi RddhitAna Mb. 18.3.25. Rddhimat a. Prosperous, wealthy, respectable, rich; RddhimantamadhikaddhiruttaraH pUrvamutsavamapohadutsavaH R. 19.5. . Ved. Prospering thriving. - Exceedingly swift (as horses); Rv. 8. 46. 23. having abundant wealth : RghadvArA yAmaye dadAza Rv. 6. 3. 2. () ind. 1 Separately. -2 Aside, apart. -3 Singly, one by one. -4 Particularly. -5 Truly. *,, * 6 P. To kill, injure. 491 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir RSa Ved. 1 Warmth of the earth; fire. -2 A fissure, rent, abyss. a. Ved. 1 Skilful, clever, prudent (as an epithet of Indra, Agni, Adityas, property and wealth) Rv. 4. 37. 5. 2 Handy (as a weapon). -3 Shining far. - 1 A deity, divinity; a god (dwelling in heaven). -2 The god who is worshipped by the gods; Rbhavo nAma tatrAnye devAnAmapi devatAH Mb. 3. 261.19. -3 A class of the attendants of gods. An artist, smith, especially a coach-builder (T). - N. of three semi-divine beings called Ribhu, Vibhvan and Vaja, sons of Sudhanvan, a descendant of Angiras, who were so called from the name of the eldest son. [Through their performance of good works they obtained divinity, exercised superhuman powers, and became entitled to worship. They are supposed to dwell in the Solar sphere, and are the artists who formed the horses of Indra, the carriage of the Asvins, and the miraculous cow of Brihaspati. They made their aged parents young, and constructed four cups at a sacrifice from the one cup of Tvastri, who as the proper artificer of the gods, was in this respect their rival. They appear generally as accompanying Indra at the evening sacrifices. M. W. ]. T: 1 N. of Indra. -2 Heaven (of Indra) or paradise. -3 The thunderbolt of Siva. RbhukSina [bhuH vajraM svagoM yA asyAsti ini ] (Nom. :, acc. pl. :) 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of the Maruts; imAM me maruto giramimaM stomamRbhukSaNaH Rv. 8. 79. -3 A Ribhu in general. 4 Governing far; reigning over Biblius. Rbhumat a. Skilful, prudent ; A no yajJAya takSata RbhumadrayaH Rv. 1. 111. 2. ,. Ved. 1 Attacking. -2 Courageous, determined. -3 Spreading far. -4 Clever, skilful; ta varSman puruvartmAnaM samRbhvANam Av. 5. 2.7. a. Shining far. A player on a kind of musical instrument. (probably wrong reading for ; M. W.). RlarI A kind of musical instrument; cf. jhalarI. For Private and Personal Use Only (A Sautra root) 1 To go. -2 To kill. Rzya . [ Rz karmaNi kyap ] To be killed. - zya: A white-footed antelope; Rzyo na tRpyannavapAnamA gahi Rv. 8. 4. 10. reg ga er Ram. 2. 52. 102. - Killing, hurt, violation. -Comp., : 1 N. of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -2 N. of the god of love. a pit for catching antelopes. -a. having the feet of an antelope. - N. of a mountain. RS I. 6 P. (RSati, At, AnarSa, arpitum, RTa ) 1 To go, approach.; gravia lk. Up. 4.-2 To

Page #510
794: 492 F53 kill, injure, pierce; Tatai T ura Av. 9.4. 17. N. of tradt; 372 dinarai aita Bhag. -3 To push. -II.1 P. ( A) 1 To flow. -2 To glide. 3. 16. 13. - a. making one's appearance; Rv. 1.31. 16. forf: N. of a mountain in Magadha. -TIETUUTA #TH: [47-347EUR; Un 3. 123] 1 A bull. -2 N. of a particular observance. -EF4. the metre ( With names of other animals) the male animal, as of a Risi, - :, - the plant A . 31514: a goat. -3 The best or most excellent (as the (Mar. Raa). -agurk libation offered to the Risis. last member of a comp.); as 46907, 04: &c. -4 -F24 The grain Coix barbata (Mar. ). - The second of the seven notes of the gamut; said N. of a festival or ceremony on the fifth day in the to be uttered by cows; 1969 QU:); daarna: first half of Bhadra pada observed by women).- *: 90 37: Vazqua al 14 Si. 11.1; Southern wood, Artemisia abrotanum (Mar. 71). B 12 ir a Arya S. 141.-5 The hollow of the The hollow of the: - the plant 419951 (Mar. Thaela). -rya. ear. 6 A boar's tail -7 A crocodile's tail. -8 A ! connected or related to the Risi; Rv. 8. 100.6. -HETE dried plant, one of the 8 principal medicaments. (Mar. a. inspired; far-seeing, enlightened ; Ry. 9. 96. 18. a t, feli) -9 N. of an antidote. -10 An in goy the beginning of a Mandala composed by a carnation of Visnu; HTHTH 31191 gala Bhay. Risi. 8: a sacrifice offered to a Risi (consisting 2. 7. 10.-11 A sacrifice to be performed by kings ). of a prayer in low voice). Ms. 4.21. - : the world -HT: w. The inhabitants of 619; Bhay. 5. 20. 22. of the Risis. - Funeral oblations for the Risis. - 11 A woman with masculine features (as a beard a figurative expression for insignificant acts which are &c.). -2 A cow. -3 A widow. -4 The plant Carpo preceded by creat preparation. - : () The pod poyon Pruriens (aftar); also another plant (feat) of Helicteres isora : also the shrub of tree (Mar. 973(Mar. ) --Comp. -e: N. of a mountain. 19, 3). FA 1 praise of the Risis. -2 a particular 9 N. of a country, -agt: N. of Siva. sacrifice completed in one day. # : 1 N. of a medicinal plant. -2 A bull #tica a. Celebrated by the sacreil ) sa yes. -3 N. of a mountain; Ks. at a. Praising Kisi; associated with Risis; #THAT: A small or young bull. furgata: 11 Rv. 8. 2. 28. #t: [cf. Un. 4. 119 11 An inspired poet or sage, #taa. Ved. Accompaniol by sages. a singer of sacred hymns, (e. y. 1, afhe, 37191, # (ft) : 1 A Risi of a lower dogree. -2 N. 347143 &e.). These Risis form a class of beings distinct from gods, men, Asuras &c. (Av. 10. 10. 26). of a country or its inhabitants (pl.). Thoy are the authors or srers of the Vedic hymns; # 1 f. A female author composing the Riks e.y. #999 afire: ; or, according to Yaska, EU Visvavara, Romasa &c. a1 14 , i. r. they are the persons to whom the #9 a. (*- -) 1 Goiny. -2 Great, powerful, Vedic lymns were revealed. In every Sukta the strony. -3 Wise. -9: 1 A ray of the sun. -2 A fireis mentioned along with the car, 4 and fram. brand. -3 Glowing fire. -4 A Risi (who sees the The later works mention seven Risis or aptarsis whose names, according to Sat. Br., are , 76157, Mantras ). fata, ia, ara, 29 and 31141; according to #y: m. f. [89-770-fti] 1 A double-edged Mahabharata, 1, 372, 387, yo, k1, yang sword. Mb. 1. 191. 7. -2 A sword ( in general). Bhag. and amo: Manu calls these sages Praja patis or pro- 8. 10. 36. 3 Any weapon (as a spear or lance &c). gonitors of mankind, and gives ten names, -4 A kind of musical instrument; watatuf ani: three more being added to the latter list, i. e. Per or Bhag. 3. 15. 21. -Comp. faya . shining with pracetas, bhRgu and nArada, In astronomy the seven Risis weapons. form the constellation of "the Great Bear"); 251 #CHT a. Furnished with spears ( as the Maruts). 18 #19 9 TARIE: Rv. 10. 82. 2. 2 A sanctified sage, saint, an ascetic, anchorite; there are usually three #ET: [#9-744) 1 A white-footed antelope. See classes of these saints: devarSi, brahmarSi and rAjarSi; sometimes #4. - H A kind of leprosy. -Comp. 375, four moro are added: 1, quid, ward and post. -3 -ketanaH, -ketuH N. of Aniruddha. -gatA the plant A ray of liglit. -4 An imaginary circle. -5 A hymn Asparagus Racemosus (=RSyaproktA). gandhA the plant (#77 ) composed by a Risi; maasta 19 Gryfa- WAT. -64 a kind of leprosy.- N. of several man Mb. 12. 11. 18; - The Voda; P. III. 2. 186. plants; Tefa, hadi, Tatt. Fi a mountain -7 A symbolical expression for number seven. -8 Life; near the lake Pampa which formed the temporary Bhag. 10. 87.50.-9 The moon. -Comp. 014 A debt abode of Rama with the monkey-chief Sugriva; 1982due to Risis. 1 a sacred river. -2 N. of HETT 489141: 9741T901974.- N. of a sage. (He For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #511
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra * www.kobatirth.org was the son of Vibhandaka. According to mythical account he was born of a female deer, and had a small horn on his forehead, and hence called "Risyasringa', or deerhorned'. He was brought up in the forest by his father, and he saw no other human being till he nearly reached his manhood. When a great drought well nigh devastated the country of Anga, its king Lomapada, at the advice of Brahmanas, caused Risyasringa to be brought to him by means of a number of damsels, and gave his daughter Santa ind. An interjection of (1) terror; (2) warding off; (3) reproach or censure; (4) compassion; (5) remembrance; (6) Commencement of speech; (7) protection; (8) pride; (9) looking up. m. () 1 N. of Bhairava. -2 A Danava or demon. f. 1 The ind. 1 The earth. -2 A mountain. -3 The mother of the gods. The female nature. -5 A mystical letter. (N. B. -No Sanskrit word begins with or, except some of the technical names of Panini for tenses and moods; eg lab and lRT). of also lumleccho 493 lR la e 2 P. (+) 1 To come, approach &c.; : Tait. Up. 1. 4. 2. 2 To reach, attain, come into (a state or position) # Ms. 12. 125. 3 To submit; fall to one's share; tasmAttvAM pRthagbalaya Ayanti Ch. Up. 5. 14. 1. (f). (See ). m. 1 N. of Visnu. -2 The number ; ef. also eH kumAro'suro'rAtirjJAtIyo'hita uddhataH / AtmA zeSo vivasvAMtha raft: : Enm. ind. An interjection of (1) remembering; (2) envy; (3) compassion; (+) calling; (5) contempt or censure. pron. a. [-] 1 One, single, alone, only; vAyuryathaiko bhuvanaM praviSTo... ... Kath. Up. 2. 5. 10. Mb. 4. 49.5, 6; balibhirmukhamAkAntaM palitairaGkitaM ziraH / gAtrANi for a Bh. 3. 14. -2 Not accompanied by anyone ; ekaH saMprati nAzitapriyatamastAmaya rAmaH katham U. 2. 28.-3 The same, one and the same, identical; e (adopted by him, her real father being Dasaratha) in marriage to him, who being greatly pleased caused copious showers of rain to fall in his kingdom. It was this sage that performed for king Dasaratha the sacrifice which brought about the birth or Rama and his three brothers]. * mother of the gods; also of the demons. -2 Recollection. -3 Motion, going. -n. The breast. (cf. also RrniSedho bhavaH pUSA varuNo'mararAjaH / karI tarurnaraH pApmA vidvAnatha ramApatiH // Enm.) P. (fa, f) To go, move. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir A painted or white-footed antelope. a. Ved. Great, high, noble. - N. of Indra and Agni. a. Ved. Small, weak; Rv. 10. 28.9. ruNavarNaH syAtkIbaH pApI parAjitaH / vItarAgo'tha pAkhaNDI kamalaM maraNaM Enm. . A mother, a divine female. -m. Siva. f. &. cf. lurmahAtmA suro bAlo bhUpaH stomaH kathAnakaH ( vaktA ) / mUrkho zino guTaH kakSA kezaH pAparato naraH // Enm. ekAnvayo mama S. 7; manasyekaM vacasyekaM karmaNyekaM mahAtmanAm H. 1. 197. -4 Firm, unchanged; Pt. 1. 260.-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. 6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; brAhmaNyAstaddharetputra ekAMzaM vai piturdhanAt Mb. 13. 47. 11. pArthiva, dhanurdharaH, aizvarya M. 1. 1 sole sovereignty; eko rAgiSu rAjate Bh. 3. 121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me 30 ekaH sakhyAstava saha mayA vAmapAdAbhilASI Me. 80. 9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article S. 5. 30. -10 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; doSaikadRk looking only to faults; tvadekeSu Ku. 3. 15 your arrow only; so bhogekabaddhaspRhaH ekaH - anyaH, or aparaH the onethe other; ajAmekAM lohita. namAmaH / ajo hoko ajonyaH Svet. Up. 4. 5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being anye or apare ( others ); eke samUhurbalareNusaMhatiM zirobhirAjJAmapare mahIbhRtaH // Si. 12.45; see anya, f 3 oran'; a *** also. N. of Visnu. the Supreme Being or For Private and Personal Use Only ...

Page #512
eka Prajapati; eka iti ca prajApaterabhidhAnamiti / SB. on MS. 10.3.13. ( -kam ) 1 The mind; ekaM vininye sa jugopa sapta Bu. Ch. 2. 41. -2 unity, a unit; Heh. N. of Durga. [ cf. Persian yak; 1. aequns ] -Comp.-: a separate part, part in general. fagmidaM kRtsnamekAMzena sthito jagat Bg. 10. 42. ekAMzatha pradhAnata: Ms. 9. 150. a. 1 having only one axle. (7) Bhag. 4. 26. 1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-:) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Siva. - . monosyllabic. Bg. 8. 13. (TH) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ; Ms. 2. 83. 3 The sole imperishable thing; 1Av. 5. 28. 8. -4 N. of an Upanisad. : 494 a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Purusottamadeva. : the production of only one syllable, contraction. a. Keeping only one fire; A pastamba Dharma Sutra 2. 21. 21. (-:) One and the same fire. - 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; a. 15.66; K. 49 paryaBg. 18. 723 manume a Ms 1. 1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. 5 single-pointed. (:) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. citta, manas a a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. citnam, 'cittatA intentness of purpose concentration of mind; Bg. 6. 12: 18.72. dRSTi a. fixing one's eye on one spot. - (-) concentration. : 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Vispu. : Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A. 4. 4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood -3 the head. (-) married couple. (-) Incomplete: incomplete, simile. -: A handful. - preparation made with sandal-wood. 33: a kind of horse. -adhipatiH a sole monarch or sovereign. -anaMzA the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhu or day of new moon on (born together with Krispa and worshipped with Krisna and Baladeva and identified with Durga). - a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see g; yAvadekAnudiSTasya gandho lepazca tiSTati Ms. 4. 111 anta . 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. 4 excessive, great; - : Ku. 1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one ( ekaniSTha ); ekAntajanapriyaH Bhag. 8. 24. 31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; Bh. 2. 7; a gag Me. 111. (-) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; tAsAmekAntavinyaste zayAnAM zayane zubhe Ram. 5. 10.50. vyoma vihAriNa: Pt. 2. 20; H. 1. 49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; Pt. 3. 7. - exclu eka sive aim or boundary. (-a) an exclusive recourse, a settled_rule or principle; tejaH kSamA vA naikAntaM kAlajJasya mahIpateH Si. 2. 83. (tam, tena, - tataH, -te ) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, g: Mb. 5. 61. 27.-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, 7, very much; vayamapyekAntato niHspRhAH Bh. 3. 21; Me. 111; oft. in comp.; fa sure or destined to perish; R. 2. 57; Mu. 3. 5 always timid; so very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. being alone or solitary; vilokyaikAntabhUtAni bhUtAnyAdau prajApatiH Bhag. 6. 18.3. mati . devoted to one object only. ff a. a solitary wanderer. "' containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. a. staying or remaining apart. a. next but one, separated by one remove; dvandvaM dakSamarIcisaMbhavamidaM tatsraSTurekAntaram S. 7. 27 V. 1. (-) a kind of fever. -fa a. final, womclusive. atitvam devotion to one object. astin devoted to one object only; aho atyadbhutaM hyetad durlabhaikAntiaf Bhag. 7. 1. 15. m. a worshipper of Visnu. -annam one and the same food. ( -na: ), - Adina 1 a mess-mate. 2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; naikAnnAdI bhaveda vatI Ms. 2. 188. - apacayaH, apAyaH Diminution by one -acchA heifer one year old. -. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb. 3. 2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent: see T. (-) 1 a lonely or retired place; Mb. 1. 176. 5; Ram. 3. 67. 23. 2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. afrai Bri. Up. 2. 4. 11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; M. 2. 14; Mv. 4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; ekamevAyanagatAH plavamAnA girergiram Ram. 1. 2. 9. -7 Worldly wisdom (nItizAstra ); nAma vai ekAyanam Ch. Up. 7.1.2. = ekAyana q. v. taruNaH sukRtairyukta ekAyanagatazca ha Mb. 7.12. 22. With only one resource open, driven to extremity: zUra ravaikAyanasthazca kimanyatpratipadyate Pratijna. 1.7 arNavaH general flood, universal deluge; qua : - ia Ram. 5. 49. 20. -rf a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; rAjanyakAnyupAyajJairekArthAni caraistava Si. 2. 114. - 2 ( Rhet. ) Tautological (as a sentence); Kavyalankaritti. 2. 1. 11. (-:) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. . - a. inferior or less by one. - components. -azIta 1. eighty-one. - 1 the first or chief Astaka after the full moon; ekAprake suprajasaH suvIrA Av. 3. 10.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Magha (on which a is to be performed). -g() The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. pahADasULa ). - aSTIla a. having one kernel. (-) N. of ad a. made up of the same titama a. eighty-first. -aratifa: or

Page #513
eka 896 eka .... .. ............................ # a plant ( vakavRkSa ); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. SHIIT). -38 () 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. 14, par a day's journey. -1997 a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty ); $92 1: 4 R. 2. 47. deg91 474 18. 4; K. 206; Si. 12. 33; V. 3. 19. STEHT a. depending solely on one self, solitary. -31% ET: cf. Sk. on P. VI. 1. 101. one substitute for two or more letters (yot by either dropping one vowel, or by the blonding of both ); as the 311 in 14a. 34. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. Tra s 31faarura Ry. 1.31.5.-3 rafi, f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; 424 94 51 Kau. A.2.11. - a fogai a: Vikr. 1. 30; aq me AT V.1. -2 ( in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from: predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; Tastaa vApi yathApUrva parasparam / vizeSaNatayA yatra vastu sekAvalI dvidhA | K. P. 10; cf. Chandr. 5. 103-1; 2 ala2112007 9:Page #514
TERE 496 eka . ... .... are; sine of 30deg. - az 1. N. of Siva. -atat a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentivo; 19- a aragt : My. 3. 11. (- :) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rim. 6. 2. 20.-2 musical harmony, = 'ar: -art << Having a single palm tree; ni salta970a faft: R. 15. 23. -alg: harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music of. aa ). UHA kind of sculptural measurement. (- ) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. - a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; a altgtu. # dia: Y. 2. 137. -. a fellow student, spiritual brother. - <<. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -127 f. thirty-one; FT 31st. - Fi a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. , a: "one-tusked", epithets of Ganesa (Trig:) A kind of fever. - fogt . 1 N. of a class of Sannyasins or beggars otherwise called ea). They Eare divided into four orders :--- kuTIcako bahudako haMsazcaiva a4145:17: 9844 : 9218 3 :| Harita. -2 N. of a Verlantic school. 6, -75: N. of a plant (Trst). - a. living in the same region or quarter. Tiege a. syin pathising, having the same joys and sorrows. 1, af a. one-eyed. 2. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Siva. -3 a philosopher. - a. the sole object of vision, a lone being worthy of ! being seen. U 19: 1940 Ku. 7. 64. -ate: f. fixed or steady look. : the Supreme god. 247, (2) art a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. 74. vccupying the same place. (-:) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion of the whole ), one side ; 319 K. 22; 2 9: U. 4; My. 2; fantastica ed v. 4. 33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called Tarafafa ) kSANa a partly burnt. ekadezakSANamapi kSANameva / SB. om MS. 6. 4. 18. FETT a. consisting of parts or portions clivided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -E, IT u. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formod.(-6) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. 1: a kind of jur with which water is taken up at cortain religious ceremonies. (7) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. T. obtaining an honoritic offering, -SHI, SH . 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. 2 professing the same religion. ae, - o it. 1 fit for but one kind of la bour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P. IV. 4. 79). - a particular load or conveyance. -29794 a lunar mansion consisting of only uno star. - : the principal actor in #drama, the aver ( ) who recites the prologue. 9: The planet Venus. - ai ninety-first. a .runety one. Hret a. having one master. (-:) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. 179: N. of Siva. - a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. () general agreement or conclusion, unanimity.- : A particle which is a single word. -ray . 1 intently devoted or loyal to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. : 1 N. of Siva ; (one-eyed). -2 With Saivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyesvara. - <<. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-:) one side or party; T T R. 14. 31; in one point of view, in one cane. - Tetra: The state of being the one alternative. - T . fifty-one. -otati 4. having the same husband. -aft 1 a faithful wife perfectly chaste ); ai arazi fequa1179-14 Me. 10.-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; affat Part 144 Ms. 5. 158. -3 t), wife of the same man: 3 co-wife; H4194-aa f roft Ms. 9. 183.2014 2 vow of perfect chastity; #9741979:zIlAm Ku.8.7.-patrikA the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (774971; Mar. Anca) -4,- t. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. - 17) m. N. of Siva or Visnu. ( E a foot-path for a single man to walk on). ekapadyA tayA yAntI nalikAyantratulyayA Siva. B. 28.66 -9 . 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (2 ) 1 a single step. --2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; ( 3) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (494). (-) ind. suddenly, all at onco, abruptly; FERR E T: Farfara Si. 2.95; R. 8. 18: K. 45; V. 4.3. (- ) a verse consisting of only one Pada or quarter stanza. (- ) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gayatri consisting of one Pada. 9346774 Bri. Up. 5. 14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. 9157912); $961 TRY 1971914: Ram. . 63. 44. - a. Vedl. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -ot ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. 30). 3 216 PETTI : Rv. 10.31. 2.- U 1 N. of a younger sister of Durga. -2 N. of Durga. -3 a plant having one leaf only.- TET: a singlo Butea frondosa. -TEST N. of a younger sister of Durga; N. of Durga. -TUT: a single wager. -17 a. happening at once, sudden. -a: The first word of a Mantra (at). Ofa a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary.( ie. 5 a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. - 1. 1 having only one foot; 87 EP255 Thala: Av. 13. 1.6.-2 using only one foot. (+)1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pada. -3 N. of Visnu and Siva. - Fil a kind of posture of birds. -pArthivaH Sole ruler or king; na kevalaM tadgururekaqida: R. 3.31. -4*, -for: N. of Kubera; having yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was 80 made on account of a curse uttered by Parvati when For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #515
eka - he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk. 2. 4. -fque a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; deg, - consanguinity. - a. having only one son. -puruSaH 1 the Supreme Being vedAnteSu mAm V.1.1 -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. tathaikapuruSaM rASTram Bhag. 6.5.7. -puSkalaH (ra: ) N. of musical instrument (Mar. kAhala ); tataH prayAte dAzArhe : Mb. 5.94. 21.- a. of the same kind. a. singularly like. - sole sovereignty. - one effort (of the voice). -: a measure. -prahArika a killed by one blow. Mk. 8. -prANayogaH union in one breath. -fa a. having only one thought. - 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-) N. of a religi ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb. 3; Y. 3. 318. Heating but once a day as a religious observance -bhakti a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; teSAM jJAnI nityayukta ekabhaktirviziSyate Bg. 7. 17. f. eating but one meal a day. If a faithful or chaste wife. tAmekabhAryAM parivAdabhIroH R. 14.86 ( -ryaH ) one having one wife only. - a. of the same or one nature. 2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (:) 1 one feeling, the same or uuchanged devotion; tRpatimanasA kamAvaNa sevAdharmaH paramaganaH Pt. 1. 285 ; 3. 6. svatejasA sattvaguNapravAhamAtmaikabhAvena bhajadhvamaddhA Bhag. 2 oneness, agreement. cf. : yatInAM bhavitAtmanAm bhUta . 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. : a palace having one floor. -, - a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -fa a. 1 fixed on one object. 2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. a. 1 thinking with another, of one thought; te niryAntu mayA sahekamanaso yeSAmabhISTaM yazaH M. 2. 13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; gacchantamekamanasam Mb. 1. 42. 36. ekamanAH zrotumarhati devaH M. 2. - a. of one syllable. - a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction or object; Tag afa Av. 9. 4. 9. 2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; Y. 2. 203. -4 having one door or entrance (as a 403). (-) 1 gambling. 2 a kind of fruit (1) fa q.v.Av. 8. 9. 15. -mUlA = atasI q. v. yaSTiH, -afg a single string of pearls. if a 1 uterine -2 of the same family or caste; afturi fa syaikayoniSu Ms. 9. 148. rajaH the plant bhRGgarAja (Mar. mAkA ). - ratha: An eminent warrior; Mb. 3. razmi 0. Lustrous Mb. 4. a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; rasAntarANyekarasaM yathA divyaM = R. 10. 17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; U. 5. 21 influenced only by rashness; fa K. 7; : Ku. 5. 82; M. 3. 10; Bv. 2. 155; Si. 6. 26; V. 1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Mal. 4. 7; U. 4. 15. 4 solely or exclusively devoted saM. iM. ko... 63 497 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir eka (to one); - - : R. 9. 43, 8. 65. (-) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. 2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-) a drama of one sentiment. -, m. an absolute king; prAG vizAmpatirekarAT tvaM vi rAja Av. 3. 4. 1. -a. Shining alone, alone visible; zyaddRzyamekarAT Bhag. 3. 5.24. - rAtraH a ceremony lasting one night. (-tram ) one night; ekarAtraM tu nivasannatithirbrAhmaNaH smRtaH Ms. 3. 102. -rAtrika a lasting or sufficient for one night only. : 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodine. a collected or heaped together. -fer m. a coheir; ftit z Ms. 9. 162. a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; Ki. 9. 55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv. 10. 169. 2. (-) 1 one form or kind; 2 The knowledge of reality. fa San. K. 63. a uniformity, invariableness; t dadhurekarUpatAm Ki. 8. 2. rUpya a formed or arising from one. T: 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-) a place in which for five krosas there is but one liGga ( Phallus ); paJcakozAntare yatra na liGgAntaramIkSyate / tadekaliGgamAkhyAtaM tatra siddhiranuttamA / Sabdak. -vacanam the singular number. -varNa . 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (f). (-:) 1 one form. 2 a Brahmana. -3 a word of one syllable. -a superior caste. (-off) beating time, the instru ment (castanet); an equation involving one unknown quantity. - a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -aff a heifer one year old. -, - a. having only one garment, in one dress ( without uttarIya ). ( - stram) a single garment. - vAkyam one or unanimous opinion; fa: R. 6.85 raised a unanimous cry; al consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; SB. on MS. 10. 5.37.-8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construo as one sentence. tasmAt prakRtAnAM devatAnAmanyatamayA devatayA prakRtatvAdekavAkyatAM kRtvA devatAmavagamiSyAmaH / SB on Ms. 10. 8.50.2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; a kRtaM karma prAkRtairapadArthaH sahaikavAkyato zAMti SB. on MS. 10. 1.2. syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; ekavAkyatvAcca | Ms. 10. 1. 8. -vAcaka a. Synonymous. - 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. 3) -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. For Private and Personal Use Only - , in. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. a. Clothed in only one garment. - A woman; Nigh. -fat a. twentyfirst; consisting of twentyone. (-:) the Ekavimisastoma; Av. 8. 9. 20. -fa a. The twentyfirst; pUrvAparAn mAmAtyAH kRtamayenasaH pitRRn // Ms. 3. 37. -kam The number_twentyone; Y. 3.224. -fra: f. twentyone. -f: Complete victory; Kau. A. 12. -f a. of one kind; simple.

Page #516
498 ekAdaza -fach a. one-eyed; see melt. -fag m . ait (Mar, 3H). : N. of Soma ceremony. ET rival (having a common object or end in view). a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; air: a pre-eminent warrior or hero; My. 5.48. 44118......311976 Mb. 7. 188. 45. Ku. - N. of a daughter of Siva, a deity. I: 1 one 1. 49; 1979afes righfa Me. 106. tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, Krosas. - /. heaven. - 4 1 a peculiar disea 60 combined. TOT one or the same place; TAFUTA of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. T: Ved. prasUte vAk Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; vipakSaNApi marutA the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. yathaikasthAnavIrudhaH Pt. 3.58. -haMsaH the chief or highest afor:, -uftf. a single braid of hair (worn by a Hamsa (an allegorical designation of the soul ). woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- 742: 951 : Bri. Up. 4. 3. 11. - a. one band &c.); 710312710017 9 417ff Me. 93; y year old ; 49 e fg: Mal. 4. 8; U. 3. 28. S. 7; ao $. 7. 21. aha. #. a solitary house or (- ) a heifer one year old. (-4) the period of room; vipraduSTAM striyaM bhartA nirundhyAdekavezmani Ms. 11. 176. one year. -aaa . a. following the same profession. eura ** a. Single, alono, solitary, without a cogifter: N. of a Buddhist school. - a. 101 st. adjutor; 33 f fe U. 5.5, k. 111. -2 Same, (-4) 101; 313 argi Prasna. Up. 3. 6. identical. - one percent. -27% a. whole-hoofed. (-:) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (18 a horse, a.6&c.); at 24 a. (n.deg41/. A) 1 One of many. -2 One jAtu viSamaM bhajet Ms. 9. 119. -zaraNam the sole recourse (used as an indefinite article). or refuge especially applied to a deity ). IT a. That (n. Pach) 1 One of two, either; P. VII. of one body or blood, consanguineous. 37-94: consan" 1. 26, Vart. 2 (ther, different. -3 One of many. yuineous descent. 37749: a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman.391777: commencement of consangui *4 iud. 1 From one side, on one side. -2 nity by the union of father and mother. TT A Singly, one by one; 379a: on one side-on the kind of fish; Ram. 5. 11. 17. - a. having one other side: wafaqurtarauzer face branch. ( i) a Brahmana of the same branch or R. 6.85; Ki 5. 2. -T - a: on the one side-on school. - a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb. 13. the other sido: starat yatma ATSE19C:-zAlA A singly hall or room; (-lam A house 27 maast: S. 4.2. - 1 (TTT) Having teeth in consisting of one hall; Matsya P.-aft = ge q. v. only one jaw; Ms. 5. 18. Av. 13. 4.6. -ICT a. having one sheath. (- ) pakatA,-tvam Oneness, anity, mion, identity. jatorapi N. of a medicinal plant. TEF One and the same 4017 alu Si. 13. 6. purchase money given to the parents of a bride ); anyAM ceddarzayitvA'nyA voduH kanyA pradIyate / ubhe te ekAlkena T ind. [ # ] 1 In one place, in close connecaftarh9: || Ms. 8. 201. TT . having only tion. -2 Together, all taken together; a =277 one horn. (- :) 1 a unicorn ; rhinoceros, -2 Test K. 136; 947-3477 or 79 on one side-on N. of Vispu. -3 a class of Pitris. -4 the other, hero-there. mountain having one top. q: a tree having Ter ind. 1 Once, once upon a time, at one time. one root. 17: 'the remainder of one', a species of -2 At the same time, all at once, simultaneously; Dandva compound in which one of two or more er a la TATT " a: U. 1. 93. words only is retained; e. y. fait father and mother, parents, (- rafail); so I , 7: &c. - . TFYT ind. 1 In one was: -2 Singly. -3 At once, once heard. 977 4. keeping in mind what one has at the same time. 4 Together. -5 Once, sometimes; heard once. Etiat: f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral st. yaH sakRd gAH prApayati sa ekadhA prApayatItyucyate / yo'pi saha accentless tone. (fe) inil. in a monotonous manner. gula hama SB. on MS. 10. 2. 17. uit . Ved. obedient to one command. -T a. Th . Alone, solitary; Tama saturat Ch. sixty-firat. qu: . sixty-ove. H . sixty first. Up. 3. 11. 1; U. 4: (in musie) a kolo singer. T a. dwelling in one place; R. 6. 23. aa, laan a. seventy-first. Haa: 1. seventy-one. Turg a. iwl. One by one, singly. -sabham a common place of meeting. -sage a. closely Tlf. a. Alone, solitary. Tat gaf ar yra lattentive. (-:) concentration. EF 1001 or one 2771 W T 4281 Ram. 6. 128. 3. thousand; ***EET aliaga: Ms. 11. 127. -Eufer a witnessed by one. Her ind. together, TFT . num. 4. Eloven. in one company. -434 N. of a small double drum CFT .(-fis.) 1 Eleventh. 34 : Bri. Up. played by a string and ball attached to the body of 3.9.4. -2 Consisting of eleven. -3 Lasting for eleven For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #517
ekAdazaka months. - 1 The eleventh day of every fortnight of a lunar month, sacred to Visuu: (when fasting is enjoined and is considered to be productive of great religious merit).-2 Presentations of offerings to deceased ancestors or Pitris on the eleventh day after decease. - The number eleven. Comp. - 1 a collection days. 2 a sacrifice lasting for eleven days. N. of Siva (the chief of the 11 Rudras). - eleven holes of the body; see. of 11 A: the Kath. Up.5.1: (pl.) the eleven Rudras; see . a. Consisting of 11 parts; viz. eleven sense-organs; : San. K. 24. oeaerfra <<. Consisting of eleven 1 Eleven repetitions of a Mantra. -2 A kind of sacrifice. ekASTakA / The eighth day of mAghaH tasmAnmAdhyaSTamI 3 SB. on MS. 6. 5. 37. ekASThI A seert of the cotton tree. Alone; tot zitafa qui end/li gegift. Bk. 6. 7. 8 U. 1 To collect. -2 To unite, join together, combine. ekIkRtastvaci niSiktaH e. 1 P. 1 To become one, blend, combine, bemingled." parevyaye sarva ekI bhavanti Mund. 32.7. : 1 Combination, association. -2 Common nature or property. a. Belonging to, or proceeding from, one. A partisan, an associate. aijiSTa, ejituma, stir; dhRtarASTro'4 to drive 3 1. (epic. P.) (eena a) 1 To tremble, shake. -2 To move, af Mb. -3 To shine (P.) -With away. 3 to rise, go upwards. a. Shaking. a. Trembling, shaking: movable (thing); Bhag. 7. 3. 33. ejatka a. Trerabling. valIpalita ejatkaH Bhay. m. Ved. Trembling, shaking (of the earth.) mahAvega ejathurvepathu Av. 12. 1. 18. Trembling, shaking. ejita P. P. Shaken, agitated. eji a. Affected by wind. eT 1 A. ( eThate, eThitum, eThita ) To annoy, resist, oppose. 3 a. Deaf. 3: A kind of sheep. Comp. -TTG: the medicinal plant Cassia Tora or Alata () used for curing ringworms (Mar. lol). a. 1 deaf and dumb; cf. 3. -2 wicked, perverse. 499 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir etad eDakaH 1 A ram; vardhante pakSisaMghAzca tathA pazugaveDakam Mb. 3. 142. 37.-2 A wild goat. -3 A kind of medicinal plant. A ewe. (or), 1 A building constructed of rubbish, bones &c., or of hard substances resembling bones. -2 A tomb, a wall round bones. 'faf: strI kuDyamekaM yadantarnyastakI kasam' ityamaraH; eDUkAn pUjayiSyanti affa: Mb. 3. 190. 65. -3 (With Buddhists) A sanctuary filled with relics. eNaH eNakaH 1 A kind of black antelope; kAMzcideNAnsamAjaghne zaktyA zaktimatAM varaH Mb. 1. 69. 22; tasya stanapraNayibhirmuhureNazAvaiH the several kinds of deer are given in this verse:-- - anRco mANavo jJeya eNaH kRSNamRgaH smRtaH / rurugauramukhaproktaH zambaraH zoNa ucyate // - 2 ( In Astr.) Capricorn. -Comp. -ajinam deer-skin. - tilakaH, -bhRt the moon ; 80 chanaH vyarocaneA voDumitaH Bhg. 10. 29.13. - eNAGka - cUDa: The god Siva; eNAGkacUDasya tataH prasAdAt Sahendravilas 1. 62. - dRz a. one having oyes like those of a deer. -m. Capricorn. -nAbhiH, -madaH Musk. f 1 A female black deer. -2 A kind of poisonous insect. Comp. - a. having feet like those of a deer. (-) a kind of snake. (, f. P. IV. 1. 20.) Of a variegated colour; shining. -2 Come, arrived. -3 Going, flowing. - 1 A deer or antelope; -2 The hide of a deer. -3 A variegated colour. - A hind; Mb. 3. A river, flowing stream. a. 1 Going on their way (said of the horses of gods).-2 Variegated. : A horse of a variegated colour. a. Ved. Of a variegated colour, shining; vRzvAdetazo brahmaNaspatiH Rv. 10.53 9 -zaH A dappled horse (particularly the horses of the sun). m. 1 A Brahmana. -2 A horse. afa: . Ved. Arrival, approach. etad pron. a. (m. eSaH, eSA, // etad ) 1 This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker ( samIpataravarti caitado rUpama); ete vayamamI dArAH kanyeya Fifa K.; the Nom. forms are used like those of idam the sense of 'here' ; eSa pRcchAmi, eSa kathayAmi Mu. 3. here I ask &c.; kadA gamiSyasi - eSa gacchAmi Sk.; eSo'smi kAmandakI saMvRttaH Mal. 1; ete navIkRtAH smaH s. 5. In this sense is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; eSo'haM kAryavazAdAyodhyikastadAnIMtanazca saMvRttaH U. 1. 2 As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; etad ( zavalA ) ; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; gala gag : Ms. 2. 206. -3 It often refers to what For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #518
etadIya 300 precedes, especially when it is joined with 4 or any great. -4 To extend. -5 To swell, rise. -Caus. To other pronoun 3 eSa vai prathamaH kalpa: Ms. 3. 1473 iti yaduktaM cause to grow or increase; to greet, celebrate, honour; tadetacintyam / etAnImAni, patete.-4 It is used in connection naididhaH svaparAkam Bk. 15. 193; (tAM) AzIbhiredhayAmAsuH Ku.b. with a relative clause, in which case the relative 90. -Desid. edidhiSate. generally follows; pracchannavaJcakAstvete ye stenATavikAdayaH Ms. 9. 257. -ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at edhaH Fuel; sphuliGgAvasthayA vahniredhApekSa iva sthitaH 5.7. 153 this time, now.Note:- etad appears as the first member Si. 2.99R.9.81. of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. TT a. Increased, grown. -a: 1 A man. -2 Fire. atirikta Besides this. "anantara immediately after this -3 Prosperity, happiness (Ved.). yuve hi dhmA purubhujemamedhatum deg37701 ending thus; 37: this matter; 39on this ! Rv.8.86.3. account, therefore ; degavadhi to this limit, so far; degavastha a. of such a state or condition. -Comp. -kAla: the edhamAna 1. Prospering, increasing; dRz hating the present time. -kAlAna a. belonging to the present time. impious who prosper (Shy.). -kSaNAt ind. hence-forth. -dvitIya a one who does edhas .. 1 Fuel; yathaidhAMsi samiddho'gnirbhasmasAt kurute'rjuna anything for the second time. -para a. Intent on or Bg.1.37; analAyAgurucandanedhase 1.8.71; Ms. 11.71; absor bed in this. -prathama a.one who does anything for Y. 2. 166.-2 Prosperity (in comp.). the first time. -Oitat a. having one's origin in that. etadyonIni bhUtAni Bg. 7.6. edhA Prosperity, happiness. etadIya . Belonging to this. edhita p. p. 1 Grown, increased ; uddhatAnadhikamedhitaujamo Si. 14.31.-2 Brought up3; mRgazAvaiH samamedhito janaH .2. Taa: 1 Breath. -2 A species of fish. (Silurus 19.-3Filled; bandIbhiredhitAH kArA: Mv.7.6. Pebrius) enas [i-asun nuT Up. 4. 197] 1 Sin, offence, Tafe ind. 1 Now, at this time, at present, now-a- fault; mucyante honaso'khilAt Bhig.8.4.24. AtmaghAtina days%3 Bri. Up. 1.4.1. Ki. 1.32. etarhi ghumaNimaNImayAM enasA saMyujyate . 174; Si. 14.35%3 16.8. -2 Mischiel, hasantIm / sevante kimu kakubhaH ......Ram.Ch.7.53. -2 Then erime. -3 Unhappiness. -4 Censure, blame. (correlative to aft). -3 A certain measure of time = 15 idanims or one-fifteenth of a Ksipra; ef. idAnIm. CARI a. 1 Caused by crime. -2 Sinful, wicked, wrong: yadi jAgrad yadi svapannena enasyokaram Rv.6.115.2. etAdRza, -dRkSa, -dRz (-zI,-kSI). 1Such, such like: sarve'pi naitAdRzAH Bh.2.51. asthAne patatAmatIva mahatAme enasvat, enasvin a. Wicked, sinful. tAdRzI syAd gtiH| Udb. -2 of this kind, similar to enA ind. Ved. Thus, then, at that time paro divA para enA pRthivyA Rv. 10. 125.8. etAvat . So much, so great, so many, of such ema.. To be obtained. -maH, eman .. Ved. A course, extent, so far, of such quality or kind; Taragfar face way. mRgendra R. 2.51; Ku.6.89; etAvAnme vibhavo bhavantaM sevitum M. 2 so far; oft. used in connection with a relative pronoun erakA A kind of grass ( said to have turned to which generally follows%3; etAvatA nanvanumeyazobhi ... AropitaM clubs when plucked by Krshna and his family; cf. yad girizena pazcAdakam Ku. 1.87.-ind. So far, so much, in ! Mb. mausalapavana), dadAra karajairvakSasyerakAM kaTakRdyathA Bhag.1.3. such a legreethus; naitAvadanye maruto yatheme Rv.7.57.3. 18. -kam A woollen carpet. Taratat 1 Quantity or number. -2 Greatness; era (la)Gga: A kind of fish. such a state or condition; such extent. Trg: The castor oil plant; (a small tree with a etAvanmAtraa.ot this measure, so great, such Mb. scanty number of leaves); and hence the proverb: nirastapAdape deze eraNDo'pi drumAyate. -NDA Long pepper. eta a. Vod. 1 Going. -2 Asking, requesting; gRNIte / -Comp. -patrikA, -phalA the plant Croton Polyandrum agniretarI na zuSaH Rv.5.41. 10. (dantIvRkSa). ofefag: ofa: The husband of a younger sister eraNDakaH = eraMDa. whose elder sister has not been married; ct. agredidhiSuH eka a. Ved. Going. Vij. 30.9. ervAruH, ervAruka: A species of cucumber. kavaivArI edha 1 A (edhate, edhAJcakre, aidhiSTa, edhitum, edhita) 1 To yathA'pakva madhuraH san raso'pi na Y.3.142. q.v. urvAruka and grow, increase ; vinApi saMgama strINAM kavInAM sukhamedhate Pt.2. urvAru. 164. -2 To prosper, become happy, live in comfort3B zidal n a Pt. 1. 318. -3 To grow strong, become elaka: A ram see eDaka, this. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #519
elavAlu 501 eSaNina elavAlu., elavAlakam The fragrant berk of kapittha (Feronin Elophantum). -2 A granular substance (used as a druy and perfume ). Tara: N. of Kubera : see raa. Tor 1 Cardamom plant; maistuia: R. 4. 47, 6.64.-2 Cardamoms (the seed of the plant). -Comp. -Toff the plant Mimosa Octandra. (Mar. AT, alla). elAna: An orange. Tatar Small vardamoms. gorura Den. P. 1 To be merry or frolicsome. -2 To be wantonly mischievous in behaviour'. 7 4 1 A kind of perfume. -2 A medicinal substance or plant. 1. Ta a. Ved. 1 Going, moving. -2 Speedy, quick; ! at tar; 7 mal 40: Un. 1. 150.-a: 1 A course, way; or a courser, a fleet horso; t eata: Rv. 1.62.8; (pl.) mode of proceeding, custom, ha bit ; or according to Saya na a desire or hymn. -Comp. t. granting protection; or going in ways or courses. 1917 . going with horses or granting desires, going quickly. -m. N. of Visnu. 2. Ta inil. This particle is most frequently used to strengthen and emphasize the idea expressed by a word:-- (1) Just, quite, exactly; a quite 60, just so; (2) Hamo, very, identical; a afe: 984: a ma Bh. 2. 40 that very man; (3) only, alone, merely, (inplying exclusion ); a u itar Haa Ku. 3. 63 only the truth, nothing but the truth; so +7+2, a at: he alono (and not others ); (4) already; Tamanaaada Ku. 4.30; (5) scarcely, the moment, as soon as; chiefly with participles; 3914 210 Fa fina 47 R. 1. 87 as soon as the name was uttered; sfa fara while just thinking 4 &c; (6) also, likewise; 4a so also; (7) like, as (showing similarity ); 17 T HUL G. M. (= 79 39 ); and (8) generally to emphasize a statement; "fadeya a U. 4 it will surely) take place. It is also said to imply the senses of (9) detraction; (10) diminution (11) command; (12) restraint; or (13) used merely as an expletive. (This particle is used in the Vedas in the senses of so, just so, like, indeed, truly, really ) (14) Again Watergat a 3771 RO bhuktvA devadattaH kSIreNaiva bhuJjIteti / bhujItaiveti punariti gamyate / SB. on MS. 10. 8. 36. TETH ind. 1 Thus, so, in this manner or way; (referring to what precedes as well as to what follows ); 34619 Pt. 1 it is so; aifea eagi Ku. 6. 84; P 24 Me. 103 (what follows); ama be it so, amen; 2194 so; kimevam why so; maivam , mA maivam oh, not so, (do not do so) evam has sometimes an adjectival force; evaM vacanama such words. -2 Yes, quite so implying assent); -21 Gaaraa ai - Tay U. 1; 249791 Ku. 2. 31. It is also said to have the senses of. -3 likeness. -4 gamoness of manner; -5 affirmation or determination; -6 command; or it is often used merely as an expletive. In the Vedas an occurs very rarely; its place being usually taken up by ). -Comp. 321FCT a. so situated or circumstanced. -BTIT, -3719 a. of such qualities or kind, such and the like; maatfera: S. 5; Ku.5. 29. -Fire A column connected with one, two or three minor pillars and having a lotus-shaped base; 14 9916 Agar i Tarafa 1 981aal! Manasara 15. 212-3. - 4 ind. in this manner. Fita. containing so many syllabic instanta. T it. Ved. thus minded. I a. being in this condition or 0 circumstanced; under these circumstances. TUT a. possessing such virtuer; 974400 anaftaarge S. 1. 12. TIHT a. So called, bearing this name. - FITT, -14 . of such kind; auf 7 : Wafufa: U. 5. 29: S. 7. 24.-27. of such quality or description, so, such.- a. of such a kind or form.ar: such an expression. Tarefa cauf fagra K. -far, -face . knowiny so or such, well-infornied. -foret a. of such a kind, such. - a. possessing such a power. -u, -la a. behaving such ; of such a kind. Tata . Ved. So speaking, true. -: N. of a Risi; Rv. 5. 44. 10. Tq1U.(paraa, mah, tea) 1 To go or approach. -2 To hasten towards, fly at, attack any one. -3 To endea vour to reach or gain. - To request. 5 To desire. -6 To creep or glide; 9 47 9 Av. 6. 67.3. -7 To know; qui u t at 1974 Bk. 5.82. 9 a. 1 Desirable, to be desired. -2 Gliding, running; epithet of Visnu. -T: 1 Running or hastening towards. -2 Seeking. -3 Wish, choice. - Wish, desire. -Comp. r: N. of a despisel Brahmana family. TOTOT a. Seeking. -UT: An iron-arrow. -UTH 1 Seeking. -2 Wish, desire. -3 Driving, pressing. -4 Probing. -OTT 1 Seeking; wish, desire; 3146787Qu e r : Bhag. 4. 31. 20.-2 Begging, request. afafa: Correct behaviour when eating food, one of the Arts or five rules of careful Conduct Jainism ). -ut 1 A goldsmith's balance. 2 A probe of iron or steel). qoft A goldsmith's balance. tor, a. Seeking, striving to get. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #520
eSaNIya 802 aikAntika Tout pot. . 1 To be desired or desirable ; 1919 9 01214 Ku. 7. 88; Ki. 13. 28. -2 To be aimed at or sought. -3 To be approached. -4 (At the end of comp.) Relating to merlical examination. reftit The iron beam without a ring or a cap (Mar. 1$). taa. Wishing, desirous. T . 1 Driving, impelling: -2 Desiring, desirous of, wishing (at the end of comp.); 114 faq R. 1.8. Tuy . To be striven after, wished for; Y 469: 491 a gat: Ram. 2. 107. 13. - Desire; SEM . 14. 15. 14. gre: f. Wisli, desire; 2777 99 zame Rv. 6. 21.8. TEJT a. 1 To be desired or sought; 2014 fazla Av. 12. 2. 39.-2 To be approached. -3 To be probed, examined medically. TE Ved. 1 Desirous.--2 Striving well. TEE 1. 1 Anger. -2 Emulation, rivalry. #17 a. Ved. Of all-poryading intellect, an epithet of the Visvedevas; cf. H91 3152: Rv. 1.3.9. (fara attention; Tur) An interjection to attract ani ...... Bk. 6. 18. : m. N. of Siva. -iwl. An interjection of (1) calling (Hallo, ho); (2) remembrance: (3) invit iny. cf. also : pof1919: HITISATI 4:1 DI T: 55 yasuar a: 11 Eum. d a. Belonging to one. TFT 1 Unity of action (Jaina.). -2 The state of liaving one fruit; Tarifi H ala 43 q ui fa l ag 30 arfa for a 12 214 07: 43:SB. on MS. 11. 1. 1. 1 (see 4931). 1913 214 Ms. 5. 4. 24. unity of time (Jaina ). Ayuh The value of single unit, simple unity; Mb. 4 ind. At once, together. IFTH Singleness of time or occurrence. Tue 1 Sole sovereignty, supremo power. -2 Alsoluto monarchy. a. ( f.) 1 Belonging to a simple word. -2 Consisting of single words. - The name given to the Naigama section of Yaska's commentary on the Nighantavas. 9TH 1 Unity of words. -2 Being formed into one word. aikabhAvyam Singleness of nature or purpose. O T H Unanimity, agreement, sameness of opinion; T e : ati fartaam R. 18.36; 319 Hya94 H. 1 all are unanimous on this point. H 1 Complete ownership (Girvana.). -2 Subordination ; fi fi fe TVA My. 2. 4. aikarAjyam Sole Monarchy. a ti. (- /.) Provided with 101. 097a. ( .) Produced by or relating to animals with uncloven hoofs as milk &c.); Ms. 5.8; Y.1.170. 1914 1 The state of having the same term to express them), the state of being expressed or referred to by the same termi; 907 .7341171 MS. 7. 1. 18. -2 Sameness or identity of words ( Jaina. ). 214, Theorie seentless-monotonous tone, monotony. THE ... ( ..) Provided with 1001. ir : (P. IV. 1. 113.) 1 A thief ( breaking into lonely houses ); f &99. Dk. 67; Si. 19. 111. -2 The owner of a single house. WAT.. Intent on one object. TTT Intentness on one object. FIK: A soldier who serves as the bodyguard; Raj. T. 5. 249. FileI9H 1 Unity, unity of soul: 2 4 197 fatuita: 974 Bhag. 6. 8. 32.-2 Identity, sameness. -3 Oneness with the Supreme Soul. Tuy 1 Oneness of relation. -2 Existence in the same subject; co-extension (in Logic); arata hetoraikAdhikAraNyaM vyAptirucyate Bhasr. P.69. fa a. (- ) 1 Absolute, complete, perfect; Bg. 14. 27.-2 Assured, certain ; Jaafara- 494 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #521
aikAntyam 508 aindava SAH K.68; Mu.. -3 Exclusive. -ke In private, apart from others; Pt. 1. aikAntya m 1 Absoluteness, exclusiveness. -2 Friendship (sakhya); tanmanyase yatra naikAntyamasti Mb.8.42.31. aikAnyika: A pupil who commits one error in reading or reciting (the Vedas). aikAnyiko'pi na babhUva yato; tratena prApAbhidhA nAmaha bAlasarasvatIti / aikAryam 1 Sameness of aim or purpose. -2 Consistency in meaning aikAhika..(-kI/.) 1 Ephemeral. -2 Of one or the same day, quotidian. -3 Lasting for one day (as a sacritice, fever, festival &c.). aikyam 1 Onemess, unity, harmony; teSAM dvayordvayoraikyaM bibhide na kadAcana R.10.823; U.6.33. -2 Unanimity. -3 Identity, sameness. - Especially, the identity of the human soul or of the universe with the Deity. -5An aggregate, whole. -6 (Inaly.) The product of the length and depth of the portions or little excavations differing in depth ( Colebrooke). Comp. --TTTT: Equalization; Kuval. aikSava . (-bI 1.) [ ikSu-aN ] Jales of, or profluccel from, suyu rouno, sugary. -4 1 Sugar. - A kind of spirituous liquor. aikSavya.. Made of sugar-cane. aikSuka . [ ikSu-ThaJ] 1 Suitable for sugar-cane. -2 Bearing sugar-cane. -ka: A carrier of sugar-cane. aikSubhArika . [ ikSubhAra-ThaJ] (Jerrsing a lord of sugar-canes. aikSvAka / / [ikSvAku-aN ] Belonging to lksraku. -kA, -ku:1Adescendant of Iksviku; satyamezvAkaH khalvasi U.5. - 2 The country ruled by the Aiksvakus. aiguda (-dI/.) [igudI-aN] Produced from the igudI tree; ailgudaM badaraimitha piNyAkaM darbhasaMstare Ram. 2.103. 2). -dam The nut of the igudI tree. aicchika (-kI/.) [icchA -ThaJ] 10ptional, voluntary; vikalpo vyavasthito na tvaicchikaH Day. B. -2 Arbitrary. aiDa3. Ved. [iDA-aN] 1 Containing anything refroshing; Vaj. 15.7.-2 Containing the word (iDA) (such as a chapter ). -3 Belonging to a sheep. -3: N. of Pururavas (inDAyA apatyam); f. Rv. 10.95. 18 .aiNa.(eNa-aN) (-NI/.) Of or belonging to an antelope (as skin, wool &c.); Y. 1. 259. aiNika . (-kI 1) Hunting black antelopes, a dcer-killer. aiNeya . (-yI/.) [eNI-Thak ] Produced froin the black doe or from anything connected with her. aiNeyacImbaramarkadhAmabhiryutaM jaTAbhirdadRze purI vizan Bhag.9.15.20. -ya: A black antelope; a little doe (hariNazAva); te tAnAvArayiSyanti aiNeyAniva tantunA Mb.i).57. 41. -yam A kind of coitus (ratibandha ). aitadAtmya m The state of having this property or peculiarity; ma ya eSo'NimaitadAtmyamidaM sarve tatsatyam Ch. Up. 6.9.4. aitareya / [itarA-Thak] Originating from Aitareya. -yaH, -yam A descendant af Itara (or Itara, asage) to whom the Aitareya Brahmana and Aranya ka were revealed. -Comp. AraNyakam N. of the Aranyaka composed by Aitareya. -upaniSada N. ofan Upanisad. -JIETH N. of the Brahmana composed by Aitareya (attached to the Rigveda and prescribing the duties of the Hotri priest) It is divided into forty Adhyayas or eight Panchikas, aitareyin m. A reader of the Aitareya Brahmana. aitazaH N. of a Muni. -Comp. -pralApa: N. of a section of the Atharva veda by the above Muni (Corning after the Kuntapa hymns). aitihAsika.(-kI/.)[itihAsa-Thak] 1 Traditional. -2 Historical -ka: 1 An historian. -2 One who knows or studius ancient legends. Dragh Traditional instruction, logendary account; pratikSAmanumAnaM ca pratyakSamapi cAgamam Ram.; kile yti| (aitihya is regarded as one of the Pramanas or proofs by the Pauranika asand rockoned along with pratyakSa anumAna Re.; see anubhava). pratyakSa hyenayormUlaM kRtAntaitiyorapi Mh. 12. 218.273 zrutiH pratyakSamaitihAmanumAnaM catuSTayam / pramANe vanavasthAnAdrikalpAtsa virjyte|| Bhag. II. 19. 17.2. Tradition - figure of speech; Kuval. 123. aidaMparyam Substance, scope, bearing (lit. state of boing idaMpara,iner having this meaning, purport or scope); idaM tvaidaparyam Mal.2.7. aidaMyugIna a. Fit for this yoke. aina . (inaH sUryaH, tasya idam) of the sun. nirvarNya varNena samAnamaina bimbana bimba cyutamastazRGgAt Rom. Ch.6.25. ainasam Sin. aindava (-vI/.) [indu-aN| Lunar; aindavaH prAkprakAzaH Mal.8.1; U. 1.3t.-vaH A lunar month. -vI The plant somarAjI. -vam 1 The asterism Mrigasiras. -2 The trata callod cAndrAyaNa ... saMkarApAtrakRtyAsu mAsa zodhanamendavam Ms. 11. 126. aiDaka. (-kI/.) Belonging to a sheep. -ka: A species of sheep. aiDa (la).viDaH (laH)1N. of Kubera. avalambitailavilapANipallavaH Si. 13. 18. -2 The planet Mars (maGgala). aiDa (i)kam A wall &c. of bones and rubbish. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #522
aindumateyaH BON aizvara aindumateyaH A descendant of Indumati. N. of Dasaratha. aindra (-ndrI/.) [indra-aN ] Belonging or sacred to Indra; RddhaM hi rAjya padamaindramAhuH R. 2.50; 6.27. -ndra: 1 N. of Arjuna and of Vali who are regarded as sons of indra). -2 N. of a Samvatsara. -3 The part of a sacrifice offered to Indra. - 1 N. of a Rik addressed to Indra3 ityAdikA kAcidaindrI samAmnAtA J.N. V. -2 The east, eastern direction presided over by Indra ); ayamaindrImukhaM pazya raktazrumbati candramAH Chandr. 5.583 Ki.9. 18.-3 The eighteenth lunar mansion. -4 The eighth day in the second half of the months of hat and pauSa.-5 Indra's energy (personified as his wife Sachi). - Misfortune, misery. -7 A kind of cucumber. -8 An epithet of Durga. -9 Small cardamom; yaSTapAhamaindrInalinAni dUrvA Charak -ndram 1 The eighteenth lunar mansion (Tue). -2 Wild ginger. pendrajAlika (-kI/.)[indrajAlena carati Thak] 1 Deceptive, magical; illusive. -2 Familiar with magic. -ka: A juggler; chalayanprajAstvamanRtena kapaTa paTuraindrajAlikaH Si. 15.25. tra qrt: The fourth part of a libation to Indra. aindraluptika (-kI/.) Affected with morbid baldness of the head. DETT: A species of elephant; Ram. 2.70. 23. aindrAgna. Relating to Indra and Agni; 30 aindravAruNa, aindrasaumya &c. aindrAgnena vidhAnena dakSiNAmiti na zrutam Mb. 12.60.39. aindriH [indrasyApatyaM-iJ] 1N. of Jayanta, Arjuna, or Vali, the monkey-chief. -2A crow: aindriH kila nakhestasyA vidadAra stanau dvijaH R.12.22. aindriya, -yaka . [ indriya-aN , buJ vA ] 1 Belonging to the senses, sensual. yathA manorathaH svanaH sarvamendriyakaM mRSA Bhag.7.2.18. mUDhamaindriyakaM lubdhamanAryacaritaM zaTham Mb.12. 93. 16. -2 Prosent, perceptible to the senses. -yam The world of the senses. farft a. Thinking only of sensual pleasures. matprAptaye'jezasurAsurAdayastayanta ugraM tapa aindriyedhiyaH Bhag. 5. 18.22. aindhana . (-nI/.) [indhana-aNa] Consisting of fuel. produced from fuel (fire); Mb. 3. -naH N. of the sun. ainya a. [inya-Nya ] Belonging to a master or the sun. nyaH N. of a Samain; Arseya Br. ainvakam N. of u. Siman A rseys Br. pebhi. (bhI/.)[ibha-aN ] Belonging to an elephant: zItAMzoraMzujAlaijaladharamalinAM ziznatI kRttimaibhIm Mu. 3. 20. -bhI A kind of pumpkin. aiyatyam [ iyat-vyam ] Quantity, number, value. peram A heap. airAvaNaH (see airAvata below): Indra's elephant (produced at the churning of the ocean), mAgadho'tha mahApAlo gajameMrAvaNopamam Mb.6.62.46.So rAvata. airAvataH [irA ApaH tadvAna irAvAn samudraH nasmAdutpannaH aN] 1N. of the olephant of Indra. airAvataM gajendrANAm Bg. 10.27. -2 An excellent clephant; a species of clephant; airAvatAnendrazirAnnAgAnvai priyadarzanAn Rim. 2.70. 23. -3 One of the chiefs of the Nagas or serpent-race ( inha biting Patila); ahamairAbata jyeSThanAtRbhyo'karavaM namaH Mb.1.3. 13). -4 The elephant presiding over the east. -5A kind of rainbow. -8 A kind of lightning: (said to be n. also in these two sonses ). -7 The orange tree. -tam 1 A vast and waterless rogion. -2 (pl.) N. of a Varsa. -3 N. of the northern path of the moon. -4 A kind of cloud; 'meghasyopari megho yaH sa airAvata ucyate' iti dakSiNAvartaH (Commentator of meghadUta). -tI 1 The female of Indra's elephant. -2 Lightning. -3N. of a plant (vaTapatrI)-4N. of river Ravi in the Panjab (= irAvatI), -5 N. of a particular portion of the moon's path. airiNam [iriNe bhavaM aN] 1 Fossil or rock salt. -2 Saline earth (Mar. ukhara); khAtakaNTakapASANairduSpathaM durgamairiNam (Sukra. 4. 848). aireyam [irAyAm anne bhavaM Dhak ] Spirituous liquor (prepared from food). aiya'm [ Irma-dhyaJ] A plaster good for healing wounds; Susr. 2.86. 2. ailaH [ilAyA apatyaM aN] 1N. of Pururavas (son of In and Budha). -2 The planot Mars. -lam 1 Food, a quantity of food. -2 A particular number. ailavila N. of Kubera avalambitailavilapANipallavaH dhayati sma meghamiva meghavAhanaH Si. 13. 18. See elavila. ailava: Ved. Noise, ery; tauvilikaDavelayAvA yamalava ailayIt Av. 6. 16. 3. "kAra: Rudra's dog; Av. 11. 2. 30. ailavAluka: N. of a perfume. sec. elavAla. ailUSaH Descendant of Ilusa, N. of Kavasa (author of a Vedic hymn. Ait. Br. 2. 19.1.) aileyaH 1 A kind of perfume. -2 Mars. aiza..(-zI/.) [ Iza-aN] 1 Belonging to Siva%B surasaridiva tejo vahniniSTayUtamaizam R. 2.75. hAsyazrIrAjahaMsA haratu tanuriva kezamaizI zaradaH Mu. 1.-2 Supreme, rogal. (aizI) N. of the Naksatra tifeuit. aizAna . [ IzAna-aN ] Belonging to Siva. -nI 1 The north-eastern direction. -2 N. of Jurga. aizya . Belonging to Iza; -zyam 'upremacy, power; mahatItaramAyaizyaM nihantyAtmani yuJjataH Bhag. 10. 13.45. aizvara . [ Izvara-aN] (rI/.) 1 Belonging to or produced by a lord or the Supreme Being, majestic. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #523
aizvarika: pazya me yogamaizvaram Bg. 95,113, 9 -2 Powerful, mighty. -3 Belonging to Siva; aizvaraM dhanurabhAji yattvayA R. 11. 76. - Suprauvey royal - Divine. ram Supremney, power ; ekAntadhAma yazasaH zriya aizvarasya Bhag. 10. 44. 13. -rI N. of Durga. -Comp. -kAraNikaH A Naiyayika ; Heh. 8. aizvarikaH ( With Buddhists) Atheist. aizvaryam [ Izvara-pyaj ] 1 Supremacy, sovereignty ; ekaizvaryasthito'pi M. 1. 1; nizAcara -2 Might, power, sway. -3 Dominion. -4 Affluence, wealth, greatness; matteSu S. 5. 18. - 5 Super-human power. -6 The divine facultics of omnipotence, omnipresence &c. cf. aNimA laghimA vyAptiH prAkAmyaM mahimA tathA / IzitvaM ca vazitvaM ca tathA kAmAvasAyitA // -1 Pervasion, comprehensiveness eSa saptavidhaH prokto guNa AkAzasambhavaH / aizvaryeNa tu sarvatra sthito'pi paTahAdiSu Mb. 12. 184.40. 7 aiSamas [Vart on P. V. 3. 22. ] ind. During this year, in the present year. aiSamastana mastya a. Belonging to the present year. o . (:) N. of Brahma. -ind. 1 A Vocative partiale (ob) 8 An interjection of ( 1 ) calling; (hallo, ho); ( 2 ) remembrance; (3) compassion (ab ! ). -3 The number mahApadma. ef. tyo garudayoH AsuH kANo'tha mAjaraH sAdhuH saGgaH parAzaraH // Enm. 505 okaH 1 A house. -2 A refuge, shelter. -3 A bird. - 4 A Sudra. -Comp. -ja . Born in the house; bred at home (as cows ); Hel. okas . 1 A house, residence; as in divaukas or svargaukas a god. -2 An asylum, refuge. -3 A resting place. -4 Pleasure, gratification [cf. Gr. oilios ]. -5 Beauty or form. granthAnhRdagyAnvivRNu svamoka: Bhag. 8. 24.53. -Comp. - nidhanam N. of a Saman. o okiyas. 1 Meeting together, united samaveta ). -2 Accustomed to; having a liking for; okivAMsA sute sacA Rv. 6. 59.3. okya a. 1 Favourable to the house; ie to its inmates. -2 Good for a house, kind to a household, belonging to a house; jyotIrathaH parvate rAya okyaH Rv. 9. 86. 15. -kyam 1 Gratification, pleasure. -2 A com fortable place. -3 A resting place, house (in general). okaNaH (thiH) A bug saM.I. ko... 64 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir aiSAvIra a. Ved. Weak, powerless. aiSIka a.. Consisting of stalks made of reeds or canes; aiSIkaM parva a section of the sauptika parva of Mb. aiSTakam [Ved. Sacrificial bricks collectively. of bricks; Kau. A. 2. 5. a. built oghaH aiSTika. (kI / ) [ iSThi Thak] 1 Sueritival ceremenial. - 2 Treating of iSTi or sacrifice (as a work ). -Comp. -pUrtika, paurtika a belonging to iSTApUrta (bekenging to sacritices or charitable works ); dAnadharmaM niSeveta nityamaiSTikapaurtikam Ms. 4. 227. aihalaukika . ( kI ) [ ihaloka - P. IV. 3.60 Var.] Happening in or belonging to this world, temporal, subianary (opp. pAralaukika ) aisI pArakayaM karma pui ); aihalaukikapArakyaM niSevyate Ram. 6.64.9. aihika . ( -kI / . ) [ iha ThaJ] 1 of this world or place, temporal, secular, worldly. -2 Local, of this place. -kam Business (of this world ). -Comp. -darzina worldly-minded. sitaeft A boundary-forest. okulaH A cake of flour; wheat slightly fried. -lI An ear of wheat.. okh 1 P. (okhati, okhAJcakAra, okhitum, okhita ) 1 To be dry. -2 To be able; be sufficient. -3 To adorn or grace. -4 To refuse. -5 To ward off, prevent. ogaNa a. 1 United; mahi bAdhanta ogaNAsa indraH liv. 10. 89. 15. -2 Solitary; despised, cast off by one's friends. ogIyasa . Vigorous, powerful balaM satyAdaka Bri Up. 5. 14. 4. For Private and Personal Use Only oghaH [ uc ghaJ pRSo0 gha ] 1 A Hood, stream, current ; nAyaM zakyastvayA baddhuM mahAnoghastapodhana Mb. 3. 135. 37; punarodhena hi yujyate nadI Ku. 4. 14; so rudhira, bApa &c. -2 An inundation. -3 A heap, quantity, mass, multitude ; santi caughabalAH kecit Ram. 5 18 23. dIpayannatha nabhaH kiraNaughaiH Ki. 9. 23. bANa, agha, jana &c. - 4 The whole. -5 Continuity. -6 Quick time in music. -7 Tradition, traditional instruction. -8 A kind of dance. -9 One of the three vAdyavidhis, the other two being tatva and anugata (of tattvaM bhavedanugatamoghaceti nirUpitam / gItAnugaM triprakAraM vAdyaM talakSma kaNyate // trividhaM gIte kArya vAditraM vaiNameva vAdyajeH / tattvaM tathApyanugatamogho vA naikakaraNaM tu // ) tattvaughAnugatAca vAdyavidhayaH samyak trayo darzitAH Nag. 1. 11. Comp. nirbukti N. of some Buddhist and Jaina works

Page #524
SET: 806 om ITT: See under sin. TTT 1, 10 U. (ara, sicura, sitraan, silltra) 1 To be strong or able. -2 To increase, grow. IST a. Odd, uneven. -5TH = 337 q. v. ST1T . 1 Bodily strength, vigour; energy, a bility. -2 Vitality; Ms. 1. 16. -3 Virility, the generative faculty. The writers on Ayurveda, however, disstinguish between ojas and zukram; f. kSIrasthavRtamiva bhinnamAjaH zukraNa Dulhana.rasAdInoM zukrAntAnAM dhAtUnAM yat paraM tejastat 0 3115: Srusr. ijaza eru afe-greed: Astanga. -4 Splendour, light; Bhay. 7. 3. 23.-5 (In Rhet.) An elaborate form of style, abundance of compounds; (considered by Danilin to be the soul of prose"); 15:#7 azt aan Kav. 1. 80; see K. P. 8 also; said to be of 5 kinds in R. G. o (In Astr.) Each alternate sign of the zodiac (as the first, third &c.). -7 Water. -8 Metallic lustre. 9 M:nifestation, appearance. -10 Skill in the use of weapons. -11 Speed; Tarda: 4 Tha 99714a Ram. 7. 29. 12. aa, TRT . Ved. Strong, powerful. s ta , feat, a. 1 Strong, vigorous, energetic, powerful; i adapta Fica 4 R. 5.37; Si. 12. 35. -2 Splendid, bright. -3 See 31179 (5); PIETIYhta Ki. 11.38. shiuya 10 Den. A. (Vart. on P. III. 1. 11.) T. show strength or vigour, exhibit one's heroism ; 3914a ft Rv. 2. 12. 11, 11 gott ATHI Bk. 5.76; U. 5.31. That Stout-hearted, courageous behaviour. Tilg<<. (Super. of 34 also) Most strong, vehement. 315147 a. More vehement, stronger. AIEHT a. An instigator. M. 1 Speed ; velocity; 347 sata u 1974 Ry. 6. 47. 27.-2 Strength. oDaka, -DavaH A musical modee which omits two of the notes of the scale (ft and 9). t@kli, -iet Wild rive. 13:, -itus: (mn. pl.) N. of a people and their country (the modern Orissa ); Ms. 10. 11. 3: The China-ro-o.-34 The Java-flower, -Comp. -TETT the China-rose. - 7 the Jaca-flower; Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis and its flowers (Mar. 2). TUT 1 P. (Broa, fan) To remove, tako or drag along for . Removiny.-oft (du.) 1 Hoa ven and earth. HART 3 T 13 a Rv. 9. 10. 1. -2 Vessel used in the preparation of Soma.-3 Preserving power, protection. a. [7--18 ] Woven, sewn with threads across. -Comp. ata a. 1 sewn crosswise and lengthwise. -2 extending in all directions Mb. 5. (- ) ind. crosswise and lengthwise, vertically and horizontally. Tia: 1 The woof or cross threads of a web; ar H afa afara Rv. 6.9. 2. -2 A cat (5. also ); as in (1) a:. [ Vart. iragus: 1 al on P. VI. 1.91], Sukra. 4. 161. Tied Issuing out, rising upwards; epithet of the Dawn; a seca14 Rv. 8. 69.2. 37a, [36-9 Un. 2.76 ] 1 Food, boiled rice; e. y. , go, , aiao &c. -2 Grain mashed and cooked with milk. 3 A cloud. Sometimes za is prefixed to the names of pupils to denote that the pupil's object is more to be fed by his master than be taught; c. y. 3112741112: 1. VI. 2. 69 Sk. Mbh. on P. I. 1. 73. - The plant ( 1) Sida Cordifolia (Mar. 19401). -Comp. -ST162, -31TET, -it fait N. of a medicinal plant (HE ). atafa Don. 1. To wish to make mashed food of anything; 471871 yrit . 3119:, H . 1 Flowiny; tlooding; Vaj. 13. 53. - 2 Wetting: P. VI. 4. 29. 1197 n. An udder. 371937: Ved. 1 Pillow, cushion; ringi ja #92: Rv. 9.71. 1. - 2 Support, stay, pillar ; 7517311931 fra Ry. 8. 14.7.-3 An ornament of the head; curl; a horn (Say.). T ETT. Lying upon cushions; cffominato; 5# # 3191 a 14h19fra 14 Av. 6. 138. 1. stimul. 1 The sacred syllable only uttered as a holy exclamation at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas, or previous to the commencement of a prayer or srod work. -2 As a particle it implies () solemit affirmation and respectful .sscnt (so be it, anien !); (1) assent or acceptance (yes, all right); zak: Mal. 6; 1*sy sofa Si. 1. 75; fasteiufa : S. D. 1; (.) command; (a) auspiciousness; (c) removal or warding off'.-3 Brahman. [ This word first appears in the Upanisads as a mystic monosyllable, and is rogarded as the object of the most profound religious meditation. In the Mandukya Upanisad it is said thut this syllable is all what has been, that which is and is to be ; that all is waits only om. Literally analysod, oir is taken to be made up of three letters or quarters; the letter a is Vaisvinara, the spirit of waking souls in the waking world; w is Tsijas, the spirit of dreening souls in the world of dreams; and wis Prajia, the spirit of sleep ing and undreaming souls; and the whole om is said For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #525
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra TH: www.kobatirth.org to be unknowable, unspeakable, into which the whole world passes away, blessed above duality; (for further account see Gough's Upanisads pp. 69-73). In later times come to be used as a mystic name for the Hindu triad, representing the union of the three gods a (Visnu), a (Siva ), and m (Brahma). It is usually called Pranava or Ekaksaram; cf. viSNuruhiTa ukArastu mahezvaraH / makAreNocyate brahmAM praNavena trayo mtaaH| Comp. 1 the sacred syllable fr famaniant ar farafa Mh. VIII. 2. 89. -2 the exclamation om, or pronunciation of the same; prANAyAmaistribhiH gara af Ms. 2. 75. -3 (fig.) commencement; garia: My. 1; B. R. 3. 78. - N. of a Buddhist sakti (personification of divine energy). sit: Vol. 1 A protector: Shah v.1.3.7. -2 One who is favourably disposed (towards another) -3 Any one fit to be protected or favoured. omana m. 1 Protection. -2 Favour, kindness. -3 A kind person. A friend, helper, protector; momanA vAM vayo gAna Rv. 7.60.4. - omamyat a. 1 Friendly; helping, useful; Rv. 10. 39. 9. -2 Favourable, kind. -3 Satiating, pleasing. Protection, kindness, assistance; omAtrAM kRSTayo viduH Rv. 10. 50.5. Ved. Favour, protection. A hard scratch: Mal. 7. en N. of a section of the Kathaka recen sion of the Yajurveda. ola a. Wet damp. : An esculent root ("; Mr. puraNa), olaj 1 P. (olaati ) To east or throw up. at 11, 10 U. (si, sit, shofen) To cast or throw upwards, throw up. sites a. Wet, damp. -1 hostage. -2 The esculent root (Mar. suraNa). AgataH come or received as a hostage (this word occurs once or twice in Viddhasala bhanjika). opha 1 Burning combustion oSamin pRthivImaham Rv. 10. 119. 10. -2 Cooking, baking. 507 sirgor: Pungency, sharp flavour. - A pot-herb. oSadhiH, dhI/ [ opaH pAce ghIvane anyAka IV. ] 1 A herb, plant (in general); 34: : Ms. 1. 46; / ef. . -2 A medicinal plant or drug. -3 An ohas -ja e. annual plant or herb which dies after becoming ripe. Comp. -, -, -: the moon (as presiding over and feeding plants ); ef puSNAmi zroSadhIH sarvAH somo Bg. 15. 13; R. 2. 73; Ku. 7. 1; S. 4. 2. produced from plants. ( -jaH) fire; jvalayatauSadhijena kRzAnanA Ki. 5.14. -dharaH, -patiH 1 a dealer in medicinal drugs. 2 a physician. 3 the moon; agrafeezedRzAmapamArgamoSadhipatiH sma karaiH Si. 9. 36 ( where it means physician' also ), -4 The Som plant-, -5 Camphor. -prasthaH the capital of Himalaya; tatprayAtauSadhiprasthaM sthitaye himakyuram Ku. 6. 33.36. vanaspatim Herbs and trees. Hind. Immediately, quickly. oTrAvina a. Burning. oSThaH [ upyate uSNAhAreNa uSu karmaNi] ghana m. 2.1.] A lip (lower or upper ); dvAvoSTau chedayennRpa: Ms. 8. 282; adhara, fara.- A creeper bearing a red fruit to which the lip is conninonly compared (bimbaphala; Mar. toNDalI). (In comp. the or of words before may be optionally dropped, and the fem. may end in 3 or as fara (ral) -. Vart. : aa Sk. on P. VI. 1. 94. ] [ef. I. ostium]. Comp. -, - the upper and lower lip. - a. Which could be eaten with lips; mAMsAnyoSTAvalopyAni sAdhanIyAni, devatAH / aznanti // Bk. 6. 14. upamaphalA, bhA-phalA the oreeper Bryonia Gran dis (whose fruit resembles a lip. Mar. 1). -, -: a disease of the lips. a. labial (produced by the lips ). - jAham the root of the lip. -pallavaH, -vam a sprout-like or tender lip. - The cracking of lips due to cold &c. -g the cavity made by opening the lip puSpaH -puSpam the tree va (Mar. dupArI). -rogaH any disease of the lips. oSThaka the lips. a. at the lips. sounds). sounds. (At the end of comp.) Taking care of A lip. - Vart. on P. IV. 2.104.] 1 Being 2 Belonging to the lips, labial (as the Comp. - a. Produced from labial a. Pronounced with lips. angor a. [-] A little warm, tepid (). ohaH Ved. 1 Bringing performing; RdhyAmA ta ohai: Rv. 4. 10. 1.-2 Reaching. -3 Meditation. -4 A vehicle, means; fa: Rv. 1. 180. 5. -Comp. -brahman a. one who has sacred knowledge. obrahmANo vi carantyu Rv. 10. 71. 8. 28. ohas 1 Praise; idea, true notion (?). -2 A vehicle, means; a: Rv. 6. 67. 9.

Page #526
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra au www.kobatirth.org au au m. 1 A sound. -2 N. of Sesa or Ananta. -3 The number jaladhi; cf. also auH zvA yuvA naro nArI bhAvaH sUkSmaH prajApatiH / sthUlo jAraH kalAvAMzca sukhI durgA ratiH kaviH // Enm - 4 The sacred syllable of the Sudras; Kalika P. -f. The earth. ind. An interjection of (1) calling (ho, hallo); (2) addressing (obi); (8) opposition; (4) nevention determination. or kvikA [ ukka] P. IV. 2.60. A Brahmana who knows or studies or recites the ukthas. aukthikyamadhIte ukthAnyadhI aukthika: Mbh. 4. 2. 60. aukthikyam The text of the Ukthas; Samaveda. auktham A poculiar mode of recitation* aukSakam, aukSam A multitude of oxen ; cakre nimIladalakSaNamokSaNa Si. 5. 62. 508 aukhya [ ukhAyAM saMskRtaM SyaJ ] Boiled in a pot (ukhA). d. augrasenaH Karisa, the son of ugrasena. augnyam [ ugra dhyaJ ] Formidableness, fierceness, dreadfulness, cruelty &c. aughaH [ ogha svArtha aN ] Flood. aucityam thitIta yo bU]1 Apt ness, fitness, propriety, suitableness. -2 Congruity or fitness, as one of the several circumstances which determine the exact meaning of a word in a sentence ( such as saMyoga, viyoga &c.); sAmarthyamaucitI dezaH kAlo vyaktiH svarAdayaH S. 1). 2; in the example pAtu vo dayitAmukham there is aucitI or fitness in taking mukha to mean sAMmukhyam (meeting) instead of Ananam -8 Habituation. -Comp. - alaGkAraH N. of a work. sexy Height, distance (of a planet); stevig yemAnana parikarti Sukra 4.906. zrIcaiHyasa N. of Indra's horses ojasam Gold. ajasika. (kI) [ vigorous, acting with strength. aujasya a. Conducive to vigour or energy. -syam Strength, vigour of life, energy. aujjvalyam [ ujjvala SyaJ ] Brightness, brilliancy. auDa . Wet, moist.. ] Energetics A here. it. auDava ( - cI / . ) [ uDu aN ] Belonging to stars; K. 178. -vaH A kind of Raya ( in Music). - vA A particular Ragini Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir auDupa a. [ uDupa- aN ] Performed by means of the moon or raft. autpattika akRSika (phI) [ upena tarati u] [Crossing in a. a boat. -kaH A passenger in a boat or raft. aur3ambara audumbara q.. auDulomi: N. of a philosopher; Badarayana = Sutras. au: [ oDU- aN ] An inhabitant, or the king, of the O lra country, q.. bhItathya aucathya . Belonging to the family of uta ahalyA nAma gautamasya maharSeraucathyasya dharmapatnI Mv. 1. BREH0344 [ 37031-3] 1 Dosire, longing for. -2 Anxiety. -3 Intensity; vrajasya rAmaH premavakSyautkaNThyamanukSaNam Bhag. 10. 13. 35. autkyam Desire, longing for. aurakarNyam [] Excellence superiority. autaka vAmeti bhArata auttaGka Mb. 14. 56. 3. auttamarNikam Dele sadikaM gRhItaM damaM tamarNikam Sukra. 2. 317. auttamiH N. of the third of the fourteen Manus ; Ms. 1.62. autamika . ( -kI) Referring to the gals who ato in the highest place. zrIttara 0 ( rA ) [ uttara-am ] Northern living in the north. -Comp. -aha . belonging to the following day. -pathika . going in the north direction. -padika (t. comprehended in the last word or term. -bhaktika Taken after meal; Charaka. (. auttareyaH [ uttarAyAH apatyaM Dhak ] N. of Pariksit, son of Abhimanyu and Uttara; auttareyeNa dattAni nyavasatta nidezakRt Bhag. 1. 17.10. For Private and Personal Use Only autAnapAdaH di [ utAnapAda an ivA]1N. of Dhruva ; yat te hi vaH prANanirodha AsAdauttAnapAdimayi saGgatAtmA Bhag. 4. 8. 82. -2 The polar star. autthitAsanika: An officer in charge of arranging seats Ramganj Copper-plate of Tivara ghoga (Insari ption of Bengal, P. 149. ). d. autpattika 0 (-kI- ) [ pati-Thak] 1 Inborn, innate natural; tannizamyAtha haryazvA autpattikamanISayA Bhag. 6.5.10. -2 Produced at the same time. -3 Eternal; autpattiko hinAminAmnoH sambandhaH SB on MS. 6. 40. cf. also

Page #527
autpAta 809 audAlakam autpattikastu zabdasyArthena sambandhaH Ms. 1. 1. 5. (autpattikamiti nityaM brUmaH SB. on MS. 1. 1.5); Bhag. 3. 15.45. -kam Nature, temperament; autpanikenaiva saMhananabalopetAH Bhag. 5.2.21. autpAta .(-tI/.)[ utpAta-aN ] Treating of portents (such as a work). autpAtika.(-kI/.) Protentous, predigious, calamitous%3; autpAtiko megha ivAzmavarSam R.14. 53. -kam A portent. autpAnikaM nadiha deva vicintanIyam Udb.; Rim. 3. 24.1. autpAda .. (-dI/.) [ utpAda-aN] Relating to or treating of birth (utpAda q. v.). autpuTika .(-kI.)[ utpuTa-Thak ] Receiving anything with utpuTa (the mouth or beak turned upwards). sitt a. Gross, rough, inexact ( in Math.). autsa (-tsI/.) [utsa-aJ] P. IV. 1.86. Born or produced in a fountain. autsaGgika.(-kI/.) [utsaja-Thaka ] Born or placed upon the hip. autsargika ..(-kI /.) [ utsarga-pRJ] 1 That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid ( as a rule of grammar). -2 General (opp. to particular), not restricted -3 Terminating, concluding. - Leaving, quitting. -5 Natural, inherent. -8 Produced naturally or directly -7 Deriva audayika.(-kI/.)[udaya-ThaJ ] One of the five ditforent states of the soul with Jainas ), when actions arise and exert an inherent influence on the future. audarika.(-kI/.)[ udare eva prasitaH Thak] 1 Voracious, gluttonous, glutton; sarvatraudarikasyAbhyavahAryameva viSayaH v.33B M. 4. also Mb. 7. 139.95.-2 Dropsical; Heh. audarya . [ udare bhavaH yat ] 1 Being in the womb; alpAhAratayA tvagniM zamayaudaryamutthitam Mb. 12. 17.5. -2 Entered into the womb. -4: A son; Bhag. 3. 24. 4. audazvita, -zvika . (-tI, kI /.) [ udAzvit aN 5771] P. IV. 2. 19; and VII. 3.51. Made of, or seasoned with, butter-milk. -tam Butter-milk with an equal proportion of water. audasthAna a. (-nI/.) [ udasthAna-Na ] Accustormed to stand in water. audArikam (With Jainas) The gross body which envelopes the soul. audAryam [ udAra-vyaJ] 1 Generosity, nobility, magnamimity agrAmyazabdAbhidhAnamaudAryam Kau. A. 2.10.-2 Greatness, excellence; sublimity, elevation; audAryeNAvagacchAmi nidhAnaM tapasAmidam Ram. 3. 12. 23. -3 Depth of meaning (arthasaMpatti); sa sauSThavaudAryavizeSazAlinI vinizcitAmiti vAcamAdade Ki. 1.3; Bee Malli. on Ki. 11. 40; and udAratA also under udAra. audAsInyam , audAsyam [udAsIna or udAsa-vyaJ] 1 Indifference, apathy; paryApto'si prajAH pAtumaudAsInyena vartitama R. 10.25% idAnImaudAsyaM yadi bhajasi bhAgIrathi G. L. 4. -2 Solitariness, loneliness. -3 Perfect indifferenco (to worldly affairs ), stoicism. sitetszt a. Coming from or relating to the northern country. audumbara (-rI/.) [ udumbara-aJ] 1Made of, or coming from, the Udumbara tree. -2 Made of copper, pAtramaudumbaraM gRhA Mb. 13. 125.82.-: [P. IV. 2.67.] 1N of a region abounding in Udumbara trees. -2 A form of Yama, the god of death. - Made of copper. -4 A class of ascetios solely living on whatever fruits they see first early in the morning; Bhag. 3. 12. 43. A branch of the Udumbara tree. -ram 1 The wood of the Udumbara tree. -2 The Udum bara fruit. -3 A kind of leprosy.-4 Copper or a copper-vessel ; Mb. 5. 40. 10. audumbaraka: A place full of Udumbara trees. audumbarAyaNa: N. of a grammarian. indriyanityaM vacanamaudumbarANa: Nir. audrAtram [ udgAtR-aJ aN vA ] The office of the Udgatri priest. auddAlakam [uddAlena nivRttaM aNa saMjJAyAM kan ] A bitter and acrid substance like honey; prAyo valmIkamadhyasthAH kapilAH svalpakITakAH / kurvanti kapilaM svalpaM tatsyAdauddAlakaM madhu // tive. autsukyam [ utsuka-vyaJ] 1 Anxiety, umeasiness ; hRdayaM caiva saumitre asvasthamiva lkssye| autsukyaM paramaM cApi Ram. 7. 46. 15.-2 Ardent desire, eagerness, zeal; autsukyamAtramavasAdayati pratiSThA 5.5.6; avasAyayati v. 1. autsukyena kRtatvarA sahabhuvA vyAvarnamAnA hiyA Ratn.1.2. audaka (-kI/.)[udaka-aN ] Aquatic, watery, referring to water; audakAnIva sattvAni grISme salilasaMkSayAt Ram. 2. 33. 13; Ms. 1. 41. deg produced by aquatic planta. -kA A town surrounded by water ; Hariv. . audazcana (-nI/.) [udacana-aN] Contained in a bucket, or pitchor; sa enAM tata AdAya nyadhAdaudabanodake . Bhag. 8. 4. 19. audanikaH [ odanAya prabhavati ThaJ] 1 A cook, (one who kuows how to cook). -2 One to whom rice or mashed grain is given at regular times. audapAna a. (-nI/.)[udapAnAdAgataH aN ] Raised from wells or drinking fountains (as a tax). audayakAH (pl.) A school of astronomers who reckoned the first motion of the planets from sunrise (udaya). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #528
audezika 510 aupapakSya auddezika ..(-kI /.)[ uddeza-Thak ] 1 Showing, indi- cative of. -2 Enumerating. auddhatyam [udta-myaJ] 1 Arrogance, insolence. -2 Boldness, bold or adventurous deeds; 316 kAmasUtram Mal. 1... auddhArika (-kI/.) [udAra-ThaJ ] Deducted from patrimony, portionable, herita ble. - A portion or inheritanco (deducted from patrimony ). -2 A part to be set aside; Ms. 9. 150. audvilyam Excessive joy; Buddha. audbhijja . Corning forth from the earth. -jam [udbhina aN ] Fossil salt. audbhida .. (-dI/)[udbhida-aN] 1 Issuing (as from a. well). -2 Victorious. -dama 1Spring water. -2 Fossil salt, rock salt audbhidyam 1 Victoriousness ; Vaj. 18.9. -2 Production of plants. audraGgikaH Collector of the tax called u which is probably a tax on permanent tenants: Ghosal's Revenue System, p.210; EI, IXIILp. 150. audvAhika (-kI /.) | udvAha-ThaJ ] 1 Relating to marriage. -2 Obtuinod in murringe; maitramautAhikaM caiva dAyAdAnAM na tad bhavat 1.2.1183 MB.9.206. -kam Agift made to a woman at her marriage. audhasa.(-sI/.)[UdhasaH idaM aN ] Being or contained in the udder (as milk); yavasaM jagdhyanudina naivaM dogthyodhasaM payaH Bhag. 4. 17.28. audhamyam Milk (produced from the ulder); R. 2. 66. v. 1. aunnatyam [ unnata-SyaJ ] IIeight, elevation (moral also). aunnetram The office of the Unmetri, q.v.-aunmukhyam Expectancy; Raj. T. aupakarNika (-kI/.)[P. IV. 3.40; IV. 1. 15. upakarNa-Thak] Being near the ears. aupakAryamA [ upakArya-aN ] A residence, a tent aupakAryoM sa gatvA tu raghUNAM kulavardhanam Ram. 1. 70. 12. aupakurvANaka. Pertaining to a brahmacArI of a stipulated period; Bhag.b.9.6. aupagaviH Uddhava ; Bhag. 3. 4. 27. aupagrastikaH, -grahikaH [ upagrasta-graha-ThaJ ] 1 An eclipse. -2 The sun or moon in eclipse. aupacArika (-kI/.) [upacAra-Thak ] 1 Meta phorical, figurative; secondary (opp. mukhya). -2 Honorific, complimentary. -kam Figurative application. aupacchandasikam N. of a metre; see App. aupajAnuka . (-kI /.) [P. IV.::.10: IV. 1. 15. 34719-78] Being near the knees. aupadezika .. (-kI /.) [ upadeza-Thak ] 1 Living by upadeza or tevching. -2 Got by instruction (as wealth). aupadravika .(-kI/.)[upadrava Thak] Relating to, or treating of, symptoms (of disen tes ). aupadraSTrayam [ upadraSTa-pyaJ] 1 Superintendence. -2 The state of being an eye-witness. aupadharmyam [ upadharma-pyaJ] 1A false dluetrine, heresy vezaM vidhAya bahubhAyata aupadharmyam Bhiy. 2.7.37. -2 Inferior virtue or a degraded principle of virtue. aupadhika..(-kI/) Deceitful, decoptive. -ka: An extortioner of money: Ms. 9.258. aupadheya ...(-yI/.)[upadhi-ThaJ ] Serving for the part of the wheol of earriage called upadhi, q....-yam The wheel of Marriage ( rathAGgama). yadi tathA tadIpayamityucyate Mbh.V.1.13. aupanAyika. Belonging to, or serving for in offering. aupanAyanika (-kI/.)[upanayana-Thak ] Relisting to or serving for upanayana (the rite of investiture with the sacred thread); epa prIto dvijAtInAmIpanAyaniko vidhi: Ms.2.68. Y. 1.37. aupanAsika (-kI/.) [upanAsa-ThaJ ] Being near the nose. aupanidhika 1. (-kI /.) [ upanidhi Thak ] Forming or relating to, a deposit ; Kau. A. 3. FHA deposit or pledge; anything pledged or deposited; vAsanasthamanAkhyAya haste'nyasya yada yete| dravyaM tadopanidhikaM pratideyaM nathaiva tat // Y.2.65; Sukra. 2. 316. aupanidhya a. See aupanidhika; Sukra. 2. 316. aupaniSatka (-kI/.)[ upaniSadA jIvati Thak ] Living by (teaching) the Upanisads. aupaniSada . (-dI/.) [ upaniSad-aN ] 1 Contained or taught in an Upanisad; scriptural, theological. tvopaniSadaM puruSaM pRcchAmi Bri. Up. 3.9.26. -2 Based or founded on, derived from the Upanisads; - svopaniSadaM mahAstram Mund. Up.2.2.3. aupaniSadaM darzanam (another name for Vedanta Phil.). -da: 1 The supreme soul, Brahman. -2 A follower of the doctrines of the Upanisads. aupanIvika a. (-kI/.)[ P. IV. 3.10; IV. 1. 15. upanIvi-Thak] Being or placed near nIvi (tho knot of the wearing.garment of males or females); baddho durbalarakSArthamasiyenaupanA vikaH Bk. 4.26aupanIvikamarunddha kila strI (karam ) Si. 10.60. aupapakSya [upapakSa-vyaJ ] Being in the arm pit. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #529
aupapattika B11 aupAdhika aupapattika 4 (-kI.)[upapatti-Thak ] 1 Ready at hand aupavAsyam Fasting. aupavAsyaM tadAkArSIdAghavaH saha sItayA within reach. -2 Fit, proper; aupapattikamAhAraM prayacchasveti / Ram. 2.87. 18. bhArata Mb. 18.52.27. -3 Theoretical. aupavAhya ..[upavAhya svArthe aN] 1 Serving for riding aupapatyam Happiness occurring from a paramours on; aupavAya rathaM yuktvA tvamAyAhi hayottamaiH Rim. 2. 39.10. adultery; jugupsitaM ca sarvatra aupapatyaM kulakhiyAH Bhag. -2 Drawn for pleasure (as a carriage). -hyaH 1 A 10.29.26. king's elephant. -2 Any royal vehicle. ApavAhyaH kuberasya aupapAtika.(-kI/.) [upapAta-Thak] One who has / sArvabhauma iti smRtaH Ram. 4. 48. 34. committed an Upapataka, q.v. -kam N. of the first 1 sitgefas Investiture with the sacred thread. Jaina Upanya. aupaveSika (-kI /.)[upaveSa-ThaJ ] Getting livelihood auSapAdika: An upstart (1) Kau. A. 1. 10. by entire devotion to any employment. aupabhRta u. (-tI/.) [upabhRt-al ] Being in the ladle aupaziviH N. of a grammarian. (as an offering) aupazleSika..(-kI/.) [ upazleSa-Thak] holating to aupamika.. (-kI/.) [upamA-Thak] 1 Serving for closo or immediate contact; adhikaraNaM nAma triprakAraM vyApakasimile or comparison. -2 Shown by a simile. maupazleSikaM vaiSayikamiti Mbh. VI.1.12. aupamyam [upamA-dhyaJ] Comparison, resemblance, aupasaMkramaNa..(-NI /.) (Anything) proper to be analogy; Atmaupamyena bhUteSu dayAM kurvanti sAdhavaH 1. 1. 12; done at the Upasankramana. karakA subhagaH U. 3.40. v. 1. aupayaja . (-jI /.)[ upayaj-aN ] Belonging to thee aupasaMkhyAnika .. (-kI/.) [ upasaMkhyAna-Thak] 1 Mentioned in a supplementary addition. -2 Supplesentences called 9941, q. v. mentary. aupayika, aupAyika.(-kI/.)[ upAya-Thak] 1 Proper, aupasadaH[upasad-aN] 1 An adhyAya or anuvAka containfit, right; netadopayika rAma yadidaM paritapyase Ram. 2.53.30%; Bhag. 3. 2. 12. na vaizyazUdropayikIH kathA: Mb. 1. 193. 11. -2 ing the word upasada. -2 N. of a ceremony lasting for Obtained by efforts. -kA-kam A means, an expediont, oue day. remedy; zivamaupayikaM garIyasIm Ki.2.5. aupasaMdhya .. Relating to dawn; N. aupayaugika (-kI /.)[upayoga-ThaJ ] Relating to the aupasargika a. (-kI /.) [upasarga-ThaJ ] 1 Able to cope employment or application ( of anything). with adversity. -2 Portentous. -3 Relsting to change auparAjika . [ uparAja-Thak ] Relating or belonging to &c. -4 Superinduced (as a disease). -5 Connected a viceroy. with a proposition, prepositive. -- Irregular action of the humours of the body, producing cold sweats &e. aupariTa . (-grI/.)[upariSTa-aN] Being or prodlucerl (bAnAdisaMnipAta). above. -kam A kind of coitus; Vatsy. aupasthAna (-nI.) [ upasthAna-Na ] One whose business auparaidhika: A staff made of the wood of the Pilu is to serve, wait on, or worship. aupasthAnika (-kii|.) [upasthAna-Thak ] Living by auparo (rau) dhika (-kI/.) [uparodha-Thak ] 1 Proceeding waiting on or worshipping. from or relating to favour or kindness. -2 Opposing, impending. -ka: A staff of the wood of the Pilu tree. aupasthya m [upastha-vyaJ] Cohabitation, sexual inter course; aupasthyajaihvayaM bahu manyamAnaH kathaM virajyeta durantamohaH aupala . (-lA, -lI).) [upala-aN] 1 Stony, of Bhag. 7.6. 13. stome; yathA plavenaupalena nimajjatyudake taran Ms.t. 194. V. 1. -2 Raised from stones (as a tax), pAhi aupalAmambikAm aupasthika . [ upastha-Thak ] Living by fornication. Nri. P. Up.3.1. aupasthitika: An attendant; eSa bhartRpAdamUlAdaupasthitiko aupavastam Fasting, a fast. haMsakaH AgataH Pratijna. 1. aupavastram [ upavastra-aN ] 1 Food suitable for an fast. aupahArika (-kI/.) [upahAra-Thak] Surving as an -2 Fasting. upavastA prAptosyaupavastram Mbh. V. 1. 97. oblation or offoring. -kam An offering or oblation : aupavAsa..(-sI )upavAsa-aNa] Givemadurine paramAnena yo dadyAt pitRNAmApahArikam Mb. 13. 126.5. fasting (money); to be done during fast. aupAdhika . (-kI.) [upAdhi-Tham] 1 Conditional. aupavAsika (-kI/.)[ upacAsa-Tham ] Fit for fasting, -2 Portaining to attributes or properties; an effect able to fast. produced tree. PLE. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #530
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra aupAdhyAyaka aupAdhyAyaka a. ( -kI/ ) [ upAdhyAya vum P. IV. 3. 77 ] Coming or obtained from a teacher. www.kobatirth.org aupAnA . [ upAnad] 1 Used for making shower. -2 To be tied or bound on (as leather &c. ). aupAdhika auSadhika. 4. = aupAsana . ( -nI ) [ upAsana-ag] 1 Balating to gRhyAmi or household fire. -2 Belonging to worship or service; holy, sacred. -naH 1A fire used for domestic worship. -2 A small rico-ball ( piNDa ) offered to the manes. opendra . Belonging to Upendra: narendraropendra sura vizaddhAma vIkSAMbabhUve Si. 20. 79. aum ind. The sacred syllable of the Sudras (for which is forbidden to be uttered by them). auma . Relating to the goddess Uma. auma, aumika, aumaka ( - mI, kI . ) [ umA aNU-vuJ vA ] Flaxen. aumInam (-yam ) [ umAnAM kSetraM khaJ ] A field of flax auraga . (gI ) [ uraga-a] Serpentine relating to a serpent. -gam The constellation AzleSA. aurabhra . (zrI) [ura-a] Belonging to or produced from a ram; Ms. 3. 268. -bhram 1 Mutton ; aura bhramuttarAyoge yastu mAMsaM prayacchati Mb. 13. 64. 32. -2 Woollen cloth, coarse woollen blanket (deg: also). aurakSakam [uraNoM samUhaH puS] A flock of shoop, a free from a wolf (in the midst of) a flock of shoop ( ? ) Kau. A 1. 17. auradhika. [ ura- kaH A shepherd; Ms. 3. 166. (kI) Belonging to sheep. aurasa . ( sI . ) [ urasA nirmitaH aN] 1 Produced from the breast, born of oneself, legitimate; S.7; V.5; itthaM nAgastribhuvanaguroraurasaM maithileyam R. 16. 88. -2 Physi eal, bodily; vidyAbalamupAzritya na hyastyasyaurasaM balam Mb. 3.11.31. -8 Natural; nidarzayan vai sumahacchakSaurasakRtaM balam Mb. 7. 37. 20. - 4 Manly, virile; Mb. 12. 65. 5. -saH, -sI A legitimate son or daughter; auraso dharmapatnIjastatsamaH putrikAsutaH Y. 2. 128.. auraska 4. Excellent, distinguished. aurasya = aurasa q.v. aurjityam [ Urjita-yaj] Greatness; kailAsoddhArasAratribhuvanavijayorjityaniSNAtadoSNaH M. 2. 16. aurNa, aurNaka, aurNika . ( -rNI, bub vA ] Woollen. rAGkavANi tathaiaurNAni -Comp. - sthAnika: An officer in articles; EI, XXIII, P. 159. kI . ) [ UrNA - ab / Siva. B. 30. 21. charge of woollen 512 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir auveNakam kAlika a. ( -kI . ) [ UrdhvakAla-Tas ] Rolating to subsequent or later time. [ aNu ] A funeral ceremony ; aurdhvadehanimittArthamavatIryodakaM nadIm Ram. 2. 83.24. aurdhvade ( dai) hika . ( kI / ) [ UrdhvadehAya sAdhu ThaJ P. IV. 3. 60 Vart. 1]1 Relating to a deceased person, funeral, performed in honour of the dood (as a rite ); degkriyA obsequies, funeral rites; Pt. 1. -2 Pertaining to brahma; janako janadevastu mithilAyAM janAdhipaH / aurdhvadohakardhamANAmAsIdyukto vicintane // Mb. 12. 218. 3. -kam Funeral rites, obeegi [muparodhena yAkohakama Ms. 11.10. -2 Requisite for future world ( such as yajJa, dAna); adharmopArjitairathairyaH karotyaurvadaihikam Mb. 5. 39. 67. aurdhvasro (zrI) tasikaH = zaivaH, a Saiva or an adherent of the sect. aurya . ( pa. ) [ aN] 1 Relating to Aurva. -2 Produced from the thigh. -3 Relating to the earth. -rvaH 1 N. of a celebrated Risi. [ He was a descendant of Bhrigu, (the son of Chyavana by his wife Arusi, and grandson of Bhrigu). The Mahabharata relates that the sons of Kartavirya, with the desire of destroying the descendants of Bhrigu, killed even the children in the womb. One of the women of the family, in order to preserve her embryo, secreted it in her thigh (Tru ), whence the child at its birth was called Aurva. Beholding him, the sons of Karta virya were struck with blindness, and his wrath gave rise to a flame which threatened to consume the whole world, had he not, at the desire of his Pitris, the Bhargavas, cast it into the ocean, where it remained concealed with the face of a horse; cf. Vadavagni, Aurva was afterwards preceptor to king Sagara of Ayodhya ]. Uroryathaurvasya pRthozca hastAn mAndhAturindrapratimasya mUrdhnaH Bu. Ch. 1. 29.2 Submarine fire tyA vArAzI S. 8.3 Ve. 3. 7. No anala: - rvam Fossil salt. aura Barthly kimani rajobhirIvarairavakIrNasya maNermahArghatA Si. 16. 27. aulAnam 1 Support. -2 Reservoir of water. zeyaH [yA apatyaM Thak ] N. of Agantyn aulUkam [uttAnAM samUhaH ac] A collection of onia. aulakyaH [ ulUkasyApatyaM yay ] N. of Kanada, the [propounder of the Vaisesika philosophy (nee] okya darzana in Sarva. S. ). a. okhala - (lI.) [ usale gaM a] Coming from pounded or ground in, a mortar; aulUkhalo yAvakaH Mbh. IV. 3. 25. bhautyaNyam [ ulbaNam ] Exems [uperbundance virulence. auveNakam A kind of song; Y. 3. 113. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #531
auzana 513 auzana, auzanasa .. (-nI, -sI/.) [uzanas-aN] Belonging or peculiar to Usadas; originating from Usanas, or taught by him ; pitAmahAdaraM lebhe sarvamauzanasaM dhanam Ram. 4.51. 18. -sam 1 The law-book of uzanas (a treatise on civil polity). -2 N. of an Upapurana. -A1: N. of a school of writers on the science of government mentionod by Kautilya Kau. A. 1.15. -sI N. of Devayani; taM vIramAhauzanasI premanirbharayA girA / Bhag.9.18.20. auzija .(-jI/.) [ uzij-aN ] Desirous, Healous, wishing; kakSIvantaM ya auzijaH Mbh. VI. 1.37. auzInaraH [uzInarasyApatyaM an] The son of Usinara. -rI N. of the wife of king Pururavas. auzIram [ uzIraM-aN] 1 The handle of a fan or Chowri. -2 A bed; auzIre kAmacAraH kRto'bhUt Dk.72 at: liberty to sleep or sit. -3 A seat (chair, stool &c.). - An unruent made of Usira; acandanamanauzIraM hRdayasyAnulepanam Mk. 10. 23. -5 The root of the fragrant grass uzIra q.v. -6 A fan. -u. made from uzIra; chatraM veSTanamauzIram Mb. 12.60.32. auzIrikA 1 The shoot (of a plant.). -2 A basin. auSaNam [ uSaNa-aN] 1 Pungency. -2 Black pepper. -Comp. -zauNDI dried ginger; black pepper. auSadha . (-dhI/.)[auSadhi-aN] Consisting of herbs. - 1 A herb; herbs taken collectively. -2 A medicament, medicinal drug, inedicine in general. -3A vessel for her bs. -4 A mineral. -5 N. of Visnu. -6Counter-action, provention; atikrudhaM niSadhamanauSadhaM janaH Si. 17.7. -Comp. -peSaka: One who grinds or pounds medicaments. auSadhiH , -dhI/. 1 A herb, plant (in general); Y.3.276 v.1.; 800 oSadhi. -2 A medicinal herb; acinyo hi maNimantroSadhInAM prabhAvaH Ratn.2. -3 An herb which emits lire%3: viramanti na jvalinumoSadhayaH Ki.5.24 (tRNajyotIMSi Malli.); of. Ku. 1. 10. -4 An annual or deciduous plant; "dhIpatiH N.of Soma, the lord of plants. -paJcaprakArAH (1).Juice of a gruen herb (rasa). (2) Powder of dry medicinal billots cUrNa. (3) Decoction of medicinal herbs (471). (4) Decoction mixed with medicinal powder (avaleha). (5) A medicine to the pounded like condiment (kalka). -paJcAmRta guDUcI, gokSura, musalI, muNDI, zatAvarI. -pratinidhiH A substitute for herb which cannot be secured. ifta 8 U. To reduce to a modicament. treft a. Medicinal, consisting of herbs. auSaram , -rakam [ uSare bhavaM aNa, tataH kan ] 1 Rock-salt. -2 Iron stone. auSasa (-sI/.) [ uSas-aN ] Relating to dawny early; 37119 Ki. 9. 11. - Day-break, morning. 119EUR . Sacred to Usas or the dawn. auSasika, auSika . (-kI/.) 1 Walling out at day-break. - 2 Early born or produced at dawn. auSTra a. (TrI /.)[uSTra-aN] 1 Relating to, or producerl from, a camel; Ms. 5. 8. -2 Abounding in camels. -Tram 1 The milk of u camel. -2 Camel-nature. -3 The skin of a buffalo. __ auSTraka .(-kii|.) [ uSTra-buJ J Relating to a camol. -kam A multitude of camels; loloSTamauSTrakamudagramukhaM tarUNAm Si.5.65. auTraratha .(-thI/.) Belonging to a carringe drawn by camels. HDF. a. Coming from a camel (as milk); Mb. S. 44.28; -ka: An oil-imiller; mAnuSANAM malaM mlecchA mlecchAnAmauSTrikA malam / auSTrikANAM malaM SaNDhAH SaNDhAnAM raajyaajkaaH|| Mb.8. 45.25. - auSThaya . [oSTha-yat ] Rolating to the lip, la bial. -Comp. -varNa: a la bial letter; i... u, U, e, pha, ba, bha, m and v. -sthAna a. pronounced with the lips. -svrH| la bial vowel. auSNam [uSNa-aN ] Heat, warmth. auSNyam, auSmyam [uSNa-uSma-pyaJ] Heat; pUrvarAjaviyogaumyaM kRtsnasya jagato hatam R. 17. 33. The first consonant of the alphabet, and first a lotter of the guttural class ( ka varga). k .Jivhamuliya letter occurring before the guttural k or v and written as:( k kha). Upachniniya letter occurring before the la hial or and written also (-9 ); These are called ardhavisarga. saM..ko...65 kaH 1 Brahman. prajAH sisUkSuH ka ivAdikAle lu. Ch.2.51. yAvadgamaM rudrabhayAdyathA kaH Bhag. 1. 7. 18. -2 Visu. -3 Kamadova. -4 Fire. -5 Wind or air. -6 Yama. -7 The sun. -8 The woul. -9 A king or prince. -10 Knt or joint. -11 A peacock. -12 The ling of birds. -13 A bird. --19 The mind. -15 Body. -16 Time. -17 A cloud. -18 A word, sound. -19 llair. -20 light, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #532
816 kakud splendour. -21 Wealth, property. -22 Daksa Prajapati. - 1 Happiness, joy, pleasure (as in 14 which is explained thus; # ( n)= 74 39 : 2 2 ) nutapadakamalA kamalA karadhRtakamalA karotu me kamalam (kam + alam) Subhas.; Ch. Up. t. 10. 5. -2 Water ; # HT EUZTIZ Y. 2. 108; $a qfaagar qogar - fat: Subhas. (where a pun is intended on hera, the apparent meaning being Kesava.) -3 The head; as in- TT ( = FTTI yafa). Rosa To 546 w ied: Bhag. 9. 6. 11. -4 Hair. -5 An act of a woman. -6 Flock of hair. -7 A collection of woman's acts (# #aati HU 210). -8 milk. -9 Misery. -10 Poison. -11 Fear; cf. t ert: ga ai qat sa fac H4 Enm. -Comp. -3 a. watery, aquatic. -FTH A lotus. : a cloud ( giving water ). A Taddhita aflix added to nouns and adjectives, mostly to the former, in the sense of diminution, deterioration, similarity, endearment, or sometimes to express the original meaning of the word itself; e. g. 121: small tree; 115: a chap; 975: dear boy ; 3478.: a bad horse, or liko a horse, or a horse itself (14) #ya. Happy, prosperous. * CH N. of the eighth Yoga. #T: A drinking vessel. (* 09.) 2 A (H ) 1 To go. -2 To command. -3 Toi destroy; see . * , * 1 A drinking vessel, cup, can, goblet ; urat * a1 19 atla si Bri. Up. 6.3. 1. -2 Bell-metal, white copper. fhyqan: *29541 4107ated e Mbh. on P. I. 3.1.-3 A particular measure known as 3112, q. v. 1 N. of a king of Mathura, son of Ugrasena and enemy of Krisna. [He is identified with the Asura Kalanemi, and acted inimically towards Krisna and became his implacable na foe. The circumstance which made him so was the followiny. While, after the marriage of Devaki with Vasudeva, he was driving the happy pair homo, a heavenly voice warned Kamsa that the eighth child of Devaki would kill him. Thereupon he threw both of them into prison, loaded them with strong fetters, and kept the strictest watch over them. He took from Devaki every child as soon as it was born and slow it, and in this way he disposed of her first six children. But the 7th and 8th, Balarama and Kriszu, were safely conveyed to Nanda's house in spite of his viglance, and Krisna grew up to be his slayer according to the prophecy. When Kamsa hoard this, he was very much onra ged and sent several demons to kill Krisna, who killed them all with ease. At last he sent Akrura to bring the boys to Mathura. A severe duel was fought between Kamsa and Krisna, in which the former was slain by the latter. ] cf. jaghAna kRSNaH which is an answer to the query kaM saMja a cot: -2 Anything metallic. -3 Fire. -ET N. of a daughter of Ugrasena and sister of Kansa. -Comp. -377, 377fai, fre, , ET, . slayer of Karina, i e. Krisna; 4 OTITUITA Ve.l; - Stern. Bell mental. -aqwa A fragrant earth. - FIT: (- /-) 1 a mixed tribe; FITH STATE 497: Sa bdak. -2 a worker in pewter or whitebrass, a bell-founder, T: Vasudeva Srikrsna ; FT +59: alat Si. 1. 16. -HITAH a metallic substance in large grains; a sort of pyrites. -afo m. a brazier or seller of brass vessels. -23, the slaying of Kamsa. 2217441 gafa Mbh. on P. III. 1. 26. -TH N. of a drama by Sesakrisna * * 1 Bell-metal. -2 Green sulphate of iron (an eye-cure). a N. of a daughter of a. Fifth u.(- /-) Made of bell-metal &c. * a. Fit for, or relating to, a cup. - Bellmetal. GARH Ved. 1 A bone. -2 Rice, the grain of which becomes hard in the middle. Tier 1 A. (** ) 1 To wish. -2 To be proud. -3 To be unsteady; see a. kakajAkRta a. Ved. Mutilatod; vividdhA kakajAkRtA Av. 11. 10. 25. FF: Gold. **T: A kind of bird ( Ved.); Vaj. 24. 20. Destruction of happiness or of enemies ; * a h 3 7 Rv. 10. 102. 6. kakATikA A part of the back of the head (ghATA); Av. 10. 2. 8. T: The Chatu k: bird. T .1 A summit, peak. -2 Chief, head; see below; 1 faa: Ry. 8. 44. 16. -3 The hump on the shoulders of the Indian bull; 19 andeja: Mbh. un Vl. 1.63. i 1979 479188 Ki. 12. 20); R. 4. 22. - A horn. -5 An ensign or symbol of royalty as the 72, 747 &c.); aina zreSThale vRSAke rAjalakSmaNi' iti vizvaH nRpatikakudaM dattvA yUne fufataTO R. 3. 70. -6 Any projecting corner; Bhag. 5. 25. 7. -7 N. of a daughter of Daksa and wife of Dharma. According to Panini V. 4. 146-147 Fire is the form to be substituted for 197 in adj. or Bah. comps.; y. 1977. -Comp. - [ fa farifa ] an epithet of Puranjaya, son of Sasada, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #533
a king of the solar race, and a descendant of Iksvaku; ikSvAkuvaMzyaH kakudaM nRpANAM kakutstha ityAhinalakSaNo'bhUta B.6.71. [Mythology relates that, when in their war with the demons, the gods were often worsted, they, headed by Indra, went to the powerful king Puranjaya, and requested him to be their friend in battlo. The latter consented to do so, provided Indra carried him on his shoulders. Indra accordingly assumed the form of a bull, and Paranjaya, sented on its hump, completely vanquished the demons. Puranjaya is, therefore, called Kakutstha 'standing on a hump']. - 1 The peak or summit of a mountain. -2 A hump (on the shoulders of an Indian bull). kiM yattatsAmnAlA blakakudakhuraviSANyartharUpaM sa zabda: Mbh. I. 1. 1. -3 Chief, foremost, pre-eminent; faci are Mk. 1.5; R. 6. 71. -4 A sign or symbol of royalty; 2 R. 3. 70, 17. 27. 5 A species of serpent. kakudina o / Chief, superior: AsyaM vivRtya kakudI pANinA prAkSipacchanaiH Mb. 12. 289. 19. a. * kakudmat a. [ astyarthe matup ] 1 Purnished with a hump; 1 Rv. 10. 102. 7. Pt. 1.-2 Running high (as a wave ve). - -. 1 A mountain (having peaks). -2 A buffalo; 42: R. 4. 22; a humped bull; 13. 47; tupArasaMghAtazilAH khurAgraiH samullikhan darpakalaH kakudmAn Ku. 1. 56.-3 N. of a medicinal plant (). - The hip and the loins. hem. A buffalo with a hump on his shoulders. kakudmina a. 1 Peaked; furnished with a hump &c. -m. 1 A bull with a hump on his shoulders; fui Bhag. 10. 3. 15. 2 A mountain. -3 N. of Visnu; and of king a. rar-ga N. of Revati and wife of Balaramas kakudmikanyAvaktrAntarvAsalabdhAdhivAsayA Si. 2. 20. 815 The cavities of the loins; Y. 3.36 ( jaghanakUpa ). . 1 A direction, quarter of the compass; viyuktAH kAntena striya iva na rAjanti kakubhaH Mk. 5.26; Si. 9.25, 3. 33. 2 Splendour, beauty. -3 A wreath of Champaka flowers. -4 A sacred treatise or Sastra. -5 A peak, summit. 6 A Ragini or personified mode of music. 7 The personified quarter of the sky. -8 Breath, animation. -9 Unornamented hair; or hair hanging down as a tail. a. Ved. Distinguished, superior. : 1 A crooked piece of wood at the end of the lute. -2 The tree Arjuna; : : U. 1. 33. -3 A kind of goblin or evil spirit. -4 One of the Ragas or personified musical modes. T 1 Space: quarter. -2 One of the a carriage. kakerukaH A worm in the stomach, 1 P. To laugh. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Raginis. A flower of the Kutaja tree; kabhara bhau parvate parvate te ( utpazyAmi ) -Comp. -adanI 'food of the sky, a kind of fragrance or perfume. a. Ved. Eminent; excellent. A part of kakSaH A kind of animal; Vaj. 24. 32. kakkula: The Bakula tree. kakkAlaH, -lI N. of a plant bearing a berry ; kakkolIphalajagdhi Mal. 6. 19. v. 1. lam, -lakam 1 A berry of this plant. -2 A perfume prepared from its berries. 1 P. To laugh. a. 1 Hard, solid. -2 Laughing. Comp. - patrakaH The plant zANi whose fibre is jute. kakkhaTI Chalk. kakSaH 1 A lurking or hiding place; kroSTA varAhaM niratakta Rv. 10. 28. 4. -2 The end of the lower garment; sec 2.-3 A climbing plant, creeper. 4 Grass, dry grass; yatastu kakSastata eva vahiH R. 7.55, 11.75; yathoddharati ffaria efa Ms. 7. 110. -5 A forest of dead trees, dry wood; Bri. Up. 2. 9. 7. -6 The arm-pit; 'antara Pt. 1 the cavity of the armpit; prakSipyodarciSaM kakSe ara as Si. 2. 42. -7 The harem of a king. -8 The interior of a forest; f Rs. 1. 27; g: Ram. -9 The side of flank (of anything); a rife after Ram. 4. 47. 2. -10 A woman's girdle; as in fast. -11 A surrounding wall. -12 A part of a boat. -13 The orbit of a planet. -14 A buffalo. -15 A gate; enter: Mb. 2. 2. 12. 16 The Beleric Myrobalan or Terminalia Belerica (Mar. 2, 3). -17 A marshy ground. - 1 Painful boils in the arm-pit. -2 An elephant's rope; also his girth. -3 A woman's girdle or zone; a girdle, waist-band (in general); afkAyAM syAtkAJcyAMmadhye bhabandhane ' iti vizvaH ; yudhe paraiH saha dRDhabaddha For Private and Personal Use Only Si. 17. 24. A surrounding wall; a wall, -5 The waist, middle part; ete hi vidyudguNabaddhakakSA Mk. 5.21. -6 A courtyard; area, Ram. 4. 33. 19 (8); trINi gulmAnyatIyAya tisraH kakSAzca sa dvija: Bhag. 10. 80. 16. -7 An enclosure. -8 An inner apartment, a private chamber; room in general; kakSA kacche vastrAyAM kAJcyAM gehe prakoSTake' iti yAdava:; Ku. 7. 70; Ms. 7. 221; gRhakalahaMsakAnanusaran kakSAntarapradhAvitaH K 63, 182; kakSAsu rakSitairdakSaistAkSyaiH fara Parnal. 3. 38. 9 A harem. -10 Similarity. -11 An upper garment; duryodhano hastinaM padmavarNa suvarNakam Mb. 6. 20. 7. 12 Objection or reply in argument (in Logic &c.). -13 Emulation or rivalry. -14 A secluded part of an edifice; Ms. 7. 224. -15 A particular part of a carriage. -16

Page #534
kakSIkRta 516 kaGkAlAH 4 The jeweller's weight, Rati. -17 The end of the lower F9F 1 A heron; Mb. 11. 10. 7. -2 A variety of warment which, after the cloth is girt round the lower 1 mango. -3 N. of Yama. -4 A Ksatriya.-5 A Vrisni. part of the body, is brought up behind and tucked -6 A false or pretended Brahmana. -7 Name into the waistband (Mar. FHIZT) -18 Tying up the assumed by Yudhisthira in the palace of Virata. waist. -19 The wrist. -20 Border or lace; taun- -8 One of the 18 divisions of the continent. -9 N. of 1 : Bhag. 9. 10. 37. -21 The basin of a balance a people (pl.); cf. **ata afet (+27: also). TH 1 A star. -2 Sin. -Comp. - 3179: ANT 19 gatas Nm. - 1 A sort of sandal. wild fire, conflagration; Fanfaaraatia era: -2 Scent of the lotus. -Comp. 14: -&: a kind R. 11. 92. - inner or private apartment. of fish. -7 a. furnished with the feathers of a heron. -31 *: 1 a superintendent of the harem. -2 a (-:) an arrow furnished with a heron's feathers; keeper of a royal garden. -3 a door-keeper. -4 a H H 1170799 R. 2.31 ; U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18. (TH) poet. -5 a debauchee. -6 a player; painter. -7 an a heron's feather fixed on an arrow. -1 m. = actor. -8 a paramour. -9 strength of feeling or sen- 1897. -AG 1 a kind of musical instrument. -2 timent (Wilson). -iet a fragrant grass, (Hayk beating time by the clapping of hands. Je,-a a. Cyperus, Mar. ANTT). -STTH the shoulder-joint. shaped like a heron's mouth. (-:, EH), -a -q: 1. tortoise. -2 one of the 9 treasures of Kubera. a pair of tongs; Teuf 79=14+246 and 42 - ETT) TE: 3 cloth passed between the legs to cover Ve. 5.1.- m. An arrow (442); 36 of the privities. -Ya: 1 the arm-pit. -2 N. of a work 48: : Ram. 5. 21. 26. - 14: a dog sleeping on magic. -EET = Tetal q. v. -14, -T: a dog. like a heron). -FT. Hosted on the hip or the flank. 2:, : 1 Mail; defensive armour; na < Agreed to, promised. military accoutrements; F F C : Ve. 2. 27, 5.1; Ferya Den. A 1 To lie in ambush. -2 To intend R. 7. 59; Si. 18. 20; 3 : F2 GTIT: F U T Amar. ...45+ 2 anything wicked. ya Siva. B. 24. 33. -2 An iron hook to goad an elephant (307). -Comp. -73: N. fac m. [*21-HI Mbh. on P. VI. 1. 37 ] N. of of a plant (Mar. 1 ). a renowned Risi, sometimes called Pajriya ; author of kaGkaTerI Turmeric. . Several hymns of the Rigveda ; eft ftat: Rv. 1. 18. 1. T UT:, -OTH 1 A bracelet; ata que a *#0a fata Bh. 2. 71; 990 JUTH H. 1. -2 The 2 a. Ved. 1 Consisting of shrubs or dry grass. inarriage-string (fastened round the wrist); 314512a-2 Secrect. madhu pravocahatAyantvASTraM yahasrAvapi kakSyaM vAmiti Bri. 444 . (Fit: U. 1. 18; Mal. 9. 9; : TFTUp. 2. 5. 17. --3 Filling the girth (Say). - AGA I 1975 T: EH Mv. 2. 50.-3 Au 1 The girth of an elephant or horse. Fra fant ornament in general. -4 A crest. -U: Water-spray; A : Ram. 2. 37. 3. - 2 A woman's girdle AFET FTTH Udb.-ot, 7501 or zone; R : 796772: 74: Ki. 7.8; Si. 10.02. 1 A small bell or tinkling omament.--2 An ornament -3 Fingers. -4 The upper garmont. -5 The border of a furnished with bells. -Comp. -ETC:, - A bridegroom; yurmont. -6 The inner apartment of a palace. 7 41 bride. - TUT a. adorned with tinkling ornaments. A farah Bu. ch. 5. 67. 1 fath for Aut 1. the jewel in a bracelet. 290249: Ram. 2. 3. 18. -7 A wall, enclosure; F431 2 Ram. 3. 48. 11. -8 Similarity. -9 A shrub F irma. Adorned with a bracelet. yielding the black and red berry that serves as a F ra:, -24, 45 ,-fter A comb, haircomb; weight. -10 A military girdle. -11 Rivalry. -12 Ram. 2. 91.77; fara atau Si. 33. -2: Promise. -13 A balance. -14 See 4 See at T (17, 18); 17, 18); 1 A kind of tree (af ). -2 A poisonous animal. ramai 1914 yoza: Mb. 3. 11. 42.-22 1 The cup or receptacle of a balance. -2 A part of : 5 . [ gamla 2 5-347] Bad, vile, desarriage. -3 The hinder part. -4 A shrub or dry picable. -TH 1 Butter-milk (mixed with water ). -2 grass forest; w a 24 THAT Ram. A high number (=100 niyutas ). 2. 21. 8. -Comp. -37227 = ac q. v. TES: The plant Alongium Hexa petalum FET 1 P. [wald) 'To laugh at, deride. (fpla; Mar. 1971). Feu An enclosure; division of a large building. kaGkaloDyam A kind of drug. st:, HA skeleton; a Mal. T1 P. To act, perform. 5.14. Faqat ara faqaqata2 HH. HET4719771 5 L A. To go. Nag. 4. *aici: : : Udb. 4 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #535
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kaGkAlayaH - A particuler mode in music. N. of Siva. - a. reduced to a in the form of a skeleton); kaGkAlazeSAH kharAH e. 3. 43. kaGkAlayaH Body. www.kobatirth.org Comp. - m. skeleton (remaining gra: fram: (also ) A kind of corn. kaku (gu) STaH, -Tam A kind of medicinal carth (described as of two colours, one of a silvery and one of a gold colour, or one of a light and one of a dark yellow). kaGkapa: 'The inor holy (Abhyantaradeha ). kaGkeru: A kind of crow. kaGkeliH (vRkSavizeSa: ) Kalilasa mentions the tree only once in his literature and says that it flowers only in Sarad (cf. Rs. 3. 18). -fi The Aloka tree. "" f. Bathing by dipping the head only. kakolI = kakolI q.. Enjoyment, fruition. kagu. (gU./.) phagunI A kind of Prone seed (four kinds of it are mentioned in Bhava P.). (Mar. rALA. ) kaGgulaH The hand. I. 1 P. (fa, fa) To sound, ery. -II. 1 U. 1 To bind, fasten (with 3); Bk. 14. 94. -2 To shine. kacaH [ kacyante badhyante iti kacaH, kacu-ac] 1 Hair (especially of the head); gf Mb.; see graha below; alinI jiSNuH kacAnAM cayaH Bh. 1. 5. -2 A dry or healed sore, sear. 3 A binding, hand. - The hem of a garmont. -5 A cloud. -6 N. of a son of Brihaspati. [In their long warfare with the demons, the gods were often times defeated, and rendered quite holpless. But such of the demons as would be slain in battle were restored to life by Sukracharya, their preceptor, by means of a mystic charm which ho alone possessed. The gods resolved to secure, if possible, this charm for themselves, and induced Kacha to go to Sukracharya and learn it from him by becoming his disciple. So Kacha went to the preceptor, but the demons killed Kacha twice lest he should succeed in mastering the lore; but on both occasions he was restored to life by the sage at the intercession of Devayani, his daughter, who had fallen in love with the youth. Thus discomfited the Asuras killed him a third time, burnt his body, and mixed his ashes with Sukra's wine; but Devayani again begged her father to restore to life the youth. Not being 517 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir able to resist his daughter's importunities, Sukra once more performed the charm, and, to his surprise, heard the voice of Kacha issuing from his own belly. To save his own life the sage taught him the muchcoveted charm, and, on the belly of Sukra being ripped open, Kacha performed the charm and restored his master to life. Devayani thence forward began to make stronger advances of love to him, but he steadily resisted her proposals, telling her that she was to him as a younger sister. She thereupon cursed him that the great charm he had learnt would be powerless; he, in return, cursed her that she should be sought by no Brahmana, but would become a Ksatriya's wife.] 1 A female elephant; st tukacA striyAm / medinI -2 Beauty, splendour. -Comp. - curls, end of hair,-fa. having dishevelled hair; kacAcitau viSvagivAgajau gajau Ki. 1. 36. -AmodaH fragrant ointment of the hair ( vALA ) -grahaH seizing the hair, seizing (one) by the hair; Mb. 5. 155. 5; R. 10.47 palAyanacchalAnyajaseti rurudhuH kacagrahaiH R. 19.31. paH 1 a. 6 cloud drinker', grass. -2 a leaf. (-) a vessel for vegetables. -, -, - thick or ornamented hair; (according to Ak. these three words donote a collection: pAzaH, pakSaca hastazca kalApArthAH kacAtpare ). -mAla: smoke. kacchaH find.Hair against hair', (fighting by) pulling each other's hair. A free market (where no duty or custom, has to be paid). kacATuraH A gallinule. kacaGgagala: The ocean. a. 1 Ill-disposed, wicked, vile. -2 Intolerable, unbearable. -3 Difficult to be attained. A snake. . An esculent root; see . A string or cover containing and keeping together the leaves of a manuscript. kaccaTam An aquatic plant. a. 1 Bad, dirty. -2 Wicked, vile, debased. - Buttermilk diluted with water. For Private and Personal Use Only find. A particle of (1) interrogation (elton translatable by I hope'); Bg. 18. 72. refrenie sag $.6; aftagamaan safe: R. 4. 71 also 5, 6, 8, 9. (A) joy; (r) suspiciousness. 3,1 Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); : Pt. 1; faa: V. 5; Si. 3. 80; Mal. 9. 16. -2 A marsh, morass, fen. 'jalaprAyamanUpaM syAtpuMsi kacchastathAvidhaH ' Nm. 3 The hem of the lower garment tucked into

Page #536
kacchaTikA 518 kaJcukI the waistband; see . - A part of boat. 5 A particular part of a tortoise (in ***97). -6 A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture of (aa, Mar. niga); Mb. 1. 70. 21. -7 A populous region. -265T 1 A cricket. - The plant Lycopodium Imbri- catum (a et). -Comp. 3177: the border of a lake or stream: marshy place; Ki. 7.30; 1 a farty 1 12.54. - T: N. of : place in the South q: (-0 .) 1 a turtle, tortoise: 19 ga744 74 GEIT & Git. 1; Ms. 1. 44, 12. 42 (thus explained by Durga; 17 gangi ya a g ar 1 Ta yatiga qarua).-2 a tumour on the palate. -3 an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. -4 an attitude in wrestling. --5 the tree Cedrela Toona (Mar. asta) -6 one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (- ) 1 a female tortoise. -2 a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. -3 a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvati. - 8. marshy ground, morass. -ET 3 kind of grass (tai). ( 1) TFT, Fiorat The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist-band. FogfET 1 Pimple, blotch. -2 A wart accompanying gonorrhuca. -3 The borderline of a water-course, where people get down to draw water cogia , G. 0. S. 52, P. 297 ). FEITE FI= 24 q. v. Frogs:,-Tiba f. Itch, scab. -Comp. - the plant (217; Mar. 78 439.); another plant ( 2) kacchumatI The plant Carpopogon Pruriens zUkazimbI (said to cause itching on being applied to the skin). Filegt a. [473-6694 P. V. 2. 107 Vart. ] 1 Seabby, itchy. -2 Unchasto, libidinous. -3 Poor, wretched - N. of several plants; TI, T#164 (Mar. 4141, F , 1981). kacchurAlaH A kind of plant (Mar. bhoMkara ). kacchoram A kind of turmeric Cureuina (zaTI). Fiat A plant with an esculent root (Arun Coloensia ) cultivated for food. F1 P. (af) 1 To be happy. -2 To be confused with joy, pride, or sorrow. -3 To grow in the last sense a Sautra root.). IT See under FAITH (rad HAT 4711, #1: : ] 1 Lampblack or soot, considered as a collyrium and applied to the eyelashes or eyelids medicinally, or sometimes as an ornament; 193 Herr 14Fra fa cha K. 105; 3914 at an 75 14 (h. P. 15; O Amaru.ex. --2 Sulphuret of loud or antimons used in collyrium.) -3 (fig.) Drers; fua iaita v FFAH Bhay. 6. 2. 27. -4 Ink. (- ) A kind of fish. I 1 Sulphuret of mercury, ithiop's mineral. -2 lyk. -Comp. -8957: a lamp. -T129,-4 the wooden stand on which a lamp is placed. Hall Powdor (esp. made of mercury ). Festesa a. 1 Covered with lampblack or with a collyrium prepared from it. -2 Blackened, soiled; Hch. Fuad Lamp-black (especially considered as an application to the eyes ). # 1 A. 1 To bind. -2 To shine. Fi , -3: N. of an acquatic plant. : 1 The sun. -2 The Arka plant. F T 1 A small boil. -2. The branch of a bamboo. sah: 1 An armour, mail; 414 457+: Si. 1. 45. The skin of a snake, slough ; Tat: fer: Pt. 1. 65. -2312ai taftaten aura, al 4104277 : Nay. 5. 17. -3 A dress, garb, cloth (in general); 4 ara: $.5; +9244deg Dk. 29. -4 A dress fitting close to the upper part of the body, robe; 38:591654 fazila raziara: Ratn. 2.3; gatvarutalca 12453h Pt. 2.1.68.-5 A bodice, jacket; er z it+53 +1: Si. 6.51, 12. 20; Ainaru. 81; Phrase:- Art 53 914: I; cf."bad workman quarrels with his tools"). -6 A kind of drawers or short breeches. - A strap of leather. -8 Tusk. kaJcukAluH A snake. fa a. 1 Furnished with armour, mailed. -2 Having a garment; 214571 : 1934 HRERIT Bh. 3. 130.-3. (A pearl) having several coatings; Kau. A. 2. 11. F I a. Furnished with armour or mail. -m. 1 An attendant on the women's apartments, achamberlain; (an important character in draumas); 38:puracaro vRdo vipro guNagaNAnvitaH / sarvakAryArthakuzalaH kcukiitybhidhiiyte|| (he must be a Brahmana, very old, &c.; cf. V. 3. and S. 5.3). -2 A libidinous man, debauchee. 3 A serpent. -4 A door-keeper. -5 Barloy. -Comp. -er: The head +5719.31 759 9: Fire: Bil. Ch. 53. PS : A Chamberlain ; Natyasastra. Farofit, 52 A bodice; que 4-57. af of 14 Amaru. 27.... T ara Siva. B. 20.8. 7573 An article of female dress, i.e. a hodice. 757 f. N. of a medicinal plant. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #537
3: 819 kaTaMkaTaH . .. .............................. 59T: 1 The hair. -2 N. of Brahma. 41A F a: Ms. 12. 71; 37: 297771979: aitavi 40 lotus; 1436 H : Ram. 3. 12. 17; 12418: 7731- Mal. 5. 11. (977 v. 1.); also 23. To: Designation 2 Bhay. 1. 11. 2. -2 Ambrosia, nectar; cf. 73: of an elephant in the first stage of must; Matanga. maat: 1417791: F3197... INm. -Comp. : N. L. THE: opening of the temples, appearance of rut; of Brahmi. -a : N. of Vismu: 64347 F F991 qua afati : : 241 ta qiga: R. 3. 37. HTTN Bhay. 3. 9. 44. - a. acting by will. (-9) 1 Siva. -2 an imp or FU , - A kind of bird, Gracula Roligiosa. goblin. -3 one who gambles or plays with dice. -4 a worm. -5 a kind of demi-god, (of the class of A: 1 The god of love. -2 A kind of bird (the Vidyadharas ). :, - the buttocks. - 1 bird of Kandarpa). cleaning corn with the hands. -2 any royal calamity PER:, TT: 1 The sun. -2 An elephant. -3 The or misfortune. -3 To break through a close rank of belly. -4 An epithet of Brahma. -5 A peacock. -6 A the army; HRT 1 & 296 Hit. hermit. - N. of several plants Fullased, 317ftrar &c. P : A kind of bird. -7. The cheek of an elephant; Fogga: yip 49 Si. 5. 46. -Afair wine or any vinous liquor. kaJjikA The plant Siphonanthus Indica (brAhmaNayaSTikA). T: N. of Bhimasena. TRT 1 a fragment of a kaJjinI A Courteran. mat broken off or of straw. -2 N. of a plant, , F 1 P. ( ia or Fozia ) To go. (TTT). -CH 1 the hips and loins. 2 an elei 1 P. (210, 33ra, a) 1 To rain. -2 To p hant's temples.-FTGH A corpse. surround. -3 To encompase, cover or screen. kaTaMbhara N. of the kaTabhI tree. -rA 1N. of several plants:-- 1. 1981; 2. Haoff; 3. ; *. Ertant; T: 1 A straw mat; Ms. 2. 204. -2 The hip; 5. F ahl; 6. hat. - 2 A female elephant. Mb. 13. 53. 42. -3 Hip and lois; the hollow above :,-F 1 A bracelet of gold; haug the hips. - 4 The temples of an elephant; FUE HITTA & Fanta: Mbh. OIL I. 1.1. 311966427 Taf PICIT R. 2. 37, 3. 37, 1. 47. -5 A particular throw of F# CL. P. 15; Si. 16. 77; fuerit fatathe dice in lavard; Baar: a faragraat 14 AT: Siva. B. 17. 44.-2 Azone or girdle. -3 A Mk. 2.8. -6 A kind of grass; 6 7 FIAT string. -4 The link of a chain. 5 A mat. -6 seaMs. 8. 377. -7 Excess (as in 3772 ). 8 A corpse; fid salt. -7 The side or ridge of a mountain; 4 49914 5h: Bhay. 10. 6. 41. -9 A hearse, 9712 meita : Ku. 7. 52; R. 16. 31. -8 Ta blo-land; bier. -10 An arrow. -11 A custom. -12 A cemetery, FEF2+(aicu : Si. 4. 65.-9 Au army, a burial ground. -13 A time or season. -14 The plant camp: Tu Si. 5. 59; Mu. 5. Saccharum Sara (7). -15 An annual plant. -10 A royal capital or metropolis (19 ). -11 A -16 Grass (in general). -17 A thin piece of wood, house or dwelling. -12 A circle or whoel. -13 A ring plank. -18 See F214; adida21214: Bhay. 10. 32. 6. placed as an ornament upon an elepbant's tusk. - at Long pepper. TH Dust of flowers. --Comp. ylanco, -T&T: a sidlo-lony look, -14 N. of the capital of Orissa. -Comp. leer; -TE: Praia 59 A lizard. 60 61: Mal. 1. 29; also 25, 28; Me. 37. Te a. caught by : lance. Para: narrow-like FEIT. A mountain. look of love. - fa: a fire kept up with dry grass or REFTF. N. of a man or a class of men; 19. straw; the straw placed round : criminal to be burnt. gopAlakamAnaya kaTajakamAnayeti yasyaiSA saMjJA bhavati sa AnIyate cul 18 Ms. 8. 377: Y. 2. 282. -TFCT: the Mbh. I. 1. 23. extremity of the tom ples; ETHI9415: AT kaTasI A cemetery. Si. 18. 12. - 1 water for a funeral libation ; FETTT4 The plant Audropogon Muricatus (04). brat ruffla:9319941941 Bhay: 7. 9. 17, -2 rut, ichor (issuing from an elepliant's temples. : a fa a. 1 Matted, screened. -2 Having handsomo mixed tribe of low social position ); ( a loins du. -*. An elephant. + A : Usanas). : W. A straw lut; F2 <<. Excellent, best. -2: N. of Siva. svalaMkRtAH kaTakuTikambalAmbarAdyupaskarA yayuradhiyujya savataH Brig. FORET An onomatopoetic word supposed to repre10. 71. 16. ETW. A plaitor of straw mats; I sent the noise of rubbing together. staat * 304 Bhag. 1. 3. 18. F : a spitting . eating much, vora cious. (- ) 1 a pot. ata Den. P. To rub together, make a jackal. -2 : crow. -3 u glass vessel, : tuubler or (lea king or grating soun. bowl. -17: a hamlet inhabited by herdsmen. - :, TE: 1 Fire. -2 Gold. -3 N. of Ganesan ; Y. 1. af a kind of departed spirits; usuri : 285. -4 N. of Siva. - The 12 tree. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #538
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kaTaMkaTerI 1 Turmeric. -2 Yellow saunders; cf. dAruharidrA; nIlotpalazIrakaTaMkaTerI Susr. The roof (or thatch) of a house. kaTaphalaH A bribe; utkoce'strI kaTaphala: Nm. An arrow. 1 A kind of musical instrument. -2 kaTA (ThA ) kuH A bird. 22: N. of Siva. www.kobatirth.org ER 1 A libidinous man, a lecher. -2 A citizen. kaTArikA A Small dagger ( Mar. kaTyAra ); guptAmAtmakaTArikAM tadudare gADhaM nikhAya svayam Siva. B. 20.64. kaTAhaH [ kaTamAhanti, A-han-Da Iv. ] 1 A frying-pan, a shallow boiler for oil or butter (of a semispheriodal shape and furnished with handles; Mar.); da tasminninado'tibhISaNo babhUva yenANDakaTAhamasphurat Bhag. 7.8.16. -2 A turtle's shell. -3 A well. -4 A hill or mound of earth. 5 A fragment of a broken jar; 'kaTAhaH kharparastUpa:' iti vaijayantI; yaddantinaH kaTakaTAhataTAnmimakSoH Si. 5. 37; N. 22.32.6 A winnowing basket. -7 Hell, the infernal regions. -8 A young female buffalo whose horns are ust appearing. -9 A Dvipa or division of a known continent. -10 A heap or pile. kaTAhakam A pans pot. kaTiH, -TI / [ kaTU-in ] 1 The hip. -2 The buttocks (considered by rhetoricians as vulgar and colloquial in those senses; the word kaTi in kaTiste harate manaH is said to be .) -3 An elephant's cheek. - Long pepper. -Comp. A kind of leprosy. : the hollow atbove the hip, the loins. - taTam the loins; kaTItaTanivezitam Mk. 1. 27. H 1 a cloth girt round the loins. -2 a zone, girdle; fai Bhag 6. 16. 30.--8 an ornament of small bells worn round the loins. -4 an armour of the hip or the loins.: the loins. -(f or ): the buttocks. - a woman's zone or girdle. the rider of an elephant (who sits upon the hinder parts of the elephant as distinct from the driver). the loins. Sciatic pain. Ta girdle furnished with small bells. zone or waistband. - kaTikA The hips guhyaM tu phAlgunI vidyAtkRttikA kaTikAstathA Mb. 13. 110. 4. fem. An elephant. fe: A kind of gourd. A species of the Balsam apple. ata: A crooked sword. T, TH 1 A cave, hollow. -2 The cavity of the loins, THA hip. 520 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kaTuka kaTIrakam The posteriors, hips; vyacalanvizakaTakaTIrakasthalI Si. 13. 31. kaTu - (or fr.) 1 Pungent, acrid; (said of a rasa or flavour; the rasas are six ; madhura, kaTu, amla, tikta, kaSAya, and lavaNa ); kaTUvamlalavaNAtyuSNatIkSNarUkSavidAhinaH / AhArA Bg. 17.9.-2 Fragrant, exhaling strong odour; 4 R.5. 18. -3 Ill-smelling, having a bad smell. -4(a) Bittor. This sense is found given to the words and in Prakrit and later Banskrit works; cf. atikaTuH kAravellAdiH anitIkSNo maricAdiH; amRtataraGgiNI on Bg.17.9, nIlakaNTha gives the same sonse. 5 caustic (words); Y. 3. 142. (b) Disagreeable, unplea sant; faag: R. 6. 85. -6 Envious. -7 Hot, impetuous. - 1 Pungency, acerbity (one of the six flavours). -2 N. of several plants. . A medical plant (f). - n. 1 An improper action. -2 Blaming, reviling, scandal. Comp. - 1 the a tree (Mar. 2). 2 N. of the king Dilipa. - utkaTam singer. udarI N. of a plant (Mar. vAghATI). ,1 ginger, the fresh root or the plant. -2 garlic. -kITaH, -kITaka: guat, mosquito. -kANa: the TiTTibha bird. -granthiH, -thi . dried ginger; so bhaGgaH, bhadram dried ginger or ginger, galaxy an aggregate of four pungent substances, as of cardamoms, the bark and leaves of Laurus Cassia and of black pepper. -chadaH the tagara tree. ja . prepared from acid substan ces. - tiktakaH 1 the bhUniMba tree. -2 the zaNa tree. - tiktA= kaTutumbI tumbI kind of bitter gourd tela White mustard; abhyaGgaH kaTu tailena nirvAtasthAnabandhanam / salihotra of Bhoja 260. Ha compound substance of ginger, black and long pepper. -dalA = karkaTI plant. -niSplAva: grain not inundated (Mar. 1). - 1 N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. fast). -2 fa tree. - patrikA N. of a tree kArI. -pAka, pAkin a producing acid humors in digestion. - sort of cucumber. ( - lA ) N. of two plants, paTola and zrIvaDI -vIjA long pepper. -bhaGgaH -bhadraH Dry ginger. -maJjarikA the apAmArga tree. -modam a certain porfume. -rava 4. having a harsh sound. (-) 1 a frog. -2 a harsh word or sound. -rohiNI the kaTukI plant. -vipAka . producing acid humors in digestion: the mustard seed plant. kaTuka . 1 Sharp, pungent; madhuro guDaH kaTukaM zRGgaveram Mbh. on P. II. 1. 1. -2 Impetuous, hot; Rv. 10. 85. 34. 3 Disagreeable, unpleasant. -4 Fierce. saMprahArastumulaH kaTukaH zoNitodaka: Mb. 6. 70. 12. - Harsh; yadA hyasya giro rukSAH zruNomi kaTukAdayAH Mb. 19. 1. 40. kaH 1 Pungency, acerbity. -2 N. of several plants:-1, sugandhitRNa, kuTaja, arka, rAjasarSapa kA N. of several plants:kaTurohiNI, tAmlI rAjikA, nikAlA, kIkaTurohiNI kam 1 Pungency; (at the end of comp. in a bad sense; as a bad curds'). -2 A compound of ginger, black and long pepper. -8 unpleasant works, speech; 6 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #539
521 kaThorayati kaTukatvam ...................................................................................... cafui aresi ara gafa auf Mb. 3. 28. 13. -Comp. Try ( f. a kind of bitter gourd. - a compound of ginger, black and long pepper. -985:= (Mar. tha). (-UH) N. of a perfume prepared from the berries of this plant. - N. of a plant, as also of a town. facer at Mbh. on P. I. 2.51. Tortizoft. -e = . kaTukatvam Pangency. FIETS. N. of plant, Picrorrhiza Kurroa (Mar. Zat, aldus). ETC Rough manners, rudeness. PET: Buttermilk mixed with water. -a. Mean, vile. FERH An earthen vessel. kaTorA A shallow oup. het a. Pungent. 3:1 A pungent flavour. 2 A man of an inferior and degraded tribe, a Chandala. -Comp. -atott a kind of lute played by the Chan. dalas. Fics 10 P. To heap, cover with earth; Krisisargraha. kaTTarinRtyam A kind of dance. FER: A weapon, dagger. Fittilf. A butcher's cleaver. kaTpha la: N. of a tree, commonly called kAyaphaLa. FET <<. Despised. -TH 1 The skim or whey of curds. -2 Buttermilk with water. -3 A sauce, condiment. IP. (mia, 37311, A) To live in distress; see . +3:1 N. of a sage, pupil of Vaisampayana, teacher of that branch of Yajurveda which is called after him. -2 A Brahmana. -3 A note or simple sound. -4 A kind of rik. -IT: The followers of that waye. a uitafa : Mbh. on P. II. 2. 24. 11 A female follower of Katha. 781 Fa r ifa Mbh. on P. VI. 3. 42. -2 The wife of a Brahmana. -Comp. -3TETTA: a teacher of the Katha branch of the Yajurveda. -39 N. of an Uprisad (generally said to belong to 34722 ). T: P. II. 1.3. Schools of 43 and 14; era #34: arat HAT: Mbh. on II. 4.3. 9 4691 zus. Tai: Ram. 2. 32. 18. a: a Brahma na well-versed in the hit branch of the Yajurveda. - P. V. 2. 81. a Brabmy na who has mastered the 73 branch of the Yajurveda. FH: An epithet of Siva. IT a. Iard, stif. F52, 5: Gravel. FISIT A bird. FETET: A gallinule. kaThikA Chalk. kaThiJjaraH N. of a tree commonly called tulasI. fa a. 1 Hard, stiff ; 941 auf 24 Me. 93; Amaru. 72; Mu. 2. 20; so aat. -2 llardhearted, cruel, ruthless; a facta ftat: & faz: Ku. t. ; Pt. 1. 64; fast tf 1997 Amaru. 7; NO deg594; far -8 Inexora ble, inflexible. - Sharp, violent, intense (as pain &c.). Pataa H ATA V. 2. 11. -5 Giving pain. -a: A thicket.al 1 A sweetmeat made with refined sugar. -2 An earthen vessel for cooking; (. also in this sense ). -nI Chalk. See kaThinikA. -nam 1 A Shovel, scoop; 'lave 1 T Taifa: Ram. 2. 55. 17. -2 An earthern vessel for cooking (FT); ATATA Mb. 3. 297. 1. -3 A strap or pole for carrying burden; P. IV. 4. 72. -Comp. - , -fi a tortoise. ftat, el 1 Hardness, firmness. -2 Severity. -3 Cruelty, hard-heartedness; lef& * at na 2124 Ki. 10. 51. -4 Difficulty, obscurity, fefl, *faft 1 Chalk. -2 The little finger. guNiguNagaNanArambhe na patati kaThinI musaMbhramAdyasya H. Fift : The Balsam apple (Mar. Fri). T : 1 The Balsam apple. -2 The Log-wood. -3 N. of a plant. Fift a. Hard, cruel. TOT 4. Living in distress. -T: A needy or distressed anan, a pauper. S . 1 lard (fig. also ); solid, stiff, TRIf99f Mal. 5. 34. -2 Cruel, hard-hearted, ruthless; 379 T 91: 1924 U. 3. 27; NO EPI, degf*. -3 Sharp, piercing; ar Santi. 1. 22. -4 Full, deve loped, complete, fullgrown, of mature ace; TTH ar faqaz U. 1, 1. 49, 6. 25; Mal. 6. 19; 80 RAT 1921574e3fa: Si. 1. 20; so 37deg new, young: Mal. 1. 2. -5 Fig. ) Matured, refined ; 792179H ah K. 7; on: ca: U.2 it is noon-time. -Comp. -TH a. far advanced in pregnancy; AtaGkasphuritakaThoragarbhaguvIm U. 1. 49.- AreT747 a portion of the Brahminilit Purana. Attal, Hardness, firmness, severity. trufa Den. P. To furnish with buds, xe the blossoins of ; F14 #17 Mal. 9. 12. 1. ..... For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #540
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kaThorata kaThorata a. made to strive, strengthened; Heh. www.kobatirth.org a. Hard, resisting. 1.1 U. (fa-a, a) 1 To be proud. -2 To unhusk; cf. 0-3 To be disturbed or confused. -II. 6 P. To eat, consume. -III. 10 U. 1 To protect. -2 To remove the chaff or husk of grain. -3 To break off a part, separate or detach, tear. a. 1 Dumb. -2 Hoarse. -3 Ignorant, foolish. kaDakam ( - kaDakaJci n. 1 ) Sea salt obtained by eva.poration. A spirituous liquor, a kind of rum. (): 1 Straw, the stalks of various sorts of pulse &c. -2 A kind of weapon (club); Mb. 7. 25.58. kaDaGga (ka) rIya a. To be fed with straw -yaH An aninal fed with straw, such as a cow or buffalo; nIvArapAkAdirAjAnapadena kara R. 5. A noise; B. R. 1 A kind of vessel. -2 A wife. () -3 Hip. kahandikA Science (kalA). kaDa (la) mbaH (mbI ) 1 The stem or stalk (of a potherb). 2 The end or point, angle. A section of a great poem written in an a dialect; S. D. kar3Ara . 1 Tawny; kaDAra ivAyam G. M.; mIlanmeghataDitkaarget: U. 5. 14; U. 6. -2 Proud, haughty, impudent. - 1 The tawny colour. -2 A servant. feg: 1 A sword, scimitar. -2 A sacrificial knife. kaDulI A kind of drum. kaDera N. of a country coDaH, kaDera:, kerala: Mbh. on P. IV. 1. 175. 522 31 P. 1 To be hard or rough. -2 To be harsh or severe. I. 1 P. (fa, a) 1 To sound or cry (as in distress): moan. :, for : Mbh. on P. -2 To become small. -3 To go or approach. II. 10 P. or Cans. 1 To wink, to close the eye with the lids or lashes. -2 To sigh, sound. kavitam Crying out with pain. : 1 A grain, a single seed: 3 H. 1; Ms. 11. 93. -2 An atom or particle (of anyting). 3 A very small quantity; af Santi. kaNIciH :: R. 1. V. 2.7. -5 A > 1. 19; 3.5.4 A grain of dust. 85; or of pollen; drop (of water) or spray; S. 3.7; ambu, a udyAnAnAM makAna Me 20, 47. 71; Amaru. 54.-6 An ear of corn. -7 Spark (as of fire). -8 The spark or facet of a gem. -9 Flake (of snow ). - 10 zvetajIraka; ef. 'kaNo'tisUkSme dhAnyAMze pippalyAM Nm. - 1 A kind of fly. -2 Long pepper. -3 Cumin seed. -uft 1 An atom, a drop. -2 A kind of corn. 3 The plant Premna Spinosa or Longifolia. -4 A crocodile; Girvana. Comp. -,-, - m. a nickname given to the philosopher who propounded the Vaisesika system of philosophy (which may be said to be a doctrine of atoms). - a. one whose food consists of grains. at the state of one who is made to live on grains; Ms. 11. 167. - guggulaH a kind of plant. -jIraH a white kind of cumin seed. -jIrakam small cumin seed. - dhUmaH A kind of penance; Matsya P. -f: A sparrow. -er:, -bhakSakaH, -bhuj m. N. of Kanada. -bhakSakaH a kind of bird. -lAbhaH a whirlpool. - vIrakaH A kind of arsenic (Mar. ); Girvana. ind. In small parts or tainute particles, grain by grain, little by little, drop by drop &c.; af kaNazo vikIryate ( bhasma ) Ku. 4. 27. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir : 1 A grain. -2 A small particle. -3 An ear of corn. 4 A meal of parched wheat. -5 An enemy. 6 N. of a purificatory ceremony, i. e. waving round lamps at sacrificial rites. -7 An enemy. - 1 An atom, a small or minute particle; zvatthakaNIkAyAmantarbhUto mahAdrumaH Mb. 12. 211. 2. -2 A drop ( of water ); tAmutthApya svajalakaNikAzItalenAnilena Mo. 98. -3 A kind of corn or rice. -4 Cumin seed. -5 The agnimantha treo (Mar. naravela ). 1 kaNizaH, -zama An ear or spike of corn. enforg The smallest, the most minute. a. Small, diminutive. kaNapaH A kind of iron lance or hear; lohastambhastu kaNapaH Vaijayanti; 1994 &c. Dk. 35. -2 A weapon (like bomb). ' ayaH kaNAn lohagulikAH pibatIti tathAvidhaM AyauSadhabalena garbhasaMbhRtA rohagulikAstArakA iva vikIryante yena tayantramayaH kaNa lohamayam' iti nIlakaNTha:. Mb. 1. 227. 25. 11. A kind of fly with a sting. kaNATInA, DIe -TArakA Awagtail. goldsmith. For Private and Personal Use Only 1 N. of a philosopher; see under .-2 A :, - 1 A sound. -2 A tree. -8 A creeper in flower.

Page #541
kaNe 323 70% ..... ........ ....... ... ... FOT ind. A particle expressing the satisfaction of a desire (a ): R 23:f99f Sk. l. I. 4.66. he drinks milk to his heart's content or till he is satisfied.' FUT:, : The "forar? tree (Mar. Fue). -IT, -F: f. 1 A she-elephant. -2 A courtezan, harlot. FOT1 P. (F2ft, *1024) To yo or move. FVE n. Thorny. -Comp. - 7a: N. of a plant (**71124). FF :, H 1 A thorn : T ea Foz a Foz (367) Chu. 22; +07 14 +2+H (3-H17) Pt. 4.18 -2 A prickle, a sting; 24: ozafagafa Y. 3. 53. -3 The point of anything, -4 (Fig.) Any troublesome fellow who is, as it were, a thorn to the state and an enemy of order and good governinont; grande19470zsia R. 14. 73; fiat 442 S. 7. 3; Ms. 9. 260; My. 7. 8. -5 ( Hence) Any source of vexation or annoyance, nuisance; a = 17 Ms. 9. 253. -6 Horripilation, erection of hair, thrill. -7 A fingernail. -8 A vexing speech. -9 A fish-bone; 37 - Raila 77: F034: Ms. 8. 95. -10 A sharp stinging pain, Nymptom of a disease. -11 (In Nyaya philosophy ) Refutation of arguments, detection of error. -12 Impediment, obstacle. -13 The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth lunar mansions. -19 A vexing or injurious speech; Mb. 1. - A bamboo; some other tree Mar. 7, aru, maz) 44 a 2004 744 Mb. 12. 303. 14; He 70. -2 A work-shop) manufactory. -3 Fault, defect; 4162142FOST Mb. 12 167. 50. -4 N. of Makara or the marine monster, the symbol of the yod of love. - A kind of anht-: See 70367. -Comp. -370: a kind of lizard. -373777,- TT, UT m. 3 camel. -TY: a kind of fish (having many bones). -371"TIT: a kind of worm. 3131: a kind of tree. -JETUTE 1 (lit. ) extracting thorns, weeding. -2(fig.) removing annoyances, extirpating thieves and all such sources of public annoyance; 803 FTUA R IT Ms. 9. 252. -A: 1 a tree with thorns, a thorny bush; nad faati FAT: 929 034741: Mk. 9. 7. -2 the Salmali tree or silk-cotton-tree (Mar. iakt). -TIT Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. 1793). -Tig: 1 the bread-fruit tree, Panasa tree. -2 the Team plant. --3 the castor oil treo. -4 the Dhattura tree. -5 a term applicable to any plaint the fruit of which is invested with a hair) or thorny coat. A suppressing disturbance. -YF. having thorns, thorny.-TETIT extirpating every source of disturbance or trouble; 7199702 arttaa: Vikr. 5. 1. - Farft a species of nightshade with thorny leaves ( aratal). -10:, -off. 1 the Solanum Jacquini. -2 a porcupine. FUTFIT: N. of a tree (T ); also fatxa.- N. of several plants: Solanum Jacquini, the silk-cotton tree. F e at Solanum Jacquini; also the fruit of this tree. #15: = 400 q. . kaNTakila: Bamboo. FVIIKT4 The tuberous root of the lotus. Ferra a. 1 Thorny. -2 Covered with orect hair, thrilled; horripilated; sa 9: Ku. 6. 15; R. 7. 22; fonda fa Tri 91H S. 3. 15. Toza. (Eftf.) 1 Thorny, prickly; 721 21: Vikr. 1. 116. --2 Vexatious, troublesome. -. A fish. --, f. N. of several plants:- aet, 46, 4K, TT, 27. -Comp. -7 .1 produced from a fish. 2 produced by the Mimos tree. -hoi the bread-fruit tree (974). () gast plant. FUT: A thorny kind of bamboo. FUT: 1 N. of a plant (agt; Mar. 974.). -2 A tree yielding a species of Gum Ara bie. FUETFIT: The bread-fruit tree, The Panasa tree. FUITG: 1. N. of several plants:--andai, at, agt, ni. . Thorny. -m. N. of several trees:- alet, 391411, 12 1. 10 U. ( w aa, mula-, loga) 1 To mourn, grieve for. -2 To miss, be anxious or long for, remember with regret; (in this sense generally used with the preposition and a noun in the gen., loc. or dat. case ). 13:, -03H 1 Throat; # Faniega aia Mk. 8. kaNThaH stambhitabASpavRttikaluSaH 5.4.6%; kaNThepu skhalitaM gate'pi zizire DEFG 24 6. 4. -2 The neck; 39 40% aiz: U. 1. FOR ET Pt. 1. 6; 7deg P 996 Me. 3, 99, 111; Amaru. 19, 57: Ku. 5.57. -3 Sound, tone, voice; 2 R. 14. 68; PA fat-Frog 4a 8. 61: 31149aisa FU Tier U. 3. -4 The neck or brim of a vessel &c. -5 Vicinity, immediate proximity (as in 34707 ). -6 The opening of the womb. -7 A bud on a stalk. -8 The space of un inch from the edge of the hole in which incrificial fire is deposited. -9 The tree. -10 Guttural sound. -Comp. -391a: a bird (digesting in the throat or gizzard). - a. clinging to the neck. - a. come to the throat (as the breath or soul of a dying person). -34727TH a neck-ornament, necklace : - faa 48 gadiaca 3 20170947 Vikr. 1. 24; cf. names like attad 14 .-31171T: neck-embrace: For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #542
Fea: 524 kaNDUrA Me. 3; 1 Petal Pt. 4.6; 3977 Bh. 3.28. - TiT personal testimony. h t: a kind of fever. FITOTFiT the Indian lute. -T a. reaching or extending to the throat; : Tafa: # 49: Ms. 2. 62. -TTT . 1 being at or in the throat, coming to the throat; i. c. on the point of departiny: Tani 1191 vu: Fustafa Subhas; l't. 1. 296. -2 approaching or reaching the throat. 23:, H, -t the side of the neck. - 01far the leather or rope passing round the neck of a horse. - A necklace; J o zat: Mb. 5. 143.30. - a. reaching to the neck. - Stalklike throat, a throat, neck; FF3947 R. 15. 52. also. , -afsni a kite. Fi a large lamp or torch, a whisp of lighted straw &c. (Mar. 17). --773:,-913TF: 1 a rope tied round an elephant's neck. -21 halter in general. Tz: a rope for an elephant's neck. TUTH, T a short necklace; faggi 905491:Vikr. 18. 102. -759: Staminering. - ACT 1 a jewel worn on the rieck. -2 (fig.) a dear or beloved object. -3 Thyroid Cartilage. - TETA Stopping or lovering the voice. - 4. 1 clinging to the throat. -2 suspended round the neck. -8 throwing the arms round the neck (in em braces); H.- 1 a collar. -2 a horse's halter. -alert a. being at or in the throat, i. e. on the point of departing: grot: R. 12. 51. - a hard tumour in the throat.-yugt swelling of the tonsils. -119 ( lit. ) 1 drying up or parching of the throat. -2 (fig.) fruitless expostulation. - rah banging on, by, or round the neck. - kind of embrace; (thus defined :-head vakSasi vaThabharaya stanAbhighAtaM niciDopagRhAt / parizramArtha zanakaidigdhA O vacia : ); 7034344f f aa: R. 19. 32. T:1. 1 being in the throat. -2 guttural (as a letter). --3 being in the mouth, ready to be repeated by rote. -4 learnt and ready to be repeated. usa: inl. 1 From the throat. -2 Distinctly, explicitly. A necklace of a single string or row. nga . Belonging to the throat. F t 1 Neck, throat. -2 A necklace, a collar. -3 A rope round the neck of a horse. Comp. Te: 1 a lion. --2 a clephant in rut; Forizat E U Dk. 7.-3: pigeon. -4 explicit declaration or mention; FPITIME). FOTO: N. of Siva (blue on the neck). 7703416 # 1: ...... I Siva. B. 16.59. FUST . 1 Relating or suitable to, or being at, the throat. -2 Guttural. -Comp. -20: a guttural letter; namely 27, 31, , ?, ?, 9, 8 and -ETT: a guttural vowel 31 and 34). kaNThalA A basket made of vanes. 313: 1 A boat. -2 A spade, hoc. -8 War. -4 A camel. -5 An esculent root. -6 A churning vessel. -7 A bag. - A churniny vessel. kaNThIla: A camel. -laH, -lA A churning vessel. 3 I.1 U. ( A-d, tisa ) 1 To be glad or satisfied. -2 To be proud. -3 To unhusk. II. 10 U. ( F a -, fusa) 1 To thresh (corn, grain &c.), unhusk. - To protect, defend. F 741 Threshing, separating the chaff from the grain; 395are ad (374) mai 2 Chaff. 1 A wooden mortar in which the threshing of corn or grain is performed. -2 A pestle; Ms. 3. 68. Froga a. Dislocated. ET 1 A sinew (of which 16 are considered to be in the human body ). -2 A principal vessel of the body, a large artery, vein &c. FET": N. of a servant of Siva. #fog #1 1 A short section, shortest subdivision ; ( as in the 1990). -2 N. of a country. fogo a. 1 Drunken. -2 Saucy. Z nalar: Pratijna. 3. fire: m., f., Fug: 1. 1 Scratching. - Itching, itching sensation ; 91773: Farfagn ku. 1. 9; Santi. 4. 17. -Comp. 37 m. (pl.) the nominal verbs. P. III. 1. 27; mentioned separately with the root Fus given as the frist root. - N. of a plant Terai. - 1 N. of a plant (Mar. areal). -2 white mustard. Fugt a. Scratching. -T: A species of reed. fa: 1. 1 Scratching. -2 Itching, itch; gat F7FATTY FUT tusidetza S. D. Fogha a. 1 Scratching. -2 Itching. ggia-a Den. U. ( p. Freiga) 1 To scratch, rub gently; Fanta F2 R. 2. 37; ugya Budit: Ku. 3. 36; so T y p 2144 guara 114 S. 16; Ms. 4. 82. #15a, -Fi a. Seratching. -24 Scratching, rubbing; Fog Hela U14 R. 2.5. - A brush for rubbing. - A tickler; TUTU ya ara ( a 10 HadiaTM ) Pt. 1. 71. Fugar 1 Scratching. -2 Itching. kaNDUyitam Scratching. Fugler a. Scratching, a scratcher; pufuati yer194 (FA) R. 13. 43. Fugt N. of a plant causing itch (Mucana Pruritus Mar. 18.461) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #543
kaNDUla 526 katha * a. 1 Having an itchy sensation, feeling the katara pron. a. (degrat.) Who or who or which ot itch, itchy; kaNDaladvipagaNDapiNDakaSaNotkampena saMpAtibhiH U.2.9. two3 naitadvidmaH kataranno garIyo yadvA jayema yadi vA no jayeyuH -2 Causing itch. -la: An esculent root ; (Mar. khAjarA- Bg.2.6. kataraH sa AtmA Ait. Up.5.1. suraNa). katarataH On which of the two sides? kaNDodhaH A catterpillar. kati pron. a. [kim-iti] (always declined in the FOSIS: 1 A basket for holding grain (made of plural only; kati, katibhiH &c.) 1 How many; katyagnayaH cane or bamboo). -2 A safe, store-room. -3 A camel kati sUryAsaH Rv. 10.88.183; ebhibhUtaiH smara kati kRtAH svAnta te (also f.).-lI The lute of a Chandala. -Comp. -vINA fast: Santi. 3. 18; -2 Some. When followed by The lute of a Chanelala. cit, cana or api, kati loses its interrogative force and becomes indefinite in sense, meaning 'home', 'several', F F : 1 A basket. -2 A safe, store-room. a few'; tanvI sthitA katicideva padAni gatvA 5.2.123 katyapi kaNDoSaH 1 A catterpillar-2 A scorpion; M. W. vAsarANi Amaru. 25%3 tasminnadrau katicidabalAviprayuktaH sa kAmI nItvA mAsAn Me.2. kaNva. [kaNa kvan ] Ved. 1 Talented, intelligent. katikRtvas ind. How many times. -2 Praising%3; pra sakSaNo divyaH kaNvahotA Bv.5.41.4.-3 Fit to be praisord or honoured; Rv. 10. 115.b. - Deat. katidhA ind. 1 flow often -2 In how many places Ta: 1 N. of a renowned sage, foster-father of Sakun or parts. -Comp. -cid Everywhere; dvimAtA zayuH katidhA tala and progenitor of the line of a Brahmanas. , cidAyave Rv. 1. 31. 2. He was the author of several hymns of the Rig- katipaya . [kati-ayac puk c] 1 Soine, several, a veda. -2 (Ved.) A peculiar class of evil spirits certain number ; katipayakusumodgamaH kadambaH U. 3. 20; Me. 23 against whom charms or hymns (Av. 2. 25 ) are katipayadivasApagame some days having elaptod; varNeH katipayarava used; garbhAdaM kaNvaM nAzaya Av. 2.25. 3. -3 A praiser. grathitasya svarairiba Si.2.72%; katipayena or katipayAt with - The founder of Vedic schools. -Nvam Sin, evil. some effort. -Comp. -upaniSad N. of an upanisad. -jambhana . consuming or destroying the evil spirits called katipayatha . Advanced to a certain place or degree. Kanvas (?).-duhita,-sutA Sakuntala, Kanva's daughter. katividha a. How many kinds 3 rAma vedAH katividhAH -sakhin a. Ved. a friend of the Kanvas, friendly dis- Mukti Up. 1. 10. posed to them%3 sa idagniH kaNvatamaH kaNvasakhA Rv. 10. 115.5. katizas ind. How many at a time. -hota a one whose priest is a Kanva; pra sakSaNo divyaH kaNvahotA Rv.5.41.4. katamAla: [kasya jalasya tamAya zoSaNAyAlati paryApnoti ala ac Tv.] Fire: ef. khatamAla. kaNvatama .. Ved. 1 Very wise; -2 A real kaNva : sa idagniH kaNvatamaH kaNvasakhAH Rv. 10.115.5. kattAzabdaH The rattling sound of dice%3 are kattAzabdo nirmANakasya harati hRdayaM manudhyasya Mk.2.5. kaNvamat . United with a praiser or with the Kanvas (as Indra); A tU Sica kaNvamantam Rv.8.2.22. katth 1 A. (katthate, katthita) 1 To boust, swagger ; kRtvA katthidhyate na ka: Bk. 16.4; kRtvaitatkarmaNA sarva katthethAH Mb. kataH, -katakaH [kaM jalaM zuddha tanoti tan -Da Tv.] The -2 To praise, celebrate. -3 To flatter or coax -4 To clearing-nut plant, (Mar. nivaLI) (the nut of which abuses revile. is said to clear muddy water); phalaM katakavRkSasya yadyapyamyu- / katthana 3. Boasting, praising. -nam,-nA Bragging, prasAdanam / na nAmagrahaNAdeva nasya vAri prasIdati || Ms. 6.67. boasting; ikSvAkUNAM vizeSeNa bAhuvIrya na katthanam Mb. 3.99.48. -tam , -takam The nut of this tree, see ambuprasAdana also. kataphala: The clearing nut plant. katpaya a. Ved. Swelling, rising; tyaM ciditthA katpayaM zayAnam Rv. 5. 32. 6. -yam Water causing happiness. katama pron. a. [kim-Datam ] (degmat..) P. II. 1.63. Who katra 10 P. (katrayati, katrita) To loosen, slackem, or which of many; api jJAyate katamena digbhAgena gataH sa jAlma iti remove. V.1; atha katamaM punarRtumadhikRtya gAsyAmi S. 15 katame te guNAstatra yAnudAharanyAyemizrA: Mal. 15G.L.22%3 Ki.6.40. (some katsavaram The shoulder. times it is used merely as a strengthened substitute kath 10 U. (kathayati-te, kathita) 1 To tell, relate, for kim ). When followed by ca and preceded by yatama narrate, communicate (usually with dat. of person); it means 'any whosoever', 'whatsoever'. In negative rAmamidhvasanadarzanotsukaM maithilAya kathayAMbabhUva saH R. 11.37. -2 To sentences katama with cana or api means 'not even one', declare, state, mention; akIrti cApi bhUtAni kathayiSyanti 'none at all'. It also means 'best or excessively good- te'vyayAm Bg. 2.4; R. 11. 15. -3 To converse, talk looking.' with, hold conversation with; kathayitvA sumantreNa saha For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #544
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kathaka www.kobatirth.org Ram. -4 To indicate, betray, bespeak, show; V. 1.6; Mal. 8. 10: AkArasadRzaM ceSTitamevAsya kathayati S. 7. -5 To describe, rolate: ft Ku. 7. 78; kathAcchalena bAlAnAM nItistadiha kathyate II Pr. 8 Pt. 1.37. -6 To inform, give information about, complain against Mk. . -7 To denounce. -8 To suppose. -9 To . praise, narrate devotedly; bhuvi tvAM kathayanto hi siddhimeSyanti Ram. 7. 82. 12. Pass. () 1 To be called. -2 To be regarded or considered as. kathaka a. | ka-vul ] A narrator, a relator. -kaH 1 A chief actor, speaker of a prologue. -2 A disputant. -3 A story-teller. Indescribable uneasiness; Mbh. 2. 39. a. Telling, talkativo. - Narration, relation, description. A narrator, story-teller: Heh. kathanIya a. 1 To be said or told or declared. -2 Worthy of relation, to be named. a. Telling, speaking. kathA [ kathU ni0 a ] A tale, story; prAvINyam U. 4. historical knowledge. -2 A fable, feigned story; < za ni fatate a H. Pr. 8. -3 An account, allusion, mention; kathApi khalu pApAnAmalamazreyase yataH Si 2. 40. 4 Talk, conversation, speech; i FAT $? S. 4.1.5 A variety of prose composition, often distinguished from AkhyAyikA ( prabandhakalpanAM stokasatyAM prAjJAH kathAM viduH / paraMparAzrayA yA syAt sA matAkhyAyikA budhaiH // ); see under AkhyAyikA also. -6 ( In phil ) Disputation kA kathA or kathA with prati ( what mention ) is often used in the sense of what need one say of', not to mention', 'to say nothing of', 'how much more', or 'how much less'; kA kathA bANasaMghAne jyAzabdenaiva dUrataH / huMkAreNeva dhanuSaH sa hi vighnAnapohati S. 3.1; abhitaptamayo'pi mArdavaM bhajate va kathA zarIriSu R. 8.48; AptavAganumAnAbhyAM sAdhyaM tvAM prati kA kathA 10. 28; Ve. 2. 25. -Comp. -: taking pleasure in conversation, attention. - 1 the course of conversation ; smartavyo'smi kathAntareSu bhavatA Mk. 7.7. -2 another tale. -avazeSa or kathAzeSa . one of whom only the narrative remains, i. e. deceased, dead. : the commencement of a conversation. -: commencement of a tale. -ArAmaH garden of fable. -AlApaH speech, conversation. 3: the beginning of a tale. -udghAtaH 1 the second of the five kinds of prastAvanA, where the first character enters the stage after overhearing and repeating either the words of the manager () or their sense; see S. D. 290; e. g. in Ratn., Ve. or Mudraraksasa. -2 commencement of a tale or narration; AkumArakathodvAtaM zAligopyo jaguryazaH R. 1.20 - upakathanam, -upAkhyAnam narration, relation, telling a story. - 1 the guise of a fable. -2 526 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir katham -2 a giving a false account. -, - puruSa: the hero or leading character of a story; 4.4, 6.3 1 the introductory part of a tale or story. -2 N. of the first lambaka or book of the kathAsaritsAgara - pravandhaH a tale, fiction, fable. - . 1 talkative, talking much and foolishly. -2 mad, foolish. (-) 1 conversa tion, talk or course of conversation: nAnAkathAprasaGgAvasthitaH II. 1; faare fa ang: Ks. 22. 181; N. 1. 35. curer of poisons ( viSavaidya); kathAprasaGgo vArtAyAM viSavaidye'pi vAcyavat Visvakosa. kathAprasaMgena janairudAhRtAm Ki. 1. 24 (where the word is used in sense I also). - prANaH 1 an actor. -2 a professional story-teller. - a. One of whom nothing but the narrative is left; deceased, dead. kAlena te kRtAH sarve kathAmAtrAH kathAsu ca Bhag. 12. 2. 44. the introductory portion of a story; Pt. 1: course of conversation, talk, discourse. -faaf: changing the course of a story. -fat a. reserved, taciturn, disliking conversation. -zeSa a sce kathAvazeSa. A small tale; e. y. Vetala panchavisati. f Den. P. To tell, relate &c. 1 A narrator. -2 A story-teller. ap. p. 1 Told, described, narrated; pratyekaM kathitA a: Ms. 7. 157. -2 Expressed. -: The supreme being. -tam A conversation, discourse ; pUrvavRttakathitaiH purAvidaH R. 11. 10. Comp. -- tautology, repetition, considered as a fault of composition relating to a sentence, where a word is used without any specific purpose; see K. P. 7; and S. D. 575 ad hoc. 8 U. 1 To reduce to a tale. -2 To cause to remain only in narration. For Private and Personal Use Only a. Remaining in narration (only), dend, deceased; a: Ku. 4. 13. katham ind. [ kim-prakArArthe thamu kAdezazva ] 1 How, in what way, in what manner, whence; affer: 1. Mu. 2 'well, how did the physician fare'; sAnubandhAH kathaM na syuH saMpado me nirApadaH R. 1.61, 3. 44; kathamAtmAnaM nivedayAmi kathaM vA''tmApahAraM karomi S. 1 ( where the speaker is doubtful as to the propriety of what he says). -2 Oh what indeed! (expressing surprise); a S. 6. -3 It is often connected with the particles iba, nAma, nu, vA, or svit in the sense of, 'how indeed', how possibly', I should like to know' (where the question is generalized); U. 3: U. 6. -4 When connected with the particles cit, cana or api it means in every way', 'on any account', somehow', 'with great difficulty', 'with great efforts'; tasya sthitvA kathamapi puraH Me. 3; kathamapyunnamitaM na cumbitaM tu S. 3. 24; na lokavRttaM varteta vRttihetoH kathaMcana Ms. 4. 11, 5. 143; kathaMcidIzA manasAM babhUvuH Ku. 3. 34 kathaM kathamapi C

Page #545
kathaMtA B27 . ..... ............... afya: Pt. 1; 44 74414 Ku. 6. 3; Me. 22; Amaru. 12, 39, 50, 73; Pt. 1. - Scarcely, hardly; ufa Maasinatesti: Hara Mal. 2.9.-Comp. : an inquisit ve person. - ind. in what manner, how; * Ear Helaftafa Si. 2.52; * yotti Sk; N. 17. 126. AISETTE Tartela parit Siva. B. 15. 17. -TATUT a. of what measure. - : what state. - . 1 how being. --2 of what nature or kind (oft. used by commentators ).- T . of what shape. -afrua. of what power; Ram. 3. Far What sort or manner. -2 Inquiry, question, demand. I. + A . (a ) To be confounded or confused, to suffer mentally. -II. 1 A. ( d) also 1 P. 1 To cry, to weep or shed tears. -2 To grieve. -3 To call. -4 To kill or hurt; see . ETH 1 Slaughter, la voc, destruction; area T419 zeitai HET Mb. 1. 2. 351; 3. 178. 2; U.5. 10. -2 War. -3 Sin. ind. [42-49 ] Ved. A particle of interrogation, 'where'. This particle which is it substitute for the word is often used as the first member of a comp. and expresses the senses of badness, littleness, deterioration, uselessness, defectivenoss Co. of anything; 1427% CI: H 418: Bhay. 7. 5. 28. -Comp. -TTTH 1 a bad lettor. - 2 bad writing. -38: a little fire. -adhvan a bad road. -annam bad food. -apatyam a bad child, bad posterity. -37217: a bad habit or custom. - a. 1 useless, urmeaniny. -2 having what purpose or aim 724 31 29 Ry. 10. 22. 6. (-:) : useless thing. T H , -AT troubling, tormenting, torture. -Tara Dou. 1. 1 to despise, slight. -2 to trouble, torment; t a raft anzCerita: Bh. 3. 100; N. 8.75.-3ifra a. 1 (lespised, disdained, slighted : retarza f t T qu: YAH Bh. 2. 106. -2 tormented, teased : 311: atsHwara area : U. 5. -3 insignificant, mean. --4 bad, vile. - 8. U to disdain, despise. -37 4. 1 despised, disdained. : TRITT: Ki. 3. 47. -2 rendered uscloss and unavailing. - 4. 1 avaricious, miserly. -2 little, insignificant, inean. -3 bad, disagreeable; 57749 7 7 494: Ch. Up. 5. 11. 1. 2314 Ram. 2. 13. 17. (-:) a niser: Bhag. 11. 23. 6. Ms. 1. 210, 221; Y. 1. 161. PIT, 197 1 avarice. -2 insignificance. -3 badness. Ora: avarice, stinginess. -379a: a bad horse. -3711 a. deformed, ugly. -TIETH A medicinal plant (Fe). -12 a. following evil practices, wicked, depraved. (- ) bad conduct. T 44 1 bad organ of sense; aff a 12 Bhag. 8. 3. 28.-30: a bad camel. -EOT ( also com a. 1 tepid, lukewarm ; quo yrafar Bk. 3. 17.-2 Harsh, sharp (as a word); f i EFSUTHAITH N. 9. 38. (-60 ) lukewarmness. -TUT 1 a fragrant grass. - 2 the plant FitFl. -124 an intoxicating drink, wine. -om. (pl.) three inferior articles. T4: a bad chariot or carriage; 1 4399514 243 SH Bk. 5. 103. -ae . 1 speaking ill or inaccurately or indistinctly; 49 Td 19219 4 Bk. 6.75; faz atana 24: Si. 14. 1. -2 vile, contemptible. a. 1 Giving water. -2 Giving happiness. - A cloud. * A canopy, awning. kadanam See under kad. tat: - 79#:[*TU 37727 Ty. ] 1 A kind of tree [ Stephegyne Parviflora Korth] (said to put forth buds at the roaring of thunder-clouds ); T49HE: Fra: U. 3. 20, 42; Mal. 3. 7; Me. 25; R. 12. 99; har F-F2511-45--1917 Rs. 3. 13. The tree is common throughout India except in Konkan. Its fruit is hard and inedible. -2 A kind of grass. -3 Turmeric.-4 The mustard-seed plant. -5 A particular mineral substance.-6 Dust.-7 Fragrance; cf. Fa: fe 19 ast a z a ... Nm. - N. of a plant (a ). $.6; U. 5. 18. -474 A multitude. - 1 A multitude, group; 31219621 G 144844 21 S. 2. 6. -2 The flower of the Kadamba tree; pRthakadambakadambakarAjitam Ki.5.9. -3 A kind of grass ( als). -Comp. 3 : 1 a fragrant breeze (charged with the odour of Kadamba flowers ); a afhaag #2: : Fallat: K. P. 1.-2 Antumn ( d); 5EUR za Ki. 1. 24. - see under nyAya. -puSpA , -5pI plant the Howers of which l'esemble those of Kadan bs. 2 C H (in Astro.) The polar circle of the ecliptic. - A kind of amorous play; Vatsya. -ary: fragrant breeze; = a. ig: The mustard soud plant. FIET: 1 A saw. -2 An iron goal for driving on clephant. -3 N. of a tree sometimes substituted for Khudira as a sacrificial post. Ti, -TH A corn, a callosity of the feet caused by external friction. T coagulated milk. 3:, *3#: The plantain true; 56 net: 20 03 Amaru. 95. - N. of several plants:gf, ferrauf, and . 1 The plantain tree: f Tazara HIT Mk. 1. 20; RF: *7. ** Me.98, 79); Ku. 1. 36; R. 12. 96; Y. 3.8. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A flag carried by an elephant. -4 A flag or banner; kadalI vaijayantyAM ca rambhAyAM ca mRge'pi ca Nm. -Comp. -(lI) kusumam the flower of the kadalI plant. af 1 A sort of cucumber (Mar. 4895). -2 A fine woman. - THT: the pith of the plantain. 3,- Ft: a kind of illusion. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #546
kadalikA 528 kanIyas kadalikA 1 A banner, fiag; Mal. 6. -2 Kadala. a piece of gold. -rambhA the svarNakadalI plant. -rasaH 12 tree; abhyullasatkadalikAvanarAjim Si.5.2. yellow orpiment. -2 fluid gold. -zaktiH N. of Kartti keya. -sUtram a gold necklace%3; kAkyA kanakasUtreNa kRSNasarpo kadalin . A kind of antelope. vinAzitaH Pt. 1. 207.-sthalI 'a land of gold', gold mine. kadalIkSatA 1 A sort of cucumber. -2 A beautiful kanakamaya : Made of gold, golden. woman. kanakhalam N. of a Tirtha or sacred place and the kadA ind. When, at what time; kadA gAmaNyAsa-eSa hills adioining it: (tIrtha kanakhalaM nAma gaGgAdvAre'sti pAvanam ); gacchAmikadA kathayiSyasi &c.; when connected with a tasmAdgamacheranukanakhalaM zailarAjAvatIrNA jalloH kanyAma Me.50. following 379 it means 'now and then', 'at times', 'sometimes', 'at some time'; na kadApi never ; with a kanaTI Red arsenic. following cana it means 'at some time', 'one day', 'at: kanana u. One-eyed; ct. kANa. one time or another', 'once'; AnandaM brahmaNo vidvAna bibheti kanapaH (kano dIptirgatiH zobhA vA pAti saH) A kind of miskadAcana; Ms.2.54,144; 3.25, 101; with a following sile (zakti); asayaH zaktikulizapAzaTikanapAH zarAH Mb.3.20.34. cit it means 'at one time', 'once upon a time', 'at some time or other'; atha kadAcit once upon a time; kanayAta Den. P. To lessen, reduce in size, make R. 2.37, 12.21; nAkSaH krIDetkadAcittu Ms. 4.74,65,169; smally diminish; kIrti naH kanayAnta ca Bk. 18.25. kadAcit-kadAcit 'now-now'; kadAcit kAnanaM jagAhe kadAcit kanA Ved. A nirl; the youngest girl; punastadA vRhati kamalavaneSu reme K. 58 et seq. [ef. L. quando ]. yat kanAyA Rv. 10.61.5. kadu . [kad -ru] (du or drU /.) 1 Tawny.-2 Variegated, kanikrada a. Ved. Neighing, erying very much; kanispotted. - 1 The tawny colour. -2 The variegated kadaM vAjina vAjineSu Vaj. 13. 48. colour. -duH, -dU:/. Wife of Kasyapa and the mother kaniSka: N. of a celebrated ancient king in India of the Nagas. -Comp. -putraH, -sutaH a serpent. in the first century A. D. kaduNa a. Reddish-brown, tawny. ___ kaniSTha a. (Superl. of alpa or yuvan ) 1 The smallest, kadvaram 1 Whey.-2 Buttermilk mixed with water. least. -2 The youngest; putra eSAmuteSAM jyeSTha uta vA kaniSThaH kadhapriya,-kadhaprIa. Ved. Fond of praise; kasta uSaH Rv. 10.8.28. -3 Lower. -4 Having the feet downkadhapriye Bv. 1. 30. 20. wards. -y: N. of Siva. -UT 1 The little finger. -2A kind of heroine. -3 The wife of a younger brother. kan 1 P. Ved. (kanati, kantum) 1 To be satisfied or con -4 A younger wife, ono married later than another); tented; bhUyasA vastamacarat kanIyo Rv.4.24.9. -2 To love, putraH kaniSTo jyeSTAyAM kaniSTAyAM ca pUrvajaH Ms.9.122. -Comp. wish. -3 Toshine. -4 To go. -padam,-mUlam the least or first root. -prathama a. Having kanakam Gold; kanakavalayaM sastaM srastaM mayA pratisAryate 5.3.125 the youngest as the first. Me.2,39,67.-ka: 1 The Palasa tree. -2 The Dhattara kaniSTaka. The smallost : kaniSTikA ca tiSThati Av.1.17.2. tree (several other plants as gugguLa, candana, campakae.) . -SThikA The little finger: kaniSThikAdhiSThitakAlidAsA Subhas. -3 Mountain ebony. -Comp. -aGgadam a gold brace -kam A kind of grass. let. -acalaH, -adriH , -giriH , -zaila: epithets of the imountaim Sumeru; adhunA kucau te spardhete kila kanakAcalena Fiat A daughter or girl. sArdham Bv. 2.9. -adhyakSaH the treasurer. -AhvaH the dhattUra kanIka a. See. kaNIka. tree-(-ham )= nAgakezara.-AlukA agolden jar or vase. kanIna a. Ved. Young. -nI 1 The little finger. -AhvayaH the Dhattura tree. (nyam) a flower. -kadalI -2 The pupil of the eye. A species of plantain; krIDAzailaH kanakakadalI veSTanaprekSaNIyaH Me. 79. -kAra: Agoldsmith. -kSAra: borax. -TaGkaH / kanInakaH 1 A boy, youth; janiSTa yoSA patayat kanInako Ry. 10. 40.9. - 2 The pupil of the eye. -Fil 1 maiden, goldem hatchet. -daNDam, -daNDakam (golden-sticked) the royal parasol. -daNDikA a golden sheath for a girl; kanInakena vidradhe Rv.4.32.23. -2 The pupil of the eye; yA kanInakA tayAdityo Bri. Up.2.2.2.-nikA 1 The sword ke. Mu.2. -nikaSa: a streak of gold (rubbed on a touch-stone).-paTTam Gold brocade cloth; pItaM kanaka little finger. -2 The pupil of the eye. -nikam N. of paTTAbha sastaM tadvasanaM zubham Ram.5. 15.45. -patram an ear Several Samans. ornament made of gold; jIveti mAlavacaH parihatya kopAt kaNe - kanIyas / (-sI/.) (Compar. of alpa or yuvan ) kRtaM kanakapatramanAlapantyA Ch. P.10.-parAga: gold-dust.-parvataH 1Smaller, less ; tanme bhUyo bhavatu mA kanIyo Av. 3. 15.5. The inountain Meru; Mb. 12. -pala: a kind of fish. -2 Younger; kanIyAn bhrAtA, kanIyasI bhaginI &c. -m.1A (-lam) a weight of gold (equal to 16 Masakas or youngor brother; kalatravAnahaM bAle kanIyAMsaM bhajasva me R. about 280 graims). -prabha a. bright as gold. (-bhA) the -2 The lover excited by passions; ef. kanIyAnanujAlpayoH... mahAjyotiSmatI plant. -prasavA the svarNaketakI plant. -bhagaH / atithUni striyAM kAminyutke maithunibhUtayoH | Nm. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #547
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra excitere kanIyasa Copper. kamerA). www.kobatirth.org :. 1 A cart. -2 A creeping plant. -3 The Gunja plant. kanja = kanyAkubja q. v. 1 A harlot. -2 A female elephant; (cf. a. 1 Smaller, less. -2 Younger. 89 Happy. . Happy. -1 Cupid, the god of love. -2 Heart (seat of thought and feeling). -3 Granary. -4 A lover. er 1 A patched garment, wallet (worn by ascetics); Bh. 3. 74, 19, 86; Santi. 4. 4, 19.-2 A wall. -3 A town. Comp. - wearing a patched garment, as practised by some Yogins.-dhArin- - a religions mendicant, Yogin; kanthAdhArI kacidapi ca divyAmbaradharaH Bh. 1 P. (a, afa) 1 To cry, lament. -2 (A.) To be confounded or perplexed. 3 To confound. root. 1 A bulbous root. -2 A bulb; 1: kandarebhyaH pralayamupagatAH Bh. 3.60; ( fig. also ) ; jJAnakanda -3 Garlic. 4 A knot, swelling. -5 An affection of the male or female organ. 1 A cloud. -2 Camphor. -Comp. -azaH An ascetic subsisting on roots ; kandAzaistridazaizva yatpadarajo vandya mukundAdibhiH / Chola Champu ed. by Dr. V. Raghavan (V. 1. p. 1). a radish. - prolapsus uteri. - the garden of Indra. a. Having a bulbous root.. An esculent 529 A palanquin. kandaTTam 'The white water lily; cf. kandoTa. kandaraH, ram A cave a valley; nagamiva cArukandaram ( abhigamya ) Ram 5.7.15; kiM kandAH kandarebhyaH pralayamupagatAH Bh. 3. 69; V. 1. 18; Me. 58. T: A hook for driving an elephant. -, A cave, valley, hollow. Dry ginger. Comp. - a mountain. A walnut tree, its nut (Mar. 3); ... Siva. 1. 30. 15. kandarpaH 1 N. of Cupid, the god of love; prajanazcAsmi kandarpa is : Bg. 10. 28; Mb. -2 Love. thus derived: ke darpayAmIti madAjjAtamAtro jagAda ca / tena kaMdarpanAmAnaM taM cakAra caturmukhaH // ) -Comp. - kUpaH pudenda muliebre. : fever of love, passion, vehement desire. - dahanaH, -mathanaH N. of Siva. - mupalaH, -musala: the male organ of generation. : 1 membrum virile. -2 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment or coitus (nibaMdha), saM. iM. ko... 60 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kandalaH, lam 1 A new shoot or sprout; mayAlabdhaH decade: U. 3. 40. -2 Reproach, consure. -3 The cheek, or the cheek and temple. -4 A portent. -5 Sweet sound. -6 The plantain tree: qafer: Amaru. 48. 7 Collection; U. 3. 11. Gold. -2 War, battle. -3 (Hence) War of words, controversy. -lam A Kandala flower; vidalakandalakampanaar: Si. 6. 30; R. 13. 29. kanyakA 1 The plantain (or the Banana) tree: ArapharAjabhiriyaM kusumaiH kopAdanta smara: I V. 4.5; Me. 21; Rs. 2. 5. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A flag. 4 Lotus-sced. -Comp. - 1 a mushroom. -2 the flower of the plantain tree. a. kandalita 1 Budded, blown. -2 Put forth, emitted. N. of plant (Mar. g). [Up: 1. 14] A boiler, oven. --Comp. - a parched, roasted (as grain). : 1 kandukaH, -kam A ball for playing with; pAtito'pi : Bh. 2. 83: Ku. 1. 29, 5. 11, 19; R. 16. 83. -kam A pillow; bhUH paryakko nijabhujalatA kandukaM khaM fa Bh. 3. 145. any game with a Comp. ball. : (-) 1 The white lotus. -2 The blue lotus (aprovincial form for nIlotpala) mohamadaTayugula: Mal. 7. -Tam A blue lotus. kandotaH 'The white lotus. 1 A cloud. -2 A kind of grass. IV. 2.71. For Private and Personal Use Only kandharaH [kaM ziro jalaM vA dhArayati ] 1 The neck. -2 "The holder of water', a cloud. -3 A kind of grass. -4 N. of a vegetable (mAriSa ) - The nock; kandharAM samapahAya kaM dharAM prApya saMyati jahAsa kasyacit; Y. 2. 220; Amaru. 16; see utkandhara also. kandhiH [kaM ziro jalaM vA dhIyate'tra | The ocean. / The neck. N. of a town; Mbh. on P. 1 Sin. -2 A swoon, a fainting fit. kanyakA 1 A girl; saMbaddha vaikhAnasakanyakAni 1. 14.285 11.53. -2 An unmarried girl, virgin, maidon: 9691: kulakanyakAH samudrahanti Mal. 7; V. 1. 105. -3 A technical name for a girl ten years old; ( aSTavarSA bhaveGgaurI navavarSA ca rohiNI / dazame kanyakA proktA ata UrdhvaM rajasvalA Sabdak. ) -4 (In Rhet.) One of the several kinds of heroines; an unmarried girl serving as a chief character in a poetical composition; see under 3. -5 The sign Virgo. 6 N. of Durga; Bhag. 10. 2. 12. -Comp. -cchalaH seduction; paizAcaH kanyakAcchalAt V. 1. 61. - janaH

Page #548
kanyanA 830 kapAla: ............ .. . ........ a maiden ; vizuddhamugdhaH kulakanyakAjanaH Mal. 7.1. -jAtaH the son of an unmarried girl; kAnInaH kanyakAjAtaH 1.2.129: (= kAnIna); for instance vyAsa, karNa &c. kanyanA Ved. Calling a girl (kanyAhvAna); a girl (2). / kanyalA Ved. A girl. kanyas 1.1Younger, smaller; kanyasI svasA Mb. 3. 230.8. -2 Lower; kanyasI vRttimAsthita: Mb. 12.214.10. kanyasaH The youngest brother. -sA The little finger -sI The youngest sister. kanyA [Un. 4. 111]1 An unmarried girl or daughter; R. 1.51.2. 10, 3.333; Ms. 10.8.-2 Agirl ten years old. -3 A virgin, maiden; Ms. 8. 367, 3. 33. 4 A woman in general. -5 The sixth sign of the zodiac, i.e. Virgo. -6 N. of Durga; Mb. 3. -7 Large carda mons. -Comp. -antaHpuram the women's apartimonts%3B murakSite'pi kanyAntaHpure kazcitpravizati Pt. 1; Ms. 2. 50. -SITE c. following after or hunting young girls. (-TaH)1the inner apartments of a house. -2 a man who hunts or goes after young girls. -kubja: N. of a country.(-jam) N. of an ancient city in the north of India, situated on a tributary of the Ganges, now called Kanoja. -kumAri/., -rI also kanyakumArI N. of Durga ; kanyakumAri dhImahi Mahanar 3.12. -gatam the position of a planet in the sign Virgo. -grahaNam taking . a girl in marriage. -dAnam giving away agirl in marriage; adbhireva dvijAmyANAM kanyAdAnaM viziSyate Ms. 3. 35. -duSaka: The violator of a virgin; Ms. 3. 161. -dUSaNam detilement of a virgin. 219: a defect or blemish in a girl, bad repute (such as a disease &c.)-dhanam dowry; a girl's property. - id: 'daughter's husband', a sonin-law. -pAla: a dealer in slave girls. -putraH, -gabheH the son of an unmarried daughter (called kAnIna); saMgharSajananastasmAtkanyAgarbho vinirmitaH Mb. 12.2.1. -puram the women's apartments. -pradAnam Giving a daughter in marriage; Ms. 3. 29-31. -bha4 -n. I. ason-in-law. -2 N. of Karttikeya. -bhaikSyam Begging for a girl; Mb. -ratnam a very inegirl; kanyAratnamayonijanma bhavatAmAste Mv. 1. 30. -rAziH the sign Tirgo.-vedina - 1. a son-inlaw (inarrying one'sgirl); Y.1.262. -vratasthA A Wornan in her monthly state3 mayi kanyAvatasthAyAM jammurmandAkinItaTam Ks.26.56.-zulkam money given to the bride's father as her price, purchase-money of a girl. -samudbhava.. Born from an unmarried womans Ms. 9. 172. -svayaMvara: the choice of a husband by a. maiden. -haraNam ravishment or seduction of a maiden; prasahya kanyAharaNaM rAkSaso vidhirucyate Ms. 3. 33. kanyakA, kanyikA 1 Young girl. -2 Avirgin. According to parAzara saMhitA, a kanyakA is a ten years old girl dazame kanyakA proktA ; kanyakA hi nidoSadarzanA bhavanti Nay. 1. kanyAkA (= kanyakA). kanyAmaya a. Consisting of, or in the form of, a young girl; kanyAmaye netrazataikalakSye R.6. 11, 16.86. -yam The harem (consisting mostly of girls). kanyuSam The hand below the wrist. kae 1 P. To move; see kampa. kapa 1N. of varuNa. -2 A class of demons%3 cyavanenaM hRtA bhUmiH kapaizcaiva dinaM prabho M. 18. 157.4. __ kapaTaH, -Tam Fraud, deceit, trick, cheating; kapaTazatamayaM kSetramapratyayAnAm Pt. 1.191; kapaTAnusArakazalA Mk.9.5. - A measure equal to the capacity of the hollows of the two hands joined together. -Comp. -tApasa: one who pretends to be an ascetic, pseudo ascetic. -paTa. adept in deceit, deceitful, erafty; chalayan prajAstvamanRtena kapaTa paTuraindrajAlikaH Si. 15. 35. -prabandhaH a fruudulent contrivanee. II. 1. -lekhyama forgod document. -vacanam deceitful talk. -veza. disguised, masked. (-zaH) disguise, false dress. kapaTikaH A rogue, ehest. kapaTin .. Fraudulent, dishonest. -1. A kind of perfume (ciDA). kapana: Shaking.-naH,-nA Ved. A worm, caterpillar (ghuNa); moSathA vRkSaM kapaneva vedhasaH Rv.5.64.6. kapardaH, kapardaka: 1 A small shell or cowrie (used as a coin). -2 Braided or matted hair especially of Sival; G. L.22. kapardikA A small shell or cowris (used as a coin); mitrANyamitratAM yAnti yasya na syuH kapardi (da) kA: Pt.2.98. kapardin . [ kaparda-ini] 1 Shaggy. -2 Wearing braided and matted hair. --. N. of Siva ; YTTER zanakaiH kariSyAmi kapardina: Ram.7.31.31. kapalam Ved. A half, a part. kapATaH, -Tam [kaM vAtaM pATayati tadgati ruNaddhi Tv.] 1 Leaf or panel of a door; kapATavakSAH pariNaddhakandharaH R.3.34%3 svargadvArakapATapATanapaTurdharmo'pi nopArjitaH Bh. 3. 11. -2 A door%B dalitadalakapATaH SaTpadAnAM saroje Si. 11.60.-Comp. -uddhATanam 1 the opening of a door. 2 A door key. : a. lhouse-breaker, thief. -vakSas.. broad chested; kapATavakSAH pariNaddhakandharaH R. 3.31. -saMdhiH 1 The junction of the leaves of a door. -2 A manner of multiplying. -saMdhika disease of the ear. kapATikA A door (kapATa); haThAdvidadhate marutpurakapATikoddhA2714 Vis. Guna. 164. kapAlaH, -lam [kaM ziro jalaM vA pAlayati] 1 The skull, skull bone; cUDApIdakapAlasaMkulagalanmandAkinIvArayaH Mal 1.2%3 rudro yana kapAlapANipuTake bhikSATana kAritaH Bh.2.05. -2A piece of a broken ar; potsherd; kapAlena bhikSArthI Ms. 8. 93. -3 A multitude, collection. -4 A beggar's For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #549
kapAliH 531 kapotaH F bowl; Ms. 6. 11. -6 A cup, jar in general; 494. - A covor or lid. -7 A treaty of peace on equal terms; H. 4. 107: Kim. 9. 2. 74 1 The shell of an egg. -2 The cotyla of the leg of a man, any flat bone. -3 A kind of Leprosy. A beggar's bowl (cf. L. caput; Gr. Kepkald J.-Comp. af A sort of pin or spindle for winding cotton &o. -ritti, -1, -ATA, Eram. epithet of Siva; ar fhtEZT: TAT 77 Ram. 2. 51. 31. -AIR N. of Durga : a peace on equal terms. i s : fua: II. 1. 110. #te: N. of Siva. #TIAT 1 A potsherd; & 92 934: 1 sa poitrana: Subhas. Ms. 4. 76, 8. 250. -2 The tartar of the teeth. FIRST <<. 1 Furnished with or having a skull; Y. 3. 213. -2 Wearing skulls. * a Pragath ( 99 ) Ku... 78. - . 1 An epithet of Siva ; ** F A WRT : G. L. 28.-2 A man of low caste offspring of a Brahmana mother to fisherman father.). - N. of Durga. FIT: [ 79-57 19:; Un. 4. 143. ] 1 An ape, a monkey; gaiart Bk. 9. 11. -2 An elephant. -3 A species of Karaija. --4 Incense, storax or impure benvoin ( Z ). -5 The sun.-6. N. of Visnu. -fo: f. -f A fora le monkey. -Comp. -SITET: Incense. CT: an epithet of (1) Rama; (2) Sugriva. -3194 The buttocks of an ape; 741 i goz 179 Ch. Up. 1. 6. 7. -73: (the chief of monkeys) an epithet of (1) Hanumat; 27 ci pafa *02: Bk. 10. 12; (2) of Sugriva; 44 42 13 gafa # U. 3. 45; (3) of Jambuvat. us: f. N. of a plant. F3H the skull. -a, -Eag: N. of Arjuna; Bg. 1. 20.-31,-a: the hog plum tree (Mar. 31a131) -T, H Tn. storax or benzoin.-T 1 An epithet of Rama. -2 of Sugriva. -To: an epithet of (1) Rama; (2) Arjuna. HT/. a kind of perfume. JICH Brass. -**: N. of Narada. - F, -4a cabbage. - f the upper part (coping) of a wall. having a sphere like the head of a monkey; Kau. A. 1.3. - H vermilion (Mar. fera). - ftcoff a kind of musical instrument. FIT : 1 The Chataka bird; ati a PETT tretc: Bhag. 6. 9. 5. -2 The Tittiri bird. Fit: The wood apple tree; Bhag. 8. 2. 14. -TH 1 The fruit of the above tree. -2 A particular position of hands and fingers. -3 Buttermill (7 ) 19 ** *1974 : Ram. 2. 91. 72. -Comp. -TRT: a kind of monkey. Fifa . [ +19-57 ] 1 Tawny, reddish; arata ca fagt Mbh. on P. II. 3. 13. -2 Having tawny hairs; cecf921 4714 Ms. 3. 8. (Kull. = 190T). -: 1 N. of a great sage. He reduced to ashes 60000 sons of Sagara, who while searching for the sacrificial horse of their father taken away by Indra, fell in with him and accused him of having stolen it see U. 1. 23). He is also said to have been the founder of the Sankhya. system of philosophy.] RSi prasUtaM kapilaM yastamane Auf Sank Bhas. on Bad. Sutras 2. 1; am 29 A: Bg. 10. 26. -2 A dog. -3 Benzoin. - Incense. -5 A form or fire. - The tawny colour. -7 Impure benzoin. -8 N. of the sun. -9 N. of a country. -10 One of the incarnation of Visnu. O 1 A brown cow; # ama yaa# H Y. 1. 205. -2 A kind of perfume. -3 A kind of timber. -4 The common leech. - N. of the female elephant of the south east. -Comp. -34T a kind of deer. -3*: N. of Siva. -37977: an epithet of Indra. -3 : Visnu. - fa: the sun. -ETAT A vine with brown grapes. A A kind of perfume. - N. of the Ganges. --2 A holy place. - N. of the town in which Buddha was born. (kapilA) SaSThI The sixth day in the dark half of 1942. N. of an Upa-purina. F a : f. Sankhya Sutras of Kapila. #fYST . [#f9- ] 1 Brown, reddish brown. -2 Reddish; (TJT: ZITAT: fralari $. 3. 26; 12 1 951 1957 7.12; V. 2.7; Me. 21; R. 12. 28. -T: 1 The brown colour. -2 A compound of red and black colour. -3 Storax or coarse benzoin. -4 A kind of arrow; tufft a Taiftat: (9: Mb. 3. 189. 12. - 1 The Madhavi creeper. -2 N. of a river, -TI, - , -TH A spirit, a kind of rum. -Comp. -38: N. of Siva. -3727 : 1 spirit, a kind of rum. -2 a deity. kapizita a. Embrowned; kapizitaM pizitaM madanAgninA Si. 6.5. Patil A kind of liquor. foy N. of a sage, originating a line of clerceni dants et T P. VIII. 3. 91. i ota: N. of several plants:-- such as the holy fig-tree, the betel nut tree &c. Figh , Front 1 The ceremony of tonsure of a child ). -2A patch of liair on each side of the head. a. Mean, worthless, a bject, low; 356 92TOT 342 qui 71 Ch. Up. 5. 10.7. Ara: [ # 91:a 54 44 Tv.] 1 A dove, piyoon. -2 A bird in general. -3 A particular position of the hands. -4 The grey colour of a pigeon. -Comp. -1991: f. a sort of perfume. -34 antimony. ! ft: a hawk, falcon. -3772 a. of the colour of a pigeon. ( -#:) a pale of dirty white colour. -TOI a For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #550
kapotakaH sort of perfume. fer, an aviary, a pigeon-house, dove-cot. : the king of pigeons. -uff Small cardamoms. - a kind of perfume. -aff. to be very frugal, gathering very little for maintenance; kapotavRttyA pakSeNa trIhidroNamupArjayat Mb. 3.260.5. -sAram antimony. -hastaH a mode of folding the hands in supplication, fear &c.; aS. 6. 1 A small pigeon; Bhag. 11. 7. 72. -2 A mode of folding the hands together. - Antimony. kapotakIyA A place abounding in pigeons at 1 A female pigeon. -2 A kind of sacrificial post. - kapola [Up. 166] A cheek kSAmakSAmapo mAnanam S. 3. 9, 6. 15; R. 4. 68. The knee-cap. Comp. any object against which anything (especially the checks) is rubbed; lInAli: surakariNAM kapolakASaH Ki. 5. 26. Striking the cheeks (in confession of fault ). - patram A mark painted on the cheek; kapolapatrAnmakarAtsaketuH N. 7. 60. - pAliH, -lI / The side of a chools kapolapAliM tatra tanvi manye Bv. 2. 10. - phalakaH the (broad) cheeks. -ff: the temples and cheeks; or excellent (i. e. broad) cheeks; cf. .: the flush in the check. kaphaH [ kena jalena phalati phal-Da Tv. ] 1 Phlogm, one of the three humours of the body (the other two being vAta and pitta ); kaphApa cayAdArogyai kamUlamAzyAgnidIpti: Dk. 160; prANaprayANasamaye kaphavAtapittaiH kaNThAvarodhanavidhau smaraNaM kutaste Tab. -2 A watery foam or froth in general. -Comp. -f: dry ginger liMka saliva spittle. kSaya: pulmonary consumption. -, -, - a. removing phlegm, antiphlegmatic;. N. of a plant (Mar. off). -jvaraH fever caused by excess of phlegm -vardhanaH N. of a plant (Mar. fiet an). -faifa - pepper. a. Phlegmatic. kaphina . ( -nI / . ) [ kapha- ini ] Affected with excess of phlegm, phlegmati.. An elephant (?). kaphaNiH, kaphoNi: (NI ) The elbow chinatrikAstathA kocina kecit chinnaka phoNaya: Siva. B. 13. 126. -Comp. - guDaH A ball on the elbow (a sign of unsteadiness, uncertainty). . Phlegmatic. m. N. of a plant (Mar. bhokara ). : Ved. The elbow; : Av. 10. 2. 4. 1 P. (af, f) 1 To colour. -2 To praise. kabandhaH, -ndham A headless trunk ( especially when it retains life); ( svaM ) nRtyatkabandhaM samare dadarza R. 7.51, 12. 49; zivAtUryanRtyatkabandhe Ve. 1. 27. yasya neSyati vapuH kabandhatAm Si. 1 The belly; a large belly-like vessel; : araga fauf Av. 9. 4. 3. -2 A cloud. -3 A comet. 532 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kamara -4 N. of Rahu. -5 Water (said to be n. also in this sense); Si. 16. 67. -6 N. of a mighty demon mentioned in the Ramayana. [While Rama and Laksmana lived in the Dandaka forest, Kabandha attacked them. and was slain by them. It is said that, though at first a heavenly being, he was cursed by Indra to assume the form of a demon and to be in that state till killed by Rama and Laksmana. He advised Rama to form friendship with Sugrin; see Ram. 3. 6. 27 ff.; vadhUnirdhUtazApasya kabandhasyopadezataH / mumUrcha sakhyaM rAmasya samAnavyasane harau // R. 12.57 ]. (a) fua. Endowed with water', epithet of the Maruts ; aryamaNo na marutaH kabandhinaH Rv. 5.51 8. N. of Katyayana. kabandhI kAtyAyanaH papraccha Praena. Up. 1.1. kavara, -rI Usually written kavara. -Ia 9. v.; feasi vaktraM kabaravigalanmAlatI nirmamantha Bhag 10.9.3. dadhatI vilolakabarIkamAnanam . 3.4. A kind of natural fodder (fed to elephants), consisting of branches and leaves of certain trees; Matanga L. 11. 27. The word occurs sometimes in a Dvandva compound' with 'kubala' which also means the fodder which reduces phlegm and gall. cf. nAmatastattu vAtalaM kaphapittahRt / fer: The wood-apple tree. kabila a. Tawny. The tawny colour. a. The hinder part of an animal. Hind. Ved. A particle used as an expletive or enclitic. kam 1,10. A. ( kAmayate kAmita, cakme kAmayAna, kAnta) 1 To love, be enmaoured of, be in love with; yamAnaM mAM na tvaM kAmayase katham Kav. 1. 63 ( an instance of grAmyatA ); kalahaMsako mandArikAM kAmayate Mal. 1. -2 To long for, wish, desire; R. 14. 4.; niSka ma cakame kuberAta 5.20 4.48; 10.535 Bk. 14. 82. -3 To have intercourse with; Rv. 10 124. 5. - To value highly. kamana .. [kamyuc; / kamanA ] 1 Lustful, libidinous. -2 Wishing for, desirous; Si. 6. 7. -3 Lovely, beautiful. tribhuvanakamanaM tamAlavaNa ravikaragauravarAmbaraM dadhAnam Bhag. 1.9.33. - 1 Cupid, the god of love. -2 The Asoka tree. -3 N. of Brahma. -4 A Brahmana. 5 A lover, a lord, a husband. udayAcalazRGgasaMgataM kamalinyAH kamanaM vyabhAvayat Sahendra 2. 101. Comp. - a heron (having beautiful plumage). kamanIya For Private and Personal Use Only a. 1 To be desired, desirable; 3Ku. 1. 37. -2 Lovely, charming, beautiful; zAkhAvasaktakamanIyaparicchadAnAm Ki. 7. 40; tadapi kamanIyaM vapuridam S. 3. 8. v. 1. kamara . [ kam-arac ] Lustful, desirous.

Page #551
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kamA www.kobatirth.org Beauty, loveliness, radiance. kamit a. (-) Lustful, libidinous, desirous, cupidinous. . The male, husband; Hch. kamra . [ kam-ra namikampismyajasakamahiMsadIpo raH P. III. 2. 167] 1 Desirous. -2 Beautiful. kamaThaH [ Up. 1. 100] 1 A tortoise; saMprAptaH kamaThaH sa at fand agediaa: Pt. 2. 192. -2 A bamboo -3 A water-jar. A female tortoise or a small tortoise. -Comp. -fa: a king of tortoises. kamaNDaluH, -lu n, lU / A water-pot ( earthen or wooden ) used by ascetics; kamaNDalupamo'mAtyastanutyAgo bahugrahaH H. 2. 89. kamaNDalunodakam siktvA ; Ms. 2.61; Y. 1. 133. -Comp. the tree of which Kamandalus are made. an epithet of Siva. kamaNDaludharAya dhImahi Mahanar. 2. 18. a. 1 Desirous. -2 Palered. : 1 The Sarasa bird. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Brahma. A collection of lotuses. -lam [ kam-kalac ] 1 A lotus; kamalamanambhasi kamale ca kuvalaye tAni kanakalatikAyAm K. P. 10; so hasta', netra, caraNa, &c. -2 Water; N. 1. 130; sakamalaM kamalam Ki. 5. 25. kamalAsana- kamalekSaNa-kamalArikirITa-kamalabhRdvAhaiH Subhis. (er). -3 Copper. - A medicament, drug. 5 The Sarasa bird. -6 The bladder, the right lobe of the lungs. Comp. -TT: 1 The lotus-seed. -2 Vispu; kamalAkSaH padmabIje viSNAvapi pumAn bhaven Nm. -Taft a lotus-eyed lady. -3 1 an assemblage of lotuses. : -2 a lake full of lotuses. - AlayA an epithet of Laksmi; Mu. 2 AsanaH 'lotus-seated' N. of Brahma; garda Ka. 7. 70. teror: N. of Vispa. -term altureyed lady. -uttaram safflower. - khaNDam an assemblage of lotuses. 1 an epithet of Brahma. -2 the lunar asterism called Rohini. FAI [...] -pattrAkSa N. of Krisma tvattaH kamalapatrAkSa Bg. 11. 2. - bhavaH, -yoniH, -: 'lotus-born', epithets of Brahma. A cloud. Hence kamalamRdrAhaH (= meghavAhanaH = indraH) of kamalAsana - kamalekSaNakamalArikirITa-kamalamRdvAhaiH / nutapadakamalA kamalA karatakamalA karotu kamalam || Subhas. kamalakam A small lotus. FH 1 An epithet of Laksmi. -2 An excellent woman. 3 An orange. Cemp. -qfa:, - sakhiH epithet of Visnu. an kamalinI 1 A lotus plant sAdhe'hI na prabuddhAM na suptAm Mo. 91; ramyAntaraH kamalinIharitaiH sarobhiH 5.4.11; R. 9.30, 19. 11. 2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding with lotuses. -Comp.: N. of the sun. kamalIkA A small lotus. 533 enter: kampa 1 A (kampate, cakampe, kampita) To shake, tremble, move about; (fig. also ); cakampe tIrNalauhitye tasmin prAgjyo: R. 4.81; Mk. 4.8; Bk. 14. 31, 15. 70. Caus. 1 To shake, cause to tremble. -2 To utter with a thrill or shake. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kampaH [ kampU- ghaJ ] 1 Shaking, tremor ; kampena kiMcitpratigRhya : R. 13. 44 with a gentle nod or bend of the head; 13. 28; Ku. 7.46; bhayakampaH, vidyutkampaH &c. -2 A modification of the Svarita accent. - Shaking, moving, tremor. Comp. -faa a. tremulous, agitated. -dvAram a side door, a private entrance. kampadvAraM tu vA kuryAnmadhyapArzvadvayostathA Kamikagama 35.49. -lakSman m. wind. kampana . [ kampyuc ] Trembling, shaking. -naH 1 Sisira season (November-December). -2 A kind of missile. -3 A kind of fever (f). - 1 Shaking, tremor. -2 Quivering pronunciation. Wind. kampilla = kAmpila q. v. (also kampila: kampIlaH and kAmpIlaH ). qp. p. 1 Trembling, shaking. -2 Shaken, swung. - 1 Trembling, tremor. -2 Causing to sliake. kampra . [ kampU- ra namikampasmya jarAkamahiMsadApo raH P. III. 2. 167] 1 Shaking, tremulous, moving, agitating; vidhAya kamprANi mukhAni ke prati N. 1. 142; kamprA zAkhA Sk. -2 Agile, quick. kambU 1P ( krambati, kambita ) To go, move a. Variegated. Variegated colour. Un. 1. 106] 1 A blanket (of wool): kambalavantaM na bAdhate zItam Subhas.; kambalA tena tena H. 33 Ram. 7. 100. 3. -2 A dew-lap. -3 A sort of deer. - An upper garment of wool. -5 A wall. -6 A small worm. 7 N. of a serpent-king. -8 Covering of an elephant. of kambalo nAgarAje ca sAsnAyAM mRgaromaje / gajaprAvaraNe caiva...... Nm. -lam Water. -Comp. -vAhyakam a kind of carriage covered with a coarse blanket, and drawn by oxen. deer. A woollen cloth, blanket. 1 A small blanket. -2 A kind of female a. Covered with a blanket. -m. A bullock, ox. Comp. a carriage covered with blankets and drawn by oxen, a bullock-cart. For Private and Personal Use Only , f. 1 A ladle or spoon. -2 A shoot. -3 A branch or joint of a bamboo.

Page #552
834 kara kambu ..(-mbu or -mba/) Spotted, variegated.-mbuH | linger-nail. -kamalam, -paGkajam , -pannam a lotus-like -mbu (...) A conch-shell; mmarasya kamyuH kimayaM cakAsti hand, beautiful hand; karakamalavitIrNarambunIvAra zaSpaiH e.3.25. divi trilokIjayavAdanAyaH N.22.22: Si. 18.51.-mvu:1 An -kalaza:,-zama the hollow of the hand (to receive water). elephant. -2 The neck. -3 The variegated colour. -kisalayaH, -yam 1 sprout-like hand', a tender hand; -4 A voin of the body. -5A bracelet ; kambukeyUradhAriNyaH / karakisalayatAlemugdhayA naya'mAnama U.3.19: Rs. 6. 30. -28 Mb.3.233.46. -6 A tube-shaped bone. -Comp. finger. -kuimalam the finger. -kRtAtman ( Living from -AtAyin m. a kind of kite. -kaNThI lady having hand to mouth) destitute; Mb. 18. -kApa: the cavity the neck like a conch-shell. -grIvA 12 comch-shaped of the palms, hands hollowed to receive water : degpeyamambu neck, (i... a neck marked with three lines like a Ghat.22.-grahaH, -grahaNam 1 levsina tax.-2 talking shell and considered as a sign of great fortune ). -21 the hand in marriage. -3 marriago. -grAhaH 12 lady having the nork like the conch-shell. husband. -2 tax-collector. -gharSaNaH, -gharpina m. the kambukaH 1 A conch-shell. -2 A mean or contemp churning-stick..-cchadaH the teak tree.-cchadA N. of a tree (sindarapuSpI; Mar. zeMdrI). -ja: a fingernail; tIkSNakarajakSutible person. gaNAta ve.t.1; Si. 11.37; Bv.1.10.5; Amaru.85. Fitala. Stealiny, l. 1 A thief, plunderer. 2 A (-jam) a kind of perfume. -jAlam a stream of light. bracelet; f. Un.1.93. -tala: the palm of the hand; vanadevatAkaratalaiH 5.1.5%B karatalaganamapi nazyani yasya tu bhavitavyatA nAsti Pt.2.128. ___ kambojaH 1 A shell. -2 A kind of elephant. -3 (pl) N. of a country and its inhabitants: degAmalakam (lit.) m antelukta fruit (fruit. of the zavatirgatikarmA kambojeSveva bhASyateMbh. on P.I.1.1. kambojAH samare soI nasya Myrobalan) placed on the palm of the hand; (fig.) vIryamanIzvarAH / .4.69... 1. case and clearness of perception, such as is natural in the case of a fruit placed on the palm of kambha . 1 Watery. -2 Tlappy. the hund; karatalAmalakaphalavadakhilaM jagadAlokayatAm R.48. kambhArI (= kaTphalA ). stha , resting on the palm of the hand. -talIkR To take in the palm of the hand; tataH karatalIkRtya kambhu n. The fragrant root (uzIra ). vyApi hAlAhala viSam Bhay. 8.7.48. -tAlaH, -tAlakam kayA(dhuH),-dhUH / The wife of Hiranyakasipu and 1 clapping the hands: sa jahAsa dattakaratAlamuccaka: Si. 15.39. mother of Prahlida; hiraNyakaziporbhAryA kayAdhuna ma dAnavI -2 a kind of musical instrument, perhaps a cymbal. Bhag. 6. 18. 12. -tAlikA,-tAlI 1 clapping the hands; uccATanIyaH karatA likAnAM dAnAdidAnI bhavatIbhireSa: N. 3.7. -2 beating time kara .(-rA or -rI) [ karoti, kIryate anena iti, kR-kR-ap] by clapping the hands. -toyA N. of a river. -da .1 (Mostly at the end of comp.) Who or what does, paying taxes. -2 tributary; karadIkRtAsilanRpAM medinIm Ve. makes or causes ke.; duHkha, sukha, bhaya . -ra: 1 A 6. 18. -3 riving the hand to help &c. a. handy, hand; karaM vyAdhunvatyAH pibasi ratisarvasvamadharam 5.1.24.-2 A ray doxterous.-patram 1a sew; tatkaradantakarapatranikRttasattvam Mv.b. of light, beam; yamuddhat pRSA vyavasita ivAlambitakara: V. 1.813 29.-2 playing in water."vat m. the palm tree. -patrakam 10 pratikUlatAmupagate hi vidhau viphalatvameti bhusaadhntaa| avalamba- a saw. - TEST splashing water about while bathing nAya dinabharturabhanna patiSyataH kara sahasramapi Si.9.6 (where the or sporting in it. -pallavaH 1 a tender hand. -2 a linger. word is used in sense l also ). -3 The trunk of an f. "kisalaya, -pAlaH, -pAlikA 1 : sword. -2 cudgel. elephant; sekaH sIkariNA kareNa vihitaH U.3.163; Bh.3.20. -pAtram 1 splashing water about while bathing. -2 the - A tax, toll, tribute; yuvA karAkAntamahIbhRduccakairasaMzayaM hand hollowed to hold anything. -pAtrI Acup made saMprati tejasA raviH Si. 1.70%; (where kara means ray' also) of leather. -pIDanam marriage; f. pANipADana, -puTa: 1 (dadoM) perhaps in this sense the word is used in neuter the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything. gender also. niI jo mama ca karaH karANi bhukte Parich.2.3. -2 A box, chest with a lid; teSAM rakSaNamA yAmInmahAnkarapuTaaparAntamahIpAlavyAjena raghave karam R.4.58: Ms.7.128. stathA Mb. 14.6.). 16. -pRSTham the back of the hand. -5 Hail. -6 A particular measure of length equal to -bAlaH, -bAla: 1 sword; aghoraghaNTaH karavAlapANiyApAditaH 24 thumbs.-7 The asterism called hasta. -8A means Mal.9: mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavAlam Git. 1,Si. 18.60. or expedient. -9 A doer. -Comp.-agram 1 the forepart -2atinger-nail. -bhAraH: large amount of tribute. of the hand; karAgre vasate lakSmIH .-2 the tip of an elephant's -bhU: a finger-mail. -bhUpaNam an ornamont worn round trunk. -AghAtaH a stroke or blow with the hand. the wrist, such as a bracelet. -mardaH, -mardI, -mardaka: N. -AmadaH,-Amalaka: Myrobalan (Mar. karavaMda).-AroTa: of a plant (Carissa carandus; Mar. karavaMda) -mAla: a finger-ring. -3710+: supporting with the hand, smoke. -muktam a kind of weapon; see Ayudha. -ruhaH 1a giving a helping hand. -AsphoTa: 1 the chest. -2a. finger-nail; anAghrAtaM puSpaM kisalayamalanaM kararuhai: S. 2. 113 blow with the hand. -3 slapping the hands together. Me. 98. -2 a sword. -bAlikA 3, small club. -vIraH, -RddhiH /.1a eymbal. -2 a small musical instrument. -vIrakaH 1 asword or scimitar.-2 a cemetery.-3N. of -kacchapikA / kUrmamudrA in yoga. -kaNTakaH, -kam / a town in the S. M. country. -4 a kind of tree. Mar. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #553
karaka: 635 karaNDina mammmm m .. kaNhera, arjunasAdaDA); Raon. D. 2. 10. Mana. 18.212.3. karaNa 4. [kR-lyuT] 1 Making, doing, effecting, pro(-rA) red ursenic.(-rI) 1 a woman who has borne a d ucing. -2 (Ved.) Clever, skillel; rathaM na damA karaNA son, a mother. -2 N. of Aditi.-3a good cow. (-ram) saminvathaH Rv. 1. 119.7. -Na: 1 (Ved.) An assistant. the flower of the tree. mallikA, karavIram , bisam, mRNAlam yamasya karaNa: Av. 6.46.2. -2 A man of a mixed tribe. Mbh. on P. IV.3.166. -zAkhA finger. -zIkaraH water -3 A writer, jajJe dhImAMstatastasyAM yuyutsuH karaNo nRpa Mb. 1. 115. thrown out by an elephant's trunk. -zUka: a finger-nail. 43; Ms. 10.22. -4 A child. cf. ...... karaNaH zizau / -zotha: swelling of the hands. -sAdaH 1 weakness of zUdrAvizoH sute'pi syAt Nm. -Nam 1 Doing, performthe hand. -2 the fading of rays. -sUtram : marriage ing, accomplishing, effecting; parahita, saMdhyA', priya string won round the wrist. -FTITUT m. an epithet ke. -2 Aet, action. -3 Religious action; 1.1.26]. -4 of Siva. -svanaH clapping of the hands. Business, trade. -5 An organ of sense; vapuSA karaNojhi tena sA nipatantI patima yapAtayat R.8.38,42; paTukaraNaiH prANibhiH karakaH, -kam [kirati karoti vA jalamatra, kR-kR-vana Tv.] 1 Me.5%; R.14.50. -6 The body; upamAnamabhUdvilAsinA karaNaM The water-pot (of an ascetic); K.41. eSa pArthataH karakaH yattava kAntimattayA Ku.t...-7 An instrumont or means of tamAnaya Mbh. on P. VIII. 2.8t. ajinAni vidhunvantaH an action, na tasya kAya karaNa na vidyata Svet. 6.8: karaNa ca pRthagvidham karakAMca dvijarSabhAH Mb. 1. 190. 1. tripadaiH karakaiH sthAlaizcaSakaizca Bg. 18.11.18. upamitikaraNamupamAnam T. S.; tasya bhogAdhikaraNe Tagua: Siva. B. 22. 62. -2 The shell of the cocoa karaNAni nibodha me Mb. 3. 181. 19. -8 ( In Logic) The nut (used as a pot). - 1 The pomegranate tree. -2 instrumental cause which is thus defined:- vyApAravadaHand.-3 Tax. -4 A kind of bird -5 A loud cry. - , sAdhAraNaM kAraNaM karaNam . -9 A causo or motive (in gemeral). -kA,-kam Trail; nAnku thAstumulakarakAvRSTipAtAvakINAna Me. -10 The sense expressed by the instrumental case in 56; Bv.1. 35; U. 3. 40; -Comp. ambhas m. the cocoa gram.); sAdhakatamaM karaNam P.1.4.42; or kriyAyAH pariniSpattiryadnut tree.-AsAra:ashower of hail.-catuthI The fourth tyApArAdanantaram / vivakSyate yadA yatra karaNaM tattadA smRtam // -11 day in the dark half of Azvina, -jam water. -toyaH The (In law ) A document, a bond, documentary proof; cocoanut tree. - T il a water-pot used by ascetics. Ms. 8. 51, 52, 151. -12 A kind of rhythmical pause, -vAri Hail-water; Kau. A. 1. 20. beat of the hand to keep time%3; anugarjitasaMdigdhAH karaNekarakacaH A yoga in Astromomy. murajasvanAH Ku.6.10. -13 ( In Astrol.) A Division of the day; (these Karanas are eleven). -bava, bAlava, karakaH 1Askeleton. -2 The skull; pretarakaH karaDkA kaulava, taitila, gara, vaNija, viSTi, zakuni, catuSpAda, dasthAdasthisaMsthaM sthapuTagatamapi kavyamavyagramatti Mal.5.16; also art and feegh. -14 The Supreme Being. -15 Pro5. 19; pretarakko'GkamAropya karaGkamakutobhayaH Siva. B. 14.79. -3 nunciation. -16 The posture of an ascetic. -17 A A small pot (of cocoa-nut); a small box, as in posture in sexual enjoyment. bobhujyate sma karaNena narendraputrI tAmbUlakarakavAhinI (used in Kadambari); of. also raupyAn Bil. ch. 42. vAtsyAyanoktakaraNairnikhilaimanojJaiH / saMbhujyate kavivaraNa raukmAMzca paryaGkAna , karaGkAMzca patadgrahAn Siva. B. 17.13. -4 A narendraputrI || Tbid. 45.-18A field. -19 Plastering with kind of sugar-eane. -5 Any bone of the body. -Comp. the hand. -20 The usage of the writer caste. -21 The -zAli: A sort of sugar-vane. Principle of intelligence, dRSTAH karaNAzrayiNaH Sai. K. 43. karaH [kaM zirI jalaM vA raJjayati Tv.] N. of a tree (used -22 ( In Astron.) N. of a treatise of Varahamihira in medicinal preparations ); Bhag. 3. 21. 42. on the motion of planets. -UT 1 A woman of a mixed caste. mAhiSyeNa karaNyAM tu rathakAraH prajAyate 1.1.95.-2 Absurd karaTaH[kirati madaM, ka-aTana Un. 4.81.] 1 An elephant's or irrational number. -Ear f. An adopted daughter. cheek; prabhinnakaraTo matto bhUtvA kujararUpiNI Mb. 1. 210.20. -2 -Comp. -adhipaH the soul, sa kAraNaM karaNAdhipAdhipaH Svet. SafHower. -3 A crow; Santi. 4. 19. -4 An atheist, 6.9. -kutUhalam N. of a work on practical astronomy unbeliever. -5 A degraded Brahmana. -6 A man of a by Bhaskara. -grAmaH the organs of sense taken low profession. -7 A musical instrument. -8 The tirst collectively. -trANam the head. -vibhaktiH ). The Sraddha ceremony perfomed in honour of : dead man; instrumental case; sUktavAkeneti karaNavibhaktisaMyogAt / SB. on karaTa tvaM raTa kastavAparAdhaH Udb. -Tama Hard. (aa variety of MS. 3. 2. 12. -farty: manner of pronunciation. coral); Kau. A.2. 11. -TA 1 An elephant's cheek. -2A cow difficult to be milked. -mukham Aspot where karaNDaH [kR-aNDan Un. 1. 126] 1 A small box or an elephant's temple bursts; Mb. basket (of bamboo); karaNDapIDitatanoH bhoginaH Bh. 2.843 sarvamAyAkaraNDam 1.77. -2 A bee-hive. -3 A sword. -4 karaTakaH 13 erow; Mk. 7. -2 N. of kIratha the pro A sort of duck (kAraNDava).-5 Liver. -6 A crest; ef. pounder of the science and art of theft. -3 N. of a karaNDo mukuTe pAtre Nm. jackal in H. and Pt. karaTin m. An elephant; diganne zrUyante madamalinagaNDAH karaNDakaH, -karaNDikA, karaNDI/ A small box made karaTinaH Bv. 1. 2. tiSThantaM karaTikadambadurgadeze Siva. B. 24.67. of bamboo, etAM doSakaraNDikAm Mk. 8. 36. kara (re) TuH A kind at bird (crane). __ karaNDin m. A fish. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #554
karatoyA 536 karIraH mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm karatoyA / A river in Bengal (called sadAnIrA). FI a. 1 Dreadful, formidable, frightful, terrible; U.5.06.1; Mal.33 Bg.11.23, 25, 27; varmahoragasyeva karandhaya 4. Kissing the hand. karAlaphaNamaNDalam R.12.98; Mv.3.48. -2 Gaping, openkarabhaH [ka-abhac UM. 3. 122; kare-bhAti bhA-ka Tv.] sing wide; karAlavaktra U.5.6. -3 Grent, large, high, 1 The back of the band from the wrist to the root of lofty. -4 Uneven, jagged; pointod; prAlayamizramakarandathe fingers; metacarpus, as in karabhopamorU: R.6.833; sce karAlako zaiH (puSpaiH) Ve. 2.6; Mol. 1. 38. -5 Harsh; karabhorU. below. -2 The trunk of an elephant. -3 A kvaNitakarAlakiMkiNIkaH Mal.5.3.-6 Wide, spacious; sandhiH young elephant. -4 A young eamel; uSTrI ca karabhazceti karAlo bhavet Mk. 3. 12. -7 Deformerl. -8 Having Mbh. on P. I. 2.86. pRthvIrajaH karabhakaNThakaDAramAzAH (saMvivyuH) projecting teeth; karAlo danture tujhe vikRtojjvalayorapi / vigrahe Si. 5.3. -5 A camel in general. -6 A kind of perfume. bhISaNe...|| Nm. -la: 1 Resin, pitch. -2 A disease of -7 The hip -bhI Ashe camel. -Comp.-UrU:/a lady the teeth. -3 Black Tulasi. -lA A territic form of whose thighs resemble the back of the fore-arm; 313 Durga ; Ayatanam ; na karAlopahArAca phalamanyadvibhAvyate Mal.5. nidhAya karabhoru yathAsukhaM te 5.3.20%; Si. 10.69%; Amaru. 713 33. -lI One of the seven tongues of fire. kAlI karAlI ca or (according to another explanation), whose thighs manojavA caMund.1.2.1. -lam A particular condiment. resemble the trunk of an elephant; cf. Ku. 1. 36. -Comp. -daMSTra a. having terrific teeth. -vadanA an epithet of Durga. karabhaka: A camel. karAlikA 1 A tree. -2 A sword. -kA N. of Durga. karabhin m. An elephant. karAlita 3. 1 Torruented; ekasyAstapanakaraiH karAlitAyAH karabhIraH A lion. Si. 8. 4. -2 Magnified, intensified. karamaTTaH The betel-nut tree. karAlin m. A kind of horse having a ga.ping mouth and projecting teeth; hInadanto'dhikazcaiva karAlI kRSNatAlukaH / karamarin m. A prisoner. : muzalI ca tathA zRGgI SaDete svAmighAtakAH || Salihotra of bhoja. karamba, karambita 3. [kR-ambac; Un. 4. 82.] Mixed, After Scratching, a wound caused by a fingernail. intermingled, variegated; prakAmamAdityamavApya kaNTakaiH kara 'digdaSTe vartulAkAre karikA nakharekhikA' iti vaijayantI; Si.4.29. mbitAmodabharaM vivRNvatI N. 1. 115,85%; sphuTataraphenakadambakarambitamiva yamunAjalapUram Git. 11. karambitaM candrikayA himAmbhaH Ram. kAran m. [kara-ini] 1 An elephant. -2 The numCh. 6.9. -2 Set, inlaid. bor '8' (in Math.)-Comp. -indraH , -IzvaraH, -varaH / large elephant, a war or state elephant, lordly elephkarambha 1.1 mixed as an odour; karambhapUtisaurabhya Bhag. ant; sadAdAnaH parikSINaH zasta eva karIzvara: Pt. 2.753 dUrIkRtAH 3. 26.45. -2 Roasted ; kAmadhiyastvayi racitA na parama rohanti karivareNa madAndhabuddhapA Nitipr. 2. -kumbhaH the frontal globe yathA karambhabAjAni Bhag.6.16.30. of an elephant; karikumbhatulAmurojayoH kriyamANAM kavibhirvizakkhalaiH karambhaH (mbaH ) 1 Flour or meal mixed with curds. Bv. 2. 177. -kusumbha: a fragrant powder of nAgakezara. saktudhAnAkarambhANAM nopabhogyAzcirasthitAH Mb. 12.36. 33%B -kRSNA Piper Chaba (Mar. gajapiMpaLI.) -garjitam the 7.64.7. -2Mud; karambhavAlukAtApAn Ms. 12.76 (where roaring of an elephant (bRhitaM karigArjitam Ak.) -dantaH ivory.-dArakaH, -mAcala: a lion. -nAsikA a musical the word is variously interpreted; but Medhatithi instrument. -pa: an elephant-driver. -potaH, -zAva: takes it to mean mud). -3 Groats or coarsely ground -zAvaka: a cub, young elephant. -bandha: A column to Oats. -4 A mixed odour. -mbhA 1 N. of a plant (Aspa which an elephant is tied. -muktA ragus Racemosus; Mar zatAvarI! vAghAMTI)-2 A vessal for A pearl. -mukhaH an churning curds; Ram.2.91. 72. -bAlukA Hot sand epithet of Ganesa. -yAdas. a water-elephant. (punishment in hell); karambhavAlukAstaptA Mb. 18.2.24. -ratam A kind of posture in sexual enjoyment; bhUgata stanabhujAsyamastakAmunnatasphijamadhomukhI striyam / kAmati svakarakRSTakarambhakAm 1Groats. -2 Flour mixed with curds. mehane nAgaraiH karirataM taducyate / / iti ratirahasye; ef. Ki.5.28. com. -3 A document drawn up in different dialects; S. D. -vara indra q.v. -vaijayantI a flag earried by an ele phant. -sundarikA A gauge, watermark. skandhaH / karahATa: N. of a country; (perhaps the modern herd or troop of elephants. Karad in Satara district); karahATapateH putrI trijagannetrakArmaNam Vikr.8.2. -2 The fibrous root or stem of a kariNI 1A female elephant; kathametya matirviparyayaM kariNI lotus. -kA (= karahATaH) acirazaiziraviklamazeSitA kamalinI patkamivAvasIdati Ki. 2.6%3 Bv. 1. 2. Arogya kariNIM hRSTaHstUkarahATakazeSitA Ram. Ch. 4.6. -3 A group of lotuses. yamAno'vizat puram Bhag. -2 A plant called hastipippalI (Mar. gajapiMpaLI) FITETUT: 1 A market or fare. -2 A place where karIraH [ka-Irana Un.t.30] 1 The shoot of a bamboo : revenue is collected. jitakarIrazarIramarIramat / svakamitA kamitAramavAmatAm // Ram. karAyikA A bird (a small kind of erane). Ch. 4.84. -2 A shoot in general; Aninyire vaMzakarIranIlaiH For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #555
karIrikA Si. 4. 14. N. 5. 14. 3 A thorny plant growing in deserts and eaten by camels; patraM naiva yadA karAraviTape doSo vasantasya kim Bh. 2.93; cf. also kiM puSpaiH kiM phalaistasya karIrasya durAtmanaH / yena vRddhiM samAsAdya na kRtaH patrasaMgrahaH Subhas. -4A water-jar. -, - 1 The root of an elephant's tusk. -2 A cricket, a small grass-hopper. -Comp. -fa: A kind of flower; 'karavIraM karIraM tu' Ak The root of an elephant's task. karIrakam Battle fight. (-). 1 A cricket. -2 The root of an elephant's tusk karIrikAvAm GH:, -44 [q-Up. 4. 26] Dry cow-dung Ms. 8. 250. Comp. f fire of dry cow-dung. karIpaMkapA A strong wind or gale. karISiNI The goddess of wealth. gandhadvArAM durAdharSA nityapuSTAM karISiNIm / iti zrIsUktam ; also Mahanar. 1.8. 537 karuNa [ karoti manaH AnukUlyAya, kR unan Tv. ] Tender, pathetic, pitiable, exciting pity, mournful; af: V. 1; Si. 9. 67; fanonika: U. 1. 28. - 1 Pity, compassion, tenderness. -2 Pathetic sentiment, grief, sorrow (as one of the 8 or 9 sentiments); - pAkapratIkAzI rAmasya karuNo rasaH U. 3. 1, 13; 7. 12; vilapan... a faat af R. 8. 70. -8 The Supreme Being. -4 A Jaina saint. -UTH Ved. An action, a holy or sacred rite. sa vizvasya karuNasyeza eko Rv. 1. 100.7; mamedu* Av. 12. 3. 47. ind. mournfully, woefully ; adhastAcchizapAmUle sAdhvI karuNamAsthitA Ram 5.59.21. -Comp. -mallI the Mallika plant. -vipralambha: ( in Rhet.) the feeling of love in separation. karuNA Compassion, pity, tenderness; prAyaH sarvo bhavati karuNAvRttirArdrAntirAtmA Me. 93; 60 sakaruNa kind; akaruNa unkind. -Comp. a. tender-hearted. - a. tenderhearted, moved with pity, sensitive. -: store of mercy - para, -maya a very kind kAkutsthaM karuNAmayaM guNanidhiM viprapriyaM dhArmikam Mahanar. -vimukha a merciless, cruel; karuNAvimukhena mRtyunA haratA tvAM vada kiM na me hRtam R. 8.67. -, af: a cry of distress, a piteous tone, wail. fa. Pitia ble, distressed. karUpa: Dryness (?). nirmalo niSkarUpazca zuddha indro yathAbhavat Ram. 1. 21. 21. N. of Danta-vaktra; Bhag. 7. 10. 38. A fingernail. (ng Up. 2.1: Yes Tv.] An elephant in general; gaffe Si. 12.5, 5. 48. -2 The Karpikara tree. -, -. 1 A female elephant; sa dharmataptaH karibhiH kareNubhiH Bhag. 8. 2.23; dadau rasAtpakajareNugandhi gajAya gaNDUSajalaM kareNu: Ku. 3.37; R. 16, 16. -2 N. of the mother of Palakapya. -3 N. of a medi yuM ke ko... Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kakandhuH cinal plant. Comp. -, -: N. of Palakapya the founder of the science of elephants. The poisonous fruit of the plant Karoqu A female elephant. . A female elephant. (a): 1 Storax, benzoin. -2 Olibanum (Mar. 389). karoTam, -karoTiH /- 1 The skull; Mv. 5. 19. vapuSi g: Dhan. V. -2 A cup or basin. 1 P. To laugh (a Soutra root). karka a. [ kR ka U. 3. 40] 1 White; gau: zveta iti bhavati, azvaH karka iti Mbh. on P. I. 2.71 kakIM vatsAmiha rakSa afa Av. 4. 38. 6. -2 Good, excellent.: 1 A crab. -2 Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac. -3 Fire. - A water-jar. -5 A mirror. -6 A white horse. Mb. 7. 132. 30. -7 A kind of gem. -8 A vessel made out of a cocoanut shell. -9 A niggard. cf.... ghaTabhedAgnimukurasitAzvakRpaNeSvapi / Nm. - A white mware; Ks. 121. 278. [cf. Pers. kark; I. cancer; Gr. korkins]. -Comp. -fanit small cucumber. | : 1 A crab. -2 Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac. -3 A kind of crane. -4 The fibrous root of a lotus. 5 A thorn. -6 The curved end of the beam of a balance. 7 A kind of coitus (f). -8 The radius of a circle. -9 Compass, circuit. -10 A kind of pin or wedge. 1 A female crab. -2 A kind of cucumber. 3 The curved end of a balance. -4 A small water-pot. karkaTakaH 1 A crab karkaTakasadharmANo hi janakabhakSAH rAjaputrAH Kau. A. 1. 17. -2 Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac. -3 Compass, circuit. -4 A kind of sugarcane. -5 A hook. A female crab. 1 A poisonous root. -2 A particular fracture of the bones. -Comp. -arfer . the shell or crust of a crab. Ta rope with a hook. karkaTiH, TI / A sort of cucumber. 1 A plant and its fruit, a species of cucumber; : Bhag. 10. 37. 8. Pt. 5. -2 A kernel. karkaduH A kind of crane. karkandhuH, -ndhUH / [ karka kaNTakaM dadhAti dhA-kU Up. 1. 93. ] 1 The jujube troe: giyosafafa Mh. on P. IV. 3. 61. karkandA paristI 4. 1 sizgagaft yfter S. 4. v. 1 =&gengjeshfa S. D. -2 The fruit of this tree, yajeta dadhikarkamizrAiyade kiyA . 1. 250. -3 A term applied to a fetus of ten days old; dazAhena tu karkandhUH Bhag. 3. 31. 2. m. (:) A well without water; comm. on. Up. 1. 28. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #556
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra karkaraH a. karkaraH 1 Hard, solid. -2 Firm. - 1 A hammer. -2 A mirror. -3 A bone, broken piece (of skull); fragment; antaHzIrNakaraGkakarkarapayaH Mal. 5. 19. -5 m., n. Stone, limestone (Mar. ). A strap or rope of leather. Comp. -3T8T: a wag-tail. - the Khanjana bird. -andhukaH a blind well; of andhakUpa. A side-long look, a glance, leer. A curl of hair, ringlet. (-) A water-jar with small holes at the bottom, as in a sieve. -2 A kind of lute; adfa aftar Rv. 2. 43. 3. karkareTam Seizing by the neck ( = ardhacaMdra ) ? karkare: (:). www.kobatirth.org karkaza [-] 1 Hard, rough (opp. or komala mRdu ); suradvipAsphAlanakarkazA gulau R. 3.55, 12. 41, 13.73; airAvatAsphAlanakarkazena hastena pasparza tadaGgamindraH Ku. 3. 22, 1. 36; Si. 15. 10, 16. 18, 63. -2 Harsh, cruel, merciless ( words, conduct &c.); tasya tadvacanaM zrutvA rAkSasAH kopakarkazAH Ram. 3. 53. 6. -3 Violent, strong, excessive; R. 9. 68. -4 Hardy, strong, muscular, robust. -5 Strict, imperative, peremptory; 97: : Mv. 2. 11. -6 Desperate. -7 Illconducted, unchaste, unfaithful (as a woman). -8 Incomprehensible, difficult to comprehend $? a a P. R. -9 Niggardly. -10 Greatly addicted to ( atyAsakta ); nAnAgandharvamithunaiH pAnasaMsargakarkazai: Ram. 4. 67. 45. T: 1 A sword. -2 A substance in -3 A black sugarcane; cf. Nm. -Comp. - harsh sensitivity (Matanga L. 8. 24.) karkazikA, karkaza Wita jujube f: A gourd: Mk. 1.51. Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac. karketanaH -nam A kind of gem or precious stone. karkoTaH, -TakaH One of the eight principal cobras. [When king Nala, being persecuted by Kali, was made to undergo many hardships, Karkota, who was once saved by him from fire, so deformed him that none might recognise him during his days of adversity. 2 The sugar-cane. -3 The faca tree. karpUrakA Turmeric. A sort of wheat cake stuffed with pulsepaste. (a sanskritisation of ). karpUraH A kind of fragrant tree. (Mar. qmad). kAlAguruM ca karcUraM kaGkole raktacandanam Siva. B. 30.13. -ram 1 Gold; : Si. 3. 11. -2 Orpiment. distress. . a. of 11. (wife, f) To pain, make uneasy, 888 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir karNa ka 10. (karNayati, varNita ) 1 To pisroor to bore. -2 To hear; usually with the preposition. q. v. karNa a. Ved. 1 Having long cars. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). - 1 The car; viparItavadhakramaH / karNe lagati cAnyasya prANairanyo viyujyate // Pt. 1. 305, 304 also ; karNe dA to listen; karNamAgam to come to the ear, bocome known; tadguNaiH karNamAgatya R. 1.9; karNe kR to put round the ear; Ch. P. 10; karNe kathayati whispers in the ear; cf. 42, &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; fra Rv. 8.72. 12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; - Ram. 6. 48. 26.4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. 5 The diameter of a circle; Surya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (39); Mb. 6. 60. 10. 7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar., ); Ram. 5. 56. 34. -9 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahabharata bhavAn bhISmazca karNazca Bg. 1. 8; 11. 31. [He was the son of Kunti begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kunti). When the child was born, Kunti, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhritrastra, and given over to his wife Radha, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karna is often called Sutaputra, Radheya &c. Karna, when grown up, was made king of Anga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brahmana and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brahmana went to Parasurama and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurama had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karna's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karna's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karna showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brahmana (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvan tages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Pandavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhisma and Drona had fallen. He maintained For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #557
karNa 889 karNin - the field against the Pandavas for three days, but worn round the ear, an ear-ring: idaM ca karatalaM kimiti on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the karNapUratAmAropitam K.60. pracurasamarazobhAsubhravaH karNapUraH Siva. wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. B. 30.46. -2 the Asoka tree. -3 the Sirisa tree. Karna was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, - the blue lotus. -pUrakaH 1 an ear-ring. -2 the and with Sakuni joined him in all the various schemes Kadamba tree. -3 the Asoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. and plots that were devised from time to time for the -praNAdaH, -pratinAhaH a disease of the ear. -prAntaH the destruction of the Pandavas.] -Comp. -aJcalaH (lam) lobe of the ear.-phala: a kind of fish.-bhUSaNam, -bhUSA Ear-lobe; (Matanga. L.5. 12.) -aJjali: 1 The an ear-ormament. -mukuraH an ear-ornament. -mUlam auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears prieked the root of the ear; naM karNamUlamAgatya rAme zrIya'syatAmiti up; ApIya kaNIalibhirbhavApahAm Bhig. 3. 18.50. -anujaH R.12.2.-moTI a form of Durga. -yoni a. having the Yudhisthirs. -antikaa. close to the enr: svanasi mRdu ear as a source. tasya sAdhvIriSavo yAbhirasyati nRcakSaso dazaye karNAntikacara: 5.1.28. -anduH , -ndU / an ornament for karNayonayaH Rv.2.24.8.-latA, latikA the lobe of the the ear, ear-ring. TOUTH giving car, listening. ear; manye'munA karNalatAmayena N. 7.64. -vaMzaHa raised -ArA (= -vedhanI). -AsphAla: the flapping of the platform or daix of bamboo.-affic a. earless. (-a:) elephant's ears. - I. a semicircular car-ring. a. snake.-vivaram,-chidram,-puram,-randhram the auditory -uttaMsaH an ear-ornament or merely an ornament passage of the ear. -at f. ear-wax; Ms. 5. 135. (according to some authorities). (Mamnata says that -viSam 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. here karNa means karNesthitatva ; ef. also his remark ad. hoc:- -vedhaH piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religikarNAvataMsAdipade karNAdidhvaninirmitaH / sannidhAnArthabodhArtha sthiteSveta- ous ceremony (saMskAra). -vedhanI, -vedhanikA an samarthanam // K. P.7). upakarNikA rumour; (lit. 'from ear instrument for pierging the ear. -veSTaH, -veSTanam an to ear'). prAgeva karNopakarNikayA zrutApavAdakSubhitahRdayaH Pt. -UrNaH ear-ring; sukRtau karNaveSTau ca Ram.5.15.42. -zaSkulI the a kind of deer; koNakapadaM cAsmai nirjuSTaM vRkanAbhibhiH Bhag. outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); -kaSAyaH Dirt in the ears; ApIyatAM karNakaSAyazoSAnanukramiSye Av.9.8.1. avalambitakarNazaSkulakilasIka racayannavocata N. 2.8. na imAnsupezAn Bhag. 2. 6.46. -kITA,-TI 1 a worm -zUlaH, -lam ear-ache. -zrava a. audible, loud; karNazrave'with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small nile Ms. 4. 102. -zrAvaH, -saMzravaH 'running of the ear', centipede. -kumArI N. of Bhavani. -kUTa: Tho tower discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear.-sU: at the corner of the root; Mana. 10.54-55. -kSve Da: f. Kunti, mother of Karna. -srotas n. excretion of ( in Medic.) a comstant noise in the ear. -gUtham ear- the ear (karNamala) karNasrotobhavaM cApi madhuM nAma mahAsuram Mb.6. wax.(-thaH)-gUthaka: hardening of the wax of the ear. 67.14. -harmyam a tower, a side-tower. -hIna a. earless . -gocaraa. audible. -grAha: a helmsman. -cUlikA f. An (-naH) a snake. ear-ring; utkRttakarNacUlikena mukhena......Svapna. 2. -japa a. FOTE: Ved. 1 A prominence; handle. -2 The leaves (also karNejapa) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. and branches &c. of trees. -3 A tendril. -4 White karNejapaH sUcaka: Mbh. on P. III. 2. 13. -japaH, -jApaH hair: taM tvAM punaH palitakarNakabhAjamenam Bh. 3.126. -5 A kind slandering, tale-hearing, calumniating: -TFIT a | of fever. small centipede. (also -jalaukas, -jalaukA) -jAham the root of the ear; ct. tasya pAkamUle pIlvAdikarNAdibhyaH __ karNalaH a. Having ears. kuNabjAha cau Pill. V.2.1. api karNajAhavinivezitAnanaH karNavat a. Having ears; akSaNvantaH karNavantaH sakhAyo Mal. 5.8. -jit m. 'conqueror of Karna', epithet Rv. 10.71.7. -2 Long-eared. -3 Having tendrils or of Arjuna, the third Pandava prince. -at: pain hooks. to the ear; U..6. -tAla: the flapping of the / karNAkarNi ind. From our to ear. kAMkANa hi kapaya: elephant's ears, the noise made by it vistAritaH kuJjarakarNa kathayanti calatkathAm Ram. tAlai: 11.7.39,9.71; Si. 17.37. -dapeNa: an ear-ring. Prof. a. 1 Having ears. -2 Having a helm. -: A -dundubhiH = karNakITA. -dhAraH a helmsman, a pilot; steersman. -kA 1 An ear-ring; ratnarajitakarNikAm Siva. akarNadhArA jaladhau viplaveteha nauriva 1.3.23; avinayanadIkarNadhAra B. 20.53 vadanenAkulakarNikojjva lena Bu. Ch.5.55.-2 A knot, karNa Ve. 4.-dhAriNI a. female elephant. -patraka: The round protuberance. -3 Pericarp of a lotus. -4 A lobe of the ear;Y.3.96. -patha: the range of hearing. small brush or pen. -5 The middle finger. -6A -paramparA from car to ear, hearsay; iti karNaparaMparayA zrutam fruit-stalk. -7 The tip of an elephant's trunk. Ratn. 1. -parvan . the eighth (ine. Karna) seetion -8 Chalk. -9A trowel. -10 A bawd. -Comp.-acala: of the Mahabharata. -pAka: inflammation of the outer ear. -pAliH , -lI/. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the N. of the mountain sumeru. outer edge of the ear. (-lI) an ornament of the karNin a.1 Having ears; Av. 10. 1.2. -2 Longear. -pAza: a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -pizAcI f e ared. -3 Barbed (as an arrow). -0.1An ass. -2 A atype of goddess. -puTam the auditory pussage of helmsinan. -3 An arrow furnished with knots &c, the ear. -pUraH 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) - A disease of the uterus, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #558
karNikin 540 Prof. n. An elephant. Firuza. Long-eared. Fiica A semi-circular ear-like wind-instrum mont; tUrNa karNAlavAdyasya zabdaM cakruH samantataH Parnal. 3.33%B3 FUT:, FUTTEF: (pl.) N. of a country in the south of the Indian Peninsula; (27 ) Ferrara fagyi #34 943 Vikr. 18. 102 1. 1 A woman of the abovo country; tuttavat 995 9 :24 : Udb. karNATIcikurANAM tANDavakaraH Vb. 1.29. -2 The haMsapadI plant. -3 One of the Raginis or musical modes. TER: 1 N. of a tree; Cassia fistula. The golden yellow flower of this tree has its petals bending in- waris so that the flower looks like a saucer. Its sta mens and style are longer than the petals and looks like so many wicks juttling out of an oil lamp. cf. Vikra. 3. 3. afita fu 2 019 4292: V. 2. 23; Rs. 6. 6, 20. -2 The pericnrp of a lotus. - A flower of the Kurnikar: trec. (This flower, though it has an excellent colour, has no smell and hence it is not liked ; cf. Ku. 3. 28.: forgata farat 4 cetaH / prAyeNa sAmagyavidhau guNAnAM parAmukhI vizvasRjaH pravRttiH // ). -Comp. -fay: All epithet of Siva. Fuff 1 An arrow of a particular shape (barbed arrow). -2 N. of the mother of Muladeva, the father of the science and art of thieving. -Comp. -To: a Covered litter; a lady's vehicle, palanquin ; uffyry tatua R. 14. 13. Ea: Muladeva, father of the science and art of thieving; Wolfgasta afagaraga K. 19; Fortgag e rata Dk. at f. A secret whispering in the ear. FO : [ 40-39-347 335 474; cf. P. III. 2. 13.) ; A secret tale-bearer, An informer (Mar. #reft lAgaNArA); purA karNejapIbhUya punaH panarupeyuSA Siva. B.28. 37. / #olafea i H Bk. 3. 7. Fore fart f. (cf. FITTI above) Tid 10 P. (#defa-aria) 1 To slacken, unloose. -2 To remove. a Ved. Cutting. - 1 A hole, cavity; TIC tid farar T Av. 4. 12.7. -2 Rending, tearing; 1 Har Ek Bhag. 11. 5. 41. od 1. (A pearl) having scratches. Kau. A. 2. 11. a a. Cutting. 4. 1 Cutting, lopping off; Y. 2. 22), 286. -2 Spinning cotton or thread (75: Prfwarga). dat Scissors, Haftal, 1 Scissors. -2 A knife. -3 Cutlass, small sword. -4 ( 1) A kind of dance. -Comp. -HE: A particular position of the hands. 1 a. What ought to be cut or lopped, fit to be destroyed or put down; 92: 93 at War al for at afa arsye: ftghay atira: car raftueat Il Mb. Fit A small sword, a knife. For mat 1 Knife. -2 Scissors. Paar pot. p. What is fit or ought to be done ; a 7 roll out #691%2: II. 3. 11; 421 - farah qanu Pt. 1.-5474, Fayat What ought to be done, a duty, obligation; i at 7 74714 Ku. 6. 61, 2. 62; Y. 1.331. a. or s. - afarafa ya Bg. 3. 27. 1 A doer, one who does, makes, performs &c., an agent; vaMzasya R. 2.64%3 vyAkaraNasya kartA author of Grammar RNasya kartA one who incurs debt; hitakA tu benefactor3; gquitai a goldsmith &c. -2 (In gram.) An agent (the meaning of the instrumental case). -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 An epithet of Brahma. -5 N. of Visnu and Siva also.- A priest. -Comp. -347 a.(P. I. 3. 72 ) accruing to the agent. -EITET: the active voice. fi a. An agent, one who does anything. = 7) 10 P. To dissolve ( fa fra A ). katram Ved. A spell, charm; vairaM tsAryanvavidAma katram Av. 10. 1. 19. Hira a. Ved. To be done. -Part 1 Obligation, duty. Farra a Ry. 1. 27. 11. alio 1. 161.3 -2 Task. 1 P. (Fela, a) 1 To rumble (as the bowels). -2 To caw (as a crow). kardanam Rumbling of the bowels, -nI The day of full-moon in the month of 7. Fre, T: 1 Mud. -2 Clay. -3 The librous root of the lotus. -4 Any aquatic weed. A: Un. 4. 85 ] 1 Mud, slime, mire; giet 797JAATI 3 ft Mk. 5. 35; 72121ament R. 4. 24. -2 Dirt, filth. -3 Fig.) Sin. -4 N. of a Praja pati. - 4 Flesh. -Comp. -3TTE FI: a receptacle for filth, sewer &c. Fa: 1 A kind of granulous fruit. -2 A kind of serpent. Ha a. 1 Muddy. -2 Made clotty; Mal. 3. 9. 08:, -24 1 Old, ragged or patched garment. -2 A piece of cloth, strip. -3 A soiled garment; or a red coloured garment. -4 A cloth; Pt. 5. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #559
karman H karpaTika 841 ........................................ fet, -- a. Covered with ragged garments. earth). -9 Fate, the certa in consequence of acts done in former life; FHITT jai git: Figartoft F : A kind of weapon; 719974999.00 Bh. 2.89, H. -10 (In gram.) The object of &c.; Dk. 35. of ill action; A P. I. 4. 19. -11 FIT: 1 An iron saucepan, frying-par. 2 A (In Vais. Phil.) Motion considered is one of pot or vessel in general (as of potter ). -3 A the seven categories of things; (thus defined: pot-sherd, piece of a broken jar; as in #; 212 T ugu ITO * Vais. Sutra. (It is fa 4: ror #215 92470 Ghat. 22. five-fold:-- J U ATSA974 941 TO 748 - The skull. -5 A kind of weapon. -6 A backbone; tozala ya || Bhasa P. 6.) -12 Organ of sense. To Mal. 5. 22. -TH A pot, pot-sherd. fak baino Bri. Up. 1. 5. 21. -13 Organ of action; FHIOT #*#: a Bhag. 11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) TIS: The Pilu tree. The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; Hati #th, oft t A kind of collyrium. karmaNA vIryaM javastejazca vardhate Kau A. 2.2. -Comp. -akSama ATA, -74,- The cotton tree. a. inca pable of doing anything. -3754 part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (1 797 of the Darsa Fog, TH (Un. 4. 90.] Camphor. -Comp. sacrifice). -3771T: the right of performing religious -347 Crystal. - : N. of a flamingo; H.-ag: rites. -3779 a. 1. according to action or any par1 a field of camphor. -2 a piece of camphor. - ticular office. -2 according to actions done in a precamphor liniment. -nAlikA : kind of food. -maJjarI N. vious existence. -Ty p ractising one's duties. of a drama by Rajasekhara. -Alor: 1 a kind of jewel. -317TT: conseqence of, or conformity to, acts.-3772: -2 a white mineral used in medicine) - Quick- 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, busisilver. a: a reputed panegyric in 771a. ness, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms. 7. 62 (thira: in FT: Zedeary. 194 Kull.) - 4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker: 979 at: #h: A mirror. Ram. 2. 100. 52. -347924 1 difference or contrariety 1 P. (Fafat) To go, move, approach. of action. - 2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; H TFra. Variegated, spotted ; #gayt: (#T:) Y. 3. 166. fagny fare 3 Bhag. 10. 9. 1. - 4. final. #:) a servant, workman, Ram. 1. 13. 7. (-) Ta. 1 Variegated, or spotted ; - fe: f. removing, sending away of *; +19aflangt: Si. 17. 56. -2 of the colour of pigeons, whitish, urey : 992 E Ku. 4. 27. -T: 1 The Bhag. 12. 2. 17.-31. a. fit or suitable to an act variegated color. -2 Sin. -3 An evil spirit, demon. or the rite. (-:) a man. -3 Eur /. Name received -4 The Dbattura plant. -5 Rice growing amidst from the act performed; +HTTfqatSTIS Etat afa #fear wala! SB. on MS. 6. 8. 37. 37 : one inundation. - N. of a plant (a i). - Au cpithet who maintains himself by some profession (as that of of Durya - 1 Gold. -2 Water. -3 The Dhattura an artisan &c.) -STICHT a. endowed with the principlant. ples of action, activo; PICHAETH HIS Ora 44: (f) fa a. Variegated : 3781nahanat: Ms. 1. 22. (X.) the soul. -TUOTE see agt; U. 6. 4; Si. 5. 62. zabdaH spazoM raso gandho rUpaM cetyarthajAtayaH / gatyaktyatsargazilpAni H aaga: Bhag. 11. 22. 16. -31T2Ti receptacle or ( .. Variegated. -T: 1 A demon. -2 N. accumulation of good and evil) acts; HEA TH11 of a plant. -3 The variegated colour. A leech. Th1 Gold. -2 Yellow orpiment. yAti parAM gatim Bhag. 10.16.32. -indriyam an organ of action, as distinguished from ; (they are :FAT -. Visv karma; T I F T HERT vAkpANipAdapAyupasthAni; Ms. 2.99; 8ee under indriya also) E rfar Mb. 2.7.1. --. - Un. 4. 144] 1 Action, karmendriyANi saMyamya Bg.3.6, 7. -udAram any valiant or work, doed.-2 Execution, performance; rasite atsi noble act, magnanimity, prowess. 3T a. busy, TE 1 : 59 : Ram. 5. 63. 30.-3 Business, engaged, active, men lous. - T: 1 a hired labourer (a office, duty; fat f994ami M. t. 4 A religious servant who is not a slave); A tasya goH pratidAnAt karmakArI rite (it may be either nitya, naimittika or kAmya). -BA 311701a: 44: Mbh. on P. V. 2. 14. ***1: 29: specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of Pt. 1: Si. 14. 16. -2 Yama. id m. (in gram.) an religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or agent who is at the same time the object of the action; knowledge of Brahman (opp. 11); 31901 FT e. g. 9 a 37147:, it is thus defined:- ZATO 5 a R. 8. 20. (6) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. svayameva prasidhyati / sukaraiH svairguNaiH kartuH karmakarteti tadviduH / / na cAntareNa -8 A natural or active property (as support of the fi 37 wafa Mbh. on P. 1.3. 27-ug:, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #560
karman -NDam that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -kAra: 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan ( technically a worker not hired ). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; hariNAkSi kaTAkSeNa AtmAnamavalokaya / na hi khaGgo vijAnAti karmakAraM svakAraNam // Uab. -4a bull. -kArin m. a labourer, artisan, workman. - kArmukaH, -kam a strong bow. kIlakaH a washerman. - kRtyam activity, the state of active exertion; yaH prathamaH karmakRtyAya jajJe Av. 1. 24. 6. kSama able to perform any work or duty; AtmakarmakSamaM dehaM kSAtro dharma ivAzritaH R. 1. 18. -kSetram the land of religious at paM. bharatavarSa; Bhag. 5. 17. 11; cf. karmabhUmi gatiH f. the course of fate; atha karmagatiM citrAM dRSTvA'sya hasitaM mayA Ks. 50.159. -gRhIta ". caught in the very act (as a thief. ). - granthiH f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting weakness in the form of vAsanA produced by ajJAna' ghAtaH leaving off or suspending work. ca (cA) NDAlaH 1 base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasistha mentions these kinds :--- - asUyakaH pizunazca kRtaghno dIrgharoSakaH / catvAraH karmacANDAlA janmatazcApi paJcamaH // -2 one who com - mits an atrocious deed; apUrvakarmacaNDAlamayi mugdhe vimukha mAm U.1.46. -3 N. of Rshu. ceSTA active exertion, netion. karmaceSTAsvahaH Ms. 1. 66. codanA 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts jJAnaM jJeyaM parijJAtA trividhA karmacodanA Bg. 18. 18.-2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -cchedaH The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A. 2. 7. -jaH . resulting from an act; siddhirbhavati karmajA Bg. 4. 12. karmajA gatayo nRNAmuttamAdhamamadhyamAH Ms. 12. 3. ( - jaH ) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :--- saMyoga, vibhAga &c. - 5 heaven. -6 hell. -jJa a. one acquainted with religious rites. -tyAga: renuciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. - a. corrupt in action, wick ed, immoral, disrespectable. - devaH a god through religious action; ye zataM gandharvaloka AnandAH sa ekaH karmadevAnAmAnandaH Bri. Up. 4. 3. 33. -doSa: 1 sin, vice; avekSeta gatIrnRNAM karmadoSasamudbhavAH Ms. 6. 61, 95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); karmadoSairna lipyate Ms. 1, 101. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. - dhArayaH N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpurusa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) tatpuruSaH samAnAdhikaraNaH karmadhArayaH P. I. 2. 12; tatpuruSa karmadhAraya yenAhaM syAM bahuvrIhiH Uab. -dhvaMsaH 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -nAman ( in gram) a participal noun. - nAmadheyam N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as guNa and vRddhi but are always significant sarvecyeva karmanAmadheyeSu arthamanyenAnuvAdabhUto nAmazadro vartate, na laukikArthatiraskAreNa paribhASAmAtreNa vRddhiguNavat SB. on MS. 10. 6. 41. -nAzA N. of a river between Kasi and Bihar - nizvayaH a decision of action; na lebhe karmanizcayam Bm. 1. 618. niSadyA a manufactory; 542 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir karmana Kau. A. 2. 4. fag a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; abhivAraM zrutyaM karmaniSTAm Rv. 10.80.1; Ms. 3. 134. -nyAsaH renunciation of the result of religious acts. -patha: 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. jJAnamArga ) - pAkaH ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt. 1. 372 -pravacanIyaH a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means that which spoke of an action ( kriyAM proktavantaH ) ' e. g. Ain A mukteH saMsAraH is a karmapravacanIya; so anu in japamanu prAvarSat Re: karma proktavantaH karmapravacanIyA iti Mbh. on P. I. 1. 83. f. upasarga, gati and nipAna also. -phalam 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former lifes (pain, pleasure ); na me karmaphale spRhA Bg. 4. 145 5 12; 6.1; phalatyAga Bg. 12. 11, 18. 25 phalatyAgin Bg. 18. 11; phalaprepsuH Bg. 18.27; degphalasaMyoga Bg. 5.14; deg phalahetu Bg. 2. 47. evaM saMcintya manasA pretya karmaphalodayam Ms. 11. 231 - 2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola ( Mar. karmara ) : also karmaraga. -bandhaH, -bandhanam confinement to ropeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); buddhapAyukto yathA pArtha karmabandhaM prahAsyati Bg. 2. 30. -bhUH, -bhUmiH / 1 the land of religious rites, i.e. bharatavarSa, this world (a place for man's probation); prApyemAM karmabhUmim Bh. 2.100; K. 174,319 -2 ploughed ground. - mAsaH the Calendar month of thirty days. -mImAMsA the Mimarsa of ceremonial acts; see mImAMsA - mUlam a kind of sacred grass called kuza yugam the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -yogaH 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; karmayogena yoginAm Bg. 3.333.75 5.25 13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms. 10. 115. vacanam ( with Buddhists) the ritual. -vajraH an epithet of a Sudra. -vaza: fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -vATI & lunar day ( tithi) - vipAka = karmapAka. -zAlA a workshop. - zIla, -zUra * assiduous, active, laborious; ef. karmavastuThe Nm. -zaucam humility. zrutiH / The word expressive of the act; karmazruteH parArthatvAt MS. 11. 2. 6. ( read yA atra karmazrutiH darzapUrNamAsAbhyAmiti sA parArthA tRtIyA - yogAt &c. zabara ) - saGgaH attachment to worldly duties and their results. tannibadhnAti karmasaGgena Bg. 11.7. -sacivaH minister. -saMnyAsikaH, -saMnyAsina 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. - sAkSin m. 1 an eyewitness; vahnirvivAhaM prati karmasAkSI Ku. 7. 83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; Aditya bho lokakRtAkRtajJa lokasya satyAnRtakarmasAkSin Ram. 3. 63. 16. ( There are nine divinities For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #561
karma which are said to witness and watch over all human. actions; sUryaH somo yamaH kAlo mahAbhUtAni paJca ca / ete zubhAzubhasyeha karmaNo nava sAkSiNaH // ) -siddhiH / accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. svakarmasiddhiM punarAzazaMse Ku. -sthAnam a public office, a place of business. karmaTha a. [ karman - aThac P. V. 2. 35 ] 1 Proficient in any work, clever. skilful. paTusaMgara karmakarmaTham Siva. B. 32. 2. jJAnAzayastasya tato vyatAnItsa karmaThaH karma sutAnubandham Bk. 1. 11. -2 Working diligently. -3 Exclusively devoted to the performance of religious rites. -3: The director of a sacrifice. d. karmaNya [ karmana yat ] Skilful, clever. yato vIraH karmaNyaH sudakSaH Nr. P. 2.4. NyA Wager. -Nyam Activity. karmin . 1 Working, active, busy. -2 Engaged in any work or business. -3 One who performs religious deeds with the expectation of reward or recompense; yat karmiNo na pravedayanti rAgAta Mund Up. 1. 2. 9. karmibhyazcAdhiko yogI tasmAdyogI bhavArjuna Bg. 6. 46, -. A mechanic, artisan; anena vidhirAkhyAta Rtvika paMkakarmiNAm V. 2. 265. karmiSTha a. Skilled in business, clever, diligent. karmandina M.P. IV. 4. 111 An ascetic, a religious mendicant. karmarI The manna of the bamboo ( vaMzalocana ). karmAraH 1 A blacksmith; Y. 1. 163; Ms. +. 215; a polisher of tools and weapons (Mar. zikalagAra ); tataH saMdhAya vimalAn bhavAn karmAramArjitAn Mb. 6.91. 31. -2 A bamboo.... Siva. B. 19.32. karmIra 4. Variegated; spotted. karv 1 P. (karvati, karvita ) To be proud, boast. karva: 1 Love, desire. -2 A rat. karvaTa: 1 The market-town or capital of a district (of two hundred villages). -2 Declivity of a mountain; (also karyaTaka in this sense ). -Tam A city. See kharvaTa. karbudAra: The kovidAra tree. karpUraka: Yarloary (A kind of aromatic gingerlilce substance_used in medicine, perfumery, and dying.) (Mar. kacorA ). () ra a. Variegated. 1Sin. -2 Tiger. -3 A demon. 4 A sort of medicament. -rI 1 An epithet of Durga. -2 Night. -3 A Raksasi. -4 A tigress - ram Red lead. karzana a. 1 Rendering lean. -2 troubling, hurting; yadAzrauSamasurANAM vadhArthe kirITinaM yAntamamitrakarzanam Mb. 1. 1. 165. -7: Fire. 848 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kal wh: [ng-ag ng m] 1 Drawing, dragging, pulling Y. 2. 217. -2 Attracting. -3 Ploughing - 4 A furrow, a trench. 5 A scratch. -6 Terminalia Bellerica (Mar. biyA, behaDA) : m A weight of gold or kArSApaNa silver equal to 16 Masas. -Comp. -ApaNa = q.v. karSaka a. [ kRS-vul ] Who or what draws, attracts &c. -kaH A cultivator, husbandman; Y. 2. 265. tvaM samIraNa iva pratIkSitaH karSakeNa valajAnpupUSatA Si. 14.7. karpaNa . 1 Dragging. -2 Injuring. -3 Extending (in time ), see below. - Nam [ kRpU bhAve lyuT ] 1Drawing, dragging, pulling, bending (as of a bow ); bhajyamAnamatimAtrakarSaNAt R. 11.46, 762. -2 Attracting. -3 Ploughing, tilling; pramRtaM karSaNaM smRtam Ms. 4.5. - Injuring, tormenting; emaciation; tathA rAjJAmapi prANAH kSIyante rASTrakarSaNAt Ms. 7. 112. -5 Cultivated land; putrasya te pazavaH karSaNaM ca Mb. 3. 113.13. -6 a weapon; iSubhistomaraiH prAsaitrizUlairvajrakarSaNai: Ram. 7. 32.34. karSaNiH / An unchaste woman. karSita 4. 1 Drawn, attracted. -2 Tormented. harassed &c. -3 Worn out, decayed; arjunaM kathayAmAsa | bahusaMgrAmakarSitam Mb. 14. 86. 7. -4 Ploughed. kArbana a. 1 Who or what draws &c. stamberamA mukhara zRDsalakarSiNaste R. -2 Attractive. prANakAntamadhugandhakarSiNIH R. 19.11. --. A ploughman. -NI 1 The bit of a bridle. -2 A medicinal moon-plant (Mar. khiraNI ). karpU: / 1 A furrow, trench. -2 A river. -8 Canal. - 4 A pit; karSU khA bibharAsi / Sat Br. ( matsyo - pAkhyAna); kabUtarI pAkhineSu ca khAne kuyAtu karpU:.... -m. 1 A fire of dried cow-dung. -2 Agriculture, cultivation. -8 Livelihood. karhi ind. Ved. When, at what tiane? with api cid and svid == at any time; yannirmitAM kapi karmaparvaNIm Bhag. 5. 17. 24. karhicit ind. At any time, usually with na; akAmasya ! kriyA kAcit dRzyate neha karhicit Ms. 2. 4, 40, 97, 4775 650. kal I. 1 A. (kalate, kalita) 1 To count. -2 To sound. - II. 10 U. ( kalayati te, kalita) 1 To hold, bear, carry, wield, have, put on; karAlakara kandalIkalitazastra jAlairbalaiH U. 5. ; mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavAlam Git 1; kalitalalitavanamAlaH; halaM kalayate ibid.; kalaya valayazreNIM pANau pade kuru nUpurau 12; Mb. 12. 4. 18 -2 ( a ) To count, reckon; kAlaH kalayatAmaham Bg. 10. 30. (b) To measure ; sadA pAnthaH pUSA gaganaparimANaM kalayati Bh. 2. 114. -3 To assume, take, have, possess; kalayati hi himAMzorniSkalaGkasya lakSmIm Mal.1.22. Si. 4. 36, 9. 59. -4 To know, understand, observe, take notice of, think of; kalayannapi savyatho'vatasthe Si. 9.83; kopitaM virahakheditacittA kAntameva kalayantyanuninye 10.29; N. 2. 65, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #562
544 kalaTam 3. 12, Mal. 2.9.-5 To think, regard, consider: #33- 441495 C 14 Si. 9. 58, 6. 54, 15. 55, 16. 64; Mb. 12. 4. 15; 20ft hela un Git. 4,7; cf. Paula 1942 Nag. 2. 11. -6 To undergo, be influenced by ; H 4 917 Mal. 8; 9: 9 a falai szfa ya 199 BL.1.72. -7 To do, perform. -8 To go. -9 To attach to, tie on; furnish with. -10 To urgeon, impel, incite; 32 f t . Mal. 9. 12. -11 To utter a sound, murmur. -12 To take hold of the die called Kali. III. 10 P. 9a, Fifesa) 1 To pushon, urge, drive forward; gAvo na kAlyanta idaM kuto rajo Bhag. 4. 5. 8. -2 To carry off. -3 To collect. -4 To throw, cast. -5 To proclaim the time. a. [ -99] 1 Sweet and indistinct (34999T); of mei fara eta H. 1.78: ATTA: faste: R. 1. 41, 8. 59; M.5.1. asa: # tla: Bu.Ch.2.30. (I lence -2 Low, soft, swect (note &c.); melodious, pleasing, fazl a TT R. 16. 12. -3 Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; HI T TA R. 16. 12; - 1794. Si. 9. 74, 82; 5 5 : 6. 14, 4. 57; -4 Weak. -5 Crude; undigested. -6 Vigorons.-7 Full: aat 515 13: Ram. 2. 13. 21. 1 A low or soft and inarticulate tone. -2 In poetry ) Time equal to four Matras. -3 (-ut. pl.) A class of manes. -TH Semen. -Comp. 312 : the Sarasa bird.-312a . 1 a sparrow. -2 a bee. -3 the Chataka bird. in: a sparrow. -3TIT: 1 a sweet humming sound. -2 sweet and agreeable discourse; - 4 TR ZIE K . 2. -3 a bee. -at . high, sharp. - a. having a sweet voice. (-03:) (ugt :) 1 the Indian ) cuckoo. -2 a Oobe, swall. -3 a pigeon. - 1 murmuring or hum of a crowd. -2 indistinct or confused noise; areal face ES7221 Si. 6. 14 ; aut : (in dramas); Bh. 1. 27, 37; Amaru. 31. -3 N. of Siva. -4 resin, pitch. ffil, fufira wonton woman. - T: the Indian) cuckoo. (aft: N. of a royal family; B. R. aron a Wintou or lascivious woman. 74 silver. - 1 silver ; lagt fra i 521 Si. 13. 21, 4. 1. -2 old; fa t atsaruNA khAna Ve. 3. kanyeyaM kaladhautakomalaruciH kIrtistu nAtaH Mahar. -3 a low or pleasing tone. "fara 1:1 illumination of a manuscript with gold. -2 characters written in gold; d u a belarsta fa an Git. 8. -Tafa: 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a pigeon. -3 a peacock. -4 the Indian ) cuckoo. -Area. having a low and sweet tone. (- ) a swan ; see kaladhvani. -bhASaNam lisping, the prattle of childhood. -ra: 1 a low_sweet tone. -2 a dove. - the (Indian ) cuckoo. -faya it. soft and clear ; S. 5. -57157: il mongrel breed between a tigresk and panther. - 1 a gander, a swan; a s - A Ku. 5. 67.-2 a duck, drake: Bk. 2. 18: 44 Ti tog ty THR. 8.59.-3 the supreme soul. -4 an excellent king. PRET: 1 A lion. - A musical instrument,cymbal. F%EFT: A whirlpool, eddy. FC a. (at the end of comp.) Causing, effecting. 7 A sort of cane. -74 1 A spot, mark. 2 A defect, an offence, fault. -3 Taking, Heizing, rasping: S T AT : filda:. - 4 Knowing, understanding, apprehension. -5 Sounding. - An embryo at the first sto go after conception. a 1 Taking, seizing, yrasping; AHT A. L. 29. -2 Doing, effecting. -3 Subjection. -4 Understanding, comprehension. -6 Putting on, Wonring; also letting louso; 7514611 Si. 3.5. F a p . 1 Held, seized, taken; U. 5.5. v. l. -2 Broken; Pt. 1. -3 Plucked, gatheredl; accet: an d : U. 3. 6. -4 Arisen, produced ; U. 5. 2; f i yat: f4 i alat: R. G. -5 Influenced ; Mal. 8. -6 Mixed; 34775* Hin d: 472479: 198 Mal. 10. 10. - Known, understood: PRI esse Mal. 8. 13, 2.9. -8 Furnished, endowed, Mal. 6.6: EXIT : Ku. 6. 76. -9 Gained, obtained. -10 Reckoned, counted. -11 Separated, divided. -12 Sounded indistinctly, murnured. -13 Made, formed; lavajamAlAkalitAvataMsAH Si. 3.81. F: 1 A kind of fish. -2 A kind of prose. F : 1 A spot, a mark, a dark spot (lit.); artifacta para 1. 13. 15. -2 (Fig) A stain, stignia, obloquy, disrepute; 440 43 wa Mk. 10.31; R. 14. 37; so t. -3 A fault, defect; faa anaai Ranital Bh. 3. 18. --4 Rust of iron. -5 A suutarial mark on the forehead; *: Fulau +917.710 facas a' Nm. -Comp. we all epithet of Siva. la Den. P. To defame, stain with stiynna, sully. PC . Spotted, stained, defamed; 3474 facea U. 6. 37. F # 1 A bird. -2 A deer or any other animal struck with a poisoned weapon. -3 Tobacco. - A particular weight ( =10 Rupakas). - Flesh of such an animal. -Comp. 14: the rule according to which a negation connected with an act constitutes prohibition of that act. This is discussed and established by sara (6. 2. 19 ) and Tat in connection with texts like 87 H in MS. 6. 2. 19-20. SB. 1. 1. t. FISCH The thatch of a house. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #563
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kalata www.kobatirth.org kalata . Bald-headed. kalatram 1 A wife; vasumatyA hi nRpAH kalatriNaH R. 8.83; 1.32; 12.34; yadbhartureva hitamicchati tatkalatram Bh. 2.68. -2 The female of an animal. -3 The hip and loins; indumUrtibhivoddAmamanmathavilAsagRhItagurukalatrAm K. 189 ( where ka has both senses); Ki. 8. 9, 17. -4 Any royal citadel. -5 The seventh lunar mansion. kalandaraH A man of a mixed tribe. kalandikA Wisdom, intelligence ( sarvavidyA ). kalabhaH ( bhI ) [ kal-abhac Up. 3. 122; kareNa zuNDayA bhAti bhAka, rasya lakSm Tv. ] 1 A young elephant, cub; nanu kalabhena yUthapateranukRtam M. 5; dvipendra bhAvaM kalabhaH zrayanniva R. 3. 32; 11. 39; 18. 38. Bhag. 8. 2. 23. 2 An elephant 30 years old. -3 A young camel; the young of any other animal. - A particular fragrant substance used as an unguent, kalabhaH karipotake / aGgalepana vastUnAM vizeSe'pi pumAn bhavet / Nm. kalamaH [ Up. 4. 84] 1 Rice which is sown in MayJune and ripens in December - January; prasUtaM kalamakSetraM varSeNeva zatakratuH Ram. 4. 14. 16. sutena pANDoH kalamasya gopikAm Ki. 4. 9,34; Ku. 5. 47; ApAdapadmapraNatA kalamA iva taM raghum / phalaiH saMvardhayAmAsuruvAtapratiropitAH // R. 4. 37. kalayatA kalamAvanakAminI kalamanohara gAnamamanyata Ram. Ch. 4. 72 2A pen, a reed for writing with. -3 A thief. 4 A rogue, rascal. -Comp. -gopabaMdha, gopI woman employed to guard a rice-field; Si. 6. 49. kalamba: 1 An arrow. -2 The Kadamba tree. heft 1 The nape of the neck. -2 An aquatic pot-herb. kalambuTa (Fresh ) Butter. kalambU: An aquatic pot-herb. kalalaH, -lam 1 The foetus, uterus. -2 A term for the embryo a short time after conception. kAryAzrayiNazca kalalAdyAH San. K. 43. kalalaM tvekarAtreNa pazcarAtreNa budbudam Bhag. 3. 31.2. kalalajaH 1 The resinous exudation of the Shorea Robusta. -2 Womb. kalaviGkaH, -gaH 1 A sparrow; Ms. 5. 12; Y. 1. 174. kalaviGkasvara uttaraM babhASe Bu. Ch. 5. 31. -2 A spot, stain. kalazaH, saH (-zamsama) [kena jalena -sa-ti Tv.]1 A pitcher, water-pot a jar, dish; hiraNmayaM kalazaM vibharSi Mbh. on P. VI. 4. 174; Si. 11; stanau mAMsagranthI kanakakalazAvityupamitau Bh. 3. 20, 1.97; Amaru 54. janmana, udbhavaH N. of Agastya. -2 A churn. -3 A kind of measure. -4 A rounded pinnacle on the top of a temple -5 The 6. kI... 545 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kalA ocean ; kSobhyatAM kalazaH sarvairmandaraH parivartyatAm Mb. 1. 18.32. -Comp. ( sa ) - ambhodhiH, -arNavaH, udadhi 1 the ocean. - 2 Ksirasagara ( Note on zAhendravilAsa 12. 68. ). kakkustha kulaparyAyazAstubha Vis. Gupl. 50. haft, -far: (-er, -fe: .) 1 A pitcher, a jar. - 2 A churn; kalazimudadhigurvI balavA loDayanti; Si. 11.8-3 Hemionitis Cordifolia ( Mar. riMgaNI ); -Comp. -sutaH N. of Agastya. kalahaH, -ham [kalaM kAmaM hanti hanDa Tv. ] 1 Strife, quarrel; IrSyA kalahaH Bh. 1. 2; lIlAdeg S. Til. 8; so zuSkakalahaH, praNayakalahaH &c. - 2 War, battle. -3 Trick, deceit, falsehood. -4 Violence, kicking, beating &c. Ms. 4. 121; (where Medhatithi and Kulluka explain kalaha by daNDAdinetaretaratADanam and daNDAdaNDapAdi respectively ). -3 A road, way. -6 The sheath of a sword. -7 A cry, sound; madakalanIlakaNThakalahairmukharAH kakubhaH Mal 918 8 A part of west Bengal named Ralha. -Comp. -antaritA a wormin separated from her lover in consequence of a quarrel with him (one who is angry and yet sorry for it ); she is thus defined in S. D. 117. cATukAramapi prANanAthaM roSAdapAsya yA / pazcAttApamavApnoti kalahAntaritA tu sA // - apahRta . taken by main force or violence. -kAraH, -kArin quarrelsome, turbulent. -nAzana: Guilandina Bondue (Mar. kuDA, karaMja) -nAzanaH A kind of karaMja tree.fr. fond of (promoting) quarrels: y kalahapriyo'si M. 1. ( - yaH ) an epithet of Narada. (-yA) a bind ( sArikA ). For Private and Personal Use Only kalA [ kal-kac ] A small part of anything; sa eSa saMvatsaraH prajApatiH SoDazakalAstasya Bri Up. 1.5 14; vindema devatAM vAcamamRtAmAtmanaH kalAm U. 1.1; a bit, jot; kalAma yakRtaparilamba: K. 304: sarve te mitragAtrasya kalAM nArhanti SoDazIm Pt. 2. 59; Ms. 2. 86, 8.30; a sixteenth part yathA kalaM yathA zarpha yathA RNaM saMnayAmasi Rv. 8. 47 17; a symbolic expres sion of the number sixteen; Hch. -2 A digit of the moon (these are sixteen ); jagati jayinaste te bhAvA navendukalAdayaH Mal. 1. 36; Ku. 5. 71; Me. 91. -8 Interest. on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); ghanavIthivIthimavatIrNavato nidhirambhasAmupacayAya kalAH Si. 9. 32. (where means ' digits' also). - A division of time variously computed; one minutes, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds. Mb. 1. 25. 14; 12. 137. 21. 5 The 60th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree. -6 Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c. mAtRvadasyAH kalAH Mbh. on P. IV. 1.90. ( See kAmadhenu TIkA on kAvyAlaGkArasUtra 7 ) -7 Skill, ingenuity -8 Fraud, deceit. 8 ( In Prosody ) A syllabic instant. - 10 A boat. -11 The menstrual discharge. -12 A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; ( they are:- AdyA mAMsadharA proktA dvitIyA raktadhAriNI / medodharA tRtIyA tu caturthI zleSmadhAriNI // paJcamI ca malaM dhatte SI pittadharA manA / retodharA saptamI syAt iti sapta kalAH smRtAH // -13 Anatom - 14 A term

Page #564
846 kalikA kalAvat for the embryo. -16 A fleshy part near the tail of the elephant (also kalAbhAgaH); Matanga L.3.2.-16 Enumeration.-17 A torm (svarUpa); lIlayA dadhataH kalAH Bhag. 1.1.17. -18 Prowess (zakti); saMhRtya kAlakalayA kalpAnta idamIzvaraH Bhag. 11.9.16. -Comp. -antaram 1 another digit. -2 interest, profit; mAse zatasya yadi paJca kalAntaraM syAt Lila.-ayana: a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword). -Akulam deadly poison. -kelia.gay, wanton. (-liH) an epithet of Rama. -kSayaH waning (of the moon); R.5. 16. -dharaH,-nidhiH , -pUrNaH the moon; aho mahattvaM mahatAmapUrva bipattikAle'pi propkaarH| yathAsyamadhye patito'pi rAhoH kalAnidhiH puNyacayaM dadAti / / Udb. -nyAsaH a tattooing person's body with particular mystical marks. -mRtm .1the moon. kalA ca sA kAntimatI kalAbhUtaH Ku.5.71. -2 an artist &c. kalAvat a. Vorsed in the (64) arts; sphuritaguNAtisundaraH kalAvAn Mal. 2.10. m.the moon (having digits); kalA ca sA kAntimatI kalAvata: Ku.5.71, Mal. 2. 10. kalikA 1 A digit of the moon. -2 A division of time. RET: 1 The Sarasa bird, crane. -2 N. of Kama. kalAcika, -kalAcI 1A ladle or a lind of pot; dadhaskalAcImitaraH paro'nilam / Sahendravilas 3. 11. -2 The tore-arm. kalATIna: The white water wag-tail. kalAdaH,-daka: A goldsmith. kAMsyakArAH kalAdAzca ....... Siva. B. 31. 17. kalAdhika: A cock. kalApaH 1A band, bundle; samitkalApamAdAya praviveza svamAzramam Mb. 3. 137. 1. muktAkalApasya ca nistalasya Ku. 1. 42 a round necklace of pearls; razanAkalApaH a zone of several strings. -2 A group or whole collection of things; akhilakalAkalApAlocana 6.7. -3 A peacock's tail; taM me jAtakalApaM preSaya maNikaSThakaM zikhinam V.5. 133 Pt. 2.80. Re. 1. 16, 2. 14. -4 A woman's zone or girdle; (oft. with kAJcI or razanA &c.) jaghanamaruNaratnagranthikAJcIkalApaM kuvalayanaMyanAna, ko vihAtuM samarthaH Bh. 1. 11. zroNItaTaM suvipulaM razanA 19: Rs. 3. 20; M. T. 27. -5 An ornament in general; Mb.8. 19.29.. 'kalApaH saMhate bahe tUNIre bhUSaNa hare' iti vizvaH -8 'The rope round an elephant's neck. -7Aquiver. -8An arrow. -9 The moon. -10A shrewed and intelligent man. -11 A poem written in one metre. -12 A tuft (jaTA") or knot of braided hair. -pI A bundle of grass.. kalApakam 1 A series of four stanzas on the same subject and forming one grammatical sentence (catubhistu kalApakam ); for an illustration see Ki.3.41, 42,48, 44. -2 A debt to be paid when the peacocks spread their tails. -ka: 1 A band or bundle in general. -2 A string of pearls; a kind of ornament; kalApakAvakSamAlA yatheyam Mb. 3. 112.5. -3 The rope round an elephant's neck. -4 A zone or girdle ( kalApa); razanAkalApakaguNena badhUmakaradhvajadviradamAkalayat Si.9.45. -BA sectarian mark on the forehead (vizeSaka). kalApin 4.1 Having quiver; kalApinau dhanuSpANI zobhamAnau dizo daza Ram. 1.22.7. -2 Spreading its tail (as a peacock). -m. 1 A peacock; kalavilApi kalApikadambakam Si. 6.313; Pt. 2.80%; R.6.9.-2 The (Indian) cuckoo. -3 The Indian fig-tree ( ). -4 The time (when peacocks spread their tails). Fitfeat The night. kalAmbiH , kA 1.1 Lending, loan. -2 Usury. kalAmaka: A kind of rice ripening in the cold season. kalAya: N. of a leguminous seed (Mar. vATANA); kalAyapuSpavarNAstu zvetalohitarAjayaH (hayazreSThAH) Mb. 7.28.62. vikasitakalAyakusumAsitayuteH Si. 18.2. kalAyaM zAkeSu ...... Pratima. b. -Comp. -puSpaka: A variety of gems; Kau. A. 2. 11. kalAvatI A kind of lute. kalAvika: A cock. kalAvikala: The sparrow. kalAhaka: A kind of musical instrument (kAhala). kaliH | kala-ini] 1 Strifequarrel, dissension, oontention; zaTha kalireSa mahAMstvayAdya dattaH Si.7.55%3 kalikAmajit R.9.33, Amaru.28. -2 War, battle. aviSahaustamAkSepaiH kSipansaMjanayan kalim | Bhag. 10.05.17.-3 The fourth age of the world, the iron age (consisting of 432,000 years of men and beginning from the 13th of February 3102 B.C.); dAnamekaM kalau yuge Ms. 1.86, 9. 3013 kalivAni imAni &c. - Kali age personified (this Kali persecuted Nala ). -5 The worst of any class. -6 The Bibhitaka tree. -7 The side of adio which is marked with one point. ghRtena kaliM zikSAmi Av. 7. 109.1. -8 A hero. -9 An arrow.-/ A bud. -Comp.-kAraH, -kArakaH, -kriyaH 1 an epithet. of Narada. -2 the karanja tree. -3a kind of bird. -dumaH, -vRkSaH the Bibhitaka tree. -priya a quarrelsome. (-yaH) 1N. of Narada. -2 a monkey, ape%3 Ms. 1.85. -mAraka: kind of karanja tree. -9714 the Kali age; Ms. 1. 85. -saMtaraNam N. of an Upanisad. -hArI f. a kind of medicine (viSalAgalI). kalika: Curlew. kalikA, -kAla:/.1 An unblown flower; a budi cUtAnAM ciranirgatA'pi kalikA badhnAti na svaM rajaH 5.6.43 kimAmrakalikAbhaGgamArabhase 5.63 Rs.6.17; R. 9. 83. - A digith streak. -3 The bottom or peg of the Indian lute. -4A king of poetic composition (akin to viruda). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #565
kaliGga 547 " forest a. 1 Clever. -2 Cunning. -T: (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants: (a district on the Coromandel voast): # f037H XETTA Mbh. on P. III. 2. 115. residrata: f arge R. 4. 38; (its position is thus described in Tantras :jagannAthAtsamArabhya kRSNAtIrAntagaH priye / kaliGgadezaH saMprokto vAmaA11921997:). -31T: 1 The fork-tailed shrike. -2 N. of several plants; (as ferm, &c. ) - A beautiful woman. -Ggam Indra grain (indrayava). Aft: A mat, a screen. -514 Wood. kalita see under kal. Fifa: 1 N. of the mountain on which the Yamuna rises. -2 The sun. -3 The Bibhitaka plant. -Comp. -F, -Err, - , -aft, epithets of the river Yamuna; reret Ti TT R. 6. 48; # f oleft Bv. 2. 120, Git. 3. fft: the Kalinda mountain. degjA, tanayA, 'nandinI epithets of the river Yamuna; Bv. 1.3, 4. * . . [ 3-567) Un. 1. 54] 1 Covered with, full ot. barAganAgaNakalilaM nRpAtmajaH tato balAda vanamabhinIyate FH AT Bu. Ch. 3. 65. -2 Mixed, blended with ; 7 alfaas : My. 1.-3 Affected by, subject to; 34 : Si. 19. 98. - Impervious, impenetrable. -5 Contaminated, defiled; 77 Trata tu ya: Bhag. 4. 7. 10, Si. 19. 98. -8 Doubtful, suspicious; TEHTUTIONA: safa Mb. 12. 287. 11. 3 A large heap, confused mass ; fata 24 Bh. 3. 34; confusion; he hos gfecafarrozat Bg. 2. 52. Fi : A cymbal. -* 1 A tavern. -2 A meteor. T a. [+-39 Uh. 4.75 ] 1 Turbid, dirty, muddy, foul ; 7 4 :97134 dla wach V. 1. 9; Ki. 8. 32; Ghat. 13; -2 Choked, hoarse, husky; 70%: ratagforu: S. 4. 6.-3 Bedimmed; full of ; S. 6. 9. -4 Angry, displeased, excited ; U. 3. 13; 919191 afeda E R. 5. 61 (Malli. takes go to mean 'un a ble','incompetent'). --5 Wicked, gintul, bad. -6 Cruel, censurable ; car an R. 14. 73. -7 Dark, opaque. -8 Idle, lazy. -9 Perverted ; argi ga Pt. 3. 185; H644421 : &c. -T: A buffalo. - 1 Dirt filth, mud; fa 4 4**: Rs.3. 22. - 2 Sin; A UTO HEAT feat reqsyarh Ram. 2. 96.27 -3 Wrath. -Comp. -mAnasa a. evil-minded ; athAbravItsutAn kaTUrnAgAn +91971 Bm. 1. 110 - fast a. illegitimate, of impure origin ; Ms. 10. 57, 58. ofera a. 1 Turbid or muddy. -2 Offended, displeased; H 941 raat 9697 +3 Mu. 3. 9. -3 wicked. et 8 U. 1 To make turbid or unclean. -2 To obscure, taint, sully; TH24: TENT ina: Pt. 2. 97. Tiet: -24 The body; auf 64 Bh. 3. 88; H. 1. 44; 377 HA H a satu Bg. 8.5; Bv. 1. 103, 2. 43. FC a. [FR- Us. 3. 40 ) Sinful, wicked. , - 1 The viscous sediment deposited by oily substances when ground. -2 A kind of tenacious paste ; ia (+99H) Y. 1. 277. An unguent paste: aniquarien para falaf Ram. 2.91.74; a paste used as plaster or cement also called Yoga (mixture). -3 (Hence Dirt, filth (in general). -4 Ordure, faces. - Meanness, deceit, hypocrisy ; Si 19. 98. -6 Sin. 2017 kalko'dhyayanaM na kalkaH svAbhAviko vedavidhirna klkH| prasahA vittAharaNaM na **19 at Cara : ( ago) Mb. 1. 1. 275.-7 Levigated powder; tAM lobhrakalkena hatAlagatailAm Ku.7.9. -8 Incenso.-9 The wax of the ear. -Comp. - : the pomegranate plant. Ficha 1 Deceiving, over-reaching, falsehood. -2 Meanness, wickedness; Bhag. 1. 14. 4. te: The tenth and last inen rnation of Visnu in his capacity of the destroyer of the wicked and liberator of the world from its enemies ; (Jayadeva, while referring to the several avataras of Visau, thus refers to the last or Kalki avatara: Fagfaraglaya ya karavAla dhUmaketumiva kimapi karAlam / kezavadhRtakalkizarIra jaya jaga1 Il Git. 1. 10.)-GGTOT N. of a Purana. 1 a. 1 Foul, turbid, dirty. -2 Wicked.-m. see pfen above. eva. [429-79) 1 Practica ble, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; ara ATQU hfa 1444 Mb. 12. 179. 3. - Able, competent with a gen., loc. ; inf. or at the end of comp.); 3, 474, 769: Bhag. able to do his duty &c.; Faf212424: ibid. not competent to do one's duty; 3179 ATIG434 4 ibid., 80 90769&c. - 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; prabhuH prathamakalpasya yo'nukalpena vartate Ms. 11.30 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; 14:49: M.1; cf. also Pratima 4, and Abhisekanata kam 6 and $. 4. a very good (or best alternative; to 494: #9: la 4 : Ms. 3. 147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination ; TE A TH: *: Ram. 2. 52. 63; EGIT: +9: S. 7. - 4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); a 91 Mb. 6. 43. 23; Tutor U. 2; partea - area 1994 R. 1.94; Ms. 7. 185. -8 End of the world, universal destruction. -8 A day of Brahma or 1,000 Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhag. 3. Il; Staatete [ the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #566
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kalpakaH www.kobatirth.org 648 C. one in which we now live ]; kalpaM sthitaM tanubhRtAM tanubhistataH kim Santi. 4. 2. Hence kAlpaka means born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch. 2. 48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedangas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; zikSA kalpo vyAkaraNam Mund 1.1.5 see under vedAGga - 8 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'n little less than ', ' almost like ', ' nearly equal to ', P. V. 3. 67 [denoting similarity with a degree of infe riority ]; kumArakalpaM suSuve kumAram R. 5.36; upapannametadasminnuSikalpe rAjani S. 2; prabhAtakalpA zazineva zarvarI R. 3. 2; 80 mRtakalpaH pratipannakalpaH &c. - 10 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. 11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. kalpadruma - 12 Vigour, strength; laukike samayAcAre kRtakalpo vizAradaH Ram. 2. 1. 22. lpA, -lpam A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -antaH end of the world, universal destruction; kalpAnteSvapi na prayAti nidhanaM vidyAkhyamantardhanama Bh. 2. 16. kalpAntakrUrakeliH kratukadanakaraH kundakarpUrakAntiH Udb. sthAyin lasting to the end of a kalpa; zarIraM aNavidhvaMsi kalpAntasthAyino guNAH H. 1. 46. - Adi: renovation of all things in the creation; karUpakSaye punastAni kalpAdau visRjAmyaham Bg. 9.7; -upaniSad pharmacology; Charak 1. 4 -kAra: 1 author of Kalpasutra, q. v. -2 a barber kSayaH end of the world. universal destruction; eg kalpakSaye punastAni Bg. 97. purA kalpakSaye vRtte jAtaM jalamayaM jagat Ks. 2. 10. -taH, -drumaH, -pAdapaH, -vRkSaH 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's paradise, fabled to fulfill all desires: AsItkalpatarucchAyAmAzritA surabhiH pathi R. 1.755 17. 26: Ku. 2.39: 6. 41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; ' wish-yielding tree' ; nAbuddha kalpadrumatAM vihAya jAtaM tamAtmanyasipatravRkSam R 14.48; mRSA na cakre'lpitakalpapAdapaH N. 1. 15. -3 any productive or boun tiful source; nigamakalpatarorgalitaM phalam Bhag. 1.1.3. -4 ( fig.) a very generous person ; sakalArthisArthakalpadrumaH Pt. 1. -nRtyam a particular kind of dance. - pAla: 1a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -latA, latikA 1 a creeper of Irdra's paradise ; Bh. 1.90.-2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; nAnA phalaiH phalati kalpalateva bhUmiH Bh. 2. 46; cf. kalpataru above. -vallI sce kalpalatA; Ks. 1. 66; kalpavalI gRheSu 52. za. -vida a. conversant with sacred precepts; kalpavikalpayAmAsa vanyAmevAsya saMvidhAm R. 1. 91. -sthAnam 1 the art of proparing drugs: Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes : Sur. -sUtram a manual of ritual in the form of Sutras. Mb. 14. 54. 9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by bhadrabAhu sketching the life of mahAvIra.. kalpakaH [klRp-bul] 1 A rite. -2 A barber, Kanu. A. 1. 12. -3 See kalpavRkSaH; kalpakaprasavodayaH Vis. Guna. 50. -4 A kind of tree, Cureurna (Mar. kacorA ). -. conform ng to a settled rule or standard; yAjayitvAzvamedhaistaM tribhi ruttamakalpakaiH Bhag. 1.8.6, Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kalpanam [ klRp lyuT ] 1 Forming, fashioning, arrang ing. -2 Performing, doing, effecting. -3 Clipping, cutting. -4 Fixing -5 Anything placed upon another for decoration. -nA 1 Fixing, settlement; anekapitRkANAM tu pitRto bhAgakalpanA Y. 2. 120; 217; Ms. 9. 116. -2 Making, performing, doing. -3 Forming, arranging; viSamAsu ca kalpanAsu Mk. 3. 14; keza Mk. 4. 4 Decorat ing, ornamenting. -5 Composition. -6 Invention. -7 Imagination, thought; kalpanApoDhaH Sk. P. II. 1. 38 = kalpanAyA apoDhaH -8 An idea, fancy or image ( conceived in the mind); Santi. 2. 8.-9 Fabrication. -10 Forgery. - 11_A contrivance, device - 12 ( In Mim. phil. ) = arthApatti q. v. - 13 Decorating an elephant. -Comp. -zaktiH f. the power of forming ideas; MW. kalya kalpanI Scissors. kalpanIya a. 1 To be made, fashioned or contrived. -2 Feasible. -3 To be substituted or supplied. kalpika a. Fit, proper kalpita a. Arranged, made, fashioned, formed ; utsRjya kusumazayanaM nalinIdalakalpitastanAvaraNam S. 3. 21; soe klup cans. -taH An elephant armed or caparisoned for war. kalman = karman q. v. viparItaM tu yatkarma tatkalma kavayo viduH Mbh. on P. I. 1. 51. also aparisamAptaM karma kalma Mbh. on P. I. 4. 51. kalmaliH Ved. Splendour; Av. 15. 2. kalmalIkam Brightness, lustre. kalmaSa a. 1 Sinful, wicked. -2 Foul, dirty; vyarocata nadA toyaM nirmalaM gatakalmaSam Ram. 1. 43.26. -paH, -pam 1 Stain, dirt, dregs. -2 The hand below the wrist. - 3 Sin ; sa hi gaganavihArI kalmaSadhvaMsakArI H. 1. 19; Bg. 1.30; 5.16; Ms. 4. 260, 12. 18, 22. -pa: Holl. kalmASa . ( - pI / ) 1 Variegated, spotted; AjuhAva tataH prItaH kalmASa dhUtakalmaSAm Ram. 1. 52. 20 -2 Black and white; azvAMstittira kalmASAn Mb. 12. 124. 12. -paH 1 The variegated colour. -2 A mixture of black and white. zuruguNaH zukraH / kRSNaguNaH kRSNaH / ya idAnImubhayaguNaH sa tRtIyAmAkhyAM labhate kalmASa iti vA sAraGga iti vA Mbh. on P. I. 2. 31. -3 A demon, goblin. -4 The black colour. -5 A form of Agni. -6 A kind of fragrant rice. -pI N. of the river Yamuna; abhitaH so'tha kalmASa gaGgAkUle paribhraman Mb. 1. 1675. -2 The spotted cow of Jamadagni. -pam Stain. -Comp. -kaNTha: an epithet of Siva. - pAdaH N. of a king (saudAsa), belonging to the solar dynasty. kalmApatA Spottedness; rAkSasaM bhAvamApannaH pAde kalmASatAM gataH Bhag. 9.9.25. For Private and Personal Use Only kalya a. [ kalayati ceSTAmatra, kal-yak; kal karmaNi yat, kalAsu sAdhu kalA - yat vA Tv. ] 1 Sound, free from sickness, healthy; sarvaH kalye vayasi yatate labdhumarthAnkuTumbI V. 3. 1;

Page #567
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kalyA www.kobatirth.org a Y. 1. 28; yAvadeva bhavetkalyastAvacchreyaH samAcaret Mb. -2 Ready prepared; kathayasva kathAmetAM kalyAH smaH zravaNe tava Mb. 1. 5.3. -3 Clever. -4 Aggreenble, auspicious (as discours sa snuSAmatravItkAle kalyavAdI mahAtapAH Mb. 11.14.6. -5 Deaf and dumb. 6 Instructive. -7 Perfect in arts; nirAmaye sajje dakSe sAdhau kalAsu ca Nm. -lyam 1 Dawn, daybreak; ya idaM kalya utthAya mahApuruSalakSaNam Bhag. 12. 11. 26. -2 To-morrow. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Congratulation, good wishes. 5 Good news. : 1 means; itt: (3) Ram. 4. 37. 9. 2 Hurling, casting (of missiles); Mb. 7. 195. 30. Comp. -:-: f. the morning meal, breakfast. a distiller. : morning meal, breakfast. : das. 3. (-a) (hence) anything light, trivial, or unimportant; a trifle; d Mk. 2 but a trifle; strIkalyavartasya kAraNena 4; sa idAnImarthakalyavartasya kAraNAdidamakAryaM karoti 9. 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a plant (). -3 Congratulation. Comp. -, - a distiller. kalyANa . ( - NA or -NI / ) [ kalye prAtaH aNyate zabdyate, 1 led, happy, lucky, fortunate; i R. 6. 29; Me. 111. -2 Beautiful, agreeable, lovely. -3 Excellent, illustrious; fafa a Bri. Up. 1.3.3; Mu. t. 4. 4 Auspicious, salutary, propitious, good: U. 2. 25 war can i faga Mal. 1. 3. -5 True, authentic; kalyANI bata gAtheyam Ram. 534 6. Nam 1 Good fortune, happiness, good, prosperity; t bandramaNiH 11. 1. 180 takSa kalyANaparaMparANA bhIkAramUrta FR. 2. 50; 17. 11; Ms. 3. 60; so 'abhinivezI K. 104.-2 Virtue. -3 Festival. -4 Gold. -5 Heaven. -6 A class of five-storeyed buildings; Mana. 23. 30. 32. - 1 An elephant in the fourth decade. Matanga I. 5. 14, 6. 6, 9. 26. 2 A particular Raga. -off 1 A cow. -2 Holy or sacred cow; f afta fa a R. 1. 87. -3 A young cow, heifer; U. 4. -4 A Particular Ragini. Comp. a. 1 doing good, beneficial, good; f fer gif Bg. 6. 40. 2 propitious, lucky (also :). -3 virtuous. - . virtuous. - a. horse with white feet and white mouth, a kind of horse; yasya pAdAH sitAH sarve tathA vaktre ca madhyamaH / kalyANapacakaH proktaH sarvakalyANakArakaH || Salihotra of bhoja. 7. -bIjam a kind of pulse (Mar. 4). -H: N. of the author of Anangaranga. -yogaH a. kind of astrological yoga - vacanam a friendly speech, good wishes. -vAcanam Giving of blessings after the completion of an auspicious ka kalyANaka .. (-fort) Auspicious, prosperous, blessed. for Red arsenic. for a. (at f.) 1 Happy, prosperous. -2 Lucky, fortunate, blessed. -3 Propitious, auspicious. 549 kavalaH kalyANinI bhavatu mauktikazuktimAlA Uab. ( -nI) A kind of plant (Mar. rAnauDIda ). Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir Thu 1 X. (4, 1) 1 To sound indistintly. -2 To sound. -3 To be mute. a. Deaf;, - 1 Deafness. -2 Indistinctness of articulation. find. To-morrow. a. kallola Inimical, hostile. - 1 A large wave, billow; AyuH kallolalolam Bh. 3. 82; kallolamAlAkulam Bv.1.59. -2 An enemy. -3 Joy, happiness. ft A river: eifssafa a mi faranga bhavanyAlAvalIDhAtmanaH G. L. 50; 80 vipulapulinA : kallolinyaH : N. of the author of Rajatarangini. kalhAram A white water lily. 1 A. (, ) 1 To praise. -2 To describe, compose (as a poem). -3 To paint, picture. kavakaH A mouthul. -kam A mushroom ; viDjAni Y. 1. 171; Ms. 5. 5; 6. 14. , cf. Up. 4. 2] 1 An armour, coat of mail, a mail. -2 An amulet, a charm, a mystical syllable (-) considered as a preservative like armour. -3 A kettle-drum. Comp. -: the birch tree. a. 1 wearing armour. -2 old enough to wear an armour; : : Sk. on P. III. 2. 10. cf. HE in R. 8. 94. (-:) a boy, child. The leaf or panel of a door. kavaDa: Water for washing the mouth. . A bad deed. a. Avaricious, stingy; devAsaH kavanave Rv. 7.32.9. kacanam Water. kavayI A kind of fish. kava (ba) ra . [Up 1. 151. ] ( rA, rI) 1 mixed, intermingled; vyAkIrNamAnyakabarAM kabarI taruNyAH Si. 5. 19. -2 Set, inlaid. -3 Variegated. kabara: kaburaH zAraH ' ga:, - 1 Salt. -2 Sourness or acidity. fa 1 A braid or fillet of hair. -2 A lecturer (3). -rA, rI A kind of vegetable ( hiMgupatra ). < kava ( ba ) rI A braid or fillet of hair; dadhatI vilolaU. 3. 4; Si. 9. 28; Amaru. 59. Comp. -bharaH, -bhAraH a fine head of hair; ghaTaya jaghane kAzImaca Git. 12; Bhag. 5. 2.6; amarIkavarI bhArabhramarImukharIkRtam Kuval. 1. For Private and Personal Use Only kaparakI A prisoner kavalaH, -lam [ kena jalena valute calati, valU-ac Tv. ] 1 A mouthful; AsvAdayadbhiH kavalaistRNAnAm // R 2018 05 day : U. 3. 16. -2 A gargle.

Page #568
kavalayati kavalayati Den. P. To eat, devour; Pt. 4; Mal. 7. kalikA A bandage kavalita a. 1 Eaten, swallowed up (as a mouthful ). -2 Chewed. -3 ( Hence) Taken, seized; as is mRtyunA kavalitA. kavaSa, kavaS a. Ved. Sounding, creaking (as the (loor ). -paH 1 A shield. -2 N. of a Risi ( kavaSa ailaba ); Rv. 7. 18. 12. kavasaH 1 An armour. -2 A prickly shrub. kavATa (TI) See kapATa. purI mahAyantrakavATa mukhyAm Ram. 6. 39. 27. kavATadurdharSatiraH prasAritA N. -Comp. -yoga: door panel; Kau. A. 2. 3. kavAram A lotus. kacArI 1. Ved. Selfish, stingy; a mean or contemp tible enemy; na kavAribhyo na hi te praNanti Rv. 10. 107. 3. kavi . [ ku-i Up. 4. 138] 1 Omniscient ; Mb. 1. 5. 27 : kaviM purANamanuzAsitAram Bg. 8 9: Ms. 4. 24. -2 Intelligent, clever, wise kavirmUkavadAtmAnaM sa dRSTayA darzayennRNAm Bhag. 7. 13, 10, 18. -3 Thinking, thoughtful. -4 Praiseworthy. -viH 1 A wise man, a thinker, a sage; kavInAmuzanA kavi: Bg. 10.37; Ms. 7.49, 2. 151. -2 A poet; tad brUhi rAmacaritaM AdyaH kavirasi e. 2; mandaH kaviyaza:prArthI R. 1. 3; idaM kavibhyaH pUrvebhyo namovAkaM prazAsmahe U. 1. 1; Si. 2. 86. -3 An epithet of Sukra, the preceptor of the Asuras; kaviriva vRSaparvaNa: K. 56. 4 Valmiki, the first poet. -5 Brahma; Bhag. 5. 18. 6. -6 The sun. -f. The bit of a bridle; see kavikA. -Comp. -jyeSThaH an epithet of Valmiki, the first poet. -putraH an epithet of Sukra. -rAjaH 1 a great poet; zrIharSa kavirAjarAjimukuTAlaGkArahIraH sutam occurring in the last verse of every canto of Naisadha Charita. -2 N. of a poet, author of a poem called rAghavapANDavIya. - rAmAyaNa: an epithet of Valmiki. --samaya: convention of Poets. kavikaH, -kA The bit of a bridle. kharatara kavikA karSaNAtyarthabhugnai: ( skandhadezaiH ) Mu. 4. 7. kavitA Poetry; sukavitA yadyasti rAjyena kim Bh. 2. 21; vasyAcora pUrI mayUro bhAga hAsA kulaguru i dAso vilAsaH / harSo harSo hRdayavasatiH paJcavANastu bANaH keSAM naiSA kathaya kavitAkAminI kautukAya / / P. R. 1. 22. kavitvam 1 Intelligence; kaviH kavitvA divi rUpamAsajat Rv. 10.124. 7. -2 Poetic skill. kavi (vI) yam The bit of a bridle. kavelam A lotus. kavoSNa a. Slightly warm, tepid; payaH pUrvaiH svaniHzvAsaiH kavaNamupabhujyate / R. 1. 67. mahurmuhurnyazvasiSuH kavoSNam Bk. 3. 17. 550 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kavyam (opp: havya ) An oblation of food to deceased ancestors; eSa vai prathamaH kalpaH pradAne havyakavyayo: Ms. 3. 147, 97, 128. -vyaH A class of manes. kavyo'si havyasUdana Mbh. on P. VI. 1. 30. -Comp. -vAla: 1 fire. -2 a class of manes. -vAhU . vAhaH, -vAhanaH fire. cf. kavyavAhanaH kazU 1 P. To sound. kazyapaH kazaH A whip ( usually in pl.). -zA A whip; idAnI sukumAre'smin niHzaGkaM karkazAH kazAH / tava gAtre patiSyanti sahAsmAkaM manorathaiH // Mk. 9.35 ( where the word may be morf.) - 2 Flogging. -3 A string rope. -4 The mouth. -6A_quality. -8 Fat; kazazabdo medasi prasiddhaH / yathA kazavAhinau rathAH medovAhina iti gamyate / SB on MS 9 +22. -Comp. - trayam the three modes of flogging a horse; samyak kazAtrayavicAravatA niyuktaH Si. kazas . Water. kazikaH A mungoose. kazya . [ kazAmarhati kazA yat ] Fit to be whipped or flogged. - zyam 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 A horse's flank. kazipu .or n. 1 A mat. -2 A pillow. -3 A bed. satyAM kSitau kiM kAzapoH prayAsaiH Bhag 22.4 -puH 1 Food. -2 Clothing. -3 Food and clothing (secording to vizva ). kaze (se) ru m., n. 1 The backbone. -2 A kind of grass. -ruH One of the nine divisions of Jambudvipa. kazerukaH, kaseruka -kAH A sort of grass kA The backbone. kazmala . [Up 1. 106] Poul, dirty, diagrnodul, ignominious ; matsabaMdhAtkaramalA kiMvadantI syAccedasminhanta dhar mAmadhanyam U. 1. 42. lam 1 Dejection of mind, lowness or depression of spirits; delusion ( moha ); yadAzrauSaM kazmalenAbhipanne Mb. 1. 1. 181. kazmalaM mahadAvizata Mb; kutastvA kazmalamidaM viSame samupasthitam Bg. 2. 2. 2 Sin. -3 A swoon. zocanvimuhmannupayAti kazmalam Bhag. 5. 13. 7. -4 Consternation, alarm. kazmIraH (pl.) N. of a country, the modern Kasmir abhijAnAsi devadatta yatkazmIreSu vatsyAmaH Mbh. on I. 1. 4. also on III. 2. 114. ( Its position is thus described_in Tantras:- zAradAmaThamArabhya kukkumAdvitaTAntakaH / tAvatkazmIradezaH syAt paJcAzayojanAtmakaH ) -Comp. -jaH, jam, -janman m., n. saffron ; kazmIrajasya kaTutA'pi nitAntaramyA Bv. 1. 71 v1. For Private and Personal Use Only kazyapaH . Having black teeth. -paH 1 A tortoise. -2 A sort of fish. -3 A kind of deer. -4 N. of a Risi, the husband of Aditi and Diti, and thus the father both of gods and demons, (so called because he drank kazya 'liquor'; et kazyapastasya putro'bhUta kazyapAnAt sa kazyapaH | Mark. P. ) [ He was the son of Marichi, the son of Brahma. He bears a very important share in the work of creation. According to Mahabharata

Page #569
19 881 kasA ! and other accounts, he married Aditi and 12 other daughters of Daksa, and begot on Aditi the twelve Adityas. By his other twelve wives he had a numerous and very diversified progeny: ser pents, reptiles, birds, demons, nymphs of the lunar constellation. He was thus the father of gods, demons, men, beasts, birds and reptiles-in fact of all living beings. He is therefore often called Praja pati ). -Comp. HET: an epithet of Garuda. 9 1.1 U. ( a-d, 4147 ) 1 To rub, scratch, scrape; il Sk; Bk.. 3. 49. -2 To test, try, rub on a touch-stone (as gold); H atasTerra N. 2. 69. -3 To injure, destroy. -4 To itch. - To leap. -II. 10 P. ( d) To hurt. [ 49-347) Rubbing, scratching. -T: 1 Rubbing. -2 A touch-stone; HEA 9 4 9 ahaa N. 2. 69; gautaa faaferat Mk. 3. 17.-Comp. offit, -170: touch-stone; Vikr. 1.3, 24. TUT a. [49-69] 1 Unripe, immature. -2 Re moving, destroying; adopting one's sell to OT F#of Bhag. 10. 90. 49. -ORT 1 Rubbing, marking, seratching; kaNDladvipagaNDapiNDakaSaNotkampena saMpAtibhiH U. 2. 9; +909farangifefa: Ki. 5. 47. -2 Test of gold by the touch-stone. F = kell q. v. sagot go fasa: Bhag. FOTO: Rubbing, scratching; ParemuitsfagftadatuFus: Bhay. 2. 7. 13. : 1 Fire. -2 The sun. 1 . Injurious, harmful, hurtful. ta a. 1 Rubbed, tested. -2 IIurt, injured. Fire: f. 1 Test, trial. -2 Injury, trouble, pain. 17 a. 1 Astringent, S. 2. -2 Fragrant, fedFATHIEU 1214: Me. 31; U. 2. 21; My. 5. 41. -3 Red, dark-red; d ie41297: Ku. 3. 32. -4 (Hence) Sweet-sounding, Mal. 7; cf. also a 9141263: Bu. Ch. 1. 68. -5 Brown. - Improper, dirty. -4, - 1 Astringent flavour or taste (one of the six rasas): see is; a ufqafa frei Farafa og afa zgia feyfa #14: Susr. cf. also auta 24:0 4: a facteuf 'l fbid. -2 The red colour. --3 A decoction with one part of a drug mixed with four, eight, or sixteen parts of water the whole being boiled down until one quarter is left); Ms. 11. 153. - Plastering, smearing; uitat 1914Fer Ku. 7.17; anointing. - Perfuming the body with unguents; : 1239ife: Rs. 1. 4.-6 Gum, resin, extract or exudation from a tree. -7 Dirt, uncleanness. -8 Dulness, stupidity; faT4794HTE: Mb. 12. 179. 26. -9 Attachment to worldly objects ; Ch. Up.7. 26. 2; 404 FTHTHI999Q TSCH: Bhag. 1. 15. 29. -10 Decay, ruin. -3: 1 Passion, emotion. -2 Kaliyuga. - Comp. m. the OH tree (Symplocos racemosa) - The yellowish-red garment of monks, mendicants. I a. 1 Tinged, reddened, coloured; 31414 Fiyata it Ku. 4.34; Si.7. 11. -2 Affected. FarI a. Yielding a resinous exudation, astringent -2 Dyed of a red colour. -3 Worldly-minded. -m. N. of several plants:- , 11 &c. kaSikA A bird in general. 11 A kind of bird; Un. 4. 16. ( ) it The backbone, the spine. #5 : A kind of poisonous insect. a. [44- ] 1 Bad, evil, ill, wrong; Taka HORT mar R. 15. 13. 'gone from bad to worse', (reduced to a wretched condition ). -2 Painful, grievous; T heat: ay: R. 14. 56; ETSI - 12: Ratn. 1. full of cares; Ms. 7. 50; Mal. 9. 37; Y. 3. 29; et f: 7 1af art acre: fatat 0294114 48921 aftur II Chan. 59 -3 Difficult; ofty esat: V. 3.1; U. 7. -4 llard to subdue as an enemy); # eat fty: Ms. 7. 186; +3h1gxf qui: 210. -5 Mischievous, hurtful, injurious; islam a SE92 99 Ah Bhag. 5. 2. 14. -6 Boding evil. -7 Sorrowful, miserable. - 1 Evil, difficulty, misery, suffering, hardship, pain; Fangar S. 6; faf: 4 : Pt. 1. 163 v.l. -2 Sin, wickedness. -3 Dif ficulty, effort; somehow or other. -UH ini. Alas! Ah! Er fra FH; THE T ria989: 947y Pt. 4. 78. -Comp. -3f17a a. arrived or got with difficulty. - a. giving pain, troublesome. FIT: Fir : the world (as the scene of miseries ). -are a. one who practises hard penance; $. 7. - IPA: a wife's sister's son. A s a brother of a step mother. -saMzraya a. attended with troubles; Aye duHkhaM se ha ti: Fang: Pt. 1. 163; 2. 121. -ATE a. to be accomplished with difficulty. FUTTATH, a bad station, a difficult or disagreeable place. FOZ Den. A. from E. #24 Fu la 2014 Mbh. on P. III. 1.14. F4 I. 1 P. ( safa, iga) To move, yo, approach. II. 2. A. (**a ora) To yo. -2 To destroy. : A touch-stone; cf. $4. FF: Cough (#18). -Comp. -3cea: 'cough relieving', the plant Gendarussa vulgaris (Mar. Broat) kasanA A poisonous spider. Fer = IT q. v. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #570
kasipuH 882 kasipuH Food, boiled rice. (as crows do). -5 A sectarial mark (fast). -6 A kind of measure. -7 N. of a Dvipa. -kA kaseru: A kind of grass. N. of several plants kAkanAsA, kAkolI &c. -kI 1 Fauft Ved. The prop of a carriage-pole; (Mar. ___A female erow. -kAkI see Mbh. on IV. 1.63. -kam 1 zipAyI); Sat. Bh. 1. 1. 2. 9. A multitude of crows. -2 A modus coeundi. -Comp. -akSigolakanyAya 800 under nyAya, -aJcI% kAkajadhA kastIram Tin. q.v.-adanI The Gunja plant. -ariH an owl. -ikSuH kastu (stU)rikA, kastUrI Musk; kastUrikAtilakamAli / A reed. -udumbaraH, (-rikA) The fig-troe. -udaraH a vidhAya sAyam Bv.2.43 1. 121; Ch. P. 7. -Comp. snake; kAkodaro yena vinItadarpaH Kaviraja; kAkodarasodaraH khalo -kuraGgaH , -mRgaH the musk-deer. -mallikA (kastUrI)1a jagati Bv.1.76. -ulUkikA, -ulUkIyam the natural species of jasmine. -2 the navel of the musk-deer 3; enmity of the owl and the crow; Mbh. On IV. 2. 104: Girvana. Virt 2. (kAkolUkIyam is the name of the third Tuntra. in kasthalikA/.(nizAhimajalam (Dow) sya jalasya sthalikA the Palichatantra).-kaguH -kagunI / A kind of corn. -Comp.-kalA N. of a plant.-ciJcA ,-jaGghA the Gunja bRMhaNam ). kasthUlikAphena pANDurANi ...... modakAni Pratijna. 3. plant. -caritram A part of the science of Omens based kasmala = kazmala q.. on the sound of erows. -cchadaH,-cchadi: 1a wag-tail. -2 aside-lock of hair; see kAkapakSa below. -jambu: A kasvara a. 1 Going. -2 Injuring. kind of rose-apple troe. -jAtaH the (Indian) cuckoo. kahAhaH A buffalo. -tAlIya.[kAkatAla-cha Mbh. on V. 3. 106] (anything) kahika Dimu. form of kahoDa. Small Kalhodai Mbh. on. taking place quite unexpectedly and accidentally, an accident; aho nu khalu bhoH tadetat kAkatAlIyaM nAma Mal.53 kAkaP. V.3.83. tAlIyavatprAptaM dRSTvA'pi nidhimagrataH I. Pr. 30%; sometimes used kalhArama The white lotus, kalhArapadmakusumAni murvidhunvan adverbially in the sense of 'accidentally'; phalanti kAkaRs. 3. 15. dhanyAH khalu vane vAtAH kalhArAH sukhazItalAH. tAlIyaM tebhyaH prAjJA na bibhyati Ve. 2. 15. nyAya see under nyAya. -tAlukina a. contemptible vile. -tikrA,-tindukA, kahvaH A kind of cane... -tuNDikA different kinds of trees. -tuNDam A kind kA 1 The earth. -2 The goddess durgA; Enm. of head of an arrow (see phalam ). kAkatuNDena vedhyAnAM vedhaM kuryAt Dhanur.66. -dantaH (lit.) the tooth of a kAMzi A eup (kaMsapAtra). crow; (fig.) anything impossible or not existing; kAMsIyam White copper. gaveSaNam Searching after impossibilities (said of any useless and un profitable task). EFT: the submarine kAMsya |.[kNsaay pAnapAtrAya hitaM kaMsIyaM tasya vikAra: yaJ fire; f. aurva. -nAsA, -nAsikA, -nAsikI different 3719: cf. P. IV. 3. 168 ] Made of white copper or bell kinds of trees. -nidrA a light slumbor (ossily broken). metal; na pAdau dhAvayetkAMsye Ms.+.65. -syam 1 Bell-metal -pakSaH , -pakSaka: side-locks of hair on the temples or white copper; Ms. 5. 114; Y. 1. 190. - 2 A gong of boys and young men especially of the Ksatriya of bell-metal; Mb.t. -3 A lind of measure. -syaH caste]: kAkapakSadharametya yAcitaH R. 11. 1,31, 425 3.283 -sya m A drinking vessel (of brass), agoblet; Si. U.3. -padam 1 the sign (A) in Mss. denoting 15.81. -Comp. -upadohaagiving a vesselful milk that something has been left out. -2 an incision in (a cow); Mb. 3. 186. 11, 18. -kAraH(-rI/.)a bra the skin. (-daH) a particular mode of sexual interier, a worker in the bell-metal. kAMsyakArAH kalAdAzca Siva. course. -pucchaH , -puSTaH the [ Indian ] euckoo. -peya . B.31. 17. -tAla: a cymbal. -dohana a.giving a cop shallow; kAkapeyA nadI Sk. -bhIru: an owl. -madguH / per-pail of milk dattvA ghernu suvRtAM kAMsyadohAm Mb. 13.71.33. gallinule water-hen, ghRtaM hRtvA tu durbuddhiH kAkamadguH prajAyate suvarNazapayaH sampannAH savatsAH kAMsya-dohanAH Rim. 1.72.28. Mb. 13.111.22.-mardaH,-mardaka: and of gourd [Mar. -nIlam,-lI blue vitriol (as collyrium); Susr.2.390.4. kavaMDaLa ]. -mAcI,-cikA A kind of tree (Mar. kAvaLI) -pAtrama,-pAtrI,-bhAjanam a brass vessel, putrA meM bahukSIra -mRgagocarita a. following the manner of the erow in ghRtamodanaM kAMsyapAtryAM bhujIran Mbh. on P. VIII. 2.3.-malam drinkiny, of the deer in eating and of the cow in verdigris. maling water; evaM gomagakAkacaryayA vrajastiSThannAsInaH zayAnaH kAMsyakam Brass. -kozI a. kind of musical instru kAkamRgagIcaritaH pibati khAdatyavamehati sma Bhag. b.5.3t. ment; Hch. -a: barren corn (the ear of which has no grain); yathA kAkayavAH proktA yathAraNyabhavAstilAH / nAmamAtrA na siddhau hi kAkaH[kai zabdakaraNe-kan U13.43J1A erow; kAko'pi dhanahInAstathA narAH || Pt. 2.90. tathaiva pANDavAH sarve yathA kAkayavA jIvati cirAya baliM ca bhukte Pt. 1.24. -2 (Fig.) A con- iva Mb; (kAkayavAH = niSphalatRNadhAnyam ). -rutam the shrill temptible fellow, base or impudent person. -3 A lame sound of a crow (considered as a sign of future good man. -4 Bathing by dipping the head only into water or evil under different circumstances); -ruhA 4. kind For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #571
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kAkaNam Leprosy with black and red spots. kAkaNiH A kind of small coin. www.kobatirth.org kAkaNam kAcaH 1 of tree (Mar. bAMDagULa) - vandhyA a woman that bears only one child. -snAnam Bathing like a crow. -sparzaH 1 The touching of a crow. -2 A ceremony performed on the tenth day after a death, consisting in the offering of rice to crows. -svaraH a shrill tone (as that of a crow). yaH zokabhItyAdibhirdhvaneH ' Ak. bhinnakaNThadhvanidhAraiH kAkurityabhidhIyate S. D. alIkakAkukaraNakuzalatAm K. 222; kAme kAnte sArasikAkA kurutena Si. 6. 76. ( Hence ) - 2 A word of negation used in such a manner that it implies the contrary (affirmative), as in questions of appeal (in such cases intended meaning is suggested by a change of the voice. ); of. Pt. 1. 146. -3 Muttering, murmuring. -4 Tongue kAkurjihvA sAsminnudyata iti kAkudam Mbh. on P. I. 1.1. -5 Stress, emphasis. kAkaru (rU) kaa. 1 Timid, cowardly. -2 Naked. - 3 Poor, indigent. -kaH 1 A hen-pecked husband. -2 ( - kI / . ) An owl. -3 Fraud, deceit, trick. kAka ( kA) laH 1 A raven. -2 The thyroid cartilage. -lam A jewel worn upon the neck. kAkalakaH 1 The top of the windpipe. laukikamAsyaM oSThAtprabhRti prAkU kAkalakAt Mbh. on P. I. 1. 9. -2 The thyroid cartilage. kaH 1 An ornament of the neck. -2 A kind of rice. kAkaliH, -lI / 1 A low and sweet tone; anubaddhamuyAnam // .31 Rs.1. R. komalakA Ram. Ch. 1. 2. kAkalIpradhAnaM ca gIyate, tathA tarkayAmi Nag. 1. kI kI kAphI kalakalairudgIrNajvarAH 8. D. -2 A musical instrument with a low tone used by thieves to ascertain whether a person is asleep or not; phaNimukha kAkalIsaMdeza... pravIkaraNayuktaH Dk. 4. samA Charudattam 3. 10. - 2 Scissors - 4 the Gunja plant. -Comp. -ravaH the ( Indian ) cuckoo. kAkalIka: A low sweet tone. kAkAra . Seattering water (kraM jalamAkirati ). kAkATam A synonym of paryaGka or bed-stead ; Mana. 3. 11-12. kAkiNi, kAkaNikA also kAkaNI 1 A shell of orie used as a coin. -2 A sum of money equal to 20 cowries or to a quarter of a Papa. ekA snigdhAH kAkiNinA sadyaH sarve'rayaH kRtAH Bhag 11. 23. 20. -3 A weight equal to a quarter of a Masa. - 4 A part of a measure. -5 The beam of a balance. -6 A cubit. -7 A kind of jewel. a. kAkiNika also kAkiNIka [ Mbh. on P. V. 1. 33.] worth a kAkiNI; kalau kAkiNike'pyarthe vigRhya tyaktasauhRdAH Bhay. 12. 3. 41. 653 kAkinI 1 A small coin ( equal to twenty cowries ), quarter of a Pana q. v. 2 A part of a measure. - 3 cowrie; yaH kAkinImapyapathaprapannAM samuddharenniSkasahasratulyAm H. 3. 123. nahi kAkinyAM naSTAyAM tadanveSaNaM kArSApaNena kriyate / SB. on MS. t. 3. 39. kAkila: 1 A jewel worn upon the neck. -2 The upper part of the neck. kAkuH / 1 Change of the voice under different emotions, such as fear, grief, anger; ' kAkuH striyAM vikAro saM. iM. ko...70 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kAkutsthaH [ kakutsthasyApatyaM, kakutstha - aN ] A descendant of kakutstha, an epithet of the kings of the solar dynasty; kAkutsthamAlokayatAM nRpANAm R. 6.25 12.30, 16; see kakutstha. kAkudam The palate anukSaranti kAkudaM sUrmyaM sudhirAmiva Mbh. on P. I. 1. 1. kAkecI / kAkocikaH A kind of fish. kAkolaH 1 A raven ; Y. 1. 174; Mb. 11. 16. 7. -2 A snake. -3 A boar. 4 A potter. -5 A division of the infernal regions or hell; mahAnarakakA kolaM saMjIvanamahApatham Y. 3. 223. 8 A poisonous substance. -lI A drug prepared through aSTavarga, kAkSaH [ kutsitamakSaM atra, ko: kAdezaH; Sk. on P. VI. 3. 101] A side-long look, a glance kSam Frown, look of displeasure,_malicious look; kAkSeNAnAdarekSitaH Bk. 5. 24. kAkSeNa pazyati likhatyabhikhAM nayajJaH Dutavakyam 1.12. kAkSI A perfume, a kind of fragrant earth. kAkSIvaH, -kAkSIvaka N. of a tree ( sobhAjana ). kAgaH A crow; cf. kAka. kAGkSa 1P. (kAGkSati, kAGkSita) ( epic Atm also ). 1 To wish, desire, long for yatkAkSanti tapobhiranyamunayastasmiMstapasyantyamI S. 7. 12; na zocati na kAGkSati Bg. 12.73 na kA vijayaM kRSNa Bg.1.32; R. 12.58; Ms. 2. 242. -2 To expect, wait for . kAGkSA [ kAkS-a ] 1 Wish, desire. -2 Inclination, appetite ; as in bhaktakAkSA preSito cA'pi rAmeNa sItAnveSaNakAGkSayA Ram. 5.42.15. kAGkSita P. P. 1 Wished, desired. -2 Expected. -tA, -tam A wish, desire; ahaM tvaraNye vatsyAmi na me rAjyasya kAGkSitA Ram. 2. 34. 28. kAGkSina (NI ) [na] Wishing for. desirous ; darzana, jala &c. ; devA adhyasya rUpasya nityaM darzanakAkSiNa: Bg.11.02. kAGkSoruH A beron. kAcaH 1 Glass, crystal; Akare padmarAgANAM janma kAcamaNeH kutaH H. Pr. 38; kAcamUlyena vikrIto hanta cintAmaNirmayA Santi. 1. 12; maNiluThati pAdeSu kAcaH zirasi dhAryate / yathaivAste tathaivAstAM kAcaH kAco maNirmaNiH // H. 2. 67. -2 A loop, swinging shelf, a string so fastened to the yoke as to support burdens. -3 An eye-disease, an affection of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #572
kAcaka: 884 kANDa: - the optic nerve, producing dimness of sight. - Alkaline ashes. -5 The string of the balance. -8 A house with a southern and a northern hall; pUrvApare tu zAle gRhacullI dakSiNottare kAcam Bri. S.53.40. -cam 1 Alkaline salt. ! -2 Wax. -Comp. -akSa: N. of an aquatic bird (baka). -kAmalam a kind of disease of the eyes, (kAcabindu) -ghaTIaglass ewer. -bhAjanam a glass vessel. -maNiH1 crystal, quarty. -2 Metallic beads. 91: 4014: 1 Kau. A.2.11.-malam,-lavaNam,-saMbhavam,-sIvacelam / black salt or soda. -sthAlI N. of a tree (Mar. | sAgaragoTI). 11: 1 A glass, stone. -2 Alkaline ashes &c. Flera a. Suspended in a loop or by a swing. kAcana, kAcanakam A string or tapo which ties a parcel or bundle of papers or the leaves of a manuscript; ef. kacela. kAcanakin M. A manuscript, writing. kAcA A condition of having crystalline colour (especially of the teeth of the horses) danteSu vyajanaM yadyat tena jJeyo vyHkrmH| kAlikA hariNI zujA kAcA makSikayA saha|| Salihotra of Bhoja, Appendix II, 29. Atrerat: 1 A rat, mouse. -2 Gold. - A vegetable. kAcimaH A sacred tree (growing near a temple.). kAcUkaH 1 A cock. -2 The Chakravaka bird. og a. Relating or belonging to a tortoise; ial vapuH kA cchapamadbhutaM mahat Bhag. 8.7.8. Fitroegti a. A preparer of perfumes ; Bsi. S. kAjam A wooden hammer; plave kaThinakAjaM ca rAmazcake samAhitaH Ram.2.55.17. kAjalam 1 A little water. -2 Bad water. kAJc 1 A. (kAJcate, kAJcita) 1 To shine. -2 To bind. kAJcana (-nI/.)[kAJca-lyut ] Golden, made of gold3B tanmadhye ca sphaTikaphalakA kAthanI vAsayaSTiH Mo.813 kAJcanaM balayam S.6.83 Ms.5.112. -nam 1 Gold; samaloSTAzmakAJcanaH Bg. 14. 24. (grAhyam ) amedhyAdapi kAJcanam Ms.2.239. -2 Lustre, brillianey. -3 Property, wealth, money. -4 The filament of a lotus. -5 Yellow orpiment. -6 A binding. -na: 1 The Dhattura. plant. -2 The Champaka tree. -nI 1Turmeric. -2 Yellow orpiment. -Comp. -aGgI a woman with a golden (i.e. yellow) complexion; tvaM cedaJcasi kAJcanAzi badanAmbhoje vikAsazriyam Bv.2.72. -kandara: gold-mine. -giriH N. of the mountain Meru; Bhag. 5. 16. 28. 1. 1 golden (yellow) soil. -2 gold-dust. -eret: a treaty of alliance between two parties on terims of equality; f. saMgataH sandhirevAyaM prakRSTatvAtsuvarNavat / tathAnyaiH sandhikuzalaiH kAmcanaH sa udaahRtH|| H.1.113. kAJcanakaH The fruit of rice or grain. -kam Yellow orpiment. kAJcanAraH (-la:) The Kovidara tree. kAJcanI 1 Turmerie; granthikaM ca palAM cavyaM kAJcanImatha saindhavam Siva. B. 30. 16. -2 A kind of tree (svarNakSArI); (Mar. sonaTakA). -3 A yellow pigment (Mar. pivaDI). kAJcanIya a. Golden. -yA Yellow orpiment (gorocanA). kAzciH ,-cI/ [kAJc bandhane ini] 1A womansgirdle or zone furnished with small tinkling bells or other ornaments%3 etAvatA nanvanumeyazobhi kAcIguNasthAnamaninditAyAH Ku. 1. 37,3.55%3 Me.28. Si.9.82; 8.6.43. -2 N. of an ancient city in the south of India, regarded as one of the sacred cities of the Hindus; (for the names of seven cities see avanti). -Comp. -kalApaH, kalApA girdle; jaghanamaruNaratnagranthikAncIkalApaM kuvalayanayanAnAM ko vihAtuM samarthaH Bh. 1.71. -guNasthAnam The hips, haunches ; Ku. 1. 37. -purI, -nagarI the same as kAcI (2). -padam the hips and loins. -yamakam a. kind of paronomasia or punning; cf. Bk. 10. 8. kAJcikam Sour gruel. kAJjika, kAJjikA, kAjI, kAjIkam Sour gruel. kATaH A well, hole, ditch; Rv. 1. 106. 6; zloNayA kATamardati Av. 12. 4. 3. kATukam Acidity. FIS: A rock, stone. 137. a. Relating to Katha (a recension of the kRSNayajurveda); grAme grAme kAThakaM kAlApakaM ca procyate Mbh. on P. IV. 3. 101. according to the Kathaka school of the kRSNayajurveda. -Comp. -upaniSad the Kathopanisad. kAThinam, -nyam 1 Hardness, tightness ; kAThinyamuktastanam S. 3.9. -2 Sternmess, hard-heartedness, cruelty. -3 Diffculty, obscurity of style ). (--:) The date fruit. kANa 3. [kaNa nimIlane kartari ghaJ Tv.] 1 One-eyed 3 akSNA kANa: Sk; kANena cakSuSA kiM vA H. Pr. 123 Ms. 3. 155. -2 Perforated, broken (as a cowrie); prAptaH kANavarATako'pi na mayA tRSNe'dhunA muca mAm Bh. 3.4; akSi kANamakya Mbh. on II. 3. 20. (Mar. phuTakI kavaDI). -Na: A crow. kANUka: 1 A Grow. -2 A cock. -3 A kind of goose. -4 The bird which makes a hanging nest on the Tala tree. kANeyaH, -ra: Son of a one-eyed woman. F C 1 An unchaste or faithless woman. -2 An unmarried woman.-Comp. -mAtRm. one whose mother is an unmarried woman; son of an unmarried woman; (a term of reproach occurring usually in the voc. case only); kANelImAtaH asti kiMcicihaM yadupalakSayasi Mk. 1. kANDaH , -NDam 1 A seetion, a part in general. -2 The portion of a plant from one knot to another, kANDAtkANDatprarohantI Mahanar. 4.3. -3 A stem, stock, branchi For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #573
kANDamAyana: 388 kAdambaH . ....................... ... org a na U. 3. 16; Amaru. 95; Ms. 1. 46, 48, Mal. 3. 34. - 4 Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kandas of the Ram. - A separate department or subject; e. g. * &o. -6 A cluster, bundle, multitude. -7 An arrow. it for at ta: ros faasiu Dhanur. 30; Mb. 5. 155. 7. -8 A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs. -9 cane, reed. -10 A stick, staff. -11 Water. fa : fosf12110 : Ram. 2. 89. 18. -12 Opportunity, occasion. -13 Private place. -14 A kind of measure. -15 Praise, flattery. -16 A horse. -17 Vile, bad, sinful at the end of comp. only). -UST A little stock or stem; Raj. T. 7. 117. -Comp. -3TTAA Performance of all the details with reference to one thing or person first, then doing them with reference to the second, and so on (see 31944). -FIT: A class of sages including Jaimini. FIT: (-fta) a maker of arrows 142772: #02tuitotafos: Siva. B. 31. 22. ( H) the betel-nut. -T12t; an iron arrow. - f i, fant: N. of a tree (Mar. ). -TE:, -TE": a screen surrounding a tont, curtain (Mar. 17 ); fas za : Si. 5. 22; 3 : 4 : 3474: 424034: Siva. B. 22. 61. : auariTar o zygiena farasier Dk. (3192: 1934FIT' faydi. Qa: an arrow's flight, range of an arrow. -9994 The *** flower. -99: 1 one of the military profession, a soldier; cf. zege. -2 the husband of a Vaisya woman. -3 an adopted son, any other than one's own son. - (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv. 3 Jamadagnya is styled by Tara as fosye. (svakulaM pRSTataH kRtvA yo vai parakulaM vrajet / tena duzcaritenAsau kANDapRSTa sia 4a: 1. - the bow of Karna & Kama. - HET:, - a fracture of the bone or limbs. -aftop the lute of a Chandala. Eft: a knot, joint as of a plant). Egy: one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier. - : kind of grass. FTVGA : N. of a grammarian. lugam. An archer. FrOSTT: A kind of mixed caste. 3. A reed-basket. Frog 1 A kind of corn (Mar. Zia). -2 A kind of gourd. -3 A part or division of a book. Frugtt: [ "Froz-572 P. V.2.111.) An archer (this word also is sometimes used like 1994 as a term of reproach ; cf. My. 3.) 3d The Manjistha plant. kANDolaH A basket of reed ; see kaNDola. Fra: A descendant or follower of Kanva. -Tat: m. pl. The school of Kanvas. ind. An exclamation of abuse or insult, usually in combination with ; is to insult, dishonour; yanmayaizvaryamattena guruH sadasi kAtkRtaH Bhag.6.7.11. FIFTH N. of a grammar (said to have been written by Sarvavarman through the favour of Karttikeya). kAtara a.[ISattarati svakAryAsaddhiM gacchati ta-ac koH kAdezaH Tv. ] 1 Cowardly, timid, discouraged ; aufd ata Pt. 4. 42; Amaru. 8,31,77; R. 11. 78; Me. 79. -2 Distressed, grieved, afraid; P a tru S. 4. -3 Agitated; perplexed, confused ; 374 T FIT y a : 7 cau af 1% T: || Bh. 1. 60. -4 Tremulous through fear (as eyes); R. 2.52; Amaru. 79. - Eager; 90 are TEFTA Bhag. 3. 28. 17. -T: 1 A large kind of fish. 2 A boat, raft. Fra Cowardice; tra 1961 Hia: site ar a h R. 17. 47. : Fa: A large species of fish. Fiata. Wishing, desiring. frait a. Belonging to Katyayana. -57: A pupil of the sage. Fata: 1 N. of a celebrated writer on grammar who wrote Vartikas to supplement the Sutras of Panini; na sma purAdyatana iti bruvatA kAtyAyaneneha Mbh. on P. III. 2. 118; Ram. 2. 67.3. -2 N. of a sage who is a writer on civil and religious law; Y. 1.4. Comp. - the Srauta sutras of Katyayana. Flutut 1 An elderly or middle aged widow (dressed in red clothes). -2 N. of a wife of Yajna valkya #azta grat Bri. Up. 4.5.1.-3 N. of Parvati; ct. umA kAtyAyanI gaurI kAlI haimavatIzvarI Ak. -Comp.-tantram *. a Tantra containing the description of the methods of gift and said to have been composed by Siva. -Fi, ga: N. of Karttikeya. FEAT a. Composed by Katyayana. U: A pupil of the sage. FIT: A well. Freift a.( tf.) Accomplished with difficulty. a : 1: ma fa fa Mbh. on P. v. 1. 119. Fifero: [ematary:, 741-7%) A narrator of stories; also a writer of stories. rata: [ cf. Un. 4.83 ] 1 A kind of goose ( e ); af f arat eradaadta : R 13.55; Rs. 4.9. -2 An arrow; 2=11791 toul Si 18. 29; cf. Flatahrfuerei: Ak. -3 A sugar-cane. -4 The Kadamba tree. Ta Flower of the Kadamba tree; # antiquit = R. 13. 27. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #574
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kAdambakaH www.kobatirth.org kAdambakaH An arrow. MaratA long line of clouds, Mal. 9. 16; madIyamatilumbinI bhavatu kApi kAdambinI R. G.; Bv. 4. 9. vyAm kAdambaram 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the Howers of the Kadamba tree; niSedhya madhu mAdhavAH sarasamatra kAdambaram Si. 1. 66. -rI 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the tree. -2 Spirituous liquor or wine in general; kAdambarIsAkSikaM prathamasauhRda miSyate S.6; or kAdambarImadavipUrNitatyecanasyayuktaM hi galataH patanaM Uab.; rasabhareNa K 240 -3 The fluid issuing from the temples of a rutting elephant. -4 An epithet of Sarasvati, the goddess of learning. -5 A female cuckoo. -6 The rain water collected into clefts or hollow places. -7 A female bird ( sArikA ). -8 N. of a celebrated story by Bana; the heroine is of the same name, being a daughter of Chitraratha Gandharva. -Comp. - bIjam a ferment, yeast. kAdala a. Belonging or relating to the kadali kind of deer; Rum. 3. 43.36. ( mRdUcakarburanIlAmraromA mRgavizeSaH kadalI). kAdAcitka ( - skI /- ) Incidental, occasional; Bhag. 12. 10. 41. a. kAdikSAntA (ka-Adi-sa-anna) A consonant. kAdraveyaH (kaTU Tak ) 1 A kind of snake; amRtAgrabhuvaH pureva pucchaM vaDavA bharturavAri kAdraveyaiH Si. 20. 43. -2 N. of certain Nagas (serpent-demons) supposed to people the lower regione. -8 Son of kadrU kAdraveyo mantramapazyat Mbh. on P. I. 4. 1. kAnaka 0. [ kanaka- aN ] Golden. -kam The seed of a plant] ( jayapAla-bIja). 556 kAnanam 1 A forest, a grove ; R. 12. 27, 13.18; chabhopAntaH pariNata phalajyotibhiH kAnanAtrai: Mo. 18, 44; kAnanAvani forest-ground. -2 The mouth of Brahma. -3 A house. of kAnanaM vipine gehe parameSTimukhe'pi ca Med. -Comp. -agni: wild fire, conflagration. -f: a species of the mimosa tree ( zamI ) - okas . 1 an inhabitant of a forest. -2 a monkey. kAniSThikam -kA The little finger; Mb. 12. 127.8 kAniSThineyaH, yI [ kaniSThA apatyArthe Thak ica] The offspring of the youngest child or wife; kRte kAniSThineyasya jyaiSThineyaM vivAsinam Bk. 5.84; ef. com. on Ms. 9. 123. kAnipratham The position of the younged. kAnInaH [ kanyAyA anUDhAyA apatyaM aN kanInAdezaH P. IV. 1. [11] The son of an unmarried woman; kAnInaH kanyakAjAto mAtAmahasuto mataH Y. 2. 129; see also the definition given in Ms. 9. 172. -2 N. of Vyasa. -3 N. of Karna. a. Suitable to or designed for the eye-ball; Susr. 2. 353. 13. kAnIyasa a. younger tataH kArnIyasA eva devAH Bri. Up. I. 3.1. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kAndavam kAnta p. P. [ kam] 1 Desired, favourite, loved, dear; kAntaM kratuM cAkSuSam M. 1. 1. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; bhImakAntairnRpaguNaiH R. 1. 16. -3 Lovely, beautiful; sarvaH kAntamAtmIyaM pazyati S. 2. -taH 1 A lover. -2 A husband; kAntodantaH suhRdupagataH saMgamAt kiMcidUna: Me. 102; Si. 10. 3, 29. -3 Any beloved person. -4 The moon. -5 The spring. -6 A kind of iron. -7 A precious stone (in comp. with sUrya, candra and ayas ) -8 An epithet of (1) Karttikeya, ( 2 ) Krisna. -tam 1 Saffron. -2 A kind of iron. -Comp. -ayasam the loadstone. -nAvakam a. Variety of hides; Kau. A 2. 11. ferm. a peacock (of iron). - puSpa: a kind of tree ( kovidAravRkSa ). -lohama the loadstone. -lauham steel. kAntA 1 A beloved or lovely woman. -2 A mistress, wife in general; kAntAsakhasya zayanIyazilAtalaM te e. 3. 21; Si. 10. 73. -3 The Priyangu creeper. - Large cardamoms. 5 A kind of perfume. -6 The earth. -Comp. -aGghridohadaH the Asoka tree; see azoka. (cf. also kAntAcaraNadohadaH. ) kAntAraH, -ram 1 A large or dreary forest; gRhaM tu gRhiNIhInaM kAntArAdatiricyate Pt. 4. 81; Bh. 1. 86; Y. 2. 38. -2 A bad road. -3 A hole, cavity. 1 A red variety of the sugar-cane. -2 Mountain ebony. -3 A bamboo . -rI A kind of sugar-cane ram 1 A symptom. -2 A lotus. -3 A class of the six-storeyed buildings. Mana. 21. 13-14 kAntArakaH A kind of sugar-cane kAntiH [ kam bhAve tin] 1 Loveliness, beauty, Me. 15; akliSTakAnti S. 5. 19 -2 Brightness, lustre, brilliance; Me. 84. -3 Personal decoration or embellishment. - 4 Wish, desire. -5 ( In Rhet. ) Beauty enhanced by love; (S. D. thus distinguishes kAnti from zobhA ind dIptiH- rUpayauvanAnityaM bhogavibhUSaNam zobhA prAkAnti manmathApyAyitA yutiH / kAntirevAnivistIrNA dIptirityabhidhIyate 190, 131 ). -6 A lovely or desirable woman. -7 An epithet of Durga. -8 A digit of the moon. -9 N. of Laksmi; bhUSaNAni mahArhANi dadau kAntiH zubhAM khajam Bhag. 10.65.29. -Comp. -kara a. beautifying, illuminating, brighten ing. -da a beautifying, adorning. ( - dam ) 1 bile. -2 clarified butter. -da, dAyaka, dAyina a. adorning. -bhRt m. the moon. kAntimat a. Lovely, beautiful, splendid ; kalAca sA kAntimatI kalAvataH Ku. 4. 571; Me. 30. . The moon. -2 N. of Cupid. For Private and Personal Use Only kAndavam Anything roasted or baked in an iron " vAriNA komalAM kRtvA samitAM lavaNAnvitAm / pan or oven; vinIya sandhAnaM kiJcit sthApayed bhAjane nave // caNDAtape tAvadrakSed yAva damlatvamApnuyAt / uddhRtya ca punaH pazcAt sannayed dRDhapANinA / tato'pAkRti kurmAnA tayA bhUryAratuve ca / paGkena randhramAlipya svedayettAM yathAvidhi // kAndavaM malakRd vRSyaM triSu doSeSu pUjitam / sadyo rucikaraM hRdyaM zIghnamindriyatarpaNam // " (vRndapranthasya kRtAnnavarge . )

Page #575
kAndavikaH 557 kAmaH Filzfer: A baker, a confectioner (Mar. Egars ); -74 monkey tricks; P. V. 1. 127. Fiqh [41a: 7: 18 zjar: Hafah: 9a: Siv:1. B. 31. 30. 36] 1 The monkey species. -2 Monkey-like A T - [ T ] Put to flight, running away, behaviour, monkey tricks. etadapyasya kApeyaM yadarkamupatiSThati Mbl. on P. I. 3. 25. -3 N. of a sage, the son of 19: flying; Mb. 12. 197: #9: Ch. Up. 4. 3.7. kAndigbhUta.. Runaway, frightened; kAndigbhUtaM chinnagAtraM Argra a. (as) (-31] 1 grey, of a dirty fauzi, Tayfa 94 Mb. 5. 48. 62. white colour. -2 Not hoarding much, very frugal; Fifft a. 1 Put to flight, running away, fugi waa d 77 917 Bhay. 9. 18. 25. tive; 1791: Freeft: q: Pt. 1. -2 (Flence) Terrified, -24 1 A flock of pigeons. -2 Antimony. -3 Natron. afraid; Bv. 2. 178; De gaar fagfiat5291 -4 Fossil. -2: The grey colour. -Comp. 3394 Siva. B. 4. 52. antimony applied to the eyes as collyrium. kAnyakubjaHN. of a city, see kanyAkubja. FITN . of a sage, son of 19, 4915 : Bri. FITE, F a. ( ) [+92-57) 1 Fraudu- Up. 3. 7. 1. lent, dishonest. -2 Wicked, perverse. - 1 A flat- 19T, FIT: A penitent. terer, parasite. -2 A student, scholar. FITCRT: Avowal or confession of sin. F192 Wickedness, fraud, deceit. kAphala: A bitter seed (Mar. kAyaphaLa). Arge: [rita: 79:] A bad road; (lit. and fig.) kAbandhya m The state of being a trunk; indrAstrakRta3* H GE and ag FF Ram. 2.108.7. - N. 9 : Tais HC11 My. 5. 31. of a fragrant root (2017). STATE, fire a. [4973-370-36-91] 1 Relating to Fil ind. An interjection used in calling out to skulls ; kalkAlaM musalaM ghoraM kApAlamatha kiGkiNIm Ram. 1.27.12. another. -2 like a begrar; of a beguar 1939 fugit FT: [*4-94] 1 Wish, desire; 141414 R. 2.65, HATI iad: Mb. 12. 8. 7. 3:, - A followers 3. 67; oft. used with the inf. form ; T 4: desirous of a certain Saiva sect (the left-hand order) chara- to go; TO : Bg. 2. 62; Ms. 2. 94. -2 Object cterized by enrrying skulls of men in the form of of desire; atat FIATT 150 Ms.2.5; Bri. Up. 1.3. 28. garlands and eating and drinking from them; - Kath. Up. 1. 25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or u f ua a Pt. 1. 212. - A kind desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of of leprosy. -lI 1 A wreath of skulls; kApAlAmudrahantI the ends of life (puruSArtha); cf. artha and arthakAma. -5 E a ETH Mu. 3. 20.-2 A clever woman. Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms. 2. 214; 7 -3 The Embelia Ribes (Mar. rasa). A rarat #14: 51414 4 Bhag. 10. 22. 26. -6 Fil Cruelty, brutality; Mal. +. The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarama. -9 A kind of mango tree. -10 The Filica n. N. of Siva ; & #9 #19 Mb. 7. 6.5. Supreme Being. -mA Desire, wish; uvAca ca mahAsarpa kAmayA Fifte . ( ) Shaped or behaving like a fe 971 Mb. 3.179.2. - 1 Object of desire. - 2 Semen monkey. virile. [ Kama is the Cupid of the Hindu mythologyFire a. ( f.) 1 Peculiar or belonging to the son of Krisna and Rukmina. His wife is Rati. Ka pila. -2 Taught by, or derived from, Kupila ; 41 When the gods wanted a commander for their forces Te fa a aa 4 Mb. 12. 325. 4. -3: 1 A in their war with Taraka, they sought the aid of follower of the Sankhya system of philosophy pro Kama in drawing the mind of Siva towards Parvati, pounded by Kapila. -2 Tawny colour. whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kama undertook the mission; but Siva, being offended kApizam A spirituous liquor. at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down Fra 1 Liquor ; The Hi with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was #f4 2 9dt; fagna fagura Si. 10.4. allowed by Siva to be born again in the form of #f9f9 F9212944: Kuv. 148.-2 A deity. Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend Forfata: An imp, goblin. is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being FTTET: A mean contemptible fellow, coward, a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different Wretch; tAM kApuruSadustarI yuddhabhUmimayIM nadIm Ram. 6.58. 32. plants ). -Comp. -fa: 1a fire of love, violent or ardent GATE: #999: 1924 talla gara Pt. 1. 25, 361. love.-2 violent desire, fire of passion. Pr424 1 in flaming I a. Belonging or peculiar to a monkey; fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -378T: 1 a finger1941 fanar Ram. 6. 127. 23; Mv. 5. 63. nail (which plays an important part in erotic acts ). f For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #576
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kAmaH www.kobatirth.org 558 a -2 the male organ of generation. - the mango tree. -adhikAraH the influence of love or desire. -erfarga a. overcome by love. -analaH see kAmAgni. - a. blinded by love or passion. (:) the (Indian) cuckoo. - musk. - a. getting food at will. a. libidinous, lustful. - pleasant grove. -ariH 1 an epithet of Siva; te sametya tu at fagu Ram. 7. 6. 3. -2 a mineral substance. -f a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -IT: N. of Pradyumna. -(e) fat f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. - suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. - 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -a, -aeft N. of Durga. a. love-sick, affected by love; I bhayaM na lajjA Subhas. -Atmaja: an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. - a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. :ain: By. 2. 43. Mb. 1. 119. 3-4. Ms. 7.27. - 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-) the mango-tree. -. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuda. - a. love-stricken, affected by love; kAmArtA hi prakRtikRpaNAzcetanAcetaneSu Me. 5. - AzramaH the hermitage of the god of love; Ram. 1. - a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -iSTaH the mango tree. - Ipsu a. striving to obtain a desired object, yattu kAme sunA karma Bg. 18. 21. -IzaH, - : 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. 3 a person possessing all wealth. kAmezo vasettatrAvicArayan Mb. 12. 287 56. udakam 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; kAmodakaM sakhiprattAsvastrIyazvazurafa Y. 3. 4. -37 a. affected by or overcome with passion. N. of Rati, the wife of Kama. -kAma, - kAmina following the dictates of love or passion, gatAgataM kAmakAmA labhante Bg. 9.21; sa zAntimApnoti Bg. 2. 70. a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Ram. 2. 101. 18; Ms. 11. 41, 15. -2 desire, influence of desire; ayuktaH kAmakAreNa phale sakto nibadhyate By. 5. 12.1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. (. a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (m.) the Supreme soul. - a. lustful. (-f:) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. 3 copulation. - 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. Ta. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y. 3. 6. 2 a female Kokila. fa a. able to go to any desired place; adhyAsta kAmagati sAvarajo vimAnam R. 13. 76. -guNaH 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. 3 an object of sense. -, a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; sarveSu lokeSvakAmacAro bhavati Bri. Up. 7. 25. 25 nAradaH kAmacaraH Ku. 1. 50. a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-:) Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kAmaH 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; af af: R. 14. 62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; Mbh. on Siva Sutra 3. 4. Sk.; Ms. 2. 220. -4 sensuality. 5 selfishness. a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me. 65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 selfwilled. (-m.) 1 Garuda. -2 a sparrow. - a. produced by passion or desire; Ms. 7. 46, 47, 50.-: anger; vedI kAmajo yuddhamagniH Mb. 12. 24. 27. - jananI betel-pepper (nAgavelI ). -jAnaH, -ni: See kAmatAlaH -jit a conquering love or passion; R. 9. 33. (m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. 2 of Siva. - N. of a work. -al: the (Indian) cuckoo. a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-) an epithet of Skanda and of Siva. - a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month phAlguna (Mar. holikotsava ). -dAkAmadhenu q. v. - darzana a. looking lovely. -dAnam 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; a fear R. 1. 81, 2. 63; Mal. 3. 11. -, -3. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; AyudhAnAmahaM vajraM dhenUnAmasmi kAmadhuk Bg. 10. 28. svarga loke kAmadhugbhavati Mbh. on P. VI. 1. 8t. -dUtI the female cuckoo. f. a woman ; vimocituM kAmadRzAM vihArakrIDAmRgo yannigaDo visarga: Bhag. 7.6. 17. deva 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Siva. -3 N. of Visnu. - a. granting desires. -: amorous behaviour. f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; adi walay, or slim Vyk rana Subhasita. m. an epithet of Siva. - pati, patnI / Rati, wife of Cupid. -pAla: N. of Balarama; also of Siva. - a. granting desires. (-) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. - expressing one's desire, wish or hope; kacit kAmapravedane Ak - praznaH an unrestrained or free question; saha kAmapraznameva vatre Bri Up. 4. 3.1. -phala: a species of the mango tree. the plantain tree. -bhAjU .partaking of sensual enjoyment; phAmA lyA kAmabhArja karomi Kath. 1. 24. - bhogAH (pl.) sensual gratifications; prasaktAH kAmabhogeSu Bg. 16. 16. -mahaH a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. - . N. of Ganesa. -, -mohita a. influenced or infatuated by love; - mithunAdekamavadhIH kAmamohitam e. 2.5 - rasaH 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling - a. lustful, libidinous; kSaNamapi yuvA kAmarasikaH Bh. 3. 112. - rUpa 4- 1 taking any form at will; jAnAmi tvAM prakRtipuruSaM kAmarUpa For Private and Personal Use Only : Me. 6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); : R. 4. 83, 84. - rUpina a. 1 taking any form at will; kAmAnI kAmarUpI Tait. Up. 3. 10. 5. -2 beautiful.. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. - 3 a Vidyadhara. - rekhA, lekhA a harlot, courtezan. -latA membrum virile. a. overcome with passion, love

Page #577
Tha: 889 stricken.-at: a gift chosen at will.-afh: 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (- ) moonlight. - T a. influenced by love.-T: ) subjection to love. - *. subject to love. ar a. saying anything at will. fera a. disappointing desires. -alga. ? 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuda.-74 d. paracitical plant. - a. addicted to sensual gratification licentious, dissipated; fagfia: 499 at quai harra: 1 3423: faut areal aadi dala: || Ms. 5. 151. -ai a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; 1431 Ku.5. 82. (- :) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. ale j. increase of passion. - 4 the trumpet flower. - 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -zAstram the science of love, erotic science. -saMyogaH attainment of desired objects. He: 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. - a. fulfilling any desire. 47 R e : R. 5. 33. -m. N. of Vasudeva. -S. N. of Rukmini; -754 1 N. of an erotic work by Vatsyayana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident; 454 Mal. 1. 4. & d. produced by inere desire without any real cause; Bg. 16. 8. Fina:, FIAT ind. 1 Of one's own accord, willingly. -2 Voluntarily, knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; Ms. 4. 130; 4T E7 THT: Y. 1. 168. -3 From passion or feeling, lustfully; dhAtutasya bhAryAyAM yo'nurajyeta / 148: Ms. 3. 173. -4 At will, freely, unrestrained. FIATT . Lustful, libidinous. - 4 Desire, wish. i -1 Wish, desire. kAmanIyakam , kAmanIyam Beauty, attructiveness. FIAT m. Brazier. 14 ind. 1 According to wish or inclination, at will; kArmagAmI.-2 Agreebly to desire; ye tiSThanti bhavantu te'pi THPA 1991: Mu. 1. 25.3 To the heart's content, U. 3. 16. -4 Willingly, joyfully; Santi. 4. 4. - 5 Well, very well (a particle of assent), it may be that; T at TE FUT 4: 41 Si. 2. 43. -B Granted or admitted that), true that, no doubt, (Generally followed by a. 9, yet, still); a fagfa Hakiyeh ar 1394219931 I ETET: S. 1. 30; 2.1; FH Huf-afara RT 149 R. 4. 13; 1 af972: R. 12.75; TH291: 47 R. 6. 22; Mal. 9. 34. -7 Indeed, forsooth, really; R. 2. 43; (often implying unwillingness or contradiction). -8 Better, rather (usually with 7); TATUTADT z a ai o Obiat Il Ms. 9.89; H. 1.112. FAZAT, FT , fraiera, a. Lustful, libidinous; faqa faktora: AAH Bhag. 10. 47. 17. R. 19. 50; $. 3. kAmyakaH ..................... ........................ 12 a. Lustful, libidinous. - 1 The spring. -2 A desert. -8 Excessive obstruction of bile. Flasa a. Suffering from jaundice. kAmalikA Spirituous liquor. #1991 a. 1 Desirous, wishiny. -2 Lustful. Ff: A libidirous man, lecher. -S. N. of Rati. Frihi a. Desired, wished for. -*: A wild duck. haa. Wished, desired. -TH A desire, wish, love; aftaya # Mb. 8. 9. 19. af Agia F alla Ki. 10. H. .(A .) [F-forfa] 1 Lustful. -2 Desirous. -3 Loving, fond. -m. 1 A lover, a lustful person paying particular attention to ladies ); 2 P et cAtisandhIyate kAmijanasArthaH 5.35 vAM kAmino madanadUtimudAharanti V. t. 11; Amaru. 2; M. 3. 14. 2 A luxurious husband. -3 The ruddy goose or 777215 bird. -4 A spar. row. -5 An epithet of Siva. -6 The moon. -7 A pigeon. -8 The Supreme Beiny. - 1 A loviny, affectionate, or fond woman: Ms. 8.112.-2 A lovely or beautiful woman; sayfa fe : fattoqquz: Mk. 1.57; ar 44 farfait 12 P. R. 1. 22. -3 A woman in general); 4721 EF wataifa R. 9. 69; Me. 65; Rs. 1. 28. -4 A timid woman. -5 Spirituous liquor. FlyF a. (FT, or wts) [FH-39 P. III. 2.151.] 1 Wishing, desirous. 1941 1944194T4 Mb. 8. 8. 17. -2 Lustful, libidinous. - : 1 A lover, a libidinous man. [+2T: 9 , 1963: 4: Mbl. on P. II. 3. 69. Fagt: via techi Par M. 4; K. 19. 33; Rs. 6.9. -2 A sparrow. -3 The Asoka tree. 11 . N. of Madhavi creeper. -FIT A woman desirous of wealth. A libidinous or lustful woman. FF . [44-0101] 1 To be desired, desirable; y faut F2 Santi. 2. 8. -2 Optional, performed for soyne particular object (opp. nitya); ante kAmyasya T: R. 10. 50; Ms. 2. 2; 12. 89; By. 18. 2. -3 Beautiful, lovely, charming, handsome; a 13: R. 6. 30; U. 5. 12.-FTH A class of buildings Mana. 31. 2. 3). TOT 1 A wish, desire, intention, request; 14F31 Mk. 3; R. 1. 35; By. 10. 1. - 2 A cow; SB. on MS. 10. 3. 49. -Comp. : a selfinterested motive or purpose. HET 1.rite performed for some paticular object and with a view to future fruition.-FT a. sweet-voiced, having a pleasing voice ; priyasakhIsadRzaM pratibodhitAH kimapi kAmyagirA parapuSTayA Si. 6. 8. (-f.) an agreeable speech. En 1 an acceptable gift. -2 a free-will offering; voluntary gift. ATUTH voluntary death, suicide. - 14 voluntary vow Filter: N. of a forest, of a lake; Mb. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #578
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kAmaTha www.kobatirth.org [ kamaTha - aN ] Peculiar or belonging to the kAmaTha a. tortoise. iti zrutvA hRSIkezaH kAmaThaM rUpamAsthitaH Ram. 1.45.29. ...... kAmaThIM tanumAdade Siva. B. 18. 17. kAmaThaka 1 N. of dhRtarASTra -2 N. of one of the serpents burnt in the sarpasatra. kAmaNDaluka . ( A pearl) shaped like a kamaNDalu; Kau. A. 2. 11. kAmandaki N. of the author of nItisAra, a kAmAtuH N. of plant (ratana ). a kAmAlikA Spirituous liquor. kAminIzaH The zobhAJjana tree. kAmIlaH A kind of betel-nut tree. kAmukAyanaH N. of an old authority quoted in the MS. by Jaimini ( MS. 11.1.56,61 ). kAmodA A musical note. , kAmpila kAmpila kAmpilakaH 1 N. of a trees kAmpilakapATayagaNDapAli Mal. 9. 81. -2 A perfume ( zuNDArocanI ). kAmbalaH [ kambala -aN ] A carriage covered with a woollen cloth or blanket. 560 kAmbalika: Gruel barley-water. kAmbavikaH [ kambu Thak ] 1 A vendor of shell ornaments, dealer in shells. gAndhikAzca tathA kAndavikAH kAmbavikAH punaH Siva. B. 31. 20. kAmyojaH [a] 1 A native of the Kambojaas Ms. 10. 41. -2 A king of the Kambojas. -3 The Punnaga tree. 4 A species of horse from the Kamboja country. zataM vai yastu kAmbojAntrAhmaNebhyaH prayacchati Mb. 12. 35. 14. -5 A conch. -6A kind of plant (somavalka ); kAmbojo hastibhede ca zabkhadezavizeSayoH / azve puMnAgavRkSe ca somavalke tadiSyate // Nm. -Comp. -AstaraNam a blanket : Mb. 11. 25. 1. kAmbojI / A kind of plant ( mASapaNI, hiMguparNI ). kAmla [ ISadamlam ] slightly acid, aciduous. kAyaH, -yam [cIyate'smin asthyAdikamiti kAya; ci ghaJ AdeH kakAraH P. III. 3. 41. Sk. ] 1 The body; vibhAti kAyaH karuNAparANAM paropakArairna tu candanena Bh. 2. 71; kAyena manasA buddhayA Bg. 5. 11; so kAyena, vAcA, manasA &c. -2 The trunk of a tree. -3 The body of a lute ( the whole lute except the wires ). -4 A multitude, assemblage, collection. -5 Principal, capital. -6 Home, residence, habitation. - 7 A butt, a mark. -8 Natural temperament. -yam (with or without affef) The part of the hand just below the fingers, especially the litle finger, or the last two fingers (this part being considered sacred to Prajapati is called prajApatitarthi; cf. Ms. 2.58-59 ) - yaH One of the eight forms of marriage, generally known 88 zrAjApatya q. v. ; sa kAyaH pAvayettajjaH Y. 1.60; Ms. 3.38. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kAraka -Comp. -Ajha the digestive faculty manaH kAyAmimAhanti Maitri. Up. 7.11. -kleza: bodily suffering or pain; kAyazabhayAtyajat Bg.18.8. - utsargaH a kind of religious austerity in Jainas. - cikitsA the third of the eight departments of medical science, treatment of diseases affecting the whole body. -daNDaH a complete command over one's body; vAgdaNDo'tha manodaNDaH kAyadaNDastathaiva ca / yasyaite nihitA buddhau tridaNDIti sa ucyate | Ms. 12. 10. -mAnam measurement of the body. -bandhanam 1 girdle. -2 the union of semen virile and blood. -calanam an armour. -stha: 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the writer-caste (born from 3 kSatriya father and a zUdra mother ). kAyasthenodarasthena mAtumAMsaM na bhakSitam / dayAvRttirna caivAtra dantAbhAvo hi kAraNam // Subhas. - 3 a man of that caste; kAyastha iti ladhvI mAtrA Mu. 1; Y. 1.336; Mk. 9. ( -sthA ) 1 a woman of that caste. -2 the Myrobalan tree (Mar. hiraDA ). ( -sthI ) the wife of a kAyastha - sthita a. corporeal, bodily. kAyaka (bikA /-), kAyika ( kI . ) . [ kAya Thak ] kAyikatapaH Belating to the body bodily corpuronl Ms. 12. 8. -kA Interest ( whatever is given for the use of money ); Ms. 8. 153. -Comp. -vRddhi: / 1 interest consisting in the use of any animal or capital stock pawned. -2 interest of which the payment does not affect the principal, or the use of the body of an animal pledged by the person to whom it is pledged. kAyavat a. Having a body, embodied ; trAtuM lokAniva pariNataH kAyavAnastravedaH . 6. 9. kAyin a large bodied samRkSAkhAnpazyAmi nihatAnkA vino drumAn Mb. 12. 113. 4. kAyamAnam A hut made of thatch. kAyAdhavaH N. of Prahlad (son of kayAdhu ); bahavo matpadaM prAptAstvASTrakAyAdhavAdayaH Bhag 11. 12.5. kAra . ( -rI / ) [ kR ghaJ ] ( At the end of comp.) Making, doing, performing, working, maker, doer, author ; granthakAraH author kumbhakAraH, suvarNakAraH &c. &c. - 1 Act, action; as in puruSakAra. -2 A term denoting a sound or a word which is not inflected; as akAra Ms. 2.76, 125; kakAra, phUtkAra &c. -3 Effort, exertion; 'kArau vadhe nizcaye ca bale yatne ratAvapi iti vizvaH Si. 19. 27. -4 Religious austerity. 5 A husband, lord; master. -6 Determination. -7 Power, strength. -8 A tax or toll. - 9A heap of snow. - 10 The Himalaya mountain. -11 Water produced by hail. -12 Killing, slaughter. -Comp. -avaraH a man of a mixed and low caste, born from a Nisada father and Vaidehi mother; a shoemaker; kArAMvaro niSAdyAM tu carmakAraH prasUyate Mb. 13. 48. 26; cf. Ms. 10.36. -kara a working, acting as agent. -bhUH a toll-station. kAraka . (rikA [] Uually at the end of comp.) 1 Making, acting, doing, performing, creating, doer &c. svapnasya kArakaH V. 3. 150; 2. 156; varNasaMkara For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #579
kArakavat 561 kArin ............ ........ ......................... .. .............. ......... : By. 1. 12; Ms. 7. 20+: Pt. 5. 36. 4171 172 TOT Ana Sa Bk. 7. 2). -2 An agent. -3 Intend ing to act or lo. - 1 (In Gram. The relation subsisting between : noun and a verb in a sentence, (or between a noun and other words governing it); there are six Page #580
kAraNDaH 562 kArtavIryaH kAraNDaH , kAraNDava: A sort of duck; Ram. 7.31.21. Bhag.8.2. 163 taptaM vAri vihAya tIranalinI kAraNDavaH sevate V.2.23. kArandhamin m. 1 Brazier. -2 A mineralogist. kArabha a. Produced or coming from a camel. kAramihikA Camphor. kArambhA N. of a tree (priyaGgu). Ara: A crow. kAravI N. of many plants. (Mar. zopa, ovA, jireM i.) kAravellaH, -llakaH 1 N. of a bitter vegetable (Mar. kArale!)-2 A missile of the shape of kAravela, Govered all over with sharp edges; gaNDazailaiH kAravellaiH lohakaNTakaveSTitaiH Parnal 4. 75. kAraskaraH [kAra-s-kara P. VI. 1. 56.] N. of a tree (kiMpAka; Mar. kucalA) Bhag.5. 14. 12; kAraskaro vRkSaH / FIREFITTI A small centipede. ART 1 Imprisonment, confinement. -2 A prisonhouse, a jail; Mv. 6. 25. -3 Part of a lute below the neck. --4 Pain, affliction. -5 A female messenger. -6A female worker in gold. - 7A sound. -8 An instrument for drawing the sound of the lute. -Comp. -agAram,-gRham, -vezma na. a prison-house, a jail; kArAgRhe nirjitavAsavena lakezvareNoSitamA prasAdAt R. 6.40, Santi. 4. 10. -TA: a prisoner. -1: a guard of a prison, jailor. kArAdhunI A musical instrument (as a conch) kArA- / dhunIva citayat sahasraiH Rv. 1. 180.8. kArAyikA A female erane. Fiftet 1 A female dancer. -2 A business, or trade -3 A memorial verse, or a collection of such verses, on grammatical, philosophical, or scientific subjects, e.g. Bhattoji Diksita's Karikas on grammar, called vaiyAkaraNasiddhAntakArikA; sAMkhyakArikA. -4 Torment, torture. -5 Interest. kArIra a.[karIra-aJ] Made of the shoots of reed or bamboo; durgatIrthA bRhatkUlA kArArA vetrasaMyutA Mb. 12.82.46. kArISam [ karISANAM samUhaH aN] A heap of dried cowdung-a. Poduced from dried cow-dung; kArISognira yApayati Mbh. on P III. 1. 26. kAru . (-rU.) [kR-uN Un. 1.1] 1 A maker, doer, an agent, servant; rAghavasya tataH kArya kAsvanirapuGgavaH Bk. 7. 28. -2 An artisan, mechanic, artist ; FETH: kAritaM tena kRtrimaM svapnahetave Vb. 1. 183 iti sma sA kArutareNa lekhitaM nalasya ca svasya ca sakhyamIkSate N. 1. 383; 1.2.249, 1. 187%3 Ms.5. 129; 10. 12. (They are:-takSA ca tantravAyazca nApito rajakastathA / paJcamazcarmakArazca kAravaH zilpino mtaaH||) -3 Terrible, horrible; jareti kSayamA hurve dAruNaM kArusaMjJitam Mb. 1. 40. 3. -5: 1 An epithet of a t the architect of the gods. -2 An art, a science. -Comp. -caura: one who commits burglary, adacoit. -ja:1a piece of mechanism, any product of manufacture. -2 a young elephant. -3a hillock, an ant-hill. -4 froth. - sesamum growing spontaneously. -6 red or piment. -zilpigaNaH . corporation of artisens and handicraftsmen; Kau. A. 2. 6. & : the hand of an artisan; nityaM zuddhaH kAruhasta: Ms.5. 129. kAru (rU) kaH, -kA An artisan; kArukAn zilpinazcaiva Ms. 7. 138. kArukAntaM ca zoNitam Mb. 13. 135. 14....... kArUkAzca kuzIlavAH Siva. B. 31. 18. kAruNika. (-kI f.) [ karuNA-Thak] Compassionate, kind, tender ; Nag. 1. 1. kAruNyam 1 Compassion, lindness, pity; kAruNyamAtanvate Git. 13 kariNyaH kAruNyAspadam Bv. 1.2. -2 Sentiment of Pathos kAruNyaM bhavabhUtireva tanute / kAruNDikAH, kAruNDI A leech. kArUSAH (pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 A man of an intermediate caste (father vrAtyavaizya and mother vaizya); Ms. 10. 23. -pam Hunger; iha bhUmyAM malaM dattvA devAH kArUSameva ca Ram. 1.24.20. fitura a. Belonging to a female elephant. kArota (tta)maH, -raH ( Ved.) 1 A filtering vessel; kArotarAcchaphAdazvasya vRSNaH Rv. 1. 116.7. -2 Yeast, barm. -3 A well. kArkaNa a. Belonging to a peasant. kArkalAsyam The state of being a lizard; na kAlena vinA kArkalAsyAnmukto nRgo nRpaH Siva. B. kArkavAkava a. Relating to a cock (kRkavAku); udyatkarkazakArkavAkavaravatrasyat ...... Ram. Ch.7.81. kArkazyam 1 Hardnesi, roughness. -2 Firmness. -3 Solidity; AzleSalolupavadhUstanakArkazyasAkSiNIm Si. 2. 173 Pt. 1. 190. -4 Hard-heartedness, sternness, cruelty; kArkazyaM gamite'pi cetasi Amaru. 28. -5 Rough labour%B avApya prANasandehaM kArkazyena samArjitam Mb. 13. 112. 20... kArkIka. [karkaH zuko'zvaH sa iva iti Ikaka SK. on P. V. 3. 110 ] Like a white horse. TOT a. Relating to an ear. -01H 1 The wax of the ear. -2 An ear-ring. -Ne: N. of Vrisaketu. -Comp. -chidrakam a sort of well. -veSTakika u. fit for ear-rings. kArNATabhASA The language of Karnata (Canarese). kArtayuga a. Relating to the kRtayuga; Mb. 12. Firdats: The son of Kritavirya and king of the Haihayas, who ruled at Mahismati. [ Having worshipped Dattattreya, he obtained from him several boons, such as a thousand arms, a golden chariot that went wheresoever he willed it to go, the power of For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #581
kArtasvaram B88 kAAntikaH restraining wrong by justice, conquest of earth, invinci- He is represented as riding a peacock. ] -Comp. billity by enemies &c.; cf. R. 6. 39). According to the -TE: /. Parvati, mother of Kartikeya. Vayu Purana he ruled justly and righteously for FireFuf Totality; entirety; a ruta for 85,000 years and offered 10,000 sacrifices. He was a 217 Y a Ms. 3. 183. at: fur: contemporary of Ravana whom he once captured and Arte a Mbh. on P. III. 1. 22; of 377297419 confined like a beast in a corner of his city; cf. P. 131. R. 6. 40. Kartavirya was slain by Parasurama for having carried off by violence the Kamadhenu of his FIGA (-Eft/.), - 18H (FA) #a. (- ) revered father Jainadagni. Kartavirya is also known ( 4-31097-35a P. IV. 2. 2. Vart.] 1 Muddy, soiled by the name Sahasrarjuna. or covered with mud.-2 A pearl produced in Kardama, a river in Persia; Kau. A. 2. 11. -3 Bolonging to Filch Gold; # AndaTHET: si. 1. 20 ; _Prajapati Kardama; kArdama vIryamApano jajJe'gniriva dAruNi quan K. 82. EM 4 If 3 H ( H ) Bhag. 1. 17. 1; 1 Bhag. 3. 21.6. kind of gold (or silver?); 2914: Fratarfero: Ram. 5.9. 13. F : [ +42-37V) 1 A petitioner, a suitor, a candi#rafa: (marad are P. IV. 2.59 ] An astro date. -2 A rag. -8 Lac. loger, fortuneteller ; haifah 14 ar ji 91H Dk. 130. Frufen(42-57] 1 A pilgrim. -2 One who maintains himself by carrying water from holy rivers. Fitrat a. (- ) 6-340) Belonging to the 3 A caravan of pilgrims. 4 An experienced man. month of Kartika; drie jaama THE R. 19. 39. -5 A parasite. - A deceiver, rogue; B. P. -7 A - 1 N. of the month in which the full moon is near trusty follower; Hch. the 1141 or Pleiades (corresponding to OctoberNovember). -2 An epithet of Skanda. - The Fargoft Gladness (Nighantu Prakasa). full moon day in the month of Kartika (Mar. Egg FITTH 1 Poverty, indigence, wretchedness ; art). # r: la Erzu Mbh. on P. II. 3/ 9021 Dk. -2 Compassion; pity; +9026 a cfa 3. 28. -Comp.-30era: a festival on the full-moon day Bhag. 5. 8. 13. -3 Niggardliness, imbecility; F1904of the month of kArtika. CTETH: Bg. 2. - 4 Levity, lightness of spirit. Fitfatter: The month of Kartika. kApaNam Ved. Combat, battle; kANe zUra vajrivaH Alfa : ( 91992 ] N. of Skanda ( so called Rv. 10. 22. 10. because he was reared by the six Krittikas). Fire a. (-e ) [ #fe: 34949: 3 ] Made of [Kartikeya is the Mars or the god of war of the cotton; ago 09 JOTO frot: Fritet: 92: Ram. 5. Indian mythology. He is the son of Siva (but born 53. 6. - ,- 1 Anything made of cotton ; #a: without the direct intervention of a woman ). Most of I n Ear Tai rata 4179: Mb. 13. 111. 106. Ms. 8. 326. his epithets have reference to the circumstances of his ayamapi vidhina mRdunAmiva kAryAsAnAM kRtaH matiSedhaviSaya Arabhyate birth. Siva cast his seed into Agni (who had gone to Mbh. on P. IV. 1. 55. -2 Paper. The cotton the god in the form of a dove, while he was enjoying i plant. -Comp. -37114 . the seed of the cotton plant ; Parvati's company ), who being unable to bear it cast Ms. 4. 78.-ara Texture made of cotton; Ms. 12.61. it into the Ganges; (hence Skanda is called Agnibhu, af (fs) FT a spindle. Eitt a. made of cotton Ganga putra ). It was then transferred to the six Krit thread; Y. 2. 179. tikas (when they went to bathe in the Ganges ), each of whom therefore conceived and brought forth a son. Freffaf a. ( f.) Made of or from cotton. But these six sons were afterwards mysteriously Filtrafil The cotton plant. combined into one of extraordinary form with six FI a. [ 72-7 ] Laborious, industrious. heads and twelve hands and eyes, (hence he is called Kartikeya, Sadanana, sanmukha &c.). According FICT a. (-ot f.) [ +49-3401] 1 Finishing a work, to another account the need of Siva was cast by the 1 -2 Doing any work well or completely. -14 - Ganges into a thicket of reeds (Sara); whence the Magic, witchcraft; para algu ns Bv. 2.79; boy was called Saravana bhava, or Sarajanman. He Vikr. 2.14 8. 2. is said to have pierced the mountain Krauficha, Thorax Magic, sorcery (aziz); 4147 whence his name Krauuchadarana. He was the HUI Si. 10. 37. commander of the army of the gods in their war with Taraka, a powerful demon (q.v.) whom he vanquished affan: A superintendent of manufactures; and slew; and hence his names Senani and Tarakajit. Kau. A. 1. 12. - FH A manufactory, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #582
kArmAraH 564 kAryataH Fait: An artist, mechanic, smith; Rv. 9.112. 2. FATEH A smith's work. kArmArika: A spear? kAryAH kArmArikAH zUlA vedhanAgrAzca veNavaH Kau. A. 2.3. F a. ( .) [ F42-57] 1 Manufactured, made.-2 Embroidered, intermixed with coloured thread (as cloth ). -3 Any variegated texture; Y. 2. 180. FIFTH Activity, industry. Flin.( /)( * f 349 P.V.1.103.] Fit for or able to do a work, doing it well and completely. FHC Frana afra, 31ee ini sUtrasyApavAdena, kopadhAcca iti sUtreNANa pratyayena niSpannaH] 1A bow T u tag 42 : Ki. 3. 48; taft 14 S. 1.6.-2 A bamboo. -3 The ninth sign of the zodiac. -4 A kind of machine or instrument shaped like a bow. -5 A kind of village situated on the bank of a river or sea; Mana. 9. 3. 459. -Comp. -39 /. the secret of the art of shooting; B. R.-7m. 1 the archer or the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -2 an archer in general. for pot. p. [-Ho 041 ] What ought to be done, made, performed, effected &c. *2f974 Tar Fidaat Att S. 6. 17; arre: #141: Ms. 8. 61; so true, fa-17: &c. -41 (a) Work, action, act, affair, business; Fr 221 7: 997694 Ku. 3. 14; Ms. 5. 150. (b) A matter, thing. -2 Duty; a a rgit FR : Si. 2. 1.-3 Occupation, enterprize, emergent business. -4 A religious rite or performance. -5 A motive, object, purpose: 73149 za Pt. 2. 70 (v. l.): 116; Si. 2.36; H. t. 61. -6 Want, need, oecasion, business with instr.); 11 w ga af al azada V.2. : A Fri Hatari Pt. 1.71, +. 7: Amaru. 73. -7 Conduct, deportment. -8A law-suit, legal business, dispute &c.; 2 121 #: 4: 1214 Mk9; M. S. 13. -9 An effect, the neces sary result of : cause opp. TU). -10 (In Gram. ) Operation auf declension. -11 The denoneTrent of a drama: 4314242 agat 1779 Mu. 4.3. -- 12 - Healthiness (in medicine ): -13 Origin. -14 A body; T oe OT: (71 ) San. K. 43. [of. Germ. kava; Pers. lar; Prak. kujja: Mar. kajal -Comp. --UTTA 4. unable to do one's duty, incom petent. -37FTTH to be done and not to be done, right and wrong (action); FTFna: yi: (fari fara) Pt. 1. 306. -37715a : discussion as to the propriety or otherwise of anything, deliberation on the arguments for and against any proceeding. To: 1 the superintendent of a work or affair. -2 the planet that decides any question in astrology.-370127 pursuing a particular object; Farrerasfogli 84 121- fequit : Ks. 56. 133. - ref: 1 the object of any undertaking, a purpose; 472 taifa fufa: - AGU Ms. 7. 167. -2 an application for employment. -3 any object or purpose. -fera a. 1 making a request. -2 seeking to gain one's object or purpose; manasvI kAryArthI gaNayati na duHkhaM na ca sukham Bh. 2.81.-3 seeking an employment. -4 pleading a cause in court, going to law; Mk. 9. -37722 . Resorting to the body; kAryAzrayiNazca kalalAdyAH San. K. 43. -Asanam sont of transacting business. TUTH superintendence of public affairs; Fyr a ar a: U 2014 Ms. 7. 141. -JEIT: discharge of a duty. -391: active engagement in any business. - a. efficacious. - m. 1 an agent, a workman. -2 a friend, benefac" tor; waagaai : Pt. 1. 131. -FR (dual) 1 cause and effect; object and motive; astr: Pt.1.413. -2 some special cause of an act; a " f a 30 : par a a Pt. 1.412 #19: the relation of cause and effect. T: The relation of cause and effect. In atar this is established by the rule of 34-94afat (i. e. 519 119: 137417:) The earliest exposition of this expression is found in the zAbarabhASya on MS. 4.3.2; et. kAryakAraNasambandho nAma sa bhavati, yasmin sati yad bhavati yasmizcAsati yanna bhavati, tatraiva kAryakAraNasaMbandhaH / This should be contrasted with the naiyAyika view of anvaya-vyatireka which they uso for establishing 9.-13: time for action, season, fit time or opportunity; Ram. 1. (-) 3 T1 VTC pari. 2 and 3. ita importance of the act, deed, or occasion; respect for the performance; U. 7. - Taier 3 171 af Kau. A. 1. 19. - a. 1 prudent, cautious, considerato. (-:) manager of a business, executive officer; T: 975 97: - #1: Y. 2. 191. a . out of work, out of employ, dismissed from an office. -1974,- 1 inspection of a work; Ms. 8.9, 3.-2 inquiry into public affairs. -Fog: settlement of fair; 34: V a : 749 10 Y. 2. 10. Ta line of conduct, course of action; YTTER 197 1991 1992 Mal. 2. 13.-gz: 1 a man who does 'n seless thing 2 a mad, eccentric or crazy man. 30 idler. -967: Lilike to work, idleness, laziness. - 3: an agent, : nessenger. - 1994, -91994 J one engaged in active life. -at n. an aim or objevt. -fagfa: . a failure, reverse, misfortune. -1787 failure of an affair. -577:1 the remainder of business: Ms. 7. 153. -2 completion of an affair. -3 part of : business. -RET: f. success, fulfilment of an object. TFH a place of business, Office. - 1 obstructing or marring another's work; H. 1.77. -2 opposed to another's interests. ! Fra: ind. 1 Through some object or motive. -2 Consequently, necessarily. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #583
kAryavazAt 865 kAla t.lti. Frazie ind. For some reason ; Pt. kAryika3. 1 laving business. -2 Engaged in a suit; Ms. 7.124. kAryan 1.1 Active, assiduous. -2 Secking for some business. -3 llaving an obiect in view. -4 A party to a suit. -5 (In Gram.) Subject to a rule. kAryamanubhavana hi kAryA nimittatayA nAzrIyate Paribhasendu. 10. kArzAnava a. Fiery, hot ; kArzAnavaM dhAma Si. t. 16. kAryam 1 Thinness, ermaciation, leanness; kAzya yena : tyajati vidhinA sa tvayaivopapAdyaH Me.20. -2 Smallness, littleness, scantiness ; arthakAryam poverty; R.5.21. kArpaH, -pakaH,-rSika: A husbandinan, cultivator. kArSApaNaH, -Nam (or paNakaH) A coin or weight of different values; parAkalpa etadAsIt SoDaza mASAH kApiNaM Mbh. on P. I.2.61. kArSApaNaM tu vijJeyastAnikaH kArSika: paNaH / Ms. 8. 136,33639.202. (= karSa)na hi kAkinyAM naSTAyAM tadanveSaNaM kArSApaNena kiyane SB. on MS. 4.8.30. -Nam Money, gold and silver. kArSApaNika a.(-kI/)[P. V. 1.29. Vart.] Worth ome kArSApaNa. I a. Vol. 1 Attracting, drawing.-2 Ploughing. -fi: l'ire. -/. 1 Drawing. - 2 Cultivation. kAvaNaH Vod. A husbandinan; nikhananto agre kArSAvaNAH / Av. 6. 116. 1. kASmen Ved. The goal of a racecourse; kArmana vAjI . nyakramIt Rv.9. 36.1. kArpika kApapiNa q. v.. kArNa a. (-NI /.) [kRSNa-aN] 1 Belonging to Krisha or Visuu; pNana patriNA zatruH sa bhinahadayaH patan R. 15. 21. - 2 Belonging to Vyasa. -3 Belonging to the black antelope; Ms. 2. 11.-Black. -SOTT Vod. The skin of the black antelope. Filcorff: N. of an old authority quoted by Jaimini; Ms. HT.35. kASrNAyasa (-sI/.)[kRSNAyaga-aNU ] Made of black iron; kArNAyaso'yaM rathaH U.3.48. -sam [ron; ekena nakhanikRntanena sarva kArNAyasaM vijJAtaM bhavati Ch. Up.6.1.6. nAghra kAyasaM caiva taikSNyAdevAbhijAyate Rim. 1.37. 19. kAyasamalakAra Ms. 10.52. kANiH [kRSNasyApatya-iJ] An epithet. of the god of love, of Krisna's son pradyumna; Si. 19. 10% ef. abhimanyu Mb: of zukAcArya; Mb. 12. 325. ++ kAryam kAkasya kArNyam Mbh. on II. 2.8. 1 Blackness, darkness. -2 Iron filings. kArghyaH The tree Shorea robusta ( zAla). kAla (-lI/.) 1 Black of a dark or dark-blue colour; Ram.b. 17.9, Mb.8.49. 18. -2 Injuring, hurting. -la: 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); vilambitaphalaiH kAlaM ninAya sa manorathaiH R. 1.333; tasminkAle at that time; kAvyazAstravinodena kAlo gacchati dhImatAm II.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3. 12, 4.6, 12.69%; parjanyaH kAlavarSI Mk. 10.60%; kAle varSatu parjanyaH &c. -4A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of aday); SaSTha kAle divasasya V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine draryas by the Vaisesikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of tho destructive principle; kAlaH kAlyA bhuvanaphalake kIDati prANizAraiH Bh. 3.39. -8(a) Yama, the god of death; kaH kAlasya na gocarAntaragataH Pt. 1. 146. (B) Death, time of death; sa hi kAlo'sya durmateH Ram. 7. 61. 10.,-9 Fate, destiny. -10 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet, Saturn. -13N. of Siva; N. of Rudra; ugraretA bhava: kAlo vAmadevo dhRtavataH Bhag.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (im music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A soction, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of u enemy of Siva. -20 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21Amystical name for the letter 4.-22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in sAvakhyakArikA ; prakRtyupAdAnakAlabhAgAkhyAH San. K. 50. -lA 1 N. of several plants. -2N. of adaughter of Daksa. -3 An epithet of Durga. -lI 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3An epithet of Parvati, Siva's wife. -4A row of black clouds. -BA woman with a dark complexion. -6N. of Satyavati, mother of Vyasa. janayAmAsa yaM kAlI zaktaH putrAtparAzarAn Mb. 1.60.2 Bu.ch. 1.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blane. - 9 me of the seven tongues of Fire: kAlI karAlI ca manojavA ca mulohitA yA ca mudhamravarNA / sphaliminI vizvarucI cadevI lelAyamAnA iti saptajihAH / / Munml. I.2.1. -10 A form of Durgh kAli kAli mahAkAli sIdhumAMsapazupriye Mb. 1.6. 17. kAlItanayaH a buffalo. -11 One of the Matris or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhima. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (mahAvidyA) -15 A small shrub used asty purgative. -16 Alind of insect. -lam 1 Iron. kSuro bhUtva haretprANAnizitaH kAlasAdhanaH Mb. 1.140.8.). -2 A kind or perfume. -Comp. -ayasam irom. -akSarika: a scholary one who can read and deciphor. -agaru a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe%; kAlAgurudahanamaH yagataH samantAlokottaraM parimalaM prakaTIkaroti Bv.1.70, R.4.81.(-1.) the wood of that tree. zirAsi kAlAgurudhUpitAni Rs. 4.5% 35.5. -agniH , -anala: 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -22n opithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (rudrAkSa ). -aGga a. having a dark-blue body (asa. sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.+.8. 1.; -ajinam the hide of a black antelope. -37557 a sort of collyrium; na cakSuSoH kAntivizeSabuddhadhA kAlAjana magalamityupAttama For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #584
Shn Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kAla 566 kAla ............ . . . . . Ku. 7. 20, 82. (a) a small shrub used as a purga- of time, course of time; it in course or process tive Mar. Haruft). -STUST: the (Indian) cuckoo. of time; Ku. 1. 19. - 1 fixing a time. -2 death. - T.:, - delay, being late; " HOT TO -79: 1 delay, loss of time; I 90 qani agafa ra: Pt. 1. 151. -fagra, fat loss (3 ) Me. 22; HTO FA 15 Pt. 1. -2 of time, delay; Mal 2. stata . elapsed, passed passing the time. -34, E34 23h the liver ; by. -37219: 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by Chi F oster Si. 18. 77. -TT the river Yamulapse of time. -37677: 1 'presiding over time', epithet na. - : a year. -tfal a. killing by degrees or of the sun. - 2 the Supreme Soul. - ATT m. slowly (as a poison ). - 1 the wheel of time 1 a bee.-2 a sparrow. -3 the Chataka bird.-3772 : (time being represented as a wheel always moving ). 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -32ATT:, -372- -2 3 cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the fta, -39 atirar, -319 ,- *: benzoin or benja- vicissitudes of life. (-7) an epithet of the sun. min. (-) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (1967). - e a symptom of approaching death. atida a. -2 Sissoo wood. Fa: time, regarded as the god summoned by the angel of death. T: One who of denth, and the destroyer of every thing. -3 is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. y: 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time a . senior in years, grown up; U. 5. 12. - a. knowor opportunity. 31177 n. hidden or concealed in the ing the proper time or occasion of any action); womb of time. a. able to bear delay; 371 WAH ZIEZ arah 149: R. 12.33; Si. 2. 83. og: T I K. 263; $. 4. 91217 Pt. 3. 172. 194: (-5:) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. - faat m. an un animal vonomons only when enraged, as a rat. epithet of Siva. -farghi a kind of ebony. -TT the -abhraH a dark, watery cloud. -ayanam See kAlacakra three times; the past, the present, and the future; Bhay. 5. 22. 11. -Taft: appointed time. -3TTIT: Off K. 46. g: death; e ta faca faguarqui knowledge of time and circumstances; Mal. 3. Il. kAladaNDa: Dk. -damanI an epithet of Durga. -daSTa a. - : .-3TTITY period of mourning, ceremonial doomed to death; F l at Bm. 1. 180. ETA, impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a - 1.1 the line of conduct suitable to any partirelation in the family; see 373119.-3TUH 1 first to eighth cular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects days of the dark half of the month 393 (festival ! proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; 44 d it period of kAlabhairava)-2a stotra of kAlabhairava by Shankara- Ram.1.42.17 gairaa: 119 ra: Mb.;a: - charya. -39 . 1 led to death. -2 produced or UT &c. -ITOTT prolongation of time. T: (in astrobrought by time.-T a. depending on time or desti- logy) the figure of a man's body. TT:; faft: Siva. ny.-THT), the Supreme Spirit.- Tf : The month -far : decree of fate or destiny; F119.-319: 1 a mango-kind: garantara - niyoga: Ki.9. 13. -nirUpaNam determination of time, 21991: Mb. 6. 7. 18.-2 N. of a Dvipa: Hariv. - 3774 chronology. -ATTA: Bdellium Mar. W ). af: iron. -2. made of iron; 71: Fry T o 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, Ram.7.8.15.38 a. sown in dne season. - a blue unele of Ravona, deputed by him to kill Hanumat. lotus. -2 ,-2: an epithet of Siva ; Mb. 13.-05: -3 N. of a demon with 100 hands killed by Visnu. 1 x peacock. -2 & sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a cal- deg3f:, f19:, :, . epithets of Krisna. - a. linule. -5 an epithet of Siva ; fa&1 : SUT ripened by time, i.e. spontaneously; Ms. 6. 17, 21; AS ASG : Udb.; U. 6.- t Parvati, the Y. 3. 19. oftaret: standing for a time so as to wife of 443 i.e. $9. Fua tat e AT TAT- become stale. - OT: the flower plant (Mar. 7 ). fazala 214 215031 Ram Ch.7. 23.-793,-FUT: -T : a delay ( ); 2 46 guta sudra a gallinule.-703: a water-snake. -TTUTH appoint kAlaparyaye Ram. 4.31.8.-paryAyaH the revolution or course iny or fixing time. -Protor, -uff misfortune. - of time: artisi 5139714afg: Mb. 11. 15. 41. 1. 1 death. -2 destruction; -73T: the noose of Yama or death. - ti a hangfor Ram. 3. 61. 62. For: dark pulse. - man. -() ET: an attendant of Yama. -94 fatal, deadly. - A water-snake. -10: Supreme 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron.(- ) 1 N. of Beiny. - FC: noise. - : Yama. y: a myrrh. the bow of Karna; Ve. 4. -2 a bow in general. 2:, -24 () a deadly poison ; 3er af 1%- -Thay autumn or Sarad; (the two months follow 3111747 Bhay. 3. 2. 23; S. 6. (1) the poison churned ing the rainy season considered as the best time). out of the ocean and drunk by Siva%; adyApi nojjhati haraH retat a. being under control of death (12); * fers F 24 Ch. P. 50. + 264 Sideff at ta g 4 :47 149799: Mb. 3. 35. 2. - 7: an Vb.- F. a poison ; Mb. l. m. 1 the sun. epithet of Siva. - W the sun. a: an epithet -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -a 1 produced of Siva. Heil, AIA (3) the plant ocimum by time. -2 tixer, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, (Mar. 18). -10H a measure of time. -ye: a -4 done for a long time. (-2: ) the sun. -FA: lapse species of a pe; Mb. 3. 232. 12. -#f, - Affit, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #585
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kAlaka www.kobatirth.org 567 -meSikA f. the Manjistha plant. -yavanaH a kind of yavanas and enemy of Krisna and an invincible foe of the Yadavas. Krisna, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Much kunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -yApaH, -yApanam procrastination, delay, putting off. -: fate, destiny.-: according to the requirements of the time; Pt. 1. 184. - m. an epithet of Siva. :, f. 1 a dark night. 2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amavasya on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durga ); kAlarAtrIti tAM (sItAM ) viddhi sarvalakAfa Ram. 5. 51. 34. 5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. - Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. - the salt. (Mar. saMcakhAra) - loham, lauham steel. - valanam the armour. -far prolongation of time. favenged sulavakur smRtiM pramuSNAti Mv. 5. 9. -vibhaktiH / a section or part of time; Ms. 1. 24. -: . periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms. 8. 153. -vRntaH a kind of pulse (kulattha ). - velA the time of Saturn, i.c. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. - a girl nine years old personating Durga at a festival. - saMkarSin a. shortening time (as a mantra ); kAlasaMkarSiNI vidyAM dIkSApUrvamupAdizat Ks. 68.65. saMgaH a. delay; jAnAmi kAryasya ca kAlasaMgam Ram. 4. 33.53. -saMrodhaH 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms. 8. 143. -2 lapse of a long period of time. a. opportune, timely. - samanvita, samAyukta a dead; Ram. 2. 65. 16. -saMpanna a. dated, bearing a date. -: the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Git. 10. 12. -: the black antelope. (-) a yellow sort of sandal wood. -a. having a black centre or pupil; tadakSidvayaM prabhurbaddhumabhUnmanobhU: N. 6. 19. sUtram, -sUtrakam 1 thread of time or death. 2 N. of a particular hell; Y. 3. 222; Ms. 4. 88. : the Tamala tree. a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). an epithet of Siva. - loss of time, delay; S. 3; U. 5; yAtvanyena ( vareNa) vihAya kAlaharaNaM rAmo vanaM daNDakAm Mv. 4.41. hAni - delay mAma bimbAdharabaddhatRSNam R. 13.16. - mark. 2 A water-snake. eye. A kind of grain. - -2 A daughter of Daksa. - unknown quantity (in Alg.). of a Jaina teacher and astronomer. kAlaGkataH ( kAsamardaH ) A cure for the cough. a. Black, dark-blue. - 1 A mole, freckle, 3 The black part of the Ved. 1 A kind of bird. 1 The liver. -2 An Comp.: N. kAlana 4. Destroyer; kalimala saMhatikAlano'khilAza: Bhay. 12. 12. 66. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kAlidAsaH N. of Durga. kAlika . ( kI .)[] 1 Relating to time. -2 Depending on time; far: Ak. -3 Seasonable, timely. : 1 A crane. -2 A heron. - 1 Blackness, black colour. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 Price of an article to be paid by instalments. -4 Periodical interest paid at stated times. -5 A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; a na tvadAnanakSapAkara darzanakArikAlikA Ram. Ch. 2. 55; kAlikeva fafarer af R. 11. 15. 6- Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold. -7 The liver. -8 A female crow. -9 A scorpion. -10 A spirituous liquor. -11 N. of Durga; fa : Si. 17. 44. -12 A particular bloodvessel in the ear. -13 A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel. -14 A small singing bird. -15 A kind of fragrant earth. 16 A girl four years old personating Durga at a festival. -17 N. of a Yogini. 18 A kind of vegetable. 19 A kind of cucumber. 20 The Indian spikenard. 21 Mist. -22 An oil-woman. 1 Black sandal wood. -2 Hostility. kAlita a. Dead; nAdhunA santi kAlitAH Bhag 10.51.18. N. of the sixth lunar mansion. N. of Visnu. 1 N. of a mountain and adjacent country (modern Kallinjar); Ks. 111. 70. -2 An assembly of religious mendicants. -3 An epithet of Siva. - or An epithet of Durga. kAladhautam (= kaladhautam ) Silver or gold. sa kAladhautAtanugeglansenguanfeng Ram. Ch. 2. 17. kAlaze (se) yam Buttermilk ( produced in a jar by churning). IT: 1 The hair of the head. -2 A serpent's hood. 3 A demon, an imp, a goblin. 4 A student of the Kalapa grammar. kalApinA proktamadhIyate iti aN P. IV. 3. 108. 5 One who knows this grammar. 1 An assemblage of the pupils of Kalapa. -2 The doctrines or teachings of Kalapa. -3 N. of the Katantra grammar; adhunA svalpatantratvAtkAtantrAkhyaM bhaviSyati / madvAhanakalApasya nAmnA kAlApakaM tathA // Ks. 7.13. kAliGga (phrI) [ kaliga-a] Produced in ur belonging to, the Kalinga country. - 1 A king of that country; pratijagrAha kAliGgastamastrairgajasAdhanaH R. 1.40. -2 A snake of that country. -3 An elephant. -4 A species of cucumber. -5 A poisonous plant. -6 A sort of iron. T: (pl.) N. of a country; see A water-melon. . - For Private and Personal Use Only fo: 1 N. of a celebrated poet (author of many works like Sakuntala, Raghuvamsa &c.).

Page #586
kAlinda 868 kAvya -2N. of two other poets (authors of Nalodaya and Sruta bodha). kAlinda 1. (-ndI/.)[ kalinda-aN ] Connected with or coming from the mountain Kalinds or the river Yamuni. -ndI 1 The river Yamuna; kAlindyAH pulineSu kelikupitAm Ve. 1.2: R.15.28%3 Santi.t.18.-2A sort of vessel. -3 N. of a wife of Krisna. (a daughter of Surya). -ndam A water melon. -Comp.-karSaNaH,-bhedanaH an epithet of Balarima q.v. -sU:/. Samjna (-saMjJA), a wife of the sun. (-m.) the sun. IFT: Yama, the god of death. kAliman // . 1 Blackness; Amaru. 8s; Si. 1.57. -2 Paleness; Si.8.13. Fitfest Relating to time, timely. -37: The Kaliyuga. kAliyaH N. of a tremendously large serpent who dwelt at the bottom of the Yamuna (which was a ground forbidden to Garuda, the enemy of serpents, owing to the eurse of the sage Saubhari). Ile was crushed to death by Krisna when he was but a boy ; R.6.49; Si. 17.69. -yAH (pl.) The family of black serpents; Si. 19.28. -Comp. -manaH, -mardanaH epithets of Krisna. kAlIka: A heron. kAlIcI The judgment hall of Yama. kAlIna . [ kAla-kha] 1 Belonging to a particular time. -2 Seasonable. kAlIyam [ kAla-cha ] A kind of sandal-wood; also kAlIyaka. kAlpa . [ kalpa-aN] 1 Preceptive, laying down a rule, ritual. -2 Relating to Kalpa. kAlpaH,-lpaka: Zedoary. kAlpanika (-kI/.) [ kalpanA ThakU] 1 Existing only in faney, tictitious ; kAlpanikI vyutpattiH -2 Counterfeit, fabricated. kAlya .[ kAla-yat ] 1 Timely, Sensonable. -2 Agreeable, pleasant, auspicious. -3 Of the morning time; prabhAte kAlyamutthAya cakre godAnamuttamam Ram. 1.72.21. -lyA 1 A cow fit for the bull. -2 A woman arrived at puberty or maturity ) who has reached the time favourable to conception). upasaryA kAlyA prajane P. III. 1. 101.-lyam Day-break; Ram. 2.7.26%; kAlyaM viSAdavimukhaH prtiveshvrgH| doSAzca me vadatu karmasu kauzalaM ca || Charudattam 8. 10. kAlyAnau dvijakulanAdamantravAdairuddIpte timiratilAhutiM vidhAya...him. Ch. 7.61. kAlyANakam Auspiciousness. kAvacika (-kI/.) [ kavaca-ThaJ ThaJ kavacinazca P. IV. 2.41.] Armorial. -kam A multitude of men in armour. kAvAram Moss. -rI An umbrella without a stick. kAvRkaH 1A cock. -2 The Chakravika bird; 'kAvRkaH kRvAko syAtpItamastakakokayoH Medini. kAveram Saffron. Fra 1 N. of a river in the south of India ; Fract saritAM patyuH zaGkanIyAmivAkarot R.4.45. -2 A harlot, courtezan. -3 Turmeric. kAvya a. [ kavi-yaN ] 1 Possessed of the qualities . of usage or a poet. -2 Praiseworthy, fit to be described -3 Prophetic, inspired, poetical; azaMsIt kAvyaH fa: Rv. 8. 8. 11. - : N. of Sukra, preceptor of the Asuras%3 Mb. 1.76.6%3 dAnavendrahataM dUrAn kAvyaH kacamajIvayat Bm. 1. 289. -vyA 1 Intelligence. -2 A female fiend 3 -vyAH . (pl.) A class of maney; Ms. 3. 199. -vyam 1 A poem; mahAkAvyam ; meghadUtaM nAma kAvyam &c. -2 Poetics, poetry, poetical composition. (kAvya is defined by writers on Poetics in different ways; tadadoSau zabdArthoM saguNAvanalakRtI punaH kvApi K. P.1; vAkyaM rasAtmakaM kAvyam S. D. 1; ramaNIyArthapratipAdakaH zabdaH kAvyam R.G.; zarIraM tAvadiSTArthavyavacchinnA padAvalI Kav. 1. 10%; nirdoSA lakSaNavatI sriitigunnbhuussitaa| sAlaGkArarasA'nekavRttirvAka kAvyanAmabhAk // Chandr.1.7.)-3 Happiness, welfare. -4 Wisdom%3B kAvyAni vadatAM teSAM saMyacchAmi vahAmi ca Mb. 12. 124.34. - Inspiration. The purposes of a Kavya as mentioned hy Mammata. are:-kAvyaM yazasa'rthakRte vyavahAravide shivetrksstye| sadyaHparanirvRtaye kAntAsaMmitatayopadezayuje | K. P. 1.) -Comp. -37u: a poetical thought or idea. Orgfer: NecesHary conclusion; a figure of speech; Kuval. 59. "caurH| robber of the ideas of another poet, a plagiarist; yadasya daityA iva luNThanAya kAvyArthacaurA: praguNIbhavanti Vikr. 1. 11. -alaGkAraH N. of a work on poetics by Vamana. -Adarza: N. of a work on poetics by Dandin. -cauraH / kAlIyakaH, -kam A species of aloe wood. -2 A kind of turmeric. -3 Yellow sandal. ...gAtrANi kAlIyakacarcitAni Rs.+.. Here comm. maNirAma says, 'kAlIyakena jAyakena. -4 A dark kind of sandal wood. -5 Saffron; kAlIyakakSIdavilepanazriyam Si. 12. 14. kAlaSyama 1 Foulness, dirtiness, turbidness, muddiness (fig. also); colakezvarakIrtizca kAluyaM yayatuH samam / Ks. 19.95. kAluSyamupayAti buddhiH K. 103 becomes muddy or defiled. -2 Opacity. -3 Disagreement. __ kAleya .. Belonging to the Kali age. -yam 1 The liver. -2 Black sandal-wood; AzyAnakAleyakRtArAgAm Ku.7.9. -3 Saffron. -yAH (-m. pl.) N. of a school of the black Yajurveda. kAleyaka: A kind of aloe wood. -kam 1 A fragrant wood. -2 The black sandal wood; madhukarakulakalaGkakAlIkRtakAleyakakusumakuDmaleSu K. -3 A disease like jaundice. -kA A dog, hound. kAleyaruH 1 A dog. -2 A species of sandal. kAlola: A erow. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #587
kAza 869 kASTham stealer of other men's poems. -prakAzaHN. of a work kAzmarI (also kAzmayaH -yam) A plant commonly on Rhetorics by Mammata. -mImAMsaka: a rhetorician,.. called gAmbhArI; Ram.2.94.9. kAzmaryAH kRtamAlamudgatadala critic. ET X. of a work on Rhetorics by Raja koyaSTikaSTIkate Mal.9.7. The word appears sometimes sekhers. -rasika .. one who has a taste for and as kArmarI. can appreciate the beauties of poetry. -liGgam Poetic kAzmIra .(rI/.) Born in, belonging to, or coming Reason, a tigure of speech; thus defined:-kAvyaliGga heto from, kasiira. -TT: (pl.) N. of a country or its inbAMkyapadArthatA K. P. 10% Be.. jito'si manda kandarpa manicatte'sti habitants; see kazmIra also. -rA: A sort of grape; see trilocanaH Chandr. 5.119. -hAsyam a force. kazmIra also. -ram 1 Saffron; kAzmIragandhamRganAbhikRtArAgAm kAz ], A.(kAza-zya-te, kAzita) 1 To shimer look Ch. P.83 Bh. 1.11, kAzmIragauravapuSAmabhisArikANAm Git. brilliant or beautiful; paniravanipatInAM taizcakAze caturbhiH / . 10. 113; also 15 et also kastUrikAM ca kAzmIra pATIraM himavAlukAm 86, 7.218 Ku.1.21; Bk.2.25; Si. 6.74. -2 To , Siva. B. 30. 13. kAzmIradravasAndradigdhavapuSaH Bhig. -2 Loot appear, he visible; nava bhUmirna ca dizaH pradizo vA cakAzire of a tree. -Comp. -jam, janman n. saffron%3; kAzmIrajasya Mb.-3 To appeur, or look like. kaTutA'pi nitAntaramyA Bv.1.71; Si. 11.53. -paDa: Musk; kAzmIrapaGkakRtanAbhikRtArAgAm (smarAmi )... Bil. Ch.2.30. kAzaH -zakaH,-zam [ kAza-ac] A kind of grass used for mats, roofs, &c.-zam A flower of that grass; Ku. kAzmIra (ri)ka . Born or produced in Kasmira. 7.11; R.4.173 Rs.8.1,2,28. carati pulinapu haMsI kAzAM kAzmIrakaH kavirayaM guNinaM didRkSuH Bil. Ch. 11. zukavAsinI musaMha Pratiini 1.2. -zaH1= kAsa q.v.-2 kAzmIryam Saffron. Appearance. -3 Splendour. yanmAyayApi vivudhA muhyanti FISHT4 Dejection of mind, despair; My. 5. jJAnakAzayA Bhig. 12.10.2. -Comp. -kRtsnaH N. of a , Grammarian kAzyam Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -pam flesh. kAzi. (pl.) N. of a country. kAzyapaH 1 N. of a celebrated sage: -2 N. of Kanida. -3 An epithet of Aruna. -pI The earth; kAzin / (-nI/.)(Usually at the end of comp.) Mb. 13. 62.62. tAnapi dadhAsi mAtaH kAzyapi yAtastavApi ca Shining, appearing or looking like, having the sem vivekaH Bv. 1.68. -pam Flesh. -Comp. -nandanaH 1 an blance of; jinakAzina ... one who behaves like a __epithet of Garuda. -2 N. of Aruna. -3 god. conqueror; sec the word. -4ademon. kAzila a. Made of Kasa grass. Arfa: An epithet of Garuda and of Aruna. kAziSNu a. Shining, brilliant. Argyoz: 1 An opithet of the twelve Adityas. -2 Of the sun. -3 Garuda.-4 Daruka%3; sArathestu rathasthasya kAziH ,-zI/. N. of a celebrated city on the Gan kAzyapeyasya vismitAH Mb. 7. 147.55. -5 Gods and gos, the modern Benards and one of the seven sacred demons. cities; kAzI kAzIti kAzIti trivAraM yaH paThet nrH| so'pidezAntarevAsI kAzIvAsa phalaM labhet || sce kAcI. -ziH 1 The clenched kAzvarI (= kAzmarI q. v.) hand, list. -2 A handful; Apa iva kAzinA saMgRbhItA Rv.7. kASaH [kA-ghaJ] 1 Rubbing, scratching; pathiSu viTapinAM 104.8. -3 The sun. -4 Light, splendour; -Comp. skandhakASaiH sadhamaH Ve.2. 18. -2 That against. which -pa: an epithet of Siva. -rAja: N. of a king, father of anything is rubbed ( as the stock of a tree); States: ambA, ambikA and ambAlikA, q.v. surakariNAM kapolakASaH Ki. 5. 26; see kapolakASa also. FIRST 4. A product of Kasi; silken ; (...) A kASaNa a. Unriper silken gariment. Kau. A. 2.11. kApAya (-yI.) [ kaSAyaNa raktaM aN teva raktaM rAgAt F T 1 The city of Benares. -2 N. of a com P.IV.2.1.] Red, dyed of a reddish colour; 419147mentary on Panini's Sutras (ealled kAzikAvRtti). vasanAdhavA Ak. -yam A red cloth or garment; sItA -Comp. -priyaH N. of Dhanvantari. kApAyavAsinI Ram. 7.97. 18. ime kASAye gRhIta M.5% R. 15.77%3 na kASAyairbhavedyatiH 'it is not the hood that kAzI See kAzi, -Comp. -nAtha: an epithet of Siva. ! makes a monk.' -Comp. -vasanA a widow. - 131 pilgrimage to Benares. kASTham [kAza-kthana U1.2.2] 1A piece of wood, kAzeya . Belonging to, born in Kisi tadbhavAnadya kAzeya especially one used as fuel; Ms. 1. 19, 211; 5. 69. purI vArANasI braja Rim.7.38. 17. -2 Wood or timber, a piece or log of wood in general; yathA kASTaM ca kASThaM ca sameyAtA mahodadhau II.1.69; Ms.1.10. kAzmakagaSTraka a. A variety of diamonds; Kau. A. 2. 11. -8 A stick; zoNitena vinA duHkhaM kurvana kASTAdibhirnara: 1.2.218.-4 An instrument for measuring length. -Comp.-AgAraH, saM. I. ko....2 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #588
kiki 870 kASThakam -ram a wooden house or enclosure. -adhirohaNam ascending the funeral pile. -ambuvAhinI a wooden bucket. -kadalI the wild plantain (Mar. cavaI).-kITa: a small insect found in decayed wood. -kuTaH, -kUTa: -bhAGgin a wood-pecker; Pt. 1. 332 (a worm generally found in wood). -kuddAla: a kind of wooden shovel used for baling water out of a boat or for scraping and cleaning its bottom. -citA a. funeral pile. -takS m., takSaka: a carpenter. -tantuH a small worm found in timber. -dAru: the Indian pine tree; also called devadAru.-E: the Palasa tree.-puttalikA a wooden statue or image. -pUlakA (kam) bundle of sticks or faggots 3B na hi abaddhe kASTapUlake ekasminnAkRSyamANe kASThAntarANi kRSyante / SB. on MS. 9.1.26.-pradAnam piling up wood, forming a funeral pile. -HIT: a particular weight of wood; Ram. 1.4.24.-bhArika: wood-carrier; kASThabhArikasaMghAya saprazrayamadAmaham Ks.6.42.-maThI funeral pile. -malla: a bier, a wooden frame on which dead bodies are carried, -lekhaka: a small worm found in wood (kASTakUTa). -lohin m. a eudgel armed with iron. -vATaH, -Tam a. wall made of wood. kASThakam Aloe-wood. Filig: A bearer of wood. kASTikA A small piece of wood. Arg 1 A quarter or region of the world, direction, region; kASTA (diza) mudIcImiva tigmarAzmiH (didIpe) Ki. 3.55% ef. also pUrvA tu kASTA timirAnuliptA Avinarkam 2. 12. -2 A limit, boundary; svAM kASTAmadhunopete Bhag. 1.1.23%B svayaM vizIrNa drumaparNavRttitA parA hi kASTA tapasaH Ku.5.28. -3 The last limit, extremity, pitch, climax, excess; FICUTgatasneharasAnuviddham Ku. 3.35. -4 Race ground, course. -5 A mark, goal. -6 The path of the wind and clouds in the atmosphere. -7A measure of time = A Kala%3B zakastvaM bahulastvaM ca kalA kASTA truTistathA Mb. 1.25.11. -8 Water. -9 The sun. -10 A fixed place of a lunar mansion. -11 N. of a wife of Kasya pa and daughter of Daksa. -12 The yellow colour or the kadamba tree of. kASThA divAlahAridrAsthityutkarSaSu tu striyAm Nm. -13A form, iorm of appearance%3 kASTAM bhagavato dhyAyetsvanAsAgrAvalokana: Bhag. 3. 28. 12. kASThIlA The plantain tree. kAs 1 A. (kAsate, kAsita) 1 To shine; see kAza. -2 To cough, make a sound indicating any disease. kAsaH, -sA [ kAs-ghaJ] 1 Cough, catarrh. muza zApektthA uta kAsa enam Av. 1. 12.3; kAsazvAsakRtAyAsaH kaNThe ghuraghurAyate Bhag.8.80. 16. -2 Sneezing. -Comp. -kuNTha u. a fiected with cough. (-12:) an epithet of Yama. -na, -hRt a. removing cough, pectoral. (-naH) a medical plant (Mar. behaDA)(-nI) a sort of prickly mightshade, Solanum Jacquini (Mar.riMgaNI).-nAzinI N. of medicinal plant. -A: 1 a cure of cough. -2 an acid preparation (kAsuMdI). kAsikA Cough. takman bhrAtrA balAsena svasrA kAsikayA saha Av. 5. 22.12. kAsin a. Having cough. kAsaraH (-rI/.) A buffalo. vyAroSaM mAninyAstamodivaH kAsaraM kalamabhUmeH Aryas. kAsAraH, -ram A pond, pool, lake; zuSke nIre kaH kAsAraH CharpatapainjariBv.1.43; Bh. 1.32. vikAzaH kAsArApavanapavano'pi vyathayati Git. 2. kAsIsam Green vitriol, green sulphate of iron; (Mar. hirAkasa). kAsIMsakaTurohiNyorjAtikandaharidrayoH Susr. kAsU (zU)/. [Un. 1.85] 1 A sort of lance. -2 Indistinct speech. -3 Light, lustre. -4 Disease. -5 Devotion. -6 Understanding. Area: . A by-way a secret path. kAhakA A kind of musical instrument. FT&T *. A day of Brahma (or one thousand Yugas). kAhala a. 1 Dry, withered.-2 Mischievous. -3 Excessive, spacious, large. -la: 1 A eat. -2 A cock. -3 A Grow. -4 A sound in general. -lam 1 Indistinct speech. -2 A kind of musical instrument; gAyantIbhiH kAhala kAhalAbhiH Si. 18.51.-lam ind. Very much, excessively; Si. 18.54. -lA A large drum (military). -lI A young woman. -lA,-lA,-lam A horn. kAhali: An epithet of Siva. kAhAraka: N. of a caste whose duty is to carry people in palanquins. kiMvat a. Poor, mean, insignificant. kiMzAru: 1 The beard of corn. -2 A heron. -3 An arrow. kiMzAruvA sasyazUke vizikhe kaGkapakSiNi Modini. kiMzukaH [kiMcit zuka iva zukatuNDasadRzapuSpatvAttathAtvam ] A kind of tree having beautiful red blossoms, but without any odour; tatrAmbarAdagniratipravRddho rukSaprabhaH kiMzukapuSpacUDa: Ram. 5.51.34. vidyAhInA na zobhante nirgandhA iva kiMzukAH Chan.73 Rs. 6. 20; R. 9.31. - The blossom of this tree; kiM kiMzukaiH zukamukhacchavibhinaM dagdham Rs. 6.21. kiMzu (la) luka: The Palasa tree ; see kiMzuka. ki 3 P. (ciketi) To know. kiki: 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 The blue jay. -3 The Chataka. bird; (the bird is also named as kikin , kikI diva, kikidivi, kikAdivi m.)...kikIdivi-kRta-svarAm Siva. B.31.63. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #589
kivikazaH kikvizaH A kind of worm, (said to be injurious to the hair, nails and teeth ). kikhi: A monkey, an ape - / A jackal; fox. kiGkaNI, kikiNikA, kiGkiNI, kiGkaNIkA A small bell or tinkling ornament; vaNatkanakA kiGkiNIjhaNajhaNAPaz: U. 5.5; 6. 1; Si. 9. 74; Ku. 7. 49. -2 N. of an acid sort of grape. kiGkiraH 1 A horse. -2 The ( Indian) cuckoo. -3 A large black bee. -4 N. of Cupid, the god of love. 5 The red colour. The frontal sinus of an elephant. - Blood. Faf 1 A parrot. - The (Indian) cuckon. -8 Cupid. 4 The Asoka tree. -5 A species of amaranth; hemAlaGkArabhAbhirbharanamitazikhaiH zekharaiH keGkirAtaiH Ratn. 1. 10. tree) kirina N. of kiGkiriH / A cuckoo kiJcanyam property; AkiJcanye na mokSo'sti kiJcanye nAsti bandhanam Mb. 12.320.50. kiJcili (lu) kaH An earth worm. kiam, -kiJjalaH, -kiJjalkaH The filament or blossom of a lotus or any other plant; AkarSadbhiH padmakiJjalkagandhAn . 3.2 R. 15.52. ki 1P. ()1 To go or approach. -2 To frighten, terrify. -3 To fear, dread. f: A hog. kiTibha: 1 A louse. -2 A bug. kiTima: A kind of leprosy. kiTTama, kiTTakam Secretion, excrement, sediment, dirt ; agnau vivarNa paritapyamAnaM kiTaM yathA rAghava jAtarUpam Ram. 4. 24. 18. anna. -Comp. cf syAt ki kezalomAsthanojjJaH sne'kSivitvAma arak. varjitam semen virile. kiTTAla : 1 A copper vessel -2 Rust of iron. kiTTimam unclean water. kiNaH 1 A corn, callosity, a sear. jJAsyasi kiyadbhujo me rakSati mauvakiNAka iti S. 1. 13; Mk. 2. 11. R. 16. 84 ; 18. 17; Git. 1. -2 A wart, a mole. -3 An insect found in wood. kiNvam Sin. - NvaH, -Nvam A drug or seed used to cause fermentation in the manufacture of spirits; Ms. 8. 326. kiNvana m. A horse. ki I. 1P. (ketati ) 1 To desire. -2 To live. -3 ( cikitsati ) To heal, cure. 4 To doubt, suspect. -II. 3 P. Ved. (cikitti ) To know. 571 kim kitavaH ( - vI . ) 1 A rogue, liar, cheat; arhati kila kitava upadravam M. 4; Amaru. 20, 46; Me. 113. -2 The Dhattura plant. -3 A kind of perfume (commonly rocana ) - 4 A gamester, gambler; Ms. 3. 159. A mad or crazy person. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kinAm The inner bark of a tree; kinATaM snAva tasthiram Bri. Up. 3. 9.28. kindhin m. A horse. kinnara See under kim. a 1 kim ind. Used for ku only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of badness', 'deterioration', 'defect', ' blame' or censure' ; eg. kiMsakhA bad friend kinnaraH a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below. -Comp. -ja a born somewhere ( not in a noble family ) manye kiMjamahaM nantaM tvAmakSatriyaje raNe Bk. 6. 133. - dAsaH a bad slave, or servant. -naraH a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse ( azvamukha ); jayodAharaNaM bAhvorgApayAmAsa kinnarAn R. 4. 78; udgAsyatAmicchati kinnarANAM tAnapradAyitvamivopagantum Ku. 1.8. IzaH, deg IzvaraH 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 a kind of musical instrument. ( -rI / ) 1a female Kinnara; Me. 58. -2 a kind of lute. -puruSa: 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a_horse; Ku. 1. 14; kiMpuruSANAM hanumAn Bhag. 11. 16. 29. * IzvaraH an epithet of Kubera - prabhuH a bad master or king; hitAnna yaH saMgRNute sa kiMprabhuH Ki. 1. 5. - rAjan a having a bad king. (m.) a bad king. - vivakSA Slandering; Ram. 5. - sakhi m. ( nom. sing. kiMsakhA) a bad friend ; sa kiMsakhA sAdhu na zAsti yo'dhipam Ki. 1. 5. 6 2. kim pron. a. ( nom. sing. kaH, kA, kim . ) 1 Who, what, which used interrogatively ); prajAsu kaH kena pathA prayAtItyazeSato veditumasti zakti: 5.6.26; karuNA vimukhena mRtyunA haratA tvAM vada kiMna me hRtam R 8.67; kA khalvanena prArthyamAnAtmanA vikatthate V. 2; kaH ko'tra bhoH kaH kau ke kaMko kAn hasati ca hasato hasanti haraNAkSyaH Uab. The pronoun is often used to imply " power or authority to do a thing'; ke AvAM paritrAtuM duSyantamAkanda S. 1; ' who are we &c, ie what power have we &c.; nRpasadmani nAma ke vayam Bh. 3. 27; who are we, i.e. what position have we &c. Sometines kim means long as applied to time especially in combination with khalu or api or iva; kA khalu velA tatrabhavatyAH prAptAyAH Ve. 1; ' what a time ie a long time has elapsed, &c. ; so ko'pi kAlastasyA Agatya gatAyAH Ratn: 3: or ka iva kAlaH Mal.3. -2 The neuter (kim ) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of what is the use of'; kiM svAbhiceSTAnirUpaNena H. 1; lobhavedaguNena kim &c. Bh. 2.55; kiM tayA dRSTayA S. 3; kiM kulenopadiSTena zIlamevAtra kAraNam Mk. 9. 7. api, cit, cana, cidapi or svit are often added to fh to give it an indefinite sense viveza kazcijaTilastapovanam Ku. 5.30 a certain ascetics damaghoSasutena " 6 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #590
kim 872 kiyat kazcana pratiziSTaH pratibhAnavAnatha Si.16.13; kazcitkAntAvirahaguruNA / kara . doing something useful. "kAla: sometime, a svAdhikArAtpramattaH Me. 1.&e.; kA'pi tata evAgatavatI Mal. 1; A little time. prANa . having a little life. mAtra a. only certain lady; kasyA'pi ko'piti niveditaM ca 1.33; kirmApa kimapi... a little. -chandas .. conversant with which Veda. jalpatorakrameNa U. 1.27; kasmiAzridapi mahAbhAgadheyajanmani manmatha- Tag: a species of spider. -aft ini. how then, but, vikAramupalakSitavAnasmi Mal.13 kimapi, kiMcit ' a little', vastu- however. -tu ind. but, yet, however, nevertheless; avami siddhirvicAreNa na kiMcit karmakoTibhiH Viveknchudamani 'somer cainAmanagheti kiMtu lokApavAdo balavAnmato me R. 14.43, 1.65. what'Y.2.1163;U.6.35.kimapialso means indeseriba ble'; -tughna: one of the eleven periods called Karana. -devaH see api. iva is sometimes added to kim in the sense of an inferior god, demi-god ; kiMdevAH kinnarAH nAgaH kimpuruSAdayaH 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding Bhag. 11.14.6. -devata a. having what deity. -nAmadheya, force and elegance to the period); vinA sItAdevyA kimiva / -nAman a. having what name. -nimitta a. having what hina duHkhaM raghupateH 7.6.30%3 kimiSa hi madhurANAM maNDanaM nAkRtInAm cause or reason, for what purpose. -FATHETH ind. why, S. 1. 20; see 59 also. -ind. 1 A particle of interroga- wherefore, -nu ind. 1 whether ; kiM nu me maraNaM zreyo tion; jAtimAtreNa kiM kazciddhanyate pUjyate kacit 1.1.5 is parityAgo janasya vA Nala. 10. 10. -2 much more, much any one killed or worshiped' &c.; tataH kim what then. less; api trailokyarAjyasya hetoH kiM nu mahIkRte Bg. 1.35. -2 A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; kimakAraNameva -3 what indeed ; kiM nu me rAjyenArthaH - but, however; darzanaM bilapantya rataye na dIyate Ku.4.7. -3 Whether (ite kiM nu cittaM manuSyANAmanityamiti me matam Ram. 2. 4. 27. correlatives in the sense of 'or' being kiM, uta, utAho, -nu khalu ind. 1 how possibly, how is it that, why Ahosvita, vA, kiMvA, athavA ; see these words). -Comp. indeed, why to be sure; kiM nu khalu gItArthamAkarNya iSTajanavirahA-Apa ind.1to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable dRte'pi balavadutkaNThito'smi S.5. -2 may it be that: kiM nu khalu extent. -2 inexpressibly, indeseribably (as to quality, yathA vayamasyAmevamiyamapyasmAn prati syAt S. 1. -paca, -pacAna quantity, nature &c.). -3 very much, by tar; kimapi a. miserly, niggardly. -parAkrama .. of what pawer or kamanIyaM vapuridam 5.33; kimapi bhISaNam, kimapi karAlam &c.-artha energy. -pAka a. not mature, ignorant, stupid. -ka.. a. having what motive or aim; kimartho'yaM yatnaH, -artham medical plant, Strychnos nux vomica (Mar. kucalA); ind. why, wherefore. -Akhya a. having what name; na lubdho bubhyate doSAnikapAkamiva bhakSayan Ram.2.66.6.-punara kimAkhyasya rAjarSeH sA patnI.S. 7. -iti ind. why, indeed, __ind. how much more, how much less 3 svayaM ropiteSu why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the tarupRtpadyate snehaH kiM punarasaMbhaveSvapatyepu K.2015 Mo 3. 173 question); tatkimityudAsate bharatAH Mal.13 kimityapAsyAbharaNAni Ve.3. -puruSaH an inferior man, Bhag, 11. 14.6. yauvane dhRtaM tvayA vArdhakazobhi valkalam Ku.b.44. -u,-uta1: -prakAram ind. in what manner. -prabhAva a. posse88whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); kimu viSa- | ing what power. -bhUta a. of what sort or naturevisarpaH kimu madaH U. 1.5; Amaru. 12. -2 why (indeed) -rUpa. of what form or shape. -vadanti , -tI/. kaM ca te paramaM kAmaM karomi kimu harSitaH Ram. 1. 18.52. priyasuha- rmour, report; sa kiMvadantI vadatAM purogaH (papraccha) 14.31. sArthaH kimu tyajyata. -3 how much more, how much less; gatsaMbandhAtkazmalA kiMvadantI U. 1.42; 0.1.1. -varATaka: an yauvanaM dhanasaMpattiH prbhutvmvivekitaa| ekaikama yanarthAya kimu yatra ctussttym|| extravagant man. -vA ind. 1 particle of interrog:II.Pr.11; sarvAvinayAnAmekaikamapyeSAmAyatanaM kimuta samavAyaH K.103; tion; kiM vA zakuntalelyasya mAturAkhyA 5.7. -2 or (corr. of R. 14. OM Ku.7.65, -kathikA / A doubt or hesita- ki 'whether'); gajaputri suptA kiM vA jAgarSi Pt. 1; tatkiM tion; yatra karmaNi kriyamANe kiMkathikA na bhavati tatkartavyam / yatra mArayAmi kiM vA viSaM prayacchAmi kiM vA pazudharmeNa vyApAdayAmi 1. tu hRdayaM na tudhyati tadvajanIyam | Medhatithi's gloss on S. Til. 7. -vida . knowing what.-vyApAra u. following Ms. 4. 161. -karaH a servant, slave; avehi mAM kiMkaramaSTamUtaiH R.2.5.(-rA) a female servant. (-rI) the wife of what occupation. -aft a. of what habits, feat a servant. -kartavyatA,-kAryatA any situation in which int. whether, how; adreza harani pavanaH kiMsvidityunmukhI bhaH one asks oneself what should be done; yathA kiMkAryatAmUDhA Me. 14. vayasyAstasya jajJire Ks. 10. 101. kiMkartavyatAmUDhaH ' being at: TT: A crocodile, a shark: Mana. 18, 311. loss or perplexed what to do'. kAraNa a. having what rerson or cause, -kila ind. what a pity (expressing kimIya a. Whose, belonging to whorm or w!htt. displensure or dissatisfaction na saMbhAvayAmi na marSayAmi tatrabhavAna kiMkila vRSalaM yAjayiSyati Kashika on P. III. 3. 146. -kRte kiyat a. [ef. kimidaMbhyAM vo ghaH P. V. 2.10] (Nom. ind. what tor: kAmasya kiMkRta puSpakAmukAropaNagrahaH 5.71.79. sing. kiyAna m., kiyatI /., kiyata 1.) 1 How great, how -kSaNa .. one who says 'what is a moment's a laxy fellow far, how much, how many, of what extent of qualities who does not value moments; H. 2.89.-gotra a. belong (having an interrogative force); kiyAnkAlastavaivaM sthitasya ing to what family; kiMgotrI nu somyAsi Ch. Up.4.4.4. saMjAtaH Pt.5%; N. 1. 130; ayaM bhUtAvAso vimRza kiyatI yAti na -ca ind. moreover, and again, further. -cana ind. dazAm Santi. 1.25%; jJAsyasi kiyadbhujo me rakSati 5. 1. 133 to a certain degree, a little; -cit ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; kiMcidutkrAntazaizavau R. 15.33. kiyadavaziSTaM rajanyAH 5.4; gantavyamasti kiyadityasakRd bruvANA 2.46, 12.21. "jJa a. lonowing little', a smatterer. S.D. -2 Of what consideration, i. e. of no account, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #591
kiyAhaH worthless ; rAjeti kiyatI mAtrA Pt. 1. 40; mAtaH kiyanto'rayaH Ve. 5.9. -3 Some, a little; a small number, a few (having an indefinite force ); nijahRdi vikasantaH santi santaH kiyantaH Bh. 2. 78; tvadabhisaraNarabhasena valantI patati padAni kiyanti calantI GIt. 6. -Comp. -etad of what importance is this to; kiyadetaddhanaM puMsaH Ks. 3.49. - etikA effort, vigorous and persevering exertion. -kAlam ind. 1 how long. -2 some little time. - ciram ind. how long; kiyaciraM zrAmyasi gauri Ku. 5. 50. - dUram ind. 1 how far, how distant, how long; kiyaddUre sa jalAzaya: Pt. 1; N. 1. 137. -2 for a short time, a little way. -H: a trifle, small matter; kriyanmAtre kRto'nena saMrambho'yaM kiyAniti Ks. 65. 130. kiyAhaH A horse of a red or bay colour. kiraH A hog. kirakaH 1 A scribe. -2 A pig. kiraNa: [ kR kyu Un. 2. 81] 1 A ray or beam of light, a ray (of the sun, moon or any shining substance); ravikiraNasahiSNu S. 2.4; eko hi doSo guNasaMnipAte nimajjatIndoH kiraNeSvivAka: Ku. 1.3; Santi. 4.6; R. 5.743 Si. 4.58; 'maya radiant, brilliant. -2 A small particle of dust. -3 The sun. -Comp. -patiH, -mAlina m. the sun. kirATa: A merchant; paNayiSyanti vai kSudrAH kirATAH kUTakAriNa: Bhag. 12.3.3. 573 kirAtaH [ kiraM paryantabhUmiM atati gacchatIti kirAtaH ] 1 N. of a degraded mountain tribe who live by hunting, a mountaineer; vaiyAkaraNakirAtAdapazabdamRgAH kra yAntu saMtrastAH / yadi naTagaNaka cikitsaka vaitAlikavadana kandarA na syuH // Subhas.; Pt. 1.17; paryantAzrayibhirnijasya sadRzaM nAmnaH kirAtaiH kRtam Ratn. 2.3; Ku. 1. 6, 15. javAra iti yadrAjyaM kirAtAnAM purAtanam Parnal 139. -2 A savage, barbarian - 3A dwarf. 4 A groom, a horseman. -5 N. of Siva in the disguise of a Kirata. -6 A species of fish; kirAto lubdhake devavAhinI matsyabhedayo: Nm. -7 N. of a medicinal herb (Mar. phirAITa, cirAIna, bhUniva) tAH (pl.) N. of a country. -Comp. -arjunIyam N. of a poem by Bharavi (in which the combat of Arjuna with Siva in the form of a Kirata or mountaineer is poetically described.) -Azin m. an opithet of Garuda. tiktaH N. of a medicinal herb (Mar. phirAIna, virAIta ). kirAtakaH, -tikaH 1 The bitter gentianaceae (Mar. cirAIta ) - 2 A man of the Kirata tribe. kirAtiH / 1 The Ganges. -2 An epithet of Durga. kirAtinI / N. of a plant (jaTAmAMsI). kirAtI 1 A female Kirata, a woman of the Kirata tribe. 2 A woman who carries a fly-flap or chowri; nausaMzrayaH pArzvagatAM kirAtImupAttabAlavyajanAM babhASe R. 16. 57. -3 A bawd, a procuress. -4 Parvati in the disguise of a Kirati . -5 The celestial Ganga. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kila kiri: [ kirati bhUmim, kR-ik] 1 A hog, boar. -2 A cloud. kiriTi : The fruit of the marshy date tree. or a. kirITa, Tam [Ta [Tp. 4. 181] 1 A dindem crown, crest, tiara; kirITabaddhAJjalayaH Ku. 7. 92. -2 A trader. See krirATa. -Comp. -dhArin m. a king. - mAlin m. an epithet of Arjuna. phirITina [ kirITa- ini ] Wearing a crown diadem; Bg. 11. 17, kirITinaM gadinaM cakra hastamicchAmi tvAM vacanaM 61 P1.3.1.) N. of Arjuna kezavasya kRtAJjalirvepamAnaH kirITI Bg. 11. 35. ( Mb. thus accounts for the name :- purA zakreNa me baddhaM yudhyato dAnavarSabhaiH / kirITaM mUrdhni sUryAbhaM tenAhurmA kirITinam // ) - 2 N. of Indra; Mb. 1. 31.6. kirmiH -mIM / 1A hall, building. -2 An image of gold or iron. -3 The Palasa tree. kirmIra a. Variegated, spotted. kAntibhiH sakalaM jyAma tadA kimaratAM dadhau Siva. B. 24.56. - 1 N. of a Raksasa slain by Bhima; Mb. 3. Ve. 6. -2 The variega ted colour. -3 The orange tree. -Comp. -jit, - niSUdanaH, -sUdanaH epithets of Bhima. -tvac The orange tree. kimarita 1 Variented, spotted samarmikamadharmalipsuH N. 6. 97. -2 Mingled with ; tatrAsmi patyurvarivasyayeha zamArmikamaritadharmalipsuH Hch. 6. 97; cf. also kSutkSAmArbhakasaMbhramoktinigaDeH kirmAritAH Suktisundara 5.1. kiryANI A wild hog kil I. 6. P. ( kilati, kilita ) 1 To be or become whito. 2 To freeze. -3 To play, sport. II. 10 P. 1 To urge, instigate. -2 To throw, east, send. kila: 1 Play, trifling. -Comp. -kiJcitam amorous agitation, weeping, laughing, being angry &c. in the society of a lover ; tvayi vIra virAjate paraM damayantIkilA kezcitaM kila N. 2. 44 jAnAnAbhiralaM lIlA - kila-kiMcita vibhramAn / Bk.8 47. The refers to it in the following context vilAsalIlAH kilakiMcitAni vivvoka-moTTAyita-vibhramANi / vicchittamAmilAni yoni mArante // (ef. also bhItyAzitam' iti Aparika) kila ind. 1 Verily, indeed, assuredly, certainly ; arhati kila kitava upadravam M. 4; idaM kilAvyAjamanoharaM vapu: S. I. 18. -2 As they say, as is reported ( showing report or tradition aitihya ); babhUva yogI kila kArtavIryaH R. 6. 38,13. 51; jaghAna kaMsaM kila vAsudeva: Mbh. -3 A feigned action ( alIka ) ; prasahya siMhaH kila tAM cakarSa R. 2. 27; Mu. 7 9: payasyagAdhe kila jAtasaMbhramA Ki. 8. 48, 11. 2. - Hope, expectation or probability; pArthaH kila vijeSyate kurUn G. M. -5 Dissatisfaction, dislike; evaM kila kecidvadanti G.M. -6 Contempt; tvaM kila yotsyase G. M. -7 Cause, reason ( hetu ); (very rare ) sa kilaivamuktavAn G. M. 'for he said so'. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #592
kilakilaH 574 kITa Toch, U A sound, a cry expressing joy or Angulas ); Ram.5.35.18.-2 A cubit, span; 319 42pleasure; f iff i Ram. 5.57.34; 95: f Mb. 3. 126.32. -3 An instrument Mal. 5. 11. 3: An epithet of Siva. for measuring lengths.-4 A cubit of 24 or 12 Angulas; Fra: F feri atima facrariistaga a - Den. To make a chattering noise; (Brahinanda P. ( ) PR214-2: Bk. 7. 102. Ch.7. 5. 99.). -Comp. -Team. 1 Suyar-cane. -2 A bamboo. -3 A kind of reed. fritorial Sounds expressing joy; B. R. f g , h, i , - A sprout, a young C : Coagulated milk. and tender shoot or foliage; 37977: 3471: S. 1. 21; fefta, -I: m. A bamboo. Phase 2: 2. 10; 1 : e fta fuia: R. 9. 35. fiesta: A dwarf. le, a.(- f.) 1 Poor, indigent. -2 Miserly. ar: (pl.) N. of a country (Behar). N. of a people for a. Ved. Leprous; T404 Vaj. 30.21.1 not belonging to the Aryan race kiM te kRNvanti kIkaTeSu - 1 A white leprous spot; a T D M eria 9 Rv. 3. 53. 14. -2: A horse. 1 Av. 1. 23. 1. - 2 A blotch, scab. -3 A kind of -4.1 Poor. -2 Avaricious. See hiz. leprosy. - a. Leprous; P. V.2. 128. a. Ilard, firm. - A bone (*. also ); Ef 1 A mat, also feat. -2 A thin plank Mv. 5. 19; cf. que party ' Ak; 31 7 4174of green wood, board; also fea . af Ram. ch. 1. 86. -Comp. -37162 n. Verte fff : 1 A mat. -2 A screen or twist of grass. bra.-31, -ye: a bird in general. PEGA The fir or pine tree. : A blue jay. for (fea) a. A horse. 17: Un. 5.56 ] 1 A hollow bamboo. 2 A bamboo rattling or whistling in the wind; or T4 1 Sin; Ms. 4. 213; 10. 118; a ufera: YT : 1 1 : To: Me. 58; R. 2. 12; 4.73; Ku. 1. ar 42 Haf : By. 3. 13, 6. 15; R. 11.31. -2 8.-3 N. of a people. -4 N. of the commander-inA fault, offence, injury, guilt; tu afici freuer chief of king Virata; at at: 4 Mb. 1. 2. 58. adlara Mb. 1. 5. 20. Ms. 8. 235. -3 A disease, sick- [ While Draupadi in the guise of Sairandhri was ness. -4 A calamity, adversity ; 1999 y agua residing at the court of king Virata with her five freagrt Ram. 1. 62. 7. -5 Fraud, deceit; 4 Pica- husbands also disguised, Kichaka once happened to A: varstad Ram. 2. 23. 13. -6 Enmity, hosti- see her, and her beauty stirred up wicked passion lity; a: 921 ansa haq: Ram. 3. 72. 21. in his heart. IIe, thenceforward, kept a sinister uye un -T: as fhrea94 ; TZ4 2 TO92 Pear Bhag. her, and endea voured through the help of his sister, 3. 28. 11. -a. Sinful; 4-4f4 9177 #ficai sitragla the king's wife, to violate her chastity. Draupadi coinRam. 5. 24.7. plained of his unmannerly conduct towards herself to the lang; but when he declined to interfero, she 4 A sprout, shout. sought the assistance of Bhima, and at his suggestion FFT, -74 A sprout, a young shoot; see 134. showed herself favourable to his advances. It was then agreed that they should meet at oid-night in FESTET: [ Un. 1. 65] 1 A colt, cub, the young of the dancing hall of the palace. Pursuant to appointany animal; TIT: &c. : IT 191 Av. 12. ment kichaka went there and attempted to embrace 4.7. -2 A youth, lad, a boy below fifteen, a minor Draupadi (as he fanciel Bhima to be owing to the in law 31714 : ; HTC 72afat at: darkness of night). But the wretch was at once Bhay. 10.43.39. -3 The sun. - 1 A young one of any animal (as horse), mare; 314a a fazla: seized and crushed to death by the powerful Bhima.] -Comp. -TGT m. an epithet of Bhima, the second a Mk. 10. 19. -2 A maiden) a young woman. -3 A daughter; bhajAmastvAM gaurI nagapatikizorImaviratam Pandava prince. Sundaralahari. a. Ved. Wonderful -37: A kind of instru ment; yo vA kIjo hiraNyayaH Rv. 8.66.3. f :, F87: (P. VI. 1. 157. ] 1 N. of a country. -2 N. of a mountain situated in that country. -71, F 10 P. (fluid, a) 1 To tinge or colour, - N. of a city, the capital of Kiskindha. Per -2 To bind, fasten. #034 N. of the fourth book of Ramayana. E a. Hard, harsh. 2: 1 A worm, an insect; ff. a. (P. VI. 1. 157. ] Vile, contemptible, bad. Ms. 1. 40; asfa94:I eat fer: H. Pr. 39. - m. or f. 1 The forearm. fore-arm measure ( = 24 -2 A term expressive of contempt (generally at the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #593
kITaka end of comp.); 12: a wretched elephant; so afarra: Pt. 1: &c. Comp. - a. anything on which an insect has fallen; worm-eaten; z Mb. 9. 13. 26. utkaram an ant-hill; tatra kITotkarAkIrNe Ks. 101. 200. 11 - sulphur. - silk; Ms. 168. -jA lac -nAmA, -pAdikA, -pAdI, -mAtA / N. of a plant (Mar. ): a fire-fly (Mar. kAjavA ). a. Hard, harsh. - 1 A worm. -2 A bard of the Magadha tribe. 1 A small worm. -2 A poor insignificant creature; Pt. 1. a. N. of a plant (Mar. 9849). kIdRza, kIdRza (-zI / ), kIdRkSa (-kSI f.) of what kind or sort, of what nature; tadbhoH kIdRgasau vivekavibhavaH kIdRk prabodhodayaH Prab. 1; N. 1. 137. kInam Flesh. kInAra: Ved. A vile man; kInAreva svedamAsidhvidAnA Rv. 10. 106. 10. a. Un. 5. 36] 1 Cultivating the soil; Ms. 9. 150; Bhag. 3. 30. 13. -2 Poor, indigent. -3 Niggardly; Mb. 13. 78. 12; Bhag. 3. 22. 13. -4 Small, little. -5 Killing secretly (sigaff Nm. ). 6 Cruel; Mb. 14. 20. 3. An epithet of Yama, the god of death; fa T: 1 faSi. 1. 73. -2 A kind of monkey. -3 A butcher ; na vadhArthaM pradAtavyA na kInAze na nAstike Mb. 13. 66.51. phIra: 1 A parrot evaM kAravare manorathamayaM pacUpamAsyAdayati Bv. 1.08; sa kauravanmAnuSavAgavAdIt N. 3. 12. -rAH (pl.) The country and the people of Kasmira. - Flesh. -Comp. the mango tree (liked by parrots), also walnut. -a: a kind of perfume. 1 Gaining, obtaining. -2 A Buddha. -3 A kind of tree. kIri: Ved. Praise, hymn. kIrizciddhitvA havate Rv. 6. 37.1. Comp. 4. exciting the praiser; sakhAyaM kIri codanam Rv. 6. 45.19. A louse; Girvana. kIrNa P. 1 Strewn, spread, cast, scattered. -2 Covered, filled. -3 Placed, put. 4 Injured, hurt. -Comp. - vartman a. strewing the way; darbherardhAvalIH zramavivRtaqasifafa ni S. 1.7. 675 [P. VIII. 2. H. Vart. ] 1 Scatter ing, -2 Covering, hiding, concealing. -3 Injuring. [11 Telling, narrating. -2 Praising, celebrating; sA tasya vacanaM zrutvA rAmakIrtanaharSitA Ram. 5. 33. 14. -3 A temple; any work of art, a Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kIlAla: building; na kIrtanairalaGkRtA medinI K. 280; 119. zaMbhoryo Za safari ... (Ind. Ant. Vol. IX. p. 34.) 1 Narration, recital. -2 Fame, glory. kIrtay = kRta q.. jile kIrtaya kezavaM muraripum. kIrtiH /- [ kRta- ktin] 1 Fame, renown, glory; iha kIrtimavApnoti Ms. 2.9; vaMzasya kartAramanantakIrtim R. 2.64; srotomUrtyA bhuvi pariNatAM rantidevasya kIrtim Me. 47. For an interesting distinction between kIrtiH and yazas ef. khaDgAdiprabhavA kIrtirvidyAdiprabhavaM yazaH - 2 Favour, approbation. -3 Dirt, mud. -4 Extension, expansion. 5 Light, lustre, splendour. -6 Sound. -7 Mention, speech, report. Comp. a. famous, celebrated, renowned. (m.) an epithet of Drona, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pandavas. -: survival or remaining behind only in fame, leaving nothing behind but fame i. e. death of nAmazeSa AlekhyazeSa; sarasIva kIrtizeSaM gatavati bhuvi vikramAditye Vas stambhaH a column of fame; B. R. antraa P. p. 1 Said, asserted. -2 Mentioned, told. -3 Known; notorious. 4 Praised, celebrated. kIrtitavya a. To be praised ; zrotavyaH kIrtitavyazva 1 P. 1 To bind. -2 To pin. -3 To stake. kIlaH [ kIla-ghaJ ] 1 A wedge, a pin; kIlorapATIva vAnaraH Pt. 1. 21.-2 A lance; : gafaar: al: Mb. 3. 15. 15. -3 A post, pillar. A weapon; aan: qd and : Mb. 5. 155. 8. -5 The elbow. -6 A blow with the elbow. -7 A flame, a lambent flame, halo; bANavadanamudadIpi bhiye jagataH sakIlamiva sUryamaNDalam Si. 15. 48. -8 A minute particle. 9 N. of Siva. -10 A gnomon. -11 A position of the foetus just before the time of delivery. -12 a gambler; : Nm. -13 handle, brace; Susr. -Comp. -fakIlakanyAyaH This maxim is explained in the Mahabhasya in the pussare kIlapratikIlakavat / tadyathA kIla AhanyamAnaH pratikAlaM nirhanti Mbh. on P. II. 2. 6. 1 A wedge or pin. -2 A fence. -3 A pillar, column; see N. of the inner syllables of a mantra. so'hamiti kIlakam Harisa Up. 2. kIlikA The pin of an axle. fa a. 1 Tied, bound. -2 Fixed, nailed, pinned down; tena mama hRdayamidamasamazarakIlitam Git. 7; sA nazcetasi afe Mal. 5. 10. -3 Staked, impaled. 4 Pierced, transfixed. -5 Set (as a stake or pole). A tie. 1 A heavenly drink similar to Amrita, beverage of the gods. 2 Honey. -3 A beast. - 1 Blood. jalayantrajalAkA rakIlAlotkalikAkulAH Siva. B. 14. 33. baddhaH samapAM nidhirjalanidhiH kIlAlAvastoyadhiH Udb. -2 water -Comp. - flesh. -f: the ocean. -: a demon, goblin ; na dharmanirataH kIlAlapo nAsuraH. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #594
kIlAlina kIlAlina A lizard, chameleon. d. kIza Naked. -za: 1 An ape, monkey; vikarSantaH kIzacAlAnArohantazca tairdumAn Bhag 10. 12. 9. -2 The sun. -3 A bird. kIzaparNaH - parNin 'The plant apAmArga. | f. 1 The earth; Si. 19. 17. -2 The base of a triangle or any plane figure; kuH pRthvI, kuH kucaM kUlam Enm. -Comp. -cara a. One who travels; kucaraH paJcavarSANi caredvaikSyaM munitrata: Mb. 12. 165.67. -dinam a civil day arya bhatta.--dharaH a mountain. -nAbhiH air, atmosphere. - papa (pi, - pI) n the sun; also - vamaH Mb. 13.93.90. (see TIkA ) - putra: Mars. -bhRt m. the number seven. -valayam the orb; kuvalaya kamalakozAbhyantara koza: Bhag.5.16.5. ku ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'repronch', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are kad (kadazva ), kama (ya) kA (koNa) e (phiprabhuH) d. Pr. 6.17. -Comp. - karman n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhag. 1. 16.22. -ku-vAc m. jackal -kUlam A hole filled with stakes. la: A fire made of chaff; kukUlaM zakubhiH kIrNe zvabhre nA tu tuSAnale Nm. -grahaH an unpropitious planet. -grAmaH a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) - candanam Red sandal-wood cara a. of bad conduct, a thief ; dRSTvA tvAdityamudyantaM kucarANAM bhayaM bhavet Mb. 14. 39.13. -cela a. wearing bad or ragged garments; kapAlaM vRkSamUlAni kucelamasahAyatA / samatA caiva sarvasminnetanmuktasya lakSaNam // Ms. 6. 14. - caritram, caryA wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety ; Ms. 9. 17. codyam an unsuitable question. -janman a low born -tanu a deformed, ugly. ( - nuH ) an epithet of Kubera - tantrI a bad lute. - tapaH 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhurta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -tarkaH 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doe trine, free thinking; kutarkeSvabhyAsaH satatapara paizunyamananam G. L. 31. degpathaH a sophistical mode of arguing. -tIrtham bad teacher. -dinam an evil of unpropitious day. -dRSTi: f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; yA vedabAhyAH smRtayo yAzca kAzca kudRSTayaH Ms. 12.95. - deza: 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -deha a. ugly, deformod: dehamAnAhidinyaste'samIpa me Bhg. 3. 12.2. ( - haH ) an epithet of Kubera. -dvAram back door. -dhI 4. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -nakham a disease of the nails; Mb. 3. naTaH 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower.-3 red arsenic nadikA a small river, rill; supUrA syAtkunadikA Pt. 1. 25. -nAthaH a bad master; hatAsmyahaM kunAthena na puMsA vIramAninA Bhag. 9. 14. 28. nAman a miser. nItaH bad counsel, leading ; tRNaizchannA & m. 576 kukIlA bhUmirmatiriva kunItaiva viduSaH Mu. 6. 11. - paTaH, -Tam a miserable garment; kupaTAvRtakaTi: Bhag. 5.9.10. - pathaH 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine - pathya a. unwholesome, improper -parIkSaka a. examining badly, not valuing rightly kutsyAH syuH kuparIkSakA na maNayeo yairarghataH pAtitAH Bh. 2. 15. - pAtram an unfit recipient. -putraH a bad or wicked son : yAdRzaM phalamApnoti kulavaiH saMtaran jalam / tAdRzaM phalamApnoti kuputraiH saMtaraMstamaH // Ms. 9. 161. kuputro jAyeta kvacidapi kumAtA na bhavati, devyaparAdhakSamApanastotra ( ascribed to a later zaGkarAcArya ). - puruSaH 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. - a. low, vile, contemptible. -priya a disagreeable, contemnptible, low, mean. -plavaH a bad boat; kuplavaiH saMtaran jalam Ms. 9. 161. -bandhuH a disgraceful stigma; antyAbhigamane tvaSaH kubandhena pravAsayet V. 2. 294 - brahmaH, -brahman m. a bad or degraded Brahmaya. - mantraH 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause muddina a. Unfriendly udayanvArijAni sUryAne kuhinA rAkSa tu nirbhayA lokAH Bhag. 10. 21. 47. - meru: The southern hemisphere or pale yogaH an inauspicious conjunction (of plants).- yogin m. a false devotee, impostor. --rasa a. having bad juice or flavour. (-) a kind of spirituous liquor. -rUpa a. ugly, deformed; kuputro'pi bhavetpuMsAM hRdayAnandakArakaH / durvinItaH kurumUrkho'pi sanI // Pr.. 19. rUdhyam [tin -lakSaNa a. having fatal marks on the body. kulakSaNetyahaM rAjJA tyaktetyAttavimAnanA Ks. 91. 19 vaGgaH load. -vacas, - vAc, -vAkya a abusive, bad, seurrilous; using atbusive or foul language; saMsmArito marmabhidaH kuvAgripUn Bhag. 4. 3. 15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -vajrakam crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -varSaH a sudden or violent shower; Ram. 6. -vikramaH bravery exhibited in a wrong place; dhigIdRzaM te nRpate kuvikramaM kRpAzraye yaH kRpaNe patattriNi N. 1. 132. - vivAhaH a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms. 3. 63. -vRttiH / bad bebaviour. - vedhas * m. bad fate; hRtaratnena muSito dattvA kAcaM kuvedhasA Ks. 71.232. - vaidyaH bad physician, quack. -zIla a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; kuto gamyamagamyaM vA kuzIlonmAdinaH prabhoH Ks. 32. 152. - elam 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; zayAnAM kuSThale Bk. 9.84. -sarit / a small river, rill; ucchiyante kriyAH sarvA grISme kusarito yathA Pt. 2. 89. -sRtiH / 1 evil conduct, wickedness; kasmAdvayaM kusRtayaH khalayonayaste Bhag. 8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -f a bad woman. a Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kuI. 1P. (kavate) To sound. - II. 6 A. ( kuvate ) 1 To moan, groan. -2 To ery. - III. 2 P. ( kauti) To hum, 600 ( as a bee. )... kuvatpakSikulAkulAH Bk. 9.1. kuMza (s ) 1,10P1 To shine. -2 To speak. kukkU A. (kokate) To take zaileza Ki. 15. 18. cepts kukabham A kind of spirituous liquor. kukIla: A mountain. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #595
377 kuzcanam f Hl in marriage with suitable decorations and in accordance with pre- scribed ceremonies. HI N. of a Ragini. Fe (3) T: The cavity of the loins just above the hips (1999) see firet. AT: 1 A dog (also :)-2 N. of a fragrant tree and perfume. F T: (pl.) 1 N. of a country; also called c. -2 N. of a people, a tribe of the Yadavas; Si. 6. 15, 13. 6, 16.79. Fe, - 1 Chaff; ai ritat agi yoga 59 U. 5. 38. -2 A fire made of chaff. - 1 A hole, ditch tilled with stakes ). -2 An armour, mail. --Comp. - a: a. fire made of chaff ; 311 Talea FFT: 12 T Ks. 117.92. FFFT: 1 A cock, wild cock. -2 A wisp of lighted straw, a firebrand. -3 A spark of fire. - 1 A hen. -2 A small house-lizard. -3 The silk-cotton tree. -Comp. -3934 a. fowl's ogg; 491223403 F2TH Mbh. on P. VI. 3. 42, Vart. 2. -3RT:, -fe: a kind of snake. -377774 a. particular posture of an ascetic in religious meditation. - 39: 1 a place where one gets liberation Jaina). -2 N. of a sanctuary in Benares; cf. fh4034 Skand P.-PET: N. of a kind of herb (4 ). Aaya. Vow observed on the seventh day of the bright half of 1292 in honour of Siva, by ladies for progeny. -ETC: N. of a plant (Mar. 735). kukkuTaka: 1A cock, wild cock. kUjatklAnta kapota kukkuTaFT: U. 2. 9. -2 A man of a mixed caste, born from a Ta man to a ffure woman; Tica fani # 24: : Ms. 10. 18. :,- / 1 Hypocrisy, interested observance of religious rites. -2 The small house-lizard. The Salinali trec. F T 1 A wild cock. -2 A cock in general. -3 Varnish. *7* (- 1)[Un 1. 41 ) A dog; a ***TETErat Tata Mk.2. 12. -TH A vegetable perfume. -Comp. -arm. a species of deer. 9: The belly. fer: 1 The belly (in general); forear Arapie: ( 791a: Mk. 9. 12. 2 The womb, the part of the belly containing the foetus; E T F : R. 15. 15; Si. 13. 40.-3 The interior of anything; f ia faFATTA: bierdan R. 10.65 wliere the word is used in SOUHU 2 also.)-4 A cavity in general.-5 A caverni, cave; 1.3. ... , harta : R. 2. 38, 67; a valley : sata a ls: quia : Ks. 65. 214. -6 The sheath of a sword. -7 N. of Bali. -8 A bay, gulf. Comp. - Ta a. being in the belly; adat 59 N. 2. 83. --: a. son ; 919 219 fec: R. 15. 15. -25: belly-ache, colic. getuft a. F ETIEREHRU P. III. 2. 26. Caring to feed his own belly, selfish, gluttonous, voracious. 311491 ruta af 47 Ram. Ch. 6. 75.-2 Filling or pervading the interior; a tsakiaugau gros feuit: Ku. 15. 56. 4 1 Saffron ; ** UTI (+11); R. 4. 67; Rs. 4. 2; 5. 9; Bh. 1. 10, 25.-2 Saffron paint; 21 d efa Alfa Mal. 1. 37. -Comp. - 2: N. of a mountain. I. 6 P. (afa, 17) 1 To utter a shrill cry (as a bird). -2 To go. -3 To polish. -4 To contract, bend. -5 To be contracted. -6 To stop, impede. -7 To write or delineate. -8 To mix, connect.-II.1 P. kuJc also (kocati, kuJcati kuJcita) 1 To make crooked, bend or curve. -2 To move or go crookedly. -3 To make small, lessen. -4 To shrink, contract. - To go to or towards. T: (+-+] The female breast, a teat, nipple; 3419 gatra 76941 TT V. 4. 49. -Comp. -3774, a. nipple. -kumbha: the female breast. -taTam, -taTI the slope of the female breast, the breast, as being or meaningless ). - : the pomegranate tree. grera a. 1 Closed, contracted. -2 Small, little. at a: (-ET, *t :) 1 Going slowly, creeping. -3 Detracting, censorious. -T: A fixed star. kucikA A kind of fish. *234 A species of lotus ( white water lily). FET 1. P. To steal. ( la) 6. P. To be crooked. T: 1 A tree; Pt. 3. 92. -2 The planet Mars. ( quant la sfa) Bhag. 2. 7. 31; fa-fa- FI are Agat isteata of 31.-3 N. of a demon killed by Krisna (also called 77q. v.) - N. of Sita ; also of Durga. -Comp. -30H: a particular Yoga in astrology where Mars is in the eighth pluce in the Hea period. FHS, H:,-: A thief who breaks into a house. Fare:, Fiale Al, saat /. A foy or wist. kuJc See kuc II. sa 1 Curving, bonding, contraction. -2 certain disease of the eye. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #596
972: 578 kuTIraH F A measure of capacity equal to eight handfuls; 31291zwala. Fri 1 A key; athrafui Hala at a Bh. 1. 63. -2 The shoot of a bamboo. -3 A sort of reed. -4 A kind of fish. rega a. Contracted, curved, bent &c. a art gaat zyAme nIla kuJcitamUrdhaje Mb. 1. 102. 67. -tA An unskilful way of opening a vein; Suer. kuJja 1 P. (kujati) To murmur; ct. kUja. F ,- 1 A place overgrown with plants or creepers, a bower, an arbour; 73 ala alates stay ai Git. 5; 55S 12; Me. 19; R. 9. 67. -2 The lower jaw. -3 A cave, Mal. 1..3. (foot note). -4 A tooth. -5 The tusk of an elephant. -Comp. rett: a bower, a place overgrown with plants and creepers; 14921 U. 2. 29; Mal. 5. 19; # trennt Git. 1. kuJjaraH [ kuJjo hastihanuH so'syAsti, kuJja-ra, USasuSipuSka madhoraH P. V. 2. 107. Vart. ] 1 An elephant; 1972 147 Ms. 3. 274. G efa FETH. Mbh. on P. II. 3. 36. - 2 Anything pre-etninent or excellent of its class (at the end of comp. only ). Amara gives the following words used similarly:- FETTE 8219987903313T: HESTICA : Se 2497791: 11 -3 The Asvattha tree. - 4 The lunar asterism called . 5 Hair. -6 Head. -7 An ornament; 93: 9717 7* 490 ani... Nm. -8 The number 'eight' (from eight elephants of the cardinal points). -1, -11 A female elephant. -2 N. of a flower-plant. -Comp.-311 the division of an army consisting of elephant-corps. -3710: a lion. -373797: the Asvattha tree. --ftia: 1 a lion. - 2 Sarabha (a fabulous animal with 8 feet). -TITTE: an elephant's driver; Ram. 6. : an elephant-catcher; ara 14179 75 SITIE: Ram. 2. 91. 57. 2014: A famous Yoga in Astrology in which the moon is in the 4917472 and the sun is in the 212. kuJjalam Sour gruel. 1.6 1. ( la, piaa) 1 To be crooked or curved. -2 To curve or bend. 3 To act dishonestly, cheat, deceive. - 11. - P. ( ) To break to pieces, break asundor, divide, split; Pt. 2. -2 To speak indistinctly. -3 To be warm, burn. +,-a a. Bent, crooked. :, -24 [7-H] A water pot, a jar, pitcher. -C: 1 A fort, strong-hold. -2 A hammer. -3 A tree. -4 A house. -5 A mountain. -Comp. -1 : a civet. -3: 1 N. of a tree; Mal. 9. 15; Me. 4; R. 19. 37; Rs. 3. 13; Bh. 1. 35. -2 N. of Agastya. -3 N. of Drona. -&tit, after a female servant, Hch. * A plough without a pole. -F: The post round which the string of the churning-stick passes. (pl.) N. of a people; e z hair Bhay. 5.6.9. G#: A roof, thatch. FEE : 1 An arbour formed by creeping plants overrunning a treo. -2 A small house, hut or cottage. TET: 1 A measure of grain (= a). -2 A garden near a house. -3 A sage, an ascetic. -TH A lotus. FET: The post round which the rope of the churning-stick passes. 5: Ved. 1 A cock; Vaj. 24. 23.-2 A tont. Tech A roof, thatch. ia: [ ] 1 The body. -2 A tree. -f. 1 A cottage, hut; Bhay. 10. 71. 16. -2 A curve, bend. Comp. -at: a porpoise. kATakam A village under one head-man; eko grAmaNiko yatra sabhRtyaparicArakaH / kuTikaM tadvijAnIyAdekabhogaH sa eva tu Kamikagama 20.4. @CH A cottage, hut. er a. [ 567] 1 Crooked, Pt 1. 65; bent, curved, curled ; 13 Jai: dout: S. 5. 23; R. 6.82; 19. 17; -2 Tortuous, windiny; Fr Sk. -3 (fig.) Insincere, fraudulent, dishonest; 3deg Pt. 1. 126. - 1 N. of Sarasvati. -2 A kind of perfume. -34 1 N. of a plant (Mar. 7). -2 Tin. -Comp. -371374 a. evil-minded; malevolent; #19TETTu f eat: Ks. 37. 143. TEATa having curved eye-lashes. -hia, e a. evil-roinded, na lovolont; ehfa: #04 at the reader: Mu. 1.7. FRE a. crooked by nature, dishonest, inalevolent. F. a. 1 Curved, bent, crooked. -2 Crouching, coming stealthily. e l 1 Coming stealthily as a hunter on his prey, crouching.-2 A blacksmith's forge. e 1 A curve. -2 A cottage, hut; tarcia 7.2017 Sk.; Ms. 11.73; 9o1, 19deg &c. -3 A vessel with openings used for fumigation. --4 A nosegay -5A kind of perfume (gr). -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 A bawd, procuress. -8 A bower (); paty - 19 Svaig 1917 od st1 Vis. Guna. 461. -Comp. - *: a religious mendicant of a particular order; caturvidhAbhikSavaste kuttiickbhuudkau| haMsaH paramahaMsazca yo yaH 9414 7 374: 11 Mb.; Bhag. 3. 12. 42. -: a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austeritios. etci, -TH, FIT: [ THITFIT: P.V.3.88] A but, cottage; U. 2. 29; Amaru. 56 (w a t in the note). - 4 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 Exclusiveness. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #597
kuTIkA kuTIkA A small house. kuTuGgakaH 1 An arbour formed by creeping plants. -2 creeper winding round a tree. -3 A thatch, roof. - 4A hut. -5 A granary. kuTunI A bawd, procuress; see kuTTanI. kuTumba, kuTumbakam A household a family; paramiyaM brAhmaNI asmin kuTumbe Mbh. on P. I. 4. 2. udAracaritAnAM tu vasudhaiva kuTumbakam I. 1.68; Y. 2.45; Ms. 11. 12, 22; 8.166. -2 The duties and cares of a family; tadupahitakuTumbaH R. 7. 71. -8 N. of the second astrological mansion ( artha ) - baH, -bam 1 A kinsman, are lation by descent or marriage. -2 Offspring, progeny. -3 A name. -4 Race. 5 A group, collection; Vikr. 1. 92. -Comp. -kalahaH, -ham internal or domestic quarrels. kuTumbakalahAdIzo'pi hAlAhalaM papau Subhas. -bharaH the burden of the family; bhartrA tadarpitakuTumbabhareNa sArdham S. 4. 20; cintayA Pt. . . -bhUmiH the site where a house is built kuTumbamAnaM tu kSetravivarjitam Kamikesgama 21. 3. -arga a. (a father) who is provident and attentive to the good of the family. 579 man, kuTumbikaH, kuTumbin m. 1 A householder, married (a pater familias, ) one who has a family to support or take care of ; prAyeNa gRhiNInetrAH kanyArtheSu kuTumbinaH Ku. 6.85; V. 3.1; Ms. 3.80; Y. 2.45. -2 ( fig. ) One who takes care of anything. -3 A peasant. -4 A member of a family: Santi. 4. 9. -8 ( - m.) A homeslave. nI 1 The wife of a householder, a house-wife ( in charge of the Ireuse) imyopakaraNaM sarva Mb. 12.228. 60. bhavatu kuTumbinImAhUya pRcchAmi Ma. 1; prabhavantyo'pi hi bhartRSu kAraNakopAH kuTumbinyaH M. 1.17; R. 8.86; Amaru. 56. -2 A large household or family. -3 A woman in general. -4 A sharer; yAvadidAnImIdRzazokavinodanA kuTumbI maithilI pazyAmi| -5 A female servant of a house. kuTumbitA tvam 1 The state of being a householder. -2 Family connection or union. -3 Living as one family. kuda 10 U. ( kudhyati, kuTTita ) 1 To cut, divide. -2 To grind, pound. -3 To blame, censure. -4 To multiply. -5 To burn. kuTTa . ( At the end of comp.) Dividing, cutting; grinding. -: (in Math.) A multiplier. kuTTakA 1 Agrinder. 2 A kingfisher -3 A multiplier. kuTTanam 1 Cutting 2 Foundings naisargika surabhiH kusumasya siddhA mUrdhni sthitirna musalairbata kuTTanAni Mal. 9.50. (v. 1.). -3Ahuring [orturing kuTTa (TTi ) nI A bawd, procuress, a go-between. ... pArzve tathaiva prativasati mahAkuTTanI khaDgayaSTiH Sukti. 5. 84. -2 A kind of spear. kuTTAka a. ( - ki / .) Who or what divides or cuts ; sArasaMga vidhAvibhakukapANikulizasya hareH pramAdaH Mal. 5.32. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kuTTita a. 1 Cut -2 Pounded &c. -tA Unskilful opening of a vein. kuDavaH kuTTamitam The nffected repulse of a lover's endearments or caresses (one of the 28 graces or blandishments of the heroine). The S. D. thus defines it :- kezastanAdharAdInAM grahe harSe'pi saMbhramAt / prAhuH kuTTamitaM nAma ziraH karavidhUnanam 142. kuTTAra: A mountain. -ram 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 A woollen blanket. -3 Exclusion or oneness. kuTmala = kuDmala q. v. kuTha: A tree; cf. kuTa. kuTTima a. Paved with small stones, decorated with mosaic. -maH, -mam 1 An inlaid or paved floor, ground paved with small stones, pavement; w meSu Si. 3. 44; R. 11. 9. 'nibaddhA bhU: ' Ak. niSyandazcandanAnAM zizirayati latAmaNDape kuTTimAntAn Nag. 3. 7. -2 Ground prepared for the site of a mansion. -3 A jewel-mine. -4 The pomegranate. -5 A hut, cottage, small house. kuTTimita = kuTTamita q. v hArikA A maid-servant slave of] kuTahArikA kuTTIraH A small mountain. kuTTIrakam A small house, hut. kuThara See kuTara. kuThAkuH A bird, the wool pecker kuThAGkaH, -kA An axe. kuThAraH, -rI 1 An axe, or hatchet; mAtuH kevalameva yauvanabanacchede kuThArA vayam Bh. 3. 11. -2 A sort of hoe or spade; Kau. A. 2. 3. A tree. kuThArakaH A small axe. kuThArikaH A wood-cutter. kuThArikA A small axe; vipulavilasahajjAvI vidA ra kuThArikA Bh. 3. 116. For Private and Personal Use Only kuThAruH 1 A tree. -2 An ape, a monkey -3 An armourer. kuThi: 1 A tree. -2 mountain. kuThera: Fire kuTheruH The wind produced by a fan or chowri. kuD 6 P. (kuDati ) 1 To play or act as a child, trifle. kuDagaH A bower, an arbour. kuDavaH ( -paH ) A measure of grain equal to 1 of a Prastha or 1/16 of an Adhaka and containing 12 handfuls; kuDavaM kuDavaM sarve vyabhajanta tapasvinaH Mh. 14.90.31.

Page #598
580 kuNDalin % 3D . is: The body; cf. Un. 4. 143. kuDikA An oarthen or wooden water-pot. kuDI A hut.; ef. kuTI. kuDapa: The clasp of a necklace or bracelet. kuDubaH (See kuDava). kuDDAla A spade (Mar. kudaLa ). kad (omala a.[Un. 1. 106] Opening, full-blown, ex. panding, (as the blossom of a flower); R. 18. 37; vistAristanakumbhakuDmalabharotsagena saMbhAvitA Mal. 8.6. -la: An ! opening bud; vijRmbhaNodgandhiSu kuDmaleSu R. 16. 47; U. 6. 17; dyotitAyaH samaiH kundakuDmalAgradataH smitaiH Si. 2.7. -m 1 A particular hell; Ms. 4. 89; Y. 3. 222.-2 The arrowhead (point); kuDmalazcAbhavadviSNustasminniSuvare tadA Mb. 8. 34. 19. kudmalita a. 1 Budded, blossomed. -2 Cheerful, smiling. -3 lalf-closed; kaNDUkuDmalitekSaNAM sahacarI dantasya koTyA likhan Mil.9. 32. kuDyam 1A wall; bhede kudhyAvapAtane 7.2. 223; Si. 3.45 binamitapaTalAntaM dRzyate jIrNakucyam Mu.3.15. -2 Plastering (a wall). -3 Eagerness, curiosity. -DyA A wall; koTaH / pezaskRtAruddhaH kukhyAyAM tamanusmaran Bhag.7.1.28. -Comp. -oeferat m. a house-breaker, a thief. -589T: a digger. (-dyam) a ditch, pit, breach or opening (in a wall). -matsI The house-lizard. kuNa L.OP. (kuNati, kuNita) 1 To support, aid. -2 To sound. -II. 10 P. (kuNayati)1 To counsel, advise. -2 To converse or speak with. -3 To invite. -4 To salute. FUT A young animal just born; Bhag. 5. 8.7. kuNapa (-pI/.) [ef. Un. 3. 148] Smelling like a dead body, stinking. -9:, -94 A dead body, corpse; zAsanIyaH kuNapabhojana: V... (a rulture); amedhyakuNapAzI ca Ms. 12. 71; often used as a term of contempt with living beings ; vyukSatraya etatkuNapaM tvadagajam Bhag. 4.4.23; Mb. 12.211. 5. -4:1A spoar; Mb. 7. 148. 46. -2 A toul smell, stench. -pI A small bird (Maina). -Comp. -azana .enting dead bodies. kuNAra.. Ved. Crying out, (kaNanazIla); ahastamindra saM piNak kuNArum Rv. 3. 30.8. kuNAla: 1 A kind of bird. -2 N. of a son of Asoka. #for: A cripple with a withered or crooked arm. -2 A whitlow. kuNTaka . (-kI/.) Fat, corpulent. kaNTha 1 P. ( kuNThati, kuNThita)1 To be blunted or dulled. -2 To be lame or mutilated. -3 To be dull or stupid, or stupid, be idle. -4 To loosen. -Caus. or 10 P. To hide. kuNTha 1. 1 Blunt, dulled; vajraM tapovIryamahatsu kaNThama Ku. 3. 12, has no effect on &e.; kuNThatvamAyAti guNa: kavInAM sAhityavidyAzramavarjineSu Vikr. 1. 14; Si. 12, 123 kuNThIbhavantyu- palAdiSu kSurAHS. B. -2 Dull, foolish, stupid. -3 Indo lent, laxy. -4 Weak. -Comp. -dhI,-manas .. foolish' weak-minded ; Bhag.3.32. 17. kuNThaka: A fool. kuNThita p. p. 1 Blunted, dulled; (6g. also); bibhratA'. slamacalepyakuNThitam R.11.743 Bv. 2.783 Ku.2.20; zAstre dhvakANThatA buddhiH R. 1. 19 not hampered or impeded; of. also dazavadanabhujAnAM kuNThitA yatra zaktiH Mahin.-2 Stupid. -3 Mutilated. -4 Grasped, held. -5 Encircled. kuND I. 1 A. 1 To burn. -2 To eat. -3 To heap. -II.1 P. To maim or mutilato. -III. 10 U. To protect. kuNDaH -DI, -Dam [f. Un. 1. 112] 1 A bowl-shaped vessel, a basin, bowl. -2 A round hole in the ground for receiving and preserving water. balaM nAgasahasrasya yasminkuNDe pratiSThitam Mb. 1. 128.68. -3 A hole in gemeral; agnikuNDam. -4A pool, well; especially one consecrated to some deity or holy purpose. -5 The bowl of a mendicant.-6 A water-jar (kamaNDalu). -Da:(-DA/.) A son born in adultery, the son of a woman by a man other than her husband while the husband is alive; patyau jIvati kaNDaH syAt Ms. 3. 1743 Y. 1.22. -NDA An epithet of Durga. -Comp. -Azin m. a pander, pimp, one who depends for his livelihood on a you i. c. a bastard, or adulterine; amRte jArajaH kuNDo mRte bhartari golkH| yastayoranamaznAti sa kuNDAzIti kathyate || Deval Smriti; Ms. 3. 1583 Y.1.221. -Udhas (kuNDonI P.V.4.131) 1Udhaso'nan a cow with a full udder bhuvaM koSNena kuNDonI; R. 1.81.-2a woman with a full bosom. -kITa: 1 a keeper of eoneubines.-2 a follower of the Charvaka doctrine, an atheist. -3 a Brahmana born in adultery. Foi a low or vile man.-golam,-gAlakam 1gruel. -2 a group of ku-3 and golaka (taken together); f. paradAreSu jAyate dvau putrau kuNDagolako / patyau jIvati kuNDaH syAt mRte bhatari golakaH || Ms. 3. 174.-dhAraH 1N. of a cloud; Mb. 12.271.2. -2N. of Niga3B Mb. 2.9.9.-pAyyaH (kuNDana pIyate atra kranI) Rtau kuNDapANyasaucAgyau P. III. 1.130%; sacrifice; kuNDapAgyavatA kaccidagnicityAvatAM tathA Bk. 4.67. -bhedin a.Clunsy. kuNDakA,-kam A pot; kuNDakasthitam ( kajjalam ) Ket. 47. kuNDalaH, -lam [kuNDa-matvarthe la] 1 An ear-ring; zrotraM zrutenaiva na kuNDalena Bh. 2.71; Ch. P.11; Rs. 2. 20, 3. 19% R. 11. 15. -2 A bracelet; Si. 6.27. -3 The coil of a rope. -4 A fetter, tie, collar. kuNDalanA Encircling (as a word) to denote that it is to be left out or not considered; tadojagastadyazasaH sthitAvimau vRtheti citte kurute yadA yadA / tanoti bhAnoH pariveSakaitavAttadA vidhiH kuNDalanAM vidhorapi || N. 1. 14; et. 2.95 also. kuNDalikA A circle; Heh. kuNDalin (-nI/.) 1 Decorated with enr-rings. -2 Cireular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a C. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #599
kuNDalI 581 kutha: jilebI.) serpent), . 1 A snake. vAmAjIkRtavAmAni kuNDalIkRtakuNDali / kutonimitta . Having what cause or reason 3 kutoUdb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuna, and . nimittaH zokaste Ram. 2.74. 20. of Siva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The kutukam 1 Desire, inciination. -2 Curiosity (= kautukam) golden mountain; kAJcanAdrau sa puMsi tu kuNDalI Nm. -nI AT / tato'tikutukoddhRtya Bhag. 10. 13.56.-3 Eagerness, ardour, form of Durga or Sakti. -2N. of a nADI in Yoga. vehemence%3 kalikalAkatukena ca kAcidamu ymunaajlkuule| majulakuNDalI,-kuNDalikA A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. vajulakuJjagataM vicakarSa kareNa dukUle Git. 1. kutukita, -n a. Curious, inquisitive; udaraM parimAti | muSTinA kutukI ko'pi damasvasuH kimu N. 2.3. kuNDalIkRta a. Forming a ring, coiled. kuNDalIkRtakuNDali Udb. kRNDalIkaraNam Bending a bow so as to form a kutupaH, -kutU:/ A small leathern bottle for oil. circle; Heh. -pa: 1 The eighth Muhurta of the day.-2%D kutapa 12q.v. kuNDikA 1A pitcher. -2 A student's water-pot kutUhala a. 1 Wonderful. -2 Excellent, best. -3 (kamaNDalu). kuNDikA vAmahaste ca dhArayettu sarasvatI Mana.b4. 223 Praised, celebrated. -lam 1 Desire, curiosity; ujjhitaMb. 12. 18. 19. -3 A small pool; navA kuNDikA Mbh. on zabdena janitaM naH kutUhalam 5.1; yadi vilAsakalAsu kutUhala Git.1. P. I.1.14. (papI) kutUhaleneva manuSyazoNitam R.3.54; 13.21; 15.65. kuNDin m. 1 An epithet of Siva. -2 A bastard. -2 Eagerness. -3 What exeites curiosity, anything -3 A horse. pleasing or interesting, a curiosity. -4 Delight, pleasure akRta madhurairambAnAM me kutUhalamajakai: U. 1. 20. kuNDinam -puram N. of a city, the capital of the kutUhalin a. 1 Desirous, struck with euriosity; Mal. Vidarbhas. 1. -2 Eager, impatient; na jAtu syAtkutUhalI Ms. 4.63. kuNDinAH Descendants of kauNDinya P. IV. 1. 105; . FTTH An acquatic plant. II. 4.70. kuttha (in Astr.) The fifteenth Yoga. kuNDi (-NDI)ra a. Strong, powerful. -: A man. kutra ind. 1 Where, in which place kutra me zizuH Pt.1. kRtapaH 1 A Brahmana. -2 A twice-born man pravRttiH kutra kartavyA H. 1. -2 In which case; tejasA saha (dvijanman ). -3 The sun. -4 Fire. -5A guest. -8 An jAtAnAM vayaH kutropayujyate Pt. 1.328. -3 low little consisox, a bull. -7Adaughter's son. -8A sister's son. _tent with, or different from; kutrAziSaH zrutisukhA mRgatRSNarUpAH -9 Gra.in. -10 The eighth Muhurta of the day, Bhag.79.25. (kutra is sometimes used for the loc. sing. Mb. 13.126.36; f. aho muhUtoM vikhyAtA daza paJca ca sarvadA / kim ). When connected with the particles cid, cana or tatrASTamo muhatoM yaH sa kAla: kutapaH smRtaH // -11 A musical api, kutra bocomes indefinite in sense. kutrApi, kutrAcat instrument. -12 A time suitable for the performance kutracana somewhere, anywhere; na kutrApi nowhere; kutracit of sacrifices to the manes. -pam 1 Tho Kusa grass. kutracit in one place-in another place, here-here; viziSTaM -Comp. -aSTakam eight kutapas namely, madhyAhna, zRNapAtra, kutracibIjam Ms. 9.34. UrNAvastra, raupya, darbha, vatsa, dhenu, dauhitra. -saptakam seven things kutratya . Where living or residing. to be given in honour of the dead at the 113 ceremony, nanely, zRGgapAtra, UrNAvastra, raupyadhAtu, kuzatRNa, savatsA dhenuH, kuts 10 A. (kutsayate, katsita) To a buse, revile, cenaparAhakAla, kRSNatila. sure, condemns pUjayadazanaM nityamadyAcetadakutsayan Ms. 2.51 Y.1.31; Santi.2.30. kutas ind. 1 From where, whence; kasya tvaM vA kuta kutsanam, kutsA Abuse, contempt, reproach, abusive 311214: Moha M. 3. -2 Where, where else, in what (other) place ke.; tAtIyasya kuto gatiH Bhag.8.19.343 language; devatAnAM ca kutsanam Ms. 1. 1633; Ks.61. 298. ! -nA Expression of contempt. IdagvinodaH kutaH 5.2.5. -3 Why, wherefore, from what cause or motive; kuta idamucyate 5.5. - How, in what kutsita p. p.1 Despised, contemptible; asya krUrairnRzaMmanner; sphurati ca bAhuH kutaH phalamihAsya 8.1.16. -5Much saizca karmabhirlokakutsitaiH Ram. 5. 49. 19.-2 Low, mean, vile. more, much less; na tvatsamAsyabhyadhikaH kuto'nyaH Bg. 11.43, -tam Censure. 4.31; na me steno janapade na kado...na svairI na svairiNI kutaH Ch. Up. kutsalA The indigo plant. -8 Because, tor; S. 1. kutas is sometimes used merely kutha 4 P. (kuthyati, kuthita) To stink, become putrid, for the abl. of kim ; kutaH kAlAtsamutpannam V. P.(= kasmAt or foul. kAlAt &c.). kutaH becomes indefinite when connected with the particles cid, cana, or api. bhayaM kaccinna cAsmAsu kutacidvi- kuthaH The Kusa grass. atha sa valka-dukUla-kuthAdibhiH Bk.10. dyate mahat Ram. 2.74.20. kuthaH,-tham, -thA 1 A painted cloth serving as an kutastya 1. 1 Whence come; aparisphuTanisvAne kutastye'pi elephant's housings (Mar. jhUla); utsRSTadhvajakuthakakaTA varmAdRzI (sthitA) U.3.7. -2 How happened. dharitrImAnItA viditanayaiH zramaM vinetum Ki. 7.30. -2 A carpet For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #600
kuthakaH 582 kopayiSNuH ..... (in general); mahatyA kuthayAstIrNA pRthivIlakSaNAkkayA Ram. | 5.9. 25. TF: A variegated cloth. FET = FIT: q. v. TT:, -3, - *: 1 A spade, boe; ATCI fani GEO FETICHETT: Eid: Mb. 3. 107. 23. -2 The ! Kanchana tree. - A copper pitcher. -2 A measure; Try arth Mbh. on P. II. 1. 69. U = F. q. v. *+,- : 1 A watch-house. -2 A dwelling raised on a scaffold. kudhiH An owl. F: A mountain. kunaka: A crow. Fa il The (Indian ) cuckoo. : 1 A lance, a barbed dart, spear; Frit: aaafa K. P. 2. (i. e. : 959); facierandelaarfafaraftare Git. 1. Mb. 6. 96.57.-2A small animal, an insect. -3 A kind of grain. -4 Passion. 00: 1 The hair of the head, a lock of hair; wagfare: T H IETA : U. 1. 20. Ch. P. 4, 6; Git. 2. -2 A drinking cup. -3 A plough. -4 Barley. -5 A kind of perfume. U: (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants. -Comp. - CH a perfume. frafotil A butter-knife. Fat: (pl. of fod -1.) N. of a country and its :, *[Un. 4. 98 ) A kind of jasmine (white and delicate); alar: 13: Bk. 2. 18; sia: are fifa : Me. 115; S. 5.19. - The flower of this plant; 341 amigf44 Me. 67, 49. - 1 An epithet of Visnu. -2 A fragrant oleander. -3 One of the nine treasures of Kubera. - The number nine'. -5 A lotus. -6 A turner's lathe. -Comp. -karaH a turmer. -caturthI the fourth day in the light half of the month 19. H a aa. One whose teeth are like the jasmine. kundinI A multitude of lotuses. * H: A cat. T: 1 An epithet of Vishu. -2 A kind of grass (Mar. 472). 9: A rat, mouse. KT I. 4 P. (xafa, 4, 34947, #11974, 19) 1 To be angry, ( generally with the dat. of the person who is the object of anger, but sometimes with the acc. or gen. also ); a fela K. 108; 199 0 uf Mu. 2; M. 3. 21; U. 7; 7919 TH TH R. 3. 56. -2 To be excited, to gather strength, be virulent; as in eur: Susr. -Cans. (192fd-d) 1 To provoke, irritate; to excite, agitate. -2 To stir up. II. 10 U. -1 To shine. -2 To speak. fa a. Provoked, offended, angry: - Comp. : aggravated flatulence, hypochondria. # : (74-8a 9] 1 Anger', wrath, passion; he 777ft faarabu 1: Pt. 1. 123; 21 19: 1: do not be angry. -2 (In medicine) Morbid irritation or disorder of the humours of the body; i. e. 1974, ara14. &c. - Comp. -3719 ,-3111az a.enraged, furious. - 1 an angry or passionate man. -2 the course of anger. -janman produced by wrath or anger , balavAnapi 1979: Ki. 2. 37. - a, -carca a. infamed with anger. -774 1 cause of anger. -2 pretended anger. -25T: subjection to anger. - : violence, fury of anger. 197 a. (F4-21 7 ) 1 Passionate, irascible, angry; 9 79419 4 wer: Mb. 3. 135.58. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing morbid disorder of the humours of the body. - Becoming angry. -lA A passionate or angry woman; kayAsi 14 yra Tatua: taisaya: K11.3.8; Amaru. 68. (v. l.) a. Angry. - A kind of perfume Mar. P avit sirar). gega. [67-107 a gu] Intending to enrage or exasperate, inclined to make angry; fata HETCHA: 91939: 92 : Mb. 7. 137. 46. pooplo. fra: 1 N. of a king, son of #4; 7457 : is17. Bhag. 9. 21. 3. -2 N. of a son of Krisna ; Bhay. 10. 61. 13. -Comp. - HIT: N. of a Yadava prince, king of the Kunties, who being childless, adopted Kunti. para 4 By. 1. 5. raft . of 941, daughter of a Yadava named , adopted by 21. She was the first wife of Pandu. As he was prevented by a curse from having progeny, hu allowed his wife to make use of a charm she had ucuqired from the sage Durvasas, by means of which she was to have a son by any god she liked to invoke. She invoked Dharma, Vayu and Indra, and had from them Yudhisthira, Bhima and Arjuna respectively. She was also mother of Karna by the deity Sun whom she invoked in her virginhood to test her charm. -2 A fragrant resin. -3 The wife of a Brahmana. 10 P. To speak falsehood. Fer 1,9 P. ( fal, ara, 147) 1 To suffer pain. -2 To cling to. -3 To hurt. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #601
kopita faa. Enraged, furious, provoked c. Ni kopina . [ avazyaM kupyati kup- Nini ] 1 Angry, irritated ; aan aie af Git. 10. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing disorder of the humours of the body. m. A water-pigeon. 5: Ved. The beam or lever of a pair of scales. kupaya a. Ved. To be guarded or protected. mA sAcyaM kupayaM vardhanaM pituH Rv. 1. 140.3. kupindavigya kupinina m. A fisherman. A kind of net for catching small fish. a. Despised, low, mean, contemptible. 1 A base metal. -2 Any metal but silver and gold; Ki. 1. 35; Ms. 7. 96; 10. 113; cf. hiraNyaM ca hemarUpye kRtA'kRte / tAbhyAM yadanyat tat kupyam... Nm. wmagpanamegeden Bk. 6. feat dravyANAmekaikazo vA vanaM nivezayet Kau. A. 2. 2. -Comp. -dhautam silver. -zAlA a braziery. 583 kubalam (Sce] [). kube (ve ) raH [ kutsitaM be (ve ) raM zarIraM yasya saH ] 1 The god of riches and treasure and the regent of the northera quarter kubera dipramo gantuM samayaM Ku. 3. 25 (vide Malli. thereon). [Kubera is the son of Visravas by Idavida, and thus the half brother of Ravana. Besides, being the lord of riches and regent of the north, he is the king of the Yaksas and Kinnaras, and a friend of Rudra. His abode is Kailasa. He is represented as being deformed in body-having three legs, only eight teeth, and a yellow mark in place of one eye.]-2 N. of a tree. Comp. - N. of a plant (Mar. sAgaragoTI ). -adriH, -acala: an epithet of mountain Kailasa. -. the north. : N. of Siva. kubja . [ ku ISat ubjamArjavaM yatra zakaM TV] Humpbacked, crooked andhAH khaJjaH kubjA vAmanakAzca Garbha. Up. 3. 1 A curved sword. -2 A hump on the back. -3 A sort of fish; Mb. 7. 56. 8. A young female servant of Kamsa, said to be deformed in three parts of her body. [Krisna and Balarama, while proceeding to Mathura, saw her on the high road carrying unguent to Kanisa. They asked her if she would give them some portion of it, and she gave as much as they wanted. Krisna, being very much pleased with her kindness, made her perfectly straight, and she began to appear a most beautiful woman.] Comp. -- . hump-backed person and a dwarf. - gAmin a going crookedly, going astray ; buddhayaH kubjagAminyo bhavanti mahatAmapi Pt. 2. 5. -lIlA the manner, gait or character of a hump-backed person; S. 2. Fm. A mountain or a king. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir N. of a tree; Ms. 8. 247, 5. 2. An unmarried girl of eight years old. 1 A forest. -2 A hole for sacrificial fire. -3 A ring; an ear-ring. 4 A thread. -5 A cart. kubhA The Kabul river ( falling into the Indus ) ; mA vo rasAnitabhA kubhA Rv. 5.53. 9. kumArikA a. Refractive of light; Kau. A. 2. 11. (-) 10 P. To sport, to play with fire. HRT: [cf. Un. 3. 138] 1 A son, boy; a youth; yadAttha rAjanyakumAra tattathA yazastu rakSyaM parato yazodhanaiH R. 3. 18. -2 A boy below five. -3 A prince, an heir-apparent (especially in dramas ) ; viproSitakumAraM tadrAjyamastamitezvaram R. 12. 11; kumArasyAyuSo bANaH V. ; upaveSTumarhati kumAra: Mu. 4(said by Raksasa to Malayaketu). -4 N. of Kartikeya, the god of war; ga F R. 5. 36; sa : 3. 55. 5 N. of Agni. 6 A parrot. -7 N. of the author of a Dharmasastra. - pure gold. -Comp. - jIvaH N. of the plant putraMjIva. - pAlanaH 1 one who takes care of children. -2 N. of king Salivahana. - 1 care of young children. -2 care of a woman in pregnancy or confinement, midwifery; FAITagazigh leves dada R. 3. 12. fear f. 1 delicate love-dalliance. -2 N. of a metre consisting of seven syllables in a quarter. -lIDhaH also kubjAlIDhaH N. of the founder of a sect. -vAhina, vAhanaH a peacock. - a vow of eternal celibacy. f. 1 an epithet of Parvati. -2 N. of the Ganges. (m.) an epithet of Agni. N. of Kalidasa's epic. kumArakaH 1 A child, a youth; nahi vo astyarbhako devAso Rv. 8. 30. 1. 2 The pupil of the eye. kumArayati Den. P. [ kumAra iva Acarati ] To play, sport (like a child). HIT: A prince, heir-apparent. kumArika a. ( - kI / . ) kumArin ( - NI / . ) . Furnished with girls, abounding in girls. For Private and Personal Use Only FI, AR 1 A young girl, one from 10 to 12 years old. -2 A maiden, virgin; for aufgetra mAnumatI satI Mn. 990 11. 50 vyAvartanAnyopamAkumArI R. 6. 69.3 A girl or daughter in general. -4 N. of Durga. -5 N. of several plants (Mar. 8, ht, kAMTezevaMtI, baTamogarA i. ) -6 N. of Sita. -7 Large oardamoms. -8 The southern extremity of the Indian peninsula (ef. the modern name Cape Comorin). -Comp. - 1 the son of an unmarried woman. -2 N. of Karna. - a gymansium or a girl's apartment. apuMstvamapyasya nizamya ca sthiraM tataH kumArIpuramutsasarja tam Mb. 4. 11. 12; Kau. A. yadi kumArIpurapravezAbhyupAyaM nAvabudhyase Dk. 2.- the father-in-law of a girl defiled before marriage.

Page #602
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kumAlaka: www.kobatirth.org HI N. of a country, a Taluka in the Malava country ( sauvIradeza ? ). kumuda . 1 Unkind, unfriendly. -2 Avaricious. -. 1 The white water-lily. -2 The red lotus. kumudaH, -dam [ kau bhodate iti kumudam ] 1 The white waterlily said to open at moon-rise [Nymphea alba ] noti tapakiraNa bandrasyezubhiH kumudam V. 3. 10; 80 S. 5. 28; Rs. 3. 2, 21, 23; Me. 42. kumudavanamapAzri zrImadambhojaSaNDam Si 11. 64. 2 A red lotus. - Silver. : 1 An epithet of Visnu. -2 N. of the elephant supposed to guard the south. -3 Camphor. - A species of monkey. - N. of a Naga who gave his younger sister to Kusa, son of Rama; see R. 16. 79. 86. - A form of Durga. Comp. - silver. - AkaraH, -AvAsaH a pond full of lotuses. kumudvatInAM kumudAkarairiva Si. 12. + Ananda - The delighter of loture: anyakumudAnanda zAma kaumudI R. 17.6. -IzaH the moon. -khaNDam an assemblage of lotuses gandhyA f. a woman having the smell of a to her body. -nAthaH, -patiH, -bandhaH, bAndhavaH, -suhRd m. the moon. tataH kumudanAcena kAminIgaNDapa. kumudika a. Abounding in Kumudas. - N. of a plant (h). -2 A small tree (the seeds of which are aromatic). f 1 A water-lily with white lotus flowers; yathendAvAnandaM vrajati samupoDhe kumudinI e. 5.26.; S. 9. 34. -2 A collection of lotuses. -3 A place abounding in lotuses. Comp. -, -qfa: -m. The moon; kumudantamakhaNDamaNDalam Bhag. 10. 29. kumodakaH An epithet of Vispu. : A cripple in the arms. 584 kumudvat Abounding in lotuses; kumudvatsu ca vAriSu R. 4. 19. 1 A water-lily with white flowers (opening at moon-rise); antarhite zazini saiva kumudvatI me dRSTiM na nandayati saMsmaraNIyazobhA S. 42; 3. 17; kumudvatIM bhAnumatIva bhAvam (na babandha ) R. 6. 36. kumudvatI tIratarurdinAdau Bk. 2.4; aga Bk. 2. 6. -2 A collection of lotuses. -3 A place abounding in lotuses. : the moon. 1, 10 P. To enclose. : Ved. 1 A kind of head-dress for women (?) kurIramasya zIrSaNi kumbaM cAdhinidadhmasi Av. 6. 138. 3. -2 The upper part of a club. 1 A thick petticoat. -2 An enclosure round the sacrificial ground. -Comp. -: a. kind of head-dress for women. kumbhaH [bhUtaM vA ummata pUrayati umbhU-a" Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, jar; a Jag-3 varjayetAvRkSa mitraM viSakumbhaM payomukham 1. 1. 74 B. 2.61 kumbhaH so, . -2 The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; ibhakumbha Mal. 5.32; mattebhakumbhadalane bhuvi santi Bh. 1. 59. 3 Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac. A measure of grain equal to 20 dropas; dhAnyaM dazabhyaH kumbhebhyo harato'bhyadhikaM vadha: Ms. 8.320. -5 (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing. -6 The paramour of a harlot. -7 An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected. -8 A kind of heart-disease. -9 N. of a plant (and also of its fruit); af faca: afgrat: after C fe: Bhag. 10. 18. 14. - A harlot, a whore. -bham A fragrant resin ( guggula ). -Comp. -udara: one of the attendants of Siva ; avehi mAM kiGkaramaSTamUrteH kumbhodaraM nAma nikumbhamitram R. 2.35. -ulUkaH a kind of owl; hRtvA piSTamayaM pUpaM kumbholUkaH prajAyate Mb. 13. 111. 101. - ulUkhalakam medicinal plant (Mar. 8). pitcher-eared', N. of a gigantic Raksasa, a brother of Ravana and slain by Rama. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahma had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airavata, Kumbhakarna began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahma was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvati to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking Indrapada he asked Nidrapada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Lanka was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rama, Ravana with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarna, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2000 jars of liquor, he took Sugriva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rama. ] Ram. 6; R. 12. 80. -2 an epithet of Siva; Mb. 12. a bilious affection. - 1 a potter; mRddaNDacakrasaMyogAtkumbhakAro yathA ghaTam ( karoti ) Y. 3. 146. -2 a mixed tribe ( vezyAyAM vipratazcauryAt kumbhakAraH sa ucyate Uganas; or mAyAkArAtkarmakartA kumbhakAro vyAyata Parihara ) - Sa serpent. - a kind of wild fowl. (-), 1 the wife of a potter. -2 a kind of collyrium. -: N. of a town. -jaH, -janman m. - yoniH . saMbhavaH 1 opithets of Agastya ; etadAkhyAya rAmAya maharSiH kumbhasaMbhavaH Ram. 7.80.1; prasasAdodayAdambhaH kumbhayonermahaujasaH R. 4. 21; 15. 55. -2 an epithet of Drona, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Papjavas. 3 an epithet of Vasistha et a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach. or abuse. the sign ef the zodiac called Aquarius. -paJjaraH a niche in the wall. -rAzi: the sign Aquarius - retas m. a form of Agni. - that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon. ga

Page #603
kumbhakaH 885 -maNDUkaH 1 (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. -2 (fig.) an- kur 6 P. (kurati, kurita) To sound. inexperienced man; f. kRpamaNDaka. -zAlA pottery. ! kuraGkaraH, kurakura: The ( Indian) erane. -sandhiH the hollow on the top of an olephant's head between the frontal lobes. kuraGgaH (-GgI /.) 1 A deer in general; tanme brUhi kuraGga kutra bhavatA kiM nAma taptaM tapaH Santi. 1. 14,4.63 lavaGgI kurajIkambhakaH 1 The base of colum (used specially ! dagajhIkarotu Jag. -2 A species of deer (kura ISattAmraH in this sense frequently in inscriptions).-2 A religious syAddhariNAkRtiko mahAn ).-3 The spot in the moon. -Comp. exercise (in Yoga. phil.), stopping the breath by -akSI, -nayanA, netrA a deer-eyed woman; kvAsi preyasi closing the mouth and both nostrils with the fingers hA kura janayane candrAnane jAnaki Pras. Ragh. -nAbhiH nusk. tatra of the right hand; prANApAnI sanirandhyAtpUrakumbhakaracakaH sthitaM bhAkurajanAbhimAdAya yoSeva nu limpati svam Ram.Ch.6.21. Bhag.7.15.32. -lAJchana: the moon. kumbhikA 1 A small pot; gRhItvA jalakumbhikAm Ks. 6. kuraGgakA, kuraGgamaH = kuraGga q.v. 41. -2 A hurlot. -3 A disease of the eyes. kuracilla: A era.b. kumbhina 1An elephant; asau kumbhibhrAntyA kharanakharavidrAvitamahAgurugrAvagrAmaH svapiti girigarbha haripati: Bv. 1.52. -2 A kuraTa: Ashoemaker, a leather-seller. crocodile. -3 A fish. -4 A kind of poisonous insect. kuraNTA, kuraNTakA, kuraNTikA The yellow amaranth; -BA sort of fragrant resim (guggula). -6 The number Rain.4.1.80. eight. -Comp. -naraka particular hell. -mada: rut, kuraNDaH Enlargement of the testicles or of the seroichor. tum, hydrocele. kumbhinIj.1 The earth. -2 N. of a plant Croton kuraNDaka: Yellow amaranth. Tiglium (Mar. jepALa, jamAlagoTA) -Comp. -phalam the fruit of the tree used as a strong purgative. -bIjam kuraraH (laH)1 An osprey; Y. 1. 174. -2 The plant (seo-phalam ). Capparis Aphylla (Mar. peMDha, vAghaMTI, karIla); Ram. 3.60. . FH: 1 A thief who breaks into a house. -2 A plagiarist. -3 A wife's brother. -4 A child of an kurarI 1 A female osprey; kurari vilapasi tvaM vItanidrA na imperfect impregnation or born at undue seasons. zeSe Bhig. 10.90. 15. cakranda vinA kurarIva bhRyaH R. 14.68. -2 A ewe, -Comp. -gaNaH a fight of ospreys. kumbhI 1 A small water-jar; Ram.2.91.72. -2 An earthen cooking vessel; AviSkurvantyakhilavacaneSvatra kumbhI- / kurarAvam A place a bounding with ospreys. pulAkanyAyAjjyotirnayagatividAM nizcalaM mAnabhAvam Vis. Guna.534. kuralaH 1 An osprey. -2 A curl, a lock of hair. -3 A measure of yrain. -4 N. of several plants. kuravaH (vaH), kurava (ba)ka: A species of amaranth; like ibhapATalA, vAriparNI, laghudantI, jepALa, kAyaphaLae. -Comp. [ Barlaria Prionitis Linn] It is a handsome shrub. -dhAnyam grain stored in jars sufficient for six days. Kalidasa describes the plant as kAntAmukhadyuti (ef. Rs. -dhAnyaka: a householder who stores grain; Ms. 4.7. 6. 18). Modern scientists describe it as a lipped flower -nasa: a kind of venormous serpent; udvelhanti purANarohiNataru referring to the form of its petals, kuravakA ravakAraNatAM yayuH skandheSu kumbhInasA: U.2.29. -nasI mother of Lavana R.9.29; Me.80% Rs. 6. 18. -cam (bam),-va(ba) kam and sistar of Ravana; sa ca prApa madhUpannaM kumbhInasyAzca kukSijaH / The flower of this tree; cUDApAze navakurabakam Me.67%3 R. 15.15. -pAka: 1the contents of a cooking-vessel.-2 ! pratyAkhyAtavizeSakaM kuravakaM zyAmAvadAtAruNam M. 8.5. (sing. or pl.) a particular hell in which the wicked are baked liko potter's vessels ; Y. 3. 224 ; Ms. 12. 76. kurAlaH (haH) A light bay horse with black logs. -mukham N. of a parlicular wound; Charaka. -valkam kurI A kind of grass or corn. (Mar. kAya phaLa.). kurIram A kind of head-dress for women. See kumba. T: 1 The Pumaga tree. -2 A catamite. -T -2 Connlati Swelling of the eye-lids. see kumbhikA. kuruH (pl.) 1N. of a country situated in the north kumbhIra: 1Ashark. -2 Crocodile; saMvatsaraM tu kumbhIra of India about the site of the modern Delhi; zriyaH kurUNAstato jAyeta mAnavaH Mb. 18. 111.59. madhipasya pAlanIm Ki. 1.1; cirAya tasmin kuravazvakAsati 1. 17. kumbhIrakA, kumbhIlA, kumbhIlaka: A thief 3 lotreNa gRhItasya -2 The kings of this country. -ru: 1 A priest. -2 kumbhIrakasyAsni vA prativacanam V.23 kumbhIlakaiH kAmukaizca parihartavyA Boiled rice. -Comp. -kSetram N. of an extensive plain candrikA M. . -Comp. -makSikA N. of an acquatic crea near Delhi, the scene of the great war between the ture. -la: A crocodile. Kauravas and Pandavas dharmakSetre kurukSetre samavetA yuyutsavaH Bg.1.1; Ms. 2. 19. -kSetriyogaHn solar day in the For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #604
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kuruTaH course of which three lunar days, three asterisms and three yogas occur. The yoga is indicative of death; paJcagrahayute mRtyau lagnasaMsthe bRhaspatau / saumyakSetragate lame kurukSetre mRtirbhavet // -cilluH a crab. -jAGgalam = kurukSetra q. v. - nandanaH epithet of Arjuna ; Bg. 2. 41; 6. 43. - paJcAlAH N. of a country; kurupaJcAlAnAM brAhmaNAH Bri Up. 3.9.19. - bilvaH a ruby. -rAj m. -rAja: 1 an epithet of Duryodhana. svasthA bhavantu kururAjasutAH sabhRtyAH Ve. 1. 7. -2 N. of Yudhi sthira kasyacittvatha kAlasya kururAjo yudhiSThira: Mb. 16. 17. fata: a weight of gold equal to about 700 Troy graine vRddhaH an epithet of Bhisma tasya saMjanayanharSe kuruvRddhaH pitAmahaH Bg. 1. 12. kuruTaH A kind of pot-herb. kuruTina m. A horse. www.kobatirth.org kuruNTa: A red species of amaranth. -NTI 1 A wooden doll or puppet. -2 The wife of a Brahmana or teacher. kuruNTakaH Yellow or white amaranth. kuruNDa = kuruNTa q.. kururI A kind of hind having plaintive tune ); cf. kurarI. kurumbam A kind of orange. kurulaH A lock of hair, especially on the forehead. kurubaka = kurabaka q. v. kuruvindaH, -ndam (also kuruvilla: ) A ruby; Si. 9.8. -ndam 1 Black salt. -2 A mirror. kurkuTaH 1 A cock. -2 Rubbish. kurkura: A dog (Mbh. on P. VIII. 2.78 ); upakartumapi prAptaM niHsvaM manyanti kurkuram Pt. 2. 94. (v. 1.) denominative kurkurAyati, kurcikA = kUrcikA q.v. kurda, kurdana See kUrda, kUrdana. ku (kR) paraH 1 The knee. -2 The elbow. ku (kR) pasaH, ku (kR) pIsakaH A sort of bodice worn by women ; manojJakUrpAsakapIDitastanAH Rs. 5. 8, 4. 16. v. 1. kurvat pres. P. Doing &c.; m. 1 A servant -2 A shoemaker. kula 1 P. ( kolati, kulita ) 1 To accumulate, collect. -2 To be related; behave as a kinsman. -3 To proceed or go uninterruptedly. -4 To count, reckon. kulam 1 A race, family; nidAnAmikSvAkukulasya saMtateH R. 3.1. -2 The residence of a family, a seat, house, an abode; dadarza dhImAnsa kapiH kulAni Ram. 5.5.10; vasantRSikuleSu saH R. 12. 25. -3 A high or noble family, noble descent; kule janma Pt. 5.2; kulazIlasamanvita: Ms. 7.54, 625 80 kulajA, kulakanyakA &c. 4 A herd, troop, flock; colloction, multitude; mRgakulaM romanthamabhyasyatu 5.2.6; U. 2.9; 586 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kulam alikulasaMkula Git. 1; Si. 9. 71; so go, kRmi, mahiSI &c. --5 A lot, gang, band (in a bad sense ). -6 A country. -7 The body. -8 The front or fore part. 9 A tribe, caste, community. -10 A blue stone. The head of a guild or corporation. -lA See kulatithi. -Comp. - akula . 1 of a mixed character or origin. -2 middling. tithiH m., f. the second, sixth, and the tenth lunar days of a fort-night in a mouth. nakSatram N. of the lunar mansions ArdrA, mUlA, abhijit and zatabhiSA. bAra: Wednesday. -aGkuraH the scion of a family; anena kasyApi kulAkkureNa spRSTasya gAtreSu sukhaM mamaivam S. 7. 19. -aGganA a respect able or high born ( chaste) woman. -aGgAraH a man who ruins his family; Pt. 4. -acalaH, -adriH, -parvataH, -zailaH a principal mountain, one of a class of seven mountains which are supposed to exist in each division of the continent; their names are: mahendro malayaH sahyaH zucimAnaH paariyaatraaH| anvita a. a. born in a noble family - abhimAnaH family pride. - abhimAnin proud of birth or family descent; kulAbhimAnI kulajAM narAdhipaH Ki. 1. 31. - AkhyA family-name, surname; kulAkhyA loke gotrAvayavA ityucyante Mbh. on P. IV. 1. 79. -AcAra, - karman Nag -dharmaH a duty or custom peculiar to a family or caste. -AcAryaH, -guruH 1 a family priest or teacher. -2 a geneologist. -TER a son. -ApIDaH, -zekharaH the glory of a family; tasminkulApIDanibhe nipIDaM samyammahIM zAsati zAsanAGkAm R. 18. 23. bi. maintaining family.] vAlambI yatra vizrUyate pitA H. - IzvaraH 1 the chief of a family. - 2 N. of Siva. ( - rA ) N. of Durga. -utkaTa, * high born. ( - TaH ) a horse of a good breed. -utpanna, - udgata, udbhava a. sprung from a noble family, highborn; amAtyamukhyaM dharmajJaM prAjJaM dAntaM kulodbhavam Ms. 7. 141. - udvahaH the head or perpetuator of a family; see udvaha. - upadeza: a family name. -kajjalaH one who is a disgrace to his family. -kaNTakaH one who is a thorn or trouble to his family. -kanyakA, kanyA a girl of high birth; vizuddhamugdhaH kulakanyakAjanaH Mal. 7. 1; gRhe gRhe puruSAH kulakanyakAH samudrahanti Mal. 7. -karaH, -kartR m. the founder of a family. -karaNi: A hereditary clerk or officer; E. I. XV. 91. -kalaGkaH one who is a disgrace to his fsanily. -kalaGkita cousing disgrace to family na cApyahaM gamiSyAmi kathAM kulakalaGkitAm Ks. 22.216. -kSaya: 1 ruin of a family. -2 extinction of a family; kulakSayakRtaM doSaM mitradrohe ca pAtakam Bg.1.39, 10. garimA m. family pride or dignity. -giriH, -bhUbhRt m., -parvataH zailaH see phulAyalabove. -graham mobile house paryApa kRtaM vadhUnAm Rs. 6. 21. - na . ruining a family; doSairetaiH kulanAnAm Bg. 1. 43. ja, jAta . 1 well-born of high brith; pradAne hi munizreSTha kulaM niravazeSataH / vaktavyaM kulajAtena tannibodha mahAmate / Ram. 1. 71. 2. -2 ancestral, hereditary ; Ki. 1. 31 (used in both senses). -: a high-born or distinguished person. -jAyA a high-born lady; kulajAyA sA jAyA kevalajAyA tu kevalaM mAyA Uab. -tantuH one who continues or perpetuates a family. -far: m., f. an a For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #605
kulam 887 kulya important lunar day, viz:-- the 4th, 8th, 12th or 14th family vow; Sagafarofa 24 R. 3. 70; of a lunar fort-night. fast: the glory of a family, fauftars:2: ad caufa : Bv. 1. 13. -au one who does honour to his family. -19, 1994: character or conduct honourable to a family. Trya the glory of a family. -Ed. also ft; cf. P. VI. 11. well-born, of a good family. (m.) 1 the chief of a 3. 70, Vart. 9; see F 21. -TUT<<. disgracing one's family or a guild. -2 an artisan of noble birth. ET family; Mk aa a tutelary deity; the guardian 1 family-respectability. -2 inclusion among respectable deity of a family; 3: Ricard: f1gi #221 families; tenia ela HETET: Ms. 3. 66. HT Ku.7.27. a. one whose wealth is the preserva afa: f. posterity, descendants, continuation of a tion of the good name of the family; 21 57: TT- lineage; fed TAG T al Friday Ms. 5. 159. Staff: U. 1. 14. (- the dearest and most valued -U19 : m. the presence of witnesses; Ms. 8. 191, 201. treasure of the family; atur safti : : a. of a respectable family. - 2 : an excelU.7. 6. a family custom, a duty or custom lent servant. at a woman of good family, a noble peculiar to a family; utsannakuladharmANAM manuSyANAM janArdana Rs. woman; adharmAbhibhavAt kRSNa praduSyanti kulastriyaH Bg. 1.41. 1. 4; Ms. 1. 118; 8. 11.- : & non. : (a -fufa: f. 1 antiquity or prosperity of a family son ) able to support a family, a grown-up son; 18 -2 family observance or custom ; U. 5. 23. Harga 4 ET R. 7. 71. - 1. gladden a. Of good family, of good birth. * 1 The ing or doing honour to a family. -T ir a girl chief of a guild. -2 Any artisan of eminent birth. worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the left- i -3 An ant-hill. H 1 A collection, multitude. land Saktas, at a high bred and virtuous woman. 194734 : Bhag. ). 7. 12. -2 A number of verses ATET: 1 ruin or extinction of a family. -2 an apost ! in grammatical connection; (the number of verses ate, reprobate, outcast. -3 a camel. - condu ranging from 5 to 15 and the whole forming one sencive to the extinction of the family; musalaM kulanAzanam Mb. tence); e. y. see Si. 1. 4-10, R. 1.5-9; so Ku. 1. 1-16. -TTI the series of generations comprising a race. -3 A kind of prore composition with few compounds. -ofa: 1 the head or chief of a family. -2 a sage who feeds and teaches 10,000 pupils; thus defined: ca: ind. By birth. munInAM dazasAhasraM yo'nadAnAdipoSaNAt / adhyApayati vipraarssirsau| et a. One who continues or perpetuates a Fafa: +99: || 39 ar draugava a S. 1; family; yudhiSThiro labdharAjyo dRSTvA pautraM kulaMdharam Bhig.1.13.16. R. 1. 95; U. 3. 48.-3 The head-servant (Girvana); Bhag. 5. 18. 1. -4 N. of Krisna ; FET: N E TI, 3: A thief. arfa : Bhag. 10. 30. 11. - a. one who dis- Fosfafar A variety of carpets; Kau. A. 2. 11. graces one's family: :1 2: Y arrat atua: fiat a. Of respecta ble birth Bhag. 19.1.35.-78h a woman disgracing her family, or origin; nobly an unchaste woman. T h orange. - :, qilar. Tef. a chasto or high-born woman.- a F a. Of a good family, well-born. T: 1A nobly-born youth; 5EUR 96tatai: RYZHEIZAT: Mk. 1.10. kinsman: Y. 2. 233. --2 The chief or head of a guild. - Et See-gio ).-TW: 1 a respectable or high-born -3 An artist of high birth. -A hunter; Aft:man; rufanya w afa Bh. 1. 59. aur: qar fto: Bhay. 10. 7. 19. - Comp. ET -2 an ancestor. - em: (*:) an ancestor. Tartu E . certain portions of time on each day on which it is Tazarath (v. l. 4: Faqat:) Ram. 2. 73. 21. improper to begin any good business. - 77: (Fy:) 1 One who maintains the family. -1: the head or chief of a guild. -H T a virtuous wife. fra a. (-a ) Of good family, high-born. -.. -mRtyA the nursing of pregnant woman. -maryAdA A mountain. family honour or respecta bility. -ANT: 1 a family ___ kulIj. A group of families ; dazakulI vA gopaH Kau. A.; custom, the best way or the way of honesty. -2 the a 14 Kau. A. 2. 4. doctrine of the Kaulas ( AR). T a -ay F . 1. a woman of good family and character. farat | ala: <<] Of high descent, of a good I Ms. 3. 215; a nay: 44 45 AM family, well-born; Recruata 14 K. 11; Udb. a: Ch. Up. 6.1.1. - TUTH The characteristics of a noble family; A horse of good AcAro vinayo vidyA pratiSThA tIrthadarzanam / niSTA bRttistapo dAnaM nvdhaa| breed. -2 A worshipper of Sakti according to the left. band ritual. -3 A Brahmana of the highest class in FARVATH 11-a1t: a principal day; (ie. Tuesday and Friday). -fan 1 knowledge handed down in a Bengal. - 4 A disease of the nails, Bhay. 7. 6. 19. family, traditional knowledge. -2 one of the three FCT a. (73-21 ] 1 Relating to family, race, 3rat lores. -ferg: a family-priest. - : an old or corporation. -2 Well-born. -&T: A respectable man. and experienced member of a family, 27, 29 & 49 quat 41419149-4714deg Kau. A. 1. 17.-22 born. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #606
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kulakaH 1 Friendly inquiry after family affairs (condolence, congratulation &c.). -2 A bone; C Ratna.; Mv. 2. 16. -3 Flesh. -4 A winnowing basket. - 1 A virtuous woman. -2 A small river, canal, stream; kulyAmbhobhiH pavanacapalaiH zAkhino dhautamUlA: S. 1. 15; kulyevodyAnapAdapAn R. 12. 3, 7.49; U. 3. 23, zAlyarthaM kulyAH oft Mbh. on P. III. 6. 50. -3 A dike, trench. -4 A measure of grain equal to 8 dronas. A cymbal. -2 Beating time in music. www.kobatirth.org Any son except own, an adopted son. - [gogora azfa af P. VI. 1. 91 Var.] An unchaste woman; ucchinnAzrayakAtareva kulaTA gotrAntaraM zrIrgatA Mu. 6.5; Y.1.215. yatheSTaM ceSTante sphuTakucataTAH pazya kulaTAH Udb. -Comp. -fa: a cuckold. kulattha: A kind of pulse; Mb. 13. 111. 71. -sthikA A blue stone used as a collyrium. kulahaNDakaH An eddy. kulA f. Red arsenic (Mar. manazILa ). el: A kind of fish. kulAkSutA A bitch. kulAbhiH u. a. A treasure. 588 kulAyaH, -yam 1 The nest of bird; kUjatkAntakapota:: U. 2.9; N. 1. 141. -2 The body; argua garrafazanayefaat (ef) Bhg. 10. 87.22, prANena rakSannavaraM kulAyam Bri Up. 4. 3. 12. -3 A place or spot in general; vizvaMbharakulAye taM na pazyanti Bri. Up. 1. 4. 7. -4 A woven texture, a web. 5 A case or receptacle. -Comp. -f: the act of sitting in a nest, hatching, brooding; khagakulAya - kulAyanilAyinAm Si. -sthaH a bird. of E: A horse of a light brown colour. E: A lizard. A. bird-cage, an aviary, dove-cot. Up. 1. 117-] 1 A potter; mar de gaanfa ar Bh. 2.95. -2 A wild cock. -3 An owl. The wife of a potter. -2 A blue stone used as a collyrium. Comp. - a potter's. disk; kulAlacakreNa bhramatA saha bhramatAm Bhag. 5.22.2. kulAlikA An aviary. kuli: A hand. : s : 1 A kind of bird, bird (in general); panthAH kuliGgAnAM ye cAnye dhAnyajIvinaH Ram. 4.58.24. -2 A kind of mouse. -3 A sparrow; feng farfa aa: Mb. 12. 261. 20. - A serpant; fe afgan anggan Medini. muangkemen: di zUrAH pramAthinaH Mb. 12. 101.7. A measure; cf. P. V. 1. 55. (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers. ,TH 1 A crab. -2 The 4th sign of the zodiac, Cancer: see . kidney-bean. kulizaH, -zam 1 The thunderbolt of Indra; vRtrasya hantuH kulizaM kuNThitAzrI lakSyate Ku. 2. 20; Pt. 1; avedanAjJaM kulizaKu. 1. 20; R. 3. 68; 4. 88; Amaru. 96.2 Ved. An axe, a hatchet; fra Rv. 1. 32. 5. -3 The point or end of a thing; Me. 63. Comp. -, -dharaH, -pANi: an epithet of Indra; kAntakuliza karavIryabalAn Ki. 12. 31. a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. An epithet of Sakyamuni. A wife's elder sister. a. Of a good family. - A kind of wild kulInasam Water. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir , zodiac, Cancer; kuvalayam 1 A crab. -2 The fourth sign of the seg at Ram. 1. 18. 15. kulIzaH, -zam Indra's thunderbolt. The fur or foulness of the tongue. kulukkaguA A fire-brand. (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers. kulphaH, -lpham A disease. -lpha: The ankle; aSThIvantau Rv. 7. 50. 2. Comp. a. reaching down to the ankle; Sat. Br. 12. 1 Sin. -2 The part of an arrow by which the head is attached to the shaft. kulmASam (-sam ) Gruel -pa: 1A kind of grain. half-ripe barley; de fafa Ch. Up. 1. 10. 2. 2 A hotch potch of half-boiled rice and pulse; Bhag. 5. 9. 11. -3 A kind of disease. -Comp. -abhiSutam gruel. For Private and Personal Use Only N. of learned commentator on Manusmriti. Fa. Ved. Bald, bare. kulvakam Fur upon the tongue. 1 A flower. -2 A lotus. kuvamaH The sun; kuThaM kuThaM ca kuvama: Mb. 13. 93.90. kuvara See tuvara. 1 The water-lily. -2 A pearl. -3 Water. -4 The belly of a serpent. kuvalayam 1 The bloo water-lily: kuladI U. 3. 22. -2 A water-lily in general. -3 The earth (-M. also). Comp. - N. of a work on rhetoric by appayyA dIkSita - IzaH a king.

Page #607
kuvalayina 689 kuzalin kuvalayin 1. Having blue lotuses. saMdRSTAH kuvalayino sharp, shrewd; (api) kuzAgrabuddhe kazalI guruste R.5.+. bhuvo vibhAgAH U. 1.31. -agrIya u. penetrating, sharp; karu buddhiM kuzAgrIyAM ... ... Bk. b. 15.-agulI,-rIyam a ring of Kusa grass worn kuvalayita a. Furnished with blue lotuses%; kaTAkSarnArINAM kuvalayitavAtAyanamiva Mal.2.11, R.11.93.. at religious ceremonies. -araNiH N. of Durvasan. -AkaraH the sacrificial fire. -Asanam a seat or mat kuvalayinI 1 The blue water-lily; plant. -2 An of Kusa grass; akSamAlApavRttijJA kushaasnprigrhaa| zAMbhavIva tanuH assemblage of lotuses. -3 place a bounding in lotuses. kasya na vandyA daurjanI sabhA | Udb. -udakam water in which Kusa grass has been infused; Ms. 11.212. -kaNDikA kuvalI (= kolI; 800 badarI); kuvalI kuvalam / badarI bAdaram fatype of saMskAra of the Vedic sacriticial fire. -cIram Mbh. on P. IV. 3. 130. agarment of Kusa grass; (pragRhya) kaikenyAH kuzacIre te kuvATa: The fold of a door. jAnakI zubhalakSaNA Ram. 2.37. 10. -dhvajaH the younger brother of Janaka; tau kuzadhvajasute sumadhyame R. 11.51-muSTiH kuvAda .1 Detracting, undervaluing, censorious. -2 f. a handful of Kusa grass kuzamuSTimupAdAya lavaM cava tu sa Tow, vile. dvijaH Rim. 7.66.6. -sthalam N. of a place in the kuvAhula: A camel. North of India; perhaps Kanoj, Ve. 1. (-lI) N. of the town Dvaraki. rathaM samAropya yayuH kRzasthalIm Bhag.10. kuvi (pi) ndaH 1 A weaver; kuvindastvaM tAvatpaTayasi ! 61.41. -2N. of the town ujjayinI. guNagrAmamabhitaH K. P.7.-21. of the weaver caste. kuzayaH, kuzapa: A drinking vessel, cup, goblet. kuve (NA) NI (NiH ) 1 A basket to holi fish (when | Fra . Mixed or combined with water. caught ), tish-basket. -2 A badly arranged tross of hair. kuzin a. Furnished with Kusa grass. -- M. An epi thet of Valmiki. kuve (be) ra a. 1 Bad. -2 Bad-limbed. kazezayam A water-lily, a lotus in general; bhUyAtkezakuvelam A lotus. zayarajAmRduraNurasyA : (panthAH ). 4. 10; P. 6. 18. kuzezayairatra kuzaH.1 Wicked, vile, depra ved. -2 Mad. -zaH 1A jalAzayoSitA Si. 4. 33. -yaH The (Indian) crane or kind of grass considered holy and forming an essential Sarasa bird. requisite of several religious ceremonies%3; pavitrAthai ime / kuzala . 1 Rights proper, good, auspicious%3B kuzA: Sraddha Mantra; kuzapUtaM pravayAstu viSTaram R.8.18, kazala khalu tubhyameva tadvacanaM kRSNa yadabhyadhAmaham Si. 16.41; 1. 49, 95. -2 N. of the elder son of Rama. [He was na dveSTapakuzalaM karma kuzale nAnuSajyate B. 18. 10. -2 Happy, one of the twin sons of Rama, born after Sita had prosperous. -3 Able, skilful, clever, proficient, wellbeen ruthlessly abandoned in the forest; yet he was versed; kRtAntaH kuzalaH putra yenAsmi vyasanIkRta: Ram. 7.51.16. the elder of the two in point of first seeing the light with loc. or in comp. ; daNDanItyAM ca kuzalam Y.1.313,2.1813 of this world. lle, with Lava was brought up by the Ms. 7. 190% R. 3. 12. -lam 1 Wolfere, a happy sage Valmiki, and the two boys were taught to re- or prosperous condition, happiness; papraccha kuzalaM rAjye peat the Ramiyana, the epic of the poet. Kusa was rAjyAzramamuni muniH R. 1.58; avyApanaH kuzalamabale pRcchati made by Rama king of Kusavati, and he lived there tvAm Me. 1033; api kuzalaM bhavataH 'ere you doing well' for some time after his father's death. But the pre- (how do you do?). -2 Virtue. -3 Cleverness, ability. siding deity of the old capital Ayodhya presented her- -la: An epithet of Sivs. -Comp. -kAma a. desirous of self to him in his dream and besought him not to slight happiness. 43: friendly inquiry after a person's her. Kusa then returned to Ayodhya; see R.16.3-12.] health or welfare; cf. brAhmaNaM kuzalaM pRcchet kSatrabandhumanAmayam / -3A rope of Kusa grass for connecting the yoke of a vaizyaM kSemaM samAgamya zadramArogyameva ca // Ms. 2. 1273; f. also plough with the pole. -4 One of the great Dvipas%3 mayAptaM rAmatvaM kuzalavasutA na tvadhigatA | S. D. -buddhi a. wise, Bhag.5.1. 32.-zA 1A plank for covering anything. intelligent, shrewd, sharp. -2 A piece of wood. -3 A horse's bridle. -zI A sort kuzalatA 1 Cleverness, ability, conversaney with of ladle. -2 Wrought iron. -3 Ploughshare. -4 A (loc.).-2 Acuteness of sensation; yathA yathA niSevante viSayApod of cotton. -5 A piece of Udumbara wood used for vissyaatmkaaH| tathA tathA kuzalatA teSAM teSUpajAyate // Ms. 12. 73. counting the number of Samans in a Stotra; audumbare striyAm / chandogastotragaNanAzaGkAsu ......Nm. -zam Water; as kuzalin a. (-nI/.)1 Happy, doing well, proin kuzezaya q.v. hadazca kuzavAneSa yatra padmaM kuzezayam Mb. 3. 130.18. sperous%3; atha bhagavAlokAnugrahAya kuzalI kAzyapaH 5.5; R.5. -Comp. -akSaH a monkey. -agram the sharp point Mo. 114. kuzalinI vatsasya vArtApi no| S. D. -20f lower of a blade of the Kusa grass; hence often used in caste; 'kuzalinaM kArukaM caNDAlavizeSamityarthaH' Nilakantha's comp. in the sense of 'sharp', 'shrewd', 'penetrating commentary on Mb. 12.231. 7. [pApAnubandhaM yatkarma yadyapi as intellect. buddhi a. having a penetrating intellect, syAnmahAphalam / tana seveta medhAvI zuciH kuzalinaM yathA // ] For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #608
kuzA 590 kusumama kuzA 1 A rope. -2 A bridle. kuzAvatI N. of a city; The Capital of Kusa,Rama's , son: SC kuza; f. kuzAvatIM zrotriyasAt sa kRtvA R.16.25,15.97. FITF a. Squint-eyed. -*: 1 N. of the father or the grand-father of vizvAmitra. -2A plough-share. -3 (pl.) Descendants of Kusika; Bhag, 9. 15.6. - 4 Sediment of oil. kuzIdam Usury; see kusI. kuzIlava: 1 A bard, singer; Ms. 8.65, 102; f. also ...kArukAzca kushiilvaaH| Siva. B.31.183; also Kau.A. 1.12. -2 An actor; tatsarve kuzIlavA: saMgItaprayogeNa matsamIhitasaMpAdanAya pravartantAm Mal.1; tatkimiti nArambhayasi kuzIlavaiH saha saMgItakam Vo. 1. -3 A nowsmonger, -4 An epithet of Valmiki. -cI (du.) The two sons of Rama. FIFT: The water-pot of an ascetic; or a jor in general. kuzUla: 1Agra.nary, cupboard, store-room%3 ko dhanyoM bahubhiH putraiH kRzalAparaNADhakaiH II. Pr.20. -2 A tire made of chaff. -Comp. -dhAnyaka: a householder who has three years' grain in stock. kuzriH N. of a sugo; upaveziH kutraiH Bri. Up. 6.5. 3. kuS 9 P. (kuSNAti, kuSita ) 1 To tear, extract, pull or draw out; zivAH kuSNanti mAMsAni Bk. 18. 12; 17.803; kuSitvA jagatAM sAraM saikA zake kRtA bhuvi 7.95. -2 To test, examine. -3 To shine. kupala..Clever, expert. kuSAku. 1 Burning, scorching. -2 Vile, wicked, detestable. -ku: 1 The sum. -2 Fire. -3 An ape, monkey. kuSita a. Mixed with water. kuSIda a. Indifferent, inert. -dam Usury. kuSubhyati Den. P. 1 To throw. -2 To abuse. -3 To dospise. kuSTaH,-Tam [Un.2.2] 1 Leprosy (of which there: are 18 varieties); galatkuSThAbhibhUtAya ca Bh. 1.90. -2A sort of poison. -3 A kind of tree; Costus specious, see koSTa; Ham.2.91.21. -4 (-m.) cavity of the loin. -pTA The mouth or opening of a basket. -Comp. -ariH 1 sulphur. -2 N. of several plants (Mar. bhovarI, ruI, kaDU paDavaLa i.) kuSThin a. (-nI /.), kuSTita a. Affected with leprosy, a leper. kuSTikA Contents of bowels. Ait. Br. 2. 11. kuSma lam 1 Cutting. -2 A leaf. kuSmANDaH 1 A kind of pumpkin gourd. -2 A fals conception. -3 A particular religious formula. -DI 1 A religious ceremony. -2 An epithet of the wife of Siva. -Comp -navamI /. The ninth day of the bright half of the month of Kartika when a volden idol fc. is to be given as a religious gift. kuSmANDakaH A kind of pumplin gourd. kus + P. (kasyati, kusita ) 1 To embrace. -2 To surround. rua: 1 An inhabited country. -2 One who lives on usury, see kusIda below. kusitAyI (= kusIdAyI). kusI (si)da . Laxy, slothful. -daH (also written as kuzI-pI-da) A money-lender, usurer; Mbh. 1.29. -dam 1 Any loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest. -2 Lending money, usury, the profession of usury; kusIdAd dAridra parakaragatagranthizamanAta Pt. 1. 11; Ms. 1.90; 8.410; Y.1.119. -3 Red sandal wool. -Comp. -Ter: usury, usurious interest; any interest exceeding 5 per cent; kRtAnusArAdadhikA vyatiriktAna sidhyati kusIdapathamAhustam (paJcakaM zatamarhati) Ms. 8. 152. -vRddhiH / interest on money; kusIbRddhirdaiguNyaM nAtyeti sakRdAhatA Ms. 8. Til. kusIdA A female usurer. igrit The wife of a usurer. kusIdikaH, kusIdin M. A usurer. kusumam 1 A flower; udeti pUrva kusumaM tataH phalam 5.7.30. -2 Menstrual discharge. -3 A fruit. -4 A disease of the eyes. -maH A forin of fire. -Comp. -aJjanam the calx of brass used as a collyrium. - : a handful of flowers. -adhipaH, -adhirAja: m. the Champaka. tree (bearing yellow fragrant flowers). -avacAyaH gathering flowers: anyatra yUyaM kusumAvacAyaM kuru vamatrAsmi karomi sakhyaH K. P.3. -avataMsakam cha plot. -astraH , -AyudhaH, -ipuH, -bANaH, -zaraH 1 flowery arrow. -2N. of the god of love'; abhinavaH kusumepuvyApAra: Mal. 1 ( where the word may also be read Rs kusumepu vyApAraH); tasmai namo bhagavate kusumAyudhAya Bh. 1.1; tava prasAdAt kusumAyudho'pi Ku.; Rs. 6.81; Ch. P. 19,24; 87.61; Si. 8.70, so kusumazarabANabhAvena Git. 10. -AkaraH1a. garden. -2 a nosegay. -3 vernal season 3 RtUnAM kusumAkaraH Bg.10.3580 Bv. 1. 18. -Atmakam affron. -ApIDaH 1 a garland or chaplet of flowers. -2 the gol of love; kusumApIDavyAjena Mal.1 (where it has both senses ). -Asavam 1 honey. -2 a kind of spirituous liquor (prepa red from flowers), -ujjva la . brilliant with blossoms. -kAmukaH, -cApaH, -dhanvan m. epithets of the god of love; kusumacApamatejayadaMzubhiH R.9.39; Rs.6.27. kusumakArmukakArmukasaMhitadrutazilImukhakhaNDitavigrahaH | Si.s. 16. -cita a. hea ped with flowers. pIDAbhAjaH kusumacitAH sAzaMsam Ki. -dumaH a tree full of blossom; AdhUya zAkhAH kusumadramANAm For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #609
kusumandhayaH R. 16.36. puram N. of the town of Pataliputra. ; kusumapurAbhiyogaM pratyanudAsIno rAkSasa: Mu. 2; pitRvadhaparitrAsAdapakAnte kurAmA ma pravRttiH prasatiH / appearance of flowers; Adye vaH kumumaprasUtisamaye yasyo bhavatyutsava: S. 4.8. latA creeper in blossom. -zayanam bed of flowers ; V. 3. 10. stabakaH a nosegay, boquet; kusumastabakasyaiva dve gatI sto manasvinAm Bh. 2. 33. kusumandhayaH A bees udalasaddalasatkusumandhayaiH Ram.Ch. 4.24. kusumaya Nom. P. 1 To produce flowers. -2 To furnish with flowers; kusumayanphalinI ralinI ravaiH Si. 6. 62. kusumacat . Furnished with flowers, flowering. kusumavatI 1 A woman in her courses. -2 N. of the town Patliputra. kusumita . [ kusuma + itac P. V. 2. 36 ] Flowered, furnished with flowers. kusumAla: A thief. kusumbhaH, -mbham [ Up. 4. 106] 1 Sathlower; kusumbhAruNaM cAru cailaM vasAnA Jag.; kusumbharAgAruNitaiH sudukulai: Rs. 6. 4. -2 Saffron. -3 The waterpot of an ascetic; Ms. 6. 52. -mbham Gold. mbhaH Mere outward affection (compared with the colour of safflower ); hence kusumbharAga: also means affected love. kusumbhalA / N. of plant (dAriza ). kus n. An earth-worm. kusUlaH 1 A granary, store-house (for corn &c.); ye tviha vA andhA kulagRhAdiSu bhUtAni nirundhanti Bhag. 5.26.34. -2 Ved. A kind of supernatural beings or goblin ; Av. 8. 6. 10.1 kusRtiH / Fraud, cheating, deceit. kRtahastaH svayaM tatra kusRtiprakRtiH paraH Siva. B. 24.9. kasmAdvayaM kusRtayaH khalayonayaste dAkSiNyadRSTipadavI bhavataH praNItA Bhag. kustumbarI - The dhanyAka plant (Mar. kothiMbIra ); Adarza kutumbarAMti Sair. kustubhaH 1 An epithet of Visuu. -2 The ocean. kusmayate Den. A1 Tu smile improperly. -2 To guess, perceive imagine. kucha 10 A. (kute, kudina) To surprise, astonish. -2 To cheat, deceive. kuhaH 1 Kubera, the god of riches. -2 A rogue, cheat. kuhakaH [Un. 2. 37 ] 1 A cheat, rogue, juggler ; yathA dAyI yoSihag 10.51.12. kam, kA Jugglery, deception indrajAlaM ca mAyAM vai kuhakA vA'pi bhISaNA Mb. 5. 160.55. ghAmnA svena sadA nirasta kuhake satyaM paraM zrImahi Bhag. 1. 1. 1. -Comp. -kAra a conjuring, cheating. 691 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir - cakita a. afraid of a trick, suspicious, cautious, wary; kuhakacakito lokaH satyepyapAyamapekSate H. 4. 102, - khanaH, -kharaH a cook. vRttiH 1 Juggling 8 hypocrisy kuhana a. 1 Envious. - 2 Hypocritical. -naH 1 A mouse -2 A snake. -nA 1 Hypocrisy; 'kuhanA dambhacaryAyAmAyalo kuhanastriSu' Medini; Vis. Guna. 388. -2 Assumed and false sanctity. -3 The interested performance of religious austerities, hypocrisy. -nam 1 A small earthen vessel'; 'kuhanaM mRttikAbhANDavizeSe kAcabhAjane ' Medini. -2 A glass vessel. kuhanikA Interested performantico of religious arte rities, hypocrisy (dambha ). kuharam 1 A cavity, hollow; as in nAbhikuhara, Asya &c. dadhani kudarabhAjAya manAmanurasitaguruNi sthAnamamkRtAni Mal. 9.6; Ve. 1. 22. -2 The ear. -3 The throat. -4 Proximity. -5 Copulation; pravRttakuharapArAvata... &c. Dk. 2.2. -6 A hole, rent. -7 A guttural sound. - A window, the interior window; kuharA abhyantara gavAkSAH Bri. S. 56.20. B. P. 130. 5. 27. kuharitam 1 Sound in general. -2 The cry of the (Indian ) cuckoo. -3 A sound uttered in copulation. kuhali: 'The leaf of the Piper Betel; Mv. 7. 13. kuhuH, kuhUH / 1 New moon day ie the last day of a lunar month when the moon is invisible; Mb. 8. 31.32; karagataiva gatA yadiyaM kuhUH N. 4. 57. -2 The deity that presides over this day; Ms. 3. 86. -3 The cry of the (Indian ) cuckoo; pikena ropAruNacakSuSA muhuH kurutAyata candravairiNI N. 1. 100; unmIlanti kuhU kuhUriti kalottAlAH pikAnAM gira: Git. 1; pikavidhustava hanti samantamastvamapi candravirodhi - kuravaH Udb. 4 The first day of the first quarter on which the moon rises. -Comp. kaNThaH, -mukhaH, -ravaH, -zabdaH the (Indian ) cuckoo. -kAla: The last day of the lunar wonth when the moon is invisible; na ca kuhUkAle'pi saMkSIyate .... tvatkIrticandraH sadA Suktisundar 5. 88. -pAla: the king of turtles. -mukhaH 1 The Indian cuckoo. -2 a calamity. -mukham new moon. kuhulam A pit filled with stakes. kuDikA, kuheDI, kuhelikA A fog, mist. kuhrAnam A disagreeable noise; pratyulUkaca kuhAnairanidroM zUnyamicchataH Bhag. 1. 14. 14. " 1,6 A. (a, g); also U. (--, ku-kU - nIte ) 1 To sound, make noise, cry out in distress, khagAzrukuvire'zubham Bk. 14. 20; 1. 20; 14. 53 15.26; 16. 29. krUH /- 1 A female imp. -2 The earth; kU: kRtyA bhUrapi smRtA Eum. kRkuda: One who gives his daughter in marriage with due ceremony ; satkRtAlakRtAM kanyAM yo dadAti sa kUkudaH Ak For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #610
692 kaNi Wha T: The female breast, especially that of a young or unmarried woman; see 5. 1 A small brush of hair, a poncil. -2 A key. EST 1 P.( a, ) To make any inarticulate sound, hum, coo, warble; d 14 Hay HYTIETTA Ram.; p et g 35 Ka. 3.32; Rs. 6. 22; R. 2. 12; N. 1. 127; T a : V. 2.-2 To moan, groan. -3 To fill with sounds, to blow or breathe (the flute); 974179743 au Bhag. 10. 21. 2. --With fauft or a to coo, to make an indistinct noise. SIST, EL at 1 Cooing, warbling; 4nikara karambitakokilakUjitakulakuTIre Git. -2 The rattling of wheels. I. 10 A.(ui, a) 1 To abstain from giving not to give. -2 To censure. II. 10 U. 1 To burn. -2 To call, invite. -3 To render confused, to lauddle. -4 To be distressed. -5 To despair. -6 To counsel, advise. TE . 1 False; as in F21: : : Y. 2. 80; arty: Bhag. 2.9.19.-2 Immovable, steady. -3 Despised. -2:,-341 Fraud, illusion, deception. -2 A trick, fraudulent or roguish scheme; 3224214 e gaitaa Mb. 3. 33. 3. -3 A puzzling question, knotty or intricate point, as in 2017, Fr i; a17: ai: vai fahar Bhag. 6.5.10. --4 Falsehood, untruth; oft. ased in comp. with the force of an adjective; vacanam false or deceitful words; tulA, mAnam . -5 A summit or peak of a mountain ; acea pagautor: R. 4. 71, Me. 115; Mal. 5. 32. -8 Any projection or prominence. -7 The bone of the forehead with its projections, the crown of the head. -8 A horn; PLAR F ariyahya: Bhag. 4. 25. 8. -9 End, corner; Y. 3. 96. -10 Ilead, chief. -11 A heap, mass, multitude; 3424 ' a heap of clouds'; so 32 'a heap of food'; My. 6. 32. -12 A hammer, an iron mallet. -13 A plough-share, the body of a plough. -14 A trap for catching deer; arra : - fa ETI Mb. 12. 68. 52.-15 A concealed weapon, as a dagger in a woollen case or a sword in a stick. -16 A water-jar. -17 The door of a city; fagu CZYT44: Ram. 5. 42. 25. -18 A fulse coin; Raggathalara 30mH SB. on MS. 6. 1. 52. -: 1 A house, dwelling. -2 An ox whose horns are broken. -3 An epithet of Agastya. -Comp. -3TT: a false or loaded die; Fararquiciaa: Y. 2. 202. -3TTITA an apartment on the top of a house; kUTAgAraica saMpUrNAmi araladh Ram. 1. 5. 15. Ter: ambiguity of meaning. fat a tale, fiction. -391: a fraudulent plan, trick, stratagem. Fiti, -i : a rogue, a false witness; Ms. 3. 158. $ a. 1 cheating, deceiving -2 forging a document; Y. 2.70. -3 bribing. (..) 1 a man of the writer caste (1979). -2 an epithet of Siva. qu: a false 191991 q. v. - a. compartment on the top of a building (Kamikigama 55. 123-30 ); (II and I are synonyms). @ t: a sword-stick. -764 . a cheat; 1994 : 7421: 7274 2 Pt. 1. 343. a false pair of scales. - a. where falsehood is considered a duty (as a place, house, country, &c.). - :, -qa, -Te: bilious fever to which elephants are subject (hastivAtajvara); acireNa vaikRtavivartadAruNaH kalabhaM kaThora iva kUTa 19:31h Mal. 1.39); (also sometimes written as 72917+). - 716 : a potter; a potter's kiln. -TIET, -F3: a trap, snare; 21411 91: 19129744 R. 13. 39. FIFTH false monsure or weight. -HIER: an epithet of Skanda. -34 a trap, a snare for deer, birds Co. -Teh treacherous or unfair warfare; kUTayuddhavidhijJe'pi tasminsanmArgayodhini / . 17.69. -TTI 1 a trap laid; Pt. 2. 85. - 2 artitice, trick; 3172401 F a fa fa fa Ks. 7. 115. -De: a falsified document; er fra 8441 Ks. 121. 197. TEHT: f., W. 1 a species of the Salmali tree. -2 a kind of tree with sharp thorns (regarded as one of the several instruments-- perhaps a club-with which the wicked are tortured in the world of Yaina ); soe R. 12.90 and Malli. thereon.-STAF a forged grant or decree; Ms. 9. 232. Alfa: the passing of the sun into another zodiac when half the night is over. Ettert . a false witness. - a. 1 standing at the top, occupying the highest place (said of a person who stands at the head in a geneological ta ble ). -2 silent; not at all moving or working; Mb. 12. 179. 6. (- :) the Supreme Soul (immova ble, unchangeable, and perpetually the same); 77: Vifo Hafa SAT sed By. 6.8; 12. 3. (TUT:, FT) a kind of perfume (Mar. 7 ). - TOUTH counterfeit yold; Y. 2. 297. Tas above); 734 argaz 4 ar T ETUTET N. 22.52. Fia. Fraudulent, false, base (as a coin); Y. 2. 241. - 1 Fraud, deceit, trick. -2 Elevations prominence. -3 The body of a plough, a plough-share. -: 1 A braid or tress of hair. -2 A perfume. -Comp. -3470 an invented tale; a tale containing passages of ambiguous meanings FET: ind. In heaps or multitudes. 56 P. (afa, a) 1 To praze. -2 To become firm or solid. -3 To become fat. TH= 1 q. y. U 10 U. ( rufa-, foa) 1 To speak, converse. -2 To contract, close (said to be Atm. in this sense ). for. Having a crooked arm, For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #611
kRNita kUNita . 1 Shut, closed. -2 Contracted; Mal. 4. 2. - Comp. - IkSaNa: a hawk. kUNikA 1 The horn of any animal. -2 The peg of a lute. kUdaraH 'The offspring of a Brahmana woman by a Risi, begotten during menstruation. kUdI A fetter for the foot kUddAlaH Mountain ebony. kUpa 10 U. ( kUpayati-te, kUpita ) 1 To be weak. -2 To weaken. kRpaH [ kuvanti maNDUkA asmin ku pak dIrghazva Up. 3. 27 ] 1 A well; kUpe pazya payonidhAvapi ghaTo gRhNAti tulyaM jalam Bh. 2. 49; 80 nitarAM nIco'smIti tvaM khedaM kUpa mA kadApi kRthAH / atyantasarasahRdayo yataH pareSAM guNagrahItAsi Bv. 1.9; proddIpte bhavane tu kUpakhananaM pratyudyamaH kIdRzaH Bh. 3. 88. -2 A hole, cave, hollow, cavity; as in romakUpa; Si. 7. 74. -3 A leather oil-vessel. -4 A post to which a ship is moored. 5 A tree or rock in the midst of a river. -6 A mast. -7 A pore, root; hRSyanti romakUpANi Mb. 6. 112.16; Si. 13. 13. pI 1 A small well. -2 A flask, bottle. -3 The navel. -Comp. -aGkaH, -aGgaH horripilation. - kacchapaH, ma (mA) NDUka: --kI (lit.) a tortoise or frog in a well; (fig.) an inexperienced person, one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; oft. used as a term of reproach; yadyasau kUpamANDUki tavaitAvati kaH smayaH Bk. 5. 85. -kAraH, -khAnakaH a well-digger; kUpakhAnakavadetad bhaviSyati Mbh. on P. 1. 1. 1; Ram 2; kUpakhAnakavatprApte phale doSaM nihanti ca Ks. 66. 134. cakram A water weeel. -daNDa: mast ; kSoNAnau kUpadaNDa: Dk. 1. 1. -yantram a water-wheel, a contrivance for raising water from a well. yantraghaTI ghaTikA & bucket or pot attached to the water-wheel to draw up water. 'yantraghaTikAnyAya see under nyAya -sthAnam A well ; dazakulI vATaM kRpasthAnam Kau. A. 2. 4; eSa krIDati kRpayantraghaTikAnyAyaprasakto vidhi: Mk. 10.60. kRpya a Being in a well or hole. kRpA (vA) ra: The ocean. 593 kRpakaH 1 A well ( temporary ). -2 A hole, cave, cavity. -3 The hollow below the loins. 4 A stake to which a boat is moored. 5 The mast of a ship. -6 A funeral pile. 7 A hole under a funeral pile. -8 A leather oil-vessel. 9 A rock or tree in the midst of a river. 10 A boat. -pikA A stone or rock in the midst of a stream. kRSupam The bladder. kUba (va) ra . ( - rI) 1 Beautiful, agreeable. -2 Ilump-backed, -, - The pole of a carriage to which the yoke is fixed; tataH sa mathitASTAzvaM rathaM bhannAkSakUbaram saM. iM. ko...75 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kUrmaH Ram. 5. 46.28. (dvikUbaram ) Bhag. 4.26.2. - A hump-backed man. -rI 1 A carriage covered with a cloth or blanket. -2 The pole of a carriage to which the yoke is fixed ; Ve. 4. ; aMsena saMzliSya ca kUbarAgram Bu. Ch. 3. 60. -Comp. -sthAnam the seat on a carriage. kUba (ca) rin m. A carriage. kUmam A pond, pool. kUraH, -ram Food, boiled rice; itazca kUracyutatailamizraM piNDaM hastI pratigrAhyate mAtrapuruSai: Mk. 4. kUrca:, -cam 1 A bunch of any thing, a bundle. - 2 A handful of Kusa grass; Mb. 14.72.10. -8 A peacock's feather. 4 The beard; AgatamanadhyAyakAraNaM savizeSabhUtamaya jIrNakUcInAm U. 4; or pUrayitavyamanena citraphalakaM lambakUrcAnAM tApasAnAM kadambai: S. 6. -5 The tip of the thumb and the middle finger brought in contact so as to pinch &c. -6 The upper part of the rose, the part (or hair ) between the eye-brows. -7 A brush. -8 Deceit, fraud. - 9 Boasting, bragging. - 10 Hypocrisy. -rca: 1 The head. -2 A store-room. -3 A seat of Kusa grass (kuzAsana); janako ha vaidehAvasA Bri Up. 1.2.1. -Comp. - ziras n. the upper part of the palm of the hand and foot. -zIrSaH, -zekharaH the cocoanut tree. kUrcakaH 1 A bushel -2 A brush for cleaning the teeth. -3 A painter's brush. kUrcikA 1 A painting brush or pencil. 8 A kay. -3 A bud, blossom. -4 Inspissated milk. -5 A needle kUrci a. Stuffed, puffy. kUrda 1 UT. ( kurdasi kUrdita) 1 To leap jump phenAyamAnAH kUpAzca kUrdanti vRSabhA iva Mb. 6. 3. 34. -2 To frolic; vatracurAjughUrNazca syemucukUrdire tathA Bk. 14. 77, 95 15 45. kUrdanam 1 Leaping. -2 Playing, sporting nI 1A festival in honour of Kamadeva, held on the fifteenth day of Chaitra. -2 The full moon day in Chaitra. kUrpaH 1 The part between the eye-brows. -2 A variety of inferior gems; Kau. A. 2. 11. -3 A stone, pebble; kUrpAdibhirbhramati dhIrbhavadAyuSAM naH Bhag. 10. 31. 19. kUrparaH 1 The elbow ; Si. 20. 19. -2 The knee kUrpAsa = kurpAsa q. v. also kUrpAsakaH f. kUrpAsakaM kSatanakhakSatamutkSipantI Si. 5. 23. kurmaH [kau jale UrmiveMgo'sya pRSo 'Tv. ] 1 A tortoise ; gRhekUrma ivAGgAni rakSedvivaramAtmana: Ms. 7. 105; Bg. 2.58; kUrmaH pAdo'tra yaSTirbhujagapatirasoM bhAjane bhUtAtrI Udh-8 Visou in his second or Kurma incarnation. -3 One of the outer winds of the body. - A particular gesticulation with the fingers. -mI A female tortoise. -Comp. -avatAraH the Kurma incarnation of Visnu; cf. Git. 1 :- kSitirativipulatare tava tiSThati pRSThe dharaNidharaNakiNacakragari / kezavadhRta For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #612
kUrmaka kaccharUpa jaya jagadIza hare || -Asanam a particular posture in sitting (practised by ascetics). Taft the twelvth day in the light (or dark ? ) half of pauSa month. - purANam one of the eighteen Puranas. pRSTham, pRSTakam 1 the back or shell of a tortoise. -2 a lid or cover of a dish. -rAjaH Visnu in the shape of tortoise in his second incarnation; pRthvi sthirA bhava bhujaGgama dhArayainAm / tvaM kUrmarAja tadidaM dvitayaM dadhIthAH // Mahan. kUrmaka . ( A pearl) shaped like tortoise Kau. A. 2. 11. kUrmikA A kind of musical intrument. kUla 1 P. ( kUlati, kUlita ) - 1 To cover, hide, screen, protect. -2 To enclose. -3 To keep off, obstruct, prevent. kUlam 1 A shore, bank; rAdhAmAdhavayorjayanti yamunAkUle rahaHkelaya: Git. 1; nadIvobhayakUlabhAkU R. 12.35, 68; cukUja kUle kalahaMsamaNDalI N. yathA mahAmatsya ubhe kUle anusaMcarati Bri. Up. 4. 3. 18. -2 A slope, declivity. -3 Skirt, edge, border, proximity; AstIrya darbhAnprAkkUlAn Bhag. 8. 21. 40; kulAyakUleSu viTya teSu te N. 1. 141. 4 A pond. --5 The rear of an army. -6A heap, mound. -Comp. -cara a. frequenting or grazing on the banks of a river. -taNDulaH Breakers, surges. bhUH / the land on a bank. haNDakaH - huNDakaH an eddy. kUlakaH, -kam 1 Bank, shore. -2 A heap, mound. -kaH An ant-hill. kUlavatI A river. kUlikA f. The lower part of the lute. kUlina a. Furnished with banks or shores. kUlaMkaSa a. Tearing away or undermining the bank ; kUlaMkaSeva siMdhuH prasannamambhastaTataruM ca S. 5. 21; Mal. 5.19. -paH 1 The current or stream of a river. -2 The ocean, sea.. -pA A river. kUlaMghaya a. Kissing, i. e. bordering on the bank of a river. kUlamudruja . Breaking down banks, (as rivers, elephants &c.); saritAM kUlamudujAH R. 4. 22; AsAditau kathaM nRtaM na gajaiH kUlamudujaiH Bk. 6.95; RSabhaM kUlamudujam Mbh. on P. 1. 4. 80. kUlamudvaha a. Tearing up or carrying away the bank; uttIrNo vA kathaM bhImAH saritaH kUlamudvahAH Bk. 6. 95; RSabhaM kUlamudvaham Mbh. on P. I.4.80. = kUbara q.v. kUvara = kUvAra: The ocean. kUSmANDaH 1 A kind of pumpkin gourd -2 A kind of spell or magical formula; cf. Vaj. 20. 14-16. -3 A kind of spirit, or imp; Bhag. 2.6.44.-N. of Durga. 694 kR kUhanA (= kuhanA q. v. ). kUhA A fog, mist. " kR I. 5 U. (kRNoti-kRNute ) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. B. ( karoti-kute kAma karata kRta ) 1 To do ( in general); tAta kiM karavANyaham - 2 To make; gaNikAmavaropamakarot Dik nRpeNa ca yuvarAjabhak R. 3. 35; yuvarAjaH kRtaH &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare ; kumbhakAro ghaTaM karoti; kaTaM karoti &c. -4 To build. create ; gRhaM kuru; sabhAM kuru madarthe bhoH -5 To produce, cause, engender; ratimubhayaprArthanA kuste S. 2.1. -6 To form, arrange; aJjaliM karotiH kapotahastakaM kRtvA -7 To writes compose; cakAra sumanoharaM zAstram Pt. 1. 8 To perform, be engaged in; pUjAM karoti. -9 To tell, narrate; iti bahuvidhA: kathAH kurvan &c. - 10 To carry out, execute, obey; evaM kriyate yuSmadAdeza: Mal. 1; or kariSyAmi vacastava or zAsanaM me kuruSva &c. - 11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; satsaMgatiH kathaya kiM na karoti puMsAm Bh. 2. 23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; to discharge urine, make water; so purISaM kR to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; strIrUpaM kRtvA nAnArUpANi kurvANaH Y. 3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; mAnuSI giraM kRtvA, kalarakheM kRtvA &c. - 15 To place or put on (with loc.); kaNThe hAramakarot K. 212; pANimurasi kRtvA &c. - 16 To entrust ( with some duty ), appoint; adhyakSAn vividhAnkuryAttatra tatra vipazcitaH Ms. 7. 81. -17 To cook (as food) as in kRtAnnam. -18To think, regard, consider; dRSTistRNIkRtajagattrayasattvasArA U. 6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); kuru kare gurumekamayodhanaM N. 4.59 -20 To make a sound, as in khAtkRtya, phUtkRtya bhukte ; ; so vaSaTkR, khAhAkR &c. - 21 To pass, spend (time); varSANi daza cakruH spent; kSaNaM kuru wait : moment. - 22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); nAdharme kurute manaH Ms. 12. 118; nagaragamanAya matiM na karoti S. 2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury ) prAnirvANamyurAkurajyotiSi kiM karoti Vikr. 1. 18; yadanena kRtaM mayi, asau kiM me kariSyati &c. - 24 To use, employ, make use of ; kiM tayA kriyate dhenvA Pt. 1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in dhA ); dvidhA kR to divide into two parts; zatadhA kR, sahasradhA kR &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in sAtU ) AtmasAt kR to subject or appropriate to oneself: duritairapi kamAvate nRpasUna hi yat R. 8. 2; bhasmasAt kR to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -30 To violate or outrage (as a girl ). -31 To begin - 32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, ef tRNIku (said to be Atm only in the last 10 senses ). -37 To take up, gather; AdAne karotizabda: Ms. 4. 2.6; yathA kASThAni karoti gomayAni karoti iti AdAne karotizabdo bhavati evamihApi draSTavyam SB. on MS. 4. 2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form |

Page #613
596 kRta verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. 9. U11 to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; 80 vatAkR to whiten; ghanAkR to solidify; viralAkR to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; c.9. 25 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; 4 to reduce to ashes; sauts to incline, bend; to value as little as straw; -21% to slacken, make slow; so is to roast on the end of pointed lances; is to please; 14213 to spend time &o. N. B.This root by itself adinits of either Pada; but it is Atm. generally with prepositions in the following Senses (1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into (6) reciting: (7) employing, using; see P. I. 3. 32 and T819 HAE91797441921 : "Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition " $ 338. Note. i The root 5 is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e.g. 4 to set foot (tiy. also ); 31114 TE S. 1. 19; u Hagfe - yauvanena padam K. 141; manasA kR to think ot, meditate ; manasi to think; agar U K . 136; or to resolve or determine'; sakhyam, maitrI kR to form friendship with; astrANi to practise the use of weapons; zog to inflict punishment; hRdaye kR to pay heed to3 kAlaM kR to die; mati-buddhiM to think of, intend, mueon; 346 5 to offer libations of water to manes; to delay; to play on the lute; la s to clean the nails; H21 to outrage or violate a maiden; faat > to separate from, to be a bandoned by, as in madanena vinAkRtA ratiH Ku.4.21; madhye to place in the middle, to have reference to; sthitaM kathakozikAn M.5.2; vaze kR to win over, place in subjection, subdue; 745 to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; ti to honour, treat with respect; faiz to place aside. -Caus. (Fruid-) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; 31131 3 Tatia: Bk. 8. 84; ar ia Sk.-Desid. (Rafta) To wish to do &c.; Si. 14. 41. ar frau: grr: T 319 Ram. 5. 11. 22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; agad Hathayfart: Bhag. 3. 23. 11. -3 Acquired, bought ( a kind of son); Mb. 13. 49. 4. -4 Cultivated ; 3150 azt istilahu 2 Ms. 10. 114. -5 Appointed as a duty ); hfa 4 af 1944: Y. 2. 186. -6 Relating to, referring to; nad 50 24 Y. 2. 210. -24 1 Work, deed, action; of Pt. 1. 424; ungrateful; Ms. 7. 197. - 2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vaj. 30. 18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728000 years of men see Ms. 1. 69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number 4.-8 A stake at a game.-9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -10 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. Comp. -34 a. done and not done; i.e. done in part but not completed; Blata = Bu. Ch. 2. 2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) Tan arat Fat Mbh. on P. II. 2. 29; 11af f . (-a) the Supreme Being.-38 a. 1 marked, branded; * Fale ferarta: Ms. 8. 281.-2 numbered. (- ) that side of a die which is marked with four points.-3731 a. folding the hands in supplication; praNamya zirasA devaM SITH19Bg. 11. 14, 35; Ms. 4. 154. -347 a. following another's example, subservient. -3yar: custom, usage. -37701 a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-a) 1 Yama, the god of death; alt 3rdt ala H07: Bhag. 9. 6. 13; face 137fara 1479241 H. 1. -2 fate, destiny; at Ta afH a Ram. 2. 22. 15; 197 Halata: Ne. 107. -3 a deinonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; ea 959472 ala1149910 Mb. 12. 153. 50; 79 | diet 7 lag Mbh. on P. I. 1.1, 56; Flere a ita By. 18.13.-4 a sinful or inauspicious action. --5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion.-9 the number 'two'. an astrologer; SS1 : A $815Para di farina Ram. 6. 48.14. deg*: the sun. -37574 1 cooked food; aiaga levy: Ms.9. 219; 11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -3TTI a. guilty, offender, criminal.-37 a. saved from fear or danger. -31TTF a. crowned, inaugurated. (-+) a prince. -321 a. practised. - 1: the die called marked with four points. 3T a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; T: sarit a art: Swet. Up. 2. 14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented: a uf aff alat: Mund. 1. 2. 9; : sth fagfeateur Si. 1. 29; R. 8.3; Ki. 1. 9; S. 2. 1; Pt. 1. 194. -3 clover. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence in ca pable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); 98 | Sana Bara: Taz TF? agat at an aantala I SB. on MS. 6. 2. 3. 47 Heat 57 a. (5-149] (Generally at the end of comp.) Accomplisher, doer, maker, performer, manufacturer, composer &c. ; 919deg, you, fahi &c. -m 1 A class of affixes used to form derivatives (Douns, adjectives &c.) from roots. -2 A word so formed; THE STAT az 2014 Pan. Sekh.-Comp. -377 a word ending with a krit aflix. -UT: the rejection of krit a flixes. ! Ha [5- 1 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c. ; (Pop. of 5 8.U.q.v.) a 7717 894-8 gaur $1$4 Mb. 3. 255. 17; for: For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #614
596 2: Tug: 7 4a: 19:g=I SB. on MS. 6. 2. 27; : an opportunity. - a. 1 ungrateful; Ms. 4.211; 8.89. 1941 of 2f wadah SB. on MS. 11. 1. 13. - 2 defeating all previous measures. : a boy on (kRtArthIkR1 to render fruitful or successful; kRtArthIkRtya ta whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; f99 Ks. 74.125.-2 to make good; F rrar Ms. 5. 58, 67; THEFT3rai fa r , -HT #19: Farilga: Amaru. 15; so ease to make fruitful; at. planted; Ku. 5. 60.-24.1 grateful; Ms. 7. 209, 210; Mal. 3. 6.) -37a a. careful, attentive. -3701 a. Y. 1. 308. -2 correct in conduct; 57711942 4792: 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -379ta. 1 Ki. (-7:) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Siva. -are a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -art a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one summoned, caused to be present; Ms. 8. 60. - 2 fixed, who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in settled. & . 1 armed. -2 trained in the science means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible of arms or missiles; fi fazi la: a r- or easy; Ki. 2. 3. It a. married. #: a servant 14h: R. 17. 62. -378 . having performed the hired for a stated period, a hired servant.-TU spoildaily ceremonies. -TTTH a. advanced, proficient, ning what is done; 3GHT: 976 fo i skilled. (m.) the Supreme soul. -37 a. guilty, a $709 var i SB. on MS. 12. 2. 16. (see ) offending, criminal, sinful: 37 fert af 2017 - f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; BATTE: Ay. 12. 5. 60; Sar: 977 59 A 397 ai agar 1 MS. 12 1. 10. ($712: TOTH SB). 17 Mu. 3. 11. -TRT a. 1 having control over eft a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; ACHT wise ; : acai sartai 491fa274 Mu. 5. 20; 2012 2014 Ch.Up.8.13. 1; barri dari: 991 at: Bg. 2. 54; Si. 2. 79. - a. nanued, called as; Mund. Up.3.2.5: Ram. 5. 61.6; The Flaj Sath S. 6. -FUTT: a penitent. -. one who has performed Bk. 1.11. - 2 purified in mind; magnanimous; AHIRE penance; kRtanirNajanAMzcaiva na jugupseta karhi cit Ms. 11. 189. acarifas 1 1994 Ram. 5. 39. 48.-31TTOT. - a. 1 resolute, resolved; 9419 malay: By. 2. 37. adorned.-TUTE a. la bouring, suffering. - a. one -2 confident, sure.-95 a. skilled in archery.- a. who has taken up his abode in any place; yatra te dayitA done formerly. - 4 assault and countor-assault, 9741697914 Falset: Ram. (-:) a frog; dog! M. W. attack and resistance; R. 12. 91. aast. 1 one -39e a lodging. -TETE a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 who has made an agreeinent or enga goment. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in.-316TT a. one who has fulfilled his promise. - a. one having taken one's meals. 37TKTT a. challenged. who has attained his object; Ks. 13. 158. - 3 . -JETE a. diligent, making effort, striving. 35 successful. ( 5 ) result, consequence. The a. 1 a. one who has performed his a blutions; Mb. 3. learned, educated, wise; faci cy: (91: Ms. 1.97, -3518 a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing 7. 30. -2 a man of rosolite character. -3 informed with up-lifted hands. -37TT a. 1 favoured, befriended, of one's duty. - a. Ved. one who has perassisted; 8312HCTH YR 1912a faa Ku. 3. 73. formed his devotions; kRtabrahmA zazuvad rAtahavya it Rv.2. -2 friendly. -TART a. used, enjoyed. - , - ifta 25. 1. HEAT a. blessed, consecrated. fa . 4. Enjoining what is already known or done; firm, resoluto. -ART a. indignant. A , UF: 1 fatatan: FT SB. on MS. 10.5.58; Hai Ter4314 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. ge 417 SB. on MS. 10. 7. 25; at a Ti 95=791 a. loarned, clover, wise. - T the first (golden) of Mbh. on P. I. 2. 9. - a. 1 one who has done the four ages. - one who knows the customary his work; R. 9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the rites ( 7664); Ram. 2. 100. 20. a. 1 stamped, Supreme spirit. -2 a Samnyasin.-IH a. one whose marked. -2 branded; Ef 1 2 2 : 50desires are fullilled. - a. 1 one who has done his AT: Ms. 9. 239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 detined, diswork or obtained his object. -2 having no need of criminated.- m. N. of a warrior on the side of the another's aid. - a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. Kauravas who with Kripa and Asvatthaman survived -2 who has waited a certain time. (-) appointed the general havoc of the great Bharata war. He was time; fresu TI Y. 2. 181. Hey, afterwards slain by Satyaki. -alt: a penitent who - a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg. 15.20. has shaven his head and chin; Ms. 11. 108. -faza. -2 satistied, contented; Santi. 3. 19; Mal. 4.3. - 3 clever. grateful; gru 29 e faca alegia. -4 having done his duty; kRtakRtyo vidhirmanye na vardhayati Bhag. 4. 9.8. -fag a. learned, educated; iso 97741 Si. 2. 32. -FT: a purchaser. -4: 1 one faas Pt. 4. 43; gaugeat quaff fartafa TT: who has accomplished any act.--2 one who has fulfilled 12 992 74 starla aragall Pt. 1. 45. a a . his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious cere- being strong or powerful; Av. 17. 1. 27. (-:) N. of mony; Ms. 5.99. TOT a. 1 waiting impatiently for the the father of Sahasrarjuna. aaa a. hired, paid ( as a exact moment; kRtakSaNAhaM bhadra te gamanaM prati rAghava Ram.2.29.153 / servant); araya217 21:5 7: Y. 2. 161.-afera a hlau: 7401218: Pt. 1. -2 one who has got a. 1 grateful; 141afeni afisefyatua 71 gar For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #615
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kRtaka www.kobatirth.org : Ki. 13. 32; see . -2 observant of propriety. - veza a. attired, decorated; afa ada Git. 11.- a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku. 2. 27. -TT a. skilled in art or trade; kRtazilpo'pi nivasetkRtakAlaM gurorgRhe Y. 2. 184. -zobhU a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. - a. purified ; puNDarIkamavApnoti kRtazauco bhavecca saH Mb. 3. 83. 21. - zmazruH one who is shaven ; na hi kRtazmazruH punaH zmazrUNi kAra yati Mbh. on P. I. 2. 9. - zramaH, -parizramaH one who has studied; sf af: Mu. 1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy.- a. resolved, determined.- a. making an_appointment; nAmasametaM kRtasaMketaM vAdayate mRdu veNum Git. 5. -saMjJa . 1 having presence of mind... sthApayed dAsAn kRta: Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. 4 one to whom sign has been given; Raj. T. 4. 221.-1 a. clad in armour, accoutred. a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; : Ms. 9.326; R. 10.78. -2 Preparod, adorned, sAvatnikA, sApatnI, sApatnIkA, -sApatnakA, sapatnikA a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -, - a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. skill, dexterity ; ... saMnipAte / sumahati kRtahastAH sainikAstaM rrkssuH|| Siva. B. 13. 39. 47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; kauravye kRtahastatA punariyaM deve yathA sIriNi Ve. 6. 13; Mv. 6. 41. 1 kRtaka . [-] 1 Done, made, prepared: (opp. afia); a Nyaya Sutra. -2 Artificial, done or prepared artificially; akRtakavidhi sarvAGgINamAkalpaR. 18. 52. -3 Feigned, pretended, false, sham, assumed; a Mu. 3; Ki. 8. 46. 4 Adopted (as a son &c.); oft. at the end of comp. also; krutakatanayaH kAntayA vardhito me ( bAlamandAravRkSaH ) Mo. 77; so'yaM na putrakRtakaH padavI mRgaste ( jahAti ) S. 4. 11; U. 1. 4. -kam 1 A kind of salt (Mar. f). -2 Sulphate of copper. -kam ind. In a simulated manner; apayAti saroSayA niraste kRtakaM kAmini cukSuve mRgAkSyA Si. 9. 83. 597 a ind. Enough, no more of, away; (with instr.); athavA kRtaM saMdehena Si. 1; athavA girA kRtam R. 1141; kRtamAviSkRtapaKI. 2. 17 namana . 4. kRtavat (pres. p.) a. One who has done; kRtavAnasi vipriyaM na me pratikUlaM na ca me tvayA kRtam Ku. 4. 7. f: [-] 1 Doing, manufacturing, making, performing. 2 Action, deed. -3 Creation, literary work, composition (tI) svakRti gApayAmAsa vizvamapaddhatim R. 15. 33, 64, 69; N. 22. 155. -4 Magic, enchantment. -5 Injuring, killing; sa kRtyA cakito gatvA muniM vatre purohitam Bm. 1. 27.6 The number '20'. -7 An enchantress, a witch. 8 A knife. -9 Way-laying; hurting, injuring Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kRkalaH (Ved.). -10 A square number. -11 (in drama) Confirmation of any obtainment. Comp. 1 an epithet of Ravana. -2 one practising magic, a witch. - the state of being accomplished by exertion. kRtin a. [ kRtamanena kRta- ini ] 1 One who has done his work or gained his end, satisfied, contented, happy, successful; yasya vIryeNa kRtino vayaM ca bhuvanAni ca U. 1. 32; na caff R. 3. 51; 12, 6. -2 (Hence) Lucky, fortunate, blessed; S. 1. 23; 7. 19. -3 Clever, competent, able, expert, skilful, wise, learned; - R. 11. 29, 19. 14; Ku. 2. 10; Ki. 2.9; Si. 2. 25, 30; H. 3. 89; Ve. 4. 12. 4 Good, virtuous, pure, pious ; tAvadeva kRtinAmapi sphuratyeSa nirmalavivekadIpakaH Bh. 1. 56.5 Following, obeying, doing what is enjoined. ind. (With gen. or in comp.) For, for the sake of, on account of; t... Bh. 3. 36. kRte kiM nAsmAbhirvigalitavivekaiH ibid. kAvyaM yazase'rthakRte K. P. 1; Bg. 1. 35; Y. 1. 216; S. 6. , kRtnu . [ Up. 3. 30] 1 Working well, able to work, powerful. -2 Clever, skilful. A mechanic, an artist. kRtya . [q; cf. P. III. 1. 120] 1 What should or ought to be done, right, proper, fit; arg qafaRam. 7. 13. 18. -2 Feasible, practicable. 3 One who may be seduced from allegiance, treacherous; Raj. T. 5. 247. - 1 What ought to be done, duty, (f) function; Ms. 2. 237; 7. 67. -2 Work, business, deed, commission; Me. 116; : S. 7. 34. -3 Purpose, object, end; - R. 2. 12; Ku. 4. 15. -4 Motive, cause; kimAgamanakRtyaM te devagandharvasevita Ram. 7. 21. 4. -tyaH A class of affixes used to form potential (future) passive participle; these are tavya, anIya, ya and also elima -tyA 1 Action, deed. -2 Magic. -3 A female deity to whom sacrifices are offered for destructive and magical pur poses; paraM yatnamakarodyo me pApakRtyAM zamayediti Mb. 1. 31. 11. -Comp. -akRtyarakSaNam protection of parties for or against one's cause; Kau. A. 1. 13. -fafa: m. the rule, precept. a. One who has not finished his task; - striyo dRgbhiranupravRttadhiyo'vatasthuH kila kRtyazeSAH Bhag. 3. 2.14. A witch, enchantress; Nala. 13. 29. a. 1 Having any business. -2 Having any request. -3 Wanting, longing for: tag : Ram. 7. 92. 15. 1 The throat. -2 The navel. ,1 A kind of partridge.-2 A worm.-3 An epithet of Siva. kRkaracchaTa: A saw; krakace kRkaracchaTa: Nm. h: 1 A kind of partridge; Ram. 7. -2 One of the five vital airs (that which assists in digestion). For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #616
kRkalA kRkalA Long pepper. kRkalaH, kRkalAsaH, -zaH A lizard, chameleon; prANaM na vicchindyAdapi kRkalAsasya Bri Up. 1. 5. 14; patrorNa corayitvA tu kRkalatvaM nigacchati Mb. 13. 111. 104; kRkalAsaM girinibhaM vIkSya faft: Bhag. 10. 64. 3. 1 A cock; Ram. 2. 28. 10. -2 A peacock. -3 A lizard. Comp. -: an epithet of Kartikeya. 1 The neck. 2 A part of a column. 1 The raised and straight part of the neck. -2 The back of the neck. a. [cf. Un. 2. 21] 1 Causing trouble, painful; tathAtyajannimaM dehaM kRcchrAd grAhAdvimucyate Ms. 6. 78. -2 Bad, miserable, evil. 3 Wicked, sinful. -4 Being in a difficult or painful situation. -, 1 A difficulty, trouble, hardship, misery, calamity, danger; 4: R. 14.6; 13. 77. -2 Bodily mortification, penance, expiation; Ms. 4. 222; 5. 21; 11. 106. -3 Torment, torture. 4 A particular kind of religious penance ( prAjApatya); kRcchrANi cIrtvA ca tato yathoktAni dvijottamai: Mb. 13. 10. 61. --cchraH Ischury. cchram Sin. -cchram kRcchret, ind. With great difficulty, painfully, miserably; H. 1. 163. Comp. -r: penance lasting for six days only. a. Undergoing a penance; kRcchrakRddharmakAmastu mahatIM zriyamApnuyAt V. 3. 327. a. 1 one whose life is in danger. -2 breathing with difficulty. -3 hardly supporting life. A a. 1 curable with difficulty (as a patient or disease). -8 accomplished with difficulty. laga kind of expiatory vow laid down in the smRti; gomUtraM gomayaM kSIraM dadhi sarpiH kuzodakam / ekarAtropavAsazca kRcchre sAMtapanaM smRtam // Ms. 11. 212. a. Den. A. 1 To suffer, pain. -2 To have wicked designs (in mind). A painter. 1. 6 P. (af) 1 To cut, cut off, divide, tear asunder, cut in pieces, destroy; a fan afa fan U. 3. 31, 35; Bk. 9. 42; 15. 97; 16. 15; Ms. 8. 12. -II. 7 P. (, ) 1 To spin. -2 To surround, encompass. -3 To attire. . p. 1 Cut, divided. -2 Desired, sought. afe: [fix] 1 Skin, hide (in general); Mu. 3. 20.-2 Especially, the hide of an antelope on which a religious student sits. -3 The bark of the birch-tree used for writing upon &c. -4 The birch-tree-5 One of the lunar mansions, Pleiades. -6 A house. -Comp. - vAsaH, vAsas m. an epithet of Siva ; sa kRttiaaa Ku. 1. 54; M. 1. 1. kRtikA (pl.) [tikan citaca [p. 3. 147] 1 The third of the 27 lunar mansions or asterisms, (consist 598 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kRtsna ing of 6 stars) the Pleiades; Bhag. 6. 14. 30. -2 The six stars represented as nymphs acting as nurses to Kartikeya, the god of war. Comp. a kind of horse in an Asvamedha sacrifice having a carriage as an emblem. tanayaH, -putraH sutaH epithets of Karti keya ; anugacchati devezaM brahmaNyaH kRttikAsutaH Mb. 3. 231.54. -bhavaH the moon. kRtyam (from kRnt) An instrument of an architect ; anyeSu zilpeSu ca yAnyapi syuH sarvANi kRtyAnyakhilena tatra Mb. 1. 194. 6. Ved. 1 A section. -2 A chip. -3 A plough. Cutting, cutting off, dividing, tearing asunder; nAtaH paraM karmanibandhakRntanam Bhag. 6.2.46. af of a knife. - 1 A small knife. -2 The sharp edge $?<<. [fafa; cf. P. IV. 4.20] 1 Artificial, fictitious, not spontaneous, acquired; ", &c.; na syandanaistulitakRtrimabhaktizobhAH R. 13.75; 14.17. -2 Adopt - ed (as a child); see below. -3 Adorned, ornamented; tadaprameyapratikAra kRtrimaM kRtaM svayaM sAdhviti vizvakarmaNA Ram. 58.2. -, : an artificial or adopted son; one of the 12 kinds of sons recognised by the Hindu law; he is a grown up son adopted without the consent of his natural parents putrikA adopted daughter ava narmaNA sA hi kRtakRtrimapatrikA Ks. 24. 29; cf. kRtrimaH syAtsvayaM d: Y. 2. 131; cf. also Ms. 9. 169. -2 Incense. olibanum. 3 Benzoin. - 1 A kind of salt. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -, - incense, a kind of perfume. -putraH 800 kRtrimaH, -putrakaH doll, puppet tavedikAH kanduH kRtrimApradeza (reme) Ku. 1. 29: f. an artificial floor. a park, garden. a. Ved. 1 Causing, effecting &c. -2 Active, diligent, busy; ag Rv. 8. 24. 25. -3 Practising magic. Find. An affix added to numerals to denote 'fold' or 'times'; e. g. 3 eight times, eight-fold; 80 daza', paca &c. kRtvA cintA A consideration of some hypothetical a.80; nanu naivAstrAM yajJo, jIvatAmasAvityuktam / atrocyate / kRtvA - cintA eSA / astrAmiti kRtvA cintyate SB on MS. 10.2195 kRtvAcintAyAM prayojanaM na vaktavyam SB. on MS. 6.8.42. For Private and Personal Use Only a. Ved. Strong, efficacious. [Un. 3. 66] 1 Water. -2 A multitude. -tsaH Sin. a. [Un. 3. 17] All, whole, entire; rasaghana evaM Bri Up. 4. 5. 13; ekaH kRtsnAM nagaraparighaprAMzubAhuS. 2. 16; Bg. 3. 29; Ms. 1. 105; 5. 82. 1 Water. -2 The flank or hip. -3 The belly.

Page #617
kRdaram B9 kRdaram Ved. 1A store-room. -2 The lap. -ra: 1 Granary, a cupboard. -2 A house. IT . Ved. 1 Shortened, mutilated. - Deficient; pratItyena kRdhunA tRpAsaH Rv. 4.5.14. kRpa I. 1 A. (karpate, kRpita) 'o have pity or merey. -II. 10 P.(kRpa (pA / yati)1 To be weak. -2 To pity; puMsaH kRpayana bhadre sarvAtmA prAyate hariH Bhag. 8.7.40. -3 To mourn, gricve, lainent; acaNi kRpamANasya yAni jItasya vAbUtuH Av.5.19.13. kRpaH 'The maternal uncle of azvatthAmana. [HHe was born of the saye Saradvat by a nymph called Jana padi, but along with his sister Kripi, also born froin the nymph, he was brought up by Santanu. He was proficient in the science of archery. In the great war he sided with the Kauravas, and after all had been slain he was given an asylun by the Pandavas. He is one of the seven Chirajivins.] kRpazca samitiJjayaH Bg.1.8. kRpaNa.[kRpa-kyuna na latvam ] 1 Poor, pitiable, wretched, helpless; rAjannapatyaM rAmaste pAlyAzca kRpaNAH prajAH .4.25%; vrajanu ca kRpA kvAdya kRpaNA Nag.5.80 Ram.2.82.28. -2 Void of judgment, una ble or unwilling to discriminate or to do a thing; kAmAto hi prakRtikRpaNAzcetanAcataneSu Me.5360 jarAjIrNazvaryagrasanagahanAkSepakRpaNaH Bh.3.17. -3 Low, mean, vile; kRpaNAH phalahetavaH Bg.2.49; Mu. 2. 183; Bh.2.49. -4 Miserly, stingy. -5 Avaricious. --Nam Wretchedness; kutsAya zuSNaM kRpaNe parAdAt Rv. 10.99.9; Ms.4.185. -Na: 1 A worm. -2 A miser; kRpaNena samo dAtA bhuvi ko'pi na vidyate / anaznanneva vittAni yaH parebhyaH prayacchati Vya.sa. -Comp. -dhI,-buddhi a little or low-minded. -vatsala a kind to the poor. kRpANin Miserable. kRpaNyati Den. P. To wish, desire; tattadagnirvayo dadhe yathAyathA kRpaNyati Rv.8. 39.4. kapAkapa-bhidA at saMpra.] Pity, tenderness, compassion; kRpayA parayAviSTa: Bg.1.28; cakravAkayoH puro viyukta mithune kRpAvatI Ku.5.26; Santi. 4. 19; sakRpam kindly.-Comp.-anvita a. merciful. -AkaraH-sAgaraH-sindhuH extremely compassionate. -dRSTi:/a look with favour, a kind look. kRpANaH [kRpAM nudati nudU-Da saMjJAyAM Natvam Tv.] 1 A sword; sa pAtu vaH kaMsaripoH kRpANa: Vikr. 1.23; kRpaNasya kRpANasya ca kevalamAkArato bhedaH Subhas, Ks. 58.87.-2 A knife. kRpANaka: A sword. -NikA A knife dagger; sevAparikarazcAnyatvayaM kaTTayAM kRpANikA Ks.53.91. kRpANI 1 A pair of scissors. -2 A dagger. kRpAyate Den. A. To lament, mourn. kapAla . [kRpAM lAti lA-AdAne mi0 ] Mereiful, compassionate, kind; guro kRpAlo kRpayA bahainam Maniratnamala. kRpI The sister of kRpa and wife of Drona. -Comp. -patiH an epithet of Drona. -sutaH an epithet of azvatthAman. kRpITam [kRp-kITana ; Un. 4. 184] 1 Underwood; yatrA kRpITamanu taddahanti Rv. 10.28.83 forest, wood. -2 Wood, firewood. -3Water. -4 The belly. -Comp.-pAla:11 rudder. -2 the ocean. -3 air, wind. -yoni: tire. kRmi . [kram-in ata itvam Un. 4.121 ] Full of worms, wormy. -miH1A worm, an insect in general; kRmikulacitam Bh. 2.9; yadidaM kiMcAzvabhya AkRmibhyaH Bri. Up. 6. 1. 14. -2 Worms (disease). -3 An ass. - A spider. -5 The lac (dye). -6 An ant. -Comp. -kaNTakam N. of several plants:- viDaGga (Mar. vAvaDiMga), citrAlga, udumbara; kRmikaNTakaM tu citrAmaviDaYodumbareSu ca Medini. -karaH 3 kind of poisonous worm. 01:, -UTEN: 'worms or lice in the ear', a kind of disease of the ear. -kozaH,-koSaH the cocoon of a silkworm.3744 silken cloth. - pet: a disease of the ear. - N. of several plants used as vermifuge; as the onion, the root of the jujube, marking-nut plant&c. -nI turmeric. -jam, -jagdha m agallochum, aloe wood. - lac, the rod dye produced by insects. -jalajaH, -vAriruhaHashell-tish, an animal (tish &c.) living in ashell.-dantaka: tooth-acho.-dravam cochinoal. -parvataH, -zela: an ant-hill. -phala: the Udumbara tree. -bhojanaHN. of a hell; Bhag.5.26.7, 18. -ripuH,-zatru: an anthelmintic plant (viDalga).-varNaH red cloth.-za khaH the fish living in the conch. -zuktiH f. 1 a bivalve shell. -2 the animal living in it. -3 an oyster. FIAT: A small worin; Bhag. 3.31. 27. kRmiNa, kRmila u. Having worms, wormy. kRmilA A fruitful woman. kRmilikA Linen cloth dyed with red colour. kRmIlaka: A white sort of kidney-bean. kRt 1 P. - kR5 P.q. v. kA P. (kRzyati, kRza) 1 To become leun or emaciated; ya eSAM jyotiSmA uta yazcakarza Av. 12.3. 16. -2 To wane (as the moon). -Gaus. To emaciate; karSayantaH zarIrasthaM bhUtagrAmamacetasaH Bg. 17.16. kaza . [kRz-kta ni] (Compar. kazIyas; superl. RziSTa) 1 Lean, weak, feeble, emaciated; kRzatanuH, kRzodarI &c.3 kRzaH kAzaH khajaH zravaNarahitaH pucchavikala: Bh. 1. 78. -2 Small, littleminute (in size or quantity); suhRdapi na yAcyaH kRzadhanaH Bh.2.28.-3 Poor, insignificant; Ms.7.208.-Comp. -akSa: a spider.-a ga a. lean, thin. (-ga)an epithet of Siva. (-5) 1 a woman with a slender frame; kRzApayAH saMtApaM vadati nalinI patrazayanam Ratn.-2the Privanqu creeper. -safer a. one who keeps his guests short of food; Mb. 12.8.24. -udara 4.1thin-waisted ; sadyastvayA For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #618
800 kRzanam kRSNa E kenaf fagm: V. 5. 16; Ku. 5. 42. -2 having the Oriental Research Institute Vol. XXXVI Nos. 1-2.) belly reduced in bulk; HTTIR H a g: -O agricultural produce or profit; Me. 16. har S. 2. 5. Ta a. one who has lean cattle; 4: TU: - agriculture, husbandry. gavaH kRzabhatyaH kshaatithiH| sa vai rAjan kRzo nAma na zarIrakRzaH kshH|| oftas: [ 22 18:; cf. P. V.2. 112 ] One who Mb. 12. 8. 24. - a. one who feeds his servants ! lives by husbandry, a farmer; it ift 1 : Y. 1. scantily; see a bove quotation. 276; Ms. 9. 38. kRzanam Ved.1A pearl; abhIvRtaM kRzanairvizvarUpam Rv. 1. / H . [39 ** ] 1 Drawn, pulled, dragged, 35. 4. - 2 Gold. -3 Form, shape. attracted &c. -2 Ploughed; a athri TU JUTG2: 1 A dish made of milk, sesamum and rice; fea Pt. 1. 47. -Comp. 38 a. sown on cultivated at 2: 4 Bu. Ch. 2. 36.-2 Rice and peas ! ground. - a. grown in cultivated ground; Ms. 11. boiled together with a few spices (Mar. faast). 144.-964, -177 a. 1 ripening in cultivated ground; 21 qoy: 22974: 39Mbh. on P. III. 1. 114; to Hair of the head). cf. 315243; 29442120155 4 : Bhny. 7. 12. TI: [ 73 31105; Un. 4. 2) Fire; FT: gafa- ! 18.-2 cultivated. - the product of a harvest. HIGH R. 2. 49; 7. 24; 10.74: Ku. 1. 51; Bh. 2. 107. gro: 17- ] A learned man.-f. 1 Drawing, -Comp. -994 (=371977 ) a cannon; 374 42 211947 : ...... Siva. B. 28. 85. a m. an epithet of attracting.-2 Ploughing, cultivating the soil. Siva. T: An epithet of Siva. aufsaam. An actor. gua. [ 9-777] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 TT 1.6 U. (afa-d, H2) To plough, make furrows; Wicked, evil; at yun atya4 for a tataste devayajanaM brAhmaNAH svrnnlaangglaiH| kRSTvA tatra yathAmnAya dIkSayAM Tela 5007727 feara : 401: at wala Il Bhag. 217 24H 11 Bhay. 10.74.12.-II. 1 P. ( fa, r) 1 To 11. 23. 44. -TUT: 1 The black colour. -2 The black draw, dray, pull, drag away, tear; a fac: f ai- antelope; Bhag. 10. 35. 19. -3 A crow. -4 The 290 R. 2. 27; V. 1. 19. -2 To draw towards oneself, (Indian ) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month attract; &a f 7776 Bk. 15.47; Bg. 15. 7. -3 To (from full to new moon); Bg. 8. 25. -6 The Kali lead or conduct as an army; #awed F R . 4. 32. age. -7 Visnu in his eighth incarnation, born as -4 To bend (as a bow); He : R. 5. 50. 5 To the son of Vasudeva and Devaki. Krisna is the most become master of, subdue, vanquish, overpower; 4 celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most aaf-49ih fagianfe wa Ms. 2. 215; 16: +9+THEO popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasu175-HT afa Pt. 3. 46. -6 To plough, till; 39714 deva and Devaki and thus a cousin of Karsa, he was, 2121 ada a Sk. -7 To obtain ; EU 7 Tage for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and 1 96997: Ms. 3. 66.-8 To take away from, de Yasoda, by whom he was brought up and in whose prive one of with two acc.). -9 To scratch; gate house he spent his childhood. It was here that his 21774 Fifa Mb. 8. 40. 38. -Caus. 1 To divine character began to be gradually discovered. draw out, tear up. -2 To extract. -3 To torture, tor when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, ment, give pain. -4 To plough, till, cultivate. such as Baka, Putana &c., that were sent to kill him by Karsa, and performed many other feats of surpri57 4. (64-797] 1 Attractive, drawing. -2 sing strength. The chief companions of his youth were Ploughing. -*: 1 A ploughman, husbandman; a the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among a did Mb. 2. 5. 78. -2 An ox. - whom Radha was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's A ploughshare. (also m.). Gitagovinda). He killed Kamsa, Naraka, Kesin, ETU, - *: [39-5794-f447 at ] A ploughman, Arista and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as husbandman. charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support : f. [ 59-54; cf. P. III. 3. 108 Vart. 8] 1 Plou- of the cause of the Pandavas was the main cause of ghing.-2 Agriculture, husbandry; ita af f the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical Hazraat 19: Mu. 1. 3; : 5215962 Pt. 1. 11; occasions, it was Krisna's assistance and inventive Ms. 1. 90, 3. 64, 10.79; By. 18. 44. -3 The harvest i mind that stood the Pandavas in good stead. After (99); Y. 1. 276. -4 The earth; Mb. 5. -Comp. the general destruction of the Yadavas at Prabhasa, - . agriculture. itat a. living by husban- he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named dry. feg: a kind of sparrow. TT:TE: N. of a Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at treatise on agriculture (see Annals of the Bhandarkar a distance for a deer. He had more than 16000 wives, H For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #619
kRSNa 601 but Rulanipi and Satya bham A, (as also Radha) were | day in the dark halt of Asadha. -dvaipAyana: N. of his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue . Vyasa ; tamahamarAgamakRSNaM kRSNadvaipAyanaM bande Ve. 1. 4. -pakSaH 1 or cloud-like: colour; t. bahiriva malinataraM tava kRSNa mano'pi the dark half of a lunar month; rAvaNena hatA sItA kRSNapakSe'bhaviSyati nUnaM Git. 8. llis son was Pradyumna].-8N. sitASTamI Mahan. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -padI / of Vyasit, the reputed author of the Mahabharata; female with black feet, ofa: an epithet of Agni. kutaH saboditaH kRSNaH kRtavAnsaMhitAM muniH Bhag. 1.4.3. -9N. -pAka: N. of a tree (Mar. karavaMda). - piGgala. darkof Arjuna. -10 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. brown. (-lA) N. of Durga. -piNDItakaH (-piNDIraH) -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Sidra ; kRSNastu N. of a tree (Mar. kALA geLA). -puSpI N. of a tree kezave vyAse kokile janakAkayoH / zudre tAmitrapakSe'gnikalinIlaguNeSu ca // (Mar. kALA dhotrA). -phalaH (-lA) N. of a tree (Mar. Nm. -15 The marking nut (bhallAnaka); viraktaM zodhyate vastraM kALe jire ). -bIjam watermelon. -bhasman sulphate na tu kRSNopasaMhitam M. 12.201. 10. -4NA 1 N. of Drau- of incoury. -mRga: the black antelope; zRge kRSNamRgasya padi, wife of the Pandavas; tejo hRtaM khalu mayAbhihatazca vAmanayanaM kaNDyamAnAM mRgIm S. 6.17.-sakhaH,-vaktraH , -vadanaH matsyaH sajIkRtana dhanuSAdhigatA ca kRSNA Bhag. 1. 15.73 pravizya the black-faced monkey.-mRttikA 1 black earth. -2 the kRSNAmadanaM mahAbhujA Ki. 1. 26. -2 N. of a river in the Dec- gunpowder.-yajurvedaH the Taittiriya or black Yajurveda. can that joins the son at Machhalipattana.-3 A kind of -yAmaH an epithet of Agni; vRzcadvanaM kRSNayAmaM ruzantam poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5Agrape... Rv. 6.6.1. -rakta: dark-red colour. -rUpyaH - "cara q.v. -6 A kind of perfumo. -7 An epithet of Durge3B -lavaNam 10 kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt, Bhay. 4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. -lohaH the loadstone.-vaNe: 1 black colour. -2N. of of the river Yamunis: vilokya dUSitAM kRSNAM kRSNaH kRSNAhinA Rahu. -3a Sudra; viharanizritakRSNavarNaH Bhag.2.1.37. vibhuH Bhag. 10.16.1. -haNI A dark night; riNakti kRSNIra- -barmana M. 1 fire; zraddadhe tridazagopamAtrake dAhazaktimiva kRSNavartmani ruSAya panthAm Ev.7.71. I. -ruNam 1 Blackness, darkmess R. 11.42; Ms.2.91.-2N. of Rahu. -3a low man, (moral also); zukrA kRSNAdaniSTa zvitIcI Rv. 1.123.9. profligate, black-guard. -viSANA Ved. the horns of -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. the black antelope. -veNI N. of a river. -zakuniH3. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. crow; Av. 19.57.4. -zAraH, -sAraH, -sAraGgaH the -8Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -aguru.. spotted antelope3 kRSNasAre dadaccakSustvayi cAdhijyakAmuke S.1.6%3 kind of sandal-wood. -acala: an epithet of the moun- V.1.31; pIyUSabhAnAviva kRSNasAra: Ram. Ch. 1.3.-zRGgaH / tain Raivataka. -ajinam the skin of the black ante- buffalo. -sakhaH, -sArathiH an epithet of Arjuna. (-khI) lope. -adhvan,-arcis m. an epithet of fire%; ef. kRSNa- cummin seed (Mar. jira). skandhaH N. of a tree varmana. -ayas,.-ayasam, -AmiSam iron, crude or (Mar. tamAla). black iron. -kRSNAyasasyeva ca te sahatya hRdayaM kRtam Mb.5. 135. 1; vAcArambhaNaM vikAro nAmadheyaM kRSNAyasamityeva satyam Ch. Up. kRSNa kam The hide of the black antelope. 6.1.6. -arjaka: N. of a tree. -aSTamI, -janmASTamI the kRSNala: The Gunja plant. -lam Its berry%3; 8 th day of the dark half of Sravana when Krisna. Ms.8.134. was born; also called gokulASTamI. -AvAsa: the holy fig kRSNa za a. Extremely black. tree. -udaraH a kind of snake.-kaJcu ka: a kind of gram. -kandam a real lotus. -karman d. of black deeds, criminal, kRSNAyate Den. A. 1 To make black, blacken ; uSNo wicked, deprived, guilty, sinful.-kAka: raven. -kAya: dahati cAgAraH zItaH kRSNAyate karam / . 1.77. -2 To behave a buffalo. -kASTham a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. like Krisna -kohala: a gambler.-gaGgA the river kRSNAveNI.-gati fire; vavRdhe sa tadA garbhaH kakSe kRSNagatiryathA Mb. 13. 85.56%; Ayoghane kRSNikA 1 Black mustard. -2 The female cuckoo. kRSNagati sahAyam R.6.42. -garbhAH (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant kRSNiman m. Blackness. wives of the demon Krisna; yaH kRSNagI nirahannRjizvanA Ry. 1. 101. 1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. kRSNIkaraNam Blackening, making black. -godhA a kind of poisonous inseet. -grIvaH N. of Siva. kRsaraH =kRzara q. v. Mb. 12. 36. 33; Ms. 5. 7. -caJcu ka: a kind of pea. -candra: N. of Vasudeva. -caraa. what formerly belonged to Krisna.-cUrNam rust kR I.G P. (kirati, cakAra, akArIt , akari-rI-Ta, akIrTa, of iron, iron-filings. -e ra: /. 1 the skin of the black kari-rI-tum, kIrNa) 1 To scatter, throw about, pour, cast, auntelope. -2 a black cloud; kRSNacchavisamA kRSNA Mb.4.6.9. disperse%3 samazirasi caJcatpazcacUDazcamUnAmupari zaratuSAraM ko'pyayaM -tAmram : kind of sandal wood. -tAraH 1 a species of vIrapotaH / kirati U.5.236.1; dizi dizi kirati sajalakaNajAlam antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -tAlu m.a Git. 4; S. 1.7; Amaru. 11. -2 To strew, cover or kind of horse having black palate ef. zAlihotra of bhoja, fill with; ukSAnpracakrurnagarasya mArgAn Bk. 3.5%3D saumitrimakirada 67. -trivRtA N. of a tree. -dehaH a large black bee. bANaiH parito rAvaNistataH 17.42. -II.9U. (kRNAti, kRNIte) -dhanam money got by foul means. -dvAdazI the twelfth To injure, hurt, kill. -III. 10 A. (kArayate) To know, inform. saM.iM.ko....76 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #620
602 ketita kRt 10 U. (kIrtayati-te, kIrtita) 1 To mention, repeat, | kekayaH (Pl.) N. of a country and its people; magadhautter : nAmni kIrtita eva R. 1.87; Ms. 7. 167; 2. 124.-2, kosalakekayazAsinAM duhitaraH R.9. 173 kekayamitrayupralayAnAM yAderiyaH To tell, recite, declare, communicate; und fast: P. VII. 3.2. -yI (also kekeyI) N. of the wife of samyaka kIrtayato mama Ms. 3.363; 9.42. -3 To name, call. Dasaratha. -4 To praise, glorify, commemorate; apaprathad guNAn dhAturacikIrtacca vikramam Bk. 15.72. kekara . (rI/.)[ke mUrdhni karItuM netratArAM zIlamasya, kR-ac aluk Tv.] Squint-eyed; Mal. 2.5% 34.2; zaTha! bAndhavaniHkIrtanIya, kIrtanya a. Fit to be praised ; apAMsulAnAM dhuri sneha kAka! kekara! pijala! Dutavakyam 1.38. -ram A squkIrtanIyA R. 2.2. int eye; cf. Akekara. -Comp. -akSa, -netra, -locana a. squint-eyed; Bri. Up. 5. 68. 65. klapa 1 A. (kalpate, caklape, aklupat , aklupta, akalpiSTa; kalpipyate; kalpsya ti-te, kalpitum, kalptum, klupta)1 To be fit or ade kekA The ery of a peacock; kekAbhinalikaNThastira yati vacanaM quate for result in, bring about, accomplish, produce, tANDavAducchikhaNDa: Mal.9.30; SaDjasaMvAdinIH kekAH R.1.39; 7. tend to; (with dat.) kalpase rakSaNAya S.5.83 pazcAtputrairapa- 69; 13.27; 16.64; Me. 22. hRtabharaH kalpate vizramAya V. 3.1; vibhAvarI yadyaruNAya kalpate Ku. kekAvalaH, -kekikaH, -kekin m. A peacock; itaH 5.44; 6.29; 5.79; Me.57: R.5.18; 8.40% 8.6.28%B3 kekikrIDAkalakalaravaH pakSamaladRzAm Bh. 1.93%; akekI ki kekI kimu Bk. 22. 21.-2 To be well-managed or regulated, to kalaravo'sau kSataravaH Subhas. succeed. -3 To become, happen, oceur; kalpipyate hareH prItiH Bk. 16. 12% B9.41,45. gajendrAH kalpyante turagapatayo kekANa: A horse belonging to Keka na locality; varmaracitAH Pajich. 2.7; Bhag. 3. 16. 12.-4 To be prepa. gojikANAzca kekANAH prauDhAhArAzca madhyamAH Salihotra of bhoja, red, be rendy; caklupe cAzvakujaram Bk. 14.89. -5 To be Appendix II. 26. favourable to, subserve. -6 To partake of. -7 To keNikA A tent. prepare, arrange. -8 To produce, cause, effect, create (with acc.); prajApatInAM sa patizcaklape kAnprajApatIn Bhag.3. keta .[kit-AdhAre ghaJ) Knowing, learned. -taH 1A 7.25. -9 To accommodate one's self to. -10To fall house, abode; ananyamekaM jagadAtmaketaM bhavApavargAya bhajAma devam to the share of. -Caus. (kalpayati-te) 1 To prepare, Bhag. 10.63.4t. -2 Living, habitation. -3 A banner. arranger make ready, fit out; zayanamasyAkalpayam K. 156, - 4 Will, intention, desire. -5 Summons, invitation. -6 157. -2 To settle, fix upon, intend, design; y at Apparition, form, shape. -7 Wealth. - 3 Atmosphere, prAtarAzArtha rAkSasaH kalpayiSyati Ram.5.26.333; kalpitA mUlyama- sky. -9 Intellect, judgment. teSAM kareNa bhavatA vayam Mu.5. 17. -3 To make, offer; Mu. ketakaH [kit nivAse Nvul] 1N. of a plant; pratibhAntyadya 6.21. R.5.28 11.51,93. -4 To provide or furnish vanAni ketakAnAm Ghat. 15.-2 A bomor. -kam A flower with ; Bh. 3.95; R. 1.91; 5.9.-5 To believe, consider, of the Ketaka. plant; ketakaiH sUciAbhannaH Me.23%3 R.6.17%3B imagine, think; matsarastu me viparItaM kalpayati Mu.73; Si. 11. 13. 16. -kI 1 N. of a plant (= ketaka); hasitamiva vidhatte 6. -6 To cut, divide; S. 6. - 7 To execute, bring about, sUcibhiH ketakInAm Rs.2.23. -2 A flower of that plant3B do, perform; Si. 11. 27. 14. 21. -8 To form, frame; mAlAH kadambanavakesaraketakIbhirAyojitAH zirasi bibhrati yoSito'dya -9 To invent, compose (as a poem); svAyaMbhuvo manudhImAnidaM zAstramakalpayat Ms. 1. 102; -10 To receive, accept; nAto Rs. 2.20. hyanyamakalpayan Ram.2.91.65. ketanam [kit-lyuT ] 1 A house, an abode; akalita mahimAnaH ketane majalAnAm Mal.2.9; mama maraNameva varamativitathakeklapta pp. [kla p-kta ] 1 Arranged, prepared, done, dar Git. 7. -2 An invitation, summons; Mb. 13. 23. 12got ready, at hand; jAtasya mRtyudhruva eSa sarvataH pratikriyA yasya 16.-3Place, site; sauvarNabhitti saMketaketanaM saMpadAmiva Ks.26.41. na ceha kluptA Bhag.6.10.32; equipped; klaptabivAhaveSA R.6. -4A flas, banner; bhagnaM bhImena marutA bhavato rathaketanam Ve.2. 10; decked in her nuptial attire. -2 Cut, pared; 23; Si. 14. 28; R. 9.39. -5 A sign, symbol; as in klaplakezanakhazmazra Ms.4.35.-3 Caused, produced.-4 Fix makaraketana. -6 indispensable act (also religious); ed, settled; paJca klRptA mahAyajJAH pratyahaM gRhamedhinAm Ms. 3.69 nivApAjalidAnena ketanaH shraaddhkrmbhiH| tasyopakAra zaktastvaM kiM jIvan 11. 27. -5 Thought of, invented. -6 Formed, framed. kimutAnyathA Ve.3.16.-7A spots .mark. -8 The body; -7Ascertained, determined; na tasyAzcittamanyAiklupto'tra tasyAM tu vAnaro divyaH siMhazArdUlaketana: Mb. 1.225.15%3 Bhag. pratyayastathA Ks. 123. 147.-Comp.-kIlA atitle-deed.-dhUpaH 4.24.68; Git. 7.5. frankincense. ketayati Den. P. 1 To summon, call, invite. -2 To klAptiH/.[klup-ktina] 1 Accomplishments success; Vaj. advise, counsel. -3 To fix or appoints time. -4 To 18. 11. -2 Invention, contrivance; Raj. T.5.463. -3 hear, -5 To show, indicate; U. 6. 24. Arranging. ketita a.1 Called, summoned; ketitastu yathAnyAyaM havyaFara a. Bought, purchased. kavye dvijottamaH Ms. 3. 190. -2 Dwelt, inhabited. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #621
ketuH 603 kelikA ............................... a: [=17-2 311EURT: Un. 1.73 ] 1 A flag, banner; 1 A. (d) To shake or tremble. faiThart: ufarard 14174 $. 1. 33. -2 A chief, head, leader, foremost, any eminent person oft. at the Fra Ved. a. 1 Trembling, shaking; a rafra 42: end of comp.); 476291371 49H H R. 2. 33; 14. 7; Rv. 10. 44.6.-2 Unclean. Busty : 1 (rea:) Ram. -3 A comet, meteor; :, TH[ agierze , 21-31 ha 135 4419 Bhac. 2. 6. 15; Ms. 1. 38. -4 A sign, mark. - 5 T v.1 A bracelet worn on the upper arm, an armlet; Brightness, clearness. -6 A ray of light; u hat 7 faraf 954 EITI 7 1939: Bh. 2. 19; 21 Bu. Ch.5.3; Bhag. 8. 6. 15. cf. also ! R. 6.68; Ku. 7. 69. - A kind of coitus. W fa fara:. -7 The descending node considered as the ninth planet, and the body or trunk of the de-i Ta. Decorated with a bracelet. mon saihikeya (the head being regarded as Rahu); krUra T: (pl.) N. of a country in the south of India, H&: a sigoroso Mu. 1. 6.-8 Day-time. the modern Malabar ) and its inhabitants; Mal. 6. 19; -9 Apparition, form, shape. -10 Intellect, judgment; faarut GIA R. 4. 54. A woman F ar H G ZGAT Rv. 5. 66. 4. -11 A pigmy of the Kerala country; karNATInAM muSitamuralIkeralIhAralIla: race. -12 A disease. -13 An enemy. Comp. -&: ( aut:). - Astronomical science. -3 A Hora or the descending node. -TF1 a kind of diagram. -art period of time equal to one hour. -Comp. -Fatih, a comet. - *: a cloud. - 17:,-AIGH one of the nine -7694, -feira: N. of works. great divisions of the known world (the western portion of re&i.) -uf: j. a flay staff ; 214990iata An unknown tree or shrub perhaps cyperus que faca fara R. 12. 103. TOT la pis hexastychus communis ); Matanga L. 10. 12; 9. 21. lazuli, (also called a . - a flag. 1 P. ( la, a) 1 To shake. -2 To sport, T a. Squint-eyed; cf. i. be frolicsome. IT: 1 A field under water; meadow; 2469S i anan: Bhag. 10. 20. 41; Ms. 9. 38, 44; of. 6: A dancer, tumbler. the play on words in the Subhas. Thouar: and the a Den. A. To sport, play. reply is kedArapoSaNaratAH, -2 A basin for water round the root of a tree. -3 A mountain. -4 A particular moun kelAsa: Crystal. tain forming part of the Himalayas modern Kedar). Re: m. f. [4-57) 1 Play, sport. -2 Amorous -5 A form of Siva. -6 N. of a Raga (in music ). sport, pastime; HT &c. Git. 1; Efte 4-Comp. -Eugh a small dyke, earth raised to keep out baMdhanikare vilAsini vilasati kelipare id rAdhAmAdhavayorjayanti water; 73 75 a Mb. 1. 3. 22.-aret: a parti AFTER TE: : ibid; Amaru. 8; Pt. 1.175; Ms. 8.357; cular form of Siva. Rs. 4. 17; seca 974047 TIE&Udb.-3 Joke, jest, kedArakaH A kind of rice. mirth. -fe: f. The earth. -Comp. : a quarrel at ind. By what? whence, how, wlly; F H in jest or joke. - 1 sportive skill, wantonness, fa74714 Mb. 1.3.36. Harargate, ATT amorous address; ita Git. 11. -2 the N. of one of the old principal Upanisads. lute of Sarasvati. -fict: the contidential companion of the hero of a drama (a kind of 1994 or buffoon ). The amorous sports of love. (- ) N. of Rati. - f aa Rati, wife of the god of art: 1 The head. -2 The skull. -3 A cheek. -4 love. TOT: a camel. hir a wife's younger sister. A joint. -5 The temples. - A kind of hell. -tua a. angry in sport; Ve. 1. 2. -TIT: an actor, T a. Ved. Wise, learned ( at); 79 *4- a dancer. -TEH, - , a ru, a Fat Rv. 10. 44. 4. pleasure-house, a private apartment; 4531F at 994194 Git. 11; Amaru. 9 v. 1.) Arama: A rudder, helm, a large oar used as a -art: a sensualist. -97 a. sportive, wanton, amorous. rudder. -TTTH a pleasure-pond; N. 1. 117. -ge: joke, org:, -Z*: N. of a tree (Mangosteen), a variety sport, pastime. Tot: a pleasure ground. 4 A of ebony. pleasure garden; faciat ad @ Fa: F03 Ficha Vikr. 1.29.-TeT: a species of Kadam ba tree. -744 # 1 The centre of a cirele. -2 The argument a pleasure couch, sofa ; 12T TUTH Git. 11. - of a circle. -3 The argument of an equation. -4 Dis f. the earth. fera: a boon companion, confidenti: 1 tance of a planet from the first point of its orbit in the friend. 4th, 7th or 10th degree. -5 The first, fourth, seventh and tenth lunar mansion. kelikaH The Asoka tree. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #622
kelI kelI 1 Play, sport. -2 Amorous sport; mAlatyAH kusumeSu yena satataM kelI kRtA lIlayA ( bhramarASTakam ). -Comp. - kalitam amusement, jest, play. -pikaH a cuckoo kept for pleasure. -vanI 2 pleasure-park, pleasure-grove. - zukaH a parrot kept for pleasure ; dUrAd dADimabIjazaGkitadhiyaH karSanti kelIzukAH Kuval. kev A. (kevate) 1 To serve, attend to, wait upon. -2 To enjoy. kevaTa : Ved. A hollow, eave; mAkI se zAri kevaDhe Rv. 6. 54. 7. 604 d. a: Ved. A fisherman; Vaj. 30. 16. kevala . [ ke sevane vRSA kala ] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon ; kiM tayA kriyate lakSmyA yA vadhUriva kevalA Pt. 2. 134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; sa hi tasya na kevalAM zriyaM pratipede sakalAn guNAnapi R. 8. 5; na kevalAnAM payasAM prasUtimavehi mAM kAmadughAM prasannAm 2.63; 15.1; Ku. 2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); niSeduSI sthaNDila evaM kevale Ku. 5. 12. -5 Pure, simple, { unmingled, unattended ( by anything else ); kAryaM kevalA nItiH R. 17. 47. -6 Selfish, envious. -lI, lam 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (zrutajJAna, matijJAna, avadhijJAna, mana:paryayajJAna, and kevalajJAna). -lI Astronomical science. -lam ind. Only, merely, solely, untirely, a bealutely, wholly kevalamidameva pRcchAmi K. 150; na kevalaM api not only-but; vasu tasya vibhorna kevalaM guNavattApi para prayojanA R 8.31; cf. also 3. 19; 20, 31. -2 Silently, quietly na hi me kuryA Mb. 12. 2. 28. -Comp. -advaitam a particular doctrine of advaita -anvayin see under anvaya - Atman .. whose essonee is absolute unity; namastrimUrtaye tubhyaM prAksRSTeH kevalAtmane Ku. 2. 4. -jJAnam the highest possible know ledge, (Jain Phil.). - jJAnin m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge.- dravyam 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -jJAnam highest Knowledge; jayanti te jinA yeSAM kevalajJAnazAlinAm Pt. 5.12. -naiyAyikaH a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so vaiyAkaraNa vyatirekin m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to nyAyazAstra. one kevalatas in Simply, solely wholly purely merely. kevalatA The absolute unity of spirit and matter; sAMkhyAH kevalatAM gatA: Mb. 12. 315. 19. kevalina . ( - nI / ) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the " doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhag. 4. 25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.) kezaH [dAti yA anya khopa n. 33] 1 Hair in general; vikIrNakezAsu paretabhUmiSu Ku. 5. 68. -2 Especially, the hair of the head; kezeSu gRhItvA or keza 1 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kezava grAhaM yudhyante Sk.; muktakezA Ms. 7.91; kezavyaparopaNAdiva R. 3. 56; 2. 8. 3 The mane of a horse or lion. -4 A ray of light. -5 An epithet of Varuna -6A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Visnu. -zI 1 A lock of hair (on the crown of the head ) -2 An epithet of Durga. -Comp. -anta: 1 the tip of the hair. -2 long hair hanging down, a lock or tuft of hair. -3 cutting of the hair as a religious ceremony; kezAntaH SoDaze varSe brAhmaNasya vidhIyate / rAjanyabandhodvaviMze vaizyasya dvadyadhike tataH // Ms. 2. 65. - antika a 1 extending to the end of the hair as far as the forehead. -2 relating to the ceremony of final tonsure. -ariH m. N. of a plant (Mar. nAgakezara ). -arhA / N. of a plant (Mar. thoranIlI). - uccayaH much or handsome hair. -karman n. dressing or arranging the hair (of the head ) -kalApaH mass or quantity of hair. -kAram sort of sugar-cane. - kArin a dressing or arranging the hair of the head; nihInavaNI sairandhrI bIbhatsAM kezakAriNIm Mb. 4.14.34. -kITaH a louse. - garbhaH 1 a braid of hair. -2 an epithet of Varupa - gRhIta a. seized by the hair. -granthiH a tie of hair; Bhag. 10.39.14. -grahaH, grahaNam pulling the hair, seizing (one) by the hair (both in amorous sports and in fighting); kezagrahaH khalu tadA drupadAtmajAyAH V. 3. 11, 29; Me. 52; so yatra rateSu kezagrahAH K. 8 ( that is, not in battles). - morbid baldness. - m. a hair-dresser, barber. - jAham the root of the hair -dhAraNam keeping (not cutting) the hair; dUrevAryayanaM tIrthaM lAvaNyaM kezadhAraNam Bhag. 12.26. - prasAraH cleaning the hair; Bhag.10. 59.46. -pakSaH, -pAzaH, -hastaH much (or ornamented ) taM kezapAzaM prasamIkSya kuryurbAlapriyatvaM zithilaM camartha: Ku. 1. 48:17. 57; Si. 8. 27. f the hair for a hand ' ( kezahastaH ) is another interpretation; cf. kacapakSa, kacahasta bandhaH 1 hair-band; (virAjase) mukuTena vicitreNa kezabandhena zobhinA MI. 4. 6. 12. -2 a particular position of hands in dancing-bhUH, -bhUmiH / the head or any other part of the body on which hair grow prasAdhanI, mArjakam - mArjanam a comb. -racanA dressing the hair; kurvanti kezaracanAmaparAstaruNyaH Rs. 4. 15. -luJcakU: Jain ascetic. - vapanam shav ing or cutting the hair. - vezaH a tress of fillet of hair. - veSTaH the parting of the hair. -vyaparopaNam putting the hair; cukopa tasmai sa bhRzaM surazriyaH prasahya kezavyaparopaNAdiva K. 3.50. - zUlA a harlot (vezyA); kezazUlAH striyazcApi bhaviSyanti yugakSaye Mb. 3.190.52. -zUlam disease of the hair; Mb. 3; hair on the head and face kezazmazru vapani Mbh. on I.3.1. -saMvAhanam dressing of hair; cf. pAdasaMvAhane vajrI kezavAhane phaNI / aho bhAgyaM purandhrINAM dadhimathane raviH // Subh Ratn. (10). kezakaH a. Skilful in dressing the hair: P. V. 2. 66, Kas. kerATa: 1 A goat. -2 N. of Visnu. -3 A bug. - 4 A brother. -5 A louse. -6 An arrow of Cupid ( zoSaNa ). kezava . [ kezAH prazastAH santyasya; keza va P. V. 2. 100] Having much, fine or luxuriant hair. -vaH An epithet For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #623
kezAkezi of Visnu; kezava jaya jagadIza hare Git. 1; kezavaM patitaM dRSTvA qar Subhas. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The month of mArgazIrSa -Comp. -AyudhaH the mango tree. ( -dham) a weapon of Visnu. -AlayaH, -AvAsaH the Aavattha tree. -daivajJaH N. of an astronomer. -svAmin N. of a grammarian. [P. II. 2. 27. Vart. 3] ind. 'Hair to hair', (fighting) by pulling each other's hair; rakSasAM vAnaraiH saha Mb. ; Y. 2. 283. g kezika (d. ( kI . ) [ keza un] Having fine or luxu riant hair; P. V. 2. 109. kezina m. [-] 1 A lion. -2 N. of a Raksasa slain by Krisna. -3 N. of another Raksasa who carried Devasena and who was slain by Indra. -4 An epithet of Krisna. -5 One having fine hair. -Comp. -faqe:, -: epithets of Krisna: Bg. 18. 1. 1 A woman with a beautiful braid of hair. -2 N. of the wife of Visravas and mother of Ravana and Kumbhakarna ; tatastau rAkSasau jAtau kezinyAM vizravaH sutau / rAvaNaH kumbhakarNazca sarvalokopatApanI // Bhag 7.1.44. -3 An epithet of Durga. 4 N. of a plant (m). 606 . Conducive to the growth of hair; being in the hair; apAsyAH kezyaM malamapa zIrSaNyaM likhAt Av. 14. 2. 68. - iyaH N. of a plant ( mahAbalA ), Eclipta Prostata. -zyam Black sandal. (), - H 1 The mane (as of a lion); na hantyadure'pi gajAnmRgezvaro vilolajihnazcalitAgrakesara: Rs. 1. 14; S. 7. 14. -2 The filament of a flower; f: Me. 21; S. 6. 18; M. 2. 11; R. 4. 67; Si. 9.47. -3 The Bakula tree; raktAzokazcalakisalayaH kesaraMe. 80; Ku. 3. 55. -4 The Punnaga tree. -5 The fibre (as of a mango fruit). 6 Saffron. -7 The hair. T 1 A flower of the Bakula tree; fuR. 9. 36. -2 Gold. -3 Sulphate of iron. -Comp.: an epithet of the mountain Meru; Bhag. 5. 17. 6. - the citron. - saffron. kesarAla a. Rich in filaments; Kavyal. 5. 2. 34. f: N. of the father of Hanumat; Ram. 4. A clout for cleaning vessels. kesa (za) rin m. [ keza-sa-ra-ini ] 1 A lion; anuhuMkuru pavana gomAyustAna kesarI Si. 10. 203 dhanurdharaH kesari R. 2. 29; S. 7. 3. 2 The best, excellent, or most prominent of a class (at the end of comp.); cf. , fe &c. -3 A horse; Mb. 12. 78. 4. -4 The citron plant. 5 The Punnaga tree. 6 N. of the father of Hanumat. -froft A lioness; Ks. 70. 102. Comp. - an epithet of Hanumat. 1P. (kAyati ) To sound. see zukam A flower of tho kiMzuka tree kekaya. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kaitavam The king of the Kekayas; Bhag. 9. 24. 38. [-] A demon, goblin. kaikeyaH [ kekayAnAM rAjA, aN ] A prince or ruler of the Kekayas. a. A descendant of Kekaya; azvapatirvai kaikeyaH Ch. Up. 5. 11. 4; kaikeyI sumanA nAma Mb. 13. 123. 2. f. A daughter of the prince of the Kekayas and one (the youngest) of the three wives of king Dasaratha and mother of Bharata. [When Rama was about to be installed as heir-apparent, she was not less rejoiced than Kausalya. But she had a very wicked nurse called Manthara who long owed Rama a grudge. Finding this to be an excellent opportunity for her revenge, Manthara so completely perverted the mind of Kaikeyi that she became ready to ask the king, as suggested by her nurse, to grant her the two boons which he had formerly promised to her. By one of these boons she asked for the installation of her son Bharata, and by the other for the banishment of Rama for fourteen years. Dasaratha, blinded by passion as he was, severely scolded her for her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. On account of this wicked act her name has become proverbial for a shrew', or Xanthippe'] The office of a servant, servitude; Bhag. 3. 2. 22 : toSakaH zivakaiMkaryatatparANAM Cholachampu, P. 5. a: An amorous person; Ratn. 1. 9. kaiTa a. Coming from an insect or worm. H: N. of a demon killed by Visnu. [He was a very powerful demon. He and Madhu aro said to have sprung from the ears of Visnu while he was asleep; and when they were about to devour Brahman they were slain by Visnu]. -, - An epithet of Durga. -Comp. -adhi, ardana, jita ripuH hana epithete of Visnu; eSa mAnavi te garbha praviSTaH kaiTabhArdanaH Bhag. 3. 24.18; udamajaM kaiTabhajitaH zayanAt Si. 9.30. 1185 kaiTarya: N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. ghANerA karaMja, kaDhIliMba, geLA ). For Private and Personal Use Only kaitakam [ketakyAH puSpaM aN ] A flower of the Ketaka plant. a. Relating to, coming from Ketaka; - tamagamatkaitakaM rajaH R. 4. 55. haa [ kitavasya bhAvaH karma vA aN ] 1 Stake in a game; bhImena rAjandayitena dIvya yatkaitavaM pANDava te'vaziSTam Mb. 2. 65. 23. -2 Gambling. -3 Falsehood, deceit, fraud, roguery, trick; hRdaye vasasIti matpriyaM yadavocastadavaibhi kaitavam Ku. 4.9; R. 8. 49; Si. 8. 32. -4 The lapis lazuli (g)-a: 1 A cheat, rogue. -2 A gambler. -3 The Dhattura plant.

Page #624
kaitavakam 606 kokAhaH -Comp. -prayogaH a trick, device. -vAda: falsehood, roguery; kezava mA vada kaitavavAdam Git. 8. 1. kaitavakam Gambling; a trick in gambling; matta kaitavakenaiva yajjitosmi durodare Mb. 2.61. 1. kedAra a. Being on or growing in a field or men dow. ra: Rice, corn. -ram, kedArakam , -kaidArikam , -kaidArikA, -kaidAryam A. multitude of fields ; kaidArikANAmabhitaH samAkulA Si. 12.42. kainnara a. Coming from a Kinmara. kaimarthakya.. Want of purpose; kaimarthakyAnniyamo bhvti|| vidheyaM nAstIti kRtvA Mbh.on I. 4.3; VII.2.26; VIII.4.32. kaimarthyam Purpose, reason; sati tu pArAyeM naiva kAcicchabdavRttirAzrayituM shkyte| kaimadhye hi sA kalpyeta / SB. on MS.4.3.2. kaimutikaH (seil. nyAya) A maxim of 'how much more', an argument afortiori (derived from kimuta 'how much more'); see com. on Ki. 7. 27. kaiyaTa N. of a famous grammarian who wrote a learned commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. ia: 1 A gambler, cheat, rogue. -2 An enemy. -vam The white lotus opening at moonrise; candro vikAsayati kairavacakravAlam Bh. 2.73; kasmai nAtha samarpya kairavakulaM vyomAntamAlambase Udb. -vI Moonlight. -Comp. -bandhuH an epithet of the moon. kairavin m. The moon. kairaviNI 1 A lotus plant bearing white lotuses. -2 A place (pond &c.) abounding in white lotuses -3 An assemblage of white lotuses; indurvikAsayati keraviNIkulAni Br. 1.75. kairATakaH A kind of vegetable poison. kairAta..[kirAta-aN] Belonging to the Kiritas. -taH 1 A prince of the Kiratas. -2 A strong man. - A kind of sundal-wood. kairAta (ti) kaa. Belonging to the Kiratas; kairAtakI- / nAmayutaM dAsInAM ca vizAMpate (AhRtya) Mb.2.52.11; vyUhAzca kairAtakavAmanAnAm Bu. Ch. 3. 12. kailam Sport, pleasure. kailakila: An epithet of Yavana. kailAtakam A kind of liquor, honey; tataH sa madhuparhiH pItvA kailAtakaM madhu Mb. 7. 112.62. kailAsa: N. of a mountain, a peak of the Himalayas and residence of Siva and Kubera; kailAsasya tridazavanitAdarpaNasyAtithiH syAH Me.60; R. 2.35. -Comp. -okas m. -niketanaH,-nAthaH 1 an epithet of Siva. -2 of Kubera; kailAsanAthaM tarasA jigI puH R.5.28% kailAsanAthamupasRtya nivartamAnA V.1.3. kaivartaH [ke jale vartate vRt-ac; kevataH tataH svArthe aN Tv.] A fisherman; manobhUH kaivartaH kSipati paritastvAM prati muhuH (tanUjAlIjAlam ) Santi.3.16%3 Ms.8.260%3 (as to his descent see Ms. 10. 3). kaivartaka: A fisherman; Ram. 2.83.15% Ks. 112. 113%B sottIrNA khalu pANDavai raNanadI kaivartakaH kezavaH Bg. (dhyAnam ). kaivalyam [kevalasya bhAvaH dhyaJ] 1 Perfect isolation, soleness, exclusiveness. -2 Individuality; Bhag. 5. 3. 17. -3 Detachment of the soul from matter, identification with the supreme spirit -4 Final emancipation or beatitude; Bhag. 1. 8. 27. -5 Everlasting disappearance of the three pains%3 kaivalyaM mAdhyasthya m San. K. 19.3; kaivalyArtha pravRttezca ivid. 17. kazika (-kI/.)[keza-Thak] Hairlike, fine as hair. -ka: The sentiment of love, lust. -kam Aquantity of hair; kapaTakaizikabhUSitamalikA Ram. Ch.4.37. -kI One of the four varieties of dramatic style; Ram. 5. 1. 163; more usually and correctly written ferait q. v. -2 An epithet of Durga. kaizoram [kizorasya bhAvaH aJ] Youth, childhood, tender age (below fifteen); kaizoramApaJcadazAt ; santaM vayasi kaizore bhRtyAnugrahakAtaram Bhag. 3. 28. 17. -Comp.-vayas a. having the age of a youth; nivezya citte puruSaM svarociSaM viveza kaizoravayAH paraM gataH Bhag. 9. 2. 15. kaizorya m. N. of a sage zANDilyaH kaizoryAtkApyAt Bri. Up. 2. 6. 3. kaizyam The whole mass of hair, quantity of hair; kalaya kezini kaizyamasayatam N.4.114. kokaH [kuk-AdAne ac Tv.] 1 A woll; bane yUthaparibhraSTA mRgI kokairibArditA Ram.5.25... -2 The ruddy goose (cakravAka); kokAnAM karuNasvareNa sadRzI dIrghA madabhyarthanA Git. b. -3 A cuckoo janitakokanadAni jalAzaye, zaradi kokanadAni cakAzire Rim. Ch.4.62; hiraNmayA hastimRgAzca kokAH Bu.Ch.2.22. -4 A frog. -5N. of Visnu. -6A wild lizard. -7A wild date tree. -Comp. -devaH a pigeon. -bandhuH an epithet of the sun.-zAstram N. of a treatise on the art of love (aseribed to a pandit named koka). #13: The Indian fox. kokathuH The wood-pigeon. kokanadam [kokAn cakravAkAn nadati nAdayati nad-ac ] 1 The red lotus; kiMcitkokanadacchadasya sadRze netra svayaM rajyataH U.5.383 nIlanalinAbhamapi tanvi tava locanaM dhArayati kokanadarUpam Git. 103 Si+.46%; janitakokanadAni jalAzaye, zaradi kokanadAni cakAzire / Ram. Ch.4.62. -2 The red water-lily. -dinI The red water-ily:na bhekaH kokanadinIkiMjalkAsvAdakovidaH Ks. 30.78. kokAmukham N. of a famous holy place in India; Mb. 3. kokAhaH A white horse. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #625
kokilaH 807 koNaH - mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm.. kokilaH, lA [ kula-ilac Un.1.54.] 1 The ( Indian or | -10 One side of a question in dispute, an alternative. black) guckoo; puMskokilo yanmadhura cukRja Ku.3.32; 4.163 -11 The pinnacle, peak (zikhara); koTiM tastha samudrasya R. 12.8). -2 A fire-brand. -Comp.-AvAsaH, -utsavaH kAJcanI zatayojanAm Ram 4.42. 19. -Comp. -IzvaraH / tho mango treo. -ikSuH a kind of sugar-cane. -priyaH millionaire ; tataH koTIzvarAkhyena vaNijA sa samaM yayau K. 56.643 (in anusic) : kind of measure. -vratam N. of an obser- navanavatizatadravyakoTIzvarAste nandAH...hatAH pazyato rAkSasasya Mu. vance. -jit m. an opithet of Kalidasa. -jIvA, -jyA the cokokilaka: N. of a metre. sine of an angle in a right-anglod triangle (in math.). -dvayam two alternatives. -pAtram a rudder. -pAla: the koGkaH, koNaH (Pl.) N. of a country, the strip of guard of a stronghold. -varSam N. of the capital of the land between the Sahyadri and the ocean; Mb. 6; demon-chief Bana. -vedhina .. (lit.) striking point3B Akamya kramukazyAmAnkohaNAnsapta tApayan / turagAniva tigmAMzoH pratApa (fig.) performing the most difficult things; koTivedhini stasya paprathe | Raj. T. 4. 159. -Nam A kind of weapon. siddhe hi Raj. T. 1.110. -zrIH an epithet of Durga. koNA N. of Renuka, wife of Jamadagni. -Comp. -homaH a kind of sacrificial offering. -sUtaH an epithet of Parasurama. koTika a. Forming the highest point of anything. koNa, kokANa a.Coming from kokaNa; zyAmA kuvalayamAlA koTimat a. Edged, pointed; cApena yasya vinivartitakarma kokkANI kIrtivarmaNasturagI Ks. 121. 278. jAtaM tatkoTimatkulizamAbharaNaM maghonaH 5.7.26. koca . [kuc kartari Na] Drying, becoming dry. -caH 1 Feat: ind. By crores, by tens of millions, in innuDrying up, withering, aridity. -2 A man of mixed merable numbers; gAM koTizaH sparzayatA ghaTonIH R. 2.9. caste, (the offspring of a fisherman by a female butcher.) koTiraH [koTiM rAti rA-ka Tv.] 1 The hair collected kojAgaraH [ ko jAgarti iti lakSmyA uktiratra kAle pRSo. Tv.] on the forehead by a svetics in the shape of a horn. N. of a festival held on the full moon night in the -2 An ichneumon. -3 An epithet of Indra. month of A svina and celebrated with several games. koTa (TI) zaH A harrow. koTa: [kuTa-ghaJ] 1 A fort.-2 A hut, shed. -3 Crooked- koTIraH [ koTimIrayati Ir aN Tv.]1 A diadem, erown; ness (moral also). -4 A beard. -Comp. -paH,-pAla: yatpAdAmbujacumbinAM surapateH koTIragArutmatastomAnAM tulasIdalaprakarataH The commander of the fort (Mar. killidAra). See koTipAla, Vis. Guna. 260. -2 A erest. -3 The hair collected koTaka a. Curving, bending. -kaH1 A builder of (by ascetics) on the forehead in the shape of a horn, sheds, thatcher. -2 A mixed caste (offspring of a matted hair in gemeral; koTIrabandhanadhanurguNayogapaTTavyApArapAra gamamuM bhaja bhUtabhartuH N. 11. 18; kaThore koTIre skhalasi jahi jambhAmason by a daughter of a potter ). rimukuTam A. L. koTanaH Winter. koTaraH, -ram [ koTaM kauTilyaM rAni rA-ka Tv.] The hollow koTTaH [ kuT-ghaJ ni0 guNaH ] A fort, castle. of a tree; nIvArAH zukagarbhakoTaramukhabhraSTAstarUNAmadhaH 5.1.14%3; koTTavI [ ko vAti vA-ka, gaurA IS Tv.] Sce koTarI-vI. koTaramakAlavRSTayA prabalapurovAtayA gamite M. 4.2; Rs.1.26. 1 A naked woman with dishovollod hair. -2 N. of koTarI, koTavI 1A naked woman; pATayankSurikAghAtaiH the goddess Durge. -3 N. of the mother of Bana. koTavIstanakoTaram Raj. T.5. 410. -2 An epithet of the god- 1 koTTAraH [kuT-Arak pRSo ] A fortified town, strongdess Durga (represented as naked ). hold. -2 The stairs of a pond. -3 A well. -4A koTiH , TI/. [kuT-iJ] 1 The curved end of a bow%3 libertine, a dissolute person. bhUminihitaikakoTikArmukam R.11.81; U.4.29. -2 The end or #TE: 1 A variety of leprosy with large round spots. extreunity, edge or point in general; sahacarI dantasya koTayA -2 Ring-worm. likhan Mal.9.32; agadakoTilagnam R.6.14; 7.46% 8.36. -3 The edge or point of a weapon. -4 The highest point, na koNaH [kuNa-karaNe ghaJ katari ac vA Tv.]1A corner, an excess, pitch, climax, excellence% parA koTimAnandasyAdhyagacchan angle (of anything); bhayena koNe vacana sthitasya Vikr.1. K.360; 30 kopakoTimApanA Pt.43; excessively angry, kalyANI 99; yuktamatanna tu punaH koNaM nayanapadmayoH Bv. 2. 173. -2 An kalayAmi kajanilayAM kalyANakoTisthitAm Vis. Guna.275.-5 The intermediate point of the compass. -3 The bow of a lute; horns or digits of the moon; AvarjitajaTAmolivilambizazi- a fiddle-stick. -4 The sharp edge of a sword or weakoTayaH Ku. 2.26.-6 Ten millions, a crore; vittasya vidyApari- pon. - A stick, staff, club. -6 A drum-stick ;...031saMkhyayA me koTIzcatasro daza cAhareti R.5.21; 12.82; Ms. 6.63. yo nijannire Bk. 14.2. -7 N. of the planet Mars. -8N. -7 The complement of an are to 90deg (in math.).-8 The of the planet. Saturm. -9 A sort of musical instrument perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle ( in math.). [cf. Gr. gonia ). -Comp. -TTTTT: striking of drums, -9A class, department, kingdom; manuSya", prANi &c. tabors &c., used in the sense of 'amingled sound of vari For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #626
koNapaH 608 kozaH ous musical instruments'; koNAghAteSu garjatpralayadhanaghaTAnyonya- -2 (fig.) Anything resembling a bud, ie. partially saMghaTTacaNDa: Ve. 1. 22. (It is thus defined by Bharata:- opened but not fully developed; rAdhAyAH stanakorakopari DhakAzatasahasrANi bherIzatazatAni c| ekadA yatra hanyante koNAghAtaH sa calanetro hariH pAtu vaH Git. 12. -3 The fibres of the stalk ucyte||).-kunnH,-paaraavtm (see kapotapAlikA) A dove-cot of a lotus. -4 A kind of perfume. or doveridge, a bug. -vAdin .. an epithet of Siva. korakita ... Covered with buds; smitena yaH korakitasta-vRttam a vertical circle extending from north-east to vAste N. 3. 121. south-west or from north-west to south-east. -2759: the sinus of the height of the sun. Fiftat a. Budded, sprouted. -2 Ground, pounded, koNapaH See kauNapa. reduced to small particles koNAkoNI ind. From angle to angle, corner-wise, koraNDaH N. of a plant ( probably Mar. korAMTI). diagonally. koradRSaH = kodravaH q.v. Fitfota. Having a crooked hand. kolaH [kula saMstyAne ac] 1 A hog, boar; Y. 3. 273%; Si. 14. 43, 86. -2 A raft, boat. -3 The breast. -4 kotha . [ kuth-ghaJ]1 Aflicted with pain.-2 Churmed. The haunch, hip, lap. -5 An embrace. -6 The planet -tha: 1 Putrefaction, corruption. -2 A sore. -3 Gan Saturn. -7 An out-cast, one of a degraded tribe. -8 grene. -4 A disease of the eyes. -5 Churning. A barbarian. -9N. of a tribe inhabiting the hills in kodaNDaH , -NDam A bow; re kandarpa karaM kadarthayasi kiM kodaNDaTakA- Central India. -lam 1 The weight of one Tola. -2 ravaiH Bh.3.100%; kodaNDapANininada pratirodhakAnAm M.3.10. -NDa: Black pepper. -3 A kind of berry. -Comp. -aJca: N. 1 An eye-brow. -2 N. of a country, of the country of the Kalingas. -puccha: a heron. kodaNDin M. An epithet of Siva. kolakam 1 A kind of village Mana. 9. 486. -2 A kind of fort; Mana. 10. 41. -3 Some fruit or material kodAraH A kind of grain. | employed in the foundation-pit. kodravaH A species of grain eaten by the poor; azrAddheyAni dhAnyAni kodravAH pulakAstathA Mb. 18.91. 38; chittvA karpUra kolakuNaH A bug. vaNDAn vRtimiha kurute kodravANAM samantAt Bh. 2. 100. kolambaka: The body of a lute. konAlakaH, -kA, -kam A kind of acquatic bird. kolA, -liH, -lI /. See badarI. konvaziraH A Ksatriya cursed by a Brahmana to kolAhalaH, -lam A loud and confused noise, an be a Sudra. uprour; tato halahalAzabdaH punaH kolAhalo'bhavat Ram. kopa and other derived words see under kup. kolyA Long pepper. komala ...[ku-kalac muTU ca ni0 guNaH; of Un. 1. 106] 1. kovida . Experienced, learnod, skilled, wise, proTender, soft, delicate (tig. also); bandhurakomalAlgulim (karam) ficient (with gen. or loc. but usually in comp.); 5. 6. 13.; komalaviTapAnukAriNau bAhU 1. za; saMpatsu mahatAM cittaM / vyutpattirAvarjitakovidApi Vikr. 1. 16% guNadoSakovidaH Si. 14. bhavatyutpalakomalam Bh. 2.66.-2(a) Soft, low; komalaM gItam. 54,693; prApyAvantInudayanakathAkovidagrAmavRddhAn Me.30%; Ms.7.26%3 (0) Agreeable, pleasing, swoet; re re kokila komalaiH kalaravaiH / sphuTacaturakathA Mu. 3. 10. kiM tvaM vRthA jalpasi Bh. 3. 100. -3 Handsome, beautiful. kovidAraH, -ram N. of a tree; cittaM vidArayati kasya na -lam 1 Water. -2 Clay, earth. -3 Silk. -4 Nutmeg. kovidAraH Rs. 3.6% U.5.1. -lA A kind of date; mukuSTAH komalAstatra vAraNIyAH prayatnataH Salihotra of Bhoja 268. kozaH, -zam (SaH, -pam) [kuz (e) AdhArAdau ghaJ kartari komalakam The fibres of the stalk of a lotus. ac vA Tv.] 1 A vessel for holding liquids, a pail. -2 A bucket, cup. -3 A vessel in general. -4 A box, komAsikA A small net for fruits. cupboard, drawer, trunk ; Rv. 6. 47. 28; sa eSa kozo koyASTiH, koyaSTikaH 1 The lapwing; kAzmaryAH kRtamAlamudga- vasudhAnastasminvizvamidaM zritam Ch. Up. 3. 15.1.-5A sheath, tadalaM koyaSTikaSTIkate Mal.9.7; Ms. 5.18%3 Y. 1.173. -2 A scabbard; Ki. 17. 15. -6 A case, cover, covering. -7 small white crane. A store, mass3; IzvaraH sarvabhUtAnAM dharmakozasya guptaye Ms. 1. 99. -8 A store-room. -9 A treasury, an apartment where koraH [kula saMstyAne ac lasya-ra: Tv.] 1 A movable money is kept; Ms. 8. 419. -10 Treasure, money, joint (as the fingers, the knees &c). -2 A bud%3B wealth; niHzeSavizrANitakoSajAtam R.5.19 (fig. also); of. koraka. kozastapasaH K. 45; kozapUrvAH sarvArambhAH Kau.A.2.8. -11 Gold korakaH, -kama [Un. 5.5] 1A bud, an unblown or silver wrought or unwrought. -12 A dictionary, Hower: saMnaddhaM yadapi sthitaM kurabakaM tatkorakAvasthayA 8.6.4. lexicon, vocabulary.-13 Aclosed flower, bud; sujAtayAH For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #627
Shri Mahavir Jain Aradhana Kendra kozakaH paGkajakozayoH zriyam R. 3. 8, 13. 29; itthaM vicintayati kozagate dvirephe hA hanta hanta nalinAM gaja ujjahAra Subhas. - 14 The stone of a fruit. 15 A pod. -16 A nut-meg, nut-shell. -17 The cocoon of a silk-worm; nijalAlA samAyogAtkozaM vA koza Y. 3. 147. -18 Vulva, the womb. 19 An egg. -20 A testicle or the scrotum. -21 The penis. -22 A ball, globe. -23 (In Vedanta phil.) A term for the five (anna, prANa, mana:, vijJAna, Ananda ) vestures ( sheaths or cases) which successively make the body, enshrining the soul. -24 (In law) A kind of ordeal; the defendant drinks thrice of the water after some idol has been washed in it; cf. Y. 2. 112.-25 A house. -26 A cloud. -27 The interior of a carriage. -28 A kind of bandage or ligature (in surgery). -29 An oath; - ranyonyaM sakhau nRpaDAmarau Raj. T. 5.326. -30 The pericarp of a lotus. -31 A piece of meat. -32 A cup used in the ratification of a treaty of peace; devI kozamapAyayat Raj. T. 7. 8, 75, 459, 492. - (-) 1 A bud. -2 A seed-vessel. 3 The beard of corn. 4 A shoe, sandal ( pAdukA ). -Comp. -adhipatiH, -adhyakSaH a treasure, paymaster; (cf. the modern 'minister of finance'). -2 an epithet of Kubera. -,-TH a treasurer, store-room. - 1 one who makes scabbards. -2 a lexicographer. -3 the silk-worm while in the cocoon; Ram. 4.40. 23. -4 a chrysalis. -5 sugar-cane. N a silk-worm. Y. 3. 147. m. a kind of sugar-cane. -E a treasury, store-room; R. 5. 29. ETH undergoing an ordeal. -: the (Indian) crane. A: 1 a treasurer. -2 An epithet of Kubera. - peTakaH, -kam chest in which treasure is kept, coffer. - 1 a kind of perfume. -2 a nutmeg. ft water used at an ordeal; Ks. 119. 35, 42. - vAsin m an animal living in a shell, a chrysalis. -fa: 1 increase of treasure. -2 enlargement of the scrotum. - vezman n. a treasury; Ks. 21. 133. - a clasped knife, knife lying in a sheath-fat: . puritication by ordealn. a silk worm; : Bhag. 7. 6. 13.a. incased, sheathed. (-:) an animal living in a shell (as a snail). - a. deprived of riches, poor. 1 An egg. -2 A testicle. A drinking vessel. afar (f). The mango tree. kauzalika www.kobatirth.org kozalikam A bribe ( .. which is the more correct form). kozA (pA) takaH Hair. kozAtakina 1 Trade, business. -2 A trader, merchant. -3 Submarine fire. N. of tree (4): Si. 12. 37. muM. huM to...ha 609 Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kaukSeya koSTa a. [3-4 Up. 2. 4] Own. -: 1 Any one of the viscera of the body, such as the heart, lungs &c. -2 The belly, abdomen; tag Bhag. 10. 83. 22. 3 An inner apartment. -4 A granary, storeroom;::: Mbl. on P. I. 2. 45. etc. - 1 A surrounding wall; Bhag. 1. 28. 56. -2 The shell of anything. Comp. 1 a storehouse, store room ; paryAptabharita koSThAgAraM mAMsazoNitaimeM gRhaM bhaviSyati Ve. 3; Ms. 9. 280.-2 a treasury. -fent: 1 an animal living in a shell. -2 the manager of a store-room.-3: the digestive faculty, gastric juice; af afrai lehyacopyaM pacatIti Garbha. Up. 5. -pAlaH 1 treasurer, store-keeper. -2 a guard, watch. -3 a constable (resembling the modern municipal officer). -f: f. evacuation of the bowels. g: 1 A granary.-2 A surrounding wall.-3 An apartment; Kau. A. 2. 4. - A brick trough for watering cattle. 8 U. To surround, enclose. koSTI To surround, enclose; koSTIkRtya ca taM vIram Mb. 6. 101. 32. koya . [ koSTha ya ] Proceeding from the chest (as a sound). a. koSNa [ISaduSNa ko phAdezaH ] Tukewarm tepids bhuvaM koSNena kuNDobhI medhyenAvabhRthAdapi R. 1. 84. - SNam Warmth. ()(pl.) N. of a country and its people; pituranantaramuttara kosalAn R. 9. 1; 3.5; 6. 71; magadhako salakekayazAsinAM duhitaraH 9.17. nakSatra N. of a lunar mansion ; kosalAnAM ca nakSatraM vyaktamindrAmidaivatam Ram. 6. 102.35. kosa (za) lA The city of Ayorlhy 8. kohala ... [ kau halati spardhate ac pRSodeg Tv.] Speaking indistinctly. 1 A kind of musical instrument. -2 A sort of spirituous liquor. -3 The inventor or first teacher of the drama. -4 N. of a Prakrit grammarian ( v. I. kohara ) . 1 Evil doing, wickedness. -2 Repentance. -kaukkuTa a. [4] Relating to a cock; Ram. 2. 91. 70. phaukkuTikaH [kkuTa Thak] 1 A poulterer -2 A moveodicant who walks always fixing his eyes on the ground for fear of treading upon worms, insects &c.-3 (Hence) A hypocrite. tera. (f.) 1 Tied to, or being on the sides. -2 Abdominal. kaukSeya (pI) akSi-uma.. Being in the belly. -2 Being in a sheath asiM kaukSeyamudyamya cakArApanasaM mukham Bk. 4. 31. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #628
kaukSeyakaH kaukSeyakaH kukSI bado'si ka od. P. IV. 2.] A sword, scimitar; vAmapArzvAvilambinA kaukSeyakeNa K. 8; Vikr. 1. 90; AdhAvantaH saMmukhaM dhAritAnAmanyairanye tIkSNakaukSeyakANAm Si. 18. 17. kauka, kokaNaH (pl.) N. of a country and its people or rulers ; Mb. 6. 9. 60; (see kokaNa ). kIkuma a. of saffron. ...davadahanaH kakumo digvadhUnAM aGgarAga: Suktisundara 5. 119. kaucapaka a. A variety of carpets; Kau. A. 2. 11. kaucumAra yoga: A particular art (ka). kauja a. Relating or belonging to the planet Mars. kIjara 4. Belonging to an elephants Apana: kIrA yonim Bhag. 8. 4. 12. ram A particular method of sitting (of yogi ); sarvANyevApidhIyante padajAtAni kauJjare Mb. 12. 245. 18. kauTa a. ( - TI / . ) [ kUTa-am ] 1 Living in one's own house; hence, independent, free. -2 Domestic, homely, home-bred. -3 Fraudulent, dishonest. -4 Snared. -TaH 1 Fraud, falsehood. -2 Giving false evidence. -3 A variety of gems; Kau. A. 2. 11. -Comp. -ja: the Ku taia tree. -takSaH (opp. grAmatakSaH) an independent carpenter, one who works at home on his own account and not for the village.- sAkSin m. a false witness. -sAkSyam false evidence, perjury; Ms. 8. 117, 122-23; 11.56. kauTakikaH, kauTikaH 1 One whose business is to catch birds &c. in traps. -2 One who sells the flesh of birds, animals &c.; a butcher, poacher. kauTika a. 1 Relating to a snare or trap. -2 Dis honest, fraudulent ; see kauTakika above. 610 kITabhI An epithet of Durga. kauTalya = kauTilya q. v. kauTavI A naked woman; cf. koTTavI. kauTilikaH 1 A hunter. -2 A blacksmith. | kauTilyama [cf. nityaM kauTilye gatau P. III. 1. 3.] 1 Crookedness (lit. and fig.); kauTilyaM kacanicaye karacaraNAdharataleSu rAgaste K. P. -2 Wickedness. -3 dishonesty, fraud; yo mitrANi karotyatra na kauTilyena vartate Pt. 2 185. - lyaH 'The crooked, N. of Chanakya, a celebrated writer on civil polity, (the work being known as cANakyanIti), the friend and adviser of Chandragupta and a very important character in the Mudraraksasu; kauTilya: kuTilamatiH sa eSa yena krodhAgnau prasabhamadAhi nandavaMza: Mu. 1.7; spRzati mAM koTilyaziSyaH Mu. 7. zAstram Chapa kya's doctrine (diplomacy ). kauTIra a. Belonging to the plant kuTIra or made of it. kauTIryA An epithet of Durga. kautUhalam (syam) kauTumba a. ( - bI / . ) [ kuTumbaM tadbharaNaM prayojanamasya aN ] Necessary for the family or household. - Family relationship: Raj. T. 5. 36. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kauTumbika a. ( - kI . ) [ kuTumbe tadbharaNe prasRtaH Thak ] Constituting a family; atha ca kauTumbikA dArApatyAdayaH Bhag. 5. 14. 3. -kaH The father or master of a family paterJamiliss] padepade'bhyantaravanirditaH kIdRkAyata janAva Bhag. 5. 13. 8. kauTTanyam The procuring of women for immoral pursAsako bhavabhUteH Raj. T. 7.250. kauNapaH A goblin, demon; Mb. 1. 170.15; Mal. 5. sAhasI zoNatanayaH kopI koNapavikramaH Siva. B. 22.48. -Comp. -dantaH an epithet of Bhisma. kauNapadantaH N. of an author on arthazAstra mentioned by Kautilya in connection with rAjaputrarakSaNa; Kau. A. 1. 17 kauNDinyaH N. of a sage of taphakauNDinyanyAya Appendix kauNyam Distortion or paralysis of the hands. kautukam [unubhAka anU] Desire, curiosity, wish. -2 Eagerness, vchemence, impatience. -3 Anything creating curiosity or wonder. -4 The marriage thread ( worn on the wrist); karoyamAmuktavivAha kautuka: Ku. 5. 66; R. 8.1. -5 The ceremony with the marriage thread preceding a marriage saMghAcyA kautukakriyA Pratijna 4. 21. -6 Festivity, gaiety. Particularly auspicious festivity, solemn occasion (such as marriage); kautukaM maGgale harSe hastasUtre kutUhale ' iti zAzvataH; prasthAna S. 4; Ku. 7. 25. -8 Delight, joy, pleasure, happiness ; nivRttanAnArasakAvyakautukam Bh. 3. 140; rasAH e. 6. 33; Mal. 10. 3; U. 3. 37. -9 Sport, pastime. -10 A song, dance, show or spectacle. 11 Joke, mirth. -12 Friendly greeting, salutation. -Comp. -agAraH, -ram, -gRham a pleasurehouse ; kautukAgAramAgAt Ku. 7.91. udayam a kind of the height (of an idol &c.) (cf. utsava and utsedha ); utsave cAmAnana kautukodayamIritam [Maas. 61. 22. kriyA, maGgalam solemn_ceremony ; upavAsaistithejyAbhirvrata kautukamaGgale / labhante mAtaro garbhAn ... Mb. 12. 7. 14; -2 particularly marriage ceremony ; R. 11. 53. -toraNaH, -Nam a triumphal arch eracted on festive puradvAramArgeSu tutoraNAm Bhag 1. 11. 13. kautukavat ind. Through curiosity or interest suraiH kautuka m. 1. 163 kautukita a. Eagor, eagerly interested. -tA curiosity, eagerness; dUramAlapanakautu kitAyAm N. 3. 13. ((. Festive, gay; vijahAra tadudyAnavanabhUmiSu kautukI kautukana Ks. 51. 52. kautUhalam (syam) [kula-ag] 1 reir curiosity, interest ; viSayavyAvRttakautUhala: V. 1.9; S. 1. -2 Eagerness, vehement or eager desire; kautUhalAnupravaNA ( kathA ) For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #629
kautsam 611 Mb. 12. 37. 3. -3 Anything exciting curiosity, a won- kaumArakam Boyhood, juvenile or tender age ; kaumArakeDader, curiosity; Me. 49.-4 A solemn ceremony. pi girivadgurutAM dadhAnaH U. 6. 19. kotsam A Siman composed by Kutsa. -tsaH 1N. kaumArika: A father of girls. -a. Liking girls or of a sage; mANDavyaH kautsAt Bri. Up. 6.5.4; upaseditvAt daughters; kaumArikANAM zIlena vakSyAmyahamariMdama Mb.1.100.90. kautsaH pANinim Mbh. on P. III. 2. 108. -2 N. of a pupil kaumArikeyaH [ kumArikAyA apatyaM Dhak ] The son of an unof Varatantu; R. 5. 1. -3 N. of a degraded family. married woman. kauthumaH 1 N. of a Vedic Sakha. -2 N. of a Brah kaumudaH The month Kartika.; kaumude mAsi revatyAM zaradante mana who belongs to this Sakha. himAgame Mb.5.83.7. kaudAlika: A man of a mixed easte, a fisherman. kaumudI [kumudasyeyaM prakAzakatvAt aN geS Tv.] 1 Moonkaudravikam Sochal salt. light; zazinA saha yAti kaumudI Ku. 4. 33; zazinamupagateya kaunakhyam Ugliness of nails. -2 The condition of one kaumudI meghamuktam R.6.85%3 (the word is thus popularly who has a disease of the nails; suvargacauraH kaunakhyam Ms. derived:- kI modante janA yasyAM tenAsau kaumudI matA). -2 11.49. Anything serving as moonlight, i.e. causing delight and balmy coolness; tvaM kaumudI nayanayoramRtaM tvamajhe U.23; kauntikaH [kuntaH praharaNamasya ThaJ ] A spea.rman, lancer. tvamasya lokasya ca netrakaumudI Ku.b.71; yA kaumudI nayanayokaunteyaH[ kanyAH apatyaM Dhaka ] 'Son of Kunti', an epithet rbhavataH sujanmA Mal. 1.34; ef. candrikA. -3 The full of Yudhisthira, Bhima or Arjuna. By. 1.27; 2. 11. moon day in Kartika; tasmAttu kapilA deyA kaumudyAM jyeSThapuSkare kaupa (-pI.) [kRpa-aN] Relating to or coming Mb. 18. 130. 32. -4 The full moon day in Asvina. -5 Festivity (in general). -6 Particularly, a festive day from a well (Rs water). -pam Well-water. on which temples, houses &c. are illuminated. -7 (At kaupInam [kUpa-khaJ; Hee Sk. om zAlInakaupIne adhRSTAkAryayoH the end of titles of works &c.) Elucidation, throwing P. V. 2. 20 ] 1 The pudenda. -2 A privity, privy light on the subjeet treated: e.g. takaumudI, sAMkhyatattvakaumudI, part. -3 A small piece of cloth (usually a small strip siddhAntakaumudI &c. -Comp. -cAraH the day of full moon worn over the privities; kaupIna zatakhaNDa jarjarataraM kanthA punastA- | in the month Asvina.-taruH the stick of a lamp.-patiH dRzI Bh. 3. 101. -4 (Hence sometimes) A ragged or | the moon. -mukham appearance of moonlight; sakhIjanodvItattered garment. 5 Sin, an improper or wrong act; kSaNakaumudImukham R.3.1. -vRkSaH the stick or stand of a lamp. nAcchAdayati kaupInaM na dezamazakApaham Pt. 3.97. kaumodakI, kaumodI N. of the mace of Visnu; Bhig. kaupAdakI 'The mace of Krisna. 8. 4. 19; kaumodakI modayati sma cetaH Si. 3. 18. kaubera a. See kauvera. kaurava . (-cI)[kurorapatyaM, taddezasya rAjA teSu bhavo vA, kuru kaubjya m [kubja-vyaJ P. V. 1.124] 1 Crookedness. aN ] Relating to the Kurus 3 kSetra kSatrapradhanapizunaM kauravaM tad -2 Jump-backedness. bhajethAH Me.50.-va:1A descendant of KurumathnAmi kaurava zataM samare na kopAt Ve. 1. 15%; Chan.50. -2 A ruler of kaumAra .. (-rI/.)[kumAra-aN ] 1 Juvenile, youthful, the Kurus. (so kauravaka, kauravAyaNi and kauraveya). virgin, maidenly (of men and women); kaumAraH patiH / man who marries a virgin; HAITI HT a virgin wife; cf. kauravyaH [kuru-pya P. IV. 1. 151] 1 A descendant of Mbh. on P.IV.2.13.-2 Soft, tender. -3 Belonging to the Kuru; kauratyavaMzadAve'smin ka eSa zalabhAyate Ve.1.19; kauravyA: god of war; Mal. 1. 1. -4 Of principal incarnation; pazavaH priyAparibhavaklezopazAntiH phalam 25%; kauravye kRtahastatA eva prathamaM devaH kaumAraM sargamAsthitaH Bhag.1.3.6.-rI 1 The wife punariyaM deve yathA sIriNi 6. 12. -2 A ruler of the Kurus. of one who has not married another wife. -2 The Sakti korNeyaH 1A demon. -2 Wind. -3 Siva. - (power) of Kartikeya. -ram 1 Childhood (to the age Fire. -5 Engaged in penance. -6 phAlgunika (!) f. koNayo rAkSase of five). -2 Maidenhood (to the age of sixteen), vir- : vAyAvIzAnAnalayorapi / tapaHsthite phAlgunike ... | Nm. ginity; pitA rakSati kaumAre bhartA rakSati yauvane Ms. 9. 33; dehino'smin yathA dehe kaumAraM yauvanaM jarA Bg. 2. 13. -Comp. -(brhm)| kaulH The zodiacal sign Scorpio (a word of Greek cArin a.abstinent, chaste; Ks. 66. 155. -tantram the origin). Section of a inodical work, treating of the rearing or kaurma a.[kUrma-aN] Belonging to a tortoise. -2 Belong: education of children. -bandhakI a harlot; Mal. 7. -bhRtyam the rearing and general treatment of children. ing to the Avatara of Visnu as a tortoise; (purANa); kauma -rAjyam the position of an heir-apparent; komAra (v. 1.. dhRto'diramRtonmathane svapRSThe Bhig. ll. 4. 18. -maH N. of a kumAra) rAjye jIvasva Ram. 2.58.23.-vrataH (tam) a vow of Kalpa. a bstinence. *7 a. 1 marrying or gaining a woman as kaula (-lI/.) [kule bhavaH aN ef. P. IV.2.96] 1 a girl.-2 devirginating; yaH kaumAraharaH sa eva hi varaH K. P. 1. Relating to a family, rAjyaM prAptaM yazazcaiva kaulI zrIrabhivardhitA: For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #630
kolakeya 612 kauzika Ram. 4. 299. 9. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Bhag.12.3.36. kauve (be) ra (-rI/.) [ kuverasyedaM aN ] Belonging to -3 Oranoble tamily, well-born. -la: A worshipper of or coming from Kubera; yAnaM sammAra kaviram 1.15.45. zakti according to the left hand ritual. -lam The doc- -rI The north (the direction president over by Kubera); trine and practives of the left hand Saktas (for a short tataH pratasthe kauvarI bhAsvAniva raghurdizama : I.li6. -2 The Sukti description of kauladharma 800 Karpur. 1, speech of bhairavAnanda). or female energy of Kubera. -Comp. -mAge: the doctrine of the Kaulas. kauza . (-zI /.) [ kuza-aNa ] 1 Silken ; Bhag. 3. 4.7. kolakaMya .. Sprung from a noble family, of a good | -2 Made of Kusa grass. -zam An epithet of Kanyafamily. -2: The son of an unchaste woman, a bastard. kubja. kolaTineyaH [ kulaTAyAH apatyam P. IV. 1. 1271 1 The, kauzalam (-lyam) [ kuzala-aNa dhyA yA P.V. 1. 1211 son of a (chaste) female beggar. -2 A bastard. 1 Well-being, welfare, happiness, prosperity; defe kuzalI rAmaH sa tvAM kauzalamabravIt Ram.1.31.3. -2 Skill, kaulaTeyaH [P. [V. 1. 127 ] 1 The son of a female silfulness, cleverness; kimakauzalAduta prayojanApekSitayA Mn.33 beggar (chaste or unchaste). -2 A bastard. -yam hAvahAri hasitaM vacanAnAM kauzalaM dRzi vikAravizeSAH Si. 10. 13. -3 Adultery (jArakarma); Mb. 12. 63. 3. (kauzalyam ) A pavilion with forty six pilliers; Matsya kaulaTeraH [P. IV.1.127] A bastard, son or daughter P. ( Ch. 270) 5.83; yogaH karmasu kauzalama Bg. 2.50 of a disloyal wife. -2 the child of a beggar. kauzalikam A bribe. kolAlaH [P. V. 1. 36] A potter; yathA cakraM tu kaulAlo kauzalikA, kauzalI 1 A present, an offering. -2 daNDaviddhaM tu bhArata Mb.7.142.62. -lam Pottery. Friendly inquiry after one's health &c., greeting. kaulAlaka . Made by, or pertaining to a potter. kauzaleyaH [kauzalyAyA apatyaM Thaka yalopaH ] An epithet of -kam Earthenwares porcelain. Rama, son of Kausalya. kaulika. (-kI/.) [ kalAdAgataH Thak] 1 Belonging to a kauzalyA [kozaladeze bhavA chaN ] The eldest wife of Dasafamily. -2 Customary in a family, ancestral. -F: 1 A ratha and mother of Ramo. weaver; kauliko viSNurUpeNa rAjakanyAM niSevate Pt. 1.202. -2 kauzalyAyaniH [kAzalyAyA apatyaM phim ] Rima, son of All impostor, a heretic. -3 A follower of the left hand Kausalya; mriyAmahe na gacchAmaH kauzalyAyanivallabhAm Bk.7.90. Sakta ritual. / kauzAmbI [kuzAmbena nirvattA aN ] N. of an ancient city kaulIna . [ ko pRthivyAM lInaH aluksa'; kulAdAgataH khaJ vA; on the Ganges in the lower part of the Doab; A rra: kulAlavaH P. IV.1. 139 ] Belonging to a noble family.-naH kauzAmbyA niSkauzAmbi: Mbh. on 1. II.2.18. 1 The son of a female beggar. -2 A follower of the left hand Sakta ritual. -nam 1 An evil report, a scandal; kauzika 1. (-kI/.) also kaupika (kI) [kuza-Tha, kuzikamAlavikAgataM kimapi kolInaM zrUyate M.33 tadeva kaulInamiva pratibhAti aN vA]1 Incased, sheathed; vikramya kauzikaM khalna mojayitvA 1.2; Me. 114; kolInamAtmAzrayamAcacakSe R.14. 36,81. -2 grahaM ripoH Mb. 3. 157. 11. -2 Coining from an owl. -3 An imporper act, bad or scandalous conduct; khyAne Born of the family of Kusika; kauzikAzca kathaM baMzAkSatrAdvai tasmina vitamasi kule janma kolInamatata Ve.2.10. -3 A combat brAhmaNo bhavet Mb. 13.52.1. -4 Silker; yA vAhaM kauzikairvatraiH of animals. -4 Cock-fighting. -5 War, battle (in zubhairAcchAditaM purA Mb.3.27.1. -ka: 1An epithet of vizvAgeneral). - High birth. -7 A privity, the pudenda. mitra .. -2 An owl; U.2.29. -3 A lexicographer. -4Marrow. -5 Bdelliun. -6 An ichneumon. -7A kolInyam 1 High birth; na kolInyAnna sauhArdAnnRpo vAkye snake-catcher. -8 The sentiment of love (TA ). --9 One pravartane (mantriNAm ) Pt. 1. 116. -2 Family seandal. -3 who knows hidden treasures. -10 An epithet of Indra%3B Family bonour. Bhag. 10. 38. 17; N.H.6t. -11 An epithet of Siva. kaulUtaH A king of the Kulitas ; kaulUtazcitravarmA Mu.1.20. -12 N. of a priest in charge of Sama vod:.-13 A dealer im Kusa grass. -14 Gum, resin; 'koziko munibhede ca nakale kaulaya a. A pearl obtained in the river near the shkckyoH| udgAtari kazAjIve kozaktyahi tunnddike|| guggulAvapi...'-kA village mayUra im siMhala; Kau. A. 2.11. A cup, drinking vessel. -kI 1 N. of river in Bihar. kauleyaka [kula-TakaJ P. IV. 2.96] . 10t a noble -2 N. of the goddess Durga. -3 N. of one of the four family. -2 Pertaining to a family. -ka: A dog, hound. varioties of dramatic style; sukumArArthasaMdarbhA kauzikI tAsu kathyate; see S.D.4llel seq-also.-4 The earth; 'gAyatryAH i a. 1 Noble-born, of a high birth. -2 0f the sAMkhyAyanagotratvavabhUH kauzikI' iti katakaH, trAtumarhasi vIra tvaM left hand Sakta sect. -lyam noble descent, high birth; pAtAlAdiva kauzikIm Ram.5.88.65. -kam 1Silk, silken Mb. 12. 286. 15. garment; Mb. 18. 111. 101%; Bhag. 10.83.28. -2A kovindI The wife of a weaver (kuvinda). way of Aying (sarvatobhadra);Mb. 7.48.35.-Comp. -arAtiH , For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #631
kauzItakI 813 -ariH a crow.-AtmajaH an epithet of Arjuna.-Ayudham rainbow. -phala: the cotoanut tree, said to have been created by Visvamitra (HITET ); the nut being the rudiment of a head. fy: an epithet of Rama. kauzItakI Wife of Agastya. kauzIdhAnyam A leguminous plant, pulse. kauzIlavama The profession of an actor or dancer Gobhila's zrAddhakalpa. kIze (Se) ya. [koze saMbhUtam or kozasya vikAraH ThaJ P. IV. 3.42; Vart. 1] silk, silken; kauzayAnyatha tArNAni... Siva. B. 30.21. -yam 1 Silk; kauzeyaM kRmijaM suvarNamupalAdindIvaraM gomayam / Pt. 1.9t. -2 A silken cloth in general; Ms.5. 120. -3 A woinan's lower garment of silk; nirnAbhi kauzeyamupAttabANamabhyaganepathyamalaM cakAra Ku. 7.73 vidyudgaNakauzeyaH Mk.5.3; Rs. 5.8. kauSItakam N. of a Brahmana; also kauSItakibrAhmaNa. kosalya .. Belonging to the people of the Kosa las%3B Mb. 7.49. 38. -lya: Aprince of the Kosalas; kausalyazcAzvalAyana: Prasns. Up. 1.1. -lyA The wife of Dasaratha and mother of Rama. -Comp. -nandanaH, -mAtR m. epithet of Rama. kosIda. 1 Connected with a loan; navevAdhau sopakAre kausIdIM vRddhimApnuyAt Ms. 8. 148. -2 Usurious. kausIdyam [ kusAda-vyaJ ] 1 The practice of usury. -2 Sloth, indolence. kausuma . [ kusuma-aN] Flowery, flowering; seyaM mRduH kausumacApayaSTiH N. 7. 28. -mam 1 The ashes of brass (used as a collyrium). -2 Pollen of flowors (parAga); vinayati / sudRze dRzaH parAga praNayini kausumamAnanAnilena | Si. 7.57. kausumbha . [ kasambha-aN] 1 Prepared with satflower. -2 Dyed with satflower, red; kausumbhaM pRthu kucakumbhasAGgi vAsaH Si. 8.30. -bha: Wild saflower; dinakarakarasA vyaktakosambhakAntiH Si. kausRtikaH / kamRtyA carati Thak P. V.2.73] 1 A cheat, knave. -2 A juggler; kaustabhaH [ kastubhA jaladhistatra bhavaH aNU] 1N. ofo colobrated gem obtained with 13 other iewels at the churning of the ocean and worn by Visnu on his breast; sakaustubha hepayatIva kRSNam R.6.49%; 10.10. -2 A lind of oil. -3 A manner of joining the fingers. -4A twist of hair on a horse's neck; kaustubhaH syAddevamaNau kaNThAvarte'pi vAjinAm Nm. -Comp. -lakSaNaH,-vakSas m.-hRdayaH epithets of Visnu. kath 1, 10 P. To hurt, injure, kill. nas , 10 P. 1 To be crooked. -2 To speak. -3 To shine, knUya 1 A. (knUyate, caus. kopayati) 1 To make a creaking sound. -2 To sink. -3 To be wet. FHT1 P. To act dishonestly, Rkaca: 1A saw; U. 4.33 Mv.5. 19. -2 A kind of instrument of war music (jayamalgala); Mb.6.43.83 krakacAnAM kAlAnAM paNavAnAM ca sarvazaH Siva. B.2t.b+. -cA The Keta ka tree. -Comp. -63: the Ketaka tree. -patra: the teak tree. -pAda-pAda: a lizard. -pRSTI The kavayI fish. -vya vahAra: a particular mothod of computing or rating a heap of wood; Lils. T: 1 A kind of partridye. -2 A saw. -3 A poor man.-4 A disease. krakaraTaH A lark. RtuH [kR-katu Un. 1.77 ] 1 A sacrifice ; katorazeSeNa phalena yujyatAm R.3.65 ; zataM RtUnAmapavighnamApa saH 3.38; M. 1.4; Ms. 7. 79. -2 An epithet of Visau. -3 One of the ten Prajapatis; RtuM prajApatimabruvan Maitri. Up.38; Ms. 1. 35. - 4 Intelligence, talent. -5 Power', ability. -6 Plan, design, purpose ; to smara kRtaM smara Iiop. 173 Bri. Up. 6. 15. 1. -7 Resolution, determination; yatkraturbhavati tatkarma kurute Bri. Up. 4.4.b. -8 Desire, will. -9 Fitness, adequacy, efficiency. -10 Deliberation, consultation. -11 Inspiration. -12 Enlightenment. -13 Offering, worship; kAmasyAptiM jagataH pratiSTAM kratorAnantyamabhayasya pAram Kath. 1.2. 11; Personified, as married to kriyA and father of 60000 vAlakhilya katArapi kriyA bhAyo vAlakhilyAnasUyata Bhag. 4.1.39. -14 An Asvamedha sacrifice (these senses are mostly Vedio). -15 The month Asadha. -16 Excess of fondness or liking. -17 An organ [cf. Gr. kratos; Zend khratu]. -Comp. -athe: Something that is meant to subserve the purpose of the sacrifice (opp. puruSArthaq.v.); puruSArthe lakSita tadviparItaH kratvarthaH iti kratvarthasya lakSaNa siddham / SB. on MS. 1.1.2. -uttamaH the rAjasUya sacritice. -karman n. -kriyA asacrificial ceremony. -duha, -dviS .. 10 demon, goblin, -2 The epithet of Ravana; Arag ivonmukto viyogena RtudviSaH Bk. 8. 102. -dhvaMsin ,.an epithet of Siva (who destroyed Daksa's sacritice.) -qia: the performer of a sacrifice. -T : a sacrificial horse. -puruSaH an epithet of Visnu. -phalam The rewaril ofasacrifice, its object. -bhuj m. a god, deity. -rAj 1.1 the lord of sacrifices%3; yathAzvamedhaH kraturAT M.9.260. -2 the rAjasUya sacritice; -rAja: the rAjasUya sacrifice3 kraturAjena govinda rAjasUyena pAvanIH ( yakSye) Bhag. 10. 72. 3. Rth 1 P. (kathati, Rthita) To injure, hurt, ill (with gen. of person ). kathanam 1 A slaughter. -2 Cutting. RthakaizikaH (Pl.) N. of a country; athezvareNa krayakaizikAnAm R. 5. 39; M.5.2. kad 1A. 1 To be confused. -2 To grieve. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #632
614 kramataH R AI kanda 1 P.(krandati, cakranda, akrandIt , kandita)1 To cry, (By vRttisargatAyaneSu kramaH P. I. 3.38; kram by itself is used in weep,shed tears: kiM krandasi durAkanda svapakSakSayakAraka Pt. 4. the Atm. in the sense of 'continuity' or wont of in293 kandatyataH karuNamapsarasAM gaNo'yam V. 1.33; cakranda vinA kura- terruption', 'energy or application', and 'development rIva bhUyaH R. 14.68; 15.42; Bk.3.28,5.5. -2 To call or increase', and also conquering or getting over.) out to, call out piteously to any one, (with ace.); -Caus. (kramayati, kAmayati) 1 To cause to go &c. -2 To krandatyavirataM so'tha bhrAtRmAtasutAnatha Mark. P.-3To ery outs / repeat a letter (as in the kama arrangement). - Desid. exclaim. -4 To yell, howl. -5 To neigh (as a horse); ! ciRmiSati, cikrasate &c. harivAjamacikrandat Rv.9.67.1. -6 To roar. -7 To creak kramaH[kram-bhAvakaraNAdau ghaJ] 1 A step, pace; trivikramaH3 (as a wheel). -10 P. or -Caus. 1 To cry out continu sAgaraH plavagendreNa kameNaikena laghitaH Mb. Si. 12.18.-2 A ously. -2 To roar, rave. -3 To cause to weep. foot (apaneSyati) asurebhyaH zriyaM dIptAM viSNustibhiriva kramaiH Ram. kranda: Ved. 1 Neighing%3 azvasyeva vRSaNaH kanda eti Av. 11. 5. 21. 28.-3Going, proceeding, course ; kramAta or krameNa in 2. 22.-2 A ery, ealling out; krandAya te prANAya Av.11.2.3. course of, gradually; kAlakrameNa gradually in course of times kAlakrameNa jagataH parivartamAnA Svapna., bhAgyakramaH course or turn Rndana [kand bhAva lyuTa ] A cat. -nam 1 A cry of dis- of fate; R.3.7,30,32.-4 Performance, commencement; tress or weeping, lamentation; vyasanaM prApya yo mohAtkevalaM avicAya krama na krissyti| itthamatra vitatakrame kratI Si. 14.53.-5(a) paridevayet / krandanaM vardhayatyeva Pt. 2. 188. -2 Mutual defiance. Regular course, order, series, succession; nimittanaimittaka-3 Calling, inviting. yorayaM kramaH 5.7.30%B Ms. 7.21,9.85,2. 173, 3.69. (b) Rndas n. Ved. Battle-cry; zimIvati krandasi prAva sAtaye Traditional order; U.6. (0) Order of propriety; lokARv. 10.38. 1. ntaragatenApi nojjhito vinayakramaH Nag.5.11. AtmIyaH para ityayaM khalu kutaH satyaM kRpAyAH krmH| Hd. b. 20; Ku.5.32; priyavacanaRndita . [kandU-kta ] Wept, called or cried out; tatasta- nivedanatvarayA kramavizeSo nAvekSitaH Pratijna.-6Method, mandvAsibhirdevaH RnditaH zaraNArthibhiH Ks. 11t. 120. -tam 1 Cry of ner; vartasva ca satAM krame Ram. 2.25.2; netrakrameNoparurodha sUryam distress or weeping, lamentation; hA tAteti RnditamAkarNya R.7.39.-7Grasp, hold; kramagatA pazoH kanyakA Mal.8.18.-8 fagot: R. 9. 75. -2 Mutual dofiance, challenge. A position of attack (assumed by an animal before makRpa 1A. (krapate) 1 To pity. -2 To mourn. -3 Toing a spring); na mayA kramaH sajjIkRta AsIta Pt.4.-) Prepalament. -4 To go. -5 To long for, desire. ration, readiness; Bk. 2.9.-10 An undertaking, enter prize. -11 An actor deed, manner of proceeding; kAyaSa Re 10 P. (krApayati ) To speak clearly. kAntaH kramaH Amaru.48,33.-12 Particular imanner of recikam 1U., t. P.(kAmati, kramate, kAmyati, cakrAma, cakrame, ting Vedic texts, leaving at each time one word and akramIt , akasta, kAnta) 1 To walk, step, soB krAmatyanudite taking up another ; vedaiH sAGgapadakramopaniSadegIyanti yaM sAmagAH sUrye vAlI vyapagatama: Ram.; gamyamAnaM na tenAsIdagataM kAmatA puraH Bhag. 12. 13. 1. carcAguNAn kramaguNAMzcApekSya bhavati Mbh. om Bk. 8. 2; 25.-2 To go to, approach with acc.); dar P. V. 1. 119. -13 Power, strength; sa IzvaraH kAla urukramo'sau Bhag. 7.8.9. -14 N. of Visnu. -Comp. imAn lokAnakramanta Sat. Br. -3 To pass or go over, go -anusAraH, anvaya: regular order, due arrangement. across, traverse; U.2. 133; mukhaM yojanapaJcAzatkrameyam Ram. -4 To leap, jump; kra babandha RmituM sakopaH (hariH) Bk. -Agata, -AyAta a. descended or inherited lineally, hereditary; kamAyAto'pi bhUpatiH Pt.1.73,843. 167... 2.9.5.51.-5 Togo up, ascend; krAmatyuccairbhUbhRto yasya tejaH tyaktvaizvarya kramAgatam Nag.1.1. -udvega: an ox. -jyakA, Si. 16.83,-6(a) To cover, occupy, take possession of, fill; krAntA yathA cetasi vismayena R.14.17.() To reach up to, -jyA the sine of a planet declination. -pATha: the Krama pervade, penetrate; kAmadbhirghanapadavImanekasaMkhyaiH Ki.5.31.-7 reading.-bhaga: irregularity,-bhAvina successive. -mAlA -rathaH -lekhA -zaThaH -zikhA various kinds of kramapATha. To surpass, excel; sthitaH sarvAnnatenovI kAnvA merurivAtmanA R.1. 14. -8 To undertake, strive after, be able or competent -yoga: succession, order; Ms. 1.42. -yogena ind. in regular manner; nava kramayogena jijJAsuH paryapRcchata Mb.1.132.78. for, show energy for (with dat. or inf.); vyAkaraNAdhyayanAya kramate Sk; dharmAya kramate sAdhu: Vop: vyutpattirAvarjitakovidApi kramaka. 1 Orderly, methodical. -2 Going, prona rajanAya kamate jaDAnAm Vikr.1.16%3 hatvA rakSAMsi lavitamakamI- ceediny, -*: A student who goes through a regular nmArutiH punaH / azokavanikAmeva Bk. 9. 23.-9 To be develop- course of study. -2 One who knows the Krama ed or increased, to have full scope, be at home with ! arrangement of a text. loc.); kRtyeSu kramante Dk. 170%; kramante'smizAstrANi, or RkSu kramaNaH [kAmatyanena karaNe lyuT ] 1 The foot. -2 A horse. kramate buddhiH Sk. kramamANo'risaMsadi Bk.8.22.-10 To succeed, -Nam 1A step, Y. 1. 188. -2Walking; yo vAmajave kramahave effect (Atm.); na cakramasyAkramatAdhikaM dharam Si. 1.5+. NAya rodasI Rv.6.70. 3. -3 Proceeding. -4 Transgress-11 To be repeated (as a letter or word in the arrange ing. -5 Treatment of words or letters according to the ment. called krama q.v.). -12 To fultil, accomplish. -13 To have sexual intercourse with; to cover (in Krama arrangement; Rv. Pr. 14. copulation); kramasparza iva rohitamanavamlAyatA sadA Av.4.4.7. kramataH ind. Gradually, successively. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #633
HET: 818 kriyA .......... ................... . FAT: ind. 1 In due order, regularly, successively, seriatim. -2 Gradually, by degrees; R. 12. 47; + H Teata Ms. 1. 68, 3. 12. Fishia. [ FA1917: TH] 1 Successive, serial.-2 Descended linen lly, anoestral, horeditary; atst: FH fgfyat: Mb. 2. 5. 33. F1 . To be treated or attended medically; Charak 8. 2. Fi, Fy: (7.-31, 317 + ] The betel-nut tree; 3TETIT : ayant Si.3.81; Vikr.18.98; Bhag.8.2.11. 5, #6 : 1 A camel; fataa faa yazz *3*: 4399 Vikr. 1.29; Si. 12. 18; N. 6. 101. 49: #erfanan i sh Siva. B. 20. 5. Papp Gone, passed over, traversed &c.; (p. of Fil q.v.)-: 1 A horse.-2 A foot, step;Ms.12.121. -3 Declination. -14 1 Going, passing. -2 A step:-3 A certain aspect in astronomy (when the moon is in conjunction with a planet). -Comp. E TT a. omniscient. Fifta: /. 1 Going, proceediny. -2 A step, pace. -3 Surpassing. -4 Attacking, overcoming. -5 Declination of a planet. -6 The ecliptic. -Comp.-FT:, - CH, e , the coliptic. TT a figure described by the ecliptic. -sitar, fit, - the sine of the declination or of the ecliptic. - a: the equinoctial points or nodes of the ecliptic. AIT: the declination of a point of the ecliptic. : 1 the ecliptic. -2 the tropical zone, space within the tropics. FIFT: A bird. FaT a. Ved. Worshipping, praising; 31a kila 073290 Ry. 5. 14.9. Fan. Ved. Raw flesh, carrion ; 4890 fa: Ay. 8. 6. 23. kravyam Raw flesh, carrion, sthapuTagatamapi kravyamavyagramatti Mal. 5. 16. (cf. Gr. kreas; L. caro ] -Comp. 375, -3EUR, V . cating raw flesh; Ry. 10. 16.9. Ms. 5. 131. (-m.) 1 a carnivorous animal, such as a tiger &c.; 217 asiaa fagur: f i U. 1. 49.-2 a demon, goblin; R. 15.16. -Sta : a deer killed for its flesh cf. Bhag. 5. 26. 12. -ata: Ved. an epithet of Agni; Rv. 10. 16. 11. Elfa Den. P. To emaciate, make thin or luan; Tid 9: Si. 9. 61. #ifta <<. Made lean, euaciated. ATAT .. Thinness, emaciation, leanness. fra: A sawyer; ArYX+T: *1*1941 au flFT Ram. 2. 83. 13. Fiter: Killing, murder. E : .1 A worm ; ferocurgawin () Bu. Ch. 5.5. -2 An insect; see a. -Comp. - aloewood. : an ant-bill. 4.4: The sign of the Zodiac called Aries. EFT AUTH A literary essay; Bri. S. 1. 5. EDICH TUTET ATT cf. P. III ] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; 3497deg, 8deg: 74 fe ag aarireareya Me. 116.-2 An action, act, business, undertaking; gorro Fiel V. 4. 15; Ms. 2. 1. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction ; f ie atayfear eitfa R. 3. 29. The zoi fayfa 147 Kau. A. 1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; ferer far 1491M. 1. 16. -6 Practice (opp. theory ).- A literary work, composition; A H ATarea: PAHI Fata V. 1.2; en 144747 f ) 4 : M. 1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms. 10. 43. -9 An expiutory rite, expiation.-10 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (W14). Obsequies.-11 Worship; Safey gai 12 ar Bhay. 7. 14. 3). -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; fra M. A cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general ides expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaisesikas; see F -16 (In law ) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; 12 latfacit:; - tra areat: Arafa V. May.-18 A verb.-19 A noun of action. -20 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A vonstruction; $999196 TOUTE *: 2 TAT: Ba. Ch. 2. 12. -25 Spirit ( 372 ) ?; y 214994194 Bhag. 12. 6. 38. -Comp. -faa a. practising ritual observances. -19 : 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; 1997tag hat : Ki. 1. 14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. - Y TA: a special agreement; pyHaad 144440a Ms. 9.53; -37# a. 1 (a Vedic injunction ) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; 3119 12 4 Ku. 5. 33.-379Ha a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -31T14: Cooking; 3141 9 21***: Ms. 11. 64. fu see 23. Fit: 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business.-Ft: a particular mode of diognosis.-1934 The portion of a ya text treating of the sacrifices. TT: 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. - one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -a m, a witness whose 1 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #634
kriyAvat 616 krIDanakaH testimony is prejudicial to the cause ( one of the five kinds of witnesses). -dvaitam efficient eause. -nirdezaH 12 evidence. -paTu a dexterous. -patha: mode of medical treatment. -padam a verb. -para a. diligent in the performiance of one's duty.-9 : the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -mAdhuryam beauty of art and architecture; aho kriyAmAdhuyeM pASANAnAm Pratima 3. -yajJaH religious rites (such as garbhAdhAnasaMskAra); Mb. 10. 18. 5. - T: 1 connection with the verb.-2 the employment of expedients or means%3 tadA tatpratikArAcca satata vA vicintanAt / AdhivyAdhiprazamanaM kriyAyogadvaye na tu || Mb. 3. 2. 23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i.e. active devotion. -lApa: omission or discontinuence of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; kriyAlopAd vRSalatvaM gatA: Ms. 10.48.-vaza: necessary influence of acts done.-vAcaka,-vAcin a.expressing any action, 118 a verbal noun. -atica ma plaintiff, complainant. -fart: a rule of action, manner of any rite: 3194 vibhAgo vaH putrANAM ca kriyAvidhi: Ms. 9. 220. -vizeSaNam, 1 dver b. -2 a predicative adjective. -zaktiH /. the power of god ( in creating this world ). - fiffet: f. imparting to others) one's knowledge; teaching vivAde darzayiSyantaM kriyAsaMkrAntimAtmanaH M. 1. 19. -samabhihAraH [ef. P. III. 1. 22] the repetition of any act; kriyAsamabhihAreNa virAdhyantaM kSameta kaH Si.2.43. kriyAvata. 1 Engaged in any actual work, versed in the practice of a thing: yastu kriyAvAnpuruSaH sa vidvAn H.1. 167. yaH kriyAvAn sa paNDitaH, -2 Performing ceremonies in the right manner. krivi a. Ved. 1 Doing, performing.-2 Killing.-viH 1 A cistern, well. -3 A leather bag; a cloud (?) - 4 N. of the country of 91211a. krI) U. (krINAti, krINIte, krAMta) 1 To buy, purchase; mahatA puNyapaNyena kIteyaM kAyanostvayA SAnti. 3. 13; krINIva majIvitameva paNyamanyatra cedasti tadastu puNyam / .8.87, 88; krINanti sma prANamUlyairyazAMsi Si. 18.15%3 Pt. 1. 183; Ms. 9. 171. -2 To barter, exchange%3 kacitsahasramUrkhANAmekaM kINAsi paNDita Mb. -3 To win. [cf. Pers. kharidan). krI . ( At the end of comp.) Buying. RyaH [kI bhAve ac] Buying, purchasing. -Comp. -ArAha: a market, fair. -krIta a. bought. -lekhyam / deed of sale, conveyance &c.(gRhaM kSetrAdikaM kInvA tulyamUlyAkSarAnvitam / patraM kArayate yattu krayalekhyaM taducyate Brihaspati). -farsit (du.) trade, traffic, buying and selling: Ms. 8. 537.127. f. also krayavikrayavelAyAM kAcaH kAco maNimaNiH Udb. -vikrayika: a tradler, merchant. -vikrayin 1.1 buying or selling, striking it bargain ; Ms. 5. 41; 8. 400; 1.2.262. -2 One who buysan article at a lower rate and sellitant a higher rate; dAnasAgara, Bibliothera Indica 274. Face. I, p. 27.-zIrSam the coping of a wall. RyaNam [ kI bhAve lyuT ] Buying, purchasing. / RyikaH / . [kaya-Than | 1 A trader, dealer. -2 A purchaser. Ryya kI-yat | Athing exhibiteed for sale in the market; keyaM no dhAnyaM na cAsti Rgyam Mbh. on P. VI. 1.82. (opp. keya which only means fit to be purChesed'; ef. Sk. on P. VI. 1. 82). kAya (yi)ka:1A purchasor. -2 Atailer, merchant. fra i p. Bought; see l. -2: One of the twelve kinds of sons recognised in Hindu Law; a son purchased from his natural parents; Ms. 9. 160%krItazca tAbhyAM vikrIta: Y.2. 181; tava kInasato'smIti vAcikena vyajijJapat Siva. B. 81. 32. -tam A burgain. -Comp. -anuzayaH 'repenting: purchase', roscission, returning a thing purchased, to the seller (dmissible in some cases by law). E a. Got by purch:se. -: A son bought from his purents and adopted; krINIyAdyastvapatyArtha mAtApitrAryamantikAta / sa krItakaH mutastasya sadRzo'sadazo'pi vA || Ms9. 174; ef. krIta : bvove. ke-NiH, -NI /. Buying, purchase. keta m. A buyer, purchaser; Y. 2. 168. keya . Purchasablefit to be bought; khA- sahasrakeyAyAM durlabhe bhojane'bhavat Raj. T.5. 271. -Comp. -da: One who exhibits anything for sale, seller. krID 1. P. (krIDati, krIDita) 1To play, amuse oneself; vAnarAH krIDitumArabdhAH Pt.13; eSa krIDati kUpayantraghaTikAnyAyaprasatto vidhiH Mk. 10.59%; jakSan krIDan ramamANaH Ch. Up.8.12.3. -2 To gamble, play at dice; agiau ni #sa: Mk. 2; nAkSaH krIDetkadAciddhi Ms. 4.74; Y.1. 138. -3 Torjest, joke or trifle with; sadvRttastanamaNDalastava kathaM prANarmama krIDati Git.3B krIDiSyAmi tAvadenayA V.33 evamAzAgrahayastaiH kIDanti dhanino'rthibhiH H. 2. 23; Pt. 1. 187; Mk. 3. With 347 (Atm.) to play, sport, amuse onoself: sAdhvanukrIDamAnAni pazya vRndAni pakSiNAm Bk. 8. 10. -A,-pari,-sam [ A. krIDo'nusaMparibhyazca P. I. 3. A] to play &c.; saMkrIDante maNibhiryatra kanyAH Me.6); but it with #is Paras, in the sense of making a noise'; tvannAmavarNA iva karNapItA mayAsya saMkrIDati cakracake N.3.50%; saMkrIDanti zakaTAni Mbh. 'the earts Greak'. krIDa .[krID ghaJ] Playing, sporting; krIDaM (La) vaH zadhoM mArutam Rv. 1. 37. 1,D. -DaH 1 Sport, pastime, play, pleasure. -2 Jest, joke. krIDakaH 1 A player. -2 A porter, door-keeper. krIDanam [kAD bhAve lyuT ] 1 Playing, sporting; bAlakAMDanaminduzekharadhanurbhAvadhi pravatA Mahan.-2A play-thing, toy. krIDanakaH, -kam , krIDanIyam, -yakam A play-thing, toy. lIlayA vyanudattAMstAnvAla: krIDanakAniva Bhax.3.2.30. S. 7. -krIDanakatayA int. After the manmor of a playthings Bhag. 5.26. 32. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #635
krIDA 617 kozaH krIDA kIr3a-bhAve a | 1 Sport, pastiime, play, pleasure; FEHT a. Ved. Angry, wrathful, irritable; 59: toyakrIDAniratayuvatisnAnatiktamarudbhiH M. 35,63; krIDAmudo yAtanAH zuSmaH krukSmI manAMsi Rv. 7.56.8. Git. 9. 9. -2 Jest, joke. -3 (in music) A kind of krodhaH [krudh-bhAve ghaJ] 1 Anger, wresth; kAmAkodho'bhijAmeasure. -4 A play-ground; Mb.3. -Comp.-AkRtam yate Bg.2.62; 80 krodhAndhaH, krodhAnala: ke. -2 ( In Rhet.) a sportive purpose. -uddeza: play-ground. -kAnanam, Anger considered as the feeling which gives rise to the -vanam a pleasure grove, park; krIDAkAnanakelikItukajuSAmAyuH parikSIyate Bh. 3. 103. -kopa: false or feigned anger; katha vaudra sentiment. -3 N. of the mystic syllable 24 or mapi sakhi krIDAkopAhajeti mayodite Amaru. 12. -kautukam 1 hum. -4 (also krodhana) N. of the 59th year of the saMvatsara eycle. -dhA N. of a daughter of Daksi. -Comp. -iddha a. wanton curiosity; Ks. 18. 153. -2 sport, play. -3 sex. infiamed with anger, darting out tire; krodha dRSTipAtaual intercourse. -gRham, -mandiram a pleasure-house. muhurupazamitA vahayo'mI trayo'pi Ratn. I. 3. -ujjhita a tree -nArI : prostitute, harlot. -pariccha da: a play-thing, toy from tanger, composed, cool. -kRt . angry. ( m.) te tu tadgauravAtsarve tyaktakrIDAparicchadAH Bhag. 7.5.56. -mayUraH the Supreme Being. -ja a. proceeding from wrath peacock kept for pleasure; krIDAmayUrA vanabarhiNatvam (prAptAH) (as the eight vices; paizunya sAhasaM droha IrSyAsUyArthadUSaNam / B. 16. 14. -mRgaH toy-deer; vikrIDito yathaivAhaM krIDAmRga vAgdaNDajaM ca pAruSyaM krodhajo'pi gaNoSTakaH || Ms. 7.48).-machita ivAdhamaH Bhig. 6.2.87. -ratnam 'the gem of sports', a. overcome or infatuated with anger; tato jJAtivadhaM zrutvA copulation. -vezman n. pleasure-house; krIDAvezmani caiSa rAvaNaH krodhamUcchitaH Ram. 1. 1. 49. -taH kind of perfume. paJjarazukaH kAnto jalaM yAcate V.2.28. -zailaH,-parvataH an artificial hill serving as a pleasure abode, a. pleasure -vaza a. passionate, violent. -han .. an epithet of Visnu. mountain; krIDAzailaH kanakakadalIveSTanaprekSaNIyaH Me.79. krIDi.. Ved. Playing, sporting (epithet of the krodhana . [ kudha-yuc ] Wrathful, passionate, ingry, wind); te krIDa (La) yo dhunayo bhrAjadRSTayaH Rv. 1. 87.3. irascible; yadrAmeNa kRtaM tadeva kurute droNAniH kodhanaH Ve.3.31. -na: N. of a son of Kuusika.-nA A passionate woman, Fiftah Sport, play; Ram. 5; Mb. 3. vixen. -nam Being angry, anger. krIDau. Ved. Playing, moving up (as the Soma); krodhanIya .. Provocative; na kuddhapatyabhizapto'pi kodhanIyAni kIDu (Thu)makho na mahayuH Rv.9.20.7. varjayan Ram. 2. 20. 4. -yam Injury. kruJc 1 P. (kuJcati, kuJcita) 1 To curve or make krodhAlu a. [krudh-Aluc ] Wrathful, irascible, angry, crooked. -2 To become or be crooked. - To be or nussionate. become small, shrink. -4 To make small, lessen. -5 To approach, arrive at, go up to. kodhin / . [krudha-Nini] Pussionate angry. -m.1 A buffalo. -2 Adog.-3 The 38th yeur of the saMvatsara cycle. kruJc m. 1 A curlew, heron; adbhayaH kSIraM vyapibakulAgiraso dhiyA Vij.19.78.-2A swun. mRgAlI-kokila-kubhi- krunth 9. P. (kunAti) 1 To embrace. -2 To be diszinaiH pazya lakSmaNa Bk. 6. 73. tressed, suffer pain. kuJcaH (J. kruzcA ) 1A curlew, heron; Vaj.24.22, krumaH /.N. of a river (tributory of the Indus); mA 31.-2 A kind of lute. -3 N. of the mountalim krauJca. vo rasAnitabhA kubhA kumurmA vaH sindhunirIramat Rv.5.53.9. krud 6 P. (kruDati, kuDita) 1 To sink, dive. -2 To be or : Ved. A piece of wood to catch the sacrificial become thick. _fire; sa krumukaM prAvizat krumukamava dadhAti Yv.5.1.9.5. kruth 9 P. (kruthnAti) To kill, sley. kruz 1 P. (krozati, kruSTa) 1 To ery, weep, lament, krothaH Murder, killing. mourn (for); kozantyastaM kapistriyaH Bk. 6. 121.-2 To cry out, yell, scream, bawl, call out; atIva cukroza jIvanAzaM krudh + P.(krudhyati, kruddha ) To be angry (with the dat.! nanAza ca Bk. 14. 31. of the person who is the object of anger); haraye krudhyati / but sometimes with words like upari, prati &c. also%3B kruzcan m. A jackal. te ha brAhmaNAzcugadhuH Bri. Up.9.1.23; mamopari sa kruddhaH, na mAM prati kruddho guruH &c. Fup. p. 1 Cried out. -2 Called out to. -3 Called at, a bused. - 1 Crying, a cry, ell. -2 Weeping. krudh / Anger; krudhA saMdhiM bhImo vighaTayati yUyaM ghaTayata -3 A noise, sound. Ve. 1.103 Ks. 76. 18. krozaH | kuz-ghaJ | 1 A ery, yell, shout, seream, noise. kuddha 1. 1 Angry, provoked. -2 Fierce; cruel. -2 A measure of distance equal to th of a Yojana, a -ddham Anger. -Comp. -varga: group of provoked persons%3 ___Kota kozArdha prakRtipuraHsareNa gatvA / . 18.70: samudrAtparI kozau Kau. A. I. 14. (nom.) or kozayoH (loc.)-3 A measure of time equal saM.i. ko....8 For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #636
krozana 618 to 48 minutes; FTATET I si affa Mbh. on P. I. 4. 51. -Comp. -aig, -alat: a large drum. krozana a Crying; vi krozanAso vilvaJca Ayan Rv. 10.27. 18. - A cry; Susr. 3. 9. 10. kroDIkR Toclasp, to embrace; kroDIkaroti prathamaM yadA jAta fazar Nag. 4.8. FisicUTh Embracing, clasping to the bosom. Fitstge: A rhinoceros. Flere m. Designation of an elephant in the fifth stage; Matanga L. 9. 16. Fig - m. (gs)[FI-57 Us.1.69] A jackal (the strong cases of this word are necessarily formed from Fly and the weak ones optionally); so it Y. 1.148. HEITIS F rau 8892991: Bhag. 10. 15.36....11 la Siva. B. 22. 68. -Comp. ro , FlyFATCA a disease of the knee; Susr. 2. 1. 75. Fra. (62-gurat: ; cf. Un. 2.21] 1 Cruel, wicked, hard-hearted, pitiless; o f 48 149 R. 12. 4: Me. 107; Ms. 10. 9; arag fa: 1 Bg. 16. 19.-2 Hard, rough. - Formidable, terrible, fierce, ferocious, savage. -4 Destructive, mischievous. -8 Wounded, hurt. -8 Bloody. -7 Raw. -8 Strong. -9 Inauspicious (as opposed to 4 and 3457; said of 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th signs of the zodiac which are supposed to have a malignant influence.) -10 Hard, solid, hardened ; S. 2.4.-11 Hot; disagreeable, sharp; Ms. 2. 33. -12 Harsh, jarring; F T48Fon My. 1.35.-T, -TH Boiled rice. -T: 1 A hawk.-2 heron. -3 An uneven sign of the zodiac. - 4 N. of a planet (Rahu or Saturn).-5 A kind of horse; a& a24: : 9 7 4 Salihotra 15. -T41 A wound. - Slaughter, cruelty. -8 Any horrible deed. -4 Any frightful appearance. -ind. In a formidable manner; Mb. 3. -Comp. efa a. terrible in form. (fa:) epithet of Ravana. Terr: a. following cruel or savage practices; Ms. 4. 216.--3TICHT the planet Saturn. 337 a. 1 containing fieroo animals (as a river). - 2 of a cruel disposition. 17. 1 a bloody act. -2 any hard la bour.-a. doing a bloody act; ahaM krUrakarmA jAtyA cANDAla: K. -karmakRtm . a rapacious animal; Ms. 12. 58. 59 a. fierce, cruel, unrelenting; - a. having costive bowels (unaffected by strong purgatives ). - TP sulphur. fa-afva a. cruel, ferocious. TT a. 1 evil-eyed, having a malig: nant look; Ks. 62. 27.-2 mischievous, villainous.-m.) N. of Saturn; also of Mars. -at m. a raven : an epithet of the planet Saturn. #g: N. of a mountain; see a. g: [g ty va datat ng] 1 A hog; gia-. o dar Bhag. 7. 2. 1. -2 The hollow of a tree, cavity; hA hA hanta tathApi janmaviTApikoDe mano dhAvati Udb. -3 The chest, bosom, breast; 5 to clasp to the bosom; ata 1 Arcalaruari 19 aut que FT 511*** *:*: || Nay. 4; Bh. 2.35. -4 The middle part of anything; Vikr. 11. 75; see (n.)-5 An epithet of the planet Saturn. -34, -31 1 The breast, chest, the part between the shoulders; Ram. 5. 24.40. -2 The interior of anything, a cavity, hollow; 341Fabiat atacante Mv. 7. 23. -3 The breast of a horse. -4 The lap; U. 4. - A sow; I ata od Ks. 53. 120. -Comp. -378 , -316ft, -979: a tortoise. -Filct the earth. - T 1 marginal writing. -2 a post script to a letter. -3 a supplement. -4 a co dicil to a will. TV : Followers of the school of grammar started | by Fig; 21: 98128 Mbh. on P. I. 1. 3. 19: (7 93deg 0 ] 1 A curlew, heron ; HAETHAriela Alaro : Rs. 4. 8; Ms. 12. 64. a faqat Aru Kau. A. 1. 20. 17. -2 N. of a mountain ( said to be the grandson of Himalaya and said to have been pierced by Kartikeya and Parasurama); haMsadvAraM bhRgupatiyazovarma yat krauJcarandhram Me.59. ancarura war ar a Pratima. 5. 12; la faire 4 Abhiseka 6.7.-Comp.-T7TH the fibres of the stalk of a lotus. (ft) the seed of lotus.-3711a:,-370:,-ftg: 1 an epithet of Kartikeya. -2 of Parasurama. ru:, EET an epithet (1) of Kartikeya, (2) of Parasurama. -ot: a kind of horse. Mb. 7. 23. 26; cf. com. - Pam e : graayacnossttkhuraaH| ye syurmunibhirvAhA nirdiSTAH kaushcvrnnaaste||' is a. 1 Belonging to a hog; 29 Bhag.2.7.1. -2 Relating to Visnu's Avatara as a hoy; id carefas Garats ##: 414 Bhag. 11. 4. 18. #ity 1 Cruelty, hard-heartedness: Ms. 12. 33. -2 Terribleness. #1731 1 A mendicunt who walks a hundred Krosas.--2 One who doserves to be approached from distance of 100 Krosas ( as a teacher). Fig?: N. of a grammarian; of an astrologer. T1,9 P. 1 To kill, hurt. -2 To turn round, revolve. FRI.1 P. ( eld, area) 1 To call out. -2 To cry, lament, weep. -II 1 A. ( ed or a) To be confused. -2 To grieve. * 1. 4. P. (aft, fa, 8) To be fatigued o r tired, be exhausted or depressed; 7 THTH a faoggi Bk. 5. 102; 14. 101. -2 To feel sorry, pine for; S. 6. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #637
819 klIba klamaH -Caus. (kramayati-te) To fatigue, exhaust, depress, wither; kliznat. Dispelling, removing; zItAMzoraMzujAlejaladharapriyAzoko jIvaM kusumamiva dharmo kramayati U. 3. 30. (v.1.). malinAM kliznatI kRttibhaimIm Mu. 3. 20. (v.1. klindat). klamaH, klamathaH, klamathuH Fatigue, languor, exhaustion%3 klizita,-kliSTa p. p. 1 Distressed, suffering pain or vinoditadina kamAH kRtarucazca jAmbUnadaiH Si.4.66%3 Ms. 7. 1513 misery. -2 Aflicted, tormented. -3 Faded. -4 Incon5.3.20. sistent, contradictory; e.g. mAtA me bandhyA . -BElaborate, klAnta p. p. [kam-kta] 1 Fatigued, tired out; tamAtapa artificial (as a composition. ). -6 Put to shame. -7 krAntam R. 2. 13, Me. 373 V.2.23. -2 Withered, Wearied; hurt, injured. -8 Being in a bad condition, laded : kAnto manmathalekha eSa nalinIpatre nakhararpitaH 5.3.25% worn%; pItenaikena saMvItAM kliSTatottamavAsasA Ram. 5. 15.21. R. 10.48. -3 Lean, thin, ermaciated. -4 Depressed in -9 Marred, impaired; S.5. 19; Pt. 1. 113 S.6. 103B spirits, exhausted. -Comp. -manas a. languid, low disordered,S7.14.-10 Dimmed, made faint ; himakliSTaspirited. prakAzAni jyotISIva mukhAni vaH Ku.2.19.-11 Injured, hurt; S.6. 19. -12 Bothersome, tedions%3; yathA zarIro bAlasya guptaH klAntiH 1. [kam-ktin ] Fatigue. -Comp. -cchid a. sankliSTakarmaNa: Ram. 7.75.4. (the commentator Rima refreshing, invigorating. Tilaka gives kliSTakarmaNaH = zubhAcArasya, which seems doubtkR 4 A. (klavyate) To fear, be afraid (according to ful). -Tam A contradictory statement. -Comp. -vatman some 1 A. also). n. a discase of the eyelids. kkid 4 P.(vidyati, kinna) To become wet, be damp, kliSTA f. A kind of cittavRtti as laid down in the pAtabe moist. -Caus. To moisten, wet; na caina kledayanyApaH Bg. jalayogazAstra. 2.23; Bk. 18. 11. fory: f. 1 Affliction, anguish, distress, pain. -2 far a. 1 Wet, moistened; running (as an eye).-2 Service. Rotted, putrified; Charak 1. 11, 27. - Soft, moved (as heart); klinnadhiyaM ca mAtaram Bhag. 4. 3. 10; 9. 11.5. kezaH [ kliza-bhAve ghaJ] 1 Pain, anguish, suffering, dis-Comp. -akSa a. blear-eyed. -vatmen. watering of tress, trouble%3 kimAtmA klezasya padamupanItaHS.1; klezaH phalana the eyes. -hRd a. tender-hearted. hi punarnavatAM vidhatte Ku.5.863; Bg. 12.5.-2 Wrath, anger. kedaH [klid-bhAve ghaJ] 1 Wetness, moisture, dampness; -3 Care, trouble. -4 Worldly occupation. -5 Sin (in Santi 1.23; tadaanakledasamAkulAkSam R. 7.27. -2 Running, the Budahist sense); avidyA'smitArAgadveSAbhiAnavezAH klezAH discharge from a sore; Ms. 7. 55. 23. -3 Distress, Yoga Sutra 2.3. api ca klezAn vihAya mama zatrubuddhireva nAnyatra suffering; kuzalavonmRSTagarbhakledaH R. 15.32 (= upadrava Malli.) Nag.83; anukampyatAmasau rAjyasya kRte klezadAsIkRto tapasvI ibid. -Comp. -apaha a.allaying pain, consoling, palliative. kedaka a. Wetting, moistening. -ka: 1 Phlegm. -2 (-haH) ason. -kara a. causing pain or trouble.-kSama a. One of the fires in the body. capable of enduring trouble. kledana m. The moon. klezaka a. [kliz-vuJ] Giving pain, troublesome. kedana 3. [ klidU Nic-lyuTa ] Wetting, making wet. -na: klezala: Pain; teSAmasau klezala eva ziSyate Bhag. 10. 14.4. Phlegm. -nam 1 Wetting, moistening. -2 Trickling, oozing klezita a. Pained, distressed; Mb. 3. 4. kledita a. Soiled; Subh. klezin 1.1 Causing pain or suffering -2 Hurting, injuring. niHzvAsenAdharakisalayaklezinA vikSipantIm Si. keduH 1 The moon. -2 Morbid combination of the three humors of the body (saMnipAta). klItakikA, klItanI The Indigo plant. klinda 1 U. (klindati-te) To lament. kIba 1A. (klIbate)1 To be inpotent, to behave kliba / Ved. The created world; klibe smara kRtaM smara like a eunuch. -2 (10A) To be timorous, to be modest Vaj. 40. 15. or unassuming; prAptau puruSakArAdi muktvA klIvayase katham Ks. 104. 125. kliz 4A. (also P. according to some authorities) (klizyate, kliSTa or klizita)1 To be tormented, be afflicted, klIba (va) a.1 Impotent, neuter, emasculated; Ms. suffer; apyupadezagrahaNe nAtiklizyate vaH ziSyA M. 1; trayaH parArthe / 3. 150, 4. 205% Y. 1. 223. -2 Unmanly, tinid, weak, klizyanti sAkSiNaH pratibhUH kulam Ms. 8. 189. -2 To torment, weak-minded; R.8.84; klIbAn pAlayitA Mk.9.5. -3 molest; bhaktaM mAM mAticikliza: Bk.6.17.-II 9P.(kliznAti, | Cowardly. -4 Mean, base. -5 Idle. -6 Of the neuter kliSTa, klizita)1 To torment, afflict, molest, distress%3D kli- gender. -7 Desireless (kAmahIna); vidvAnklIbaH pazyati prItiyogAt inAti labdhaparipAlanavRttireva 5.5.6%3 evamArAdhyamAno'pi kliznAti Mb. 12.292.28. -baH, -bam (-vaH,-vam) 1 An impobhuvanatrayam Ku. 2.40%; R. 11.58. -2 To suffer, feel pain. tent many aeunuch; na mUtra phenilaM yasya viSTA cApsu nimjti| For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #638
klIvatA 820 kSaNaH medraM conmAdazukrAbhyAM hInaM klIvaH sa ucyate || Katyayana quoted kvaNita a. Sounded, twanged. -Comp. -IkSaNaH a vulin Dayabhaga. -2 The neuter gender. ture. ag a. one who has breathed the flute; par tatkANataNAvacitragItam Bhag. 10.21.12. klIbatA, klaibyam (vyam) 1 Impotence (lit.); baraM klaibya puMsAM na ca parakalAbhigamanam Pt.1. -2 Unmanliness; timidity, kvANaH Sound; saratnakakkaNakAvitIrNakaratAlike Ks.120.106. cowardiceklaibyaM mA sma gamaH pArtha Bg.2.3. -3 Impo kvath 1 P.(kathati, kathita) 1 To boil, decoct. -2 To tence, powerlessness; yatrotpaladalaklaibyamakhANyApuH muradviSAm digest. R. 12.86. T: A decoction, solution prepared with a continu" klu 1 A. (klavate) To move, go. ed or gentle heat. kleza 1 A. (klezate) 1 To speak articulately. -2 To kathanam [kvath-lyuTa ] Boiling, decocting; sametya sadAH kvathaimpede, hinder. -3 To strike, kill. -4 To distress. nena phenatAm Ki. 16.57. klaitakikam Fermented liquor. kvathita a. [kvath-kta ] 1 Boiled, decocted; pakSAntayorvA'pya zrIyAdyavAgU kathitAM sakRt Ms. 6. 20. -2 Tot; azrudhArAH pramuklomam , kloman n. [klu gatau manin ] 1 The lungs ; Vaj. cantI saMtApakkathitAGgakA Ks. 90.61. -tam Spirituous liquor 25.8; yakRcca klomAnazca parvatAH Bri. Up. 1. I. 1. -2 The (prepared with honey). bladder: My. 3. 32. kvAthaH [kvath-karaNe ghaJ] 1 A decoction, solution prepared klozaH Ved. Fear; yadi klozamanu pvaNi Rv. 6. 46. 14. with a continued or gentle heat. -2 The mixture of the materials for decoction. -3 Pain, sorrow, distress, vaind. 1 Whither, where'; ka te'nyonyaM yatnAH kva ca nu gahanAH / -Comp. -udbhavam blue vitriol used a collyrium. kautukarasAH U. 6.333; ka-ka when repeated in co-ordinate (Mar. moracUda.) Bentences imply great difference' or 'incougruity'; rujA hRdayapramAthinI kva ca te vizvasanIyamAyudham M. 3.2; ka. sUrya kvAcika (-kI/.) Met with occcasionally, rare, prabhavo baMzaH kacAlpaviSayA matiH R.1.23 Ki. 1.6%3 S. 2. 19. __unusual; iti kvAcitkaH pAThaH -2 Sometimes is used in the sense of the loc. of 197; kva pradeze... kasminpradeze. kvacana Somewhere; vacana patanayogya hy 1 P. ( fa) To shake, move. dezamanviSyatAdhaH N.; yatra kvacana vatsyAmi Bhag. 1. 17.36. na-ka-ca T: 1 Destruction. -2 Disappearance, loss. -3 LightNowhere, never; nAnubhUtaM kva cAnena dehenAdRSTamazrutam Bhag.4. ning.-4 A field. -5 A farmer. -6 Visnu in his 4th or 29.65. na kacana Nowhere3 Mb.14.(a) With a following Narasimha incarnation. -7 A demon. af it means (1) somewhere, anywhere; (2) sometimes. (1) With a following cita it means (1) in some places%3B kSa , kSaj 10 U. (kSajayati-te) To live in distress or prasnigdhAH kacidigudI phalabhidaH sUcyanta evopalAH 5.1.14; Rs.1.2. pain. -1 A. (kSajate) To kill. -1 A.(kSamate) 1 To go. R.1.41; (2) in some cases ; cid gocaraH kacinna gocaro'rthaH. -2 To give. kacit-kacit (a) in one place-in another place, here-here; kvacidvINAvAdyaM kvacidapi ca hAheti ruditam Bh. 3. 125, 1.1. () kSaN (na) 8U. (kSaNoti, kSaNute, kSata)1 To hurt, injure; now-now (referring to time); kvacit pathA saMcarate surANAM imAM hRdi vyAyatapAtamakSaNot Ku.b.54. -2 To break (to kvacit ghanAnA patatA vAcaca . 13. 19. pieces); (dhanuH) tvaM kilAnamitapUrvamakSaNoH R. 11. 72; (with parA,-pari,-vi used in the same senses as kSaNa). kva guH See priyaGgu (Mar. kAMga). kSaNaH, -Nam | kSaNoti duHkhaM kSaNa-ac] 1 An instant, nokvatya . [va-tyap P. IV. 2. 104 ] Belonging to what ment, measure of time equal to: of a second; na hi place, being where; ... katyeyaM tava durmatiH Bk. 9. 127. kazcitkSaNamapi Dr. 3.53 kSaNamAtramRSistasthau suptamIna iva hRdaH R. 1.73; 2.60%B Mc. 26; kSaNamavatiSThasva wait a moment. kkaN 1 P. (kaNati, kvaNita) 1 To sound (indistinctly), -2 Leisure%3; ahamapilabdhakSaNaH svageha gacchAmiM.1; Pt.1.138%; jingle, tinkle: iti ghoSayatIva DiNDimaH kariNo hastipakAhataH kaNan H. 2.80%kaNanmaNinUpurI Amaru. 31.(v.l. raNan ) Rs.3.24%3; gRhItaH kSaNaHS. 2 my leisure is at your disposal' ie. I pledge my word to do your work. -3 A fit moment Me.87. -2 To hum, warble (as bees &c.); sing indistinctly; kiMcitkaNatkinaramadhyuvAsa Ku. 1.54; U. 3.24; or opportunity; raho nAsti kSaNI nAsti nAsti prArthayitA naraH Pt. 1. 138; Me.64; adhigatakSaNa: Dk. 147. -4 An auspiBk. 6.81. -3 To blow (flute); veNu kvaNantam (kRSNam) cious or lucky moment. -5A festival, joy, delight3 Bhag. 10. 15.42. tadeva vIro'bhijagAma toraNaM kRtakSaNaH kAla iva prajAkSaye Ram. kvaNaH, vaNanam , kvaNitam , kvANaH 1 A sound in gemeral. 5.47.38. -8 Dependence, servitude. -7 The centre, -2 The sound of any musical instrument. -naH A small the middle. -8 A certain day of the fortnight (as the earthen pot or boiler. full moon). -9 Rule, resolution; gantuM bhUmI kRtakSaNAH For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #639
kSaNatuH 621 kSatriyaH 3 | support; kSatavRttivane nityaM phAlakuddAlalAgalI Ram.2.32.29. -vrataa student who has violated his row or religious engagement. -haram aloewood. kSatiH.[kSaNa-ktin1 Injury, wound; dviSAM kSatIryAH prathame zilImukhA vibhidya dehAvaraNAni cakrire Ki. 14.55.-2 Destruction, cutting, tearing down ; visrabdhaM kriyatAM varAhatatibhirmustAkSatiH palvale S. 2.6. -3 (Fig.) Ruin, loss, disadvantage; sukhaM saMjAyate tebhyaH sarvebhyopIti kA kSatiH 8. D. 37. -4 Decline decay, diminution; pratApakSatizItalAH Ku.2.24; L. 1. 114. -5 Death; AcakSate zuddhidamA prasUterA cakSate rAgamadhokSaje ca Vis. funa 572. kSattR m. [kSad saMjJAyAm tRca Un. 2.91.] 1 One who cuts or carves anything; kSattA vAmasya deva bhUreH Rv.6.13.2. -2 An attendant, adoor-keeper; yat kSanAraM hvayatyA Av. 9.6.13 muniH pravezitaH kSatrA kanyAntaHpuramRddhimat Bhag. 9. 6.43; chamberlain; Ks. 52. 106. -3 A coachman, charioteer; Vaj. 16.26. -4 A man born of a Sudra man and Ksatriya woman; cf. Ms. 10.9. -5 The son of a female slave; (eg. vidura); yAvataH kRtavAnpraznAnkSattA koSAravAgrataH Bhag. 1. 18.2. -6 Brahma. -7 A fish. -8 One who fights from a chariot. -9 The manager of a treasure (koSAdhyakSa).-10 A guard (?); Girvana 3 evamAghoSayatkSatrA nandagopaH svagokule Bhag. 10. 39.12. Mb. 1.64.1.( In comp. kSaNa is translated by "momen- tary', 'ternporary'. kSaNAt, -kSaNan in a moment, at once, immediately). -kSaNekSaNe ind. Every instant, moment; kSaNakSaNe yannavatAmupaiti tadeva rUpaM ramaNIyatAyAH ArabdhervyasanairbhUmnA kSINakozaH kSaNe kSaNe Raj. T. 5. 166. -Comp. -antare ind. the next moment, after a little while. -ardham half a moment, sinall space of time. -kSepa: a. momentary delay. -da: an astrologer. (-dam) 1 night blindness. -2 water. (-dA) 1 night; kSaNAdathaiSa kSaNadApatiprabhaH N. 1.67%3 R.8.74; 16.45%3 Si.3.53. -2 turmeric. degkaraH, patiH the moon; udite kSaNadAkare Si.9.70. caraH a night-walker, a demon; sAnuplavaH prabhurapi kSaNadAcarANAM R. 1875. degAnbhya m night-blindness, nyetalopsis. -dyutiH 1.-prakAzA, -prabhA lightning. -ni:zvAsaH the porpoise. -bhagavAda: the doctrine of the continual decay of things ( Buddh.); Badarayana. 2. 1. 18. -bha gura a. transient, frail, perishable; mRgatRSNAsamaM vIkSya saMsAraM kSaNabhatguram 1.4. 130. -mAtram ind. for a moment; kSaNamAtramRSistasthau suptamIna iva hradaH R.1.73. -rAmin m. a pigeon. -vidhvaMsin a. perishable in a moment. (-m.) a class of atheistic philosopbers who deny the continued identity of any part of nature, and maintain that the universe perishes and undergoes a new creation every instant. -vIyam an auspicious moment (kSaNa, muhUrta). kSaNatuH A wound, sore. kSaNanam Injuring, killing, wounding. kSaNika a.[kSaNaH svasattAvyApyatayA'styasya Than ] Momentary, transient ; svapneSu kSaNikasamAgamotmavaizca R.8.92; ekasya kSaNikA prIti: H. 1.64. -kA Lightning. -Comp. -Alayam / temple where temporary idols are worshipped; Mans. 61. 127. kSaNin a. (-nI/.)1 Having leisure. -2 Momentary. -3 Having a festival. -nI Night. kSaNepAka: An article cooked in a moment. kSat /. 1 Killing. -2 Tearing. -3 Injury, hurt. kSata .p. [kSaNa-kta ] 1 Wounded, hurt, injured, bitten, torn, rent, broken down &c.3 see kSaNa; raktaprasAdhitabhuvaH kSatavigrahAzca Ve.1.7; Ku.1.63 R.1.28; 2.56%3 3.53. -2 Diminished; trodden. -94 1 Scratching, a scratch. -2 A wound, hurt, injury; kSata prahArA nipatantyabhIkSNam Pt. 2. 1783 kSate kSAramivAsacaM jAtaM tasyaiva darzanam U.4.73 kSAraM kSate prakSipan Mk. 5. 183; nakhadeg Ku. 3. 29. -3 Danger, destruetion, peril; kSatAt kila trAyata ityudagraH R.2.53. -Comp. -ari a. victorious. -Asravam Blood; Bhag. 3. 18. 19. -udaram dysentery. -kAsaH a,cough produced by injury. -jam 1 blood; sa cchinnamUla: kSatajena reNuH R.7.433; Ve. 2.27; Ram.5.10.19. -2 puss, matter. -yoniH /a violated woman, a woman who is no longer a virgin. -vikSata a. mangled, covered with cuts and wounds. -vRttiH f. destitution, being deprived of any means of kSatraH, -tram 1 Dominion, power, supremaey, might. -2 A man of the Ksatriya caste, or the Ksatriya tribe taken collectively;kSatAtkila trAyata ityudanaH kSatrasya zabdo bhuvaneSu ruDhaH R. 2.533; 11.69,713; asaMzayaM kSatraparigrahakSamA S.1.22; Ms.9.322; brAhmaNenadhitaM kSatraM mantrimantrAbhimantritam / jayatyajitamatyantam ... Kau. A. 1.9. -3 A man of the warrior class, a soldier; kSatrapratApa U. 6. 183; martial or heroic valour; 6.16%3 -4 Injury, harm (hiMsA); 'kSatraM hiMsA tadartha jAtaM kSatrajam' -com. of Nilakantha on Mb. 12. 189.5% (kSatraja sevate karma vedaadhyynsNgtH|). -trI 1A woman of the military caste. -2 The rank of a member of the military caste. -3 Wealth. -4 Water. -5 The body. -Comp. -antaka: an epithet of Parasurama.-dharma: 1 bravery, military heroism; kSatradharmahataH Ms.5.98. -2 the duties of a Ksatriya.-pa: a governor, satrap; (a word found on coins and inscriptions.) -qfa: the possessor of dominion; kSatrANAM kSatrapatiH Vai. 10. 173 (f. chatrapati).-bandhuH 1a Ksatriya by caste; Ms. 2. 38. -2 a mere Ksatriya, a vile or wretched Ksatriya; (asaterm of abuse);f. brahmabandhu; Bhag.4.28.48. -vidyA, -veda: the science of the warrior class (kSatriya); dhanurveda; adhyemi kSatravidyAm Ch.Up.7.1.2; kSatravedavidAM zreSTho brahmavedavidAmapi Ram. 1.65.23. kSatrina m. A man of the military order. kSatriyaH [kSatre rASTre sAdhu tasyApatyaM jAtau vA ghaH Tv.] 1 A member of the military or second caste; dhamyoddhi yuddhAcchreyo'nyat kSatriyasya na vidyate Bg.2.31. brAhmaNaH kSatriyo For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #640
kSatriyakA vaizyastrayo varNA dvijAtaya: Ms. 104. The Mahabharata (Santiparvan) says: brAhmaNAnAM kSatatrANAttataH kSatriya ucyate / -2 A kind of horse ; kSatriyA vahnisaMbhavAH Salihotra, Appen dix II, 14. -yam The rank or power of the Ksatriya class; Rv. 4. 12. 3. -Comp. -dharmaH See kSatradhamaH: Ms. 10. 81. - hanaH ( - NaH ) an epithet of Parasuraama; Mb. 5. 178.89. kSatriyakA, kSatriyA, satrivikA A woman of the Ksatriya caste; Mb. 1.2.318. kSatriyANI [ P. IV. 1. 49. Vart. 7] 1 A woman of the Ksatriya caste. -2 The wife of a Ksatriya. kSatriyI The wife of a Ksatriya. kSad 1 A. ( kSadate) Ved. 1 To cut. -2 To kill; jAraH kanIna iva cakSadAna Rv. 1. 117. 18 -3 To consume, eat; Rv. 1.25. 17.4 To cover, protect. -5 To distribute (food); tasmai ghRtaM surAM madhyannamannaM kSadAmahe Av. 10. 6.5. sadanam 1 Carving, dividing tearing. -2 Eating. kSaman . [ kSad bhakSaNe manin ] 1 Water. -2 Food. kSand See kSund below. kSap 1 . ( kSapati-te, kSapita) To fast, to be abstinent ; araNye kASThavatyaktvA kSapeyustryahameva ca Ms. 5. 69. - Caus. or 10 e. ( kSapayati-te, kSapita ) 1 To throw, send, cast. -2 To miss. kSapita a. Destroyed, diminished; kSapitA tadvipAzrayA latA R. 8. 47; Bhag. 4. 31. 6. 622 kSap / Ved. 1 Night. -2 A measure of time. -3 Darkness; kSapo jinvantaH pRSatI bhirRSTibhiH Rv. 1. 64. 8. -4 Water. kSapaH Water. kSapaNaH A Bauddha mendicant. -Nam 1 Defilement, [impurity (azoca) samAcArAmatI...1. -2 Destroying suppressing expelling. -3 Fanting: caturthabhaktakSapaNaM vaizyazUdre vidhIyate Mb. 13. 106. 13. 4 Abstinence, chastisement of the body. kSapaNakaH A Bauddha or Jaina mendicant; namakSapaNake deze rajakaH kiM kariSyati Chan. 110; kathaM prathamameva kSapaNaka: Mu.4. kSapaNI 1 An oar - 2 A net. kSapaNyu: An offence. kSapA [ kSapayati ceSTAm; kSi- Nic ac ] 1 A night; vigamayatyunidra eva kSapAH S. 6.5; R. 2.2; Me. 112. -2 Turmeric . -Comp. -aTaH, -caraH 1 night stalker. -2 a demon goblin ; tataH kSapauTaH pRthupiGgalAkSaiH Bk. 230; 5.64; 8.56; danujaH svidayaM kSapAcaro vA Ki. 13.8; Ram. 5.2.53. - Andhyam night-blindness. -karaH, -nAtha: 1 the moon ; kSipraM kSapAnAtha ivAdhirUDhaH Si. 3. 22. -2 camphor. -ghanaH a dark cloud. - caraH a demon, goblin. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kSamApanam kSam 1 A., 4P. (kSamate, kSAmyati, cakSame, cakSAma, kSAnta or kSamita) 1 To permit, allow, suffer; ato nRpAzcakSamire sametAH strIratnalAbhaM na tadAtmajasya R. 7. 34; 12.46. -2 To pardon, forgive (as an off ence); kSAntaM na kSamayA Bh. 3. 13; kSamasva paramezvara visya me bhartRnideza devi samasyeti babhUva namraH R.14. 58. -3 To be patient or quiet, wait; sa muhUrta kSamasveti (v. 1. sahasveti ) dvijamAzvAsya duHkhitam R. 15.45. -4 To endure, put up with, suffer; api kSamante'smadupajApaM prakRtayaH Mu. 2; nAjJAbhagakarAn rAjA kSameta svasutAnapi H. 2105 -5 To oppose, resist; Ram. 7. 58. 6. 6 To be competent or able (to do anything); Rte raveH kSAlayituM kSameta kaH kSapAtamaskANDamalImasaM nabhaH Si. 1. 38, 9. 65. - Caus. To beg par don forgive] ekatAmasvAmahamevam Bg. 11. 42. kSantavya pot. p. 1 To be borne or endured. -2 Par donable, fit to be forgiven ; uktaM mayA prAkkSantavyametasmAnme'parAdhataH Ks. 119. 53. kSantR a. [ kSam - tRc ] Patient, enduring forbearing, submissive. kSam / Ved. The ground, earth. kSama a. [ kSam ac] 1 Patient ( said of the earth); vimRgvarI pRthivImA vadAmi kSamAM bhUmiM brahmaNA vAvRdhAnAm Av. 12. 1. 29. -2 Enduring, submissive; ato'tra kiMcidbhavartI bahukSamAm Ku. 5. 40. -3 Adequate, competent, able ( with gen., loc., inf. or in comp.) malino hi yathAdarzoM rUpAlokasya na kSamaH V. 3. 141; sA hi rakSaNavidhau tayoH kSamA R. 11.6; hRdayaM na tvavalambituM kSamAH R. 8.60; gamanakSama, nirmUlanakSama &c. Appropriate, fit proper suitable; tanno yaduktamazivaM na hi tatkSamaM te e. 1. 14; AtmakarmakSamaM dehaM kSAtro dharma ivAzritaH R. 1. 13; S. 5.27. -5 Fit for capable of, suited to; upabhogakSame deze V. 2; tapaHkSamaM sAdhayituM ya icchati S. 1. 18; sparzakSamaM ratnam 1 27; 75. -8 Bearable, endurable. -7 Favourable, friendly. -8 Worthy ; yUyameva stavakSamA: Mv. 1. 20. - mam 1 Propriety, fitness. -2 Battle, war. ma: N. of Siva. ab. kSamaNIya 1 To be borne, patiently borne. -2 To be pardoned or forgiven. kSamA [ kSam a ] 1 Patience, forbearance, forgiveness; kSamA satyaM damaH zamaH Bg.10 1 34; 16, 3; kSamA zatrau ca mitre ca yatInAmeva bhUSaNam H. 2; R. 1. 22; 18.9; tejaH kSamA vA naikAntaM kAlajJasya mahIpateH Si. 2. 83. -2 The earth. -3 The number one'. -4 An epithet of Durga. -Comp. -jaH the planet Mars. -bhuja, -bhujaH a king bhRt m. 1 a mountain. -2 a prince; prAtiSThanta kSamAbhRtAm Si. 19.30. kSamAvat, kSamAnvita, kSamAyukta . 1 Patient, indulgent. - 2 Knowing what is proper or right; Ram. 5. kSamApayati Den. P. To ask any one's pardon, beg pardon ; kSamApaya mahAbhAgaM tataH zAntirbhaviSyati Bhag. 9. 1. 71. kSamApanam Begging pardon. kSamApanaizca sA devI prasannavadanAmbujA Parpal. 4. 47. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #641
kSamita 828 kSAlanam kSamita . (-trI /.), -kSamin a.(-NI /.) 1 Patient, sence. -2 Treacle, molasses. -3 Any corrosive or acid for bearing, of a forgiving nature; samaduHkhasukhaH kSamI Bg. substances%3 kSate kSAramivAsahA jAtaM tasyaiva darzanam U.1.73 kSAraM 12. 13. kAmaM kSAmyatu yaH kSamI Si.2.43% Y.2.200, 1. 133. kSate prakSipan Mk.5. 18% (kSAraM kSate kSip &c. has become -2 Capable, able. proverbial, and means 'to aggravate the pain which is already unbearable', 'to make bad, worse', 'to add inkSamya .. Boing in the corth, terrostrial; yaH pArthivasya sult to injury'). -4 Glass. -B Salt; caustic alkali; kSamyasya rAjA Rv. 2. 14. 11. Y. 3. 36. -6 Ashes. -7 A rogue, cheat. TH 1 Black kSAnta [kSam -kta ]1Patients for bearing, onduring. salt. -2 Water. -3 See kSAraH (3); AH kSate kSArametanme kSiptaM -2 Forgiven. -3 Borne, endured. -4 Friendly. -a: N. kenetyabhASata Ks. 93. 14. -Comp.-accham sea-salt.-aJjanam of Siva. -tA The earth. -tam Patience, indulgence; an alkaline unguent. -377 n. an alkaline fluid. -TURam. 1. kam N. of a collection of eight articles[Mar. paLasa (Butea frondose), fago (Cactus Indicus ), wit (SaltkSAntiH [kSam -bhAve ktin ] 1 Patience, for besrance, petre), ciMca (Tamarind), AghADA (Achryanthes Aspaforgiveness ; kSAntizcedvacanena kim Bh.2.21; ahiMsA kSAnti- ra), ruI, tilanAla, java (Nitrate of Potash).-udaH, -udakaH rAjavam Bg. 13.7; 18.42. -2 The state of saintly ab- -udadhiH,-samudraH,-sindhuH the salt ocean. -kadamaH 1a straction. pool of saline mud. -2 N. of a hell; Bhag. 6. 26. 7. -kSata 4. damaged by saltpetre; Mk. 3. 14. -telam oil kSAntu . [kSam -tun vRddhizca ] Patients for bearing. -tuHA cooked with alkaline ingredients. -trayam -tritayam father. natron, salt-petre and borax. -dazakam N. of a colleeSTIFT pot. p. 1 To be borne. -2 To be pardoned or tion of ten plants (Mar. zevagA, muLA, paLasa, ciMca, cukA, Ale, forgiven. niMba, AghADA, Usa, kadalI). nadI river of alkaline water in hell.-paJcakam N. of a collection of five articles (Mar. kSampa 10 P. To forgive; L. D. B. java, puSkara, sarjI, paLasa and tilanAla). -bhUmiH /., -mRttikA kSaya See under kSi. saline soil; kimAzcarye kSArabhUmau prANadA yamadUtikA Udb. -melaka: kSar 1 P. [kSarati-kSarita] (Used transitively or in an alkaline substance. -rasaH a saline flavour. -zreSTham alkaline earth.-paTka m N. of a collection of six plants transitively) 1 To flow, glide. -2 To send or stream (Mar. guLavala, kuDA, AghADA, kaLalAvI, puSkaramUla, tilanAla). forth, pour out, emit; teSu kSaratsu bahudhA madavAridhArAH R. 13.74; Bk. 9.8. -3 To drop, trickle, ooze. -4 To kSArakaH [kSar-vul] 1 Alkali. -2 Juice, essence. -3 A waste away, wane, perish. -5 To become useless, have cage, basket or net for birds; sa vai kSArakamAdAya dvijAn hatvA no effoct; yajJo'nRtena kSarati tapaH kSarati vismayAt Ms. 4. 237. bane sadA Mb. 12. 143. 15. - A washerman. - A blos-6 To melt. -7 To slip from, be deprived of (with som; a bud or new-blown flower (kalikA). abl.).-Caus. (kSArayati-te) To accuses traduce (usually kSAraNam,-NA Accusing, especially of adultery-Nam with 31). -With far to melt away, dissolve. 1 Converting to alkali or ashes. -2 Distilling. kSara a. [kSarati syandate muJcati vA, kSar-ac ] 1 Melting away. kSArayati Den. P. 1 To furnish or mix with acid sub -2 Mova ble. -3 Perishable; kSaraH sarvANi bhUtAni kUTastho' stances. - To torture a person with acid substances. kSara ucyate Bg. 15.16.-: A cloud. -ram 1 Water. -2 -3 To speak ill of a person, accuse. -4 To abuse, calumThe body; tataH savedanaH sadyo jIva: pracyavate kSarAt Mb.14.17.17. niate traducer censure; cf. AkSara. -3 Ignorance. -4 The Supreme Being. -5 Cause and effect. -6 The natural form (prakRti); akSarakSarayoreva dvayoH / kSArikA Hunger. sambandha iSyate Mb. 12.305.1. -Comp. -Atmakaa.of a kSArita 3. 1 Distilled from saline matter. -2 Falsely perish able nature, perishable; Mark. P. 23. 33. -: accused (especially of adultery ). -3 Accusod of a (also kSareja) a produced by distillation or from a t crime, calumnisted; kaccidAryo'pi zuddhAtmA kSAritazcApakarmaNA cloud.-bhAvaa. muta ble. Ram. 2.100.56. kSaraNam [kSara-bhAve lyuT ] 1 The act of flowing, trickling, kSala 10 U. (kSAlayati-te, kSAlita) 1 To wash, wash off, dropping, oozing. -2 The act of perspiring; stage purify, cleanse; Rte ravaH kSAlayituM kSameta kaH kSapAtamaskANDamalIkSaraNasannavartikaH R. 19. 19. masaM nabhaH Si. 1.38; H.4.60. -2 To wipe away. -With vi to wash off; niHzeSavikSAlitadhAtunApi R.5.44. kSarita p. p. Dropped, liquefied, ooled, melted &e. kSAla a. Cleaning, washing. kSarin m. The rainy season. kSAlanam [kSala-bhAve lyuT ] 1 Washing, cleansing (with kSAra a. [kSar-jvalA bA0 Na ] 1 Corrosive, caustic acid, water); tatkSAlanAya yAsyAmi tIrthInyujjhitamatsaraH Rs.52.239. pungent, saline. -2 Flowing, oozing. : 1 Juice, es- 1 -2 Sprinkling. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #642
kSAlita 624 ca p. p. (4- ] 1 Washed, cleansed, purified, -2 Wiped : way, requited; 791 Toyura yuraraf U. 1. 28; Raj. T. 5. 59. Hai, Tay: See under . 1.1 The earth. -2 Sleep; T 2H14 ASP Nm. kSANam Burning, what is burnt; nimittaM hi upasaMprApta kSANaM FTTH SB. on MS. 6.4.18; T TT HA SB. on MS. 6. t. 18. 1 a. (- f.) [4773 Hatar 377) Relating or peculiar to the military tribe; pa sa a 10uraru U. 6.9.; R. 1. 13. - 1 The Ksatriya tribe. -2 The qualifications of a Ksatriya; the Gita thus describes them:- 1 taie G 719430147141 THTH179 2 9417H Bg. 18. 43. T: The son of : Ksatriya by a woman of another caste; P. IV. 1. 138 Kasi. STIFT &c. See under 217. 1 a. ( if th P. VIII. 2. 53 ] 1 Scorched, singed. -2 Diminished, thin, wasted; emaciated, lean; 1941479134 S. 3. 9; H TAT Me. 84; THU H AT HITTA 994 82, 91. -3 Slight, little, small. -4 Weak, infirm. -H: An epithet of Visnu. -mA The earth; dyAvA ha kSAmA Mbh. on P. I. 2.64.-mam Destruction. -Comp.-31PT unwholesome diet: 31924mahitaM rogya kSAmAsya parikIrtitam (zabdacandrikA) -iSTinyAyaH The rule according to which conditional cause laying down a falat must be so construed as to avoid it involving a 1972 or unavoidable circumstance. This is discussed and established by Jaimini and Sabara in MS. 6. 4. 17-21. WAH . [- ] Destructivo. --. Vod. The earth, ground. IARI a. Ved. Scorching, withering, drying; an epithet of Agni. IT: &c. See under 25 kSAlanam &c. See under kSal. fe I. 1 P. (ula, feta or ) 1 To decay or waste. -2 To rule, govern, be master of; y mufculu Rv. 6. 23. 10. -II 1, 5,9 P. (aufa,feufa, fequia) 1 To destroy, affect, ruin, corrupt; 7909: ayat fer R. 2. -2 To diminish, cause to waste away; STRITT $a 7APUNT R. 19. 18. -3 To kill, injure. - To spend, pass ( as time); # GATE ARTio af ud. S. 83. -III. 6 P. (fala) 1 To abide, stay, dwell. A fart 97119 faa Nri. Pur. Up. 2. 1. -2 To inhabit. - To remain. -4 To go, move, approach. -Pass. (2) 1 To waste, wane; decay, be diminished (fig. also ) saua #12: WATOTT 7 H. 4.66: garagaratha ratafa: ad Pt. 2.4; Amaru. 93; Bh. 2. 19. -Caus. ( u or 2979) 1 To destroy, remove, put an end to; H979 fea: gaza yftarar HS. 7. 35, R. 8. 17; Me. 55. -2 To spend or pass ( as time). T: [f21-3477] 1 A house, residence, abode; at 2017 Ms. 6.61 ; Pa 9 9 1219073 & Mb. -2 Loss, decline, waste, wane, decay, diminution; 31199: 44: R. 3. 69; 29 auf APt. 2. 186: NO T247, 29987: &c. -3 Destruction, end, termination ; PARIT a za rugath Rs. 1. 9; Amaru. 60. -4 Pecuniary loss; Ms. 8. 401. - Fall (as of prices.) -6 Removal. -7 Universal destruction (154). -8 Consumption. -9 A disease in general. -10 The negative sign or quantity, minus (in algebra ). -11 Family, race. -12 The house of Yama. 18 A part of the elephant's knee ( 1 9 94: ); Matanga L. 5. 15. -19 Power (2 marz farurat 94 -Com. on Mb. 12. 303.2); 5990a Tejut: guNakSayAt bid.-yam N. of the last year in the sixty years cycle. -Comp. -3937: complete annihilation of the desire of being active (Jaina). -FT (also kn) a. causing decay or destruction, ruinous. --Files: 1 time of universiul destruction. -2 the period of decline. -kAsaH consumptive cough. -tithiH ,f. kSayAhaH the lunar day not beginning with the sun-rise, hence omitted in the calendar. - T&T: the dark fortnight. 74 : T: a fentia: Ki. 2. 37. - 2 a fortinght of 13 days. He: the month in which two fas occur and which is omitted in the adjustment of the lunar-solar calendar. - : /., TT: an opportunity of destroying; Ki. 2.9.- :consumption. ay: the wind that is to blow at the destruction of the world. 69 . total loss, ruin. UT a. Destroying &c. -U: 1 A place with calm water. - 2 A bay or harbour. -UTH A dwelling place, habitation. ay: Consumptive cough, consumption. 8 . A dwelling-place, habitation. fra, a. (-oft s.) 1 Diminishing, decaying; 31177#v at erat u Bha qat arti Bh. 2. 60; waning, wasting: 14 ani a R. 17.71; Ms. 9. 314. -2 Consumptive. -3 Perishable, fragile. -m. The moon. ft a. 1 Wasting, decaying. -2 Perishable, fragile; 4 f 4214: Maitri Up. 1.4. fe: f. 1 Abode. -2 Going.-3 Destruction. -4 Waste, loss. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #643
kSita 625 kSipaNam kSit .. 1 Ruling, to ruler; utAho hatavIryAste babhUvuH pRthivI- -koza a. One whose wealth is exhausted; ArabdhakSita: Ram.7.31.4.-2 Dwelling. rvyasana mnA kSINakozaH kSaNe kSaNe Rai. T.5. 166. -candra: the moon on the wane. -dhana 1. reduced to poverty, imkSita p. p. [kSi-karmaNi ta] 1 Wasted, decayed, lost. poverished. -TTT a. one who is purified after having -2 Weakened. -3 Poor, miserable. -tam Kiling; suffered the consequences of sin. -puNya - one who has injuring. enjoyed all his stock of merit, and must work to acfeat The earth. quire more in another birth. HET a. slender-waisted. -vAsin a. inhabiting a dilapidated house. (-m.) adore kssitiH| [kSi nivAse AdhAre ktin ] 1 The earth, soil of or pigeom. -vikrAnta a. destitute of courage or prowess the earth; Mb. 1. -2 A dwelling, an a bode, a house ; -vRtti a. deprived of the means of support, out of taM bhaktibhAvo'bhyagRNAdasatvaraM parizrutoruzravasaM dhruvakSitiH Bhag.4.9.5. employ: Ms.8.341.-zakti,-bala a weakened in strength, -3 Loss, destruction. - 4 The end of the world. subsided (as a disease);. upekSitaH kSINavalo'pi zatruH -5 Wane. -6A man ( Ved.)-7 Prosperity; kSita rohaH / Pt. 1.235. pravahaH zazvadeva Mb. 18.76. 10. -8 Number one'; Bij. fruar 1 The state of wasting away, diminution, -Comp. -aditiH // n epithet of Devaki, mother of Krisna. -izaH, IzvaraHaking R. 1.5% tadAnanaM mRtsurabhi decay; emaciation. -2 The state of being injured. kSitIkSaro rahasyupAdhAya na tRptimAyayau 3.33 11.1. -kaNaH dust.. kSiNa 5 U. (kSiNoti-kSiNute, kSita) To kill, hurt, injure. -kampa: an earth-quake. -kSit m. a ling, prince; Si. 18.4.-jaH, -ruhaH,-sutaH 1 a tree%; giriprakAzAn kSiti kSidraH [kSid-rak ] 1 A disease. -2 The sum. jAn bhaneyamanilo yathA Mb. 7. 197. 19. -2 an earth worm. -3 A horn. -3 the planet Mars. -4 N. of the demon Naraka kSip 6U. ( but only P. when preceded by adhi, prati killed by Visnu. Si. 8. 15.(-jam) the horizom. (-jA). and ati), 4. P. (kSipati-te, kSipyati, kSipta) 1 To throw, an epithet of Sita.-talam the surface of the earth. cast, send, dispatch, discharge, let go with loc. or utkhAtaM nidhizakayA kSititalaM dhmAtA girerdhAtavaH Bh. 3.4.-trANam sometimes dat.); marudbhaya iti tu dvAri kSipeda sva ya ityapi protection of the earth (a duty of kSAtriya caste). -devaH, Ms.3.883 zilAM vA kSepsya te mayi Mb. R.12.95%; with prati -sura: Brahmana; Bhag. 3. 1. 12. -dharaH a mountain ! also%3 Bh. 3.67,Si. 15.86. -2 To place, put on or upon, kSitidharapatikanyAmAdadAnaH kareNa Ku.7.94. -dhenu: earth | throw into; srajamapi zirasyandhaH kSiptAM dhunotyahizaGkayA 5.7.243 considered as a milcheow; rAjandudhukSasi yadi kSitidhenumetAM tenAdya vatsamiva lokamamuM puSANa Bh.2.46. -nAthaH,-paH, -patiH, Y. 1. 230; Bg. 16. 19. -3 To fix on, attach to (a8 a.blame); bhRtye doSAn kSipati H.2. -4 To cast or throw -pAlaH, -bhuja., -rakSin m. a king, sovereign; R.2.51, 6.76,6.86,7.3,9.75; yaH samAnaM sadA dhatte bhRtyAnAM kSitipo' off, cast away, rid oneself of; kiM kUrmasya bharavyathA na vapuSi kSmAM na kSipatyeSa yat Mu... 18. -5(a) To take away, dhikam Pt. -putraH 1 the planet Mars. -2 the demon destroy; lalitamadhurAste te bhAvAH kSipanti ca dhIratAm Mal.1.8. Naraka. -pratiSTha a. dwelling on the earth. -bhRt m. 12 (6) To kill or slay; kesarI niSThurakSiptamRgayUtho mRgAdhipaH Si.2.58. mountain ; sarvakSitibhRtAM nAtha V. 1.27(where it means -6 To reject, disdain. -7 To Insult, revile, abuse, 'a king' also); Ki.5.20% Rs.6.26. -2 a king. scold; Ms. 8.312,270%B Santi. 3. 10. nanu kSipasi mAm Date-maNDalam the globe. -randhram a ditch, hollow. -vadhena: vakyam 1.-8 To pour on, scatter, strew.-9 To strike, m. a corpse, dead body. karomi kSitivardhanam Bk. -vRttiH / hit. -10 To distract, afflict; #: fagfa Mal. 4.8. 'the course of the earth, patient behaviour. -vyu dAsaH -11 To move hastily (arms or legs); kSipaMzca pAdAna Bhag. a cave within the earth, in underground hole. 10.36.11.-12 To pass away (time); rAjA dRSTo'kSipatkSapAma -saMkrandanaH (= kSitIndraH, : king); Sahendra. 2. 10. Ks. 55. lot. -13 in math.) To add ; Goladh. -With -spRzan inhabitant of the earth (mAnuSa); iti copanatAM payo to bind or tie up, collect (s hair); (kezAnta) kSitispRzaM kRtavAnAsurapuSpadarzanAt R.8.81. paryAkSipat kAcidudArabandham Ku.7.14. ferraa 1. Wind, air. kSiNa . Ved. A finger; daza kSipaH pUrya sImajIjanana Rv. 3. kSINa..[kSi-kta] 1Thin, omacisted, waned, become 2 3.8, 9.97.57. lean, diminished, worm away, expondod; bhAyoM kSINeSu kSipa.[kSip-ka] Throwing, striking, hitting. -pa:1 vitteSu ( jAnIyAt ) H. 1.70; 80 kSINaH. kSINo'pi zazI; K. P. | Throwiny, castiny. -2 Reviliny, insulting.- 1 Send kSINe puNye mathaloka vizanti . .2]. -2 Slonder, delicate; kSINena madhye'pi satodareNa N.7. 81. -3 Small, little. ing. -2 Throwing. -3 Night. -4 Poor, miserable; yo vai priyasukhe kSINa: Mb. 12.295. 18. kSipakaH (. kSipikA) [P. VIII. B. 5. Vart. ti.] All -5 Powerlosi, wenk. -6 Wasted away, decreased, archer, a warrior. lost, diminished. -7 Deud, destroyod; akSINabhaktiH kSINe'pi kSipaNam [kSip-bhAva bA0kyun] 1 Sentling, throwing, Mu. 2. 21. -8 Injured, broken, torn; -Comp. casting. - 2 Reviling, a busing. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #644
kSipANaH 826 eft: ferro:,-oft . 1 An oar. -2 A priest. -3 A net. -4 A weapon. -for: A stroke with a whip. fang: [f4q-3199 ] 1 An archer, -2 A weapon, 4 59 274019A0T: Rv. 4. 58. 6. -3 Air, wind. ferquya. [Ren ] 1 Fragrant, sweet-smelling. -2 Diffusive. -ty: 1 The body. -2 The spring senson. -3 A fragrant smell. fergia: (-fea:) Ved. The arm. fera p. p. [1919-] 1 Thrown, scattered, hurled, cast; et Flua aad Rv. 1. 129. 8. -2 Abandoned. -3 Disregarded, neglected, disrespected. -4 Placed. -5 Distracted, mad (see 2). A Night. - A wound caused by shooting; 3 fanty TH Av. 6. 109. 3. -Comp. - unanswerable speech. T: a mad dog. - a. distracted in mind, absent-minded. E a. prostrating the body, lying down. 19 a. of despicable descent (not fit to act as trast). fela: f. [f4q-famia ] 1 Throwing, sending forth. -2 Explaining a hidden meaning (such as solving riddles). -3 (in drama ) The exposure of a secret. -4 also fett (in Alg.) The quantity to be added to the square of the least root multiplied by the multiplicator (to render it capable of yielding an exact square root). for a. 1 Throwing, casting. -2 Killing; TETTO facan Bk. 2. 21; Si. 16. 50.-3 Obstructive. fers a. [f214-2] (compar. aung; superl. erg) 1 Elastic (18 a bow); marga fera pausa: Rv.2.24.8. -2 Quick, speedy. -941 A measure of time = 1/15 of Muhurtu. -2 The part of the hand between the thumb and the forefinger and the corresponding part of the foot. T ind. Quickly, speedily, immediately; ei sofa fa 1919 Ms. 3. 179; Santi. 3. 6; Bk. 2. 44. -Comp. - a. acting quickly, prompt. -nizcaya a. one who decides or resolves quickly; AyatyAM yura da fare: Ms. 7. 179. u mn. a kind of a produced by changing the first of two concurrent vowels to its semi-vowel. T: (419-49] 1 Throwing, tossing, casting, moving about, movement of limbs); ETIH Me.49; 7094191999 Ku. 3. 60.-2 A throw, cast. -3 Sending, dispatching. 4 Depression; striking down. -5 Transgressing. -6 Passing away (time); 124:. -7 Delay, dilatoriness. -8 Insult, abuse; an arcat Ram. 12. 19. 56; a pusa: Y. 2. 204; f* 21. P. II. 1. 6t. -9 Disrespect, contempt. -10 Pride, haughtiness. -11 A nosegay. -12 A stroke (of an oar &c.). -13 Laying on (as a paint &c.), besmearing. -14 (in arith.) Addendum. -15 The astronomical latitude; Goladh. -Comp. See erfare.- 1a: the point where the planets and the moon pass the ecliptic; Goladh. 6.14, 20.- the course of the planets and of the moon; ibid. 5. 13. a. [1919-193] A thrower, sonder; eta24 U Ks. 61.9.-2 Interpolated, inserted (as a passage); cf. N. 22.48. -3 Abusive, disrespectful. : 1 A spurious or interpolated passage. -2 An additive quantity. UIH (199q-oyz ] 1 Throwing, casting, sending, directing &c. -2 Spending (as time). -3 Omitting. - A busing. 5 A sling; fera fagaiqu i ear Page #645
kSIraSaka: epithet of Sesa. -4 a pearl. 'jam sea-salt. 'jA, 'tanayA an epithet of Laksmi. - AhnaH the pine tree. uda: ef. [ P. VI. 3. 57 Vart. ] 1 the sea of milk ; kSIrodavelava saphenapujA Ku. 7. 26. tanayaH, nandanaH, tanayA, sutA an epithet of Laksmi. - uttarA inspissated milk. - uttham fresh butter. - udadhi = kSIroda q.v. above. - UrmiH a wave of the sea of milk; R. 4. 27. -odanaH rice boiled with milk; kSIraudanaM pAcayitvA Bri Up. 6. 4. 14. kaNThaH kaNThakaH a young child (having milk in the throat ); tvayA tatkSIraNkaThena prApta mAraNyakaM vratam Mv. 4. 52, 5. 11. kSIrakaNThAvimau vatsau batatvanmayajIvitau Siva. B. 2. 24 and 50. -kuNDam a milk-pot ; kazcidudoha kazcicca kSIrakuNDamadhArayat Ks. 63.188. -jam coagulated milk. -dAtrI yielding milk (as a cow ). - dumaH the Asvattha tree. -dhAtrI a wet-nurse. -dhiH, -nidhiH the sea of milk; induH kSIranidhAviva R. 1. 12. - dhenuH / a milch cow. -nIram 1 water and milk. -2 milk-like water. -3 a fast embrace. -: a child. - a. cooked in milk; zataM mahiSAn kSIrapAkamodanam Rv. 8. 77. 10. -pANa: an inhabitant of Usinara. ( - Nam, -nam ) drinking milk. ( - NI) any vessel out of which milk is drunk. -bhRta a. supported by milk (as a Gopala ); receiving wages in the form of milk ; gopaH kSIrabhRto yastu Ms. 8. 231 - cAriH, - vAridhiH the sea of milkc; gatvA ca kSIravAridhim Ks. 22. 188. -vikRtiH / inspiseated milk any product munde from milk (as cheese &c.). - vRkSaH 1 N. of the four trees nyagrodha, udumbara, azvattha and madhUka 2 the glomerous figtree. -vratam living upon milk in consequence of a vow. -zaraH cream, the skim of milk. samudraH sAgaraH the sea of milk. yathA bhagavatA brahmanmathitaH kSIrasAgaraH Bhag. 8.5.11. -sarpis n. ghee (ghRta ) sAraH butter ; kSIrasAramapanIya zaGkayA svIkRtaM yadi palAyanaM tvayA Uab. snigdha a. unctuous with milky juice or sap: S. 8. G. (vil.) sphaTikA precious stone. svAmina m. a commentator on the Amarakosa and a grammarian. -fever: the foam of milk. kSIrapakaH A variety of inferior gems; Kau. A. 2.11. kSIrayati Den. P. To look like milk. zrIrasyati Den. P. To desire milk; kSIrasyati mANavakaH Mbh. on P. VII. 1. 51. kSIrikA 1 A dish prepared with milk. - 2 N. of plant (Mar. g, stadt, Ferrol). 627 kSIrin a. 1 Milky ; kSIriNacaiva pAdapAna Ms. 8. 246; ye kSIriNovarohavantaH pRthuparNAste nyagrodhAH Mbh. on P. I.1.56. -2 Yielding milk; kSIriNyaH santuH gAva: Mk. 10.60. kSIreyI An oblation of milk, rice, and sugar. kSIrAvI, vikA A kind of cucumber (Mar. dudhI ). kSI 1 1 P. [ kSIvati, kSIvyati ] 1 To be drunk or intoxicated. -2 To spit, eject from the mouth. kSudaH kSIca a. Excited, drunk, intoxicated; dhruvaM jaye yasya jayAbhUtena kSIvaH kSamAbharturabhUtkRpANa: Vikr. 1. 96; kSIvo duHzAsanAsRjA Ve. 5. 27. Acharya Shri Kailassagarsuri Gyanmandir kSu 2 P. [ kSauti, kSuta ] 1 To sneeze ; apayAti saroSayA niraste kRtakaM kAmini cukSuve mRgAkSyA Si. 9. 83; Ch. P. 10; Bk. 14. 75;... rAtrau mayi kSutavati kSitipAlaputryA / jIveti maGgalavacaH parihRtya kopAt karNe kRtaM kanakapatramanAlapantyA | Bil. Ch. 2. 5. -2 To cough. a 9 U To jump (also 5 P ) ; cf. kSuNAti ca kSuNIte ca kSaNotyA plavane'pi ca / kSandate kSundate cApi SaDAplavanavAcinaH // iti bhaTTamalaH. kSavaH [kSu-bhAvAdau ap] 1 Sneezing; Av. 19. 8 -2 Cough. kSavakam A kind of pot-herb. -vikA 1 A species of rice. -2 A woman. kSavathuH [[]] 1 Sneering. 8 Cough. 8 Irrita tion of the throat. -4 Sore throat viSavaidyo vijAnAti sarpasya kSavathuM dhruvam Subha. kSut /, kSutam, -tA, -tiH / A sneele or sneering; kSutaminopazu St. 15.91. janikA (nayA) Mustard. zrutaH, kSutaka: Black mustard. kSuH Vod. 1 Food ; vizvaM viveSTi draviNamupa kSa Rv. 10. 61. 12. - 2 A lion. kSuNNa See under kSud below. 7. te ya) 1 To trend or trample upon, strike against, crush (under the foot), bruise, pound down ; kSuNadmi sarpAn pAtAle Bk. 6. 36; te taM vyAziSatAkSautsuH pAdairdantaistathAcchidan 15.43; 17.66. -2 To move, be agitated (A.); kSodantaM Apo riNate vanAni Rv. 3. 58.6. -With pra to crush, bruise, pound; mitraghnasya pracukSoda gadayAM bibhISaNa: Bk. 14. 33. 2 For Private and Personal Use Only kSuNNa p. 2. [ kSud-ta ] 1 Pounded, crushed to pieces, bruised. -2 Powdered, pulverized ground. -3 Beation, trodden (as a path); rekhAmAtramapi kSuNNAdA manorvartmanaH param ( na vyatIyuH ) R. 1. 17. -4 ( Fig) Practised, followod; kSudraJanakSuNNa eSa mArga: K. 146; adeg unusual; Mal. 3. -5 Violated ( a vow ); Ram. 1. 6 Exercised, practised, skil - ful. -7 One versed in the sacred science but unable to teach it. -8 Overcome, defeated; kSataM kSuNNAsuragaNairagaNairiva kiM yazaH Ki. 15. 8. -Comp. - manas a penitent, repentant. kSuNNakaH A kind of drum beation at a funeral. kSudra / Grinding, crushing. kSudaH Flour, meal.

Page #646
kSudra 628 14: .......... . . .. .... ........... ....... .. ..... . ............... a. [27-ift Ta] (compar. eing; superl eller ) 1 Minute, small, tiny, little, trifling. -2 Mean, low, vile, base; asft T0499 Ku.1.12. -3 Wicked. -- Cruel. -8 Poor, indigent. -6 Miserly, niggardly; Me. 17. -7 Diminutive, short. -8 Trifling, insignificant. -9 Unimportant, minor. 5: 1 A small particle of rice. -2 A bee or wasp.-T 1 A bee; gai a TEH Si. 12.54. 2 A fly or gnat. -3 A woman maimed or crippled. - A quarrelsome woman. BA prostitute, whore, harlot; 34T 59 rga 4977: K. 107. - A base or despicable woman. -7 A dancing girl. - Ved. A particle of dust, flour, meal; 319 tafta aga Rv. 1. 129. 6. -Comp. - 3 4 a kind of unguent applied to the eyes in certain diseases. Test: the small ca vity of the heart. 37: a small owl. T: a small shell. OT: a precious stone. - a mild form of leprosy. -afvtfit 1 small bell. -2 a girdle of small bells. : N. of a bird. red sandal-wood. - any small animal. -au a grain of rice. -aia a father's brother, uncle. - TFT a small gadfly. -TT a kind of sorrel (Oxalis Pusilla ). -TEH a kind of measure of length (equal to 10 Angulas).- a. low-minded, mean.-TF: 1 honey. -2 (pl.) base pleasures; Bhag. 5. 13. 10. --TIT: a minor disease; (44 are enumerated by Susruta).' - N. of a plant (Mimosa Pudica). -TRT a kind of suger (coming from 49717).- leopard. Te: a small conch-shell. Egof low or bad gold; i.. brass. -m. an epithet of Siva. 1994: 1 One who disregards; THEFIR 1987azy: cia at uraa Kau. A. 1. 13. -2 A land of arrow; 2 TA 2 441421. Mb. 6. 45. 23. -a. Small, minute: Ms. 8. 297. ga a. [ -fue-*i ] Pounded, ground. -74 1 Powder, dust. -2 Flour, any ground substance. TEHT 1. Minutness, smallness. iziq a. Very minute, insignificant; Ara: 2018 tarafa la Si. 2. 100. - 19 a. To be trampled on; Ram. 2. 80.10. 994 P. (g a ) To be hungry; yaits987 Theffa a Bk. 5. 66, 6. 14, 9. 39. ET 1 Hunger ; eta aut Ms. 7. 134, 4.187. -2 Food. -Comp. - a, - a, - fad a. afflicted by hunger. -18 a. emaciated by hunger; Mb. 1.50.1; Bh. 2. 29. -foarte a. hungry and thirsty: Ms. 8.93. -farare: f. cessation of hunger, appeasing of appetite (in generai). - fra: /. (TTT ) allaying hunger, satisfaction ; Bh. a. Hungry. rera a. Hungry; EUCA EAEA JE R. 2. 20 ya: N. of a savage race, the Mlechchhas. T 1 A. To jump; taguita a toteaasiu al fa par 37 : Il fa : Haar, - GT; : 1 Smallness, insignificance. -2 See ye: Mb. 12. 252.6. E 2 2 a. Minute, small applied especially to diseases and animals). fer 1 A small gadfly. -2 Small bells (for ornaments ). Ti@ m. A pestle, implement for grinding. Tg: (79-99] 1 Pounding, grinding. -2 The stone on which anything is ground or powdered, a mortar. -8 Any ground substance, flour. -4 Dust, particle, any small or minute particle: laid: atteica: U. 3. 2. to forgale: sauga: a : Ratn. 1.9. -5 A drop. -8 A lump, piece. -7 Multiplication. -Comp. -8TH a. capable of standing a test, scrutiny or investigation. - solid, valid; N. 6. 113. a. [97-3197 ) Ved. Water in agitation. TT: A tree with small roots and branches, a shrub, bush, Ram. 2. 25.7; y hagfruaraiagar: Siva. B. 20.36. 1 A., 4,9 P. (H ft, quia fa- ) 1 To shake, tremble, to be agitated or disturbed; HEIKT 927 Bk. 9. 118; R. 4. 21; Si. 8. 24. -2 To be unsteady. -8 To stumble (fig. also). Irus. ( a) To agitate, stir up, excite, perturb. f. Ved. A blow, push; tagad qua: Rv. 5. 41. 13. a. [TH-F ] Exciting, agitatiny &c. ha a. 1 Shaken, agitated &c.; HETZasaur 96771901. &c.; Ve. 3. 2. 2 Afraid.-3 Enraged. TEST p. p. 1 Agitated, shaken, unsteady. -2 Disturbed. -3 Afraid. -3: A churning stick; # # T: Tara Fatraviar Si. 2. 107. -2 A particular mode of sexual enjoyment. T: (77-79] 1 Shaking, moving, tossing ; Me.28, 97; 8o 1977 : &o. 2 Jolting; R. 1. 58; 373 FAT HI ara facila: V. 3. 11. -3 (a) Agitation, disturbance, excitement, emotion ; 12 U. 3. 3. 29; 94aceita : R. 7. 3; 3721 Hyra: garaiaGATE Ku. 3. 69. () Provocation, irritation; : Fa HEATH Tha TaS. 6. 31. T For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #647
kSobhaNam 629 kSetriya THOTH (94- ) Agitating, disturbing. -UT: One of the five arrows of Kamadeva. -2 An epithet of (a) Visnu, (1) Siva. AT 1 Linseed, a kind of fax.-2 The Indigo plant. -3 A goddess bestowing favour or distress. L.D.B. 2 6 P. (ra ) 1 To cut, scratch. - To make lines or furrows. W [ -]1 A razor; 19: (Egia ) R.7.46. 99 411421439T:: Ms. 9. 292. -2 A razor-like barb attached to an arrow. -3 The hoof of a cow or horse. -4 An arrow;r yaa Mb. 3. 287. 17. -5 The foot of a bed-stead. -Comp. - . - the act of shaving; rufa tilga Pt. 1. 386. 9994 the four things necessary for shaving. - -HUGH a razor-case. 791 : Tytsargfa: Kaus. Up. 4. 20; bhadre zIghramAnIyatAM kSurabhANDaM yena kSaurakarmakaraNAya gacchAmi Pt. -ETIT a. as sharp as a razor. - 4 Any luner mansion that is inauspitius for shaving. -9: 1 an arrow with a sharp horse shoe shaped head; a n d Fift R. 11. 20; 9. 62. n-af--a-fr-fo: Siva B. 4. 50. - A a chain of croscent necklets; 3. H T: T a r Pratijaa. 4. -2 a sort of hoe, a weeding-spade. - ,-togt m. a barber. yftet, 1 A knife, dagger; rey facturer afeg ia: Raj. T. 5.438. -2 A small razor. refert N. of a Up. belonging to Av. aftoft The wife of a barber. fram. A barber. a. Small, little; 347 zgaragrat UTF att Bhag. 3.5. 10. -Comp. -ata: -fear the younger brother of one's father; cf. 43. E a. 1 Little, minute; 31 5 a Hi gat: Ay. 2. 32. 5. -2 Low, vile. -3 Insignificant. -4 Wicked, malicious. - Poor. - Pained, distressed. -7 Hard. -8 Young, i small shell. afa Ku. 6.77; Bg. 13. 1, 2, 3. -10 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiao. -18 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; a far para Agafas far har Bri. S. 68. 1. -Comp. - T: a degree of the scliptio. the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. - ita:, :, m a cultivator, peasant. -H: N. of a corn (49715- Mar. tat).- TOCH geoinetry, T a. geometrical. '399ft: f. geometrical proof. Ja. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (- ) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by & kine man duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms. 9. 167, 180; Y. 1. 69, 2. 128. Ma a. begotten on the wife of another. - a. 1 knowing places. -8 clever, dexterous; 27397199 of Mb. 1. 89. 14. (-5:) 1 the soul; cf. 9 9 at fara ay wa Bg. 13. 1, 3; Ms. 12. 12. -2 the Supreme Soul.-3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Siva. - 8a witness. (- ) a girl bfteen years old personating Durga at a festival. at the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. qfa: a land-owner, a landlord. - a place sacred to a deity; yet : 240 Bhag. 9. 4. 20.- : 1 a man employed to guard a field.-2 a deity protecting fields. -8 an epithet of Siva.-04 the area or superficial contents of a figure in math.) - f. the division of a field. - f. cultivated land. - TET: quantity represented by geometrical figures. -liptA a minute of the ecliptic. -vid =kSetrajJa q. y. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; fact fas: Ku. 3. 50. -3 the soul; 7: fa79a4 ele facana: Bhag. 4. 22. 37. Geert: 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. - a. residing at a sacred place. T a. ( f.) [@attu 37 ) Relating to a field. - 1 A farmer; Ms. 8. 241, 9. 53. -2 A husband; 2 faqat ara: 971 04: 1 agt 969: 9892 #: Ms. 9. 145. a. [ha-fa ] 1 Owing a field; cultivating land. -2 Agricultural. --. 1 An agriculturist, a cultivator; yani fay ang 40: 54 Y. 2. 161. -2 A (nominal) husband; 3E 217 tru fee: Ms. 9. 32. SS. 5. -3 The soul. -4 The Supreme Soul; ataya aid a Bg. 13. 33. I a. (99-9 cf. P. V. 2. 92 Vart. 1, 2. ]1 Relating to a field. -2 Curable in a future body, or incurable in the present life, irremediable; et si la en nyata #15417 Bk. 4. 32 ftri fata: - 1 An organic disease. -2 Meadow grass, pasturage. -3 (pl.) The surrounding parts of any place; af 1947 Av. 2. 14. 5. -: 1 A medicament. [ f a ] A fiield, ground, soil; i alfeszt+919 Hafdar a: Mu. 1. 3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, a bode, region, repository; 892277 2452TA1 Pt. 1. 191; Bh. 1. 77; Me. 16.-4A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; 4 2 94a1azza a : Me. 50; Bg. 1.1.-5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. - Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin ; Bhig. 2. 6. 1. -8 A wife; 3114 TA orqaf444901412 1 S. 1; Ms. 3. 175; & fat at hu... Kau. A. 1. 17.-9 The sphere of action, the body regarded as the field of the working of the soul); far farrafa tat For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #648
kSetrIyati 630 - -2 An incurable disease. -3 An adulterer. -4 Physicking, operating. kSetrIyati Dem. P. To desire another's wife. kSetrIkR8U. To expose to, to subject to; Mu.7.43; K. 135. kSepa &c. See under kSip. kSema . [kSi-man Un. 1. 188] 1 Conferring happiress, ease or comfort, good, beneficial, well; dhArtarASTrA raNe hanyustanma kSemataraM bhavet Bg. 1.46. -2 Prosperous, at ease comfortable; vivizuste vanaM vIrAH kSemaM nihatakaNTakam Mb.3.11.72. - Secure, happy; viviktakSemasevanam Bhag. 3. 28. 3. -maH, -mam 1 Peace, happiness, ease, welfare, well-being; vitanvati kSemamadevamAtRkAzcirAya tasmin kuravazvakAsati Ki.1.17; vaizya kSama samAgamya (pRcchet ) Ms.2.1273 adhunA sarvajalacarANAM kSama bhaviSyati Pt. 1. -2 Safety, security; kSemeNa vraja bAndhavAn Mk. 7. 7 safely ; Pt. 1. 146. -3 Preserving, protection; AdidezAtha zatrughnaM teSAM kSamAya rAghavaH R. 15.6. -4 Keeping what is acquired; ot. yogakSema; teSAM nityAbhiyuktAnAM yogakSemaM vahAmyaham Bg.9.22. -5 Final bea.titude, eternal happiness. -6 Basis, foundation; kSeme tiSThAti ghRtamukSamANA Av. 3. 12.1. -7 Residence, resting-place; Av. 13. 1.27. -8A star, asterism (nakSatra). -maH,-mA A kind of perfume. -mA An epithet of Durga. -mam N. of one of the seven vas in Jambu-dvipa. zivaM yavasaM subhadraM zAntaM kSemamamRtamabhayamiti varSANi Bhag. 5. 20. 3. -Comp. -AzramaH the order of a. householder (gArhasthya ); vetti jJAnavisarga ca nigrahAnugrahaM ythaa| yathoktavRttIrasya kSemAzramapadaM bhavet || Mb. 12.66.6.-indraH N. of a celebrated poet of Kashmir (author of bRhatkathA, bhAratamaJjarI &c.).-kara,-kAra (also amakara) u. propitious, causing peace or security. -zUraH 'A hero in safe-places', acarpet-knight, a boaster; kiM kSemazarairvibudhairasaMyugavikatthanaiH Bhig. 10. 4. 36. min (-NI/.) Safe, secure, happy; kSemI syAkimu / vizveze Bhag. 10.88. 39. kSapram Quickness, speediness. -a. A kind of saMdhi (produced by changing the first of the two concurrent vowels to its semi-vowel). -Comp. -vaNe a. containing a semi-vowel. kSaireya a. (-yI/.) [kSIre saMskRtaM DhaJ ] Milky. TIS: The post to which an elephant is tierl. kSoNiH, -kSoNI/.1 The earth; kSoNInau kUpadaNDaH kSaradamarasaritpaTTikAketudaNDa: Dr. -2 The number one' (in math.). -Comp. -patiH , -pAlaH, -bhuja m. a king. ...bhavadarikSoNIbhujAM nirgamaH Sukti.5.72. kSoda See under kSud. kSobha &c. See under kSubh. kSomaH, -mam [kSu-man ] A room on the top of a house. -mam Woven silk. 44 Wove kSauNiH , -NI /. See kSoNi. -Comp. -prAcIraH the ocean. -bhuj M., -patiH a king. -bhRt m.) -dharaH a mountain; U.2.30. kSIdra: 1 The Champa.ka tree.-2N. of a mixed caste; (son of a Vaideha and Maradhi) -dram 1 Smallness. -2 Meunness, lowness. -3 Honey; sakSaudrapaTalairiva R. 4.63. -4 Water. -5 A particle of dust. -a. Small; 192 kAmadaM zriyamRte savaikaniSTA striyAm Bhag. 10.90.24. -Comp. -jam wax. -dhAtu: a kind of mineral substance%3B (mAkSika). -mehaH the disease din betes mellitus. kSaudreyam Wax. audrakyam Minuteness. kSImaH . [kSu-man svArthe aN] Made of linen, linen dhArayAmi ca cIrANi zANakSaumAjinAni ca Mb. 12. 179. 23. -maH, -mam 1 Silken cloth, woven silk; kSauma kenacidindupANDa taruNA mAgalyamAviSkRtam 5.4.5%; kSaumAntaritamekhale (akke) R. 10. 8. -2 An airy room on the top of a house. -3 The back of an edifice. -4 A fortified place before a building. -mam 1 Linen cloth. vAsaH kSomam Mbh. on VIII.3.37. -2 Linseed. -mI Flax. kSauram Shaving. -rI A rnzor. -a. 1 Performed with a razor. -2 Very sharp. kSaurapavyam A strongly built house; Bhag. 6.5.8. epift: A barber. kSNu 2 P. (kSNauti, kSNuta) To whet, sharpen; vAcaM kSNuvAno damayantsapatnAn Av.5.20.1. -With saM (A.) to sharpen (fig. also); saMzNuvAna ivotkaNThAmupAbhuta surAmalam Bk.8.40. kSemya . [kSemAya sAdhu yat ]1 Resting, at ease; yamadha te maghavan kSemyA dhU: Rv. 10. 28.5. -2 Habitable, comfortable. -3 Healthy, salubrious. kSamyastiSThanprataraNaH suvIraH Mbh. on P. V. 4. 36. -4 Lucky, prosperous. -5 Giving peace; na caivaiSA gatiH kSemyA Mb. 14.58.2-myaH An epithet of Siva. 1P.[kSAyati, kSAma] To wane, waste away, become emaciated, decline, decay. kSaiNyam 1 Destruction; Raj. T.5.263.-2 Leanness, slenderness. kSaitram [kSetrANAM samUhaH aN] 1A multitude of fields. -2 A field. kSetrajJam Spirituality, knowledge of the soul. kSNuta . [kSNu-kta ] Whetted, sharpened. For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #649
kSNotram 631 kSvelA kSviNa . [vid - kta P. III. 2. 187] 1 Sounded inarticulately.-2 Soft, unetuous, oily. FONT=TH Ved. A grind-stone, whet-stone; 2011201 svadhiti se zizItam Bv. 2. 39.7. kSmA 1 The earth; (putra) mAM lambhayitvA kSamayopapatram R. 18.93; ki zeSasya bharavyathA na vapuSi kSmAM na kSipatyeSa yat Mu. 2. 18. -2 ( In math.) The number one'. -Comp. -jaH the planet Mars. -paH, -patiH , -bhuja m. a king; kavikSmApatiH Git. I; dezAnAmupari kSmApAH Pt. 1. 155. -bhRt m.. a king or mountain, Bhag. 10.67.7.-valayaH,-yam the horizen. -vRSaH a nighty king; Raj. T.5.126. kSmAya 1A. (kSmAyate, mAyita) To shake, trermble3B cakSmAye ca mahI Bk. 14. 21; 17.73. kSmIla1 P. (kSmIlati) To wink, close the eyelids. viD 1 U. (zveDati-te, kSvedR or zveDita) To hum, . roar, whistle, growl, murmur, sound indistinctly; Ms.4.04. 213 a. 1 Crooked, curved. -2 Wicked, depraved. -3 Difficult to be approached. -Da: 1Sound, noise. kecirakSveDAnprakurvanti kecitkUjanti hRSTavat Ram.5.62.13.-2 Venom, poison; guNadoSau budho gRhnnindushveddaaviveshvrH| zirasA zlAghate pUrva paraM kaNThe niyacchati // Subhas. -3 Moistening. -4 Abondonment. - An inarticulate sound. -r 1 The roaring of a lion. -2 A war-cry, war-whoop; kRtakSveDAravodagrAH samagrA api niryayuH Siva. B.24.20; 14.14. -3 A bamboo. kSveDanam 1Murmuring, hissing, whistling. -2 A hissing pronunciation; Mb. 4. 61. "uoop. parsa: 1 Humming, murmuring. 2 A growl, roar. -3 The roaring of a lion; jayAravakSveDitanAdamUchitaH Ki. 14.29. -4 A battle-ery, war-whoop. zvel 1 P. (zvelati &c.) 1 To leap, jump. -2 To play. -3 To go, move. -4 To shake, tremble. zvelA, zvelikA, zvelI, zvelitam, zvelyam, zvelanam Play, jest, joke; velikAyAM mAM mRSA samAdhinA Bhag. 5.8.21; strINAM nirIkSaNasparzasaMlApakSvelanAdikam Bhag. 11.17.33. faz 1 A., fac 4 P. 1 To be wet or unctuous. -2 To emit sap, or discharge juico, ichor &c. exude. With 4 to murmur, hum; nikuJja tasya vartitvA ramye prakSvoditAH param Bk.7.103. // iti prathamo bhAgaH // For Private and Personal Use Only

Page #650